SUBLICATIG

resulting from
National Institute of
Mental Health
Research Grants
SEZ Yes

I i J Liby Sa
V

Va
Ea

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE e Public Health Service

National Clearinghouse for Mental Health Information

 
PUBLICATIONS

resulting from
National Institute of
Mental Health
Research Grants
1947-1961

 

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE
Public Health Service

 

NATIONAL CLEARINGHOUSE FOR MENTAL HEALTH INFORMATION

'y NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH
5454 Wisconsin Ave.
Chevy Chase, Maryland 20203

Mee
Public Health Service Publication No. 1647

 

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C., 20402 - Price $3.75

ii
JT
Als A3 5
PUBLIC
HEALTH
LIBRARY
Page
Introduction ....... oc. ii 1
Explanatory INOtes ..............iiuiuiieiiiiteeiiieiiiieeainnnns 2
Questionnaire Form Submitted to All Principal Investigators Receiving Grant
Awards From the National Institute of Mental Health, 1947-1961 ........ 5

Principal Investigators and Co-Investigators of Listed Projects, by Grant Number 11

Publications Resulting from National Institute of Mental Health Research Grants,
LO47-1961 Loa 23

iii
INTRODUCTION

In 1946 the Congress enacted the National Mental
Health Act, providing for a comprehensive and in-
tegrated attack upon mental illness. To carry out the
provisions of the Act, the National Institute of
Mental Health has developed over the years a broad
program of mental health research, training, com-
munity services, and public education. Research, one
of the principal activities of the Institute, is carried
on in the Institute’s own facilities and is also sup-
ported by grants awarded each year to hundreds of
independent investigators working in universities,
medical schools, and other non-federal research
centers. The present listing of publications is con-
cerned with the latter, extramural, research programs
supported by the National Institute of Mental
Health.

One basic criterion of productivity of a research
grant program is publication of research results.
The Public Health Service has long required that
copies of publications resulting from research sup-
ported by grant funds be sent to it. It seemed to us
desirable to check into the extent of response to this
requirement as it affected the National Institute of
Mental Health, and Dr. Marcus S. Goldstein of this
Branch was assigned to this task in late 1963. A
check of grant files revealed that in many instances
there was no available record of published results.
Furthermore, there appeared to be no way of know-
ing how accurate or complete the available records
were, except by specifically asking the grantees. A
publications questionnaire (Appendix 1), therefore,
was designed and sent in 1964 to all principal in-
vestigators receiving grant support from the National
Institute of Mental Health since inception of the
grant program in 1947, to and including 1961; the
latter “cut-off” date was taken since a couple of years
must usually be allowed between the start of a pro-
ject and expectation of published results.

The Survey.—The publications questionnaire was
sent to principal investigators representing 2,429
separate projects supported by research grants from
the National Institute of Mental Health during or
prior to 1961.1 Of this total number, 96 percent
responded; the non-respondents included deceased

1 The deadline of 1961 does not refer to published matter.
Papers and/or books published as late as 1966 are listed,
since publication of research results may appear several
years after termination of grant support. Too, projects that
began during this period (1947-1961) may have continued
to receive grant support until the present time.

individuals and a number whose address had changed
and could not be located. All National Institute
of Mental Health research grant files were checked
with respect to publications received, and thus some
information on publications was obtained even for
individuals who did not respond.

A total of 12,323 publications were listed by
1,908 of the principal investigators; 37 percent of
these pubications had not been submitted to the In-
stitute before the survey.? Of the total number of
projects, some 22 percent reported no publications,
but an analysis of this group showed that more than
half (55 percent) referred to “small grant” projects
which are limited in duration (one year) and in
amount (formerly under $2,500; at present $3,500),
and are primarily awarded for exploratory research.
In fact, the principal investigators of “small grant”
projects in many instances noted on their returned
survey forms that the grant was used for preliminary
or exploratory work on a problem to ascertain its
research potential. Moreover, 145 or 28 percent of
the non-publication projects had presented one or
more formal papers at a scientific meeting or had one
or more manuscripts “in press’ at the time of the
survey. Thus the proportion of projects without any
research communication stemming from their Na-
tional Institute of Mental Health grant support was
reduced to about 16 percent of the total number.
Many of the latter commented that their results were
“inconclusive” or “negative” and hence had not been
prepared for publication; in some instances also the
project terminated prematurely because of illness or
death of the principal investigator.

Included in the volume, in addition to the listing
of publications under each grant, are the principal
investigators and co-investigators associated with each
project; the title of each project; the sponsoring
institution of the project and its location; and the
duration of the project. This latter information is
provided primarily for administrative use, although
it may well prove helpful to anyone wishing to
communicate with an investigator or institution about
a listed project or publication. The excellent re-
sponse of the grantees to the publications survey,

2 Actually a total of 10,638 were listed in the returned
questionnaires by 1,885 of the respondents. Subsequently,
as of June 1966, an additional 1,713 publications by the
aforementioned grantees, plus 23 who had reported no
publication in their questionnaire, came to our attention
and are included in the listing.
resulting in the present extensive listing of publica-
tions based on research supported in part or totally
by grant funds from the National Institute of Mental
Health, undoubtedly will contribute to a better ap-
praisal of the productivity of the Institute’s diverse
grant programs. The volume is also presented with
the hope that it may be of interest and use to mem-
bers of the medical and scientific communities,
particularly those involved in the broad field of
mental health.

Thanks are due to all the grantees who took the
time and trouble to complete and return the pub-

lications questionnaire: their generous cooperation
made the survey a success, and we hope this listing
will be as useful to them as to others. Marcus L.
Goldstein, Ph. D., both planned and carried out the
survey, and prepared and edited the listing for pub-
lication, with the assistance of various staff members
of the former Research Grants Branch of the Na-
tional Institute of Mental Health.

Philip Sapir, Chief
Behavioral Sciences Research Branch
National Institute of Mental Health

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Grant Number—A grant number preceded by MH
refers to an award by the National Institute of
Mental Health (NIMH).

Type of Gramt—For administrative convenience,
grants are divided into several types. In the present
instance, these include the following:

RO1—Regular or traditional research project—
The standard type of research support for a
clearly defined research project or group of
closely related research activities.

R0O3—Small research project—A research grant
limited to one year and a maximum of $3,500
in direct costs, intended especially for small-
scale pilot and exploratory studies.

R04—Anthropology fellowship research support
—A research grant in support of the field
costs of an NIMH anthropology research
fellow.

RO6—Translation project—A research grant in
support of the translation of publications on
or relevant to research.

R0O8—Research career award corollary—A research
grant to provide limited funds for the re-
search costs of recipients of research career
and research career development awards.
(Since 1963 these grants have been included
in the regular (RO1) research project grant
program.)

R10—Special  psychopharmacology—A research
grant designed to meet special needs of the
psychopharmacology program, either collab-
orative in nature or closely monitored by the

NIMH staff.

R12—Special mental health—A research grant in
support of research activities in which the
NIMH has a direct and immediate interest,
with close liaison maintained by the NIMH
staff.

R17—Mental health career investigator—A re-
search grant designed to assist in the develop-
ment of research careers in psychiatry and re-
lated fields by providing recipients with a
stipend and limited research funds over a 3 to
5-year period for a combined program of re-
search and advanced research training. (This
grant program was replaced in 1962 by the
research career development award and the
research career award corollary grant.)

P01—Rescarch program-project—A research grant
to provide large-scale, long-term support for
a broad program of research, usually inter-
disciplinary in nature and consisting of several
projects with a common focus.

Principal and Co-Investigators—The first name
listed is the current or most recent principal in-
vestigator of the project; all other names (most
recent co-investigator, previous principal investigators
and previous co-investigators) are listed in alpha-
betical order. Other researchers than those listed
may have been, of course, associated with any par-
ticular research project, albeit not listed on the grant
application as co-investigator. A name of an in-
vestigator in parentheses refers to the maiden name
under which the project was initiated.

Duration of Project—The beginning date (year)
and completion year are given on the first line of
each project, e.g., 1959-1961, roughly 3 years. A
project beginning and ending the same year is so
 

indicated, i.e., 1959-1959. A project that began
during or prior to 1961, and was still active as of
June 1966, will show the beginning date only, thus:
1959-

Continuation of Research Projects Under Different
Grant Numbers—Not infrequently a principal in-
vestigator doing research with the support of an
NIMH grant may transfer to another institution.
He may apply for, and receive, continued grant sup-
port for the same project in his new local¢, if there
is no objection from the original sponsoring institu-

tion. In these circumstances, the research project
becomes a new one for administrative purposes, and
a new grant number is assigned by the NIMH. Such
“continued” projects, with publications resulting
from the research, have been cross-referenced in the
listing, directly under the Grant Number.

Acknowledgement of Grant Support—In many
cases a grantee cites different NIMH grants as
sources of research support. Such publications have
been listed under the separate grant numbers cited,
with a cross-reference notation under the listed item.
Questionnaire Form Submitted to All Principal Investigators Receiving Grant Awards
From the National Institute of Mental Health, 1947-1961
Budget Bureau No. 68-6371; Approval expires 7-30-64

 

RESEARCH GRANT NO, PROJECT PERIOD

 

 

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION, AND WELFARE
NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH PROJECT TILE
National Institute of Mental Health
Bethesda, Maryland 20014

 

PRINCIPAL [INVESTIGATOR
REPORT OF PUBLICATIONS

 

RESULTING FROM RESEARCH SUPPORTED BY NIMH GRANTS SPONSORING INSTITUTION

 

 

1. PUBLISHED MATERIAL

Please list below all publications (books, monographs, chapters, scientific
papers, popular articles, etc.) resulting from the project supported by the
above grant. The listing should include author (s), title, journal or
publisher, volume of journal, page numbers, and date, in this order. If

necessary, continue the listing on an additional sheet.

 

 

NOTE If copies have not been submitted to date, please submit 10 copies of each reprint and 3 copies of each
book or monograph.

 

NIH-49 (Rev. 1-64)
 

2. PAPERS AND/OR BOOKS ACCEPTED FOR PUBLICATION

Please list below any papers and/or books not yet published but accepted for
publication, resulting from the project supported by the research grant number
on page one. The listing should include author(s), title, journal or publisher,

and approximate date of publication.

 

 

NOTES Ten copies of each reprint should be submitted as soon as these become available 3 copies of
each book or monograph should be submitted as soon as available following publication.

 

NIH-49 (Rev. 1-64)
 

3. PAPERS NOT PUBL ISHED BUT PRESENTED AT SCIENTIFIC MEET INGS

Please list below any papers not already listed, which have been presented at
scientific meetings, resulting from the project supported by the research grant

number on page one. The listing should include author(s), title, meeting at
which presented, and date.

 

NOTEs If duplicated copies are available and have not yet been submitted to us, please submit 3 copies.

NIH-49 (Rev. 1-64) Page 3
 

4, NO PUBLICATION TO DATE

If no publication to date has resulted from the project supported by the research
grant number on page one, please indicate whether any are contemplated in the

near future:
Od Yes [Ino

 

Comments:

 

5. TERMINAL PROGRESS REPORTS
(For completed or terminated grants only)

Public Health Service regulations require that a terminal progress report be
submitted within 90 days following termination of grant support, unless an

extension of time has been granted. Please indicate whether a terminal progress
report has been submitted:
[Dyes [JNe

Has a publication been submitted in lieu of a terminal progress report?

[]Yes J No

If YES, please identify publication below:

 

 

DATE: SIGNATURE s

 

 

NIH-49 (Rev. 1-64) Page 4
Principal Investigators and Co-Investigators of Listed Projects, by Grant Number

11
A

Aarons, Louis 2137

Abegglen, James 543

Abelson, Robert P. 1020, 4682

Aberle, David F. 463, 513, 2135

Abood, Leo G. 1370, 2302, 3878

Abramson, Arthur S. 2562

Abse, David W. 1870, 4406

Aceto, Mario D. 4511

Ackerman, Marshall 3708

Acosta, Phyllis B. 2323

Adams, Donald K. 4453

Adams, Joe K. 2297

Adams, Pauline A. 2297

Adams, Raymond D. 767

Adelson, Dahiel 2165

Ader, Robert 3655

Ades, Harlow W. 359

Adey, William R. 3708, 4336, 5163

Adler, Martin W. 5173

Affleck, D. Craig 5993

Agnew, John 3612

Aguiar, Manuel A. Torres 1750

Ahrenfeldt, Robert H. 4998

Ainsworth, Leonard H. 2713

Ainsworth, Mary D. 2713, 4644

Albee, George W. 2769, 5186

Aldrich, C. Anderson 180

Alexander, Franz 22, 23

Alexander, Irving E. 1334, 1936

Alland, Alexander 5512

Allinsmith, Wesley 5310

Allison, Roger B. 4524

Alpert, Murray 2716, 4664

Altman, Margaret 2599

Altshuler, Kenneth Z. 5333

Ames, Adelbert, III 1230, 6011, 6209

Anderson, John E. 690, 897, 985

Anderson, Milton H. 2244

Anderson, Norman H. 3502

Andres, Francis D. 4663

Andrew, Richard J. 5137

Andrews, T. G. 1604

Angermeier, Wilhelm F.

Anliker, James 987

Applebaum, Stanley 2443.

Aprison, Morris H. 3225

Archibald, H. David 9164

Arens, Richard 5009

Arensberg, Conrad M. 4184

Argyris, Chris 9128

Arkoff, Abe .1529

Aronson, Lester R. 5285

Armstrong, Marvin D. 655, 1165,
2278

Armus, Harvard L. 4702

Aronson, Elliot 4387

Asekoff, Myer 710, 1690

Atkinson, Richard C. 5184

Aubert, Vilhelm 4547

Auerbach, Victor H. 2673

Ax, Albert F. 2950

Ayllon, Teodoro 4926

Azima, Hassan 1794

Azrin, Nathan 4925, 4926

B

Babb, Harold 4381, 5313
Back, Kurt W. 5356

5056

Backman, Carl W.

Bacon, Margaret K.

Bacon, Seldon D.

Badal, Daniel W.

Baer, Donald M.

Bahnson, Claus 1223

Bain, James A. 2072

Baker, George W. 1666

Baker, Robert W. 734, 5247

Balaban, Martin 5643

Baldridge, Robert C. 2890

Baldwin, Alfred L. 901

Bales, Robert F. 1577, 4169

Ball, Rachel Stutsman 2054

Ban, Thomas A. 5202

Bandler, Bernard 373

Bandura, Albert 895, 1349, 1734,
4398, 5162

Banks, Edwin M. 3203

Barber, Theodore X. 3253, 4825

Barclay, Allan G. 5782

Bare, John K. 1329, 2959

Barker, Roger G. 6, 989, 1513

Barlow, George 4440

Barmack, Joseph E. 5065

Barratt, Ernest S. 4534

Barrett-Lennard, Godfrey T.

Barry, Herbert, III. 2949

Barsch, Ray 3570

Bartlett, Roscoe G. 656, 986

Bartoshuk, Alexander 4927

Bascom, William R. 4322

Basehart, Harry W. 3088

Basowitz, Harold 2528

Baughman, Emmett E.
4944

Bay, Emmet B. 1057

Bayton, James A. 9134

Beach, Frank A. 783, 943, 2856, 4000

Beard, Belle B. 1919

Beatty, C. H. 2263

Bebin, Jose 2474

Bechtoldt, Harold P.

Beck, Aaron T. 3358

Beck, Edward C. 3165

Beck, Lester F. 9066

Beck, Robert C. 4050

Beck, Samuel J. 63, 64, 597

Becker, Gordon M. 2348, 3843

Becker, Joseph 5920

Becker, Robert 2756

Becker, Wesley C. 1713, 4881

Beckett, Peter G. 2950, 5668

Beckwith, William Clinton 2570

Beecher, Henry K. 987, 2971

Beier, Ernst G. 1926

Beierwalters, William H. 2399

Belknap, George Myron 5009

Bell, Graham C. 4520

Bellak, Leopold 50, 3133

Beller, E. Kuno 849

Benda, Clemens E. 2036

Bender, Lauretta 171

Bender, Morris B. 139, 2261

Benedek, Therese 22

Benington, Frederick 1588, 7842

Bennett, Edward L. 1292

Bergen, John R. 2967, 4953

Berger, Andrew 3503

Berger, Peter L. 4821

1927, 3620
2681
5655, 9029
2127, 2733
2208

3710

1027, 4319,

1922

12

Berkeley, Austin W. 3527
Berkowitz, Leonard 1540
Berlyne, Daniel E. 4495, 6324
Berman, A. J. 2939

Bernstein, Lewis 1796, 3269
Berry, Helen K. 1175

Berry, Richard N. 4987
Berryman, Robert 3673
Bessman, Samuel P. 3644
Besteman, Korst J. 4014
Bettelheim, Bruno 81, 476

Biber, Barbara 215, 1075, 9135
Bibring, Grete L. 1393

Bidder, Thomas G. 3364

Bierber, Irving 2125

Biel, John 2302

Bieri, James 1274, 1976, 3611
Bigman, Stanley 9037

Bijou, Sidney W. 2208, 2232
Binder, Arnold 1259, 2170
Bindra, Dalbir 3238

Bitterman, Morton E. 2857, 5402
Bixby, Emily M. 5010, 6831
Bixenstine, V. Edwin 3291
Black, Abraham H. 2741

Blain, Daniel 1452, 1874

Blake, Lillian 4241

Blake, Robert R. 2447
Blankenship, L. Vaughn 5108
Blau, Abram 2488

Bliss, Eugene L. 2530, 4231
Block, Jack 1078
Block, James D.
Block, Jeanne H.
Block, Walter D.
Block, William E. 5118
Blocksma, Douglas 919
Blom, Gaston E. 937

2306, 6010
2521
2434

Bloom, Bernard L. 1529
Bloom, Samuel W. 3360
Blough, Donald S. 2456

Blum, Arthur 1762
Blum, Gerald S. 659, 1286
Blumberg, Arnold G. 1536, 2938
Board, Francis 997
Bockoven, J. Sanbourne 4818
Bodarky, Clifford J. 9175
Boder, David P. 156, 582
Boehm, Leonore 2585
Bogdonoff, Morton B. 5356
Bogoch, Samuel 1330, 1419, 2095,
5704
Bohr, Vernon C. 656
Bolles, Robert C. 2798
Bomberg, Dorothy 2032
Bonk, William J. 4077
Bonnycastle, Desmond D.
Book, Jan A. 5150
Bordin, Edward S. 516, 5029
Borgatta, Edgar F. 5591
Borges, Wayne H. 4587
Boroff, Daniel A. 1903
Borofsky, Leatrice 2890
Bose, Ajay K. 3930
Boston, John A., Jr.
Bourne, Lyle E., Jr.
Bower, Gordon H.
Bower. Robert T. 1080
Bowerman, Charles E. 2045
Bowles, Gordon Townsend 4055

1988, 2030

1377
1759
3849
Bowman, Karl M. 37

Bowman, Paul H. 1319

Bowman, Peter W. 2729

Boyd, Eugene 4230

Boyer, L. Bryce 2013, 3088

Braceland, Francis J. 4675

Brackbill, Yvonne 5994

Bracken, Mark M. 1425

Bradley, Philip B. 4692

Bradway, Katherine P. 1273

Brady, Joseph V. 1604

Braine, Martin D. 5116

Branch, C. Hardin 451, 1165, 9084

Brand, Howard 814

Braun, Harry W. 1290, 1365

Brazier, Mary A. B. 4336

Brebbia, Robert D. 5333

Breg, W. Roy 4386, 4872

Breitner, Carl 3383

Brenman, Margaret 31, 163

Brenner, Bernard 4041

Breslow, Lester 3400

Brey, W. Roy 4386

Bridger, Wagner H. 2249

Brightbill, Roger 4530

Brill, Henry 5664

Brill, Norman Q.
7293

Broadhurst, P. L. 5263

Brochmann-Hanssen, Einar 3487

Broderick, Carlfred B. 1977

Brody, Arthur L. 3342

Brody, Nathan 5697

Bronfenbrenner, Uri 403, 1738, 4017

Bronson, Frank H. 4481

Brooks, George W. 1690, 1752, 3006

Brown, Barbara B. 2855

Brown, Donald R. 4532

Brown, Fountaine C. 3587

Brown, Fred 2488

Brown, James S. 3912

Brown, Judson S. 142, 1798, 4952,
6900

Brown, Raymond R. 3699

Brown, Roger W. 1366, 2649

Bruch, Hilde 5914

Bruell, Jan H. 2625

Bruner, Jerome S. 1324, 2269, 5120

Brunner, Edward M. 2177

Brunjes, Shannon 5470

Brush, F. Robert 2191, 3337

Brzezinski, Aharon 3498

Buchwald, Alexander M. 5283

Buchwald, Nathaniel A. 3491, 4850

Buckley, Joseph P. 3029, 4511

Buday, Paul V. 4435

Buddington, Ralph Wells 3701

Budoff, Milton 4201

Buendia, Nicolas 5183

Bueding, Ernest 1725

Buerkle, Jack V. 1712

Bugelski, B. Richard 3489

Bukantz, Samuel C. 3269

Bullard, Dexter 9111

Bulle, Peter H. 3562

Bullock, Donald H. 1464

Bullowa, Margaret 4300

Bunch, Marion E. 362

Burch, Neil R. 1904, 3360

Burchinal, Lee G. 3401

Burdock, Eugene I. 3546

Burgess, Ernest W. 2159

Burgin, Leo B. 819

Burke, Cletus J. 3939

Burke, Joseph A. 3235

Burns, Robert K. 1057

Burrell, Craig D. 4958

Burton, Robert M. 2338

1103, 2923, 3968,

Bush, Robert R. 2293
Busnel, Rene G. 2754

Buss, Arnold H. 2655, 2861
Busse, Ewald W. 900, 2109
Butler, Alfred J. 2121
Butler, Alan M. 66

Butler, Donald C. 4840
Butler, John M. 4609
Butler, Thomas C. 393

C

Cadman, William H. 425
Callaway, Enoch 863
Calvin, Allen D. 3854
Cameron, D. Ewen 4324
Campbell, Byron A. 1562
Campbell, Donald T. 1544
Campbell, Ernest Q. 1294, 4302
Campbell, Sam L. 3332
Campden-Main, Brian C. 3142
Candland, Douglas K. 5698
Cannon, Joseph G. 2799
Caplan, Gerald 973, 3442, 9137
Carlson, Eric T. 2146
Carlson, Helen B. 1969, 3437
Carlson, Nils J. 3364, 5439
Carpenter, John A. 4207, 6953
Carr, William J. 4729
Carter, William Earl 4055
Carver, Michael J. 1496, 2204, 2587,
5336
Castaneda, Alfred 4240
Castore, George F. 622
Cath, Stanley H. 1627
Cattell, Raymond B. 80, 1733
Cavanaugh, David K. 2173
Celian, Charles I. 4671
Centerwall, Willard R. 2323
Cerny, Laurence C. 5622
Chambers, Randall M. 1775
Chambers, William W. 2028
Chance, Erika 830, 1233, 2224
Chance, Norman A. 2555, 5918
Chancellor, Loren E. 3401
Chandler, Kenneth A. 4725
Chanley, Jacob D. 4824
Chansky, Norman M. 5176
Chapman, John E. 1902
Chapman, Loren J. 1416, 3481, 7306
Chapman, William P. 595
Chein, Isidor 9048, 9150, 9171
Chernin, Milton 2166
Cherrick, Gilbert R. 5541
Child, Irvin L. 808, 1758, 2681
Childers, Harold E. 1904
Chinnock, Robert F. 2323
Chittick, Rupert A. 1752
Chow, Bacon 1350
Christenson, Cornelia V. 1633
Christensen, Jens A. 1383
Christian, John E. 2405

Church, Russell N. 1812, 2903
Cisin, Ira 9158
Clark, Fogle C. 2244, 4335

Clark, George 210

Clark, Leland C., Jr. 600

Clark, Lincoln D. 1775

Clark, Mervin L. 1600, 4260
Clark, William C. 3046, 3663
Clausen, John A. 5300

Clausen, Johs 1394

Clay, Margaret L. 2946
Cleghorn, Robert A. 1794, 3050
Clemente, Carmine D. 1448, 5163
Cliff, Norman 4186

Clifton, James A. 3156

Cloward, Richard A. 9168

13

Coan, Richard W. 1733, 4467
Coate, William B. 3763, 4337
Coats, Edwin A. 4484
Cobb, Katharine 3453
Cobb, Stanley 66, 161
Cochran, Burt, Jr. 5470
Coddington, James W. 499
Coddington, R. Dean 5914
Cohen, Jacob 5174
Coffey, Hubert S. 331, 981
Cohen, Burton H. 4430
Cohen, Jacob 5174
Cohen, Louis D. 887
Cohen, Murray L. 3527
Cohen, Nathan E. 1762
Cohen, Sanford I. 2061
Cohen, Sidney 3968
Cohen, Walter 2173
Colby, Benjamin N. 4975
Cole, Malvin 5541
Collias, Elsie C. 2253
Collias, Nicholas E. 2253
Collier, George H. 3328, 7024
Collins, Robert L. 4956
Colvin, Ralph W. 2985
Conel, J. Le Roy 151
Conger, John J. 930, 1820, 3040
Conners, C. Keith 2583
Converse, John M. 201
Coombs, Clyde H. 4236
Cook, Stuart 1818
Coopersmith, Stanley 2696
Coppock, Harold W. 774, 1306,
2006, 2926
Corman, Harvey 2306
Cornish, Herbert 3692
Correll, Robert E. 2267
Coser, Rose L. 1658, 2325
Cotton, John W. 2834, 3437
Coult, Allan D. 5343
Cowen, Emory L. 437, 1805
Craig, James B. 2953
Craig, John C. 4582
Crandall, Vaughn J. 2238
Crandall, Virginia 2238
Crandell, Archie 305
Cranefield, Paul F. 3869
Cranswick, Edward H. 509
Crockett, Walter H. 1808
Cromwell, Rue L. 2311, 4391
Cronbach, Lee J. 1839
Crowder, William 4988
Crowell, David H. 3387
Cruse, Daniel B. 4507
Cullen, Thomas D. 788
Cumming, M. Elaine 4735
Cumming, William W. 3673, 4509,
6911
Cummings, John H. 1882
Curtis, George C. 4807
Cutler, Richard L. 516

D

Dahlstrom, W. Grant 4944

Dai, Bingham 1049

Dailey, John T. 2074

Damas, David J. 3870

Damato, Michael R. 2051
Daniel, Robert 2553

Daniels, George E. 174, 175
Daniels, Morris J. 3504
Dardano, Joseph F. 4112
Darrow, Chester W. 250, 449
Davenport, John W. 3085, 4991
Davenport, Richard K. 1005
Davids, Anthony 1722, 2087, 4327
Davidson, Edwin M. 4673
Davidson, Kenneth 712

Davis, David E. 1003

Davis, John D. 2949

Davis, Roger T. 530, 2258, 2264,
5981

Davis, W. Marvin 3199

Davison, Clarke 3694

Dean, Sanford J. 2470

Dearborn, Ned 9133

Deasy, Leila C. 4346

De Fanti, David R. 4435

De Feo, John J. 4435

Delay, Jean 5098

Delgado, Jose M. 2004

Dement, William C. 3267, 3619

De Mott, Donald W. 2413

De Myer, Marian K. 5154

Denber, Herman C. 5093

Den Breeijen, Aire 3204

Deneau, Gerald A. 2814, 5320

Denenberg, Victor H. 1753

Deniker, Pierre 5098

Dennis, Wayne 48, 1659

Denniston, Rollin H. 969

Dent, C. H. 1377

Derks, Peter L. 5193

Desiderato, Otello 4705

Des Lauriers, Austin M. 775

Deutsch, Cynthia 4438

Deutsch, Jay A. 4563

Deutsch, Martin 3230, 4438

Devereux, Edward C. 4017

Devereux, George 1669

De Vos, George A. 2166, 4087

De Wit, Fred 622

Dews, Peter B. 1226, 2094, 2140,
2645

Diamond, Irving T. 4849

Diamond, Sigmond 4804

Dice, Lee R. 375, 1045, 1650, 2050

Dicken, Charles F. 4609

Dille, James M. 3311, 3319

Dillon, Donald J. 3616

Di Mascio, Alberto 2726

Dingman, Harvey F. 9130

Dinitz, Simon 2953

Dinnerstein, Dorothy 1075

Dinsmoor, James A. 1742, 3648

Dittes, James E. 2590, 3857

Dittmann, Allen T. 516

Divesta, Francis 2900

Dixon, Henry H. 2263

Dixon, James C. 1326

Dollard, John 648

Domino, Edward F. 2653

Domke, Herbert R. 592

Donahoe, John W. 4004

Donahue, Wilma 9162

Donnelly, John 4675

Doob, Leonard W. 1940

Dornbusch, Sanford M. 2480

Douglas, R. Gordon 2340

Douvan, Elizabeth M. 1648

Dovenmuehle, Robert 1599

Dowis, James L. 2721

Downing, Robert W. 4679, 5809

Downs, James Francis 4372, 5250

Dozier, Marianne F. 3729

Dratman, Mitchell L. 4652

Dreger, Ralph M. 5117

Drew, George C. 3313

Dubin, Robert 484

Dublin, Louis I. 9173

Dulany, Don E.,*Jr. 3002

Duncan, Carl P. 3182

Dunham, H. Warren 2898

Dunham, Richard M. 4348

Dunn, Lloyd M. 2529

Duty, Joseph E. 2535
Dyal, James A. 2596, 3331
Dykman, Roscoe A. 1091, 6009

E

Easton, Karl 2488

Eaton, Joseph W. 255

Eckhoff, Eva 1737

Edelberg. Robert 1904

Eder, Howard A. 2562

Edgerton, Milton T. 1875

Edwards, Allen L. 3137, 4075

Ehrenfreund, David 2581

Ehrentheil, Otto F. 1905, 4690

Ehrlich, Leon 196

Eichler, Myron F. 4867

Eiduson, Samuel 3968

Eisenberg, Leon 2583

Eldred, Stanley H. 3999

Elkes, Joel 2412

Elkind, David 3466

Ellingson, Robert J. 2603, 5075

Ellis, Fred W. 1420

Ellis, Norman R. 2229, 4433

Ellis, Robert A. 4968

Ellson, Douglas G. 4786, 4989

Elmadjian, Fred 1300

Elrick, Harold 1796

Emerson, Richard 1957

Emmerich, Walter 2853, 3844

Enarson, Harold L. 1718, 9084

Engel, Edward 2528

Engel, George L. 750, 857, 1901, 5339

Engel, Mary 2638

Engelhardt, David M.
5518

Entwisle, Doris R. 5348

Epstein, Benjamin 3167

Epstein, Leon J. 1950, 2923

Epstein, Seymour 1293

Epstein, William 3600, 4153

Erasmus, Charles J. 5447

Eriksen, Charles W. 1037, 1206

Eron, Leonard D. 1726

Errera, Paul L. 5261

Ershoff, Benjamin H. 3797

Ervin, Susan M. 3772, 3813

Escalona, Sibylle K. 27

Essa, Shirley H. 2693

Essman, Walter B. 5140

Etsten, Benjamin 3167

Evan, William M. 3455

Evans, Francis C. 375

Ewalt, Jack R. 1510, 5077, 9106,
9153

Ewing, James H. 4679, 5809

Ewing, Thomas N. 1041, 1388

Eyde, David B. 4027

Eysenck, Hans J. 2612

1983, 5090,

F

Fagot, Robert F. 2046
Fahrion, Nell G. 4382
Fantz, Robert L. 2497, 5284
Farber, Bernard 3207
Farber, I. E. 142, 2296
Farina, Amerigo 4348
Farley, Jane 2270, 3514
Farnsworth, Dana L. 9151
Feifel, Herman 2920

Feld, Sheila 2181

Feldman, Marvin J. 2876
Feldman, Robert S. 376, 1061
Feldstein, Stanley 4548, 4571
Ferguson, Frances Northend 5513

14

Ferraro, Armando 129

Ferris, Eugene B., Jr. 313

Ferris, James P. 4748

Ferry, Alan 2211

Ferster, Charles B. 3225

Feshbach, Seymour 3213

Fiedler, Fred 1774

Field, Peter B. 9175

Fineman, Abraham 859, 2384

Finesinger, Jacob E. 318, 795, 3355

Finger, Frank 4920

Fink, Geraldine 5518

Fink, Max 927, 2092, 2715, 5338,
7432

Fink, Raymond 9172

Finney. Ben R. 5043

Fish, Barbara 4665

Fish, Melvin S. 2756

Fischer, Gloria J. 3771, 5464, 5515

Fischer, J. L. 1502

Fischer, Roland 2731, 2927, 4694

Fisher, Alan E. 1316, 1951

Fisher, Charles 3267

Fisher, Jerome 1132

Fisher, Seymour 1412, 1578

Fishman, Vivian 3929, 4543

Fisichelli, Vincent R. 2875

Flach, Frederic F. 4671, 4958

Flanagan, John C. 2074

Flavell, John H. 2632

Flexner, L. 2412

Flynn, John P. 6953

Foa, Uriel G. 2669

Folch-Pi, Jordi 2412, 4083

Foldes, Francis F. 1425

Folk, G. Edgar, Jr. 1333

Foltz, Eldon L. 2895

Fonda, Charles P. 1099

Foote, Nelson N. 891

Ford, Clellan S. 3090, 5512

Forrest, Irene S. 2728, 5294

Forsham, Peter H. 3951

Forsyln, Daniel 5348

Forster, Francis M. 38, 385, 9111

Foshee, James G. 2311, 4391

Fosmire, Frederick R. 3841, 4978

Foulkes, David 4151

Fowler, Harry 4549

Fox, Bernard H. 4956, 5892

Fox, Henry M. 3634

Fox, Robert 919

Fox, Stephen S. 5970

Frank, Jerome D. 532, 4618, 5521

Frank, Lawrence K. 61

Franklin, Girard H. 5157

Franks, Cyril M. 2720

Franzler, Shervert H. 3532

Freedman, Alfred M. 3230, 4438
Freedman, Daniel X. 1204, 3363
Freedman, Norbert 1983, 5090

Freedman, Sanford J. 1863

Freeman, G. Laverne 1034

Freeman, Harry 3253, 3314, 4276,
4825, 5089, 5933

Freeman, Howard E. 1627

Freeman, Walter J. 2401

Freilich, Morris 4326

French, Elizabeth G.

French, Gilbert 4515

French, John D. 2482, 3491, 4336

French, John R., Jr. 3874, 9132

French, Joseph H. 3163

French, Thomas M. 22,23

Frenkel-Brunswik, Else 9139

Freyhan, Fritz A. 2991

Frezal, Jean 3921

Fried, Marc 9137

Frieden, Edward H. 2729

3607, 7083
Friedhoff, Arnold J.
4664, 4665, 4669

Friedman, Alfred S.

Friedman, Orrie M. 3273

Friend, Dale G. 3226, 4586

Friis, Henning 5509

Frohman, Charles E. 4816, 5668

Frost, Henry H. 3348

Fujita, Shigeo 4366, 4598

Fuller, John L. 800, 1775

Fuller, Raymond G. 196

Funkenstein, Daniel 945, 9151

Furchtgott, Ernest 1064

Furer, Manuel 3353

Furfey, Paul H. 3525

Fuster, Joachim M. 2411, 3756, 5163

G

Gadalla, Saad S. 2407

Gage, Nathaniel L. 650
Galanter, Eugene 2293
Galbrecht, Charles” 1091
Galdston, Iago 2790, 4314
Gallant, Donald M. 3701
Gantt, W. Horsley 1350
Garcia, John 4850

Gardner, Beatrice T. 4245
Gardner, George E. 661, 826
Gardner, R. Allen 4337
Gardner, Riley W. 25, 2454
Garfield, Sol L. 2318, 5993
Garmezy, Norman 629, 6004
Garner, Ann Margaret 823
Garner, Harry H. 1422, 3775, 4545
Garner, Wendell R. 3558

2716, 2717,
1727, 2722, 3674

Garrison, Mortimer, Jr. 563, 1394,
4267
Gaskill, Herbert S. 3040

Gastaut, Henri 3258

Gault, Frederick P. 4163

Gebhard, Paul H. 1633

Geertsma, Robert H. 2840

Geiger, Ruth S. 3878

Gelber, Beatrice T. 1001

Geller, Edward 3968

Geller, Miriam R. 5457

Gellhorn, Ernst 4341, 4743, 4791

Gendlin, Eugene T. 3496

Gengerelli, Joseph A. 839, 6452

Gerard, Donald L. 1426, 3522

Gerard, Margaret 823

Gerard, Ralph W. 694, 1379, 1971,
1972, 9104

Gerken, George M. 5611, 5733

Geschwind, Norman 1802

Gershon, Samuel 4669

Gertner, Sheldon B. 3231

Gerty, Francis J. 823, 5527

Gewirtz, Hava B. 3421

Ghent, Arthur W. 5561

Ghent, Lila 2444, 4109

Gianakon, Harry G. 2617

Giarman, Nicholas J. 3363

Gibson, Robert D. 4484

Gibbs, Frederic A. 56

Gidro-Frank, Lothar 744

Gilbert, William M. 1041

Gilkeson, Elizabeth C. 9135

Ging, Nelson S. 4598.

Ging, Rosalie J. 4598

Gilbert, William M. 1388

Gill, Merton M. 163, 1323

Ginsburg, Benson E. 3361

Gjerstad, Gunnar 3518

Glasky, Alvin J. 4957

Glasscock, Thomas T.

Gleitman, Henry 4993

3042

Gleser, Goldine C. 1055

Glick, Leonard B. 4025

Glickman, Stephen E. 4595

Glidewell, John C. 592

Glock, Charles Y. 1076, 9033, 9037

Gluck, Henry 5439

Glueck, Bernard C., Jr. 4465, 4675

Glueck, Eleanor T. 1817

Glueck, Sheldon 1817

Glusman, Murray 3660

Goff, William R. 5286

Goffman, Erving 4111

Gol, Alexander 5204

Gold, Mitchell A. 226

Goldberg, Eugene L. 5258

Goldberg, Marshall 4266

Goldenberg, Harry 1305, 2461, 2938,
3929

Goldenberg, Vivian 1305

Goldensohn, Eli S. 3166

Goldman, Alfred E. 4318

Goldman-Eisler, Frieda 5201

Goldschmidt, Walter R. 4097

Goldstein, Jacob 213

Goldstein, Menek 2717, 6024

Goldstein, Michael J. 4720

Goldstone, Sanford 1121

Gollub, Lewis R. 1604

Gonzalez, Richard C. 2857, 5402

Goode, William J. 2526, 5181

Goodenough, Donald R. 628, 3885

Goodenough, Evelyn W. 5107

Goodglass, Harold 4187

Goodman, Mary E. 1797

Goodman, Morris 2476

Goodrich, Kenneth P. 4426

Gortatowski, Melvin J. 1165

Gormezano, Isidore 4034

Goshen, Charles E. 1452

Gottesman, Irving I. 5384

Gottlieb, Jacques S. 14, 2241, 2476

Gottschalk, Louis A. 664, 1055, 6005

Gough, Harrison G. 462, 5746

Graham, David T. 996, 1446, 2011,
2014

Graham, Frances K.

Graham, Thomas M. 3797

Gralnick, Alexander 2349

Granick, Ruth 2775

Granick, Samuel 1128

Grant, Ronald 1895

Greeley, David M. 898

Green, Edward J. 2200

Green, John D. 5163

Greenbaum, Marvin 4527

Greenberg, Nahman H. 5527

Greenberg, Ruven 3898

Greenblatt, Milton 354, 687, 1246,
1690, 1863, 2726, 3314, 4172, 4586,
5077, 9091

Greene, William A., Jr.

Greenfield, Norman S.

Greenspoon, Joel 3216

Greiner, Theodore H. 1904

Grenell, Robert G. 318, 795

Griffith, Wendell H. 3663

Griffiths, William J. 1481, 4724

Grings, William W. 3916

Grinker, Roy R. 65, 1442, 4957, 5519

Grob, Gerald N. 3190

Gross, Martin 2147, 3672, 4661

Gross, Milton M. 5410

Gross, Sonja K. 3617, 7431

Grosser, Bernard I. 4231

Grossman, Sebastian P.

Gruber, Howard 4382

Gruemer, Hanns-Dieter

Gruen, Walter 3064

2011

857
2743

5331
2729, 3961

15

Gruenberg, Ernest M. 5150
Gruman, Gerald J. 2163, 2686
Grunes, Jerome 2379

Gubler, Clark 5314

Guest, George M. 1175
Guilford, Joy P. 2353

Gulick, John 4466

Gump, Paul V. 550, 1066
Gunberg, David L. 4527
Gundlach, Ralph 5157

Gunter, Laurie M. 1338
Gussow, Zachary 3149
Gutekunst, Ralph 5793

Guth, Paul S. 2362, 4357, 4773
Guttersen, Alston G. 1452
Guttman, Louis 5159

Guttman, Norman 631, 1002, 3917

Guze, Samuel B. 2242

H
Habenstein, Robert W. 5343
Haber, Ralph N. 3244
Haddad, Raef K. 4703
Hagamen, Wilbur D. 1386

Haggard, Ernest A. 637, 912, 4019

Hahn, Pauline B. 661

Hakerem, Gad 2783, 4759, 5051,
7478

Halas, Edward S. 4091

Hall, Edward T. 4166

Hall, Robert L. 2472

Halstead, Ward C. 1057

Hamblin, Robert L. 3039

Hamilton, Charles 3327

Hammer, Muriel 4082

Hammond, Kenneth R. 3848, 4977
Hampson, Joan G. 1557
Hampson, John L. 1557

Hamwi, George J. 4694

Hance, A. J. 3241

Handel, Gerald 543

Handler, Philip 2109

Hankoff, Leon D. 5090

Hanley, Charles 1885

Hanlon, Thomas E. 2152, 4233

Hanna, Calvin 3006, 6572

Hare, A. Paul 5400

Harlan, W. L. 2244

Harlan, William H. 719

Harleston, Bernard W. 3597

Harlow, Harry F. 772, 940, 4528

Harris, Dale B. 690, 897

Harris, Florence 2208

Harris, Lillian E. 180

Harris, Shelby 2286

Harte, Thomas J. 1164, 3525

Hartley, Ruth E. 959

Hartman, J. Francis 388

Harvey, Elinor B. 2521

Harwood, Charles W. 2838

Hassenplug, Lulu W. 5495

Hastorf, Albert H. 2480

Hatfield, John S. 3217

Hathaway, Starke R. 724, 4306

Havens, Leston L. 1690, 2726

Havighurst, Robert J. 382, 621, 4736,
9082

Hawkes, Glenn R. 2963
Hawkins, David R. 2360, 5543
Haydu, George G. 3993

Hayes, Keith J. 669

Heath, Douglas H. 4145

Heath, Robert G. 612, 3701
Hebb, Donald O. 2455
Hefferline, Ralph F. 2380, 2961
Hegsted, D. Mark 611

Heimstra, Norman W. 5981
Heinberg, Paul J. 3465
Heinicke, Christoph 2948
Heiser, Karl F. 563

Heiss, Jerold S. 4402

Heistad, Gordon T. 2273, 5106
Held, Richard M. 3657
Heller, John H. 1903
Helper, Malcolm 2318
Helwig, Harold L. 3507
Hemingway, Allan 2401
Hendin, Helen 2882
Henry, Andrew F. 1294
Henry, Charles E. 834
Henry, William E. 9082
Henry, William I. 1224
Henson, O'Dell W., Jr.
Hereford, Carl F. 1377
Herring, Pendleton 4160
Herrnstein, Richard J. 5139
Hershkowitz, Aaron 4625, 7305
Hess, Eckhard H. 776

Hess, Robert. D. 543, 4736

Hetzel, Willard C. 196

Heusler, Anton F. 2823, 3826, 7071
Hewitt, Robert T. 1718

Hicks, Leslie H. 1215

Hilgard, Ernest R. 3859

Hilgard, Josephine 727

5430

Hill, Reuben 9038
Hill, William F. 622, 1133
Hill, Winfred F. 2834

Hinkle, Lawrence E. 1531

Hitchman, Irene L. 2147, 3672, 4661

Hitt, John 5056

Hoagland, Hudson 366, 657, 1322,
2211, 2936, 2967

Hobbs, Nicholas 674, 2529

Hockett, Charles F. 2021, 2833

Hoff, Ebbe C. 9073

Hoffer, Joe R. 9165

Hoffman, Howard 2433

Hoffman, Martin L. 1747, 2333

Hoffman, Paul J. 2097, 4439

Holland, William R. 4036

Holliday, Audrey R. 3311

Hollingshead, August B. 263, 1745,
1750, 3569
Hollister, Leo E. 3030, 5144

Holmes, Thomas H. 1115
Holt, L. Emmett, Jr. 833
Holt, Robert R. 782, 3670
Holtzman, Wayne H. 3223
Holz, William C. 4926

Holzman, Philip S. 1182, 1811
Homme, Lloyd E. 2987
Honig, Werner K. 2414

Honigmann, John J. 4466, 5513
Hoobler, Icie M. 2054
Hooker, Evelyn 839, 6452
Horita, Akira 2435

Horn, Paul E. 2904
Horner, B. Elizabeth 4096
Horner, Frederick A. 3163
Horowitz, Leonard M. 5428
Horst, Paul 743

Horton, Donald 9135
Hoskins, Robert G. 3226
House, Betty J. 1099
Hovorka, Edward J. 693

Howard, Stuart A. 3366
Howe, Edmund S. 3355
Howell, John C. 2957

Howes, Davis H* 1802
Hsia, David Y. 1945, 2630
Huang, Chien L. 3967
Hudson, Roy D. 5324
Hughes, Charles C. 4506

Hulpieu, Harold R. 3046
Hulse, Stewart H. 2363
Hume, Portia B. 9075
Humphreys, Lloyd G. 2509
Hunsaker, Don, II 4996
Hunt, David E. 955, 3517
Hunt, Howard F. 1918, 3361, 7279
Hunt, J. McVicker 1041
Hunt, Thelma 4109

Hunt, William E. 4694
Hunter, Richard A. 4721
Hunton, Vera D. 1215
Hurwitz, Jacob I. 9149
Huston, Paul E. 14
Hutcheson, B. R. 9149

I

Ingram, Walter R. 675

Irwin, Samuel 3032

Isaac, Walter 2195, 2289, 4539
Isaacs, Kenneth 637

Isaacson, Robert L. 3202

Iscoe, Ira 3581

Ittelson, William H. 2503

Ivey, John E., Jr. 9080

Iwanska, Alicja 4448
Izquierdo, Ivan 5183

J

Jackson, C. Wesley, Jr. 3037

Jackson, Donald D. 791, 1673, 2621,
4916

Jackson, Douglas N. 2738, 2878

Jackson, Edith B. 105

Jackson, Elton F. 5516

Jacobs, Harry L. 3448, 4320, 5754

Jacobs, Howard 1. 3394

Jaffe, Joseph 4548, 4571

Jahoda, Marie 910

James, Rita M. 2202

Janeway, Charles A. 320

Janke, Leota L. 1627

Janowitz, Morris 2104

Jarecki, Henry 5261

Jarrard, Leonard E. 4710

Jarvik, Lissy F. 1911

Jarvik, Murray E. 1225, 5319

Jeans, Robert F. 1422, 4545

Jeffrey, Wendell E. 1498

Jenkin, Noel 1394

Jenkins, James J. 4286

Jennings, Percy H. 2521

Jensen, Glen D. 2834, 4494, 7237

Jensen, Gordon D. 5241

Jerison, Harry J. 3145

Jervis, George A. 1192

Jessner, Lucie 819

Jessor, Richard 9156

John, Erwin R. 2811, 2972

Johns, Varner J., Jr. 5470

Johnson, Adelaide M. 23

Johnson, Erwin H. 5221

Johnson, Guy B., Jr. 4309

Johnson, Ronald C. 5110

Johnson, William J. 9133

Johnston, Philip W. 1227

Jolly, Donald H. 2537, 4290

Jones, Austin 2479

Jones, Edward V., Jr.

Jones, F. Nowell 1776

Jones, Harold E. 4087

Jones, Lyle V. 1849, 1876

Jones, Richard M. 5087

Josselyn, Irene 1335

Juurmaa, Jyrki Y. 3593

2036

16

K

Kabat, Elvin A. 257

Kado, Raymond T. 3708

Kagan, Jerome 2884, 4464

Kahn, Robert L. 3346, 9132

Kalish, Harry I. 1002, 1459, 6096

Kallmann, Franz J. 479, 1065, 1911,
3532, 5652

Kalz, Frederick 2151

Kamiya, Joe 2116, 5069

Kanareff, Vera T. 3909

Kanfer, Frederick H. 963, 2027, 3700,
6921, 6922

Kaplan, Bernard 3853

Kaplan, Bert 1019

Kaplan, Ira 5364

Kaplan, Michael 3332
Kaplan, Oscar J. 2919
Kaplan, Samuel 39, 3026

Kaplan, Solomon D. 1520, 2060, 4484
Karelitz, Samuel 2875
Kastenbaum, Robert 4818
Kates, Solis 4392

Katz, Irwin 2421

Katz, Jay 3121

Katz, Sanford 5498
Kaufman, I. Charles 373, 4670, 5518
Kaufman, Irving 3958
Kaufman, Melvin E. 4085
Kaufman, M. Ralph 1552
Kayce, Melvin M. 4673
Keehn, Robert J. 1928
Keeler, Martin H. 4742
Keely, Harold W. 3042
Kellaway, Peter 5204
Keller, Fred S. 1421, 3673
Keller, Mark 9159
Kellog, Winthrop N. 1
Kelly, George 2031
Kelly, E. Lowell 1045
Kelly, Harriet J. 2054

Kelman, Herbert C. 2516, 7280
Kensler, Charles J. 3312
Kenyon, Grant Y. 2328

Kernohan, William J. 4674

Kessen, William 1787

Kety, Seymour S. 2412, 5521

Kierman, Gerald L. 2726

Kiesler, D. J. 3496

Killam, Eva King 3374

Killam, Keith F. 3241, 3374

Kim, Chul 3093

Kimble, Gregory A. 1509

Kimmel, Herbert D. 2867

Kinder, Elaine F. 627, 1191

King, David J. 3174

King, Frederick A. 1630, 1639, 3118

King, John A. 123, 5643

King, Stanley H. 9151

Kinnard, William J., Jr. 3029

Kinross-Wright, John 4578, 5121

Kirk, H. David 3004

Kirk, Samuel A. 274, 3207

Kissin, Benjamin 4588, 5410

Kiyasu, John 4356

Klausner, Samuel Z. 3028

Klee, Gerald D. 3644

Kleemeier, Robert W.

Klein, Donald F. 4798

Klein, George S. 25, 782, 3670

Kleiner, Robert J. 3047

Kline, Nathan S. 2350, 3031, 4253,
4417

Kling, Julius W. 2337

Klopfer, Peter H. 2850, 4453

Kluckhohn, Florence R. 971

Kluckhohn, Richard 2500

1057
Klugh, Henry E. 3275, 5257

Kluver, Heinrich 1981

Knapp, Harriet D. 2939

Knapp, Peter H. 609, 864, 1223,
2134, 2510

Knapp, Robert H. 2178

Knighton, Robert S. 2474

Knoblock, Hilda 1693

Knopf, Irwin J. 4038

Knott, John R. 675

Knowles, R. R. 4674

Kobayashi, Yutaka 3591

Kobler, Arthur L. 2858

Koch, Helen L. 409

Koegler, Ronald R. 3020

Koella, Werner P. 2211, 4953

Kogan, Nathan 1867, 2269

Koh, Soon D. 5306

Komarovsky, Mirra 2604

Kopeloff, Nicholas 651

Korchin, Sheldon J. 1051

Korman, Maurice 4038

Kornetsky, Conan ™ 3312

Kornhauser, Arthur 460

Koronakos, Chris 2816

Korsch, Barbara M. 3453

Kounin, Jacob S. 544, 1066, 4221

Kovnar, Murray R. 5306

Krall, Albert R. 5632

Kramer, Milton 3033

Krantz, John C. 2540

Krasner, Leonard 2458

Krause, Merton S. 5031

Krayer, Otto 2029

Krech, David 1292

Krezanoski, Joseph 2701

Kris, Else B. 2700, 3868

Kristofferson, Alfred B. 2463

Krivoy, William A. 2272, 3477

Kroeger, Donald C. 766

Kroepsch, Robert H. 1718

Kron, Reuben E. 5550

Kronhausen, Eberhard W. 1136

Krumholz, Wilhelm 5096

Krus, Donald M. 2262

Kryter, Karl D. 2234

Kumler, Warren D. 3487

Kurland, Albert A. 733, 2152, 2844,
3048, 3967

Kutash, Samuel B. 2503

L

L’Abate, Luciano 1373, 3804

Lacey, Beatrice C. 623

Lacey, John I. 623

Lachman, Roy 4077, 5729

Laffal, Julius 2020

Tago, Gladwyn V. "2553

Lake, Richard A. 622

Iakin, Martin 2379

Lambert, William W. 1344, 2331

Lambertsen, Christian J. 692

Lamy, Maurice 3921

Lana, Robert E. 3774, 4113, 4830,
5504

Landauer, Thomas K. 5308

Landfield, Alvin W. 3058, 4058

Landis, Carney 872

Lane, Ellen A. 5186 .

Lane, John E. 1284

Lang, Peter J. 3567, 3880

Langness, Lewis L. 4377

Langs, Robert J. 2110

Lanzetta, John T. 3909

Lapouse, Rema 1507, 3191

Larsson, Knut 5213

Lashley, Karl S. 77

Lasslo, Andrew 2072, 4379

Laties, Victor G. 3229

Laveck, Gerald D. 3240

Law, O. Thomas 5207

Lawrence, Douglas H. 1689

Lawson, Edwin D. 3836, 5278

Lawton, M. Powell 4796

Layman, Emma M. 1445

Lazarow, Arnold 388

Lazarus, Richard S. 734, 2136

Lazovik, A. David 3880

Lazure, Denis 4253

Leary, Robert W. 835, 1664

Leary, Timothy 1013, 1323

Leblanc, Jacques 3078

Lebra, William P. 3084

Ledwith, Nettie H. 929

Lee, Everett S. 5375

Lee, Joan 4674

Leete, Edward 2075, 2662

Leevy, Carroll M. 5541

Lefton, Mark = 2940, 2953

Legg, Donald R. 3890

Lehman, Heinz E. 5202

Lehrman, Daniel S. 2271

Liebowitz, Herschel 1090

Leiderman, P. Herbert 2276

Leighton, Alexander 515, 4506

Leitch, Eunice M. 27

Lemert, Edwin M. 3158, 5161

Lemieux, Lionel 3078

Lemon, Henry M. 609

Lennard, Henry L. 1076, 2882

Lenncberg, Eric H. 2921, 5268

Lennox, William G. 111

Lesse, Henry 867

Lesser, Gerald S.
3607, 7083

Lester, Boyd K. 5079

Lettvin, Jerome Y. 2820

Leventhal, Howard 3575

Leventhal, Theodore 1821

Levin, Harry 901

Levin, Max M. 3642

Levin, Sidney 2134

Levine, Jacob 3589

Levine, Julius 1690

Levine, Marvin 3906

Levine, Maurice 664

Levine, Murray 1934, 2724, 4041,
4531

Levine, Raphael B. 1499

Le Vine, Robert A. 4037

Levine, Seymour 1051, 1630, 1639

Levinger, George 2617, 4653

Levinson, Daniel J. 687, 1000, 9091

Levitt, Eugene E. 3204

Levy, Bernard I. 4663

Levy, Leon H. 1512, 2067

Levy, Nissim M. 3196

Lewinsohn, Peter M. 5548

Lewis, Donald J. 2508

Lewis, Leon 2325

Lewit, David W. 4164

Lhamon, William T. 1121, 1904

Liberson, Wladimir T. 1061

Licklider, J. C. R. 2234

Liddell, Howard S. 41

Liddle, Gordon P. 1319

Lidz, Theodore 728, 2468

Lieberman, Morton 2304

Liebeskind, John 5970

Lighthall, Fred 712

Lindemann, Elizabeth B. 5310

Lindemann, Erich 3471, 9137

Lindsley, Donald B. 189

Lindsley, Ogden R. 977, 2778, 5054

Lindzey, Gardner 1949, 3536

1020, 1956, 2884,

17

Linn, Erwin L. 4122

Lippitt, Ronald 94, 450, 919, 1654,
1780, 9109

Lippman, Richard W. 2891

Lipscomb, Wendell R. 3507, 9158

Lipton, Earle L. 4605

Liss, Leopold 2927

Little, Clarence C. 800

Little, Kenneth B. 402

Littman, Richard A. 1695, 3801, 3997,
4063, 5429

Liu, Chan-Nao 2028

Loeb, Janice 5588

Loeb, Martin B. 815

Loevinger, Jane 1213, 5115

Logan, Frank A. 1760, 4173

London, Irving M. 2562

London, Perry 4441

Long, Ernest S. 2769

Long, Eugene R., Jr. 2007, 2879

Loomis, Earl A.) Jr. 1263

Long, Robert 819, 937

Loranger, Armand W.

Lorr, Maurice 3262

Lotsof, Erwin J. 1245

Loucks, Roger B. 2838

Lourie, Reginald S. 1445

Lovass, Ole I. 5170

Low, Niels L. 1586

Lowell, Francis C. 609

Lowenthal, Marjorie F. 9145

Lowry, Elmer F., Jr. 4030

Lubin, Ardie 4113, 5504

Luborsky, Lester B. 2257, 3654

Luce, R. Duncan 2293

Ludwig, Alfred O. 767, 2484

Luft, Joseph 528

Luszki, Margaret B. 9027

Lykken, David T. 1500, 4697

Lyons, Joseph 5438

M

Maas. Henry S. 1483

McAllister, Dorothy E. 2064
McAllister, Robert J. 3773, 5909
McAllister, Wallace R. 2064
Macalpine, Ida 4721

McCain, Garvin M. 5469
McCandless, Boyd R. 658
McCann, Willis H. 425
McCarter, Robert H. 2134
McCarthy, Raymond G. 1426
McCay, Clive M. 41
McClelland, David C. 120, 2980
McCluer, Robert H. 1630, 1637, 1639
Maccoby, Eleanor E. 1468
McCollough, Celeste F. 4056
McConnell, James V. 2946
McConnell, Thomas R. 4734
McCord, Joan 2647

McCord, William M. 2647
McCluer, Robert H. 1637, 2731
MacFarlane, Jean W. 79
McGanity, William J. 1265
McGaugh, James L. 3541
McGinnies, Elliott M. 9064

1283, 2090

MacKinnon, Donald W. 1078, 2591
McKitrick, Keith G. 5148

Macklin, Madge T. 9161
McNamara, Robert L. 2407
McPartland, Thomas S. 1882
MacPhee, Halsey M. 1033
McPheeters, Harold 7874
McPherson, Marion W. 3568
McQuitty, Louis L. 9020
McQuown, Norman A. 3847

Madison, Harry L. 2906

Magoun, Horace W. 189

Mahan, Mary B. 3150

Maher, Brendan A. 2039, 5505

Mahl, George F. 1052, 3092

Mahler, Margaret S. 3353

Maier, Norman R. 2704

Maki, Augusth 2728

Makover, Henry 2562

Malamud, William 373

Maldonado-Sierra, E. D. 9175

Malitz, Sidney 1665

Malmo, Robert B. 1475

Maltzman, Irving 4684

Malzberg, Benjamin 188, 1140, 4486

Mandler, George 2442, 4852

Mandler, Jean M. 4852

Mangin, William P. 1566

Manis, Jerome G. 2646

Mann, Edward C. 2340

Mann, Floyd C. 3276, 3983, 9132

Mann, Richard D. 5405

Mannering, Gilbert J. 3689, 5453,
7541

Mansour, Tag E. 1725

Marchant, Walter E. 1905

Marcus, Irwin M. 790

Maretzki, Thomas 3084

Marjerrison, Gordon 3647

Markham, Charles 3020

Marley, Francis W. 1833

Marsh, James T. 1103, 3831

Marshall, Curtis 2844

Martin, Barclay 1454

Martin, Clyde E. 1633

Martin, Elmore 622

Marx, Melvin H. 817

Masland, Richard L. 652, 9092

Mason, William A. 4100

Masserman, Jules H. 16, 730, 2312

Masuda, Minoru 1948, 2552

Matarazzo, Joseph D. 1107, 1938

Matthews, Dorothy M. 1627

Mausner, Bernard 2836

Maxwell, David S. 5163

May, Philip R. 2719, 4589

May, Rupert 2988

Mayman, Martin 4401

Maynard, Edith A. 5639

Maynard, Laurence S. 4588

Mead, Margaret 9034

Meade, Robert D. 3193

Mecham, Merlin J. 5590

Mechner, Francis 3032

Mednick, Sarnoff A. 1519

Meehan, John P. 3394

Meehl, Paul E. 4465

Meenes, Max. 1215

Meier, Gilbert W.

Meier, R. M. 1903

Meissner, William W. 4707

Mello, Nancy K. 4814

Melzack, Ronald 4235

Mendelson, Jack H. 1955, 4814, 5619

Menzel, Emil W., Jr. 1005

Menzer-Benaron, Doris 2484

Merkelstein, Ida 5157

Merlis, Sidney 5096

Mertens, Marjorie S. 2121

Mertz, Edwin T. 2434, 2537, 4290

Meshorer, Edward 3314

Messick, Samuel J. 2738, 2878, 4186

Metcalf, David R. 3042

Mettler, Fred A. 118, 252, 289

Meyer, Donald R. 1532, 1653, 1693,
2035

Meyer, Eugene 1875

762, 1265

Meyer, Hans 2434

Meyer, Mortimer M. 2920

Meyerowitz, Sanford 5339

Meyerson, Lee 3730

Michaux, Mary H. (Tatom) 4233

Michels, Kenneth 4532

Miles, Raymond C. 4890

Milhoj, Poul 5509

Mill, Cyril R. 4030

Miller, Aloysius I. 4663

Miller, Arnold 4915

Miller, Daniel R. 564

Miller, Eileen R. 4915

Miller, Frank C. 4982

Miller, George A. 5120

Miller, James G. 1871

Miller, Lovick C. 2292

Miller, Marvin F. 2408

Miller, Neal E. 647, 2949

Miller, Norman 4840

Miller, Orlando Jack 4386, 4872

Miller, Robert E. 487

Miller, Walter B. 1342, 1414, 4010

Miller, Wilbur C. 3040

Millican, Frances K. 1445

Mills, Theodore M. 3876

Minz, Bruno 1902

Mirone, Leonora 4813

Mirsky, Allan F. 6015

Mirsky, I. Arthur 67, 76, 327, 486,
487

Misback, Lorenz 425

Mischel, Frances 2557

Mischel, Walter 2557, 3344, 63830

Misiak, Henryk 1283, 4421

Miya, Tom S. 2405

Mohr, George 1335

Moles, Edgar A. 4674

Moltz, Howard 1732, 2417, 3855

Monachesi, Elio D. 724, 4306

Money, John 1557

Monk, Mary A. 1507, 3191

Monroe, Russell 4137

Moore, Blake W. 4591

Moore, Kenneth B. 1971

Moore, Robert Francis 1690

Morant, Ricardo B. 3658

Morgan, Richard D. 1950

Morin, Richard D. 1588, 7842

Morphet, Edgar L. 3473

Morris, Harold H. 4679

Morris, Thomas A. 2484

Morrison, James M. 4266

Morrow, William R. 3503

Morse, Roger A. 3368

Morse, W. H. 2094, 2140

Mosel, James N. 1508

Mosteller, Frederick 2293

Mountjoy, Paul T. 2398

Mouton, Jane Srygley 2447

Mowbray, Jay B. 4528

Mowrer, O. Hobart 422

Moyer, Kenneth E. 1298

Mudd, Emily H. 57

Muenzinger, Karl F. 771

Murdock, Bennet B. 3330

Murphy, Gardner 25, 715, 3924

Murphy, John V. 487

Murphy, Louis B. 680, 4093

Murphy, Robert F. 5250

Murray, Henry A. 700, 1287, 6038

Murstein, Bernard I. 4698

Mussen, Paul H. 3217

Myers, J. Martin 5931

Myers, Jerome K. 3569

Myers, Jerome L. 1932, 2620, 3803

Myers, Nancy A. 2620

Myers, Robert D. 2637

18

N

Naboisek, Herbert 1627
Nakamura, Charles Y. 4493
Nalbandov, Andrew V. 3203
Naquet, Robert 3258
Naroll, Raoul S. 1930, 2453, 3068,
3821
Nash, Dennison J. 4821
Nash, Manning 2017
Neet, Claude C. 376
Neisser, Ulric 3658
Nelson, John W. 2929
Nenno, Robert P. 5541
Neugarten, Bernice L.
9082
Newcomb, Theodore M. 2924
Newman, Bertha L. 4855
Newman, Richard 1024
Nichols, Charles H. 5920
Nichols, John 2904
Nichols, Robert C.
Nichtern, Sol 5150
Nielsen, Gerhard 6038
Nisonger, Herschel 9103
Nissen, Henry W. 1005
Nitzberg, Harold 3042
Noble, Merrill E. 1653, 2618
Nobles, W. Lewis 3232
Nodland, Thoralv Scheie 1737
Noshay, William C. 2474
Notterman, Joseph M. 1668
Noval, Joseph J. 3690, 4703
Novick, Alvin 5430
Nowlis, Helen H. 681
Nowlis, Vincent 681
Nunnally, Jum C. 9067
Nurnberger, John I. 5154
Nye, F. Ivan 2502

o

Oakes, William F. 3212, 5998
O’Brien, Denis A. 5124
O’Brien, Donough 2347
Obrist, Walter D. 834

Ochs, Sidney 4815

O’Connell, Donald Neil 2820
O'Connor, James P. 3262
O'Connor, John F. 4740
O'Doherty, Desmond 9111
Odoi, Hiroshi 530

O'Donnell, John A. 4014
Offenkrantz, Frederick M. 3032
Offenkrantz, William 2390, 4151
Offer, Daniel 4870

Ohlin, Lloyd E. 9168

Ohwaki, Sonoko 3461
Ojemann, Ralph H. 301
O'Kelly, Lawrence I. 4853
Olds, James 1614, 2839
Oliver, Douglas L. 5043
Olson, Robert E. 2547

O'Neill, John J. 5317

O'Neal, Lawrence W. 1159
O’Neal, Patricia 1400

Orbach, Jack 3830

Ordy, Joseph M. 4956
Orlando, Robert 2232

Orne, Martin T. 3369

Orr, Richard H. 3236

Osburn, Hobart G. 1782
Osgood, Charles E. 2124, 9067
Osler, Sonia 2583

Ostfeld, Adrain M. 2302

Otis, Leon S. 2003, 3384, 4789
Overall, John E. 5144
Overholser, Winfred 965

3972, 4200,

2734, 5548
Owens, Ben L. 9134
Ozarin, Lucy D. 1452

P

Paivio, Allan U. 4188

Palermo, David S. 4286

Palmer, James O. 3076

Pande, Shashi K. 4732

Parducci, Allen 3134, 5465

Pare, William P. 4752

Park, Lee C. 3741, 4732

Park, Peter 2478

Parker, Joseph B., Jr. 2365

Parker, Seymour 3047

Parsons, Anne 2105

Parsons, Oscar A. 1599

Pasamanick, Benjamin 1499, 1630,
1637, 1639, 1693, 2535, 3271, 4592,
5042, 7870, 7874

Pasik, Pedro 2261

Pasik, Tauba 2261

Patterson, Gerald R.
5429

Patterson, Ralph M. 2940

Patterson, Robert A. 2926

Patton, Robert A. 487, 1290

Paul, Benjamin D. 9059

Paul, Irving 4244

Pauling, Linus C. 5232

Pavenstedt, Eleanor 898, 3325

Pavlik, William B. 3406

Payton, Carolyn 4241

Peabody, Dean 6094

Peacock, Lelon J. 1005, 3791

Pechtel, Curtis 730

Peltz, William L. 57

Pennes, Harry H. 3444

Penny, Ronald K. 4240

Perkins, Charles 4378

Persky, Harold 3204

Peters, John E. 2564

Peterson, Cameron R. 4977

Peterson, Donald R. 5627

Peterson, Margaret J. 3707, 5209

Peterson, Ruth D. 2263

Petrie, Asenath 2057, 2641

Pettis, James B. 4030

Pfeiffer, Carl C. 639, 875, 4229

Pfouts, Jane 4518

Phares, E. Jerry 3852

Phillips, Leslie 467, 896, 1284

Philp, John R. 3507

Picchioni, Albert L. 3383

Pichot, Pierre 5098

Pierce, Chester M. 3033

Pierce, John G. 3663

Pierrel, Rosemary 1353, 2554, 5757

Piette, Lawrence H. 5294

Pilot, Martin L. 2468, 3092

Pincus, Gregory 657

Pins, Arnulf M. 4792

Piotrowski, Zygmunt 58

Pisoni, Stephanie 4443

Pitt-Rivers, Julian A. 3847

Pittenger, Robert E. 2021, 2833

Pittman, James A. 3842

Plotincov, Leonard 4322

Plotnikoff, Nicholas P. 3693

Podell, Jerome E. "4424, 5461

Polansky, Norman A. -544, 1762

Politzer, Frank 622

Pollack, Max 2092, 2715

Pollard, John C. 3037

Pomeroy, Wardell 1633

Pool, J. Lawrence 3166

Pope, Alfred 295

Pope, Benjamin 4287

1889, 4063,

Pope, Saxton T., Jr.

Porter, Paul B. 3165

Porter, R. W. 2482

Porteus, Stanley D. 2316

Poser, Charles M. 4660

Pospisil, Leopold 4027, 5124

Postman, Leo J. 2810

Prange, Arthur J., Jr.
4934

Preiss, Jack J. 2957

Prelinger, Ernst 1700, 3642

Premack, David 3345

Prentiss, Robert 4479

Pressey, Sidney L. 578

Presthus, Robert V. 5108

Preston, Malcolm G. 57

Pribram, Karl H. 545, 3732

Price, Marian Blewitt 4520

Priest, Jean H. 5484

Prigot, Aaron 2802

Proctor, Lorne D. 2474

Prokasy, William F. 2560

Pronko, Nicholas H. 2328, 3212

Pronovost, Wilbert 2123

Prout, Curtis T. 2090

Prusmack, John J. 3030

Pryles, Charles V. 5010, 6831

Psathas, George 2821

Pubols, Benjamin H. 4046

Pulver, Sydney E. 2068, 3986

Purcell, Kenneth 3269, 3722

Purvis, Martin 4479

Puryear, Herbert 5543

Putnam, Marian C. 39

Q

Quarton, Gardner C.
5281

Quay, Herbert C. 5627

Quinn, Olive W. 4345

Quint, Jeanne C. 5495

R

331, 981

1870, 4406,

1608, 3966,

Rabiner, Edwin L. 2349
Rabinowicz, Theodore 1561
Rader, Gordon E. 4518
Rafferty, Janet 1137
Ragland, James B. 4578
Rainer, John D. 3532
Rainey, Robert V. 3040
Rank, Beata 3026

Ramsey, Charles E. 3101
Ransohoff, Joseph 3166
Rapaport, Anatol 4238
Rapaport, Ionel F. 2561, 3322
Rarick, G. Lawrence 2561, 3322
Rashevsky, N. 1745

Raskin, Allen 4663
Rasmussen, A. F., Jr. 1103
Raush, Harold L. 516

Ray, Thomas S. 4260
Razran, Gregory 2196, 4417
Rechtschaffen, Allan 4151
Redl, Fritz 94, 550
Redlich, Frederick 263, 3589
Reed, Charles F. 4761

Reed, Sheldon C. 1431
Reese, William G. 1091
Regan, Peter F. 2721
Reichard, Suzanne 9139
Reichsman, Franz 750, 1205, 4356
Reid, Melvin P. 5117

Reid, L. Starling 4920
Reider, Norman 2948
Reiser, Morton F. 2306
Reiss, Ira L. 4045, 5566

19

Renneker, Richard 2556

Rennie, Thomas A. 515

Resnick, Oscar 2936

Rettig, Salomon 5042, 7870

Retzlaff, Ernest W. 1630, 1639, 3271,
4592

Reynolds, George S. 5139

Reynolds, Telfer 3507

Rexford, Eveoleen N. 1795, 9094

Reynolds, Robert W. 3459, 4003

Rhudick, Paul J. 1833

Rice, George E. 5449

Rice, Laura N. 4609

Richards, Thomas W. 469, 2212

Richardson, Stephen 2480

Richmond, Julius 4605

Richter, Curt P. 576

Richter, Melissa L. 3579

Rickels, Karl 2934

Rickers, Ovsiankina, Maria A. 1439

Riebar, Morton 5671

Riegel, Klaus F. 4069

Riese, Walther 4011

Riesen, Austin H. 681, 2137

Riesman, David 891

Rietman, H. J. 2244

Riggs, Margaret M. 563

Riley, Carroll L. 2150, 3565

Riley, John W., Jr. 926

Riley, Matilda W. 926

Rinkel, Max 5983

Riopelle, Arthur J. 589, 1005

Ripple, Lilian 1606

Riskin, Jules 4916

Riss, Walter 2339, 3392

Ritter, Anne M. 2985

Robbins, Gerald M. 5933

Robbins, Samuel D. 5452

Roberts, John M. 4161

Roberts, Warren W. 3979, 6901

Robins, Eli 752, 2254, 4591

Robins, Lee N. 1400

Robinson, Alice M. 677

Robinson, Franklin 260

Robinson, John S. 4296

Robinson, Halbert 4944

Rock, Irvin 2082, 3435

Rodnick, Eliot H. 629, 2109

Roe, Anne 10, 2106, 3239

Roessler, Robert 2743

Roff, Merrill 2218

Rogers, Carl R. 903, 2743, 3496

Rogers, David 4479

Rohrer, John H. 729

Roizin, Leon 1665

Rokeach, Milton 1885

Romano, John 1901

Romney, Kimball 3937

Rosecrans, John A. 4511

Rosen, Bernard C. 1495, 2283, 5589

Rosen, George 2115, 3171

Rosen, Joseph 123

Rosenberg, Sheldon 1394

Rosenblatt, Jay S. 3398

Rosenblatt, Seymour 4824

Rosenblith, Judy 2826

Rosenblith, Walter A. 4737

Rosenblum, Ira 5149

Rosenfeld, Laura S. 2875

Rosenzweig, Mark R. 1292

Rosenzweig, Norman 1972

Rosner, Burton S. 1530, 5286

Ross, Alan O. 2177

Ross, Arthur M. 9139

Ross, Bruce M. 1357, 3196

Ross, Golda Van Buskirk 1915

Ross, Robert T. 1632

Ross, Sherman 1604
Ross, William T. 1915

Rossi, Peter H. 4836

Roston, Sidney 2795
Rothenbuhler, Walter C. 3882, 7927
Rothney, John W. 1180

Rowe, John H. 4372

Rowland, Vernon 993, 5439, 6007
Royce, Joseph R. 2670

Rubenfeld, Seymour 1917

Rubin, Joan 4015

Rubinstein, Eli A. 2031

Ruesch, Jurgen 37, 534

Ruff, George E. 3014

Russell, Ian Steele 4815

Russell, Robert L. 4295
Rutschmann, Jakob 3616

Ryan, Philip E. 9121

S

Sabshin, Melvin 5527

Sacchi, Ulrico. 3775

Sachar, Edward J. 4586

Sacks, William 789, 2096, 3666

Saenger, Gerhart S. 1426, 3522
Sakoda, James M. 814, 3621
Salisbury, Richard F. 4427, 4912

Salzinger, Kurt 2785, 4082, 4443,
4758, 4842, 7477

Samorajski, T. 3744, 4471, 4956

Sampson, Harold 9124

Samuels, Leo T. 451

Sander, Louis W. 3325

Sandifer, Myron G. 2360

Sandler, Jack 5450

Sandler, Merton 4859

Sanford, Nevitt 1195, 9181

Sanseigne, Alain 4253

Santos, John F. 715, 3924

Santostefano, Sebastian 3042

Saporta, Sol 2385

Sarason, Irwin G. 2397, 3889

Sarason, Seymour B. 712

Sarbin, Theodore R. 575

Saslow, George 735, 1107, 1938

Sassenrath, Julius M. 4918

Satter, George A. 563

Satterfield, James H. 4808

Saul, Leon J. 722

Saunders, John C. 2350, 3031

Sawrey, James M. 5287

Sawrey, William L. 930, 1820, 2776,
4704, 5287

Schachter, Joseph 2443

Schachter, Stanley 1992, 2584, 5203

Schaefer, Halmuth H. 3414, 4159

Schaefer, Theodore 3651

Schafer, Roy 1700, 2468

Scharf, Bertram 3750, 4530

Scharlock, Donald P. 3552

Scheerer, Martin 4610

Scheibel, Arnold B. 3020

Scheier, Ivan H. 1733

Schenker, Victor J. 3647, 4588

Schiele, Burtrum C. 5106

Schiff, Herbert M. 622

Schild, Heinz 3561

Schleifer, Maxwell J. 1795, 9094

Schlosberg, Harold 2779

Schmidt, Carl F. 692

Schmidt, Hans 2755

Schneider, David N.

Schneidman, Edwin S. 1074

Schneirla, Theodore C. 1441, 1985

Schofield, William 4465

Schoggen, Phil H. 1513

Schottstaedt, William WW.

Schramm, Wilbur 9122

2013

1044

Schreiner, L. 730

Schrier, Allan M. 2818

Schubert, Margaret S. 5829

Schulman, Martin P. 1947, 4559

Schulman, Sidney 2130, 2744

Schumacher, George 1752

Schuster, Donald H. 2353

Schutz, Richard E. 2381

Schutz, William C. 1831, 2591, 3473

Schwartz, Fred 5547

Schwartz, Morris S. 493, 3100, 6822

Schwartzbaum, Jerome 4686

Schwarzweller, Harry K. 3912

Scott, Frances G. 2131

Scott, George T. 3408, 3903

Scott, John P. 123, 419, 522, 4412,
4481

Scott, William A. 1597

Scoville, William B. 2267

Sears, Robert R. 461, 5398, 9122

Seashore, Stanley E. 3615

Sechrest, Lee B. 2757

Secord, Paul F. 1892, 1927, 3620

Seeman, Julius 593, 707

Seevers, M. H. 5320

Segundo, Jose P. 5183

Seidel, Robert J. 3994

Seitz, Philip F. 383, 489, 1187

Selkurt, Ewald 4815

Selvin, H. C. 4734

Serota, Herman 23

Shaffer, John 4479

Shagass, Charles 2635

Shaklee, Alfred B. 1527

Shakow, David 148, 637

Shanan, Joel 3498

Shanas, Ethel 5630

Shands, Harley C. 4408, 5518

Shannon, Donald T. 4881

Shapiro, Alvin P. 739

Shapiro, David 4209

Shapiro, Sam 9172

Sharp, Morris L. 3314

Shaw, Clifford R. 9030

Shaw, Evelyn 2322

Shaw, Merville C. 2843

Sheer, Daniel E. 766

Sheldon, Dana M. 5931

Sheldon, Eleanor B. 4589

Sheldon, Florence 4818

Shenkin, Henry A. 789

Shepherd, Michael 3561

Shepard, Thomas H. 1354

Sherman, J. Gilmour 5757

Shevrin, Howard 2257

Shideman, Frederick E. 4785

Shiffrin, Rae A. 637

Shirley, David A. 1239

Short, James F. 3301, 7158

Shotwell, Anna M. 585

Shuford, Emir H., Jr. 3103

Sibley, Willis E. 3348

Sidman, Murray 5408

Siegel, Alberta E. 3911

Siegel, Sidney 1328

Sievers, Dorothy J. 1490, 2693

Sigel, Irving E. 1747, 2983

Sills, David L. 2882, 3028

Silverman, Albert J. 2061

Silverstein, Sam 3570

Simmons, Ozzie G. 1627, 9059, 9167,
9182

Simon, Alexander 9145

Simon, Eric J. 4294

Simon, J. Richard 4262

Simonds, Paul E. 5050

Simpson, George E. 3837

Simpson, George M. 3031, 5333

20

Singer, Jerome L. 2279
Singer, Robert D. 4490
Singh, Sheo D. 5263
Sinha, Madan 835

Skard, Ase G. 1737
Skinner, Burrhus F. 977, 1711
Slaff, Bertram 2488
Slater, Philip E. 1402
Sloan, William 339
Small, Joyce S. 5554
Small, Leonard 342
Smith, Aaron 1191, 5951

Smith, Alfred A. 1434
Smith, Anthony J. 1715
Smith, Carl W. 4260

Smith, Charles P. 5301

Smith, Gene M. 987

Smith, Howard P. 2924
Smith, Jackson A. 1496, 2587, 2784
Smith, Karl U. 4469, 4785
Smith, Kathleen 4667, 5415
Smith, Maurice P. 3578
Smith, Paul K. 3694

Smith, Robert J. 3101
Smith, Ted C. 3348
Snapper, Arthur 3032

Snell, John E. 4586

Snyder, Charles R. 1289
Snyder, Laurence 2891
Soddy, Kenneth 4998

Sohler, Arthur 3690
Sokal, Robert R. 2356
Solem, Allen R. 2314
Solles, Robert C. 2798

Solley, Charles M. 715

Solomon, Harry C. 245, 595, 977

Solomon, Leonard 5353

Solomon, Philip 1955, 2057

Solomon, Richard L. 1246, 4202

Sontag, Lester W. 1260, 4464

Soskin, William F. 702, 3321

Sourkes, Theodore Lionel 3050

Spanner, Marvin 2676

Speisman, Joseph C. 2136

Spence, Donald P. 6025

Spence, Kenneth W. 312

Spencer, Katherine 1627

Spergel, Irving A. 4351

Sperry, Bessie 3246

Sperry, Roger W. 3372

Spicer, Edward Holland 4036

Spiegel, Ernest A. 372, 1011

Spiegel, John P. 971

Spiller, Bertram 4010

Spilman, Edra L. 2127, 2733

Spiro, Howard M. 3092

Spiro, Melford E. 2255

Spirtes, Morris A. 2362

Spitz, Herman M. 4533

Spivack, George 1934, 2724, 4041,
4531

Spradlin, Joseph 3987

Sprague, James M. 2028

Spriestersbach, D. C. 1158

Sprince, Herbert 1015

Spring, Faye 1599

Spurr, Gerald B. 4440

Staats, Arthur W. 2381

Staats, Carolyn K. 2381

Stafford, John W. 1308, 1917, 3262

Stanley, Walter C. 4412

Stanton, Alfred H. 51

Star, Shirley A. 9053

Starkweather, John A. 2015, 3375
Staver, Nancy 3246
Stead, Eugene A. 2109

Stearns, A. Warren 110
Stebbins, William C. 2845
Stechler, Gerald 3325
Stegman, Erwin J. 2244
Stehouwer, Jan 5509
Stein, Marvin 998, 5550
Stein, Morris I. 726
Stein, William W. 4371
Steinbach, Richard A. 4663
Steinberg, Hannah 3313, 3561
Steiner, Ivan D. 2357, 4460
Steinschneider, Alfred 4605
Stellar, Eliot 747, 941, 2028, 3571
Stern, John A. 2755
Sternbach, Richard A. 4172, 5281
Sterritt, Graham M. 2633, 2776, 3578
Stevens, John D. 4552
Stevenson, Harold W.
3519
Stewart, Daniel K. 3793
Stewart, Donald D. 499
Stewart, Mark A. 5068 /
Stewart, Omar C. 9156
Stock, Dorothy 1048, 2304
(See also Whitaker)
Stoller, Robert J. 2840
Stolz, Lois M. 211
Stone, George C. 4139
Stone, L. Joseph 614
Storrow, Hugh A. 2676
Stotland, Ezra 2423, 5473
Stouffer, Samule A. 1402, 1908
Strassmann, George 710
Straus, Murray A. 4060
Straus, Robert 4014
Streamer, Charles W. 3163
Streib, Gordon F. 1196
Strickland, Lloyd H. 5153
Strodtbeck, Fred L. 2202
Stross, Lawrence 2257
Strupp, Hans H. 2171, 4001
Stryker, Sheldon 2821

1465, 2291,

Stunkard, Albert J. 3684
Sturgis, Somers H. 2484
Sudak, Frederick N. 5140

Sugano, Hisanobu 4476
Sullivan, Paul D. 4663
Summerfield, Arthur 3313
Sundberg, Norman D. 2825
Sussman, Marvin B. 1592
Surphlis, William R. P. 4667
Sutcliffe, John P. 3950
Sutherland, Arthur 884, 1118
Sutherland, Betty S. 1175
Sutton, Samuel 586, 1541, 2783,
4759, 5051, 7478
Swanson, Guy E. 564
Sweet, William H. 161.
Szasz, Thomas S. 5706
Szurek, Stanislaus 2032

T

Takemori, Akira 3897
Taketomo, Yasuhiko
Talland, George A. 3966, 4889
Tannebaum, Percy H. 1540

Tarjan, George 585, 9130

Taylor, Howard C., Jr. 744

Taylor, Janet A. 2039

Tedeschi, Cesare G. 4276
Teghtsoonian, Robert 3359
Teichner, Warren H. 4201
Teitelbaum, Philip 2114

Terrell, Glenn 1505, 2063
Terwilliger, Robert F., 5111

Teuber, Hans-Lukas 3347, 5673
Thomas, Alexander 2805, 3614, 4907
Thomas, David R. 4203

Thomas, Dorothy S. 4486, 5375

1629

Thomas, Garth J. 694, 1370

Thompson, Robert Q. 1516

Thompson, Wayne E. 1196

Thomson, Calvin Wells 3541

Thorpe, Joseph S. 3223

Thuline, Horace C. 5484

Thurstone, L. L. 503

Thurstone, Thelma Gwinn 503

Tidd, Charles W. 2570

Tiller, Per O. 4547

Tisza, Veronica B.

Titchener, James L. 999, 1957, 2534

Tobach, Ethel 1441, 1985

Tobin, Joseph M. 3690, 4229

Tobin, Michael 5410

Todd, Frederick J. 3848, 4977

Tolley, Granville 1870

Tolor, Alexander 5088

Toma, Stephan 1833

Toman, James E. 1422, 3775, 3898,
4545, 5503

Tomkins, Sylvan S. 2722, 4685

Torres, Fernando 2492

Tourney, Garfield 2950

Towne, Jack C. 3651

Townsend, Peter B. 5511

Trent, Richard 9175

Triandis, Harry C. 4033

Triandis, Leigh M. 2331, 4033

Trosman, Harry 2390, 4151

Trow, Donald B. 2389

Truax, Charles B. 3496

Truitt, Edward B. 4012

Trulson, M. F. 611

Tryon, Robert C. 3811

Tuchmann-Duplessis, H. 4008

Tuma, A. H. 4589

Tumin, Melvin M. 810

Tunturi, Archie R. 4234

Turner, Lucille 1246

Turner, William J. 5096

Tursky, Bernard 4172

Tutles, Alexander J.

Tye, Arthur 2929

Tyler, Bonnie 1137

Tyler, Forrest B. 1137

Tyler, Frank H. 655

Tyler, Leona E. 2870

U

Ueki, Showa 4476

Uhl, Charles N. 4894

Uhle, Frederick C. 2029

Uhlenhuth, Eberhard H.

Uhr, Leonard M. 3037, 5254, 5597

Ulett, George A. 560, 752, 1369,
2755, 2823, 4667, 7071

Ullman, Leonard 2458

Usdin, Earl 2576, 4957

Vv

1415

1928

3741, 4732

Valenstein, Elliot S. 4529

Van Amerongen, Suzanne T. 1795,
9094

Van Breemen, Verne L. 3603

Van Der Kloot, William G. 2172

Vanderplas, James M. 4237

Van Der Veldt, Albert 3773, 5909

Vasques, Mario 1566

Veith, Ilza 1563

Veroff, Joseph 2181

Vester, John W. 2547

Vestergaard, Per 855, 1953

Vidich, Arthur J. 3429

Vinter, Robert D. 1332, 2104

Vogel, Ezra F. 5903

21

Vogel, Suzanne H. 5903

Vogin, Eugene E. 4511

Vogt, Evon Z. 1929, 2100

Von Brauchitsch, Hans 1972
Vonholt, Henry W., Jr. 2034
Voss, James F. 1476, 3531, 8291
Voth, Harold M. 4401

Ww

Waelsch, Heinrich B. 2412, 4083
Wagatsuma, Hiroshi 4087
Wagley, Charles W. 4055
Waisman, Harry A. 2730, 3699, 5048
Walaszek, Edward J. 1902
Wald, Niel 4587

Waldfogel, Samuel 661
Waldrop, William F. 2270, 3514
Walker, Edward L. 4239
Walker, Harry J. 1080

Wall, Patrick D. 389

Wallace, Anthony F. 883, 1106
Wallach, Michael A. 2269
Wallerstein, Robert 1811

Walters, Guy M. 4803

Wapner, Seymour 348, 2262

Ward, Arthur A., Jr. 205

Warkany, Josef 1175

Warren, John M. 835, 1364, 1895,
3396, 4726

Warren, Neil D. 402

Warshaw, Leon J. 2225, 2922

Washburn, Sherwood 5050

Watkins, Charles 2408

Watson, James B. 4377

Watson, Jeanne 891

Watson, Peter D. 4172

‘Watson, Roger E. 316

Waxman, Bruce D. 1928

Weaver, Lelon A. 1752

Webb, Warren W. 1685, 2368, 2735

Webb, Wilse 3881

Wechsler, Henry 3314

Wechsler, Magdalena (Berger)

Weckroth, Johan E. 3595

Weiland, I. Hyman 3890

Weinberg, Jack M. 382

Weiner, Harold 5600

Weiner, Herbert 5258

Weinreb, Joseph 1821

Weinstein, Sidney 3166

Weinstock, Solomon 2286, 3342

Weiss, Bernard 3229

Weiss, James M. 1252

Weiss, Robert F. 4523

Weiss, Walter 1351

Weitzman, Elliot D. 4961

Weitzenhoffer, Andre M.

Welker, Wallace I. 2786

Weller, Leonard 4800

Wenar, Charles 823, 2546, 4652,
5044

Wendt, George R. 681, 4681

Wenger, Marion A. 788, 1281

Wenkert, Ernest 1301, 5815

Wepman, Joseph M. 1849, 1876

Werboff, Jack 4412

Wermer, Henry 2134

Werner, Heinz 348, 3853

West, Charles D. 2530

West, Edward S. 2263

West, Louis J. 1044

Westerfield, W. W. 1947

Westfall, Bertis A. 4295

Westheimer, Gerald 3034

Wexler, Milton 2719

Whatley, Charles D.

‘Wheatley, David P.

1841

2896

5220
4135
Whitaker, Dorothy (Stock) 6027
(See also Stock)

White, Abraham 2562

White, James C. 161

White, Lowell E., Jr. 2895

White, Martha S. 836

White, Mary Alice 2090

White, Sheldon H. 3639

Whitehorn, John C. 1085

Whitehouse, James M. 2633

Whiting, John W. 844, 1096, 2500

Whitman, Roy M. 1048, 2304, 3033

Whitten, Norman E., Jr. 5447

Whittier, John R. 3075, 3501, 3993

Whittington, Horace G. 3768

Whyte, William F. 4844

Wiener, Morton 2568, 3860

Wiesner, Jerome B. 4737

Wiggins, Jerry S. 2215, 2745, 5395,
7042

Wike, Edward L. 1967, 5196

Wilber, Charles G. 3235

Wailcott, Robert C. 1494, 2318, 2603,
4848

Wilcox, Jack E. 622

Wilder, Charles 2029

Wailensky, Harold L. 2209

Wilkerson, Hugh 4818

Willerman, Ben 4160

Williams, Carl D. 5450

Williams, Harry S. 875, 1666

Williams, James H. 1294

Willner, Allen E. 4610

Williams, Ruth M. 9165

Wilson, Kellogg V. 3291, 4706

Wilson, Martha 4472

Wilson, William A. 2908, 4472

Wilson, William P. 1203, 2594, 2698

Winch, Robert F. 439

Winder, C. Leland 2745

Winick, William 1015

Winitz, Harris 3987

Winsor, Charlotte B. 9135

Wirt, Robert D. 1151

Wischner, George J. 1290

Wishner, Julius 4211

Withey, Stephen 1648, 1780, 9109,

Witkin, H. A. 628

Witte, Robert S. 2848

Weittenborn, John R.
3008

Wittkower, E. D. 2151

Wittman, Phyllis 165

Wittson, Cecil L. 2587, 2784, 5075

Wolf, Abner 91

Wolf, Irvin S. 2372

Wolf, Stewart G. 1044

Wolfe, John B. 4988

Wolff, Harold G. 1531

Wolff, Peter H. 1197, 6034

Wolfrom, Melville L. 1637

Wolman, Irving J. 4267

Woodhill, Barnes 2109

Woods, Paul 2883

Woolley, D. W. 1697

Worchel, Philip 1721

Worden, Frederic G. 1169, 2411,
3831

Worthen, Leonard R. 3319

Wortis, Bernard 1434

Wortis, Joseph 2679

Wright, Herbert F. 1098

Wunderlich, Richard A. 5691

Wyatt, Gertrud L. 2667

Wyckoff, L. Benjamin 1348

Wylie, Ruth C. 1822

Wynne, Ronald D. 5984

2093, 2525,

22

Y

Yannet, Herman 4872
Yarrow, Leon J. 9077
Yasunobu, Kerry I. 2891
Yim, George K. W. 2405
Young, Frank W. 3740, 5625
Young, Leontine 4763
Young, M. Wharton 986
Young, William C. 504, 4648
Youngken, Heber W. 3319, 4435
Youniss, James E. 5793
Yrarrazaval, Sergio 5183
Yuwiler, Arthur 4567, 7293

Zz

Zamansky, Harold S. 3750, 4530

Zander, Alvin F. 325, 701

Zborowski, Mark 453

Zeaman, David 1099

Zeigler, H. Philip 5214

Zeman, Wolfgang 1630, 1639

Zenner, Walter P. 4184

Zetzel, Elizabeth 2134

Ziegler, Frederick 4479

Zigler, Edward F. 3945

Zimet, Carl 1700, 3642

Zimmerman, Donald W. 2529

Zimmerman, Kent 1483

Zimmermann, Henry J. 4737

Zimmermann, Robert 4355, 4516

Zolik, Edwin 4030

Zubin, Joseph 586, 1440, 1541,
2775, 2783, 2785, 3444, 3546, 4443,
4758, 4759, 4842, 5051, 7477, 7478,
9146

Zuckerman, Marvin
6875

2355, 3204, 4847,
MH-1 (R01) KELLOGG, WINTHROP N.: Basic na-
ture of the learning process. Indiana University,
Bloomington, Ind. (1947-48)

KELLOGG, W. N.: Conditioning of the two body
sides after hemidecortication. American Psycholo-
gist, 3:237, 1948.

KELLOGG, W. N.: The effect of unilateral damage
to the cerebral cortex upon previously established
conditioned responses. (Abstract) American Psy-
chologist, 4(7):219, 1949.

KELLOGG, W. N.: Locomotor and other disturbances
following hemidecortication in the dog. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
42:506-516, 1949.

MH-6 (R01) BARKER, ROGER G.: Environmental
influence on behavior of children. University of
Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (1947-53)

BARKER, R. G., and BARKER, LoUISE S.: Personali-
ties need balancing. In: Childcraft, Vol. 14.
Chicago, Field Enterprises, 1954, p. 32-44.

BARKER, R. G., SCHOGGEN, MAXINE, and BARKER,
Louise S.: Hemerography of Mary Ennis. In:
Burton, A., and Harris, R. E., eds. Clinical studies
of personality. New York, Harper & Bros., 1955,
p. 768-808.

BARKER, R. G., and WRIGHT, H. F.: Psychological
ecology and the problem of psychosocial develop-
ment. Child Development, 20:131-143, 1949.

BARKER, R. G., and WRIGHT, H. F.: One boy's day.
New York, Harper Bros., 1951, 435 p.

BARkER, R. G., and WriGHT, H. F.: The psycho-
logical habitat of Raymond Birch. In: Rohrer,
J. H., and Sherif, M., eds. Social psychology at
the crossroads. New York, Harper & Bros., 1951,
p. 196-212.

BARKER, R. G., and WRIGHT, H. F.: Midwest and
its children. Evanston, Ill. Row, Peterson & Co.,
1955, 532 p.

BARKER, R. G., WriGHT, H. F., and KopPPE, W. A.:
The psychological ecology of a small town. In:
Dennis, W., ed. Readings in child psychology.
New York, Prentice-Hall, 1951, p. 552-566.

BARKER, R. G., WricHT, H. F., NALL, J, and
SCHOGGEN, P.: There is no class bias in our school.
Progressive Education, 27:106-110, 1950.

WRIGHT, H. F., and BARKER, R. G.: Methods in
psychological ecology. Lawrence, Kansas, Univer-
sity of Kansas, Department of Psychology, 1950.

WRIGHT, H. F., and BARKER, R. G.: The elementary
school does not stand alone. Progressive Educa-
tion, 27:133-137,"1950.

WriGHT, H. F., BARKER, R. G., KoprPg, W. A,
MEYERSON, BEVERLY, and NALL, J.: Children at

23

home in Midwest. Progressive Education, 28:137~
143, 1951.

WRIGHT, H. F., BARKER, R. G., NALL, J., and
SCHOGGEN, P.: Psychological ecology of the class-
room. Journal of Educational Research, 45:187—
202, 1951.

WRIGHT, H. F., BARKER, R. G., NaLL, J., and
SCHOGGEN, P.: Toward a psychological ecology of
the classroom. In: Coladarci, A. P., ed. Read-
ings in educational psychology. New York, Holt,
Rinehart & Winston, 1955, p- 254-268.

MH-10 (R01) Rok, ANNE: Personality characteris-
tics of eminent scientists, individual. New Haven,
Conn. (1947-53)

Rok, ANNE: Psychological examinations of eminent
biologists. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 13:
225-246, 1949.

ROE, ANNE: Analysis of group Rorschachs of physi-
cal scientists. Journal of Projective Techniques,
14:385-398, 1950.

Rok, ANNE: A psychological study of physical sci-
entists. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 43:121—
239, 1951.

Rog, ANNE: Psychological tests of research scien-
tists. |. of Consulting Psychology, 15:492-495,
1951.

ROE, ANNE: A study of imagery in research scien-
tists. Journal of Personality, 19:459-470, 1951.

RoE, ANNE: A psychological study of eminent biol-
ogists. Psychological Monographs, 65(14):1-68,
1951. (Whole No. 331).

RoE, ANNE: Two Rorschach scoring techniques: The
inspection technique and the basic Rorschach.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47:
263-264, 1952.

RoE, ANNE: Group Rorschachs of university facul-
ties. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 16:18-22,
1952.

Rog, ANNE: Analysis of group Rorschachs of psy-
chologists and anthropologists. Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 16:212-224, 1952.

RoE, ANNE: Freedom: The greatest need of the sci-
entist. Everybody's Digest, 18(5):4-8, 1953.

RoE, ANNE: The making of a scientist. New York,
Dodd, Mead, 1953, 244 p.

ROE, ANNE: A psychological study of eminent psy-
chologists and anthropologists, and a compatison
with biological and physical scientists. Psycho-
logical Monographs, 67(2):1-55, 1953. (Whole
No. 352).

RoE, ANNE: A psychologist examines 64 eminent
scientists. Scientific American, 187(5) :4-8, 1953.
ROE, ANNE: Analysis of group Rorschachs of biolo-
gists. Journal of Projective Techniques, 13:25-43,
1959.

MH-14 (R01) Huston, PauL E., and GOTTLIEB,
JAcQUEs S.: Psychological research on schizophre-
nia and depression. State Univ. of Iowa, Iowa
City, Towa. (1947-53)

CoHEN, B. D., SENF, RiTA, and HusToN, PAUL E.:
Effect of amobarbital (Amytal) and effect on con-
ceptual thinking in schizophrenia, depression, and
neurosis. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
71:171-180, 1954.

Huston, PauL E., CoHEN, B. D., and SENF, RITA:
Shifting of set and goal orientation in schizophre-
nia. Journal of Mental Science, 101:344-350,
1955.

Huston, PauL E., and SENF, RiTA: Psychopathol-
ogy of schizophrenia and depression. I. Effect
of Amytal and amphetamine sulfate on level and
maintenance of attention. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 109:131-138, 1952.

Huston, PauL E., SENF, Rita, and CoHEN, B. D.:
The use of comic cartoons for the study of social
comprehension in schizophrenia. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 113(1):45-51, 1956.

Huston, PAauL E., SENF, RiTA, and CoHEN, B. D.:
Perceptual accuracy in schizophrenia, depression
and neurosis and effects of Amytal. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 52(3):363-367,
1956.

SENF, Rita, HustoN, PAUL E., and COHEN, B. D.:
Thinking deficit in schizophrenia and changes with
Amytal. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 50:383-387, 1955.

MH-16 (R01) MasserMAN, JULES H.: Neurophysi-
ology of experimental neuroses. Northwestern
University, Chicago, Ill. (1947-51)

Effects of direct interrupted electroshock on experi-
mental neuroses, 1950. 16mm, 16 min., silent,
black and white, produced by Masserman, Jules H.,
Pechtel, C., Arieff, A., Klehr, H., & Greene, S.,
distributed by Psychological Cinema.

Experimental neuroses in monkeys, 1951. 16mm,
16 min., silent, black and white, produced by
Masserman, Jules H., & Pechte., C,, distributed by
Psychological Cinema.

MAasSERMAN, JULES H.: Experimental approaches to
psychodynamic problems. Journal of Mount Sinai
Hospital, 19:639-652, 1953.

MassERMAN, JULES H.: Conflict-engendered neurotic
and psychotic behavior monkeys. Journal of Ner-
vous and Mental Disease, 118:408-411, 1953.

MASSERMAN, JULES H., ARIEFF, A., PEcHTEL, C,,
and KLEHR, H.: Effects of direct interrupted elec-

24

troshock on experimental neuroses. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 112:384-392, 1950.

MAsSERMAN, JULES H., and JACQUES, MARY G.:
Effects of cerebral electroshock on experimental
neuroses in cats. American Journal of Psychiatry,
104:92-99, 1947.

MAasSERMAN, JULEs H., and JACQUES, MARY GRIER:
Experimental masochism. Archives of Neurology
and Psychiatry, 60:402-404, 1948.

MAasserRMAN, JULES H., and PECHTEL, C.: Neuroses
in monkeys: A preliminary report of experimental
observations. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 56(2):253-265, 1953.

PECHTEL, C., MASSERMAN, JULES H., SCHREINER,
L., and Levitt, M.: Differential effects of lesions
of the mediodorsal nuclei of the thalamus on the
normal and neurotic behavior of the cat. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 121:26-33, 1955.

MH-31 (R01) BRENMAN, MARGARET: Hypnosis
and its use in psychotherapy. Menninger Founda-
tion, Topeka, Kans. (1947-48) (Continued as
MH-163).

BRENMAN, MARGARET: The phenomena of hypno-
sis. In: Problems of consciousness, Transactions
of the first conference, March 20-21, 1950. New
York, Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation, 1951, p. 123-
163. (Also acknokledges MH-163).

BRENMAN, MARGARET: On teasing and being teased:
And the problem of “moral masochism”. Psycho-
analytic Study of the Child, 7:264-284, 1952.
(Also acknowledges MH-163).

BRENMAN, MARGARET: Dreams and hypnosis. Psy-
choanalytic Quarterly, 18:455-465, 1949. Also in:
Austin Riggs Center. Psychoanalytic psychiatry
and psychology. Clinical and theoretical papers.

Vol. 1. New York, International Universities
Press, 1954, p. 321-329. (Also acknowledges
MH-163).

BRENMAN, MARGARET, DARROW, CHESTER W.,
HeNry, CHARLES E., and GiLL, MERTON M.:
Inter-area electroencephalographic relationships af-
fected by hypnosis. (Abstract) Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 2:231, 1950.
(Also acknowledges MH-163).

BRENMAN, MARGARET, GILL, M. and KNIGHT,
R. P.: Spontaneous fluctuations in depth of hyp-
nosis and their implications for ego function.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33:22
33, 1952. Also in: Austin Riggs Center, Psy-
choanalytic psychiatry and psychology. Clinical
and theoretical papers. Vol. 1. New York, In-
ternational Universities Press, 1954, p. 330-350.
(Also acknowledges MH-163).

BRENMAN, MARGARET, and KNIGHT, ROBERT P.:
A note on the indications for the use of hypnosis
in psychotherapy: An illustrative case report.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 12:49-56, 1948.
(Also acknowledges MH-163).

EHRENREICH, GERALD A.: The relationship of cer-
tain descriptive factors to hypnotizability. In:
Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences,
Kansas City, 52(1):1949, 4 p. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-163).

GiLL, MERTON, M.: Ego psychology and psycho-
therapy. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 20:62-71, 1951.
(Also acknowledges MH-163).

MH-22 (R01) ALEXANDER, FRANZ, BENEDEK,
THERESE, and FRENCH, THOMAS M.: Emotional
factors in diabetes mellitus. Institute for Psycho-
analysis, Chicago, Ill. (1947-53)

BENEDEK, THERESE: An approach to the study of
the diabetic. Psychosomatic Medicine, 10:284-
1948.

BENEDEK, THERESE: Toward the biology of the
depressive constellation. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytical Association, 4:389-427, 1956.

MH-23 (R01) ALEXANDER, FRANZ, FRENCH,
THoMAs M., JOHNSON, ADELAIDE M., and
SEROTA, HERMAN: Emotional factors in atropic
arthritis. Institute for Psycholoanalysis, Chicago,
II. (1947-53)

GOTTSCHALK, Louis A., SEROTA, HERMANN M,,
and RoMAN, KLARA GOLDZIEHER: Handwriting
in rheumatoid arthrites. Psychosomatic Medicine,
11:354-360, 1949.

GOTTSCHALK, Louis A.  SEROTA, HERMANN M.,
and SHAPIRO, Louls B.: Psychologic conflict and
neuromuscular tension. I. Preliminary report on
a method, as applied to rheumatoid arthrites.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 12:315-319, 1950.

JOHNSON, ADELAIDE, SHAPIRO, Louis B., and ALEX-
ANDER, FRANZ: Preliminary report on a psycho-
somatic study of rheumatoid arthrites. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 9:295-300, 1947.

PorTEUS, S. D., and CHING, E. T.: Research with
feebleminded. Hawaii Medical Journal, 18:491-
493, 1959.

MH-25 (R01) KLEIN, GEORGE S., GARDNER, RILEY
W., and MURPHY, GARDNER: Relation of per-
ceptual functioning to personality. Menninger
Foundation, Topeka, Kans. (1948-55)

BRUNER. J. S., and KLEIN, G. S.: The functions of
perceiving: New look retrospect. In: Wapner, S
and Kaplan B., eds. Perspectives in psychologic
theory. New York, International Universit
Press, 1960, p. 61-77.

GARDNER, R. W.: Cognitive style in categor’:ing
behavior. Journal of Personality, 22:21 -233,
1953.

25

GARDNER, R. W., HoLzMaN, P. S., KLEIN, G. S.,
LINTON, HARRIET, and SPENCE, D. P.: Cognitive
control: A study of individual consistencies in cog-
nitive behavior. Psychological Issues, 1(4) :1-185,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1182).

Hort, R. R.: Cognitive controls and primary proc-
esses. [Journal of Psychological Researches, 4:1-8,
1960.

HoLzMAN, P. S.: The relation of assimilation tend-
encies in visual, auditory, and kinesthetic time-
error to cognitive attitudes of leveling and sharp-
ening. Journal of Personality, 22:375-394, 1954.

HorzmaN, P. S., and KLEIN, G. S.: The schematiz-
ing process: Personality qualities and perceptual
attitudes in sensitivity to change. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 5:312, 1950.

HorzMmaN, P. S., and KLEIN, G. S.: Cognitive sys-
tem-principles of leveling and sharpening: Indi-
vidual differences in assimilation effects in visual
time-error. Journal of Psychology, 37:105-122,
1954.

HorzmaNn, P. S., and KLEIN, G. S.: Motive and
style in reality contact. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 20:181-191, 1956.

HorzmAN, PHILIP S., and KLEIN, G. S.: Intersen-
sory and visual field forces in size estimation.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 6:37-41, 1956.

KAPLAN, J. M.: Predicting memory behavior from
cognitive attitudes toward instability. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 7:322, 1952.

KLEIN, G. S.: Adaptive properties of sensory func-
tioning: Some postulates and hypotheses. Bulle-
tin of the Menninger Clinic, 13:16-23, 1949.

KLEIN, G. S.: A clinical perspective for personality
research. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 44:42-49, 1949.

KLEIN, G. S.: The personal world through percep-
tion. In: Blake, R. R., and Ramsey, G. G., eds.
Perception: An approach to personality. New
York, Ronald Press, 1951, p. 328-355.

KLEIN, GEORGE S.: The Menninger Foundation re-
search on perception and personality, 1947-1952:
A review. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
17:93-99, 1953.

KLEIN, G. S.: Need and regulation. In: Jones,
Marshall R., ed. Nebraska symposium on moti-
vation. Lincoln, Nebr., University of Nebraska
Press, 1954, p. 224-274.

KLEIN, G. S.: Perception, motives, and personality:
A clinical perspective. In: McCary, J. L., ed.
Psychology of personality. New York, Logos
Press, 1956, p. 121-129.

KLEIN, G. S.: Review of “The actual-genetic model
of perception-personality” by U. H. Kragh. Con-
temporary Psychology, 2:63-66, 1957.
KLEIN, G. S.: Cognitive control and motivation. In:
Lindzey, G., ed. Assessment of human motives.
New York, Rinchart, 1958, p. 87-118. (Also
acknowledges MH-782).

KLEIN, G. S., GARDNER, R. W., and SCHLESINGER,
H. J.: Tolerance for unrealistic experiences:
A study of the generality of a cognitive control.
British Journal of Psychology, 53:41-55, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2454).

KLEIN, G. S.,, HoLzMAN, P. S., and LAskiN, D.:
The perception project: Progress report for 1953
54. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 18:260-266,
1954.

KLEIN, G. S,, and KREcH, D.: The problem and its
theory. Journal of Personality, 20:2-23, 1951.

KLEIN, G. S., and KrEcH, D.: Cortical conductivity
in the brain-injured. Journal of Personality, 21:
118-148, 1952

KLEIN, G. S.,, and SCHLESINGER, H.: Where is the
perceiver in perceptual theory? Journal of Per-
sonality, 18:32-47, 1949.

KLEIN, G. S., and SCHLESINGER, H. J.: Perceptual
attitudes toward instability: I. Prediction of ap-
parent movement experiences from Rorschach re-
sponses. Journal of Personality, 19:289-302, 1951.

KLEIN, G. S., SCHLESINGER, H. J., and MEISTER,
D. E.: The effect of personal values on perception:
An experimental critique. Psychological Review,
58:96-112, 1951

KretcH, D., and KLEIN, G. S., eds.: Theoretical
models and personality theory. Durham, North
Carolina, Duke University Press, 1952.

Loomis, H., and Moskowitz, S.: Cognitive style
and stimulus ambiguity. Journal of Personality,
26:349-364, 1958.

RaMskey, G. G., KLEIN, G. S.,, and HoLzMAN, P. S.:
The schematizing process: Perceptual attitudes of
“leveling” and “sharpening” in response to change.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 6:257, 1951.

SCHLESINGER, HERBERT J.: Cognitive attitudes in
relation to susceptibility to interference. Journal
of Personality, 22:354-374, 1954.

SmitH, G. W., and KLEIN, G. S.: Cognitive controls
in serial behavior patterns. Journal of Personal-
ity, 22:188-213, 1953

MH-27 (R01) LeitcH, EUNICE M., and ESCALONA,
SiBYLLE K.: Early phases of personality develop-
ment. Menninger Foundation, Topeka, Kans.
(1947-51)

Bropy, SyLviA: Patterns of mothering. New York,
International Universities Press, 1956. 446 p.

EscaLoNa, S. K.: The psychological situation of
mother and child upon return from the hospital.
In: Senn, Milton J. E., ed., Problems of infancy

26

and childhood. New York, Josiah Macy, Jr.
Foundation, 1949, p. 30-51.

EscALoNA, S. K.: Emotional development during the
first year of life. In: Senn, Milton J. E., ed.
Problems of infancy and childhood. New York,
Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, 1953, p. 11-92.

EscaLoNa, S. K.: The case of Jerry. In: Soddy,
Kenneth, ed. Mental health and infant develop-
ment. Proceedings of the International Seminar
held by the World Federation for Mental Health
at Chichester, England. Vol. 2. London, Rout-
ledge & Kegan Paul, 1955, p. 128-170.

EscaLoNa, S. K.: The study of individual difference
and the problem of state. Journal of the Ameri-
can Academy of Child Psychiatry, 1:11-37, 1962.

EscaLona, S. K.: Patterns of infantile experience
and the developmental process. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 18:197-244, 1963.

EscaLoNa, S. K., and BERGMAN, PAUL: Unusual
sensitivities in very young children. Psychoana-
lytic Study of the Child, 3/4:333-352, 1949.

EscaLoNA, S. K., and HEIDER, GRACE: Prediction
and outcome: A study of child development.
New York, Basic Books, 1959. 318 p. (Also
acknowledges MH-680).

EscaLoNa, S. K., and LeircH, MARY: Early phases
of personality development: A non-normative study
of infant behavior. Monographs of the Society
for Research in Child Development, 17(1):1-72,
1952. (Serial No. 54).

EscaLoNa, S. K., and MORIARTY, ALICE: Prediction
of schoolage intelligence from infant tests. Child
Development, 32:597-605, 1961.

LEITCH, MARY, and EscALoNA, S. K.: The reaction
of infants to stress. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 3/4:121-140, 1949.

MurpHY, Lois B.: The widening world of child-
hood: Paths toward mastery. New York, Basic
Books, 1962. 399 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-680).

MH-37 (R01) RUEsCH, JURGEN, and BOWMAN,
KARL M.: Nonverbal communication in psycho-
therapy. California, University of San Francisco,
Calif. (1948-53)

RUEsCH, JURGEN: Part and whole: The sociopsy-
chological and psychosomatic approach to disease.
Dialectica (Switzerland), 5:99-125, 1951.

RuUEscH, J.: Disturbed communication. New York,
Norton, 1957. 337 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-534).

RUESCH, J., and BATESON, G.: Structure and process
in social relations. Psychiatry, 12:105-124, 1949.

RUESCH, JURGEN, and BATESON, GREGORY: Com-
munication: The social matrix of psychiatry. New
York, Norton, 1951. 314 p.
RuEescH, J., and PreEstwoop, A. R.: Anxiety, its
initiation, communication, and interpersonal man-
agement. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
62:527-550, 1949.

RuEescH, J., and PrREsTwoOD, A. RODNEY: Interac-
tion processes and personal codification. Journal
of Personality, 18:391-430, 1950.

RUEscH, JURGEN, and PREsTwooD, RODNEY: Com-
munication and bodily disease: A study of vaso-
spastic conditions. In: Wolf, Harold G., Wolf,
Steward G., Jr., and Hare, Clarence C. Life stress
and bodily disease. Vol. 29. Baltimore, Williams
& Wilkins, 1950, p. 211-230.

MH--38 (R01) ForsTER, FRANCIS M.: Role of
acetylcholine in convulsive seizures. Jefferson
Medical College of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1947-49)

BERRY, RICHARD G., and FORSTER, FRANCIS M.:
Cerebral cortical effects of curare, (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 7:7, 1948.

ForsTER, FRANCIS M.: Critical evaluation of the
possible role of acetylcholine in epilepsy. Journal
of Neuropathology and Clinical Neurology, 1:98,
1951.

ForsTER, F. M., and Mapow, LEo: EEG studies in
sensory induced seizures. (Abstract) Diseases of
the Nervous System, 9(5):158-159, 1948.

FORSTER, FRANCIS M., and MAapow, LEO: Metrazol
activation of acetylcholine treated cerebral cortex.
American Journal of Physiology, 161:426-429,
1950.

ForsTER, F. M.,. and Mapow, Leo: Experimental
sensory induced seizures. American Journal of
Physiology, 161:430-434, 1950.

MH-39 (R01) PurNAM, MARIAN C., KAPLAN,
SAMUEL, and RANK, BEATA: Severe emotional
disturbances in preschool children. James Jack-
son Putnam Children’s Center, Boston, Mass.
(1947-59)

BROWN, JANET L.: Prognosis from presenting symp-
toms of preschool children with atypical develop-
ment. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
30(2) :382-390, 1960.

GaTEs, PHILLIP H.: Etiology and treatment of atypi-
cal development in children (childhood psychosis).
In: Bowman, P. W. and Mautner, H. V., ed.
Mental retardation. New York, Grune & Strat-
ton, 1959, p. 493-504.

KAPLAN, SAMUEL: Childhood schizophrenia round
table, 1953. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 24(3):521-523, 1954.

PAVENSTEDT, ELEANOR, and ANDERSEN, IRENE:
Complementary treatment of mother and child
with atypical development, Workshop, 1951.

27

American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 22(3):607-
641, 1952.

PutNAM, MARIAN C.: Some observations on psycho-
sis in early childhood. In: Caplan, Gerald, ed.
Emotional problems of early childhood. New
York, Basic Books, 1955, p. 519-524.

RANK, BEATA: Adaptation of the psychoanalytic
technique for the treatment of young children with
atypical development. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 19(1):130-139, 1949.

RANK, BEATA: Intensive study and treatment of pre-
school children who show marked personality
deviations. In: Caplan, Gerald, ed. Emotional
problems of early childhood. New York, Basic
Books, 1955, p. 491-492.

RANK, BEATA, and KAPLAN, SAMUEL: A case of
pseudoschizophrenia in a child workshop. Ameri-
can Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 21(1):155-181,
1951.

RANK, BEATA, and MACNAUGHTON, DOROTHY:
A clinical contribution to early ego development.
In: Eissler, Ruth S., Freud, Anna, Hartmann,
Heinz, and Kris, Ernest, eds. The psychoanalytic
study of the child. Vol. 5. New York, Interna-
tional Universities Press, 1950, p. 53-65.

RANK, BEATA, PutNaM, M. C., and KAPLAN,
SAMUEL: Notes on John I, a case of primal de-
ression in an infant. Psychoanalytic Study of
the Child, 6:38-58, 1951.

RANK, BEATA, PUTNAM, MARIAN C., and ROCHLIN,
GREGORY: The significance of the “emotional cli-
mate” in early feeding difficulties. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 10(5) :279-283, 1948.

REisER, Davip E.: Psychosis of infancy and early
childhood, as manifested by children with atypical
development. New England Journal of Medicine,
269:790-798, and 844-850, 1963.

MH-41 (R01) LipeLL, Howarp S., and McCAy,
CLIVE M.: Aging and tolerance for environmen-
tal stress. Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.
(1947-55)

GiBsoN, E. J.: The role of shock in reinforcement.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 45(1):18-30, 1952.

LiopeLr, H. S.: Some specific factors that modify
tolerance for environmental stress. In: Wolf,
Harold G., Wolf, Steward G., Jr., and Hare,
Clarence C., eds. Life stress and bodily disease.
Vol. 29. Baltimore, Md., Williams & Wilkins,

1950, p. 155-171.

Lioperr, H. S.: The influence of experimental neu-
rosis on respiratory function. In: Abramson,
Harold A., ed. Somatic and psychiatric treatment
of asthma. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1951,
p. 126-147.
MH-48 (R01) DENNIS, WAYNE: Psychological ef-
fects of frontal lobotomy. Pittsburgh, University
of Pittsburgh, Pa. (1947-49)

KoskoFF, Y. D., DENNIS, WAYNE, LAZOVIK, DAVID,
and WHEELER, ERMA T.: The psychological effects
of frontol lobotomy performed for the alleviation
of pain. The frontal lobes. Proceedings of the
Association for Research in Nervous and Mental
Disease, 27:723-753, 1947.

MH-50 (R01) BELLAK, LEOPOLD: Manic-depres-
sive psychosis. New York Medical College, New
York, N.Y. (1947-49)

BELLAK, LEOPOLD: Manic-depressive psychosis and
allied disorders. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1952. 306 p.

MH-51 (R01) STANTON, ALFRED H.: Psychiatric-
sociological study of a mental hospital. Washing-
ton School of Psychiatry, Washington, D.C.
(1947-51)

RiocH, D. McK. and StanTON, A. H.: Milieu
therapy. In: Psychiatric treatment. Vol. 31.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1953, p. 94-105.
Also in: Journal of Psychiatry, 16:65-72, 1953.

ScHwARTZ, C. G., SCHWARTZ, M. S., and STANTON,
A. H.: A study of need-fulfillment on a mental
hospital ward. Psychiatry, 14:223-242, 1951.

SCHWARTZ, MORRIS S.: Social research in the mental
hospital. In: Rose, Arnold M., ed. Mental health
and mental disorder: A sociological approach.
New York, Norton, 1955, p. 190-202. (Also
acknowledges MH-493).

ScHWARTZ, M. S., and ScHwWARTZ, C. G.: Problems
in participant observation. American Journal of
Sociology, 60:343-353, 1955. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-493).

ScHwWARTZ, M. S., and STANTON, A. H.: A social
psychological study of incontinence. Psychiatry,
13:399-416, 1950.

STANTON, A. H.: Situations evoking stress in human
groups and the group behavioral changes denoting
strain. In: Army Medical Service Graduate School,
Symposium on Stress. Washington, D.C., U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1953, p. 165-173.

STANTON, A. H.: Psychiatric theory and institutional
context. Psychiatry, 17:19-26, 1954.

STANTON, A. H., and ScHwWARTZ, M. S.: The man-
agement of a type of institutional participation in
mental illness. Psychiatry, 12:13-26, 1949.

STANTON, A. H., and ScHwARTZ, M. S.: Medical
opinion and the social context in the mental hos-
pital. Psychiatry, 12:243-249, 1949.

STANTON, A. H., and ScHwARTZ, M. S.: Observa-
tions on dissociation as social participation. Psy-
chiatry, 12:339-354, 1949.

28

STANTON, A. H., and ScHWARTZ, M. S.: The men-
tal hospital. New York, Basic Books, 1954. 492 p.

MH-56 (R01) GiBBs, FREDERIC A.: Neurological
basis of epilepsy. Illinois, University of Chicago,
IL. (1948-52)

BAILEY, P., GREEN, J. R., AMADOR, L., and GIBBs,
F. A.: Treatment of psychomotor states by ante-
rior temporal lobectomy. In: Wolf, Harold G.,
Wolf, Stewart G., Jr., and Hare, Clarence C., eds.
Life stress and bodily disease. Vol. 29. Balti-
more, Md., Williams & Wilkins, 1953, p. 341-346.

Suimizu, K., REFsuM, S., and GiBBs, F. A.: Effect
on the electrical activity of the brain of intra-
arterially and intra-cerebrally injected convulsant
and sedative drugs (Metrazol and Nembutal).
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 4:141-146, 1952.

STILLERMAN, M. L., GiBBs, E. L., and PERLSTEIN,
M. A.: Electroencephalographic changes in strabis-
mus. American Journal of Ophthalmalogy, 35:
54-62, 1952.

MH-57 (R01) Mupp, EMILY H., PELTZ, WILLIAM
L., and PRESTON, MaLcoLM G.: Mental health
aspects of marriage counseling. Marriage Coun-
cil, Philadelphia, Pa. (1947-55)

BALLARD, R. G., and Mupp, E. H.: Some theoretical
and practical problems in evaluating effectiveness
of counseling. Social Casework, 10:533-538,
1957.

BaLLarDp, R. G., and Mupp, E. H.: Some sources
of difference between client and agency evalua-
tion of effectiveness of counseling. Social Case-
work, 39(1):30-35, 1958.

FroscHER, H. B.: An example of collaborative re-
search in case work. Social Work Journal, 32:19,
1951.

GatskiLL, E. R.,, and Mupp, E. H.: A decade of
group counseling. Social Casework, 31:194-201,
1950.

GIANOPULOS, ARTIE, and MITCHELL, HOWARD:
Marital disagreement in working wife marriages
as a function of husband's attitude toward wife's
employment. ~~ Marriage and Family Living,
19(4):373-378, 1957.

Mrrcuerr, H. E., and Mupp, E. H.: Anxieties
associated with the conduct of research in a clin-
ical setting. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 27(2):310-330, 1957.

MircHeLL, H. E., and Mupp, E. H.: The develop-
ment of a research methodology for achieving the
cooperation of alcoholics and their nonalcoholic
wives. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
18(4) :647-657, 1957.

MircHELL, H., PRESTON, M. G., and Mupp, E. H.:
Anticipated development of the case from the
content of the first interview. Marriage and

Family Living, 15:226-231, 1953.

MircHeLL, H. E., PrestoN, M. G., and Mupp,
E. H.: Counselors’ attitudes toward technical aids
to the counseling process. Social Casework,
36:165-174, 1955.

Mupp, E. H.: The practice of marriage counseling.
New York, Association Press, 1951. 336 p.

Mupp, E. H.: Psychiatry and marital problems.
Proceedings of the 14th Japanese Medical Con-
gress, Kyoto, Japan, Part 1, April 1-5, 1955.
Eugenics Quarterly, 2(2):367-372, 1955.

Mupp, EMILY H.: Knowns and unknowns in mar-
riage counseling research. Marriage and Family
Living, 19(1):75-81, 1957.

Mupp, E. H., FrRoscHER, H. B., PREsTON, M. G.,
and PeLTZ, W. L.: Effects on casework of ob-
taining research material. Social Casework, 31:
11-17, 1950.

Mupp, EMILY H., and PRESTON, MALcoLM G.:
The contemporary status of marriage counseling.
Annals of the American Academy of Political
and Social Science, 272:102-109, 1950.

Mupp, E. H., PrREstoN, M. G., FRoscHER, H. B.,
and PELTZ, W. L.: Survey of a research project
in marriage counseling. Marriage and Family
Living, 12:59-62, 1950.

PresTON, M. G., and Mupp, E. H.: Research and
service in social work, conditions for a stable
union. Social Work, 1(1):34-40, 1956.

PresTON, M. G., Mupp, E. H., FROsCHER, H. B.,
and PELTZ, W. L.: Some results from research at
marriage council of Philadelphia. Marriage and
Family Living, 12:104-105, 1950.

PresTON, M. G., Mupp, E. H., FRoscHER, H. B.,
and PELTZ, W. L.: Factors affecting movement
in casework. Social Casework, 34:103-11, 1953.

PresToN, M. G., Mupp, E. H., PELTZ, W. L., and
FroscHER, H. B.: An experimental study of a
method for abstracting the contents of social case
records. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 45(4):628-646, 1950.

PresToN, M. G., Mupp, E. H., PELTZ, W. L., and
Froscer, H. B.: Impressions of personality as
a function of marital conflict. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 47:326-336, 1952.

SELLERS, L. S., PREsTON, M. G., Mupp, E. H., and
PeLTZ, W. L.: Pre-testing methods for follow-up
to validate measures of movement in casework.
Journal of Social Casework, 35:285-291, 1954.

MH-58 (R01) PIOTROWSKI, ZYGMUNT A.: Diag-
nostic and prognostic techniques in psychiatry.
New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York,
NY. (1947-51)

29

PioTROWSKI, Z. A.: A new evaluation of the The-
matic Apperception Test. Psychoanalytic Review,
37:101-127, 1950.

PiotrowsKI, Z. A.: Tendances actuelles du Rorsch-
ach. Bulletin du Groupement Francais du Rorsch-
ach, 3:2-4, 1953.

PiotrOowsKI, Z. A.: The Rorschach test: Blind anal-
ysis of two test records with emphasis on predic-
tion of overt behavior. In: Carr, A. C., ed. The
prediction of overt behavior through the use of
projective techniques. Springfield, Ill, C. C.
Thomas, 1960, p. 56-67.

PiotrROowsKI, Z. A., and Lewis, N. D. C.: An ex-
perimental Rorschach diagnostic aid for some
forms of schizophrenia. American [Journal of
Psychiatry, 107:360-366, 1950.

Piotrowski, Z, A., and Lewis, N. D. C.: A case
of stationary schizophrenia beginning in early
childhood with remarks on certain aspects of chil-
dren's Rorschach records. Quarterly Journal of
Child Behavior, 2:115-139, 1950.

Piotrowskl, Z. A., and LEwis, N. D. C.: An ex-
perimental criterion for the prognostication of the
status of schizophrenics after a three-year interval
based on Rorschach data. In: Relation of psycho-
logical tests to psychiatry. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1950, p. 51-72.

PiotrRowsKI, Z. A., and Lewis, N. D. C.: Clinical
diagnosis of manic-depressive psychosis. In: Hoch,
Paul H., and Zubin, Joseph, eds. Depression.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1954, p. 25-38.

PIOTROWSKI, ZYGMUNT, and SCHREIBER, M.:
Rorschach perceptanalytic measurement of per-
sonality changes during and after intensive psy-
cho-analytically oriented psychotherapy. In: By-
chowski, G., and Sepert, J. L., eds. Specialized
techniques in psychotherapy. New York, Basic
Books, 1952, p. 337-361.

MH-61 (R01) Frank, LAWRENCE K.: Evaluation
of emotional stability in nursery school. Caroline
Zachry Institute, New York, N.Y. (1947-49)

Frank, L. K., and HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Play and
personality formation in preschool groups. [our-
nal of Personality, 1:149-161, 1951.

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Growing through play. New
York, Columbia University Press, 1952. 62 p.

HARTLEY, RUTH, FRANK, L. K., and GOLDENSON,
RoBERT M.: New play experiences for children.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1952.
66 p.

HAarTLEY, RUTH E., FRANK, LAWRENCE K. and
GOLDENSON, ROBERT M.: Understanding chil-
dren’s play. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1952. 372 p.
MH-63 (R01) BEck, SAMUEL ].: Prediction of
psychosis in children. Michael Reese Hospital
and Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. = (1947-54)

BEck, SAMUEL J.: The six schizophrenias. Reac-
tion patterns in children and adults. New York,
American Orthopsychiatric Association, 1954, 238

. (Research Monograph No. 6). (Also ac-
knowledges MH-64).

BECK, S. J.: The role of the clinical psychologist in
the evaluation of children with specific handicaps.
In: Neurology and psychiatry in childhood. Balti-
more, Md., Williams & Wilkins, 1956, p. 434-
438.

BECK, S. J., MoLisH, H. B., and SINCLAIR, JEAN:
Concerning researcher’s thinking in schizophrenia
research. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
26:792-800, 1956.

BECK, S. J., RaBIN, A. I, THIESEN, W. G., MOLISH,
H., and THETFORD, W. N.: The normal person-
ality as projected in the Rorschach test. Journal
of Psychology, 30:241-298, 1950.

RaBIN, A. I, and Beck, S. J.: Genetic aspects of
some Rorschach factors. American [Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 20:595-599, 1960.

THETFORD, W. N., MoLisH, H. B., and BECK, S. J.:
Developmental aspects of personality structure in
normal children. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 15(1):58-78, 1951.

MH-64 (R01) Beck, SAMUEL J.: Levels of schizo-
phrenia in adults. Michael Reese Hospital and
Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1947-54)"

BECK, S. J.: The science of personality: Nomothetic
or idiographic? Psychological Review, 60:353-
359, 1953.

Beck, SAMUEL J.: The six schizophrenias. Reac-
tion patterns in children and adults. New York,
American Orthopsychiatric Association, 1954, 238
P (Research Monograph No. 6). (Also ac-

nowledges MH-63).

BEck, S. J., and NUNNALLY, J. C.: Two researches
in schizophrenia. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 23:223-237, 1953.

BEck, S. J., and NUNNALLY, J. C.: Method of so-
cial work research in schizophrenia. Journal of
Psychiatric Social Work, 22:123-128, 1953.

KLEHR, H. C.: Description of a social service fol-
low-up study: Methods and problems. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 21:378-386, 1951.

MouisH, H. B.: The popular response in Rorschach
records of normals, neurotics and schizophrenics.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 21:523-531,
1951.

THETFORD, W. N.: Fantasy perceptions in the per-
sonality development of normal and deviant chil-

30

dren. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 22:
542-550, 1952.

THIESEN, J. W.: A pattern analysis of structural
characteristics of the Rorschach test in schizo-
phrenia. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 14:
365-370, 1952.

MH-65 (R01) GRINKER, Roy R.: Psychosomatic
studies of skin diseases. Michael Reese Hospital
and Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1947-52)

KEPEcs, JosepH: A walking screen analagous to
the dream screen. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21
(2):167-171, 1952.

KEPECs, JosEPH: Some patterns of somatic displace-
ment. Psychosomatic Medicine, 15:425-432,
1953.

KEPECS, JosEPH: Observations on screens and bar-
riers in the mind. Psychoanalytic Quarterly 23
(1):62-77, 1954.

KEPECs, JosEPH, RABIN, ALBERT, and ROBIN, MiL-
TON: Atopic dermatitis. A clinical study. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 13(1):1-9, 1950.

KEPECs, JosePH, and RoBIN, MILTON: Life situa-
tions, emotions and atopic dermatitis. In: Wolff,
Harold G., Wolf, Stewart G., Jr., and Hare, Clar-
ance C., eds. Life stress and bodily disease.
New York, Williams & Wilkins, 1950, p. 1010-
1015.

KepEcs, JosePH G., and ROBIN, MILTON: Studies
on itching. I. Contributions toward an under-
standing of the physiology of masochism. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 17(2):87-95, 1955.

KEepEcs, JosePH G., ROBIN, MILTON, and BRUN-
NER, MATTHEW ].: Relationship between certain
emotional states and exudation into the skin.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 13:10-17, 1951.

RaBIN, ALBERT, and KEPECS, JosepH G.: Person-
ality structure in atopic dermatitis: A Rorschach
study. Journal of General Psychology, 50:171-
180, 1954.

RoBIN, MILTON, and KEPECS, JosePH G.: The rela-
tionship of certain emotional states to the rate of
secretion of sebum. Journal of Investigative
Dermatology, 20(5):373-383, 1953.

MH-66 (R01) BUTLER, ALAN M., COBB, STANLEY:
Psychosomatic disorders in children. Massachusetts
General Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1947-54)

BroM, GastoN E.: Ambivalence and resistance to
treatment in a delinquent adolescent boy. Amer
ican Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 22:584-606,
1952.

BLoM, GastoN E.: Ulcerative colitis in a five-year-
old boy. In: Caplan, Gerald, ed. Emotional
problems of early childhood. New York, Basic
Books, 1955, p. 169-198.
BroM, GastoN E.: The reactions of hospitalized
children to illness. Pediatrics, 22:590-600, 1958.

Brom, GastoN E., and NICHOLS, GRANCE: Emo-
tional factors in children with rheumatoid arth-
ritis. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 24:
588-601, 1954.

BLoM, GastoN, and WHIPPLE, B.: A method of
studying emotional factors in children with rheu-
matoid arthritis. In: Jessner, L., and Pavenstedt,
E., eds. Dynamic psychopathology in childhood.
New York, Grune and Stratton, 1959, p. 124-165.
(Also acknowledges MH-937)

CooLIDGE, JoHN C.: Asthma in mother and child
as a special type of intercommunication. Amer-
ican [Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 26:165-178,
1956.

JESSNER, LUCIE: Some aspects of permissiveness in
psychotherapy of children. Child Development,
21:13-18, 1950.

JESSNER, L.: Some observations on children hospital-
ized during latency. In: Jessner, Lucie, and Pav-
einstedt, Eleanor, eds. Dynamic psychopathology
in childhood. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1959, p. 257-268.

JESSNER, L.: The psychoanalysis of an eight-year-old
boy with asthma. In: Schneer, Henry I., ed. The
asthmatic child. New York, Hoeber, 1963, p.
118-137.

JEssNER, L., and ABsg, D. W.: Regressive forces
in anorexia nervosa. British Journal of Medical
Psychology, 33:301-312, 1960.

JESSNER, Luci, BLoMm, GASTON, and WALLFOGEL,
SAMUEL: Emotional implications of tonsillectomy
and adenoidectomy on children. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 7:126-169, 1952.

JESSNER, L., and KAPLAN, S.: Emotional reactions
to tonsillectomy and adenoidectomy in children.
In: Problems of infancy and childhood. New
York, Josiah Macy Foundation, 1949, p. 97-118.

JESSNER, L., and KapraN, S.: “Discipline” as a
problem in psychotherapy with children. Nervous
Child, 9:147-155, 1951.

JEsSNER, L., and SANDIFER, M. G.: Der Gegen-
wartige Stand der Psychosomatischen Medizin in
den Vereinigten Staaten Ein Uberblick. (Review
of psychosomatic medicine in U.S.A.) Schweizer
(Swiss) Zeitschrift der Psychiatrie und Neurol-
ogie, 136:260-308, 1958.

MH-67 (R01) Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: Gastric activity
in emotional states. Jewish Hospital of Cincin-
nati, Cincinnati, Ohio (1947-51) (Cont'd as
MH-486)

BRrOH-KAHN, ROBERT H., PODORE, CLARENCE ]J.,
and Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: Uropepsin excretion by

31

man. II. Uropepsin excretion by healthy men.
Journal of Clinical Investigation, 27(6):825-833,
1948.

Mirsky, I. ARTHUR, BLOCK, STANLEY, OSHER,
STANLEY, and BrROH-KAHN, ROBERT H.: Uropep-
sin excretion by man, I. The source, properties
and assay of uropepsin. Journal of Clinical In-
vestigation, 27(6):818-824, 1948.

Mirsky, I. ARTHUR, FISHER, BERNARD, and HAR-
BISON, S. P.: Comparison of blood pepsinogen in
patients with duodenal and gastric ulcer and pa-
tients with gastric carcinoma. (Abstract) Jour-
nal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 46:933,
1955. (Also acknowledges MH-486).

Mirsky, I. ARTHUR, FUTTERMAN, PERRY, and
KAPLAN, STANLEY: Blood plasma pepsinogen:
II. The activity of the plasma from “normal” sub-

jects, patients with duodenal ulcer, and Jatients
with pernicious anemia. Journal of Laboratory
and Clinical Medicine, 40(2):188-199, 1952.

(Also acknowledges MH-486).

Mirsky, I. A., FUTTERMAN, P. KAPLAN, S., and
BroH-KAHN, R. H.: Blood plasma pepsinogen:
I. The source, properties and assay of the pro-
teolytic activity of plasma at acid reactions. Jour-
nal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 40(1):
17-26, 1952. (Also acknowledges MH-486).

Mirsky, I. ARTHUR, KAPLAN, STANLEY, and BROH-
KAHN, ROBERT H.: Pepsinogen excretion (Uro-
pepsin) as an index of the influence of various
life situations on gastric secretions. In: Wolf,
Harold G., Wolf, Steward G., Jr, and Hare,
Clarence C., eds. Life stress and bodily disease.
Vol. 24. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1950,
p. 628-646.

Poporg, CLARENCE J., BROH-KAHN, ROBERT H.,
and Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: Uropepsin excretion
by man. III. Uropepsin excretion by patients
with peptic ulcers and other lesions of the stom-
ach. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 27(6):
834-839, 1948.

STEIN, M., JINKS, R., and Mirsky, I. A.: The bio-
assay of pitressin and antidiuretic substances in
blood and urine. Endocrinology, 51:492-503,
1952. (Also acknowledges MH-486).

STEIN, MARVIN, JINKS, ROBERT, and MIRsKY, I.
ARTHUR: The assay of antidiuretic substances.
(Abtract) Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and
Metabolism, 12(7):961, 1952. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-486).

STEIN, M., SCHWARTZ, R., and Mirsky, I. A.: The
antidiuretic activity of plasma of patients with
hepatic cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, hyper-
tension and other clinical disorders. Journal of
Clinical Investigation, 33:77-81, 1954. (Also
acknowledges MH-486)

WEINER, HERBERT, THALER, MARGARET, REISER,
MorToN F., and Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: Etiology
of duodenal ulcer: I. Relation of specific psycho-
logical characteristics to rate of gastric secretion
(serum pepsinogen). Psychosomatic Medicine, 19
(1):1-10, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-486).

MH-76 (R01) Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: Psychologic
factors in hyperglycemia. Jewish Hospital of Cin-
cinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1947-50)

Mirsky, I. A.: Emotional factors in the patient with
diabetes mellitus. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 12:187-194, 1948.

Mirsky, I. A., KapLAN, S. M., Poporg, C. J., and
BroH-KAHN, R. H.: The insulin tolerance test
in patients with essential hypertension. Journal
of Clinical Investigation, 29:297-301, 1950.

WEILAND, H. I, BRoH-KaAHN, R. H., and MIRSKY,
I. A.: Lack of hypoglycemic response to intrathe-
cal injection of glucose. Proceedings of the So-
ciety for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 67:
171-172, 1948.

MH-77 (R01) LasHLEY, KARL: Interaction of spe-
cialized areas in the brain. Yerkes Laboratories
of Primate Biology—Emory University, Orange
Park, Fla. (1948-51)

LasHLEY, K. S.: The mechanism of vision: Effects
of destroying the visual “associative areas” of the
monkey. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 37:
107-166, 1948.

SPERRY, R. W.: Cerebral regulation of motor coor-
dination in monkeys following multiple transec-
tion of semimotor cortex. Journal of Neurophysi-
ology, 10:275-294, 1947.

MH-79 (RO1) MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: Personal-
ity development from birth to maturity. Califor-
nia, University of Berkeley, Calif. (1948-53)

ATHERTON, KARYL: A comparison of solutions ob-
tained in factor analyses of socio-economic varia-
bles. Psychological Reports, 11:259-273, 1962.

BAYER, LEONA M., and SNYDER, MARGARET M.:
Illness experience of a group of normal children.
Child Development, 21(2):93-120, 1950.

BAYLEY, NANCY: Some psychological correlates of
somatic androgyny. Child Development, 22(1):
47-60, 1951.

BAYLEY, NANCY, and PINNEAU, S. R.: Tables for
predicting adult height from skeletal age: Re-
vised for use with the Greulich-Pyle hand stand-
ards, Journal of Pediatrics, 40:423-441, 1952.

BronsoN, WanDA C.: Dimensions of ego and in-
fantile identification. Journal of Personality,
27(4):532-545, 1959.

BroNsoN, WANDA C., KATTEN, EpiTH S., and Liv-
SON, N.: Patterns of authority and affection in

32

two generations. [Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 58(2):143-152, 1959.

DEuEL, P. D.: A nomogram for factor analysis.
Psychometrika, 21(3):291-294, 1956.

Erikson, E. H.: Sex differences in the play config-
urations of pre-adolescents. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 21(4):667-692, 1951.

GRANT, MARGUERITE Q., IVES, VIRGINIA, and RAN-
zoNI, JANE H.: Reliability and validity of judges’
ratings of adjustment on the Rorschach. Psycho-
logical Monographs, 66(2):1-20, 1952. (Whole
No. 334)

HANLEY, C.: Physique and reputation of junior high
school boys. Child Development, 22(4):247-260,
1951.

Harris, R. E.: Some observations on blood pressure
in children. In: Physical and behavioral growth,
Report of 26th Ross Pediatric Research Confer-
ence, 1958,.p. 49-52.

HEINSTEIN, M. I: Influence of breast feeding on
children’s behavior. Children (Children’s Bureau,
Department of Health, Education and Welfare),
10:93-97, 1963.

HEINSTEIN, M. I.: Behavioral correlates of breast-
bottle regimes under varying parent-infant rela-
tionships. Monographs of the Society for Re-
search in Child Development, 28(4):1-61, 1963.

HonNzik, MARJORIE P.: Sex differences in the occur-
rence of materials in the play constructions of pre-
adolescents. Child Development, 22(1):15-35,
1951.

HonNzik, MARJORIE P.: The constancy of mental
test performance during the preschool period. In:
Readings in child psychology. New York, Pren-
tice-Hall, 1951, p. 329-344.

HoNzik, MARJORIE P.: Developmental studies of
parent-child resemblance in intelligence. Child
Development, 28(2):215-228, 1957. Also in:
Dennis, W., ed. Readings in child psychology.
Revised ed. New York, Macmillan Co., 1963.

Honzik, MARJORIE P.: A sex difference in the age
of onset of the parent-child resemblance in intelli-
gence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 54:5,
1963.

HonNzik, MARJORIE P., MACFARLANE, JEAN W.,
and ALLEN, LuciLE: The stability of mental test
performance between two and eighteen years.
Journal of Experimental Education, 17(2):309-
324, 1948.

HoNzIK, MARJORIE P., MACFARLANE, JEAN W.,
and ALLEN, LuciLE: The stability of mental test
performance between two and eighteen years. In:
Kuhlen, R. G., and Thompson, G. G., eds. Psy-
chological studies of human development. New
York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1952, p. 149-157.
Honzik, MARJORIE P., and McKEE, J. P.: The sex
difference in thumbsucking. Journal of Pediatrics,
61(5):726-732, 1962.

IVES, VIRGINIA GRANT, MARGUERITE, Q., and RAN-
zoN1, JANE H.: The “neurotic” Rorschachs of
normal adolescents. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
ogy, 83:31-61, 1953.

JonEes, H. E., MACFARLANE, JEAN W., and EicH-
ORN, DoroTHY H.: A progress report on growth
studies at the University of California. Vita
Humana, 3:17-31, 1960.

LivsoN, N., and BRONSON, WANDA C.: An explora-
tion of patterns of impulse control in early adoles-
cence. Child Development, 32:75-88, 1961.

LivsoN, N., and McNEILL, D.: Variability in male
stature as function of adolescent maturation rate.
Science, 133:708-709, 1961.

LivsoN, N., and McNEILL, D.: Physique and matu-
ration rate in male adolescents. Child Develop-
ment, 33:145-152, 1962.

LivsoN, N., and McNEILL, D.: The accuracy of
recalled age of menarche. Human Biology, 34
(3) :218-221, 1962.

LivsoN, N., and NicHoLs, T.: Note on Gaier and
Lee's “Pattern analysis.” Psychological Bulletin,
51(1):77-78, 1955.

LivsoN, N., and NICHOLS, T.: Discrimination and
reliability in Q-sort personality descriptions. [our-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 52(2):
159-165, 1956.

LivsoN, N., and NicHoLs, T.: Social attitude con-
figurations in an adolescent group. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 91:3-23, 1957.

LivsoN, N., and NicHoLs, T.: Assessment of the
generalizability of the E, F, and PEC scales. Psy-
chological Reports, 3:413-420, 1957.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: Problems of validation in-
herent in projective methods: In: Watson, R. I,
ed. Clinical method in psychology. New York,
Harper, 1949.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: The training of psycholo-
gists for the community mental health service
field. Clinical Psychology, 6(2):128-132, 1950.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: The uses and predictive
limitations of intelligence tests in infants and
young children. Bulletin of the World Health
Organization, 9:409-415, 1953.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: Intellectual functioning in
high school girls and college women. National
Association of Women Deans and Counselors,
21(1):3-8, 1957.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: The significance of early
and late maturation. In: Physical and behavioral
growth, Report of the 26th Ross Pediatric Re-
search Conference, 1958, p. 69-78.

33

MACFARLANE, JEAN W.: From infancy to adult-

hood. Childhood Education, 39(7):336-342,
1963. Also in: Pedagogic Reporter, 15(1):5-7,
1963.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W., ALLEN, LuUcILE, and
HonNzik, MAR JORIE P.: A developmental study of
the behavior problems of normal children be-
tween 21 months and 14 years. Vol. 2. Univer-
sity of California publications in child develop-
ment, 1954. 122 p.

MACFARLANE, JEAN W., and TUDDENHAM, R. D.:
Problems in the validation of projective tech-
niques. In: Anderson, H. H., and Anderson,
G. L., eds. An introduction to projective tech-
niques. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1951, p. 26-54.

MCcFATE, MARGUERITE Q., and ORR, FRANCES G.:
Through adolescence with the Rorschach. Ror-
schach Research Exchange and Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 13(3):302-319, 1949.

McKEE, J. P., and '"HONzZIK, MAR JORIE P.: Sucking
behavior in mammals: An examination of the
nature-nurture question. In: Postman, Leo J., ed.
Psychology in the making. New York, Knopf,
1962, p. 585-661.

McNEILL, D., and LivsoN, N.: Maturation rate and
body build in women. Child Development, 34
(1):25-32, 1963.

NicoLsoN, ARLINE B., and HANLEY, C.: Indices
of psychological maturity: Derivation and inter-
relationships. Child Development, 24(1):3-38,
1953.

RANZONI, JANE H., GRANT, MARGUERITE Q., and
Ives, VIRGINIA: Rorschach “card pull”. in a nor-
mal adolescent population. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 14(2):107-133, 1950.

SMELSER, N. J., and SMELSER, W. T.: Personality
and social systems. New York, Wiley, 1963,
658 p.

SMELSER, W. T.: Adolescent and adult occupational
choice as a function of family socioeconomic his-
tory. Sociometry, 26(4):393-409, 1963.

TuppENHAM, R. D.: Studies in reputation. IIL
Correlates of popularity among elementary school
children. Journal of Educational Psychology,
42(5):257-276, 1951.

TuppeENHAM, R. D.: Studies in reputation. I. Sex
and grade differences in school children’s evalua-
tions of their peers. II. The diagnosis of social
adjustment. Psychological Monographs, 66(1):
1-58, 1952. (Whole No. 333)

TupbpENHAM, R. D., and SNYDER, MARGARET M.:
Physical growth of California boys and girls from
birth to 18 years. University of California Publi-
cations in Child Development, 1(2):183-364,
1954.
Tuma, E., and LivsoN, N.: Family socioeconomic
status and adolescent attitudes to authority. Child
Development, 31:387-399, 1960.

MH-80 (R01) CaTTELL, RAYMOND B.: Hereditary
and environmental factors in personality. Illinois,
University of Urbana, Ill. (1948-54)

CATTELL, R. B.: A note on factor invariance and
the identification of factors. British [Journal of
Psychology, 2:134-138, 1949.

CATTELL, R. B.: A factorization of tests of person-
ality source traits. British Journal of Psychology,
4:165-178, 1951.

CATTELL, R. B.: Research designs in psychological
genetics with special reference to the multiple
variance method. American Journal of Human
Genetics, 5:76-93, 1953.

CatTELL, R. B.: What is “objective” in “objective
personality tests”? Journal of Counseling Psy-
chology, 5:285-289, 1958.

CartELL, R. B., BLEwWETT, D. B., and BELOFF,
J. R.: The inheritance of personality. A multiple
variance analysis determination of approximate
nature-nurture ratios for primary personality fac-
tors in Q-data. American Journal of Human
Genetics, 7:122-146, 1955.

CAaTTELL, R. B,, DUBIN, S. S., and SAUNDERS, D. R.:
Personality structure in psychotics by factorization
of objective clinical tests. Journal of Mental Sci-
ence, 100:154-176, 1954.

CatTeLL, R. B.,, and GRUEN, W.: The personality
factor structure of 11-year-old children in terms
of behavior rating data. Journal of Clinical Psy-
chology, 9:256-266, 1953.

CaTTELL, R. B., and GRUEN, W.: Primary personal-
ity factors in the questionnaire medium for chil-
dren 11 to 14 years old. Educational and Psy-
chological Measurements, 14:50-76, 1954.

CarterL, R. B., and Horowitz, J.: Objective
personality tests investigating the structure of
altruism in relation to source traits, A, H, and L.
Journal of Personality, 21:103-117, 1952.

CatTELL, R. B., and SAUNDERS, D. R.: Inter-rela-
tion and matching of personality factors from
behavior rating, questionnaire and objective test
data. Journal of Social Psychology, 31:243-260,
1950.

CatTELL, R. B., STICE, G. F., and Kristy, N. F.:
A first approximation to nature-nurture ratios for
eleven primary personality factors in objective
tests. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
54:143-159, 1957.

MH-81 (R01) BETTELHEIM, BRUNO: Institutional
treatment of disturbed children. Chicago, Uni-
versity of Chicago, Ill. (1948-52)

34

BETTELHEIM, BRUNO HARRY: A study in rehabili-
tation. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 44:231-265, 1949.

BETTELHEIM, BRUNO: Love is not enough. Glencoe,
IIL, Free Press, 1950, 386 p.

BETTELHEIM, BRUNO: Truants from life.
IIL, The Free Press, 1955, 511 p.

Glencoe,

MH-91 (R01) WoLF, ABNER: Prenatal factors in
CNS disorders. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1948-53)

CoweN, Davip, and WoLF, A.: Experimental con-
genital toxoplasmosis. I. The vagina as a portal
of entry of toxoplasma in the mouse. Journal of
Experimental Medicine, 92:393-402, 1950.

CoweN, D., and WoLF, A.: Experimental congeni-
tal toxoplasmosis. II. Transmission of toxoplas-
mosis to the placenta and fetus following vaginal
infection in the pregnant mouse. Journal of Ex-
perimental Medicine, 92:403-416, 1950.

CoweN, D., and WoLF, A.: Experimental congeni-
tal toxoplasmosis. III. Toxoplasmosis in the
offspring of mice infected by the vaginal route.
Incidence and manifestations of the disease.
Journal of Experimental Medicine, 92:418-429,
1950.

Cowen, D., and WoLF, A.: Experimental congeni-
tal toxoplasmosis. IV. Genital and secondary
lesions in the mouse infected with toxoplasma by
the vaginal route. Journal of Neuropathology
and Experimental Neurology, 10:1-15, 1951.

CoweN, D., and WoLF, A.: Experimental congeni-
tal toxoplasmosis. V. Lesions in the offspring
of mice infected with toxoplasma by the vaginal
route. Observations on an associated hepatic in-
jury. Journal of Neuropathology and Experi-
mental Neurology, 10:142-157, 1951.

KasaT, E. A., WoLF, A., and BEzER, A. E.: Ex-
perimental studies on acute disseminated enceph-
alomyelitis in rhesus monkeys. In: Wolf, Harold
G., Wolf, Steward G., Jr., and Hare, Clarence C.
Life stress and bodily disease. Vol. 19. Balti-
more, Williams %& Wilkins, 1950, p. 113-132.

KaBaT, E. A., WoLF, A., and BezEr, A. E.: Effect
of cortisone on experimental acute disseminated
encephalomyelitis. ~~ (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 10(1):412, 1951.

Lumspen, C. E., Kasar, E. A., WoLF, A., and
BezEr, A. E.: Studies on acute disseminated en-
cephalomyelitis produced experimentally in rhesus
monkeys. Complement-fixing antibodies.  Jour-
nal of Experimental Medicine, 92:253-270, 1950.

WoLF, A.: The pathology of some viral encephali-
tides. In: Kidd, J. G., ed. The pathogenesis
and pathology of viral diseases. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1950, p. 193-213.
WOLF, A.: A review of experimental studies on the
etiology of the human demyelinating diseases.
In: Proceedings of the First Internatiorfal Con-
gress on Neuropathology, Rome, 1952, p. 1-60.
Also in: Wolf, A. Revue des études éxperimen-
tales sur I'étologie des maladies démyélinisantes
humaines. Acta Neurologica et Psychiatrica Bel-
gica, 54:634-681, 1954.

WoLF, A., and CoweN, D.: In: Mettler, F. A., ed.
Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex.
New York, Hoeber, 1949, p. 453-472.

WoLF, A., and CoweN, D.: Histopathology of
schizophrenia and other psychoses of unknown
origin. In: Milbank Memorial Fund. The biol-
ogy of mental health and disease. 27th annual
conference at the Milbank Memorial Fund. New
York, Hoeber, 1952, p. 469-486.

WoLF, A., CoweN, D., and PLUVINAGE, R.: L’en-
cephalomyélite a toxoplasmes. Revue Neurolo-
gique, 81:262-275, 1949.

WoLF, A., Kasat, E. A. BEzEr, A. E.,, and Fon-
SECA, J. R. C.: Activation of trypanosomiasis in
rhesus monkeys by cortisone. (Abstract) Feder-
ation Proceedings, 10(1)Part 1:375, 1951.

WoLF, A., KaBar, E. A., BEzERr, A. E., and FoN-
seca, J. R. C.: The effect of cortisone in acti-
vating latent trypanosomiasis in rhesus monkeys.
In: Schwartzmann, G., ed. The effect of ACTH
and cortisone upon infection and resistance. New
York, Columbia University Press, 1953.

WoLF, A., KAuFMAaN, M. A. and CowaN, D.:
Adult toxoplasmosis: A report and review.
Transactions of the American Neurology Associa-
tion, p. 284-286, 1953.

MH-94 (R01) REepL, FRITZ, and LiPPITT, RONALD:
Use of the group medium with disturbed children.
Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich. (1948-51)

GROSSER, DANIEL, POLANSKY, NORMAN, and Lip-
PITT, RONALD: A laboratory study of behavioral
contagion. Human Relations, 4:115-142, 1951.

Lippitt, R., POLANSKY, N., and ROSEN, S.: The
dynamics of power. Human Relations, S5(1):
37-64, 1952. (Also acknowledges MH-450).

PoLANSKY, NORMAN: On the dynamics of behav-
ioral contagion. The Group, 14:3-8, 21-24, 1952.

PorLaNsky, N., FREEMAN, W. Horowitz, M.,
IrwiN, L., PApANIA, N., Rapaport, D., and
WALEY, F.: Problems of interpersonal relations
in research on groups. Human Relations, 2:281-
291, 1949.

PoLaNsky, N., Lippitt, R., and RepL, F.: An in-
vestigation of behavioral contagion in groups.
Human Relations, 3:319-348, 1950.

PoLANsKY, N., Lippitt, R., and REDL, F.: The use

35

of near-sociometric data in research on group
treatment processes. Sociometry, 13:39-62, 1950.

RepL, R., and WINEMAN, D.: Children who hate.
Glencoe, IIL, Free Press, 1951, 253 p.

RepL, F., and WINEMAN, D.: Controls from within.
Glencoe, Ill., Free Press, 1952, 332 p.

RoseN, S.: Effects of emotional disturbance on so-
cial skills. Counseling, 10:1-7, 1952.

RosEN, 8.: Predicting individual behavior in a group
setting: Forecasting from case history material
how children will adjust in a new group. In:
Research Center for group dynamics. Ann Arbor,
University of Michigan, 1953, 8 p.

RoseN, S.: Some perceptual and behavioral com-
ponents of social influence in small groups, as
predicted by interpersonal adjustment in previous
social environments. In: Research Center for
Group Dynamics. Ann Arbor, University of
Michigan, 1953, 5 p.

MH-105 (R01) Jackson, EpiTH B.: Mental health
effects of maternity wards. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1948-54)

Backus, B. S.: I roomed in with my new baby.
Child, 14(5) :66-67; 77-78, 1949.

BARNES, G. R., LATHIN, A. N., Jackson, E. B,
and SHEA, N.: Management of breast feeding.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 151:
192-199, 1953.

BAUMANN, E.: The visiting nurse views rooming-in.
Public Health Nursing, 42:263-266, 1950.

DaNEs, C.: Report of a panel discussion on rooming-
in. Journal of the American Medical Women's
Association, 9(3) :80, 1954.

FrEepMAN, L. Z., RepricH, F. C, EronN, L. D.,
and JacksoN, E. B.: Training for childbirth-
remembrance of labor. Psychosomatic Medicine
14(6) :439-452, 1952.

Harris, A.: A public health nurse in rooming-in.
Public Health Nursing, 44(10):580-584, 1952.

Jackson, E. B.: Pediatric and psychiatric aspects of
the Yale rooming-in project. Connecticut Medi-
cal Journal, 14:616-621, 1950.

Jackson, E. B.: The development of rooming-in at
Yale. Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine,
25(6) :484-494, 1953.

Jackson, E. B.: New trends in maternity care.
American Journal of Nursing, 55(5):584-587,
1955.

Jackson, E. B., and KraTskIN, E. H.: Rooming-in
research project: Development of methodology of
parent-child relationship study in a clinical set-
ting. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 5:236-
274, 1950.
Jackson, EpitH B., KLATSKIN, ETHELYN H., and
WiLkiN, Louise C.: Early child development in
relation to degree of flexibility of maternal atti-
tude. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 7:393-
428, 1952. (Also acknowledges MH-9034).

Jackson, E. B,, and TRAINHAM, G., eds.: Family
centered maternity and infant care. New York,
Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, 1950, 298 p.

Jackson, E. B., WiLkIN, L. C., and AUERBACH, H.:
Statistical report on incidence and duration of
breast feeding in relation to personal-social and
hospital maternity factors. Pediatrics, 17:700-
715, 1956.

KratskiN, E. H.: Shifts in child care practices in
three social classes under an infant care program
of flexible methodology. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 22:52-61, 1952.

KratskiN, E. H.: Intelligence test performance at
one year among infants raised with flexible meth-
odology. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 8(3):
230-237, 1952.

KraTskiN, ETHELYN HENRY: Relationships of defi-
cits in intelligence test performance of pre-school
children to perinatal experience. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 28(3):228-233, 1964.

KraTskiN, E. H., and JacksoN, E. B.: Methodology
of the Yale rooming-in-project on parent-child
relationship. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 25(1):81-108; 25(2):373-397, 1955.

KratskiN, E. H., JacksoN, E. B., and WILKIN,
L. C.: The influence of degree of flexibility in
maternal child care practices on early child be-
havior. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
26:79-93, 1956.

KratskiN, E. H., LETHIN, A. N., and JACKSON,
E. B.: Choice of rooming-in or newborn nursery:
Analysis of data from prenatal screening inter-
views of 1251 mothers, relating to their choice of
hospital accommodation for their infants in a
rooming-in unit or in the newborn nursery. Pedi-
atrics, 6:878-889, 1950.

NyHAN, W. L.: Stool frequency of normal infants
in the first week of life. Pediatrics, 10:414-425,
1952.

NyHAN, W. L., and WESSEL, M. A.: Neonatal
growth in weight of normal infants on four dif-
ferent feeding regimens. Pediatrics, 14:442-448,
1954.

OLMsTED, R. W., and Jackson, E. B.: Self-demand
feeding in the first week of life. Pediatrics, 6:
396-401, 1950.

SHEA, N., KLATSKIN, E. H., and Jackson, E. B.:
Home adjustment of rooming-in and non-rooming-
in mothers. American Journal of Nursing, 52
(1):65-67, 1952.

SNOKE, A. W.: Rooming-in and natural childbirth
in a general hospital, or shall we break all rules?
Modern Hospital, 77:98-110, 1951.

WEesseL, M. A. Coss, J. C, Jackson, E. B,
Harris, G. S., and DETWILER, B. A.: Paroxysmal
fussing in infancy, sometimes called “colic.”
Pediatrics, 14:421-434, 1954.

MH-110 (R01) STEARNS, A. WARREN: Psychi-
atric study of dependency and indigency. Tufts
University, Medford, Mass. (1948-53)

STEARNS, A. W.: Cases of probable suicide in young
persons without obvious motivation. Journal of
the Maine Medical Association, 44:16-23, 1953.

STEARNS, A. W., and ULLMAN, A. D.: One thou-
sand unsuccessful careers. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 105:801-809, 1949.

UrLmaN, A. D., DEMONE, Jr., HAROLD W., and
STEARNS, A. W.: Does failure run in families?
A further study of 1,000 unsuccessful careers.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 107:667-676,
1951.

MH-111 (R01) LeNNox, WiLLiam G.: Convul-
sions and epilepsy in children. Children’s Hos-
pital Medical Center, Boston, Mass. (1948-53)

LENNOX, WILLIAM G.: The heredity of cpilepsy as
told by relatives and twins. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 146:529-536, 1951.

LENNOX, WILLIAM G.: Phenomena and correlates
of the psychomotor triad. Neurology, 1:357-
371, 1951.

MH-118 (R01) METTLER, FRED A.: The human
frontal lobe. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1948-50)

CARPENTER, MALcoLM B.: The influence of frontal
topectomy upon gastric secretion. Review of data
on twenty-four cases and fourteen controls. [our-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 113(1):
52-60, 1951.

Lanpis, C., ZUBIN, J., and METTLER, F. A.: The
functions of the human frontal lobe. Journal of
Psychology, 30:123-138, 1950.

METTLER, F. A.: Physiologic effects of bilateral si-
multaneous removal of Brodman cytoarchitectural
area in the human. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 8:109, 1949.

METTLER, F. A.: A comparison between various
forms of psychosurgery. New York State [our-
nal of Medicine, 49:2283-2286, 1949.

METTLER, FRED A., ed.: Selective partial ablation
of the frontal cortex. New York, Hoeber, 1949,
517 p.

METTLER, FRED A., ed.: Psychosurgical problems.
Philadelphia, Blakiston, 1952, 357 p.

36
METTLER, F. A., CRANDELL, A., WITTENBORN,
J. R, LirreN, K,, FemriNg, E. H, and CAR-
PENTER, M. B.: Factors, in the pre-operative situ-
ation of schizophrenics, considered to be of signifi-
cance in influencing outcome following psycho-
surgery. Psychiatric Quarterly, 28:549-606, 1954.

METTLER, F. A., Poor, J. L., and CRANDELL, A.:
Consequences of the ablation of area 8, 6 and 4S
from the human cortex cerebri. Transactions of
the American Neurological Association, 78th
Meeting, 1953, p. 185-188.

METTLER, FRED A., and RowLAND, LEwis P.: The
enumeration of neurocytes in the frontal lobe of
human psychotics. (Abstract) Anatomical Rec-
ord, 103(3):488-489, 1949.

Rowranp, L. P., and METTLER, F. A.: Cell con-
centration and laminar thickness in the frontal
cortex of psychotic patients: Studies on cortex
removed at operation. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 90:255-280, 1949.

WITTENBORN, J. R., and METTLER, F. A.: Some
psychological changes following psychosurgery.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46:
548-556, 1951.

WITTENBORN, J. R., and METTLER, F. A.: A lack
of perceptual control score for the Rorschach test.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 7:331, 1951.

WITTENBORN, J. R., and METTLER, F. A.: Practical
correlates of psychiatric symptoms. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 15:505-510, 1951.

MH-120 (R01) McCLELLAND, Davip C.: Effect
of fear and anxiety on psychological processes.
Wesleyan University, Middletown, Conn. (1948-
53)

SHIPLEY, THOMAs E., JrR., and VEROFF, JOSEPH:
A projective measure of need for affiliation.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43(5): 349-
356, 1952.

MH-123 (R01) KING, JoHN A., ROSEN, JOSEPH,
and ScorT, JoHN P.: Social and hereditary fac-
tors in nervous instability. Roscoe 3B. Jackson
Memorial Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me. (1948-
61) (Continued as MH-5643).

BAUER, FRANK J.: Genetic and experiential factors
affecting social relations in male mice. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
49 (4) :359-364, 1956.

DENENBERG, V. H., KING, J. A., and EHRENFELD,
D.: Effects of testosterone propionate on the
avoidance learning of male C57BL/6 mice. Phys-
iological Zoology, 31:244-247, 1958.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., Ross, SHERMAN, and
BLUMENFIELD, MICHAEL: Behavioral differences
between mutant and nonmutant mice. Journal of

37

Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(2):
290-293, 1963.

Ervior, O., and KING, J. A.: Effect of early food
deprivation upon later consummatory behavior in
puppies. Psychological Reports, 6:391-500, 1960.

FREDERICSON, EMIL: Distributed versus massed ex-
perience in a traumatic situation. [Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 45(2):259-266,
1950.

FrREDERICSON, EmIL: Cognitive maps and reinforce-
ment. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 76:253-
262, 1950.

FrREDERICSON, EMIL: The effects of food deprivation
upon competitive and spontaneous combat in C57
black mice. Journal of Psychology, 29:89-100,
1950.

FREDERICSON, EmiL: Competition: The effects of
infantile experience upon adult behavior. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46(3):
406-409, 1951.

FREDERICSON, EMIL: Time and aggression. Psycho-
logical Review, 58(1): 41-51, 1951.

FREDERICSON, EMIL: Aggressiveness in female mice.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 45(3):254-257, 1952.

FREDERICSON, EMIL: Perceptual homeostasis and dis-
tress in vocalization in puppies. Journal of Per-
sonality, 20(4):472-477, 1952.

FREDERICSON, EMIL: The wall-seeking tendency in
three inbred mouse strains (mus musculus). Jour-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 82:143-146, 1953.

FREDERICSON, EMIL, and BIRNBAUM, E. ANN: Com-
petitive fighting between mice with different her-
editary backgrounds. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
ogy, 85:271-280, 1954.

FREDERICSON, EMIL, FINK, CHARLES D., and
PARKER, JEAN R.: Elicitation and inhibition of
competitive fighting in food deprived mice. [our-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 86:131-141, 1955.

FrREDERICSON, E., STORY, A. W., GURNEY, N. L.,
and BUTTERWORTH, K.: The relationship between
heredity, sex, and aggression in two inbred mouse
strains. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 87:121-
130, 1955.

FreepMAN, D., ErvLioT, O., and KING, J. A.: Criti-
cal period in the social development of dogs.
Science, 133:1016-1017, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5643).

KAHN, MARVIN W.: The effect of severe defeat at
various age levels on the aggressive behavior of
mice. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 79:117-
130, 1951.

KAHN, MARVIN W.: Infantile experience and ma-
ture aggressive behavior of mice: Some maternal
influences. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 84:

65-75, 1954.

KING, J. A.: Closed social groups among domestic
dogs. Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society, 98:327-336, 1954.

KiNG, J. A.: Social behavior, social organization,
and population dynamics in a black-tailed prairie-
dog town in the Black Hills of South Dakota.
Contributions of the Laboratory for Vertebrate Bi-
ology (University of Michigan), 67:1-123, 1955.

KING, J. A.: Social relations of domestic guinea pig
living under semi-natural conditions. Ecology,
37:221-228, 1956.

KING, J. A.: Sexual behavior of C57BL/10 mice and
its relation to early social experience. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 88:223-229, 1956.

KiNG, J. A.: Intra- and interspecific conflict of
“Mus” and “Peromyscus.” Ecology, 38:355-357,
1957.

KING, J. A.: Relationships between early social ex-
perience and adult aggressive behavior in inbred
mice. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 90:151-
166, 1957.

KING, J. A.: Maternal behavior and behavioral de-
velopment in two subspecies of “Peromyscus ma-
niculatus.” Journal of Mammalogy, 39:177-190,
1958. :

KING, J. A.: Parameters relevant to determining the
effect of early experience upon the adult be-
havior of animals. Psychological Bulletin, 55:
46-58, 1958.

KiNG, J. A.: The social behavior of prairie dogs.
Scientific American, 201(4):128-140, 1959.

KiNG, J. A.: Swimming and reaction to electric
shock in two subspecies of deermice (Peromyscus
maniculatus) during development. Animal Be-
haviour, 9:142-150, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-5643).

KiNG, J. A.: Development and behavioral evolution
in “Peromyscus.” In: Blair, W. F., ed. Verte-
brate speciation. Austin, Texas, University of
Texas Press, 1961, p. 122-145. (Also acnkowl-
edges MH-5643).

KiNG, J. A.: Maternal behavior in “Peromyscus.”
In: Rheingold, H. L., ed. Maternal behavior of
mammals. Baltimore, Wiley and Sons, 1963, p.
58-93. (Also acknowledges MH-5643).

KiNG, J. A., and CoNNON, H.: Effects of social
relationships upon mortality in C57BL/10 mice.
Physiological Zoology, 28:233-239, 1955.

KiNG, J. A., and DEsHAIEs, J.: A comparison of
two subspecies of “Peromyscus maniculatus” at
weaning. Anatomical Record, 134:593, 1959.

KING, J. A., DEsHaIgs, J. C.,, and WEBSTER, R.:
Age of weaning in two subspecies of deermice.

38

Science, 139:483-484,
edges MH-5643).

KiNG, J. A., and ELeFTHERIOU, B. E.: Effects of
social experience in the laboratory upon the adap-
tation of “Peromyscus” to a neutral environment.
(Abstract) Anatomical Record, 128:576, 1957.

1963. (Also acknowl-

KING, J. A., and ErLerTHERIOU, B. E.: Effect of
early handling upon adult behavior in two sub-
species of deermice, “Peromyscus maniculatus.”
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 52:82-88, 1959.

KiNG, J. A., and ELeFTHERIOU, B. E.: Differential
growth in the skulls of two subspecies of deer-
mice. Growth, 24:179-192, 1960.

King, J. A., and GurNEY, N. L.: Effect of early
social experience on adult aggressive behavior in
C57BL/10 mice. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 47:326-330, 1954.

KING, J. A., and LEvy, J.: The effects of testosterone
propionate ‘on fighting behavior in young male
C57BLZ/10 mice. (Abstract) Anatomical Record,
117:562-563, 1953.

KiNG, J. A., and MavroMmATis, A.: The effects of
a conflict situation on the learning ability in two
strains of inbred mice. Journal of Comparative
and Physological Psychology, 49:465-468, 1956.

KING, J. A., and NicHoLs, J.: Problems of classifi-
cation. In: Waters, R., & Rothlingshafer, D.,
eds. Comparative psychology. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1960.

KING, JoHN A., and Scott, JOHN PAUL: Aggres-
sion. Chicago, University of Chicago, 1958,
149 p.

KiNG, J. A., and SHEA, N.: Behavioral develop-
ment in two subspecies of ‘Peromyscus manicu-
latus.” (Abstract) Anatomical Record, 131:571-
572, 1958.

KING, J. A., and SHEA, N.: Subspecific differences
in the response of young deermice on an ele-
vated platform. Journal of Heredity, 50:14-18,
1959.

LEVINE, S.: Emotionality and aggressive behavior
in the mouse as a function of infantile experi-

ence. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 94:77-83,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1051 and MH-
1630).

RoseN, J., and HART, F. M.: Effects of early social
isolation upon adult timidity and dominance in
“Peromyscus.” Psychological Reports, 13:47-50,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5643).

Ross, SHERMAN: Effects of early weaning on suck-
ing behavior in cocker spaniel puppies. Anatom-
ical Record, 111(3):492, 1951.

Ross, SHERMAN: Sucking behavior in neonate dogs.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
46(2):142-149, 1951.
Ross, SHERMAN, DENENBERG, VICTOR H., FrROM-
MER, G. P., and Sawin, P. B.: Genetic, physio-
logical and behavioral background of reproduc-
tion in the rabbit. V. Nonretrieving of neo-
nates. Journal of Mammalogy, 40(1):91-96,
1959.

Ross, SHERMAN, GINSBURG, BENSON E., and DEN-
ENBERG, VICTOR H.: The use of the split-litter
technique in psychological research. Psychological
Bulletin, 54(2):145-151, 1957.

Ross, SHERMAN, Scott, J. P.,, CHERNER, MARIA,
and DENENBERG, Victor H.: Effects of restraint
and isolation on yelping in puppies. Animal
Behavior, 8:1-5, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
522).

Scot, J. P.: The relative importance of social and
hereditary factors in producing disturbances in
life adjustment during periods of stress in lab-
oratory animals. In: Wolf, Harold G., Wolf,
Steward G., Jr., and Mare, Clarence C., eds. Life
stress and bodily disease. Proceedings of the
Association, December 2 and 3, 1949, New York.
Vol. 29. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1950,
p. 61-71.

Scott, J. P., and FREDERICSON, EMIL: The causes
of fighting in mice and rats. Physiological Zool-
ogy, 24(4):273-309, 1951.

Scott, J. P., FREDERICSON, EMIL, and FULLER,
Joun L.: Experimental exploration of the critical
period hypothesis. Personality, 1(2):162-183,
1951.

Scott, J. P., and MARSTON, MARY-' VESTA: Non-
adaptive behavior resulting from a series of de-
feats in fighting mice. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 48(3):417-428, 1953.

Scott, J. P., Ross, S., FisHER, A. E., and KING, D.:
The effects of early enforced weaning on sucking
behavior of puppies. Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 95:261-281, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-522).

ToLLMAN, J., and KING, J. A.: The effects of tes-
tosterone propionate on aggression in male and
female C5S7BL/10 mice. British Journal of Ani-
mal Behaviour, 4:147-149, 1956.

WiLLiaMs, ELIZABETH, and Scott, J. P.: The de-
velopment of social behavior patterns in the
mouse, in relation to natural periods. Behaviour,
6(1):35-64, 1953.

MH-129 (R01) FErRrRARO, ARMANDO M.: Preven-
tion of experimental allergic encephalomyelitis.
New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York,
N.Y. (1950-52)

FERRARO, A., and RoiziN, L.: Production of experi-
mental encephalomyelitis with calcium acetate
compound extracted from brain tissue. [Journal

39

of Neuropathology and Experimental Neurology,
10:394-407, 1951.

MH-139 (R01) BENDER, MoRRis B.: Changes in
perceptual functions in functional psychos. New
York University, New York, N.Y. (1949-52)

BENDER, M. B.: The phenomenon of sensory dis-
placement. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 65:607-621, 1951.

BENDER, Morris B.: Disorders in perception.
Springfield, Illinois, Charles C. Thomas, 1952,
109 p.

BENDER, M. B, and FINK, M.: Tactile perceptual
tests in the differential diagnosis of psychiatric
disorders. Journal of the Hillside Hospital, 1:21-
31, 1952.

BENDER, M. B., FINK, M., and GREEN, M.: Pat-
terns in perception on simultaneous tests of face
and hand. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 66:355-362, 1951.

BENDER, MoRRrIs B., and KRIEGER, H. P.: Visual
function in perimetrically blind fields. A. M. A.
Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 65:72-79,
1951.

BENDER, M. B., and KRIEGER, H. P.: Background
illumination and the visual threshold in hemi-
anopic areas. Newrology, 3:102-110, 1953.

BENDER, M., and NATHANSON, M.: Patterns in
allesthesia and their relation to disorder of body
scheme and other sensory phenomena. Archives
of Neurology and Psychiatry, 64:501-515, 1950.

BERGMAN, P. S., NATHANSON, M., and BENDER,
M. B.: The effects of drugs on normal and ab-
normal electrically recorded eye movements.
Transactions of the American Neurological Asso-
ciation, 76:232-234, 1951.

BERGMAN, P. S., NATHANSON, M., and BENDER,
M. B.: Electrical recordings of normal and ab-
normal eye movements modified by drugs.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
67:357-374, 1952.

Fink, M., GREEN, M., and BENDER, M. B.: The
face-hand test as a diagnostic sign of organic
mental syndrome. Neurology, 2:46-58, 1952.

FINK, MAX, GREEN, M. A., and BENDER, M. B.:
Perception of simultaneous tactile stimuli by men-
tally defective subjects. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 117:43-49, 1953.

GREEN, M. A. and BENDER, M. B.: Cutaneous
perception in the aged. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 69:577-581, 1953.

JAFFE, J., and BENDER, M. B.: Perceptual patterns
during recovery from general anesthesia. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 14:
316-321, 1951.
JAFFE, JosepH, and BENDER, MORRIS B.: The fac-
tor of symmetry in the perception of two simul-
taneous cutaneous stimuli. Brain, 75:167-176,
1952.

KRIEGER, H. P., and BENDER, M. B.: Dark adapta-
tion in perimetrically blind fields. Archives of
Opthalomolgy, 46:625-636, 1951.

SHAPIRO, M. F., FINK, M., and BENDER, M. B.:
Exosomesthesia or displacement of cutaneous sen-
sation into extraperxonal space. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 68:481-490, 1952.

MH-142 (R01) BrowN, JupsoN S., and FARBER,
I. E.: Development of conditioned fear responses.
Iowa, State University of Iowa City, Iowa.
(1949-54)

ArMus, H. L.: The effect of percentage of rein-
forcement and distribution of acquisition trials on
extinction of conditioned fear. Psychological Re-
ports, 6:387-390, 1960.

BrowN, J. S., and FaArBER, I. E.: Emotions con-
ceptualized as intervening variables, with sugges-
tions toward a theory of frustration. Psychologi-
cal Bulletin, 48:465-495, 1951.

BrowN, J. S., KaLisH, H. I, and FARBER, I. E.:
Conditioned fear as revealed by magnitude of
startle response to an auditory stimulus. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 41(5):317-328,
1951.

BROWN, JuDSON S., MERYMAN, J. W., and MAR-
zocco, F. N.: Sound-induced startle response as
a function of time since shock. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 49(2):
190-194, 1956.

KaLisH, H. I: Strength of fear as a function of
number of acqiusition and extinction trials. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 47:1-9, 1954.

MH-148 (R01) SHAkoOw, Davi: Psychological
functioning in schizophrenia. Illinois, University
of Chicago, Ill. (1949-51)

Huston, Paul E., and SHAkOW, D.: Learning ca-
pacity in schizophrenia: With special reference to
the concept of deterioration. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 105:881-888, 1949.

SHAKOW, D.: Some psychological features of schizo-
phrenia. In: Reymert, M. L., ed. Feelings and
emotions. The Mooseheart Symposium, 1950.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1950, p. 383-390.

SHAakow, D.: Normalisierungstendenzen bei chro-
nisch Schizophrenen: Konsequenzen fur die Theo-
rie der Schizophenie. (“Normalization trends
in chronic schizophrenic patients: Some implica-
ctions for schizophrenia theory.) Schweizerische
Zeitschrift fur Psychologie und Ihre Anwendun-
gen, 17:285-299, 1958.

40

SHAkoW, D.: A theory of the formal psychological
deficit in schizophrenia. Fifth George Kirby Col-
lier Memorial Lecture at University of Rochester,
December, 1960. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 6:1-17, 1962.

SHAKOW, DAviD: Discussion of papers relating to
definition of variables. In: Strupp, Hans H., and
Luborsky, Lester, eds. Research in psychother-
apy. Vol. 2. Washington, D.C., American Psy-
chological Association, 1962, p. 237-241.

SHAkOW, D.: Psychological deficit in schizophrenia.
Behavioral Science, 8:275-305, 1963.

MH-151 (R01) CoNEL, J. LEROY: Postnatal devel-
opment of human cerebral cortex. Children’s
Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass. (1949-
63)

CoNEL, J. LERoy: The postnatal development of
the human cerebral cortex. Vol. 4. The cortex
of the six-month infant. Cambridge, Mass., Har-
vard University Press, 1951, 189 p.

ConEL, L. LEROY: The postnatal development of
the human cerebral cortex. Vol. 5. The cortex
of the fifteen-month infant. Cambridge, Mass.,
Harvard University Press, 1955, 221 p.

CoNEL, J. LEROY: The postnatal development of
the human cerebral cortex. Vol. 6. The cortex
of the twenty-four month infant. Cambridge,
Mass., Harvard University Press, 1959, 309 p.

ConNEL, J. LEROY: The postnatal development of
the human cerebral cortex. Vol. 7. The cortex
of the four-year child. Cambridge, Mass., Har-
vard University Press, 1963.

MH-156 (RO1) BoDER, Davip P.: Psychological
analysis of persons from DP camps. Illinois In-
stitute of Technology, Chicago, Ill. (1949-52)
(Continued as MH-582).

Boper, DaAviD P.: Topical autobiographies of dis-
placed people: Recorded verbatim in displaced
persons camps, with a psychological and anthro-
pological analysis. 16 Vols. Privately Printed,
Los Angeles, Calif., 1957. (Processed) (Also
acknowledges MH-582).

MH-161 (R01) SweEeT, WiLLiaM H., CoBB, STAN-
LEY, and WHITE, JAMES C.: Effect of partial exci-
sion on cerebral function. Massachusetts General
Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1949-53)

Bakay, L., and SwegT, WiLLiaMm H.: Cervical and
intra-cranial, intra-arterial pressures with and with-
out vascular occlusion. Surgery, Gynecology, and
Obstetrics, 95:67-75, 1952.

BakAy, L., and SwEgT, WiLLiAM H.: Intra-arterial
pressures in the neck and brain. Journal of Neuro-
surgery, 10:353-359, 1953.
BONNER, F. J., and CoBB, S.: Psychiatric considera-
tions. In: White, J. C., and Sweet, W. H., eds.
Pain. Springfield, Ill., Charles C. Thomas, 1955,
p. 99-115.

BONNER, F., CoB, S., SWEET, W. H., and WHITE,
J. C.: Frontal lobe surgery: Its value in the treat-
ment of pain with consideration of postoperative
psychological changes. Psychosomatic Medicine,
14:9-10, 1952.

BONNER, F., Coss, S., SWEET, W. H., and WHITE,
J. C.: Frontal lobe surgery in the treatment of pain.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 14:383-405, 1952.

YakovLEv, P. I., HAMLIN, H., and SweeT, W. H.:
Frontal lobotomy. Neuroanatomical observations.
Journal of Neuropathology and Experimental Neu-
rology, 9:250-285, 1950.

YakovLEv, P. I., HAMLIN, H., and SweeT, W. H.:
Anatomical study of lobotomy. Survey of six
specimens from 11-235 days postoperative survival.
In: Greenblatt, Milton, Arnot, Robert, and Solo-
man, Harry C., eds. Studies in lobotomy. New
York, Grune and Stratton, 1950, p. 309-329.

MH-163 (R01) BRENMAN, MARGARET, and GILL,
MERTON M.: Hypnosis and its use in psycho-
therapy. Austen Riggs Center, Stockbridge, Mass.
(1948-52) (Continued from MH-031).

BRENMAN, MARGARET: The phenomena of hypnosis.
In: Problems of consciousness, Transactions of the
first conference, March 20-21, 1950. New York,
Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation, 1951, p. 123-163.
(Also acknowledges MH-31).

BRENMAN, MARGARET: On teasing and being teased:
And the problem of “moral masochism”. Psycho-
analytic Study of the Child, 7:264-284, 1952.
(Also acknowledges MH-31).

BRENMAN, MARGARET: Dreams and hypnosis. Psy-
choanalytic Quarterly, 18:455-465, 1949. Also in:
Austin Riggs Center. Psychoanalytic psychiatry
and psychology. Clinical and theoretical papers.

Vol. 1. New York, International Universities
Press, 1954, p. 321-329. (Also acknowledges
MH-31).

BRENMAN, MARGARET, DARROW, CHESTER W.,
HENRY, CHARLES E., and GiLL, MERTON M.:
Inter-area electroencephalographic relationships af-
fected by hypnosis. (Abstract) Electroencephalo-
graphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 2:231, 1950.
(Also acknowledges MH-31).

BRENMAN, MARGARET, GILL, M., and KNIGHT,
R. P.: Spontaneous fluctuations in depth of hyp-
nosis and their implications for ego function. In-
ternational [Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33:22-33,
1952. Also in: Austin Riggs Center, Psychoanaly-
tic psychiatry and psychology. Clinical and theo-
retical papers. Vol. 1. New York, International
Universities Press, 1954, p. 330-350. (Also ack-
nowledges MH-31).

41

BRENMAN, MARGARET, and KNIGHT, ROBERT P.:
A note on the indications for the use of hypnosis
in psychotherapy: An illustrative case report. Bul-
letin of the Menninger Clinic, 12:49-56, 1948.
(Also acknowledges MH-31).

EHRENREICH, GERALD A.: The relationship of certain
descriptive factors to hypnotizability. In: Trans-
actions of the Kansas Academy of Sciences, Kansas
City, 52(1):1949, 4 p. Also acknowledges MH-
31).

GiLL, MERTON M.: Ego psychology and psycho-
therapy. ~~ Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 20:62-71,
1951. (Also acknowledges MH-31).

MH-165 (R01) WirTMAN, PHyLL1S: Prodromal
factors in mental illness. Elgin State Hospital,
Elgin, III. (1950-52)

HurrFMAN, P. W., and WENIG, P. W.: Prodromal
behavior patterns in mental illness. Springfield,
Ill., State Department of Public Welfare, 1954.

MH-171 (R01) BENDER, LAURETTA: Schizophrenia
in children. New York University, New York,
N.Y. (1949-52)

BAUER, IRVING L., and GUREVITZ, S.: Group therapy
with parents of schizophrenic children. Interna-
tional Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 2:344-357,
1952.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Aggression, hostility and anxi-
ety in children. Springfield, Ill, Charles C.
Thomas, 1953, 184 p.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Childhood schizophrenia. Psy-
chiatric Quarterly, 27:663-681, 1953.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Current research in childhood
schizophrenia. (Abstract) American Journal of
Psychiatry, 110(11) :855-856, 1954.

BENDER, LAURETTA: A dynamic psychopathology of
childhood. Springfield, Ill, Charles Thomas,
1954, 275 p.

BENDER, LAURETTA: The schizophrenic child. In:
Michael-Smith, Harold, ed. Pediatric problems in
clinical practice: Special medical and psychological
aspects. New York; Grune & Stratton, 1954, p.
51-70.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Twenty years of research on
schizophrenic children with special reference to
those under six years of age. In: Caplan, Gerald,
ed. Emotional problems of early childhood. New
York, Basic Books, 1955, p. 503-519.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Schizophrenia in childhood: Its
recognition, description and treatment. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 26:499-506, 1956.

BENDER, LAURETTA: What are the influential factors
that predispose the youth of our society to delin-
quency and crime? In: Cohen, Frank J., ed.
Youth and Crime. Proceedings of Law Inforce-
ment Institute, New York University. New York,
International Universities Press, 1957, p. 80-104.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Diagnostic and therapeutic as-
pects of childhood schizophrenia. In: Bowman,
P.W., ed. Mental retardation. Proceedings of 1st
International Medical Conference. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 453-468.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Clinical research from in-patient
services for children, 1920-1957. Psychiatric
Quarterly, 35:88-120, 1961.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Developmental neuropsychiatry:
The future in child psychiatry. In: Hoch, P., and
Zubin, J., eds. The future in child psychiatry.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962, p. 200-215.

BENDER, LAURETTA: The origin and evolution of the
Gestalt function, the body image and delusional
thoughts in schizophrenia. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed.
Recent advances in biological psychiatry. New
York, Plenum Press, 1963, p. 38-62.

BENDER, LAURETTA: Genesis of hostility in children.
Psychoanalytic Review, 50:95-102, 1964.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and FREEDMAN, A. M.: When
the childhood schizophrenic grows up. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 27:553-565, 1957.

BENDER, LAURETTA, FREEDMAN, A., GRUGETT,
A. E., and HELME, WILLIAM: Schizophrenia in
childhood: A confirmation of the diagnosis. Trans-
actions of American Neurological Association,
77:67-73, 1952.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and GRUGETT, A. E, Jr.: A
follow-up report on children who had atypical
sexual experiences. American Journal of Ortho:
psychiatry, 22:825-837, 1952.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and GRUGETT, A. E.: A study
of certain epidemiological problems in a group of
children with childhood schizophrenia. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 26:131-145, 1956.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and GUREVICH, SAUL: The
results with psychotherapy with young schizo-
phrenic children. American [Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 25:162-170, 1955.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and HELME, W.: A quantitative
test of theory and diagnosis indicators of childhood
schizophrenia. Archives of Neurology and Psy-
chiatry, 70:413-427, 1953.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and KEELER, RAYMOND: The
body image of schizophrenic children following
electroshock therapy. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 22:335-355, 1952.

BENDER, LAURETTA, and KEELER, W. R.: A follow-
up study of children with behavior disorders and
Sydenham’s chorea. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 109:421-428, 1952.

42

EFFRON, ABRAHAM, and FREEDMAN, ALFRED M.:
The treatment of behavior disorders in children
with benadryl. Journal of Pediatrics, 42:261-266,
1953.

FREEDMAN, A. M.: Maturation and its relation to the
dynamics of childhood schizophrenia. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 24:487-491, 1954.

GOLDBERG, I.: Use of remedial tutoring as a method
of oychotherapy in schizophrenic children with
reading disability. Quarterly Journal of Child
Behavior, 4:273-281, 1952.

GuRrevITZ, S.: Direct analytic therapy and symbolic
fulfillment reviewed as to their applicability to
childhood schizophrenia. Ouarterly Journal of
Child Behavior, 3:276-288, 1951.

GUREVITZ, S.: Psychotherapy of a schizophrenic child
through activation of neurotic symptoms. Quar-
terly Journal of Child Behavior, 4:139-155, 1952.

Gurevitz, S.: The total point of view in psycho-
therapy of schizophrenic children. Psychoanalysis,
1:62-73, 1953.

GUREVITZ, S.: The parents of the schizophrenic child.
Psychoanalysis, 2:36-40, 1954.

GUREVITZ, S., and GRUGETT, A. E.: A letter to a
mother of a schizophrenic child. Quarterly Journal
of Child Behavior, 4:281-288, 1952.

GUREVITZ, SAUL, and HELME, WiLLiaM H.: Effects
of electroconvulsive therapy on personality and in-
tellectual functioning of the schizophrenic child.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 120:213~
226, 1954.

GUREVITZ, SAUL, and KLAPPER, ZELDA S.: Tech-
niques for and evaluation of the responses of
schizophrenic and cerebral palsied children to the
children’s apperception test (C.A.T.). Quarterly
Journal of Child Behavior, 3:38-65, 1951.

Peck, H. B., RaBiNoviTcH, R. D., and CRAMER,
J. B.: A treatment program for parents of schizo-
phrenic children. American Journal of Orthopsy-
chiatry, 19:592-598, 1949.

MH-174 (R01) DaNIeLs, GEORGE E.: Psychoso-
matic aspects of ulcerative colitis. Columbia Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1949-51)

Froop, C. A., Lepore, M. J., Hiatt, R. B., and
KARrusH, A.: Prognosis in ulcerative colitis. Jour-
nal of Chronic Diseases, 4(3):267-282, 1956.

Hiatt, R. B.,, ENGLE, C., FLoop, C., and KARUSH,
A.: The role of the granulocyte as the source of
lysozyme in ulcerative colitis. Journal of Clinical
Investigation, 31(7):721-726, 1952.

KARUSH, AARON, and DANIELS, GEORGE E.: Ulcera-
tive colitis—The psychoanalyses of two cases. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 15(2):140-167, 1953.
KARUSH, AARON, HIATT, ROBERT B., and DANIELS,
GEORGE E.: Psychophysiological correlations in ul-
cerative colitis. Psychosomatic Medicine, 17(1):
36-56, 1955.

MH-175 (R01) DANIELS, GEORGE E.: Psychological
factors in amenorrhea. Columbia University, New
York, N.Y. (1949-50)

EAsser, RUTH: A case of amenorrhea showing
psycho-hormonal interrelationships. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 16(5):426-432, 1954.

KELLEY, KENNETH, DANIELS, GEORGE E., POE, ].,
EassEr, RuTH, and MONROE, RUSSELL: Psycho-
logical correlations with secondary amenorrhea.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 16(2):129-147, 1954.

MH-180 (R01) Harris, LiLiaN E., ALpricH, C.
ANDERSON: Child growth and development.
Rochester Child Health Institute, Rochester, Minn.
(1948-51)

ArpricH, C. ANDERSON: What is the Rochester
Child Health Institute? Journal of Home Eco-
nomics, 40:359-360, 1948.

ArpricH, C. ANDERSON, and Hewitt, EDITH S.:
Outlines for well baby clinics: Recording develop-
ment of second twelve months. Pediatrics, 2:69-
73, 1948.

Harris, L. E.: The first line of defense.
Medicine, 31:1319-1323, 1948.

Minnesota

Harris, L. E.: Emergencies in the newborn period.
Minnesota Medicine, 33:1204-1207, 1950.

LowENBERG, MIRIAM E.: A community program for
child development. Childhood Education, 25:22-
27, September 1948.

LoweNBERG, MIRIAM E.: The nurse can help with
child feeding problems. Public Health Nursing,
43:198-201, 1951.

RoBerts, K. E., and ScHVELLKPF, J. A.: Eating,
sleeping, and elimination practices of a group of
two-and-one-half-year-old children. I. Introduc-
tion. American Journal of Diseases of Children,
82:121-152, 1951.

Spock, BENJAMIN M.: The Child Health Institute
in Rochester, Minnesota. American Journal of
Public Health, 39:854-857, 1949.

Spock, BENJAMIN M.: Chronic resistance to sleep in
infancy. Pediatrics, 4:89-93, 1949.

Spock, BENJAMIN M.: Schools are a fertile field for
mental-health efforts. Child, 15:10-11 and 39,
1950.

Spock, BENJAMIN M.: Some common diagnostic
problems in children. Medical Clinics of North
America, 34(4):1079-1089, 1950.

Spock, BENJAMIN M.: Teaching the broader aspects
of pediatrics. Pediatrics, 5:21-23, 1950.

43

MH-188 (R01) MALZBERG, BENjAMIN: Hospital
discharge and mortality rates. New York State
Department of Mental Hygiene, Albany, N.Y.
(1949-52)

MALZBERG, BEN JAMIN: Rates of discharge and rates
of mortality among first admissions to the New
York civil state hospitals. Mental Hygiene, 36
(1):104-120, 1952.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Rates of discharge and rates
of mortality among first admissions to the New
York civil state hospitals. Second study. Mental

... Hygiene, 36(4):618-638, 1952.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Rates of discharge and rates
of mortality among first admissions to the New
York civil state hospitals. Third study. Mental
Hygiene, 36(4):639-654, 1952.

MALZBERG, BEN JAMIN: Further studies of mortality
among patients with mental disease. In: Report of
the Fourth International Medical Conference of
Life Insurance. Stockholm, Ivar Haeggstroms
Boktryckeri, 1952, p. 215-230.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Cohort studies of mental
disease in New York State, 1943-1949. New
York, National Association for Mental Health,
1958, 113 p. (Also acknowledges MH-1140).

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mortality among mental de-
fectives in New York State schools for mental
defectives. Neurology (Bulletin of the Neurologi-
cal Society of India), 7(4):65-70, 1959.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Statistics of admissions to
and discharges from state schools for mental defec-
tives. Mental Hygiene, 44(3):434-441, 1960.

MH-189 (R01) MacGouN, Horace W., LINDSLEY,
DonNALD B.: Thalamocortical relationships. North-
western University, Chicago, Ill. (1949-50)

JIMENEZ-CASTELLANOS, JUAN.: Thalamus of the cat
in horsley-clarke coordinates. Journal of Compara-
tive Neurology, 91:307-330, 1949.

LINDSLEY, D. B.: Emotion. In: Stevens, S. S., ed.
Handbook of experimental psychology. New
York, Wiley, 1951, p. 473-516.

LinpsLEy, D. B., BowbpeN, J. W., and MAGOUN,
H. W.: Effect upon the electroencephalograph of
acute injury to the brain stem activating system.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 1:475-486, 1949.

MaGOUN, H. W.: Caudal and cephalic influences of
the brain stem reticular formation. Physiological
Review, 30:459-474, 1950.

MacouN, H. W.: An ascending reticular activating
system in the brain stem. A.M.A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 67:145-154, 1952.

MaGouN, H. W.: The ascending reticular activating
system. In: Bard, Philip, ed. Patterns of organi-
zation in the central nervous system. Vol. 30.
Baltimore, Md., Williams & Wilkins, 1953, p.
480-492.

Moruzzi, G., and MacouN, H. W.: Brain stem
reticular formation and activation of the electro-
encephalograph. Electroencephalography and Clin-
ical Neurophysiology Journal, 1:455-473, 1949.

NieMER, W. T., and JIMENEZ-CASTELLANOS, JUAN:
Cortico-thalamic connections in the cat as revealed
by “physiological neuronography.” Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 93:101-123, 1950.

Starzr, T. E., Niemer, W. T., DELL, M., and
ForGRAVE, P. R.: Cortical and subcortical elec-
trical activity in experimental seizures induced by
metrazol. Journal of Neuropathology and Ex-
perimental Neurology, 12:262-276, 1953.

MH-196 (R01) FULLER, RAYMOND G., EHRLICH,
LeoN, and HETzZEL, WILLARD C.: Law and the
administration of mental institutions. National
‘Association for Mental Health, New York, N.Y.
(1950-53)

FULLER, RAYMOND G.: A study of administration of
state psychiatric services. New York, National
Association for Mental Health, 1954, 60 p. Also
in: Mental Hygiene, 38(2):177-235, 1954.

MH-201 (R01) CONVERSE, JOHN M.: Psychology
of facial deformities and plastic surgery. New
York University, New York, N.Y. (1949-51)

ABEL, THEODORA M.: Personality characteristics of
the facially disfigured. Transactions of the New
York Academy of Sciences, Ser. II, 8:325-329,
1952.

ABEL, THEODORA M.: Figure drawings and facial
disfigurement. American Journal of Orthopsy-
chiatry, 23:253-264, 1953.

ABEL, THEODORA M.: Facial disfigurement. In:
Garrett, James F., ed. Psychological aspects of
physical disability. Washington, Office of Voca-
tional Rehabilitation, Series No. 210, 1955, p. 112-
124.

ABEL, THEODORA M., and WEISSMANN, SERENA:
Psychological aspects: a Rorschach study. Ror-
Schachiana, International Review of Rorschach
and Other Projective Techniques, 1(2):152-158,
1952.

MACGREGOR, FRANCES COOKE: Prophylactic aspects
of the mental health of the physically disabled.
Archives of Industrial Hygiene and Occupational
Medicine, 5:389-390, 1952.

MACGREGOR, FRANCES COOKE: Some psycho-social
roblems associated with facial deformities. Amer-
ican Sociological Review, 16:629-638, 1951. Also
in: Jaco, E. Gartly, ed. Patients, physicians and
illness: Sourcebook in behavioral science and medi-

cine, Glencoe, Ill., The Free Press, 1958, p. 269-
278.

MACGREGOR, FRANCES COOKE: Some psychological
hazards of plastic surgery of the free Plastic
and Reconstructive Surgery, 12:123-130, 1953.
Also in: Apple, Dorrian, ed. Sociological studies
of health and sickness: A source book for the
health professions, New York, McGraw-Hill,
1960, p. 145-153.

MACGREGOR, FRANCES C.: Facial disfigurement and
problems of employment: Some social and cul-
tural considerations. In: Facial disfigurement.
A rehabilitation problem. New York Institute
of Reconstructive Plastic Surgery, New York Uni-
versity Medical Center, 1963, p. 123-133.

MACGREGOR, FRANCES COOKE, ABEL, THEODORA
M., BryT, ALBERT, LAUER, EDITH, and WEIss-
MANN, SERENA: Facial deformities and plastic
surgery: A psychosocial study. Springfield, IIL,
C. C. Thomas, 1953, 230 p.

MACGREGOR, FRANCES COOKE, and SCHAFFNER,
BERTRAM: Screening patients for nasal plastic
operations: Some sociologic and psychiatric con-
siderations. ~~ Psychosomatic Medicine, 12:277-
291, 1950.

MH-205 (R01) WARD, ARTHUR A., Jr.: Cingular
gyrus of the cerebral cortex. Washington, Uni-
versity of Seattle, Wash. (1949-52)

Fortz, E. L., and WHITE, L. E., Jr.: Experimental
cingulumotomy and modification of morphine
withdrawal. Journal of Neurosurgery, 14:655-
673, 1957.

MH-210 (R01) CLARK, GEORGE: Cytoarchitectonic
structures of the cerebral cortex. Chicago Medi-
cal School, Chicago, Ill. (1950-51)

RoE, ANNE, and SIEGELMAN, M.: A parent-child
relations questionnaire. Child Development, 34:
355-369, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2106
and MH-3239).

MH-211 (R01) StoLrz, Lois M.: Adjustment prob-
lems of children born during the war. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1949-54)

StoLz, L. M.: The effect of mobilization and war
on children. In: Richards, E. A., ed. Proceed-
ings of the Midcentury White House Conference
on Children and Youth. Raleigh, N.C., Health
Publications Institute, 1951, p. 111-122.

Storz, Lois MEEK: Father relations of war-born
children. Stanford, California, Stanford Univer-
sity Press, 1954, 365 p.

MH-213 (R01) GOLDSTEIN, JACOB: Personality
study of concentration camp survivors. New
School for Social Research, New York, N.Y.
(1949-53)
GoLDsTEIN, J., LukorF, I. F., and STRAUSS, H.:
A case study of a concentration camp survivor.
American OSE Review, 8:11-28, 1951.

GOLDSTEIN, J., LukorF, I. F., and STRAUSS, H.:
An analysis of a sample of interviews with Hun-
garian Jewish survivors of German concentration
camps. New York, New School for Social Re-
search, 1951, 180 p. (Processed)

GOLDSTEIN, J., and STRAUSS, H.: Changes in recall
salience of concentration camp experience: A case
study. New York, New School for Social Re-
search, 1951, 28 p. (Processed)

MH-215 (R01) BIBER, BARBARA: Selection of psy-
chologically qualified teachers. Bank Street Col-
lege of Education, New York, N.Y. (1951-56)

SHAPIRO, EDNA, BIBER, BARBARA, and MINICHIN,
PATRICIA: The cartoons situation test: A semi-
structured technique for assessing aspects of per-
sonality pertinent to the teaching process. [our-
nal of Projective Techniques, 21:172-184, 1957.

ZIMILES, HERBERT, BIBER, BARBARA, RABINOWITZ,
WiLLiaM, and HAy, Louis: Personality aspects
of teaching: A predictive study. Genetic Psy-
chology Monographs, 69:101-149, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-9135).

MH-226 (R01) GoLp, MITCHELL A.: Personality
and expressive movements. Scientific Personality
Research Corporation, New York, N.Y. (1950-52)

GoLp, MITCHELL A.: An approach to the develop-
ment of a biologic index of character structure.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 116:242-
255, 1952.

MH-245 (R01) SoroMoN, Harry C.: Effect of
prefrontal lobotomy on cerebral function. Har-
vard Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1949-52)

BockoVEN, J. S., and Hype, R. W.: Application of
a sociometric technic to the study of lobotomized
patients. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 114:95-105, 1951.

GREENBLATT, M., ROBERTSON, E., and SOLOMON,
H. C.: Five year follow-up of one hundred cases
of bilateral prefrontal lobotomy. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 151(3):200-202,
1953.

GREENBLATT, M., and SoLoMoN, H. C.: Survey of
nine years of lobotomy investigations. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 109 (4) :262-265, 1952.

GREENBLATT, MILTON, and SOLOMON, HARRY C,,
eds.: Frontal lobes and schizophrenia. Second
lobotomy project of Boston Psychopathic Hospital.
New York, Springer, 1953, 425 p.

GREENBLATT, M., and SoLoMmoN, H. C.: A theory
of frontal lobe functioning based on eight years

45

of lobotomy investigations. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 117(2):170, 1953.

GREENBLATT, M., and SoLoMoN, H. C.: Medical
progress: Psychosurgery. New England [ournal
of Medicine, 248:19-27, and 59-67, 1953.

LEVINE, J., GREENBLATT, M., and SoLoMoON, H. C.:
Bimedial lobotomy: Its superiority over the con-
ventional approach. New England [Journal of
Medicine, 245:888-891, 1951.

LIN, TSUNG-YI, GREENBLATT, M., and SOLOMON,
H. C.: Agitated depression associated with arterio-
venous aneurysm of left frontal lobotomy: Recov-
ery after unilateral frontal lobectomy. New Eng-
land Journal of Medicine, 247:631-633, 1952.

SoLomoN, H. C., and GREENBLATT, M.: Physio-
logical changes predictive of clinical outcome fol-
lowing frontal lobe surgery: Effect of frontal lobe
surgery upon systolic blood pressure response to
an autonomic drug (Mecholyl). Psychiatric Treat-
ment, 21:328-340, 1953.

TarLBot, B., BELLis, E. C., and GREENBLATT, M.:
Alcoholism and lobotomy. Quarterly Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 12(3):386-394, 1951.

MH-250 (R01) Darrow, CHESTER W.: Psycho-
physiology of Hypnosis. Institute for Juvenile
Research, Chicago, Ill. (1949-50)

DARROW, CHESTER, W., ARNOTT, PETER, STROUP,
MAXINE, BrupOo, CHARLES, and Kris, C.: Pre-
liminary observations on the uses of music in elec-
troencephalography. ~~ (Abstract) Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 5:116,
1952.

Darrow, C. W., and CoNVERSE, M.: EEG phase
and autonomic function. (Abstract) Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 2:
225, 1950.

Darrow, C. W., HENRY, C, E., BRENMAN, M., and
GiLL, M.: Inter-area electroencephalographic re-
lationships affected by hypnosis. (Abstract) Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
2:231, 1950.

Darrow, C. W., HENRY, C. E., GILL, M., BREN-
MAN, M. and CONVERSE, M.: Frontal motor
parallelism and motor-occiptal in-phase activity in
hypnosis, drowsiness and sleep. (Abstract) Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
2:335, 1950.

DARROW, CHESTER W. WiLcorT, ROBERT C.,
SIEGEL, ANN, STROUP, MAXINE, and AARONS, L.:
Instrumental evaluation of EEG phase relation-
ships. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 8:333-336, 1956.

MH-252 (R01) METTLER, FRED A.: Space con-
trolled neural lesions. Columbia University, New
York, N.Y. (1949-50)
CARPENTER, M. B., and CARPENTER, C. S.: Analy-
sis of somatotopic relations of the corpus luysi in
man and monkey. Journal of Comparative Neu-
rology, 95:349-370, 1951.

CARPENTER, M. B., and METTLER, F. A.: Analysis
of subthalamic hyperkinesia in the monkey with
special reference to ablations of agranular cortes.
Journal of Comparative Neurology, 95:125-158,
1951.

CARPENTER, M. B., and WHITTIER, J. R.: Study of
methods for producing experimental lesions of
the central nervous system with special reference
to stereotaxic technique. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 97:73-132, 1952.

CARPENTER, M. B., WHITTIER, J. R., and METTLER,
F. A.: Tremor in the rhesus monkey produced by
diencephalic lesions and studied by a graphic
method. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 93:
1-16, 1950.

HARMAN, PINCKNEY J., and CARPENTER, MALCOLM
B.: Volumetric comparisons of the basal ganglia
of various primates including man. Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 93:125, 1950.

MH-255 (R01) EATON, JosepH W.: Effect of cul-
ture on incidence of mental disorder. Wayne
State University, Detroit, Mich. (1949-53)

EATON, J. W.: The assessment of mental health.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 108:81-90, 1951.

EATON, J. W.: In defense of culture-personality
studies. American Sociological Review, 16:98-
100, 1951.

EATON, J. W.: Social processes of professional team-
work. American Sociological Review, 16:707-
713, 1951.

EATON, JosepH W.: Controlled acculturation: A
survival technique of the Hutterites. American
Sociological Review, 17(3):331-340, 1952.

EATON, JosepH W.: Culture and mental disorders:
A comparative study of the Hutterites and other
populations. Glencoe, Illinois, Free Press, 1955,
254 p.

EATON, JosepH W.: Folk obstetrics and pediatrics
meet the M. D.: A case study of social anthro-
pology and medicine. In: Jaco, E. Gartley, ed.
Patients, physicians and illness, sourcebook in
behavioral science and medicine. Glencoe, Ill,
Free Press, 1958, p. 207-221.

EATON, JosepH W.: Folk psychiatry. New Society,
2(48):9, 1963.

EATON, JosePH W.: Adolescence in a communal
society. Mental Hygiene, 48(1):66-73, 1964.

EATON, JosepH W., KAPLAN, BERT, and PLAUT,
THoMAs F. A.: Personality in the communal so-

46

ciety. Lawrence, Kansas, University of Kansas
Press, 1956.

EATON, JosepH W., and MAYER, ALBERT J.: The
social biology of very high fertility among the
Hutterites. ~~ Human Biology, 25(3):206-263,
1953.

EATON, JosepH W., and WEIL, ROBERT J.: Psycho-
therapeutic principles in social research. Psychi-
atry, 14(4) :439-454, 1951.

EATON, JosepH W., and WEIL, ROBERT ].: Some
epidemiological findings in the Hutterite mental
health study. In: Interrelations between the so-
cial environment and psychiatric disorders. New
York, Milbank Memorial Fund, 1953, p. 222-234.

EATON, JosepH W., and WEIL, ROBERT J.: The
mental health of the Hutterites. Scientific Ameri
can, 189(6):31-38, 1953.

EATON, J. W., WEIL, R., and KAPLAN, B.: The
Hutterite mental health study. Mennonite Quar-
terly Review, 25:3-19, 1951.

MH-257 (R01) KaBaT, ELVIN A.: Immunochemi-
cal studies on acute CNS disorders. New York
Medical College, New York; N.Y. (1950-53)

KaBAT, E. A., WoLF, A., and BEZER, A. E.: Studies
on acute disseminated encephalomyelitis produced
experimentally in rhesus monkeys. VII. The ef-
fect of cortisone. Journal of Immunology, 68:
265-275, 1952.

KaBat, E. A., WoLF, A., BEzER, A. E., and MUR-
RAY, J. P.: Studies on acute disseminated enceph-
alomyelitis produced experimentally in rhesus
monkeys. VI. Changes in the cerebrospinal fluid
proteins. Journal of Experimental Medicine, 93:
615-633, 1951.

LumspeN, C. E., Kaspar, E. A, WoLF, A, and
BezEr, A. E.: Studies on acute disseminated en-
cephalomyelitis produced experimentally in rhesus
monkeys. Journal of Experimental Medicine, 92:
253-270, 1950.

MH-260 (R01) ROBINSON, FRANKLIN, and LEN-
NOX, MARGARET A.: Physiological pathogenesis
of epilepsy. Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
(1949-53)

HuGHES, ROBERT A., and ROBINSON, FRANKLIN:
Acetylcholine and the central nervous system:
A review of neurochemical mechanisms. Yale
Journal of Biology and Medicine, 24:35-47, 1951.

LENNOX, MARGARET A., and ROBINSON, FRANK-
LIN: Cingulate-cerebellar mechanisms in the physi-
ological pathogenesis of epilepsy. Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 3:197-
205, 1951.

MacLEAN, P.: The limbic system and its hippo-
campal formation. Journal of Neurosurgery, 9:
29-44, 1954.
MACLEAN, P. D., Horwitz, N. H., and ROBINSON,
FRANKLIN: Olfactory-like responses in pyriform
area to non-olfactory stimulation. Yale Journal
of Biology and Medicine, 25:160-172, 1952.

MACLEAN, P. D., RosNER, B. S., and ROBINSON,
FRANKLIN: Pyriform responses to electrical stimu-
lation of olfactory fila, bulb and tract. American
Journal of Physiology, 189:395-400, 1957.

ROBINSON, FRANKLIN, and HUGHES, ROBERT A.:
Effects of adenine compounds on electrocortical
activity. Journal of Neurophysiology, 14:387-
398, 1951.

ROBINSON, FRANKLIN, and LENNOX, MARGARET A.:
Sensory mechanism in hippocampus, cingulate gy-
rus and cerebellum of the cat. Federation Pro-
ceedings, 10(1) :Part I, 1951.

MH-263 (R01) RepLicH, FREDERICK C., and HoL-
LINGSHEAD, AUGUST B.: Relation of social struc-
ture to mental disorders. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1950-56)

AuLp, FRANK, Jr. and MyERs, JEROME K.: Con-
tributions to a theory for selecting psychotherapy
patients. Journal of Clinical Pathology, 10(1):
56-60, 1954. (Also acknowledges MH-648).

HoLLINGSHEAD, A. B., ELris, R., and KirBy, E.:
Social mobility and mental illness. American So-
ciological Review, 19:376-384, 1954.

HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and FREEDMAN, LAW-
RENCE Z.: Social class and the treatment of neu-
rotics. In: National Conference of Social Work.
Social Welfare forum. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1955, p. 194-205.

HoOLLINGSHEAD, A. B., and REepLicH, F. C.: Social
stratification and psychiatric disorders. American
Sociological Review, 18:163-169, 1953.

HoOLLINGSHEAD, A. B., and REepLicH, F. C.: Social
stratification and schizophrenia. American Socio-
logical Review, 19:302-308, 1954.

HoNNINGSHEAD, A. B., and RebpLicH, F. C.: Social
mobility and mental illness. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 123:179-188, 1956.

HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and REDLICH, FREDER-
Ick, C.: Social class and mental illness: A com-
munity study. New York, Wiley, 1958, 442 p.

Myers, JEROME K.: Note on the homogeneity of
census tracts: A methodological problem in urban
ecological research. Social Forces, 32:364-366,
1954.

MyEers, JEROME K.: An empirical approach to the
study of schizophrenia. Psychiatric Research Re-
ports, 5:29-38, 1956.

MyERs, JEROME G., and ROBERTS, BERTRAM H.:
A sociological-psychiatric case study of schizo-
phrenia. Sociology and Social Research, 39(1):
11-17, 1954.

47

Myers, JEROME K., and SCHAFFER, LESLIE: Social
stratification and psychiatric practice: A study of
an out-patient clinic. American Sociological Re-
view, 19:307-310, 1954.

RepricH, F. C.: The concept of normality. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychotherapy, 6:551-576, 1952.

RepLicH, F. C.: The influence of environment on
mental health. Bulletin of the New York Acad-
emy of Medicine, 30:608-621, 1954.

RepricH, F. C.: Some sociological aspects of the
psychoses. In: Theory and treatment of the psy-
choses: Some newer aspects. St. Louis, Washing-
ton University Studies, 1956, p. 59-75.

RepricH, F. C.: Clases sociales, culture y esquizo-
frenia. Acta Neuropsiquiatrica Argentina, 3:335-
340, 1957.

RepricH, F. C.: Social aspects of psychotherapy.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 114:800-804,
1958.

RepLicH, F. C.: Social aspects of psychotherapy in
the United States. In: Masserman, J., and
Moreno, J., eds. Progress in psychotherapy. Vol.
3. New York, Grune and Stratton, 1958, p.
79-85.

RepricH, F. C.: Social class, culture and schizo-
phrenia (in English). In: Ehrhardt, Helmut, ed.
Psychiatrie und Gesellschaft. Zurich, Huber,
1958, p. 42-47.

RepLicH, F. C., CaupiLL, W. A., GILMORE, H. R.,
and Brody, E. B.: Social structure and interaction
processes on a psychiatric ward. American Jour-
nal of Orthopsychiatry, 22:314-334, 1952.

RepLicH, F. C., and HOLLINGSHEAD, A. B.: Schizo-
phrenia and social structure. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 110:695-701, 1954.

RepricH, F. C., HOLLINGSHEAD, A. B., and BELLIS,
E.: Social class difference in attitudes to psychi-
atry. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 25:
60-70, 1955.

RepricH, F. C., HOLLINGSHEAD, A. B., ROBERTS,
B. H., RoBiNsON, H. A., FREEDMAN, L. Z., and
Myers, J. K.: Social structure and psychiatric dis-
orders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 109:729-
734, 1953.

RepricH, F. C., RoBINsOoN, H. A., and HOLLINGS-
HEAD, A. B.: An investigation of social structure
and psychiatric disorders. (Abstract) American
Psychologist, 7:348, 1952.

RoBERTS, BERTRAM H., and MYERS, JEROME K.:
Religion, national origin, immigration and mental
illness. American Journal of Psychiatry, 110:
759-764, 1954.

RoBERTS, BERTRAM H. and MYERS, JEROME K.:
Schizophrenia in the youngest male child of the
lower middle class. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 112:129-134, 1955.

RoBINsON, H. A., RepricH, F. C., and MYERS,
J. K.: Social structure and psychiatric treatment.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 24:307-316,
1954.

SCHAFFER, LESLIE, and MYERS, JEROME K.: Psy-
chotherapy and social stratification: An empirical
study of practice in a psychiatric outpatient clinic.
Psychiatry, 17:83-93, 1954.

MH-274 (R01) Kirk, SAMUEL A.: Preschool train-
ing for mentally handicapped children. Illinois,
University of Urbana, Ill. (1950-54)

Kirk, SAMUEL A.: Experiments in the early train-
ing of the mentally retarded. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 56:692-700, 1952.

Kirk, SAMUEL A.: Early education of the men-
tally-retarded—an experimental study. Urbana,
Ill., University of Illinois Press, 1958, 216 p.

Kirk, SAMUEL A.: Effects of educational treatment.
In: Masland, R. L., Cooke, R. E., and Kolb, L. C,,
eds. Mental retardation. Vol. 39. Baltimore,
Williams and Wilkins, 1962, p. 289-294.

MH-289 (R01) METTLER, FRED A.: Research con-
ference on psychosurgery. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1949-52)

METTLER, FRED A. (Chairman): (Bigelow, New-
ton, ed.). Criteria for the selection of psychotic
patients for psychosurgery. In: Proceedings of
the First Research Conference Group in Psycho-
surgery, 1949. Washington, D.C., Government
Printing Office, 1951, p. 5-8. (Public Health
Service Publication No. 16).

METTLER, FRED A. (Chairman): (Bigelow, New-
ton, ed.). Evaluation of change in patients after
psychosurgery. Proceedings of 2nd Research Con-
ference Group in Psychosurgery, 1950. Washing-
ton, D.C., Government Printing Office, 1952,
116 p. (Public Health Service Publication No.
156).

METTLER, FRED A.: The semiresponsible individual.
Psychiatric Quarterly, 27:608-625, 1952.

METTLER, FRED A. (Chairman): (Overholser, Win-
fred, ed.). Evaluation of psychosurgery. Pro-
ceedings of Third Research Conference on Psy-
chosurgery. Public Health Service Publication
No. 221, Washington, D.C., Government Print-
ing Office, 1954, 173 p.

MH-295 (R01) Pope, ALFRED: Brain chemistry
in mentally ill patients. Massachusetts General
Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1951-53)

Hess, HELEN H., and Pope, ALFRED: Ultramicro-
spectrophotometric determination of cytochrome

48

oxidase for quantitative histochemistry. Journal
of Biological Chemistry, 204:295-306, 1953.

Hess, H. H., and Popg, A.: Intralaminar distribu-
tion of cytochrome oxidase activity in human fron-
tal isocortex. Journal of Neurochemistry, 5:207-
217, 1960.

Pope, ALFRED: The intralaminar distribution of
dipepidase activity in human frontal isocortex.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 4:31-41, 1959.

Pork, A.: Quantitative histochemistry of the cere-
bral cortex. Journal of Histochemistry and Cyto-
chemistry, 8:425-430, 1960.

PopPE, A.: Studies on the biochemical architecture of
the isocortex of man. In: Tower, D. B., and
Schade, J. P., eds. Structure and function of the
cerebral cortex. (Proceedings of the Second In-
ternational Meeting of Neurobiologists, Amster-
dam, 1959). Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1560, p. 328-
333.

Pope, ALFRED: Brain enzymes in mental disease.
In: Folch-Pi, Jordi, ed. Brain enzymes in mental
disease. Proceedings. New York, Pergamon,
1961, p. 388-402.

Pope, A.: Brain enzymes in mental disease. In:
Folch, H., ed. Chemical pathology of the nerv-
ous system. (Proceedings of the Third Interna-
tional Neurochemical Symposium). London, Per-
gamon Press, 1961, p. 338-402.

Pore, ALFRED: Applications of microchemistry to
problems in neuropathology.  Psychiatria Neu-
rologia Neurochirurgia (Amsterdam), 64(1):1-8,
1961.

Pore, ALFRED, and Hess, HELEN H.: Quantita-
tive distribution of dipeptidase and cytochrome
oxidase in cytoarchitectonic layers of human cere-
bral cortex. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
13(1) :275, 1954.

Pork, A., Hiss, H. H., and ALLEN, J. N.: Quan-
titative histochemistry of proteolytic and oxida-
tive enzymes in human cerebral cortex and brain
tumors. In: Waelsch, H., ed. Progress in neu-
robiology, 11. Ultrastructure and cellular chem-
istry of neural tissue. New York, Hoeber-Harper,
1957, p. 182-191.

Pope, ALFRED, HEss, HELEN H., WARE, JAMEs R.,
and THoMsoN, RuBy H.: Intralaminar distribu-
tion of cytochrome oxidase and DPN in rat cere-
bral cortex. Journal of Neurophysiology, 19:259-
270, 1956.

MH-301 (R01) OjEMANN, RALPH H.: Evaluation
of a learning program in human behavior. State
University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1950-56)

Levit, E. E.: Studies in intolerance of ambiguity:
I. The decision-location test with grade school
children. Child Development, 24:264-268, 1953.
Levitt, E. E.: Studies in intolerance of ambiguity:
II. The effects of “set” on the Decision Loca-
tion Test. (Abstract) Proceedings of the lowa
Academy of Science, 8:398, 1953.

Levitt, E. E.: A note on the Welsh MMPI Anxiety
Index. (Abstract) Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 18:112, 1954.

Levirt, E. E.: Punitiveness and “causality” in grade
school children. Journal of Educational Psychol-
0gy, 46:494-498, 1955.

Levitt, E. E.: Effect of a “causal” teacher training
program on authoritarianism and responsibility in
grade school children. Psychological Report, 1:
449-458, 1955.

Levitt, E. E.: The development of prejudice: A
critique of the Horowitz Faces Test. Child De-
velopment, 27:155-171, 1956.

Levitt, E. E.: A critical review of studies of the
water-jar "Einstellung” test as a measure of rig-
idity. Psychological Bulletin, 53:347-370, 1956.

Levitt, E. E., and Crark, C. A.: Knowledge of
mental hygiene and “probability thinking” in high
school students. (Abstract) American Psycholo-
gist, 8:389, 1953.

Levitt, E. E,, and Lyre, W. H.: Evidence for the
validity of the children’s form of the picture-
frustration study. [Journal of Consulting Psychol-
ogy, 19:381-386, 1955.

Levitt, E. E.,, and McCaNDLESS, B. R.: Some re-
lationships among tests pertaining to the authori-
tarian personality syndrome in children. (Ab-
stract) American Psychologist, 9:417, 1954.

Levitt, E. E., and OJEMANN, R. H.: The aims of
preventive psychiatry and “causality” as a per-
sonality pattern. Journal of Psychology, 36:393-
400, 1953.

Levitt, E. E., and SCHAEFFER, M. S.: Concerning
Kendall's Tau, a non-parametric correlation co-
efficient. Psychological Bulletin, 53 (4) :338-346,
1956.

Leverrt, E. E., and ZELEN, S. L.: The validity of
the “Einstellung” test as a measure of rigidity.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 48:
573-580, 1953.

Levitt, E. E., and ZELEN, S.: An investigation of
the water-jar extinction problem as a measure of
rigidity. Psychological Report, 1:331-334, 1953.

Lyre, W. H., and Levitt, E. E.: Situational dif-
ferences in punitiveness of Iowa school children.
Proceedings of the lowa Academy of Science, 61:
378-381, 1954.

Lyre, W. H., and Levitt, E. E.: Punitiveness, au-
thoritarianism, and parental discipline of grade
school children. Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 51(1):42-46, 1955.

49

LyLe, W. H., and Smock, C. D.: The relationship
between manifest anxiety and test anxiety. Pro-
ceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences, 62:
405-410, 1955.

OJEMANN, R. H.: An integrated plan for education
in human relations and mental health. Journal
of School Health, 20:99-106, 1950. Also in:
Journal of the National Association of Deans of
Women, 16:101-108, 1953.

OJEMANN, R. H.: The function of the secondary
school in an integrated plan for education in hu-
man relations and mental health. Bulletin of the
National Association of Secondary School Prin-
cipals, 37(197): 82-89, 1953.

OJEMANN, R. H.: We can teach human relations.
Journal of Health-Physical Education Record,
February 1955, p. 20-21 and 35.

OJEMANN, RaLpH H.: Four basic aspects of pre-
ventive psychiatry. Report of the First Institute
on Preventive Psychiatry. Iowa City, State Uni-
versity of Iowa, 1957, 122 p.

OJEMANN, R. H., Levitt, E. E., LyLg, W. H,, Jr,
and WHITESIDE, M. F.: The effects of a “causal”
teacher training program and certain curriculum
changes on grade school children. Journal of
Experimental Education, December, 1955, p. 95-
114.

ZELEN, S. L., and Levitt, E. E.: A group level of
aspiration technique as a measure of personality
rigidity. Proceedings of the lowa Academy of
Science, 60:569-573, 1953.

ZELEN, S. L., and Levitt, E. E.: Notes on the Wes-
ley Rigidity Scale: The development of a short
form. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 49:472-473, 1954.

MH-305 (R01) CRANDELL, ARCHIE: Postoperative
adjustment of psychosurgery patients. New Jersey
State Hospital, Greystone Park, N.J. (1951-53)

CRANDELL, ARCHIE, ZUBIN, JOSEPH, METTLER,
FrED, and KUGELMAsS, NORMAN: “Mobility” in
chronic schizophrenia with special regard to psy-
chosurgery. Psychiatric Quarterly, 30:96-113,
1956.

CRANDELL, ARCHIE, ZUBIN, JOSEPH, METTLER,
Frep A., and LoGaN, NOREEN D.: The prog-
nostic value of “mobility” during the first two
years of hospitalization for mental disorder. Psy-
chiatric Quarterly, 28:185-210, 1954.

ZoLik, EpwiN S., and LANTZ, EDNA M.: A com-
parative study of return rates to two mental hos-
pitals. Community Mental Health Journal, 1(3):
233-237, 1965.

MH-312 (R01) SPENCE, KENNETH W.: Relation
of anxiety to behavior disorders. State University
of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1950-55)
SPENCE, K. W., and TAYLOR, JANET A.: The rela-
tion of conditioned response to anxiety in normal,
neurotic and psychotic subjects. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 45:265-272, 1953.

TAYLOR, JANET A.: A personality scale of manifest
anxiety. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 48:285-290, 1953.

TAYLOR, JANET A., and SPENCE, K. W.: The rela-
tionship of anxiety level to performance in serial
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
44:61-64, 1952.

TAYLOR, JANET A., and SPENCE, K. W.: Condition-
ing level in the behavior disorders. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49:497-502,
1954.

MH-313 (R01) Ferris, EUGENE B., JRr., REISER,
MorTOoN F.: Role of the clinician in studies of
hypertension. University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati,
Ohio. (1950-52)

LEGGE, D.: Analysis of perception of hand position
with and without vision, using a drug. (Abstract)
In: 14th International Congress of Applied Psy-
chology, 1961, p. 153-154.

MH-316 (R01) WaTsoN, RoGER E.: Early environ-
ment and neurosis. Pennsylvania Hospital, Phila-
delphia, Pa. (1950-53)

WatsoN, ROGER, E.: Experimentally induced con-
flict in cats. Psychosomatic Medicine, 16:340-
347, 1954.

MH-318 (R01) FINESINGER, JacoB E., and GRE-
NELL, ROBERT G.: Relationship of metabolism
and brain function. University of Maryland,
Baltimore, Md. (1951-54)

GRENELL, R. G., MENDELSOHN, J., and McELROY,
W. D.: Neuronal metabolism and ATP synthesis
in narcosis. Journal of Cellular and Comparative
Physiology, 46:143-162, 1955.

MH-320 (R01) JANEwWAY, CHARLES A.: Emotional
factors in idiopathic celiac disease. Children’s
Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass. (1950-
53)

Lroyp, A. V. C, and ScHwACHMAN, H.: Current
concepts in therapy. Diarrhea in children. New
England [Journal of Medicine, 267:1081-1083,
1962.

PRrUGH, DANE G.: Psychophysiologic aspects of in-
born errors of metabolism. In: Lief, H. I., Lief,
V. F, and Lief, N. R, eds. The psychological
basis of medical practice. New York, Hoeber-
Harper, 1963, p. 413-430.

SHWACHMAN, H.: Mucoviscidosis and celiac syn-
drome. Pediatric Clinics of North America May:
389-403, 1954.

50

SHWACHMAN, H.: Cystic fibrosis and celiac disease
in childhood nutrition. In: Michael-Smith, Har-
old, ed. Management of the handicapped child.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1957, p. 206-225.

MH-325 (R01) ZANDER, ALVIN F.: Coordination
of Community Mental Health Leadership. Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1950-53)

CoHEN, A. R.: Situational structure, self-esteem and
threat oriented reactions to power. In: Cart-
wright, D., ed. Studies in social power. Ann
Arbor, Michigan, Research Center for Group Dy-
namics, 1959.

Hurwitz, J. I., ZANDER, A., and HyMmoviTcH, B.:
Some effects of power on the relations among
group members. In: Cartwright, D., and Zander,
A., eds. Group dynamics research and theory.
Evanston, Ill, Row, Peterson, 1953, p. 800-809.

STOTLAND, E.: Peer groups and reactions to power
figures. In: Cartwright, D., ed. Studies in social
power. Ann Arbor, Mich., Research Center for
Group Dynamics, 1959.

ZANDER, A., and COHEN, A. R.: Attributed social
power and group acceptance. Journal of Abnor
mal and Social Psychology, 51:490-492, 1955.

ZANDER, A., CoHEN, A. R., and StorLAND, E.:
Role relations in the mental health professions.
Ann Arbor, Mich., Research Center for Group
Dynamics, 1957, 210 p.

ZANDER, A., CoHEN, A. R., and StoTLAND, E.:
Power and the relations among professions. In:
Cartwright, D., ed. Studies in social power.
Ann Arbor, Mich., Research Center for Group
Dynamics, 1959.

MH-327 (R01) Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: The psycho-
dynamics of potential diabetes mellitus. Jewish
Hospital of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1950-
51)

Mirsky, I. A.: The etiology of diabetes mellitus in
man. Record of Progress in Hormone Research,
7:437-467, 1952.

MH-331 (R01) Corfrey, HUBERT S., and POPE,
SaxToN, T., Jr.: Function of leader and group in
group psychotherapy. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1950-54)

BaroN, F., and LeARry, T.: Changes in psychoneu-
rotic patients with and without psychotherapy.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 19(4):239-
245, 1955.

FREEDMAN, M. B., LEARY, T., Ossorio, A. G., and
CorrEY, H. S.: The interpersonal dimension of
personality. Journal of Personality, 20:143-161,
1951.

FREEDMAN, MERVIN, and SWEET, BLANCHE: Some
specific features of group psychotherapy and the
implications for the selection of patients. Interna-
tional Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 4(4):
335-368, 1954.

LaFoRrGE, R., FREEMAN, M., LEARY, T., NABOISEK,
H., and CoFFEy, H.: The interpersonal dimension
of personality: II. An objective study of repres-
sion. Journal of Personality, 23:129-153, 1954.

LEARY, T.: The theory and measurement methodol-
ogy of interpersonal communication. Psychiatry,
18(2) :147-161, 1955.

Leary, T.: A theory and methodology for measur-
ing fantasy and imaginative expression. Journal
of Personality, 25(2):159-175, 1956.

Leary, TiMoTHY: Interpersonal diagnosis of per-
sonality; a functional theory and methodology for
personality evaluation. New York, Ronald Press,
1957, 518 p. (Also acknowledges MH-1013).

LEARY, T.: Interpersonal dimensions of psychother-
apy. New York, Ronald Press, 1957, 518 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-1013).

LEARY, T., and Coffey, H.: The prediction of in-
terpersonal behavior in group psychotherapy.
Group Psychotherapy, 7:7-51, 1954.

Leary, T., and CoFFEy, H.: Interpersonal diagno-
sis: Some problems of methodology and valida-
tion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
50(1):110-124, 1955.

Suczek, R.: Psychologic aspects of obesity and
group weight reduction. Journal of the American
Dietetic Association, 30(5) :442-446, 1954.

MH-339 (R01) SLOAN, WILLIAM: Standardization
of motor proficiency tests. Lincoln State School,
Lincoln, Ill. (1950-52)

SLoaN, W.: The Lincoln-Oseretsky motor develop-
ment scale. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 51:
183-252, 1955.

MH-342 (R01) SMALL, LEONARD: Personality fac-
tors in adolescent vocational choices. Vocational
Advisory Service, New York, N.Y. (1951-55)

SMALL, L.: Personality determinants of vocational
choice. Psychological Monographs, 67(1):1-21,
1953. (Whole No. 351).

SMALL, L.: Work and personality adjustment. In:
Oates, Wayne E., ed. The minister's own mental
health. Great Neck, N.Y., Channel Press, 1961.

MH-348 (R01) WAPNER, SEYMOUR, and WER-
NER, HEINZ: Mechanisms of perception-personal-
ity relationships. Clark University, Worcester,
Mass. (1950- )

BArTON, MELVIN, I, and WAPNER, SEYMOUR:
Apparent length of body parts attended to sepa-
rately and in combination. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 20(3) Part 1:904, 1965.

51

BAUERMEISTER, M.: The effect of body tilt on ap-
parent verticality, apparent body position, and
their relation. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 67:142-147, 1964.

BAUERMEISTER, M., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Sex differences in the perception of apparent ver-
ticality and apparent body position under condi-
tions of body tilt. Journal of Personality, 31:
394-407, 1963.

BAUERMEISTER, M., WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.:
The effect of body tilt on tactual-kinesthetic per-
ception of verticality. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 77:451-456, 1964.

BLaNE, H. T.: Space perception among unilaterally
paralyzed children and adolescents. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63:244-247, 1962.

BrukLL, J. H., and ALBEE, G. W.: Effect of asym-
metrical retinal stimulation on the perception of
the median plane. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
5:133-139, 1955.

ComarLi, P. E,, Jr.: Studies in physiognomic percep-
tion: VI. Differential effects of directional dynam-
ics of pictured objects on real and apparent motion
in artists and chemists. Journal of Psychology,
49:99-109, 1960.

ComarLy, P. E,, Jr.: Body position and localization
of a visual object. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
16:86, 1963.

Comal, P. E., Jr., Krus, D. M., and WAPNER, S.:
Cognitive functioning in two groups of aged: One
institutionalized, the other living in the community.
Journal of Psychology, 47:259-266, 1959.

ComarLy, P. E., Jr., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Perception of verticality in middle and old age.
Journal of Psychology, 48:259-266, 1959.

ComaLLy, P. E., Jr., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Effect of muscular involvement on size perception.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 9:116, 1959.

ComaLLi, P. E., Jr., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Interference effects of Stroop color-word test in
childhood, adulthood, and aging. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 100:47-53, 1962.

Comariy, P. E., JrR.,, WERNER, H., and WAPNER,
S.: Studies in physiognomic perception: III. Ef-
fect of directional dynamics and meaning-induced
sets on autokinetic motion. Journal of Psychology,
43:289-299, 1957.

DENNER, B., and WAPNER, S.: Phenomenal time
as a determinant of CFF. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 19:653-654, 1964.

DENNER, B., WAPNER, S., MCFARLAND, J. H., and
WERNER, H.: Rhythmic activity and the percep-
tion of time. American Journal of Psychology,
76:287-292, 1963.
DENNER, B., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Rhythmic activity and the discrimination of stim-
uli in time. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:723-
729, 1964.

DowLING, ROBERT M.: Visual recognition thresh-
old and concurrent motor activity. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 20(3) Part 2:1141-1146, 1965.

GoLpMAN, A. E.: Studies in vicariousness: Degree
of motor activity and the autokinetic phenomenon.
American Journal of Psychology, 66:613-617,
1953.

GOLDSTEIN, ALVIN G.: Linear acceleration and ap-
parent distance. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 9:
267-269, 1959.

GUNTER, R. C., JrR., CHANDLER, K. A., WAPNER,
S., and WERNER, H.: A device for measuring
angular movements of the body around its own
axes. American Journal of Psychology, 65:609-
613, 1952.

GUYETTE, A., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.: Some
aspects of space perception in mental retardates.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 69:90-
100, 1964.

KapeN, S. E., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Studies in physiognomic perception: II. Effect of
directional dynamics of pictured objects and of
words on the position of the apparent horizon.
Journal of Psychology, 39:61-70, 1955.

KRrus, D. M., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.: Studies
in vicariousness: Effect of muscular involvement
on visual threshold. American [Journal of Psy-
chology, 71:395-398, 1958.

Krus, D. M., WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.:
Studies in vicariousness: Motor activity and per-
ceived movement. American Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 66:603-608, 1953.

LANGER, ]J., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.: The
effect of danger upon the experience of time.
American Journal of Psychology, 74:94-97, 1961.

LANGER, JoNAs, WERNER, HEINZ, and WAPNER,
SEYMOUR: Apparent speed of walking under con-
ditions of danger. Journal of General Psychology,
73:291-298, 1965.

LieBerT, R. S., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
Studies in the effect of lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD-25): Visual perception of verticality in
schizophrenic and normal adults. A. M. A. Ar
chives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 77:193-201,
1957.

LieBert, R. S., WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.:
Studies in the effect of lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD-25): Self and object size perception in
schizophrenic and normal adults. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:580-584,
1958.

52

McFARLAND, J. H.: Visual and proprioceptive
changes during visual exposure to a tilted line.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:322, 1962.

MCFARLAND, J. H., WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.:
The relation between perceived location of objects
and perceived location of one’s own body. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 15:331-341, 1962.

MCFARLAND, J. H., WERNER, H., & WAPNER, S.:
The effect of muscular involvement on sensitivity:
Asymmetrical convergence on the distribution of
visual sensitivity. American Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 73:523-534, 1960.

MCcFARLAND, J. H., WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.:
The effect of postural factors on the distribution of
tactual sensitivity and the organization of tactual-
kinaesthetic space. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 63:148-154, 1962.

MILLER, A.: Verbal satiation and the role of con-
current activity. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66(3):206-212, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4915).

MILLER, A., WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: Studies
in physiognomic perception: V. Effect of ascend-
ing and descending gliding tones on autokinetic
motion. Journal of Psychology, 46:101-105, 1958.

MoraNT, R. B.: The visual perception of the me-
dian plane as influenced by labyrinthian stimula-
tion. Journal of Psychology, 47:25-35, 1959.

MurHOLLAND, T. B.: Motion perceived while view-
ing rotating stimulus-objects. American Journal
of Psychology, 69:96-99, 1956.

MuLrHOLLAND, T. B.: The “swinging disc” illusion.
American Journal of Psychology, 71:375-382,
1958.

OHWAKI, SONOKO: An investigation of figural adap-
tation: A study within the framework of sensory-
tonic field theory. American Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 74:3-16, 1961.

PORZEMSKY, J., WAPNER, SEYMOUR, and GLICK,
J. A.: Effect of experimentally-induced self-object
cognitive attitudes on body and object perception.
Perceptual and Motor Skill, 21 (1) :187-195, 1965.

RAND, G., WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and McCFAR-
LAND, J. H.: Age differences in performance on
the Stroop color-word test. Journal of Personal-
ity, 31:534-558, 1963.

WAPNER, S.: Some aspects of the sensory-tonic field
theory of perception. In: Proceedings of the 15th
International Congress of Psychology, Brussels,
1957, p. 336-337.

WAPNER, S.: An experimental and theoretical ap-
proach to body image. Acta Psychologica, 19:
758-759, 1961. (Proceedings of the 26th Inter-
national Congress of Psychology, Bonn, 1960).
WAPNER, S.: An organismic-developmental ap-
proach to the study of perceptual and other cog-
nitive operations. In: Scheerer, C., ed. Cogni-
tion: Theory, research, promise. New York,
Harper & Row, 1964.

WAPNER, S., MCFARLAND, J. H., and WERNER, H.:
Effect of visual spatial context on perception of
one’s own body. British Journal of Psychology,
53:222-230, 1962.

WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.: Experiments on
sensory-tonic field theory of perception: V. Effect
of body status on the kinaesthetic perception of
verticality. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
44:126-131, 1952.

WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.: Gestalt laws of
organization and organismic theory of perception:
Effect of asymmetry induced by the factor of
similarity on the position of the apparent median
plane and apparent horizon. American Journal of
Psychology, 68:258-265, 1955.

WAPNER, S., and WERNER, H.: Perceptual develop-
ment. Worcester, Mass., Clark University, 1957,
62 p.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., BRUELL, J. H., and
GOLDSTEIN, A. G.: Experiments on sensory-tonic
field theory of perception: VII. Effect of asym-
metrical extent and starting position of figures on
the visual apparent median plane. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 46:300-307, 1953.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and CHANDLER, K. A.:
Experiments on sensory-tonic field theory of per-
ception: I. Effect of extraneous stimulation on the
visual perception of verticality. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 42:341-345, 1951.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and ComaLLL P. E,, Jr.:
Space localization under conditions of danger.
Journal of Psychology, 41:335-346, 1956.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and ComALLL P. E., Jr.:
Effect of enhancement of head boundary on head
size and shape. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 8:
319-325, 1958.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and CoMALLL P. E,, Jr.:
Perception of part-whole relationships in middle
and old age. Journal of Gerontology, 15:412-
416, 1960.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and Krus, D. M.: The
effect of success and failure on space localization.
Journal of Personality, 25:752-756, 1957.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and Krus, D. M.: Stud-
ies in physiognomic perception: IV. Effect of
muscular involvement on the dynamic properties
of objects. Journal of Psychology, 44:129-132,
1957.

WAPNER, S., WERNER, H., and MoraNT, R. B.:
Experiments on sensory-tonic field theory of per-

53

ception: III. Effect of body rotation on the visual
perception of verticality. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 42:351-357, 1951.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: Experiments on
sensory-tonic field theory of perception: IV. Ef-
fect of initial position of a rod on apparent verti-
cality. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43:
68-74, 1952.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: Toward a general
theory of perception. Psychological Review, 59:
324-338, 1952.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: Studies in physio-
gnomic perception: I. Effect of configurational
dynamics and meaning-induced sets on the posi-
tion of the apparent median plane. Journal of
Psychology, 38:51-65, 1954.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: Changes in psycho-
logical distance under conditions of danger. Jour-
nal of Personality, 24:153-167, 1955.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: The Innsbruck
studies on distorted visual field in relation to an
organismic theory of perception. Psychological
Review, 62:130-138, 1955.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: The non-projective
aspects of the Rorschach experiment: II. Orga-
nismic theory and perceptual response. Journal
of Social Psychology, 44:193-198, 1956.

WERNER, H., and WAPNER, S.: Sensory-tonic field
theory of perception: Basic concepts and experi-
ments. Revista di psicologia, 50:315-337, 1956.

WERNER, H., WAPNER, S., and BRUELL, J. H.:
Experiments on sensory-tonic field theory of per-
ception: VI. Effect of position of head, eyes and
of object on position of the apparent median
plane. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46:
293-299, 1953.

WERNER, H., WAPNER, S., and CHANDLER, K. A.:
Experiments on sensory-tonic field theory of per-
ception: II. Effect of supported and unsupported
tilt of the body on the visual perception of verti-
cality. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 42:
346-350, 1951.

WERNER, H., WAPNER, S., and ComALLL P. E,, Jr.:
Effect of boundary on perception of head size.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 7:69-71, 1957.

MH-354 (R01) GREENBLATT, MILTON: Psycho-
physiology of the psychotherapeutic process. Har-
vard Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1952-57)

COLEMAN, R., GREENBLATT, M., and SOLOMON,
H. C.: Physiological evidence of rapport during
psychotherapeutic interviews. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 17:71-77, 1956.

DiMascio, A., Boyp, R. W., and GREENBLATT, M.:
Physiological correlates of tension and antagonism
during psychotherapy. Psychosomatic Medicine,

19:99-104, 1957.

DiMascio, R., Boyp, R. W., GREENBLATT, M., and
SorLoMoN, H. C.: The psychiatric interview. Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, 16:4-9, 1955.

KANTER, S. S., and DiMascio, A.: Description of
the patient: The setting of therapy and summary
comments by the psychotherapist. In: Gottschalk,
Louis A., ed. Comparative psycholinguistic analy-
sis of two psychotherapeutic interviews. Part I.
New York, International Universities Press, 1962,
p. 15-21.

KANTER, S. S., and DiMascio, A.: Some physio-
logical correlates of the psycholinguistic patterns
of two psychiatric interviews. In: Gottschalk,
Louis A., ed. Comparative psycholinguistic analy-
sis of two psychotherapeutic interviews. Part I.
New York, International Universities Press, 1962,
p. 139-148.

WartsoN, P. D., DiMascio, A., KANTER, S.S.,
SUTER, E., and GREENBLATT, M.: A note on the
influence of climatic factors in psychophysiological
investigations. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19:419-
423, 1957.

WATSON, P. D., and KANTER, S. S.: Some influences
of an experimental situation on the psychothera-
peutic process. Psychosomatic Medicine, 18:457-
470, 1956.

MH-359 (R01) Apes, Harrow W.: Effects of
brain injury on learning. Emory University, At-
lanta, Ga. (1951-54)

MEYER, D. R., HARLOow, H. F. and Apes, H. W.:
Retention of delayed responses and proficiency in
oddity problems by monkeys with preoccipital
ablations. (Abstract) American Journal of Psy-
chology, 64:391, 1951.

RIOPELLE, A. J.: Transfer suppression and learning
sets. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 46:108-114, 1953.

RIOPELLE, A. ]., and Apes, H. W.: Visual discrimi-
nation performance in rhesus monkeys following
extirpation of prestriate and temporal cortex.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 83:63-77, 1953.

RIOPELLE, A. ]J., ALPER, R. G., STRONG, P. N., and
Apes, H. W.: Multiple discrimination and pat-
terned string performance of normal and tem-
poral-lobectomized monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 46:145-149,
1953.

RioPELLE, A. ]., Francisco, E. W., and ADEs,
H. W.: Differential first-trial procedures and dis-
crimination learning performance. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47:
293-297, 1954. (Also acknowledges MH-589).

RIOPELLE, A. J., GRADSKY, M. A., and Apes, H. W.:
Learned performance of monkeys after single and

54

repeated x-irradiations. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 49:521-524, 1956.

MH-362 (R01) BunNcH, MARION E.: Oxygen
deprivation and psychological functions. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1951-54)

MEIER, G. W., BuncH, M. E,, NoLaN, C. Y., and
ScHEIDLER, C. H.: Anoxia, behavioral develop-
ment, and learning ability: A comparative-experi-
mental approach. Psychological Monographs, 74:
1-48, 1960. (Whole No. 488) (Also acknowl-
edges MH-762).

SPIEGEL, E. A., Wycis, H. T., KLETZKIN, M., and
THUR, C.: Studies in stereoencephalotomy. II.
A new procedure for exploration and elimination
of subcortical structures. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 5:309-311, 1953.

MH-366 (R01) HoacrLanp, HupsoN: Effects of

electroshock and ACTH in schizophrenia. Wor-
cester Foundation for Experimental Biology,
Shrewsbury, Mass. (1951- )

BERGEN, J]. R., Hunt, C, and HoaGLAND, H.: In
vitro oxygen consumption of tissues from normal
and adrenalectomized rats. American Journal of
Physiology, 171:624, 1952.

HoAGLAND, HUDSON: Some biochemical considera-
tions of psychotic behavior. Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Psychopathology, 12:1110112,
1951.

HoaGrLanp, H.: Metabolic and physiological dis-
turbances in the psychoses. In: Milbank Memo-
rial Fund. The biology of mental health and
disease. The 27th annual Conference of the Mil-
bank Memorial Fund. New York, Hoeber, 1952,
p. 434-448.

HoaGLAND, HUDSON: Adrenal steroids and person-
ality disorders. In: Colston Research Society's
Symposium. The suprarenal cortex. London,
Butterworths, 1953, p. 125-134.

HoaGLAND, H.: Studies of brain metabolism and
electrical activity in relation to adrenocortical
physiology. Recent Progress in Hormone Re-
search, 10:29, 1954.

HoacrLanDp, H., BERGEN, J. R., SLOCOMBE, A. §,,
and HUNT, C. A.: Studies of adrenocortical physi-

ology in relation to the nervous system. In: Mer-
ritt, H. H., and Hare, C. C., eds. Metabolic and
toxic diseases of the nervous system. Vol. 32.

Baltimore, Md., Williams & Wilkins, 1953.

HoAGLAND, HUDSON, PINcus, GREGORY, ELMAD-
JiaN, Frep, RoMANOFF, Louis, FREEMAN,
HARRY, HOPE, JUSTIN, BALLAN, JAMES, BERKE-
LEY, AusTIN, and CARLO, JAMES: Study of
adrenocortical physiology in normal and schizo-
phrenic men. Archives of Neurology and Psy-
chiatry, 69:470-485, 1953.
Hore, JusTIN M., ELMADJIAN, FRED, and MALA-
MUD, WILLIAM: A method for the evaluation of
hormone therapy in schizophrenia. Journal of
Clinical and Experimental Psychopathology, 12:
267-282, 1951.

MH-372 (R01) SpiEGEL, ERNEST A.: Central pain
conduction and pain perception. Temple Univer-
sity, Philadelphia, Pa. (1951-55)

Bamrp, H. W., and SpieGer, E. A.: The use of
bulbocapnine in electroencephalography of chil-
dren. Electroencephalography and Clinical Nen-
rophysiology, 7:127-129, 1955.

Bamrp, H. W., StaNTON, L., and SPIEGEL, E. A.:
Segmental differences of skin potentials and skin
resistance induced by visceral pain. A. M. A.
Journal of the Diseases of Children, 87:607-614,
1954.

Barp, H. W., SzekkiLy, E. G., and SPIEGEL, E. A.:
The use of bulbocapnine in electroencephalog-
raphy. (Abstract) In: 3rd International Electro-
encephalography Congress, 1953, p. 27.

CHAVEZ, M., and SPIEGEL, E. A.: The functional
state of sensory nuclei following deafferentation.
Confinia Neurologica, 17:143-152, 1957.

KLETZKIN, M.: A simple electrode carrier for the
exploration of subcortical structures. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 80:22-24, 1952.

KLETZKIN, M., and SPIEGEL, E. A.: Spinal pain
conduction by chains of short neurons. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 11(1)Part 1:83-84, 1952.

REevEs, V., HENNY, G. C., Barp, H., Wycis, H. T.,
and SPIEGEL, E. A.: Localization of centripetal
pathways of the human brain by recording of
evoked potentials. In: Transactions of the Ameri-
can Neurological Association, 1951, p. 246-248.

SpieGEL, E. A., and KLETZKIN, M.: Thalamohypo-
thalamic relationships. Effect of acute thalamic
lesions upon the hypothalamus. American Jour-
nal of Physiology, 171:769, 1952.

SPIEGEL, E. A., KLETZKIN, M., and SzZEKELY, E. G.:
Pain reactions on stimulation of the quadrigeminal
region. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 12
(2)Part 1:136, 1953.

SPIEGEL, E. A., KLETZKIN, M., and SzZEKELY, E. G.:
Pain reactions upon stimulation of the tectum
mesencephali. Journal of Neuropathology, 13:
212-220, 1954.

SpieGer, E. A., KvLetzKIN, M. SzEKELY, E. G,,
and Wycis, H. T.: Role of hypothalamic mech-
anisms in thalamic pain. Neurology, 4:739-751,
1954.

SPIEGEL, E. A., and SzekELy, E. G.: Coritical super-
sensitivity after lesions of the ventral thalamic

55

nuclei. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 13
(1)Part 1:143-144, 1954.

SpieGeL, E. A. and SzexkEeLy, E. G.: Supersensi-
tivity of the sensory cortex following partial de-
afferentation.  Electroencephalography and Clini-
cal Neurophysiology, 7:375-481, 1955.

SPIEGEL, E. A., and Szekery, E. G.: Thalamic
compensation of the loss of the hypothalamic
“waking center”. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 14(1):143, 1955.

SpieGeL, E. A., and Wycis, H. T.: Stereoencepha-
lotomy. Vol. I. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1952,'176 p.

SpieGeL, E. A., and Wycis, H. T.: Mesencepha-
lotomy in treatment of “intractable” facial pain.
Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 69:1-13,
1953.

SpIEGEL, E. A., and Wycis, H. T.: Stereoencepha-
lotomy. Vol. II, Section III: Pain. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1962, p. 205-244.

SpieGeL, E. A., Wycis, H. T., and Barp, H. W.:
Studies in stereoencephalotomy. Topical relation-
ships of subcortical structures to the posterior
commissure. Confinia Neurologica, 12:122-133,
1952.

SPIEGEL, E. A., Wycis, H. T., and BARD, H. W.:
Interrelationships between cortex and subcortical
structures. Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology Supplement, 4:192-196, 1954.

SpieGeL, E. A., Wycis, H. T., OrcHINIK, C. W.,
and FREED, H.: The thalamus and temporal orien-
tation. Science, 121:771-772, 1955.

SzekkiLy, E. G., and SPIEGEL, E. A.: The effect of
bulbocapnine upon the spontaneous electric activ-
ity of the brain and its reactivity to afferent
stimuli. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 6:213-219, 1954.

MH-373 (R01) BANDLER, BERNARD, KAUFMAN, I.
CHARLES, and MALaMUD, WiLLIAM: Emotional
factors in epilepsy. Boston University, Boston,
Mass. (1951-55)

BANDLER, BERNARD: Role of sexuality in epilepsy.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 20(3):227-234, 1958.

BANDLER, BERNARD, KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES, and
DykENSs, JAMES W.: Pregnancy fantasies, trans-
ference, and seizures in a case of epilepsy. (Ab-
stract) Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
118(4):376-378, 1953.

BaNDLER, B., KaurMman, I. C., DyYKENs, J. W.,
Arico, J. T., and GELLER, H.: The role of the
psychological factors related to the menstrual cycle
and the sexual life of women in the production of
seizures. (Abstract) Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 117:162, 1953.
BANDLER, B., KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES, DYKENS,
JAMES W., SCHLEIFER, MAXWELL, and SHAPIRO,
LEoN N.: Seizures and the menstrual cycle.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 113:704-708,
1957.

MH-375 (R01) Evans, Francis C., and DICE, LEE
R.: Role of heredity in convulsive disorders. Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1951-
56)

BArTO, ELIZABETH: Spinner, an inherited type of
abnormal behavior in the beach mouse, Peromyscus
polionotus. Contributions from the Laboratory
of Vertebrae Biology (University of Michigan),
66:1-16, 1954.

BArTO, ELIZABETH: Boggler, an inherited abnor-
mality of the deermouse (Peromyscus manicu-
latus), characterized by a tremor and a stagger-
ing gait. Contributions from the Laboratory of
Vertebrae Biology (University of Michigan), 71:
1-26, 1955.

BarTO, ELIZABETH: Tests for independence of
waltzer and EP sonogenic convulsive from certain
other genes in the deer mouse (Peromyscus ma-
niculatus). Contributions from the Laboratory of
Vertebrae Biology (University of Michigan), 74:
1-16, 1956.

Dice, LE R., and BarTO, ELIZABETH: Ability of
mice of the genus Peromyscus to hear ultrasonic
sounds. Science, 116:110-111, 1952.

Dice, Lee R., BArRTO, ELIZABETH, and CLARK,
PHILIP J.: Modifications of behaviour associated
with inherited convulsions or whirling in three
strains of peromyscus. Animal Behaviour, 11:
40-50, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1650 and
MH-2050).

Dice, Lee R., and CLARK, PHILIP J.: Variation in
measures of behavior among three races of pero-
myscus. Contributions of the Laboratory of Ver-
tebrae Biology at the University of Michigan, 75:
1-28, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1650 and
MH-2050).

McINTosH, WILLIAM B.: Linkage in peromyscus,
and sequential tests for independent assortment.
Contributions from the Laboratory of Vertebrae
Biology of the University of Michigan, 73:1-27,
1956.

McINTOSH, WILLIAM B.: Whiteside, a new mutation
in peromyscus. Journal of Heredity, 47:29-32,
1956.

Ross, MURIEL C.: Auditory pathway of the epileptic
waltzing mouse. I. A comparison of the acoustic
pathways of the normal mouse with those of the
totally deaf epileptic waltzer. Journal of Com-
parative Neurology, 119:317-330, 1962,

MH-376 (R01) NEET, CLAUDE C., and FELDMAN,
ROBERT S.: Effect of electroshock on psychological

56

functions. University of Massachusetts, Amherst,
Mass. (1951-55)

FELDMAN, ROBERT S., and NEET, CLAUDE C.: The
effect of electroconvulsure shock on fixated be-
havior in the rat II. The effect of ECS supple-
mented by guidance. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 47:210-212, 1954.

FELDMAN, ROBERT S., and NEET, CLAUDE C.: The
effect of electroconvulsive shock on fixated be-
havior of the rat. III. The effect of ECS as a
function of the duration of conflict. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 50:
97-99, 1957.

FELDMAN, ROBERT S., and NEET, CLAUDE C.: The
effect of electroconvulsive shock on fixated be-
havior in the rat. IV. The prevention of fixa-
tions with ECS. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 53:532-534, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1061).

NEeeT, CLAUDE C., and FELDMAN, ROBERT S.: The
effect of electroconvulsive shock on fixated be-
havior of the rat: I. The effect of a ten- and of
a twenty-five day series of ECS on the stability of
the fixed response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 47:124-129, 1954.

MH-382 (R01) WEINBERG, JACK M., and HAVING-
HURST, ROBERT ].: Mental hygiene for later ma-
turity. University of Chicago, Chicago, IIL.
(1951-53)

LirtLE, M. H,, ed.: Good living after fifty. Chi-
cago, University Chicago Press, 1952, 95 p.

3

LitTLE, M. H.: Making the most of maturity: Hu-
man development NC 185. Chicago, Ill., Home
Study Department of the University of Chicago,
1952, 27 p.

WEINBERG, JACK: Mental health in later life. Chi-
cago, Ill., Education-Industry Service, 1958, p. 36.

MH-383 (R01) Serrz, PHiLip F. D.: Effect of in-
fantile stress on adult behavior. Indiana Univer-
sity, Bloomington, Ind. (1951-54)

Seitz, P. F. D.: The effects of infantile experiences
upon adult behavior in animal subjects: I. Effects
of litter size during infancy upon adult behavior
in the rat. American Journal of Psychiatry, 110:
916-927, 1954.

MH-385 (R01) ForsTER, FRANCIS M.: Role of
temporal lobe in psychomotor epilepsy. George-
town University, Washington, D.C. (1951-54)

ForsTER, F. M.: Epilepsia del lobulo temporal.
Archivos Medicos de Cuba, May:290-298, 1952.

ForsTER, FRANCIS M.: Clinical significance of im-
pairment of sound localization. Neurology, 8:
119-125, 1958.
ForsTER, F. M., and HUERTAs, J.: Temporal lobe
suppressor cortex in man. Yale Journal of Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 28:265-272, 1955.

HUERTAS, J., and FORSTER, F. M.: Temporal lobe
seizures in the monkey. Neurology, 5(5):329-
332, 1955.

HUERTAS, J., O'DOHERTY, D., and FORSTER, F. M.:
Evidence of suppression from the temporal lobe
of the monkey. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology
and Psychiatry, 70:393-398, 1953.

Isost, C. W., and Forster, F. M.: EEG foci in
temporal lobes, with consideration of seizure mani-
festations. Neurology, 1(4):309-317, 1951.

O’DoHERTY, DEsMOND, and FORSTER, F. M.: The
electroencephalographic study of patients with
psychomotor epilepsy. Georgetown University
Medical Bulletin, 6:158-161, 1953.

SANCHEZ-LONGO, L., ForsTER, F. M., and AUTH,
T. L.: A clinical test for sound localization and
its application. Neurology, 7:655-663, 1957.

SMmrtH, B., and ForsTER, F. M.: The role of some
experimental anticonvulsants: Mysoline and Mi-
lontin and 1461L. Medical Annals of the District
of Columbia, 22:279-282, 1953.

SmitH, G., Forster, F. N., and SMITH, B.: Intra-
cranial hematomas resulting from convulsive seiz-
ures. Bulletin of the Georgetown University
Medical Center, 6:162-165, 1953.

MH-388 (R01) HARTMANN, J. FraNcis, and
Lazarow, ARNOLD: Electron microscopy of cen-
tral nervous system. University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn. (1951-64)

FARQUHAR, MARILYN GIST: Preparation of ultrathin
tissue sections for electron microscopy: Laboratory
investigation. Journal of Investigative Derma-
tology, 5(4):317-337, 1956.

FARQUHAR, M. G., and HARTMANN, J. F.: Neu-
roglial structure and relationships as revealed by
electron microscopy. Journal of Neuropathology
and Experimental Neurology, 16:18-39, 1956.

Fujita, H., and HARTMANN, J. F.: Electron micros-
copy of neurohypophysis in normal, adrenaline-
treated and pilocarpine-treated rabbits. Zeitschrift
fiir Zellforschung und Mikroskopische Anatomie,
54:734-763, 1961.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Electron microscopy of myelin
sheath in sections of spinal cord. Experimental
Cell Research, 2:126-132, 1951.

HARTMANN, J. F.: An electron optical study of sec-
tions of central nervous system. Journal of
Comparative Neurology, 99:201-249, 1953.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Electron microscopy of motor
nerve cells following section of axones. Anatomi-
cal Record, 118:19-33, 1954.

57

HARTMANN, J. F.: Electron microscopy of mito-
chondria in the central nervous system. Journal
of Biophysical and Biochemical Cytology, 2:375-
379, 1956.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Two views concerning criteria for
identification of neurological cell types of electron
microscopy. In: Windle, W. F., ed. Biology of
neuroglia. Springfield, Ill, Charless C. Thomas,
1958, p. 50-56.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Electron microscopy of the neuro-
hypophysis in normal and histamine-treated rats.
Zeitschrift Fur Zellforschung Und Mikroskopische
Anatomie, 48:291-308, 1958.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Discussion. In: Korey, S. R., ed.
The biology of myelin. New York, Paul B.
Hoeber, 1959, p. 81-95.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Electron microscopy observations
on the posterior lobe of the hypophysis. Verb.
D. Anat. Gosellsch, 55 Ver.:188-193, 1959.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Identification of neuroglia in
electron micrographs of normal nerve tissue. In:
Proceedings of the 4th International Congress for
Neuropathology, Munich, Sept., 1961. Band II.
Stuttgart, George Thieme Verlag, 1962, p. 329-
332.

HARTMANN, J. F.: Technics of electron microscopy.
In: Zelickson, A. S. Electron microscopy of skin
and mucous membrane. Springfield, Illinois,
Charles C. Thomas, 1963, p. 3-15.

HARTMANN, J. F., GoEtz, F. C, and LAZAROW, A.:
Electron microscopy of the human kidney in dia-
betes. In: Proceedings of the 12th International
Diabetes Congress, Dusseldorf, July 1958. Stutt-
gart, Georg Thieme Verlag, 1959.

HubpsoN, G., and HARTMANN, J. F.: The relation-
ship between dense bodies and mitochondria in
motor neurons. Zeitschrift fir Zellforschung, 54:
147-157, 1961.

HupsoN, G., Lazarow, A., and HARTMANN, J. F.:
A quantitative electron microscopic study of mito-
chondria in motor neurones following axonal sec-
tion. Experimental Cell Research, 24:440-456,
1961.

RUNGE, W. J., VERNIER, R. L., and HARTMANN,
J. F.: A staining method for sections of osmium-
fixed, methacrylate embedded tissues. Journal of
Biophysical and Biochemical Cytology, 4:327-328,
1958.

ZELICKSON, ALVIN S.: Normal human keratiniza-
tion processes as demonstrated by electron micros-
copy. Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 37
(5):369-379, 1961.

ZELICKSON, A. S.: Virus-like particles demonstrated
in keratoacanthomas by electron microscopy. Acta
Dermato Venereologica, 42:23-26, 1962.
ZELICKSON, A. S.: An electron microscope study of
the basal cue epithelioma. Journal of Investiga-
tive Dermatology, 39:183-187, 1962.

ZELICKSON, A. S.: The five structures of the human
melanotic and amelanotic malignant melanonia.
Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 39 (6) :605-
613, 1962.

ZELICKSON, A. S., and HARTMANN, J. F.: Vestopal
W: A superior embedding medium for an hoc
tron microscopic study of human epidermis. Jour-
nal of Investigative Dermatology, 35:315-317,
1960.

ZELICKSON, A. S., and HARTMANN, J. F.: The fine
structure of the melanocyte and melanin granule.
Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 36:23-27,
1961.

ZELICKSON, A. S., and HARTMANN, J. F.: An elec-
tron microscope study of normal human non-
keratinizing oral mucosa. Journal of Investiga-
tive Dermatology, 38:99-107, 1962.

ZELICKSON, ALVIN S., and LyNcH, FrRANcIs W.:
Electron microscopy of virus-like particles in a
keratoaconthomia. Journal of Investigative Der-
matology, 37(2):79-84, 1961.

MH-389 (R01) WALL, Patrick D.: Effect of sen-
sory impulses on the cortical system. University
of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1951-53)

Howvranp, B., LETTVIN, J. Y., McCuULLOCH, W. S.,
Prrts, W., and WALL, P. D.: Reflex inhibition by
dorsal root interaction. Journal of Neurophysi-
ology, 18:1-17, 1955.

KORNACKER, KARL: Some properties of the afferent
pathway in the frog corneal reflex. Experimental
Neurology, 7:224-239, 1963.

WALL, Patrick D., REMOND, ANTOINE G., and
DossoN, RicHARD L.: Studies on the mechanism
of the action of visual afferents on motor cortex
excitability.  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 5:385-393, 1953.

MH-393 (R01) BUTLER, THOMAS C.: Metabolism
of anticonvulsive drugs. University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1951-53)

BuTLER, T. C.: Quantitative studies of the metabolic
fate of mephobarbital (N-methyl phenobarbital).
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
pentics, 106:235-245, 1952.

BUTLER, T. C.: Metabolic demethylation of 3-methyl-
5-ethyl-5-phenyl hydantoin (mesantoin). Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapentics,
104:299-308, 1952.

BUTLER, T. C.: Quantitative studies of the demethyl-
ation of trimethadione (tridione). Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
108:11-17, 1953.

58

BurLEr, T. C.: Quantitative studies of the physio-
logical disposition of 3-methyl-5-ethyl-5-phenyl
hydantoin (mesantoin) and 5-ethyl-5-phenyl hy-
dantoin  (nirvanol). Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 109:340-345,
1953.

BurLEr, T. C.: Quantitative studies of the demethyl-
ation of N-methyl barbital (metharbital, gemonil).
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peuntics, 108:474-480, 1953.

BuTtLER, T. C.: Further studies of metabolic re-
moval of alkyl groups from nitrogen in barbituric
acid derivatives. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 84:105-108,
1953.

BUTLER, T. C.: Some generalizations concerning the
effects of N-methylation in 5, 5-disubstituted de-
rivatives of barbituric acid, hydantoin, and 2,4-
oxazolidinedione. (Abstract) Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 111:9,
1954.

BUTLER, T. C., MAHAFFEE, D., and MAHAFFEE, C.:
The role of the liver in the metabolic disposition
of mephobarbital. Journal of Pharmacology and
Experimental Therapeutics, 106:364-369, 1952.

BuTLER, T. C.,, MAHAFFEE, D., and MAHAFFEE, C.:
Metabolic demethylation of 3,5,5-trimethyl-2,4-
oxazolidinedione (trimethadione, tridione). Pro-
ceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
and Medicine, 81:450-452, 1962.

BuTtLEr, T. C., and WapDELL, W. J.: A pharmaco-
logical comparison of the optical isomers of
5-ethyl-5-phenyl hydantoin (nirvanol) and of
3-methyl-5-ethyl-5-phenyl hydantoin (mesantoin).
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental T her-
apeutics, 110:120-125, 1954.

BuTLER, T. C., and WapDELL, W. J.: The role of
the liver in the demethylation of N-methyl deriva-
tives of hydantoin and of 2,4-oxazolidinedione.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental T hera-
peuntics, 110:241-243, 1954.

MH-402 (R01) WARREN, NEIL D., and LITTLE,
KENNETH B.: Diagnostic validity of projective
tests. University of Southern California, Los An-
geles, Calif. (1951-55)

Litre, KENNETH B., and SHNEIDMAN, EDWIN S.:
The validity of thematic projective technique in-
terpretations. Journal of Personality, 23:286-294,
1955.

LirtLe, KENNETH B., and SHNEIDMAN, EDWIN S.:
The validity of MMPI interpretations. [Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 18:425-428, 1954. Also
in: Welsh, G. S., and Dahlston, W. Grant, eds.
Basic readings on the MMPI in psychology and
medicine. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota
Press, 1956.
LirTLE, KENNETH B., and SHNEIDMAN, EDWIN S.:
Congruencies among interpretations of psychologi-
cal test and anamnestic data. Psychological Mono-
graphs, 73:1-42, 1959.

MH-403 (R01) BRONFENBRENNER, URIE: Diag-
nostic validity of projective tests. Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N.Y. (1951-55)

BRONFENBRENNER, URIE: Forward to “Principles
of professional ethics,” by Staff, Cornell Studies in
Social Growth. American Psychologist, 7(8):
452-455, 1952.

BRONFENBRENNER, U.: What makes for effective
citizenship? Farm Research, 18(2), 1952.

BRONFENBRENNER, U., and DEVEREUX, E. C, JR.:
Interdisciplinary planning for team research on
constructive community behavior. Human Rela-
tions, 5(2):187-203, 1952.

VipicH, ARTHUR J.: Participant observation and the
collection and interpretation of data. American
Journal of Sociology, 60(4): 354-360, 1955.

VmicH, A., and BENSMAN, J.: The validity of field
data. Human Organization, 13:20-27, 1954.

VibicH, A. J., and BENSMAN, J.: Small town in
mass society. Princeton, New Jersey, Princeton
University Press, 1958.

ViicH, A. J., and SHAPIRO, GILBERT A.: A com-
parison of participant observation and survey data.
American Sociological Review, 20:28-33, 1955.

MH-409 (R01) KocH, HELEN L.: Effect of age
interval on personalities of siblings. University
of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1951-54)

KocH, HELEN L.: The relation of “Primary Mental
Abilities” in five- and six-year-olds to sex of child
and characteristics of his sibling. Child Develop-
ment, 25:209-224, 1954.

KocH, HELEN L.: Family constellation and sibling
attitudes. Human Development Bulletin (Uni-
versity of Chicago), 1954, p. 7-14.

KocH, HELEN L.: The relation of certain family
constellation characteristics and the attitudes of
children toward adults. Child Development, 26:
13-39, 1955.

KocH, HELEN L.: Some
sex, sibling position, an
five- and six-year-old children.
ogy Monographs, 52:3-50, 1955.

KocH, HELEN L.: Children’s work attitudes and sib-
ling characteristics. Child Development, 27:289-
309, 1956.

personality correlates of
sex of sibling among
Genetic Psychol-

KocH, HELEN L.: Some emotional attitudes of the
young child in relation to characteristics of his
sibling. Child Development, 27:393-426, 1956.

59

KocH, HELEN L.: Sissiness and tomboyishness in
relation to sibling characteristics. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 88:231-244, 1956.

KocH, HELEN L.: Sibling influences on children’s
speech. Journal of Speech and Hearing Dis-
orders, 21:322-328, 1956.

KocH, HELEN L.: Attitudes of young children to-
ward their peers as related to certain characteris-
tics of their sibling. Psychological Monographs,
70(19):1-41, 1956. (Whole No. 426).

KocH, HELEN L.: The relation in young children
between characteristics of their playmates and cer-
tain attributes of their siblings. Child Develop-
ment, 28:175-202, 1957.

KocH, HELEN L.: Der Einfluss der Geschwister auf
die Personlichkeitsentwicklung junger Knaben.
Jahrbuch fiir Psychologie und Psychotherapie,
3/4:211-225, 1957.

KocH, HELEN L.: The relation of certain formal
attributes of siblings to attitudes held toward each
other and toward their parents. Monographs of
the Society for Research in Child Development,
25(4):1-123, 1960. (Serial No. 78).

Koch, HELEN L.: Einige Ursachen von Eifersucht,
Bewunderung, Ablehrung, und von Uberlegen-
heitsgefuhlen wie sie bei jungeren Geschwistern
auftrten. Psychologische Beitrage, 4:38-53, 1960.

MH-419 (R01) Scott, JoHN P.: Effects of early
experience on mental health. Roscoe B. Jackson
Memorial Laboratory. Bar Harbor, Me. (1951-
52)

Scott, JoHN P., ed.: Minutes of the conference on
the effects of early experience on mental health.
Bar Harbor, Maine, Roscoe B. Jackson Memorial
Laboratory, 1952, 45 p.

MH-422 (R01) MowRER, O. HoBART: Evaluation
of two types of psychotherapy. University of
Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1951-52)

MowgrEgR, O. HoBaRT: Changes in verbal behavior
during psychotherapy. In: Mowrer, O. Hobart,
ed. Psychotherapy—theory and research. New
York, Ronald Press, 1953, p. 463-545.

MH-425 (R01) CapMmAN, WiLLiAM H., MCCANN,
WiLLis H., and MisBACH, LORENZ: Group psyco-
therapy for mental hospital patients. University
of Missouri, Kansas City, Mo. (1951-53)

CADMAN, WiLLiAM H., MISBACH, LORENZ, and
BrowN, DONALD V.: An assessment of round-
table psychotherapy. Psychological Monographs,
68(13):1-48, 1954. (Whole No. 384).

McCANN, WiLLis H.: The round-table technique in
group psychotherapy. Group Psychotherapy, 5:
233-239, 1953.
MH-437 (R01) CoweN, EMORY L.: Factors related
to psychological rigidity. University of Rochester,
Rochester, N.Y. (1951-53)

AxeLroD, HowARrD S., CoweN, EMORY L., and
HEILIZER, FRED: The correlates of manifest anxi-
ety in stylus maze learning. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 51:131-138, 1956.

CoweN, EMORY L.: The “negative self-concept” as
a personality measure. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 18:138-142, 1954.

CoweN, EMORY L.: An investigation of the rela-
tionship between two measures of self-regarding
attitudes. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12:156~
160, 1956.

CoweN, E. L.: Reflections deriving from a research
exposure in the field of disability. NCPAD Bul-
letin, 5:104-106, 1958. (Also acknowledges
MH-1805).

CoweN, Emory L., and BEIER, ERNST G.: Threat-
expectancy, word frequencies, and perceptual pre-
recognition hypotheses. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 49:178-182, 1954.

CoweN, EMory L., HEILIZER, FRED, and AXELROD,
HowaArp S.: Self-concept conflict indicators and
learning. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 51:242-245, 1955.

CoweN, E. L., UNDERBERG, RITA P., and VERRILLO,
R. T.: The development and testing of an attitude
to blindness scale. [eurnal of Social Psychology,
56:305-310, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
1805).

CoweN, E. L., UNDERBERG, Rita P., VERRILLO,
R. T, and BENHAM, F. G.: Adjustment to visual
disability in adolescence. New York, American
Foundation for the Blind, 1961, 239 p. (Also
acknowledges MH-1805).

CoweN, EMORY L., WIENER, MORTON, and HEss,
JuprtH: Generalization of problem-solving rigid-
ity. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 17:100-
103, 1953.

HEemizer, Frep, AXELROD, HoOwARD S., and
CoweN, EMORY L.: The correlates of manifest
anxiety in paired associate learning. Journal of
Personality, 24:463-474, 1956.

UNDERBERG, Rita P., CowEN, E. L., and VERRILLO,
R. T.: Some determinants of adjustment to visual
disability in adolescence. New Outlook for the
Blind, 55:253-259, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1805).

MH-439 (R01) WiNcH, RoBerT F.: Study of the
theory of complementary needs. Northwestern
University, Evanston, Ill. (1951-57)

KTSANES, THOMAS: Mate selection on the basis of
personality type: A study utilizing an empirical

60

typology of personality. American Sociological
Review, 20:547-551, 1955.

KT1saNES, THoMAS, and KTSANES, VIRGINIA: The
theory of complementary needs in mate-selection.
In: Winch, Robert F., McGinnis, Robert, and
Barringer, Herbert R., eds. Selected studies of
marriage and the family. New York, Holt, Rine-
hart & Winston, 1962, p. 517-532.

WiNcH, RoBerT F.: The theory of complementary
needs in mate-selection: A test of one kind of
complementariness. American Sociological Re-
view, 20:52-56, 1955.

WiNcH, ROBERT F.: The theory of complementary
needs in mate-selection: Final results on the test
of the general hypothesis. American Sociological
Review, 20:552-555, 1955.

WiNcH, RoBERT F.: Mate-selection: A study of
complementary needs. New York, Harper Broth-
ers, 1958, 336 p.

WiNcH, RoBErRT F., and FREEMAN, LINTON C.:
Societal complexity: An empirical test of a typol-
ogy of societies. American Journal of Sociology,
62:461-466, 1957.

WincH, RoBerT F., KTsANEs, THOMAS, and
KTsANES, VIRGINIA: The theory of complemen-
tary needs in mate-selection: An analytic and de-
scriptive study. American Sociological Review,
19:241-249, 1954.

WincH, RoBErRT F., KTsANEs, THOMAS, and
KTsANES, VIRGINIA: Empirical elaboration of the
theory of complementary needs in mate-selection.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 51:
508-513, 1955.

WINCH, RoBErT F., and MoRE, Doucras M.:
Quantitative analysis of qualitative data in the
assessment of motivation: Reliability, congruence,
and validity. American Journal of Sociology,
61:445-452, 1956.

WiNncH, RoBerT F., and MORE, DouGLAs M.:
Does TAT add information to interview? Sta-
tistical analysis of the increment. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 12:316-321, 1956.

MH-449 (R01) Darrow, CHESTER W.: Electro-
encephalographic phase relationships. Institute
for Juvenile Research, Chicago, Ill. (1951-54)

DARROW, CHESTER W.: The relation of cerebral to
autonomic activity in the conditioned emotional
reactions of children. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 56:289-301, 1953.

Darrow, CHESTER W., and ARNOTT, G. PETER:
A device for simultaneous comparison of variable
EEG brain patterns. In: Proceedings of Instru-
ment Society of America, 8th National Confer-
ence, Chicago, 1953, 2 p.
Darrow, C. W., and ARNOTT, G. P.: A new cere-
bral dominance indicator: Further observations on
anterior-posterior cerebral dominance. (Abstract)
Proceedings of the Society for Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 5:127, 1953.

DARROW, CHESTER W., and LORENS, STANLEY A.:
Eye movement, EEG, GSR, and EKG during
mental multiplication. ~~ Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:739-746, 1962.

Darrow, C. W., Strupp, M., Kris, C., ARNOTT,
G., Brupo, CHas., and GINSBURG, N.: Cyclic
respiratory and cardiac changes in EEG. (Ab-
stract No. 3): In: International Congress of EEG
and Clinical Neurophysiology, EEG Supplement
No. 111, Cambridge, August 1953.

DARROW, CHESTER W., WiLcort, ROBERT C.,
SIEGEL, ANN, and WIiLsON, JERE: Central and
peripheral indications of conditioning, adaption,
anticipation and extinction. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 124:38-44, 1956.

DARROW, CHESTER W., WILSON, JERE P., VIETH,
RicHARD N., and MALLER, JUDITH M.: Accelera-
tion and momentum in cerebral function reflected
in EEG phase relations. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed.
Biological psychiatry. New York, Grune & Strat-
ton, 1960, p. 51-59.

Kris, CHRISTINE: Assessing physiological age. Hu-
man Development Bulletin. Sth Annual Sympo-
sium. Chicago, University of Chicago, 1954,
p. 35-49.

Kris, C., and Darrow, C. W.: Changes in auto-
nomic and EEG interrelationships with age.
(Abstract) Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 6:158, 1954.

MH-450 (R01) Lippitt, RONALD: Improving the
social adjustment of children. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1951-54)

HorrFMAN, L. W. Rosen, S., and Lippitt, R.:
Parental coerciveness, child autonomy, and child's
role at school. Sociometry, 23(1):15-22, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1780).

LEVINGER, G.: The development of perceptions and
behavior in newly formed social power relation-
“ships. In: Cartwright, Dorwin, ed. Studies in
social power. Ann Arbor, University of Michi-
gan, 1959, p. 83-98.

LEVINGER, G. K.: A framework for studying per-
ceptual and behavioral aspects of social influence
processes. Ann Arbor, Mich., Research Center
for Group Dynamics, University of Michigan, 6 p.

Lippitt, ROSEMARY: The auxiliary chair technique.
Group Psychotherapy, 11(1):8-23, 1958.

Lippitt, R., POLANSKY, N., and ROSEN, S.: The
dynamics of power. Human Relations, 5(1):37-
64, 1952. (Also acknowledges MH-94).

61

PoLaNsKy, N. A.: On the dynamics of behavioral
contagion. Group, 14(3):3-8, 1952.

PoLaNsky, N., Lippitt, R., and REDL, F.: The uses
of sociometric data in research on group treatment
processes. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Research Center
for Group Dynamics, Institute for Social Re-
search, 1949, 21 p.

ROSEN, S.: An approach to the study of aggression.
Journal of Social Psychology, 46:259-267, 1957.

ROSEN, SIDNEY: Effects of adjustment on the per-
ception and exertion of social power. In: Cart-
wright, Dorwin, ed. Studies in social power. Ann
Arbor, University of Michigan, 1959, p. 69-82.

ROSEN, S., LEVINGER, G., and LippITT, R.: Desired
changes in self and others as a function of re-
source ownership. Human Relations, 13:187-193,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-919).

ROSEN, S., LEVINGER, G., and LipPiTT, R.: Per-
ceived sources of social power. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 62(2):439-441,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-919).

ZAjoNc, R. B.: Some effects of the “space” serials.
Public Opinion Quarterly, 18(4):367-374, 1954.

MH-451 (R01) SamukLs, Leo T., and BRANCH,
C. H. HARDIN: Adrenocortical function in schizo-
phrenia. University of Utah, Salt Lake City,
Utah. (1952-54)

BLiss, EUGENE L.: Response of the pituitary-adrenal
system to psychic stimuli. Report of the 22nd
Ross Laboratories Pediatric Research Conference,
1957, p. 59.

Buss, E. L., and MiGeoN, C. J.: Endocrinology of
anoreria nervosa. Journal of Clinical Endocrinol-
ogy and Metabolism, 17:766-776, 1957.

Briss, EUGENE L., MIGEON, CLAUDE J., BRANCH,
C. H. HARDIN, and SAMUELS, L. T.: Adrenocor-
tical function in schizophrenia. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 112:358-365, 1955.

Briss, E. L., MiGeoN, C. J., BRANCH, C., HARDIN,
C., and SAMUELS, L.: Reaction of the adrenal
cortex to emotional stress. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 18:56-76, 1956.

Briss, E., MiGeoN, C., Eik-NEs, K., SANDBERG, A.,
and SAMUELS, L.: The effects of insulin, hista-
mine, bacterial pyrogen, and the antabuse-alcohol
reaction upon the levels of 17-hydroxycorticos-
teroids in the peripheral blood of man. Metabo-
lism, 3:493-501, 1954.

Buiss, E., MiGeoN, C., NELsON, D., SAMUELS, L.,
and BRANCH, C.: Influence of E. C. T. and insu-
lin coma on level of adrenocortical steroids in
peripheral circulation. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 72:352-361, 1954.

Briss, E., NELsoN, D., and SAMUELS, L.: Effects
of intravenous ACTH on blood levels of 17-
hydroxy-corticosteroids and circulating leukocytes.
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabo-
lism, 14:423-439, 1954.

Briss, E., SANDBERG, A., NELSON, D., and EIk-
NEs, K.: The normal levels of 17-hydroxycorti-
costeroids in the peripheral blood of man. Jour-
nal of Clinical Investigations, 32:818-823, 1953.

MiGEON, CLAUDE J., SANDBERG, A. A., BLIss,
EuGeNE L., and KELLER, A. B.: Nonconjugated
adrenocortical steroids in human plasma, com-
parison of the Nelson and Samuels method with
paper chromatographic techniques. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology, 16:253-261, 1956.

MiGeoN, CLAUDE J., TYLER, F. H. MAHONEY,
J. P., FLORENTIN, A. A., CASTLE, H., BLISS,
EuGeNE L., and SamugiLs, L. T.: The diurnal
variation of plasma levels and urinary excretion
of 17-hydroxycorticosteroids in normal subjects,
night workers and blind subjects. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology, 16:622-633, 1956.

MH-453 (R01) ZBOoROWSKI, MARK: Cultural com-
ponents in attitudes toward pain. Institute for
Intercultural Studies, New York, N.Y. (1951-54)

ZBOROWSKI, MARK: Cultural components in re-
sponses to pain. Journal of Social Issues, 8:16-30,
1952.

MH-460 (R01) KORNHAUSER, ARTHUR: Mental
health of factory workers. Wayne State Univer-
sity, Detroit, Mich. (1951-58)

KORNHAUSER, ARTHUR: Toward an assessment of
the mental health of factory workers: A Detroit
study. Human Organization, 21 (1) :43-46, 1962.

KORNHAUSER, ARTHUR: Mental health of the indus-
trial worker: A Detroit study. New York, Wiley,
1964.

MH-461 (R01) Sears, RoBerT R.: Child rearing
and personality development. Harvard Medical
School, Boston, Mass. (1951-53)

HAVIGHURsT, R., and Davis, A.: A comparison of
the Chicago and Harvard studies of social class
differences in child rearing. American Sociologi-
cal Review, 20:438-442, 1955.

Levin, H., and Sears, R. R.: Identification with
parents as a determinant of doll play aggression.
Child Development, 27:135-153, 1956. (Also
acknowledges MH-1096).

MaccoBy, ELEANOR E.: The taking of adult roles
in middle childhood. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63:493-503, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1468).

MaccoBy, ELEANOR E., and GiBBs, PATRICIA K.:
Methods of child rearing in two social classes.
In: Martin, W. E. and Stendler, Celia B., eds.

62

Readings in child development. New York, Har-
court, Brace, 1954.

MiLtoN, G. A.: A factor analytic study of child
rearing behaviors. Child Development, 29:381-
392, 1958.

SEARs, R. R.: Relation of early socialization experi-
ence to aggression in middle childhood. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:466-492,
1961.

SEARS, R. R., MAccoBy, ELEANOR, E., and LEVIN,
H.: Patterns of child rearing. Evanston, Ill,
Row, Peterson, 1957, 549 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-844 and MH-1096).

MH-462 (R01) GouGH, HARRISON G.: Personal-
ity and social adjustment. University of Califor-
nia, Berkeley, Calif. (1951-54)

CHEEK, FRANCEs E.: Family interaction patterns
and convalescent adjustment of the schizophrenic.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 13(2):139-147,
1965.

GoucH, H. G.: Identifying psychological femininity.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 12:
427-439, 1952.

GouGH, H. G.: Predicting social participation.
Journal of Social Psychology, 35:227-233, 1952.

GouGH, H. G.: The construction of a personality
scale to predict scholastic achievement. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 37:361-366, 1953.

GoucH, H. G.: A nonintellectual intelligence test.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 17:242-246,
1953.

GoucH, H. G.: What determines the academic
achievement of high school students? Journal of
Educational Research, 46:321-331, 1953.

GoucH, H. G.: Systematic validation of a test for
delinquency. (Abstract) American Psychologist,
9:380, 1954.

GoucH, H. G.: Some common misconceptions about
neuroticism. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
18:287-292, 1954.

GouGH, H. G.: Manual for the California Psycho-
logical Inventory. Palo Alto, California, Consult-
ing Psychologists Press, 1957, 9 p.

GoucGH, H. G.: Cross-cultural studies of the sociali-
zation continuum. American Psychologist, 15:
410-411, 1960.

GoucH, H. G.: Theory and measurement of sociali-
zation. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24:
23-30, 1960.

GouGH, H. G., and PETERSON, D. R.: The identifi-
cation and measurement of predispositional factors
in crime and delinquency. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 16:207-212, 1952.
MH-463 (R01) ABERLE, DAVID F.: Factors related
to the use of peyote drugs. Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, Baltimore, Md. (1951-52) (Continued
as MH-513).

ABERLE, D. F.: The prophet dance and reactions to
white contact. Southwestern Journal of Anthro-
pology, 15:74-83, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-513 and MH-2135).

MH-467 (RO1) PHILLIPS, LESLIE: Adrenal cortical
response and social adjustment. Worcester Foun-
dation for Experimental Biology, Shrewsbury,
Mass. (1951-55)

FEFFER, M., and PHILLIPS, L.: Social attainment and
performance under stress. Journal of Personality,
22(2):284-297, 1953.

FINE, H. J., FULKERSON, S. C., and PHILLIPS, L.:
Maladjustment and social attainment. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 50(1):33-35,
1955.

GERARD, D. L., and PHILLIPS, L.: Relation of so-
cial attainment to psychological and adrenocortical
reactions to stress. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 69:350-354, 1953.

LoFcHIE, S. H.: The performance of adults under
distraction stress: A developmental approach.
Journal of Psychology, 39:109-116, 1955.

PARSONS, O., and PHILLIPS, L.: Some problems as-
sociated with development of stress scores for the
individual. Journal of Applied Physiology, 6(11):
691-695, 1954.

Parsons, O. A., PuiLLips, L., and LANE, J. E.:
Performance on the same psychomotor task under
different stressful conditions. Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 38:457-466, 1954.

PuiLLips, L.: Case history data and prognosis in
schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 6:515-525, 1953.

PHILLIPS, L., and Cowirz, B.: Social attainment and
reactions to stress. [Journal of Personality, 22(2):
270-283, 1953.

PHILLIPS, L., and FrRaMO, J. L.: Developmental the-
ory applied to normal and psychopathological per-
ception. Journal of Personality, 22(4):464-474,
1954.

MH-469 (R01) RicHARDS, THOMAS W.: Variations
in personality adjustments of children. North-
western University, Evanston, Ill. (1952-53)

RicHARDS, THOMAs W.: Psychogenetic study of
“normal” personality: An experiment in longitu-
dinal method. In: Burton, Arthur, and Harris,
Robert E., eds. Clinical studies of personality.
New York, Harper & Brothers, 1955, p. 694-725.

RicHARDS, THOMAS W.: Personality development as
reflected in Rorschach behavior: A case study.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 19:54-61, 1955.

63

MH-476 (RO1) BETTELHEIM, BRUNO: Staff prob-
lems in children’s institutions. University of Chi-
cago, Chicago, Ill. (1952-57)

BETTELHEIM, B., PERKINS, G. L., WRIGHT, B., and
RILEY, MARY JEAN: Psychiatric consultation in res-
idential treatment. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 28(2):256-288, 1958.

HENRY, JurLes: Types of institutional structure.
Psychiatry, 20:47-60, 1957.

MH-479 (R01) KALLMANN, FRANZ J.: Heredity of
health and mental disorder in aging. Columbia
University, New York, N.Y. (1952-56)

KALLMANN, F. J.: The genetics of aging. Journal
of Chronic Diseases, 4:140-152, 1956.

KALLMANN, F. ].: Genetic aspects of mental disor-
ders in later life. In: Kaplan, O. J., ed. Mental
disorders in later life. Stanford, Stanford Univer-
sity Press, 1956, p. 26-46.

KALLMANN, F. J.: The genetics of aging. In:
Moore, J. E., Merritt, H. H., and Masselink, R. J.,
eds. The neurologic and psychiatric aspects of the
disorders of aging. Baltimore, Md., Williams &
Wilkins, 1956.

KALLMANN, F. J.: Genetic variations in adjustment
to aging. In: Anderson, J. E., ed. Psychological
aspects of aging. Washington, D.C., American
Psychological Association, 1956, p. 89-93.

KALLMANN, F. J., ASCHNER, B. M., and FALEK, A.:
Comparative data on longevity, adjustment to ag-
ing, and causes of death in a senescent twin popu-

lation. In: Gedda, L., ed. Novant’ anni delle
Leggi Mendeliane. Rome, Gregor Mendel Insti-
tute, 1955.

MH-484 (R01) DuBIN, ROBERT: Mental health
factors in work situations. University of Illinois,
Urbana, Ill. (1952-54)

DuBIN, ROBERT: Industrial worker’s worlds: A study
of the ‘central life interests” of industrial workers.
Social Problems, 3(1):131-142, 1956.

DusIN, RoBERT: The world of work: Industrial so-
ciety and human relations. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
Prentice-Hall, 1958, p. 255-260.

MH-486 (R01) MirsKY, I. ARTHUR: Effect of life
situations on gastric activity. University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1952-56) (Continued
from MH-67).

Mirsky, I. A.: Physiologic, psychologic and social
determinants in the etiology of duodenal ulcer.
American Journal of Digestive Diseases, 3(4):
285-314, 1958.

MirsKY, I. ARTHUR, FISHER, BERNARD, and HARBI-
soN, S. P.: Comparison of blood pepsinogen in
patients with duodenal and gastric ulcer and pa-
tients with gastric carcinoma. (Abstract) Journal
of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 46:933,
1955. (Also acknowledges MH-G7).

Mirsky, I. ARTHUR, FUTTERMAN, PERRY, and KAP-
LAN, STANLEY: Blood plasma pepsinogen: II. The
activity of the plasma from “normal” subjects, pa-
tients with duodenal ulcer, and patients with per-
nicious anemia. Journal of Laboratory and Chini-
cal Medicine, 40(2):188-199, 1952.

Mirsky, I. A., FUTTERMAN, P., KapLAN, S., and
BroH-KAHN, R. H.: Blood plasma pepsinogen: I.
The source, properties and assay of the proteolytic
activity of plasma at acid reactions. Journal of
Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 40(1):17-26,
1952. (Also acknowledges MH-67).

STEIN, M., JiNKs, R., and Mirsky, I. A.: The bio-
assay of pitressin and antidiuretic substances in
blood and urine. Endocrinology, 51:492-503,
1952. (Also acknowledges MH-67).

STEIN, MARVIN, JINKS, ROBERT, and MIrsKY, I.
ARTHUR: The assay of antidiuretic substances.
(Abstract) Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and
Metabolism, 12(7):961, 1952. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-67).

STEIN, M., SCHWARTZ, R., and Mirsky, I. A.: The
antidiuretic activity of plasma of patients with
hepatic cirrhosis, congestive heart failure, hyperten-
sion and other clinical disorders. Journal of Clin-
ical Investigation, 33:77-81, 1954. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-67).

WEINER, HERBERT, THALER, MARGARET, REISER,
MorToN F., and Mirsky, I. ARTHUR: Etiology of
duodenal ulcer: I. Relation of specific psychologi-
cal characteristics to rate of gastric secretion (se-
rum pepsinogen). Psychosomatic Medicine, 19
(1):1-10, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-67).

MH-487 (R01) MIRsKY, I. ARTHUR, MILLER, ROB-
ERT E., MURPHY, JOHN V., PATTON, ROBERT A.:
Variables affecting avoidance behavior. Univer-
sity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1952- )

MILLER, R. E., and BANKS, J. H., Jr.: Determina-
tion of social dominance in monkeys by a competi-
tive avoidance method. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:137-141, 1962.

MILLER, ROBERT E., BANKS, James H., Jr., and
KuwaHARA, HirosHI: The communication of af-
fects in monkeys: Cooperative reward conditioning.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 108(1):121-134,
1966.

MILLER, R. E., Banks, J. H,, Jr., and Ocawa, N.:
Communication of affect in “cooperative condi-
tioning” of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 64:343-348, 1962.

MILLER, R. E., BaNKs, J. H., Jr, and Ocawa, N.:
The role of facial expression in ‘‘cooperative-

64

avoidance” conditioning in monkeys. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:24-30, 1963.

MILLER, R. E., and FiNoccHio, D. V.: The pet-
formance of rats in the acquired-drive apparatus in
the absence of fear. (Abstract) American Psy-
chology, 9:431, 1954.

MILLER, R. E., and MURPHY, J. V.: Discrimination
learning with vertical vs. horizontal stimulus rela-
tionships. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 49:80-83, 1956.

MiLLEr, R. E., and MURPHY, J. V.: Social interac-
tions of rhesus monkeys. II. Effects of social in-
teraction on the learning of discrimination tasks.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 49:207-211, 1956.

MiLLER, R. E., and MurPHY, J. V.: Social interac-
tions of rhesus monkeys. I. Food-getting domi-
nance as a dependent variable. Journal of Social
Psychology, 44:249-255, 1956.

MiLLer, R. E., and MurpHY, J. V.: Supplementary
report: The diminishing interval conditioning tech-
nique. [Journal of Experimental Psychology, 56:
456, 1958.

MILLER, R. E., and MURPHY, J. V.: Influence of the
spatial relationships between the cue, reward, and
response in discrimination learning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 67:120-213, 1964.

MiLLer, R. E., MurpHY, J. V., and FINOccHIO,
D. V.: A consideration of the object-quality dis-
crimination task as a dependent variable. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 48:
29-31, 1955.

MILLER, R. E., MURPHY, J. V., and MIRrsKY, I. A.:
The modification of social dominance in a group
of monkeys by interanimal conditioning. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 48:
392-396, 1955.

MILLER, R. E., MURPHY, ]. V., and MIrsKy, I. A.:
The persistent effect of chlorpromazine on the ex-
tinction of an avoidance response. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 78:526-530, 1957.

MiLLER, R. E., MURPHY, J. V,, and MIrsKy, I. A.:
The effect of chlorpromazine on fear-motivated be-
havior in rats. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 120:379-387, 1957.

MiLLER, R. E., MURPHY, J. V., and Mirsky, I. A.:
The relevance of facial expression and posture as
cues in the communication of affect in monkeys.
A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:480-
488, 1959.

MiLLER, R. E.,, MURPHY, J. V., and Mirsky, I. A.:
Non-verbal communication of affect. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 15:155-158, 1959.

MILLER, R. E., and Ocawa, N.: The effect of adre-
nocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) on avoidance
conditioning in the adrenalectomized rat. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
211-213, 1962.

Mirsky, I. A., MILLER, R. E., BANKS, J. H,, Jr., and
OGAwA, N.: The communication of affects. In:
Proceedings of the Third World Congress of Psy-
chiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, University of Mon-
treal/McGill University Press, 1961, p. 88-91.

Mirsky, I. A., MILLER, R. E., and MURPHY, J. V.:
The communication of affect in rhesus monkeys. I.
An experimental method. Journal of the Ameri-
can Psychoanalytic Association, 6:433-441, 1958.

Mirsky, I. A., MILLER, R., and STEIN, M.: Rela-
tion of adrenocortical activity and adaptive behav-
ior. Psychosomatic Medicine, 15:574-584, 1953.

MurpHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The effect of
spatial contiguity of cue and reward in the object-
quality learning of rhesus monkeys. American
Psychologist, 9:436, 1954.

MurpHy, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The effect of
adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) on avoid-
ance conditioning in the rat. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 48:47-49, 1955.

MurpHy, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The effect of
spatial contiguity of cue and reward in the object-
quality learning of rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 48:
221-224, 1955.

MurpHy, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The manipula-
tion of dominance in monkeys with conditioned
fear. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 53:244-248, 1956.

MurpHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: Spaced and
massed practice with a methodological considera-
tion of avoidance conditioning. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 52:77-81, 1956.

MurpHy, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The effect on
object-quality learning of doubling the number of
test periods per day. Journal of General Psychol-
0gy, 55:31-33, 1956.

MurpHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: Higher-order
conditioning in the monkey. [Journal of General
Psychology, 56:67-72, 1957.

MurpHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: A flexible gen-
eral test apparatus for the monkey. Journal of
General Psychology, 57:265-271, 1957.

MURPHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The effect of
spatial relationship between cue, reward, and re-
sponse in simple discrimination learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 56:26-31, 1958.

MurpHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: The effect of
intertrial responding on conditioning and extinc-
tion of avoidance behavior. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 56:256-261, 1958.

65

MurpHY, J. V., and MILLER, R. E.: Spatial conti-
guity of cue, reward, and response in discrimina-
tion learning by children. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 58:485-489, 1959.

MurpHY, J. V., MILLER, R. E., and BrowN, E.:
Secondary reinforcement and avoidance condition-
ing. Journal of General Psychology, 59:201-209,
1958.

MurpHY, J. V., MILLER, R. E., and FINOcCCHIO,
D. V.: Spontaneous recovery of an avoidance re-
sponse over an extended time interval in the mon-
key. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 89:119-125,
1956.

MurPpHY, J. V., MILLER, R. E., and Mirsky, I. A.:
Interanimal conditioning in the monkey. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 48:
211-214, 1955.

MH-489 (RO1) Skrrz, Puirip F. D.: Infantile ex-
perience and adult reaction to stress. Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Ind. (1952-55)

Serrz, P. F. D.: Infantile experience and adult be-
havior in animal subjects. II. Age of separation
from the mother and adult behavior in the cat.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 21:351-378, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-1187).

MH-493 (R01) ScHWARTZ, MORRIS S.: Social set-
ting and recovery in a mental hospital. Washing-
ton School of Psychiatry, Washington, D.C.
(1952-54)

SCHWARTZ, MORRIS S.: Social research in the men-
tal hospital. In: Rose, Arnold M., ed. Mental
health and mental disorder: A sociological ap-
proach. New York, Norton, 1955, p. 190-202.
(Also acknowledges MH-51).

ScHwaRTZ, M. S.: Contributions of social science to
the administrative process in the mental hospital.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 114:493-497,
1957.

SCHWARTZ, MORRIS S.: What is a therapeutic milieu?
In: Greenblatt, Milton, Levinson, Daniel J., and
Williams, Richard H. The patient and the men-
tal hospital. Glencoe, Ill, Free Press, 1957,
p. 130-144.

ScHwARTZ, M. S.: Patient demands in a mental
hospital context. Psychiatry, 20:249-261, 1957.

ScHWARTZ, MORRIs S.: Discussion of socio-psycho-
logical factors in psychiatric drug evaluation. In:
Cole, J. O., and Gerard, R. W., eds. Pharmacol-
ogy, problems in evaluation. Washington, D.C,
National Academy of Science, National Research
Council, 1959, p. 402-411.

ScHWARTZ, M. S.: Functions of the team in the
state mental hospital. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 30:100-102, 1960.
ScHWARTZ, M. S., and ScHWARTZ, C. G.: Problems
in participant observation. American [Journal of
Sociology, 60:343-353, 1955. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-51).

ScHWARTZ, M. S., and ScHwARTZ, C. G.: Consider-
ations in determining a model for the mental hos-
pital. American Journal of Psychiatry, 116:435-
437, 1959.

SCHWARTZ, MORRIS S., and SHOCKLEY, E. L.: The
nurse and the mental patient. New York, Rus-
sell Sage Foundation, 1956, 289 p.

ScHwARTZ, M. S., and WiLL, G. T.: Low morale
and mutual withdrawal on a mental hospital ward.
Psychiatry, 16:337-353, 1953.

MH-499 (R01) STEWART, DONALD D., and Cob-
DINGTON, JAMES W.: Outcome of hospitalization
in a state mental hospital. University of Arkan-
sas, Fayetteville, Ark. (1952-53)

ADLER, L. M.: The relationship of marital status to
incidence of recovery from mental illness. Social
Forces, 32:185-194, 1953.

ADLER, L. M.: Patients of a state mental hospital:
The outcome of their hospitalization. In: Rose,
A. M., ed. Mental health and mental disorder.
New York, Norton & Co., 1955, p. 501-523.

ADLER, L. M., CoDpDINGTON, J. W., and STEWART,
D. D.: Mental illness in Washington County,
Arkansas: Incidence, recovery, and posthospital
adjustment. University of Arkansas Institute of
Science and Technology, Fayetteville, 1952, 74 p.
(Research Series No. 23).

BackMaN, C. W., and STEwART, D. D.: Mortality
and mental illness in two Arkansas counties. Fay-
etteville, Ark., University of Arkansas, Institute
of Science and Technology, 1952, 58 p. (Proc-
essed) :

STEWART, D. D.: A note on mental illness in rural
Arkansas. Social Problems, 1:57-60, 1953.

STEWART, D. D.: Posthospital social adjustment of
former mental patients from two Arkansas coun-
ties. Southwestern Social Science Quarterly, 317-
323, 1955.

MH-503 (R01) THursTONE, L. L., and THUR-
STONE, THELMA GWINN: Studies of primary
mental abilities. University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N.C. (1952-55)

THURSTONE, L. L.: The differential growth of men-
tal abilities. Laboratory Report Number 14.
Chapel Hill, N.C., The Psychometric Laboratory,
University of North Carolina, 1955, 8 p.

THURSTONE, THELMA G., THURSTONE, L. L., and
STRANDSKOV, HERLUF H.: A psychological study
of twins. I. Distribution of absolute twin dif-
ferences for identical and fraternal twins. Labo-

66

ratory Report Number 4. Chapel Hill, N.C., The
Psychometric Laboratory, University of North
Carolina, 1953, 6 p.

THURSTONE, THELMA G., THURSTONE, L. L., and
STRANDSKOV, HERLUF H.: A psychological study
of twins. 2. Scores of 125 pairs of twins on
59 tests. Laboratory Report Number 12. Chapel
Hill, N.C, The Psychometric Laboratory, Univer-
sity of North Carolina, 1955, 29 p.

MH-504 (R01) Young, WiLLiaM C., and PHOE-
NIX, CHARLES H.: Endocrinological determinants
of behavior. University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kans. (1952-63)

ANTLIFF, H. R., and Young, W. C.: Behavioral
and tissue responses of male guinea pigs to estro-
gens and the problem of hormone specificity.
Endocrinology, 59(1):74-82, 1956.

ANTLIFF, H. R., and Young, W. C.: Internal secre-
tory capacity of the abdominal testis in the guinea
pig. Endocrinology, 61:121-127, 1957.

DiaMoND, M., and Young, W. C.: Differential re-
sponsiveness of pregnant and non-pregnant guinea
pigs to the masculinizing action of testosterone
propionate. Endocrinology, 72:429-438, 1963.

Forp, D. H., and Young, W. C.: Duration of the
first cyclic vaginal openings in maturing guinea
pigs and related ovarian conditions. Anatomical
Record, 115:495-503, 1953.

GERALL, A. A.: An attempt to induce precocious
sexual behavior in male guinea pigs by injections
of testosterone propionate. Endocrinology, 63:
280-284, 1958.

GERALL, A. A.: Effect of interruption of copulation
on male guinea pig sexual behavior. Psychologi-
cal Reports, 4:215-221, 1958.

GERALL, A. A.: An exploratory study of the effect
of social isolation variables on the sexual behavior
of male guinea pigs. Animal Behavior, 11(2/3):
274-282, 1963.

GERALL, A. A.: The effect of prenatal and post-
natal injections of testosterone propionate on pre-
puberal male guinea pig sexual behavior. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56
(1):92-95, 1963.

GERALL, A. A., and Berg, W. S.: Effect of novel
situation and modification in sexual drive on rate
of oxygen consumption in guinea pigs. Psycho-
logical Reports, 15:311-317, 1964.

Goy, R. W., BripsoN, W. E., and Young, W. C.:
Period of maximal susceptibility of the prenatal
guinea pig to masculinizing actions of testosterone

ropionate. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
Fogiral Psychology, 57:166-174, 1964.

Goy, R. W., Hoar, R. M., and Young, W. C.:
Length of gestation in the guinea pig with data
on the frequency and time of abortion and still-
birth. Anatomical Record, 128:747-757, 1957.

Goy, R. W., and JakwaAy, J. S.: The inheritance of
patterns of sexual behavior in female guinea pigs.
Animal Behavior, 7:142-149, 1959.

Goy, R. W,, and JakwAy, J. S.: Role of inheritance
in determination of sexual behavior patterns. In:
Bliss, E. L., ed. Roots of behavior. Genetics,
instinct, and socialization in animal behavior.
New York, Hoeber-Harper, 1962, p. 96-112.

Goy, R. W., and PHOENIX, C. H.: Hypothalamic
regulation of female sexual behavior; establish-
ment of behavioral oestrus in spayed guinea pigs
following hypothalamic lesions. Journal of Re-
production and Fertility, 5:23-40, 1963.

Goy, R. W., and Young, W. C.: Strain differences
in the behavioral responses of female guinea pigs
to alpha-estradiol benzoate and progesterone. Be-
haviour, 10:340-354, 1957.

Goy, R. W., and YouNG, W. C.: Somatic basis of
sexual behavior patterns in guinea pigs: Factors
involved in the determination of the character of
the soma in the female. Psychosomatic Medicine,
19:144-151, 1957

GrADY, KENNETH L., PHOENIX, CHARLES H., and
Young, WiLLiam C.: Role of the developing rat
testis in differentiation of the neural tissues medi-
ating mating behavior. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 59(2):176-182,
1965.

GRUNT, J. A.: Exogenous androgen and non-directed
hyperexcitability in castrated male guinea pigs.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 85:540-542, 1954.

GRUNT, J. A., and Young, W. C.: Consistency of
sexual behavior patterns in individual male guinea
pigs following castration and androgen therapy.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 46:138-144, 1953.

Hoar, R. M., Goy, R. W,, and Young, W. C.:
Loci of action of thyroid hormone on reproduction
in the female guinea pig. Endocrinology, 60:
337-346, 1957.

Hoar, R. M, and Young, W. C.: Respiratory
metabolism during pregnancy in the guinea pig.
American Journal of Physiology, 190:425-428,
1957.

Jakway, J. S.: The inheritance of patterns of mating
behaviour in the male guinea pig. Animal Be-
haviour, 7:150-162, 1959.

Jakway, J. S., and Young, W. C.: An inherited
spermatogenic hypoplasia in the guinea pig.
Fertility and Sterility, 9:533-544, 1958.

JarmoN, H., and GERALL, A.: The effect of food
deprivation upon the sexual performance of male

67

guinea pigs. [Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 54:306-309, 1961.

LapMAN, A. J., and YouNG, W. C.: An electron
microscopic study of the ductuli efferentes and
rete testis of the guinea pig. [Journal of Biophysi-
cal and Biochemical Cytology, 4(2):219-226,
1958.

PETERSON, R. R.: Comparison of the effects of ad-
ministration of propyl- and iodothiouracil to preg-
nant guinea pigs. University of Kansas Science
Bulletin, 37:269-275, 1955.

PETERSON, R. R., and Young, W. C.: Prolonged
cold, sex drive and metabolic responses in the
male guinea pig. American Journal of Physiol-
0gy, 180:535-538, 1955.

PHOENIX, C. H.: Hypothalamic regulation of sexual
behavior in male guinea pigs Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:72-77,
1961.

PHOENIX, C. H., Goy, R. W., GERALL, A. A., and
Young, W. C.: Organizing action of prenatally
administered testosterone propionate on the tissues
mediating mating behavior in the female guinea
pig. Endocrinology, 65:369-382, 1959.

Riss, W.: Sex drive, oxygen consumption and heart
rate in genetically different strains of male guinea
pigs. American Journal of Physiology, 180(3):
530-534, 1955.

Riss, W., and Goy, R. W.: Modification of sex
drive and O, consumption by isolating and group-
ing male guinea pigs. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50:150-154, 1957.

Riss, W., VALENSTEIN, E. S., SINKS, J., and YOUNG,
W. C.: Development of sexual behavior in male
guinea pigs from genetically different stocks un-
der controlled conditions of androgen treatment
and caging. Endocrinology, 57:139-146, 1955.

Riss, W., and Young, W. C.: The failure of large
quantities of testosterone propionate to activate
low drive male guinea pigs. Endocrinology, 54
(2) :232-235, 1954.

VALENSTEIN, E. S., and Goy, R. W.: Further
studies of the organization and display of sexual
behavior in male guinea pigs. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 50(2):
115-119, 1957.

VALENSTEIN, E. S., Riss, W., and Young, W. C.:
Sex drive in genetically heterogeneous and highly
inbred strains of male guinea pigs. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47:
162-165, 1954.

VALENSTEIN, E. S., Riss, W., and Young, W. C.:
Experiential and genetic factors in the organiza-
tion of sexual behavior in male guinea pigs.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 48(5) :379-403, 1955.
VALENSTEIN, E. S.) and Young, W. C.: An ex-
periental factor influencing the effectiveness of
testosterone propionate in eliciting sexual behav-
ior in male guinea pigs. Endocrinology, 56(2):
173-177, 1955.

Young, W. C.: Genetic and psychological determi-
nants of sexual behavior patterns. In: Hoagland,
Hudson, ed. Hormones, brain function, and be-
havior. New York, Academic, 1957, p. 75-98.

Young, W. C.: A hormonal action participating in
the patterning of sexual behavior prenatally in
the guinea pig. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent
advances in biological psychiatry. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 200-209.

Young, W. C.: The mammalian ovary. In:
Young, W. C., ed. Sex and internal secretions.
3rd ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1961,
p. 449-496.

Young, W. C.: The hormones and mating behav-
ior. In: Young, W. C., ed. Sex and internal
secretions. 3rd ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wil-
kins, 1961, p. 1173-1239.

Young, W. C.: Patterning of sexual behavior. In:
Bliss, E. L., ed. Roots of behavior. Genetics,
instinct, and socialization in animal behavior.
New York, Hoeber-Harper, 1962, p. 115-122.

Young, W. C.: Patterning of sexual behaviour in
the guinea pig. Canadian Psychiatric Association
Journal, 8:36-40, 1963.

Young, W. C.: The hormones and behavior. In:
Florkin, M., and Mason, H. S., eds. Compara-
tive biochemistry. Vol. 7. New York, Academic
Press, 1964, p. 203-251.

Young, W. C.,, Goy, R. W., and PHOENIX, C. H.:
The hormones and sexual behavior. Broad rela-
tionships exist between the gonadal hormones and
behavior. Science, 143(3603):212-218, 1964.

MH-509 (R01) Cranswick, Epwarp H.: Thyro-
tropic responsivity in schizophrenia. Clark Uni-
versity, Worcester, Mass. (1952-54)

CRrRANSWICK, EDWARD H.: Tracer iodine studies on
thyroid activity and thyroid responsiveness in
schizophrenia. American [Journal of Psychiatry,
112:170-178, 1955.

MH-513 (R01) ABERLE, DaviDp F.: Factors related
to the use of peyote drugs. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. (Continued from
MH-463).

ABERLE, D. F.: The prophet dance and reactions to
white contact. Southwestern Journal of Anthro-
pology, 15:74-83, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-463 and MH-2135).

ABERLE, Davi F., and STEWART, OMER, C.:
Navaho and Ute peyotism: A chronological and

68

distributional study. Boulder, Colorado, Univer-
sity of Colorado, 1957, 129 p.

DittMAN, ALLEN T. and MOORE, HARVEY C.:
Disturbance in dreams as related to peyotism
among the Navaho. American Anthropologist,
59:642-649, 1957.

MH-515 (R01) LEIGHTON, ALEXANDER H., and
RENNIE, THOoMAs A. C.: Yorkville Community
Mental Health Project. Cornell University, New
York, N.Y. (1952-58)

Heiss, JEROLD: Premarital characteristics of the re-
ligiously intermarried in an urban area. Ameri
can Sociological Review, 25:47-55, 1960.

LANGNER, THOMAS S.: Environmental stress, degree
of psychiatric impairment and type of mental dis-
turbance. Psychoanalysis and the Psychoanalytic
Review, 47(4) :3-16, 1960-1961.

LANGNER, THoMAs S.: Environmental stress and
mental health. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J,

eds. Comparative epidemiology of the mental
disorders. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961,
p- 32-44.

LANGNER, THOMAS S.: A twenty-two item screening
score of psychiatric symptoms indicating impair-
ment. Journal of Health and Human Behavior,
3(4):269-276, 1962.

LANGNER, THOMAS S.: Broken homes and mental
disorder. Public Health Reports, 78(11):921-
926, 1963.

LANGNER, THOMAS S., and MICHAEL, STANLEY T.:
Life stress and mental health: The Midtown
Manhattan Study. Vol. 2. Thomas A. C. Ren-
nie Series in Social Psychiatry. New York, Free
Press of Glencoe, 1963, 515 p.

MicHAEL, STANLEY T.: Social attitudes, socioeco-
nomic status and psychiatric symptoms. Acta
Psychiatrica et Neurologica Scandinavica, 35:509-
517, 1960.

MicHAEL, STANLEY T.: Neurotic symptoms in an
urban population. In: Neuroses. Vol. 1. Janota,
O., and Wolf, E., eds. Congressus Psychiatricus
Bohemoslovenicus cum Participatione Internatio-
nali, 1959. Praha, Statni Zdravotnike Nakl., 1961,
p. 163-169.

MicHAEL, STANLEY T., and LANGNER, THOMAS S.:
Social mobility and psychiatric symptoms. Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, Monograph Supple-
ment, 24(4):128-132, 1963.

Moore, M. E., STUNKARD, A., and SROLE, L.:
Obesity, social class, and mental illness. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 181:962-
966, 1962.

OPLER, MARVIN K.: Cultural perspectives in mental

health research. American Journal of Orthopsy-
chiatry, 24(1):51-59, 1955.
OpPLER, MARVIN K.: Contrasting patterns of fantasy
and motility in Irish and Italian schizophrenics.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 53
(1):43-47, 1956.

OpLER, MARVIN K.: Epidemiological studies of
mental illness. In: Rioch, D. M., ed. Sympo-
sium on preventive and social psychiatry. Wash-
ington, D.C, Walter Reed Army Institute of
Research, 1957, p. 111-147.

OPLER, MARVIN K.: Dilemmas of two Puerto Rican
men. In: Seward G., ed. Clinical studies in cul-
ture conflict. New York, Ronald Press, 1958,
p. 223-224.

OPLER, MARVIN K., and SINGER, JEROME L.: Cul-
tural anthropology and social psychiatry. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 113(4):302-311, 1956.

OPLER, MARVIN K., and SINGER, JEROME L.: Eth-
nic differences in behavior and psychopathology.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 2(1):
11-22, 1956.

RENNIE, THOMAS A. C.: The Yorkville community
mental health study. In: Interrelations between
the social environment and psychiatric disorders.
Papers presented at 1952 annual conference of the
Milbank Memorial Fund. New York, Milbank
Memorial Fund, 1953, p. 209-221.

RENNIE, THOMAS A. C.: Social psychiatry—a defi-
nition. International Journal of Social Psychiatry,
1(1):5-13, 1955

RENNIE, THoMAs A. C., and SROLE, LEO: Social
class prevalence and distribution of psychosomatic
conditions in an urban population. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 18(6):449-456, 1956.

RENNIE, THOMAS A. C., SROLE, LEO, OPLER, MAR-
viN K., and LANGNER, THOMAS S.: Urban life
and mental health. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 113(9) :813-837, 1957.

SrROLE, LEO: Social integration and certain corol-
laries: An exploratory study. American Sociologi-
cal Review, 21:709-716, 1956.

SROLE, LEO, LANGNER, THOMAS S., MICHAEL,
STANLEY T., OPLER, MARVIN K., and RENNIE,
THoMAs A. C.: Mental health in the metropolis:
The midtown Manhattan study. Vol. 1. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1962, 428 p.

MH-516 (R01) BorpiN, Epwarp S., CUTLER,
RicHARD L., DITTMANN, ALLEN T. and RAUSH,
HaroLD L.: Analyses of psychotherapeutic inter-
action. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich. (1952-61)

BorpIN, EDWARD S.: Ambiguity as a therapeutic
variable. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 19
(1):9-15, 1955

BorpIN, EDWARD S.: The implications of client ex-

pectations for the counseling process. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 2(1):17-21, 1955.

69

BorpiN, E. S.: Free association: An experimental
analogue of the psychoanalytic situation. In:
Gottschalk, L. A., and Auerbach, A. H., eds.
Methods of research in psychotherapy. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1964.

BorpIN, E. S., CUTLER, R. L., DITTMANN, ALLEN T.,
HarwaAy, N. I, RausH, H. L., and RIGLER, D.:
Measurement problems in process research on psy-
chotherapy. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
18(2):79-82, 1954.

CUTLER, RICHARD L.: Countertransference effects in
psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
22(5) :349-356, 1958.

CUTLER, RicHARD L., BOrDIN, EDWARD S., WIL-
LIAMS, JOAN, and RIGLER, DAvID: Psychoanalysis
as expert observers of the therapy process. Jour-
nal of Consulting Psychology, 22(5):335-340,
1958.

DIBNER, ANDREW S.: Ambiguity and anxiety. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56(2):
165-174, 1958.

HArRwAYy, NORMAN I., DiTTMANN, ALLEN T.,
RausH, HAROLD L., BOrDIN, EDWARD S., and RIG-
LER, DAviD: The measurement of depth of inter-
pretation. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
19(4) :247-253, 1955.

LICHTENSTEIN, EpwaRD: Cognitive controls and
free-association behavior. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 73(1):117-123, 1965.

RausH, H. L., and BorbiN, E. S.: Warmth in per-
sonality development and in psychotherapy. Psy-
chiatry, 20(4) :351-363, 1957.

RausH, H. L., SPERBER, Z., RIGLER, D., WILLIAMS,
J., HARwaAY, N. I, BorpIN, E. S., DiTT™MAN, A. T.,
and Hays, W. L.: A dimensional analysis of depth
of interpretation. Journal of Consulting Psychol
ogy, 20(1) :43-48, 1956.

TOWNSEND, ALAN H.: An empirical measure of
ambiguity in the context of psychotherapy. Papers
of the Michigan Academy of Science, Arts, and
Letters, 41:349-355, 1956.

MH-522 (RO1) Scott, JoHN P.: Effect of age and
strain on early behavior patterns. Roscoe B. Jack-
son Memorial Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me.
(1952-54)

Ross, S., FisHER, A. E., and KING, D.: Sucking be-
havior: A review of the literature. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 91:63-81, 1957.

Ross, SHERMAN, Scott, J. P., CHERNER, MARIA,
and DENENBERG, Victor H.: Effects of restraint
and isolation on yelping in puppies. Animal Be-
havior, 8:1-5, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
123).

Scott, J. P., Ross, S., FIsHER, A. E., and KiNG, D.:
The effects of early enforced weaning on sucking
behavior of puppies. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
ogy, 95:261-281, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-123).

MH-528 (R01) Luft, JosepH: Study of adjust-
ment patterns in families. Stanford University,
Stanford, Calif. (1952-53)

LuFT, JosepH: Psychological control patterns within
families. (Abstract) Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 21:3, 1957.

MARTIN, B.: Intolerance of ambiguity in interper-
sonal and perceptual behavior. Journal of Per-
sonality, 22 (4) :494-503, 1954.

MH-530 (R01) Davis, Roger T., Opol, HIROSHI:
Behavioral and histopathological effects of radia-
tion. State University of South Dakota, Vermil-
lion, S.D. (1952-58)

CHo, J. B,, and Davis, R. T.: Preferences of mon-
keys for objects other than food. American Jour-
nal of Psychology, 70:87-91, 1957.

Davis, R. T.: The performance of monkeys on dis-
crimination problems with reduced stimulus cues.
Proceedings of the South Dakota Academy of Sci-
ence, 33:116-122, 1954.

Davis, R. T.: Discriminative performance of mon-
keys irradiated with X-rays. American Journal of
Psychology, 74:86-89, 1961.

Davis, R. T., and McDowELL, A. A.: Manipulation
of a G-unit mechanical puzzle by monkeys under
spaced practice. Proceedings of the South Da-
kota Academy of Science, 32:143-146, 1953.

Davis, R. T., and McDowekLL, A. A.: Performance
of monkeys on randomly presented string prob-
lems. Proceedings of the South Dakota Academy
of Science, 32:147-152, 1953.

Davis, R. T., McDoweLL, A. A., DETER, C. W.,
and STEELE, C. W.: Performance of rhesus mon-
keys on selected laboratory tasks presented before
and after a large single dose of whole-body X-
radiation. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog-
ical Psychology, 49:20-26, 1956.

Davis, R. T., McDowELL, A. A., GRODSKY, M. A.,
and STEELE, J. P.: The performance of X-ray ir-
radiated and honirradiated rhesus monkeys before,
during, and following chronic barbiturate sedation.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 93:37-51, 1958.

Davis, R. T. McDowkLL, A. A., and NISSEN,
H. W.: Solution of bent wire problems by mon-
keys and chimpanzees. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50:441-444, 1957.

Davis, R. T., McDowEeLL, A. A., and THORSON,
N.: Four-trial object-quality discrimination learn-
ing by monkeys. Proceedings of the South Da-
kota Academy of Science, 32:132-142, 1953.

70

Davis, R. T., and STEELE, J. P.: Performance selec-
tion through radiation death in rhesus monkeys.
Journal of Psychology, 56:119-136, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2264).

HEmMsTRA, N. W., Davis, R. T., and STEELE, J. P.:
Effects of various food deprivation schedules on
the discrimination learning performance of mon-
keys irradiated with X-ray irradiation. Journal of
Psychology, 44:271-281, 1957.

HEeiMsTRA, N. W., and Opoi, H.: Position discrimi-
nation learning with food and non-food reward by
monkeys. Proceedings of the South Dakota Acad-
emy of Science, 35:215-219, 1956.

McDoweLL, A. A., and Davis, R. T.: A quantita-
tive analysis of the chewing performance of rhesus
monkeys. Proceedings of the South Dakota Acad-
emy of Science, 33:123-127, 1954.

McDowekLL, A. A., Davis, R. T., and STEELE, J. P.:
Application of systematic direct observational meth-
ods to analysis of the radiation syndrome in mon-
keys. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 6:117-130,
1956.

MassaARr, R. S., and Davis, R. T.: The formation of
a temporal-sequence learning set by monkeys.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 52:225-227, 1959.

Opor, H.: Analysis of the factors involved in oddity
performance of monkeys. Proceedings of the
South Dakota Academy of Sciences, 35:220-224,
1956.

MH-532 (R01) FraNK, JEROME D.: Evaluation of
group and individual psychotherapy. Johns Hop-
kins University, Baltimore, Md. (1952-56)

FRANK, J. D.: The dynamics of the Joychotherapeutic
relationship: Determinants and effects of the thera-
Psychiatry, 22(1):17-39, 1959.

FRANK, JEROME D.: Persuasion and healing. Balti-
more, Johns Hopkins Press, 1961, 282 p.

pists influence.

Frank, J. D., GLIEDMAN, L. H., IMBER, S. D,
NasH, E. H., and STONE, A. R.: Why patients
leave psychotherapy. A. M. A. Archives of Neu-
rology and Psychiatry, 77:283-299, 1957.

FraNK, J. D., GLIEDMAN, M. D., IMBER, S. D,,
STONE, A. R., and NasH, E. H.: Patients’ expec-
tancies and relearning as factors determining im-
provement in psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 115(11) :961-968, 1959.

GLIEDMAN, L. H., NasH, E. H., Jr., IMBER, S. D,,
STONE, A. R., and FRANK, J. D.: Reduction of
symptoms by pharmacologically inert substances
and by short-term psychotherapy. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:345-351, 1958.

GLIEDMAN, L. H., StoNE, A. R., FraNK, J. D,
NasH, E., and IMBER, S. D.: Incentives for treat-
ment related to remaining or improving in psycho-
therapy. American Journal of Psychotherapy,
11(3):589-598, 1957.

IMBER, S. D., FRANK, J. D., GLIEDMAN, L. H.,
Nash, E. H., and STONE, A. R.: Suggestibility,
social calss and the acceptance of psychotherapy.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12(4):341-344,
1956.

IMBER, S. D., FRANK, J. D., NasH, E. H., STONE,
A. R,, and GLIEDMAN, L. H.: Improvement and
amount of therapeutic contact: An alternative to
the use of no-treatment controls in psychotherapy.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21 (4) :309-315,
1957. :

IMBER, S. D., NasH, E. H., and STONE, A. R.: So-
cial class and duration of psychotherapy. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 11(3):281-284, 1955.

KEeLMAN, HERBERT C., and PARLOFF, MORRIS B.:
Interrelations among three criteria of improvement
in group therapy: Comfort, effectiveness, and self-
awareness. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 54:281-288, 1957.

Nash, E. H., FRANK, J. D., GLIEDMAN, L. H., IM-
BER, S. D., and STONE, A. R.: Some factors re-
lated to patients’ remaining in group psychother-
apy. International Journal of Group Psychother-
apy, 7(3) :264-274, 1957.

PARLOFF, M. B., KELMAN, H. C,, and FRANK, J. D.:
Comfort, effectiveness, and self-awareness as cri-
teria of improvement in psychotherapy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 3(5):343-351, 1954.

ROSENTHAL, D., FRANK, J. D., and Nash, E. H.:
The self-righteous moralist in early meetings of
therapeutic groups. Psychiatry, 17(3):215-233,
1954.

MH-534 (R01) RUESCH, JURGEN: Problems of com-
munication in mentally ill patients. University of
California, San Francisco, Calif. (1952-59)

BLOCK, J.: The assessment of communication: Role
variations as a function of interactional context.
Journal of Personality, 21:272-286, 1952.

Brock, J., and BENNETT, L.: The assessment of
communication: Perception and transmission as a
function of the social situation. Human Relations,
8:317-325, 1955.

Kavris, B. L., and BENNETT, L. F.: The assessment
of communication: The relation of clinical im-
rovement to measured changes in communicative
ehavior. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21:
10-14, 1957.

RuUEscH, J.: Transference reformulated. Acta Psy-
chotherapeutica, Psychosomatica et Orthopaedogo-
gica, 3:596-605, 1955.

RuUEscH, J.: Psychotherapy and communication. In:
Fromm-Reichmann, F., and Moreno, J. L., eds.

71

Progress in psychotherapy. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1956, p. 180-187.

RuEscH, J.: Creation of a multidisciplinary team.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 18:105-112, 1956.

RUESCH, ].: The observer and the observed: Human
communication theory. System of relationships
relevant in a unified theory of behavior. Analy-
sis of various types of boundaries. In: Grinker,
Roy R., ed. Toward a unified theory of human
behavior. New York, Basic Books, 1956, p. 36-
54; 303-304; 340-361.

Ruksch, J.: The trouble with psychiatric research.
Archives of Neurology and Psichiatry, 77:93-107,
1957.

RugescH, J.: Principles of human communication.
Dialectica, 11:154-165, 1957.

RuEkscH, J.: Disturbed communication. New York,
Norton, 1957, 337 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
37).

RuescH, J.: The tangential response. In: Hoch,
P. H., and Zubin, J., eds. Psychopathology of
communication. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1958, p. 37-48.

Ruksch, J.: Communication difficulties among psy- -
chiatrists. American Journal of Psychotherapy,
10:432-447, 1956. Also in: Masserman, J. H.,
ed. Science and psychoanalysis. Vol. 1. Integra-
tive studies. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1958,
p. 85-100.

RUESCH, ].: Nonverbal language and therapy. Psy-
chiatry, 18:323-330, 1955. Also in: McGowan,
F., and Schmidt, L. D., eds. Counseling: Readings
in theory and practice. New York, Holt, Rine-
hart & Winston, 1962, p. 485-493.

RUEscH, J., BLock, ]., and BENNETT, L.: The as-
sessment of communication. I. A method for the
analysis of social interaction. Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 35:59-80, 1953.

RUEscH, J., and Kegs, W.: Nonverbal communica-
tion. Berkeley, University of California Press,
1956, 205 p.

MH-543 (R01) Hess, ROBERT D., ABEGGLEN,
James, HANDEL, GERALD: Parental influences on
the child’s personality. Chicago, University of
Chicago, Ill. (1952-57)

HANDEL, GERALD: Psychological study of whole
families. Psychological Bulletin, 63(1):19-41,
1965.

Hess, RoBERT D.: Changing patterns of family life.
In: Civic leadership in the sixties. Vol. 6. Chi-
cago, National Safety Council, 1959.

Hess, ROBERT D., and HANDEL, GERALD: Patterns
of aggression in parents and their children. Jour-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 89:199-212, 1956.
Hess, RoBerT D., and HANDEL, GERALD: Family
worlds: A psychosocial approach to family life.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1959.

Hess, ROBERT D., and HANDEL, GERALD: The fam-
ily as an emotional organization. Marriage and
Family Living, 18(2) :99-101, 1956.

MH-544 (R01) PoLANsKY, NORMAN A., KOUNIN,
Jaco S.: Emotion and attitude in the interview
situation. Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich.
(1952-55)

KouniN, J., PoLaNskY, N., BiopLE, B., COBURN,
H., and FENN, A.: Experimental studies of clients’
reactions to initial interviews. Human Relations,
9(3):265.293, 1956.

PoLaNsky, N. A., and KouNIN, J. S.: Clients’ reac-

tions to initial interviews: A field study. Human
Relations, 9(3) :237-264, 1955.
THomas, EpwiN, PoLANSKY, NORMAN, and

KounNiIN, Jaco: The expected behavior of a po-
tentially helpful person. Human Relations, 8(2):
165-174, 1955.

MH-545 (R01) PrisrAM, KARL H., STAMM, JOHN:
Neural mechanisms in behavior. Institute of Liv-
ing, Hartford, Conn.. (1952-60) (Continued as
MH-3732).

BaGsHAW, MURIEL H., and PriBrRaM, K. H.: Corti-
cal organization in gustation (Macaca Mulatta).
Journal of Neurophysiology, 16:399-508, 1953.

Chow, K. L., and PrisraM, K. H.: Cortical projec-
tion of the thalamic ventrolateral nuclear group in
monkeys. Journal of Comparative Neurology,
104:37-75, 1956.

FULLER, J. L., RosvoLp, H. E., and PriBraM, K. H.:
The effect on affective and cognitive behavior in
the dog of lesions of the pyriform-amygdala-hip-
pocampal complex. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 50:89-96, 1957.

Kaus, L. I., PriBRAM, K. H., and KRUGER, L.: Ac-
tion potentials in “motor” cortex evoked by pe-
ripheral nerve stimulation. Journal of Neurophysi-
ology, 16:161-167, 1953

KimsLE, D. P.,, and PriBrAM, K. H.: Hippocampec-
tomy and behavior sequences. Science, 139:824-
825, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).

KRAFT, MARCIA, OBRIST, W. D., and PRIBRAM,
K. H.: The effect of irritative lesions of the stri-
ate cortex on learning of visual discrimination in
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 53:17-22, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3732).

MACLEAN, P. D., and PriBrRaM, K. H.: Neurono-
graphic analysis of medial and basal cerebral cor-
tex. Journal of Neurophysiology, 16:312-323,
1953.

72

MILLER, G. A., GALANTER, E., and PriBraM, K. H.:
Plans and the structure of behavior. New York,
Henry Holt & Co., 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-3732).

Mirsky, A. J., Rosvorp, H. E., and PriBraM, K. H.:
Effects of cingulectomy on social behavior in mon-
keys. Journal of Neurophysiology, 20:588-601,
1957.

MisHKIN, M., and PriBrRAM, K. H.: Visual discrimi-
nation performance following partial ablations of
the temporal lobe: I. Ventral vs. lateral. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47:
14-20, 1954.

MisHKIN, M., and PriBrAM, K. H.: Analysis of the
effects of frontal lesions in monkeys: I. Variations
of delayed alternation. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 48:492-495, 1955.

MisHKIN, M., and PriBRAM, K. H.: Analysis of the
effects of frontal lesions in monkey: II. Variations
of delayed response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 49:36-40, 1956.

MisHKIN, M., RosvoLa, H. E., and PriBraM, K. H.:
Effects of Nembutal in baboons with frontal le-
sions. Journal of Neurophysiology, 16:155-159,
1953.

PriBraM, K. H.: Toward a science of neuropsychol-
ogy (method and data). In: Current trends in
peychology and the behavioral sciences. Pitts-

urgh, University of Pittsburgh Press, 1954, p.
115-142.

PriBraM, K. H.: Concerning three rhinencephalic
systems. In: Shwab, Robert S., ed. The rhinen-
cephalon (symposium).  Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 6:708-809, 1954.

PriBrRAM, K. H.: Lesions of “frontal eye fields” and
delayed response of baboons. Journal of Neuro-
physiology, 18:105-112, 1955.

PriBraM, K. H.: Comparative neurology and the
evolution of behavior. In: Behavior and evolu-
tion. New Haven, Yale University Press, 1958,
p. 140-164.

PriBraM, K. H.: Neocortical function in behavior.
In: Biological and biochemical bases of behavior.
Madison, University of Wisconsin Press, 1958, p.
151-172.

PriBraM, K. H.: On the neurology of thinking. Be-
havioral Science, 4:265-287, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3732).

PriBraM, K. H.: Neuropsychology in America. In:
The Voice of America Forum Lectures, Behavioral
Science Series 9. Washington, D.C., U.S. Infor-
mation Agency, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
3732).

PriBrAM, K. H.: A review of theory in physiological
psychology. In: Annual review of psychology.
Vol. 11. Palo Alto, Calif., Annual Reviews, 1960,
p- 1-40. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).

PriBrAM, K. H.: The intrinsic systems of the fore-
brain: An alternative to the concept of cortical as-
sociation areas. In: Handbook of physiology, neu-
ropsychology. Vol. 2. Washington, D.C,
American Physiological Society, 1960, p. 1323-
1344. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).

PriBrRAM, K. H.: A further experimental analysis of
the behavioral deficit that follows injury to the
primate frontal cortex. Experimental Neurology,
3:432-466, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
3732).

PriBraM, K. H.: Regional physiology of CNS: The
search for the engram—decade of decision. In:
Speigel, E., ed. Progress in neurology and psychi-
atry. Vol. 16. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1961, p. 45-57. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).

PriBraM, K. H., and BAGSHAW, MURIEL: Further
analysis of the temporal lobe syndrome utilizing
fronto-temporal ablations. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 99:347-375, 1953.

PriBraM, K. H., CHow, K. L. and SEMMEs,
JosEPHINE: Limit and organization of the cortical
projection from the medial thalamic nucleus in
monkeys. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 95:
433-448, 1953.

PriBraM, K. H., and FuLTtON, J. F.: An experi-
mental critique of the effects of anterior cingulate
ablations in monkeys. Brain, 77:34-44, 1954.

PriBrRAM, K. H., GARDNER, K. W. PRESSMAN,
G. L., and BAGSHAW, MURIEL. An automated
discrimination apparatus for discrete trial analy-
sis (DADTA). Psychological Reports, 11:247-
250, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).

PriBrAM, K. H., GARDNER, K. W., PRESSMAN,
G. L., and BAGSHAW, MURIEL: Automated analy-
sis of multiple choice behavior. Journal of Ex-
perimental Animal Behavior, 6:123-124, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3732).

PriBrRAM, K. H., and KRUGER, L.: Functions of the
“olfactory” brain. Annals of the New York
Academy of Science, 58:109-138, 1954.

PriBraM, K. H., KRrRUGER, L., RoBINSON, F., and
BERMAN, A. J.: The effects of precentral lesions
on the behavior of monkeys. Yale Journal of
Biology and Medicine, 28:428-443, 1955-1956.

PriBrRAM, K. H., and MACLEAN, P. D.: Neurono-
graphic analysis of medial and basal cerebral cor-
tex: II. Monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology,
16:324-340, 1953.

PriBraM, K. H., and MisHKIN, M.: Simultaneous
and successive visual discrimination by monkeys
with inferotemporal lesions. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 48:198-
202, 1955.

73

PriBraM, K. H., and MISHKIN, M.: Analysis of the
effects of frontal lesions in monkeys: III. Object
alternation. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 49:41-45, 1956.

PriBrAM, K. H., MisHKIN, M., Rosvorp, H. E.
and KAPLAN, S. J.: Effects on delayed-response
performance of lesions of dorsolateral and ven-
tromedial frontal cortex of baboons. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 45:
565-575, 1952.

PriBrRAM, K. H., ROSNER, B. S., and ROSENBLITH,
W. A.: Electrical responses to acoustic clicks in
monkey: Extent of neocortex activated. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 17:336-344, 1954.

PriBRAM, K. H., and WEISKRANTZ, L.: A compari-
son of the effects of medial and lateral cerebral
resections on conditioned avoidance behavior of
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 50:74-80, 1957.

PriBrRaM, K. H., WiLsoN, W. A., and CONNORS,
JANE: Effects of lesions of the medial forebrain
on alternation behavior of rhesus monkeys. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 6:36-47, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-3732).

Rosvorp, H. E., Mirsky, A. F., and PRIBRAM,
K. H.: Influence of amygdalectomy on social be-
havior in monkeys. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 47:173-178, 1954.

ScHWARTZBAUM, J. S., and PriBRAM, K. H.: The
effects of amydgalectomy in monkeys on transpo-
sition along a brightness continuum. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
396-399, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).

SHERER, GEORGIA, and PriBRAM, K. H.: Serial
frozen section of whole brain. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:209-210, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-3732).

Stamm, J. S., and PriBrAM, K. H.: Effects of epi-
leptogenic lesions in frontal cortex on learning
and retention in monkeys. Journal of Neuro-
physiology, 23:552-563, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3732).

Stamm, J. S., and PriBRAM, K. H.: Effects of epi-
leptogenic lesions in inferotemporal cortex on
learning and retention in monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
614-618, 1961.

WEISKRANTZ, L., and WiLsoN, W. A.: The effects
of reserpine on emotional behavior of normal and
brain-operated monkeys. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 61:36-55, 1955.

WiLsoN, MARTHA, STAMM, J. S., and PRIBRAM,
K. H.: Deficits in roughness discrimination after
posterior parietal lesions in monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
535-539, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-3732).
MH-550 (R01) Gump, PauL V., and REDL, FRITZ:
Effect of activity programs on behavior of chil-
dren. Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich.
(1952-55)

Gump, P. V.,, and KouUNIN, J. S.: Issues raised by
ecological and classical research efforts. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
6:145-152, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1066).

Gump, P. V., and MEI, YUEN-HUNG: Active games
for physically handicapped children. Physical
Therapy Review, 34(4):171-174, 1954.

Gump, PauL V., and ScHOGGEN, P. H.: Wally
O'Neill at camp: A day-long specimen of behav-
ior. Detroit, Wayne University, 1955, 379 p.
(Processed).

Gump, PAUL V., SCHOGGEN, P., and REpL, F.: The
camp milieu and its immediate effects. Journal
of Social Issues, 13(1):40-46, 1957.

Gump, PAUL V., SCHOGGEN, P., and REepL, F.: The
behavior of the same child in different milieus.
In: Barker, R., ed. The stream of behavior. New
York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 169-202.

Gump, PAuL V., and SUTTON-SMITH, B.: Activity-
setting and social interaction. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 25:755-760, 1955.

Gump, PauL V., and SurTON-SMITH, B.: The it
role in children’s games. Group, 17:3-8, 1955.

SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN, and GUMP, P. V.: Games
and status experience. Recreation, 48(4):172-
174, 1955.

MH-560 (R01) ULETT, GEORGE A.: Convulsive-
subconvulsive photic stimulatory therapy. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1952-54)

Lame, W. A., ULerT, G. A., MASTERS, W. H., and
RoBINsON, D. W.: Premenstrual tension: EEG,
hormonal, and psychiatric evaluation. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 109:840-848, 1953.

LAWLER, A., WINOKUR, G., GLESER, G., and
ULETT, G. A.: The use of a control population
in neuropsychiatric research: (Psychiatric, psycho-
logical and EEG evaluation of a heterogeneous
sample). American Journal of Psychiatry, 3:248-
262, 1954.

ULETT, GEORGE A.: Photically-activated electroen-
cephalogram: Research tool in psychiatry. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 15(1):66-83, 1953.

ULETT, GEORGE A.: Experience with photic stimu-
lation in psychiatric research. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 114(2):127-133, 1957.

ULert, G. A, GLESER, G. C, CALDWELL, B. M,,
and SmitH, K.: The use of matched groups in the
evaluation of convulsive and subconvulsive photo-
shock. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 18:138-
146, 1954.

74

ULerT, G. A, SMITH, K., and GLESER, G.: Evalua-
tion of convulsive and sub-convulsive shock thera-
pies utilizing a control group. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 112:795-802, 1956.

MH-563 (R01) SATTER, GEORGE A., GARRISON,
MoRTIMER, HEISER, KARL F., and RIGGS, MAR-
GARET M.: Intellectual development in retarded
children. Training School at Vineland, Vineland,
N.J. (1953-56)

GARRIZON, M.: A comparison of psychological meas-
ures in mentally retarded boys over a three-year
period as a function of etiology. Training School
Bulletin, Vineland, N.J., 55:54-60, 1958.

SATTER, G., and McGEE, E.: Retarded adults who
have developed beyond expectation. I. Intellec-
tual functions. Training School Bulletin, Vine-
land, N.J., 51:43-55, 1954.

MH-564 (R01) MiLLER, DANIEL R., and SwAN-
soN, Guy E.: Origins of defense mechanisms.

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
(1952-55)
MiLLER, D. R.: Inner conflict and defense. New

York, Holt, 1960, 452 p.

MILLER, D. R., and SwANsON, G. E.: The changing
American parent. New York: Wiley, 1953.

MH-575 (RO1) SARBIN, THEODORE R.: Intraper-
sonal factors in juvenile delinquency. University
of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1952-58)

BAKER, BELE, and SarBIN, T. R.: Differential me-
diation of social perception as a correlate of social
adjustment. Sociometry, 19:69-83, 1956.

Jones, D. S., LivsoN, N., and SArBIN, T. R.: Per-
ceptual completion behavior in juvenile delin-
quents. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 5:141-146,
1955.

SArBIN, T. R. and BAKER, BELA: Psychological
predisposition and/or subcultural participation.
Sociometry, 20:161-164, 1957.

SARBIN, THEODORE R., and JoNEs, DONALD S.:
Intra-personal factors in delinquency: A prelimi-
nary report. Nervous Child, 11:23-27, 1955.

MH-576 (R01) RICHTER, CURT P.: Behavior, me-
tabolism and mood cycles. Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, Baltimore, Md. (1952- )

BAKER, S. P.: Anuria produced by alpha-naphthyl
thiourea. American Journal of Physiology, 179:
457-461, 1954.

Karri, P. C.: Influence de la gestation et de la lac-
tation sur le compartment du Rat blanc vis-a-vis
de la Souris Blanche adults. Comptes rendus des
séances de la Société de Biologie, 149:2245, 1955.
KarL, P. C.: Social reactions of pregnant and lacta-
tion rats. In: Gestation—Transactions of the
Second Conference, March 8-10, 1955, Princeton,
N.J., p. 94-112.

Karey, P. C.: The Norway rat's killing response to
the white mouse: An experimental analysis. Be-
haviour, 10:81-103, 1956.

KLINE, A. H., SIDBURY, J. B,, and RicHTER, C. P.:
The occurrence of ectodermal dysplasia and cor-
neal dysplasia in one family. Journal of Pedi-
atrics, 55(3) :355, 1959.

KLINE, A. H., SDBURY, J. B., RICHTER, C. P., and
BILLINGSLY, J.: Mode of transmission of familial
ectodermal dysplasia. (Abstract) American Pedi-
atric Society, 1958.

Mosier, H. D., Jr.: Comparative histological study
of the adrenal cortex of the wild and domesticated
Norway rat. Endocrinology, 60(4):460-469,
1957.

Mosier, H. D., and RicHTER, C. P.: Response of
the glomerulosa layer of the adrenal gland of
wild and domesticated Norway rats to low and
high salt diets. Endocrinology, 62:268, 1958.

Park, E. A., and RicHTER, C. P.: Transverse lines
in bones: The mechanism of their development.
Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 93:234,
1953.

RicHTER, C. P.: Domestication of the Norway rat
and its implication for the study of genetics in
man. American Journal of Human Genetics, 4:
273, 1952.

RicHTER, CURT P.: The physiology and cytology of
pulmonary edema and pleural effusion produced
in rats by alpha-naphthyl thiourea (ANTU).
Journal of Thoracic Surgery, 23:66-91, 1952.

RicHTER, C. P.: Experimentally produced behavior
reaction to food poisoning in wild and domesti-
cated rats. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 56(2):225-239, 1953.

RicHTER, C. P.: Alcohol, beer and wine as foods.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 14:525,
1953.

RicHTER, C. P.: Free research versus design re-
search. Science, 118:91-93, 1953.

RicHTER, C. P.: Behavioral regulators of carbohy-
drate homeostasis. Acta Neurovegetativa, 9:247-
259, 1954.

RicHTER, C. P.: The effects of domestication and
selection on the behavior of the Norway rat.
Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 15:727,
1954.

RicHTER, C. P.: Experimental production of cycles
of behavior and physiology in animals. Acta
Medica Scandinavica, 152 (Suppl. No. 307):36-
37,1955.

75

RicHTER, C. P.: Behavior and metabolic cycles in
animals and man. In: Hoch, Paul, and Zubin, J.,
eds. Experimental psychopathology. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1955.

RicHTER, C. P.: Nutritional factors. In: 17th Ross
Pediatric Research Conference on Growth and
Development of Dental and Skeletal Tissues, Bos-
ton, Mass., March 28-30, 1955, p. 22-30.

RicHTER, C. P.: Salt appetite of mammals: Its de-
pendence on instinct and metabolism. Contribu-
tion to Vol. ‘L’ instinct dans le comportement des
animaux et de 'homme’. Paris, France, 1956.

RicHTER, C. P.: Loss of appetite for alcohol and
alcoholic beverages produced in rats by treatment
with thyroid preparations. Endocrinology, 59 (4):
472-478, 1956.

RicHTER, CURT: Decreased appeite for alcohol and
alcoholic beverages produced in rats by thyroid
treatment. In: Hoagland, Hudson, ed. Hor-
mones, brain function, and behavior. Proceedings
of the Conference on Neuroendocrinology, 1956.
New York, Academic Press, 1957, p. 217-220.

RicHTER, C. P.: Ovulation cycles and stress. In:
Villee, Claude A., ed. Transactions of the 3rd
Conference on Gestation, March 6, 7, 8, 1956.
Princeton, New Jersey, p. 53-70.

RicHTER, C. P.: Production and control of alcoholic
cravings in rats. In: Abramson, H. A. ed.
Transactions of the 3rd Conference in Neuro-
pharmacology. Princeton, N.J. New York, The
Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, 1956, p. 39-146.

RicHTER, C. P.: Loss of appetite for alcohol and
alcoholic beverages produced in rats by treatment
with thyroid preparation. In: Himwich, H. E,,
ed. Alcoholism—Basic aspects and treatment—
A symposium. Atlanta, Georgia, 1957, p. 59-65.
(Publication No. 47 of AAAS)

RicHTER, C. P.: Hunger and appetite. American
Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 5(2):141, 1957.

RicHTER, C. P.: On the phenomenon of sudden
death in animals and man. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 19:191, 1957.

RICHTER, C. P.: Hormones and rhythms in man and
animals. In: Pincus, Gregory, ed. Recent prog-
ress in hormone research. Vol. 13. New York,
Academic Press, 1957, p. 105-159.

RicHTER, C. P.: Neurological basis of responses to
stress. In: Weistenholme, G. E. W., and O’Con-
nor, Cecilia M., eds. A Ciba Foundation sym-
posium on the ‘neurological basis of behaviour.
(In commemoration of Sir Charles Sherrington).
London, J. & A. Churchill, 1958, p. 204-217.

RicHTER, C. P.: The phenomenon of unexplained
sudden death in animals and man. In: Gantt,
Horsley W., ed. Physiological bases of psychiatry.
Springfield, Ill, C. C. Thomas, 1958, p. 112-125.
RicHTER, CURT P.: Abnormal but regular cycles of
behavior and metabolism in rats and catatonic-
schizophrenics. In: Reiss, Max, ed. Psychoen-
docrinology. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1958,
p. 168-181.

RicHTER, C. P.: On the phenomenon of sudden
death in animals and man. In: Reed, Charles F.,
Alexander, Irving E., and Tomkins, Silvan S., eds.
Psychopathology—A source book. Cambridge,
Harvard University, 1958, p. 234-242.

RicHTER, CURT P.: Diurnal cycles of man and ani-
mals. (Abstract) Science, 128:1147-1148, 1958.

RicHTER, C. P.: Rats, man and the welfare state.
American Psychologist, 14(1):18-28, 1959.

RicHTER, C. P.: Lasting after-effects produced in
rats by several commonly used drugs and hor-
mones. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 45(7):1080-1095, 1959.

RicHTER, CURT P.: Biological clocks in medicine
and psychiatry: Shock-phase hypothesis. Proceed-
ings of the National Academy of Sciences, 46
(11):1506-1530, 1960.

RicHTER, C. P., JoNEs, G. S., and BISWANGER, L.:
Periodic phenomena and the thyroid. I. Abnor-
mal but regular cycles in behavior and metabolism
produced in rats by partial radiothyroidectomy.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
81(2):233, 1959.

RicHTER, C. P., and Mosier, H. D., JrR.: Maximum
sodium chloride intake and thirst in domesticated
and wild Norway rats. American [Journal of
Physiology, 176:213, 1954.

RicHTER, C. P., and Rick, K. K.: Comparison of the
effects produced by fasting on gross bodily activ-
ity of wild and domesticated Norway rats. Ameri-
can Journal of Physiology, 179:305, 1954.

RicHTER, CURT P., and Rick, K. K.: Experimental
production in rats of abnormal cycles in behavior
and metabolism. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 124(4) :393-395, 1956.

RicHTER, C. P., and UHLENHUTH, E. H.: Compari-
son of the effects of gonadectomy on spontaneous
activity of wild and domesticated Norway rats.
Endocrinology, 54:311, 1954.

RicHTER, CURT P., and Woop, Davip E.: Hypo-
physectomy and domestication in the Norway rats.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 12(1)Part I:
116, 1953.

TaN, B. M., HansoN, M. E., and RICHTER, C. P.:
Swimming time of rats with relation to water tem-
perature. Federation Proceedings, 13:498, 1954.

WAGNER, H. N.: Electrical skin resistance studies
in two persons with congenital absence of sweat
glands. Archives of Dermatology and Syphilis,
65:543, 1952.

76

WANG, G. H.: Brainstem reticular system and gal-
vanic skin reflex. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 14:158, 1955.

WANG, G. H.: Galvanic skin reflex after spinal
transection in normal and decerebrate cats. Fed-
eration Proceedings, 15(1):196, 1956.

WANG, G. H.: Special review: The galvanic skin
reflex. A review of old and recent works from
a physiologic point of view. Part I. American
Journal of Physical Medicine, 36(5):295, 1957.

WANG, G. H.: Terminal rebound of galvanic skin
reflex in anesthetized cats. Journal of Neuro-
physiology, 20:340, 1957.

WANG, G. H.: Special review: The galvanic skin
reflex. A review of old and recent works from
a physiological point of view. Part II. Ameri
can Journal of Physical Medicine, 37:35, 1958.

WANG, G. H.: Strychninization of bulbar ventro-
medial reticular formation and galvanic skin re-
flex in thalamic cats. Journal of Neurophysiology,
21:327, 1958.

WANG, G. H.: Effects of asphyxia of galvanic skin
reflex before and after spinal transection. Journal
of Neurophysiology, 22:98, 1959.

WANG, G. H., and AkErt, K.: Behavior and re-
flexes of chronic striatal cats. Archives Italiennes
de Biologie, 100:48, 1962.

WANG, G. H., and BrowN, V. W.: Changes in
galvanic skin reflex after acute spinal transection
in normal and decerebrate cats. [Journal of Neu-
rophysiology, 19:446, 1956.

WANG, G. H., and BRowN, V. W.: Suprasegmental
inhibition of an autonomic reflex. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 19:564, 1956.

WanG, G. H., STEIN, P., and Brown, V. W.:
Effects of transection of central neuraxis on gal-
vanic skin reflex in anesthetized cats. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 19:340, 1956.

WaNG, G. H., STEIN, P., and BrowN, V. W.:
Brainstem reticular system and galvanic skin re-
flex in acute decerebrate cats. Journal of Neuro-
physiology, 19:350, 1956.

Woop, D. E.: Hypophysectomy and domestication
in the Norway rat. Bulletin of the Johns Hop-
kins Hospital, 97(2) :178, 1955.

Woops, J. W.: Differences in adrenal response to
adverse conditions in wild and domesticated Nor-
way rats. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
12(1)Part 1:159, 1953.

Woops, James W.: Effects of a chronically cold
environment on endocrine organs of wild and
domesticated rats. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 13 (1) Part 1:167, 1954.
Woops, J. W.: The effects of long-term exposure
to cold adrenal weight and and ascorbic acid con-
tent in wild and domesticated Norway rats. Jour-
nal of Physiology, 135(2):384, 1957.

Woops, J. W.: The effects of acute stress and of
ACTH upon ascorbic acid and lipid content of
the adrenal glands of wild rats. Journal of Physi-
ology, 135(2):390, 1957.

MH-578 (R01) PrEssEY, SIDNEY L.: Factors lead-
ing to adjustment in old age. Ohio State Univer-
sity, Columbus, Ohio. (1952-55)

DEMMING, J. A., and PREssEY, S. L.: Tests “indige-
nous” to the adult and older years. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 4:144-148, 1957.

MAHER, HOWARD, and PRESSEY, S. L.: Age and per-
formance of two work groups. Journal of Geron-
tology, 10(4) :448-451, 1955.

PrEssEY, S. L.: Employment and potentialities in
age, and means for their possible increase. In:
Report of New York State Joint Legation Com-
mittee on Aging. Albany, New York, 1954,
p. 92-94.

PRESSEY, S. L.: The older psychologist: His poten-
tials and problems. American Psychologist, 10:
163-165, 1955.

PRrESSEY, S. L.: Certain findings and proposals re-
garding professional retirement. Bulletin of the
American Association of University Professors, 41:
503-509, 1955.

PrEssEY, S. L.: Potentials of age: An exploratory
field study. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 56:
159-205, 1957.

PRESSEY, S. L.: Jobs at 80. Geriatrics, 13:678-681,
1958.

PRESSEY, S. L., and JoNEs, A. W.: 1923-1953 and
20-60 age changes in moral codes, anxieties, and
interests, as shown by the “x-0” tests. Journal
of Psychology, 39:485-502, 1955.

PrESSEY, S. L., and WHiItsoN, A. V.: Church pro-
grams for older people in a midwest city. News-
letter of the Gerontological Society, 3(2):5, 1956.

SMITH, MARK W.: Older workers’ efficiency in jobs
of various types. Personnel Journal, 32(1):19-
23,1953.

MH-582 (R01) BopEr, Davip P.: Psychological
analyses of persons from DP camps. University
of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1952-57)
(Continued from MH-156).

BopER, DaviD P.: Topical autobiographies of dis-
placed people: Recorded verbatim in displaced
persons camps, with a psychological and anthro-
pological analysis. 16 Vols. Privately Printed,
Los Angeles, Calif., 1957. (Processed). (Also
acknowledges MH-156).

77

MH-585 (R01) TARJAN, GEORGE, and SHOTWELL,
ANNA M.: Selection and evaluation of psychiatric
aides. Pacific State Hospital, Pomona, Calif.
(1952-54)

DiNGMAN, H. F., and GUILFORD, J. P.: A new
method for obtaining weighted composites of
ratings. Journal of Applied Psychology, 38:305-
307, 1954.

TARJAN, G., SHOTWELL, ANNA M., and DINGMAN,
H. F.: A screening test for psychiatric techni-
cians: A preliminary report on five years experi-
ence with the work assignment aid. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 59:388-394, 1955.

TARJAN, G., SHOTWELL, ANNA M., and DINGMAN,
H. F.: A screening test for psychiatric techni-
cians: Continuation report on the work assign-
ment aid, validation studies at various hospitals.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 60:458,
1956.

MH-586 (RO1) ZuBIN, JosepH, and SUTTON,
SAMUEL: Psychological prognosis in schizophre-
nia. New York State Psychiatric Institute, New
York, N.Y. (1953-58)

Burpock, E. I, Sutton, S., and ZUBIN, J.: Per-
sonality and psychopathology. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 56:18-30, 1958.

Burpock, E. I, SutrtoN, S., and ZuBIN, ].: Per-
sonlichkeit und psychopathologie. Schwezzerische
Zeitschrift fur Psychologie, 17:258-284, 1958.

Burpock, E. I., and ZUBIN, J.: A rationale for the
classification of experimental techniques in abnor-
mal psychology. [Journal of General Psychology,
55:35-49, 1956.

CHasg, R. A.: Effect of delayed auditory feedback
on the repetition of cpeech sounds. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Disorders, 23:583-590, 1958.

CHASE, R. A., HARVEY S., STANDFAST, SUSAN,
RAPIN, ISABELLE, and SUTTON, S.: Comparison
of the effects of delayed auditory feedback on
speech and key tapping. Science, 129:903-904,
1959.

Cuasg, R. A. Sutton, S., First, DAPHNE, and
ZUBIN, J.: A developmental study of changes in
behavior under delayed auditory feedback. Jour
nal of Genetic Psychology, 99:101-112, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1541).

CHASE, R. A., SurToN, S., and RAPIN, ISABELLE:
Sensory feedback influences on motion perform-
ance. Journal of Auditory Research, 3:212-223,
1961.

CRANDELL, A., ZUBIN, J., METTLER, F., and LOGAN,
N. D.: Prognostic value of “mobility” during the
first two years of hospitalization for mental dis-
order. Psychiatric Quarterly, 28:185-210, 1954.
GRANICK, RuTH, and NAHEMOW, LUCILLE: Pre-
admission isolation as a factor in adjustment to
an old age home. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J.,

eds. Psychopathology of aging. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 285-302. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1541 and MH-2775).

HAKEREM, G., BEARE, A., and SutTtON, S.: The
relationship of eye movements to reversals of an
ambiguous figure. (Abstract) American Psychol-
ogist, 11(8):431, 1956.

HAKEREM, G., SUTTON, S., and ZUBIN, J.: Pupil-
lary reactions in schizophrenics and normals.
American Psychologist, 13:357, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1541).

SALZINGER, K.: T echniques for computing shift in
a scale of absolute judgment. Psychological Bul-
letin, 53:394-401, 1956.

SALZINGER, K.: Shift in judgment of weights as a
function of anchoring stimuli and instructions in
early schizophrenics and normals. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55:43-49, 1957.

SALZINGER, K.: Experimental manipulation of ver-
bal behavior: A review. [Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 61:65-94, 1959.

SALZINGER, K., and FELDMAN, R. S.: Verbal be-
havior of schizophrenic and normal subjects. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 105:
845-860, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1541,
MH-4443, and MH-4842).

SALZINGER, K., and PIsoNI, STEPHANIE: Reinforce-
ment of affect responses of schizophrenics during
the clinical interview. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 57:84-90, 1958.

SALZINGER, K., and PisoNI, STEPHANIE: Reinforce-
ment of verbal affect responses of normal subjects
during the interview. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 60:127-130, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1541).

SALZINGER, K., and PISONI, STEPHANIE: Some pa-
rameters of the conditioning of verbal affect re-
sponses in schizophrenic subjects. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:511-516,
1961.

SALZINGER, K., and PORTNOY, STEPHANIE: Verbal
conditioning in interviews: Application to chronic
schizophrenics and relationship to prognosis for
acute schizophrenics. Journal of Psychiatric Re-
search, 2:1-7, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
7477 and MH-1541).

STAUDT, VIRGINIA, and ZUBIN, J.: A biometric
evaluation of the somato-therapies in schizophre-
nia. Psychological Bulletin, 54:171-196, 1957.

Sutton, S., HAKEREM, G., PorTNOY, M., and
ZUBIN, J.: The effect of shift of sensory modality
on serial reaction time: A comparison of schizo-
phrenics and normals. American Journal of Psy-

78

chology, 74:224-232, 1961.
MH-1541).

ZUBIN, ].: Discussion. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin,
J., eds. Current problems in psychiatric diagno-
sis. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1953, p. 112-
118.

(Also acknowledges

ZUBIN, J.: How the psychologist helps the psychia-
trist in the evaluation of therapy. Journal of the
Brooklyn State Hospital Psychiatric Forum, Vol. 6,
1953.

ZUBIN, ].: Evaluation of therapeutic outcome in
mental disorders. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 117:95-111, 1953.

ZUBIN, ].: Design for the evaluation of therapy.
In: Wortis, J., ed. Psychiatric treatment. Vol. 31.
Association for Research in Nervous and Mental
Disease. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1953,
p- 10-15.

ZUBIN, JosepH: Current theoretici! and practical
problems in measurement: A symposium. The
measurement of personality. Journal of Counsel-
ing Psychology, 1:159-164, 1954.

ZUBIN, ].: Failures of the Rorschach technique.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 18:303-315,
1954.

ZUBIN, ].: Clinical vs. actuarial prediction: A pseudo-
problem. In: Proceedings of the 1955 invita-
tional conference on testing problems. Princeton,
Educational Testing Service, 1955, p. 107-128.

ZUBIN, ].: The non-projective aspects of the Ror-
schach experiment, introduction to the symposium.
Journal of Social Psychology, 55:35-49, 1956.

ZUBIN, ].: A biometric model for psychopathology.
In: Patton, R. A., ed. Current trends in the de-
scription and analysis of behavior. Pittsburgh,
University of Pittsburgh Press, 1958.

ZUBIN, ]., Burpock, E. I., SuTTON, S., and CHEEK,
FRANCES: Prognostic indicators in mental illness.
Public Health Report, 72:592-595, 1957.

ZUBIN, ]., Burpock, E. I, Sutton, S., and CHEEK,
FRANCES: Epidemiological aspects of prognosis in
mental illness. In: Pasamanick, B., ed. Epide-
miology of mental disorder. Washington, Ameri-
can Association of Advancement for Science, 1959,
p. 119-142.

ZUBIN, J., ErRoN, L. D., and SULTAN, FLORENCE:
A psychometric evaluation of the Rorschach ex-
periment. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
26:773-782, 1956.

ZUBIN, J]., and WINDLE, C.: Psychological progno-
sis of outcome in the mental disorders. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 49:272-281,
1954.
MH-589 (R01) RIOPELLE, ARTHUR ].: Patterns of
behavior in primates. Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. (1952-57)

DarBy, C. L., and RioPELLE, A. ].: Differential
problem sequences and the formation of learning
sets. Journal of Psychology, 39:105-108, 1955.

DarBy, C. L., and RIOPELLE, A. J.: Observational
learning in the rhesus monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 52:94-98,
1959.

PreiFFER, C. C., RIoPELLE, A. J, SMmitH, R. P,
JENNY, E. H., and WiLLiams, H. L.: Comparative
study of the effect of meprobamate on the condi-
tioned response, on strychnine and pentylenetetra-
zol thresholds on the normal electroencephalo-
gram, and on polysynoptic reflexes. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 67:734-743,
1957. (Also acknowledges MH-875).

RIOPELLE, A. J.: Facilities of the Emory University
Primate Behavior Laboratory. Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 38:331-338, 1954.

RIOPELLE, A. J.: Learning sets from minimum stim-
uli. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49:
28-32, 1955.

RIOPELLE, A. J.: Rewards, preferences and learning
sets. Psychological Reports, 1:167-173, 1955.

RIOPELLE, A. J.: Observational learning of a posi-
tion habit by monkeys. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 53:426-428, 1960.

RIOPELLE, A. J., and CHURUKIAN, G. A.: The effect
of varying the intertrial interval in discrimination
learning by normal and brain-operated monkeys.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 51:119-125, 1958.

RIOPELLE, A. J., and CopPELAN, E. L.: Discrimina-
tion reversal to a sign. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 48:143-145, 1954.

RiOPELLE, A. J., and Francisco, E. W.: Discrimi-
nation learning performance under different first-
trial conditions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 48:90-93, 1955.

RiopeLLE, A. J., Francisco, E. W., and ADEs,
H. W.: Differential first-trial procedures and dis-
crimination learning performance. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47:
293-297, 1954. (Also acknowledges MH-359).

RIOPELLE, A. J., and McCHINN, R.: Position habits
and discrimination learning. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:178-
180, 1961.

RIOPELLE, A. J., and MILLER, JAMES A.: Behavior
of rhesus monkeys asphyxiated at nine days of age.
In: Windle, William F., ed. Nexrological and psy-
chological deficits of asphyxia neonatorum. Spring-
field, Illinois, Thomas, 1958, p. 68-71.

79

RioPELLE, A. J., and PFEIFFER, C. C.: The effect
of acute and chronic administration of reserpine
on test performance on monkeys. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:352-358,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-875).

RIOPELLE, A. J., and PRESLEY, W. J.: Observational
learning of an avoidance response. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 95:251-254, 1959.

RioPELLE, A. ]., and ROGER, J. P.: Transfer of
training to orthogonal dimensions. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 52:367-370, 1956.

RIOPELLE, A. J., and SHELL, W. F.: Multiple dis-
crimination learning in raccoons. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 50:585-
587, 1957.

RIOPELLE, A. J., and SHELL, W. F.: Progressive dis-
crimination learning in platyrrhine monkeys. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
51:467-470, 1958.

RIOPELLE, A. J., SMITH, R. P., and WAGMAN, A. IL:
The effects of reserpine on conditioned avoidance
behavior in normal and brain-operated monkeys.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental T hera-
peutics, 117:136-141, 1956.

RIOPELLE, A. J., STEWART, P. A., and BEHAR, X.:
Galvanic skin response in monkeys with prehensile
tails. American Journal of Physical Anthropology,
15:333-340, 1957.

SmiTH, R. P., WAGMAN, A. I., PFEIFFER, C. C.,, and
RIOPELLE, A. J.: Effects of some tranquilizing and
depressant drugs on conditioned avoidance behav-
ior in monkeys. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 119:317-323, 1957.
(Also acknowledges MH-875).

MH-592 (RO1) GLIDEWELL, JOHN C., DOMKE,
HEerBERT R.: Evaluation of a community mental
health program. St. Louis County Department of
Public Health, Clayton, Mo. (1953-59)

DoMkE, H. R.,, BUCHMUELLER, A. D., MENSH,
I. N., and GILDEA, MARGARET C.-L.: A research
project to evaluate a community mental health
program. In: Interrelations between the social
environment and psychiatric disorders. New
York, Milbank Memorial Fund, 1953.

GILDEA, MARGARET C.-L.: School mental health:
Orientation, methods, and screening. In: Krug-
man, Morris, ed. Orthopsychiatry and the school.
New York, New York American Orthopsychiatric
Association, 1958, p. 131-134.

GILDEA, MARGARET, C.-L., DoMKE, H. R., MENSH,
I. N., BUCHMUELLER, A. D., GLIDEWELL, J. C.,
and KANTOR, M. B.: Community mental health
research: Findings after three years. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 114(11):970-976, 1958.

GILDEA, MARGARET C-L., GLIDEWELL, JoHN C,
and KANTOR, MILDRED B.: Two approaches to
the study of maternal attitudes. In: Proceedings
of the Regional Research Conference of the Amer-
ican Psychiatric Association, Iowa City, 1960.

GILDEA, MARGARET, C. L., GLIDEWELL, J. C., and
KANTOR, M. B.: Maternal attitudes and general
adjustment in school children. In: Parental atti-
tudes and child behavior. Springfield, Ill., Charles
C. Thomas, 1961.

GLIDEWELL, J. C.: An experimental mental health
program in Webster Groves. In: Third year book,
American Association of Public Schools. New
York, Columbia University, 1955.

GLIDEWELL, J. C.: Some possible forecasts on re-
search on mental health in the classroom. Journal
of Social Issues, 15(1) :59-62, 1959.

GLIDEWELL, J. C.: Mental health discussion groups.
Adult Leadership, 10(1,5) :4-5, 1961.

GLDEWELL, J. C.: On the analysis of social inter-
vention. In: Parental attitudes and child behavior.
Springfield, Ill., Charles C. Thomas, 1961, p. 215-
239.

GLIDEWELL, J. C., and DoMKE, H. R.: Health de-
partment research in community mental health.
American Journal of Public Health, 48(3):362-
368, 1958.

GLDEWELL, J. C., DoMKE, H. R., and KANTOR,
M. B.: Screening in schools for behavior disorders:
Use of mother’s reports of symptoms. Journal of
Educational Research, 56(10):508-515, 1963.

GLDEWELL, J. C., GILDEA, MARGARET, C.-L,
DomMmkE, H. R., and KaNnTOR, M. B.: Behavior
symptoms in children and adjustment in public
school. Human Organization, 18(3):123-130,
1959.

GLDEWELL, J. C., MENsH, I. N., DomKE, H. R.,
GILDEA, M. C.-L., and BUCHMUELLER, A. D.:
Methods for community mental health research.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 27(1):38-
54, 1957.

GLIDEWELL, J. C., MENsH, I. N., and GILDEA,
MARGARET, C.-L.: Behavior symptoms in children
and degree of sickness. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 114(1) :47-53, 1957.

KANTOR, M. B., GLDEWELL, J. C.,, MENsH, I. N,,
DoMmKE, H. R., and GILDEA, MARGARET C.-L.:
Socio-economic level and maternal attitudes to-
ward parent-child relationships. Human Organi-
zation, 16:44-48, 1958.

MenNsH, I. N.: Community mental health services:
Research in evaluation. Psychological Reports, 2:
497-498, 1956.

MensH, I. N., and GLIDEWELL, J. C.: Children’s
perceptions of relationships among their family and
friends. Journal of Experimental Education,
27(1):65-71, 1958.

80

MEeNsH, I. N., Kantor, M. B., DomkEg, H. R,,
GILDEA, MARGARET C.-L., and GLIDEWELL, J. C.:
Children’s behavior symptoms and their relation-
ships to school adjustment, sex, and social class.
Journal of Social Issues, 15(1):8-15, 1959.

SWINEHART, JAMES W.: Socio-economic level, status
aspiration, and maternal role. American Sociolog-
ical Review, 28(3):391-399, 1963.

Tapia, F., JEKEL, J., and DoMkE, H. R.: Enuresis:
An emotional symptom? The Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 130(1):61-66, 1960.

MH-593 (R01) SEEMAN, JuLius: Play therapy and
emotionally disturbed children. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. (1953-53) (Con-
tinued as MH-701)

SEEMAN, JuLius, Barry, EpyTH, and ELLINWOOD,
CHARLOTTE: Personality integration as a criterion
of therapy outcome. Psychotherapy: Theory, Re-
search, and Practice, 1:14-16, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-707).

SEEMAN, JuLius, BArRry, EpyTH, and ELLINWOOD,
CHARLOTTE: Interpersonal assessment of play
therapy outcome. Psychotherapy: Theory, Re-
search, and Practice, 1:64-66, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-707).

MH-595 (R01) SoLoMAN, HARRY C., CHAPMAN,
WiLLiam P.: Autonomic and emotional responses
to stimulation. Harvard Medical School, Boston,
Mass. (1952-56)

CHAPMAN, W. P., SCHROEDER, H. R., GEYER, G.,
BrAzIER, M., FaGeR, C., PoprpPEN, J. L., SoLo-
MON, H. C., and YakovLEv, P. I.: Physiological
evidence concerning importance of the amygdaloid
nuclear region in the integration of circulatory
function and emotion in man. Science, 120:949-
950, December 3, 1954.

LAFFERTY, JAMES M., and CHAPMAN, WILLIAM P.:
Indwelling electrodes for use in therapeutic coagu-
lation and physiological studies of the brain in
patients with neurological or psychiatric disorders.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 14(4):554-556, 1962.

MH-597 (R01) Beck, SAMUEL J.: Psychological
study of schizophrenic children. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1952-55)

BECK, S. J.: Personality research and theories of per-
sonality structure: Some convergences. Journal of
Projective Techniques, 19:361-371, 1955.

Beck, SAMUEL J.: Discussion of paper by Bender,
Lauretta entitled “The concepts of pseudopsycho-
pathic schizophrenia in adolescents.” American
Journal Orthopsychiatry, 29(3):491-509, 1959.

Beck, S. J.: Families of schizophrenic and of well
children: Method, concepts, and some results.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 30:247-275,
1960.

BECK, S. J.: SR-2. Affect autonomy in schizophre-
nia. A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry,
2:408-420, 1960.

BECK, S. J., and MovisH, H. B.: Course in the indi-
vidual patient as traced in the six schizophrenias.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 125:403-
411, 1957.

Beck, S. J., MoLisH, H. B., and SINCLAIR, JEAN:
Gradients in operational description of schizophre-
nic behavior. Psychiatric Quarterly, 30(1):1-14,
1957.

MouisH, H. B., and BECK, S. J.: Mechanisms of de-
fense in schizophrenic reaction types as evaluated
by the Rorschach Test. American Journal of Or-
thopsychiatry, 28:47-60, 1958.

MouisH, H. B., and Beck, S. J.: Further explora-
tions of the “six schizophrenias”: Typle S-3.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 28:483-505,
and 809-827, 1958.

MH-600 (R01) CLARK, LELAND C., Jr.: Biochemi-
cal mechanisms of drug induced psychoses. An-
tioch College, Yellow Springs, Ohio. (1953-58)

BENINGTON, F., Morin, R. D.; and CrLaARrk, L. C.:
Mescaline analogs. 1. 2, 4, 6-trialkoxy-B-phene-
thylamines. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 19:
11-16, 1954.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C., JRr.: Mescaline analogs. II.
Tetra- and penta-methoxy-beta-phenethylamines.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 20:102-108, 1955.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RicHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C,, Jr.: Mescaline analogs. III.
2, 4, 6-trialkyl- and 3, 4-dihydroxy-5-methoxy-beta-

henethylamines. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
20:1292-1296, 1955.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C., JR.: Mescaline analogs. IV.
Substituted 4, 5, 6-trimethoxy indoles. Journal of
Organic Chemistry, 20:1454-1457, 1955.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C., JR.: Mescaline analogs. V.
Para - dialkylamine - beta - phenethylamines and 9-
(beta-aminoethyl) julolidine. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 21:1470-1471, 1956.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C,, JRr.: Mescaline analogs. VI
Mescaline homologs. Journal of Organic Chemis-
try, 21:1545-1546, 1956.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C. JrR.: New synthesis of tri-
chocereine. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 22:
227, 1957.

81

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C., JR.: Mescaline analogs. VIL
3, 4, 5-trimethyl-beta-phenethylamine. Journal of
Organic Chemistry, 22:332, 1957.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C,, JR.: Mescaline analogs. VIII.
Substituted 5-methoxy- and 5, 6, 7-trimethoxyin-
doles. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 23:19-23,
1958.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RICHARD D., and
Crark, LeLanp C., Jr.: Psychopharmacological
activities of ring and side chain substituted beta-
phenethylamines. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
23:1977, 1958.

BENINGTON, FREDERICK, MORIN, RicHARD D., and
CLARK, LELAND C,, Jr.: Synthesis of O- and N-
methylated derivatives of 5-hydroxy-tryptamine.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 23:1977-1979,
1958.

BENINGTON, F., MoriN, R. D., and CLARK, L. C.:
Synthesis of 5, 6, 7-trimethoxy- 2, 3-dihydroxidole
and  6,7-dimethoxyindole. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 24:23-25, 1959.

CLARK, LELAND C., Jr., Fox, R. PHYLLIS, BENING-
TON, FREDERICK, and MORIN, RICHARD: Effect of
mescaline, lysergic acid diethylamide, and related
compounds on respiratory enzyme activity of brain
hemogenates. ~~ Federation Proceedings, 13:27,
1954.

CLARK, LELAND C,, Jr., Fox, R. PHYLLIS, MORIN,
RicHARD, and BENNINGTON, FREDERICK: Effects of
psychotomimetric compounds on certain oxidative
and hydrolytic enzymes in mammalian brain.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 124:466-
474, 1956.

CrLArk, L. C., and MisraHY, G.: Chronically im-
planted polarograph electrodes. Federation Pro-
ceedings, 16(1):22-23, 1957.

MORIN, RICHARD D., BENINGTON, FREDERICK, and
CLARK, LELAND, C., Jr.: Synthesis of 5,6, 7-
trimethoxyindole, a possible intermediary metabo-
lite of mescaline. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
22:331-332, 1957.

MH-609 (R01) KNAPP, PETER H., LEMON, HENRY
M., LowkLL, FraNcis C.: Psychosomatic studies
of bronchial asthma. Boston University, Boston,
Mass. (1953-56)

KNAPP, PETER H., and MICHAELSON, ALAN: Psy-
chiatric pulmonary and adrenocortical observations
in bronchial asthma. Journal of Allergy, 26:80,
1955.

Knapp, PETER H., and NEMETZ, S. ]J.: Personality
variations in bronchial asthma. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 19:443-465, 1957. (Also acknowledges
MH-1223).
KNAPP, PETER H., and NEMETZ, S. J.: Sources of
tension in bronchial asthma. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 19.466-485, 1957. (Also acnkowledges
MH-1223).

LowkiLL, Francis C., SCHILLER, IRVING W., and
LyNcH, MARY T.: Estimation of the severity of
bronchial asthma. Journal of Allergy, 26(2):
113-122, 1955.

MH-611 (R01) HEGsTED, D. MARK, TRULSON,
M. F.: Metabolic nutritional patterns in mongol-
ism. Harvard University, Boston, Mass. (1952-
54)

GERSHOFF, S. N., HEGSTED, D. M., and TRULSON,
M. F.: Metabolic studies of mongoloids. Ameri-
can Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 6:526-530,
1958.

HEeGsTED, D. M., GERSHOFF, S. N., TRULSON,
M. F.,, and JorrLy, D. H.: Variation in riboflavin
excretion. Journal of Nutrition, 60:581-598,
1956.

MH-612 (R01) HEeaTH, ROBERT G.: Relation of
midbrain function to schizophrenia. Tulane Uni-
versity, New Orleans, La. (1952-54)

HEeATH, R. G.: Studies in schizophrenia: A multi-
disciplinary approach to mind-brain relationships.
Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1954, 619 p.

HEATH, R. G.: Correlations between levels of psy-
chological awareness and physiological activity in
the central nervous systems. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 17:383, 1955.

HEATH, R. G.: Physiological and biochemical studies
in schizophrenia with particular emphasis on
mind-brain relationships. International Review of
Neurobiology, 1:299-331, 1959.

MH-614 (R01) STONE, L. JosePH: Psychological
effects of schooling on deaf children. Vassar Col-
lege, Poughkeepsie, N.Y. (1952-60)

STONE, L. JOSEPH: Vassar Research in the hard of
hearing. Vassar Alumnae Magazine, 45(4),
March 1960.

STONE, L. JosepH, FIEDLER, MiriaM F., and FINE,
CaroL G.: Preschool education of deaf children.
Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders, 26(1):
45-60, 1961.

MH-621 (R01) HAVIGHURST, ROBERT J.: The men-
tal abilities of older persons. University of Chi-
cago, Chicago, Ill. (1953-54)

DorpELT, JEROME E., and WALLACE, WIMBURN L.:
Standardization of the Wechsler adult intelligence
scale for older persons. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 51:312-330, 1955.

WESMAN, ALEXANDER G.: Standardizing an indi-

82

vidual intelligence test on adults: Some problems.
Journal of Gerontology, 10:216-219, 1955.

MH-622 (R01) DE Wir, FRED, CASTORE, GEORGE
F.,, HiLL, WiLLIAM F., LAKE, RICHARD A., MAR-
TIN, ELMORE, POLITZER, FRANK, SCHIFF, HER-
BERT M., WILCOX, JAcK E.: Measurement of com-
munication in group psychotherapy. State Hos-
pital South, Blackfoot, Idaho. (1953-58)

CASTORE, G. F.: Number of verbal interrelationships
as a determinant of group size. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 64:456-458, 1962.

CasTtorg, G. F., HiL, W. F., and LAKE, R. A.:
Measurement of a therapeutic group by a scale of
communication complexity in interpersonal inter-
actions: A study of inter-judge reliability. Provo
Papers, 3:1-20, 1959.

DEWIT, F.: Therapist behavior in group therapy.
Provo Papers, 1:1-11, 1957.

HiLL, WiLLiaAM F.: Hill interaction matrix. Salt
Lake City, Utah, Dye, Smith & Co., 1962, 106 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-1133).

LAKE, R A.: Methods and techniques of group pro-
cedure. Provo Papers, 3:32-42, 1959.

LAKE, R. A.: Toward a theory of interaction behav-
ior. Provo Papers, 3(3) :44-53, 1959.

MARTIN, ELMORE A. and HiLL, WiLLIAM FAw-
CETT: Toward a theory of group development:
Six phases of therapy group Seve opment. Infzr-
national Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 7:20-30,
1957.

PoLitzeR, F.: An exploration of personality func-
tioning in group therapy. Provo Papers, 3:21-31,
1959.

WiLcox, E. J., and Hi, W. F.: Grou
problems in a team research program.
pers, 1:37-52, 1957.

process
rovo Pa-

MH-623 (R01) LACEY, JoHN I., LACEY, BEATRICE
C.: Psychophysiology of the autonomic nervous
system. Fels Research Institute, Yellow Springs,
Ohio. (1953- )

KAGAN, JEROME, and Moss, HOowArD A.: Birth to
maturity. A study in psychological development.
New York & London, John Wiley & Sons, 1962,
381 p. (Also acknowledges MH-1260).

LACEY, JoHN IL: The evaluation of autonomic re-
sponses: Toward a general solution. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 67:123-164,
1956.

LACEY, JoHN I.: Psychophysiological approaches to
the evaluation of psychotherapeutic process and
outcome. In: Rubinstein, Eli A. and Parloff,
Morris B., eds. Research in psychotherapy. Wash-
ington, D.C., National Publishing, 1959, p. 160-
208.
LACEY, JoHN I., KAGAN, JEROME, LACEY, BEATRICE
C., and Moss, HowArRD A.: The visceral level:
Situational determinants and behavioral correlates
of autonomic response patterns. In: Knapp, P. J,
ed. Expression of the emotions in man. New
York, International Universities Press, 1963, p.
161-196. (Also acknowledges MH-1260).

LACEY, JoHN I, and LACEY, BEATRICE C.: Verifica-
tion and extension of the principle of autonomic
response stereotypy. American Journal of Psychol-
0g), 71:50-73, 1958.

Lacey, JoHN I, and LACEY, BEATRICE C.: The re-
lationship of resting autonomic activity to motor
impulsivity: The brain and human behavior.
Proceedings of the Association for Research in
Nervous and Mental Diseases, 36:144-209, 1958.

LACEY, JOHN I, and LACEY, BEATRICE C.: The law
of initial values in the longitudinal study of au-
tonomic constitution: Reproducibility of autonomic
responses and ‘response patterns over a four-year

interval. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 98:1257-1290, 1962. Also 1322-1326
(Appendix).

LACEY, JoHN I, and SMiTH, ROBERT L.: Condition-
ing and generalization of unconscious anxiety.
Science, 120:1045-1052, 1954.

LACEY, JoHN I., SMITH, ROBERT L., and ARNOLD,
GREEN: Use of conditioned autonomic responses
in the study of anxiety. Psychosomatic Medicine,
17:208-217, 1955.

WELFORD, NORMAN T.: Recording physiological
and behavioral data using Serial Event Timer and
Recorder (SETAR). In: Slater, L. E., ed. Pro-
ceedings of the Interdisciplinary Clinic on the In-
strumentation Requirements for Psychophysiologi-
cal Research. New York, FIER, 1961, p. 76-80.

WELFORD, NORMAN T.: The SETAR and its uses
for recording physiological and behavioral data.
IRE Transactions on Bio-Medical Electronics,
BME-9:185-189, 1962.

WELFORD, NORMAN T., LACEY, BEATRICE C., and
PEckHAM, CyRiL: Computer identification and
measurement of cardiac cyclic activity. Psycho-
physiology, 1(2):111-114, 1964.

MH-627 (R01) KinDER, ELAINE F.: Comparative
study of development of social behavior. Yerkes
Laboratories of Primate Biology—Emory Univer-
sity; Orange Park, Fla. (1953-56)

Lev, JosepH, and KINDER, ELAINE F.: New analy-
sis of variance formulas for treating data from
mutually paired subjects. Psychometrika, 22(1):
1-15, 1957.

MH-628 (R01) WitkIN, HERMAN A., and Goob-
ENOUGH, DoNALD R.: Studies in psychological
differentiation. State University of New York—

83

Medical

Downstate N.Y.

(1953- )

BERTINI, MARIO: Studio sulla natura dell’ effetto
“frame” nella percezione della verticale. Estratto
Dalla Rivista Di Psicologia, 58(4):1-35, Ottobre-
Dicembre 1964.

Center, Brooklyn,

Dyk, R. B., and WiTkiN, H. A.: Family experiences
related to the development of differentiation in
children. Child Development, 36(1):21-55,
1965.

GooDENOUGH, D. R., and EAGLE, C. J.: A modifi-
cation of the embedded-figures test for use with
young children. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
103:67-74, 1963.

GoOoDENOUGH, D. R., and KARP, S. A.: Field de-
pendence and intellectual functioning. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63(2):241-
246, 1961.

Karp, S. A.: Field dependence and overcoming em-
beddedness. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
27(4) 1294-302, 1963.

Karp, STEPHEN A., and KonNstapT, NORMA L.:
Alcoholism and psychological differentiation:
Long-range effect of heavy drinking on field de-
pendence. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 140(6) :412-416, 1965.

Karp, STEPHEN A., and PARDES, HERBERT: Psy-
chological differentiation (field dependence) in
obese women. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(3):
238-244, 1965.

KARP, STEPHEN A., WITKIN, HERMAN A., and
GOODENOUGH, DONALD R.: Alcoholism and psy-
chological differentiation: Effect of alcohol on
field dependence. Journal of Abnormal Psychol-
ogy, 70(4) 1262-265, 1965.

KARP, STEPHEN A., WITKIN, HERMAN A. and
GOODENOUGH, DONALD R.: Alcoholism and psy-
chological differentiation: Effect of achievement of
sobriety on field dependence. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 26(4):580-585, 1965.

ROSENBLUM, LEONARD A. WITKIN, HERMAN A,
KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES, and BROSGOLE, LEONARD:
Perceptual disembedding in monkeys: Note on
method and preliminary findings. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 20(3) :Part 1:729-736, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-4670).

WitkiN, HERMAN A.: The perception of the up-
right. Scientific American, 200(2) :49-56, 1959.

Witkin, H. A.: The problem of individuality in
development. In: Kaplan, B., and Wapner, S.,
eds. Perspectives in psychological theory. New
York, International Universities Press, 1960.

Witkin, H. A.: Psychological self-consistency.
Transactions of the New York Academy of Sci-
ences, 22(7) :541-545, 1960.
Witkin, H. A.: Cognitive development and the
growth of personality. Acta Psychologica, 18(4):
245-247, 1961.

WitkiN, H. A.: Origins of cognitive style. In:
Scheerer, C., ed. Cognition: Theory, research,
promise. New York, Harper & Row, 1964,
p. 172-205.

WiTkIN, HERMAN A.: Diferenciacion psicologica y
formas de patologia. Revista de Psicologia Gene-
ral y Aplicada, 19(75):945-966, 1964.

WITKIN, HERMAN A.: Some implications of research
on cognitive style for problems of education.
Archivio di psicologia, neurologia e psichiatria,
26(1):27-55, 1965.

WitkIN, HERMAN A.: Development of the body
concept and psychological differentiation. In:
Wapner, S., and Werner H., eds. The body per-
cept. New York, Random House, 1965, p. 26-48.

WiTKIN, HERMAN A.: Psychological differentiation
and forms of pathology. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 70(5):317-335, 1965.

Witkin, H. A., Dyk, R. B., FatersoN, H. F,
GOODENOUGH, D. R., and Karp, S. A.: Psycho-
logical differentiation. Studies of development.
New York, John Wiley, 1962, 418 p.

WirkiN, HERMAN A. FATERSON, HANNA F.,
GOODENOUGH, DoNALD R., and BIRNBAUM,
JupitH: Cognitive patterning in mildly retarded
boys. Child Development, 37(2):301-316, 1966.

WiTKIN, HERMAN A., and Lewis, HELEN B.: The
relation of experimentally induced presleep experi-
ences to dreams: A report on method and pre-
liminary findings. [Journal of the American Psy-
choanalytic Association, 13(4):819-849, 1965.

MH-629 (R01) Robpnick, Erior H., and GaRr-
MEZY, NORMAN: Motivation and psychological
deficit of schizophrenia. Duke University, Dur-
ham, N.C. (1953-61)

BLEKE, R.: Reward and punishment as determiners
of reminiscence effects in schizophrenic and nor-
mal subjects. Journal of Personality, 23:479-501,
1955.

CLARKE, ALAN R.: Conformity behavior of schizo-
phrenic subjects with maternal figures. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:45-53,
1964.

DuNN, W. L., Jr.: Visual discrimination of schizo-
phrenic subjects as a function of stimulus mean-
ing. Journal of Personality, 23:48-64, 1954.

FARINA, A.: Patterns of role dominance and conflict
in parents of schizophrenic patients. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:31-38, 1960.

FARINA, AMERIGO, BARRY, HERBERT, III., and GAR-
MEZY, NORMAN: Birth order of recovered and

84

nonrecovered schizophrenics. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 9:224-228, 1963.

FARINA, AMERIGO, GARMEZY, NORMAN, and BARRY,
HERBERT, III.: Relationship of marital status to
incidence and prognosis of schizophrenia. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67(6):
624-630, 1963.

FARINA, A., GarRMEzY, N. ZaLusky, M. and
BECKER, ].: Premorbid behavior and prognosis
in female schizophrenic patients. | ournal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 26:56-60, 1962.

GARMEzY, N., CLARKE, A. R., and STOCKNER,
CaroL: Child rearing attitudes of mothers and
fathers as reported by schizophrenic and normal
patients. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 63:176-182, 1961.

GARMEZY, N., FARINA, A. and Robnick, E. H.:
The structured situational test: A method for
studying family interaction in schizophrenia.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 30:445-
452, 1960.

GARMEZY, N., and RopNiIck, E. H.: Premorbid ad-
justment and performance in schizophrenia: Im-
plications for interpreting heterogeneity in schizo-
phrenia. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
129:450-466, 1959.

GUTTMAN, N., and KaLisH, H. I.: Discriminability
and stimulus generalization. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 51:79-88, 1956. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-631 and MH-1002).

Harris, J. G., Jr.: Size estimation of pictures as a
function of thematic content for schizophrenic and
normal subjects. Journal of Personality, 25:651-
671, 1957.

KavrisH, H. I., GARMEzY, N., RopNick, E. H., and
BLAKE, R. C.: The effects of anxiety and experi-
mentally-induced stress on verbal learning. Jour-
nal of General Psychology, 59:87-95, 1959.

Ropnick, E. H.: Clinical psychology, psychopathol-
ogy, and research on schizophrenia. In: Koch,
S., ed. Psychology: A study of science. Vol. 5.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 738-779.

Ropnick, E. H., and GARMEZY, N.: An experimen-
tal approach to the study of motivation in schizo-
phrenia. In: Jones, Marshall, R., ed. Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation. Lincoln, Nebraska,
University of Nebraska Press, 1957, p. 109-184.

WEBB, W. W.: Conceptual ability of schizophrenics
as a function of threat of failure. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 50:221-224, 1955.

ZAHN, T. P.: Acquired and symbolic affective value
as determinants of size estimation in schizophrenic
and normal subjects. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 58:39-47, 1959.

ZanN, T. P.: Size estimation of pictures associated
with success and failure as a function of manifest
anxiety. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 61:457-462, 1960.

MH-631 (R01) GUTTMAN, NORMAN: The nature
of rewards in learning and conflict. Duke Uni-
versity, Durham, N.C. (1953-55)

CoLLIER, G., and SISKEL, M.: Performance as a
joint function of amount of reinforcement and
inter-reinforcement interval. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 57:115-120, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-817).

GuttMAN, N.: Equal-reinforcement values for su-
crose and glucose solutions compared with equal
sweetness values. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 5:358-361, 1954.

GutTMAN, N.: Laws of behavior and facts of per-
ception. In: Koch, S., ed. Psychology: A study
of a science. Vol. 5. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1963, p. 114-178. (Also acknowledges MH-
1002 and MH-3917).

GurTMAN, N., and KaLisH, H. I.: Discriminability
and stimulus generalization. Journal of Exper:-
mental Psychology, 51:79-88, 1956. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-629 and MH-1002).

MH-637 (R01) HAGGARD, ERNEST A., ISAACS,
KENNETH, SHAKOW, DAVID, and SHIFFRIN, RAE
A.: Analysis of psychoanalytic therapy process.
University of Illinois, Chicago, Ill. (1953-66)

ALEXANDER, J.: The psychology of bitterness. In-
ternational Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41:514-520,
1960. Also in Revue Francaise de Psychoanalyse,
25:943-958, 1961.

ALEXANDER, J., and Isaacs, K. S.: Seriousness and
preconscious affective attitudes. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 44:23-30, 1963.

ALEXANDER, J., and Isaacs, K. S.: Obeissance a la
realite: Contribution a la theorie psychanalytique
de la depression. Revue Francaise de Psychoana-
lyse, 27:223-230-1963.

ALEXANDER, J. M., and Isaacs, K. S.: The function
of affect. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
37:231-237, 1964.

CarMICHAEL, H. T.: Sound film recording of psy-
choanalytic therapy. Journal of the Iowa State
Medical Society, November:590-595, 1956.

Haccarp, E. A., CHAPMAN, JEAN, Isaacs, K. S,,
and DickMAN, K. W.: Intraclass correlation vs.
factor analytic techniques for determining groups
of profiles. Psychological Bulletin, 56:48-57,
1959.

HAGGARD, ERNEST A., HIKEN, JULIA R., and IsAAcs,
KENNETH S.: Some effects of recording and film-
ing on the psychotherapeutic process. Psychiatry,
28(2):169-191, 1965.

85

HAGGARD, ERNEST A., and Isaacs, KENNETH S.:
Micromomentary facial expressions as indicators
of ego mechanisms in psychotherapy. In: Gott-
schalk, L. A., and Auerbach, A. H., eds. Methods
of research in psychotherapy. New York, Apple-
ton-Century-Crofts, 1966, p. 155-165.

Isaacs, K. S., ALEXANDER, J., and HAGGARD, E. A.:
Faith, trust, and gullibility. International Journal
of Psychoanalysis, 44:461-469, 1963.

Isaacs, KENNETH S., and HAGGARD, ERNEST A.:
Some methods used in the study of affect in psy-
chotherapy. In: Gottschalk, L. A., and Auerbach,
A. H., eds. Methods of research in psychother-
apy. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1966,
p. 226-239.

MILLER, ARTHUR A., Isaacs, KENNETH S., and
HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: On the nature of the ob-
serving function of the ego. British Journal of
Medical Psychology, 38(2):161-167, 1965.

SKLANSKY, M. A. Isaacs, K. S., and HAGGARD,
E. A.: A method for the study of verbal inter-
action and levels of meaning in psychotherapy.
Scientific Papers and Discussions, 1:133-148, 1960.

SKLANSKY, MORRIS A. Isaacs, KENNETH S.,
Levitov, EpitH S., and HAGGARD, ERNEST A.:
Verbal interaction and levels of meaning in psy-
chotherapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14
(2) :158-170, 1966.

STERNBERG, R. S., CHAPMAN, JEAN, and SHAKOW,
D.: Psychotherapy research and the problem of
intrusions on privacy. Psychiatry, 21(2):195-
203, 1958.

MH-639 (R01) PrEeIFFER, CARL C.: Convulsive
metabolites in epilepsy and schizophrenia. Uni-
versity of Illinois, Chicago, Ill. (Continued as
MH-875). (1953-54)

JenNEy, E. H., and PFEIFFER, C. C.: The convul-
sant effect of hydrazides and the antidotal effect
of anticonvulsants and metabolites. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 122
(1):110-123, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
875).

Kirram, K. F.: Convulsant hydrazides: II. Compari-
son of electrical changes and enzyme inhibition
induced by the administration of thiosemicarba-
zide. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics, 119:263-271, 1957. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-875).

Kiam, K. F., and BAIN, J. A.: Convulsant hydra-
zides. I. In vitro and in vivo inhibition of vita-
min B enzymes by convulsant hydrazides. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
119:255-262, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
875).

PFEFFER, CARL C., JENNEY, ELIZABETH H., and
MARSHALL, WiLLIAM H.: Experimental seizures
in man and animals with acute pyridoxine defi-
ciency produced by hydrazides. Electroencepha-
lography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 8:307-
315, 1955. (Also acknowledges MH-875).

PRESTON, JAMES B.: Pentylenetetrazole and thiosemi-
carbazide: A study of convulsant activity in the
isolated cerebral cortex preparation. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 115
(1):28-38, 1955. (Also acknowledges MH-875).

PRESTON, JAMES B.: The influence of thiosemicar-
bazide on electrical activity recorded in the ante-
rior brain stem of the cat. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 115(1):
39-45, 1955. (Also acknowledges MH-875).

ReiLLy, R. H., Kram, K. F., JENNEY, E. H,
MarsHALL, W. H., TausiG, T., and APTER, N. S.:
Convulsant effects of isoniazid. Journal of Amer-
ican Medical Association, 152:1317-1321, 1953.

MH-647 (R01) MiLLER, NEAL E.: Behavioral laws
of motivation and conflict. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1953-66)

BaiLEy, C. J.: The effectiveness of drives as cues.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 48:183-187, 1955.

BAILEY, C. J., and PORTER, L. V.: Relevant cues in
drive discrimination in cats. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 48:180-
182, 1955.

Barry, H., IIT: Effects of strength of drive on learn-
ing and on extinction. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 55:473-481, 1958.

Barry, H., III, and MILLER, N. E.: Effects of drugs
on approach-avoidance conflict tested repeatedly
by means of a “telescope alley”. [Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:201-
210, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2949).

Barry, H., III, WAGNER, SyLviA A., and MILLER,
N. E.: Effects of several drugs on performance in
an approach-avoidance conflict. Psychological Re-
ports, 12:215-221, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2949).

BERKUN, M. M.: Factors in the recovery from ap-
proach-avoidance conflict. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 54:65-73, 1957.

BIALER, I.: Primary and secondary stimulus generali-
zation as related to intelligence level. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62:395-402, 1961.

Bower, G. H., and MILLER, N. E.: Rewarding and
punishing effects from stimulating the same place
in the rat's brain. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 51:669-674, 1958.

Coons, EpGar E., LEVAK, MILENA, and MILLER,
Near E.: Laternal hypothalamus: Learning of
food-secking response motivated by electrical stim-
ulation. Sczence, 150(3701):1320-1321, 1965.

86

DEeBorp, R. C., MILLER, N. E., and JENSEN, D. D.:
Effect of strength of drive determined by a new
technique for appetitive classical conditioning of
rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 59:102-108, 1965.

DEeLGaDO, J. M. R., RoBERTS, W. W., and MILLER,
N. E.: Learning motivated by electrical stimula-
tion of the brain. American Journal of Physiol-
0gy, 179:587-593, 1954.

Dicara, Leo V.: Effect of amygdaloid lesions on
avoidance learning in the rat. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 4(7):279-280, 1966.

EGGER, M. D., and MILLER, N. E.: Secondary rein-
forcement in rats as a function of information
value and reliability of the stimulus. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 64:97-104, 1962.

EcGEr, M. D., and MILLER, N. E.: When is a
reward reinforcing: An experimental study of the
information hypothesis. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:132-137, 1963.

FEIRSTEIN, A. R., and MILLER, N. E.: Learning to
resist pain and fear: Effects of electric shock be-
fore versus after reaching goal. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:797-
800, 1963.

FowLER, H.: Facilitation and inhibition of perform-
ance by punishment: The effects of shock intensity
and distribution of trials. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:531-538,
1963.

FowrLer, H., and MILLER, N. E.: Facilitation and
inhibition of runway performance by hind and
forepaw shock of various intensities. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
801-805, 1963.

FrROMER, R.: Conditioned vasomotor responses in the
rabbit. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 56:1050-1055, 1963.

HANDAL, PAUL ].: Immediate acceptance of sodium
salts by sodium deficient rats. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 3(7):315-316, 1965.

HENDRY, D. P.: The effect of correlated amount of
reward on performance on a fixed-interval sched-
ule of reinforcement. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:387-391, 1962.

HENDRY, D. P., and RascHE, R. H.: Analysis of a
new nonnutritive positive reinforcer based on
thirst. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54:477-483, 1961.

Horwmes, J. E., and MILLER, N. E.: Effects of bac-
terial endotoxin on water intake, food intake and
body temperature in the albino rat. Journal of
Experimental Medicine, 118:649-658, 1963.

KarsH, EILEEN B.: Effects of number of rewarded
trials and intensity of punishment on running
speed. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:44-51, 1962.

KENYON, JoHN, and KRriECkHAUs, E. E.: Enhanced
avoidance behavior following septal lesions in the
rat as a function of lesion size and spontaneous
activity. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 59(3):466-468, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-1370).

KrasNE, F. B.: General disruption resulting from
electrical stimulus of ventromedial hypothalamus.
Science, 138:822-823, 1962.

KRrASNE, FRANKLIN B.: Deceased tolerance of hypo-
thalamic hyperphagics to quinine in drinking wa-
ter. Psychonomic Science, 4(9):313-314, 1966.

KrieckHAUS, E. E.: Decrements in avoidance be-
havior following mammillothalamic tractotomy in
cats. Journal of Neurophysiology, 27(5):753-
767, 1964.

KrieckHAUS, E. E.: Ultrasound as a diagnostic and
surgical tool. In: Gordon, D., ed. Ultrasound in
psychology. London, E. & S. Livingstone, 1964.

KrieckHAUS, E. E.: Decrements in avoidance be-
havior following mammillothalamic tractotomy in
rats and subsequent recovery with d-amphetamine.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 60(1):31-35, 1965. i}

KrieckHAUS, E. E., and CHI, CARL C.: Role of
freezing and fear in avoidance decrements follow-
ing mammillothalamic tractotomy in cat: I. Two-
way avoidance behavior.  Psychonomic Science,
4(7):263-264, 1966.

KrieckHAUS, E. E., SiMMoNs, H. J., THoMas, G. J.,
and KENYON, J.: Septal lesions enhance shock
avoidance behavior in the rat. Experimental Neu-
rology, 9:107-113, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-1370).

LeaToN, ROBERT N.: Exploratory behavior in rats
with hippocampal lesions. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50(3):325-330,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4163).

MacPHAIL, EUAN M.: Self-stimulation in pigeons:
The problems of “priming.” Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 5(1):7-8, 1966.

MiLLER, NEAL E.: Drive, drive-reduction, and re-
ward. In: Proceedings of the 14th International
Congress of Psychology, Montreal, Canada. Am-
sterdam, North-Holland, 1954, p. 151-152.

MiLLER, N. E.: Shortcomings of food consumption
as a measure of hunger; results from other be-
havioral techniques. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 63:141-143, 1955.

MiLLER, N. E.: Effects of drugs on motivation: The
value of using a variety of measures. Annals of
New York Academy of Sciences, 65:318-333,
1956.

87

MILLER, N. E.: A psychologist speaks. In: Kruse,
H. D., ed. Integrating the approaches to mental
disease. New York, Hoeber, 1957, p. 43-45.

MiLLEr, N. E.: Objective techniques for studying
motivational effects of drugs on animals. In:
Garattini, S., and Ghetti, V., eds. Psychotropic
drugs. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1957, p. 83-103.

MiLLER, N. E.: Experiments on motivation: Studies
combining psychological, physiological and phar-
macological techniques. ~~ Science, 126(3268):
1271-1278, 1957.

MiLLER, N. E.: Central stimulation and other new
approaches to motivation and reward. American
Psychologist, 13:100-108, 1958.

MILLER, N. E.: Liberalization of basic S-R concepts:
Extensions to conflict behavior and social learning.
In: Koch, Sigmund, ed. Psychology: A study of
a science. Vol. II. General systematic formula-
tions, learning and special processes. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1958, p. 196-292.

MILLER, N. E.: Motivational effects of brain stimu-
lation and drugs. Federation Proceedings, 19:
846-854, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2949).

MILLER, N. E.: Some recent studies of conflict be-
havior and drugs. American Psychologist, 16:12-
24,1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2949).

MiLLER, N. E.: Analytical studies of drive and re-
ward. American Psychologist, 16:739-754, 1961.

MiLLEr, N. E.: Integration of neurophysiological
and behavioral research. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 92:830-839, 1961.

MILLER, N. E.: Learning and performance motivated
by direct stimulation of the brain. In: Electrical
stimulation of the brain. Austin, Texas, Univer-
sity of Texas Press, 1961, p. 387-396.

MiLLER, NEAL E.: Implications for theories of re-
inforcement. In: Electrical stimulation of the
brain. Austin, Texas, University of Texas Press,
1961, p- 575-581.

MILLER, NEAL E.: Some experiments on the mech-
anisms of motivation. Voprosy Psikhologii (Mos-
cow), 4:143-156, 1961.

MILLER, NEAL E.: Some motivational effects of elec-
trical and chemical stimulation of the brain. Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology.
Supplement 24:247-259, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2949).

MiLLER, N. E.: Some reflections on the law of effect
produce a new alternative to drive reduction. In:
Nebraska Symposium on Motivation. Lincoln,
Nebr., University of Nebraska Press, 1963, p. 65-
112. (Also acknowledges MH-2949).

MiLLER, N. E.: Certain recent developments in ex-
perimental psychology. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Britain, 148:481-497, 1963.
MiLLER, N. E.: Comments on “Approach-avoidance

conflict in the mother-surrogate situation.”  Psy-
chological Reports, 12:773-774, 1963.
MiLLER, N. E.: Discussion of Dr. Anand’s paper.

In: Brazier, M. A. B., ed. Brain and behavior.
Vol. 2. American Institute of Biological Science,
1964, p. 90-99.

MiLLER, NEAL E.: Some psychophysiological studies
of motivation and of the behavioural effects of
illness. Bulletin of British Psychological Society,
17:1-20, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2949).

MLLER, N. E.: Some implications of modern be-
havior theory for personality and psychotherapy.
In: Byrne, D., and Worchel, P., eds. Personality
change. New York, Wiley, 1964, p. 149-175.
(Also acknowledges MH-2949).

MiLLER, N. E.: Physiological and cultural determi-
nants of behavior. In: Proceedings of the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences Centennial Symposium,
Washington, D.C., May, 1964.

MiLLER, NEAL E.: Extending the domain of learn-
ing. Science, 152(3722):676, 1966.

MiLLER, N. E., and BARRY, H., III: Motivational
effects of drugs: Methods which illustrate some
general problems in psychopharmacology. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 1:169-199, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2949).

MiLLER, N. E., Coons, E. E., LEwis, MELISSA, and
JENSEN, D. D.: Electrode holders in chronic prep-
arations. B. A simple technique for use with the
rat. In: Sheer, D. E. Electrical stimulation of
the brain. Austin, Texas, University of Texas
Press, 1961, p. 51-54.

MiLLER, N. E., and DeBoLp, R. C.: Classically con-
ditioned tongue-licking and operant bar pressing
recorded simultaneously in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 59:
109-111, 1965.

MILLER, N. E,, GoTrTEsMAN, K. S., and EMERY, N.:
Dose-response to carbachol and norepinephrine in
rat's hypothalamus. American Journal of Physiol-
ogy, 206:1384-1388, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2949).

MILLER, N. E., JENSEN, D. D., and MYERs, A. K.:
Injury and excitation by electric current. B. A
comparison of the Lilly waveform and the sixty-
cycle sine wave. In: Sheer, D. E. Electrical stim-
ulation of the brain. Austin, Texas, University of
Texas Press, 1961, p. 64-66.

MILLER, N. E., and KEsseN, M. L.: Is distension of
the stomach via balloon rewarding or punishing?
American Psychologist, 9:430-431, 1954.

MILLER, N. E., PFAFFMAN, C., and SCHLOSBERG,
H.: Aspects of psychology and psychophysiology in
the USSR. In: Bauer, R. A., ed. Some views on
Soviet psychology. New York Timely Press, 1962.

88

MILLER, N. E., and PORTER, L. W.: Training under
two drives, alternately present, vs. training under
a single drive. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 54:1-7, 1957.

MILLER, N. E., SAMPLINER, R. I., and WoODROW,
P.: Thirst-reducing effects of water by stomach
fistula vs. water by mouth measured by both a
consummatory and an instrumental response.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 50:1-5, 1957.

MicLLER, N. E,, and SENF, G.: Evidence for positive
induction in instrumental discrimination learning.
In: Armenian Academy of Sciences, Asratyan
Memorial Volume, December, 1964.

MURRAY, EDWARD J.: A content-analysis method for
studying psychotherapy. Psychological Mono-
graphs, 70(13):1-32, 1956. (Whole No. 420)

Murray, E. J., and BERKUN, M. M.: Displacement
as a function of conflict. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 51:47-56, 1955.

Myers, A. K., and MILLER, N. E.: Failure to find
a learned drive based on hunger: Evidence for
learning motivated by “exploration.” Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47:
428-436, 1954.

NoviN, D., and MILLER, N. E.: Failure to condi-
tion thirst induced by feeding dry food to hun-
gry rats. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55:373-374, 1962.

RoBerTS, W. W.: Rapid escape learning without
avoidance learning under motivation aroused by
hypothalamic stimulation. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 51:391-399,
1958.

RoBERTS, W. W.: Both rewarding and punishing
effects from stimulation of posterior hypothalamus
of cat with same electrode at same intensity. [oun
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
51:400-407, 1958.

RoBERTS, W. W., DEMBER, W. N., and BRODWICK,
M.: Alternation and exploration in rats with hip-
pocampal lesions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:695-700, 1962.

SteinBaUM, E. A., and MILLER, N. E.: Obesity
from eating elicited by daily stimulation of hypo-
thalamus. American Journal of Physiology, 208
(1):1-5, 1965.

STRICKLER, E. M., and MILLER, N. E.: Thirst meas-
ured by licking reinforced on interval schedules:
Effects of prewatering and of bacterial endotoxin.
Journal cf Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 59:112-115, 1965.

TENEN, S. S., and MILLER, NEAL E.: Strength of
electrical stimulation of lateral hypothalamus, food
deprivation and tolerance for quinine in food.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 58:55-62, 1964.
WoLF, G.: Effect of dorsolateral hypothalamic le-
sions in sodium appetite elicited by desoxycorti-
costerone and by acute hyponatremia. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 58:
396-402, 1964.

WoLF, GEORGE, and QUARTERMAIN, DAviD: So-
dium chloride intake of desoxycorticosterone-
treated and of sodium-deficient rats as a function
of saline concentration. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 61(2):288-291,
1966.

ZiMmBARDO, P. G., and Barry H., III: Effects of
caffeine and chlorpromazine on the sexual behav-
ior of male rats. Science, 127:84-85, 1958.

ZiMBARDO, P. G., and MILLER, N. E.: The facilita-
tion of exploration by hunger in rats. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 51:
43-46, 1958.

MH-648 (R01) DoLLARD, JOHN: Quantitative
methods for the study of psychotherapy. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1953- )

AuLp, FRANK, JR.: Contributions of behavior the-
ory to projective testing. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 18(4):421-426, 1954.

Aurp, FRANK, JR.: Is Beck's sample of -Rorschach
testees representative? Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 56:135-136, 1957.

Aurv, FRANK, JR.: Emotions in the interview; Can
they be measured? Psychological Reports, 8:239-
242, 1961.

AuLp, FRANK, JR., DREYER, HARRY W., and DoL-
LARD, JOHN: Measurement of electrical skin re-
sistance during interviews. Psychological Reports,
4:11-15, 1958.

Aurp, F., and Mani, G. F.: A comparison of the
DRQ with ratings of emotion. [Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 53:386-388, 1956.
(Also acknowledges MH-1052).

AuLp, FRANK, JRr., and MURRAY, EDWARD, J.: Con-
tent-analysis studies of psychotherapy. Psycho-
logical Bulletin, 52:377-395, 1955.

AuLp, FRANK, JR., and MyERs, JEROME K.: Con-
tributions to a theory for selecting psychotherapy
patients. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 10(1):
56-60, 1954. (Also acknowledges MH-263).

AuLp, FRANK, JR., and WHITE, ALICE M.: Rules
for dividing interviews into sentences. Journal of
Psychology, 42:273-281, 1956.

AuLD, FRANK, JR., and WHITE, ALICE M.: Sequen-
tial dependencies in psychotherapy. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:100-104,
1959.

Drrtes, JaMmEs E.: Extinction during psychotherapy
of GSR accompanying ‘embarrassing’ statements.

89

Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54:
187-191, 1957.

DitTES, JAMES E.: Facts and fantasies in the minis-
ter’s mental health. In: Oates, Wayne E., ed.
The minister's own mental health. New York,
Channel Press, 1961, p. 209-222.

DoLLARD, JoHN, and AULD, FRANK, JR.: Scoring
human motives. New Haven, Conn., Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1959, 452 p.

MURRAY, EDWARD J., AULD, FRANK, and WHITE,
ALICE M.: A psychotherapy case showing progress
but no decrease in the discomfort-relief quotient.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 18:349-353,
1954.

MyERrs, JEROME K., and AuLp, FRANK, JR.: Some
variables related to outcome of psychotherapy.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 11(1):51-54,
1955.

WHITE, A. M., FICHTENBAUM, L., and DOLLARD,
J.: Measure for predicting dropping out of psyco-
therapy. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28:
326-332, 1964.

WHITE, ALICE M., FICHTENBAUM, LEONARD, and
DoLLARD, JoHN: Evaluation of silence in initial
interviews with psychiatric clinic patients. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 139(6):550~
557, 1964.

WHITE, ALICE M., FICHTENBAUM, LEONARD, and
DoLLARD, JOHN: A content measure of changes
attributable to psychotherapy. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 36(1):41-49, 1966.

MH-650 (R01) GAGE, NATHANIEL L.: Studies of
social perception in the classroom. University of
Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1953-57)

GaGg, N. L.: Explorations in teachers’ perceptions
of pupils. Journal of Teacher Education, 9:97-
101, 1958.

GaGE, N. L.: A method for “improving” teacher
behavior. Journal of Teacher Education, 14:261-
266, 1963.

GaGi, N. L., and CroNBACH, LEE ].: Conceptual
and methodological problems in interpersonal
perception. Psychological Review, 62:411-422,
1955.

GAGE, N. L., Leavitt, GEORGE S., and STONE,
GEORGE C.: Teachers’ understanding of their
pupils and pupils’ ratings of their teachers. Psy-
chological Monographs, 69(21), 1955. (Whole
No. £06)

GaGe, N. L., Leavirt, GEORGE S., and STONE,
GEORGE C.: Social perception in the classroom.
Urbana, Ill., Bureau of Educational Research, Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1955, 73 p. (Report No. 5)

GAGE, N. L., Leavitt, GEORGE S., and STONE,
GEORGE C.: The intermediary key in the analysis
of interpersonal perception. Psychological Bulle-

tin, 53:258-266, 1956.

GaGE, N. L., Leavitt, GEORGE S., and STONE,
GEORGE C.: The psychological meaning of acqui-
escence set for authoritarianism. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 55:98-103, 1957.

GAGE, N. L., and RUNKEL, P. J.: What do they
expect? Some conversation about pupils, an invi-
tation, and a request. Urbana, Illinois, Bureau
of Educational Research, University of Illinois
Press.

GAGE, N. L., RUNKEL, P. J., and CHATTERJEE,
B. B.: Equilibrium theory and behavior change:
An experiment in feedback from pupils to teach-
ers. Urbana, Ill, Bureau of Educational Re-
search, University of Illinois, 1960, 129 p.

GAGE, N. L.,, RUNKEL, P. J.,, and CHATTERJEE,
B. B.: Changing teacher behavior through feed-
back from pupils: An application of equilibrium
theory. In: Charters, W. W., Jr, and Gage,
N. L., eds. Readings in the social psychology of
education. Boston, Allyn & Bacon, 1963, p. 173-
181.

RupIN, S. A.: Measuring the teacher's effectiveness
as 2 lecturer. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 98:
147-154, 1961.

STONE, GEORGE C., GAGE, N. L., and LEAVITT,
GEORGE S.: An analysis of the negative correla-
tion between two kinds of accuracy in predicting
another’s responses. Urbana, Ill, Bureau of Edu-
cational Research, University of Illinois, 1954,
25 p. (Report No. 3)

STONE, GEORGE C., GAGE, N. L., and LEAVITT,
GEORGE S.: Two kinds of accuracy in predicting
another’s responses. Journal of Social Psychology,
45:245-254, 1957.

STONE, GEORGE C., LEAVITT, GEORGE S., and GAGE,
N. L.: Generality of accuracy in perceiving stand-
ard persons. Urbana, Ill., Bureau of Educational
Research, University of Illinois, 1954, 13 p. (Re-
port No. 1)

MH-651 (R01) KopELOFF, NicHOLAs: Effect of
arterial ligation on experimental epilepsy. Colum-
bia University, New York, N.Y. (1952-56)

CHus, J. G., KopPeLOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Recurrent motor epileptic seizures following
intraparietal cerebral injections of alumina cream
in the monkey. Federation Proceedings, 13:26-
27, 1954.

CHus, J. G., KoPELOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Chronic bilateral carotid arterial occlusion in
epileptic monkeys. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 14(1)Part 1:28, 1955.

CHus, J. G., KopPeLOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Motor epilepsy of parietal lobe origin in the
monkey. Neurology, 5:108-112, 1955.

90

CHusp, J. G., KoPELOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Reserpine (Serpasil) effects on epileptic mon-
keys. Proceedings of the Society for Experimen-
tal Biology and Medicine, 88:276-277, 1955.

CHus, J. G., KoPeLOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Effects of unilateral and bilateral carotid arte-
rial occlusions in monkeys. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
89:534-536, 1955.

CHus, J. G., KopeLOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Convulsive effects of tripelennamine and di-
phenhydramine in monkeys. Federation Proceed-
ings, 15:35-36, 1956.

CHus, J. G., KopeELOFF, L. M., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Anterior and middle cerebral arterial ligations
in chronic experimental epilepsy in the monkey.
Journal of Applied Physiology. 12:114-116, 1958.

KoreLoFF, L. M., CHusID, J. G., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Chronic experimental epilepsy in ‘‘macaca
mulatta.” Neurology, 4:218-227, 1954.

KopEeLOFF, L. M., CHusID, J. G., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Epilepsy in “macaca mulatta” after cortical or
intracerebral alumina. Archives of Neurology
and Psychiatry, 74:523-526, 1955.

KopeLOFF, L. M., CHusID, J. G., and KOPELOFF,
N.: Effect of chlorpromazine upon epileptic and
normal monkeys. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 90:282-284,
1955.

KoreLorF, N., CHusm, J. G., and KOPELOFF,
L. M.: Epilepsy produced in “macaca mulatta”
with commercial aluminum hydroxide. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
6:303-3006, 1954.

MH-652 (R01) MAsLAND, RicHARD L.: Effect of
anticonvulsants on EEG abnormalities. Wake
Forest College, Winston-Salem, N.C. (1952-57)

StroBOs, ROBERT R. J.: Prognosis in convulsive
disorders. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology, 1:
216-225, 1959.

MH-655 (R01) ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and
TYLER, FRANK H.: Biochemical basis of pheny’
pyruvic oligophrenia. University of Utah, Salt
Lake City, Utah. (1953-58)

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D.: The utilization of L- and
D-phenylalanine by the rat. Journal of Biological
Chemistry, 205:839-848, 1953.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D.: The phenylalanine and
tyrosine requirements of the rat. Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 213:409-414, 1955.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D.: The relation of the bio-
chemical abnormality to the development of the
mental defect in phenylketonuria. In: Onesti,
Silvio J., Jr., ed. Etiological factors in mental
retardation. Report of the 23rd Ross Laboratories
Pediatrics Research Conference. Columbus, Ohio,
Ross Laboratories, 1957, p. 28-33.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and BINKLEY, E. L., JR.:
Observations on a newborn infant with phenyl-
ketonuria. Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 93(3):418-
420, 1956.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., CHao, F. C, WALL,
P. E,, and PARKER, V. J.: The endogenous origin
of hippuric acid. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 90:675-679,
1955.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and Low, N. L.: Studies
on phenylketonuria. VIII. Relation between age,
serum phenylalanine level, and phenylpyruvic acid
excretion. Proceedings of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, 94:142-146, 1957.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., Low, N. L., and BosMA,
J. R.: Studies on phenylketonuria. IX. Further
observations on the effect of phenylalanine-re-
stricted diet on patients with phenylketonuria.
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 5:543-
554, 1957.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D. and McMILLAN, AR-
MAND: 3-methoxy-4-hydroxy-D-mandelic acid, a
urinary metabolite of norepinephrine. Biochemica
et Biophysica Acta, 25:422-423, 1957.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and McMILLAN, A.:
Identification of a major urinary metabolite of
norepinephrine. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 16(1):146, 1957.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and MCMILLAN, AR-
MAND: Studies on the formation of 3-methoxy-4-
hydroxy-D-mandelic acid, a urinary metabolite of
norepinephrine and epinephrine.  Pharmacologi-
cal Reviews, 11:394-401, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2278).

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and ROBINSON, KATH-
RYN S.: On the excretion of indole derivatives in
phenylketonuria. Archives of Biochemistry and
Biophysics, 52:287-288, 1954.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and ROBINSON, KATH-
RYN S.: Abnormal metabolites in phenylketonuria.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 13:175-176,
1954.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and SHAaw, K. N. F.:
Studies on phenylketonuria. III. The metabolism
of o-tyrosine. Journal of Biological Chemistry,
213:805-811, 1955.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and SHAw, K. N. F.:
The occurrence of (-)B-m-hydroxyphenyl-hydra-
crylic acid in human urine. Journal of Biological
Chemistry, 225:269-278, 1957.

ARMSTRONG, M. D., SHAW, K. N. F., GORTATOW-
SKI, M. ]., and SINGER, H.: The indole acids of

91

human urine. Paper chromatography of indole
acids. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 232:17-
30, 1958.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., SHAw, K. N. F, and
ROBINSON, KATHRYN S.: Studies on phenylketo-
nuria. II. The excretion of o-hydroxyphenyl-
acetic acid in phenylketonuria. Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 213:797-804, 1955.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., SHAw, K. N. F., and
WALL, P. E.: The occurrence of m-hydroxyphenyl
acids in urine. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 14:174, 1955.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., SHAaw, K. N. F., and
Watt, P. E.: The phenolic acids of human urine.
Paper chromatography of phenolic acids. Journal
of Biological Chemistry, 218(1):293-303, 1956.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and TYLER, F. H.: Studies
on phenylketonuria. I. Restricted phenylalanine
intake in phenylketonuria. Journal of Clinical
Investigation, 34:565-580, 1955.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., WALL, P. E., and PARKER,
V. J.: The excretion of m-hydroxy-hippuric acid
by humans. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 218
(2):921-927, 1956.

BrowN, D. M., ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and
SmitH, E. L.: Studies on phenylketonuria. IV.
Serum proteins in phenylketonuria. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 89:367-371, 1955.

GorTAaTOWSKI, M. J., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.:
Convenient lactic acids. Journal of Organic Chem-
istry, 22:1217-1220, 1957.

GREENBERG, J. B., GALsTON, A. W., SHAW, K. N.
F., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Formation and auxin
activity of indole-3-glycolic acid. Science, 125:
992-993, 1957.

HORNER, F. A., and STREAMER, C. W.: Effect of a
phenylalanine-restricted diet on patients with phe-
nylketonuria. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 161:1628-1630, 1956.

Low, N. L., ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and CAR-
LISLE, J. W.: Phenylketonuria. Two unusual
cases. Lancet, 2:917-918, 1956.

Low, N. L., BosMma, J. F., and ARMSTRONG, MAR-
VIN D.: Studies on phenylketonuria. VI. EEG
studies in phenylketonuria. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 77:359-364, 1957.

Low, N. L., BosMa, J. F., ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D.,
and MADSEN, J. A.: Infantile spasms with mental
retardation, I. Clinical observations and dietary
experiments. Pediatrics, 226) :1153-1164, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-1586).

MORRIS, A. J., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Rat growth
experiments with S-hydroxy-DL-tryptophan. (‘Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 16:393, 1957.
Morris, A. J., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: The prepa-
ration of 5-hydroxy-L-and-D-tryptophan. Journal
of Organic Chemistry, 22:306-308, 1957.

SHAw, K. N. F., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Growth
experiments with B-phenylserine diastereomers.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 13:295, 1954.

SHAw, K. N. F., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Rat
growth experiments with # phenylscrine diastereo-
isomers. Proceedings of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, 88:673-675, 1955.

SHAw, K. N. F., ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and
McMILLAN, A.: Preparation of m-hydroxyphenyl-
L-and D-lactic acids and other compounds related
to m-tyrosine. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 21:
1149-1151, 1956.

SHAW, KENNETH N. F., GUDMUNDSON, ARIEL, and
Morris, ALLAN ].: 5-Benzyloxyindole. Biochemi-
cal Preparations, 9:12, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-5232).

SHAW, K. N. F., MCMILLAN, A., and ARMSTRONG,
M. D.: Metabolism of DOPA. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 15:353, 1956.

SHAw, K. N. F.,, MCMILLAN, A., and ARMSTRONG,
MARVIN D.: Synthesis of o-tyrosine and related
phenolic acids. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
21:601-604, 1956.

SHAW, K. N. F., McMILLAN, A. and ARMSTRONG,
MARVIN D.: The metabolism of 3, 4-dihydroxy-
phenylalanine. Journal of Biological Chemistry,
226:255-266, 1957.

SHAw, K. N. F., McMILLAN, A., and ARMSTRONG,
M. D.: Preparation of urinary metabolites of 3,
4-dihydroxyphenylalanine and norepinephrine and
related compounds. Journal of Organic Chem-
istry, 23:27-32, 1958.

SHAw, K. N. F., MCMILLAN, A., GUNDMUNDSON,
A. G., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Preparation of
B-(3-indolyl) compounds related to tryptophan
metabolism. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 23:
1171-1178, 1958.

Saw, K. N. F., and Morris, A. J.: 5-Hydroxy-dlI-
tryptophan. Biochemical Preparations, 9:92, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-5232).

SHAW, KENNETH N. F., and NorLAN, CHRis: Im-
proved preparation of diethyl oximino-formamido-
and acetamidomalonates. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 22:1668-1670, 1957.

TYLER, F. H., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Metabolic
aspects of some neurological and muscular dis-
orders. Annual Review of Medicine, 5:207-222,
1954.

TyLER, F. H., BosMa, J. F., and ARMSTRONG, M.
D.: Clinical and biochemical changes in patients
with phenylketonuria on restricted phenylalanine
intake. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 34:917-
918, 1955.

92

MH-656 (R01) BARTLETT, Roscoe G., Jr., and
BoHR, VERNON C.: The adrenal cortex and con-
ditioned hypothermia. Loma Linda University,
Loma Linda, Calif. (1953-54) (Continued as
MH-986).

BARTLETT, R. G., JR, and MILLER, M. A.: The
adrenal cortex in restraint hypothermia and in
adaptation to the stress of restraint. Journal of
Endocrinology, 14:181-187, 1956.

REGISTER, U. D., and BARTLETT, R. G., JR.: Rela-
tionship of adrenalin to tissue sulfhydryl com-
pounds. Science, 120:109-110, 1954.

MH-657 (R01) Pincus, GREGORY, and HOAGLAND,
HupsoN: Biochemistry of induced psychoses and
schizophrenia. Worcester Foundation for Experi-
mental Biology. Shrewsbury, Mass. (1953-55)

ELmaDJIAN, F., HOPE, J. M,, and Pincus, G.: The
action of mono-ammonium glycyrrhizinate on adre-
nalectomized subjects and its synergism with hy-
drocortisone. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology
and Metabolism, 16:338-349, 1956.

FREEMAN, HARRY, Pincus, GREGORY, ELMAD]JIAN,
FRED, and RoMANOFF, Louis P.: Adrenocortical
reactivity in aged schizophrenic patients. In:
Wolstenholm, G. E., and O'Connor, Margaret P.
Cameron, eds. Ciba Foundation Colloquia on
Aging. Vol. 1. Boston, Little, Brown, 1955,
p. 219-236.

FREEMAN, HARRY, PINCUS, GREGORY, ELMAD]JIAN,
FRED, and ROMANOFF, Louis P.: Adrenal re-
sponsivity in aged psychotic patients. Geriatrics,
10(2):72-77, 1955.

HoaGLaND, HuDpsoN, RINKEL, MAX, and HYDE,
RoBERT W.: Adrenocortical function and urinary
phosphate excretion. A. M. A. Archives of Neu-
rology and Psychiatry, 73:100-109, 1955.

MH-658 (R01) McCANDLESS, Boyp R.: Language
ability and concept formation in children. State
University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1953-55)

SCHAEFFER, MAURICE S., and GERJUOY, IRMA R.:
The effect of stimulus naming on the discrimina-
tion learning of kindergarten children. Child
Development, 26:231-240, 1955.

SHEPARD, WINIFRED O.: The effect of verbal train-
ing on initial generalization tendencies. Child
Development, 27:311-316, 1956.

SHEPARD, WINIFRED O., and SCHAEFFER, MAURICE
S.: The effect of concept knowledge on discrimi-
nation learning. Child Development, 27:173-
178, 1956.

MH-659 (R01) BLuM, GERALD S.: The role of
defense mechanisms in behavior. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1953-54)
BLuM, G. S.: A guide for research use of the
Blacky pictures. Journal of Projective Techniques,
26:3-29, 1962.

CoHEN, A. R.: Experimental effects of ego-defense
preference on interpersonal relations. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 52:19-27, 1956.

NELSON, S. E.: Psychosexual conflicts and defenses
in visual perception. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 51:427-433, 1955.

MH-661 (R01) HAHN, PAULINE B., GARDNER,
GEORGE E., and WALDFOGEL, SAMUEL: A study
of school phobia in children. Judge Baker
Guidance Clinic, Boston, Mass. (1953-55)

COOLIDGE, SAMUEL, BRODIE, RICHARD D., and
FEENEY, BARBARA: A ten-year follow-up study
of sixty-six school phobic children. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 34:675-684, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-826).

CooLIDGE, JoHN C., HAHN, PAULINE B., and PECK,
ALICE L.: School phobia: Neurotic crisis or way
of life. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
27:296-305, 1957.

CooLIDGE, JoHN C., WILLER, MARY Lou, TEss-
MAN, ELLEN, and WALDFOGEL, SAMUEL: School
phobia in adolescence: A manifestation.of severe
character disturbance. American Journal of Or-
thopsychiatry, 30:599-607, 1960.

CooLIDGE, SAMUEL, and GRUNEBAUM, MARGARET:
Considerations for individual and group therapy
for the latency age child. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 14:84-96, 1964.

CooLIDGE, SAMUEL, TESSMAN, ELLEN, WALDFOGEL,
SAMUEL, and WILLER, MARY Lou: Patterns of
aggression in school phobia. Psychoanalytic Study
of the Child, 17:319-333, 1962.

WALDFOGEL, SAMUEL, COLLIDGE, JOHN, and HAHN,
PAULINE B.: The development, meaning and man-
agement of school phobia. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry. (Also acknowledges MH-826).

WALDFOGEL, S., HAHN, P., and LANDY, E.: School
phobia: Causes and management. The School
Counselor, 3(2):19-25, 1955.

WALDFOGEL, SAMUEL, TEssMAN, ELLEN, and
HAHN, PAULINE B.: A program for early inter-
vention in school phobia. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 29:324-332, 1959.

MH-664 (R01) LEVINE, MAURICE, and GOTT-
SCHALK, Louis A.: Psychiatric study of surgical

patients. University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati,
Ohio. (1954-56)
FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD, ALPERT, MURRAY, and

KURTZBERG, RICHARD L.: An effect of emotion
on voice. Nature, 193(4813):357-358, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2716 and MH-4664).

93

TITCHENER, JAMES L.: Psychiatry in the practice of
surgery and the specialties. = Somatopsychic se-
quences. In: Hofling, Charles K., ed. Textbook
of psychiatry for medical practice. Philadelphia,
Lippincott, 1963, p. 222-268.

TITCHENER, JAMES L., and LEVINE, MAURICE, eds.:
Surgery as a human experience. The psychody-
namics of surgical practice. New York, Oxford
University, 1960, 285 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-999).

TITCHENER, J., ZWERLING, I., GOTTSCHALK, L., and
LEVINE, M.: Psychological reactions of the aged
in surgery. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 79:63-73, 1957.

TITCHENER, J. L., ZWERLING, I, GOTTSCHALK,
L. A., and LEVINE, M.: Psychological reactions to
the aged in surgery. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 79:63-73, 1958.

TITCHENER, J. L., ZWERLING, I, GOTTSCHALK,
L. A., LEVINE, M., CULBERTSON, W., COHEN, §.,
and SILVER, H.: Problem of delay in seeking sur-
gical care. Journal of the American Medical As-
sociation, 160:1187-1193, 1956.

TITCHENER, J. L., ZWERLING, I, GOTTSCHALK,
L. A., LEVINE, M., CULBERTSON, W., COHEN, S.,
and SILVER, H.: Psychosis in surgical patients.
Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics, 102:59-65,
1956.

TITCHENER, J. L., ZWERLING, I, GOTTSCHALK,
L. A, LeviNgE, M., SiLver, H., CoweTT, A.
COHEN, S., CULBERTSON, W.: Consequences of
surgical illness and treatment. Archives of Neu-
rology and Psychiatry, 77:623-634, 1957.

ZWERLING, I., TITCHENER, J., GOTTSCHALK, L. A.,
LEVINE, M., CULBERTSON, W., COHEN, SENTA F.,
and SILVER, H.: Personality disorder and the re-
lationships of emotion to surgical illness in 200
surgical patients. American Journal of Psychiatry,
112(4) :270-277, 1955.

MH-669 (RO1) Haves, KeitH J.: Effect of expe.
rience on mental functions in animals. Yerkes
Laboratories of Primate Biology—Emory Univer-
sity, Orange, Park, Fla. 1953-55)

Haves, KeiTH J., and Haves, C.: The cultural ca-
acity of chimpanzee. Human Biology, 26:288-
303, 1954.

MH-674 (R01) Hosss, NicHOLAs: Parent-child
relationships of creative children. George Pea-
body College for Teachers, Nashville, Tenn.
(1953-60)

Hosss, NicHOLOs: Motivation to high achievement.
In: Shertzer, Bruce, ed. Working with superior
students: Theories and practices. Chicago, Sci-
ence Research Associates, 1960.
MH-675 (R01) INGRAM, WALTER R., KNOTT,
Jonn R.: Neurological bases of behavior. Iowa,
State University of Iowa City, Iowa. (1953 )

AFIFI, A. K.: The camel subcommissural organ: His-
tology and histochemistry. (Abstract) Anatomical
Record, 145:307, 1963.

AFIFI, A. K.: Pineal body in the camel.
Anatomical Record, 148:356, 1964.

AFIFl, A. K.: The subcommissural organ of the
camel. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 123:
139-142, 1964.

AFIFl, A., and KAELBER, W. W.: Efferent connec-
tions of the substantia nigra in the cat. Experi-
mental Neurology, 11(4):474-482, 1965.

AFIF, A. K., MorrisoN, R. T., SaHs, A. L., and
Evans, T. C.: A comparison of Hg2%% chlormero-
drin scintiencephaloscanning with neuroradiology
and electroencephalography for the localization of
intracanial lesions. (Abstract) Neurology, 14:
258, 1964.

Arr, A. K., and OsBoRrRNE, J. W.: Correlation of
neurosecretory material with water intake and
urine output in x-irradiated rats. (Abstract) Ana-
tomical Record, 145:198, 1963.

AFIFL, ADEL K., OSBORNE, JaMEs W., and MITCH-
ELL, C. L.: Changes in neurosecretory material,
water intake, and urine output in X-irradiated rats.
Radiation Research, 23(1):1-12, September 1964.

(Abstract)

BrowN, D., and AriFi, A. K.: Histological and
ablation studies on the relation of the subcommis-
sural organ to sodium and water metabolism in
the rat. (Abstract) Anatomical Record, 148:
264, 1964.

CHAMBERLAIN, M. S., and SKULTETY, F. M.: Mesen-
cephalic responses elicited by septal and fornical
stimulation in the cat. (Abstract) Anatomical
Record, 145:215, 1963.

CorreLL, R. E.: The effect of bilateral hippocampal
stimulation on the acquisition and extinction of an
instrumental response. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50:624-629, 1957.

CorreLL, R. E., and INGRAM, W. R.: Variations in
after-discharge from the hippocampus. Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 93:240-245, 1956.

CorrELL, R. E., INGRAM, W. R., and KNOTT, J. R.:
Effects of hypothalamic lesions on preoperatively
learned tasks. (Abstract) Anatomical Record,
124:277-278, 1956.

CorreLL, R. E., and KAELBER, W. W.: Some ef-
fects of chlorpromazine on subcortical activity.
(Abstract) Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 9:175, 1957.

CorreLL, R. E., KNoTT, J. R., and INGRAM, W. R.:
The effect of subcortical lesions on the bar press

94

response. (Abstract) Anatomical Record, 121:
279-280, 1955.

DAHL, D., INGRAM, W. R., and Knorr, J. R.:
Diencephalic lesions and avoidance learning in
cats. Archives of Neurology, 7:314-319, 1962.

Hamer, E. G., and KAELBER, W. W.: Reserpine
action on central nervous system of the cat. Amer-
ican Journal of Physiology, 200:195, 1961.

Henry, C,, and KNortT, J. R.: Electroencephalog-
raphy. In: Progress in neurology and psychiatry.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961.

INGrAM, W. R.: Modification of learning by lesions
and stimulation in the diencephalon and related
structures. In: Jasper, Herbert H., ed. Reticular
formation of the brain. Henry Ford Hospital In-
ternational Symposium. Boston, Mass., Little,
Brown, 1958, p. 535-544.

INGRAM, W. R.: Central autonomic mechanisms. In:
Handbook of physiology-neurophysiology. Vol. 2.
American Physiological Society, 1960, p. 951-978.

INGrAM, W. R., KNOTT, J. R., and CORRELL, R. E.:
The effects of subcortical lesions and subcortical
stimulation on the bar press response. (Abstract)
In Proceedings of the 6th International Congress of
Anatomy, Paris, 1955, p. 100-111.

INGrAM, W. R., KNOTT, ]. R., and PmrscH, J. G.:
Electroencephalographic and behavioral effects of
stimulation of certain points in diencephalon and
forebrain in unanesthetized cats. (Abstract) Ana-
tomical Record, 118:392-393, 1954.

Jackson, J. M.: A simple electrocardiograph moni-
tor for routine use in electroencephalography.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiol-
0gy, 14:924-927, 1962.

JoHNsoN, D. A., and KAELBER, W. W.: Septal and
anterior hypothalamic lesions: Some effects on
sleep and body metabolism in cats. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 108:375-377, 1961.

KAELBER, W. W.: Cortical and subcortical electrical
effects of psycho-pharmacological and tremor pro-
ducing compounds. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 80:544-553, 1958.

KAELBER, W. W.: Tremor at rest from tegmental
lesions in the cat. Journal of Neuropathology and
Experimental Neurology, 22:695-701, 1963.

KAELBER, W. W., and CorreLL, R. E.: Some sub-
cortical influences on tremor. (Abstract) Ana-
tomical Record, 127:315, 1957.

KAELBER, W. W., and CorreLL, R. E.: Effect of
tremor producing drugs on subcortical electro-
encephalographic recordings. (Abstract) Archives
of Neurology and Psychiatry, 80:181, 1958.

KAELBER, W. W. and Hamer, E. G.: Drug
(tremorine) -inducted tremor in the cat. Abolition
 

by differential transactions of the neuraxis. Ar-

chives of Neurology, 2:338-340, 1960.

KAELBER, W. W., and HaMmEL, E. G.: Post-lesion
tremor inhibition: Effect of tremorine after lesions
of the hypothalamus and thalamus. Archives of
Neurology, 5:221-226, 1961.

KAELBER, W. W., and Hamer, E. G.: Observa-
tions on rest-type tremor in the cat. Journal of
Neuropathology and Experimental Neurology, 20:
263-274, 1961.

KAELBER, W. W., and INGRAM, W. R.: Claustrum
of tamandua tetradactyla and myrmecophaga ju-
bata. Anatomical Record, 142:245-246, 1962.

KAELBER, W. W., and JoynT, R. J.: Tremor pro-
duction in cats given chlorpromazine. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 92:399-402, 1956.

KAELBER, W. W., NIBBELINK, D. W., and INGRAM,
W. R.: Some physiological and anatomical obser-
vations on dorsal root sections in cat. (Abstract)
Anatomical Record, 139:243, 1961.

KHALIFEH, Rivap R., KAELBER, WiLLiaAM W., and
INGRAM, WALTER R.: Some efferent connections
of the nucleus medialis doralis. An experimental
study in the cat. American Journal of Anatomy,
116(2) :341-354, 1965.

Knorr, J. R.: Some comments on automatic low
frequency analysis. In: Brazier, Edward M.
Computer techniques in electroencephalogram anal-
ysis. New York, Elsevier, 1961, p. 22-24.

Knorr, J. R., CorreLL, R. E., and INGRAM, W. R.:
Some subcortical influences on performance in the
cat. American Psychologist, 10:395, 1955.

Knorr, J. R., and INGRAM, W. R.: Diencephalic
influences on learning performance. In: Electri-
cal stimulation of the brain. Austin, University of
Texas Press, 1961, p. 371-379.

Knorr, J. R., INGRAM, W. R., and CHILES, W. D.:
Effects of subcortical lesions on cortical electro-
encephalogram in cats. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 73:203-215, 1955.

Knorr, J. R., INGRAM, W. R., and CORRELL, R. E.:
Effects of certain subcortical lesions on learning
and performance in the cat. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology, 2:247-259, 1960.

Knott, J. R., INGRAM, W. R., and CORRELL, R. E.:
Some effects of subcortical stimulation on the bar
press response. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology,
2:476-484, 1960.

LowENBERG, EDWIN C.: An experimental electro-
encephalograph function generator.  Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 11:
335-357, 1959.

McApaM, D.: Some neural correlates of classical
aversive conditioning in the cat. (Abstract) Elec-

95

troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
14:288, 1962.

McApaM, D. W.: Electroencephalographic changes
and classical aversive conditioning in the cat. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 6:357-371, 1962.

McApaMm, D.: Some cortical-subcortical relationships
during acquisition of a conditioned response.
(Abstract)  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 15:149, 1963.

McApaM, D.: Effects of positional relations between
subject, CS, and US on shuttle-box avoidance
learning in cats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 58:302-304, 1964.

McApaM, D., Grass, R., and KNOTT, J. R.: Quanti-
fication of the EEG response to flickering light.
(Abstract) Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 15:720, 1963.

McApam, D. W. Knorr, J. R.,, and INGRAM,
W. R.: Changes in EEG responses to the condi-
tioned stimulus during the formation of a clas-
sically conditioned response. (Abstract) Proceed-
ings of the 5th International Congress of Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
Excerpts Medica, 1961.

McApaMm, D. W., Knott, J. R., and INGraM,
W. R.: Changes in EEG responses evoked by the
conditioned stimulus during classical aversive con-
ditioning in the cat. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:731-738, 1962.

McApam, D. W., SNODGRASS, L., and KNOTT, J. R.
A prewired circuit board for use in chronic elec-
trode implantations. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:798-799, 1961.

McApaMm, D. W. SNobcrass, L., Knott, J. R.
and INGRAM, W. R.: Some preliminary observa-
tions of electrical changes in deep brain structures
during acquisition of a classical conditioned re-
sponse. (Abstract) Electroencephalography and

linical Neurophysiology, 13:146, 1961.

McCrum, W. R.: A study of diencephalic mecha-
nisms in temperature regulation. Journal of Com-
parative Neurology, 98:233-282, 1953.

NEWMAN, BERTHA L.: Behavioral effects of electri-
cal self-stimulation of the septal area and related
structures in the rat. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54:340-346, 1961.

NiIBBELINK, D. W.: Paraventricular nuclei, neuro-
hypophysis, and parturition. American Journal of
Physiology, 200:1229-1231, 1961.

SKULTETY, F. MiLEs: The behavioral effects of de-
structive lesions of the periaqueductal gray matter
in adult cats. Journal of Comparative Neurology,
110:337-365, 1958.

SumMERs, T. B., and KAELBER, W. W.: Some ob-
servations on behavior and its modification by le-
sions of the amygdala and related projection sys-
tem. (Abstract) Physiologist, 1:81, 1957.

SumMERs, T. B., and KAELBER, W. W.: Amygdalec-
tomy: Effects in 13 cats and a survey of its present
status. American Journal of Physiology, 203:
1117-1119, 1962.

Way, J. S.: Electrophysiologic study of hippocampal
connections in the cat. (Abstract) Anatomical
Record, 133:348, 1959.

Way, J. S.: An oscillographic study of a conduction
pathway from the so-called olfactory areas to the
hippocampal formation in the cat. (Abstract)
Anatomical Record, 139:285, 1961.

Way, J. S.: An oscillographic study of afferent con-
nections to the hippocampus in the cat (Felis do-
mesticus).  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 14:78-89, 1962.

MH-677 (RO1) ROBINSON, ALICE M.: Therapeutic
role of the nurse. Boston State Hospital, Boston,
Mass. (1953- )

ROBINSON, ALICE M., MELLOW, JUNE, HURTEAU,
PHYLLIS, and FRIED, MARC A.: Research in psy-
chiatric nursing. 1. The role of the.nurse-thera-
pist in a large public mental hospital. 2. Nursing
therapy with individual patients. 3. The psychi-
atric head nurse. American Journal of Nursing,
55:441-444;572-575;704-707, 1955.

MH-680 (R01) MurpHY, Lois B.: Temperament
in relation to children’s coping methods. Men-
ninger Foundation, Topeka, Kan. (1953-60)

BERNARDEZ, TERESA: The feminine role: Case re-
port. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 29(4):
198-204, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4093).

EscaLonNa, S. K., and HEIDER, GRACE: Prediction
and outcome: A study of child development. New
York, Basic Books, 1959, 318 p. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-27).

HEIDER, GRACE M.: Vulnerability in infants. Bul-
letin of the Menninger Clinic, 24(3):104-115,
1960.

HEDER, GRACE M.: What makes a good parent?
Children, 7(6):207-213, 1960.

HEIDER, GRACE M.: Vulnerabilities, sources of
strength, and capacity to cope in the “normal”
child. In: Proceedings of the 14th International
Congress of Applied Psychology. Copenhagan,
Munksgaard, 1961, p. 79-94.

MoriARTY, ALICE: Children’s ways of coping with
the intelligence test. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 24(3) :115-128, 1960.

Moriarty, ALICE E.: Coping patterns of preschool
children in response to intelligence test demands.
Genetic Psychology Monographs, 64:3-127, 1961.

96

Murphy, Lois B.: Effects of child-rearing patterns
on mental health. Children, 3(6):213-219, 1956.

MurPHY, Lois B.: Emotional first aid for the young
child. Menninger Quarterly, 10(1):19-22, 1956.
Also in: Childhood Education, 32:205-207, 1956.

Murphy, Lois B.: Psychoanalysis and child develop:
ment. Part I. Bulletin of the Menninger Clin,
21(5) :177-259, 1957.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Psychoanalysis and child develop-
ment. Part II. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
21(6):248-259, 1957.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Learning how children cope with
their problems. Children, 4(4):132-137, 1957.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Cultural sequences, expectancies
and patterns in relation to childhood stress. Hu-
man Development Bulletin. 8th Annual Sympo-
sium, University of Chicago, Chicago, IIL, p. 44-
71, 1957.

MurpHY, Lois B.: A longitudinal study of children’s
coping methods and styles. In: Proceedings of the
15th International Congress of Psychology, Brus-
sels, 1957, p. 433-436.

MurpHY, Lois B.: What is an emotionally disturbed
child and how does he get that way. In: The
emotionally disturbed child. Fourth Annual North
Carolina Conference on Handicapped Children.
Durham, North Carolina, Duke University, 1958,
p. 11-35. )

MurpHY, Lois B.: The child’s way of coping: A
longitudinal study of normal children. Bulletin of
the Menninger Clinic, 24(3):97-104, 1960.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Pride and its relation to nar-
cissism, autonomy and identity. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 24(3) :136-144, 1960.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Coping devices and defense mech-
anisms in relation to autonomous ego functions.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 24(3) :144-154,
1960.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Preventive implications of devel-
opment in the preschool years. In: Caplan, Ger-
ald, ed. Prevention of mental disorders in chil-
dren. New York, Basic Books, 1960, p. 218-259.

MurpHY, Lois B.: The widening world of child-
hood: Paths toward mastery. New York, Basic
Books, 1962, 399 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
27).

MurpHY, Lois B.: World implications of early child-
hood needs. In: World Organization for Early
Childhood Education (O.M.E.P.). Report of the
oth World Assembly. London, England, 1962, p.
19-23.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Problems in recognizing emo-
tional disturbance in children. Child Welfare,
42(10):473-487, 1963.

 
MurpHY, Lois B.: Self-management capacities in
children. In: Frazier, Alexander, ed. New in-
sights and the curriculum. Yearbook 1963.
Washington, D.C., Association for Supervision
and Curriculum Development, National Educa-
tion Association, 1963, p. 107-142.

MurpHY, L. B.: Adaptational tasks in childhood in

our culture. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
28:309-322, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4093).

MURPHY, Lois B.: Some aspects of the first relation-
ship. International [Journal of Psychoanalysis,
45(1):31-43, 1964.

MurpHY, Lois B.: Continuity and change in coping
resources of preschool children. Journal of Nur-
sery Education, 19(2) :78-88, 1964.

MurpHY, Lois B., and KRALL, Vita: Free play as
a productive tool. In: Rabin, Albert, and Ha-
worth, Mary, eds. Projective techniques with chil-
dren. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1960.

MurpHY, Lois B., and MURPHY, GARDNER: The
child as potential. In: The nation’s children.
Vol. 2. Development and education. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1960, p. 207-224.

MurpHY, Lois B., and MURPHY, GARDNER: Her-
man Rorschach and personality research. In:
Rickers-Ovsiankina, Maria, ed. Rorschach psychol-
ogy. New York, Wiley, 1960, p. 341-358.

ToussiENG, PovL W.: The psychiatric examination
as part of the coping study. Bulletin“of the Men-
ninger Clinic, 24(3) :128-136, 1960.

MH-681 (R01) WENDT, GEORGE R., NOWLIS,
HELEN H., NowLis, VINCENT, and RIESEN, AUs-
TIN H.: Effects of drugs on social and emotional
behavior. Rochester, University of Rochester,
N.Y. (1953-58)

ALEXANDER, S. J., CotzIN, M., and WENDT, G. R.:
Chemical influences on behavior: I. The effects of
small dose of hyoseine on performance. Journal
of Psychology, 39:389-402, 1955.

EICHLER, H., Fry, C. L., LAWRENCE, R. A., WENDT,
G. R., and YANKAUER, A.: A study of periodic
school medical examinations: Education aspects.
American Journal of Public Health, 51:1532-1540,
1961.

HAEFNER, D., LANGHAM, P., LANZETTA, J. T., and
WENDT, G. R.: The effects of an “‘anxiety-reduc-
ing” medication on group behavior under threat.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 52:
103-108, 1956.

Howwis, VINCENT, & HowLis, HELEN H.: The de-
scription and analysis of mood. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 65:345-355,
1956.

97

LATIES, V. G.: Modification of affect, social behavior
and performance by sleep deprivation and drugs.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1:12-25, 1961.

Nowwis, V.: Methods for the objective study of drug
effects on group functioning. In: Uhr, L., and
Miller, J. G., eds. Drugs and behavior. New
York, John Wiley, 1960, p. 563-581.

WENDT, G. R.: Effects of certain drugs used in self-
medication in relation to driving performances and
traffic hazards. In: Health, medical and drug fac-
tors in highway safety. (Conference proceedings
of the 2nd Highway Safety Research Correlation
Conference). Washington, D.C., National Asso-
ciation of Science, National Research Council,
1954, p. 2.26-2.31. (Publication 328).

WENDT, G. R., and CAMERON, JEAN S.: Chemical
studies of behavior: V. Procedures in drug ex-
perimentation with college students. Journal of
Psychology, 51:173-211, 1961.

WENDT, G. R., CAMERON, J. S., and SPECHT, P. G.:
Chemical studies of behavior: VI. Placebo and
dramamine as methodological controls, and effects
on moods, emotions, and motivations. [Journal of
Psychology, 53:257-279, 1962.

MH-687 (R01) LEVINSON, DANIEL J., and GREEN-
BLATT, MILTON: Social structure and adaptation
in mental hospitals. Harvard University, Boston,
Mass. (1953-60)

GREENBLATT, M., and LEVINSON, D. J.: The evalu-
ation of therapeutic change: Sociopsychological as-
pects. In: Cole, J. O., and Gerard, R. W., eds.

sychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation.
Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sciences-
National Research Council, 1959, p. 478-498.
(Also acknowledges MH-9104).

GREENBLATT, M., LEVINSON, D. J., and SHAPIRO,
A.: Placebo effect, social milieu, and the evalua-
tion of psychiatric therapies. Journal of Chronic
Diseases, 9:327-333, 1959.

GREENBLATT, MILTON, LEVINSON, DANIEL J., and
WiLLiAMS, RICHARD H., eds.: The patient and
the mental hospital: Contributions of research in
the science of social behavior. Glencoe, Ill., Free
Press, 1957, 658 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
1000 and MH-9091).

KLERMAN, G., SHARAF, M., HOLZMAN, MATHILDA,
and LEVINSON, D. J.: Sociopsychological charac-
teristics of resident psychiatrists and their use of
drug therapy. American [Journal of Psychiatry,
117:111-117, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1000).

LeviNsON, D. J.: Role, personality, and social struc-
ture in the organizational setting. [Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 58:170-180, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-1000).

LEVINSON, DANIEL J., and GALLAGHER, EUGENE B.:
Patienthood in the mental hospital: An analysis of
role, personality, and social structure. Boston,
Houghton Mifflin, 1964, 265 p. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1000).

LeEviNsON, D. J., and SHARAF, M.: Achieving a
therapeutic ward setting. Mental Hospitals, 2:9-
11, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-1000).

PINE, F., and LEVINSON, D. J.: A sociopsychological
conception of patienthood. International Journal
of Social Psychiatry, 7(2):106-122, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1000).

SHARAF, M. R., and LeviNsoN, D. J.: The “quest
for omnipotence” in professional development:
The case of resident psychiatrists. Psychiatry,
27(2):135-149, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
1000).

MH-690 (R01) ANDERSON, JOHN E., and HARRIS,
DALE B.: The prediction of adjustment in chil-
dren. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minn. (1953-59)

ANDERSON, J. E.: The prediction of adjustment over
time. In: Iscoe, I., and Stevenson, H. W., eds.
Personality development in children. Austin,
Texas, University of Texas Press, 1960, p. 28-72.

ANDERSON, J. E., Harris, D. B., WERNER, EMMY,
and GALLISTEL, ELIZABETH: A survey of children’s
adjustment over time. A report to the people of
Nobles County. Minneapolis, Institute of Child
Development and Welfare, University of Minne-
sota, 1959, 42 p.

BeiLIN, H.: Effect of changes in rural life upon
teacher's attitudes toward the school program.
School Review, 64:181-186, 1956.

BeiLIN, H.: Validation of the Minnesota scale of
parental occupations and a modification of the
Warner occupational rating scale. Journal of Ap-
plied Psychology, 41:373-376, 1957.

BEILIN, H.: The prediction of adjustment over a
four-year interval. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
0gy, 13:270-274, 1957.

BEILIN, H.: Effect of social (occupational) role and
age upon the criteria of mental health. Journal
of Social Psychology, 48:247-256, 1958.

BeiLIN, H., and WERNER, EMMY: Sex role expecta-
tions and criteria of social adjustment for young
adults. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 13:341-
343, 1957.

BEILIN, H., and WERNER, EMMY: Sex differences
among teachers in the use of the criteria of ad-
justment. Journal of Educational Psychology,
48:426-436, 1957.

Bein, H., and WERNER, EMMY: Interviewing
availability of a follow-up sample of rural youth.
Public Opinion Quarterly, 21:380-384, 1957.

BEILIN, H., and WERNER, EMMY: Differences be-

98

tween well and poorly adjusted young adults
based upon psychologists’ ratings and subjects’
self-ratings. Journal of General Psychology, 60:
45-55, 1959.

Harris, D. B.: A scale for measuring attitudes of
social responsibility in children. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 55:322-326, 1957.

Harris, D. B.: Parental judgment of responsibility
in children and children’s adjustment. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 92:161-166, 1958.

Harris, D. B., CLark, K. E., Rose, A. M,, and
VALASEK, F.: The measurement of responsibility
in children. Child Development, 25:21-28, 1954.

Harris, D. B., CLARK, K. E., Rose, A. M., and
VaLASEK, F.: The relationship of children’s home
duties to an attitude of responsibility. Child
Development, 25:29-33, 1954.

Harris, D. B., Rose, A. M.,, CLark, K. E., and
VALASEK, F.: Personality differences between re-
sponsible and less responsible children. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 87:103-109, 1955.

Harris, D. B., and TSENG, S. C.: Children’s atti-
tudes toward peers and parents as revealed by
sentence completions. Child Development, 28:
401-411, 1957.

WERNER, EMMY, and GALLISTEL, ELIZABETH: Pre-
diction of outstanding performance, delinquency,
and emotional disturbance from childhood evalua-
tions. ..Child Development, 32:255-260, 1961.

MH-692 (R01) LAMBERTSEN, CHRISTIAN J., and
ScumipT, CARL F.: Control of human respiration

and brain circulation. University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pa. (1953-63)

ALEXANDER, S. C., GELFAND, R., and LAMBERTSEN,
C. J.: The pk’ of carbonic acid in cerebrospinal
fluid. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 236:592-
596, 1961.

ALEXANDER, S. C., WorkMAN, R. D., and Lam-
BERTSEN, C. J.: Hyperthermia, lactic acid infu-
sion, and the composition of arterial blood and
cerebrospinal fluid. American Journal of Physi-
ology, 202:1049, 1962.

LaMBERTSEN, C. J.: Carbon dioxide and respiration
in acid-base homeostasis. Anesthesiology, 21:
642-651, 1960.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J.: The philosophy of extremes for
the gascous environment of manned, closed eco-
logical systems. Aerospace Medicine, 34:291-
299, 1963.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J.: Factors in the stimulation of
respiration by carbon dioxide. In: Cunningham,
D. J. C, and Lloyd, B. B., eds. The regulation
of human respiration. Oxford, England, Black-
well Scientific Publications, 1963, p. 257.
LAMBERTSEN, C. J., HALL, P., WoLLMAN, H., and
GooDpMAN, M. W.: Quantitative interactions of
increased Po, and Pco; upon respiration in man.
Annals of the New York Academy of Science,
109:731-742, 1963.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J., and OWEN, S. G.: Continuous
constant-rate sampling modification of nitrous ox-
ide method for cerebral blood flow in man. In:
Bruner, H. D., ed. Methods in medical research.
Vol. 8. Chicago, Year Book, 1960, p. 262-269.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J., SEMPLE, S. J. G., SMYTH, M. G,,
and GELFAND, R.: H* and Pco, as chemical fac-
tors in respiratory and cerebral circulatory control.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 16:473-484, 1961.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J., and WENDEL, H.: Continuous
control of alveolar Pco, in man in studies of
meperidine-induced respiratory depression. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 15:450, 1956.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J., and WENDEL, H.: An alveolor
Pco, control system: Its use to magnify respira-
tory depression by meperidine. Journal of Ap-
plied Physiology, 15:43-48, 1960.

LAMBERTSEN, C. J., WENDEL, H., and LONGEN-
HAGEN, J]. B.: The separate and combined res-
piratory effects of chlorpromazine and feperidine
in normal men controlled at 46 mm. Hg alveolor
Pcoy. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics, 131:381-393, 1961.

MARSHALL, J. R., and LAMBERTSEN, C. J.: Interac-
tions of increased Po, and Pco, effects in pro-
ducing convulsions and death in mice. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 16:1-7, 1961.

Pierce, E. C., LAMBERTSEN, C. J., DEUTSCH, S,
CHaskg, P. E., LiNnpg, H. W., Dripps, R. D., and
Prick, H. L.: Cerebral circulation and metabolism
during thiopental anesthesia and hyperventilation
in man. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 41:
1664-1671, 1962.

Pierce, E. C., LAMBERTSEN, C. J., STRONG, M. J,
ALEXANDER, S. C., and STEELE, D.: Blood Pco,
and brain oxygenation at reduced ambient pres-
sure. Journal of Applied Physiology, 17:899-
908, 1962.

MH-693 (R01) Hovorka, EpwarDp J.: Effects of
ECS on learning and memory. Tulane Univer-
sity, New Orleans, La. (1953-58)

Hovorka, E. J.: Depression of bar-pressing rate as
related to the pulse duration of interjected uni-
directional ECS. (Abstract) American Psycholo-
gist, 11:442, 1956.

Hovorka, E. J.: Depressive effects of ECS as re-
lated to the peak intensity of unidirectional
square-wave ECS. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 51:679-681, 1958.

Hovorka, E. ]J.: Depression of bar-press responding
as related to stimulus parameters of interjected

unidirectional square-wave ECS. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 51:682-
688, 1958.

Hovorka, E. J, ScHumMsky, D. A. and WORK,
M. S.: Electroconvulsive thresholds as related to
stimulus parameters of unidirectional ECS. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
53:412-414, 1960.

MH-694 (R01) THOMAS, GARTH ]., and GERARD,
RaLpH W.: Neural mechanisms of behavior. Uni-
versity of Illinois, Chicago, Ill. (1954-56)

GERARD, R. W.: Biological roots of psychiatry.
Science, 122(3162):225-230, 1955.

KosMmAN, M. E., and GERARD, R. W.: The effect of
adrenaline on a conditioned avoidance response.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 48:506-508, 1955.

LEVINE, SEYMOUR, and Otis, LEON S.: The effects
of handling before and after weaning on the re-
sistance of albino rats to later deprivation. Cana-
dian Journal of Psychology, 12(2):103-108, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-1051).

MAHER, BRENDAN A.: Anticipatory and persevera-
tive errors following frontal lesions in the rat.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 48(2):102-105, 1955.

Oris, L. S., CERF, J. A, and THoMas, G. ].: Con-
ditioned inhibition of respiration and heart rate
in the goldfish. Science, 126:263-264, 1957.

Oris, L. S., and THOMAS, G. J.: Inhalation of car-
bon dioxide has no effect on conditioned emo-
tional responses in rats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 51:205-208, 1958.

THOMAS, G. ].: Vision. Annual Review of Psychol-
0gy, 6:63-94, 1955.

THOMAS, G. J., Moorg, R. Y., HARVEY, J. A., and
Hunt, H. F.: Relations between the behavioral
syndrome produced by lesions in the septal region
of the forebrain and maze learning in the rat.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 52:527-532, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-1370).

THoMaAS, G. J., and Otis, L. S.: Effects of rhinen-
cephalic lesions on conditioning avoidance re-
sponses in the rat. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 51:120-134, 1958.

THoMas, G. J., and Otis, L. S.:Effects of rhinen-
cephalic lesions on maze learning in rats. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 51:
161-166, 1958.

THoMAs, G. J., and STEWART, P. A.: The effect on
visual perception of stimulating the brain with
polarizing currents. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 70:528-540, 1957.
MH-700 (R01) Murray, HENRY A.: Auditory
apperception and personality. Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Mass. (1953-59)

Murray, H. A.: American Icarus. In: Burton, A.,
and Harris, R. E., eds. Clinical studies of per-
sonality. New York, Harper, 1955, p. 615-641.

WessmaN, A. E., Ricks, D. F., and Tyr, MARY
McILLVAINE: Characteristics and concomitants of
mood fluctuation in college women. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60:117-126,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1287).

MH-701 (R01) ZANDER, ALVIN F.: Effects of
group variables on adaptive behavior. University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1953-56)

BURNSTEIN, E., StoTrLAND, E., and ZANDER, A.:
Similarity to a model and self evaluation. [our-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:257-
264, 1961.

STOTLAND, EZRA: An expectancy approach to secu-
rity as a general aspect of motivation. Journal of
General Psychology, 61:253-268, 1959.

STOTLAND, E.: Determinants of attraction to groups.
Journal of Social Psychology, 49:71-80, 1959.

StoTLAND, E., THORLEY, S., THOMAS, E. J., COHEN,
A. R,, and ZANDER, A.: The effects of group
expectations and self-esteem upon self-evaluation.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 54:
55-63, 1957.

StorLaND, E., and ZANDER, A.: Effects of public
and private failure on self-evaluation. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56:223-229,
1958.

StorLaND, E., ZANDER, A., and NaTsouras, T.:
Generalization of interpersonal similarity. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:250-
256, 1961.

THoMmas, E. J.: Effects of facilitative role interde-
pendence on group functioning. Human Rela-
tions, 10:347-366, 1957.

ZANDER, A., STOTLAND, E., and WOLFE, D.: Unity
of group, identification with group, and self-
esteem of members. [Journal of Personality, 28:
463-478, 1960.

MH-702 (RO1) SoskiN, WiLLIAM F.: Characteris-
tics of interaction of individuals. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1953-55)

SoskIN, WILLIAM F.: Verbal interaction in a young
married couple. (Publication No. 3). In:
Barker, Roger, & Kaplan, Bert, eds. Primary rec-
ords on psychology. Lawrence, Kansas, Univer-
sity of Kansas, 1963.

SoskIN, WiLLIAM F., and JoHN, VERA P.: Sequen-
tial analyses of social interaction. (Abstract)

100

American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32(2):
344-345, 1962.

SoskIN, WiLLiAM F., and JoHN, VERA P.: The
study of spontaneous talk. In: Barker, Roger, ed.
The stream of behavior. New York, Appleton-
Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 228-281. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3321).

MH-707 (RO1) SEEMAN, JuLius: Study of the
process and outcomes of play therapy. George
Peabody College for Teachers, Nashville, Tenn.
(1954-56) (Continued from MH-593).

SEEMAN, JuLius, BARRY, EDYTH, and ELLINWOOD,
CHARLOTTE: Personality integration as a criterion
of therapy outcome. Psychotherapy: Theory,
Research, and Practice, 1:14-16, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-593).

SEEMAN, JuLius, BARRY, EDYTH, and ELLINWOOD,
CHARLOTTE: Interpersonal assessment of play
therapy outcome. Psychotherapy: Theory, Re-
search, and Practice, 1:64-66, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-593).

MH-710 (RO1) STRASSMANN, GEORGE S., and
ASEKOFF, MYER: Senile degenerations of the
brain. Metropolitan State Hospital, Waltham,
Mass. (1954-56)

STRASSMANN, GEORGE S.: Uber die allgemein-medi-
zinische bedeutung der altersveranderungen des
gehirns. Die Medizinische, 15:568-570, 1956.

STRASSMAN, GEORGE: Unrecognized intracranial le-
sions in mentally sick patients over 60. Geriatrics,
12:350-352, 1957.

STRASSMANN, G., and ASEKOFF, M.: Incidence of
diseases of the gastrointestinal tract among men-
tally ill patients over 60 years old. (Abstract)
Journal of Gerontology, 9(4):486-487, 1954.

STRASSMANN, GEORGE, and ASEKOFF, MYER: Sen-
ile degenerations of the brain and their relation
to psychoses and diseases. American Practitioner
and Digest of Treatment, 7:1100-1103, 1956.

MH-712 (R01) SARASON, SEYMOUR B., DAVIDSON,
KENNETH, and LIGHTHALL, FRED: Measurement
of test anxiety in children. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1954- )

BARNARD, J. W., ZIMBARDO, P. G., and SARASON,
SEYMOUR B.: Anxiety and verbal behavior in
children. Child Development, 32:379-392, 1961.

DavipsoN, K. S., and SARASON, SEYMOUR B.: Test
anxiety and classroom observations. Child De-
velopment, 32:199-210, 1961.

DavipsonN, K. S., SArASON, S., LIGHTHALL, F. F.
WAITE, R. R., and SARNOFF, I.: Differences be-
tween mothers’ and fathers’ ratings of low anxious
and high anxious children. Child Development,
29(1):155-160, 1958.
Doris, JOHN, SARASON, SEYMOUR B., and BERKO-
witz, LAWRENCE: Test anxiety and performance
on projective tests. Child Development, 34:751~-
766, 1963.

Fox, C., SARASON, S., DavipsoN, K. S.; LIGHTHALL,
F. F., and Warrg, R. R.: Human figure drawings
of high and low anxious children. Child De-
velopment, 29(2) :287-295, 1958.

Hirt, K. T.: Relation of test anxiety, defensiveness,
and intelligence to sociometric status. Child De-
velopment, 34:767-776, 1963.

LiGHTHALL, F. F., RUEBUSH, B. K., and SARASON, S.:
Change in mental ability as a function of test
anxiety and type of mental test. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 23(1):34-38, 1959.

SARASON, S., DavipsonN, K. S., LIGHTHALL, F. F.,
and WAITE, R. R.: A test anxiety scale for chil-
dren. Child Development, 29(1):105-113, 1958.

SARASON, S., Davipson, K. S., LiGHTHALL, F. K.,
and Wart, R. R.: Rorschach behavior and per-
formance of high and low anxious children.
Child Development, 29(2):277-285, 1958.

SARASON, S., DavipsonN, K. S., LiGHTHALL, F. F.,
and Wartg, R. R.: Classroom observations of
high and low anxious children. Child Develop-
ment, 29(2) :287-295, 1958.

SARASON, SEYMOUR B., DAviDsON, KENNETH S§.,
LiGHTHALL, FREDERICK K., WAITE, RICHARD R.,
and RueBuUsH, BriTTON K.: Anxiety in elemen-
tary school children: A report of research. New
York, John Wiley, 1960, 351 p.

SARASON, S. B., LicHTHALL, F. F., Davipson, K. S.,
WaITE, R. R., and SARNOFF, I.: The effects of
serial position and time interval on two anxiety
questionnaires. Journal of General Psychology,
63:113-131, 1960.

SARASON, J., SARNOFF, I., LiGHTHALL, F. F.| and
DavipsoN, K. S.: Test anxiety and the “eleven-
plus” examinations. British Journal of Educa-
tional Psychology, 29 (Part I):9-16, 1959.

SARASON, S., SARNOFF, I., LIGHTHALL, F. F., WAITE,
R. R., and DavipsoN, K. S.: A cross-cultural study
of anxiety among American and English school
children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 49
(3) :129-136, 1958.

WAaITE, R. R., SARASON, S., LIGHTHALL, F. F., and
DaViDsoN, K. S.: A study of anxiety and learning
in children. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 57(3):267-270, 1958.

ZiMBARDO, P. G., BARNARD, J]. W., and BERKO-
witz, L.: The role of anxiety and defensiveness
in children’s verbal behavior. Journal of Person-
ality, 31:79-96, 1963.

ZwEIBELSON, I.: Test anxiety and intelligence test
performance. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
20:479-481, 1956.

101

MH-715 (R01) MURPHY, GARDNER, SANTOS,
JouN F., and SoLLEY, CHARLES M.: Studies in
perceptual learning. Menninger Foundation, To-
peka, Kans. (1954-60)

AYLLON, THEODORO, and SOMMER, ROBERT: Au-
tism, emphasis and figure-ground perception.
Journal of Psychology, 41:163-176, 1956.

Fisch, R. I, and McNAMARA, H. J.: Conditioning
of attention as a factor in perceptual learning.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:891-907, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3924).

HOCHBERG, JULIAN, and BROOKS, VIRGINIA: Effects
of previously associated annoying stimuli (audi-
tory) on visual recognition thresholds. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 55:490-491, 1958.

McNamara, H. J.: Non-veridical perception as a
function of rewards and punishment. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 9(Monograph Suppl. No. 2):
67-80, 1959.

McNamara, H. J., and FiscH, R. I.: Personal space
and laterality in perception. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 10:70, 1960.

McNAMARA, HAROLD J., SOLLEY, CHARLES M., and
LONG, JoHN: The effects of punishment (electric
shock) on perceptual learning. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 57:91-98, 1958.

MURPHY, GARDNER, and SoLLEY, CHARLES M.:
Learning to perceive as we wish to perceive.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 21:225-237,
1957.

SaNTOs, JoHN F., and MURPHY, GARDNER: An
odyssey in perceptual learning. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 24:6-17, 1960.

SaNTOs, JoHN F., and MURPHY, GARDNER: Per-
ceptual learning and reality testing. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 13:130, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3924).

SimpsoN, James E.: The influence of auditory
stimulation on aniseikonic perception: I. A pre-
liminary study. Journal of Peyihology, 41:235-
241, 1956.

SimpsoN, JaMEes E.: The influence of auditory stim-
ulation on aniseikonic perception: II and IIL
Business school women and college women. [our-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 94:263-266, 1959.

SNYDER, FRED W., and SNYDER, CHARLES W.: The
effects of monetary reward and punishment on
auditory perception. Journal of Psychology, 41:
177-184, 1956.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and ENGEL, MARY: Percep-
tual autism in children: The effects of reward,
punishment, and neutral conditions upon percep
tual learning. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
97:77-91, 1960.
SoLLEY, CHARLES M., JAcksoN, DoucLas N., and
MEsSICK, SAMUEL J.: Guessing behavior and
autism. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 54:32-36, 1957.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and LONG, JOHN: Perceptual
learning versus response set learning. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 8:235-240, 1958.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and LoNG, JoHN: When is
“uh-huh” reinforcing? ~~ Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 8:277, 1958.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and LoNG, JoHN: Affect,
fantasy, and figure-ground organization. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 62:75-82, 1960.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and MURPHY, GARDNER: De-
velopment of the perceptual world. New York,
Basic Books, 1961.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and SANTOS, JOHN H.: Per-
ceptual learning with partial verbal reinforcement.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 8:183-193, 1958.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and SNYDER, FRED W.: In-
formation processing and problem solving. [our-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 55:384-387, 1958.

SoLLEY, CHARLES M., and SOMMER, ROBERT: Per-
ceptual autism in children. Journal of General
Psychology, 56:3-11, 1957.

SOMMER, ROBERT: Perception and monetary rein-
forcement: II. The effects of rewards and punish-
ments in the visual modality. Journal of Psy-
chology, 42:143-148, 1956.

SoMMER, ROBERT: The effects of rewards and pun-
ishments during perceptual organization. [Journal
of Personality, 25(5):550-558, 1957.

SoMMER, ROBERT, and AYLLON, TEODORO: Percep-
tion and monetary reinforcement: I. The effects
of rewards in the tactual modality. Journal of
Psychology, 42:137-141, 1956.

SPENCE, DONALD P.: Success, failure, and recogni-
tion threshold. Journal of Personality, 25:712-
720, 1957.

TurNER, EDWARD D., SANTOS, JOHN F.; and SoL-
LEY, CHARLES M.: Search-discrimination time and
task difficulty. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:
719-724, 1962.

WALTERS, RicHARD H.: Conditioning of attention
as_a source of autistic effects in perception. Jour
nal of Abnormal and Social Phychology, 57:197-
201, 1958.

WEINER, MELVIN: Perceptual development in a dis-
torted room: A phenomenological study. Psycho-
logical Monographs, 70(16):1-38, 1956. (Whole
No. 423)

MH-719 (R01) HARLAN, WiLLIAM H.: Social psy-
chological study of aged migrants. Ohio Univer-
sity, Athens, Ohio. (1954-58)

102

HaArLAN, WirLrLiaM H.: Community adaptation to
the presence of aged persons: St. Petersburg, Fla.
American Journal of Sociology, 59(4):332-339,
1954.

MH-722 (R01) Saur, Leon ].: Emotional forces
in essential hypertension. University of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1954-58).

Harrow, H. F., HarLow, M. K., and HANSEN,
E. W.: The maternal affectional system of rhesus
monkeys. In: Rheingold, H. L., ed. Maternal
behavior in mammals. New York, J. Wiley &
Sons, 1963, p. 254-281.

Saur, L. ]J.: Discussion. The emotional problems
of cerebral vascular diseases. In: Luckey, E. Hugh,
ed. Cerebral wascular diseases. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1955, p. 112-116 and p. 121-
122.

Sau, L. J.: Psychogenic factors related to hyperten-
sion. In: Hubbard, John. The early detection
and prevention of disease. New York, McGraw-
Hill, 1957, p. 89-101.

Saur, L. J.: The psychoanalytic diagnostic inter-
view. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 26:76-90, 1957.

Saur, L. J.: Hostility—A bibliography in the psy-
chological sciences with supplementary references
from other social sciences. American Behavioral

Scientist (Suppl.), 4:3-46, 1961.

Saur, L. J, and SHEPPARD, E.: An attempt to
quantify emotional forces using manifest dreams.
A preliminary study. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 4(3):486-502, 1956.

Saur, L. J., and SHEPPARD, E.: An approach to a
systematic study of ego function. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 27:237-245, 1958.

Saur, L. J., SHEPPARD, EDITH, SELBY, DOROTHY,
LuamMoN, WiLrLiAM, SAcHS, DAVID, and MASTER,
REGINA: The quantification of hostility in dreams
with reference to essential hypertension. Science,
119(3090) :382-383, 1954.

Saur, L. J., SNYDER, T. R., Jr., and SHEPPARD, E.:
A guide to the understanding of manifest dreams
and other unconscious material. Report of the
panel on “The dream in the practice of psycho-
analysis.” Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 4(1):125-127, 1956.

SauL, L. J., SNYDER, T. R., Jr., and SHEPPARD, E.:
On earliest memories. Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
25:228-237, 1956.

SHEPPARD, E.: Systematic dream studies: Clinical
judgment and objective measurements of ego
strength. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 4(4):263-
270, 1963.

WaisMAN, HArRry A., WANG, Hwa L. PALMER,
GalL, and Harrow, Harry F.: Phenylketonuria
in infant monkeys. Nature, 188(4756):1124~
1125, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2730).

MH-724 (R01) HatHAWAY, STARKE R., and
MoNAcHEsI, ELio D.: Development of social ad-
justment. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,
Minn. (1954-59)

HATHAWAY, S. R., and MoNAcHEsI, E. D.: A new
approach to identifying and helping delinquent
children. In: Minnesota trends. 7th annual pub-
lic lecture series. Minneapolis, Minn., Social
Science Research Center, University of Minnesota,
Spring 1954.

HatHAwWAY, S. R., and MonNacHEsI, E. D.: The
Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory in
the study of juvenile delinquents. In: Rose,
Arnold M., ed. Mental health and mental dis-
order. New York, W. W. Norton, 1955, p. 448-
458.

HATHAWAY, S. R., and MonNacHEsI, E. D.: The
personalities of predelinquent boys. Journal of
Criminal Law, Criminology and Police Science,
48:149-163, 1957.

HATHAWAY, S. R.,, MoNAcHEsI, E. D., and Erick-
SON, M. L.: Relationship of college attendance to
ersonality characteristics and earlier delinquent
behavior. Sociological Quarterly, 1:97-106, 1960.

HATHAWAY, S. R.: MoNAcHESI, E. D., and YOUNG,
L. A.: Rural-urban adolescent personality. Rural
Sociology, 24:331-346, 1959.

HATHAWAY, S. R., MONACHESI, E. D., and YOUNG,
L. A.: Delinquency rates and personality. Journal
of Criminal Law, Criminology and Police Science,
50:433-440, 1960.

MH-726 (R01) STEIN, MORRIS I.: Social interac-
tion in a natural setting. Chicago, University of
Chicago, Ill. (1954-54)

RoseTT, HENRY L., NACKENSON, BURTON L., ROB-
BINS, HERBERT, and SAPIRSTEIN, MILTON R.:
Personality and cognitive characteristics of engi-
neering students: Implications for the occupa-
tional psychiatrist. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 122(10) :1147-1152, 1966.

MH-727 (R01) HiLGARD, JosePHINE R.: Schizo-
phrenia in parents and the age of children. Stan-
ford University, Stanford, Calif. (1954-58)

HiLGARD, JoseEPHINE R., and Fisk, FERN: Disrup-
tion of adult ego identity as related to childhood
loss of a mother through hospitalization for psy-
chosis. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
131:47-57, 1960.

HILGARD, JOSEPHINE R., and NEWMAN, MARTHA
F.: Anniversaries in mental illness. Psychiatry,
22:113-121, 1959.

103

HILGARD, JOSEPHINE R., and NEWMAN, MARTHA
F.: Evidence for functional genesis in mental ill-
ness: Schizophrenia, depressive psychoses, and
psychoneuroses. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 132:3-16, 1961.

HiLGARD, JOSEPHINE R., and NEWMAN, MARTHA
F.: Early parental deprivation in schizophrenia and
alcoholism. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
33:409-420, 1963.

HILGARD, JOSEPHINE R., and NEWMAN, MARTHA
F.: Parental loss by death in childhood as an etio-
logical factor among schizophrenic and alcoholic
patients compared with a non-patient community
sample. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
137:14-28, 1963.

HILGARD, JOSEPHINE R., and NEWMAN, MARTHA
F., and Fisk, FERN: Strength of adult ego fol-
lowing childhood bereavement. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 30:788-798, 1960.

MH-728 (R01) Liz, THEODORE: Interpersonal
family environment in schizophrenia. Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven, Conn. (1954-65)

CORNELISON, A.: Casework interviewing as a re-
search technique in a study of families of schizo-
phrenic patients. Mental Hygiene, 44:551-559,
1960.

FLECK, STEPHAN: Family dynamics and origin of
schizophrenia. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:333-
344, 1960.

FLECK, STEPHAN: Residential treatment of young
schizophrenics. ~~ Connecticut Medicine, 26:369-
376, 1962.

FLECK, S.: Psychiatric hospitalization as a family
experience. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, Sup-
plement 169, 39:260-283, 1963.

FLECK, S.: Psychotherapy of families of hospital-
ized patients. In: Masserman, J., ed. Current
psychiatric therapies. New York, Grune & Strat-
ton, 1963, vol. 3, p. 211-218,

FLECK, STEPHEN, CORNELISON, ALICE R., NOR-
TON, NEA, and Linz, THEODORE. II. Interac-
tion between hospital staff and families. Psychi-
atry, 20:343-350, 1957.

FLECK, STEPHEN, Lipz, THEODORE, and CORNELI-
SON, ALICE: Comparison of parent-child relation-
ships of male and female schizophrenic patients.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:1-7, 1963.

FLECK, STEPHNA, LiDZ, THEODORE, CORNELISON,
ALICE, SCHAFER, S., and TERRY, DOROTHY: The
intrafamilial environment of the schizophrenic pa-
tient: Incestuous and homosexual problems. In:
Masserman, J., ed. Individual and familial dy-
namics. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1959, p.
142-159.

Loz, T.: Schizophrenia and the family. Psychiatry.
21:21-27, 1958.
Loz, T.: The relevance of family studies to psycho-
analytic theory. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 135:105-112, 1962.

Loz, THEODORE: The family and human adapta-
tion: Three lectures. New York, International
Universities Press, 1963, 120 p.

Linz, THEODORE, CORNELISON, ALICE R., FLECK,
STEPHEN, and TERRY, DoroTHY: The father in
the intrafamilial environment of the schziophre-
nic patient. In: Cohen, Mable Blake, ed. Ad-
vances in psychiatry. Recent development in in-
terpersonal relations. New York, W. W. Norton,
1959, p. 180-206.

Lipz, THEODORE, CORNELISON, ALICE, FLECK,
STEPHEN, and TERRY, DoroTHY: The intrafamil-
ial environment of the schizophrenic patient. II.
Marital schizm and marital skew. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 114:241-248, 1957.

Lipz, THEODORE, CORNELISON, ALICE R., FLECK,
STEPHEN, and TERRY, DorOTHY: The intrafamil-
ial environment of the schizophrenic patient. I.
The father. Psychiatry, 20(4):329-342, 1957.
Also in: Psychie, 13:267-286, 1959.

Lipz, THEODORE, CORNELISON, ALICE, TERRY,
DoroTHY, and FLECK, STEPHEN: Intrafamilial
environment of the schizophrenic patient. VL
The transmission of irrationality. Archives of
Neurological Psychiatry, 79:305-316, 1958.

Linz, T., and FLECK, S.: Schizophrenia, human inte-
gration and the role of the Family. In: Jackson,
Don D., ed. Etiology of schizophrenia. New
York, Basic Books, 1960, p. 323-345.

Lipz, THEODORE, FLECK, STEPHEN, ALANEN, YR JO
O., and CORNELISON, ALICE: Schizophrenic pa-
tients and their siblings. Psychiatry, 26(1):1-18,
1963.

Lipz, THEODORE, FLECK, STEPHEN, CORNELISON,
ALICE R., and TERRY, DOROTHY: The intrafamil-
ial environment of the schizophrenic patient: IV.
Parental personalities and family interaction.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 28(4) :764-
776, 1958.

Linz, THEODORE, FLECK, STEPHEN, WILD, CYN-
THIA, and SCHAFER, SARAH: The thought dis-
orders of parents of schizophrenic patients. In:
Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psy-
chiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, University of Toronto
Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p. 169-173.

Liz, T., PARKER, B., and CORNELISON, A.: The
role of the father in the family environment of
the schizophrenic patient. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 113:126-132, 1956.

Liz, THEODORE, SCHAFER, SARAH, FLECK, STE-
PHEN, CORNELISON, ALICE, and TERRY, DORO-
THY: Ego differentiation and schizophrenic symp-
tom formation in identical twins. Journal of the

American Psychoanalytic Association, 10(1):74-
90, 1962.

Linz, THEODORE, WILD, CYNTHIA, SCHAFER, SARAH,
RosMAN, BERNICE, and FLECK, STEPHEN:
Thought disorders in the parents of schizophrenic
patients: A study utilizing the object sorting test.
Psychiatric Research, 1:193-200, 1963.

SmitH, D. C, and Linz, T.: Interrelated schizo-
phrenic psychoses in fraternal twins. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 10:423-430, 1964.

SoHLER, D. T., HoLzBERG, J. D., FLECK, S., COR-
NELISON, A. R., Kay, E,, and Linz, T.: The pre-
diction of family interaction from a battery of
projective tests. Journal of Projective Techniques,
21(2):199-208, 1957.

WiLp, CYNTHIA: Disturbed styles of thinking. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 13(5):464-470,
1965.

WiLp, CYNTHIA, SINGER, MARGARET, ROSMAN,
BERNICE, Riccr, JupiTH, and Liz, THEODORE:
Measuring disordered styles of thinking. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 13(5):471-476, 1965.

MH-729 (R01) ROHRER, JoHN H.: Sociocultural
influences on personality development. Tulane
University, New Orleans, La. (1954-57)

Lier, HAroLD I, and THompsoN, WiLLiaM C.:
The prediction of behavior from adolescence to
adulthood. Psychiatry, 24:32-38, 1961.

ROHRER, J. H., EbpMONSON, M. S., LitF, HAROLD,
THOMPSON, DANIEL, and THOMPSON, WILLIAM :
The eighth generation. Cultures and personali-
ties of New Orleans negroes. New York, Harper
Brothers, 1960, 346 p.

MH-730 (R01) MASSERMAN, JULES H., and PEcH-
TEL, CURTIS, and SCHREINER, L.: Role of amyg-
dala and temporal lobes in behavior. Northwest-
ern University, Chicago, Ill. (1954-57)

MasserMAN, JuLks H.: Evolution vs. revolution in
psychotherapy: A biodynamic integration.  Be-
havioral Sciences, 2:89-100, 1957.

MASSERMEN, JuLEs H.: Experimental psychophat-
macology and behavioral reality. In: Hoch, Paul
H., and Zubin, Joseph, eds. Problems of addic-
tion and habituation. New York, Grune & Strat-
ton, 1958, p. 110-148.

MassERMAN, J. H.: Behavioral pharmacology in ani-
mals. In: Bradley, P. B., ed. Neuropsychophar-
macology. Vol. I. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1959.

MASSERMAN, JULES H., LEviTT, MELVIN, MCAVOY,
THoMmAs, KLING, ARTHUR, and PECHTEL, CUR-
Tis: The amygdalae and behavior. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 115:14-17, 1958.

MasseErMAN, JurLes H., and PecHTEL, C.: How
brain lesions affect normal and neurotic behavior.

104
American Journal of Psychiatry, 112:865-872,
1956.

MASSERMAN, JuLEs H., and PecHTEL, C.: Neuro-
physiologic and pharmacologic influences on ex-
perimental neuroses. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 113:510-514, 1956.

MassERMAN, JurLes H., and PECHTEL, CURTIS:
Normal and neurotic olfactory behavior in mon-
keys. A motion picture. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 124(5):518-519, 1956.

PecHTEL, CURTIS, MCAVOY, THOMAS, LEVITT, MEL-
VIN, KLING, ARTHUR, and MASSERMAN, JULES
H.: The cingulates and behavior. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 126:148-152, 1958.

PecHTEL, CURTIS, and MASSERMAN, JULES H.:
Cerebral localization: Not where but in whom?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 116:51-54, 1959.

PeEcHTEL, CURTIS, MASSERMAN, JULES H., and
AArONS, Louis: Differential responses in young
versus old animals to training, conflict, drugs, and
brains lesions. American [Journal of Psychiatry,
116(11):1018-1020, 1960.

PecHTEL, C., MASSERMAN, JULES H., and AARONS,
L.: Food acceptance in monkeys. In: Wortis, J,
ed. Recent advances in biological psychiatry.
Vol. 3. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p.
228-235. (Also acknowledges MH-2312).

MH-733 (RO1) KURLAND, ALBERT A.: Study of
psychotic murderers. Spring Grove State Hos-
pital, Catonsville, Md. (1954- )

KURLAND, ALBERT A., MORGENSTERN, JACOB, and
SHEETS, CAROLYN: A comparative study of wife
murderers admitted to a state psychiatric hospital.
Journal of Social Therapy, 1:7-15, 1955.

MH-734 (RO1) LazARUS, RICHARD S., and BAKER,
ROBERT W.: Motivation and personality under
stress. Clark University, Worcester, Mass.
(1954-57) (Continued as MH-2136).

BrROVERMAN, D. M., and Lazarus, R. S.: Individual
differences in task performance under conditions
of cognitive interference. [Journal of Personality,
26:94-105, 1958.

Lazarus, R. S.: A program of research in psycho-
logical stress. In: Peatman, J. S., and Hartley, E.,

eds. Festschrift for Gardner Murphy. New
York, Harper, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2136).

Lazarus, R. S.: A substitutive-defensive conception
of apperceptive fantasy. In: Kazan, J., and Les-
sor G., eds. Contemporary issues in thematic
apperceptive methods. Springfield, Ill, C. C.
Thomas, 1961, p. 51-82. (Also acknowledges
MH-2136).

105

Lazarus, R. S.: The laboratory approach to the dy-
namics of psychological stress. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 8(2):192-213, 1963. Also in:
American Psychologist, 19(6):400-411, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-2136).

Lazarus, R. S., and BAKER, R. W.: Psychology.
Progress in Neurology and Psychiatry, 11:253-
271, 1956. (Also acknowledges MH-21306).

Lazarus, R. S., and BAKER, R. W.: Personality and
psychological stress: A theoretical and metho-
dological framework. Psychological Newsletter,
8:21-32, 1956.

Lazarus, R. S., and BAKER, R. W.: Motivation and
personality in psychological stress. Psychological
Newsletter, 8:159-193, 1957.

Lazarus, R. S., and Riess, W. F.: Clinical psychol-
ogy and the research problems of stress and adap-

tation. In: Riess, W. F., and Brower, D., eds.
Progress in clinical psychology. Vol. 4. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 32-45. (Also

acknowledges MH-2136).

Lazarus, R. S., and SpeisMAN, J. C.: A research
case-history dealing with psychological stress. Jour-
nal of Psychological Studies, 11:167-194, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MS-2136).

Lazarus, R. S., SPEisMAN, J. C., and MORDKOFF,
A. M.: The relationship between autonomic indi-
cators of psychological stress: Heart rate and skin
conductance. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:19-30,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2136).

Lazarus, R. S., SPEIsMAN, J. C., MORDKOFF, A. M.,
and Davison, L. A.: A laboratory study of psy-
chological stress produced by a motion picture

film. Psychological Monographs, 76(34):1-35,
1962. (Whole No. 553). (Also acknowledges
MH-2136).

MoRDKOFF, ARNOLD M.: The relationship between
psychological and physiological response to stress.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 26:135-150, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2136).

PopeLr, HARRIETT A.: Note on successive dimen-
sional analysis applied to affective, cognitive, and
personality traits. Psychological Reports, 13:813-
814, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2136).

SPEISMAN, JosePH C., Lazarus, RICHARD S., Davi-
SON, Les, and MORDKOFF, ARNOLD M.: Experi-
mental analysis of a film used as a threatening
stimulus. ~~ Journal of Consulting Psychology,
28:23-33, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2136).

SPEISMAN, JosepH C., OSBORN, JANET, and LA-
sArRUS, R. S.: Cluster analysis of skin resistance
and heart rate at rest and under stress. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 23:323-342, 1961. (Also ack-
nowledges MH-2136).

VocGeL, W., BAKER, R. S., and Lazarus, R. S.: The
role of motivation in psychological stress. [Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56:105-112,
1958.

VoGEL, W., RAYMOND, SusaN, and Lazarus, R. S.:
Intrinsic motivation and psychological stress. [our-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:225-
233, 1959.

MH-735 (R01) SasLow, GEORGE: Human inter-
action in the interview situation. Washington
University, St. Louis, Mo. (1954-55)

MaTARAZZO, J. D.: Prescribed behavior therapy:
Suggestions from interview research. In: Bach-
rach, A. J., ed. Experimental foundations of clin-
ical psychology. New York, Basic Books, 1962,
p. 471-509. (Also acknowledges MH-1107 and
MH-1938).

PHILLIPS, JEANNE S., MATARAZZO, RUTH G., MATA-
RAZZO, JOSEPH D., and SAsLow, GEORGE.: Rela-
tionships between descriptive content and inter-
action behavior in interviews. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 25:260-266, 1961.

SasLow, GEORGE, MATARAZzO, JosEPH D., and
Guzg, SAMUEL B.: The stability of interaction
chronograph patterns in psychiatric interviews.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, *19:417-430,
1955.

MH-739 (R01) SHAPIRO, ALVIN P.: Effect of ex-
perimental neurosis on gastric activity. University
of Texas, Dallas, Texas. (1954-55)

BELKIN, GERALD A., and SHAPIRO, ALVIN P. Be-
havioral disturbances in animals: II. Effects on
blood pressure, pepsinogen and adrenal weight
in rats. Texas Reports on Biology and Medicine,
14(4):415-423, 1956.

SHAPIRO, ALVIN P.: The influence of emotional
variables in the evaluation of hypotensive agents.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 17(4):291-305, 1955.

SHAPIRO, ALVIN P.: A consideration of the multiple
variables involved in the evaluation of hypotensive
agents. Journal of the American Medical Associ-
ation, 160(1):30-39, 1956.

SHAPIRO, ALVIN P., BELKIN G., and MELHADO, J.:
Effect of behavioral disturbances on blood pressure
and related functions in the rat. (Abstract) Clin-
ical Research Procedures, 4:30, 1956.

SHAPIRO, ALVIN P., and HorN, P.: Effect of behav-
ioral disturbances on blood pressure of cats. (Ab-
stract) Clinical Research Procedures, 3:117, 1955.

SHAPIRO, ALVIN P., and HorN, P.: Blood pressure,
pepsinogen, and behavior in cats subjected to ex-
perimental production of anxiety. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Diseases, 122:222-231, 1955.

SHAPIRO, ALVIN P., MELHADO, JULIAN, FoX,
Apacig, and LamMm, James: Effect of adrenal
stimulation on blood pepsinogen in animals and

106

man. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental
Biology and Medicine, 93(2):334-338, 1956.

MH-743 (R01) Horst, PAUL: Mathematical analy-
sis of patterns of personal data, University of
Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1954- )

BrLoxoM, BRUCE MCARTHUR: Anger-arousing in-
structions and the simplex in a personality ques-
tionnaire. Seattle, Washington, University of
Washington, 1966. 100 p. (Processed)

BURKET, GEORGE: A study of reduced rank models
for multiple prediction. Psychometric Mono-
graphs, 12:1-66, 1964.

Horst, P.: The estimation of immediate retest reli-
ability. Educational and Psychological Measure-
ment, 14:705-708, 1954.

Horst, P.: The maximum expected correlation be-
tween two multiple-choice tests. Psychometrika,
19:291-296, 1954.

Horst, P.: The differential prediction of success in
various college course areas. College and Univer-
sity, 31:456-471, 1956.

Horst, P.: Simplified computations for the multiple
group method of factor analysis. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 16:101-109, 1956.

Horst, P.: Multiple classification by the method of
least squares. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
12:3-16, 1956.

Horst, P.: Least square multiple classification for
unequal subgroups. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
0gy, 12:309-315, 1956.

Horst, P.: A simple method for rotating a centroid
factor matrix to a simple structure hypothesis.
Journal of Experimental Education, 24:251-258,
1956.

Horst, P.: Educational and vocational counseling
from the actuarial point of view. Personnel Guid-
ance Journal, 35:164-170, 1956.

Horst, P.: Optimal test length for maximum differ-
ential prediction. Psychometrika, 21:51-66, 1956.

Horst, P.: The prediction of academic achievement
in college. University of Washington College of
Education Record, 22:33-48, 1956.

Horst, P.: Differential prediction in college admis-
sions. College Board Review, 33:19-23, 1957.

Horst, P.: The uniqueness of configural test item
scores. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 13:107-
114, 1957.

Horst, P.: How much information on test results
should be given to students—views of a research
psychologist. Journal of Counseling Psychology,
6:218-222, 1959.

Horst, P.: Mathematics in psychological research.
Psychological Reports, 6:165-166, 1960.
Horst, P.: Optimal estimates of multiple criteria
with restrictions on the covariance matrix of esti-
mated criteria. Psychological Reports, 6(Mono-
graph Suppl. 6) :427-444, 1960.

Horst, P.: Relations among 7 sets of measures.
Psychometrika, 26(2):129-149, 1961.

Horst, PAuL: The logic of personnel selection and
classification. In: Gagne, Robert M., ed. Psycho-
logical principles in system development. New
York, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1962, p. 231-
271.

Horst, P.: Matrix reduction and approximation to
principal axes. Psychometrika, 27:169-179, 1962.

Horst, P.: Matrix algebra for social scientists. New
York, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1963. 517 p.

Horst, PauL: The statewide testing program. Per-
sonnel and Guidance Journal, 41(5):394-403,
1963.

Horst, P.: Multivariate models for evaluating
change. In: Harris, Chester W., ed. Problems in
measuring change. Madison, Wisc., University of
Wisconsin Press, 1963, p. 104-122.

Horst, P., and BURKET, G.: Generalized canonical
correlations and their application to experimental
data. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14(Mono-
graph Suppl. 14):331-347, 1961.

Horst, PauL, Dvorak, AUGUST, and WRIGHT,
CaLviN: Computer applications to psychological
problems. Educational and Psychological Meas-
urement, 21:699-719, 1961.

Horst, P., and MACEWAN, CHARLOTTE. Optimal
test length for maximum absolute prediction.
Psychometrika, 21:111-124, 1956.

Horst, P., and MACEWAN, CHARLOTTE: Optimal
test length for multiple prediction—the general
case. Psychometrika, 22:311-324, 1957.

Horst, P., and MACEWAN, CHARLOTTE: Predictor
elimination techniques for determining multiple
prediction batteries. Psychological ~~ Reports,
7(Monograph Suppl. 1):19-50, 1960.

Horst, P., and ScHAIER, K. W.: The multiple group
method of factor analysis and rotation to a simple
structure hypothesis. Journal of Experimental
Education, 24:231-237, 1956.

HorsF, P., and WriGHT, C. E.: The comparative
reliability of two techniques of personality ap-
praisal. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 15:388-
391, 1959.

STROTHER, C. R., ScHAIER, K. W., and HorsT, P.:
The relationship between advanced age and mental
abilities. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 55:166-170, 1957.

MH-00744 (R01) TayrLor, Howarp C., Jr,
GIDRO-FRANK, LOTHAR: Emotional aspects of

107

pelvic pain. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1954-55)

TavLor, HowarD C., Jr.: The clinical management
of functional pelvic pain. Journal of the National
Medical Association, 49:368-371, 1957.

TayLor, Howarp C., Jr.: The problem of pelvic
pain. In: Meigs, Joe V., & Sturgis, Somers H.,
eds. Progress in gynecology, Vol. 3. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1957, p. 191-208.

TavLor, Howarp C., Jr.: The problem of pelvic
pain in gynecology. Review of Gynecology and
Obstetrics, 100:103-116, 1957.

TayrLor, HowARD C., Jr.: The pelvic pain syndrome.
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology of the
British Empire, 66:781-783, 1959.

TayLor, HowArDp C., Jr.: The pelvic pain syndrome
in women. Connecticut Medicine, 24:147-153,
1960.

TavLor, Howarp C., Jr.: The syndrome of pelvic
pain in women. Australian and New Zealand
University of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 1:5-16,
1961.

TayLor, Howarp C., Jr. Frick, F. H. and
SHETTLES, L. B.: Clearance of radioactive sodium
from the cervix in women with normal menstrual
cycles, primary dysmenorrhea, and non-organic
pelvic pain and in post menopausal individuals.
American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
71:1176-1181, 1956.

TayLor, Howarp C., Jr., GIDRO-FRANK, L., and
GorpoN, T.: Pelvic pain and female identity.
American Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology,
79:1184-1202, 1960.

MH-747 (RO1) SteLLAR, ELioT: Experimental
study of animal behavior. Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, Baltimore, Md. (1954-54) (Continued as
MH-941).

KAHN, M., and STELLAR, E.: Alcohol preference in
normal and anosmic rats. [Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 53:571-575, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-941).

SPRAGUE, J. M., CHAMBERS, W. W., and STELLAR,
E.: Regional physiology of the central nervous
system. Progress in Neurology and Psychiatry,
10:57-92, 1955. (Also acknowledges MH-941).

STELLAR, E.: Physiological psychology. American

Review of Psychology, 8:415-436, 1957. (Also
acknowledges MH-941).
STELLAR, E.: Drive and motivation. In: Magoun,

H. W., ed. Handbook of physiology. American
Physiological Society, 1960, p. 1501-1527. (Also
acknowledges MH-941).

STELLAR, E.: The marmoset as a laboratory animal:
Maintenance, general observations of behavior,
and simple learning. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 53:1-10, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-941).

MH-750 (R01) ENGEL, GEORGE L., REICHSMAN,
FRANZ: Gastric function and psychological proc-
esses. University of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y.
(1954- )

ADER, R.: Susceptibility to gastric lesions in the rat.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 4:399-408, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3655).

Aber, R., Beers, C. C., and Tatum, R. Social
factors affecting emotionality and resistance to
disease in animals: II. Susceptibility to gastric
ulceration as a function of interruptions in social
interactions and the time at which they occur.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 53:455-458, 1960.

Aber, R., Tatum, R. and Beers, C. C.: Social
factors affecting emotionality and resistance to
disease in animals: I. Age of separation from the
mother and susceptibility to gastric ulcers in the
rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 53:446-454, 1960.

CoHEN, ]., CorLwiLy, J., Davis, N., KESSLER, W_,
SHEPARDSON, R., REICHsMAN, F., and ENGEL,
G. L.: Effect of histamine on nocturnal gastric
secretion during sleeping and waking states. (Ab-
stract) Journal of Clinical Investigation, 37:884,
1958. .

ENGEL, G. L.: A unified concept of health and
disease. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine,
3:459-485, 1960.

ENGEL, G. L.: Anxiety and depression withdrawal:
The primary affects of unpleasure. International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 43:89-97, 1962.

ENGEL, G. L.: Psychological development in health
and disease. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1962,
435 p.

ENGEL, GEORGE L.: Guilt, pain, and success. Suc-
cess facilitated by the pain of glomus tumor and
peptic ulcer. Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:37-48,
1962.

ENGEL, G. L.: The nature of disease and the care of
the patient: The challenge of humanism and
science in medicine. (The 14th Annual Gerber
Oration) Rhode Island Medical Journal, 45:245-
251, 1962.

ENGEL, G. L., and REICHSMAN, F.: Affects, object
relations, and gastric secretion. (Panel, American
Psychoanalytic Association, May, 1955). [Journal
of the American Psychoanalytic Association,
4:138-148, 1956.

ENGEL, G. L., and REricHsmAN, F.: Spontaneous
and experimentally induced depression in an in-
fant with gastric fistula: A contribution to the

problem of depression. Journal of the American
Psychoanalytic Association, 4:428-452, 1956.

ENGEL, G. L., and REICHSMAN, F.: On identification.
(Letter) International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
40:60-61, 1959.

ENGEL, G. L., REicHsMAN, F., and SEGAL, H.: A
study of an infant with a gastric fistula. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 18(5):374-398, 1956. Also
in: Reed, Charles F., Alexander, Irving E., and
Tomkins, Silvan E., eds. Psychopathology. A
source book. Cambridge, Harvard University
Press, 1958, p. 93-126.

IroNsIDE, W., and KEHOE, M.: Studies in the expe-
rimental induction of depression using hypnosis:
The depressive responses with fantasies of being
killed, suicide, and sleep. In: Proceedings of the
3rd World Congress of Psychiatry. Montreal,
University of Toronto Press/McGill University
Press, 1961, p. 1377-1380.

KEHOE, M.,, and IRONSIDE, W.: Studies on the expe-
rimental evocation of depressive responses using
hypnosis. II. The influence of depressive re-
sponses upon the secretion of gastric acid. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 23:403-419, 1963.

KEHOE, M., and IRONSIDE, W.: Studies on the expe-
rimental evocation of depressive responses using
hypnosis. III. The secretory rate of total gastric
acid with respect to various spontaneous experi-
ences such as nausea, disgust, crying and dyspnea.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 26:224-249, 1964.

REICHSMAN, F.: Methodologic problems in psycho-
physiologic research on human gastric secretion.
In: Ross Laboratories. Psychosomatic aspects of
gastrointestinal illness in childhood. Ross Confer-
ence on Pediatric Research 44th report, 1962.
Conference held at Philadelphia, 26-27 Sept.
1962. Columbus, Ohio. Ross Laboratories, 1963,
p- 29-36. (Also acknowledges MH-1205).

ReicHsMAN, F., CoHEN, ]., CoLwiLL, ]., DAvIs,
NaNcy, KEessLEr, W., SHEPARDSON, C. R., and
ENGEL, G. L.: Natural and histamine-induced
gastric secretion during waking and sleeping states.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:14-23, 1960.

ReicHsmaN, F., ENGEL, G. L., Harway, V,
EscaLoNa, S.: Monica, an infant with gastric
fistula and depression: An interim report on her
development to the age four years. Psychiatric
Research Reports, 8:12-27, 1957.

ReicHsMAN, F., ENGEL, G. L., and SEGAL, H. L.:
Modification of the gastric secretory response to
histamine during varying behavioral states: Obser-
vations on an infant with a gastric fistula. (Ab-
stract) Journal of Clinical Investigation, 34:959,
1955.

ReicHsMAN, F., ENGEL, G. L., and SEGAL, H. L.:
Behavior and gastric secretion. The sutdy of an

108
infant with a gastric fistula. (Abstract) Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 17:481, 1955.

MH-752 (R01) ULETT, GEORGE A., ROBINS, ELI:
Psychophysiological studies of schizophrenia.

Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1954
56)
ULETT, GEORGE A. BROCKMAN, JIMMIE C,

GLESER, GOLDINE, and JOHNSON, A.: Determina-
tion of convulsive threshold by photo-pharma-
cologic stimulation: A study of technique and reli-
ability. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 7:597-607, 1955.

MH-762. (R01) MEIER, GILBERT W.: Effects of
prenatal anoxemia on behavior. Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, Nashville, Tenn. (1954-59)

MEIER, GILBERT W.: Prenatal anoxia in relation to
behavioral phenomena in other animals. In:
Windle, William F., ed. Neurological and psy-
chological deficits in asphyxia neonatorum. Spring-
field, IlL., "Thomas, 1958, p. 55-66.

MEIER, G. W., BuncH, M. E., NoLaN, C. Y., and
ScHEIDLER, C. H.: Anoxia, behavioral develop-
ment, and learning ability: A comparative-experi-
mental approach. Psychological Monographs,
74:1-48, 1960. (Whole No. 488). (Also ack-
nowledges MH-362).

Meier, G. W., and McGEE, R. K.: A re-evaluation
of the effect of early perceptual experience on dis-
crimination performance during adulthood. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
52:390-395, 1959.

MEIER, G. W., and MENzEL, E. W., JRr.: Prenatal
oxygen deprivation and subsequent specific be-
havior dysfunctions. Science, 122:419-420, 1955.

MEIER, G. W., and MENZEL, E. W., Jr.: Prediction
of behavior in a free and in a patterned situation.
Psychological Reports, 3:537-545, 1957.

MEIER, G. W., and PEELER, D. F., Jr.: Development
of behavioral and electroencephalographic patterns
in the kitchen. Psychological Reports, 6:307-314,
1960.

MH-766 (R01) SHEER, DANIEL E. KROEGER,
DonaLp C.: Neurophysiology of emotional facili-
tation. University of Houston, Houston, Texas.
(1954-58)

SHEER, D. E.: Brain and behavior: The background
of inter-disciplinary research. In: Sheer, D. E,
ed. Electrical stimulation of the brain. Austin,
Texas, University of Texas, 1960, p. 1-21.

SHEER, D. E., ed.: Electrical stimulation of the brain:
Subcortical integrative systems. Austin, University
of Texas, 1961, 641 p.

SHEER, D. E.: Emotional facilitation in learning situ-
ations with subcortical stimulation. In: Sheer,

109

D. E, ed. Electrical stimulation of the brain.
Austin, University of Texas, 1961, p. 431-464.

SHEER, D. E., and KROEGER, D. C.: Chronic brain
stimulation in monkeys. I: Techniques for multi-
lead electrode implantation and recording of auto-
nomic and EEG measures. 1955. 30 min., sound,
color film, University of Houston, Houston, Texas.

SHEER, D. E., and KrROEGER, D. C.: Chronic brain
stimulation in monkeys. II: Experimental results.
1956. 30 min., sound, color film, University of
Houston, Houston, Texas.

SHEER, D. E., and KROEGER, D. C.: Recording auto-
nomic, measures as an index of stimulation effects.
In: Sheer, D. E., ed. Electrical stimulation of the
brain. Austin, University of Texas, 1961, p. 116-
144.

MH-767 (R01) Apams, RAymonNDp D., Lupwig,
ALFRED O.: Psychiatric-neurological diseases and
alcolholism. ~~ Massachusetts General Hospital,
Boston, Mass. (1954-59)

ADAMS, R. D., Victor, M., and MANcaLL, E. L.:
Central pontine myelinolysis. A. M. A. Archives
of Neurology and Psychiatry, 81:154-172, 1959.

ALTSCHULE, M. D., Victor, M., and HOLLIDAY,
PHyrLis D.: Carbohydrate metabolism in brain
disease. IX. Carbohydrate metabolism in the
chronic alcoholic psychoses. Archives of Internal
Medicine, 99:28-39, 1957.

TALLAND, G. A.: Psychological studies of Korsakoff’s
psychosis: II. Perceptual functions. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 127:197-219, 1958.

TALLAND, G. A.: Perception of apparent movement
in Korsakoff’s psychosis. Journal of Personality,
26:337-348, 1958.

TALLAND, G. A.: Psychological studies of Korsakoff’s
psychosis: III. Concept formation. [Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 128:214-226, 1959.

TALLAND, G. A.: Psychological studies of Korsakoff's
psychosis: V. Spontaneity and activity rate. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 130:16-25,
1960.

TALLAND, G. A.: Psychological studies of Korsakoff's
psychosis: VI. Memory and learning. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 130:336-385, 1960.

TALLAND, G. A., and EKDAHL, MARILYN: Psycho-
logical studies of Korsakoff’s psychosis: IV. The
rate and mode of forgetting narrative material.
Journal af Nervous and Mental Disease, 129:391-
403, 1959.

TALLAND, G. A., and MILLER, ALICEMARIE: Per-
ceptual sets in Korsakoff’s psychosis. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:234-240,
1959.
Victor, M.: Nutritional disorders of the nervous
system. Manitoba Medical Review, 37:363-369
& 442-452, 1957.

Victor, M.: The medical aspects of acute and
chronic alcoholism. Manitoba Medical Review,
37:599-608, 1957.

Victor, M.: Alcohol and and nutritional diseases
of the nervous system. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 167:65-71, 1958.

Victor, M., and Apams, R. D.: The neuropathology
of experimental vitamin Bg deficiency in monkeys.
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 4:346-
353, 1956.

Victor, M., Apams, R. D., and MaNcaLL, E. L.:
A restricted form of cerebellar cortical degenera-
tion occurring in alcoholic patients. A. M. A.
Archives of Neurology, 1:579-688, 1959.

VICTOR, M., ALTSCHULE, M. D., HOLLIDAY, PHYLLIS
D., Goncz, RoOSe-MARIE, and COUNTY, ANN:
Carbohydrate metabolism in brain disease. VIII
Carbohydrate metabolism in Wernicke’s encepha-
lopathy associated with alcoholism. A. M. A.
Archives of Internal Medicine, 99:28-39, 1957.

Victor, M., BANKER, BETTY Q., and Apams, R. D.:
The ncuropathy of multiple myeloma. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 21:73-
88, 1958.

Victor, M., HERMAN, K., and WHITE, ELISABETH:
A psychological study of the Wernicke-Korsakoff
syndrome. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alco-
hol, 20:467-479, 1959.

Victor, M., and HOPE, J. M.: The phenomenon of
auditory hallucinations in chronic alcoholism.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 126:451-
481, 1958.

Victor, M., and LEAR, A.: Subacute combined de-
generation of the spinal cord. American Journal
of Medicine, 20:896-911, 1956.

Victor, M., MaNcALL, E. L., and DREYFUS, P. M.:
Deficiency amblyopia in the alcoholic patient. Ar-
chives of Opthalomolgy, 64:1-33, 1960.

Victor, M., TALLAND, G. A., and Apams, R. D.:
Psychological studies of Korsakoff’'s psychosis: I.
General intellectual functions. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 128:528-537, 1959.

Victor, M., and YAKOVLEV, P. I.: S. S. Korsakoff’s
psychic disorder in conjunction with peripheral
neuritis. Neurology, 5:394-406, 1955.

MH-771 (R01) MUENZINGER, KARL F.: Role of
noxious stimuli in discrimination learning. Uni-
versity of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1954-58)

MUENZINGER, K. F., and BAXTER, L. F.: The ef-
fects of training to approach vs. to escape from
electric shock upon subsequent discrimination

110

learning. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 50:252-257, 1957.

MUENZINGER, K. F., and Evans, W. O.: Black pert-
ference or artifact? Psychological Reports, 3:493-
495, 1957.

MH-772 (RO1) Harrow, Harry F.: Normal and
abnormal social behavior of primates. University
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1954-60) (Con-
tinued as MH-4528).

AxkEerT, K., OrTH, O. S., HARLOW, H. F. and
ScHLITZ, K. A.: Learned behavior of rhesus mon-
keys following neonatal bilateral prefrontal lobot-
omy. Science, 132:1944-1945, 1960.

BENJAMIN, L. S.: The effect of bottle and cup feed-
ing on the nonnutritive sucking of the infant
rhesus monkey. Journal of Comparative and Phys-
iological Psychology, 54:230-237, 1961.

BENJAMIN, L. S.: The effect of frustration on the
nonnutritive sucking of the infant rhesus monkey.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 54(6):700-703, 1961.

BENJAMIN, L. S.: Nonnutritive sucking and dental
malocclusion in the deciduous and permanent
teeth of the rhesus monkey. Child Development,
33:20-35, 1962.

BENJAMIN, L. S., and Mason, W. A.: Effect of
hunger on nonnutritive sucking in infrant rhesus
monkeys. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 66:526-531, 1963.

BERNSTEIN, S., and MasoN, W. A.: The effects of
age and stimulus conditions on the emotional re-
sponses of rhesus monkeys: Responses to complex
stimuli. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 101:279-
298, 1962.

BLoMmQuisT, A. J., and Harrow, H. F.: The infant
rhesus monkey program at the University of Wis-
consin Primate Laboratory. Proceedings of the
Animal Care Panel, 11:57-64, 1961.

BowmMmaN, R. E.: Discrimination learning-set per-
formance under intermittent and secondary rein-
forcement. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog-
ical Psychology, 56(2) :429-434, 1963.

Cross, H. A., FLETcHErR, H. F. and HARLOW,
H. F.: Effects of prior experience with test stim-
uli on learning-set performance of monkeys.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 56:204-207, 1963.

FLETCHER, H. J., and Cross, H. A.: Effects of trial 1
reward contingency, intertrial interval, and expe-
rience on intraproblem discrimination perform-
ance of monkeys. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:318-320, 1964.

FLETCHER, H. J.,, and MowBRAY, J. B.: Note on
learning in aged monkey. Psychological Reports,
10:11-13, 1962.
Harrow, H. F.: The nature of love. American

Psychologist, 13(12) :673-685, 1958.

Harrow, H. F.: The development of learning in
the rhesus monkey. American Scientist, 47:459-
479, 1959.

Harrow, H. F.: Basic social capacity of primates.
Human Biology, 31(1):40-53, 1959.

Harrow, H. F.: Love in infant monkeys. Scientific
American, 200:68-74, 1959.

Harrow, H. F.: Primary affectional patterns’ in pri-
mates. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 30:
676-684, 1960.

Harrow, H. F.: Development of the second and
third affectional systems in macaque monkeys. In:
Tourlentes, T. T., Pollack, S. L., and Himwich,
H. E., eds. Research approaches to psychiatric
problems: A symposium. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1962, p. 209-229.

Harrow, H. F.: Development of affection in pri-
mates. In: Bliss, E., eds. Roots of behavior.
New York, Harper (Hoeber), 1962.

Harrow, H. F., Brazek, N. C., and McCLEARN,
G. E.: Manipulatory motivation in the infant
thesus monkey. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 49(5):444-448, 1956.

Harrow, H. F., and Harrow, M. K.: The effect
of rearing conditions on behavior. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 26(5) :213-224, 1962.

Harrow, H. F., and HarLow, M. K.: Social depri-
vation in monkeys. Scientific American, 207:136-
147, 1962.

Harrow, H. F., Harrow, M. K., RUEPING,
R. R., and MasoN, W. A.: Performance of infant
rhesus monkeys on discrimination learning, delayed
response, and discrimination learning set. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
113-121, 1960.

Harrow, H. F., and ZIMMERMANN, R. R.: The de-
velopment of affectional responses in infant mon-
keys. Proceedings of the American Philosophical
Society, 102(5) :501-509, 1958.

Harrow, H. F., and ZIMMERMANN, R. R.: Affec-
tional responses in the infant monkey. Science,
130(3372) :421-432, 1959.

KiNG, J. E., and Harrow, H. F.: Effect of ratio of
trial 1 reward to nonreward on the discrimination
learning of macaque monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55(5):
872-875, 1962.

LOCKHART, J. M., and HarLow, H. F.: The influ-
ence of spatial configuration and percentage of
reinforcement upon oddity learning. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
495-501, 1962.

111

Mason, W. A.: Development of communication be-
tween young rhesus monkeys. Science, 130
(3377) :712-713; 1959.

Mason, W. A.: Socially mediated reduction in emo-
tional responses of young rhesus monkeys. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60:100-
104, 1960.

Mason, W. A.: The effects of social restriction on
the behavior of rhesus monkeys. I. Free social
behavior. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog-
ical Psychology, 53(6) :582-589, 1960.

Mason, W. A.: The effects of social restriction on
the behavior of rhesus monkeys. II. Tests of
gregariousness. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54:287-290, 1961.

MasoN, W. A.: The effects of social restriction on
the behavior of rhesus monkeys. III. Dominance
tests. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54:694-699, 1961.

MasoN, W. A.: Effects of age and stimulus charac-
teristics on manipulatory responsiveness of mon-
keys raised in a restricted environment. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 99:301-308, 1961.

Mason, W. A., Brazek,.N. C., and HARLOW,
H. F.: Learning capacities of the infant rhesus
monkey. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 49(5) :449-453, 1956.

Mason, W. A., and GREEN, P. C.: The effects of
social restriction on the behavior of rhesus mon-
keys. IV. Responses to a novel environment and
to an alien species. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:363-368, 1962.

Mason, W. A., and HArRLow, H. F.: Formation of
conditioned responses in infant monkeys. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
51:68-70, 1958.

MasoN, W. A., and Harrow, H. F.: Performance
of infant rhesus monkeys on a spatial discrimina-
tion problem. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 51(1):71-74, 1958.

Mason, W. A., and Harrow, H. F.: Learned ap-
proach by infant rhesus monkeys to the sucking
situation. Psychological Reports, 4:79-82, 1958.

MasoN, W. A. and Harrow, H. F.: Initial re-
sponses of infant rhesus monkeys to solid foods.
Psychological Reports, 5:193-199, 1959.

Mason, W. A., and HarLow, H. F.: The effect of
age and previous training on patterned-strings per-
formance of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 54(6):704-
709, 1961.

MasoN, W. A. Harrow, H. F., and RUEPING,
R. R.: The development of manipulatory respon-
siveness in the infant rhesus monkey. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
555-558, 1959.
MasoN, W. A., and HoLLis, J. H.: Communication
between young rhesus monkeys. Animal Behavior,
10:211-221, 1962.

MasoN, W. A., and SpoNHOLZ, R. R.: Behavior of
rhesus monkeys raised in isolation. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 1:299-306, 1963.

Mowsray, J. B., and CapeLr, T. E.: Early behav-
ior patterns in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:350-357,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4528).

RoseNBLUM, L. A., and Cross, H. A.: Perform-
ance of neonatal monkeys in the visual cliff-situa-
tion. American [Journal of Psychology, 76:318-
320, 1963.

SEAY, BiLLy, HANSEN, E., and Harrow, H. F.:
Mother-infant separation in monkeys. Journal of
Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 3:123-132, 1962.

WaisMAN, HARRY A., WANG, Hwa L., HARLOW,
H. F., and SpoNHOLZ, R. R.: Experimental phenyl-
ketonuria in the monkey. Proceedings of the So-
ciety for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 101:
864-865, 1959.

ZIMMERMANN, R. R.: Analysis of discrimination
learning capacities in the infant rhesus monkey.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 54:1-10, 1961.

ZIMMERMAN, R. R.: Form generalization in the in-
fant monkey. [Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55(6):918-923, 1962.

ZIMMERMAN, ROBERT R., and TORREY, CHARLES C.:
Ontogeny of learning. In: Schrier, Allan M.,

Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz, Fred, eds. Be-
havior of nonhuman primates. Vol. 2. New
York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 405-447. (Also

acknowledges MH-4516 and MH-4355).

MH-774 (R01) Copprock, HAROLD W.: Condition-
ing factors in drug addiction. University of Okla-
homa, Norman, Okla. (1954-55)

HEeapLEE, C. P., Coppock, H. W., and NICHOLS,
J. R.: Apparatus and technique involved in a lab-
oratory method of detecting the addictiveness of
drugs. Journal of the American Pharmaceutical
Association, Scientific Edition, 14:229-231, 1955.

MH-775 (R01) DEs LAURIERS, AUSTIN M.: Sense
of reality in schizophrenic children. Topeka State
Hospital, Topeka, Kan. (1954-58)

DEs LAURIERS, AUSTIN M.: The experience of real-
ity in childhood schizophrenia. New York, In-
ternational Universities Press, 1962, 215 p.

MH-776 (R01) Hess, EckHArRD H.: Experimental
analysis of imprinting. Chicago, University of
Chicago, Ill. (1954- )

112

BURGHARDT, GORDON M.: Stimulus control of the
prey attack response in naive garter snakes. Psy-
chonomic Science, 4(1) :37-38, 1966.

BURGHARDT, GORDON M., and HEss, ECKHARD H.:
Food imprinting in the snapping turtle, Chelydra
serpentina. Science, 151(3706) :108-109, 1966.

Hess, E. H.: Effects of meprobamate on imprinting
in waterfowl. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 67:724-733, 1957.

Hess, E. H.: Imprinting in animals.
American, 198(3):81-90, 1958.

Scientific

Hess, E. H.: Two conditions limiting critical age for
imprinting. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 52:515-518, 1959.

Hess, E. H.: The relationship between imprinting
and motivation., In: Jones, M., ed. Nebraska
Symposium on Motivation. Lincoln, Neb., Uni-
versity of Nebraska, 1959, p. 44-77.

Hess, E. H.: Imprinting. Science, 130:133-144,

1959.

Hess, E. H.: Effects of drugs on imprinting behavior.
In: Ohr, L., and Miller, J. G., eds. Drugs and
behavior. New York, Wiley, 1960.

Hess, E. H.: Ethology: An approach toward the
complete analysis of behavior. In: Brown, R.,
Galenter, E., Hess, E. H., and Mandler, G. New
directions in psychology. New York, Holt, Rine-
hart & Winston, 1962, p. 157-286.

Hess, E. H.: Imprinting and the critical period
concept. In: Bliss, E. L., ed. Roots of behavior.
New York, Hoeber-Harper, 1962, p. 254-263.

Hess, EpwArD H.: Imprinting in birds.
146(3648):1128-1139, 1964.

Hess, E. H., Port, J. M., and GoopwIN, E.: Effects
of carisoprodol on early experience and learning.
In: Miller, J. G., ed. The pharmacology and
clinical usefulness of carisprodol. Detroit, Wayne
State University, 1959, p. 51-65.

Hess, E. H., and SCHAEFER, H. H.: Innate behavior
patterns as indicators of the “critical period.”
Zeitschrift Fir Tierpsychologie, 16:155-160, 1959.

Science,

KLINGHAMMER, E., and Hgss, E. H.: Imprinting in
an altricial bird: The blond ring dove (strepto-
pelia risoria). Science, 146:265-266, 1964.

KLINGHAMMER, EricH, and HEss, ECKHARD H.:
Parental feeding in ring doves (Stre fopelia ro-
seogrisea) : Innate or learned? Zeitschrift fur
Tierpsychologie (Germany), 21(3):S.338-347,
1964.

KovacH, JosepH K.: Effects of autonomic drugs on
imprinting. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 57:183-187, 1964.

Kovach, J. K., and Hess, E. H.: Imprinting: The
effects of painful stimulation upon the following
response. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 56(2) :461-464, 1963.

Port, J. M., and Hess, E. H.: Following and im-
printing: Effects of light and social experience.
Science, 143:1185-1187, 1964.

Port, James M., and Hess, EcKkHARD H.: Effects
of social experiences on the following response in
chicks. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 61(2):268-270, 1966.

Ramsay, A. O.: The meaning of display in the new
natural history. American Biology Teacher, 24:
96-99, 1962.

Ramsay, A. O., and Hess, E. H.: A laboratory 2p
proach to the study of imprinting. Wilson Bulle-
tin, 66:196-206, 1954.

SCHAEFER, HALMUTH H., and HEss, E. H.: Color
preferences in imprinting objects. Zeitschrift fur
ierpsychologie, 16:161-172, 1959.

MH-782 (R01) KLEIN, GEORGE S., and HOLT,
ROBERT R.: Perceptual processes below the level
of awareness. New York University, New York,
N.Y. (1954-61)

BOERNSTEIN, W. S.: Visual images: “Induced hal-
lucinations.” Transactions of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, 20:72-74, 1957.

EAGLE, M.: The effects of subliminal stimuli of ag-
gressive content upon conscious cognition. Jour:
nal of Personality, 27:578-600, 1959.

EAGLE, M.: Personality correlates of sensitivity to
subliminal stimuli. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 134:1-17, 1962.

Fiss, H., GoLpBERG, F. H., and KLEIN, G. S.: Ef-
fects of subliminal stimulation on imagery and
discrimination. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:
31-44, 1963.

GOLDBERG, F., and Fiss, H.: Partial cues and the
phenomenon of “discrimination without aware-
ness.” Perceptual and Motor Skills, 9:243-251,
1959.

Hort, R. R.: Gauging primary and secondary proc-
ess in Rorschach responses. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 20:14-25, 1956.

Hort, R. R.: Discussion: Charles Fisher’s “Further
observations on the Poetzl phenomenon—a study
of day residues.” Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 28:
442, 1959.

Hort, R. R.: The nature of TAT stories as cogni-
tive products: A psychoanalytic approach. In:
Kagan, J., ed. Contemporary issues in thematic
apperceptive methods. Springfield, Ill., Thomas,
1961.

Hort, R. R.: A critical examination of Freud's con-
cept of bound vs. free cathexis. Journal of the

113

American Psychoanalytic Association, 10:475-525,
1962.

KLEIN, G. S.: Discussion: Charles Fisher's “A study
of the preliminary stages of the construction of
dreams and images.” Psychoanalytic Quarterly,
26:155-156, 1957.

KLEIN, G. S.: Cognitive control and motivation. In:
Lindzey, G., ed. Assessment of human motives.
New York, Rhinehart, 1958, p. 87-118. (Also
acknowledges MH-25).

KLEIN, G. S.: Consciousness in psychoanalytic the-
ory: Some implications for current research in
perception. Journal of the American Psychoanaly-
tic Association, 7:5-34, 1959.

KLEIN, G. S.: On subliminal activation. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 128:292-301, 1959.

KLEIN, G. S., and Hort, R. R.: Problems and is-
sues in current studies of subliminal stimulation.
In: Peatman, J. G., and Harley, E. L., eds.
Festschrift for Gardner Murphy. New York,
Harper & Brothers, 1960, p. 76-93.

KLEIN, G. S., SPENCE, D. P.,, Hort, R. R., and
GOUREVITCH, SUSANNAH: Cognition without
awareness: Subliminal influences upon conscious
thought. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 57:255-266, 1958.

PINE, F.: Incidental stimulation: A study of pre-
conscious transformations. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 60:68-75, 1960.

PINE, F.: Incidental vs. focal presentation of drive-
related stimuli. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 62:482-490, 1961.

PINE, F.: The bearing of psychoanalytic theory on
selected issues in research on marginal stimuli.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:205-
222, 1964.

Smith, G. J. W., SPENCE, D. P., and KLEIN, G. S.:
Subliminal effects of verbal stimuli. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59:167-176,
1959.

SPENCE, D. P.: Success, failure, and recognition
threshold. Journal of Personality, 25:712-720,
1957.

SPENCE, D. P.: An experimental test of schema in-
teraction. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 62:611-615, 1961.

SPENCE, D. P.: The multiple effects of subliminal
stimuli. Journal of Personality, 29:40-53, 1961.

SPENCE, D. P.: Effects of verbal satiation on recall.
Psychological Reports, 9:476, 1961.

SPENCE, D. P., and BRESSLER, JOANNA: Subliminal
activation of conceptual associates: A study of
“rational” preconscious thinking. Journal of Per-
sonality, 30:89-105, 1962.
SPENCE, D. P., and HoLLAND, B.: The restricting
effects of awareness: A paradox and an explana-
tion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
64:163-174, 1962.

SPENCE, D. P., and Pau, I. H.: Importation above
and below awareness. (Abstract) American Psy-
chologist, 14:359, 1959.

MH-783 (RO1) Breach, FRANK A.: Hormonal-
neural control of reproductive behavior. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1954-54)

Beach, F. A., Conovitz, M. W., STEINBERG, F.,
and GOLDSTEIN, A. C.: Experimental inhibition
and restoration of mating behavior in male rats.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 89:165-181, 1956.

Beach, F. A., GOLDSTEIN, A. C., and JACOBY,
G. A., Jr.: Effects of electroconvulsive shock on
sexual behavior in male rats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 48:173-179,
1955.

MH-788 (R01) WENGER, MARION A., and CuUL-
LEN, THOMAS D.: Studies of autonomic response
patterns. University of California, Los Angeles,
Calif. (1954-65)

AckEiRr, C. W.: Personality concomitants of auto-
nomic balance. I. Rorschach measures. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 27:12:-19, 1963.

Acker, C. W.: Personality concomitants of auto-
nomic balance. II. Inventory measures. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 27:20-22, 1963.

BacceHi, B. K., and WENGER, M. A.: Electrophysio-
logical correlates of some Yogi exercises. EEG,
Clinical Neurophysiology and Epilepsy, 3:132-
149, 1959.

BALsHAN, Iris: Muscle tension and personality in
women: A factorial study. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 7:436-448, 1962.

CLEMENS, T. L.: Autonomic response patterns re-
lated to the Funkenstein test. American Psychol-
0gy, 10:452-453, 1955.

CLEMENS, T. L.: Autonomic nervous system re-
sponses related to the Funkenstein test I. To epi-
nephrine. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19:268-274,
1957.

CLEMENS, T. L.: Autonomic nervous system re-
sponses -related to the Funkenstein test II. To
mecholyl. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19:364-369,
1957.

EiseNSTEIN, E. M., and Woskow, M. H.: Tech-
nique for measuring heart potentials continuously
in a freely moving rat. Archives of Neurology
and Psychiatry, 80:394-395, 1958.

ENGEL, B. T.: Some physiological correlates of hun-
ger and pain. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
0gy, 57:389-396, 1959.

ENGEL, B. T., and McFaLL, R. A.: Magnetometer
method for recording localized movement of stom-
ach walls. Journal of Applied Physiology, 14:
1069-1070, 1959.

GENGERELLI, J. A., GUSTAFSON, L. A., and PriDDY,
R. D.: Studies in the neurophysiology of learning.
VI. Electrophysiological recording from the rat's
brain during operant learning. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:279-290, 1962.

Horwitz, JOSEPH, and AVERILL, JAMES: An inex-
pensive transducer for remote determination of
arterial blood pressure. Psychophysiology, 2(2):
168-169, 1965.

Lucio, W. H., and WENGER, M. A.: Prediction of
teacher performance and emotional stability: A
psychophysiological pilot study of female student
teachers. Final. report to U.S. Office of Educa-
tion, Contract No. SEA8311, September 30, 1961.
Los Angeles, University of California, 1961, 91 p.

MARKWELL, E. D.,
nomic balance in tuberculous patients.
matic Medicine, 23:392-399, 1961.

MARKWELL, E. D., Jr.: Autonomic nervous system
measures and factor correlates with personality in-
dices in a tuberculous population. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 26(2) :194, 1962.

SmitH, D. B. D., and WENGER, M. A.: Changes in
autonomic balance during phasic anxiety. Psycho-
physiology, 1(3) :267-271, 1965.

STERNBACH, R. A.: Two independent" indices of
activation.  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 12:609-611, 1960.

Jr.: An investigation of auto-
Psychoso-

STERNBACH, R. A.: Correlates of differences in time
to recover from startle. Psychosomatic Medicine,
22:143-148, 1960.

STERNBACH, R. A.: A comparative analysis ‘of auto-
nomic responses in startle. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 22:204-210, 1960.

STERNBACH, R. A.: Some relationships among vari-
ous “dimensions” of autonomic activity. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 22:430-434, 1960.

WENGER, M. A.: Pattern analyses of autonomic
variables during rest. Psychosomatic Medicine,
19:240-244, 1957.

WENGER, M. A.: A brief note on the objective eval-
uation of pharmacotherapy. In: Cole, Jonathan,
and Gerard. Ralph W., eds. Psychopharmacology:
Problems in evaluation. Washington, D.C., Na-
tional Academy of Science, 1959, p. 537-545.

WENGER, M. A.: Some problems in psychophysiolgi-
cal research. In: Roessler, R., and Greenfield,
N. S., eds. Physiological correlates of psychologi-
cal disorder. Vol. 5. Wisconsin, University of
Wisconsin, 1962, p. 97-114.

114
WENGER, M. A.: Studies on autonomic balance: A
summary. Psychophysiology, 2(3):178-186, 1966.
(Aslo acknowledges MH-1281).

WENGER, M. A., and BacGcHIi, B. K.: Studies of
autonomic functions in practitioners of Yoga in
India. Behavioral Science, 6:312-324, 1961.

WENGER, M. A., BaccHi, B. K., and ANAND, B.:
Experiments in India on voluntary control of the
heart and pulse. Circulation, 24:1319-1325,
1961.

WENGER, M. A., CLEMENS, T. L., COLEMAN, D. R,,
CuLLEN, T. D., and ENGEL, B. T.: Autonomic
response specificity. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23:
185-193, 1961.

WENGER, M. A., CLEMENS, T. L., and CULLEN,
T. D.: Autonomic functions in patients with
gastro-intestinal and dermatological disorders.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:267-273, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-1281).

WENGER, M. A., CLEMENS, T. L., DARrsIE, M. L.,
ENGEL, B. T., EstESs, F. M., and SONNESCHEIN,
R. R.: Autonomic response patterns during intra-
venous infusion of epinephrine and nor-epineph-
rine. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:294-307, 1960.

WENGER, M. A., ENGEL, B. T. and CLEMENS,
T. L.: Initial results with magnetometer method
of recording stomach motility. American Psy-
chologist, 10:452, 1955.

WENGER, M. A., ENGEL, B. T., and CLEMENS,
T. L.: Studies of autonomic response patterns:
Rationale and methods. Behavioral Science, 2:
216-221, 1957.

WENGER, M. A., ENGEL, B. T., CLEMENS, T. L.,
and CULLEN, T. D.: Stomach motility in man as
recorded by the magnetometer method. Gastro-
enterology, 41:479-485, 1961.

WENGER, M. A., HENDERSON, E. B., and DINNING,
J. S.: Magnetometer method for recording gastric
motility. Science, 125:990-991, 1957.

MH-789 (RO1) Sacks, WiLLIAM, and SHENKIN,
HENRY A.: Cerebral tricarboxylic acid cycle en-
zyme activities. Albert Einstein Medical Center,
Philadelphia, Pa. (1954-57) (Continued as
MH-2096).

Sack, WiLLiam: Cerebral oxidation of fumarate-
2-C* in normal human subjects. Journal of Ap-
plied Physiology, 9:43-48, 1956.

Sacks, WiLLiaM: Cerebral metabolism of butyrate-
1-C'* in normal human subjects. Federation Pro-
ceedings, 16:240, 1957.

Sacks, WILLIAM: Cerebral metabolism of isotopic
glucose in normal human subjects. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 10:37-44, 1957.

Sacks, WiLLiaM: Cerebral metabolism of isotopic

115

lactate in normal humans. Federation Proceedings,
17:301, 1958.

Sacks, WiLLiaM: Cerebral metabolism of isotopic
lipid and protein derivatives in normal human sub-
jects. Journal of Applied Physiology, 12:311-
318, 1958.

Sacks, WILLIAM: Evidence for the metabolism of
maleic acid in dogs and human beings. Science,
127:594, 1958.

MH-790 (R01) Marcus, IRWIN M.: Studies of
children showing injury patterns. Tulane Univer-
sity, New Orleans, La. (1954-58)

Marcus, IRVIN M.: The significance of health and
handicaps in the child's growth and development.
In: Tulane studies in social welfare. Vol. 3.
New Orleans, Tulane University, 1961, p. 64-70.

Marcus, IrRwIN, WIiLsON, M., KRAFT, WILMA,
SWANDER, IRVIN DELAMR, SOUTHERLAND, FRED,
and ScCHULHOFER, EpiTH: An interdisciplinary
approach to accident patterns in children. Child
Development Publications of the Society for Re-
search in Child Development, 25(2):1-79, 1960.
(Serial No. 76)

SEAVER, JACQUELINE: What makes a child accident-
prone? Family Circle Magazine, 60(2):58-78,
1962.

SucHMAN, Ep. A., and ScHERZER, A. L.: Current
research in childhood accidents. New York, As-
sociation for the Aid of Crippled Children, 1960.

MH-791 (R01) JAcksoN, DoNALD D.: Personal-
ity of parents of schizophrenic children. Palo Alto
Medical Research Foundation, Palo Alto, Calif.
(1954-55)

Brock, J., BLock, J., and PATTERSON, V.: Psychi-
atrists’ conceptions of the schizophrenogenic par-
ent. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:
448-459, 1958.

BLOCK, JEANNE, PATTERSON, V., BLOCK, JACK, and
Jackson, DoN D.: A study of the parents of
schizophrenic and neurotic children. Psychiatry,
21:387-397, 1958.

MH-795 (R01) GRENELL, ROBERT G., and FINE-
SINGER, Jaco E.: Effects of chemical agents upon
cerebral oxidation. University of Maryland, Balti-
more, Md. (1954-61)

GRENELL, R. G.: Remarks concerning the mecha-
nisms of narcosis and anesthesia. In: Proceedings
of the 3rd International Congress of Biochemis-
try, Brussels, Belgium, 1956.

GRENELL, R. G.: Mechanisms of action of psycho-
therapeutic and related drugs. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 66:826-835, 1957.
GRENELL, R. G.: Alcohols and activity of cerebral
neurons. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
20:421-427, 1959.

GRENELL, R. G.: Part III. Studies on schizophrenia
and behavior: Molecular biology and psychopathol-
ogy. Annals of the New York Academy of Sci-
ences, 96(1) :345-352, 1962.

GRENELL, R. G., and May, L.: Infrared spectro-
scopy of nervous tissue. Journal of Neurochemis-
try, 2:138-149, 1958.

GRENELL, R. G., May, L., McELrOY, W. D., and
MENDELSON, J.: Some structural and molecular
aspects of cerebral responses to drugs. In: Pro-
ceedings of the Association for Research in Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 37:417-439, 1959.

GRENELL, R. G., MENDELSON, J., and McELROY,
W. D.: Effects of chlorpromazine on metabolism
in central nervous system. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 73:347-351, 1955.

GRENELL, R. G., MENDELSON, J., and McELRroyY,
W. D.: ATP mapping in brain. Federation Pro-
ceedings, 14:63-64, 1955.

GRENELL, R. G., MENDELSON, J., MCELROY, W. D.,
MENDELSON, J. H., and SONNENFELD, S.: Neu-
ronal metabolism and ATP synthesis in narcosis.
Journal of Cellular and Comparative Physiology,
46(1) :143-162, 1955.

GReNELL, R. G., MErus, J. K, Sax, D., and
BrowN, D.: Physiologic correlates of the effects
of insulin on the central nervous system. In:
Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent advances in biological
psychiatry. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1960,
p. 43-49.

May, L., and GRENELL, R. G.: Nucleic acid con-
tent of various areas of the rat brain. Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 102:235-239, 1959.

MH-800 (RO1) LittLE, CLARENCE C., and FuL-
LER, JOHN L.: Biology of nervous and emotional
instability. Roscoe B. Jackson Memorial Labora-
tory, Bar Harbor, Me. (1954-56)

CHAMBERS, R. M., and FULLER, J. L.: Conditioning
of skin temperature changes in dogs. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 51(2):
223-226, 1958.

MH-808 (R01) CHILD, IRVIN L.: Factors influenc-
ing positive social behavior. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1954-57)

CuiLp, IrviN L., FRANK, Kitty F., and STORM,
THoMAS: Self-ratings and TAT: Their relations
to each other and to childhood background. Jour-
nal of Personality, 25:96-114, 1956.

STORM, THOMAS, ROSENwALD, GEORGE C., and
CHILD, IRVIN L.: A factor analysis of self-ratings

116

on social behavior. Journal of Social Psychology,
48:45-49, 1958.

MH-810 (R01) TumIN, MELVIN M.: Relation of
personality to social structure. Puerto Rico De-
partment of Health, San Juan, P.R. (1954-58)

TumiN, M.: Competing status systems. In: Moore,
W. E., and Feldman, A., eds. Symposium on
labor systems and social change. New York, So-
cial Science Research Council, 1961, p. 277-288.

TumiN, M., and FELDMAN, ARNOLD: The miracle at
Sabana Grande. Public Opinion Quarterly, 19(2):
125-139, 1955.

TuMIN, M., and FELDMAN, ARNOLD: Status, per-
spective and achievement: Education and the class
structure in Puerto Rico. American Sociological
Review, 21 (4) :464-472, 1956.

TuMIN, M., and FELDMAN, ARNOLD: Theory and
measurement of occupational mobility. American
Sociological Review, 22(3):281-288, 1957.

TumiN, M., and FELDMAN, ARNOLD: Social class
and social change in Puerto Rico. Princeton, N.J.,
Princeton, University, 1961, 549 p.

MH-814 (RO1) Sakopa, JaMEs M., and BRAND,
HowaArp: The influence of antecedent conditions
on perception. University of Connecticut, Storrs,
Conn. (1954-60)

BRAND, HOWARD, SAKODA, JAMES, M., and WooDs,
PauL J.: Contingent partial reinforcement and
the anticipation of correct alternatives. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 53:417-424, 1957.

BrAND, HOWARD, SAKODA, JAMES M., and WoODS,
PauL J.: Effects of a random versus pattern in-
structional set in a contingent partial reinforce
ment situation. Psychological Reports, 3:473-479,
1957.

BraND, HowarD, Woops, PAUL J., and SAKODA,
JaAMEs M.: Anticipation of reward as a function
of partial reinforcement. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 52:18-22, 1956.

Sakopa, James M.: Individual differences in cor-
relation between clustering and recall of meaning-
ful words. Journal of General Psychology, 54:
183-190, 1956.

SAKODA, JamEs M., and COHEN, BurTOoN H.: Ex-
act probabilities for contingency tables using bi-
nomial coefficients. ~~ Psychometrika, 22:83-86,
1957.

MH-815 (R01) LoEB, MARTIN B.: Social relations
in a community psychiatric hospital. Community
Studies, Kansas City, Mo. (1954-57)

LoEeB, MARTIN B.: Some dominant cultural themes
in a psychiatric hospital. Social Problems, 4(1),
July 1956.
LoEB, MARTIN B.: Role definition in the social
world of a mental hospital. In: Levinson, D.,
Greenblatt, M., and Williams, R., eds. The pa-
tient and the mental hospital. Glencoe, Ill., Free
Press, 1957.

MH-817 (R01) MARX, MELVIN H.: Effect of frus-
tration on drive and motivation. University of
Missouri, Columbia, Mo. (1954-64)

BROWNSTEIN, A. J.: Predicting instrumental per-
formances from the independent rates of contin-
gent responses in a choice situation. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63:29-31, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-3345).

BROWNSTEIN, A. J., and HiLLix, W. A.: Drive ac-
commodation and learning. Psychological Review,
10:21-24, 1960.

CoGaN, D. C., and MARX, M. H.: The effect of
intermittent presentation of goalbox cues on re-
sistance to extinction under spaced and massed con-
ditions. Psychological Record, 15(2):169-173,
1965.

CoLLIER, GEORGE, KNARR, FREDERICK A. and
MARX, MELVIN H.: Some relations between the
intensive properties of the consummatory response
and reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 62:484-495, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-3328 and MH-7024).

CoLLIER, G., and MARX, M. H.: Changes in per-
formance as a function of shifts in the magnitude
of reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 57:305-309, 1959.

COLLIER, GEORGE, and MYERS, LEONHARD: The
loci of reinforcement. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 61:57-66, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-3328 and MH-7024).

CoLLIER, G., and SiSKEL, M.: Performance as a
joint function of amount of reinforcement and
inter-reinforcement interval. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 57:115-120, 1959. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-631).

HoLpER, W. B., MARX, M. H., HOLDER, E. E., and
COLLIER, G.: Response strength as a function of
delay of reward in a runway. [Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 53:316-323, 1957.

LawsoN, R., and Marx, M. H.: Frustration: The-
ory and experiment. Genetic Psychology Mono-
graphs, 57:393-464, 1958.

Lawson, R., and MARX, M. H.: A comparison of
some presumed frustrating and secondary-reinforc-
ing operations. Journal of Comparative and Phys-
iological Psychology, 51:742-746, 1958.

McCoy, DoNaLD F., and MARX, MELVIN H.: Com-
peting responses and the partial-reinforcement ef-
fect. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70(4):
352-356, 1965.

117

Marx, M. H.: Resistance to extinction as a function
of continuous or intermittent presentation of a
training cue. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
56:251-255, 1958.

Marx, M. H.: Resistance to extinction as a function
of degree of reproduction of training conditions.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 59:337-342,
1960.

Marx, M. H.: Incentive shift in the runway and
barpress box: Comment on Goodrich and Zaret-
sky's runway study. Psychological Reports, 11:
784, 1962.

MARX, M. H.: The need for more specific formula-
tions of the “competing response” interpretation
of extinction. Psychological Reports, 56:546-550,
1963.

Marx, M. H.: Resistance to extinction as a function
of instrumental training under two levels of food
deprivation and a shift in incentive. Psychological
Reports, 56:783-785, 1963.

Marx, M. H.: The effects of blocking the consum-
matory response on the acquisition and perform-
ance of an associated instrumental response. Jour-
nal Genetic Psychology, 105:351-358, 1964.

Marx, M. H., and BROWNSTEIN, A. J.: Effects of
incentive magnitude on running speeds without
competing responses in acquisition and extinction.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:182-189,
1963.

MARX, MELVIN H., and EpwARDs, Davip C.: Speed
of nonreinforced running response following in-
creasing and decreasing orders of sucrose concen-
trations. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71
(1):160-161, 1966.

Marx, M. H., and HELLWIG, L. R.: Acquisition and
extinction of avoidance conditioning without es-
cape responses. Journal of Comparative and-Phys-
iological Psychology, 58:451-452, 1964.

MARX, MELVIN, and KNARR, FREDERICK A.: Long-
term development of reinforcing propertics of a
stimulus as a function of temporal relationship to
food reinforcement. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:546-550, 1963.

Marx, M. H., and MURPHY, W. W.: Resistance to
extinction as a function of the presentation of a
motivating cue in the startbox. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:207-
210, 1961.

Marx, M. H., and PIEPER, W. A.: Acquisition of
instrumental response as a function of incentive
contrast. Psychological ~ Reports, 10:635-638,
1962.

MARX, M. H., and PIEPER, W. A.: Instrumental ac-
quisition and performance on fixed-interval rein-
orcement as a function of incentive contrast. Psy-
chological Reports, 12:255-258, 1963.
Marx, M. H., and Smoot, K. E.: Response latency
in the monkey as a function of the duration of
interruption of an instrumental act. Psychological
Record, 15:57-61, 1965.

Marx, M. H., TOMBAUGH, Jo Woop, CoLE, C., and
DOUGHERTY, D.: Persistence of nonreinforced re-
sponding as a function of the direction of a prior-
ordered incentive shift. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 66:542-546, 1963.

Marx, MELVIN H., TomBAUGH, Tom N., HATCH,
RoBERT S., and TOMBAUGH, Jo Woop: Con-
trolled operant conditioning boxes with discrete-
trial programming for multiple experimental use.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21(1):247-254,
1965.

Pieper, W. A., GArwooDp, CAROLYN, LEWIS,
DoNNA, and MARX, M. H.: Differential acqui-
sition of an instrumental response in albino and
hooded rats. Psychological Reports, 11:425-426,
1962.

PIEPER, W. A., and MARX, M. H.: Effects of within-
session incentive contrast on instrumental acquisi-
tion and performance. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 65:568-571, 1963.

PIEPER, W. A., and MARX, M. H.: Conditioning of
a previously neutral cue to the onset of a metabolic
drive: Two instances of negative results. Psycho-
logical Record, 13:191-195, 1963.

RoBerTs, C. L., MARX, M. H., and COLLIER, G.:
Light onset and light offset as reinforcers for the
albino rat. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 51:575-579, 1958.

Smoot, K. E., and LAwsoN, R.: Performance after
failure as a function of interpolated activity. Jowur-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 100:205-213, 1962.

ToMBAUGH, Tom N., and MARX, M. H.: The effects
of increasing and decreasing orders of monetary
incentive on resistance to extinction in children.
Psychological Record, 13:187-190, 1963.

TomBAuGH, Tom N., and MARX, MELVIN H.:
Effects of ordered and constant sucrose concentra-
tions on non-reinforced performance. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 69(6):630-636, 1965.

ToMmBAUGH, T. N., and ToMBAUGH, Jo: The effects
of apparent task solubility and reward upon the
duration of problem solving behavior. Psycho-
logical Record, 13:83-87, 1963.

TyLEr, D. W., Marx, M. H., and COLLIER, G.:
Frustration stimuli in discrimination. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 58:295-301, 1959.

Wist, E. R.: Amount, delay, and position of delay
of reinforcement as parameters of runway per-

formance. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
63:160-166, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
3328).

118

MH-819 (R01) LoNG, ROBERT, BURGIN, LEO B.,
and JESSNER, Lucie: Study of allergic and emo-
tional factors in asthma. Massachusetts General
Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1954-57)

JESSNER, Lucie, LAMONT, JOHN, LONG, ROBERT,
RoLLIN, NANCY, WHIPPLE, BABETTE, and PREN-
TICE, NORMAN: Emotional impact of nearness and
separation for the asthmatic child and his mother.
Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 10:353-375,
1955.

LaMONT, JoHN W.: Which children outgrow asthma
and which do not? In: Scheer, Henry I. ed.
The asthmatic child. New York, Harper & Roe,
1963, p. 16-26.

LoNG, ROBERT, LAMONT, JOHN H., WHIPPLE,
BABETTE, BANDLER, LouisE, BLoM, GAsTON E,,
BurcIN, Leo, and JEsSNER, LUCIE: A psychoso-
matic study of allergic and emotional factors in
children with asthma. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 114(10) :890-899, 1958.

MH-823 (R01) GERTY, FRANCIS J., GARNER, ANN
MARGARET, GERARD, MARGARET, and WENAR,
CHARLES: Studies of psychosomatic disorders in
children. University of Illinois, Chicago, IIL
(1954-56)

BARRON, SAMUEL H., and SPURLOCK, JEANNE:
Ulcerative colitis: Psychosomatic factors. Medical
Science, 3(7):412-418, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1335).

Bropy, VioLA A.: Treatment of a pre-pubertal twin
girl with psychogenic megacolon. American [our-
nal of Orthopsychiatry, 33(3):569-573, 1963.

DALLY, ANNE: Excerpts from a study of residen-
tial treatment for children with psychosomatic
disorders. American Journal of Occupational
Therapy, 21(4)Part 2:261-266, 1957. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1335).

GARNER, ANN M., and WENAR, CHARLES: The
mother-child interaction in psychosomatic disor-
ders. Urbana, University of Illinois Press, 1959,
290 p.

HERZOG, RUTH: A unique nursing role—pediatric-
psychiatric nursing on a psychosomatic ward for
children. Nursing Outlook, 6(11):1958. (Also
acknowledges MH-1335).

MoHR, GEORGE J., JOSSELYN, IRENE M., SPUR-
LOCK, JEANNE, and BARRON, S. H.: Studies in
ulcerative colitis. American [Journal of Psychia-
try, 114(12):1067-1076, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1335).

MOHR, GEORGE ]., RICHMOND, JuLlUS B., GARNER,
ANN MARGARET, and EppY, EVELYN ]J.: A pro-
gram for the study of children with psychosomatic
disorders. In: Caplan, Gerald, ed. Eomtional
problems of early childhood. New York, Basic
Books, 1955, p. 251-268.
MH-826 (R01) GARDNER, GEORGE E.: Emotional
disorders of childhood. Judge Baker Guidance
Clinic, Boston, Mass. (1954-59)

COOLIDGE, SAMUEL, BRODIE, RicHARD D., and
FEENEY, BARBARA: A ten-year follow-up study
of sixty-six school phobic children. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 34:675-684, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-661).

GRUNEBAUM, MARGARET GALDSTON: A study of
learning problems of children; casework implica-
tions. Social Casework, 42(9):461-468, 1961.

GRUNEBAUM, MARGARET GALDSTON, HURWITZ,
IRVING, PRENTICE, NORMAN M., and SPERRY,
Bessie M.: Fathers of sons with primary neurotic
learning inhibitions. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 32(3):462-472, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3246).

KAUFMAN, I: The continuation of protective serv-
ices. Child Welfare, February, 1957.

KAUFMAN, IRVING, FRANK, THOMAS, HEIMS, LORA,
HERRICK, JOAN, REISER, DAviD, and WILLER,
LEE: Treatment implications of a new classifica
tion of parents of schizophrenic children. Amer
ican Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 116(10):920-
924, 1960.

KAUFMAN, IRVING, FRANK, THOMAS, HEIMS, LORA,
HERRICK, JOAN, and WILLER, LEE: Four types
of defense in mothers and fathers of schizophre-
nic children. American Journal of Orthopsychia-
atry, 29(3) :460-472, 1959.

KaurMmaN, I., and HEemvs, L.: The body image of
the juvenile delinquent. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 28(1):146-159, 1958.

KaurMmaN, IRVING, HEIMS, Lora W., and REISER,
Davip E.: A re-evaluation of the psychodynamics
of firesetting. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 31(1):123-136, 1961.

KAUFMAN, I, MakkAY, E., and ZiLBAcH, J.: The
impact of adolescence on girls with delinquent
character formation. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 29(1):130-143, 1959.

KaurMmaN, I, RosensauMm, E., Hemms, C., and
WiLLER, C.: Childhood psychosis: I. Childhood
schizophrenia: Treatment of children and parents.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 27:683-
690, 1957.

PRENTICE, N. M.: Individual achievement testing of
children with learning problems: A clinical guide.
Journal of Projective Techniques and Personality
Assessment, 28:448-464, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3246).

PRENTICE, N. M., and SPERRY, B. M.: Therapeuti-
cally oriented tutoring of children with primary
neurotic learning inhibitions. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 35(3):521-530, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-3246).

119

REINER, BEATRICE SiMcoX, and KAUFMAN, I.:
Character disorders in parents of delinquents.
New York, Family Service Association of America,
1959, 179 p.

Simcox, B., and KAUFMAN, I.: Casework with par-
ents and delinquents. Social Casework, October
and November, 1956.

SPERRY, BESSIE, STAVER, NANCY, REINER, BEATRICE
S., and ULricH, DAvID: Renunciation and denial
in learning difficulties. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 28:98-111, 1958.

SPERRY, BESSIE, ULRICH, DAvID N., and STAVER,
Nancy: The relationship of motility to boys’
learning problems. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 28:640-646, 1958.

WALDFOGEL, SAMUEL, COLLIDGE, JOHN, and HAHN,
PAULINE B.: The development, meaning and
management of school phobia. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 27(4):734-780, 1957. (Also
acknowledges MH-661).

WaLLAcH, M., ULricH, D., and GRUNEBAUM,
MARGARET: Relationship of family disturbance to
cognitive difficulties in a learning-problem child.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24(4):355-
360, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-3246).

MH-830 (R01) CHANCE, ERIKA: Impact of child
guidance treatment on the family. Child Study
Center of Philadelphia, Philadelphia, Pa. (1954-
56) (Continued as MH-1233).

CHANCE, ERIKA: Measuring the potential -interplay
of forces within the family during treatment.
Child Development, 26:241-265, 1955.

CHANCE, Erika: Measuring changes in the family
of four year old during treatment. In: Caplan,
G., ed. Emotional problems of early childhood.
New York, Basic Books, 1955, p. 117-149.

CHANCE, ERIKA: Mutual expectations of patients
and therapists in individual treatment. Human
Relations, 10:167-178, 1957.

CHANCE, ERIKA, and ATKINSON, STUART: Some in-
terpersonal characteristics of individual treatment.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 1(3):
5-22, 1955.

MH-833 (R01) Hort, L. EMMETT, JR.: Amino
acid metabolism in mental deficiency. New York
University, New York, N.Y. (1954-57)

SNYDERMAN, S. E., NorTON, P. M., and HoLT,
L. E, Jr.: Effect of tyrosine administration in
phenylketonuria. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 14:450-451, 1955. (Abstract No. 1458)

MH-834 (R01) HENRY, CHARLES E., and OBRIsT,
WALTER D.: EEG study of the normal and psy-
chotic aged. Institute of Living, Hartford, Conn.
(1954-57)
OBrisT, W. D.: The electroencephalogram of
healthy aged males. In: Birren, J. E., Butler,
R. N., Greenhouse, S. W., Sokoloff, L., and Yar-
row, M. R., eds. Human aging, a biological and
behavioral study. Public Health Service Publica-
tion No. 986, Washington, D.C., Government
Printing Office, 1963, p. 79-93.

Osrist, W. D., Busse, E. W., and HENRY, C. E.:
Relation of electroencephalogram to blood pres-
sure in elderly persons. Neurology, 11:151-158,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

OsristT, W. D., and HENRY, C. E.: The relation of
EEG to brain syndrome in aged patients. Jour
nal of Gerontology, 10(4):473, 1955.

Osrist, W. D., and HENRY, C. E.: Electroencepha-
lographic frequency analysis of aged psychiatric
patients. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 10:621-632, 1958.

Osrist, W. D., and HENRY, C. E.: Electroencepha-
lographic findings in aged psychiatric patients.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 126:254~-
267, 1958.

Osrist, W. D., SokoLorF, L., LASSEN, N. A,
LANE, M. H., BUTLER, R. N., and FEINBERG, I.:
Relation of EEG to cerebral blood flow and me-
tabolism in old age. Electroencephalography and

Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:610-619, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).
MH-835 (R01) LEARY, ROBERT W., SINHA,

MapAN, and WARREN, JOHN M.: Effect of pre-
frontal lobectomy on responses to stress. Univer-
sity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1954-57)

Boyp, B. O., and WARREN, J. M.: Solution of
oddity problems by cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50(3):258-260,
1957. (Also acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-
3396).

BrRAMEL, DANA, and WARREN, J. M.: Retention of
discrimination habits by cats. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 96:241-244, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

CroNHOLM, J. N., WARREN, J. M., and HARA,
Kazuo: Distribution of training and reversal
learning by cats. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
96:105-113, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1364 and MH-3396).

Hara, Kazuo, and WARREN, J. M.: Stimulus addi-
tivity and dominance in discrimination perform-
ance by cats. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 54(1):86-90, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

Hara, Kazuo, and WARREN, J. M.: Equivalence
reactions by normal and brain-injured cats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54(1):91-93, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
1364 and MH-3396).

120

JosHi, BHUWAN LAL, and WARREN, J. M.: Dis-
crimination of ambivalent cue stimuli by cats.
Journal of Psychology, 47:3-7, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

LEARY, R. W.: The rewarded, the unrewarded, the
chosen, and the unchosen. Psychological Reports,
2:91-97, 1956.

LEARY, R. W.: The temporal factor in reward and
nonreward of monkeys. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 3(56):294-296, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1664).

MARONEY, R., and LEARY, R.: A failure to condi-
tion submission in monkeys. Psychological Re-
ports, 3:472, 1957.

MARONEY, R. J., WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M.
M.: Stability of social dominance hierarchies in
monkeys (Macaca Mulatta). Journal of Social
Psychology, 50:285-293, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

STEWART, C. N., and WARREN, J. M.: The behav-
ior of cats on the double-alternation problem.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 50(1):26-28, 1957. (Also acknowledges
MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Effects of satiation on food pref-
erences in monkeys. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
0gy, 93:33-36, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: The development of paw prefer-
ences in cats and monkeys. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 93:229-236, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Solution of object and positional
discriminations by rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52(1):
92-93, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1364 and
MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Stimulus preservation in discrimi-
nation learning by cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 52(1):99-101,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-
3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Oddity learning set in a cat. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
53(4):433-434, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Supplementary report: Effective-
ness of food and nonfood signs in reversal learn-
ing by monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 60(4):263-264, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Solution of sign-differentiated ob-
ject and positional discriminations by rhesus mon-

keys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 96:365-
369, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1364 and
MH-3396).
WARREN, J. M.: Discrimination reversal learning by
cats. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 97:317-327,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-
3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Individual differences in discrimi-
nation learning by cats. Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 98:89-93, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1364 and MH-3996).

WARREN, J. M., and BARON, ALAN: The forma-
tion of learning sets by cats. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 49(3):
227-231, 1956. (Also acknowledges MH-1364
and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and KiMBALL, H.: Transfer rela-
tions in discrimination learning by cats. [Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52
(3):336-338, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and MARONEY, R. J.: Competitive
social interaction between monkeys. Journal of
Social Psychology, 48:223-233, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M. M.: Effect of dif-
ferential reinforcement on size preferences in cats.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 7:17-22, 1957.
(Also acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M. M.: Interactions be-
tween learning sets in monkeys. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 95:19-25, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1364 and MH-3296). ’

WARREN, J. M., and WARREN, H. B.: Interspecies
differences in learning by carnivores? Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 9:346, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and WARREN, HELEN B.: Reversal
learning by horse and raccoon. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 100:215-320, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1364 and MH-33906).

WARREN, J. M., WARREN, HELEN B., and AKERT,
K.: Umweg learning by cats with lesions in the
prestriate cortex. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54(6):629-632, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., WARREN, HELEN B., and AKERT,
KoNRraAD: Orbitofrontal cortical lesions and learn-
ing in cats. Journal of Comparative Neurology,
118(1):17-42, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
1364 and MH-3396).

YamaGucHI, SHUN-IcHI, and WARREN, J. M.: Sin-
gle versus double alternation learning by cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 54(5):533-538, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1364 and MH-3396).

MH-836 (R01) WHITE, MARTHA S.: Child rearing
practices and child behavior, individual. Carmel,
Calif. (1954-55)

121

WHITE, MARTHA STURM: Social class, child rearing
practices, and child behavior. American Socio-
logical Review, 22(6):702-712, 1957. Also in:
Stoodley, B. H., ed. Society and self. Glencoe,
Il1., Free Press, 1962, p. 579-592.

MH-839 (R01) HOOKER, EVELYN G., and GEN-
GERELLI, JOSEPH A.: Psychological study of male

homosexuals. University of California, Los An-
geles, Calif. (1954-62) (Continued as MH-
6452).

HookEr, E.: A preliminary analysis of group be-
havior of homosexuals. Journal of Psychology,
42:217-225, 1956.

HookEr, E.: The adjustment of the male overt
homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques,
21:18-31, 1957. Also in: Ruitenbeek, H. M., ed.
The problem of homosexuality in modern society.
New York, E. P. Dutton, 1963, p. 141-161.
(Also acknowledges MH-6452).

HOOKER, E.: What is a criterion? Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 23:278-281, 1959.

HookER, E.: Male homosexuality in the Rorschach.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 22:33-54, 1958.
Also in: Sherman, M., ed. A Rorschach reader.
New York, International Universities Press, 1960,
p. 14-44.

Hooker, E.: The case El: A biography. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 25:252-267, 1961.

Hooker, E.: Homosexuality—summary of studies.
In: Duvall, Evelyn M., and Duvall, S. M., eds.
Sex ways in fact and faith. New York, Associa-
tion Press, 1961, p. 166-183.

Hooker, E.: The homosexual community. In:
Personality research. Vol. 2. Copenhagen,
Munksgaard Press, 1962, p. 40-59. (Also ac-

knowledges MH-6452).

HookER, EVELYN: Male homosexual life styles and
venereal disease. In: Proceedings of the world
forum on syphilis and other treponematoses,
Washington, D.C., 1962. Washington, Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1962. p. 431-437. (Public Health Service
Publication No. 997).

Hooker, E.: Male homosexuality. In: Farberow,
N. L.,, ed. Taboo topics. New York, Atherton
Press, 1963, p. 44-55. (Also acknowledges MH-
6452).

MH-844 (R01) WHITING, JoHN M.: Child rearing
and personality development. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1954-55)

Sears, R. R., MaccoBy, ELEANOR E., and LEVIN,
H.: Patterns of child rearing. Evanston, Ill, Row,
Peterson, 1957, 549 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
461 and MH-1096).
MH-849 (R01) BELLER, EMANUEL K.: Fear, ag-
gression and dependency in childhood. Child
Development Center, New York, N.Y. (1955
63)

BELLER, E. KuNo: Direct and inferential observa-
tions in the study of children. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 29:560-573, 1959.

BELLER, E. KuNo: Exploratory studies of depend-
ency. Transactions of the New York Academy of
Sciences, Series 11, 21(5):414-426, 1959.

BeLLER, E. KuNo: Clinical process: The assess-
ment of data in childhood personality disorders.
Glencoe, Ill., Free Press, 1962, 394 p.

BELLER, E. KUNO, and NEUBAUER, PETER B.: Sex
differences and symptom patterns in early child-
hood. Journal of the American Academy of Child
Psychiatry, 2(3):417-433, 1963.

BELLER, E. KUNO, and TURNER, JOHN: Personality
correlates of children’s perception of human size.
Child Development, 35-441-449, 1964.

HAEBERLE, ANN W.: Quantification of observa-
tional data in various stages of research. Amers-
can Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 29:583-589, 1959.

MH-855 (RO1) VESTERGAARD, PER B.: Adreno-
cortical response to insulin. ~Rockland State Hos-
pital, Orangeburg, N.Y. (1954-57)

VESTERGAARD, P., ABBOTT, M. T., KLINE, N. S,,
and STANLEY, A. M.: Endamoeba histolytica in-
fections on a psychiatric research ward. Implica-
tions for research and treatment with Mantomide.
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Psychology,
19:44-53, 1958.

VESTERGAARD, P., and LEVERETT, R.: Excretion of
combined neutral 17-ketosteroids in short term col-
lection periods. A study of spontaneous variabil-
ity. Acta Endocrinologica, 25:45-53, 1957.

VESTERGAARD, P., and LEVERETT, R.: Constancy of
urinary creatinine excretion. Journal of Labora-
tory and Clinical Medicine, 51:211-218, 1958.

VESTERGAARD, P., LEVERETT, R., and DOUGLAS,
W. R.: Spontaneous variability in the excretion of
combined neutral 17-ketosteroids in the urine of
chronic schizophrenic patients. Psychiatric Re-
search Reports, 6:74-89, 1956.

MH-857 (R01) GREENE, WILLIAM A., Jr., and
ENGEL, GEORGE L.: Psychological factors in reti-
culoendothelial disease. University of Rochester,
Rochester, N.Y. (1954-60)

GREENE, WILLIAM A.: Process in psychosomatic dis-
orders. Psychosomatic Medicine, 17:150-158,
1956.

GREENE, WILLIAM A.: Early object relations, so-
matic, affective, and personal. An inquiry into

122

the physiology of the mother-child unit.  Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 126:225,
1958.

GREENE, WILLIAM A.: Role of a vicarious object in
the adaptation to object loss: I. Use of a vicari-
ous object as a means of adjustment to separa-
tion from a significant person. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 20(5) :344-350, 1958.

GREENE, WILLIAM A.: Some perspectives for ob-
serving and interpreting biopsychologic relations
and doctor-patient relations. Perspectives in Bi-
ology and Medicine, 2(4):453-471, 1959.

GREENE, WiLLIAM A.: What the cancer patient
should be told about his diagnosis and prognosis:
Psychiatrist’'s recommendation. In: - American
Cancer Society. The physician and the total care
of the cancer patient. A symposium presented at
the 1961 scientific session of the American Cancer
Society, Oct. 23-24, 1961. New York, American
Cancer Society, 1962, p. 69-74.

GREENE, WILLIAM A.: Role of a vicarious object in
the adaptation to object loss: II. | Vicissitudes in
the role of the vicarious object. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 21(6) :438-447, 1959.

GREENE, WILLIAM A., and MILLER, GERALD: Psy-
chological factors and reticuloendothelial disease.
IV. Observations on a group of children and
adolescents with leukemia: An interpretation of
disease development in terms of the mother-child
unit. Psychosomatic Medicine, 20(2) :124-144,
1958.

GREENE, WILLIAM A., YOUNG, LAWRENCE E., and
SwisHER, ScoTT N.: Psychological factors and
reticuloendothelial disease. II. Observations on
a group of women with lymphomas and leuke-
mias. Psychosomatic Medicine, 18(4):284-303,
1956.

MH-859 (R17) FINEMAN, ABRAHAM: Emotional
disorders of childhood. Judge Baker Guidance
Clinic, Boston, Mass. (1955-58)

FINEMAN, ABRAHAM D.: The utilization of child
psychiatry on a children’s surgical service. Amer-
ican Journal of Surgery, 95:64-73, 1958.

FINEMAN, ABRAHAM D.: Preliminary observations
on ego development in children with congenital
defects of the genitourinary system. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 29:110-120, 1959.

MH-863 (R17) CALLAwAY, ENocH, III: The re-
lation of autonomic activity to perception. Uni-
versity of Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1954-58)

CALLAWAY, ENocH, III: Institutional use of atarac-
tic drugs. Modern Medicine, 25:81, 1957.

Carraway, ENocH, III: A practical application of
information theory in psychopharmacology. Psy-
chiatric Research Report, 9:47-51, 1958.
CALLAWAY, ENocH, III: The influence of amobar-
bital and methamphetamine on the focus of at-
tention. Journal of Mental Science, 105:382-392,
1959.

Carraway, E., III: Non-empiric approaches from
the basic sciences. A psychiatric viewpoint. In:
Featherstone, R. M., and Simon, A., eds. Phar-
macologic approach lo the study of the mind.
Springfield, Ill., Thomas, 1959.

CALLAWAY, ENOCH, III: Day-to-day variability in
relationship between electroencephalographic alpha
phase and reaction time to visual stimuli. New
Academy of Sciences, 92:1183-1186, 1961.

CaLLawAy, ENocH, III: Factors influencing the re-
lationship between alpha activity and visual reac-
tion time. Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 14:674-682, 1962.

CaLLawAy, ENocH, III: A method for harmonic
dial calculation.  Psychophysiological Newsletter,
8(3):6-9, 1962.

CALLAWAY, ENocH, III, and ALEXANDER, J. D.:
The temporal coding of sensory data; An investi-
gation of two theories. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 62:293-309, 1960.

Carraway, ENocH, III, and BAND, RAYMOND I.:
Some psychopharmacologicals effects of atropine:
Preliminary investigation of broadened attention.
A. M. A. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and
Psychiatry, 79:91-102, 1958.

CaLLAawAY, ENocH, III, and DEeEMBO, DONALD:
Narrowed attention: A psychological phenomenon
that accompanies a certain physiological change.
A. M. A. Journal of Neurology and Psychiatry,
79:74-90, 1958.

Carraway, ENocH, III, and ELLMmAN, G. L.: Ery-
throcyte cholinesterase-levels in mental patients.
Nature, 192:1216, 1961.

Carraway, ENoch, III, and StoNE, G. C.: Psycho-
pharmacologic theories: A critical review. Clini-
cal Pharmacology and Therapentics, 1:247-267,
1960.

CALLAWAY, ENocH, III, and STONE, GEORGE C.:
Re-evaluating focus of attention. In: Uhr, Leon-
ard, and Miller, James G., eds. Drugs and be-
havior. New York, Wiley, 1960, p. 393-398.

CALLAWAY, ENocH, III, Truitt, E. B., JR., BRAUDE,
M. C,, and KraNTZ, |. C,, JR.: The pharmacology
of myristicin: A contribution to the psychophar-
macology of nutmeg. Journal of Neuropsychi-
atry, 2:205-210, 1961.

CALLAWAY, ENocH, III, and YEAGER, C. L.: Re-
lations between human reaction time and EEG
alpha phase. In: Proceedings of 7th International
Congress, Society for Biological Rhythms,
Minerva Medica, September, 1960.

123

KLEE, G. D., BERTINO, J., and WEINTRAUB, W.:
Clinical studies with LSD-25 and two substances
related to serotonin. Part II. Journal of Mental
Science, 106:301-308, 1960.

KLEE, G. D., BErTINO, J., and WEINTRAUB, W.:
The influence of varying dosage on the effects of
lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25) in humans.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 132:
404-409, 1961.

LaDou, J., ELLMAN, G. L., EDMINSTER, I. F., and
CHRISTENSEN, R. L.: Correlates of manifest anx-

iety. Journal of Psychosomatic Medicine, 6:41-
47, 1961.
VANBUSKIR, CHARLES, and CALLAWAY, ENOCH,

III: Observations on vibratory thresholds. Con-

finia Neunrologica, 16:301-308, 1956.

MH-864 (R17) Knapp, PETER H.: Psychophysio-
logical relationships in disease. Boston Univer-
sity, Boston, Mass. (1954-59)

Knapp, PETER H.: Sensory impressions in dreams.
Psychoanalytical Quarterly, 25:325-347, 1956.

Knapp, PETER H.: Conscious and unconscious af-
fects: A preliminary approach to concepts and
methods of study. Psychiatric Research Reports,
8:55-74, 1958.

Knapp, PETER H., ed.: Expression of the emotions
in man. New York, International Universities
Press, 1963.

Knapp, PETER H., LEVIN, SIDNEY, MCCARTER, ROB-
ERT H., WERNER, HENRY, and ZETZEL, ELIZA-
BETH: Suitability for psychoanalysis: A review of
one hundred supervised analytic cases. Psycho-
analytic Quarterly, 29:459-477, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2134).

MH-867 (R17) LEesse, HENRY: Electrical brain ac-
tivity and thought processes. Tulane University,’
New Orleans, La. (1954-59)

Less, H.: Amygdaloid electrical activity during a
conditioned response. In: Proceedings of the
Fourth International Congress of Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology. Brus-
sels, Excerpta Medica, 1957, p. 99-100.

Less, H.: Electrographic recordings of amygdaloid
activity during a conditioned response. Federa-
tion Proceedings, 16:79, 1957.

LEssE, H.: Activite electrique du noyau amygdalien
pendant le conditionnement. (Amygdaloid elec-
trical activity during a conditioned response.) In:
Van Bogaert, Ludo, and Radermecker, J., eds.
Electroencephalography, clinical neurophysiology
and epilepsy. (Proceedings of the First Interna-
tional Congress of Neurological Sciences.) Vol. 3.
London, Pergamon Press, 1959, p. 177-180.
Lessg, H.: Rhinencephalic electrophysiological ac-
tivity during emotional behavior in cats. In:
West, L. J., and Greenblatt, M., eds. Explora-
tions in the physiology of emotions. Washing-
ton, D.C., American Psychiatric Association, 1960,
p- 224-237.

Lessg, H.: Discussion section five. In: West, L. J.,
and Greenblatt, M., eds. Explorations in the phys-
iology of emotions. Washington, D.C., American
Psychiatric Association, 1960.

Less, H., HEATH, R. G., MicKLE, W. A., MON-
ROE, R. R., and MiLLER, W. H.: Rhinencephalic
activity during thought. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 122:433-440, 1955.

Lessg, H., HEATH, R. G., MickLE, W. A., MON-
ROE, R. R., and MILLER, W. H.: Correlation of
thought activity with subcortical electrical record-
ings. (Abstract) Proceedings of the Society of
Biological Psychiatry, 10:7, 1955.

Lessg, H., HEaTH, R. G., MIicKLE, W. A., MON-
ROE, R. R., and MILLER, W. H.: Thought activity
and subcortical electrical recordings. In: Recent
advances in biological activity psychiatry. Trans-
actions of the Society of Biological Psychiatry.
Vol. 10. 1955, p. 14-16.

MH-872 (R01) Lanpis, CARNEY: Sensory and mo-
tor tests of CNS efficiency. New York State Psy-
chiatric Institute, New York, N.Y. (1954-59)

DILLON, DoNALD ].: Differences between ascending
and descending flicker-fusion thresholds among
groups of hospitalized psychiatric patients and a
group of normal control persons. Journal of Psy-
chology, 48:255-262, 1959.

DILLON, DONALD ].: The variation of flicker-fusion
thresholds among groups of hospitalized psychi-
atric patients. Journal of Psychology, 51:351-360,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3616).

DiLLoN, DoNALD J.: The variation of choice reac-
tion time among groups of hospitalized psychi-
atric patients. Journal of Psychology, 52:105-
114, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3616).

DILLON, DONALD J.: Length judgment in psychotic
and control populations. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 13:335-341, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-3616).

DiLLON, DONALD J.: A test for patient-control dif-
ferences ‘with a modified version of the Mueller-
Lyer illusion. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 13:
391-397, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3616).

LANDIS, CARNEY, DILLON, DONALD, and LEOPOLD,
Juris: Changes in flicker-fusion threshold and in
choice reaction time induced by electroconvulsive
therapy. Journal of Psychology, 41:61-80, 1956.

Lanpis, X. C., DILLON, DONALD J., LEoPOLD, and
RUTSCHMANN, J.: Blood sugar level and visual

flicker-fusion threshold following insulin coma.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 16:76, 1957.

Lanpis, CARNEY, DILLON, DONALD ]., LEOPOLD,
Juris, and RuTsCHMANN, J.: Changes in the
level of blood sugar and sensory and motor per-
formance brought about by insulin coma therapy.
Journal of Psychology, 45:275-285, 1958.

Lanpis, CARNEY, WHITTIER, DiLLON, DONALD J.,
and LINK, RuTH: Clinical findings and psycho-
physiological tests of the effects of a new psycho-
pharmacologic agent: Dornwal. American [Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 116:747-748, 1960.

ROEHRIG, WILLIAM C.: Psychomotor task with per-
fect recall after fifty weeks of no practice. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 19:547-550, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-3616).

RUTSCHMANN, J.: Oppel-Kundt illusion in normals
and schizophrenic patients: An examination of the
perceptual primitivization hypothesis. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 13:399-415, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3616).

MH-875 (R01) WiLLiaMs, HARRY L., and PFEIF-
FER, CARL C.: Drugs and metabolites in epilepsy
and schizophrenia. Emory University, Atlanta,
Ga. (1954-61) (Continued from MH-639).

DEMaAARr, E. W. J, WiLLiaMs, H. L., MILLER,
A. 1., and PrEeiFrer, C. C.: Effects in man of
single and combined oral doses of reserpine, ipro-
niazid, and D-lysergic acid dimethylamide. Clini-
cal Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 1(1):23-30,
1960.

DixoN, RoBerT H., and WiLLiaMS, HARRY L.: The
toxicity of pyridoxal and pyridoxal phosphate hy-
drazones in mice. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, March-April, 1962, p. 338.

FULCHER, J. HERSHEL, GALLAGHER, WILLIAM J,
and PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Comparative lucid inter-
vals after amobarbital, CO,, and arecoline in the
chronic schizophrenic. A. M. A. Archives of Neu-
rology and Psychiatry, 78:392-395, 1957.

GOLDSTEIN, L.: Electroencephalographic analysis of
the effect of 2-dimethylaminoethanol choline, and
atropine on the rabbit brain. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 128(4):
392-396, 1960.

GOLDSTEIN, L., and ALDUNATO, JORGE: Quantita-
tive electroencephalographic studies on the effects
of morphine and nalorpine on rabbit brain. Jour-
nal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapen-
tics, 130(2) 1204-211, 1960.

GOLDSTEIN, L., and Munoz, Carros: Influence of
adrenergic stimulant and blocking drugs on cere-
bral electrical activity in curarized animals. Jour-
nal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeu-
tics, 132(3) :345, 1961.

124
GrotH, D. P,, Ban, J. A. and PFEIFFER, C. C.:
The comparative distribution of Cl4-labeled 2-
dimethylaminoethanol and choline in the mouse.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
pentics, 124(4) :290-295, 1958.

HONEGGER, C. G., and HONEGGER, R.: Occurrence
and quantitative determination of 2-dimethylamino-
ethanol in animal tissue extracts. Nature, 184:
550-552, 1959.

HoNEGGER, C. G., and HONEGGER, R.: Volatile
amines in brain. Nature, 185(4712):530-532,
1960.

ENNEY, E. H.: Drug effects on electroconvulsive in-
hibition of conditioned avoidance response in rats.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19:22, 1960.

JENNEY, ErizaBetH H., and PFEIFFER, CARL C.:
The predictable value of anticonvulsant indices.
Annals of New York Academy of Science, 64:679-
689, 1956.

JENNEY, E. H., and PFEIFFER, C. C.: The convulsant
effect of hydrazides and the antidotal effect of
anticonvulsants and metabolites. Journal of Phar-
macology and Experimental Therapeutics, 122(1):
110-123, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-639).

JorpaN, S. E., LassLo, A., LivINgsTON, H. L.,
ALPERIN, H., and GERSING, A.: Comparative
pharmacology of cocain and the diethylamide de-
rivative of cocaine. Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 114(4):452-
473, 1958.

KiLriam, K. F.: Convulsant hydrazides: II. Compari-
son of electrical changes and enzyme inhibition in-
duced by the administration of thiosemicarbazide.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peuntics, 119:263-271, 1957. (Also acknowledges
MH-639).

KiLriam, K. F,, and BAIN, J. A.: Convulsant hydra-
zides. I. In vitro and in vivo inhibition of vita-
min B enzymes by convulsant hydrazides. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
119:255-262, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
639).

Lyon, J. B,, Jr., Ban, J. A., and WiLrLiams, H. L.:
The distribution of vitamin Bg in the tissues of two
inbred strains of mice fed complete and vitamin
Bg-deficient rations. Journal of Biological Chemis-
try, 237:1989-1991, 1962.

Munoz, CARLOS, and GOLDSTEIN, L.: Influence of
adrenergic blocking drugs upon the EEG analeptic
effect of dl-amphetamine in conscious unrestrained
rabbits. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 132(3):354-359, 1961.

MURPHREE, HENRY B.: Effects in human volunteers
of subparalytic dosis of dihydro-g-erythroidine.
Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 4(3):
304-310, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4229).

125

MurPHREE, HENRY B., Dippy, Roy H., JENNEY,
ErLizaBETH, and PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Effects in
normal man of a-methyltryptamine and a-ethyl-
tryptamine. Clinical Pharmacology and Thera-
peutics, 2(6):722-726, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-4229).

MurpPHREE, H. B., JENNEY, E. H., and PFEIFFER,
C. C.: 2-dimethylaminoethanol as a central nervous
system stimulant: One aspect of the pharmacology
of reserpine. In: Braceland, F. J, ed. The effect
of pharmacologic agents on the nervous system.
Vol. 37. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1959,
p. 204.

MurpPHREE, H. B., PFEIFFER, C. C., and BACKER-
MAN, IVAN A.: The stimulant effect of 2-dimethy-
laminoethanol (deanol) in human volunteer sub-
jects. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics,
1(3):303-310, 1960.

PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Optical isomerism and pharma-
cological action, a generalization. Science, 124:29-
31, 1956.

PFEIFFER, C. C.: Parasympathetic neurohumors; Pos-
sible precursors and effect on behavior. Interna-
tional Review of Neurobiology, 1:195-244, 1959.

PFEIFFER, CARL C., and DEMAAR, E. W. J.: Acetyl-
choline congenors: Structure activity of nicotinic
and muscarinic action. (Abstract) Federal Pro-
ceedings, 16:327, 1957.

PreIrrer, CARL C., GoLDSTEIN, L., MuNoz,
Carros, MURPHREE, H. B., and JENNEY, E. H.:
Quantitative comparisons of the electroencephalo-
graphic stimulant effects of Deanol, choline and
amphetamine. Clinical Pharmacology and T hera-
peutics, 4(4):461-466, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4229).

PreIFreRr, C. C., GrotH, D. P., and BAIN, J. A.:
Choline versus dimethylaminoethanol (Deanol) as
possible precursors of cerebral acetylcholine. Bio-
ogical Psychiatry, Grune & Stratton, New York,
p. 259, 1959.

PFEIFFER, CARL C., and JENNEY, E. H.: The inhibi-
tion of the conditioned response and the counter-
action of schizophrenia by muscarinic stimulation
of the brain. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 66:753-764, 1957.

PrerfFER, CARL C., JENNEY, ELizABETH H., and
MARSHALL, WILLIAM H.: Experimental seizures
in man and animals with acute pyridoxine defi-
ciency produced by hydrazides. Electroencephalo-
graphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 8:307-315,
1955. (Also acknowledges MH-639).

PrerFFer, C. C., MURPHREE, HENRY B., JENNEY,
ELizABETH H., ROBERTSON, MASON G., RANDALL,
A. HENRY, and BRYAN, LAURANCE: Hallucinatory
effect in man of acetylcholine inhibitors. Neu-
rology, 9(4) :249-250, 1959.
PFEIFFER, C. C., RIOPELLE, A. J. SMITH, R. P,
JENNY, E. H., and WiLLiams, H. L.: Comparative
study of the effect of meprobamate on the condi-
tioned response, on strychnine and pentylenetetrazol
thresholds on the normal electroencephalogram,
and on polysynoptic reflexes. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 67:734-743, 1957.
(Also acknowledges MH-589).

PRESTON, JAMES B.: Pentylenetetrazole and thiosemi-
carbazide: A study of convulsant activity in the
isolated cerebral cortex preparation. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 115
(1):28-38, 1955. (Also acknowledges MH-639).

PrESTON, JAMES B.: The influence of thiosemicarba-
zide on electrical activity recorded in the anterior
brain stem of the cat. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 115(1):39-45,
1955. (Also acknowledges MH-639).

RioPELLE, A. J., and PFEIFFER, C. C.: The effect of
acute and chronic administration of reserpine on
test performance on monkeys. A. M. A. Archives
of Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:352-358, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-589).

SmiTH, R. P., and Bevan, W.: Maze performance,
emotionality, audiogenic seizure susceptibility in
rats and mice treated with 2-dimethylaminoethanol
(23484). Proceedings of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, 96:382-385, 1957.

SMITH, R. P., WaAGMAN, A. I., PFEIFFER, C. C., and
RiOPELLE, A. ].: Effects of some tranquillizing and
depressant drugs on conditioned avoidance behavior
in monkeys. [Journal of Pharmacology and Expe-
rimental Therapeutics, 119:317-323, 1957. (Also
acknowledges MH-589).

WiLriams, H. L., and WIEGAND, R. G.: Xanthurenic
acid excretion and possible pyridoxine deficiency
produced by isonicotinic acid hydrazide and other
convulsant hydrazides. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 128 (4) :344-348,
1960.

MH-883 (R01) WALLACE, ANTHONY, F. Cu:
Mental health aspects of cultism. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1954-55) (Con-
tinued as MH-1106).

WaLLace, A. F. C.:. Revitalization movements.
American Anthropologist, 58:264-281, 1956.

WaLLace, A. F. C.: Stress and rapid personality
changes. International Record of Medicine and
General Practice Clinics, 169:761-774, 1956.
(Also acknowledges MH-1106).

WaLLacg, A. F. C.: New religions among the Dela-
ware Indians, 1600-1900. Southwestern [Journal
of Anthropology, 2:1-21, 1956. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1106).

WALLACE, A. F. C.: Mazeway resynthesis: A biocul-
tural theory of religious inspiration. Transactions

126

of the New York Academy of Science, 18 (Series
II) :626-638, 1956. (Also acknowledges MH-
1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: The Dekanawidah myth
analyzed as the record of a revitalization movement.
Ethnohistory, 5:118-130, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Cultural determinants
of response to hallucinatory experience. A. M. A.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:58-69, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: The institutionalization
of cathartic and control strategies in Iroquois reli-
gious psychotherapy. In: Opler, Marvin K., ed.
Culture and mental health. New York, MacMillan,
1959, p. 63-96. (Also acknowledges MH-1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Towards a classification
of cult movements: Some further contributions.
Man, 59:25-26, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Schools in revolutionary
and conservative societies: In: Gruber, Frederick
C., ed. Anthropology and education. Philadel-
phia, University of Pennsylvania, 1961, p. 25-54.
(Also acknowledges MH-1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Cultural composition of
the Handsome Lake religion. In: Fenton, W. N,,
& Gulick, John, eds. Symposium on Cherokee and
Iroquois culture. Washington, D. C., Bureau of
American Ethnology, 1961, p. 139-151. (Bulletin
180). (Also acknowledges MH-1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Cultural revitalization:
A function of religion in human history and evolu-

tion. Boston, Institute for Religion in an Age of
Science, 1962, 24 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Mass hysteria. In:
Deutsch, Albert, ed. Encyclopedia of mental
health. New York, Franklin Watts, 1963, p. 990-
997. (Also acknowledges MH-1106).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Exporting the American
idea: Quaker technology and the Senecas. Satur-
day Review, April, 1963, p. 54-56. (Also ack-
nowledges MH-1106).

MH-884 (R01) SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M.: Psycho-
logical reactions to stress of cancer. Sloan Ketter-
ing Institute for Cancer Research, New York, N.Y.
(1954-59)

OrBACH, CHARLES E., and BIEBER, IRVING: Depres-
sive and paranoid reactions. Archives of Neurol-
ogy and Psychiatry, 78:301-311, 1957.

ScHON, MARTHA: Psychological effects of hypo-
physectomy in women with metastatic breast cancer.
Cancer, 11:95-98, 1958.
ScHON, MARTHA: The effects of hyperhysectomy on
intellectual functioning. ~~ Journal of Mental
Science, 104:743-748, 1958.

ScHON, MARTHA: Hypophysectomy as a psychologi-
cal experience. Diseases of the Nervous System
24(4):475-483, 1963

SCHON, MARTHA, and BARD, MORTON: The effect of
hypophysectomy on personality in women with
metastatic breast cancer as revealed by the
Rorschach test. Journal of Projective Techniques,
22(4) :440-445, 1958.

SCHON, MARTHA, and SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M.:
The relationship of pituitary hormones to sexual
behavior in women. In: Advances in sex research.
New York, Hoeber-Harper, 1963, p. 33-47. (Also
acknowledges MH-1118).

SCHON, MARTHA, and WAXENBERG, SHELDON E.:
Effect of hypophysectomy on Bender-Gestalt test

performance. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14:
2993-3002, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
1118).

WAXENBERG, SHELDON E.: Some biological correla-
tives of sexual behavior. In: Winokur, G., ed.
Determinants of human sexual behavior. Spring-
field, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 1963, p. 52-75.
(Also acknowledges MH-1118).

WAXENBERG, SHELDON E., DRELLICH, MARVIN G.,
and SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M.: The role of
hormones in human behavior I. Changes in female
sexuality after adrenalectomy. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinology and Metabolism, 19:193-202, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-1118).

WAXENBERG, S. E., FINKBEINER, J. A., DRELLICH,
M. G., and SUTHERLAND, A. M.: The role of
hormones in human behavior. II. Changes in sexual
behavior in relation to vaginal smears of breast
cancer patients after oophorectomy and adrenalec-
tomy. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:435-442, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1118).

MH-887 (R01) CoHEN, Louis D.: The assessment
of change in anxiety level. Duke University,
Durham, N.C. (1954-59)

CoHEN, L. D., and THoMmAs, DAVID R.: Decision and
motor components of reaction time as a function
of anxiety level and task complexity. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 12:420, 1957.

GoLDSTONE, SANFORD: Flicker fusion measurements
and anxiety level. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 49:200-202, 1955.

JonEs, Ora: Relationships between visual and audi-
tory discrimination level and anxiety level. Journal
of General Psychology, 59:111-118, 1958.

Jones, Ora, and CoHEN, L. D.: Relationship be-
tween visual and auditory discrimination and anxi-
ety level. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 10:
387, 1955.

127

WAGONER, ROBERT A.: Differences in response
latency and response variability between high and
low anxiety subjects in a flicker fusion task. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:355-
359, 1960.

WAGONER, ROBERT A., and COHEN, L. D.: Response
latency of anxious and non-anxious groups in a
flicker fusion task. (Abstract) American Psycholo-
gist, 11:375, 1956

WAGONER, ROBERT A., and COHEN, L. D.: Analysis
of patterns of response of anxious and non-anxious
subjects to a flickering light. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 6:167-170, 1956.

MH-891 (R01) WATSON, JEANNE, FOOTE, NEL-
soN N., and RiesMaN, Davip: Functions of play
in developing adulthood. University of Chicago,
Chicago, Ill. (1955-59)

FEIGENBAUM, KENNETH: Sociable groups as pre-
political behavior. PROD, 2(3):29-31, 1959.
RiESMAN, DavID, POTTER, ROBERT ]., and WATSON,
JEANNE: The vanishing host. Human Organiza-

tion, 19(1):17-27, 1960.

RiesMAN, DAVID, POTTER, ROBERT J., and WATSON,
JEANNE: Sociability, permissiveness, and equality:
A preliminary formulation. Psychiatry, 23(4):
323-340, 1960. Also in: Riesman, David, ed.,
Abundance for what? New York, Doubleday,
1964.

RiEsMAN, Davip, and WATSON, JEANNE: The soci-
ability project: A chronicle of frustration and
achievement. In: Hammond, Phillip E., ed. Soci-
ologist at work. New York, Basic Books, 1964,
p. 235-321.

WATSON, JEANNE: A formal analysis of sociable
interaction. ~~ Sociometry, 21(4):269-280, 1958.
Also in: Hollander, E. P., and Hunt, R. G., eds.
Current perspectives in social psychology. New
York, Oxford University Press, 1963.

WATSON, JEANNE, and POTTER, ROBERT J.: An
analytic unit for the study of interaction. Human
Relations, 15(3) :245-263, 1962.

MH-895 (R01) BANDURA, ALBERT: Therapists
anxiety level, self-insight and competence. Stan-
ford University, Stanford, Calif. (1954-55)

BANDURA, A.: Psychotherapist’s anxiety level, self-
insight, and psychotherapeutic competence. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 52:333-
337, 1956.

MH-896 (R01) PHILLIPS, LESLIE: Parent-child in-
teraction and cognitive development. Clark Uni-
versity, Worcester, Mass. (1954-62)

BROOKS, MAR JORIE O., and PHILLIPS, L.: The cogni-
tive significance of Rorschach developmental scores.
Journal of Personality, 26(2):268-290, 1958.
BroOVERMAN, D. M.: Dimensions of cognitive style.
Journal of Personality, 28(2):167-185, 1960.

BrovERMAN, D. M.: Cognitive style and intra-
individual variation in abilities. Journal of Per-
sonality, 28(2) :240-256, 1960.

BROVERMAN, D. M.: Effects of score transformations
in Q and R factor analysis techniques. Psychologi-
cal Review, 68(1) :68-80, 1961.

BROVERMAN, D. M.: Normative and ipsative meas-
urement in psychology. Psychological Review,
69(4):295-305, 1962.

BrOVERMAN, D. M., Jorban, E. J, Jr, and
PHILLIPS, L.: Achievement motivation in fantasy
and behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 60(3) :374-378, 1960.

CAINE, J., and FILLENBAUM, GERDA RAND: The rela-
tion of person naming and tension to prognosis
and adjustment of chronic mental patients. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 16(3):252-256, 1960.

FEFFER, M. H.: The influence of affective factors on
conceptualization in schizophrenia. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63(3):588-596,
1961.

FEFFER, M. H., and GOUREVITCH, VIVIAN: Cognitive
aspects of role-taking in children. Journal of
Personality, 28 (4) :383-396, 1960.

FEFFER, MELVIN, and PHILLIPS, LESLIE: Social at-
tainment and performance under stress. Journal
of Personality, 22:284-297, 1953.

FrEemaN, H., Parsons, O. A. Ferrer, M. H.,
PuiLLips, D. L., DANEMAN, E. A. ELMADJIAN,
F., BLocH, E., DorFMAN, R. I. and Pincus, G.:
Steroid replacement in aged men. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 16(6):
779-789, 1956.

GOUREVITCH, VIVIAN, and FEFFER, M. H.: A study
of motivational development. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 100:361-375, 1962.

LANE, JoHN E.: Social effectiveness and develop-
mental level. Journal of Personality, 23:274-284,
1955.

Lipton, H., KaDEN, S., and PHirrips, L.: Ror-
schach scores and decontextualization: A develop-
mental view. Journal of Personality, 26(2):291-
302, 1958.

Parsons, O. A.: Status needs and performance un-
der failure. Journal of Personality, 26(1):123-
138, 1958.

PHILLIPS, LESLIE: Social effectiveness and sympto-
matic behaviors. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 61:231-238, 1960.

PHiLLips, L., KADEN, S., and WALDMAN, M.: Ror-
schach indices of developmental level. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 94:267-285, 1959.

128

PHiLLIps, L., and RaBINovITCH, M. S.: Social role
and patterns of symptomatic behaviors. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57(2):181-
186, 1958.

PHiLLips, L., and ZIGLER, E.: Social competence:
The action-thought parameter and vicariousness in
normal and pathological behaviors. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63(1):137-146,
1961.

PopeLL, J. E., and PHiLLips, L.: A developmental
analysis of cognition as observed in dimensions
of Rorschach and objective test performance.
Journal of Personality, 27(4):439-463, 1959.

SjosTEDT, ELSI MARIE, and Hurwitz, I.: A de-
velopmental study of sexual functioning by means
of a cognitive analysis. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 23(2):237-246, 1959.

SmrtH, L. C., Jr., and PHILLIPS, L.: Social effective-
ness and developmental level in adolescence.
Journal of Personality, 27(2):240-249, 1959.

ZIGLER, E., and PHILLIPS, L.: Social effectiveness
and symptomatic behaviors. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 61(2):231-238, 1960.

ZiGLER, E., and PHILLIPS; L.: Psychiatric diagnosis
and symptomatology. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63(1):69-75, 1961.

ZIGLER, E., and PHILLIPS, L.: Social competence and
outcome in psychiatric disorder. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 63(2):264-271,
1961.

ZIGLER, E., and PHILLIPS, L.: Psychiatric diagnosis:
A critique. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 63(3):607-618, 1961.

ZIGLER, E., and PHILLIPS, L.: Case history data and
psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 25(5):458, 1961.

ZIGLER, E., and PHILLIPS, L.: Social competence and
the process-reactive distinction in psychopathology.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65
(4) :215-222, 1962.

MH-897 (R01) ANDERSON, JoHN E., and HARRIS,
DALE B.: Relation of childhood behavior to adult
adjustment. University of Minnesota, Minneapo-
lis, Minn. (1954-62)

ANDERSON, JoHN E.: Experience and behavior in
early childhood and the adjustment of the same
persons as adults: A report to the participants in
the study. Minneapolis, Minn., Institute of Child

Development, University of Minnesota, 1963,
42 p.
MH-898 (R01) PAVENSTEDT, ELEANOR, and

GREELEY, DAVID M.: The effect of maternal ma-
turity on child development. Boston University,
Boston, Mass. (1954-59) (Continued as MH-
3325).

FINEMAN, JOANN: Observations on the develop-
ment of imaginative play in early childhood.
Journal of the American Academy of Child Psy-
chiatry, 1(1):167-181, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3325).

PAVENSTEDT, ELEANOR: Study of immature mothers
and their children. In: Caplan, Gerald, ed. Pre-
vention of mental disorders in children. New
York, Basic Books, 1961, p. 192-217. (Also
acknowledges MH-3325).

PAVENSTEDT, E.: A comparison of the child-rearing
environment of upper-lower and very low-lower
class families. American [Journal of Orthopsy-
chiatry, 35:89-98, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-3325).

SANDER, Louis W.: Issues in early mother-child
interaction. Journal of the American Academy of
Child Psychiatry, 1(1):141-166, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-3325).

SANDER, Louis W.: Adaptive relationships in early
mother-child interaction. Journal of the Ameri-
can Academy of Child Psychiatry, 3:231-264,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3325).

STECHLER, G.: A longitudinal follow-up of neo-
nata apnea. Child Development, 35:333-348,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3325).

MH-900 (R01) Busse, EwaLp W.: Effect of aging
upon the central nervous system. Duke Univer-
sity, Durham, N.C. (1954-63)

AvrtroccHI, J., and EispORFER, C.: Comparison of
attitudes toward old age, mental illness, and other
concepts. In: Tibbitts, C., and Donahue, W., eds.
Social and psychological aspects of aging. New
York, Columbia University Press, 1962, p. 860-
865.

AXELROD, SEYMOUR: Severe visual handicaps and
kinesthetic figural after-effects. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 13:151-154, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2109).

AXELROD, SEYMOUR: Cognitive tasks in several mo-
dalities. In: Williams, R. H., Tibbitts, C., and
Donahue, Wilma, eds. Processes of aging. New
York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 132-145. (Also
acknowledges MH-2109).

AXELROD, S., and EISDORFER, C.: Attitudes toward
old people: An empirical analysis of the stimulus-
group validity of the Tuckman-Lourge question-
naire. Journal of Gerontology, 16:75-80, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

AXELROD, S., and EISDORFER, C.: Senescence and
figural after-effects in two modalities. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 100:85-91, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2109).

129

AXELROD, S., and EISDORFER, C.: Auditory time-
error and context effects in the aged. In: Tib-
bitts, C., and Donahue, W., eds. Social and psy-
chological aspects of aging, New York, Columbia
University Press, 1962, p. 774-781.

AXELROD, S., and THomPsoN, L. W.: On visual
changes of reversible figures and auditory changes
in meaning. American Journal of Psychology,
75(4):673-674, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

BarNES, R. H., Busse, E. W., and FrRiEDMAN, E. L.:
The psychological functioning of aged individuals
with normal and abnormal electroencephalograms:
A study of hospitalized individuals. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disorders, 124:585-593,
1956.

BarNEs, R. H., Busse, E. W. and SILVERMAN,
A. J.: The interrelationships between psychic and
physical factors in the production of mental ill-
ness in the aged. North Carolina Medical Jour-
nal, 16:25-28, 1955.

BoTrwiNIcK, Jack, and THOMPSON, LARRY W.:
Premotor and motor components of reaction time.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71(1):9-15,
1966.

BrowN, R. G.: Family structure and social isolation
of older persons. Journal of Gerontology, 15:
170-174, 1960.

Busse, E. W.: Treatment of the non-hospitalized
emotionally disturbed elderly person. Geriatrics,
11:173-179, 1956.

Busse, E. W.: Mental health in advanced maturity.
In: Donahue, W., and Tibbitts, C., eds. The new
frontiers of aging. Ann Arbor, Mich., University
of Michigan Press, 1957, p. 143-151.

Bussg, E. W.: What is a realistic attitude in regard
to research in aging. In: Proceedings of the 1st
International Conference of the Joint Council to
Improve the Health Care of the Aged. Washing-
ton, D.C., June, 1959, p. 36-40. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W.: Aging and personal relations. In:
Shock, Nathan, ed. Aging, some social and bio-
logical aspects. Baltimore, Md., Horn-Shafer,
1960, p. 225-234. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

Busse, E. W.: The lack of progress in geriatric psy-

chiatry. Excerpta Medica: Gerontology and Geri
atrics, 3:3-6, 1960.

Bussk, E. W.: Problems affecting psychiatric care of
the aging. Geriatrics, 15:673-680, 1960.

Busse, E. W.: Clinical principles underlying admin-
istrative practices. Mental Hospitals, 11(2):17-
19, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W.: The health and adjustment of the
aged person. North Carolina Medical Journal,
21:504-508, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-

2109).

Bussg, E. W.: Mental disorders of the aging.
Johnson, W. M., ed. The older patient.
York, Paul B. Hoeber, 1960, p. 513-542.
acknowledges MH-2109).

In:
New
(Also

Busse, E. W.: Current research on aging. Public
Health Reports, 75:1119-1120, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2109).

Bussk, E. W.: How to handle the elderly hypochon-
driac. Medical Economics, 38:104-1Q8, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Bussk, E. W.: Psychoneurotic reactions and defense
mechanisms in the aged. In: Hock, Paul, and
Zubin, Joseph, eds. Psychopathology of aging.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 274-284.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W.: Spotlight on research. Rehabilitation
Record, 2(2):31-35, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

Busse, E. W.: Some emotional complications of
chronic disease. Gerontologist, 2:153-156, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W.: Findings from the Duke Geriatrics
Research Project on the effects of aging upon the
nervous system. In: Blumenthal, H. T., ed.
Medical and clinical aspects of aging. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1962, p. 115-124.
Also in: Tibbitts, Clark, and Donahue, Wilma,
eds. Social and psychological aspects of aging.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1962,
p. 678-690. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W.: Identifying and meeting the emo-
tional needs of the geriatric patient. In: Proceed-
ings, Workshop on improved care to ambulatory
geriatric patients. Williamsburg, Virginia, No-
vember 1962, p. 9-18. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

Busse, E. W.: Helping your older patients adjust
to impaired perception. Consultant, 3:40-42,
1963.

Busse, E. W., BARNES, R. H., and CoHEN, L. D.:
Factors producing ego disintegration in the aged.
North Carolina Medical Journal, 16:528-532,
1955.

Busse, E. W., BARNES, R. H., Friepman, E. L,,
and KerLty, E. J.: Psychological functioning of
aged individuals with normal and abnormal elec-
troencephalograms: I. A study of non-hospitalized
community volunteers. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 124:135-141, 1956.

Busse, E. W., BARNEs, R. H., SILVERMAN, A. J,
THALER, M. B., SHY, G. M,, and Frost, L. L.:
Studies of processes of aging: IV. Factors that
influence the psyche of elderly persons. Ameri-
can Journal of Bsyehistry, 110:897-903, 1954.

130

Busse, E. W. BARNES, R. H., and SILVERMAN,
A. J.: Studies of processes of aging: Behavior
patterns in the aged and their relationship to ad-
justment. Disorders of the Nervous System, 15:
22-26, 1954.

Busse, E. W., BArNEs, R. H., SILVERMAN, A. J,
THALER, M. B., and Frost, L. L.: Studies of
processes of aging: The strengths and weaknesses
of psychic functioning in the aged. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 111:896-901, 1955.

Busse, E. W., and DovENMUEHLE, R. H.: Neurotic
symptoms and predisposition in aging people.
Journal of the American Geriatric Society, 8:328-
336, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W., DovENMUEHLE, R. H., and BROWN,
R. G.: Psychoneurotic reactions of the aged. Geri-
atrics, 15:97-105, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

Busse, E. W., FLEIDER, D. E., and Bortz, E., eds.:
Backkground paper on research in gerontology:
Medical. Washington, D.C., U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1960, 139 p. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W., JErFFERs, F. C., and OBrisT, W. D.:
Factors in age awareness. In: Proceedings of the
4th International Congress of Gerontology, 3:349-
357, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Busse, E. W., and NicHoLs, C. R.: Emotional dis-
turbances of older people. Medical Times, 86:
263-268, 1958.

Busse, E. W., and Osrist, W. D.: Significance of
focal electroencephalographic changes’ in the el-
derly. Postgraduate Medicine, 34:179-182, 1963.

Bussk, E. W., and RECKLESS, J. B.: Psychiatric man-
agement of the aged. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 175:645-648, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2109).

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H.: Health and aging. ~ Journal
of Health and Human Behavior, 1:273-277, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H.: Aging vs. illness. In: Pro-
ceedings of the 2nd National Conference of the
Joint Council to Improve the Health Care of the
Aged. Chicago, 1961, p. 37-48. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2109).

DoveENMUEHLE, R. H.: Hospitalization of the el-
derly psychiatrically ill. In: Williams, R. H.,
Tibbitts, C., and Donahue, W., eds. Processes
of aging. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1963, p. 247-
268. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., and Bussg, E. W.: Studies
of the process of ageing: A review of the findings
of a multidisciplinary approach. British [Journal
of Physiological Medicine, 19:100-103, 1956.

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., Bussg, E. W., and NEw-
MAN, E. G.: Physical problems of older people.
Journal of the American Gerontology Society, 9:
208-217, 1961. (Also ackknowledges MH-2109).

DovENMUEHLE, R. H., Bussg, E. W., and NEw-
MAN, E. G.: Psychiatric problems of the non-
institutionalized elderly: Some observations on
methodological approach. In: Transactions of
7th Annual Conference, VA Cooperative Chemo-
therapy Studies in Psychiatry and Broad Research
Approaches to Mental Illness, Cincinnati, Ohio,
March 26-28, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

DovENMUEHLE, ROBERT H., and McGouGH, Eb-
WARD: Aging, culture and affect: Predisposing
factors. International Journal of Social Psychi-
atry, 11(1):138-146, 1965.

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., NewMAN, E. G., and
Busse, E. W.: Physical problems of psychiatri-
cally hospitalized elderly persons. Journal of the
American Geriatrics Society, 8:838-846, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

DovENMUEHLE, R. H., RECKLEss, J. B., and NEW-
MAN, E. G.: Depressive reactions in the elderly.
In: Blumenthal, H. T., ed. Medical and clinical
aspects of aging. New York, Columbia Univer-
sity Press, 1962, p. 63. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

DovENMUEHLE, R. H., and VERWOERDT, A.: Physi-
cal illness and depressive symptomatology: Inci-
dence of depressive symptoms in hospitalized
cardiac patients. Journal of the American Geri-
atrics Society, 10:932-947, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2109).

DoVENMUEHLE, R. H., and VERWOERDT, A.: Physi-
cal illness and depressive symptomatology: Fac-
tors of length and severity of illness and fre-
quency of hospitalization. Journal of Gerontol-
0gy, 18:260-266, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

E1spORFER, C.: Rorschach rigidity and sensory decre-
ment in a senescent population. Journal of Geron-
tology, 15:188-190, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

EIsDORFER, C.: Developmental level and sensory im-
pairment in the aged. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 24:129-132, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

EisDORFER, C.: Changes in cognitive functioning in
relation to intellectual level in senescence. In:
Tibbitts, C., and Donahue, W., eds. Social and
psychological aspects of aging. New York, Co-
lumbia University Press, 1962, p. 888-896. (Also
acknowledges MH-2109).

E1sDORFER, CARL: Verbal learning and response time
in the aged. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 107:
15-22, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

EispoRFER, C., and ALTROCCHI, J.: A comparison
of attitudes toward old age and mental illness.

131

Journal of Gerontology, 16:340-343, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1599 and MH-2109).

E1sDORFER, CARL, and AXELROD, SEYMOUR: Senes-
cence and figural aftereffects in two modalities: A
correction. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 104:
193-197, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

EisporrER, C., Busse, E. W., and CoHEN, L. D.:
The WAIS performance of an aged sample: The
ip between verbal and performance IQs.

relationshi
Journal of Gerontology, 14:197-201, 1959.

E1spORFER, C., and CoHEN, L. D.: The generality
of WAIS standardization for the aged: A re-
gional comparison. Journal of Abnormal and
Sociological Psychology, 62:520-527, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2109).

Frayser, R., KNiseLy, W. H., BARNES, R., and
SATTERWHITE, W. M.: In vivo observations on
the conjunctival circulation in elderly subjects.
Journal of Gerontology, 19:494-500, 1964.

Heyman, D. K,, and JErFERs, F. C.: Effect of time
lapse on consistency of self-health and medical
evaluations of elderly persons. Journal of Geron-
tology, 18:160-164, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

Heyman, D. K., and JEFFERs, F. C.: Study of the
relative influences of race and socio-economic status
upon the activities and attitudes of a southern
aged population. Journal of Gerontology, 19:
225-229, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

JEFFERS, FrANCIS C., ed.: Duke University council
on gerontology. Proceedings of seminar 1958-
1959. Durham, North Carolina, Duke University,
1959, 88 p. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

JerrERrs, F. C.: Interdisciplinary research on aging:
Participation of the social worker. Geriatrics, 17:
246-250, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Jerrers, F. C., EisporFER, C., and Busse, E. W.:
Measurement of age identification: A methodologic
note. Journal of Gerontology, 17:437-439, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

JerrERrs, F. C., and Nicos, C. R.: The relation-
ship of activities and attitudes to physical well-
being in older people. Journal of Gerontology,
16:67-70, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Jerrers, F. C., NicHots, C. R., and EISDORFER, C.:
Attitudes of older persons toward death: A pre-
liminary study. Journal of Gerontology, 16:53-
56, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

JerrERrs, F. C., NicHots, C. R., and EISDORFER, C.:
Attitudes of older persons toward death. In: Tib-
bits, Clark, and Donahue, Wilma, eds. Social and
psychological aspects of aging. New York, Uni-
versity of Columbia Press, 1962, p. 709-715.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

LAKIN, M., and EisporFER, C.: Affective expression
among the aged. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 24:403-408, 1960. Also in: Tibbitts, C.,
and Donahue, W., eds. Social and psychological
aspects of aging. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1962, p. 650-654. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

Mappox, G. L.: Some correlates of differences in
self-assessment of health status among the elderly.
Journal of Gerontology, 17:180-185, 1962.

MappoX, GEORGE L.: A longitudinal multidiscipli-
nary study of human aging: Selected methodo-
logical issues. In: Proceedings of the Social Sta-
tistics Section of the American Statistical Associa-
tion, 1962, p. 280-284. (Also acknowledges MH-
2109).

Mappox, G. L.: Activity and morale: A longitudinal
study of selected elderly subjects. Social Forces,
42:195-204, 1963.

Mabpox, G. L., and EisDORFER, C.: Some corre-
lates of activity and morale among the elderly.
Social Forces, 40:254-260, 1962.

NEwMAN, E. G., DOVENMUEHLE, R. H., and BUSSE,
E. W.: Alterations in neurologic status with age.
Journal of the American Gerontology Society, 8:
915-917, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

NewMAN, E. G., and NicHoLrs, C. R.: Sexual ac-
tivities and attitudes in older persons. Journal of
the American Medical Association, 173:33-35,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

NicHots, C. R., and Bussg, E. W.: Some aspects: of
mental health and illness in the aged. North
Carolina Medical Journal, 19:352-354, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-2109).

OsrisT, W. D., and Busse, E. W.: Relation of elec-
troencephalogram to intellectual function in senes-
cence. In: Blumenthal, H. T., ed. Medical and
clinical aspects of aging. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1962, p. 565.

Osrist, W. D., Busse, E. W., EisDORFER, C., and
KLEEMEIER, R. W.: Relation of the EEG to in-
tellectual function in senescence. Journal of
Gerontology, 17:197-206, 1962.

Osrist, W. D., Busse, E. W., and Henry, C. E.:
Relation of electroencephalogram to blood pressure
in elderly persons. Neurology, 11:151-158, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-834).

OBrisT, W. D., SokoLOFF, L., LAsseN, N. A.
LANE, M. H., BUTLER, R. N., and FEINBERG, I.:
Relation of EEG to cerebral blood flow and me-
tabolism in old age. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:610-619, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-834)

SILVERMAN, A. J., Busse, E. W. and BARNES,
R. H.: Studies in the processes of aging: Electro-
encephalographic findings in 400 elderly subjects.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 7:67-75, 1955.

132

SILVERMAN, A. J., Busse, E. W., BarNEs, R. H,,
Frost, LAWRENCE L., and THALER, M. B.: Phys-
iologic influences on psychic functioning in elderly
people. Geriatrics, 8:370-376, 1953.

SILVERMAN, M., PARKER, J. B., and Busse, E. W.:
A review of drugs in the elderly psychiatric pa-
tient. North Carolina Medical Journal, 20:428-
432, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

THOMPSON, L. W., AXELROD, S., and COHEN, L. D.:
Senescence and visual identification of tactual-
kinesthetic forms. Journal of Gerontology, 20(2):
244-249, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

Tompson, L. W., NicHoLs, C. R., and OBRIST,
W. D.: Relation of serum cholesterol to age, sex,
and race in an elderly community group. [our-
nal of Gerontology, 20(2):160-164, 1965.

THOMPSON, LARRY W., and THOMPSON, VAIDA D.:
Comparison of EEG changes in learning and over-
learning of nonsense syllables. Psychological Re-
ports, 16(2):339-344, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-2109).

THOMPSON, LARRY W., and WILSON, STUART:
Electrocortical reactivity and learning in the elderly.
Journal of Gerontology, 21(1):45-51, 1966.

TINDALL, J. P., and SmitH, J. G.: Skin lesions of
the aged and their association with internal
changes. Journal of the American Medical Asso-
ciation, 186:1039-1042, 1963.

VERWOERDT, ADRIAAN, and DOVENMUEHLE, ROB-
ERT H.: Physical illness and depressive sympto-
matology. IV. Personal factors in the grief re-
action. Journal of Gerontology, 20(4):470-478,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2109).

MH-901 (R01) LevIN, HARRY, and BALDWIN, AL-
FRED L.: Pride and shame in children. Cornell
University, Ithaca, N.Y. (1955-61)

BALDWIN, A. L., and LeviN, H.: Effects of public
and private success or failure on children’s repeti-
tive motor behavior. Child Development, 29:363-
372, 1958.

COOPERSMITH, STANLEY: A method for determin-
ing typer of self-esteem. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 59:87-94, 1959.

LeviN, H., and BALDWIN, A. L.: The choice to ex-
hibit. Child Development, 29:373-380, 1958.

LeviN, H., and BALDWIN, A. L.: Pride and shame
in children. In: Jones, M. R., ed. Nebraska
symposium on motivation. Lincoln, University of
Nebraska Press, 1959.

LevINE, H., BALDWIN, A. L., GALWEY, MARY, and
Pawvio, A.: Audience stress, personality, and
speech. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 61:469-473, 1960.
LevIN, H., and TURGEON, VALERI F.: The influence
of the mother’s presence on children’s doll play
aggression. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 55:304-308, 1957.

Pavio, A.: Childrearing antecedents of audience
sensitivity. ~~ Child Development, 35:397-416,
1964.

Parvio, ALLAN, BALDWIN, A. L., and BERGER,
S. M.: Measurement of children’s sensitivity to
audiences. Child Development, 32:721-730,
1961.

MH-903 (R01) RoGERs, CARL R.: The process and
facilitation of personality change. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1954-57)

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Success in psychotherapy as a
function of certain actuarial variables. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 19:357-363, 1955.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Computational procedures for
Q-technique. Counseling Center Discussion Pa-
pers (University of Chicago Library), 2(5),
1956.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: A coefficient of consistency over
T Q-sorts. Counseling Center Discussion Papers
(University of Chicago Library), 2(14), 1956.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Psychotherapy: Not the placebo
effect. Counseling Center Discussion Papers (Uni-
versity of Chicago Library), 2(29), 1956.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Self-consistency as a factor af-
fecting immediate recall. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 52:212-218, 1956.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: A rapid non-parametric esti-
mate of multi-judge reliability. — Psychometrika,
21(1):17-29, 1956.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Annotated bibliography of re-
search and theory construction in client-centered
therapy. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 4(1):
82-100, 1957.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: A note concerning Kendall's
“Tau.” Psychological Bulletin, 54:423-425, 1957.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: A computational procedure for
“Tau” correlation. Psychometrika, 22(1):97-104,
1957.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S., and CARTWRIGHT, ROSALIND
D.: Faith and improvement in psychotherapy.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 5(3):174-177,
1958.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S., and KIRTNER, W. L.: An opera-
tor-display analysis of psychotherapy. Counseling
Center Discussion Papers, 2(17), 1956, University
of Chicago Library.

CARTWRIGHT, D. S., KIRTNER, W. L., and FISKE,
D. W.: Method factors in changes associated with
psychotherapy. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:164-175, 1963.

133

CARTWRIGHT, ROSALIND D., and LERNER, BAR-
BARA: Empathy, need to change, and improvement
with psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 27:138-144, 1963.

DyMOND, ROSALIND F.: Adjustment changes in the
absence of psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 19(2):103-107, 1955.

DyMmonD, RosaLIND F., GRumMON, D. L., and
SEEMAN, J.: Patterns of perceived inter-personal
relations.  Sociometry, 19:166-177, 1956.

GenbpLIN, E. T., JENNEY, R. H., and SHLIEN, J. M.:
Counselor ratings of process and outcome in psy-
chotherapy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16:
210-213, 1960.

KirTNER, W. L., and CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Success
and failure in client-centered therapy as a function
of client personality variables. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 22:259-264, 1958.

KIrRTNER, W. L., and CARTWRIGHT, D. S.: Success
and failure in client-centered therapy as a function
of initial in-therapy behavior. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 22:329-333, 1958.

RoGERs, C. R.: Personality change in psychotherapy.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 1:31-
41, 1955.

RoGers, C. R.: A therapist's view of the good life.
The Humanist, 17:219-300, 1957.

RoGERs, C. R.: The necessary and sufficient condi-
tions of therapeutic personality change. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 21:95-103, 1957.

RoGERs, C. R.: A process conception of psychother-
apy. American Psychologist, 13:142-149, 1958.
Also in: Bennis, W. G., Benne, K. D., and Chin,
R., eds. The planning of change. New York,
Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1961, p. 361-372.

RoGers, C. R.: The essence of psychotherapy A
client-centered view. Annals of Psychotherapy,
1:51-57, 1959.

RoGERs, C. R.: A theory of therapy, personality, and
interpersonal relationships as developed in the
client-centered framework. In: Koch, S., ed. Psy-
chology: A study of a science. Vol. 3. Formula-
tions of the person and the social context. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1959, p. 184-256.

RoGERS, C. R., LEwis, M., and SHLIEN, J.: Two cases
of time-limited client-centered psychotherapy. In:
Burton, A., ed. Case studies of counseling and
psychotherapy. New York, Prentice-Hall, 1959,
p. 309-352.

Rogers, C. R., and SEGEL, R. H.: Psychotherapy be-
gins: The case of Mr. Lin. 16 mm. motion pic-
ture with sound. Psychological Cinema Register,
State College, Pennsylvania, 1955.

Rogers, C. R., and SEGEL, R. H.: Psychotherapy in
process: The case of Miss Mun. 16 mm. motion
picture with sound. Psychological Cinema Regis-
ter, State College, Pennsylvania, 1955.

Rocers, C. R., SHOBEN, E. J., Mowrer, O. H,
KiMBLE, G. A., and MILLER, J. G.: Behavior the-
ories and a counseling case. Journal of Counsel-
ing, 3:107-124, 1956.

SAWREY, WILLIAM L., and LoNG, Davip H.: Strain
and sex differences in ulceration in the rat. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55(4):603-605, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
4704).

StANDAL, S. W.: Concept of anxiety in client-cen-
tered theory. Counseling Center Discussion Pa-
pers, 2(15), 1956.
brary).

(University of Chicago Li-

StANDAL, S. W., and VAN DER VEEN, F.: Length
of therapy in relation to counselor estimation of
personal integration, life adjustment, and certain
other case variables. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 21:1-9, 1957.

StanpaL, S. V., vaAN DER VEEN, F., and WOOLF,
JEANNE: Is there a “failure zone” in client-cen-
tered therapy? Counseling Center Discussion Pa-
pers, 2(7), University of Chicago Library.

MH-910 (R01) JaHODA, MARIE: Psychology of role
acceptance in women. New York University, New
York, N.Y. (1954-55)

Janooa, Marie, and HAVEL, JoAN: Psychological
problems of women in different social roles. The
Educational Record, October: 325-335, 1955.

MH-912 (R01) HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: Socializa-
tion, personality, and mental processes. University
of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1954-59)

D'HEURLE, ADMA, MELLINGER, JEANNE CUMMINGS,
and HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: Personality, intellec-
tual, and achievement patterns in gifted children.
Psychological Monographs, 73:1-28, 1959.

HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: Socialization, personality, and
academic achievement in gifted children. School
Review, 65:388-414, 1957.

HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: Intraclass correlation and the
analysis of variance. New York, Dryden Press,
1958, 171 p.

MH-919 (R01) Brocksma, DoucLas, Fox, Ros-
ERT, and Lippitt, RONALD: The social partici-
pation of rejected children. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1954-57)

DoucLas, VirGiNiA: Children’s responses to frus-
tration: A developmental study. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 19(2):161-171, 1965.

GoLp, M.: Power in the classroom. Sociometry, 21
(1) :50-60, 1958.

134

Lippitt, R., and GoLp, M.: Classroom social struc-
ture as a mental health problem. Journal of So-
cial Issues, 15:40-49, 1959.

ROSEN, S., LEVINGER, G., and LippiTT, R.: Desired
changes in self and others as a function of resource
ownership. Human Relations, 13:187-193, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-450).

ROSEN, S., LEVINGER, G., and Lippitt, R.: Per-
ceived sources of social power. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 62(2):439-441,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-450).

MH-926 (R01) RILEY, JoHN W., Jr. and RILEY,
MATILDA W.: Analysis of interpersonal and small
group relations. Rutgers—The State University,
New Brunswick, N.J. (1954-59)

COHN, RICHARD, MOSTELLER, FREDERICK, PRATT,
JouN W., and TATsuOKA, MAURICE: Maximiz-
ing the probability that adjacent order statistics
of samples from several populations form over-
lapping intervals. Annals of Mathematical Sta-
tistics, 31 (4) :1095-1104, 1960.

RILEY, JoHN W., Jr., and RILEY, MATILDA WHITE:
Mass communication and the social system. In:
Merton, Robert K., Broom, Leonard, and Cot-
trell, Leonard S., Jr., eds. Sociology today: Prob-
lems and prospects. New York, Basic Books,
1959, p. 537-578.

RILEY, JOHN W., JR., and RILEY, MATILDA WHITE:
Scaling and the clarification of concepts. In:
Shyne, Ann W., ed. Use of judgments as data in
social work. New York, National Association of
Social Workers, 1959.

RILEY, JoHN W., JRr., and RILEY, MATILDA WHITE:
Sociological perspectives on the use of new educa-
tional media. In: Schramm, Wilbur, ed. New
teaching aids. Stanford, Calif., The Institute for
Communication Research, 1960.

RILEY, MATILDA WHITE: Sociological research. Vol.
1. A case approach. New York, Harcourt, Brace
& World, 1963, 777 p.

RILEY, MATILDA WHITE, and COHN, RICHARD: Con-
trol networks in informal groups. Sociometry,
21(1):30-49, 1958.

RILEY, MATILDA WHITE, and MOORE, MARY E.:
Sorokin’s use of sociological measurement. In:
Allen, Philip J., ed. Pitirim A. Sorokin in review.
Durham, N.C., Duke University, 1963, p. 206-
224.

RILEY, MATILDA WHITE, RILEY, JoHN W., JR. and
MoORE, MARY E.: Adolescent values and the
Riesman typology: An empirical analysis. In:
Lipset, S. M., and Lowenthal, Leo, eds. Culture
and social character. Glencoe, Ill, Free Press,
1961, p. 370-386.
MH-927 (R01) FINK, MAX: Perceptual changes
induced by drugs and electroshock. Hillside Hos-
pital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1954-59)

FINK, Max: Denial of blindness following cerebral
angiography. Journal of the Hillside Hospital,
5:238-245, 1956.

FINK, MAX: A unified theory of the action of physio-
dynamic therapies. Journal of Hillside Hospital,
6:197-206, 1957.

FINK, Max: Effect of anticholinergic agent, dietha-
zine, on EEG and behavior: Significance for the-
ory of convulsion therapy. American Medical
Association Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
80:380-387, 1958.

FINK, Max: Lateral gaze nystagmus as an index of
the sedation threshold.  Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10:162-163, 1958.

FINK, Max: Electroencephalographic and behavioral
effects of Tofranil. Canadian Psychiatric Journal,
4:8166-8171, 1959. (Special Supplement. Mc-
Gill University Conference on Depression and Al-
lied States, Montreal, March 19-21, 1959.) (Also
acknowledges MH-2092).

FINK, MAX: Alteration of brain function in therapy.
In: Kline, N., ed. Psychopharmacology frontiers.
Boston, Little, Brown, 1959, p. 325-332.

FINK, Max: Effect of anticholinergic compounds on
post-convulsive EEG and behavior of psychiatric
patients. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 12:359-369, 1960. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-2092).

FINK, Max: EEG and behavioral effects of psycho-
pharmacologic agents. In: Bradley, P., ed. Newro-
psychopharmacology. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1960,
p. 441-446. (Also acknowledges MH-2092).

FINK, MAX: The mode of action of convulsive ther-
apy: The neurophysiologic-adaptive view. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 3:231-233, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2092 and MH-2715).

FINK, Max, and GREEN, MARTIN A.: Electroen-
cephalographic correlates of the electroshock proc-
ess. Diseases of the Nervous System, 19(5) :227,
1958.

FINK, MAX, JAFFE, J., and KaHN, R. L.: Drug in-
duced changes in interview patterns: Lingiustic
and neurophysiologic indices. In: Sarwer-Foner,
ed. Dynamics of psychiatric drug therapy. Mon-
treal, McGill University, 1960, p. 29-44.

FINK, Max, and KAHN, R. L.: Quantitative studies
of slow wave activity following electroshock. (Ab-
stract) Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 8:158, 1956.

FINK, MAX, and KAHN, R. L.: Perception of em-
bedded figures after induced altered brain function.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 12(7):361,
1957.

135

Fink, Max, and KAHN, R. L.: Relation of el<ctro-
encephalographic data activity to behavioral re-
sponse in electroshock. A. M. A. Archives of Neu-
rology and Psychiatry, 78:516-525, 1957.

FINK, M., and KAHN, R. L.: Behavioral patterns in
convulsive therapy. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 5:30-36, 1961.

FINK, MAX, KAHN, R. L., and GRAUBERT, D.: De-
lusional reduplication of parts of the body after
insulin coma therapy. Journal of Hillside Hospi-
tal, 4:134-147, 1955.

FINK, MAX, KAHN, ROBERT L., and GREEN, MAR-
TIN A.: Experimental studies of the electroshock
process. Diseases of the Nervous System, 19:
113-118, 1958.

Fink, M., KaHN, R. L., and KoriN, H.: Effects of
diffuse altered brain function on perception. In:
Proceedings of the' 15th International Congress of
Psychology. Amsterdam, North-Holland, 1959,
p. 238-239

FINk, Max, Kann, R. L., and PoLrLack, M.: Psy-
chological factors affecting individual differences in
behavioral response to convulsive therapy. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 128:243-248,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2092).

Fink, Max, Kann, R. L., and WEINSTEIN, EDWIN
A.: The amytal test in patients with mental illness.
Journal of Hillside Hospital, 4:3-13, 1955.

GREEN, MARTIN A., and FINK, Max: Clinical and
electroencephalographic effects of megimide in
patients without cerebral disease. Neurology, 8:
682-685, 1958.

JAFFE, ]., Esecover, H., KaHN, R. L., and FINK,
M.: Modification of psychotherapeutic transactions
by altered brain function. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 15:46-55, 1961.

Jarre, J. Kann, R. L., and FINK, M.: Changes in
verbal transactions with induced altered brain func-
tion. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
130(3):235-239, 1960.

Kaun, R. L,, and FINK, Max: Changes in language
during electroshock therapy. In: Hoch, Paul H.,
and Zubin, Joseph. Psychopathology of communi-
cation. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1958, p-
126-139.

Kaun, R. L,, and FINK, M.: Personality factors in
behavioral response to electroshock therapy. Jour-
nal of Neuropsychiatry, 1(1) :45-49, 1959.

Kaun, R. L, and FINK, M.: Prognostic value of
Rorschach criteria in clinical response to convul-
sive therapy. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1:242-
245, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2092).

Kann, R. L., FINK, MAX, and WEINSTEIN, EDWIN
A.: Relation of amobarbital test to clinical improve-
ment in electroshock. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 76:23-29, 1956.
KAHN, RoBERT L., and PoLLACK, MAX: "Prognostic
application of psychological techniques in convul-
sive therapy. Diseases of the Nervous System,

Monograph Supplement, 20(5):1-5, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-2092).
Kaun, R. L., PoLLAcK, M., and FINK, M.: Social

factors in selection of therapy in a voluntary
mental hospital. Journal of Hillside Hospital,
6:216-228, 1957.

KaHN, R. L., PoLLAcK, M., and FINK, MAX: Socio-
psychologic aspects of psychiatric treatment in a
voluntary mental hospital: Duration of hospitaliza-
tion, discharge ratings and diagnosis. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 1:565-574, 1959. (Also ack-
nowledges MH-2092).

KAHN, R. L., PoLLAck, M., and FINK, M.: Figure-
ground discrimination after induced altered brain
function. Archives of Neurology, 2:547-551,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2092).

KAHN, R. L., PoLLAack, M., and FINK, M.: Social
attitude (California F Scale) and convulsive
therapy. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
130:187-192, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2092).

KLEIN, D. F., and FINK, M.: Behavioral reaction
patterns with phenothiazines. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 7:449-459, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2715 and MH-4798).

KoriN, H., and FINK, M.: Role of stimulus intensity
in perception of simultaneous cutaneous electrical
stimuli. Journal of the Hillside Hospital, 6:241-
250, 1957.

KoriN, H., and FINK, M.: The role of set in the per-
ception of simultaneous tactile stimuli. American
Journal of Psychology, 72:384-392, 1959.

KoriN, H., FINK, M., and KwWALWASSER, S.: Rela-
tion of changes in memory and learning to im-
provement in electroshock. Confinia Neurologica,
16:88-96, 1956.

Porrack, M., Kaun, R. L., Karp, E., and FINK,
M.: Tachistoscopic perception after induced altered
brain function: Influence of mental set. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disorders, 134:422-430,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2092).

WAcCHSPRESS, M., BLUMBERG, A. G., FINK, MAX,
and MILLER, JosePH S.A.: Evaluation of high-dose
reserpine therapy for the relief of anxiety. Jour-
nal of the Hillside Hospital, 5:67-77, 1956.

MH-929 (R01) LepwirH, NETTIE H.: Rorschach
responses of adolescents. Pittsburgh Child Guid-
ance Center, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1954-55)

LepwitH, NETTIE H.: Rorschach response of ele-
mentary school children. Pittsburgh, Pa., Univer-
sity of Pittsburgh, 1959.

136

LepwitH, NETTIE H.: A Rorschach study of child
development. Pittsburgh, Pa., University of Pitts-
burgh, 1960, 336 p. )

MH-930 (R01) SAWREY, WILLIAM L., and CONGER,
JouN ].: Psychological factors in production of
gastric ulcers. University of Colorado Medical
Center, Denver, Colo. (1954-60) (Continued
as MH-4704).

CONGER, JOHN J. SAWREY, WiLLiamM L., and
TURRELL, EUGENE S.: The role of social experi-
ence in the production of gastric ulcers in hooded
rats placed in a conflict situation. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 57(2):214-220,
1958.

SAwWREY, WiLLIAM L.: Conditioned responses of
conditioning fear in relationship to ulceration.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 54(3):347-348, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-4704).

SAWREY, WirLLiam L., CONGER, JoHN ]., and
TURRELL, EUGENE S.: An experimental investiga-
tion of the role of psychological factors in the pro-
duction of gastric ulcers in rats. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 49 (4) :457-
461, 1956. Also in: Reed, C. F., Alexander, I. E.,
and Tompkins, S. S., eds. Psychopathology: A
source book. Cambridge, Harvard University,
1958, p. 200-208.

MH-937 (R01) Brom, GastoN E. and LONG,
RoBERT T.: Emotionality in children with rheuma-
toid arthritis. Massachusetts General Hospital,
Boston, Mass. (1954-60)

Brom, GastoN, and WHIPPLE, B.: A method of
studying emotional factors in children with rheu-
matoid arthritis. In: Jessner, L., and Pavenstedt,
E., eds. Dynamic psychopathology in childhood.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1959, p. 124-165.
(Also acknowledges MH-66).

MH-940 (R01) Harrow, Harry F.: Symposium
on behavioral and biological sciences. University
of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1954-59)

Harrow, H. F., and WooLsEy, C. N., eds.: Biologi-
cal and biochemical bases of behavior. Madison,
Wisc., University of Wisconsin, 1958, 476 p.

MH-941 (R01) STELLAR, ELioT: Experimental
study of the behavior of the marmoset. University
of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1954-59)
(Continued from MH-747).

KAHN, M., and STELLAR, E.: Alcohol preference in
normal and anosmic rats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 53:571-575, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-747).

SPRAGUE, J. M., CHAMBERS, W. W., and STELLAR,
E.: Regional physiology of the central nervous
system.
10:57-92, 1955.

Progress in Neurology and Psychiatry,
(Also acknowledges MH-747).

STELLAR, E.: Physiological psychology. American

Review of Psychology, 8:415-436, 1957. (Also
acknowledges MH-747).
STELLAR, E.: Drive and motivation. In: Magoun,

H. W., ed. Handbook of physiology. American
Physiological Society, 1960, p. 1501-1527. (Also
acknowledges MH-747).

STELLAR, E.: The marmoset as a laboratory animal:
Maintenance, general observations of behavior, and
simple learning. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 53:1-10, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-747).

MH-943 (R01) Beach, FRANK A.: Psychophysi-
ology of reproductive behavior. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1954-58) (Continued as
MH-2856).

BeacH, F. A.: Neural and chemical regulation of
behavior. In: Harlow, Harry F., and Woolsey,
Clinton N., eds. Biological and biochemical bases
of behavior. Wisconsin, University of Wisconsin,
1958, p. 263-285. (Also acknowledges MH-
2856).

BeacH, F. A.: Normal sexual behavior in male rats
isolated at fourteen days of age. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 51:37, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-2856).

BeacH, F. A., and FowLER, H.: Individual differ-
ences in the response of male rats to androgen.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 52:50-52, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-2856).

BeacH, F. A., and FowLERr, H.: Effects of “situa-
tional anxiety” on sexual behavior in male rats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 52:245-248, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-2856).

Beach, F. A., and JorpaN, E.: Effects of sexual
reinforcement upon the performance of male rats
in a straight runway. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 48:105-110, 1956.

BeacH, F. A., and JorpaN, E.: Sexual exhaustion
and recovery in the male rat. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 8:121-133, 1956.

BeacH, F. A., and RABEDEAU, R.: Sexual exhaustion
and recovery in the male hamster. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:56-
61, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2856).

Beach, F. A., and WHALEN, R.: Effects of ejacula-
tion on sexual behavior in the male rat. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
249-254, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2856).

BeacH, F. A., and WHALEN, R.: Effects of intromis-
sion with ejaculation upon sexual behavior in male

137

rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 52:476-481, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2856).

Fowrer, H., Hicks, S. P.,, D’Amaro, C. J., and
BeacH, F. A.: Effects of fetal irradiation on be-
havior in the albino rat. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:309-314, 1962.

WHALEN, R. E., BEacH, F. A., and KUEHN, R. E.:
Effects of exogenous androgen on sexually respon-
sive and unresponsive male rats. Endocrinology,
69:373-380, 1961.

MH-945 (R01) FUNKENSTEIN, DANIEL H.: Inter-
personal perception in schizophrenia. Harvard
Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1955-60)

FUNKENSTEIN, DANIEL H., WECHSLER, HENRY,
MERRIFIELD, JOHN F., and MCARTHUR, CHARLES
C.: Differences on measures of self-concept. Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, 20(4):150-155,
April, 1959.

HitsoN, HAZEL M., and FUNKENSTEIN, DANIEL H.:
Family patterns and paranoidal personality struc-
ture in Boston and Burma. International Journal
of Social Psychiatry, Winter (3) :182-190, 1959.

MCKINLEY, DONALD G.: Social class and family life.
New York, Free Press of Glencoe, 1964, 306 p.

MH-955 (R01) Hunt, DAVID E.: Personality pat-
terns in adolescent boys, Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1955-59)

ALLisoN, J., and Hunt, D. E.: Social desirability
and the expression of aggression under varying
conditions of frustration. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 23:528-532, 1959.

Hunt, D. E., and ScHRODER, H. M.: Assimilation,
failure-avoidance, and anxiety. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 22:39-44, 1958.

SCHROEDER, H. M., and Hunt, D. E.: Failure-
avoidance in situational interpretation and prob-
lem solving. Psychological Monographs, 71(3):
1-22, 1957. (Whole No. 432).

WILSON, R. S.: Personality patterns, source attractive-
ness and conformity. [Journal of Personality, 28:
186-199, 1960.

MH-959 (R01) HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Development
of concepts of womens roles. City College of the
City University of New York, New York, N.Y.
(1955-61)

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Sex-role pressures and the
socialization of the male child. Psychological
Reports, 5:457-468, 1959.

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Children’s concepts of male and
female roles. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 6:83-91,
1960.
HarTLEY, RUTH E.: Some implications of current
changes in sex-role patterns. Merrill-Palmer Quar-
terly of Behavior and Development, 6:153-164,
1960. Also in: Sussman, Marvin B., ed. Sowurce-
book in marriage and the family. 2nd ed. New
York, Houghton Mifflin, 1962, p. 133-138.

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: The one parent family. In:
Reference papers on children and youth. Supple-
ment, White House Conference on Children and
Youth, 1960. (Unpaginated)

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Sex-roles and urban youth:
Some developmental perspectives. Bulletin on
Family Development, 2:1-12, 1961.

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Current patterns in sex roles:
Children’s perspectives. Journal of the National
Association of Women Deans and Couneslors, 25:
3-13, 1961.

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: What aspects of child behavior
should be studied in relation to maternal employ-
ment? In: Siegel, Alberta, ed. Research issues
related to the effects of maternal employment on
children. University Park, Pa., Social Science Re-
search Center, Pennsylvania State University, 1961.

HARTLEY, RUTH E.: Womeh'’s role: How girls see
them. Journal of the American Association of
University Women, 55-212-215, 1962.

HARTLEY, R. E., and HARDESTY, F. P.: Children’s
perceptions of sex roles in childhood. Journal. of
Genetic Psychology, 105:43-51, 1964.

HARTLEY, RUTH E., HARDESTY, FRANCIS P., and
GoOR°rEIN, Davip S.: Children’s perceptions and
expressions of sex preference. Child Develop-
ment, 33:221-227, 1962.

HARTLEY, RUTH, and KLEIN, ARMIN: Sex-role con-
cepts among elementary-school-age girls. Marriage
and Family Living, 23:59-64, 1959.

MH-963 (R01) KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Studies
on verbal behavior. Washington University, St.
Louis, Mo. (1955-57) (Continued as MH-
2027; MH-6921).

KANFER, F. H.: Perception: Identification and in-
strumental activity. Psychiatric Review, 63:317-
329, 1956.

KANFER, F. H.: Effect of a warning signal preced-
ing a noxious stimulus on verbal rate and heart
rate. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 55:
73-80, 1958.

KANFER, F. H.: Supplementary report: Stability of
a verbal rate change mental anxiety. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 56:182, 1958,

KANFER, F. H.: Verbal conditioning: Reinforce-
ment schedules and experimenter schedules. Psy-
chological Reports, 4:443-452, 1958.

\

138

KANFER, F. H.: Verbal rate, content, and adjustment
ratings in experimentally structured interviews.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:
305-311, 1959.

MH-965 (R01) OVERHOLSER, WINFRED: The psy-
chotherapist and the treatment process. George
Washington University, Washington, D.C. (1955-
57) (Continued as MH-2171).

Strupp, HANS H.: A multidimensional comparison
of therapist-activity in analytic and client-centered
therapy. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21:
301-308, 1957.

Strupp, HANs H.: A multidimensional system for
analyzing psychotherapeutic techniques.  Psychi-
atry, 20:293-306, 1957.

StrRUPP, HANS H:: A multidimensional analysis of
techniques in brief psychotherapy. Psychiatry, 20:
387-397, 1957.

STrRUPP, HANs H.: The psychotherapist’s contribu-
tion to the treatment process. Behavioral Science,
3:34-67, 1958.

Strupp, HANs H.: The performance of psychia-
trists and psychologists -in a therapeutic interview.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14:219-226, 1958.

Strupp, HaNs H.: The performance of psycho-
analytic and client-centered therapists in an initial
interview. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 22:
265-274, 1958.

Strupp, HANS H.: Toward an analysis of the thera-
pist’s contribution to the treatment process. Psy-
chiatry, 22:349-362, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-2171).

Strupp, Hans H.: Comments on two recent meth-
ods for analyzing the psychotherapeutic process.
Psychological Record, 9:45-51, 1959.

StrRUPP, HANs H.: Psychotherapists in action: Ex-
plorations of the therapist's contribution to the
treatment process. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1960, 352 p. (Also acknowledges MH-2171).

MH-969 (R01) DenNNisTON, RorLLiN H., II: Ef-
fects of hormonal factors on certain drives. Wyo-
ming University, Laramie, Wyo. (1954-63)

DenNisTON, R. H.: An attempt to evaluate the
components of the sex drive complex in terms of
differential extinction. Physiological Zoology, 29
(3):250-256, 1956.

DENNISTON, R. H.: Sexual behavior and physiology
cycle in an annual breeding wild rodent. Ana-
tomical Record, 128:539, 1957.

DeNNISTON, R. H.: Notes on breeding and size of
young in the Richardson ground squirrel. Jour-
nal of Mammalogy, 38:414-416, 1957.
DENNISTON, R. H.: The effect of wildness on learn-
ing in the Wyoming ground squirrel. Anatomical
Record, 134(3):553, 1959.

DENNIsTON, R. H.: Escape and avoidance learning
as a function of emotionality level. Animal Be-
havior, 7:1-6, 1959.

DeNNIsTON, R. H.: Escape and avoidance learning
as a function of emotionality level in the Wyo-
ming ground squirrel. Animal Behavior, 7:241-
243, 1959.

DeNNIsTON, R. H., and MACLEAN, P. D.: Erection
display in male-male and male-female interaction
in the squirrel monkey, “Saimiri sciureus.” Amer-
ican Zoologist, 1:445, 1961, 1961.

MAcLEAN, P. D., DenNisTON, R. H., and Dua, S.:
Cerebral localization for genital and bodily scratch-
ing and seminal discharge. Archives of Neuro-
physiology, 7(5) :485-497, 1964.

MacLEeAN, P. D., DeENNIsTON, R. H., Dua, S., and
PrLooc, D. W.: Hippocampal changes with brain
stimulation eliciting penile erection. Physiologie
de 'Hippocampe, Paris C. N. R. S., 1962, p. 491-
510.

MAcLEAN, P. D., Dua, S., and DENNIsSTON, R. H.:
A mapping of cerebral structures involved in
seminal discharge and genital scratching. Trans-
actions of the American Neurology Association,
87:136-139, 1962

MacLEAN, P. D., Dua, S., and DENNISTON, R. H.:
Further studies on cerebral representation of penile
erection: Caudal thalamus, mid-brain, and pons.
Journal of Neurophysiology, 26:273-293, 1963.

MH-971 (R01) SPIEGEL, JoHN P. and KLUCK-
HOHN, FLORENCE R.: Influence of family and
culture on mental health. Harvard University,

Cambridge, Mass. (1954-59)

BELL, NORMAN ‘W.: Extended family relationships
of disturbed and well families. Family Processes,
1:175-193, 1962.

BELL, NORMAN W., TREISCHMAN, A., and VOGEL,
Ezra F.: A sociocultural analysis of the resist-
ances of working class fathers treated in a child
psychiatry clinic. American Journal of Orthopsy-
chiatry, 31:388-405, 1961.

BELL, NorMAN W., and VoGeL, Ezra F., eds.:
A modern introduction to the family. Glencoe,
Ill., The Free Press, 1960.

BELL, NorRMAN W., and VoGeL, E. F.: The emo-
tionally disturbed child as a family scapegoat.
Psychoanalysis and the Psychoanalytic Review, 41:
21-42, 1960.

KLUckHOHN, F.: Value orientations. In: Grinker,
Roy R., ed. Toward a unified theory of human
behavior. Vol. 1. New York, Basic Books, 1956.

139

KLUckHOHN, FLORENCE: Family diagnosis: Varia-
tions in the basic values of family systems. So-
cial Casework, 39:1-11, 1958. Also in: Bell,
Norman, and Vogel, Ezra, eds. The family.
Glencoe, Ill., The Free Press, 1960.

KLUCKHOHN, FLORENCE: A method for eliciting
value orientations. Anthropological Linguistics,
2(2):1960

SPIEGEL, JoHN P.: Interpersonal influences within
the family. In: Schaffner, Bertram, ed. Group
Processes. New York, The Josiah Macy, Jr.,
Foundation, 1956.

SPIEGEL, JOHN P.: The resolution of role conflict
within the family. Psychiatry, 20(1):1-16, 1957.
Also in: Greenblatt, Milton, Levinson, Daniel J.,
and Williams, Richard, eds. The patient and the
mental hospital, Chapter 32. Glencoe, Ill., Free
Press, 1957.

SPIEGEL, JOHN: Some cultural aspects of transfer-
ence and countertransference. In: Masserman,
Jules H., ed. Individual and familial dynamics.
New York, Basic Books, 1959.

SPIEGEL, JoHN, and BELL, NORMAN W.: The fam-
ily of the psychiatric patient. In: Ariete, Sylvan,
ed. The handbook of American Psychiatry. New
York, Basic Books, 1959.

MH-973 (R01) CAPLAN, GERALD: A mental health
program for student nurses. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1954-57)

ROSENBERG, P., and FULLER, M.: Human relations
seminar: A group work experiment in nursing
education. Mental Hygiene, 3:406-432, 1955.

ROSENBERG, PEARL, and “PULLER, M.: Seminar is
studerntmdrses“satety valve. Modern Hospital,
85:53-57, 1955.

ROSENBERG, P., and FULLER, M.: Dynamic analysis
of the student nurse. Group Psychotherapy, 10:
22-37, 1957.

ROSENBERG, P., and FULLER, M.: Human relations
seminar for nursing students. Nursing Outlook,
5:724-726, 1957.

MH-977 (R01) LINDSLEY, OGDEN R., SKINNER,
BurrHUs F., and SoLomoN, Harry C.: Experi-
mental analysis of psychotic behavior. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1954-60)

LinDsLEY, O. R.: Operant conditioning methods ap-
plied to research in chronic schizophrenia. Psy-
chiatric Research Reports, 5:118-139, 1956.

LiNpsLEY, O. R.: Operant behavior during sleep:
A measure of depth of sleep. Science, 126:1290-
1291, 1957.

LiNnDpsLEY, O. R.: Intermittent grading. Clearing
House, 32:451-454, 1958.
LinpsLEy, O. R.: Reduction in rate of vocal psy-
chotic symptoms by differential positive reinforce-
ment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 2(3) :269, 1959.

LiNDSLEY, O. R.: Characteristics of the behavior of
chronic psychotics as revealed by free-operant con-
ditioning metheds. Diseases of the Nervous Sys-
tem, 21:66-78, 1960.

LiNpsLEY, O. R.: Free-operant conditioning and psy-
chotherapy. In: Masserman, J. H., ed. Current
psychiatric therapies. Vol. 3. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1963, p. 47-56. (Also acknowledges
MH-2778).

LiNpsLEY, O. R.: Direct measurement and func-
tional definition of vocal hallucinatory symptoms.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:293-
297, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2778 and
MH-5054).

LinpsLEY, O. R., and CONRAN, P.: Operant behav-
ior during EST: A measure of depth of coma.
Diseases of the Nervous System, 23:407-409,
1962.

MEebpNIck, MARTHA T., and LINDSLEY, O. R.: Some
clinical correlates of operant behavior. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57:13-16,
1958.

SKINNER, B. F.: The etiology of mental disease:
The psychological point of view. Proceedings of
Second Conference on Etiology of Mental Dis-
ease. New York, New York Academy of Medi-
cine, 1956.

SKINNER, B. F.: What is psychotic behavior? In:
Theory and treatment of the psychoses: Some
newer aspects. St. Louis, Washington University
Studies, 1956, p. 77-99.

MH-981 (R01) Corfrey, HUBERT S., and POPE,
SaxToN T.: Relation of group tension to inter-
personal role. University of California, Berkeley,
Calif. (1955-58)

BAUMRIND, DiaNA: Conceptual issues involved in
evaluating improvement due to psychotherapy.
Psychiatry, 22:341-348, 1959.

BAUMRIND, DIANA: An analysis of some aspects of
the interpersonal system. Psychiatry, 23:395-402,
1960.

MH-985 (R01) ANDERSON, JoHN E.: Research
conference on psychological aspects of aging.
American Psychelogical Association, Washington,
D.C. (1955-56)

ANDERSON, JoHN E.: Psychological aspects of aging:
Proceedings of a conference on planning research,
Bethesda, Md., April 24-27, 1955, 323 p.

MH-986 (R01) YOUNG, M. WHARTON, and BART-
LETT, RoscoE G., Jr.: Role of the nervous system

in restraint hypothermia. Howard University,
Washington, D.C. (1954-60) (Continued from
MH-656).

BARTLETT, R. ]., JR.: Stress adaptation and inhibi-
tion of restraint-induced (emotional) hypothermia.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 8:661-663, 1956.

BARTLETT, R. G., JR., and REGISTER, U. D.: Chlor-
promazine and anesthetic agents on tissue non-
protein sulfhydryl compounds in normothermic
and hypothermic rats. Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 90:500-
502, 1955.

BarTLETT, R. G., JR., and Young, M. W.: “Free
roaming” in the albino rat and its effect on re-
straint hypothermia. Journal of Applied Psy-
chology, 14:393-394, 1959.

RecGisTER, U. D., and BARTLETT, R. G., JR.: Re-
generation of tissue nonprotein sulfhydryl com-
pounds in rats after exposure to cold and restraint.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 86:836-838, 1954.

MH-987 (R01) BEECHER, HENRY K., ANLIKER,
JaMmEs, and SMITH, GENE M.: Study of psychoto-
mimetic agents. Massachusetts General Hospital,
Boston, Mass. (1955- )

ANLIKER, J. E.: Variations in alpha voltage of the
electroencephalogram and time perception. Sci-
ence, 140:1307-1309, June 21, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2971).

BeecHER, H. K.: The anaesthesia laboratory of the
Harvard Medical School at the Massachusetts Gen-
eral Hospital. British Journal of Anaesthesia, 29:
261-273, 1957.

EGBERT, LAWRENCE D., BATTIT, GEORGE, WELCH,
CLAUDE E., and BARIETT, MARSHALL K.: Reduc-
tion of postoperative pain by encouragement and
instruction of patients. New England Journal of
Medicine, 270(16):825-827, 1964.

REICHLE, C. W., SMITH, G. M., GRAVENSTEIN, J. S,,
MaAcris, S. G., and BEECHER, H. K.: Comparative
analgesic potency of heroin and morphine in post-
operative patients. Journal of Pharmacology, 136:
43-46, 1962.

SmitH, G. M.: Six measures of self-concept discrep-
ancy and instability: Their interrelations, reliabil-
ity, and relations to other personality measures.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 22:101-112,
1958.

SMITH, G. M., and BEECHER, H. K.: Amphetamine
sulfate and athletic performance. I. Objective
effects. Journal of the American Medical Asso-
ciation, 170:542-557, 1959.

SmitH, G. M., and BEecHER, H. K.: Measurement
of “mental clouding” and other subjective effects
of morphine. Journal of Pharmacology, 126:50-
62, 1959.

140
k

SMITH, G. M., and BEecHER, H. K.: Effect of mor-
phine on the subjective response of hunger in
normal subjects. Journal of Pharmacology, 126:
63-69, 1959.

SmitH, G. M., and BEECHER, H. K.: Amphetamine,
secobarbital, and athletic performance. II. Sub-
jective evaluations of performances, mood states,
and physical states. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 172:1502-1514, 1960.

SMITH, G. M., and BEECHER, H. K.: Amphetamine,
secobarbital, and athletic performance. III. Quan-
titative effects on judgment. Journal of the Amer-
ican Medical Association, 172:1623-1629, 1960.

SmitH, G. M., and BEECHER, H. K.: Subjective
effects of heroin and morphine in normal subjects.
Journal of Pharmacology, 136:47-52, 1962.

SMITH, GENE M., and BEECHER, HENRY K.: Com-
parative sensitivity of three methods of evaluating
drug induced mood changes by a check list. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 23(2)Part 1:175,
1964.

SmitH, G. M., and BEEcHER, H. K.: Drugs and
judgment: Effects of amphetamine and secobarbi-
tal on self-evaluation. Journal of Psychology, 58:
397-405, 1964.

SMmitH, G. M., SEMKE, C. W., and BEECHER, H. K.:
Objective evidence of mental effects of heroin,
morphine and placebo in normal subjects. [Jour
nal of Pharmacology, 136:53-58, 1962.

SMITH, G. M., WEITZNER, M., and BEECHER, H. K.:
Increased sensitivity of measurement of drug ef-
fects in expert swimmers. Journal of Pharmacol-
0gy, 139:114-119, 1963.

SMITH, G. M., WEITZNER, M., LEVENSON, S. R,,
and BEECHER, H. K.: Effects of amphetamine and
secobarbital on coding and mathematical perform-
ance. Journal of Pharmacology, 141:100-104,
1963.

WEITZNER, MARTIN: Manifest anxiety, ampheta-
mine, and performance. Journal of Psychology,
60(1):71-79, 1965.

MH-989 (R01) BARKER, ROGER G.: Ecological
study of children’s behavior. University of Kan-
sas, Lawrence, Kans. (1955-57)

BARKER, R. G.: Structure of the stream of behavior.
In: Proceedings of the 15th International Con-
gress of Psychology, 1957, p. 155-156.

MH-993 (R17) RowLAND, VERNON: Neurophysi-
ology of consciousness and affective states. West-
ern Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio. (1955-
61)

Bonp, D. D., Ranor, C. T., Boper, T. G., and
ROWLAND, VERNON: Posterior septal and ante-
rior thalamic lesions in the cat. A. M. A. Ar-

141

chives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 78:143-162,
1957.

GLuck, H., and RowLAND, V.: Defensive condi-
tioning of electrographic arousal with delayed and
differentiated auditory stimuli. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 11:485-496,
1959.

MACINTYRE, W. J., BIDDER, T. G., and ROWLAND,
VERNON: Production of brain lesions with elec-
tric currents. I. Unidirectional currents. In:
Quastler, Henry, and Morowitz, H. J., eds. Pro-
ceedings of the First National Biophysics Confer-
ence. Vol. 1. New Haven, Conn., Yale Univer-
sity Press, 1959, p. 585-594.

MacINTYRE, W. J., BIDDER, T. G., and ROWLAND,
VERNON: Effect of electric currents on brain tis-
sue: Stimulation and electrolytic lesion produc-
tion. Medical Physics, 3:102-105, 1960.

RowLAND, VERNON: EEG arousal produced by sig-
nificant tones. Federation Proceedings, 15:157,
1956.

RowLAND, VERNON: Differential electroencephalo-
graphic response to conditioned auditory stimuli
in arousal from sleep. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 9:585-594, 1957.

RowLAND, VERNON: Conditioning and brain waves.
Scientific American, 201:89-96, 1959.

RowLAND, VERNON: Simple non-polarizable elec-
trode for chronic implantation. Electroencepha-
lography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:290-
291, 1961.

RowLAND, VERNON, BIDDER, T. G., and MAc-
INTYRE, W. J.: Production of brain lesions with
electric currents. II. Bidirectional currents.
Journal of Neurosurgery, 17(1):56-69, 1960.

RowraNDp, VERNON, and Gruck, H.: Electro-
graphic arousal and its inhibition as studied by
auditory conditioning. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed.
Recent advances in biological psychiatry. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 96-105.

RowLAND, VERNON, and MACINTYRE, W. J.:
Stimulus current density in relation to electrode
damage and CNS injury. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:117-118, 1961.

MH-996 (R01) GraHAM, Davip T.: Relation of
attitudes to physiological changes. Washington
University, St. Louis, Mo. (1957-57) (Contin-
ued as MH-2011).

GrAHAM, D. T.: Some research on psychophysio-
logic specificity and its relation to a psychosomatic
disease. In: Roessler, R., and Greenfield, N., eds.
Physiological correlates of psychological disorders.

Vol. 12. Madison, Wis., University of Wiscon-
sin Press, 1962, p. 221-238. (Also acknowledges
MH-2011).
GraHAM, D. T., KABLER, J. D., and GRAHAM, F. K.:
Physiological response to the suggestion of atti-
tudes specific for hives and hypertension. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 24:159-169, 1962. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-2011).

GraHAM, D. T., LuNpY, R. M., BENJAMIN, L. S.:
KABLER, J. D., Lewis, W. C., KunisH, N. O.,
and GraHAM, F. K.: Specific attitudes in initial in-
terviews with patients having different “psychoso-
matic diseases.” Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:257~
266, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2011).

GraHAM, D. T., STERN, J. A., and WINOKUR, G.:
The concept of a different specific set of physiolog-
ical changes in each emotion. Psychiatric Research
Report. 12:8-15, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2011).

GraHAM, D. T., and STEVENSON, I.: Diseases as
responses to life stress: (a) The nature of the
evidence. In: Lief, Harold I., Lief, Victor F.,
and Lief, Nina R., eds. The psychological basis
of medical practice. New York, Hoeber, 1963,
p. 115-136. (Also acknowledges MH-2011).

Lewis, WiLLiaM C.: Some observations relevant to
early defences and precursors. International Jour-
nal of Psychoanalysis, 44 Part 11:132-142, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-2011).

STERN, J. A., WINOKUR, G., GRaHAM, D. T., and
GraHAM, F. K.: Alterations in physiological meas-
ures during experimentally induced attitudes.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 5:73, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2011).

STEVENSON, I., and GrAHAM, D. T.: Disease as
responses to life stress: (b) Obtaining the evi-
dence clinically. In: Lief, Harold I., Lief, Victor
F., and Lief, Nina R., eds. The psychological
basis of medical practice. New York, Hoeber,
1963, p. 137-154. (Also acknowledges MH-
2011).

MH-997 (R17) Boarp, FrANcis M.: Psychoso-
matic studies of adaptation to life stress. Michael
Reese Hospital and Medical Center, Chicago, IIL
(1955-58)

Boarp, FRANCIS: Patients’ and physicians’ judge-
ments of the outcome of psychotherapy in an out-
patient clinic. A. M. A. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 1:185-196, 1959.

Boarp, FraNcis, WADESM, RALPH, and PuUsHY,
HaroLD: Depressive affect and endocrine func-
tions. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psy-
chiatry, 78:612-620, 1957.

MH-998 (R17) STEIN, MARVIN D.: Olfaction in
the etiology of bronchial asthma. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1956-61)

OTTENBERG, P., STEIN, M., Lewis, J., and HAMIL-
TON, C.: Learned asthma in the guinea pig. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 20:395-400, 1958.

142

ScHiavi, R. C., STEIN, M., and SETHI, B. B.: Res-
piratory variables in response to a pain-fear stimu-
lus and in experimental asthma. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 23:485-492, 1961.

STEIN, M., and OTTENBERG, P.: Role of odors in
asthma. Psychosomatic Medicine, 20:60-65, 1958.

STEIN, M., OTTENBERG, P., and RouLeT, N.: A
study of the development of olfactory preferences.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology, 80:264-266,
1958.

STEIN, M., ScHiavi, R. C., OTTENBERG, P., and
HamiLToN, C.: The mechanical properties of the
lungs in guinea pig experimental asthma. Journal
of Allergy, 32:8-16, 1961.

MH-999 (R17) TITCHENER, JAMES L.: Family dy-
namics in neurotic and psychosomatic illness. Uni-
versity of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1955-
60)

TITCHENER, J.: Fear and the long struggle: A com-
mentary on Karl Jasper’s “The Future of Man-
kind.” Comprehensive Psychiatry, 2:311-316,
1961.

TITCHENER, JAMES, and EMERSON, RICHARD: Some
methods for study of family interaction in person-
ality development. In: Pasamanick, Benjamin,
and Knapp, Peter, H. Psychiatric research reports
10, social aspects of psychiatry. Washington,
D.C., American Psychiatric Association, 1958, p.
72-100. (Also acknowledges MH-1957).

TITCHENER, JAMES L., and LEVINE, MAURICE, eds.:
Surgery as a human experience. The psychody-
namics of surgical practice. New York, Oxford
University, 1960, 285 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-664).

TITCHENER, J., RisKIN, J., and EMERSON, R.: The
family in psychosomatic process. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 22(2):127-142, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2534).

TITCHENER, J. L., SHELDON, M. B., and Ross,
W. D.: Changes in blood pressure of hypertensive
patients with and without group psychotherapy.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 4(1):10-12,
1959.

TITCHENER, J., ZWERLING, I, GOTTSCHALK, L,
LEVINE, M., CULBERTSON, W., COHEN, S., and
SILVER, H.: Psychosis in surgical patients. Swur-
gery, Gynecology and Obstetrics, 102:59-65, 1956.

MH-1000 (R17) LEVINSON, DANIEL ].: Sociopsy-
chological study of hospitalized mentally ill. Har-
vard Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1955-60)

GILBERT, Doris C., and LEVINSON, D. J.: Ideology,
personality, and institutional policy in the mental
hospital. ~ Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
choingy, 53:263-271, 1956.
GREENBLATT, M., and LEVINSON, D. J.: The open
door: A study of institutional change. In: Denber,
Herman C. B., ed. Research conference on thera-
peutic community. Springfield, Ill, Thomas, 1959,
p. 97-129.

GREENBLATT, M., and LEVINSON, D. J.: Dimen-
sions of a therapeutic organization. Psychiatric
Research Reports, 11:13-23, 1960.

GREENBLATT, MILTON, LEVINSON, DANIEL J., and
WiLLiaMS, RICHARD H., eds.: The patient and the
mental hospital: Contributions of research in the
science of social behavior. Glencoe, Ill., Free
Press, 1957, 658 p. (Also acknowledges MH-687
and MH-9091).

KLERMAN, G., SHARAF, M., HOLZMAN, MATHILDA,
and LEVINSON, D. J.: Sociopsychological charac-
teristics of resident psychiatrists and their use of
drug therapy. American Journal of Psychiatry,

117:111-117, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
687).

LeviNsON, D. J.: The role of psychiatrist in the
modern mental hospital. ~~ Connaissance de

Ihomme, August-September, 1955, p. 41-49.

LEVINSON, D. J.: Authoritarian personality and for-
eign policy. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 1:37-
47, 1957. Also in: Pramson, L., and Goethals,
G. W., eds. War studies from psychology, so-
ciology, and anthropology. New York, Basic
Books, 1964.

LEVINSON, D. J.: The relevance of personality for
political participation. Public Opinion Quarterly,
22:3-10, 1958. Also in: Americana, 5:53-62,
1959.

LeviNsoN, D. J.: Role, personality, and social struc-
ture in the organizational setting. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 58:170-180, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-687).

LeviNsON, D. J.: The psychotherapists’ contribu-
tion to the patient’s treatment career. In: Strupp,
H. H., and Luborsky, L., eds. Research in psy-
chotherapy. Vol. 2. Washington, D.C., Ameri-
can Psychological Association, 1962.

LEVINSON, DANIEL J., and GALLAGHER, EUGENE
B.: Patienthood in the mental hospital: An analy-
sis of role, personality, and social structure. Bos-
ton, Houghton, Mifflin, 1964, 265 p. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-687).

LeviNnsoN, D. J., and SHARAF, M.: Achieving a
therapeutic ward setting. Mental Hospitals, 2:9-
11, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-687).

LEVINSON, MARIA H., and LEVINSON, D. J.: Jews
who intermarry: Sociopsychological bases of eth-
nic identity and change. Yivo Annual of Jewish
Social Science, 12:103-130, 1959.

PINE, F., and LEVINSON, D. J.: A sociopsychological
conception of patienthood. International Journal

143

of Social Psychiatry, 7(2):106-122, 1961.

(Also
acknowledges MH-687).

SHARAF, M. R,, and LEVINSON, D. J.: The ‘quest
for omnipotence” in professional development:
The case of resident psychiatrists. Psychiatry, 27
(2):135-149, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
687).

MH-1001 (R01) GELBER, BEATRICE T.: Behavior
of the paramecium. University of Chicago, Chi-
cago, Ill. (1956-59)

GELBER, BEATRICE: Investigations of the behavior
of Paramecium aurelia. VI. Reinforcement with
three values of training. American Psychologist,
12:428, 1957.

GELBER, BEATRICE: A trigger for behavioral change?
Paramecium aurelia. (Abstract) Journal of Pro-
tozoology, Supplement, 4:16. 1957.

GELBER, B.: Food or training in Paramecium? Sci-
ence, 126:1340-1341, 1957.

GELBER, B.: Retention in Paramecium aurelia. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
51:110-115, 1958.

GELBER, B.: Reminiscence and the trend of reten-
tion in Paramecium aurelia. Psychological Record,
12:179-192, 1962.

MH-1002 (R01) GutTMAN, NORMAN, and KAL-
1sH, HARRY I.: Stimulus generalization and dis-
crimination. Duke University, Durham, N.C.
(1955-59)

GutTMAN, N.: The pigeon and the spectrum and
other perplexities. Psychological Reports, 2:449-
460, 1956.

GUTTMAN, N.: Generalization gradients around
stimuli associated with different reinforcement
schedules. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
58:335-340, 1959.

GUTTMAN, N.: Laws of behavior and facts of per-

ception. In: Koch, S., ed. Psychology: A study
of a science. Vol. 5. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1963, p. 114-178. (Also acknowledges MH-631

and MH-3917).

GutTMAN, N., and KarLisH, H. I.: Discriminabil-
ity and stimulus generalization. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 51:79-88, 1956. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-629 and MH-631).

GuTTMAN, N., and KaLisH, H. I.: Experiments on
discrimination. ~~ Scientific American, 198:77-82,
1958.

Hanson, H. M.: Discrimination training effect upon
stimulus generalization gradient for spectrum stim-
uli. Science, 125:888-889, 1957.

Hanson, H. M.: Effects of discrimination training
on stimulus generalization. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 58:321-334, 1959.
HaNnsoN, H. M.: Stimulus generalization following
three-stimulus discrimination training. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
181-185, 1961.

HansoN, H. M., and GurTt™mAN, N.: The use of a
behavioral stimulant in the study of stimulus gen-
eralization. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 209:212, 1961.

Honig, W. K.: Generalization of extinction on the
spectral continuum. Psychological Record, 11:
269-278, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2414).

Honig, W. K.: Prediction of preference, transposi-
tion, and transposition-reversal from the generali-
zation gradient. [Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 64:239-246, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-2414).

Honig, W. K., THoMmaAs, D. R., and GuTtTMAN, N.:
Differential effects of continuous extinction and
discrimination training on the stimulus generaliza-
tion gradient. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 58:145-152, 1959.

KaLisH, H. I., and GurTMAN, N.: Stimulus gener-
alization after equal training on two stimuli. Jozur-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 53:139-144, 1957.

Karsh, H. I., and GutrTMAN, N.: Stimulus gener-
alization after training on three stimuli: A test of
the summation hypothesis. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 57:268-272, 1959. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-1459 and MH-6096).

THomMmas, D. R.: The effects of drive and discrimi-
nation training on stimulus generalization. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 64:24-28, 1962.

Thomas, D. R., and KING, R. A.: Stimulus generali-
zation as a function of level of motivation. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 57:323-328, 1959.

TrHoMas, D. R., Ost, JoHN, and THOMAS D.: Stim-
ulus generalization as a function of the time be-
tween training and testing procedures. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3:9-14,
1960.

MH-1003 (R01) Davis, Davip E.: Hormonal basis
of regional behavior. Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, Md. (1955-59)

Davis, D. E.: Aggressive behavior in castrated starl-
ings. Science, 126:253, 1957.

HERNANDEZ-PEON, VON R.: Die neuralen Grund-
lagen des Schlafes. Arzneimittel-Forschung, 15
(10):1099-1118, 1965.

MH-1005 (R01) DAVENPORT, RICHARD K., MEN-
zeL, EMiL W., Jr., NisseN, HENRY W., PEACOCK,
L. J.,, and RIOPELLE, ARTHUR ].: Early experi-
ence and psychological development. Yerkes Lab-
oratories of Primate Biology—Emory University,
Orange Park, Fla. (1955-62)

144

BeckETT, P. G. S., FROHMAN, C. E., DAVENPORT,
R. K., Jr., RoGERs, M., and GOTTLIEB, J. S.:
Biologic effects of infantile restriction in chimpan-
zees. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 4(1):1-8, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-5668).

BERKSON, GERSHON, and DAVENPORT, RICHARD
K., Jr.: Stereotyped movements of mental defec-
tives. I. Initial survey. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 66:849-852, 1962.

CARPENTER, BRUCE, and CARPENTER, JANETH: The
perception of movement by young chimpanzees and
human children. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 51:782-784, 1958.

Davenport, R. K., Jr.: Care of the infant chim-
panzee. Southeastern Veterinarian, 11:18-22,
1960.

DAVENPORT, RICHARD K., JRr., and BERKSON, GER-
SHON: Stereotyped movements of mental defec-
tives. II. Effects of novel objects. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:879-882, 1963.

DAVENPORT, RicHARD K., Jr., and MENZEL, EMIL
W., Jr.: Oddity preference in the chimpanzee.
Psychological Reports, 7:523-526, 1960.

Davenport, RicHARD K., Jr., and MENZEL, EMIL
W., Jr.: Stereotyped behavior of the infant chim-
panzee. Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:99-
104, 1963.

Davenport, RicHARD K., Jr., MENZEL, EMIL W.,
JrR., and ROGERS, CHARLES M.: Maternal care
during infancy: Its effect on weight gain and
mortality in the chimpanzee. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 31:803-809, 1961.

Davenport, RicHArRD K., MENZEL, EMIL W., JR.
and ROGERS, CHARLES M.: Effects of severe isola-
tion on “normal” juvenile chimpanzees. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 14(2):134-138, 1966.

FALK, JoHN L.: The grooming behavior of the chim-
panzee as a reinforcer. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 1:83-85, 1958.

KELLEHER, R. T.: Intermittent conditioned reinforce-
ment in chimpanzees. Science, 124:679-680,
1956.

KeLLEHER, R. T.: Conditioned reinforcement in
chimpanzees. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 50:571-575, 1957.

KELLEHER, R. T.: A comparison of conditioned and
food reinforcement on a fixed-ratio schedule in
chimpanzees. Psychological Newsletter, 8:88-93,
1957.

KELLEHER, ROGER T.: A multiple schedule of condi-
tioned reinforcement with chimpanzees. Psycho-
logical Reports, 3:485-491, 1957.

KELLEHER, R. T.: Stimulus-producing responses in
chimpanzees. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 1:87-102, 1958.
KeLLEHER, R. T.: Fixed-ratio schedules of condi-
tioned reinforcement with chimpanzees. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1:281-
289, 1958.

KELLEHER, ROGER T.: Concept formation in chim-
panzees. Science, 128:777-778, 1958.

MEeNzEL, E. W.: Selection of food by size in the
chimpanzee, and comparison with human judg-
ments. Science, 131:1527-1528, 1960-

MenNzeL, EMiL W., Jr.: The effects of stimulus size
and proximity upon avoidance of complex objects
in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:1044-1046, 1962.

MeNzeL, Emin W., Jr.: Individual differences’in the
responsiveriess of young chimpanzees to stimulus
size and novelty. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:
127-134, 1962.

MenzeL, Emi W., Jr.: The effects of cumulative
experience on responses to novel objects in young
insolation-reared chimpanzees. Behaviour, 21:1-
12, 1963.

MeNzeL, EmMIL W., Jr.: Responsiveness to object-
movement in young chimpanzees. Behaviour,
24(1-2):147-160, 1964.

MEeNzEL, EMIL W., JRr.: Patterns of responsiveness
chimpanzees reared through infancy under condi-
tions of environmental restriction. Pschologische
Forschung, 27:337-365, 1964.

MEenNzeL, Emir W., Jr., and DAVENPORT, RICHARD
K., Jr.: Preference for clear versus distorted view-
ing in the chimpanzee. Science, 134:1531, 1961.

MEenzeL, EMiL W., Jr., and DAVENPORT, RICHARD
K., Jr.: The effects of stimulus presentation vari-
ables upon chimpanzee’s selection of food by size.
Tournal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 55:235-239, 1962.

MenzeL, E. W., Jr., DAVENPORT, RicHARD K., JR,
and RoGERrs, C. M.: Some aspects of behavior
toward novelty in young chimpanzees. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:16-
19, 1961.

MEeNzeL, EMiL W., JrR., DAVENPORT, RICHARD K,,
Jr., and ROGERS, CHARLES M.: The effects of
environmental restriction upon the chimpanzee’s
responsiveness to objects. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:78-85, 1963.

MEeNzEL, kMmIL W., JR., DAVENPORT, RICHARD K.,
JRr., and ROGERS, CHARLES M.: Effects of environ-
mental restriction upon the chimpanzee’s respon-
siveness in novel situations. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:329-334,
1963.

MH-1011 (R01) SPIEGEL, ERNEST A.: Psychologi-
cal effects of thalamotomy. Temple University,
Philadelphia, Pa. (1955-56)

145

OrcHINIK, C. W.: Some psychological aspects of cir-
cumscribed lesions of the diencephalon. Confinia
Neurologica, 20:292-310, 1960.

OrcHINIK, C. W., and PETRIE, A.: Personality
changes following thalamic and pallidal lesions
compared with the effects of various cortical le-
sions. Confinia Neurologica, 18:442-443, 1948.

SPIEGEL, E. A., and Wyass, H. T.: Stereoencephalo-
tomy. Vol. 2. In: Spiegel, E. A., and Wycis,
H. T. eds. Thalamotomy. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1962, p. 72-204.

SpieGeL, E. A., Wryas, H. T., Freep, H., and
ORcHINIK, C. W.: A follow-up study of patients
treated by thalamotomy and by combined frontal
and thalamic lesions. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 124:399-404, 1956.

SPIEGEL, E. A., Wycis, H. T., OrcHINIK, C., and
Freep, H.: Thalamic chronotaraxis. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 113:97-105, 1956.

MH-1013 (R01) Leary, TimotHY: Change in per-
sonality structure during psychotherapy. Kaiser
Foundation Research Institute, Oakland, Calif.
(1955-58)

LEARY, T.: Multilevel measurement of interpersonal
behavior. Berkeley, California, Psychological Con-
sultation Service, 1956.

Leary, TIMOTHY: Interpersonal diagnosis of person-
ality; a functional theory and methodology for
personality evaluation. New York, Ronald Press,
1957, 518 p. (Also acknowledges MH-331).

Leary, T.: Interpersonal dimensions of psychother-
apy. New York, Ronald Press, 1957, 518 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-331).

Leary, T., and HARVEY, JoAN S.: A methodology
for measuring personality changes in psychother-
apy. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 12:123-132,
1956.

MH-1015 (R01) SpRINCE, HERBERT, and WINICK,
WiLLiaM: Indole metabolism in schizophrenia.
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1955-61)

KNnowLTON, M., DoHAN, F. C., and SPRINCE, H.:
Use of a modified Ehrlich’s reagent for measure-
ment of indolic compounds. Analytical Chemis-
try, 32:666-668, 1960.

SPRINCE, H.: A modified Ehrlich benzaldehyde rea-
gent for detection of indoles on paper chromato-
grams. Journal of Chromatography, 3:97-98,
1960.

SPRINCE, H.: Indole metabolism in mental illness.
Clinical Chemistry, 7:203-230, 1961.

SPRINCE, H.: Biochemical aspects of indole metabo-
lism in normal and schizophrenic subjects. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96:
399-418, 1962.

SPRINCE, H., Houser, E., JaMmEsoN, D., and
DoHAN, F. C.: Differential extraction of indoles
from the urine of schizophrenic and normal sub-
jects. A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry,
2:268- 70, 1960.

SprINCE, H., Houser, E., JamEesoN, D., and
DoHaN, F. C.: Evaluation of serum oxidase ac-
tivity in schizophrenia by a modified Akerfeldt
test. Transactions of the 4th Research Confer-
ence on Chemotherapy in Psychiatry, Memphis,
Tenn., Annual Reports. (Veterans Administra-
tion), 4:254-259, 1960.

SPRINCE, H., and LICHTENSTEIN, I.: Choline antag-
ouinti to indolic psychotomimetic compounds.
A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 2:385-
389, 1960.

SPRINCE, H., and PARKER, C. M.: Riboflavin phos-
phate esters in relation to adenosine triphosphate
in schizophrenia. Comprehensive Psychiatry 1:
321-323, 1960.

SPRINCE, H., PARKER, C. M., Dawson, J. T., Jr,
Jameson, D., and DoHAN, F. C.: Paper chroma-
tography of urinary indoles extracted under alka-
line and acid conditions. Journal of Chromatog-
raphy, 8:457-465, 1962.

SPRINCE, H., PARKER, C. M., JAMESON, D., Daw-
soN, J. T., Jr.,, KNowLTON, M., and DOHAN,
F. C.: Detection and isolation of indolacetamide
from human urine: Results with schizophrenic vs.
normal subjects. Journal of Laboratory and Clini-
cal Medicine, 57:763-770, 1961.

SPRINCE, H., and RowLEY, G. R.: Quinine calibra-
tion of the Aminco-Bowman spectrophotofluorom-
eter. Science, 125:25-26, 1957.

SprINCE, H., RowLEY, G. R., and JaMEsoN, D.:
Spectrophotofluorometric studies of 5-hydroxin-
doles and related compounds. Science, 125:442-
443, 1957.

MH-1019 (R01) KarLAN, BERT: Cross-cultural
study of personality. University of Kansas, Law-
rence, Kans. (1955-58)

KAPLAN, BERT, and JOHNSON, DALE: The social
meaning of Navaho psychopathology and psycho-
therapy. In: Kiev, Ari, ed. Magic, faith and
healing: The social aspects of mental illness.
New York, Free Press of Glencoe, 1964.

MH-1020 (R01) ABELSON, ROBERT P., and LEs-
SER, GERALD S.: Persuasibility in children. Adel-
phi College, Garden City, N.Y. (1955-57)

ABELSON, ROBERT P., and LESSER, GERALD S.: The
measurement of persuasibility in children. In:
Hovland, C. I, and Janis, I. L., eds. Personality

146

and persuasibility. New Haven, Conn., Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1959, p. 141-166.

LESSER, GERALD S., and ABELSON, ROBERT P.:
Personality correlates of persuasibility in children.
In: Hovland, C. I, and Janis, I. L., eds. Person-
ality and persuasibility. New Haven, Conn., Yale
University Press, 1959, p. 187-206.

MH-1024 (R01) NEWMAN, RICHARD: An experi-
mental study of dream processes. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1955-58)

NEWMAN, RICHARD, KATZ, JAY, and RUBENSTEIN,
ROBERT: The experimental situation as a determi-
nant of hypnotic dreams. Psychiatry, 23:63-73,
1960.

RUBENSTEIN, ROBERT, KATZ, JAY, and NEWMAN,
RicHARD: On the sources and determinants of
hypnotic dreams. Canadian Psychiatric Associa-
tion Journal, 2:154-161, 1957.

MH-1027 (R01) BauGHMAN, EMMETT E.: Objec-
tification of Rorschach inquiry and scoring. Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C.
(1955-57)

BauGHMAN, E. E.: A new method of Rorschach
inquiry. Journal of Projective Techniques, 22:
381-389, 1958.

BAUGHMAN, E. E.: The role of the stimulus in
Rorschach responses. Psychological Bulletin, 55:
121-147, 1958.

BauGHMAN, E. E.: The effect of inquiry method on
Rorschach color and shading scores. Journal of
Projective Techniques, 23:37, 1959.

BaucHMAN, E. E.: An experimental analysis of the
relationship between stimulus structure and be-
havior on the Rorschach. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 23:134-183, 1959.

MH-1033 (R01) MACPHEE, HALSEY M.: Dela-
ware health survey. University of Delaware,
Newark, Del. (1955-56)

Jastsk, JosepH F., MACPHEE, HALsEy M., and
WHITEMAN, MARTIN: Mental retardation, its na-
ture and incidence. (A population survey of the
State of Delaware.) Newark, Delaware, Univer-
sity of Delaware Press, 1963.

MH-1034 (R01) FREEMAN, G. LAVERNE: Mental
health adjustments of preretirants. Western Re-
serve University, Cleveland, Ohio. (1955-58)

FREEMAN, G. L.: A high level interest-values-pref-
erence test for counselling pre-retirants. Journal
of General Psychology, 46:121-139, 1958.

FREEMAN, G. L.: Pre-retirant test scores in various
hobby groups. Journal of Psychology, 47:137-
160, 1959.
FREEMAN, G. L., and TAYLOR, E. K.: The construc-
tion of a test battery for counseling individuals
with psychological retirement problems. Journal
of Psychology, 45:133-151, 1958.

MH-1037 (R01) ERIKSEN, CHARLES W.: An ex-
perimental study of behavior without awareness.
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. (1955-
56) (Continued as MH-1206).

Eriksen, C. W.: An experimental analysis of sub-
ception. American Journal of Psychology, 69:
625-634, 1956.

Eriksen, C. W., and KUETHE, J. L.: Avoidance
conditioning of verbal behavior without aware-
ness: A paradigm of repression. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 53:203-209, 1956.

MH-1041 (Ro01) Hunt, J. MCVICKER, EWING,
THoMmas N., and GILBERT, WILLIAM M.: Thera-
peutic counselor and client relationships. Univer-
sity of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1957-60) (Con-
tinued as MH-1388).

ENDLER, N. S.: Changes in meaning during psycho-
therapy as measured by the semantic differential.
Journal of Counseling Phychology, 8:105-111,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1388).

Hunt, J. McV.: Comments on evoking change in
psychotherapy. In: Strupp, H. H., and Luborsky,
L., eds. Research in psychotherapy, II. Wash-
ington, D.C., American Psychological Association,
1962, p. 293-295. (Also acknowledges MH-
1388).

HunNT, J. McV., EWING, T. N., LAFoRrGE, R., and
GILBERT, W. M.: An integrated approach to re-
search on therapeutic counseling with samples of
results. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 6:
46-54, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1388).

LAFORGE, R.: Objective estimates of clinical judg-
ments. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:
360-361, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1388).

LAFORGE, R.: A correlational study of two personal-
ity tests: The MMPI and Cattell 16PF. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 26:402-411, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-1388).

SCHROEDER, P.: Client acceptance of responsibility
and difficulty of therapy. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24:467-471, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1388).

SHULMAN, R. E.: Use of the Rorschach prognostic
rating scale in predicting movement in counseling.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 10:198-199,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1388).

Toop, W. B., and EwING, T. N.: Changes in self
reference during counseling. Journal of Counsel-
ing Psychology, 8:112-115, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1388).

147

Waskow, I. R.: Counselor attitudes and client be-
havior. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27:
405-412, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1388).

MH-1044 (R01) WoLF, STEWART G., SCHOTT-
STAEDT, WiLLiaM W., and WEsT, Louis J.:
Psychological interactions on a metabolic ward.
Oklahoma Medical Research Institute, Oklahoma
City, Okla. (1956-64)

JaAcKMAN, NORMAN, SCHOTTSTAEDT, WILLIAM,
McPHAIL, S. CLARK, and WOLF, STEWART: In-
teraction, emotion and physiologic change. Jour-
nal of Health and Human Behavior, 4:83-87,
1963.

SCcHOTTSTAEDT, WILLIAM W.: Social interaction and
physiologic change. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 27(6):291-299, 1963.

SCHOTTSTAEDT, WILLIAM W., JACKMAN, NORMAN
R., McPHAIL, CLARK S., and WOLF, STEWART G.:
Social interaction on a metabolic ward—The rela-
tion of problems of status to chemical balance.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 7:83-95, 1963.

SCHOTTSTAEDT, WILLIAM W. PINSKY, RuTtH H.,
MaAckLER, Davip, and WOLF, STEWART: Socio-
logic, psychologic and metabolic observations on
patients in the community of a metabolic ward.
American Journal of Medicine, 25(2):248-257,
1958.

SCHOTTSTAEDT, WILLIAM W., PINSKY, RutH H,,
MACKLER, DAvID, and WOLF, STEWART: Prestige
and social interaction on a metabolic ward. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 21(2):131-141, 1959.

MH-1045 (R01) Kerry, E. LowkLL, and DICE,
Lee R.:Heredity of human traits and abilities.
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
(1955-57)

CLARK, P. J., VANDENBERG, S. G., and PROCTOR,
C. H.: On the relationship of scores on certain
psychological tests with a number of anthro-
pometric characters and birth order in twins.
Human Biology, 33(2):163-180, 1961.

SurtoN, H. E., VANDENBERG, S. G., and CLARK,
P. J.: The hereditary abilities study: Selection of
twins, diagnosis of zygosity and program of meas-
urements. American Journal of Human Genetics,
14:52-63, 1962.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: A Chinese classic on individ-
ual differences. American Psychologist, 11(12):
714-715, 1956.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: The hereditary abilities study,
University of Michigan. Eugenics Quarterly,
3(2):94-99, 1956.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: The primary mental abilities
of Chinese students, a comparative study of the
stability of a factor structure. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 79(Atticle 9):257-
304, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1972).

VANDENBERG, S. G.: The heritability of selected
psychological traits, a report of the Michigan twin
study. American Journal of Human Genetics,
14:220-237, 1962.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: How stable are heritability
estimates? A comparison of 6 anthropometric
studies. American Journal of Physical Anthropol-
0gy, 20:331-338, 1962.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: Heritability estimates of ana-
tomical measurements in man. In: Altman, P. L.,
and Dittmer, D. S., eds. Growth, including re-
production and morphological development. Fed-
eration of American Society of Experimental Biol-
ogy, 1962, 110-115.

MH-1048 (R01) Stock, DorortHY, and WHIT-
MAN, Roy M.: The crucial episode in group
therapy. Northwestern University, Chicago, Ill.
(1955-57) (Continued as MH-2304).

Stock, D., and WHirMAN, R. M.: Patients and
therapists’ apperceptions of an episode in group
therapy. Human Relations, 10:367-383, 1957.

WHITAKER, D. S., and LIEBERMAN, M. A.: Psycho-
therapy through the group process. New York,
Atherton Press, 1964, 293 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-6027).

WHITMAN, R. M., and Stock, D.: The group focal
conflict. Psychiatry, 21:269-276, 1958.

MH-1049 (R01) Darl, BINGHAM: Personality prob-
lems in Chinese culture. Duke University, Dur-
ham, N.C. (1955-59)

Darl, BINGHAM: Obsessive-compulsive disorders in
Chinese culture. Social Problems, 4(4):313:321,
1957.

MH-1051 (R01) KORCHIN, SHELDON J., and
LEVINE, SEYMOUR: The effects of infantile trauma
on adult behavior. Michael Reese Hospital and
Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1955-57)

KorcHIN, S. J., and LEVINE, S.: Anxiety and ver-
bal learning. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 54:234-240, 1957.

LEVINE, S.: A further study of infantile handling on
adult avoidance learning. Journal of Personality,
25:70-80, 1956

LEVINE, S.: The effects of early deprivation and de-
layed weaning on avoidance learning in the albino
rat. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:
211-213, 1957.

LEVINE, S.: Infantile experience and consummatory
behavior in adulthood. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50:609-612, 1957.

LEVINE, SEYMOUR: Noxious stimulation in infant
and adult rats and consummatory behavior. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
51(2):230-233, 1958.

LEVINE, S.: Emotionality and aggressive behavior in
the mouse as a function of infantile experience.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 94:77-83, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-123 and MH-1630).

LEVINE, SEYMOUR, and Otis, LEON S.: The ef-
fects of handling before and after weaning on
the resistance of albino rats to later deprivation.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 12(2):103-108,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-694).

SCHAEFER, T.: Early “experience” and its effects on
later behavioral processes in rats. II. A critical
factor in the early handling phenomenon. Trans-
actions of the New York Academy of Sciences,
25(8):871-889, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3651).

THoMPsON, W. R., and SCHAEFER, T.: Early en-
vironmental stimulation. In: Fiske, D. W., and
Maddi, S. R., eds. Functions of varied experi-
ence. Homewood, Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1961.

MH-1052 (R01) MAHL, GEORGE F.: Patient’s lan-
guage as expressive behavior. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1955-61)

Aurp, F., and MAHL, G. F.: A comparison of the
DRQ with ratings of emotion. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 53:386-388, 1956.
(Also acknowledges MH-648).

FELDSTEIN, S.: The relationship of interpersonal in-
volvement and affectiveness of content to the ver-
bal communication of schizophrenic patients.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:
39-45, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4548).

Kast, S. V., and MaHL, G. F.: A simple device for
obtaining certain verbal activity measures during
interviews. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 53:388-390, 1956.

MaHL, GEORGE F.: Disturbances and silences in the
patient's speech in psychotherapy. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 53:1-15, 1956.

MaHL, G. F.: Review of B. F. Skinner's verbal be-
havior. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 27:595-597,
1958.

MAHL, GEORGE F.: Measuring the patient's anxiety
during interviews from “expressive” aspects of his
speech. Transactions of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 21(3) :249-257, 1959.

MaHL, GEORGE F.: Exploring emotional states by
content analysis. In: Pool, Ithiel de Sola, ed.
Trends in content analysis. Urbana, University of
Illinois, 1959, p. 89-130.

MAHL, GEORGE F.: Measures of two expressive as-
pects of a patient's speech in two psychotherapeu-

148
tic interviews. In: Gottschalk, L. A., ed. Com-
parative psycholinguistic analysis of two psycho-
therapeutic interviews. New York, International
Universities Press, 1961, p. 91-114.

MAHL, GEORGE F.: Comments. In: Strupp, H., and
Luborsky, L., eds. Research in psychotherapy.
Vol. 2. Washington, D.C., American Psychology
Association, 1962, p. 112-113; 249-250.

MaHL, G. F.: The expression of emotions on the
lexical and linguistic levels. In: Knapp, Peter,
ed. Expression of emotions in man. New York,
International Universities Press, 1963, p. 77-106.

ZIMBARDO, P., MAHL, G. F., and BERNARD, J.: The
measurement of speech disturbance in anxious
children. Journal of Speech and Hearing Dis-
orders, 28:362-370, 1963.

MH-1055 (R01) GOTTSCHALK, Louis A., and
GLESER, GOLDINE C.: Objectification of verbal
behavior analysis. University of Cincinnati, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio. (1955-63)

GLESER, G. C., GOTTSCHALK, L. A., and JoHN, W.:
The relationship of sex and intelligence to choice
of words. A normative study of verbal behavior.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 15:182-191, 1959.

GLESER, G. C., GOTTSCHALK, L. A., and SPRINGER,
K. J.: An anixety scale applicable to verbal sam-
ples. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:593-605,
1961.

GOTTSCHALK, Louis A.: The use of drugs in in-
formation seeking interviews. In: Uhr, Leonard,
and Miller, James G. Drugs and behavior. New
York, John Wiley & Sons, 1960, p. 515-518.

GOTTSCHALK, Louis A.: Introspection and free
association as experimental approaches to assess-
ing subjective and behavioral effects of psycho-
active drugs. In: Uhr, Leonard, and Miller,
James G. Drugs and behavior. New York, John
Wiley and Sons, 1960, p. 587-590.

GOTTSCHALK, Louis A., ed.: Comparative psycho-
linguistic analysis of two psychotherapeutic inter-
views. New York, International Universities
Press, 1961, 221 p.

GoTTsCHALK, Louis A.: The use of drugs in in-
terrogation. In: Biderman, Albert D., and Zim-
mer, Herbert, eds. The manipulation of human
behavior. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1961,
p- 96-141.

GOTTSCHALK, Louis A.: Measuring individual re-
sponses to psychoactive drugs by an introspective
method and a verbal behavior (or free associa-
tive) method. Transactions of the Sixth Annual
Research Conference on Cooperative Chemotherapy
Studies in Psychiatry and Broad Research Ap-
proaches to Mental Illness (Veterans’ Administra
tion), 6:324-330, 1961.

149

GoTTsCHALK, L. A., and GLESER, GOLDINE C.:
An analysis of the verbal content of suicide notes.
British Journal of Medical Psychology, 33:195-
204, 1960.

GortTscHALK, L. A. and GLESER, G. C.: Distin-
guishing characteristics of the verbal communica-
tions of schizophrenic patients. In: Rioch, David
McK., and Weinstein, Edwin A., eds. Disorders
of communication. Vol. 62. Baltimore, Md.,
Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 400-413.

GotTscHALK, L. A., GLESER, G. C., DANIELS,
R. S., and Brock, S.: The speech patterns of
Sr atients: A method of assessing rel-
ative degree of personal disorganization and social
alienation. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 127:153-166, 1958.

GoTtrscHALK, L. A., GLESER, G. C., and HaM-
BIDGE, G., Jr.: Verbal behavior analysis. Some
content and form variables in speech relevant to
personality adjustment. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 77:300-311, 1957.

GoTTsCHALK, L. A., GLESER, G. C., MAGLIOCCO,
E. B., and D’ZmURA, T. L.: Further studies on
the speech pattern of schizophrenic patients.
Measuring inter-individual differences in relative
degree of personal disorganization and social ali-
enation. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
132:101-113, 1961.

GortTsCHALK, L. A., GLESER, G. C., SPRINGER,
K. J., KapLaN, S. M., SHANON, J. and Ross,
W. D.: Effects of perphenazine on verbal be-
havior patterns. A. M. A. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 2:632-639, 1960.

GotTscHALK, L. A., GLESER, G. C., WYLIE, H. W.,
Jr., and KapLaN, S. M.: Effects of imipramine on
anxiety and hostility levels. Psychopharmacologia,
7(4) 303-310, 1965.

GoTtTscHALK, L. A., and KAPLAN, S.: A quantita-
tive method of estimating variations in intensity
of a psychologic conflict or state. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 79:688-696,
1958.

GoTtrscHALK, L. A., KapLAN, S. M., GLESER,
G. C., and WiINGET, C. M.: Variations in mag-
nitude of emotion: A method applied to anxiety
and hostility during phases of the menstrual cycle.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:300-311, 1962.

GorTscHALK, L. A., Kapp, F. T., Ross, W. D.,
KapLaN, S. M., SiLver, H., McLeopo, J. A,
Kann, J. B.,, Jr, VaN Maanen, E. F., and
ACHESON, G. M.: Explorations in testing drugs
affecting physical and mental activity. Studies
with a new drug of potential value in psychiatric
illness. Journal of the American Medical Asso-
ciation, 161:1055-1058, 1956.

GOTTSCHALK, L. A., SPRINGER, K. J., and GLESER,
G. C.: Experiments with a method of assessing
the variation in intensity of certain psychological
states occurring during two psychotherapeutic in-
terviews. In: Gottschalk, L. A., ed. Compara-
tive psycholinguistic analysis of two psychothera-
peutic interviews. New York, International Uni-
versities Press, 1961, p. 115-138.

KapLAN, S. M., and GOTTSCHALK, L. A.: Modifica-
tions of the oropharyngeal bacteria with changes

in the psychodynamic state. II. A validation
study. ~~ Psychosomatic Medicine; 20:314-320,
1958.

KApPLAN, S. M., GOTTSCHALK, L. A., MAGLIOCCO,
E. B., RoHovit, D. D., and Ross, W. D.: Hos-
tility in verbal productions and hypnotic dreams
of hypertensive patients. Studies of groups and
individuals. ~~ Psychosomatic Medicine, 23:311-
322, 1961.

Karp, F. I, and GOTTsCHALK, L. A.: Drug ther-
apy. In: Spiegel, E. A., ed. Progress in neurol-
ogy and psychiatry. Vol. 17. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1962, p. 536-558.

Maas, J. W., GLESER, G. C., and GOTTSCHALK,
L. A.: Schizophrenia, anxiety, and biochemical
factors. The rate of oxidation of N,N-dimethyl-p-
phenylenediamine by plasma and levels of serum
copper and Plasma ascorbic acid. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 4:109-118, 1961.

Ross, W. D., ApserT, NANCY, GLESER, GOLDINE,
Joyce, C. R. B., KapLaN, S. M., and TIEGER,
M. E.: A trial of psychopharmacologic measure-
ment with projective techniques. [Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 27:222-225, 1963.

MH-1057 (R01) Burns, RoBertT K., Bay, EM-
MET B., HALSTEAD, WARD C., and KLEEMEIER,
RoBERT W.: Criteria of aging and determinants
of retirement. University of Chicago, Chicago,
Il. (1955-58)

BREEN, LEONARD Z., and SPAETH, JOeL L.: Age
and productivity among workers in four Chicago
companies. Journal of Gerontology, 15(1):68-70,
1960.

MH-1061 (R01) FELDMAN, ROBERT S., and LIBER-
SON, WrLADIMIR T.: Modification of fixated and
convulsive behavior. University of Massachusetts,
Amherst, Mass. (1955- )

BREMNER, F. J.: A method for rapid conditioning
of stable avoidance bar pressing behavior. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
3:393-394, 1963.

BREMNER, F. J.: Hippocampal activity during avoid-
ance behavior, in the rat. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 58:16-22, 1964.

FELDMAN, R. S.: The role of primary drive reduc-
tion in fixations. Psychological Review, 64(2):
85-90, 1957.

150

FELDMAN, R. S.: The prevention of fixation with
chlordiazepoxide. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 3:
254-259, 1962.

FeLpMaN, R. S.: Comparisons of the benzodiazepines
with other tranquillizers during conflict and chronic
anxiety states. Newropsychopharmacology, 3:340-
347, 1964.

FELDMAN, ROBERT S.: Further studies on assay and
testing of fixation-preventing psychotropic drugs.
Psychopharmacologia, 6:130-142, 1964.

FeLpMmAN, R. S., and ELLEN, P.: Generalization of
fixated behavior in the rat. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 51(4):508-
512, 1958.

FELpman, R. S., ELLEN, P., LiBERsON, W. T., and
Rosins, J.: The effect of chlorpromazine on the
brightness discrimination of rats with habits and
fixations. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 52(3):322-326, 1959.

FeLpmaN, R. S., and Lewis, E.: Response differ-
ences of psychotropic drugs in rate during chronic
anxiety states.  Jowrnal of Neuropsychiatry, 3
(Suppl. No. 1) :527-841, 1962.

FELpDMAN, ROBERT S., and LIBERSON, WLADIMIR T.:
The effect of reserpine on behavior fixations in
rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 53:483-487, 1960.

FeLpmAN, ROBERT S., and NEET, CLAUDE C.: The
effect of electroconvulsive shock on fixated be-
havior in the rat. III. The effect of ECS as a
function of the duration of conflict. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, S0(1):
97-99, 1957.

FELDMAN, ROBERT S., and NEET, CLAUDE C.: The
effect of electroconvulsive shock on fixated be-
havior in the rat. IV. The prevention of fixa-
tions with ECS. Journal of Comparative and Phys-
iological Psychology, 53:532-534, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-376).

FeLpMAN, ROBERT S., and WaITE, R. R.: The role
of the sequential cue in behavior fixation. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, SO
(6) :567-570, 1957.

Lewis, E. M., and FELMAN, R. S.: The depressive
effect of chlordiazepoxide on a negative incentive.
Psychopharmacologia, 6:143-150, 1964.

LiBErsoN, W. T., FELDMAN, R. S., and ELLEN, P.:
Effects of somatic vs. “guidance” therapies on be-
havior rigidity in rats. Journal of Newuropsychi-
atry, 1(1):17-19, 1959.

LiBersoN, W. T., FELDMAN, R. S., and ELLEN, P.:
The effect of electroshock on discriminative proc-
esses in rats. [Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1:108-
111, 1959.

LiBErsoN, W. T., FELDMAN, R. S., and ELLEN, P.:
Behavioral analysis of the effects of meprobamate
as compared with other tranquilizing drugs and
ECS. In: Bradley, P. B., Deniker, P., and
Radouce-Thomas, C., eds. Neuropsychopharma-
cology. New York, Elsevier, 1959, p. 351-357.

MH-1064 (R01) FURCHTGOTT, ERNEST: Behavioral
effects of fetal X-irradiation. University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn. (1955-61)

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST: Comment on “prenatal
anoxia and irradiation: Maternal-fetal relations.”
Psychological Report, 10:115-118, 1962.

FURCHTGOTT, ERNEST: Low-level gamma irradiation
and audiogenic seizures. Radiation Research, 17:
614-618, 1962.

FURCHTGOTT, ERNEST: Behavioral effects of ionizing
radiations: 1955-1961. Psychological Bulletin, 60:
157-199, 1963.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, and EcHOLS, MAGILL: Loco-
motor coordination following pre- and neonatal
X-irradiation. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 51:292-294, 1958.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, and ECHOLS, MAGILL: Ac-
itvity and emotionality in pre- and neonatally X-
irradiated rats. Journal of Comparative and Phys-
iological Psychology, 51:541-545, 1958.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, ECHOLS, MAGILL, and OPEN-
SHAW, J. W.: Maze learning in pre- and neonatally
X-irradiated rats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 51:178-180, 1958.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, MURPHREE, R. L. PACE,
Henry B., and DEEs, JaMEs W.: Mating activ-
ity in fetally irradiated male swine and rats. Psy-
chological Report, 5:545-548, 1959.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, and TACKER, R. S.: Adjust-
ment to food deprivation cycles as a function of
age and prenatal X-irradiation. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 102:257-260, 1963.

FURCHTGOTT, ERNEST, and WECHKIN, STANLEY:
Avoidance conditioning as a function of prenatal
X-irradiation and” age. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:57-61, 1962.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, WECHKIN, S., and DEES, J.:
Open-field exploration as a function of age. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54:386-388, 1961.

FurcHTGOTT, ERNEST, WECHKIN, S., and ELDER,
R. F., Jr.: Motor performance in the rat as a
function of age and prenatal X-irradiation. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54:658-659, 1961.

MH-1065 (R01) KALLMANN, FraNz ].: Genetic
study of mentally defective twins. Columbia Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1956-58)

ALLEN, GORGON, and BAROFF, GEORGE S.: Mon-
goloid twins and their siblings. Acta Genetica et
Statistica Medica, 5:294-326, 1955.

151

ALLEN, GORGON, and KALLMANN, F. J.: Mongolism
in twin sibships. Acta Genetica et Statistica Med-
ica, 7:385-393, 1957.

ALLEN, G., KALLMANN, F. J., BAROFF, G. S., and
SANK, D.: Etiology of mental subnormality in
twins. In: Kallmann, F. J., ed. Expanding goals
of genetics in psychiatry. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1962, p- 174-191.

BAROFF, GEORGE S.: Bender-gestalt visuo-motor
function in mental deficiency. Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 61:753, 1957.

BAROFF, GEORGE S.: Patterns of discovery in the
genetics of mental deficiency (discussion). Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, 19(7) :38-39, 1958.

BAROFF, GEORGE S.: Current theories on the etiol-
ogy of mongolism. Eugenics Quarterly, 5(4):
212-215, 1958.

BAROFF, GEORGE S.: WISC patterning in endo-
genous mental deficiency. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 64(3):482-485, 1959.

SNYDERMAN, R. K., ROGERS, B. O., and ALLEN, G.:
Additional confirmation of rejection of reciprocal
skin homografts by dizygotic human twins. Trans-
plantation Bulletin, 3:93, 1956.

MH-1066 (R01) KouNIN, Jacos S., and Gump,
PauL V.: Leader handling of deviant behavior in
groups. Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich.
(1955-61)

Gump, P. V,, and KouNIN, J. S.: Issues raised by
ecological and classical research efforts. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
6:145-152, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-550).

Gump, P., and KouNIN, J.: Milieu influences in
children’s concepts of misconduct. Child Devel-
opment, 32:711-720, 1961.

Kounin, Jacos S., and Gump, PauL V.: The rip-
ple effect in discipline. Elementary School Jour-
nal, December: 158-162, 1958.

KouNIN, Jacos S., and Gump, PAauL V.: The com-
parative influence of punitive and nonpunitive
teachers upon childrens’ concepts of school mis-
conduct. Journal of Educational Psychology, 52
(1) :44-49, 1961.

Kounin, J., Gump, P., and RYAN, J.: Explorations

in classroom management. Journal of Teacher
Education, 12(2) :235-246, 1961.

MH-1074 (R01) ScHNEIDMAN, EpwiN S.: The
psychology of suicide. University of Southern
California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1955-58)

FarBEROW, N. L.: Personality patterns of suicidal
mental hospital patients. In: Welsh, G. S., and
Dahlstrom, W. G., eds. Basic Reading on the
MMPI. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota,
Press, 1956.
FarBerow, N. L., and SHNEDMAN, E. S.: At
tempted, threatened, and completed suicide. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 50(2):
230, 1955.

FarBEROW, NORMAN L., and SHNEIDMAN, EDWIN
S.: A Nisei woman attacks by suicide. In: Seward,
Georgene, ed. Clinical studies in culture conflict.
New York, Ronald Press, 1958, p. 335-358.

FarBerow, N. L., and SHNEIDMAN, E. S.: Suicide
and the police officer. Police, 2:51-55, 1958.

SHNEIDMAN, E. S.: Some logical, psychological and
ecological environments of suicide. California's
Health, 17:193-196, 1960.

SHNEIDMAN, EDWIN S.: Orientations toward death.
A vital aspect of the study of lives. In: White,
Robert W., ed. The study of lives. Essays on
personality in honor of Henry A. Murray. New
York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 200-227.

SHNEIDMAN, E. S., and FARBEROW, N. L.: Clues to
suicide. Public Health Reports, 71(2):109-114,
1956.

SHNEIDMAN, E. S., and FarBErOw, N. L. (ed.):
Clues to suicide. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1957,
227 p.

SHNEIDMAN, E. S., and FarBerOw, N. L.: Some
comparisons between genuine and simulated sui-
cide states. Journal of General Psychiatry, 56:
251-256, 1957.

SHNEIDMAN, E. S., and Farrow, N. L.: TAT
heroes of suicidal and non-suicidal subjects. Jour-
nal of Projective Techniques, 22:211-288, 1958.

SHNEIDMAN, EDpwIN S., and FARBEROW, NORMAN
L.: Suicide and death. In: Feifel, Herman, ed.
The meaning of death. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1959, p. 284-301

SHNEIDMAN, EDWIN S., and FARBEROW, NORMAN
L.: A socio-psychological investigation of suicide.
In: David, Henry P., ed. Perspectives in person-
ality research. New York, Basic Books, 1960.

MH-1075 (R01) BIBER, BARBARA, and DINNER-
STEIN, DoroTHY: The psychological impact of
school experience. Bank Street College of Educa-
tion, New York, N.Y. (1955-61)

BIBER, BARBARA: The implications for public edu-
cation of research in learning. In: New direc-
tions in learning. Summary of Proceedings of the
California Association of School Psychologists and
Psychometrists. . New York, Bank Street College
of Education, Publication No. 56, 1959.

BIBER, BARBARA: Integration of mental health prin-
ciples in the school setting. In: Caplan, Gerald,
ed. Prevention of mental disorders in children.
New York, Basic Books, 1961, p. 323-352. (Also
acknowledges MH-9135).

BIBER, BARBARA: Formal and informal measures of
thinking. In: Gottsegen, Monroe G., and Gottse-
gen, Gloria B., eds. Professional school psychol-
ogy. Vol. 2. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1963,
p. 18-35.

BosBITT, J. M.: Recent research in teacher training
in mental health. In: Ojemann, Ralph H., ed.
Recent research looking toward preventive inter-
vention. Iowa City, Iowa, State University of
Iowa, 1961.

Gussow, Z.: The observer-observed relationship as
information about structure in small-group re-
search. Psychiatry, 27:230-247, 1964.

KoHN, MARTIN, and BEKER, JEROME: Special
methodological consideration in conducting field
research in a school setting. Psychology in the
Schools, 1:31-46, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-9135).

MINUCHIN, PATRICIA: Sex-role concepts and sex typ-
ing in childhood as a function of school and home
environments. Child Development, 36(4):1033-
1048, 1965.

SHAPIRO, EDNA: Documenting modern and tradi-
tional school settings through classroom observa-
tions. In: Bellack, A., ed. Proceedings of Con-
ference on Research and Theory in Teaching.
New York, Teacher's College, Columbia Univer-
sity, 1963.

MH-1076 (R01) Grock, CHARLES Y., and LEN-
NARD, HENRY L.: Relevance of small group re-
search to therapy. Columbia University, New
York, N.Y. (1955-59)

HEenDIN, HELEN C., LENNARD, HENRY L., and
BERNSTEIN, ARNOLD: Psychotherapy as a system
of action. American Journal of Psychiatry, 117
(10):903-909, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
2882).

‘LENNARD, HENRY L.: Some aspects of the psycho-

152

therapy system. In: Strupp, H., and Luborsky,
L., eds. Research in psychotherapy. Washing-
ton, D.C.: American Psychological Association,
1962, p. 218-236. (Also acknowledges MH-
2882).

LENNARD, HENRY L., and BERNSTEIN, ARNOLD:
The anatomy of psychotherapy: Systems of com-
munication and expectation. New York, Colum-

bia University Press, 1960, 209 p. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2882).
LENNARD, HENRY L., CALOGERAS, Roy, and

HENDIN, HELEN: Some relationships between ver-
bal behaviour of therapist and patient in psycho-

therapy. Journal of Psychology, 43:181-186,
1957.
PALMORE, ERDMAN, LENNARD, HENRY L. and

HENDIN, HELEN: Similarities of therapist and
patient verbal behavior in psychotherapy. Soci-

ometry, 22(1):12-22, 1959.

MH-1078 (R01) MacKinNON, DoNALD W., and
Brock, Jack: Research in affective experience.
University of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1955-
59)

BLock, J.: Studies in the phenomenology of emo-
tions. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 54:358-363, 1957.

Brock, J.: A study of affective responsiveness in a
lie-detection situation. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 55:11-15, 1957.

Brock, J.: An unprofitable application of the se-
mantic differential. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 22:235-236, 1958.

Brock, J.: On the number of significant findings
to be expected by chance. Psychometrika, 25:369-
380, 1960.

Brock, J.: Ego identity, role variability, and adjust-
ment. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:392-
397, 1961.

BLOCK, JACK: Measurement dimensions in a palmar
resistance situation. Psychological Reports, 11:
319-331, 1962.

CHANG, J., and Brock, J.: A study of identification
in male homosexuals. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 24:307-310, 1960.

MH-1080 (R01) BowER, ROBERT T., and WALKER,

HARRY ].: Integration and social adjustment of
school children. American University, Washing-
ton, D.C. (1955-56)

WALKER, HARRY ]., and MENDELSOHN, HAROLD:
Theoretical and methodological considerations in a
case study of pupil adjustment in desegregation.
Public Opinion Quarterly, 21:406-409, 1957.

MH-1085 (R01) WHITEHORN, JoHN C.: Carbo-
hydrate metabolism in mental illness. Johns Hop-
kins University, Baltimore, Md. (1955-57)

CARLETON, JOHN L., GREKEN, STANLEY E., and
SCHULMAN, JEROME L.: Hypotensive reaction fol-
lowing the use of glucagon. A. M. A. Archives of
Internal Medicine, 99:817-818, 1957.

SCHULMAN, JEROME L., CARLETON, JoHN L,
WHITNEY, GLADYS, and WHITEHORN, JoHN C.:
Effect of glucagon on food intake and body weight
in man. Journal of Applied Physiology, 11:419-
421, 1957.

SCHULMAN, JEROME L., and GREBEN, STANLEY E.:
The effect of glucagon on the blood glucose level
and the clinical state in the presence of marked
insulin hypoglycemia. Journal of Clinical Investi-
gation, 36:74-80, 1957.

MH-1090 (R01) Leibowitz, HERSCHEL W.: An-
alytic studies of visual perception. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1955-60)

BeErMAN, P. W., and LeBowitz, H. W.: Some ef-
fects of contour on simultaneous brightness con-
trast. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 69(3):
251-256, 1965.

DeSora, C., and LEBowiTZ, H.: Perceptual organi-
zation and intelligence: A further study. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 53:334-337,
1956.

Dunn, B., and LemBowirz, H.: The effect of sepa-
ration between test and inducing fields on bright-
ness constancy. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
0gy, 61:505-507, 1961.

LeBowitz, H.: Relation between the Brunswick &
Thouless ratios and functional relations in experi-
mental investigations of perceived shape, size, and
brightness. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 6:65-68,
1956.

LeiBowiItz, H.: Uber die verschiedenen Mechanismen

der Sehgrossenkonstanz. Natiirwissenschaften, 24:
621, 1958.

LeBowitz, H.: Some visual illusions and the mech-
anisms of size perception. Acta Psychologica, 14:
844-845, 1961. (Proceedings of the 16th Annual
Conference of Psychology, 1960).

LemBowirz, H.: Apparent visual size as a function of
distance for mentally deficient subjects. American
Journal of Psychology, 74:98-100, 1961.

LeiBowITZ, HERSCHEL W.: Visual perception. New
York, Macmillan, 1965, 177 p. (Marx, Melvin
H., ed. The critical issues in psychology series.)

Lemsowirz, H., Bussey, T. and McGUIRE, P.:
Shape and size constancy in photographic repro-
ductions. Journal of the Optical Society of Amer-
ica, 47:658-661, 1957.

LeiBowitz, H., and CHINETTI, P.: Effect of re-
duced exposure duration on brightness constancy.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 54:49-53,
1957.

LeBowirz, H., CHINETTI, P., and Smbowski, J.:
Exposure duration as a variable in perceptual cons-
tancy. Science, 123:668-669, 1956.

LemBowirz, H., and HARTMAN, T.: Magnitude of
the moon illusion as a function of the age of the
observer. Science, 130:569-570, 1959; Reply to
Howland, 130:1365-1366, 1959; Reply to Church,
131:239, 1959; and Reply to Cohen, 131:694,
1959. .

LeiBowitz, H., and HEISEL, MARSEL: L’évaluation

de lillusion de Ponzo en fonction de I'age. Ar-
chives de Psychologie, 36:328-331, 1958.

Lemowirz, H. W., and PISHKIN, V.: Perceptual
size constancy in chronic schizophrenia. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 25:196-199, 1961.

153
LeBowitz, H., Waskow, I., LOEFFLER, N., and
GLASER, F.: Intelligence level as a variable in the
perception of shape. Quarterly Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 11:108-112, 1959.

PisHkIN, V., SmitH, T., and LeBowIirz, H.: The
influence of symbolic stimulus value on perceived
size in chronic schizophrenia. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 26:323-330, 1962,

Riess, BERNARD F., and BRANDT, LEwWIs W.: What
happens to applicants for psychotherapy? Com-
munity Mental Health Journal, 1(2):175-180,
1965.

ZEIGLER, H. P,, and LEmBowITZ, H.: Apparent vis-
ual size as a function of distance for children and
adults. American Journal of Psychology, 70:106-
109, 1957.

ZEIGLER, H. P., and LemBowirz, H.: A methodo-
logical study of “shape constancy” in the rhesus
monkey. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 51:155-160, 1958.

MH-1091 (R01) REESE, WiLLIAM G., DYKMAN,
Roscoe A., and GALBRECHT, CHARLES: Psycho-
physiology of conditioning and extinction. Uni-
versity of Arkansas, Little Rock, Ark. (1955- )

BoyLg, RoNnaLp H., DykMAN, Roscoe A., and
ACKERMAN, PEGGY T.: Relationships of resting
autonomic activity, motor impulsivity, and EEG
tracings in children. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 12:314-323, 1965.

Corson, S. A., Corson, E. O., DykMAN, R. A,
PETERS, J. E., REESE, W. G., and SEAGER, L. D.:
The nature of conditioned antidiuretic and elec-
trolyte retention responses. Acta Nervosa Supe-
rior, 4(3-4):359-381, 1962.

Corson, S. A., DykmaN, R. A., Corson, E. O.,
PETERS, J. E., SEAGER, L. D., and REESE, W. G.:
Conditioned reflex studies on renal function.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 17(1):30,
1958.

Corson, S. A., DykmaN, R. A., Corson, E. O.,
REeEsg, W. G., PETERS, J. E., and SEAGER, L. D.:
Electrolyte excretion during positive and negative
conditioned responses in dogs. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 18(1):31, 1959.

DykMAN, R. A., ACKERMAN, P. T., GALBRECHT,
C. R,, and REEsg, W. R.: Physiological reactivity
to stressors and methods of evaluation. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 25:37-59, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-6009).

DykmaN, R. A., Corson, S. A., Reese, W. G,,
and SEAGER, L. D.: Inhibition of urine flow as
a component of the conditional defense reaction.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:177-186, 1962.

DykMmaN, R. A, and Gantt, W. H.: The para-
sympathetic components of unlearned and acquired

154

cardiac responses. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 52:163-167, 1959.

DykMmaN, R. A., and GanTtT, W. H.: A case of
experimental neurosis and recovery in relation to
the orienting response. Journal of Psychology,
50:105-110, 1960.

DykMAN, R. A, Mack, R. L., and ACKERMAN,
P. T.: The evaluation of autonomic and motor
components of the nonavoidance conditioned re-
sponse in the dog. Psychophysiology, 1(3):209-
230, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-6009).

DykMAN, Roscoe A., MURPHREE, Oppist D., and
ACKERMAN, PEGGY T.: Litter patterns in the off-
spring of nervous and stable dogs: II. Autonomic
and motor conditioning. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 141 (4) :419-431, 1965.

DykMAN, R. A., REESE, W. G., and GALBRECHT,
C. R.: A method of studying psychological adap-
tation to novel signals. Psychiatric Research Re-
ports, 12:53-64, 1960.

DykMAN, R. A., REESE, W. G., GALBREcHT, C. R,,
and THOMASSON, P. J.: Psychophysiological reac-
tions to novel stimuli: Measurement, adaptation,
and relationship of psychological and physiologi-
cal variables in the normal human. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 79:43-107,
1959.

GALBRECHT, CHARLES R., and DYKMAN, ROSCOE
A.: On the scoring of heart rate: Reply to criti-
cisms. Psychophysiology, 2(1):42-46, 1965.

GALBRECHT, C. R., DykMAN, R. A., and PETERS,
J. E.: The effect of traumatic experiences on the
growth and behavior of the rat. Journal of Psy-
chology, 50:227-251, 1960.

GALBRECHT, CHARLES R., DYKMAN, ROSCOE A,
REESE, WiLLiaMm G., and Suzuki, TETSUKO:
Intrasession adaptation and intersession extinction
of the components of the orienting response.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70(6):585-
597, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-6009).

Mack, R. L., Davenport, O. L., and DYKMAN,
R. A.: Cardiovascular conditioning in dogs.
American Journal of Physiology, 201:437-439,
1961.

MURPHREE, OppisT D., and DYKMAN, ROSCOE A.:
Litter patterns in the offspring of nervous and
stable dogs. I. Behavioral tests. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 141(3):321-332,
1965.

PETERS, JOHN E. and FINCH, STEPHEN B.: Short
and long range effects on the rat of a fear-pro-
voking stimulus. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23:
138-152, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2564).

REESE, W. G., and DykmaN, R. A.: Conditional
cardiovascular reflexes in dogs and men. Physio-
logical Reviews, 40 (Suppl. 4):250-265, 1960.
Reese, W. G., DYkKMAN, R. A. and GALBRECHT,
C. R.: Psychophysiological reactions of “normals”
and psychiatric patients. Psychiatric Research Re-
ports, 14:91-103, 1961.

SiMON, M. D.: Body configuration and school readi-
ness. Child Development, 30:493-512, 1959.

WiLsoN, JaMEs W., and DykMmAN, R. A.: Back-
ground autonomic activity in medical students.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 53:405-411, 1960.

MH-1096 (R01) WHITING, JoHN W. M.: Devel-
opment of self-control in children. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1955- )

BrowN, JupitTH K.: Cross-cultural study of female
initiation rites. American Anthropologist, 65(4):
837-853, 1963.

BurTON, R. V., Maccosy, E. E., and ALLINSMITH,
W.: Antecedents of resistance to temptation in
four-year-old children. Child Development, 32:
689-711, 1961.

Burton, R. V., and WHITING, ].: The absent
father and cross-sex identity. ~~ Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly, 7(2):85-95, 1961.

D’ANDRADE, R. G.: Anthropological studies of
dreams. In: Hsu, F. L. K., ed. Psychological
anthropology. Homewood, Ill., The Dorsey Press,
1961, p. 296-352.

GRINDER, R. E.: Parental child rearing practices,
guilt and resistance to temptation of sixth grade

children. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 15:
399, 1960.
HEerzoG, JoHN D.: Deliberate instruction and

household structure. Harvard Educational Re-
view, 32(3) :302-342, 1962.

LeviN, H., and Sears, R. R.: Identification with
parents as a determinant of doll play aggression.
Child Development, 27:135-153, 1956. (Also
acknowledges MH-461).

MaccoBy, E. E.: Role-taking in childhood and its
consequences for social learning. Child Develop-
ment, 30:239-252, 1959.

SEARrs, R. R.: Transcultural variables and conceptual
equivalence. In: Kaplan, B., ed. Studying per-
sonality cross-culturally. Evanston, Ill, Row,
Peterson, 1961.

SEARS, R. R., MaccoBy, ELEANOR E., and LEVIN,
H.: Patterns of child rearing. Evanston, Ill., Row,
Peterson, 1957, 549 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
461 and MH-844).

SEARS, R. R., MaccoBy, ELEANOR E., and LEVIN,
H.: The socialization of aggression. In: Readings
in social psychology. New York, Henry Holt,
1958, p. 350-359.

‘WriGHT, H. F.: Observational child study.

155

STEPHENS, W. N.: A cross-cultural study of men-
strual taboos. Genetic Psychology Monographs,
64:385-416, 1961.

WHITING, B. B., ed.: Six cultures: Studies in child
rearing. New York, John Wiley, 1963, 1017 p.

WHITING, J. W. M.: Sorcery, sin, and the superego.
In: The Nebraska Symposium on Motivation.
Lincoln, Neb., University of Nebraska Press, 1959,
22 p.

WHITING, J. W. M.: Resource mediation and learn-
ing by identification. In: Iscoe, I., and Steven-
son, H., eds. Personality development in children.
Austin, University of Texas Press, 1960, p. 112-
127.

WHITING, J. W. M.: Totem and taboo: A re-evalu-
ation. In: Masserman, Jules H., ed. Psychoanaly-
sis and human values. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1960, p. 150-154.

WHITING, J. W. M.: The socialization process and
personality. In: Hsu, F. L. K., ed. Psychological
anthropology.  Holmwood, Ill, Dorsey Press,
1961, p. 355-380.

WHITING, J., KLUCKHOLN, R., and ANTHONY, A.:
The function of male initiation ceremonies at
puberty. In: Maccoby, Newcomb, and Hartley, eds.
Readings in social psychology. New York, Henry
Holt, 1958, p. 359-371.

WHITING, J., and WHITING, B.: Contributions of
anthropology to the methods of studying child

rearing. In: Mussen, P. H., ed. Handbook of
research methods in child development. New
York, John Wiley, 1960, p. 918-944.

MH-1098 (R01) WRriGHT, HERBERT F.: Chil-

dren’s behavior in communities differing in size.
University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (1955- )

BARKER, R. G., WRIGHT, H. F., BARKER, LOUISE
S., and SCHOGGEN, MAXINE: Specimen records
of American and English children. Lawrence,
Kansas, University of Kansas Press, 1961, 271 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-1513).

DEeeBLE, C. T., and WRIGHT, H. F.: Measures of
the child's acquaintance range outside his neigh-
borhood in communities differing in size. (Ab-
stract) American Psychologist, 13:328, 1958.

KerkMaN, D. H., and WriGHT, H. F.: Activity
settings and behavior of children at school in
communities differing in size. (Abstract) Ameri-
can Psychologist, 14:346, 1959.

KERMAN, D. H., and WriGHT, H. F.: A cinemato-
graphic study of classroom behavior patterns in
communities differing in size. (Abstract) Ameri-
can Psychologist, 16:362, 1961.

In:
Mussen, P. H., ed. Handbook of child psychol-
ogy. New York, John Wiley, 1960, p. 71-139.
WriGHT, H. F.: The city-town project: A study of
children in communities differing in size. Law-
rence, Kansas, Department of Psychology, Univer-
sity of Kansas, 1961, 201 p. (Processed)

WriGHT, H. F., DEEBLE, C. T., and RAGLE, D. M.:
Children’s acquaintance with neighborhood fami-
lies in communities differing in size. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 12:365, 1957.

WriGHT, H. F., and Wiest, W. M.: Children’s
miniature constructions of their communities as
habitat models in communities differing in size.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 13:328, 1958.

MH-1099 (R01) ZeamaAN, DAviD, FONDA,
CHARLES P., and Housk, BETTY J.: Learning and
transfer in mental defectives. University of Con-
necticut, Storrs, Conn. (1955- )

CAMPIONE, JOSEPH, HYMAN, LESTER, and ZEAMAN,
Davin: Dimensional shifts and reversals in re-
tardate discrimination learning. Journal of Ex-
perimental Child Psychology, 2(3):255-263, 1965.

DENEGRE, JosEPH: The effect on retardate discrimi-
nation learning of various stimuli associated with
reward. Journal of Experimental Child Psychol-
ogy, 3(1):74-82, 1966.

House, B. J.: Recalls versus trials as factors in
serial verbal learning of retardates. Psychological
Reports, 12:931-941, 1963.

Housg, B. ].: Discrimination learning without overt
response or reward in retardates. American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 68:734-740, 1964.

House, B. J.: The effect of distinctive responses on
discrimination reversals in retardates. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 69:79-85, 1964.

Housk, B. ]J.: Oddity performance in retardates:
I. Acquisition and transfer. Child Development,
35:635-643, 1964.

House, B. ]J.: Oddity performance in retardates:
II. Size discrimination functions from oddity and
verbal methods. Child Development, 35:645-
651, 1964.

House, B. J., OrrLaNDO, R., and ZEAMAN, D.:
Role of positive and negative cues in the discrimi-
nation learning of mental defectives. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 7:73-79, 1957.

Housk, B. J., SMITH, M., and ZEAMAN, D.: Verbal
learning and retention as a function of number
of lists in retardates. American Journal of Men-
tal Deficiency, 69:239-243, 1964.

Houskg, B. J., and ZEaMaN, D.: Visual discrimina-
tion learning in imbeciles. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 63:447-452, 1958.

House, B. J., and ZEaMAN, D.: A comparison of
discrimination learning in normal and mentally
defective children. Child Development, 29:411-
416, 1958.

156

Housg, B. J., and ZgaMmaAN, D.: Reward and non-
reward in the discrimination learning of imbe-
ciles. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 51:614-618, 1958.

Housg, B. J., and ZEAMAN, D.: Position discrimi-
nation and reversals in lowgrade retardates. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
52:564-565, 1959.

Hous, B. J., and ZEaMAN, D.: Visual discrimina-
tion learning and intelligence in defectives of low
mental age. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 65:51-58, 1960.

Housk, B. J., and ZEaMAN, D.: Transfer of a dis-
crimination from objects to patterns. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 59:298-302, 1960.

Housk, B. J., and ZAMAN, D.: Effects of practice
on the delayed response of retardates. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
223-229, 1961.

Hous, B. J., and ZEaMAN, D.: Reversal and non-
reversal shifts in the discrimination learning of
retardates. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
63:444-451, 1962.

Housk, B. J., and ZEaMAN, D.: Miniature experi-
ments in the discrimination learning of retardates.
In: Lipsitt, L. P., and Spiker, C. C., eds. Ad-
vances in child development and behavior. New
York, Academic Press, 1963.

House, B. J., and ZEAMAN, D.: Learning sets from
minimum stimuli in retardates. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:735-
739, 1963.

ScHOELKOPF, A. M., and OrLANDO, R.: Delayed
vs. immediate reinforcement in simultaneous dis-
crimination problems with mentally retarded chil-

dren. Poychological Record, 15:15-23, 1965.

Scott, K. G.: A programmer for discrimination
learning studies. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7:66, 1964.

Scott, K. G.: An apparatus for the automatic
presentation of color and form. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):205-
206, 1964.

Sepp, B. E.: Some cue properties of anticipated
rewards in discrimination learning of retardates.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 55:856-859, 1962.

ZEAMAN, D.: Skinner's theory of teaching machines.
In: Galanter, E., ed. Automated teaching. New
York, John Wiley & Sons, 1959, p. 167-176.

ZEAMAN, D.: Teaching machines. Grade Teacher,
78(1):39, 104, 106, 109, 111-112, 1960.

ZEAMAN, D., and House, B. J.: Discrimination
learning in retardates. Training School Bulletin,
56:62-67, 1959.
ZEAMAN, D., and House, B. J.: Approach and
avoidance in the discrimination learning of re-
tardates. Child Development, 33:355-372, 1962.

ZeAaMAN, D., and Housg, B. J.: Mongoloid MA is
proportional to log CA. Child Development, 33:
481-488, 1962.

ZEAMAN, D., and Housk, B. J.: An attention theory
of retardate discrimination learning. In: Ellis,
N. R., ed. Handbook in mental deficiency: Psy-
chological theory and research. New York, Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1963.

ZEAMAN, D., Housg, B. J., and ORLANDO, R.: Use
of special training conditions in visual discrimina-
tion learning with imbeciles. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 63:453-459, 1958.

MH-1103 (R01) RasmUsseN, A. F., Jr., BRILL,
NorMAN Q., and MARsH, JaMEs T.: Psychologi-
cal stress and resistance to diseases. University of
California, Berkeley, Calif. (1955-57)

JENSEN, M. M., and RasmMUSSEN, A. F.: Biphasic
changes in leukocyte counts and in susceptibility
to vesicular stomatitis virus in sound-stressed mice.
Bacteriological Proceedings of the American So-
ciety of Microbiology, 1962, p. 149.

JENSEN, M. M., and RASMUSSEN, A. F.: Stress and
susceptibility to viral infection. I. Response of
adrenals, liver, thymus, spleen and peripheral leu-
cocyte counts to sound stress. Journal of Immu-
nology, 90:17-20, 1963.

JENSEN, M. M., and RASMUSSEN, A. F.: Stress and
susceptibility to viral infection. II. Sound stress
and susceptibility to visicular stomatitis virus.
Journal of Immunology, 90:21-23, 1963.

JoHNssoN, T., LAVENDER, J. F., Hurtin, E., and
RAsMUSSEN, A. F., Jr.: The influence of avoid-
ance-learning stress on resistance to Coxsackie B
virus in mice. Journal of Immunology, 91:569-
575, 1963.

MARsH, J. T., LAVENDER, J. F., CHANG, S. S., and
RAsMUSSEN, A. F.: Poliomyelitis in monkeys:
Decreased susceptibility after avoidance stress.
Science, 140:1414-1415, 1963.

MarsH, J. T., and RAsMUSsSEN, A. F., Jr.: Effects
of exposure to fear producing stressors on mouse
organ weights and leucocyte counts. Federation
Proceedings, 18:583, 1959.

MARsH, J. T., and RASMUSSEN, A. F., Jr.: Response
of adrenals, thymus, spleen and leucocytes to shut-
tle box and confinement stress. Proceedings of
the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
104:180-183, 1960.

RAsmMUSSEN, A. F., Jr.: Emotional stress and sus-
ceptibiltiy to infectious and allergic diseases. Jour-
nal of the Formosan Medical Association, 59:1331~
1338, 1960.

RasMUSSEN, A. F., HIiLDEMANN, W. H., and
SELLERS, M. I.: Malignancy of polyoma virus in
relation to stress. Journal of the National Can-
cer Institute, 30:101-112, 1963.

RASMUSSEN, A. F., JrR.,, MARsH, J. T., and BRILL,
N. Q.: Increased susceptibility to herpes simplex
in mice subjected to avoidance-learning stress or
restraint. Proceedings of Society for Experimental
Biology and Medicine, 96:183-189, 1957.

TREADWELL, P. E., and RASMUSSEN, A. F., Jr.:
Passive anaphylaxis in mice with homologous anti-
serum. II. Reaction due to circulating and tis-
sue antibody. Journal of Immunology, 89:775-
781, 1962.

TrReEaDWELL, P. E., and RAsMUSSEN, A. F., Jr.:
Passive anaphylaxis in mice with homologous anti-
serum. III. Strain susceptibility and modification
with prior antigen-antibody reactions. Journal of
Immunology, 91:859-865, 1963.

TrReaDWELL, P. E., Rasmussen, A. F., Jr., and
WEIMER, H. E.: Passive anaphylaxis in the mouse
due to homologous antiserum-antigen complexes:
The occurrence of a heat labile factor. (Abstract)
Bacteriological Proceedings, p. 73, 1959.

TREADWELL, P. E., Wistar, R., and RASMUSSEN,
A. F., Jr.: Passive anaphylaxis in mice with homo-
logous antiserum. I. Some quantitative aspects.
Journal of Immunology, 84:539-544, 1960.

TREADWELL, P. E., WisTAR, R., RASMUSSEN, A. F.,
Jr., and MARsH, J. T.: The effects of acute stress
on the susceptibility of mice to passive anaphylaxis.
Federation Proceedings, 18:602, 1959.

WISTAR, R., JR., TREADWELL, P. E., and RASMUSSEN,
A. F., Jr.: The role of the reticuloendothelial sys-
tem in mouse anaphylaxis as tested with homo-
logous antibody-antigen complexes. Journal of
Experimental Medicine, 111:631-641, 1960.

MH-1106 (R01) WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Men-
tal health aspects of cultism. Eastern Pennsylvania
Psychiatric Institute, Philadelphia, Pa. (1955-
58) (Continued from MH-883).

WaLLAcE, A. F. C.: Stress and rapid personality
changes. International Record of Medicine and
General Practice Clinics, 169:761-774, 1956.
(Also acknowledges MH-883).

WALLACE, A. F. C.: New religions among the Dela-
ware Indians, 1600-1900. Southwestern Journal
of Anthropology, 12:1-21, 1956. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-883).

WALLACE, A. F. C.: Mazeway resynthesis: A bio-
cultural theory of religious inspiration. Trans-
actions of the New York Academy of Science, 18
(Series IT) : 626-638, 1956. (Also acknowledges
MH-883).

157
WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: The Dekanawidah myth
analyzed as the record of a revitalization move-
ment. Ethnohistory, 5:118-130, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Cultural determinants
of response to hallucinatory experience. A. M. A.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:58-69, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: The institutionaliza-
tion of cathartic and control strategies in Iroquois
religious psychotherapy. In: Opler, Marvin K.,
ed. Culture and mental health. New York,
MacMillan, 1959, p. 63-96. (Also acknowledges
MH-883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Towards a classification
of cult movements: Some further contributions.
Man, 59:25-26, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Schools in revolution-
ary and conservative societies. In: Gruber, Fred-
erick C., ed. Anthropology and education. Phila-
delphia, University of Pennsylvania, 1961, p. 25-
54. (Also acknowledges MH-883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Cultural comopsition of
the Handsome Lake religion. In: Fenton, W. N.,
and Gulick, John, eds. Symposium on Cherokee
and Iroquois culture. Washington, D.C., Bureau
of American Ethnology, 1961, p. 139-151. (Bul-
letin 180). (Also acknowledges MH-883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Cultural revitalization:
A function of religion in human history and evo-
lution. Boston, Institute for Religion in an Age
of Science, 1962, 24 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Mass hysteria. In:
Deutsch, Albert, ed. Encyclopedia of mental
health. New York, Franklin Watts, 1963, p. 990-
997. (Also acknowledges MH-883).

WALLACE, ANTHONY F. C.: Exporting the Ameri-
can idea: Quaker technology and the Senecas.
Saturday Review, April, 1963, p. 54-56. (Also
acknowledges MH-883).

MH-1107 (R01) SasLow, GEORGE, and MATA-
RAZZO, JOSEPH D.: Measurement of human inter-
action. Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston,
Mass. (1955-57) (Continued as MH-1938).

KANFER, F. H. PHILLIPS, JEANNE S., MATARAZZO,
J. D., and SasLow, G.: Experimental modifica-
tion of interviewer content in standardized inter-
views. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24:528-
536, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

MaATARAZZO, J. D.: Prescribed behavior therapy:
Suggestions from interview research. In: Bach-
rach, A. J., ed. Experimental foundations of clin-
ical psychology. New York, Basic Books, 1962,

158

p. 471-509.
MH-1938).

MATARAZZO, |. D., and SasLow, G.: Differences in
interview interaction behavior among normal and
deviant groups. In: Berg, I. A., and Bass, B. M,,
eds. Conformity and deviation. New York,
Harper & Bros, 1961, p. 286-327. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1938).

(Also acknowledges MH-735 and

MATARAZZO, |. D., SasLow, G., and Guzg, S. B.:
Stability of interaction patterns during interviews:
A replication. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
20:267-274, 1956.

MaATARAZZO, J. D., SasLow, G., and MATARAZZO,
RutH G.: The interaction chronograph as an in-
strument for objective measurement of interaction
patterns during interviews. Journal of Psychology,
41:347-367, 1956

MaATARAZZO, J. D., SasLow, G., and HARE, A. P.:
Factor analysis of interview interaction behavior.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 22:419-429,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

MATARAZZO, J. D., SAsLow, G., MATARAZZO, RUTH
G., and PHILLIPS, JEANNE S.: Stability and modi-
fiability of personality patterns manifested during
a standardized interview. In: Hoch, P. S., and
Zubin, J., eds. Psychopathology of communica-
tion. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1958, p. 98-
125. (Also acknoweldges MH-1938).

MATARAZZO, |. D., SasLow, G., and PARES, E. N.:
Verbal conditioning of two response classes: Some
methodological considerations. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 61:190-206, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1938).

MATARAZZO, J. D., WEITMAN, M., and SAsSLOW,
G.: Interview content and interviewee speech dura-
tions. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 19(4) :463-
472, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

Matarazzo, J. D., WEITMAN, M., SasLow, G.,
and WIENS, A. N.: Interviewer influence on
durations of interviewee speech. Journal of Ver-
bal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 1(6):451-
458, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

MATARAZZO, RUTH G., MATARAZZO, J. D., SAsLOW,
G., and PHILLIPS, JEANNE S.: Psychological test
and organismic correlates of interview interaction
behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 56(3):329-338, 1958. (Also acknowl
edges MH-1938).

PHILLIPS, JEANNE S., MATARAZZO, J. D., MATA-
RAZZO, RUTH G., and SasLow, G.: Observer re-
liability of interaction patterns during interviews.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21:269-275,
1957. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

SasLow, G., HARE, A. P., WAXLER, NANCY, and
MATARAZZO, J. D.: Simultaneous recording of
Dales and Chapple interaction measures during
initial psychiatric interviews.
ing Psychology, 24(2):193, 1960.
knowledges MH-1938).

SasLow, G., MATARAZZO, J. D., PHILLIPS, JEANNE
S., and MATARAZZO, RUTH G.: Test-retest sta-
bility of interaction patterns during interviews
conducted one week apart. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 54(3):295-302, 1957.
(Also acknowledges MH-1938).

SasLow, GEORGE, and MATARAZZO, JOSEPH D.: A
technique for studying changes in interview be-
havior. In: Strupp, H. H., and Luborsky, L., eds.
Research in psychotherapy. Washington, D.C,
American Psychological Association, 1959, p. 125-
159. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

Journal of Consult-
(Also ac-

SasLow, G., MATARAzZO, J. D., and Hess, H. F.:
Frequency and duration characteristics of speech
and silence behavior during interviews. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 18:416-426, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-1938).

MH-1115 (R01) HowrMmEs, THoMmAs H.: Psycho-
social studies in the natural history of TB. Uni-
versity of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1955-57)

Harr, J. E., Jackson, J. K., and HoLmEs, T. H.:
A medical and psychosocial study of tuberculous
patients who relapse to infectious sputum during
hospitalization. (Abstract) Clinical Research, 7:
74, 1959.

HAWKINS, NORMAN G., and JACKSON, JoaN K.:
Scale analysis and the prediction of life processes.
American Sociological Review, 22:579-581, 1957.

Jackson, Joan K.: The adjustment of the family
to alcoholism. Marriage and Family Living, 18
(4) :361-369, 1956.

Jackson, Joan K.: The problems of the alcoholic
tuberculous patient. In: Sparer, Phineas J., ed.
Personality stress and tuberculosis. No. 30. New
York, International Universities Press, 1956, p.
504-538.

Jackson, JoaN K.: Some aspects of the sanatorium
adjustment difficulties of white, male skid road al-
coholic tuberculous patients, No. 31. In: Sparer,
Phineas J., ed. Personality stress and tuberculosis.
New York, International Universities Press, 1956,
p. 539-573.

Jackson, JoaN K.: The definition and measurement
of alcoholism: H-technique scales of preoccupa-
tion with alcohol and psychological involvement.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 18:240-
262, 1957.

Jackson, Joan K.: H-technique scales of preoccu-
pation with alcohol and of psychological involve-
ment in alcoholics: Time order of symptoms.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 18:451-
467, 1957.

Jackson, JoaN K.: Some characteristics of tubercu-
lous alcoholics. In: Selected papers from public
health. New York, National Tuberculosis Asso-
ciation, 1957.

Jackson, JoaN K.: Alcoholism and the family.
Annals of the American Academy of Political and
Social Science, 315:90-98, 1958.

Jackson, JoaN K.: Types of drinking patterns of
male alcoholics. Quarterly Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 19:269-302, 1958.

Jackson, Joan K.: Common denominators in al-
coholism and tuberculosis: A social science view.
In: The alcoholic tuberculous patient and the
community. Glendale, Md., Glen Dale Hospital,
1959, p. 33-52.

Jackson, Joan K.: Communication is important.
American Journal of Nursing, 59:90-93, 1959.

Jackson, Joan K.: Considerations in setting up
treatment programs for alcoholics in tuberculosis
hospitals. In: Proceedings of the North Ameri-
can Association for Alcoholism Programs. West
Harwich-by-the-Sea, Mass., North American Asso-
ciation for Alcoholism, 1960, p. 21-37.

Jackson, JoaN K., and FErcus, EmiLy B.: The
tuberculous alcoholic before and during hospitali-
zation. American Review of Tubercular and Pul-
monary Diseases, 79:659-662, 1959.

Jackson, Joan K., and HoLmes, THOMAS H.: Al-
coholism and tuberculosis. Human Organization,
16:40-43, 1958. Also in: Apple, Dorrian, ed.
Sociological studies of health and sickness. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1959, p. 179-185.

Kogan, KATE L., and JacksoN, JoaN K.: Attitudes
towards self and others in the sanatorium: Al-
coholic and non-alcoholic. American Review of
Respiratory Diseases, 82:542-550, 1960.

KocaN, KATE L., and JACKSON, JoaN K.: Self con-
cepts of tuberculous and non-tuberculous alcohol-
ics. American Review of Respiratory Diseases, 84:
407-413, 1961.

MH-1118 (RO1) SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M.: Psy-
chiatric adaptation to cancer and its treatment.
Sloan Kettering Institute for Cancer Research,
New York, N.Y. (1956-59)

BarDp, M.: Implications of analytic psychotherapy
with the physically ill. American Journal of Psy-
chotherapy, 13:860-871, 1959.

BARD, M.: Psychological reactions to oral cancer.
Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology,
12:922-928, 1959.

Barp, M., and DyK, RuTH B.: The psychodynamic
significance of beliefs regarding the cause of seri-
ous illness. Psychoanalytic Review, 43:146-162,
1956.

159
BARD, MORTON, and WAXENBERG, SHELDON E.:
Relationship of Cornell Medical Index responses
to postsurgical invalidism. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 13:151-153, 1957.

DRELLICH, MARVIN G., BIEBER, IRVING, and SUTH-
ERLAND, ARTHUR M.: The psychological impact
of cancer and cancer surgery. VI. Adaptation to
hysterectomy. Cancer, 9:1120-1126, 1956.

OrBACH, C. E., BARD, M., and SUTHERLAND, A. M.:
Fears and defensive adaptations associated with
loss of anal sphincter control. Psychoanalytic Re-
view, 44:121-175, 1957.

SCHON, MARTHA: Hypothyroidism. A psychoendo-
crinological evaluation. Psychosomatics, 5:203-
212, 1964.

SCHON, MARTHA, and SUTHERLAND, A. M.: The
role of hormones in human behavior. IIL
Changes in female sexuality after hypophysectomy.
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism,
20:833-841, 1960.

SCHON, MARTHA, and SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M.:
The relationship of pituitary hormones to sexual
behavior in women. In: Advances in sex research.
New York, Hocber-Harper, 1963, p. 33-47. (Also
acknowledges MH-884).

SCHON, MARTHA, SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M., and
RAWSON, RULON W.: Hormones and neuroses—
the psychological effects of thyroid deficiency. In:
Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psychi-
atry. Montreal, University of Toronto Press/
McGill University Press, 1962, p. 835-839.

SCHON, MARTHA, and WAXENBERG, SHELDON E.:
Effect of hypophysectomy on Bender-Gestalt test
performance. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14:
299-302, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-884).

WAXENBERG, SHELDON E.: Some biological corre-
latives of sexual behavior. In: Winokur, G., ed.
Determinants of human sexual behavior. Spring-
field, Illinois, C. C. Thomas, 1963, p. 52-75.
(Also acknowledges MH-884).

WAXENBERG, SHELDON E., DRELLICH, MARVIN G.,
and SUTHERLAND, ARTHUR M.: The role of hor-
mones in human behavior. I. Changes in female
sexuality after adrenalectomy. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinology and Metabolism, 19:193-202, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-884).

WAXENBERG, S. E., FINKBEINER, J. A., DRELLICH,
M. G., and SUTHERLAND, A. M.: The role of
hormones in human behavior. II. Changes in
sexual behavior in relation to vaginal smears of
breast cancer patients after oophorectomy and
adrenalectomy. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:435-
442, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-884).

MH-1121 (R01) GOLDSTONE, SANFORD, and
LHAMON, WILLIAM T.: Time sense in normal and

psychopathologic states. Baylor University, Hous-

ton, Texas. (1956- )

BAER, P. E., WukascH, D. C., and GOLDSTONE, S.:
Time judgment and level of aspiration. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 16(3):648, 1963.

BoarpMmAN, W. K.: Constancy of absolute judg-
ments of size by normals and schizophrenics. Jowur-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:346-
349, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5998).

BoarbmaN, W. K., Aldrich, R. C., REINER, M. L,,
and GOLDSTONE, S.: The effects of anchors on
apparent length. Journal of General Psychology,
61:45-49, 1959.

BoarpMmAN, W. K., and GoLDSTONE, S.: Effects of
subliminal anchors upon judgments of size. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 14:475-482, 1962.

BoarbmAN, W. K., GOLDSTONE, S., and LHAMON,
W. T.. Effects of lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD) on the time sense of normals. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 78:321-324, 1957.

BoarbpMmAN, W. K., GOLDSTONE, S., REINER, M. L.,
and FATHAUER, W. F.: Anchor effects, spatial
judgments, and schizophrenia. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 65:273-276, 1962.

GOLDFARB, J. L., and GOLDSTONE, S.: Time judg-
ment: A comparison of filled and unfilled dura-
tions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:376, 1963.

GOLDFARB, J. L., and GOLDSTONE, S.: Propriocep-
tive involvement, psychophysical method and tem-
poral judgment. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:
286, 1963.

GOLDFARB, J. L., and GOLDSTONE, S.: Properties of
sound and the auditory-visual difference in time
judgment. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:606,
1964.

GOLDSTONE, S.: Psychophysics, reality and halluci-
nations. In: West, L. J., ed. Hallucinations.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962, p. 261-274.

GOLDSTONE, S., BoARDMAN, W. K., and LHAMON,
W. T.: The time sense: Differential effect of
secobarbital, dextro-amphetamine and placebo upon
apparent time. (Abstract) American Psychologist,
12:360, 1957.

GOLDSTONE, S., BOARDMAN, W. K., and LHAMON,
W. T.: Effect of quinal barbitone, dextro-amphe-
tamine, and placebo on apparent time. British
Journal of Psychology, 49:324-328, 1958.

GOLDSTONE, S., BoARDMAN, W. K., and LHAMON,
W. T.: Kinesthetic cues in the development of
time concepts. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
93:185-190, 1958.

GOLDSTONE, S., BOARDMAN, W. K., and LHAMON,
W. T.: Intersensory comparisons of temporal
judgments. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
57:243-248, 1959.

160
GOLDSTONE, SANFORD, BoARDMAN, WiLLiaM K.,
LHAMON, WiLLiaM T., FasoN, Frep L., and
JERNIGAN, CLARENCE: Sociometric status and ap-
patent duration. Journal of Sociological Psychol-
0gy, 61:303-310, 1963.

GOLDSTONE, S., and GOLDFARB, J. L.: Time esti-
mation and psychopathology. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 15(1):28, 1962.

GOLDSTONE, S., and GOLDFARB, J. L.: Judgment
of filled and unfilled durations: Intersensory fac-
tors. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:763-774,
1963.

GOLDSTONE, S., and GOLDFARB, J. L.: Direct com-
parison of auditory and visual durations. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 67:483-485, 1964.

GOLDSTONE, S., and GOLDFARB, J. L.: Auditory and
visual time judgments. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 70:369-387, 1964.

GOLDSTONE, S., and GOLDFARB, J. L.: Adaptation
level, personality theory, and psychopathology.
Psychological Bulletin, 61:176-187, 1964.

GOLDSTONE, S., GOLDFARB, J., STRONG, J., and
RusseLL, J.: Replication: Effect of subliminal
shock upon judged intensity of weak shock. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 14:222, 1962.

GOLDSTONE, S., JERNIGAN, C., LHAMON, W. T.,
and BoARDMAN, W. K.: A further note on inter-
sensory differences in temporal judgment. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 9:252, 1959.

GOLDSTONE, S., LHAMON, W. T., and BOARDMAN,
W. K.: The time sense: Anchor effects and ap-
parent duration. Journal of Psychology, 44:145-
153, 1957.

KENNETT, J. R.: Influence of subliminal stimuli on
comparative judgments of length. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 14:383-389, 1962.

KIRKHAM, J., GOLDSTONE, S., LHamoN, W. T,
BoarpMAN, W. K. and GorpfFars, J. L.: Ef-
fects of alcohol on apparent duration. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 14:318, 1962.

KLEBER, R. J., LHAMON, W. T., and GOLDSTONE,
S.: Hyperthermia, hyperthyroidism, and time judg-
ment. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 56:362-365, 1963.

LuamoN, W. T., EDELBERG, R., and GOLDSTONE,
S.: A comparison of tactile and auditory time
judgment. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:366,
1962.

LuamoN, W. T., and GOLDSTONE, S.: The time
sense: estimation of one second durations by
schizophrenic patients. Archives of Neurology
and Psychiatry, 76:625-629, 1956.

SMYTHE, E. J., and GOLDSTONE, S.: The time sense:
A normative genetic study of the development of

1

161

time perception.
7:49-59, 1957.

WEBSTER, F. R., GOLDSTONE, S., and WEBB, W. W.:
Time judgment and schizophrenia: Psychophysical
method as a relevant contextual factor. Journal of
Psychology, 54:159-164, 1962.

Perceptual and Motor Skills,

WEINSTEIN, A. D., GOLDSTONE, S., and BOARD-
MAN, W. K.: The effect of recent and remote
frames of reference on temporal judgments of
schizophrenic patients. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psycholdgy, 57:241-244, 1958.

WRIGHT, D. ]., GOLDSTONE, S., and BOARDMAN,
W. K.: Intersensory comparisons of temporal
judgments by schizophrenic and healthy subjects.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 14:404, 1959.

WRIGHT, D. J., GOLDSTONE, S., and BOARDMAN,
W. K.: Time judgment and schizophrenia: Step
interval as a relevant contextual factor. Journal
of Psychology, 54:33-38, 1962.

WRIGHT, D. J., GOLDSTONE, S., BOARDMAN, W. K.,
and LHAMON, W. T.: The time sense: Differen-
tial effects of series determined anchors on schizo-
phrenics and normals. (Abstract) American Psy-
chologist, 13:357, 1958.

MH-1128 (R01) GrANICK, SAMUEL: Usefulness
of the blacky pictures for children. St. Christo-
pher’s Hospital for Children, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1956-57)

GRANICK, SAMUEL: Comparative performance of
normal and psychoneurotic children on the Draw-
A-Person test. Journal of Germantown Hospital,
4:17-22, 1963.

GRANICK, SAMUEL, and SCHEFLEN, NORMA A.:
Approaches to reliability of projective tests with
special reference to the Blacky Pictures Test.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 22:137-141,
1958.

MH-1132 (R01) FisHER, JEROME: Relation of
physical disease to body-object cathexis. Stanford
University, San Francisco, Calif. (1955-58)

DaHLsTROM, W. G., and WELSH, G. S.: An MMPI
handbook. Minneapolis, University of Minnesota
Press, 1960, 559 p.

EicHMAN, W. J.: Replicated factors on MMPI with
female NP patients. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 25:55-60, 1961.

FISHER, J.: Some MMPI dimensions of physical and
psychological illness. Journal of Clinical Psy-
chology, 22:369-375, 1964.

LINGOES, J. C.: MMPI factors of the Harris and
Wiener subscales. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 24:74-83, 1960.
Lirtig, K. B., and FISHER, J.: Two new experimen-
tal scales of the MMPI. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 22:305-306, 1958.

MH-1133 (R01) Hirr, WiLLiam F.: Study of
therapy group through stimulated recall. Utah
State Hospital, Provo, Utah. (1955-61)

HiLr, WiLLiaM F.: Analysis of interviews with
practicing group therapists. Provo Papers, 1(1):
25-39, 1957.

HLL, WiLLiam F.: Collected papers in group psy-
chotherapy. Provo, Utah, Utah State Hospital,
1961, 106 p.

HiLr, WiLLiaM F.: Hill interaction matrix. Salt
Lake City, Utah, Dye, Smith & Co., 1962, 106 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-622).

Hi, WiLLiAM F., CASTORE, GEORGE, and LAKE,
R. A.: Measurement of a therapeutic group by a
scale of communication complexity. Provo Papers,
3(1):1-20, 1959.

Hire, WiLLiam F., HowerLr, R. J., LIEBRODER,
M. N,, Long, L. D., and MorriLL, R. D.: Evalu-
ation of modified remotivation therapy with long-
term patients using attendants as therapists. Provo
Papers, 3(4), 1959.

MH-1136 (R01) KRONHAUSEN, EBERHARD W.:
The therapeutic family. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1956-57)

KrRONHOUSEN, E. W., and KRONHOUSEN, PHYLLIS
E.: Family milieu therapy. Psychoanalysis, 5(3):
45-62, 1957.

KroONHOUSEN, E. W., and KRONHOUSEN, PHYLLIS:
The therapeutic family: The family’s role in emo-
tional disturbance and rehabilitation. Marriage
and Family Living, 21:29-40, 1959.

MH-1137 (RO1) TYLER, FORREST B., RAFFERTY,
JANET, and TYLER, BONNIE: Development of be-
havior patterns in children. Southern Illinois
University, Carbondale, Ill. (1956-60)

RAFFERTY, JANET, E., TYLER, BONNIE B. and
TyLER, F. B.: Personality assessment from free
play observations. Child Development, 31:807-
815, 1960.

Tyrer, F. B.: A conceptual model for assessing
parent-child motivations. Child Development,
31:691-702, 1960.

Tyrer, F. B., RAFFERTY, JANET E., and TYLER,
BonNIE B.: Relationships among motivations of
parents and their children. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 101:69-81, 1962.

TyLER, F. B., TYLER, BONNIE B., and RAFFERTY,
JANET E.: Need value and expectancy interrela-
tionships as assessed from motivational patterns

162

of parents and their children. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 25(4):304-311, 1961.

Tyrer, F. B., TYLER, BONNIE B., and RAFFERTY,
Jaxer E.: A threshold conception of need value.
sychological Monographs, 76(11):1-28, 1962.

Tyrer, F. B., and WHISENHUNT, J. W.: Motiva-
tional changes during preschool attendance. Child
Development, 33:427-442, 1962.

MH-1140 (R01) MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Epide-
miological studies of mental disease. New York
State Department of Mental Hygiene, Albany,
N.Y. (1956-61)

Lazarus, JupiTH, LOCKE, BEN Z., and THOMAS,
DoroTHY S.: Migration differentials in mental
disease. State patterns in first admissions to men-
tal hospitals for all disorders and for schizophre-
nia, New York, Ohio and California, as of 1950.
Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 41:25-42,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5375).

Leg, E. S.: Socio-economic and migration differen-
tials in mental disease, New York State, 1949-
1951. Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 41:
249-268, 1963.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Cohort studies of mental
disease in New York State, 1943-1949. New
York, National Association for Mental Health,
1958, 113 p. (Also acknowledges MH-188).

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Important statistical data
about mental illness. In: Ariet, Silvano, ed.
American handbook of psychiatry. New York,
Basic Books, 1959, p. 161-174.

MALZBERG, B.: A statistical study of five admissions
with psychoneurosis in New York State, 1949-
1951. American Journal of Psychiatry, 116(2):
152-157, 1959.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Demographic aspects of
general paresis. Mental Hygiene, 43(1):115-
135, 1959.

MaLzBERG, B.: The alcoholic psychoses. Demo-
graphic aspects at midcentury in New York State.
New Haven, Conn., Yale Center of Alcohol
Studies, 1960, 46 p.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among Jews
in New York State. New York, Intercontinental
Medical Book Corp., 1960, 140 p.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Discussion of aging and
mental behavior. In: Hoch, P., and Zubin, J,
eds. Psychopathology of aging. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 100-103.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among Nor-
wegian-born and native-born of Norwegian parent-

age in New York State, 1949-1951. Acta Psy-
chiatrica Scandinavica, 38:48-75, 1962.
MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among

Swedish-born and native-born of Swedish parent-
age in New York State, 1949-1951.
chiatrica Scandinavica, 38:79-107, 1962.

Acta Psy-

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: The distribution of mental
disease according to religious affiliation in New
York State, 1949-1951. Mental Hygiene, 46(4):
510-522, 1962.

MALZBERG, B.: The frequency of mental disease:
A study of trends in New York State. Acta Psy-
chiatrica Scandinavica, 39:19-30, 1963.

MALZBERG, B.: Mental disorders in the United
States. In: Deutsch, Albert, ed. Encyclopedia
of mental health. Vol. 3. New York, F. Watts,
1963, p. 1051-1066.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among
Irish-born and native whites of Irish parentage
in New York State, 1949-1951. Mental Hygiene,
47:12-42, 1963.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among Ital-
ian-born and native whites of Italian parentage
in New York State, 1949-1951. Mental Hygiene,
47:300-332, 1963.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among
Polish-born and native whites of Polish-born par-
entage in New York State, 1949-1951. Mental
Hygiene, 47:421-451, 1963.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among Rus-
sian-born and native-born of Russian born parent-

age in New York State, 1949-1951. Mental
Hygiene, 47:649-678, 1963.
MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among

foreign-born in Canada, 1950-1952, in relation
to period of immigration. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 120(10):971-973, 1964. Also ac-
knowledges MH-4486).

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among Eng-
lish-born and native whites of English parents in
New York State, 1949-1951. Mental Hygiene,
48:32-54, 1964.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among
German-born and native whites of German par-
entage in New York State, 1949-1951. Mental
Hygiene, 48:295-317, 1964.

MALZBERG, B.: Mental disease among native and
foreign-born whites in New York State, 1949-
1951. Mental Hygiene, 48:478-499, 1964.

MALZBERG, B.: Mental disease among native whites
in New York State, 1949-1951, classified accord-
ing to parentage. Mental Hygiene, 48:517-536,
1964.

THoMAs, DorOTHY S., and LOCKE, BEN Z.: Marital
status, education and occupational differentials in
mental disease. State patterns in first admissions
to mental hospitals for all disorders and for
schizophrenia, New York, and Ohio as of 1950.
Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 41(2): 145-
160, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5375).

163

MH-1151 (R01) Wirt, RoBERT D.: Follow-up
study of personal and social adjustment. Univer-
sity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1956-58)

BriGas, P. F., and WirT, R. D.: Intra-Q deck rela-
tionships as influences and realities in personality
assessment. Journal of Consulting Pychology, 24:
61-66, 1960.

Brices, P. F., Wirt, R. D., and JoHNSON, R.: An
application of prediction tables for delinquency.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:46-50,
1961.

BricGs, P. F., Wirt, R. D., and JoHNsoN, R.:
Achievement among delinquency prone adoles-
cents. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 18:305-
309, 1962.

Wirt, R. C., and Brices, P. F.: Personality and
environmental factors in the development of de-
linquency. Psychological Monographs, 73(15):
1-47, 1959. (Whole No. 485).

WirT, R. D., and Bricés, P. F.: The validity of ten
of the Gluecks’ predictors. Journal of Criminol-
ogy, Criminal Law, and Police Science, 50:478-
479, 1960.

MH-1158 (R01) SpRIESTERSBACH, D. C.: Psycho-
social aspects of cleft palate problem. State Uni-
versity of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1955-64)

GoopsTEIN, L. R.: MMPI differences between par-
ents of children with cleft palates and parents of
physically normal children. Journal of Speech
and Hearing Research, 3:31-38, 1960.

GooDsTEIN, L. R.: Personality test differences in
parents of children with cleft palates. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 3:39-43, 1960.

GoODSTEIN, L.: Intellectual impairment in children
with cleft palates. Journal of Speech and Hear-
ing Research, 4:287-294, 1961.

Harpy, J. C., REMBoOLT, R. R., SPRIESTERSBACH,
D. C.,, and JayApPAaTHY, B.: Surgical management
of palatal paresis and speech problems in cerebral
palsy: A preliminary report. Journal of Speech
and Hearing Disorders, 26:320-325, 1961.

JOHNSON, WENDELL, DARLEY, FREDERIC L., and
SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C.: Diagnostic methods in
speech pathology. New York, Harper & Row,
1963, 347 p.

Mott, K. L.: Cinefluorographic techniques in speech
research. Journal of Speech and Hearing Re-
search, 3:227-241, 1960.

Morris, H. L.: Communication skills of children
with cleft lips and palates. Journal of Speech
and Hearing Research, 5:79-90, 1962.

Morris, H. L., and SMITH, JEANNE K.: Multiple
approach for evaluating velopharyngeal compe-
tency. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders,
27:218-226, 1962.
Morris, H. L., SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., and DAR-
LEY, F. L.: An articulation test for assessing com-
petency of velopharyngeal closure. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 4:48-55, 1961.

OLN, WiLLiaM H.: Cleft lip and palate rehabilita-
tion. Springfield, Ill., Charles C. Thomas, 1960,
194 p.

OLN, W. H.: Dental anomalies in cleft lip and
palate patients. Angle Orthodontist, 34:119-
123, 1964.

Powkrs, G. R.: The relationship between articula-
tion skills and oral pressure in cleft palate speak-
ers. Cleft Palate Bulletin, 8:5-6, 1958.

PowErs, G. R.: Cinefluorographic investigation of
articulatory movements of selected individuals
with cleft palates. Journal of Speech and Hear-
ing Research, 5:59-69, 1962.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C.: Routine methods of ex-
amination and diagnosis of velopharyngeal in-
competency—speech aspects. Cleft Palate Bulle-
tin, 8:7-8, 1957.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C.: An evaluation of some diag-
nostic procedures used in studying cleft palate
speech. Cleft Palate Bulletin, 8:8, 1957.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C.: Evaluation of a technique
for investigating the psychosocial aspects of the
“cleft palate problem.” In: Pruzansky, S., ed.
Congenital anomalies of the face and associated
structures. Springfield, Ill., Charles C. Thomas,
1961, p. 345-362.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C.: Counseling parents of chil-
dren with cleft lips and palates. Journal of
Chronic Diseases, 13:244-252, 1961.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., DARLEY, F. L., and MoOR-
ris, H. L.: Language skills in children with cleft
palates. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research,
1:279-285, 1958.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., LigrrLg, D. M., MoLL,
K. L., and PRATHER, W. F.: Hearing loss in chil-
dren with cleft palates. Plastic and Reconstruc-
tive Surgery, 30:336-347, 1962.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., MoLL, K. L., and MORRIS,
H. L.: Subject classification and articulation of
speakers with cleft palates. Journal of Speech

and Hearing Research, 4:362-372, 1961.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., and POowERs, G. R.: Nasal-
ity in isolated vowels and connected speech of
cleft palate speakers. Journal of Speech and
Hearing Research, 2:40-45, 1959.

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., and Powers, G. R.: Artic-
ulation skills, velopharyngeal closure, and oral
breath pressure of children with cleft palates.
Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 2:318-
325, 1959.

164

SPRIESTERSBACH, D. C., SPRIESTERSBACH, B. R., and
Morr, K. L.: Incidence of cleft lip and palate.
Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 29:392-401,
1962.

MH-1159 (R01) O'NEAL, LAWRENCE W.: Thyroid
function following ECS and surgery. Washing-
ton University, St. Louis, Mo. (1955-57)

Moorg, T. M., and O'NEAL, L. W.: Disappear-
ance of thyroid hormones from plasma of dogs.
Surgical Forum, 6:428-432, 1956.

MH-1164 (R01) HaRTE, THOMAS J.: Sociological
problems in human genetics. Catholic University
of America, Washington, D.C. (1956-62)

DesMOND, SISTER ELLEN MARY: Mortality in the
Brandywine population of southern Maryland.
In: Studies in Sociology, No. 47, Washington,
D.C. The Catholic University of American Press,
1962, 89 p.

HARTE, THOMAS J.: The use of parish records in
social research. The American Catholic Socio-
logical Review, 19:1-11, 1958.

HARTE, THOMAS ].: Trends in mate selection in a
triracial isolate. Social Forces, 37:215-221, 1959.

HARTE, THOMAS ].: Integrative role of religion in
the Brandywine population. In: Cook, Stuart W.,
ed. Research plans in the fields of religion, val-
ues and morality. New York, Religious Educa-
tion Association, 1962, p. 153-158.

HARTE, THOMAS J.: Social origins of the Brandy-
wine population. Phylon, 24:369-378, 1963.

SAWYER, SISTER CLAIRE MARIE: Some aspects of
the fertility of a triracial isolate. In: Studies in
Sociology, No. 46, Washington, D.C., The Catho-
lic University of American Press, 1961, 69 p.

YAP, ANGELITA Q.: The study of a kinship system:
Its structural principles. Washington, D.C., The
Catholic University of America Press, 1961, 76 p.

MH-1165 (R01) BraNcH, C. HARDIN, ARM-
STRONG, MARVIN D., and GORTATOWSKI, MEL-
VIN J.: Behavior and metabolism of indoles in
schizophrenics. University of Utah, Salt Lake
City, Utah. (1956-60)

Cori, NYLA J., ALLISON, ROGER B., JR., GORTA-
TOWSKI, MELVIN J., and BRANCH, C. H. HARDIN:
Studies of behavior and the metabolism of indole
derivatives in schizophrenia. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 5:393-400, 1960.

MH-1169 (R17) WORDEN, FREDERIC G.: Electro-
physiologic correlates of conditioned behavior.
University of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1956-61)

WORDEN, F. G.: Research report. In: Brazier, Mary
A. B. The central nervous system and behavior.
Transactions of the 2nd Conference. New York,
Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation, 1959, p. 270-291.

WoRrDEN, F. G.: Neurophysiological contributions
to the understanding of schizophrenia. In: Auer-
bach, Alfred, ed. Schizophrenia: An integrated
approach. New York, Ronald Press, 1959, p. 19-
60.

WorpeN, F. G., and LIVINGSTON, R. B.: Brain stem
reticular formation. In: Sheer, D. E., ed. Elec-
trical stimulation of the brain. Austin, Univer-
sity of Texas, 1961, p. 263-276.

WoRrDEN, F. G., and MARsH, J. T.: Reward delivery
system for cats. Electroencephalography and Clin-
ical Neurophysiology, 11:170-171, 1959.

MH-1175 (R01) Berry, HELEN K., GUEST,
GEORGE M., SUTHERLAND, BETTY S., and WAR-
KANY, JOSEF: Metabolic disorders in mental defi-
ciency. Children’s Hospital, Cincinnati, Ohio.
(1956-64)

Berry, HELEN K.: Paper chromatographic method
for estimation of phenylalanine. Proceedings of
the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 95:71-73, 1957.

Berry, HELEN K.: Cystinuria in mentaly reltarded
siblings with atypical osteogenisis imperfects.
A. M. A. Journal of Diseases of Children, 97:
196-197, 1959.

Berry, HELEN K.: Procedures for testing urine
specimens dried on filter paper. Clinical Chem-
istry, 5:603-608, 1959.

Berry, HELEN K.: Individual metabolic patterns:
I. Amino acid excretion studies in 700 children.
Metabolism, 9:363-372, 1960.

Berry, HELEN K.: Individual metabolic patterns.
II. Excretion of beta-aminoisobutyric acid. Metab-
olism, 9:373-376, 1960.

BERRY, HELEN K.: Amino acid excretion in urine
of normal infants and children, paper chromato-
graphic methods for amino acid analyses. Pedi-
atrics, 25:983-996, 1960.

Berry, HELEN K.: Detection of phenylketonuria.
Report of a large scale case-finding program in
Cincinnati. Obhio State Medical Journal, 57:1001-
1002, 1961.

Berry, HELEN K.: Detection of metabolic disorders
among mentally retarded children by means of
paper spot tests. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 66:555-560, 1962.

Berry, HELEN K.: Use of micromethod for phenyl-
alanine in management of phenylketonuric pa-
tients. Clinical Chemistry, 8:172-173, 1962.

Berry, HELEN K.: Application of the principles of
dietary treatment: Phenylketonuria, biochemical
monitoring of treatment. In: Institute of Nutri-

165

tion Services in Mental Retardation Programs,
Cincinnati, Ohio, March 20-22, 1963. Cincin-
nati, Children’s Bureau Publication, 1963, p. 34-
37, and 83-86.

Berry, HELEN K., GRANGER, MARY, SCHEEL,
CAROLYN, and SiMON, HELEN: Detection of
phenylketonuria: An institutional screening pro-
gram. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
137:577-581, 1963.

Berry, HELEN K., and GUEST, GEORGE M.: The
effect of salicylate intoxication on amino acid ex-
cretions in rats. Metabolism, 12:760-770, 1963.

Berry, HELEN K., GUEST, GEORGE M., and PER-
RIN, EUGENE: Galactosemia: An inherited meta-
bolic disorder: I. Diagnosis of congenital galacto-
semia. II. Galactosemia, a clinical report. Ohio
State Medical Journal, 58:557-561, 1962.

Berry, HELEN K., GUEST, GEORGE M., SUTHER-
LAND, BETTY, and SHIRKEY, HARRY: Phenylketo-
nuria. Cincinnati Journal of Medicine, 40:483-
484, 1959.

BErrY, HELEN K., RUBENSTEIN, JACK, and SIMON,
HeLEN D.: Evaluation of screening tests for
phenylketonuria in a diagnostic clinic for retarded
children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
68:49-53, 1963.

Berry, HELEN K., SAENGER, EUGENE L. PERRY,
HaroLD, FRIEDMAN, BEN I., KEREIAKES, JAMES
G., and ScHEEL, CAROLYN: Deoxycytidine in
urine of humans following whole body irradia-
tion. Science, 142:396-398, 1963.

Berry, HELEN K., SCHEEL, CAROLYN, and MARKS,
Joy: Microbiological test for Leucine, Valine, and
Isoleucine using urine sample dried on filter pa-
per. Clinical Chemistry, 8:242-245, 1962.

Berry, HELEN K., and SPINANGER, JOAN: A paper
spot test useful in study on Hurler’s syndrome.
Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 55:
136-138. 1960.

Berry, HELEN K., SUTHERLAND, BETTY, and
GUEST, GEORGE M.: Phenylalanine tolerance tests
on relatives of phenylketonuric children. Ameri-
can Journal of Human Genetics, 9:310-316, 1957.

BERRY, HELEN K., SUTHERLAND, BETTY S., and
GUEST, GEORGE M.: Detection of phenylketonu-
ria among infants born in Cincinnati. Cincinnati
Journal of Medicine, 42:160, 1961.

BERRY, HELEN K., SUTHERLAND, BETTY S., and
Guest, GEORGE M.: Cincinnati phenylketonuria
detection program. A progress note. Journal of
the American Medical Association, 178:842, 1961.

Berry, HELEN K., SUTHERLAND, BETTY S., GUEST,
GEORGE M., and UMBARGER, BARBARA: Chemical
and clinical observations during treatment of chil-
dren with phenylketonuria. Pediatrics, 21:929-
940, 1958.
BERRY, HELEN K., SUTHERLAND, BETTY S., GUEST,
GEORGE M., and WARKANY, JOSEPH: Simple
method for detection of phenylketonuria. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 167:2189-
2190, 1958.

Berry, HELEN K., UMBARGER, BARBARA, and
LIVINGSTON, BETTYE: Excretion of phenylalanine
by normal children and by patients with phenyl-
ketonuria. Journal of Pediatrics, 63:954-960,
1963.

BERRY, HELEN K., and WARKANY, STEVE F.: The
nature of the “pentose” reaction in aqueous ex-
tracts of psoriasis scales. Journal of Investigative
Dermatology, 41:371-375, 1963.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R., BERRY, HELEN K., and
WooLF, L. I.: Detection. In: Lyman, Frank L.,
ed. Phenylketonuria. Springfield, Ill., Charles C.
Thomas, 1963, p. 114-135.

GUEST, GEORGE M.: Hereditary galactose disease.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 168:
2015-2019, 1958.

GUEST, GEORGE M.: Perspectives.
hereditary metabolic diseases).
193-197, 1960.

GUEST, GEORGE M., BERRY, HELEN K., and RUBIN-
STEIN, JAcK H.: Management of newborn siblings
of patients with phenylketonuria or galactosemia.
Children’s Bureau, U.S. Department of Health,
Education, and Welfare, 1962, Revised 1963, 15 p.

(Symposium on
Metabolism, 9:

GuUEsT, GEORGE M., BERRY, HELEN K., and RUBIN-
STEIN, Jack: Newborn siblings in families known
to have hereditary disorders. Diagnostic proce-
dures. Journal of the American Medical Associa-
tion, 181:439-440, 1962.

Marks, Joy D., and BERRY, HELEN K.: Increase in
urinary amino acids associated with pantothenic
acid deficiency in the rat. In: Amino acid pools.
New York, Elsevier, 1962, p. 461-462.

ScHEEL, CAROLYN, and BERRY, HELEN K.: Com-
parison of serum phenylalanine levels with growth
in Guthrie's inhibition assay in newborn infants.
Journal of Pediatrics, 61:610-616, 1962.

ScHEEL, CAROLYN, and BERRY, HELEN K.: A di-
rect microbiological assay for urinary phenylalanine
in phenylketonuria screening. Nature, 200:70-71,
1963.

SUTHERLAND, BETTY S.: Application of the princi-
ples of dietary treatment: Phenylketonuria—the
metabolic research team. In: Institute of Nutri-
tion Services in Mental Retardation Programs,
Cincinnati, Ohio, March 20-22, 1963. Cincin-
nati, Children’s Bureau Publication, 1963, p. 33.

SUTHERLAND, BETTY S.: BERRY, HELEN K., and
SHIRKEY, HARRY C.: A syndrome of phenylketo-
nuria with normal intelligence and behavior dis-

166

turbances. Journal of Pediatrics, 57(4):521-525,
1960.

UMBARGER, BARBARA: Phenylketonuria: I. Treating
the disease and feeding the child. American
Journal of Diseases of Children, 100:908-913,
1960.

UMBARGER, BARBARA: Paper chromatographic
method for quantification of urinary fructose
(levulose). Journal of Laboratory and Clinical
Medicine, 60:521, 1962.

UMBARGER, BARBARA: Application of the principles
of dietary treatment. Phenylketonuria—the low-
phenylalanine diet. In: Institute of Nutrition
Services in Mental Retardation Programs, Cincin-
nati, Ohio, March 20-22, 1963. Cincinnati, Chil-
dren’s Bureau publication, 1963, p. 38-42.

UMBARGER, BARBARA: Dietary aspects of phenyl-
ketonuria. Ohio's Health, 15:15, 1963.

UMBARGER, BARBARA: Phenylketonuria. Dietary
treatment. American Journal of Nursing, 64(1):
96-99, 1964.

UMBARGER, BARBARA, BERRY, HELEN K. and
GUEST, GEORGE: Amino acid excretion patterns
in diabetic children. Diabetes, 12:443-447, 1963.

WITTGENSTEIN, Eva, and BERRY, HELEN K.: Stain-
ing of skin with dihydroxyacetone. Science, 132:
894-895, 1960.

WiTTGENSTEIN, Eva, and BERRY, HELEN K.: Re-
action of dihydroxyacetone (DHA) with human
skin callus and amino compounds. Journal of
Investigative Dermatology, 36:283-286, 1961.

MH-1180 (R01) ROTHNEY, JoHN W. M.: Predic-
tion of post-high school adjustments of youth.
University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1956-
58)

Jackson, R. M., and ROTHNEY, J. W. M.: A com-
parative study of the mailed questionnaire and the
interview in follow-up studies. Personnel and
Guidance Journal, 39(7):569-571, 1961.

Kaczkowski, H. A.: Discriminant analysis in the
evaluation of counseling. Personnel and Guidance
Journal, 35(4):231-235, 1956.

REMSTAD, ROBERT, and ROTHNEY, JoHN: Occupa-
tional classification and research results. Person-
nel and Guidance Journal, 36(7):465-672, 1958.

ROTHNEY, JoHN W. M.: Guidance practices and
results. New York, Harper & Bros., 1958, 542 p.

ROTHNEY, JoHN W. M., and MERENDA, P. J.
Evaluating the effects of counseling—eight years
after. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 5(3):
163-169, 1958.

MH-1182 (R01) HorzmaN, PHILIP S.: Cognitive
attitudes and personality organization. Mennin-
ger Foundation, Topeka, Kans. (1956-58)
GARDNER, R. W.: Cognitive controls of attention
deployment as determinants of visual illusions.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:
120-127, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2454)

GARDNER, R. W., HorLzmAN, P. S., KLEIN, G. S,,
LINTON, HARRIET, and SPENCE, D. P.: Cogni-
tive control: A study of individual consistencies in
cognitive behavior. Psychological Issues, 1(4):1-
185, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-25)

GARDNER, R. W., HoLzMAN, P. S. and SIEGAL,
R. S.: Some variables affecting size judgments.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 6:285-290, 1956.

GARDNER, R. W., Jackson, D. N., and MESSICK,
S. J.: Personality organization in cognitive con-
trols and intellectual abilities. Psychological Is-
sues, 2(4):1-149, 1960. (Whole No. 8).

HovrzMaN, P. S.: Focusing: A style of reality con-
tact. American Psychologist, 12:388, 1957.

HorzMmAN, P. S.: Repression and cognitive style.
In: Peatman, J. G., ed. Festschrift for Gardner
Murphy. New York, Harper, 1960, p. 330-343.
Also in: Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 26:
273-282, 1962.

HoLzMAN, P. S., and GARDNER, R. W.: Leveling
and repression. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 59:151-155, 1959.

HorzMaN, P. S., and GARDNER, R. W.: Leveling-
sharpening and memory organization. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:176-180,
1960.

HorzMman, P. S., and KLEIN, G. S.: Motive and
style in reality contact. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 20:181-191, 1956.

MH-1187 (RO1) Serrz, PuiLip F. D.: Effect of
infantile experiences on adult behavior. Institute
for Psychoanalysis, Chicago, Ill. (1956-64)

SErtz, P. F. D.: The maternal instinct in animal
subjects: I. Psychosomatic Medicine, 20:215-
226, 1958.

Seitz, P. F. D.: Infantile experience and adult be-
havior in animal subjects. II. Age of separation
from the mother and adult behavior in the cat.
Psychosomatic ~~ Medicine, 21:351-378, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-489)

MH-1191 (R01) KinDER, ELAINE F., and SMITH,
AARON: Behavior measures of brain-operated
schizophrenics. Rockland State Hospital, Orange-
burg, N.Y. (1956-61)

HAMLIN, REY M., and KINDER, ELAINE F.: Vocab-
ulary deficit in brain-operated schizophrenics.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25(3):239-
244, 1961.

SMITH, AARON: Changes in Porteus Maze scores of
brain-operated schizophrenics after an eight-year

interval. Journal of Mental Science (London),
106(444) 1967-978, 1960.

SMITH, AARON: Mental deterioration in chronic
schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 139:479-487, 1964.

SMITH, AARON: Changing effects of frontal lesions
in man. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery,
and Psychiatry (British), 27:511-515, 1964.

SMITH, AARON, and KINDER, ELAINE F.: Changes
in psychological test performances of brain-oper-
ated schizophrenics after eight years. Science,
129:149-150, 1959.

MH-1192 (RO1) Jervis, GEORGE A.: Studies on
phenylketonuria. Letchworth Village Mental Hy-
giene Clinic, Thiells, N.Y. (1956-59)

GOLDSTEIN, F. B.: Preliminary report: Biosynthe-
sis of N-acetyl-L-aspartic acid. Biochimica et
Biophysica Acta, 33:583-584, 1959.

GoLpsTEIN, F. B.: Biosynthesis of N-acetyl-L-as-
partic acid. Journal of Biological Chemistry,
234:2702-2706, 1959.

GOLDSTEIN, FRED B.: Biochemical studies on phe-
nylketonuria. I. Experimental hyper henylala-
nemia in the rat. Journal of Biological Chemis-
try, 236:2656-2661, 1961.

GOLDSTEIN, FRED B.: Studies on phenylketonuria.
II. The excretion of N-acetyl-L-phenylalanine in
phenylketonuria. Biochemica et Biophysica Acta,
71:204-206, 1963.

MH-1195 (R01) SANFORD, NEVITT: Personality
assessment of assessment of normal women. Vas-
sar College, Poughkeepsie, N.Y. (1956-58)

BrowN, D. R.: Some educational patterns. In:
Sanford, N., ed. Personality development during
the college years. [Journal of Social Issues, 12:
44-60, 1956.

Brown, D. R.: Personality, college environment,
and academic productivity. In: Sanford, N., ed.
The American college. New York, Wiley, 1962,
p. 536-562.

FREEDMAN, M. B., A half-century of Vassar opin-
ion. Vassar College Alumnae Magazine, 44:3-6,
1959.

FREEDMAN, M. B.: Studies of college alumni. In:
Sanford, N., ed. The American college. New
York, Wiley, 1962, p. 847-886.

FREEDMAN, M. B.: What happens after college?
In: Sanford, N., ed. College and character.
New York, Wiley, 1964, p. 234-243.

SANFORD, N.: Personality development during the
college years. In: Personnel-O-Gram. Proceed-
ings of the Annual Convention. Washington,
D.C.,, American College Personnel Association,
1956, p. 35-47.

167
SANFORD, N.: Changing sex roles, socialization and
education. In: Henry, W., ed. Human Devel-
opment Bulletin. Chicago, University, of Chi-
cago, 1958, p. 58-75.

SANFORD, N.: The professor looks at the student.
In: Cooper, R. M., ed. The two ends of the log:
Learning and teaching in today's colleges. Min-
neapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

SANFORD, N.: The Mellon research program today.
Vassar Alumnae Magazine, 44:2-5, 1958.

SANFORD, N.: Knowledge of students through the
social studies. In: Habein, Margaret, ed. Spot-
light on the college student. Washington, D.C,
American Council on Education, 1959.

SANFORD, N., WEBSTER, H., and FREEDMAN, M. B.:
Impulse expression as a variable of personality.
Psychological Monographs, 72(11), 1957. (Whole
No. 440).

MH-1196 (R01) StREIB, GORDON F., and THOMP-
SON, WAYNE E.: Occupational retirement and
family relationships. Cornell University, Ithaca,
N.Y. (1956-60)

STREIB, GORDON F.: News and notes: Cornell study
of occupational retirement. Industrial and Labor
Relations Review, 11:658-659, 1958.

STREIB, GORDON F.: Family patterns in retirement.
Journal of Social Issues, 14:46-60, 1958.

STREIB, GORDON F.: Research on retirement: A re-
port on the Cornell longitudinal study. In: Jef-
fers, Frances C., ed. Proceedings of Seminars:
1957-1958, Duke University Council on Gerontol-
ogy. Durham, N.C., Duke University, 1958,
p. 67-87.

STREIB, GORDON F.: Participants and drop-outs in a
longitudinal study. Journal of Gerontology, 21
(2) :200-209, 1966.

STREIB, GORDON F., and THOMPSON, WAYNE E.:
Cornell longitudinal study of occupational retire-
ment.  Pablic Health Reports, 73:1119-1120,
1958.

STREIB, GORDON F., and THOMPSON, WAYNE E.:
The older person in a family context. In: Tib-
bitts, Clark, ed. Handbook of social gerontology.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1960, p.
447-488.

STREIB, GORDON F., THOMPSON, WAYNE E., and
SucHMAN, EDWARD A.: The Cornell study of oc-
cupational retirement. Journal of Social Issues,
14:3-17, 1958.

SucHMAN, EDWARD A., PHILLIPS, BERNARD S., and
STREIB, GORDON F.: An analysis of the validity
of health questionnaires. Social Forces, 36(3):
223-232, 1958.

THOMPSON, WAYNE E.: Pre-retirement anticipation
and adjustment in retirement. Journal of Social
Issues, 14:35-45, 1958.

THOMPSON, WAYNE E.: Health and retirement.
Journal of the Michigan State Medical Society,
59:756-758, 1960.

THOMPSON, WAYNE E., and STREIB, GORDON F.:
Situational determinants: Health and economic
deprivation in retirement. Journal of Social Is-
sues, 14:18-34, 1958.

THOMPSON, WAYNE E., and STREIB, GORDON F.:
Meaningful activity in a family context. In:
Kleemeier, Robert W., ed. Aging and leisure.
Oxford, England, Oxford University Press, 1961,
p. 177-211.

THOMPSON, WAYNE E., STREIB, GOrDON F., and
Kosa, JoHN: The effect of retirement on per-
sonal adjustment: A panel analysis. Journal of
Gerontology, 15:165-169, 1960.

MH-1197 (R17) WoLFF, PETER H.: The devel
opment of affects in children. Austen Riggs Cen-
ter, Stockbridge, Mass. (1956-61)

WoLFF, PETER H.: Observations of newborn in-
fants. Psychosomatic Medicine, 11(2):110-118,
1959.

WoLrF, PETER H.: The developmental psychologies
of Jean Paiget in psychoanalysis. Vol 2, No. 1.
Psychological issues. Monograph Series No. 5.
New York, International Universities Press, 1960,
181 p.

WoLFF, PETER H.: Theoretical problems in early

development. In: Issues in early childhood de-
velopment. New York, Child Development Cen-
ter, 1961.

WoLFF, PETER H., and WHITE, BURTON L.: Vis-
ual pursuit and attention in young infants. Jour
nal of the American Academy of Child Psychi-
atry, 4(3) :473-484, 1965.

MH-1203 (R01) WiLsoN, WiLLiaMm P.: Effect of
carbon dioxide-glucose and potassium on CNS.
Duke University, Durham, N.C. (1956-58)
(Continued as MH-2594)

Doss, D., and WiLsoN, W.: Observations on pet-
sistence of war neurosis. Diseases of the Nervous
System, 21:1-6, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2594)

ELLisoN, R. J., WiLsoN, W. P., and WErss, E. B.:
Changes in cerebral potassium during insulin hy-
poglycemia. Proceedmgs of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 98:128-129,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-2594)

SIEKER, H. O., and WiLsoN, W. P.: Electroen-
cephalographic biochemical changes in acute hy-
poxia and hypercapnia. Archives of Neurology,

168
3:704-710,
2594)

SMmitH, W. T. and WiLsoN, W. P.: Electroen-
cephalographic and clinical correlations in epi-
lepsy beginning in adulthood. Southern Medical
Journal, 51:889-894, 1958. (Also acknowledges
MH-2594)

Tyor, MaLcoLM P., and WiLsoN, WiLLiaM P.:
Peripheral biochemical changes associated with the
intravenous administration of ammonion salts in
normal subjects. Journal of Laboratory and Clini-
cal Medicine, 51:592-599, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2594)

WiLsoN, N. J., and WiLsoN, W. P.: The duration
of human electroencephalographic arousal re-
sponses elicited by photic stimulation. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 11:
85-91, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2594)

WiLsoN, W. P.: The role of potassium in the pro-
duction of the slow wave response to hyperventila-
tion in the electroencephalogram. Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10:546-
549, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-2594)

WiLsoN, W. P., and JoHNsON, J. E.: Clinical lab-
oratory and electroencephalographic correlations in
hyperthyroidism. Southern Medical Journal, 53:
606-610, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2594)

WiLsoN, W. P., and SIEKER, H. O.: A study of the
factors responsible for changes in the electro-
encephalogram in chronic pulmonary insufficiency.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 10:89-96, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
2594)

WiLsoN, W. P., and Tyor, MaLcoLM P.: Electro-
encephalographic observations during experimen-
tal hyperammonemia. Neurology, 8:913-916,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-2594)

1960. (Also acknowledges MH-

MH-1204 (R17) FreepmaN, DANIEL X.: Explo-
rations in psychopharmacology. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1957-62)

CHANDLER, K. A., FREEDMAN, D., and SAVAGE, W.:
Hypnosis and cognition: A study of physiognomic
and cognitive factors in the perception of the ap-
parent horizon. (Abstract) Journal of Psychol-

0gy, 57:219, 1964.

CHANDLER, KENNETH A., FREEDMAN, DANIEL X.,
and SAVAGE, WiLLiAM L.: Hypnosis and percep-
tion: The effect of meaning and non-meaning
upon perception of the apparent horizon. Jour-
nal of Psychology, 57:219-233, 1964.

FREEDMAN, D. X.: Psychic energizers:
pedia of science and technology.
McGraw-Hill, 1960.

FREEDMAN, D. X.: Psychopharmacologic drugs. In:
Encyclopedia of science and technology. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1960.

In: Encyclo-
New York,

169

FREEDMAN, D. X.: Psychotomimetics.
pedia of science and technology.
McGraw-Hill, 1960.

FREEDMAN, D. X.: Tranquilizer. In: Encyclopedia
of science and technology. New York, McGraw-
Hill, 1960.

FrEeDMAN, D. X.: Studies of LSD-25 and serotonin
in the brain. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, Uni-
versity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1961, p. 653-658.

In: Encyclo-
New York,

FREEDMAN, D. X.: Psychotomimetic drugs and brain
biogenic amines. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 119:843-850, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3363)

FREEDMAN, D. X., and AGHAJANIAN, G. K.: Time
parameters in acute tolerance, cross tolerance, and
antagonism to psychotogens. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 18:390, 1959.

FREEDMAN, D. X., AGHAJANIAN, G. K., ROSNER,
B., and OrNITZ, E. M.: Patterns of tolerance to
lysergic acid diethylamide and mescaline in rats.
Science, 127:1173-1174, 1958.

FREEDMAN, D. X., and BENTON, A. J.: Persisting
effects of reserpine in man. New England [Jour-
nal of Medicine, 264:529-533, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3363)

FrReepMAN, D. X., and DEJONG, Jaco: Thresh-
olds for drug-induced akathisia. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 117:930-931, 1961.

FREEDMAN, D. X., and DEJoNG, J.: Factors that
determine drug-induced akathisia. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 22(2) :69-76, 1961.

FREEDMAN, DANIEL X., and FENICHEL, GERALD:
Effect of midbrain lesion on experimental allergy.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
79:164-169, 1958.

FreepmAN, D. X., and GiArRMAN, N. J.: LSD-25
and the status and level of brain serotonin. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96:
98-106, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3363)

FreepMmAN, D. X., and SPRINGFIELD, C. H.: Drug
action and drug effect, and Critique of Osiow’s
drugs and psychic energy. In: Sarwer-Foner,
G. J., ed. The dynamics of psychiatric drug ther-
apy. Springfield, Ill., Thomas, 1960.

GiAarMAN, N. J., FREepMAN, D. X., and PicArp-
Amr, L.: Serotin content of the pineal glands of
man and monkey. Nature, 186:480-481, 1960.

Moses, R., and FREEDMAN, D. X.: Trademark func-
tion of symptoms in a mental hospital. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 127:448-457,
1958.

PepEu, G., FREEDMAN, D. X., and GIARMAN, N. J.:
Biochemical and pharmacological studies of di-
methylaminoethanol (Deanol). Journal of Phar-
macology and Experimental Therapeutics, 129:
291-295, 1960.

ScHAIN, R. J., and FREEDMAN, D. X.: Studies on
5-hydroxyindole metabolism in autistic and other
mentally retarded children. Journal of Pediatrics,
58:315-320, 1961.

ScuiFr, S. K.,, BUNNEY, W. E., and FREEDMAN,
D. X.: A study of ocular movements in hypnot-
ically induced dreams. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 133:59-68, 1961.

MH-1205 (R17) REICHSMAN, FRANZ: Psychologi-
cal development and gastric secretion. University
of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1956-61)

ENGEL, G. L., GREENE, W., JR., REICHSMAN, F,,
SCHMALE, A., and ASHENBERG, N.: A graduate
and undergraduate teaching program on the psy-
chological aspects of medicine. Journal of Medi-
cal Education, 32:859-871, 1957.

REeICcHSMAN, F.: Methodologic problems in psycho-
physiologic research on human gastric secretions.
In: Ross Laboratories. Psychosomatic aspects of
gastrointestinal illness in childhood. Ross Con-
ference on Pediatric Research 44th report, 1962.
Conference held at Philadelphia, 26-27 Sept.
1962. Columbus, Ohio, Ross Laboratories, 1963,
p. 29-36. (Also acknowledges MH-750)

REICHSMAAN, F., BROWNING, F. E., and HINSHAW,
H. R.: Observations of undergraduate clinical
teaching in action. Journal of Medical Education,
39(2):147-163, 1964.

REicHSMAN, F., CoHEN, J, CorLwiLL, ]., DAvis,
N., KESSLER, WM., SHEPARDSON, WM. and
ENGEL, G. L.: Effect of histamine on nocturnal
gastric secretion during sleeping and waking
states. (Abstract) Journal of Clinical Investiga-
tion, 37:884, 1958.

MH-1206 (R01) ERIKSEN, CHARLES W.: Behavior
without awareness. University of Illinois, Urbana,
II. (1956- ) (Continued from MH-1037)

BERNSTEIN, IRA H., and ERIKSEN, CHARLES W.:
Effects of ‘‘subliminal” prompting on paired-
associate learning. Journal of Experimental Re-
search in Personality, 1(1):33-38, 1965.

CHATTERJEE, B. B., and ERIKSEN, C. W.: Condi-
tioning and generalization of GSR as a function
of awareness. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 60:396-403, 1960.

CHATTERJEE, B. B., and Eriksen, C. W.: Cogni-
tive factors in heart rate conditioning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 64:272-279, 1961.

Dutrany, D. E,, and Eriksen, C. W.: Accuracy of
brightness discrimination as measured by concur-
rent verbal responses and GSRs. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 59:418-423, 1959.

170

ERIKSEN, C. W.: Prediction from and interaction
among multiple concurrent discriminative re-
sponses. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 53:
353-360, 1957.

ErikseN, C. W.: Unconscious processes. In: Jones,
M. R., ed. Nebraska symposium on motivation.
Lincoln, University of Nebraska Press, 1958, p.
169-228.

ErikseN, C. W.: Discrimination measured by mul-
tiple concurrent responses. Psychological Reports,
5:741-750, 1959.

ERIKSEN, C. W.: Discrimination and learning with-
out awareness: A methodological survey and eval-
uation. Psychological Review, 67:279-300, 1960.

ERriksEN, C. W.: Figments, fantasies and follies: A
search for the subconscious mind. In: Eriksen,
C. W., ed. Behavior and awareness. Durham,
Duke University, 1962; p. 3-26.

ERIKSEN, C. W.: Perception and personality. In:
Wepman, J. M., and Heine, R. W., eds. Con-
cepts of personality. Chicago, Aldine, 1963, p.
30-60.

ERIKSEN, C. W., Azuma, H., and Hicks, ROSALIE:
Affective discrimination of pleasant and unpleas-
ant stimuli prior to specific identification. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59:114-
119, 1959.

ERIKSEN, CHARLES W., and COLLINS, JAMEs F.:
Backward masking in vision. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 1:101-102, 1964.

ErikseN, C. W., and CoLLINs, J. F.: Investigation
of the effect of a priming stimulus on backward
masking. Psychonomic Science, 1:249-250, 1964.

EriksEN, C. W., and Doroz, L.: Role of awareness
in learning and use of correlated extraneous cues
on perceptual tasks. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 66:601-608, 1963.

Eriksen, C. W., and HOFFMAN, M.: Form recog-
nition at brief durations as a function of adapting
field and interval between stimulations. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 66:485-499, 1963.

ERIKSEN, CHARLES W., and JOHNSON, HAROLD J.
Storage and decay characteristics of nonattended
auditory stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 68:28-36, 1964.

EriksEN, C. W., KUETHE, J., and SULLIVAN, D. F.:
Some personality correlates of learning without
verbal awareness. Journal of Personality, 26:
216-228, 1958.

ERIKSEN, CHARLES W., and LAPPIN, JOSEPH S.:
Luminance summation-contrast reduction as a ba-
sis for certain forward and backward masking ef-
fects. ~~ Psychonomic Science, 1(10):313-314,
1964.
ERIKSEN, CHARLES W., and LAPPIN, S.: Internal
perceptual system noise and redundancy in _si-
multaneous inputs in form identification. Psy-
chonomic Science, 2(12):351-352, 1965.

ERIKSEN, CHARLES W., and STEFFY, RICHARD A.:
Short-term memory and retroactive interference in
visual perception. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 68(5):423-434, 1964.

FUHRER, M., and ERIKSEN, C. W.: Unconscious
perception of the meaning of verbal stimuli.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:
432-439, 1960.

GIpDAN, M., and ERIKSEN, C. W.: Generalization
of response biases acquired with and without ver-
bal awareness. Journal of Personality, 27:104-
115, 1959.

JounsoN, H. J.: Decision making, conflict, and
physiological arousal. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 67:114-124, 1963.

JounsoN, H., and Eriksen, C. W.: Pre-conscious
perception: A re-examination of the Poetzl phe-
nomenon. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 62:497-503, 1961.

KrieckHAUS, E. E., and ERIKSEN, C. W.: A study
of awareness and its effects on learning and gen-
eralization.
1960.

LAPPIN, JosePH S., and ERIKSEN, CHARLES W.:
Inhibition of a simple visual reaction time by a
second stimulus: A failure to replicate. Psycho-
nomic Science, 1(10):293-294, 1964.

PauL, G. L., ErikseN, C. W., and HUMPHREYS,
L. G.: Use of temperature stress with cool air
reinforcement for human operant conditioning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64:329-335,
1962.

PIERCE, JAN: Some sources of artifact in studies of
the tachistoscopic perception of words. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 66:363-370, 1963.

PIERCE, JAN: Determinants of threshold for form.
Psychological Bulletin, 60:391-407, 1963.

STEFFY, RICHARD A., and ERIKSEN, CHARLES W.:
Short-term,  perceptual-recognition memory for
tachistoscopically presented nonsense forms. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 70(3):277-283,
1965.

THOMPSON, JOHN H.: What happens to the stimu-
lus in backward masking? Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 71(4):580-586, 1966.

WILLIAMSEN, J. A., JOHNSON, H. J., and ERIKSEN,
C. W.: Some characteristics of posthypnotic am-
nesia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 70(2):
123-131, 1965.

Journal of Personality, 28:503-517, .

171

MH-1213 (R01) LOEVINGER, JANE: Objective pet-
sonality evaluation of women. Jewish Hospital of
St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo. (1956-661) (Con-
tinued as MH-5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Objective tests as instruments of
psychological theory. Psychological Reports, 3:
365-694, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Theory and techniques of assess-
ment. Annual Review of Psychology, 10:287-
316, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE: A theory of test response. In:
Lennon, R. T., chairman. Conference on testing
problems, Nov. 1, 1958. Princeton, N.]J., Edu-
cational Testing Service, 1959, p. 36-47. (Also
acknowledges MH-5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Patterns of parenthood as theories
of learning. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 59:148-150,.1959. Also in: Rosen-
blith, Judy, and Allinsmith, W., eds. The causes
of behavior. Rockleigh, New Jersey, Allyn &
Bacon, 1962, p. 73-75. (Also acknowledges MH-
5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Conflict of commitment in clini-
cal research. American Psychologist, 18, 241-
251, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE, and Ossorio, A. G.: Evaluation
of therapy by self-report: A paradox. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:392-394,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE, and SWEET, BLANCHE: Con-
struction of a test of mothers’ attitudes. In: Glid-
well, J. C., ed. Parental attitudes and child be-

havior. Springfield, Ill., Charles C. Thomas,
1961, p. 110-123. (Also acknowledges MH-
5115).

LOEVINGER, JANE, SWEET, BLANCHE, OSSORIO,

A. G., and LAPERRIERE, KITTY: Measuring per-
sonality patterns of women. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 65:53-136, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5115).

MH-1215 (R01) HuNTON, VERA D., Hicks, LEs-
LIE H., and MEENES, Max: Comparative study
of spatial orientation. Howard University, Wash-
ington, D.C. (1956-60)

Hicks, L. H., and HuNTON, V. D.: The relative
dominance of form and orientation in discrimi-
nation learning by monkeys and children. Psy-
chonomic Science, :411-412, 1964.

HunTtON, VERA D., and Hicks, LesLiE H.: A
portable modification of the Wisconsin general-
test apparatus. American Journal of Psychology,
72:291-292, 1959.

HunNTON, VERA D., and Hicks, LESLIE H.: Dis-
crimination of figural orientation by monkeys and
children. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21(1):55-
59, 1965.
MH-1223 (R01) KNAPP, PETER H., and BAHNSON,
Craus: The psychophysiology of emotional states.
Boston University, Boston, Mass. (1956-58)

KNAPP, PETER H.: Acute bronchial asthma, II. Psy-
choanalytic observations on fantasy, emotional
arousal, and partial discharge. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 22:88-105, 1960.

Knapp, PETER H., and NEMETzZ, S. J.: Personality
variations in bronchial asthma. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 19:443-465, 1957. (Also acknowledges
MH-609).

Knapp, PETER H., and NEMETZ, S. J.: Sources of
tension in bronchial asthma. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 19:466-485, 1957. (Also acknowledges
MH-609).

KNAPP, PETER H., and NEMETZ, S. J.: Acute bron-
chial asthma, I. Concomitant depression and ex-
citement, and varied antecedent patterns in 406
attacks. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:42-55, 1960.

MH-1224 (R01) HENRY, WiLLiAM E.: Validation
of the TAT test. University of Chicago, Chicago,
II. (1956-58)

HENRY, WILLIAM E., and FARLEY, JANE: A study
in validation of the Thematic Apperception Test.
Journal of Proejctive Techniques, 23(3):273-277,
1959.

HENRY, WiLLiIAM E., and FARLEY, JANE: The
validity of the Thematic Apperception Test in the
study of adolescent personality. Psychological
Monographs, 73(17):1-40, 1959. (Whole No.
487).

MH-1225 (R01) JARVIK, MURRAY E.: Behavioral
effects of drugs in macaca mulatta. Yeshiva Uni-
versity—Albert Einstein College of Medicine,
New York, N.Y. (1956- )

ABT, JOHN P., EssMAN, WALTER B., and JARVIK,
Murray E.: Ether-induced retrograde amnesia for
one-trial conditioning in mice. Science, 133:1477-
1478, 1961.

ADLER, M. W., and Jarvik, M. E.: Effects of chlor-
promazine, pentobarbital and amphetamine upon
performance by monkeys in a complex discrimi-
nation task. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
18:362, 1949.

EssMAN, WALTER B., and JARVIK, MURRAY E.: A
water-escape test for mice. Psychological Reports,
8:58, 1961.

EssMAN, W. B., and JArviK, M. E.: Extinction of
a response conditioned in a single trial. Psycho-
logical Reports, 8:311-312, 1961.

EssMAN, WALTER B., and JARVIK, MURRAY E.:
Impairment of retention for a conditioned response
by ether anesthesia in mice. Psychopharmacologia,
2:172-176, 1961.

172

Jarvik, M. E.: Means of integrating approaches to
human behavior. Diseases of the Nervous System,
Monograph Supplement, 21(2):1-14, 1960.

JarviK, MURRAY E.: Interference by nitrous oxide
with the ability of monkeys to delay a choosing
response. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 2(2):71,
1960.

JarvIK, M. E.: Psychopharmacology. In: Yearbook
of science and technology. New York, McGraw-
Hill, 1963, p. 463-465.

Jarvik, MURRAY E.: The influence of drugs upon
memory. In: Steinberg, Hannah, de Reuck,
A. V. S,, and Knight, Julie, eds. Ciba Founda-
tion Symposium. Co-ordinating Committee for
Symposia on Drug Action on Animal Behaviour
and Drug Action. London, J. & A. Churchill
Ltd., 1964, p. 44-61.

JArRviK, MURRAY E., and ADLER, MARTIN W.:
Impairment by nitrous oxide of a complex dis-
crimination task in monkeys. (Abstract) Phar-
macologist, 18:362, 1959.

Jarvik, M. E., and ApLER, M. W.: Nature of effi-
ciency decrement produced by nitrous oxide on
monkeys in a visual discrimination and delayed
response test. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 131:108-114, 1961.

Jarvik, M. E., and CHOROVER, S.: Impairment by
lysergic acid diethylamide of accuracy in perform-
ance of a delayed alternation test in monkeys.
Psychopharmacologia, 1:221-320, 1960.

Jarvik, MURRAY E., and EssMAN, WALTER B.: A
simple one-trial learning situation for mice. Psy-
chological Reports, 6:290, 1960.

JarvIK, MURRAY E., and ROTHBALLER, ALAN B.:
Effects of excitant and depressant drugs given via
chronically implanted carotid catheters. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 18:407, 1959.

JarviKk, MURRAY E., and VAN LAER, ELIZABETH:
Effects of ethyl alcohol on delayed response per-
formance in monkeys. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 21(2) :419, 1962.

PEARLMAN, CHESTER A., JR.: Similar retrograde
amnesic effects of ether and spreading cortical de-
pression. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 61(2):306-308, 1966.

PEARLMAN, CHESTER, and JARVIK, MURRAY E.:
Retrograde amnesia produced by spreading corti-
cal depression. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 20:340, 1961.

PEARLMAN, CHESTER, and SHARPLESS, SETH K.:
Effects of ether, pentobarbital and pentylenete-
trazol upon one-trial learning of an avoidance re-
sponse. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 18:
432, 1959.

ROTHBALLER, A. B., and Jarvik, M. E.: Chronic
catherterization of carotid and vertebral arteries in
cats. Proceedings of the Society for Experimen-
tal Biology and Medicine, 98, 699-703, 1958.

VAN LAER, ELIZABETH K., and JARvVIK, M. E.: Smok-
ing behavior in monkeys. (Abstract) Pharma-
cologist, 5(2) :241, 1963.

VAN LAER, ELIZABETH K., JARVIK, MURRAY E., and
VAN LAER, JoHN: Effects of ethyl alcohol on re-
tention in a delayed-response test. Quarterly Jour-
nal of Studies on Alcohol, 26(3):384-392, 1965.

MH-1226 (R01) DEws, PETER B.: Analysis of ef-
fects of chlorpromazine and reserpine. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1956-59)

DEews, P. B.: Modification by drugs of performance
on simple schedules of positive reinforcement.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
65:268-281, 1956.

DEws, P. B.: Schedule parameter and behavioral ef-
fects of drugs. Journal of Pharmacology, 119(2):
141-142, 1957.

DEews, P. B.: Studies on behavior. III. Effects of
scopolamine on reversal of a discriminatory per-
formance in pigeons. [Journal of Pharmacology,
119:343-353, 1957.

DEws, P. B.: Analysis of effects of psychopharma-
cological agents in behavioral tests. Federation
Proceedings, 17:1024-1030, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2094).

DEews, P. B.: Effects of chlorpromazine and proma-
zine on performance on a mixed schedule of re-
inforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 1:73-82, 1958.

DEews, P. B.: Effect of d-amphetamine on an item
of operant behavior in humans. (Abstract) Jour-
nal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeu-
tics, 122(1) :18A-19A, 1958.

Dews, P. B.: Studies on behavior. IV. Stimulant
actions of methamphetamine. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 122:137-
147, 1958.

DEws, P. B., and Morse, W. H.: Some observa-
tions on an operant in human subjects and its
modification by dextroamphetamine. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1:359-
364, 1958.

PaasoNEN, M. K,, and Dews, P. B.: Effects of
raunescine and isoraunescine on behaviour and on
the 5-hydroxytryptamine and noradrenaline con-
tents of brain. British Journal of Pharmacology
and Chemotherapy, 13:84-88, 1958.

MH-1227 (RO1) JoHNSTON, PHILIP W.: Effect of
hearing loss on mentally retarded children. Wal-
ter E. Fernald State School, Waverly, Mass.
(1956-57)

173

JoHNsTON, PHILIP W., and FARRELL, MALCOLM ].:
An experiment in improved medical and educa-
tional services for hard of hearing children at the

Walter E. Fernald State School. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 62(2):230-237, 1957.

MH-1230 (R17) AMES, ADELBERT, III: Relation
of mental function to brain metabolism. Har-
vard Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1956-61)

AMES, A., and GURIAN, B. S.: Measurement of func-
tion in an in vitro preparation of mammalian cen-
tral nervous tissue. Journal of Neurophysiology,
23:676-691, 1960.

AMEs, A., and GURIAN, B. S.: Recording of single
unit activity in isolated central nervous tissue.
Science, 133(3466):1767-1768, 1961.

AMEs, A., and NESBETT, F. B.: A method for mul-
tiple electrolyte analyses on small samples of nerv-
ous tissue. Journal of Neurochemistry, 3:116-
126, 1958.

AMEs, A., and NEsBETT, F. B.: Analysis for po-
tassium, sodium, chloride and water in a 2 ul sam-
ple of extracellular fluid. Analytical Biochemis-
try, 1(1):1-7, 1960.

DEROUGEMONT, J., AMES, A., NESBETT, F. B., and
HorMaNN, H. F.: Fluid formed by choroid
plexus. A technique for its collection and a com-
parison of its electrolyte composition with serum
and cisternal fluids. Journal of Neurophysiology,
23:485-495, 1960.

MH-1233 (R01) CHANCE, ERIKA: Impact of child
guidance treatment on the family. Mount Zion
Hospital and Medical Center, San Francisco, Calif.
(1956-58) (Continued from MH-830).

CHANCE, Erika: Methodological problems in the
study of parent-child relationships from treatment
interview.  Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 3:272-283,
1957.

CHANCE, ERIKA: Measuring pathogenic family re-
lationships. International Journal of Social Psy-
chiatry, 4(1) :10-17, 1958.

CHANCE, ERIKA: Families in treatment.
Basic Books, 1959, 234 p.

New York,

MH-1239 (R01) SHIRLEY, DAvID A.: Benzopheno-
thiazines as chemotherapeutic agents. University
of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn. (1956-61)

SHIRLEY, DAVID A., and JEVONs, C. Liu: Metala-
tion of 12H-Benzo(a) phenothiazine with n-Butyl-
lithium. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 25:1189-
1190, 1960.

SHIRLEY, DAVID A., and Tatum, W. EARL: Synthe-
sis of 7-(Dialkylaminoalkyl)-benzo(c) phenothia-
zines. Journal of the American Chemical Society,
81:496-498, 1959.
SHIRLEY, DAvID A., and Tatum, W. EARL: The
metolation of 7H-Benzo(c) phenothiozine with n-
Butyllithium. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 25:
2238-2239, 1960.

TALUKDAR, PURNENDU B., and SHIRLEY, DAVID A.:
Synthesis of 12 - (Dialkylaminoalkyl) - benzo (a)
phenothiazines. Journal of the American Chemi-
cal Society, 80:3462-3466, 1958.

MH-1245 (R03) Lotsof, ERwIN ].: Decision-
making and personality. University of California,
Los Angeles, Calif. (1956-57)

LotsoF, ERWIN J.: Expectancy for success and deci-
sion-time. The American Journal of Psychology,
71:416-419, 1958.

LotsoF, ERWIN J.: Expectancy for success and cer-
tainty of response. American Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 72:600-602, 1959.

MH-1246 (R01) GREENBLATT, MILTON, SOLO-
MON, L., and TURNER, LUCILLE: Autonomic cor-
relates of traumatic avoidance learning. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1956-61)

TURNER, LuciLLE H., and SOLOMON, RICHARD L.:
Human traumatic avoidance learning: Theory and
experiments on the operant-respondent distinction
and failure to learn. Psychological Monographs,
76(40), 1962. (Whole No. 559) (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4202).

WEsTcoTT, MALCOLM R., and HUTTENLOCKER,
JANELLEN: Cardiac conditioning: The effects and
implications of controlled and uncontrolled respi-
ration. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61:
353-359, 1961.

MH-1252 (R01) WEIss, JAMES M. A.: Psychiatric
rehabilitation of older persons. Washington Uni-
versity, St. Louis, Mo. (1956-58)

Davis, D., Weiss, J. M. A., GiLpea, E. F., and
MENsH, I. N.: Psychiatric problems of later life:
Clinical syndromes. American Practice and Di-
gest of Treatment, 10:61-65, 1959.

MenNsH, I. N.,, Weiss, J. M. A., Davis, D., and
GILDEA, E. F.: Psychiatric problems of later life:
Treatment and rehabilitation. American Practice
and Digest of Treatment, 10:225-228, 1959.

RoMMEL, L. A., ScHaIg, K. W., WEIss, J. M. A.,
and MELICAN, T. P.: The relationship between
medical, psychological, and social factors and the
psychiatric complaints of older patients. (Ab-
stract) American Psychologist, 13:341, 1958.

ScHAIE, K. W. CHATHAM, L. R., and WEISS,
J. M. A.: The multiprofessional intake assess-
ment of older psychiatric patients. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 1:92-100, 1961.

ScHalg, K. W., RomMEL, L. A. and WEIss,
J. M. A.: Judging the relative severity of psychi-

atric out-patient complaints.
Psychology, 15:380-388, 1959.

WEIss, J. M. A.: Evaluating the psychiatric prob-
lems of older persons. (Abstract) Journal of
Gerontology, 14:509, 1959.

Weiss, J. M. A., CHATHAM, L. R., and SCHAIE,
K. W.: Dynamic patterns of symptom formation
associated with aging. In: The scientific papers
of the 116th Annual Meeting of the American
Psychiatric Association in summary form. Wash-
ington, D.C., American Psychiatric Association,
1960.

Weiss, J. M. A., CHATHAM, L. R., and SCHAIE,
K. W.: Symptom formation associated with ag-
ing: Dynamic pattern. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 4:22-29, 1961.

Weiss, J. M. A. GiLpea, E. F., Davis, D., and
MENSsH, I. N.: Psychiatric problems of later life:
Nature and scope. American Practice and Digest
of Treatment, 9:1955-1959, 1958.

Weiss, J. M. A, RoMMEL, L. A., and SCHAIE,
K. W.: Patterns of initial complaints of older per-
sons referred to a psychiatric clinic. In: The sci-
entific papers of the 114th Annual Meeting of the
American Psychiatric Association in summary
form. Washington, D.C., American Psychiatric
Association, 1958.

Weiss, J. M. A., RoMMEL, L. A, and SCHAIE,
K. W.: The presenting problems of older patients
referred to a psychiatric clinic. Journal of Geron-
tology, 14:477-481, 1959.

Weiss, J. M. A., and ScHalg, K. W.: Factors in
patients’ failure to return to a psychiatric clinic.
Diseases of the Nervous System, 19:429-430,
1958.

Weiss, J. M. A., and ScHalg, K. W.: Symptom for-
mation among older patients in a psychiatric clinic
population. In: Blumenthal, H. T., ed. Medical
and clinical aspects of aging. New York, Colum-
bia University Press, 1962, p. 64-71.

Wess, J. M. A., WiLLis, B. B., JoNEks, J. M,
Schalg, K. W., RoBINs, A. J., and FieLps, G. L.:
Predicting the psychiatric problems of older per-
sons: A follow-up study. Comprehensive Psychi-
atry, 2:350-357, 1961. Also in: Tibbitts, C., and
Donahue, W., eds. Social and psychological as-
pects of aging. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1962, p. 568-577.

Journal of Clinical

MH-1259 (R03) BINDER, ARNOLD: Visual recog-
nition and learning theory concepts. Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Ind. (1956-57)

BINDER, A., and FELDMAN, S.: The effects of ex-
perimentally controlled experience upon recogni-
tion responses. Psychological Monographs, 74(9) :
1-43, 1960. (Whole No. 496). (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2170).

174
SPRAGUE, R. L.: Effects of differential training on
tachistoscopic recognition thresholds. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 58:227-231, 1959.

MH-1260 (R01) SONTAG, LESTER W.: Multidisci-
plinary studies in human development. Fels Re-
search Institute, Yellow Springs, Ohio. (1956-
64)

CRANDALL, V., and SINKELDAM, CAROL: Children’s
dependent and achievement behaviors in social
situations and their perceptual fietd dependence.
Journal of Personality, 32:1-22, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2238).

CARN, STANLEY M.: Roentgenogrammetric determi-
nations of body composition. Human Biology,
29(4):337-353, 1957.

GARN, S. M.: Research and malocclusion.
Journal of Orthodontia, 47:661-673, 1961.
acknowledges MH-1294).

GARN, S. M.: Radiographic analysis of body com-
osition. In: Brozek, J., and Henschel, A., eds.
echniques for measuring body composition.

Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sci-
ences, 1961, p. 36-58.

GARN, S. M.: Anthropometry in clinical appraisal.
American Journal of Clinic Nutrition, 11:418-
432, 1962.

GARN, S. M.: Determinants of size and growth dur-
ing the first three years of life. New York,
Karger, S. Bibliographia Paediatrica, 79(7):50-
55, 1962.

GARN, S. M.: The genetics of normal human growth.
In: De genetica medica. Rome, Gregor Mendel
Institute, 1962, p. 415-434.

GARN, S. M.: Human biology and research in body
composition. Annals of the New York Academy
of Science, 110:429-446, 1963.

GARN, S. M., CLARK, A., LANDKOF, L. and NEw-
ELL, L.: Parental body build and developmental
progress in the offspring. Science, 132:1555-
1556, 1960.

GARN, S. M,, and FRENCH, N. Y.: Postpartum and
age changes in areolar pigmentation. American
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 85:873-
875, 1963.

GARN, S. M., and HAsKELL, J. H.: Fat and growth
during childhood. Science, 130:1711-1712, 1959.

GARN, S. M., and Lewis, A. B.: The relationship
between third molar agenesis and reduction in
tooth number. Angle Orthodontist, 32:14-18,
1962.

GARN, S. M,,, and LEwis, A. B.: Phylogenetic and
intra-specific variations in tooth sequence poly-
morphism. In: Brothwell, D. R., ed. Dental
anthropology. London, Pergamon, 1963, p. 53-
73.

American
(Also

175

GarN, S. M.,, Lewis, A. B., and KEREWSKY, R. S.:
Relative molar size and fossil taxonomy. Ameri-
can Anthropologist, 66:587-592, 1964.

GARN, S. M., Lewis, A. B., Koski, K., and PoLa-
CHECK, D. L.: The sex difference in tooth calcifi-
cation. Journal of Dental Research, 38:561-567,
1958.

GARN, S. M.,, LEwis, A. B., and PoLACHECK, D. L.:
Variability of tooth formation in man. Science,
128:1510, 1958.

GARN, S. M,, Lewis, A. B., and POLACHECK, D. L.:
Variability of tooth formation. Journal of Denial
Research, 38:135-148, 1959.

GARN, S. M., Lewis, A. B., and PoLACHECK, D. L.:
Sibling similarities in dental development. Jour-
nal of Dental Research, 39:170-175, 1960.

GARN, S. M., Lewis, A. B., and PoLACHECK, D. L.:
Interrelations in dental development. I. Inter-
relationships within the dentition. Journal of
Dental Research, 39:1049-1055, 1960.

GArN, S. M., Lewis, A. B,, and ViciNus, J. H.:
Third molar polymorphism and its significance to
dental genetics. In: Dahlberg, A., ed. Genetics
of oral structures. Chicago, Chicago Press, 1963,
p. 1344-1363.

GARN, S. M,, and NoLaN, P., Jr.: A tank to meas-
ure body volume by water displacement (BoVoTa).
Annals of the New York Academy of Science,
110:91-95, 1963.

GARN, S.'M., and ROHMANN, C. G.: Communalities
of the ossification centers of the hand and wrist.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 17:
319-323, 1960.

GARN, S. M., and RoHMANN, C. G.: Variability in
the order of ossification of the bony centers of the
hand and wrist. American Journal of Physical
Anthropology, 18:219-230, 1960.

GARN, S. M., and RoHMANN, C. G.: Parent-child
similarities in hand-wrist ossification. American
Journal of Diseases of Children, 103:603-607,
1962.

KaGaN, J.: The concept of identification.
logical Review, 65:296-305, 1958.

Psycho-

KAGAN, ].: The stability of TAT fantasy and stimu-
lus ambiguity. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
23:266-271, 1959.

KaGaN, J.: The long term stability of selected
Rorschach responses. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 24:67-73, 1960.

KAGAN, J.: Thematic apperceptive techniques with
children. In: Rabin, A. I., and Haworth, M. R,,
eds. Projective techniques with children. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 105-129.
KAGAN, J.: Stylistic variables in fantasy behavior:
The ascription of affect states to social stimuli. In:
Kagan, J., and Lesser, G. S., eds. Contemporary
issues in thematic apperceptive methods. Spring-
field, 111, C. C. Thomas, 1961, p. 196-220.

KAGAN, J., and FREEMAN, MARIAN: Relation of
childhood intelligence, material behaviors, and so-
cial class to behavior during adolescence. Child
Development, 34:899-911, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4464).

KaGaN, J., and GARN, S. M.: A constitutional cor-
relate of early intellective functioning. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 102:83-89, 1963.

KAGAN, J., HoskiN, B., and WATsoN, S.: The
child’s_ symbolic conceptualization of the parents.
Child Development, 32:625-626, 1961.

KAGAN, J., and LEMKIN, J.: Form, color, and size
in children’s conceptual behavior. Child Develop-
ment, 32:25-28, 1960.

KAGAN, J., and LEMKIN, J.: The child’s differential
perception of parental attributes. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 61:440-447, 1960.

KAGAN, JEROME, and LEwIs, MICHAEL: Studies of
attention in the human infant. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly of Behavior and Development, 11(2):
95-127, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4464).

KAGAN, J., and Moss, H. A.: Parental correlates of
child’s IQ and height: A cross-validation of the
Berkeley Growth Study results. Child Develop-
ment, 30:325-332, 1959.

KaGaN, J., and Moss, H. A.: Stability and validity
of achievement fantasy. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 58:357-364, 1959.

KAGAN, J., and Moss, H. A.: The stability of pas-
sive and dependent behavior from childhood
through adulthood. Child Development, 31:577-
591, 1960.

KaGaN, J., and Moss, H. A.: The availability of
conflictful ideas: A neglected parameter in assess-
ing projective test responses. Journal of Person-
ality, 29:127-234, 1961.

KAGAN, JEROME, and Moss, HowArD A.: Birth to
maturity. A study in psychological development.
New York and Londor, John Wiley & Sons, 1962,
381 p. (Also acknowledges MH-623).

KacaN, J., Moss, H. A., and SiGEL, I. E.: Concep-
tual style and the use of affect labels. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
4:261-278,-1960.

KAGAN, J., Moss, H. A., and SiGeL, I. E.: Psycho-
logical significance of styles of conceptualization.
In: Wright, J. C., and Kagan, J., eds. Basic cog-
nitive processes in children. Society for Research
in Child Development, Monograph, 28(2):73-
112, 1963. (Serial No. 86). (Also acknowledges
MH-4464).

176

KAGAN, J., and RosMAN, BERNICE L.: Cardiac and
respiratory correlates of attention and an analytic
attitude. Journal of Experimental Child Psychol-
0gy, 1:50-63, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4464).

KAGAN, ]J., SoNTAG, L. W., Baker, C. T., and
NELSON, V. L.: Personality and IQ changes.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56:
261-266, 1958.

Koski, K., and GARN, S. M.: Tooth eruption se-
quence in fossil and modern man. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 15:469-488,
1957.

LACEY, JoHN I., KAGAN, JEROME, LACEY, BEATRICE
C., and Moss, HowARD A.: The visceral level:
Situational determinants and behavioral correlates
of autonomic response patterns. In: Knapp, P. J.,

ed. Expression of the emotions in man. New
York, International Universities Press, 1963,
p- 161-196. (Also acknowledges MH-623).

Lansky, L. M., CRANDALL, J. KAGAN, and BAKER,
C. T.: Sex differences in aggression and its cor-
relates in middle class adolescents. Child Devel-
opment, 32:45-58, 1961.

Leg, L. C.: Concept utilization in preschool children.
Child Development, 36(1):221-227, 1965.

Lewis, A. B., and GARN, S. M.: The relationship
between tooth formation and other maturational
factors. Angle Orthodontist, 30:70-77, 1960.

Lewis, MICHAEL: Effect of effort on value: An ex-
ploratory study of children. Child Development,
35(4):1337-1342, 1964.

Lewis, MICHAEL: Some nondecremental effects of
effort. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 57:367-372, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4202).

Lewis, MicHAEL: Effect of effort on choice: Value
of a secondary reinformer. Psychological Reports,
16(2):557-560, 1965.

Lewis, MICHAEL: Probability learning in young
children: The binary choice paradigm. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 108(1):43-48, 1966.

Lewis, MICHAEL, and RICHMAN, SHANNA: Social
encounters and their effect on subsequent social
reinforcement. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 69:253-257, 1964.

LonNDON, PERRY: Developmental experiments in
hypnosis. Journal of Projective Techniques and
Personality Assessment, 29(2):189-199, 1965.

Moss, H. A., and KaGaN, J.: Maternal influences
on early IQ scores. Psychological Reports, 4:
655-661, 1958.

Moss, H. A., and KacaN, J.: The stability of
achievement and recognition-seeking behaviors,
from early childhood through adulthood. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:504-
513, 1961.

SoNTAG, L. W.: Psychosomatics and somatopsychics
from birth to three years. Modern Problems of
Pediatrics, 7:139-156, 1962.

SONTAG, L. W.: Effect of maternal emotions on
fetal development. In: Kroger, W. S., ed. Psy-
chosomatic obstetrics, gynecology and endocrinol-
ogy. Springfield, Ill, Thomas, 1962.

SoNTAG, L. W.: Fetal behavior as a predictor of
behavior in childhood. Medicine et Hygiene, 21:
659-664, 1963.

SoNTAG, L. W.: Somatopsychics of personality and
body function. Vita Humana, 6:1-10, 1963.

SONTAG, L. W., BAKER, C. T., and NELsoN, V. L.:
Mental growth and personality development.
A longitudinal study. Monographs of the Society
for Research in Child Development, 23 (2) :1-143,
1958. (Serial No. 68).

SoNTAG, L. W., and KAGAN, J.: The emergence of
intellectual achievement motives. American [our-
nal of Orthopsychiatry, 33:532-535, 1963.

THoMas, C. B., and GARN, S. M.: Degree of obesity
and serum cholesterol level. Science, 131:42,
1960.

WATERS, E., and CRANDALL, V. J.: Social class and
observed maternal behavior from 1940 to 1960.
Child Development, 35(4):1021-1032, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-2238).

MH-1263 (R01) Loomis, EARL A., Jr.: Play pat-
terns in schizophrenic and other children. St.
Luke's Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1956-60)

Loomis, E. A., Jr.: Autistic and symbiotic syndromes
in children. Monograph Social Research Child
Development, 25(3):39-48, 1960. (Whole No.
77)

Loomis, E. A, Jr., and MEYER, L. R.: Observations
and recording—a simultaneous process. Ameri-
can Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 29:574-582, 1959.

Looms, E. A., JrR., WILGEMAN, L. H., and MEYER,
L. R.: Childhood psychosis. Play patterns as non-
verbal indices of ego functions: A preliminary re-
port. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 27:
691-700, 1957.

MEYER, L. R.: A methodological approach to the
evaluation of treatment in young nonverbal chil-
dren. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 31:
748-756, 1961.

MUNZER, JEAN: Group therapy with parents of psy-
chotic children in a co-ordinated research program.
International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 12:
107-112, 1962.

ScHACHTER, F. F., MEYER, L. R, and LooMIs,
E. A, Jr.: Childhood schizophrenia and mental

177

retardation: Differential diagnosis before and after
one year of psychotherapy. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 32:584-594, 1962.

WRIGHT, B., Looms, E. A., Jr., and MEYER, L. R.:
Observational Q-sort differences between schizo-
phrenic, retarded and normal preschool boys.
Child Development, 34:169-185, 1963.

MH-1265 (R01) McGaniTy, WIiLLIAM J., and
MEIER, GILBERT W.: Fetal pyridoxine deficiency
and behavior defects. Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn. (1956-60)

McGanNITY, WILLIAM ]., BRIDGFORTH, EDWIN B.,
and DARBY, WILLIAM ].: Vanderbilt cooperative
study of maternal and infant nutrition. Vol. 12.
Effect of reproductive cycle on nutritional status
and requirements. Journal of the American Medi-
cal Association, 168:2138-2145, 1958.

MH-1273 (R01) BrapwAy, KATHERINE P.: IQ
changes from preschool to adulthood. Stanford
University, San Francisco, Calif. (1956-59)

BrADWAY, KATHERINE P., and ROBINSON, NANCY
M.: Significant IQ changes in twenty-five years:
A follow-up. Journal of Educational Psychology,
52(2):74-79, 1961.

BrRADWAY, KATHERINE P., and THOMPSON, CLARE
W.: Intelligence at adulthood: A twenty-five year
follow-up. Journal of Educational Psychology,
53(1):1-14, 1962.

BRADWAY, KATHERINE P., THOMPSON, CLARE W.,
and CRAVENS, RICHARD B.: Preschool IQs after
twenty-five years. Journal of Educational Psychol-
ogy, 49(5):278-281, 1958.

MH-1274 (R01) Bieri, JaMEs: Cognitive factors
in behavior. Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass. (1956-57) (Continued as MH-1976).

BIER], ]., BRADBURN, W. M., and GALINSKY, M. D.:
Sex differences in perceptual behavior. Journal
of Personality, 26:1-12, 1958.

Bieri, J., LoBEck, R., and GALINsKY, M. D.:
A comparison of direct, indirect and fantasy meas-
ures of identification. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 58:253-258, 1959. Also in:
Mednick,M. T., and Mednick, S. A., eds. Read-
ings in personality. New York, Holt, Rinehart,
& Winston, 1963, p. 444-453. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1976).

MH-1281 (R01) WENGER, MARION A.: Auto-
nomic responses in psychosomatic disorders. Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1957-
61)

STERMAN, M. B., CLEMENS, T. L., and WENGER,
M. A.: Autonomic and clinical correlates of dif-
ferential electroencephalogram response to cold
pressor stimulation. Psychophysiology, 2(4):327-
337, 1966.

WENGER, M. A.: Studies on autonomic balance:
A summary. Psychophysiology, 2(3):178-186,
1966. (Also acknowledges MH-788).

WENGER, M. A., CLEMENS, T. L., and CULLEN,
T. D.: Autonomic functions in patients with gas-
tro-intestinal and dermatological disorders. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 24:267-273, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-788).

MH-1283 (R01) Misiak, HENRYK, and LORANGER,
ARMAND: Aging intellectual functions and criti-
cal flicker. Fordham University, New York, N.Y.
(1956-60)

LORANGER, ARMAND W., and MisiAk, HENRYK:
Critical flicker frequency and some intellectual
functions in old age. Journal of Gerontology,
14:323-327, 1959.

LoRANGER, ARMAND W., and Misiak, HENRY: The
performance of aged females on five non-language
tests of intellectual functions. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 16:189-191, 1960.

Misiak, HENRYK, and LORANGER, ARMAND W.:
Cerebral dysfunction and intellectual impairment
in old age. Science, 134:1518-1519, 1961.

MisiAk, HENRYK, and LORANGER, ARMAND W.:
Perserveration factor, Science, 135(3506):794,
1962.

MH-1284 (R01) PHiLLIPs, LESLIE, and LANE,
Joun E.: An exploratory study of healthy per-
sonality. Clark University, Worcester, Mass.
(1956-58)

Ferrer, M. H.: The cognitive implications of role
taking behavior. Journal of Personality, 26(2):
152-168, 1959.

MH-1286 (R01) BLuM, GERALD S.: Research pro-
gram in psychoanalytic behavior theory. Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1956-59)

Brum, G. S.: Psychoanalytic behavior theory: A con-
ceptual framework for research. In: David, H. P,,
and Brengelmann, J. C., eds. Perspectives in per-
sonality research. New York, Springer, 1960,
p. 107-138,

BrLuM, G. S.: A model of the mind. New York,
John Wiley & Sons, 1961, 229 p.

MENDELSOHN, G. A.: The competition of affective
responses in human subjects. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 65:26-31, 1962.

MINKOWICH, ABRAM, WEINGARTEN, LINDA L., and
Brum, GERALD S.: Empirical contributions to a
theory of ambivalence. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71(1) :30-41, 1966.

178

PERLOE, S. I.: Inhibition as a determinant of per-
ceptual defense. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 11:
59-66, 1960.

MH-1287 (R01) Murray, HENRY A.: Competi-
tive and cooperative social interaction. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass, (1956-64)

EpLEY, D., and Ricks, D. F.: Foresight and hind-
sight in the TAT. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 27(1):51-59, 1963.

KEeNisToN, KENNETH: Alienation and the decline
of utopia. American Scholar, 29:1-40, 1960.

KenistoN, K.: Entangling juvenile delinquency.
Commentary, 29:486-491, 1960.

KEenisToN, K.: Youth and the continuity of genera-
tions. Journal of Jewish Communal Service, 38:
5-27, 1961.

KEenNisTON, K.: Social change and youth in America.
Daedalus, 91:145-171, 1962.

KenistoN, K.: American students and the ‘politi-
cal revival’. American Scholar, 32:40-64, 1963.

KENIsTON, K.: The American student. In: Reports
of the Eighth Yale Conference on the Teaching
of the Social Sciences. New Haven, Connecticut,
Yale University, 1963.

KeNisToN, K.: Inburn: An American Ishmael.
White, R. W., ed. The study of lives.
York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 40-70.

In:
New

KenistoN, K., and CoucH, A.: Yeasayers and nay-
sayers: Agreeing response set as a personality
variable. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 60:151-174, 1960.

KenistoN, K., and CoucH, A.: Agreeing response
set and social desirability. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 61:175-179, 1961.

KroeBeR, T. C.: The coping functions of the ego
mechanisms. In: White, R. D., ed. The study
of lives. New York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 40-
70.

Murray, H. A.: Theoretical basis for projective
tests. Proceedings of the International Congress
for Psychology, Brussels, 1957, p. 1-2.

Murray, H. A.: Drive, time, strategy, measurement,
and our way of life. In: Lindzey, G., ed. Assess-
ment of human motives. New York, Rinehart,
1958, p. 183-196.

Murray, H. A.: Individuality: The meaning and
content of individuality in contemporaty America.
Daedalus, 87:25-47, 1958.

Murray, H. A.: Notes on the Icarus syndrome.
Folia psychiatrica, neurologica, et neurochirugica
Neelandica, 61:204-208, 1958.

Murray, H. A.: Vicissitudes of creativity. In: An-
derson, H. H., ed. Creativity and its cultivation.
New York, Harper, 1959, p. 96-118.

MuRrrAY, H. A.: Preparations for the scaffold of a
comprehensive system. In: Koch, S., ed. Psy-
chology: A study of science. Vol. 3. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1959, p. 7-54.

Murray, H. A.: Historical trends in personality re-
search. In: David, H. P., and Brengelmann,
J. C., eds. Perspectives in personality research.
New York, Springer, 1960.

Murray, H. A.: Commentary on the case of EI.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 25:404-411,
1961.

Murray, H. A.: Prospect for psychology. Science,
136:483-488, 1962.

Murray, H. A.: Studies of stressful interpersonal
disputations. American Psychologist, 18:28-36,
1963.

WessMAN, A. E., Ricks, D. F., and TyL, MARY
MCcILLVAINE: Characteristics and concomitants of
mood fluctuation in college women. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60:117-126,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-700).

MH-1289 (R01) SNYDER, CHARLES R.: Alcohol
and higher-order problem solving. Yale Univer-
sity, New Haven, Conn. (1956-58)

CARPENTER, JOHN A., MOORE, OMAR K., SNYDER,
CHARLES R., and LisaNskYy, EpiTH S.: Alcohol
and higher-order problem solving. Quarterly
Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 22:183-222, 1961.

MH-1290 (R01) WISCHNER, GEORGE J]., BRAUN,
HARRY W. and PATTON, ROBERT A.: Formation
of learning sets in children. University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1956- )

pEHAAN, H. F., and WiscHNER, G. J.:
dimensional objects versus projected color photo-
graphs of objects as stimuli in learning-set Forma.
tion by retarded children. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:440-444,
1963.

WIsCHNER, G. ]., BrRauN, H. W., and PATTON,
R. A.: Acquisition and long-term retention of an
object-quality learning set by retarded children.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 55:518-523, 1962.

WIisCHNER, G. J., and O'DONNELL, J. P.: Concur-
rent learning-set formation in normal and re-
tarded children. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:524-527, 1962.

Three-

MH-1292 (R01) KrecH, Davip, BENNETT, ED-
WARD L., and ROSENZWEIG, MARK R.: Brain
chemistry and behavior. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1956-63)

179

BENNETT, E. L., CrOssLAND, J., KrREcH, D., and
ROSENZWEIG, M. R.: Strain differences in aceyl-
choline concentrations in rat brain. Nature, 187:
787, 1960.

BENNETT, E. L., Dror, J. B., KREcH, D., ROSEN-
zwEIG, M. R., and ABRAHAM, S.: Hexokinase
activity in brain. Journal of Biological Chemis-
try, 237:1758-1763, 1962.

BenNNETT, E. L., KRECH, D., ROSENZWEIG, M. R.,
KarLssoN, H., Dvg, N., and OHLANDER, A.:
Cholinesterase and lactic dehydrogenase activity
in the rat brain. Journal of Neurochemistry, 3:
153-160, 1958.

BENNETT, E. L., RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KRECH, D.,
KarLssoN, H., Dye, N., and OHLANDER, A.:
Individual, strain and age differences in cholines-
terase activity of the rat brain. Journal of Neuro-
chemistry, 3:144-152, 1958.

BENNETT, E. L.,, RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KRECH, D.,
OHLANDER, A., and Morimoto, H.: Cholinester-
ase activity and protein content of rat brain.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 6:210-218, 1961.

DiaMoND, MARION C., KRECH, DAVID, and ROSEN-
ZWEIG, MARK R.: The effects of an enriched en-
vironment on the histology of the rat cerebral
cortex. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 123:
111-120, 1964.

KrEcH, DavD: Effects of experience on brain chem-
istry and anatomy. Acta Psychologica, 23:169-
170, 1964.

KrEcH, D., ROSENzZWEIG, M. R., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Cholinesterase activity. Science, 128:1176,
1958.

KrecH, D., RoseNzwEIG, M. R., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Correlation between brain cholinesterase
and brain weight within two strains of rats.
American Journal of Physiology, 196:31-32, 1959.

KrecH, D., RoseNzwWEIG, M. R., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Effects of environmental complexity and
training on brain chemistry. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 53:509-519,
1960.

KrEcH, D., ROSENzWEIG, M. R., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Inter-hemispheric effects of cortical lesions
on brain biochemistry. Science, 132:352-353,
1960.

KrecH, D., RosENzwElG, M. R., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Relations between brain chemistry and
problem-solving, among rats raised in enriched
and impoverished environments. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:801-
807, 1962.

KrecH, D., RosENzwEIlG, M. R.,, and BENNETT,
E. L.: On the trail of the memory trace. Fest-
schrift honoring Wolfgang Kohler. Psycholo-
gische Beitrage, 6:472-483, 1962.
KrecH, D., RosENzwElG, M. R., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Effects of complex environment and blind-
ness on rat brain. Archives of Neurology, 8:403-
412, 1963.

Markowitz, H., and SasLow, M. G.: A reliable
silent electronic shock scrambler. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7:267-268,
1964.

RobperIicK, T. H.: Selection for cholinesterase activ-
ity in the cerebral cortex of the rat. Genetics, 45:
1123-1140, 1960.

RosENZWEIG, M. R.: Mechanisms of seeing: The
role of the brain. Proceedings of the Interna-
tional Congress on Technology and Blindness, 2:
45-85, 1963.

RoseNzwEIG, M. R.: Effects of heredity and en-
vironment on brain chemistry, brain anatomy, and
learning ability in the rat. Kansas Studies in Edu-
cation, 14:3-34, 1964.

RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KrREcH, D., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Brain enzymes and adaptive behavior. In:
Neurological basis of behavior. Ciba Founda-
tion Symposium, London, Churchill, J. & A., 1958,
p. 337-355.

RoseNnzwEIG, M. R., KrRecH, D., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Individual differences in behavior and their
correlates in brain biochemistry. In: Proceedings
of the Fifteenth International Congress of Psy-
chology, Brussels, 1957. Amsterdam, North Hol-
land Publishing Co., 1959, p. 182-183.

RosenzwEIG, M. R., KrREcH, D., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Acetylcholine metabolism and behavior of
rats. Science, 129:62-64, 1959.

RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KrRecH, D., and BENNETT,
E. L.: A search for relations between brain chem-
istry and behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 57:
476-492, 1960.

RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KrREcH, D., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Heredity, environment, brain biochemistry,
and learning. In: Patton, Robert, ed. Current
trends in psychological theory. Pittsburgh, Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh Press, 1961, p. 87-110.

RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KrREcH, D., and BENNETT,
E. L.: Relations entre la chimie du cerveau et le
comportment adaptatif. Psychologie Francaise, 6:
81-89, 1961.

RoseNnzwEIG, M. R., KrReEcH, D. and BENNETT,
E. L.: Effets de I'apprentissage sur la chimie et
I'anatomie du cerbeau. Psychologie Francaise, 7:
209-215, 1962.

RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KrEcH, D., BENNETT, E. L.,
and DiaMoND, M. D.: Effects of environmental
complexity and training on brain chemistry and
anatomy: A replication and extension. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
429-437, 1962.

180

RoseNzweElG, M. R., KrecH, D., BENNETT, E. L.,
and ZoLMAN, J. F.: Variation in environmental
complexity and brain measures. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:1092-
1095, 1962.

SasLow, M. G., and MarRkowITZ, H.: An inexpen-
sive and simple solid state timer. Journal of Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):150, 1964.

Tapp, J. T., and MarKowITZ, H.: Infant handling:
Effects on avoidance learning, brain weight, and
cholinesterase activity. ~~ Science, 140:486-487,
1963.

THiessEN, D. D., ZoLmAN, J. F., and RODGERS,
D. A.: Relation between adrenal weight, brain
cholinesterase activity, and hole-in-wall behavior
of mice under different living conditions. [our-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55:186-190, 1962.

WooLLEY, D. E., RoseNzwEIG, M. R., KrEcH, D.,
BENNETT, E. L., and TiMIRAs, P. S.: Strain and
sex differences in threshold and pattern of electro-
shock convulsions in rats. Physiologist, 3:182,
1960.

WooLLey, D. E., TiMmiras, P. S., ROSENZWEIG,
M. R., KrecH, D., and BENNETT, E .L.: Sex and
strain differences in electroshock convulsions of
the rat. Nature, 190:515-516, 1961.

WooLLEy, D. E., TiMiras, P. S., ROSENZWEIG,
M. R., KrecH, D., and BENNETT, E. L.: Strain
differences in seizure responses and brain cholin-
esterase activity in rats. Proceedings of the So-
ciety for Experimental and Biological Medicine,
112:781-785, 1963.

ZoLMaN, J. F., and MoriMoTo, H.: Effects of age
of training on cholinesterase activity in brains of
maze-bright rats. Journal of Comparative Physio-
logical Psychology, 55:794-800, 1962.

ZorLMAN, JaMEs F., and Morimoto, Hiromi: Cere-
bral changes related to duration of environmental
complexity and locomotor activity. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):
382-387, 1965.

MH-1293 (R01) EPSTEIN, SEYMOUR: Measurement
of drive and conflict. University of Massachu-
setts, Amherst, Mass. (1956- )

BursTEIN, KENNETH, R., FENz, WALTER, D.,
BERGERON, JAMES, and EPSTEIN, SEYMOUR:
A comparison of skin potential and skin resist-
ance responses as measures of emotional respon-
itivity. Psychophysiology, 2(1):14-24, 1965.

EpsTEIN, S.: Food related responses to ambiguous
stimuli as related to hunger and ego strength.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:463-469,
1961.

EPSTEIN, S.: The measurement of drive and conflict
in humans: Theory and experiment. In: Jones,
M. R., ed. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation.
Lincoln, Nebraska, University of Nebraska Press,
1962, p. 127-209.

EpsTEIN, S., and FENz, W. D.: Theory and experi-
ment on the measurement of approach-avoidance
conflict. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 64:97-112, 1962.

EPSTEIN, SEYMOUR, and FENz, WALTER D.: Steep-
ness of approach and avoidance gradients in hu-
mans as a function of experience: Theory and ex-
periment. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
70(1):1-12, 1965.

EpsTEIN, S., and Levitt, H.: The influence of hun-
ger on the learning and recall of food-related
words. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 64:130-135, 1962.

FENz, WALTER D.: Conflict and stress as related to
physiological - activation and sensory, perceptual,
and cognitive functioning. Psychological Mono-
graphs, 78:1-33, 1964. (Whole No. 585).

FEnz, W. D., and EPSTEIN, S.: Measurement of
approach-avoidance conflict by a stimulus dimen-
sion in a test of thematic apperception. Journal
of Personality, 30:613-632, 1962.

FENZ, WALTER D., and EPSTEIN, SEYMOUR: Mani-
fest anxiety: Unifactorial or multifactorial com-
position. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 29(3)
Part 1:773-780, 1965.

Lesow, K., and EPsTEIN, S.: Thematic and cogni-
tive responses of good premorbid schizophrenics
to dimensions of nuturance for mother- father,-
and peer-figures. Journal of Consulting Psychol-
ogy, 27:24-33, 1963.

LEIMAN, A., and EPSTEIN, S.: Thematic sexual re-
sponses as related to sexual drive and guilt. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:169-
175, 1961.

NEeLsoN, T., and EPSTEIN, S.: Relationships among
three levels of conflict. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 26:345-350, 1962.

SALTZ, G., and EPSTEIN, S.: Thematic hostility and
guilt responses as related to self-reported hostility,
guilt, and conflict. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 67:469-479, 1963.

MH-1294 (R01) WiLLIAMS, JAMES H., CAMPBELL,
ERNEST Q., and HENRY, ANDREW F.: Aggression
and family structure. Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn, (1956-59)

GARN, S. M.: Research and malocclusion. Ameri-
can Journal of Orthodontia, 47:661-673, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1260).

MH-1298 (R01) Mover, KENNETH E.: Adrenal
glands and emotional behavior. Carnegie Insti-
tute of Technology, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1956- )

181

HALE, JoHN F.: On the interaction effect between
early experience, later response to a terminal
stressor, and the presence or absence of an inter-
vening stressor. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:451-452, 1964.

KorN, JaMEs H.: The effect of thyroid hormone
and an antithyroid drug on the startle response of
the rat. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 9(4):
393-401, 1966.

Korn, Jamis H., and Mover, K. E.: The effects
of pre-shock and handling on the startle response
in the rat. Psychonomic Science, 2(9):409-410,
1965.

Mover, K. E.: Effect of adrenalectomy on anxiety
motivated behavior. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
0gy, 92:11-16, 1958.

Movekgr, K. E.: Effect of adrenalectomy on emotional
elimination. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 92:
17-21, 1958.

Mover, K. E.: A jumping box for cats. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 101:21-24, 1962.

Mover, K. E.: Startle response: Habituation on
trials and days, and sex and strain differences.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 56:863-865, 1963.

Mover, K. E.: Effect of prolonged shock stress on
timidity and emotional elimination in the rat.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 102:37-43, 1963.

Mover, K. E.: Effect of experience with emotion
provoking stimuli on water consumption in the
rat. Psychonomic Science, 2(9):251-252, 1965.

Mover, K. E., and BAENNINGER, R.: Effect of en-
vironmental change and electric shock on water
consumption in the rat. Psychological Reports,
13:179-185, 1963.

Mover, K. E., and BEEN, R. T.: Effect of adrena-
lectomy on food, water, and saltwater consumption
in the rat: A methodological study. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 104:297-300, 1964.

Mover, K. E., and BUNNELL, B. N.: Effect of in-
jected adrenalin on an avoidance response in the
rat. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 92:247-251,
1958.

Mover, K. E., and BuUNNELL, B. N.: Effect of
adrenal demedullation on an avoidance response
in the rat. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 52:215-216, 1959.

Mover, K. E., and BunNELL, B. N.: Effect of
exogenous adrenalin on the startle response of the
rat. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 95:255-259,
1959.

Mover, K. E. and BuNNELL, B. N.: Effect of
adrenal demedullation, operative stress, and noise
stress on emotional elimination. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 96:375-382, 1960.
Mover, K. E., and BUNNELL, B. N.: Relationship
between emotional elimination, startle response,
and blood count after stress. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 97:237-243, 1960.

Mover, K. E., and BuNNELL, B. N.: Effect of
adrenal demedullation on the startle response in
the rat. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 97:341-
344, 1960.

Mover, K. E., and CHAPMAN, J. A.: Effect of con-
tinuous vs. discontinuous shock on shuttle box
avoidance in the rat. Psychonomic Science, 4(5):
197-198, 1966.

Mover, K. E,, and Korn, J. H.: Effect of UCS
intensity on the acquisition and extinction of an
avoidance response. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 67:352-359, 1964.

Mover, K. E., and Korn, James H.: Effect of
adrenalectomy and adrenal demedullation on the
retention of an avoidance response in the rat.
Psychonomic Science, 2:77-78, 1965.

Mover, K. E., and KorN, James H.: Behavioral
effects of isolation in the rat. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 3(11):503-504, 1965.

Mover, K. E,, and Korn, James H.: Effect of UCS
intensity on the acquisition and extinction of a
one-way avoidance response. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 4(3):121-122, 1966.

Mover, K. E., and MosHEIN, PETER: Effect of
adrenalectomy on the attenuation of a conditioned
avoidance response by ECS in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
163-166, 1963.

MH-1300 (RO1) ELMADJIAN, FRED: Aldosterone
excretion in behavioral disorders. Worcester
Foundation for Experimental Biology, Shrewsbury,
Mass. (1956-58)

ELmADJIAN, F.: Aldosterone excretion in behavioral
disorders. In: Korey, S. R., Pope, A., and Robins,
E., eds. Ultrastructure and metabolism of the
nervous system. Vol. 40. Baltimore, Williams &
Wilkins, 1962, p. 414-419.

ELMmADjIAN, F., Lamson, E. T., and Hor, J. M.:
Aldosterone excretion in anxiety states. In: Per-
formance capacity—a symposium. Quartermaster
Food and Container Institute for the Armed
Forces. Washington, D.C., National Academy of
Sciences, National Research Council, 1961, p. 217-
225.

ELMmaDjIAN, FF.) Lamson, E. T., MascHour, C.,
and GIBREE, N.: Aldosterone excretion in be-
habioral disorders, First International Congress of
Endocrinology, Copenhagen. Periodica, p. 175,
1960.

MH-1301 (R01) WENKERT, ERNEST: Bioactive in-
dole compounds. Iowa State University, Ames,
Iowa. (1965-61) (Continued as MH-5815).

182

WENKERT, E., Apams, K. A. H., and LEeicHT, C.:
Self-condensation of methyl propiolate. Canadian
Journal of Chemistry, 41:1844-1846, 1963. (Also
5815).

WENKERT, E., BERNSTEIN, B. S., and UDELHOFEN,
J. H.: A novel conversion of derivatives of oxin-
doles to indoles. Journal of the American Chemi-
cal Society, 80:4899-4903, 1958.

WENKERT, E., and BLOSSEY, E.: Derivatives of oxy-

tryptophal. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:
4656-4659, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
5815).

WENKERT, E., and BRrRiNGI, N. V.: The absolute
configuration of some indole alkaloids. Journal
of the American Chemical Society, 80:3484, 1958.

WENKERT, E., and BRINGI, N. V.: A new procedure
for forming carbon-carbon bonds. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 80:5575-5576, 1958.

WENKERT, E., and BriNGI, N. V.: A streochemical
interpretation of the biosynthesis of indole alka-
loids. Journal of the American Chemical Society,
81:1474-1481, 1959.

WENKERT, E., GARRATT, S., and Dave, K. G.: A
quebrachamine model. Canadian Journal of Chem-
istry, 42:489-490, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-5815).

WENKERT, E., and KILZER, J.: A flavopereirine syn-
thesis. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:2283-
2284, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5815).

WENKERT, E., ORR, J. C., GARRATT, S., HANSEN,
J., WickBERG, B., and LEicHT, C.: Gelsedine.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:4123-4126,
(Also acknowledges MH-5815).

WENKERT, E., Ro, E. W., and Brinci, N. V.:
The stereochemical interrelationship of the yohim-
bine-type alkaloids. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 79:6570-6571, 1957.

WENKERT, E., and RoycHAuDpHURI, D. K.: The
C-3 configuration of certain indole alkaloids.
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 78:
6417, 1956.

WENKERT, E., and RoycHAUDHURI, D. K.: A gen-
eral method of determination of the stereochemis-
try of certain indole alkaloids: The stereoconfigu-
ration of serpentine and alstonine. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 79:1519-1520, 1957.

WENKERT, E., and RoycHAUDHURI, D. K.: Oxida-
tion-reduction studies in the realm of indole al-
kaloids. Journal of the American Chemical So-
ciety, 80:1613-1619, 1958.

WENKERT, E., and WICKBERG, B.: General meth-
ods of synthesis of indole alkaloids: A flavo-
pereirine synthesis. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 84:4914-4919, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-5815).
WENKERT, E., WICKBERG, B., and LEicHT, C.:
The stereochemistry of ajmalicine and tetrahydro-
alstonine. Journal of the American Chemical So-
ciety, 83:5037, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
5815).

WENKERT, E., WICKBERG, B., and LEicHT, C.: The
stereochemistry of mayumbine and structurally re-
lated oxindole alkaloids. Tetrahedron Letters, 22:
822-826, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-5815).

MH-1305 (R01) GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and GoOL-
DENBERG, VIVIAN: Trace alkaloid metabolism in
mental disease. Hillside Hospital, Glen Oaks,
N.Y. (1956-61)

FisuMAN, V., and GOLDENBERG, H.: Metabolism
of chlorpromazine: Organic extractable fraction
from human urine. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 104:99-103,
1960.

FisHMAN, V., and GOLDENBERG, H.: Identification
of a new metabolite of imipramine. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 110:187-190, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-4543).

FisHMAN, V., HEATON, A., and GOLDENBERG, H.:
Metabolism of chlorpromazine. III. Isolation and
identification of chlorpromazine-n-oxide. Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 109:548-552, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3929 and MH-4543).

GOLDENBERG, H.: Comments concerning inhibition
of serum cholinesterase by mental drugs. Annals
of the New York Academy of Science, 66:466,
1957.

GOLDENBERG, H.: Rectification of nonlinear enzyme
activity curves: A general kinetic treatment, with
practical applications for laboratory use.  (Ab-
stract) Clinical Chemistry, 7(4):309, 1961.

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and FISHMAN, VIVIAN: Spe-
cies dependence of chlorpromazine metabolism.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 108:178-182, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-3929; MH-2938 and MH-
2461).

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, FISHMAN, VIVIAN, WHITTIER,
JoHN, and BRINITZER, WALTER: Urinary aro-
matic excretion patterns in schizophrenia.  Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 2:221-230, 1960.

GOLDENBERG, H., and GOLDENBERG, V.: Inhibition
of serum cholinesterase by lysergic acid deriva-
tives. Submicro detection of LSD. Journal of
the Hillside Hospital, 5:246, 1956.

MH-1306 (R01) Corpock, HaroLD W.: Retrain-
ing after barbiturates and chemotherapy. New
Mexico Highlands University, Las Vegas, N.M.
(1956-57) (Continued as MH-2006).

Coppock, H. W.: Phenobarbital improves retention
and impairs reversal learning of shock escape in
the rat. Psychological Record, 12:367-372, 1962.

Corprpock, H. W. Huarp, D. V., and MEEKS,
W. A.: Drug effects on escape training related to
delay of reinforcement, analgetic, and genetic fac-
tors. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 13:400,
1958.

FraM, J., and Coppock, H. W.: Delay of rein-
forcement in shock escape training of rats. (Ab-
stract) American Psychologist, 12:455, 1957.

MALONEY, W. M., and Coprock, H. W.: Sub-
anesthetic as well as tranquilizing drugs prolong
negative transfer during shock escape training.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 12:435, 1957.

MH-1308 (RO1) STAFFORD, JOHN W.: Develop-
ment of a behavior checklist for psychotics. Catho-
lic University of America, Washington, D.C.
(1956-59)

Lorr, MAURICE, and O'CONNOR, JAMES P.: Psy-
chotic symptom patterns in a behavior inventory.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 22:
139-146, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3262).

Lorr, MAURICE, O'CONNOR, JAMES P., and STAF-
FORD, JoHN W.: The psychotic reaction profile.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16(3):241-245,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-3262).

LoRR, MAURICE, O'CONNOR, JAMES P., and STAF-
FORD, JoHN W.: The psychotic reaction profile
(PRP). An inventory of patient behavior for use
by hospital personnel. Beverly Hills, Calif,
Western Psychological Services, 1961, 4 p.

MH-1316 (R01) FisHER, ALAN E.: Chemical stim-
ulation of local brain areas. University of Wis-
consin, Madison, Wisc. (1956-57) (Contin-
ued as MH-1951).

FisHER, ALAN E.: Reticular formation and endocrine
activity: Discussion. In: Jasper, H., ed. Reticu-
lar formation of the brain. Henry Ford Hospital
International Symposium. London, Churchill,
1959, p. 252-254.

FisHER, ALAN E.: Effects of stimulus variation on
sexual satiation in the male rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:614-
620, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1951).

MH-1319 (R01) BowmaN, PauL H., and LIDDLE,
GORDON P.: Delinquency and slow learning in
school. University of Chicago, Chicago, IIL
(1956-58)

BowMAN, PauL H.: Effects of a revised school pro-
gram on potential delinquents. Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science,
322:53-61, 1959.

183
BowMAN, PauL H., and PELLMAN, MAURINE: So-
cially underpriviliged youth and the schools.
High School Journal (Univ. of North Carolina),
41(8):331-335, 1958.

LiopLE, GORDON, and LONG, DALE: Experimental
room for slow learners in the primary grades.
Elementary School Journal, 59(3):143-149, 1958.

PELLMANN, MAURINE, and LIDDLE, GORDON P.: A
program for the problem child. Phi Delta Kap-
pan, January:174-178, 1959.

MH-1322 (R01) HoAGLAND, HUDSON: Phosphate
metabolism, schizophrenia and LSD treatment.
Worcester Foundation for Experimental Biology,
Shrewsbury, Mass. (1956-59)

BERGEN, J. R., Krus, D. M., and Pincus, G. G.:
Suppression of LSD-25 effects in rats by steroids.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 105:254, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2262).

BERGEN, J. R., PENNELL, R. B,, FREEMAN, H., and
HoaGLAND, H.: Rat behavior changes in re-
sponse to a blood factor from normal and psychotic
persons. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology, 2:
146-150, 1960.

BERGEN, J. R., PENNELL, R. B., HoacLaND, H.,
and FREEMAN, H.: Behavior changes in rats pro-
duced by a human blood factor. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 18(1)Part 1:10, 1959.

BERGEN, J]. R., and Pincus, G.: Steroid suppression
of LSD induced behavior changes in rats. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 19(1) :20, 1960.

MH-1323 (R01) GILL, MERTON M., and LEARY,
TIMOTHY: Measures of the psychotherapeutic proc-
ess. Kaiser Foundation Research Institute, Oak-
land, Calif. (1956-58)

LEARY, TIMOTHY, and GILL, MERTON: The dimen-
sions and measure of the process of psychother-
apy: A system for the analysis of the content of
clinical evaluations and patient-therapist verbali-
zations. In: Strupp, H. H., and Lubersky, L., eds.
Research in psychotherapy. Washington, D.C,
American Psychological Association, 1959, p. 62-
95.

MH-1324 (R01) BRUNER, JEROME S.: Cognitive
processes in learning blocks. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1956-61)

BRUNER, J. S.: On perceptual readiness.
logical Review, 64:123-152, 1957.

Psycho-
BRUNER, J. S.:" Neural mechanisms in perception.
Psychological Review, 64:340-358, 1957.

BRUNER, J. S.: Learning and thinking. Harvard
Educational Review, 29(3):184-192, 1959.

BRUNER, J. S.: The process of education. Cam-
bridge, Mass., Harvard University Press, 1960.

BRUNER, J. S.: Affrontement et defense. Journal de
Psychologie, 1:33-56, 1961.

BRUNER, J. S., and OLVER, Rost R.: The develop-
ment of equivalence transformations in children.
In: Wright, J. C., and Kagan, J., eds. Basic cog-
nitive processes in children. Monograph, Society
for Research in Child Development, 1963, No. 86.

BRUNER, J. S., and TAJrFEL, H.: Cognitive risk and
environmental change. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 62(2):231-241, 1961.

Davison, GERALD C.: The negative effects of early
exposure to suboptimal visual stimuli. Journal of
Personality, 32:278-295, 1964.

MH-1326 (R03) Dixon, James C.: The emer-
gence of reality testing in children. University of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla. (1956- )

Dixon, J. C.: Reactions of superior and feeble-
minded children to an illusion. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 93:79-85, 1958.

MH-1328 (R03) SIEGEL, SIDNEY: A decision-theory
approach in personality research. Pennsylvania
State University, University Park, Pa. (1956-57)

BECKER, S. W., and SIEGEL, S.: Utility of grades:
Level of aspiration in a decision theory context.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 55:81-85,
1958. Also in: Messick, S., and Brayfield, A. H.,
eds. Decision and choice: Contributions of Sid-
ney Siegel. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, p.
127-134.

BECKER, S. W., and SIEGEL, S.: Utility and level of
aspiration. American Journal of Psychology, 75:
115-120, 1962.

SIEGEL, S.: Level of aspiration and decision making.
Psychological Review, 64:253-262, 1957. Also
in: Messick, S., and Brayfield, A. H., eds. Deci-
sion and choice: Contributions of Sidney Siegel.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 113-126.

SIEGEL, S., and GOLDSTEIN, D. A.: Decision-making
behavior in a two-choice uncertain outcome situa-
tion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 57:
37-42, 1959. Also in: Messick, S., and Brayfield,
A. H., eds. Decision and choice: Contributions of
Sidney Siegel. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964,
p. 161-169.

MH-1329 (R03) BARE, JoHN K.: A detailed ana-
lysis of eating behavior. College of William and
Mary, Williamsburg, Va. (1956-57)

BARE, JoHN K.: Hunger, deprivation and the day-
night cycle. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 52:129-131, 1959.

184
MH-1330 (R03) BoGocH, SAMUEL:. Active pineal
principle. Boston Psychopathic Hospital, Boston,
Mass. (1956-57)

BococH, S.: Cerebrospinal fluid neuraminic acid de-
ficiency in schizophrenia. A preliminary report.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 114:172, 1957.

BococH, SAMUEL: Effect of special diet on hospi-
talized schizophrenic patients. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 114:261-263, 1957. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1419).

BocGocH, S.: Effect of a synthetic diet low in aro-
matic amino acids on schizophrenic patients.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
78:539-542, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
1419).

BocGocH, S.: The structure and function of brain
ganglioside. In: Excerpta Medica, 1st Interna-
tional Congress of Neurological Sciences, 1957, p.
54. (Also acknowledges MH-1419).

BococH, S.: Degradation of brain ganglioside to
glucocerebroside. Journal of the Chemical So-
ciety, 79:3286, 1957.

BogocH, S.: Structure of brain ganglioside. Nature,
180:197-198, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
1419).

BogocH, S.: Inhibition of viral hemagglutination by
brain ganglioside. Virology, 4:458-466, 1957.

BogocH, S.: Studies on the structure of brain gan-
glioside. Biochemical Journal, 68:319-326, 1958.

MH-1332 (R03) VINTER, ROBERT D.: Exploratory
study of institutional role relationships. Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1956- )

VINTER, ROBERT D., and LIND, ROGER: Staff rela-
tionships and attitudes in a juenvile correctional

institution. Ann Arbor, Mich., School of Social
Work, University of Michigan, 1958, 61 p.
(Lithograph)

MH-1333 (R03) Fork, G. EDGAR, JRr.: Hypothal-
amic-acting drugs and temperature regulation.
State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1956-
57)

Fork, G. E, Jr., and FoLK, MARY A.: Reserpine,
chlorpromazine, and body temperature on hiber-
nators and non-hibernators. (Abstract) Anatomi-
cal Record, 134(3) :563-564, 1959.

Fork, G. E.,, Jr, and FoLK, MARY A.: Reserpine,
chlorpromazine, and heart rate of hibernators and
non-hibernators. (Abstract) Anatomical Record,
134(3):563-564, 1959.

Fork, G. EDGAR, Jr., FRANKEL, HARRY M., and
Fork, MARY A.: Reserpine, chlorpromazine, and
physiological functions of mammals that hiber-
nate. Proceedings of the lowa Academy of Sci-
ences, 67:480-487, 1960.

185

MH-1334 R03) ALEXANDER, IRVING E.: Covert
responses to the concept of death in children.
Princeton University, Princeton, N.J. (1956-57)

ALEXANDER, I. E., and ADLERSTEIN, A. M.: Affec-
tive responses to the concept of death in a popu-
lation of children and early adolescents. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 93:167-177, 1958.

ALEXANDER, I. E., COLLEY, R. S., and ADLERSTEIN,
A. M. Is death a matter of indifference? Journal
of Psychology, 43:277-283, 1957.

MH-1335 (RO1) JossELYN, IRENE, MOHR,
GEORGE: Studies of psychosomatic disorders of
childhood. University of Illinois, Chicago, Ill.
1957-59)

BARRON, SAMUEL H., and SPURLOCK, JEANNE: Ul-
cerative colitis: Psychosomatic factors. Medical
Science, 3(7):412-418, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-823).

DALLY, ANNE: Excerpts from a study of residential
treatment for children with psychosomatic disor-
ders. American Journal of Occupational Ther-
apy, 21(4) Part 2: 261-266, 1957. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-823).

HERZOG, RUTH: A unique nursing role—pediatric-
psychiatric nursing on a psychosomatic ward for
children. Nursing Outlook, 6(11): 1958. (Also
acknowledges MH-823).

MOHR, GEORGE J., JOSSELYN, IRENE M., SPURLOCK,
JEANNE, and BARRON, S. H.: Studies in ulcera-
tive colitis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 114
(12) :1067-1076, 1958. (Also acknowledges
MH-823).

WENAR, CHARLES: The therapeutic value of setting
limits with inhibited children. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 125:390-395, 1957.

MH-1338 (R01) GUNTER, LAURIE M.: A study of
mothers of premature infants. Meharry Me ical
College, Nashville, Tenn. (1957-59)

GUNTER, LAURIE M.: Psychopathology and stress
in the life experience of mothers of premature in-
fants. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gyne-
cology, 86(3) :333-340, 1963.

MH-1342 (R03) MILLER, WALTER B.: Patterns of
aggressive behavior in a delinquent gang. Boston
University, Boston, Mass. (1956- )

MILLER, WALTER B.: Rejoinder to analysis and re-
interpretation of “aggression in a boys’ street cor-
ner group.” Psychiatry, 25(3):283-284, 1962.

MILLER, WALTER B., GEERTZ, HILDRED, and CuT-
TER, HENRY S. G.: Aggression in a boys’ street-
corner group. Psychiatry, 24(4):283-298, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1414).
MH-1344 (R03) LAMBERT, WILLIAM W.: Factor
analysis of meaning using Greek subjects. Cor-
nell University, Ithaca, N.Y. (1956- )

TrianDpIS, HARRY C., and LAMBERT, W. W.: A re-
statement and test of Schlosberg’s theory of emo-
tion with two kinds of subjects from Greece.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56:
321-328, 1958.

TrIANDIS, HARRY C., and Oscoop, CHARLES E.: A
comparative factorial analysis of semantic struc-
tures in monolingual Greek and American college
students. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 57:187-196, 1958.

MH-1348 (R03) WyCKOFF, L. BENJAMIN, ]JR.:
An experimental study of secondary reinforce-
ment. University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc.
(1956-57)

WyckorF, L. B.: Toward a quantitative theory of
secondary reinforcement. Psychological Review,
66(1):68-78, 1959.

WYCKOFF, L. B., Sibowskl, J., and CHAMBLISS, D.:
An experimental study of the relationship between
secondary reinforcing and cue effects of a stimu-
lus. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 51(1):103-109, 1958.

4MH-1349 (R03) BANDURA, ALBERT: Child rear-
ing patterns and adolescent disorders. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1956-57)

BANDURA, ALBERT: Child-rearing patterns associ-
ated with adolescent aggressive disorders. In:
Physical and behavioral growth. Symposium held
at San Francisco, Oct. 30-31, 1957. Columbus,
Ohio, Ross Laboratories, 1958, p. 92-102.

BANDURA, ALBERT, and WALTERS, RICHARD H.:
Dependency conflicts in aggressive delinquents.
Journal of Social Issues, 14(3):52-65, 1958.

BANDURA, ALBERT, and WALTERS, RicHARD H.:
Adolescent aggression. A study of the influence
of child-training practices and family interrela-
tionships. ‘New York, Ronald, 1959, 475 p.

MH-1350 (R01) GANTT, W. HORSLEY, and CHOW,
BacoN: Vitamin deficiencies on adaptation and
learning. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore,
Md. (1956-61)

GANTT, W. HORSLEY: Effect of B complex vitamin
on conditional reflexes in dogs. American Journal
of Clinical Nutrition, 5:121-124, 1957.

GANTT, W. HORSLEY: Food acceptance in monkeys.
(Discussion) dn: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances
in biological psychiatry. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1961, p. 235-236.

GANTT, W. HORSLEY, CHOW, BACON, and SIMON-
SON, MARIA: Effect of vitamin deficiency on be-

havior in rats. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
17:51, 1958.

GANTT, W. HORSLEY, CHOW, BACON, and SIMON-
SON, MARIA: Effect of pyridoxine and pantothenic
acid deficiency on conditional reflexes. American
Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 7:411-415, 1959.

GANTT, W. HORSLEY, CHOW, BACON, and SIMON-
SON, MARIA: Pyridoxin deficiency. International
Physiological Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina,
August 1959.

GANTT, W. HORSLEY, SLADEN, WILLIAM S., and
SIMONSON, MARIA: Cardiac and motor conditional
reflex to food in Penguin. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 19(1)Partl:823, 1960.

PrRIGAL, SAMUEL J., FARMER, LAURENCE, WORTIS,
Josepn, BAER, RuporLpH L. and Gantt, W.
HorsLEY: (Panel discussion). Allergy and psy-
che. New York State Journal of Medicine, 58:
534-547, 1958.

TerTELBAUM, H. A., and GANTT, W. HORSLEY:
Nutrition and fertility. In: Gantt, W. Horsley,
ed. Physiological bases of psychiatry. Springfield,
IlI., Charles C. Thomas, 1958, p. 207-222.

MH-1351 (R01) WEIss, WALTER: Drive states and
opinion change. Boston University, Boston, Mass.
(1957-62)

Weiss, W.: The relationship between judgments of
a communicator’s position and extent of opinion
change. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 56:380-384, 1958.

Weiss, W.: The effects on opinions of a change in
scale judgments. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 58:329-334, 1959.

Weiss, W.: Emotional arousal and attitude change.
Psychological Reports, 6:267-280, 1960.

Weiss, W.: The effects of a communication on at-
titude change and scale judgments. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Prychology, 62:133-140,
1961.

WEIss, W.: An examination of attitude toward Ne-
groes. Journal of Social Psychology, 55:3-21,
1961.

Weiss, W.: Effects of an extreme anchor on scale
judgments and attitude. Psychological Reports,
8:377-382, 1961.

WeElss, W.: Scale judgments of triplets of opinion
statements. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 66:471-479, 1963.

Weiss, W.: Role of the response system in a judg-
mental contrast effect. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 17:227-241, 1963.

Weiss, W.: Influence on judgment of increasing
asymmetry of stimulus series. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 17:371-376, 1963.

186
Weiss, W.: Effects of unbalanced response scales on
judgments of social stimuli. Psychological Re-
ports, 12:403-414, 1963.

Weiss, W.: Effects of response scales on the ex-
pected distribution of judgments of social stimuli.
sychological Reports, 13:411-414, 1963.

Weiss, W.: Effect of response system on develop-
ment of standards for end categories. Psychologi-
cal Reports, 13:543-546, 1963.

Weiss, W., and HopGsoN, D. A.: Influence of un-
balanced response scales on size judgments. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 66:37-46, 1963.

WeEIss, W., and HopGsoN, D. A.: Influence of the
response scale on like-dislike judgments. Psycho-
logical Reports, 13:303-312, 1963.

Weiss, W., and LIBERMAN, B.: The effects of “emo-
tional” language on the induction and change of
opinions. Journal of Social Psychology, 50:129-
141, 1959.

Weiss, W., and TEN Evck, P. H.: Effects on judg-
ments of changes in the response scale. Psycho-
logical Reports, 7:487-495, 1960.

Weiss, W., and TEN Eyck, P. H.: Effect of shock
on size judgments. Psychological Report, 9:135-
144, 1961.

MH-1353 (R03) PIERREL, ROSEMARY: Instrumen-
tal generalization gradients. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1956-57)

PIERREL, ROSEMARY: A generalization gradient for
auditory intensity in the rat. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 1:303-313, 1958.

MH-1354 (R03) SHEPARD, THOMAS H.: Establish-
ment and correlation of indices in mongolism.
University of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1956-
57)

SHEPARD, T. H., McGREAL, R., and HAMMER,
S.: Mongolism: Grading and intercorrelation of
certain measurements. (Abstract) A. M. A. Jour-
nal of Diseases of Children, 94:563, 1957.

MH-1357 (R03) Ross, BRUCE M.: The resolution
of uncertainty. Brown University, Providence, R.I.
(1956-57)

Ross, BRUCE M., and Levy, Nissim: Maturity of
the changes as an hypothesis with children and
adults.. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 12:
463, 1957.

Ross, BRUCE M., and LEvy, Nissim: Patterned pre-
diction of chance events by children and adults.
Psychological Reports, 4(Monograph Suppl. No.
1):87-124, 1958.

MH-1364 (R01) WARREN, JoHN M.: Effect of
prefrontal lobectomy on responses to stress. Stan-

187

ford University, Stanford, Calif.
(Continued as MH-3396).

Boyp, B. O., and WARREN, J. M.: Solution of od-
dity problems by cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 50(3):258-260,
1957. (Also acknowledges MH-835).

BRAMEL, DANA, and WARREN, J. M.: Retention of
discrimination habits by cats. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 96:241-244, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-3396).

CroNHOLM, J. N., WARREN, J. M., and HARA,
Kazuo: Distribution of training and reversal
learning by cats. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
96:105-113, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-3396).

ForwARD, EDNA, WARREN, J. M. and HARA,
Kasuo: The effects of unilateral lesions in sen-
sorimotor cortex on manipulation by cats. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55
(5):1130-1135, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
1895 and MH-3396).

Hara, Kazuo: Visual defects resulting from frestri-
ate cortical lesions in cats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55(3):293-
298, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3396 and
MH-1895).

Hara, Kazuo, and WARREN, J. M.: Stimulus ad-
ditivity and dominance in discrimination perform-
ance by cats. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 54(1):86-90, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-835 and MH-3396).

Hara, Kazuo, and WARREN, J. M.: Equivalence
reactions by normal and brain-injured cats. [our-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54(1):91-93, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-3396).

Joshi, BHUWAN LAL, and WARREN, J. M.: Dis-
crimination of ambivalent cue stimuli by cats.
Journal of Psychology, 47:3-7, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-835 and MH-3396).

MARONEY, R. J., WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M.
M.: Stability of social dominance hierarchies in
monkeys (Macaca Mulatta). Journal of Social
Psychology, 50:285-293, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-3396).

STEWART, C. N., and WARREN, J. M.: The behavior
of cats on the double-alternation problem. Jowr-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
50(1):26-28, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
835).

WARREN, J. M.: Effects of satiation on food prefer-
ences in monkeys. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
93:33-36, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-835).

WARREN, J. M.: The development of paw prefer-
ences in cats and monkeys. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 93:229-236, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835).

(1956-59)
WARREN, J. M.: Solution of object and positional
discriminations by rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52(1):
92-93, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and
MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Stimulus perserveration in dis-
crimination learning by cats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 52(1):99-101,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and MH-
3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Oddity learning set in a cat. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
53(4):433-434, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Supplementary report: Effective-
ness of food and nonfood signs in reversal learn-
ing by monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 60(4):263-264, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Discrimination reversal learning by
cats. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 97:317-327,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and MH-
3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Solution of sign-differentiated ob-
ject and positional discriminations by rhesus mon-
keys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 96:365-369,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and MH-
3396).

WARREN, J. M.: Individual differences in discrimi-
nation learning by cats. Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 98:89-93, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: The behavior of carnivores and
primates with lesion in the prefrontal cortex. In:
Warren, J. M., and Akert, K., eds. The frontal
granular cortex and behavior. New York, Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1964, p. 168-191. (Also acknowl
edges MH-3396 and MH-4726).

WARREN, J. M., and AKERT, K.: Impaired problem
solving by cats with thalamic lesions. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53(2):
207-211, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1895).

WARREN, J. M., and BARON, ALAN: The formation
of learning sets by cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 49(3):227-231,
1956. (Also acknowledges MH-835).

WARREN, J. M., and KiMBaLL, H.: Transfer rela-
tions in discrimination learning by cats. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52
(3):336-338,-1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M,, and MARONEY, R. ]J.: Competitive
social interaction between monkeys. Journal of
Social Psychology, 48:223-233, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-835).

WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M. M.: Effect of dif-
ferential reinforcement on size preferences in cats.

188

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 7:17-22, 1957. (Also
acknowledges MH-835).

WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M. M.: Interactions
between learning sets in monkeys. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 95:19-25, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and WARREN, H. B.: Interspecies
differences in learning by carnivores? Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 9:346, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., and WARREN, HELEN B.: Reversal
learning by horse and raccoon. [Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 100:215-320, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., WARREN, HELEN B., and AKERT,
K.: Umweg learning by cats with lesions in the
prestriate cortex. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54(6):629-632, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-835 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M., WARREN, HELEN B., and AKERT,
KonNraD: Orbitofrontal cortical lesions and learn-
ing in cats. Journal of Comparative Neurology,
118(1):17-42, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-3396).

YAMAGUCHI, SHUN-IcHI, and WARREN, J. M.: Sin-
gle versus double alternation learning by cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 54(5):533-538, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-3396).

YAMAGUCHI, S., WARREN, J. M., and Hara, K.:
Alternation and delayed alternation by cats with
premotor lesions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 56:824-828, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-1895).

MH-1365 (R01) BRAUN, HARRY W.: Stimulus
generalization and chronological age. University
of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1957-61)

BRAUN, Harry W., and GEISELHART, RICHARD:
Age differences in the acquisition and extinction
of the conditioned eyelid response. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 57:386-388, 1959.

MH-1366 (R03) BrowN, ROGER W.: The expres-
sive use of speech intonation. Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Mass. (1956-57)

BIRNBRAUER, JAY S., KIDDER, JoHN D., and TAGUE,
CeceLia E.: Programing reading from the teach-
er’s point of view. Programed Instruction, 3(7):
1-2, 1964.

BIRNBRAUER, J. S., and LAWLER, JULIA: Token rein-
forcement for learning. M. R. Journal, 2(5):
275-279, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2232).

MH-1369 (R01) ULerT, GEORGE A.: Effect of
atropine on EEG. Washington University, St.
Louis, Mo. (1957-58)
ULert, G. A., and JoHNsoN, M. W.: Effect of
atropine and Scopolomine upon electroencephalo-
graphic changes induced by electro-convulsive
therapy.  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 9:217-224, 1957.

MH-1370 (R01) THOMAS, GARTH J., and ABOOD,
Leo G.: Behavioral functions of the limbic sys-
tem. University of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1957- )

BARKER, DAVID J., and THOMAS, GARTH J.: Abla-
tion of cingulate cortex in rats impairs alternation
learning and retention. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):353-359,
1965.

Bruck, J. F.: Hippocampal activity in the unre-
strained rat. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
22(2)Part 1:2860, 1963.

BRUGGE, J. F.: An electrographic study of the hippo-
campus and neocortex in unrestrained rats follow-
ing septal lesions. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 18:36-44, 1965.

GLICKSTEIN, M.: A note on Wittenborn’s factor
analysis of Rorschach scoring categories. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 23:69-75, 1959.

KENYON, JoHN, and KrieckHAUS, E. E.: Enhanced
avoidance behavior following septal lesions in the
rat as a function of lesion size and spontaneous
activity. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 59(3):466-468, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-647).

KESNER, RAYMOND P.: Subcortical mechanisms of
audiogenic seizures. Experimental Neurology, 15
(2) :192-205, 1966.

KrieckHAUS, E. E., SiMMoONs, H. J., THoMas, G. ].,
and KENYON, J.: Septal lesions enhance shock
avoidance behavior in the rat. Experimental Neu-
rology, 9:107-113, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-647).

THoMAs, G. J.: Neurophysiology of learning. An-
nual Review of Psychology, 13:71-106, 1962.

THoMas, G. J.;, MOORE, R. Y., HARVEY, J. A,, and
Hunt, H. F.: Relations between the behavioral
syndrome produced by lesions in the septal region
of the forebrain and maze learning in the rat.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 52:527-532, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-694).

THoMas, G. J., and SrorNick, B. M.: Effects of
lesions in the cingulum on maze learning and
avoidance conditioning in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 44:
1085-1091, 1962.

THOMAS, G. J., and SLOTNICK, B. M.: Impairment
of avoidance responding by lesions in cingulate
cortex of rats depends on food drive. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
959-964, 1963.

189

MH-1373 (R03) L’ABATE, Luciano: Transfer and
anxiety in learning. East Carolina College, Green-
ville, N.C. (1956-58)

L’ABATE, LuciANO: Manifest anxiety and the learn-
ing of syllables with different associative values.
American Journal of Psychology, 72:107-110,
1959.

L’'ABATE, LuciaNo: Transfer of learning with dif-
ferences in associative value and in manifest anxi-
ety. American Journal of Psychology, 75:251-
258, 1962.

MH-1377 (R01) HEREFORD, CARL F., BOSTON,
JouN A. Jr., and DENT, C. H.: Community edu-
cation project in parent-child relations. Austin
Community Guidance Center, Austin, Texas.
(1957-60)

CHEAVENS, FRANK: Leading group discussions.
Austin, Texas, Hogg Foundation for Mental
Health, 1958, 58 p.

CHEAVENs, FRANK: Developing discussion leaders
in brief ‘workshops. Austin, Texas, Hogg Foun-
dation for Mental Health, 1962.

Hererorp, C. F.: Organizing group discussions.
Austin, Texas, Hogg Foundation for Mental
Health, 1961, 27 p.

Hererorp, C. F.: Changing parental attitudes
through group discussion. Austin, University of
Texas Press, 1963, 198 p.

MH-1379 (R01) GEerArRD, RALPH W.: Nervous
system and behavior. University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-61)

BIELEC, S.: Influence of reserpine on the behavior
of mice susceptible to audiogenic seizures. Ar-
chives Internationales Pharmacodynamie Therapie,
119(3-4):352-358, 1959.

Brum, J. J., and FELAUER, E.: The action of 2-4,
dinitrophenol on myosin. Biochemical Journal,
71:340-343, 1959.

Bruy, J. J., and LING, N. S.: Hemoglobin reaction
with serotonin and related 5-hydroxyindoles.
Federation Proceedings, 17:98, 1958.

Brum, J. J., and LING, N. S.: The oxidation of
5-hydroxyindoles during the denaturation of oxy-
hemoglobin. Biochemical Journal, 73:530-535,
1959.

CHAMBERLAIN, T. J., MALICK, P., and GERARD,
R. W.: Fixation of experience in the rat spinal
cord. Journal of Neurophysiology, 26:662-673,
1963.

CHAMBERLAIN, T. J., RotHscHiLD, G. H. and
GERARD, R. W.: Drugs affecting RNA and learn-
ing. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 49(6) :918-924, 1963.
Fox, S. S.: Facilitation of self-maintained sensory
input by amphetamine in monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
438-444, 1962.

Fox, S. S., and BENNETT, M. V.: Electrophysiology
of caudal neurosecretory cells in skate and fluke.
General and Comparative Endocrinology, 2:77-95,
1962.

Fox, S. S., and O'BRIEN, J.: Caudate facilitation and
inhibition of afferent information. Science, 137:
423-425, 1962.

GERARD, R. W.: Summary chapter. In: Pennes,
H. H,, ed. Psychopharmacology: Pharmacological
effects on behavior. New York, Hoeber-Harper,
1953, p. 333-353.

GERARD, R. W.: The reticular formation; summary.
In: Proceedings of the Symposium on Reticular
Formation of the Brain. Henry Ford Hospital,
Detroit, March, 1957.

GERARD, R. W.: Anxiety and tension. Bulletin of
the New York Academy of Medicine, 34:429-
444, 1958.

GERARD, R. W.: Final summary. In: Jasper, H. M,,
ed. The reticular formation of the brain. Bos-
ton, Little, Brown, 1958, p. 745-754.

GERARD, R. W.: Material aspects of mental disease.
Diseases of the Nervous System, Monograph Sup-
plement, 20(Sect.IT) (5) :33-40, 1959.

GERARD, R. W.: Neural mechanisms of behavior.
Brain and Nerve, 13:40-48, 1961.

GERARD, R. W.: Neural basis of memory. Brain
and Nerve (Igaku Shoin Ltd., Tokyo, Japan), 13:
51-58, 1961.

GERARD, R. W.: Neurons and neuroses. In: Simon,
Alexander, Herbert, Charles C., and Straus, Ruth,
eds. The physiology of emotions. Springfield,
Illinois, Charles C. Thomas, 1961, p. 163-173.

GEerARD, R. W.: Fixation of experience. In: Dela-
fresnaye, Alfred, ed. Symposium on brain mech-
anisms and learning. Oxford, Eng., Blackwell
Scientific Publications, 1961, p. 21-35.

GERARD, R. W., and GEIGER, A.: Fuel for neural
function. In: Gutmann, E., ed. Symposium on
nervous regulation of metabolism and active trans-
port of ions. Prague, Czechoslovak Academy of
Science, 1958, p. 25-27.

GOLLENDER, M.; LAw, O. T., and Isaacson, R. L.:
Changes in the circulating eosinophil level asso-
ciated with learned fear: Conditioned eosinopenia.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 53:520-523, 1960.

KARINEN, P., and Law, O. T.: Effects of subcortical
stimulation on sexual behavior in the male and
female rat. American Psychologist, 13:408, 1958.

190

Law, O. THoMmAs, and MEAGHER, W.: Hypothala-
mic lesions and sexual behavior in the female rat.
Science, 128:1626-1627, 1958.

Law, O. THoMASs, and O'MALLEY, R. J.: The de-
pendence of sexual behavior on basal diencephalic
structure in the female rat, (Abstract) American
Psychologist, 1957.

Law, O. THoMmaAs, and Wise, H. W.: A multiple
electrode carrier for chronic implantation in small
animals. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 10:749-751, 1958.

LouTTit, R., and YUwiILER, A.: Effects of phenyl-
alanine diet on brain serotonin in the rat. Sci-
ence, 134:831, 1961.

MAYNARD, D. M.: Action of drugs on lobster car-
diac ganglion. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
17:106, 1958.

MAYNARD, EpiTH A., and MAYNARD, D. M.: Cho-
linesterase in the crustacean muscle receptor organ.
Journal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 8:
376-379, 1960.

RABE, A., and GERARD, R. W.: The influence of
drugs on memory fixation time. American Psy-
chologist, 14:423, 1959.

Robin, E. A.: A combination of EEG findings which
correlate with psychiatric disturbances. (Abstract)
Electroencephangraphy and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 9:379, 1957.

Robin, E. A.: The importance of differentiating petit
mal from other forms of minor seizures. Journal
of the Michigan State Medical Society, 56(10):
1289-1292, 1957.

Robin, E. A.: An electroencephalographic syndrome
which correlates with severe disruption of the per-
sonality structure. Neurology, 7:724-731, 1957.

Robin, E. A.: Metrazol tolerance in “normal” volun-
teer population. An investigation of the potential
significance of abnormal findings. Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10:433-
446, 1958.

Robin, E. A., and CaLHOUN, H. D.: Correlations
between the Bender Gestalt visual motor perform-
ance test and the electroencephalogram. (Ab-
stract) Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 10:364, 1958.

Robin, E. A., CALHOUN, H. D,, and KELLY, L. E.:
Electroencephalographic and clinical correlations
of the Bender Gestalt test reproductions in chil-
dren and adults. (Abstract) Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10:776,
1958.

Robin, E. A., DEJoNG, R. N., WAGGONER, R. W.,
and BaccHi, B. K.: Relationship between certain
forms of psychomotor epilepsy and “‘schizophre-
nia.” A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psy-
chiatry, 77(5) :449-463, 1957.
Robin, E. A., RUTLEDGE, L. T., and CALHOUN,
H. D.: Megimide and metrazol. A comparison of
their convulsive properties in man and cat. Elec-
oencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
10:710-723, 1958.

MH-1383 (R01) CHRISTENSEN, JENs A.: Effect of
drugs on brain metabolism. Hahnemann Medical
College and Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1957-
60)

CHRISTENSEN, JENSAN, and Wasg, A.: The influ-
ence of stimulus deprivation and ataractic drugs on
phospholipid metabolism in cerebral tissue.
Deuntche Pharmakolische Gesellshaft, 25:15, 1959.

CHRISTENSEN, J., and WASE, A.: Further studies of
the effect of chlorpromazine on phospholipid syn-
thesis. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 18(1):
204, 1959.

CHRISTENSEN, J., and WASE, A.: Comparative stud-
ies of the effect of psychopharmacological sub-
stances on the incorporation of p32 orthophosphate
into phospholipids. In: Neuro-psychopharmacol-
ogy. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1959.

CHRISTENSEN, JENS, and WASE, A.: Chlorpromazine
and C'* acetate incorporation into fatty acids and
cholesterol. ~~ Federation Proceedings, 19:228,
1960.

MH-1386 (R01) HAGAMEN, WILBUR D.: Fore-
brain lesions and affective behavior. Cornell Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1956- )

Barry, T. J, HacaMEN, W. D., and SHERLOCK,
J. E.: Microscope as a stereotaxic instrument for
the rat. Journal of Applied Physiology, 18:445-
446, 1963.

GRODE, M., SEGRE, G., SPIVAK, J., and HAGAMEN,
W.: Effects of central stimulation on evoked audi-
tory potentials in the cat. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 22(2) Part 1:678, 1963.

HacaMEN, W. D.: A discussion of sexual activit
following frontal lobe lesions. In: Jasper, H., ed.
Reticular formation of the brain. Henry Ford
Hospital International Symposium. Boston, Mass.,
Little, Brown, 1958, p. 668-669.

HAGAMEN, W. D.: Responses of cats to tactile and
noxious stimuli: Temporal summation, facilitation,
internal inhibition, and external inhibition, as ex-
amples of interaction between stimuli on a be-
havioral level. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology,
1:203-215, 1959.

HAGAMEN, W. D., and Brooks, D. C.: Sexual be-
havior of female cats following lesions of the
ventromedial nucleus of the hypothalamus. (Ab-
stract) Anatomical Record, 130:414, 1958.

HacaMEN, W. D., and LANCE, E. M.: Hypersexual
activity in male cats following lesions of the fron-
tal lobes. Anatomical Record, 130:414-415, 1958.

191

HaGaMEN, W. D., and LANCE, E. M.: The re-
sponses of cats with unilateral lesions of the fron-
tal lobes to rotation. (Abstract) Anatomical Rec-
ord, 130:415, 1958.

HaGaMEN, W. D., LANCE, E. M., and UNGEWITTER,
L. H.: Increased responsiveness to stimuli follow-
ing lesions of the forebrain. (Abstract) Ana-
tomical Record, 133:387-388, 1959.

HaGAMEN, W. D., and ZitzmANN, E. K.: "Hyper-
sexual” activity in normal male cats. (Abstract)
Anatomical Record, 133:388, 1959.

HAGAMEN, W. D., ZitzMANN, E. K., and REEVES,
A. G.: Sexual mounting of diverse objects in a
group of randomly selected, unoperated male cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 56:298-302, 1963.

HacaMEN, W. D., ZitzmanN, E. K., and UNGE-
WITTER, L. H.: Sexual activity of male cats fol-
lowing localized lesions of the frontal lobes. (Ab-
stract) Anatomical Record, 133:388, 1959.

LANCE, E. M,, and HAGAMEN, W. D.: A correla-
tion of sexual behavior with vaginal smears in cats
with lesions of the frontal lobes or pyriforma-
mygdaloid complex. (Abstract) Anatomical Rec-
ord, 130:328, 1958

O’DoNoHUE, N. F., and HAGAMEN, W. D.: A map
of 3020 points tested in 15 cats for intracranial
Self -stimulation. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 25(2) :207, 1966.

REEVES, A. G., and HAGAMEN, W. D.: Prepara-
tion of nylon socket holders for use with perma-
nently embedded electrodes in the cat. (Ab-
stract) Anatomical Record, 136:344, 1960.

REEVES, A. G., and HAGAMEN, W. D.: Behavioral
and EEG asymmetry following unilateral lesions
of midbrain and forebrain in cats. (Abstract)
Anatomical Record, 142:271, 1962.

SHERLOCK, JOEL, and HAGAMEN, W. D.: Pharma-
cological protection against the pulmonary hemor-
rhage and edema produced in rats by preoptic le-
sions. (Abstract) Anatomical Record, 145:285,
1963.

MH-1388 (R01) GILBERT, WILLIAM M., and Ew-
ING, THoMmAs N.: Diagnosis and predicted out-
comes of counseling. University of Illinois, Ur-
bana, Ill. (1957-58) (Continued from MH-
1041).

ENDLER, N. S.: Changes in meaning during psycho-
therapy as measured by the semantic differential.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 8:105-111,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1041).

Hunt, J. McV.: Comments on evoking change in
psychotherapy. In: Strupp, H. H., and Luborsky,
L., eds. Research in psychotherapy, 11. Wash-
ington, D.C., American Psychological Association,
1962, p. 293-295.
1041).

Hun, J. McV., Ewing, T. N., LAForGE, R., and
GILBERT, W. M.: An integrated approach to re-
search on therapeutic counseling with samples of
results. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 6:46-
54, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1041).

LAFORGE, R.: Objective estimates of clinical judg-
ments. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:
360-361, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1041).

LAFORGE, R.: A correlational study of two personal-
ity tests: The MMPI and Cattell 16PF. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 26:402-411, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-1041).

SCHROEDER, P.: Client acceptance of responsibility
and difficulty of therapy. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24:467-471, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1041).

SHULMAN, R. E.: Use of the Rorschach prognostic
rating scale in predicting movement in counseling,
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 10:198-199,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1041).

Topp, W. B., and EwiNG, T. N.: Changes in self
reference during counseling. Journal of Counsel-
ing Psychology, 8:112-115, 1961. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-1041).

Waskow, I. R.: Counselor attitudes and client be-
havior. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27:
405-412, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1041).

(Also acknowledges MH-

MH-1393 (R01) BIBRING, GRETE L.: Study of the
psychological course of pregnancy. Beth Israel
Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1957-63)

BIBRING, GRETE L.: Some considerations of the psy-
chological processes in pregnancy. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 14:113-121, 1959.

BIBRING, GRETE L.: The role of designed research
in psychoanalysis. Journal of the American Psy-
choanalytic Association, 9:562-570, 1961.

BIBRING, GRETE L.: The birth of a mother. Briefs
(Maternity Center Association, New York), 26
(8) :124-125, 1962.

BIBRING, GRETE L.: Some specific psychological
tasks in pregnancy and motherhood. (Abstract)
Revue de Medicine Psychosomatique. 4 (Special
issue), 1962. (First International Congress of
Psychosomatic Medicine and Childbirth, Paris,
July 8-12, 1962: Libraire Maloine S.A., Paris).

BIBRING, GRETE L.: Some specific psychological tasks
in pregnancy and motherhood. In: Communica-
tions du ler Congres International de Medicine,
Psychosomatique et Maternite. Paris, Gauthier-
Villars, 1964. :

BIBRING, GRETE L., DWYER, THOMAS F., HUNTING-
TON, DoRroOTHY S., and VALENSTEIN, ARTHUR

192

F.: A study of the psychological processes in preg-
nancy and of the earliest mother-child relationship.
I. Some propositions and comments. Psycho-
analytic Study of the Child, 16:9-24, 1961.

BIBRING, GRETE L., DWYER, THOMAS F., HUNTING-
TON, DOROTHY S., and VALENSTEIN, ARTHUR
A.: A study of the psychological processes in preg-
nancy and of the earliest mother-child relation-
ship. II. Methodological considerations.  Psy-
choanalytic Study of the Child, 16:25-72, 1961.

MH-1394 (R01) CLAUSEN, JOHN, GARRISON, MOR-
TIMER, JR., JENKIN, NOEL, and ROSENBERG,
SHELDON: Ability structure in the mentally re-
tarded. Training School at Vineland, Vineland,
N.J. (1957-63)

CLAUSEN, JOHN: Patterns of sensorimotor skills in
retardates. Training School Bulletin, Vineland,
N.J., 56:58-61, 1959.

CLAUSEN, ].: The research program of The Training
School at Vineland. Training School Bulletin,
Vineland, N.J., 58:106-108, 1961.

CLAUSEN, JOHN: PMA subscores in retardates and
normals: Pattern, scatter, correlations, and relation
to etiology. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 70(2):232-247, 1965.

CLAUSEN, JoHN: Threshold for pure tone and speech
in retardates. American Journal of Mental Defi
ciency, 70(4) :556-562, 1966.

CLAUSEN, JoHN, and KARRER, RATHE: Electrical
sensitivity of the eye in the mentally retarded.
Training School Bulletin, Vineland, N.J., 58:3-
13, 1961.

JENKIN, NOEL, and WEsT, NOEL: Perception in
organic mental defectives: An exploratory study.
I. The size-weight illusion. Training School Bul-
letin, 55:5-10, 1958.

JENKIN, NOEL, and WEsT, NOEL: Perception in
organic mental defectives: An exploratory study.
II. The Muller-Lyer illusion. Training School
Bulletin, 55:67-70, 1959.

MH-1400 (R01) O'NEAL, PATRICIA, and ROBINS,
Lee N.: Follow-up study of a child guidance
clinic. Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.
(1956-62)

Bates, W. M., Rosins, L., and O'NEAL, P.: Child-
hood patterns of behavior predictive of adult crim-
inal behavior. Pacific Sociological Review, 4:17-
20, Spring, 1961.

O'NEAL, P., and RoBiNs, L.: The relation of child-
hood behavior problems to adult peychiatric sta-
tus: A 30-year follow-up study of 150 subjects.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 114:961-969,
1958.
O'NEAL, P., and RoBINs, L.: Childhood patterns
predictive of adult schizophrenia: A 30-year fol-
low-up study. American Journal of Psychiatry,
115:358-391, 1958.

O'NEAL, Patricia, RoBINs, LEE N., KiNG, Lucy
J., and SCHAEFER, JEANETTE: Parental deviance
and the genesis of sociopathic personality. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 118:1114-1124, 1962.

O'NEAL, P., SCHAEFER, J. S., BERGMANN, ]J., and
RoBINs, L. A.: The relation of childhood be-
havior problems to adult psychiatric status: A 30-
year follow-up study of 262 subjects. In: Proceed-
ings of the Detroit Divisional Meeting of the
American Psychiatric Association. Washington,
D.C., Amerjcan Psychiatric Association, 1959.

O'NEAL, PATRICIA, SCHAEFER, JEANETTE, BERG-
MANN, J., and ROBINS, LEE: A psychiatric evalua-
tion of adults who had sexual problems as chil-
dren: A thirty-year follow-up study. Human Or-
ganization, 19:32-39, 1960.

RoBiNs, L., BATES, W., and O'NEAL, P.: The adult
drinking patterns of problem children. In: Pic
man, D., and Snyder, C., eds. Society, culture
and drinking patterns. New York, John Wiley,
1962.

RoBINs, LEE N., GYMAN, HARRY, and O'NEAL,
PATRICIA: The interaction of social class and de-
viant behavior. American Sociological Review,
27:480-492, 1962.

RoBins, L., and O'NEAL, P.: Mortality, mobility,
and crime: Problem children thirty years later.
American Sociological Review, 23:162-171, 1958.

RoBINs, L., and O'NEAL, P.: The relation of child-
hood behavior problems to adult marital status and
family relationships. Social Problems, 5:348-357,
1958.

RosiNs, L. N., and O'NEAL, P.: The adult prog-
nosis for runaway children. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 29:752-761, 1959.

MH-1402 (RO1) STOUFFER, SAMUEL A., and
SLATER, PHILIP E.: Correlates of anxiety in older
persons. Age Center of New England, Boston,
Mass. (1957-61)

ZBOROWSKI, MARK: Aging and recreation.
of Gerontology, 17(3):302-309, 1962.

Zora, 1. K.: Feelings about age among older peo-
ple. Journal of. Gerontology, 17:65-68, 1962.

Journal

MH-1412 (R01) FisHER, SEYMOUR: Communica-
tion of family problem areas. Baylor University,
Houston, Texas. (1957-57)

FisHER, S., and FISHER, R.: A projective test analy-
sis of ethnic subculture themes in families. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 24:366-369, 1960.

MH-1414 (R01) MILLER, WALTER B.: Contrel of
gang delinquency. Boston University, Boston,
Mass. (1957- )

Kvaraceus, W. C., and MILLER, WALTER B.: De-
linquent behavior: culture and the individual.
Vol. 1. Washington, D.C., National Education
Association, 1959. (Booklet).

MILLER, WALTER B.: The impact of a community
group work program on delinquent corner groups.
Social Service Review, 31(4):390-406, 1957.

MILLER, WALTER B.: Inter-institutional conflict as
a major impediment to delinquency prevention.
Human Organization, 17(3) :20-23, 1958.

MILLER, WALTER B.: Lower class culture as a gen-
erating milieu of gang delinquency. Social Issues,
14(3):5-19, 1958.

MILLER, WALTER B.: Preventive work with street-
corner groups: Boston delinquency project. An-
nals of the American Academy of Political and
Social Science, 322:97-106, 1959.

MILLER, WALTER B.: Preliminary generalized theo-
retical orientations to the study of gang delin-
quency developed from the Boston delinquency
project. International Mental Health Research
Newsletter, 1 (2&3) :3-4, 1959.

MILLER, WALTER B.: Implications of urban lower
class culture for social work. Social Service Re-
view, 33(3):219-236, 1959.

MILLER, WALTER B.: Juvenile delinquency. Educa-
tion, 8(7) :389-392, 1961.

MILLER, WALTER B.: The impact of a “total-com-
munity” delinquency control project. Social Prob-
lems, 10:168-191, 1962.

MILLER, WALTER B.: City gangs: A preview of the
midcity delinquency study. Boston University
School of Social Work Journal, 1:24-29, 1963.

MILLER, WALTER B.: The corner gang boys get
married.  Trans-Action: Social Science and the
Community, 1(1) :10-12, 1963.

MILLER, WALTER B., GEERTZ, HILDRED, and CuUT-
TER, HENRY S. G.: Aggression in a boys’ street-
corner group. Psychiatry, 24(4):283-298, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1342).

MH-1415 (R01) Tisza, VERONICA B.: Nondirec-
tive play program for hospitalized children. Tufts
University, Boston, Mass. (1957-60)

Tiza, V. B., and ANGOFF, E.: A play program for
hospitalized children: The role of the playroom
teacher. Pediatrics, 28:841-845, 1961.

MH-1416 (R01) CHAPMAN, LOREN J.: Experimen-
tal study of schizophrenic thinking. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1957-59) (Continued
as MH-3481; MH-7306).

193
BURSTEIN, ALVIN G.: Some verbal aspects of pri-
mary process thought in schizophrenia. | ound of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:155-157,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-7306 and MH-
3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: Confusion of figurative and literal
usages of words by schizophrenics and brain-dam-
aged patients. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 60:412-416, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-7306 and MH-3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: A re-interpretation of some patho-
logical disturbances in conceptual breadth. Journal
of Abnormal Social Psychology, 62:514-519,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-7306 and MH-
3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: A search for lunacy. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 132:171-174, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-3481 and MH-7306).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: Emotional factors in schizophrenic
deficit. ~~ Psychological Reports, 9:564, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-7306 and MH-3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: The problem of selecting drug-
free schizophrenics for research. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27:540-542, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-7306 and MH-3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J, and BAXTER, ].: The process-
reactive distinction and patients’ subculture. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:352-359,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-7306 and MH-
3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J., BURSTEIN, A., DAY, DOROTHY,
and VERDONE, P.: Regression and disorders of
thought. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 63:540-545, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-7306 and MH-3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J, and CHAPMAN, JEAN P.: Atmos-
phere effect re-examined. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 58:220-226, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3481 and MH-7306).

CHAPMAN, L. ]J., Day, DoroTHY, and BURSTEIN,
A.: The process-reaction distinction and prognosis
in schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 133:383-391, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-7306 and MH-3481).

GoTTESMAN, L., and CHAPMAN, L. J.: Syllogistic
reasoning errors in schizophrenia. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 24:250-255, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-7306 and MH-3481).

MH-1419 (R01) BococH, SAMUEL: Postshock am-
nesia and its relation to recovery. Boston Psy-
chopathic Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1956-58)

BocGocn, S.: Effect of a synthetic diet low in aro-
matic amino acids on schizophrenic patients.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
78:539-542, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
1330).

BococH, SAMUEL: Effect of special diet on hospi-
talized schizophrenic patients. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 114:261-263, 1957. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1330).

Bococh, S.: The structure and function of brain
ganglioside. In: Excerpta Medica, 1st Interna-
tional Congress of Neurological Sciences, 1957,
p. 54. (Also acknowledges MH-1330).

BogocH, S.: Structure of brain ganglioside. Nature,
180:197-198, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-
1330).

BoGocH, SAMUEL: Cerebrospinal fluid neuraminic
acid deficiency in schizophrenia. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 80:221-227,
1958.

BococH, S.: Neuraminic acid in the central nervous
system. In: Rinkel, M., ed. Chemical concepts
of psychosis. New York, McDowell, Obolensky,
1958, p. 295-304.

BococH, S.: Isolation of neuraminic acid-containing
proteins from cerebrospinal fluid. (Abstract) 4th
International Congress of Biochemistry, Vienna.
Supplement of international abstracts of biological
sciences. London, Pergamon, 1958, p. 217.

BogocH, S.: Neuraminic acid in the central nervous
system. In: Brucke, F., ed. Biochemistry of the
central nervous system. Proceedings of the 4th
International Congress of Biochemistry, Vienna.
London, Pergamon, 1959, p. 196.

BococH, SAMUEL, Dussik, KARL T., and LEVER,
P. G.: Clinical status and cerebrospinal fluid “total
neuraminic acid.” Repeated observations of in-
dividual schizophrenic patients. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 1:441-449, 1959.

BococH, S., LyNcH, P., and LEVINE, A. S.: Influ-
ence of brain ganglioside upon the neurotoxic ef-
fect of influenze virus in mouse brain. Virology,
7:161-169, 1959.

REicH, P., and BocGocH, S.: Association of psycho-
sis with severe renal glycosuria. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 21:448-459, 1959.

MH-1420 (RO1) Ervis, FRED W.: Adrenal func-
tion in experimental alcoholism. University of
North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1957- )

Erris, FRED W.: Plasma levels of 17-hydroxycorti-
costeroids during ethanol intoxication. (Abstract)
Pharmacologist, 1(2) :80, 1959.

Eruis, FRED W.: Effect of ethanol on plasma corti-
costerone concentration in rats. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 21(2):339, 1962.

Eris, FRED W.: Adrenal cortical function in ex-
perimental alcoholism in dogs. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
120(3) :740-744, 1965.

194
MH-1421 (R01) KELLER, FRED S.: Learning and
performance under tranquilizing drugs. Columbia
University, New York, N.Y. (1957-59)

BERRYMAN, R.: A physical model for the controlled
experiment. Journal of Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 11:3-12, 1960.

BERRYMAN, R.: A technique for the experimental
analysis of conflict. Psychological Reports, 10:
423-426, 1962.

BerrYMAN, R., and NEvIN, J. A.: Interlocking
schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:213-223, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3673).

BERRYMAN, R., WAaGMAN, W., and KELLER, F. S.:
Chlorpromazine and the discrimination of re-
sponse-produced cues. In: Miller, J. G., and Uhr,
L., eds. Drugs and behavior. New York, Wiley,
1960.

MH-1422 (R01) GARNER, HARRY H., JEANS,
RoBERT F., and ToMmAN, James E. P.: Cerebral
physiology in functional disorders. Chicago Med-
ical School, Chicago, Ill. (1957-61)

ABRAMS, A., GARNER, H. H., and TomaN, J. E. P.:
Unfinished tasks in the behavioral sciences. Balti-
more, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, 264 p.

BERHANG, A. M., TomaN, J. E. P., and EVERETT,
G. M.: Attempted localization of site of action of
“Tremorine.” (Abstract) Abstracts, Fall meeting
of the American Society of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, Ann Arbor, Mich., Au-
gust 25-28, 1958.

EveEreTT, G. M., RICHARDS, R. K., and TOMAN,
J. E. P.: Toxic reactions to anticonvulsant drugs
and their control: Pharmacological aspects. In:
American League against Epilepsy, Proceedings,
New York, December 12, 1957.

EvererT, G. M., SMITH, A. H., Jr, and TOMAN,
J. E. P.: Role of the catecholamines in motor be-
havior. (Abstract) Fall Meeting of the American
Society for Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peutics, Ann Arbor, Mich., August 25-28, 1958.

Everett, G. M., TAYLOR, J., DAVIN, ]., and To-
MAN, J. E. P.: Pharmacological effects of mono-
amine oxidase inhibitors. Federation Proceedings,
18:388, 1959.

EvererT, G. M., and ToMmaN, J. E. P.: Mode of
action, of rauwolfia alkaloids and motor activity.
Biological Psychiatry, 1:75-81, 1959.

GOLDBERG, J., and ToMmAN, J. E. P.: Studies on
experimental allergic encephalomyelitis. I. Re-
duction of electrical thresholds of spinal cords in
guinea pigs with the disease. Neurology, 10:
1015-1019, 1960.

GREENBERG, R., and Toman, J. E. P.: Histologic
demonstration of release of norepinephrine from

195

adrenal medulla by deserpidine.
eration Proceedings, 17:60, 1958.

Jeans, R. F., and ToMmaN, J. E. P.: Freud, Fechner
and feedback. Proceedings of the American Psy-
chiatric Society, 1958.

(Abstract) Fed-

JEFFERSON, N. C., Ocawa, T., Toman, J. E. P,,
Scruces, W., and NEcHELES, H.: Trophic main-
tenance of the diaphragm by various nerves.
American Journal of Physiology, 197:511-514,
1959.

SaseLLl, H. C, Levin, J. J., SEIGLER, L. O., and
TomaN, J. E. P.: Central and peripheral effects
of amitriptyline and ethyltryline. (Abstract)
Pharmacologist, 3(2):68, 1961.

SaBeLLl, H. C., LeviN, J. J., and TomaN, J. E. P.:
Interaction of imipramine and autonomic agents.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1)Part I:
393, 1961.

SaBeLLl, H. C., LEVIN, J. J, and TomaAN, J. E. P.:
Mecanismos colinergicos y agentes antidepresivos.
Revista de la Sociedad Argentina de Biologia, 37:
87-92, 1961.

SaBeLLI, H. C, and ToMAN, J. E. P.: Efectos elec-
trocardiograficos de agentes antidepresivos. Re-
vista de la Sociedad Argentina de Biologia, 37:
205-210, 1961.

Toman, J. E. P.: Tranquilizing drugs: A review.
Chicago Medical School Quarterly, 18(3):97-110,
1958.

ToMAN, J. E. P.: Problems in evaluation. In: Psy-
chopharmacology. National Academy of Science,
National Research Council, Publication 583, 1959.

Toman, J. E. P.: Life and psychopathology of
“Miniman.” (Abstract) Conference on cerebral
mechanisms. Pasadena, California Institute of
Technology Press, 1960.

ToMAN, J. E. P.: Pharmacological problems in the
laboratory testing of new drugs. Symposium,
American Academy of Neurology. Madison, Wis-
consin, University of Wisconsin Press, May 1960.

ToMAN, J.: Physiological triggering mechanisms in
childhood epilepsy. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 32:507-514, 1962.

ToMaN, JaMEis E. P.: Neurotropic drugs. In: El-
liott, Page, and Quastel, J. H., eds. Newurochem-
istry. Springfield, Ill., Thomas, 1962, p. 728-765.
(Also acknowledges MH-3375 and MH-4545).

Toman, J. E. P,, Bush, I. M., and CHACHKES, J. T.:
Conditional features of sound-evoked EEG re-
sponses during sleep. Federation Proceedings,
17:163, 1958.

ToMmaN, J. E. P., and EVERETT, G. M.: Comparison
of laboratory methods in the search for new drugs
of potential value in psychiatry. In: Neuro-
chemistry Symposia. Psychopharmacology. Vol.
3. New York, Harper-Hoeber, 1958.

ToMAN, J. E. P., GOLDBERG, J., LiBANOW, A., and
SHEINMAN, S.: Spinal hyperexcitability in allergic
encephalomyelitis. Federation Proceedings, 18:
160, 1959.

Toman, J. E. P.,, and Weiss, B.: Use of ‘“‘memo-
scope” for studies of evoked potentials of human
EEG. Federation Proceedings, 19:290, 1960.

MH-1425 (R01) FoLpEs, FRANCIS F., and BRACKEN,
MARK M.: Anticholinesterase activity of phreno-
tropic drugs. Mercy Hospital, Pittsburgh, Pa.
(1957-60)

Erpos, E. G., Baart, N., SHANOR, S. P., and
Forbes, F. F.: The inhibitory effect of chlorpro-
mazine and chlorpromazine sulfoxide on human
cholinesterases. Archives Internationales de Phar-
macodynamie et de Therapie, 117:163-167, 1958.

Forbes, F. F., Zsicmonp, E. K., Forbes, E. M |
and Erpos, E. G.: The distribution of acetyl-
cholinesterase and butyrylcholinesterase in the hu-
man brain. Journal of Neurochemistry, 9:559-
572, 1962.

FoLpes, V. M., ZsicmoND, E. K., Erpos, E. G., and
Forbes, F. F.: Histochemical demonstration of the
inhibitory effect of d-lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD) and its congeners on brain cholinesterase.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 18:389, 1979.

ZsicMoND, E. K., Forbes, F. F., and FOLDEs, V. M.:
The lack of correlation between the psychophar-
macologic and anticholinesterase effect of LSD and
its congeners. Federation Proceedings, 19:266,
1960.

ZsicMonND, E. K., FoLpEs, F. F., and FOLDES, V. M.:
The inhibitory effect of psilocybin and related
compounds on human cholinesterases. Federation
Proceedings, 20:25, 1961.

ZsicmonD, E. K., Forbes, F. F., FoLpes, V. M,,
and Erpos, E. G.: The in vitro inhibitory effect
of d-lysergic acid (LSD) and its congeners on
human cholinesterases. Federation Proceedings,
18:463, 1959.

ZsicMonND, E. K., Forbes, V. M., and FOLDES,
F. F.: The in vitro inhibitory effect of psilocybin
and related compounds on human cholinesterases.
Psychopharmacologia, 4:232-234, 1963.

MH-1426 (R01) McCarTHY, RAYMOND G,
GERARD, DoNALD L., and SAENGER, GERHART
S.: Follow-up standards for alcoholism outpatient
clinics. ~~ Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
(1957-59) (Continued as MH-3522).

GERARD, D. L., and SAENGER, G.: Interval between
intake and follow-up as a factor in the evaluation
of patients with a drinking problem. Quarterly

196

Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 20:620-630, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-3522).

MH-1431 (R01) REED, SHELDON C.: Mental re-
tardation and heredity. University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn. (1957-59)

HicGins, J. V., Rep, E. W., and REED, S. C.: In-
telligence and family size: A paradox resolved.
Eugenics Quarterly, 9:84-90, 1962.

Reep, E. W., and PHiLLips, V. P.: The Vale of
Sidem revisited. American Journal of Mental De-
ficiency, 63:699-702, 1959.

REED, S. C., REED, E. W., and HiGGINs, J. V.: The
relationship of human welfare to marriage selec-
tion. Journal of Heredity, 53:153-156, 1962.

MH-1434 (R01) SMITH, ALFRED A., and WORTIS,
BERNARD: Sympathetic activity and addiction.
New York University Medical Center, New York,
N.Y. (1956-66)

DaNcis, JosepH, and SMITH, ALFRED A.: Current
concepts: Familial dysautonomia. New England
Journal of Medicine, 274(4):207-208, 1966.

GrrLow, S., MENDLOWITZ, M., SMITH, A., GALL,
E., Wotrr, R., and NaprcHI, N.: The dynamics
of norepinephrine metabolism. In: Brest, A. N.,
and Moyer, J. H., eds. Recent advances in hyper-
tension. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1961, p.
335-341.

GrrLow, S., MENDLOWITZ, M., SMITH, A., GALL,
E.,, WoLF, R., and NaprcH1, N.: Pharmacology
and metabolism of norepinephrine in patients with
essential hypertension. American Journal of Car-
diology, 5:717-720, 1962.

KapLAN, M., GiTLow, S., and SMITH, A.: Metab-
olism of dl-norepinephrine-7-H3 in rabbits toler-
ant to 1-norepinephrine. Journal of Pharmaco-
logical Therapentics, 142(3):306-311, 1963.

SMITH, A.: Origin of urinary pyrocatechol. Nature,
190(4771):167, 1961.

SMITH, A., and DaNcis, J.: Physiological studies in
familial dysautonomia. Journal of Pediatrics, 63:
838-840, 1963.

SMITH, A., and DANcIs, J.: Response to intradermal
histamine in familial dysautonomia—a diagnostic
test. Journal of Pediatrics, 63:889-894, 1963.

SMITH, A., and DaNcis, J.: The exaggerated re-
sponse to infused norepinephrine in familial dy-
sautonomia. New England Journal of Medicine,
270:704-707, 1964.

SMITH, A., and DANcIs, J.: Taste discrimination in
familial dysautonomia. Pediatrics, 33:441-443,
1964.

SMITH, ALFRED A., DANcIS, JOSEPH, and BREININ,
GoopwIN: Ocular responses to autonomic drugs in
familial dysautonomia. Investigative Ophthalmol-
ogy, 4(3) :358-361, 1965.

SMITH, ALFRED A. FARBMAN, ALBERT, and
DaNcis, JosepH: Tongue in familial dysautonomia.
A diagnostic sign. American Journal of Diseases
of Children, 110:152, 1965.

SMITH, ALFRED, FARBMAN, ALFRED, and DANCIS,
JosEPH: Absence of taste-bud papillae in familial
dysautonomia. ~~ Science, 147(3661)1040-1041,
1965.

SMITH, A. FABRYKANT, M. GIrLow, S., and
WorTis, S. BERNARD: Metabolism of dl-norepi-
nephrine-7-H? in the guinea pig treated with tol-
butamide. Nature, 193:577-578, 1962.

SMITH, A. FABRYKANT, M., KAPLAN, M., and
GavrrT, J.: Dehydroxylation of catecholamines and
their products. Biochemica et Biophysica Acta,
86:429-437, 1964.

SMITH, A., GAvITT, ]., and KAPLAN, M.: Some re-
lationships between catecholamines and morphine-
like compounds. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent ad-
vances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 6. New
York, Plenum, 1964, p. 208-213.

SMITH, ALFRED A., GAVITT, Jo ANN, and KARMIN,
META: Lenticular opacities induced in mice by
chlorpromazine. Archives of Opthalmology, 75:
99-101, 1966.

SMITH, A. A., GiTLOWw, S., GALL, E., WoRTIs, S. B.,
and MENDLOWITZ, M.: The effect of disulfiram
and thanol on the metabolism of DL-B-H3-norepi-
nephrine. (Abstract) Clinical Research, 8:367,
1960.

SMITH, ALFRED A., HIRSCH, JAcoB I., and DANCIs,
JosepH: Responses to infused methacholine in
familial dysautonomia. Pediatrics, 36(2):225-
230, 1965.

SMITH, ALFRED A., KARMIN, META, and GAVITT,
Jo ANN: Interaction of catecholamines with levor-
phanol and morphine in the mouse eye. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
151(1):103-109, 1966.

SMITH, A. A., SCHWEITZER, J. W., and WORTIS,
S. B.: The determination of norepinephrine metab-
olites by isotope dilution. ((Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 18:145, 1959.

SMITH, A., TAYLOR, T., and WORTIS, S. BERNARD:
Abnormal catecholamine metabolism in familial
dysautonomia. New England [Journal of Medi-
cine, 268:705-707, 1963.

SMiTH, A. A., and WoRTis, S. B.: Formation of
tryptophol in the disulfiram-treated rat. Biochem-
ica et Biophysicd Acta, 40:569-570, 1960.

SMITH, A. A., and WorTIs, S. B.: The effect of
disulfiram on the metabolism of normetanephrine-
I-C1* in the guinea pig. Biochemical Pharmacol-
0gy, 3:333-334, 1960.

SMITH, A. A., and WorrTIs, S. B.: Formation and
metabolism of h-acetyl-normetanephrine in rats
treated with iproniazid. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 19:3, 1960.

SMITH, A., and WOoRTIS, S. BERNARD: Formation
and metabolism of N-acetylnormetanephrine in
rats. Biochemica et Biophysica Acta, 60:420-422,
1962.

MH-1439 (R01) RICKERS-OVSIANKINA, MARIA A.:
Social accessibility and environmental data. Uni-
versity of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. (1956-58)

RICKERS-ORSIANKINA, M. A., and KUsMIN, A.: In-
dividual differences in social accessibility. Psycho-
logical Reports, 4:391-406, 1958.

MH-1440 (R03) ZuBIN, JosepH: Prognosis in
mental disorders of the senium. New York State
Department of Mental Hygiene, New York, N.Y.
(1956-57)

Tec, NEcHAMA, and GRANICK, RUTH: Social iso-
lation and difficulties in social interaction in resi-
dents of a home for aged. Social Problems, 7:
226-232, Winter 1959-60. (Also acknowledges
MH-2775).

MH-1441 (RO1) ScHNEIRLA, THEODORE C., and
ToBacH, ETHEL: Behavior development and ten-
sion adjustment to stress. American Museum of
Natural History, New York, N.Y. (1957-61)

ToBacH, E., ScHNEIRLA, T. C., ARONSON, L. R,,
and LAUPHEIMER, R.: The ATSL: An observer-
to-computer system for a multivariate approach to
behavioral study. Nature, 194(4825):257-258,
1962.

TosacH, E., ScHNEIRLA, T. C., LAUPHEIMER, R.,
and GRrossMAN, K.: The use of a computer in a
study of the behavior of rats during the litter pe-
riod. (Abstract) American Zoologist, 1(3):102,
1961.

ToBacH, E., VRoMAN, L. TuUrkiwiIrz, G., and
ScHNEIRLA, T. C.: Infantile experience with spe-
cific visual stimuli as related to later differential
approach responses in rats. (Abstract) Anatomi-
cal Record, 138(3) :385, 1960.

VROMAN, L., ToBacH, E. TUrkiwiIrz, G., and
ScHNEIRLA, T. C.: Physiological effect of pre-
weaning manipulation in two strains of rats.
(Abstract) Anatomical Record, 138(3) :387, 1960.

MH-1442 (R01) GRINKER, Roy R.: Psychosomatic
studies of anxiety. Michael Reese Hospital and
Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1957-62)

BLATT, S.: Patterns of cardiac arousal during com-
plex cognitive activity. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63:272, 1961.

GREENBERG, R., JEFFAY, A. I, and TomAN, J. E. P.:
Histological evidence for a neural role in the de-

197
pletion of adrenal catecholamines by deserpidine
and TM-10. Journal of Pharmaceutical and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 130:119-125, 1960.

HeaTtH, H., and OKEN, D.: Change scores as re-
lated to initial and final levels. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 98:1242-1256,
1962.

HeatH, H. A, OkeN, D., KorcHIN, S. J. and
TowNE, J. C.: A factor analytic study of multi-
variate psychosomatic changes over time. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 3:467-477, 1960.

KorcHIN, S. J., Basowirz, H., GRINKER, R. R,,
HaMmBURG, D. A. PEersky, H., SABSHIN, M.,
HEATH, H., and Boarp, F. A.: Experience of
perceptual distortion as a source of anxiety.
A. M. A.~Archives of Neurology and Psychology,
80:98-113, 1958.

KorcHIN, SHELDON J. and HEATH, HELEN A.:
Somatic experience in the anxiety state: some sex
and personality correlates of “autonomic feed-
back.” Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25(5):
398-404, 1961.

KorcHIN, S. J., and Herz, M.: Differential effects
of shame and disintegrative threats on emotional
and adrenocortical functioning. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 2:640, 1960.

OkEN, D.: An experimental study of suppressed
anger and blood pressure. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychology, 2:441, 1960.

OkEN, D.: The role of defense in psychological
stress. In: Roessler, R. L., and Greenfield, N. S.,
eds. Physiological correlates of psychological dis-
order. Madison, Wisconsin, University of Wis-
consin Press, 1962.

OkEN, D., GRINKER, R. R., HEATH, H. A., HERZ,
M., KorcHIN, S. J., SABSHIN, M., and SCHWARTZ,
N. B.: Relation of physiological response to affect
expression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:
336, 1962.

OKEN, DoNALD, GRINKER, Roy R., HEATH, HELEN
A., SABSHIN, MELVIN, and SCHWARTZ, NEENA:
Stress response in a group of chronic psychiatric
patients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 3(5):
451-466, 1960.

OKEN, DoNALD, and HEATH, HELEN A.: The law
of initial values: some further considerations.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:3-12, 1963.

PERsKY, H., KORcHIN, S. J., BAsowitz, H., BOARD,
F. A. SaBsHIN, M. HaMBURG, D. A., and
GRINKER, R. R.: Effect of two psychological
stresses on adrenocortical function. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 81:219, 1959.

MH-1445 (R01) LoURIE, REGINALD S., LAYMAN,
EMMA M., and MiLLicAN, Frances K.: Etiology
of pica as an addiction in children. Children’s
Hospital, Washington, D.C. (1957-64)

198

LaymaN, EMMA M., MiLLICAN, FrRaNCEs K., Lou-
RIE, REGINALD S. and TAKAHASHI, LiLy Y.:
Cultural influences and symptom choice: Clay-
eating customs in relation to the etiology of pica.
The Psychological Record, 13(3):249-257, 1963.

Lourie, REGINALD S., Layman, EMMA M., and
MiLLIcAN, FRANCEs K.: Why children eat things
that are not food. Children, 10(4):143-146,
1963.

MiLricaN, Frances K., Layman, EMMA M., Lou-
RIE, REGINALD S., TAKAHASHI, LiLy Y. and
DuBLIN, CHRISTINA C.: The prevalence of inges-
tion and mouthing of nonedible substances by
children. Clinical Proceedings of the Children’s
Hospital, 18(8):207-214, 1962.

MH-1446 (R01) GraHAM, Davip T.: Vasovagal
fainting as biphasic response. Washington Uni-
versity, St. Louis, Mo. (1957- ) (Continued
as MH-2014).

MONEY, JoHN: Phantom orgasm in the dreams of
paraplegic men and women. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 3:373-382, 1960.

MH-1448 (R01) CLEMENTE, CARMINE D.: Regen-
eration of synaptic connections in the CNS. Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1956-
59)

CLEMENTE, C. D.: Regeneration of trigeminal and
facial neurons implanted into the cerebral cortex
of rats, rabbits and cats. Anatomical Record,
127:403-404, 1957.

CLEMENTE, C. D.: The regeneration of peripheral
nerves inserted into the cerebral cortex and the
healing of cerebral lesions. Journal of Compara-
tive Neurology, 109:123-151, 1958.

CLEMENTE, C. D.: Some observations of regenera-
tion in the central nervous system in animals. In:
French, J. D., and Porter, R. W., eds. Basic re-
search in paraplegia. Springfield, Ill., Charles C.
Thomas, 1962, p. 8-12.

GENIS-GALVEZ, J. M., and CLEMENTE, C. D.:
Anilisis comparativo de la inervacion del musculo
liso de la membrana nictitante y del musculo ciliar.
(Estudio experimental tras la extirpacion del gan-
glio simpatico cervical superior.) Arch. Espanol
Morph., 13:159-179, 1957.

NATHANIEL, E. J. H., and CLEMENTE, C. D.: Cor-
tical regeneration following the implantation of
skin and muscle grafts into the brain. Anatomical
Record, 130:346, 1958.

NatHAaNIEL, E. J. H., and CLEMENTE, C. D.:
Growth of nerve fibers into skin and muscle grafts
in rat brains. Experimental Neurology, 1:65-81,
1959.

MH-1452
CHARLES

(R01)
E.

BraiN, DANIEL, GOSHEN,
, GUTTERSEN, ALSTON G., and
OzARIN, Lucy D.: Architectural study of mental
hospitals. ~~ American Psychiatric Association,
Washington, D.C. (1956-58)

The Architecture Study Project and the General
Practitioner Project. The day hospital, 1958.
Washington, D.C., American Psychiatric Associa-
tion, 1958.

Building study reveals significant trends. Mental
Hospitals (Architectural Supplement), 7:29-32.
September 1956.

BusH, CHARLES K., and OzARIN, Lucy D.: Psychi-
atric admissions to state hospitals. Modern Hos-
pital, 88:96-104, 1957.

BusH, CHARLES K., OzARIN, Lucy D., GUTTERSEN,
ALSTON G., RUSSELL, JOHN M., and WRIGHT,
FRANCES: Good planning for psychiatric units
depends on knowledge of case loads. I. Psychi-
atric admissions to general hospitals. Modern
Hospital, 87:104-112, 1956.

CRONIN, J. W., and TAYLOR, W. R.: Mental hos-
pitals: Building type study. Architectural Rec-
ord, 120:201-232, 1956.

The day hospital 1958. In: Proceedings of the 1958
Day Hospital Conference. Architecture Study Proj-
ect and General Practitioner Project. Washington,
D.C., American Psychiatric Association, May, 1958.

GosHEN, CHARLES E.: Choosing institutional floor-
ing materials. Mental Hospitals, 9:35-37, Octo-
ber 1958.

GOsHEN, CHas. E., ed.: Selected reading lists on
mental hospitals. 1948-1958. Prepared by Ar-
chitectural Study Project. Washington, D.C.,
American Psychiatric Association, 1958, 69 p.
(Brochure).

GUTTERSEN, ALSTON G.: Trends in the design and
construction of hospital facilities in Holland.
Mental Hospitals, 7:27-32, October 1956.

OzaRIN, Lucy D.: New horizons in psychiatry.
Architectural Record, 120:202-204, 1956.

OzarIN, Lucy D.: Interpreting medical needs to
architects. Mental Hospitals, 7:23, June 1956.

OzarIN, Lucy D.: Nursing stations in psychiatric
units. Hospitals, 31:74-82, 1957.

OzARIN, Lucy D.: Patterns of patient movement in
general hospital psychiatric wards. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 114:977-984, 1958.

OzARIN, Lucy D., Tuma, A. H., and GUTTERSEN,
A. G.: Planning physical facilities for psychiatric
units. Hospitals, 31:43-44, and 98, 1957.

Proceedings of the Seventh Mental Hospital Insti-
tute. Patient participation and freedom. Mental
Hospitals, 7:3-64, February, 1956.

199

Tuma, A. H., and OzARIN, Lucy D.: Patient “privi-
leges” in mental hospitals. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 114:1104-1110, 1958.

WRIGHT, FRANCES M., and OzariN, Lucy D.:
Statistical surveys in the field of mental disorders.
Mental Hygiene, 41:534-541, 1957.

MH-1454 (R03) MARTIN, BARCLAY: Assessment
of anxiety by a behavioral scale. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1956-57)

MARTIN, B.: A factor analytic study of anxiety.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14:133-138, 1958.

MARTIN, B.: The measurement of anxiety. Journal
of General Psychology, 61:189-203, 1959.

MH-1459 (R01) KaLisH, HARRY I.: Motivation
and conflict in stimulus generalization. Adelphi
College, Garden City, N.Y. (1957-61) (Con-
tinued as MH-6096).

HABER, A., and KaLisH, H. L.: Prediction of dis-
crimination from generalization after variations in
schedules of reinforcement. Science, 142:412-
413, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6096).

KavisH, H. I: The relationship between discrimina-
bility and generalization: A re-evaluation. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 55:637-644,
1958.

KavisH, H. I, and GUTTMAN, N.: Stimulus gener-
alization after training on three stimuli: A test of
the summation hypothesis. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 57:268-272, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1002).

KavisH, H. I., and HABER, A.: Generality of stimu-
lus generalization. Psychological Reports, 11:741-
746, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6096).

KavrisH, H. I., and HABER, A.: Generalization.
I. Generalization gradients from single and mul-
tiple stimulus points. II. Generalization of inhi-
bition. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:
176-181, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6096).

MH-1464 (R03) BuLLock, DoNALD H.: Effects of
periodic social reinforcement schedules. Pennsyl-
vania Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1956-57)

BurrLock, DoNALD H.: Some aspects of human
operant behavior. Psychological Record, 10:241-
258, 1960.

Burrock, DoNaLDp H., and BRUNT, MANLY Y.,
Jr.: The testability of psychiatric patients in an
operant conditioning situation. ~~ Psychological
Record, 9:165-170, 1959.

MH-1465 (R03) STEVENSON, HaroLD W.: Study
of a method for observing children’s behavior.
University of Texas, Austin, Texas. (1956-57)
STEVENSON, H. W., and STEVENSON, NANcY G.:
Social interaction in an interracial nursery school.
Genetic Psychology Monographs, 61:37-75, 1960.

STEVENSON, H. W., and STEVENSON, NANcYy G.:
A method for simultaneous observation and analy-
sis of children’s behavior. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 99:253-260, 1961.

STEVENSON, H. W., and StEwARrT, E. C.: A de-
velopmental study of racial awareness in young
children. Child Development, 29:399-409, 1958.

MH-1468 (R03) MaccoBy, ELEANOR E.: Meas-
ures of superego strength in children. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1956-57)

GRINDER, ROBERT E.: Parental child rearing prac-
tices, conscience, and resistance to temptation of
sixth-grade children. Child Development, 33:
803-820, 1962.

MaccoBy, ELEANOR E.: The taking of adult roles
in middle childhood. [Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63:493-503, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-461).

REBELSKY, F. G., ALLINSMITH, W., and GRINDER,
R. E.: Resistance to temptation and sex differences
in children’s use of fantasy confession. Child
Development, 34:959-962, 1961.

MH-1475 (R01) MALMO, ROBERT B.: Neuropsy-
chological investigations of animals and man.
McGill University, Montreal, Can. (1957- )

BarTOSHUK, A. K.: Electromyographic reactions to
strong auditory stimulation as a function of alpha
amplitude.
logical Psychology, 52:540-545, 1959.

BELANGER, D., and FELDMAN, S. M.: Effects of
water deprivation upon heart rate and instrumen-
tal activity in the rat. Jowrnal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:220-225, 1962.

CHAMBERS, D. A., PASTERNAK, R., and MUELLER,
H. F.: A clamp for finger-sweat prints. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 11:35-38, 1960.

FeLpMAN, S. M.: Differential effects of shock in
human maze learning. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 62:171-178, 1961.

KASPER, P.: Attenuation of passive avoidance by
continuous septal stimulation. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 1:219-220, 1964.

KAsPER, PHYLLIS: Disruption of position habit re-

versal by septal stimulation. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 3(3):111-112, 1965.

KENYON, J, artrd MULLER, H. F.: A visual rating
scale for prints of finger-sweat. American [our-
nal of Psychology, 76:140-142, 1963.

MAcNEILAGE, PETER F.: EEG amplitude changes
during different cognitive processes involving

Journal of Comparative and Physio-

200

similar stimuli and responses.

Psychophysiology,
2(4):280-286, 1966.

MACNEILAGE, PETER F.: Changes in electroenceph-
alogram and other physiological measures during
serial mental performance. Psychophysiology,
2(4) :344-353, 1966.

Marmo, R. B.: Measurement of drive: An unsolved
problem in psychology. In: Jones, M. R., ed.
Nebraska symposium on motivation. Lincoln,
Nebr., University of Nebraska Press, 1958, p. 229-
265.

MaLmo, R. B.: Activation: A neuropsychological
dimension. Psychological Review, 66:367-386,
1959.

MarLmo, R. B.: Slowing of heart rate following
septal self-stimulation in rats. Science, 62:171-
178, 1961.

MaLmo, R. B.: Activation. In: Bachrach, A. J,
ed. Experimental foundations of clinical psy-
chology. New York, Basic Books, 1962, p. 386-
422.

MaLMmo, R. B.: On central and autonomic nervous
system mechanisms in conditioning, learning, and
performance. Canadian Journal of Psychology,
17:1-36, 1963.

MaLmo, R. B.: Physiological consequences of brain
stimulation in experiments on intracranial self-
stimulation and conditioning with a note on physi-
ological recording in psychiatric patients. Psy-
chiatric Research Reports, 17:119-129, 1963.

MarLmo, RoBErT B.: Physiological gradients and
behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 64(4):225-
234, 1965.

MaLmo, R. B.: Finger-sweat prints in the differen-
tiation of low and high incentive. Psychophysi-
ology, 1(3):231-240, 1965.

MaLmo, RoBerT B.: Cognitive factors in impair-
ment: A neuropsychological study of divided set.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71(2):184-
189, 1966.

Marmo, R. B., and Davis, J. F.: A monopolar
method of measuring palmar conductance. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychology, 74:106-113, 1961.

MaLmo, R. B., and SUrRwiLLO, W. W.: Sleep depri-
vation: Changes in performance and physiological
indicants of activation. Psychological Monographs,
74(52) :1-24, 1960.

MunpL, WILLIAM J.: An electrical drinking spout
for small animals. American Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 79(1):134-137, 1966.

MunpL, WILLIAM ].: Restoring rectangular pulses
of stimulation current.  Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 20(5):527-528,
1966.
PINNEO, L. R.: The effects of induced muscle ten-
sion during tracking on level of activation and on
performance. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
62:523-531, 1961.

Ross, W. R. D., and Davis, J. F.: Stable band-pass
filters for electroencephalography. In: IRE (In-
stitute of Radio Engineers) Canadian Convention
Record, 1958, p. 202-206. (Paper No. 860).

Rust, L. D.: Changes in bar-pressing performance
and heart rate in the sleep-deprived rat. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
621-625, 1962.

ScHNORE, M. M.: Individual patterns of physiologi-
cal activity as a function of task differences and
degree of arousal. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 58:117-128, 1959.

MH-1476 (R03) Voss, James F.: Language be-
havior and stimulus probability. “Wisconsin State
College, Eau Claire, Wisc. (1956-57)

Voss, J. F., THompsoN, C. P., and KEEGAN, J. H.:
Acquisition of probabilistic paired associates as a
function of S-R;, S-Ry probability. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 58:390-399, 1959.

MH-1481 (R01) GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J., JR.: Ef-
fect of past experiences on adult behavior. Okla-
homa State University of Agriculture and Applied
Science, Stillwater, Okla. (1956-60)

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J.: Effect of isolation and stress
on escape thresholds in albino rats. Psychological
Reports, 6:23-29, 1960.

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J.: Responses of wild and
domestic rats to force swimming. Psychological
Reports, 6:39-49, 1960.

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM ].: Effect of isolation on tread-
mill running in the albino rat. Psychological
Reports, 8:243-250, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-4724).

MH-1483 (R03) Maas, HENRY S., and ZIMMER-
MAN, KENT: Personal and group factors in adap-
tation to stress. University of California, Berkeley,
Calif. (1956-57)

Maas, HENRY S.: Behavioral science bases for pro-
fessional education: The unifying conceptual tool
of cultural role. Proceedings of the Interdisci-
plinary Conference. Washington, D.C., Howard
University School of Social Work, 1958, p. 11-22.

Maas, HENRY S.: Use of behavioral sciences in
social work education. Social Work, 3:62-69,
1958.

MH-1490 (R03) SiEVERs, DOROTHY J.: Compari-
son of mentally retarded on language test. Co-
lumbus State School, Columbus, Ohio. (1957-
58)

201

SIEVERS, DOROTHY J.: A study to compare the per-
formance of brain-injured and non-brain-injured
mentally retarded children on the Differential
Language Facility Test. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 63(5):839-847, 1959.

SIEVERS, DOROTHY J., and ROSENBERG, C. M.: The
Differential Language Facility Test and electro-
encephalograms of brain-injured mentally retarded
children. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 65(1):46-50, 1960.

MH-1494 (R03) WircorT, ROBERT C.: A com-
parison of measures of muscle tension. Univer-
sity of Nebraska, Omaha, Nebr. (1957-57)

WiLcorT, R. C., and BEENKEN, H. G.: Relation of
integrated surface electromyography and muscle
tension. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 7:295-298,
1957.

MH-1495 (R03) RoseN, BERNARD C.: The psy-
chosocial origins of achievement motivation. Uni-
versity of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. (1956-57)

RoseN, BERNARD C.: The achievement syndrome:
A psychocultural dimension of social stratification.
American Sociological Review, 21:203-211, 1956.
Also in: Birney, R. C., and Teevan, R. C., eds.
Sourcebook for elementary psychology. New
York, Harcourt, Brace & World, 1964.

RoseN, BERNARD C.: Race, ethnicity and the achieve-
ment syndrome. American Sociological Review,
24:47-60, 1959. Also in: Mack, R. W., ed.
Race, class, and power. New York, American
Book Co., 1963.

RoseN, BERNARD C., and D’ANDRADE, Roy: The
psychosocial origins of achievement motivation.
Sociometry, 22:185-218, 1959.

MH-1496 (R03) SMITH, JACKSON A., and CARVER,
MICHAEL J.: Amino acid studies in mongolism.
University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr. (1957-
57)

CARVER, M. ].: Basic studies on mongolism. IIL.
Hemoglobin. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Diseases, 127(4) :374-377, 1958.

CARVER, M. J., WiLTsE, HOBART, and WITTSON,
C. L.: Basic studies in mongolism. I. Serum
proteins. Diseases of the Nervous System, 20
(4) :162-166, 1959.

MH-1498 (R03) JEFFREY, WENDELL E.: Early dis-
crimination learning in young children. Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1956-57)

JEFFREY, WENDELL E.: Variables in early discrimi-
nation learning. I. Motor responses in the train-
ing of a left-right discrimination. Child Develop-
ment, 29(2) :269-275, 1958.
JEFFREY, WENDELL, E.: Variables in early discrimi-
nation learning. II. Mode of response and
stimulus difference in the discrimination of tonal
frequencies. Child Development, 29 (4) :531-537,
1958.

MH-1499 (R01) PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, and
LEVINE, RAPHAEL B.: Vector and scanned topo-
graphic EEG. Columbus Psychiatric Institute and
Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1957-59)

LEVINE, RAPHAEL B., RETZLAFF, ERNEST, HANDA,
HajiME, and Tir, KENNETH: Electrical identi-
fication of certain nuclei and fiber tracts in brain
of cat. Journal of Neurophysiology, 21:138-147,
1958.

LEVINE, RAPHAEL B., SmiTH, RicHARD P., and
HAWKES, GLENN R.: On synchrony of the alpha
thythms. Aerospace Medicine, 34:349-352, 1963.

MH-1500 (R03) LYKKEN, DAviD T.: An explora-
tory study of electrodermal phenomena. Univer-
sity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1956-57)

LykkeN, D. T.: Properties of electrodes used in
electrodermal measurement. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 52:629-634,
1959.

LykkeN, D. T., and Rose, R.: A rat-holder with
electrodes for GSR measurement. American Jour-
nal of Psychology, 72:621-622, 1959.

LykkeN, D. T., and RortH, N.: Continuous direct
measurement of apparent skin conductance. Amer-
ican Journal of Psychology, 74:293-297, 1961.

MH-1502 (R03) FiscHER, JoHN L.: Socialization
and symbolic resolution of conflicts. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1956-57)

FiscHER, J. L., FiscHER, ANN, and MAHONY,
FRANK: Totemism and allergy. International Jour-
nal of Social Psychiatry, 5:33-40, 1959.

MH-1505 (R03) TERRELL, GLENN: Role of delayed
reward in- discrimination learning. University of
Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1957-57)

TERRELL, GLENN: Manipulatory motivation in chil-
dren. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 52(6):705-709, 1959.

TERRELL, GLENN: The role of incentive in dis-
crimination learning in children. Child Develop-
ment, 29(2):231-236, 1958.

MH-1507 (R03) Lapousg, REEMA, and MONK,
Mary: Pilot study on epidemiology of child be-
havior traits. University of Buffalo—prior to
September 1, 1962, Buffalo, N.Y. (1956-57)

Lapouse, REMA: The relationship of behavior to
adjustment in a representative sample of children.

202

American Journal of Public Health, 55(8):1130-
1141, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3191).

LAaPOUSE, REMA, and MONK, MARY A.: An epi-
demiologic study of behavior characteristics in
children. American Journal of Public Health,
48(9):1134-1144, 1958.

Lapousg, REMA, and MONK, MARY A.: Fears and
worries in a representative sample of children.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 29(4) :803-
818, 1959.

LAaPOoUSE, REMA, and MONK, MARY A.: The be-
havior of a representative sample of children.
Bulletin of the Tulane University Medical Faculty,
18(2):83-88, 1959.

LAaPoUsE, REMA, and MONK, MARY A.: Behavior
deviations in a representative sample of children:
Variation by sex, age, race, social class and family
size. The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
34(3):436-446, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
3191).

LAPOUSE, REMA, MONK, MARY A., and STREET,
ELISABETH: A method for use in epidemiologic
studies of behavior disorders in children. Ameri-
can Journal of Public Health, 54(2):207-222,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3191).

MH-1508 (R01) Moser, JaMEs N.: Behavioral
factors in automobile driving safety. George
Washington University, Washington, D.C. (1957-
57)

GOLDSTEIN, L. G.: Research on human variables in
safe motor vehicle operation: A correlational sum-
mary of predictor variables and criterion measures.
In: The Driver Behavior Research Project. Wash-
ington, D.C., George Washington University,
June, 1961.

MH-1509 (R03) KimBLE, GREGORY A.: Experi-
mentation in eyelid conditioning. Duke Univer-
sity, Durham, N.C. (1956-57)

DurorT, ROBERT H., and KiMBLE, GREGORY A.:
Ready signals and the effect of interpolated UCS
presentations in eyelid conditioning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 56:1-7, 1958.

MH-1510 (R01) EwaALT, Jack R.: Study of volun-
teer mental health organizations. Joint Commis-
sion on Mental Illness and Health, Boston, Mass.
(1957-58)

LaNpy, D., and WECHSLER, H.: Common assump-
tions, dimensions and problems of pathway or-
ganizations. Journal of Social Issues, 16(2):70-
78, 1960.

WECHSLER, H.: The community volunteer and the
organization of former mental patients. In: The
volunteer and the psychiatric patient. Washing-
ton, D.C., American Psychiatric Association, 1959.
WECHSLER, H.: The self-help organization in the
mental health field: Recovery, Inc, a case study.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 130:297-
314, 1960.

WECHSLER, H.: Halfway houses for former mental
atients: A survey. [Journal of Social Issues, 16
(2) :20-26, 1960.

WECHSLER, H.: The expatient organization: A sur-
vey. [Journal of Social Issues, 16(2):47-53, 1960.

WECHSLER, H.: Transitional residences for former
mental patients. A survey of halfway houses and
related rehabilitation facilities. Mental Hygiene,
45:65-76, 1961.

WECHSLER, H.: Patterns of membership in a self-
help organization in mental health. Mental Hy-
giene, 45:613-622, 1961.

WECHSLER, H., and LANDY, D., eds.: New pathways
from the mental hospital. Journal of Social Is-
sues, 16(2) :1-80, 1960.

MH-1512 (R03) Levy, LEoN H.: Tactual discrim-
ination and perceptual defense. Indiana Univer-
sity, Bloomington, Ind. (1957-57)

Levy, LEON H.: Perceptual defense in tactual per-
ception. Journal of Personality, 26:467-478,
1958.

MH-1513 (R01) BARKER, ROGER G., and SCHOG-
GEN, PHIL H.: Psychological field studies. Uni-
versity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan. (1957-62)

BARKER, R. G.: Ecology and motivation. In: Jones,
M. R., ed. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation.
Lincoln, Neb., University of Nebraska, 1960, p.
1-49.

BARKER, R. G., ed.: The stream behavior.
York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1963, 352 p.

New

BARKER, R. G.: The stream of behavior as an em-
pirical problem. In: Barker, R. G., ed. The
stream of behavior. New York, Appleton-Cen-
tury-Crofts, 1963, p. 1-22.

BARKER, R. G., and BARKER, Louise S.: The psy-
chological ecology of old people in Midwest, Kan-
sas, and Yoredale, Yorkshire. Journal of Geron-
tology, 16(2):144-149, 1961.

BARKER, R. G., and BARKER, LouISE S.: Behavior
units for the comparative study of cultures. In:
Kaplan, B., ed. Studying personality cross-cul-
turally. Evanston, Ill, Row, Peterson, 1961, p.
457-476.

BARKER, R. G., and BARKER, Louise S.: Sixty-five
and over. In: Williams, R. H., Tibbitts, C., and
Donahue, W., eds. Process of aging. Vol. 1.
New York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 246-272.

BARKER, R. G., and BARKER, Louise S.: Social ac-
tions in the behavior streams of American and

203

English children. In: Barker, R. G., ed. The
stream of behavior. New York, Appleton-Cen-
tury-Crofts, 1963, p. 127-159.

BARKER, R. G., WRIGHT, H. F., BARKER, LOUISE S.,
and SCHOGGEN, MAXINE: Specimen records of
American and English children. Lawrence, Kan-
sas, University of Kansas Press, 1961, 271 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-1098).

Dyck, A. J.: The social contacts of some Midwest
children and their parents and teachers. In:
Barker, R. G., ed. The stream of behavior. New
York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 78-98.

Faww, C. L.: Disturbances experienced by children
in their natural habitats. In: Barker, R. G., ed.
The stream of behavior. New York, Appleton-
Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 99-126.

SCHOGGEN, MAXINE, BARKER, Louise S., and
BARKER, R. G.: Structure of the behavior of
American and English children. In: Barker,
R. G., ed. The stream of behavior. New York,
Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 160-168.

SCHOGGEN, PHIL: Environmental forces in the every-
day lives of children. In: Barker, R. G., ed.
The stream of behavior. New York, Appleton-
Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 42-69.

SIMMONS, HELEN, and SCHOGGEN, PHIL: Mothers
and fathers as sources of environmental pressure
on children. In: Barker, R. G., ed. The stream
of behavior. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts,
1963, p. 70-77.

MH-1516 (R03) THOMPSON, ROBERT Q.: Age
and memory decrement produced by ECS. Louisi-
ana State University, Baton Rouge, La. (1957-
58)

THOMPSON, R., HARAVEY, F., PENNINGTON, D. F.,
SMITH, J., GANNON, D., and STOCKWELL, F.:
An analysis of the differential effects of ECS on
memory in young and adult rats. Canadian Jour-
nal of Psychology, 12:83-96, 1958.

MH-1519 (R03) MEDNICK, SARNOFF A.: General-
ization in brain damage and schizophrenia. Har-
vard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-57)

MEDNICK, S.: A learning theory approach to research
in schizophrenia. Psychological Bulletin, 55:316-
327, 1958.

MEDNICK, S.: Learning theory and schizophrenia: A
reply to a comment. Psychological Bulletin, 56:
315-316, 1958.

MEDNICK, S., and WiLp, C.: Stimulus generaliza-
tion in brain damaged children. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 25:525-527, 1961.

MH-1520 (R03) KaprLAN, SoLoMON D.: After-
images, hue, and drugs. University of Kansas
Medical Center, Kansas City, Kan. (1957-57)
KAPLAN, SoLOMAN D.: Autonomic drugs, after-
images, and depression. American Psychologist,
13:343, 1958.

KapLAN, S. D.: Autonomic visual regulation.
chiatric Research Reports, 12:104-118, 1960.

Psy-

MH-1527 (R03) SHAKLEE, ALFRED B.: Compari-
son of tranquilizers and shock on learning. Uni-
versity of Denver, Denver, Colo. (1957-57)

CosLETT, S. B., and SHAKLEE, A. B.: Parallel ob-
servations on avoidance behavior and endocrine
response under reserpine. Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 94:217-220, 1959.

SHAKLEE, A. B.: Measurement of cutaneous electrical
thresholds in animal research. American Journal
of Psychology, 70:624-627, 1957.

SHAKLEE, A. B.: Chlorpromazine and habit reversal.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 93:59-62, 1958.

SHAKLEE, A. B.: Reserpine and cutaneous response
threshold. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 8:119-
120, 1958.

SHAKLEE, A. B.: Studies in operant conditioning. I.
Acquisition of a panel pressing response. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 102:19-25, 1963.

SHAKLEE, A. B.: Studies in operant conditioning.
II. Response increment during extinction. Jour-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 102:27-31, 1963.

SHAKLEE, A. B.: Studies in operant conditioning.
III. Learning in the rat without prior experimen-
tal adaptation. Jowrnal of Genetic Psychology,
102:33-36, 1963.

MH-1529 (R03) ARKOFF, ABE, and BLoOM, BER-
NARD L.: Role playing in the assessment of psy-
chopathology. Hawaii State Hospital, Kaneohe,
Haw. (1957-58)

Broom, B. L., and ARKOFF, A.: Role playing in
acute and chronic schizophrenia. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 25:24-28, 1961.

MH-1530 (R01) ROSNER, BURTON S.: Psychophys-
iology of somesthesia. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1957-62)

ABRAHAMIAN, H. A., ArLrisoN, T., Gorr, W. R,,
and RoOsNER, B. S.: Effects thiopental on human
cerebral evoked responses. Anesthesiology, 24:
650-657, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5286).

ALLISON, T.: Recovery functions of somatosensory
evoked responses in man. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:331-343, 1962.

ALrLisoN, T., Gorr, W. R., ABRAHAMIAN, H. A.,
and ROSNER, B. S.: The effects of barbiturate
anesthesia on human somatosensory evoked re-
sponses. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 15 (Suppl. 24) :68-75, 1963.

GorfF, W. R., RosNER, B. S., and ALLisoN, T.:
Distribution of cerebral somatosensory evoked re-
sponses in normal man. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:697-713, 1962.

ROSNER, B. S.: Effects of repetitive peripheral stim-
uli on evoked potentials of somatosensory cortex.
American Journal of Physiology, 187:175-179,
1956.

RosNER, B. S.: Neural factors limiting cutaneous
patitotemporal discriminations. In: Rosenblith,
W. A., ed. Sensory communication. Cambridge,
Technology, 1961, p. 725-737.

ROSNER, B. S.: Psychophysics and neurophysiology.
In: Koch, S., ed. Psychology: A study of a sci-
ence. Vol. 4. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1962,
p- 280-333.

RosNER, B. S.: Temporal interaction between elec-
trocutaneous stimuli. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 67:191-192, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5286).

RosNER, B. S., Arrison, T., Swanson, E., and
Gorfr, W. R.: A new instrument for the sum-
mation of evoked responses from the nervous sys-
tem. Electrooncephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 12:745-747, 1960.

RosNER, B. S., Gorr, W. R., and ALLISON, T.:
Cerebral electrical responses to external stimuli.
In: Glaser, G. H., ed. EEG and behavior. New
York, Basic Books, 1963.

RosNER, B. S., Gorr, W. R., and ALLISON, T.:
Properties of cerebral somatic evoked responses in
unanesthetized Cebus monkey. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15(Suppl.
24) :43-54, 1963.

RosNER, B. S., Scamp, E., Novak, S., and ALLI-
SON, J. T.: Responses at cerebral somatosensory I
and peripheral nerve evoked by graded electrocu-
taneous stimulation. American Journal of Physi-
ology, 196:1083-1087, 1959.

Scamp, ETHEL: Temporal aspects of cutaneous in-
teraction with two-point electrical stimulation.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61:400-409,
1961.

MH-1531 (R01) WoLFF, HaroLp G., and HIN-
KLE, LAWRENCE E.: Relationship of life experi-
ences to illness. Cornell University, New York,
N.Y. (1957-59)

HinkLE, L. E., REbmMONT, R., PLUMMER, N., and
WoLFF, H. G.: An examination of the relation
between symptom, disability, and serious illness, in
two homogeneous groups of men and women.
American Journal of Public Health, 50(9):1327-
1336, 1960.

HinkLE, L. E., and WoLrF, H. G.: Ecologic in-
vestigations of the relationship between illness, life

204
experiences and the social environment. Annals of
Internal Medicine, 49:1373-1388, 1958.

MH-1532 (R03) MEYER, DONALD R.: Experimen-
tal study of perception. Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio. (1957-57)

MEYER, D. R.,, CHo, C., and WESEMANN, A.: On
problems of conditioning discriminated lever-press
avoidance responses. Psychological Review, 67:
224-228, 1960.

MH-1536 (R03) BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G.: Auto-
matic sphygmomanometry applied to mecholyl test.
Hillside Hospital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1957-58)

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G.: The use of the automatic
sphygmomanometer in the mecholyl test. Journal
of the Hillside Hospital, 8(3):179-185, 1959.

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G.: Reproducibility of the
mecholyl test. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:32-41,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2938).

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G., RoseTT, HENRY L., and
DoBrow, ALAN: Severe hypotensive reactions fol-
lowing meprobamate overdosage. Annals of In-
ternal Medicine, 51:607, 1959.

MH-1540 (RO1) BEerkOwITZ, LEONARD, and
TANNEBAUM, PERCY H.: Expression and reduc-
tion of hostility. University of Wisconsin, Madi-
son, Wisc. (1957-63)

BerkowiTz, L.: The expression and reduction of
hostility. ~~ Psychological Bulletin, 55:257-283,
1958.

Berkowitz, L.: Anti-semitism and the displace-
ment of aggression. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 59:182-187, 1959.

Berkowitz, L.: Some factors affecting the reduc-
tion of overt hostility. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 60:14-21, 1960.

BerkowITZ, L.: Repeated frustrations and expecta-
tions in hostility arousal. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 60:422-429, 1960.

BeErkOWITZ, L:: Manifest hostility level and hostile
behavior. Journal of Social Psychology, 52:165-
171, 1960.

BERKOWITZ, L.: Anti-semitism, judgmental processes
and hostility displacement. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 62:210-215, 1961.

BerkOwITZ, L.: Aggression: A social-psychological
analysis. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1962.

BerkowITZ, L.: Aggressive stimuli, aggressive re-
sponses, and hostility catharsis. In: Masserman, J.,
ed. Science and psychoanalysis. Vol. 6: Violence
and war. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1963.

BERKOWITZ, LEONARD: Aggressive cues in aggres-
sive behavior and hostility catharsis. Psychological
Review, 71:(2) 104-122, 1964.

205

Berkowitz, L., CorRWIN, R., and HEIRONIMUS, M.:
Film violence and subsequent aggressive tenden-
cies. Public Opinion Quarterly, 27:217-229,
1963.

Berkowitz, L., and GREEN, J. A.: The stimulus
qualities of the scapegoat. [Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 64:293-301, 1962.

Berkowitz, L., and HoLMEs, D. S.: The generali-
zation of hostility to disliked objects. Journal of
Personality, 27:565-577, 1959.

BerkowiITZ, L., and HoLMES, D. S.: A further in-
vestigation of hostility generalization to disliked
objects. Journal of Personality, 28:427-442, 1960.

Berkowitz, L., MACAULAY, J. R., and GREEN,
J. A.: Hostility catharsis as the reduction of emo-
tional tension. Psychiatry, 25:23-31, 1962.

Berkowitz, L., and RawLrLiNGs, E. I.: Effects of
film violence on inhibitions against subsequent ag-
gression. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 66:405-412, 1963.

HokaNsoN, J. E.: The effects of frustration and
anxiety on overt aggression. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 62:346-351, 1961.

HokaNsoN, J. E.: Vascular and psychogalvanic ef-
fects of experimentally aroused anger. Journal of
Personality, 29:30-39, 1961.

HokANsoON, J. E.: Aggressive cues in aggressive be-
havior and hostility catharsis. Psychological Re-
view, 71:104-122, 1964.

Hormes, D. S., and Berkowitz, L.: Some con-
trast effects in social perception. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 62:150-152, 1961.

MH-1541 (RO1) ZuBIN, JosepH, and SUTTON,
SAMUEL: Biometric assay of the mentally ill. New
York State Department of Mental Hygiene, New
York, N.Y. (1957-62)

BaBkOFF, H., and SUTTON, S.: Perception of tem-
poral order and loudness judgments for dichotic
clicks. Journal of the Acoustical Society of Amer-
ica, 35:574-577, 1963.

Burpock, E. I., CHEEK, FRANCES, and ZUBIN, J.:
Predicting success in psychoanalysis. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1960.

CHASE, R. A., HARVEY, S., STANDFAST, SUSAN,
RAPIN, ISABELLE, and SuTTON, S.: Studies on
sensory feedback. I. Effect of delayed auditory
feedback on speech and keytapping. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 13:141-152,
1961.

CHasg, R. A., Sutton, S., and First, DAPHNE:
Delayed auditory feedback. (Bibliography) Jour-
nal of Speech and Hearing Research, 2:193-200,
1959.
Chase, R. A., SutTON, S., FIrsT, DAPHNE, and
ZUBIN, J.: A developmental study of changes in
behavior under delayed auditory feedback. Jour-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 99:101-112, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-586).

GRANICK, RutH, and NAHEMOW, LUCILLE: Pre-
admission isolation as a factor in adjustment to an
old age home. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J.
eds. Psychopathology of aging. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 285-302. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-586 and MH-2775).

HAKEREM, G., SUTTON, S., and ZUBIN, J.: Pupil-
lary reactions in schizophrenics and normals.
American Psychologist, 13:357, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-586).

HAKEREM, G., SUTTON, S., and ZUBIN, ].: Pupil-
lary reactions to light in schizophrenic patients
and normals. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 105:820-831, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4759).

HAMMER, MURIEL: Influence of small social net-
works as factors on mental hospital admission.
Human Organization, 22(4):243-251, 1963-64.

Novak, STANLEY: Effect of electrocutaneous digital
stimulation on the detection of single and double
flashes of light. Psychological Monographs, 79
(15):1-9, 1965. (Whole No. 608)

PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, and SALZINGER, K.: The con-
ditionability of different verbal response classes:
Positive, negative and non-affect statements. Jour-
nal of General Psychology, 70:311-323, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-2785).

SALZINGER, K., and FELDMAN, R. S.: Verbal be-
havior of schizophrenic and normal subjects. Azn-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 105:
845-860, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-586,
MH-4443, and MH-4842).

SALZINGER, K., FELDMAN, R. S., and PORTNOY,
STEPHANIE: The effects of reinforcement on ver-
bal and non-verbal responses. Journal of General
Psychology, 70:225-234, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4758).

SALZINGER, K., and PisoNI, STEPHANIE: Reinforce-
ment of verbal affect responses of normal subjects
during the interview. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 60:127-130, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-586).

SALZINGER, K., and PORTNOY, STEPHANIE: Verbal
conditioning in interviews: Application to chronic
schizophrenics and relationship to prognosis for
acute schizophrenics. Journal of Psychiatric Re-
search, 2:1-7, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
7477 and MH-386).

SALZINGER, KURT, PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, and
FELDMAN, RICHARD S.: Experimental manipula-
tion of continuous speech in schizophrenic pa-

206

tients. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
08), 68(5):508-516, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4842 and MH-2785).

SALZINGER, SUZANNE, SALINGER, KURT, PORTNOY,
STEPHANIE, ECKMAN, JUDITH, BACON, PAULINE
M., DEUTSCH, MARTIN, and ZUBIN, JOSEPH:
Operant conditioning of continuous speech in
young children. Child Development, 33(3) :683-
695, 1962.

Sutton, S., HAKEREM, G., PorTNOY, M., and
ZuBIN, ].: The effect of shift of sensory modality
on serial reaction time: A comparison of schizo-
phrenics and normals. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 74:224-232, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-586).

SUTTON, S., ROEHRIG, W. C., KRAMER, J.: Delayed
auditory feedback of speech in schizophrenics and
normals. Annuals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 105:832-844, 1964.

WaLToN, H. J, BENNETT, R., and NAHEMOW,
L. D.: The significance of psychiatric symptoma-
tology for social adaptation. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 110:544-548, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2775).

ZUBIN, J.: A brief survey of the interview. In:
Gee, H. H., and CowLks, J. T., eds.: The ap-
praisal of applicants to medical school. Evans-
ton, Ind., Association of American Medical Col-
leges, 1957.

ZUBIN, J.: Discussion of uses and abuses of statis-
tics in biochemical investigations of psychotic pa-
tients, by Max Reiss. In: Rinkel, M., and Denber,
M. C. B., eds. Chemical concepts of psychosis.
New York, McDowell Obolensky, 1958, p. 441-
443.

ZUBIN, J.: From the point of view of biometrics.
In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J., eds. Field studies
in the mental disorders. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1961, p. 406-410.

ZUBIN, ].: Measurement of changes in human be-
havior under the effects of psychotropic drugs. In:
Rothlin, E., ed. Neuropsychopharmacology, 2:
333-338, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3444).

ZUBIN, J.: Discussion of the future of psychologic,
social and educational approaches. In: Hoch,
P. H., and Zubin, J., eds. The future of psychi-
atry. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962, p.
83-90.

ZUBIN, J.: A biometric approach to diagnosis and
prognosis. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H.,
eds. Psychosomatic medicine: The First Habne-
mann Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger,
1962, p. 71-80.

ZUBIN, J.: Problems and prospect of the biometric
method. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 105:919-925, 1964.
ZUBIN, J., and Katz, M.: Psychopharmacology and
personality. In: Worchel, P., and Byrne, D.
Personality change. New York, John Wiley &
Sons, 1964, p. 367-395.

ZUBIN, J., SUTTON, S., SALZINGER, K., SALZINGER,
SuzANNE, Burpock, E. I., and PErRETZ, D.: A
biometric approach to prognosis in schizophrenia.
In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J., eds. Compara-
tive epidemiology in the mental disorders. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 143-203.

MH-1544 (R01) CampBeLL, DoNALD T.: Five
varieties of projection in trait attribution. North-
western University, Evanston, Ill. (1957-61)

CampBELL, D. T., MILLER, N., LUBETSKY, J., and
O’CoNNELL, E. J.: Varieties of projection in trait
attribution. Psychological Monographs, 78(15):
1-33, 1964.

LuBETsKY, J., and CAMPBELL, D. T.: Age and sex
as sources of stimulus equivalence in judgments of
photos and peers. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
19(4):502-505, 1963.

RENNER, K. E., MAHER, B. A., and CAMPBELL,
D. T.: The validity of a method for scoring sen-
tence-completion responses for anxiety, depend-
ency, and hostility. Journal of Applied Psychol-
ogy, 46(4) :285-290, 1962.

WiLsoN, W., and MILLER, N.: Shifts in evaluations
of participants following intergroup competition.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63
(2) :428-431, 1961.

MH-1552 (R01) KAUFMAN, M. RALPH: Biochem-
istry and physiology of electroshock therapy.
Mount Sinai Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1957-
58)

ROSENBLATT, S., CHANLEY, J., SoBOoTKA, H., and
KaurMaN, M. R.: Interrelationships between
electroshock, the blood brain barrier, and cate-
cholamines. Journal of Neurochemistry, 5(2):
172-176, 1960.

MH-1557 (R01) MONEY, JoHN, HAMPSON, JOAN
G., and HamMPsoN, JoHN L.: Longitudinal and
related psychohormonal studies. Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, Md. (1957-64)

ALEXANDER, DUANE, WALKER, H. T., Jr., and
MONEY, JoHN: Studies in direction sense. I.
Turner's syndrome. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 10:337-339, 1964.

Bunge, R. G., ALBERT, A., BuUrNs, E. and
HaMmPsoN, J. G.: Determination of sex and what
to do about it. (Panel discussion) Journal of
Urology, 81:13-24, 1959.

EVERETT, HENRY C.: Sneezing in response to light.
Neurology, 14:483-490, 1964.

207

GREEN, RICHARD, and MONEY, JOHN: Incongruous
gender role: Nongenital manifestations in prepu-
bertal boys. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 130:160-168, 1960.

GREEN, RICHARD, and MONEY, JoHN: Effeminacy
in prepubertal boys, summary of eleven cases and
recommendations for case management. Pediat-
rics, 27:286-291, 1961.

GREEN, RICHARD, and MONEY, JoHN: “Tomboys”
and “sissies.” Sexology, 28:304-307, 1961.

GREEN, RicHARD, and MONEY, JOHN: Binocular
rivalry of gender-significant pictures in a stereo-
scope. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2:19-27,
1962.

HaMPsoN, JoHN L., and HAMPSON, JOAN G.: The
ontogenesis of sexual behavior in man. In:
Young, William C., ed. Sex and internal secre-
tions. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1961, p.
1401-1432.

HAMPSON, JoHN L., and MONEY, JoHN: The child
with disorders of physical growth. In: Smith,
Michael H., ed. Management of the handicapped
child. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1957, p.
173-191.

MonNEY, JoHN: Components of eroticism in man:
Cognitional rehearsals. In: Wortis, C. J., ed.
Recent advances in biological psychiatry. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 210-225.

MONEY, JoHN: Hermaphroditism. In: Ellis, A.
and Abarbanel, A., eds. The encyclopedia of sex-
ual behavior. New York, Hawthorne Books,
1961, p. 472-484.

MoNEY, JouN: Components of eroticism in man: I.
The hormones in relation to sexual morphology
and sexual desire. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 132:239-248, 1961.

MONEY, JoHN: Components of eroticism in man: II.
The orgasm and genital somesthesia. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 132:289-297, 1961.

MONEY, JoHN: Sex hormones and other variables in
human eroticism. In: Young, William C., ed.
Sex and internal secretions. Baltimore, Williams
& Wilkins, 1961, p. 1383-1400.

MONEY, JoHN: Too early puberty.
154-157, 1961.

Sexology, 28:

MONEY, JoHN, ed.: Reading disability: Progress
and research needs in dyslexia. Baltimore, Johns
Hopkins, 1962, 222 p.

MONEY, JoHN: Dyslexia: A postconference review.
In: Money, John, ed. Reading disability: Prog-
ress and vesearch needs in dyslexia. Baltimore,
Johns Hopkins, 1962, p. 9-33.

MONEY, JoHN: Obstacles to sex research. Sexology,
28:548-553, 1962.
MoNEY, JoHN: Cytogenetics and psychosexual in-
congruities with a note on space-form blindness.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 9:820-827, 1963.

MONEY, JOHN: Reading disorder. In: Gellis, S. S.,
and Kagan, B. M., eds. Current pediatric therapy.
Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1963.

MONEY, JoHN: Factors in the genesis of homo-
sexuality. In: Winokur, G., ed. Determinants of
human sexual behavior. Springfield, Ill., Charles
C. Thomas, 1963, p. 19-43.

MONEY, JOHN: Psychosexual development in man.
In: Deutch, A., ed. The encyclopedia of mental
health. New York, Franklin Watts, 1963, p.
1678-1709.

MoNEY, JoHN: Developmental differentiation of

feminity and masculinity compared. In: Farber,
S. M., and Wilson, R. H. L., eds. Man and civil-
ization: The potential of woman. New York,

McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 51-65.

MONEY, JOHN: Problems in sexual development.
Endocrinologic and psychologic aspects. New
York State Journal of Medicine, 63:2348-2354,
1963.

MONEY, JoHN, HamPpsoN, JoaN G., and Hamp-
soN, JoHN L.: Correspondence: Hermaphrodit-
ism: Psychology and case management. Canadian
Psychiatric Association Journal, 5:131-133, 1960.

MONEY, JoHN, and RirscH, STEVEN R.: Chromo-
some anomalies, mental deficiency, and schizo-
phrenia: A study of triple X and triple X/Y chro-
mosomes in 5 patients and their families. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 8:242-251, 1963.

Porritt, ERNESTO, and MONEY, JOHN: Studies in
the psychology of dwarfism. I. Intelligence quo-
tient and school achievement. Journal of Pediat-
rics, 64:415-421, 1964.

SHAFFER, JOHN W.: A specific cognitive deficit ob-
served in gonadal aplasia (Turner's syndrome).
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 18:403-406, 1962.

SHAFFER, JOHN W.: Masculinity-femininity and
other personality traits in gonadal aplasia (Tur-
ner’s syndrome). In: Beigel, H. G., ed. Ad-
vances in sex research. New York, Hoeber, 1963,
p. 219-232.

MH-1561 (R01) RABINOwICZ, THEODORE: Pre-
natal development of human cerebral cortex. In-
stitut d’Anathomic Pathologique, Lausanne, Swtz.
(1957-64)

Jacos, H.: Perintal lesions and diseases in infancy
of the central nervous system. Internationaler Kon-
gress Fur Neuropathologie, Proceedings, 4: Sept.
8, 1961.

RaBiNowicz, T.: L'écorce cérébrale de l'enfant pré-
mature du huitiéme mois. Médecine at Hygiéne,
20:818, 1962.

208

RaBiINOwIcz, THEODORE: The cerebral cortex of the
remature infant of the 8th month. Progress in
brain research, vol. 4. In: Purpura, D. P,, and
Schade, J. P., eds. Growth and maturation of the
brain. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1964, p. 39-86.

MH-1562 (R01) CAMPBELL, BYRON A.: General-
ized effects of early traumatic experience. Prince-
ton University, Princeton, N.J. (1957- )

BrLooM, Joe M., and SmitH, NELSON F.: Stimulus
aftereffects of bar pressing. Psychonomic Science,
3(1):23-24, 1965.

CAMPBELL, BYRON A.: Theory and research on the
effects of water deprivation on random activity in
the rat. In: Thirst. Proceedings of the 1st Inter-
national Symposium on Thirst in the Regulation
of Body Water, Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, May, 1963. New York, Pergamon Press,
1964, p. 317-334.

CAMPBELL, BYRON A., and Broom, J. M.: Relative
aversiveness of noise and shock. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):
440-442, 1965.

CAMPBELL, B. A., and CAMPBELL, ENID H.: Reten-
tion and extinction of learned fear in infant and
adult rats. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55:1-8, 1962.

CAMPBELL, BYRON A. and CanNpLAND, D. K.:
Effects of prior shock on the emotionality of
young rats in an open field. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 15:1-5, 1961.

CaMmPBELL, BYRON A., and CicarLa, G. A.: Studies
of water deprivation in rats as a function of age.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 55:763-768, 1962.

CAMPBELL, BYRON A., and Riccio, Davip C.: Cold-
induced stress in rats as a function of age. Jour
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
61(2):234-239, 1966.

CAMPBELL, BYRON A., TEGHTSOONIAN, R., and
WiLLiaMs, RUTH A.: Activity, weight loss, and
survival time of food-deprived rats as a function
of age. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54:216-219, 1960.

CanbLanD, D. K., and CamMPBELL, B. A.: Develop-
ment of fear in the rat as measured by behavior
in the open field. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:593-596, 1962.

MisaNIN, J. R., and SmitH, N. F.: Role of response-
linked fear in the effects of a single ECS on an
avoidance response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiology Psychology, 58(2):212-216, 1964.

MisaNIN, JAMES R., SMITH, NELSON, F., and CAMP-
BELL, B. A.: Relation between blood sugar level
and random activity during food and water depri-
vation. Psychonomic Science, 1:63-64, 1964.
NaGy, Z. MICHAEL: Adaptation and persistence of
adaptation to a cold stressor in mice. Psycho-
nomic Science, 4(9):329-330, 1966.

SELIGMAN, MARTIN E. P., and CAMPBELL, BYRON
A.: Effect of intensity and duration of punishment
on extinction of an avoidance response. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 59
(2):295-297, 1965

SMITH, NELSON F., MisaNIN, JAMES R., and CAMP-
BELL, BYRON A.: Effect of punishment on extinc-
tion of an avoidance response: Facilitation or in-
hibition?  Psychonomic Science, 4(7):271-272,
1966.

WirrLiams, RutH H., and CAMPBELL, BYRON A.:
Weight loss and quinine-milk ingestion as meas-
ures of “hunger” in infant and adult rats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54:220-222, 1961.

MH-1563 (R01) VEITH, ILZA: A cultural history
of psychiatry in the Orient. University of Chi-
cago, Chicago, Ill. (1957-63)

VEITH, Iza: Non-Western concepts of psychic
function, Chapter 4. In: History and philosophy
of knowledge of the brain and its function. Ox-
ford, Blackwell & Co., 1958.

VEITH, ILzA: “Henry E. Sigerist: Orientalist.”” Jour-
nal of the History of Medicine and Allied Sci-
ences, 13:200-211, 1958.

VErTH, ILza: Universalistic concepts in Chinese
medicine and anatomy. Medical and Biological
Illustrations, 8(3):124-137, 1958.

VEITH, ILZA: Richard Bright, 1789-1858.
Medicine, 26(24) :203-215, 1958.

Modern

VEITH, ILzA: Glimpses into the history of psycho-
therapy. Progress in Psychotherapy, 3:1-19, 1958.

VEITH, ILzA: The evolution of American medical
education. Medicine of Japan in 1959, 1:43-53,
1959.

VEITH, ILZA: Betrachtungen uber den Wechsel der
Krankheitsauffassungen. Medizinische, 40:3-19,
1959.

VEITH, ILZA: Japanese medicine today. A. M. A.
Archives of Surgery, 81:467-472, 1960.

VEITH, Iza: Twin birth: Blessing or disaster.
A Japanese view. International Journal of Social
Psychology, 6:230-236, 1960.

VEITH, ILZA: Creation and evolution in the Far
East. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine, 3(4):
528-546, 1960.

VEITH, ILza: Galen's psychology. Perspectives in
Biology and Medicine, 4:316-323, 1961.

VEITH, ILzA: The surgical achievements of ancient
India: Sushruta. Surgery, 49(4):564-568, 1961.

209

VEITH, ILzA: Acupunctive therapy—past and pres-
ent: Verity or delusion. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 180:478-484, 1962.

VEITH, ILzA: The supernatural in Far Eastern con-
cepts of mental disease. Bulletin of the History
of Medicine, 37(2):141-158, 1963.

VErtH, I: The infancy of psychiatry. Bulletin of
the Menninger Clinic, 28:186-197, 1964.

VEITH, ILZ: On the “The loneliness of Freud's
achievement.” Dedicated to the memory of Dr.
Maxwell Gitelson. Bulletin of the Menninger
Clinic, 29(5) :245-255, 1965.

VEITH, ILzA: Hysteria. The history of a disease.
Chicago, IIL, University of Chicago, 1965, 301 p.

MH-1566 (R01) MANGIN, WiLLiAM P., and
VAasQuUEs, Mario: Comparative study of mental
health and urbanization. Syracuse University,
Syracuse, N.Y. (1957-59)

MANGIN, WiLLiAM P.: The role of regional asso-
ciations in the adaptation of rural population in
Peru. Sociologus, 9:23-36, 1959.

MANGIN, WILLIAM P.: Mental health and migration
to cities: A Peruvian case. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 84(17):911-917,
1960.

MANGIN, WILLIAM P.: Urbanization case history in
Peru. Architectural Design (London), 33:366-
389, 1963.

MH-1577 (R01) BALES, RoBERT F.: Prediction of
interpersonal behavior from personality. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-60)

StoNE, P. J., and Hunt, E. B.: The General In-
quirer extended: Automatic theme analysis using
tree building procedures. In: IFIP Proceedings.
Munich, 1962.

MH-1578 (R17) FisHER, SEYMOUR: Relation of
body image to body reactivity. Baylor University,
Houston, Texas. (1957-62)

CLEVELAND, S. E., and FISHER, S.: A comparison of
psychological characteristics and physiological re-
activity in ulcer and rheumatoid arthritis groups.
1. Psychological measures. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 22:283-289, 1960.

FISHER, S.: Body image and asymmetry of body reac-
tivity. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 57:292-298, 1958.

FisHER, S.: Body reactivity gradients and figure
drawing variables. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 23:54-59, 1959.

FisHER, S.: Prediction of body exterior vs. body
interior reactivity from a body image schema.
Journal of Personality, 27:56-62, 1959.
FISHER, S.: Body image boundaries in the aged.
Journal of Psychology, 48:315-318, 1959.

FISHER, S.: Extensions of theory concerning body
image and body reactivity. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 21:142-149, 1959.

FISHER, S.: Right-left gradients in body image, body
reactivity, and perception. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 61:197-228, 1960.

FISHER, S.: Head-body differentiations in body image
and skin resistance level. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 60:283-285, 1960.

FisHER, S.: Hostility and perception of the horizon-
tal. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 11:28, 1960.

FISHER, S.: Front-back differentiations in body image
and body “reactivity. Journal of General Psychol-
0gy, 64:373-379, 1961.

FISHER, S.: Body image and upper vs. lower body
sector reactivity. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23:
400-402, 1961.

FisHER, S.: Body image boundaries and hallucina-
tions. In: West, J., ed. Hallucinations. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1962.

FISHER, S., and ABERCROMBIE, J.: The relationship
of body image distortions to body reactivity gra-
dients. Journal of Personality, 26:320-330, 1958.

FisHER, S., Boyp, I., WALKER, D., and SHEER, D.:
Parents of schizophrenics, neurotics, and normals.
A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:149-
166, 1959.

FisHER, S., and CLEVELAND, S. E.: Body image
boundaries and sexual behavior. Journal of Psy-
chology, 45:207-211, 1958.

Fisuer, S., and CLEVELAND, S.: Right-left body
reactivity patterns in disorganized states. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 128:396-400,
1959.

FisHER, S., and CLEVELAND, S. E.: A comparison
of psychological characteristics and physiological
reactivity in ulcer and rheumatoid arthritis groups
II. Difference in physiological reactivity. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 22:290-293, 1960.

FisHER, S., and FIsHER, R.: A developmental analy-
sis of body image and body reactivity dimensions.
Child Development, 30:389-402, 1959.

MH-1586 (R01) Low, NItELs L.: Mental retarda-
tion resembling phenylketonuria. University of
Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. (1957-59)

Low, N. L.: Infantile spasms and mental retarda-
tion. II. Treatment with cortisone and ACTH.
Pediatrics, 22(6):1165-1169, 1958.

Low, N. L., Bosma, J. F., ARMSTRONG, MARVIN
D., and MADSEN, J. A.: Infantile spasms with
mental retardation. I. Clinical observations and

210

dietary
1164, 1958.

experiments. Pediatrics, 22(6):1153-
(Also acknowledges MH-655).

Poser, C. M., and Low, N. L.: Autopsy findings in
3 cases of infantile spasms. Acta Paediatrica, 49:
695-706, 1960.

MH-1588 (R01) MoriN, RicHARD D., and BEN-
INGTON, FREDERICK: Chemical structure and psy-
chotomimetic activity. Battelle Memorial Institute,
Columbus, Ohio. (1957-63). (Continued as
MH-7842).

BENINGTON, F., MoriN, R. D., and CrLARk, L. C,
Jr.: Mescaline analogs. IX. Tetra- and penta-
methyl-beta-phenethylamines. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 23:2034, 1958.

BENINGTON, F., MoRrIN, R. D., and Crark, L. C,
Jr.: Synthesis of some S- and 6-chloro, 5-methyl,
and 5, 6, 7-trimethyl derivatives of tryptamine.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 25:1542, 1960.

BENINGTON, F., MorIN, R. D., and CLARK, L. C,
Jr.: Synthesis of some vicinal trimethoxyphenyl
derivatives of heterocyclic nitrogen bases.  Jour-
nal of Organic Chemistry, 24:1912, 1960.

BENINGTON, F., MorIN, R. D., and CLARK, L. C,
JR.: Mescaline analogs X. 2,4-dimethyl-,3,4-di-
chloro-, and 3,5-dimethoxy-4-methyl-beta-pheneth-
ylamines. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 25:
2066, 1960.

MH-1592 (R03) SussMAN, MARVIN B.: Social
roles in middle age. Western Reserve University,
Cleveland, Ohio. (1957-58)

SussMAN, MARVIN B.: Intergenerational family re-
lationships and social role changes in middle age.
Journal of Gerontology, 15(1):71-75, 1960.

MH-1597 (R01) Scott, WiLLiAM A.: The struc-
ture and origin of personal values. University of
Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1957-60)

Scott, WiLLiaM A.: Empirical assessment of values
and ideologies. American Sociological Review,
24:299-310, 1959.

Scott, WiLLiaM A.: Cognitive consistency, response
reinforcement, and attitude change. Sociometry,
22:219-229, 1959.

Scott, WiLLIAM A.: International ideology and in-
terpersonal ideology. Public Opinion Quarterly,
24:419-435, 1960.

Scott, WILLIAM A.: Social desirability and indi-
vidual conceptions of the desirable. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:574-585,
1963.

Scott, WiLLiaM S.: A study of fraternities and
sororities. Values and organizations. Chicago,
Ill, Rand McNally, 1965, 290 p.
MH-1599 (R01) DOVENMUEHLE, ROBERT H,,
PARSONS, OscAR A., and SPRING, FAYE: Criteria
for effective psychiatric nursing therapy. Duke
University, Durham, N.C. (1957-60)

ALTROCCHI, J.: Interpersonal perceptions of repres-
sors and sensitizers and a component analysis of
assumed dissimilarity scores. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 62(3):528-534, 1961.

ALTROCCHI, JoH., and EISDORFER, CARL: Changes
in attitudes toward mental illness. Mental Hy-
giene, 45:563-570, 1961.

ALTROCCHI, J., PARsONs, O. A., and DICKOFF,
HiLpa: Changes in self-ideal discrepancy in re-
pressors and sensitizers. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 61:67-72, 1960.

ALTROCCHI, J., and PERLITSH, HiLpA D.: Ego con-
trol patterns and attribution of hostility. Psycho-
logical Reports, 12:811-816, 1963.

ALTROCCHI, J., SHRAUGER, S., and McLEOD, MARY
ANN: Attribution of hostility to self and others
by expressors, sensitizers, and repressors. (Ab-
stract) Journal of Clinical Psychology, 20:233,
1964.

BEHAR, LENORE, and ALTROCCHI, ].: Agreement of
the concept of the ideal therapist as a function of
experience. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 17:
66-69, 1961.

CULVER, CHARLES M., DUNHAM, FRANCES, and
JoHNsON, BETTY SUE. A first course in inter-
personal relations. Nursing Forum, 2(1):79-85,
1963.

E1spORFER, C., and ALTROCCHI, J.: A comparison
of attitudes toward old age and mental illness.
Journal of Gerontology, 16:340-343, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-900 and MH-2109).

PARSONS, OSCAR A., ALTROCCHI, JOHN, and SPRING, -

Faye E.: Discrepancies in interpersonal perception,
adjustment and therapeutic skill. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 18:697-702, 1964.

SPRING, FAYE E., and HERMAN, TURK: A therapeu-
tic behavior scale. Nursing Research, 11(4):
214-218, 1962.

Turk, HERMAN: Instrumental values and the popu-
larity of instrumental leaders. Social Forces, 39
(3):58-67, 1961.

Turk, HERMAN: Instrumental and expressive ratings
reconsidered.  Sociometry, 24(1):76-81, 1961.

Turk, HERMAN, and TURK, TERESA: Personal
sentiments in a hierarchy. Social Forces, 40(2):
137-140, 1961.

MH-1600 (R01) CLARK, MERVIN L.: Effect of
ataractic agents on psychotic patients. University
of Oklahoma, Oklahoma City, Okla. (1957-60)

211

CLARK, M. L., Ray, T. S., and PAREDES, A.: Chlor-
promazine in chronic schizophrenic women and
a note on predicting response. Transactions of
the Sixth Research Conference on Chemotherapy
Studies in Psychiatry and Research Approaches to
Mental Illness (Veterans Administration), 6:331-
339, 1961.

Crark, M. L., Ray, T. S., PAREDES, A., COSTILOE,
J. P. CHappeLL, J. S., Hacans, J. A. and
Worr, S.: Chlorpromazine in chronic schizo-
phrenic women: I. Experimental design and ef-
fects at maximum point of treatment. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 2:107-136, 1961.

CLARK, M. L., Ray, T. S., and RacrLanD, R. E.:
Chlorpromazine in chronic schizophrenic women:
Rate of onset and rate of dissipation of drug
effects. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25(3):212-217,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4260).

PAREDES, A., GoOGERTY, J. H., and WEsT, L. J.:
Psychopharmacology. In: Masserman, J. H., ed.
Current psychiatric therapies. Vol. 1. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 54-85.

PuGH, LAWRENCE A., RAY, THOMAS S., and OKLA,
NORMAN: Behavior style categories of chronic
schizophrenic women. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 13(5):457-463, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4260).

RAGLAND, R., and CosSTILOE, J. P.: Letters to the
Editor. On the analysis of repeated measurements
of the same subjects. Journal of Chronic Disease,
16:1215-1220, 1963.

Ray, T. S.: Electrodermal indications of levels of
psychological disturbance in chronic schizophrenia.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 18:393, 1963.

Ray, T. S., and CLARK, M. L.: Oklahoma Central
State Griffin Memorial Hospital psychiatric pa-
tient behavioral rating scale. Oklahoma City,
Central State Griffin Memorial Hospital Publica-
tions, 1962.

Ray, T. S., RacrLanDp, R. E., and CLARK, M. L.:
Chlorpromazine in chronic schizophrenic women:
Comparison of differential effects on various psy-
chological modalities during and after treatment.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:
348-353, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4260).

MH-1604 (R01) GorruB, LEwis R., ANDREWS,
T. G., BraDy, JosepH V. and Ross, SHERMAN:
Experimental studies in comparative psychophar-
macology. University of Maryland, College Park,
Md. (1957- )

AsTIN, A. W., and Ross, SHERMAN: Glutamic acid
and human intelligenge. Psychological Bulletin,
57:429-434, 1960.

Brapy, J. V.: Animal experimental evaluation of
drug effects upon behavior. Federation Proceed-
ings, 17(4) :1031-1043, 1958.
BraDY, J. V.: Animal experimental evaluation of
drug effects upon behavior. In: Effects of phar-
macological agents on the nervous system. Balti-
more, Md., Williams & Wilkins, 1959, p. 104-
125.

Brapy, J. V.: Procedures, problems and perspectives
in animal behavioral studies of drug activity. In:
Psychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation.
Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sci-
ences; National Research Council, 1959, p. 255-
267.

BRADY, J. V.: Temporal and emotional effects related

to intercranial electrical self-stimulation. In:
Ramey, E. R., and O'Doherty, D. S., eds. Elec-
trical studies on the unanesthesized brain. New

York, Hoeber, 1960.

Brapy, J. V.: Emotional behavior. In: Handbook
of physiology. Section 1: Neurophysiology,
Vol. 3. Washington, D.C., American Physio-
logical Society, 1960.

BrapY, J. V.: Psychophysiology of emotional behav-
ior. In: Bachrach, A. J., ed. Experimental foun-
dations of clinical psychology. New York, Basic
Books, 1962.

BraDY, JOSEPH V., and BUNNELL, BRADFORD, N.:
Behavior and the nervous system. In: Waters,
Rolland H., Rethlingshafer, D. A., and Caldwell,
Willard E., eds. Principles of comparative psy-
chology. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1960, p. 355-
377.

Brapy, J. V., and CoNraAD, D.: Some effects of
limbic system self-stimulation upon conditioned
emotional behavior. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 53:128-137, 1960.

Brapy, J. V., and CoNraAD, D.: Some effects of
brain stimulation on timing behavior. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3:93-106,
1960.

BraDY, J. V., and GELLER, I.: The effect of electro-
convulsive shock on an extinguished “fear” re-
sponse. Science, 133(3458):1080-1081, 1961.

BraDY, J. V., HERRNSTEIN, R. J., and Ross, SHER-
MAN: Behavioral effects of drugs on aversive and
appetitive components of a reinforcement schedule.
American Psychologist, 13:399, 1958.

Brapy, J. V., and PouLisH, E.: Performance changes
during prolonged avoidance. Psychological Re-
ports, 7:554, 1960.

BraDy, J. V., and Ross, SHERMAN: Testing drug
effects on controlled animal and human behavior.
In: Miller, J. G., and Uhr, Leonard, eds. Drugs
and behavior. New York, John Wiley & Sons,
1960, p. 232-242.

BrowN, H.: d-Amphetamine-chlorpromazine antag-
onism in a food reinforced operant. Journal of

212

the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:395-
398, 1963.

CLARK, ROBERT, ScHUSTER, C. R., and BRADY,
J. V.: Instrumental conditioning of jugular self-
infusion in the rhesus monkey. Sczence, 133
(3467) :1829-1830, 1961.

CoLE, JONATHAN O., Ross, SHERMAN, and Bou-
THILET, LORRAINE: Improvement of clinical drug
evaluation reports. In: Kline, N. S., ed. Psycho-
pharmacology frontiers. Boston, Little, Brown &
Co., 1959, p. 217-231.

DENENBERG, Victor H., PeTROPOLUS, S. F,
SawiIN, P. B., and Ross, SHERMAN: Genetic
physiological and behavioral background of repro-
duction in the rabbit. VI. Maternal behavior
with reference to scattered and cannibalized new-
born and mortality. Behavior, 15:71-76, 1959.

DENENBERG, V. H., Ross, SHERMAN, and ELLs-
WORTH, JOANNE: Effects of chlorpromazine on
acquisition and extinction of a conditioned re-
sponse in mice. Psychopharmacologia, 1:59-64,
1959.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., SAWIN, P. B., FROMMER,
G. P., and Ross, SHERMAN: Genetic physiological
and behavioral background of reproduction in the
rabbit. IV. An analysis of maternal behavior at
successive parturitions. Behavior, 13:131-142,
1958.

FINDLEY, J. D.: An intermediate restraining device
for working with monkeys. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 2:121-125, 1959.

FINDLEY, ]. D.: Behavior output under chained
fixed-ratio requirements in a 24-hour experimen-
tal space. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 2:258, 1959.

FINDLEY, J. D.: An experimental outline for build-
ing and exploring multi-operant behavior reper-
toires. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5 (Suppl. 1):113-166, 1962.

GoLLuB, LEwis R.: The relations among measures
of performance on fixed-interval schedules. [our-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:337-342, 1964.

GoLLuB, LEwis R., and LEE, RicHARD M.: Response
force under fixed-interval reinforcement. Psycho-
nomic Science, 4(1) :9-10, 1966.

GonzaLEz, R. C, and Ross, SHERMAN: Factors
influencing the range of transposition in preverbal
subjects. American Journal of Psychology, 66:
742-746, 1958.

GonzaLEz, R. C., and Ross, SHERMAN: Effects of
chlorpromazine on the course of discrimination-
reversal learning in the rat. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 54:645-648,
1961.
HErRNSTEIN, R. J.: Effects of scopolamine on a
multiple schedule. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 1:351-358, 1958.

HERRNSTEIN, R. J.: Some factors influencing be-
havior in a two-response situation. Transactions
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 21:35-45,
1958.

HERRNSTEIN, R. J., and BEADY, J. V.: Interaction
among components of a multiple schedule. [our-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
1:293-300, 1958.

KeLLEHER, RoGer T. and GorLuB, Lewis R.:
A review of positive conditioned reinforcement.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
5(Suppl.) :543-597, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-2094 and MH-2645).

KRUGMAN, A. D., Ross, SHERMAN, ViciNo, F. L,,
and CLYDE, D. J.: A research note: Effects of
dextro-amphetamine and meprobamate on prob-
lem-solving and mood of aged subjects. Journal
of Gerontology, 15:419-420, 1960.

Leg, RicHARD M.: Conditioning of a free operant
response in Planaria. Science, 139:1048-1049,
1963.

Rog, ANNE, GustaD, J. W., MoRg, B. V., Ross,
SHERMAN, and SKODAK, MARIE: Graduate edu-
cation in psychology. Washington, D.C., Ameri-
can Psychological Association, 1959, 98 p.

Ross, SHERMAN: What drugs do to animals and
tissues. (Review of: Abramson, H. A. Neuro-
pharmacology. New York, Josiah Macy Jr. Foun-
dation, 1957.) Contemporary Psychology, 3:
104-105, 1958.

Ross, SHERMAN: Comparative drug-behavior analy-
sis. In: Fisher, Seymour, ed. Child research in
psychopharmacology. Springfield, Illinois, Charles
C. Thomas, 1959, p. 137-151.

Ross, SHERMAN, and Brapy, J. V.: Drug action:
Charting a course on its perilous sea. (Review of:
Winkler, Abraham. The relation of psychiatry to
pharmacology. Baltimore, Williams & Williams,
1957). Contemporary Psychology, 4:146-147,
1959.

Ross, SHERMAN, CHAMBERS, R. M., and DENEN-
BERG, V. H.: Value profiles of biological science
research apprentices. American Institute of Bio-
logical Sciences Bulletin, 9:16-19, 1959.

Ross, SHERMAN, and CoLEg, J. O.: Psychopharma-
cology. Annual Review of Psychology, 11:415-
438, 1960.

Ross, SHERMAN, and DENENBERG, V. H.: Innate
behavior. The organism in its environment. In:
Waters, R. H., Rethlingshafer, D. A., and Cald-
well, W. E., eds. Principles of comparative psy-
chology. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1960, p. 43-
73.

213

Ross, SHERMAN, DooLANO, JosePH, and HAcCK-
MAN, R. C.: Conductance levels during vigilance
task performance. [Journal of Applied Psychol
0gy, 43:65-69, 1959.

Ross, SHERMAN, and RHOADES, MARION V.: Chlor-
promazine effects on food intake in the rat. Psy-
chological Reports, 9:639-642, 1961.

Ross, S., Sawin, P. B., DENENBERG, V. H., and
VorLow, M.: Effects of previous experience and
age on sound-induced seizures in rabbits. Inter-
national Journal of Neuropharmacology, 2:255-
258, 1963.

Ross, SHERMAN, SAwIN, P. B., DENENBERG, V. H.,
and ZArRrRow, M. X.: Maternal behavior in the
rabbit: Yearly and seasonal variation in nest
building. Behaviour, 18:154-160, 1961.

Ross, S., Sawin, P. B.,, Zarrow, M. X., and
DENENBERG, V. H.: Maternal behavior in the
rabbit. In: Rheingold, H. L., ed. Maternal be-
havior in mammals. New York, J. Wiley & Sons,
1963, p. 94-121.

Ross, SHERMAN, and ScHNITZER, S. B.: Further
support for a placebo effect in the rat. Psycho-
logical Reports, 13:461-462, 1963.

Ross, SHERMAN, Scott, J. P., CHERNER, MARIA,
and DENENBERG, V. H.: Effects of restraint and
isolation on yelping behavior in puppies. Animal
Behaviour, 8:1-5, 1960.

Ross, SHERMAN, VicINO, F., and KRUGMAN, A. D.:
Effects of position in a display of problem solving
ability in aged subjects. Journal of Gerontology,
15:191-194, 1960.

SAwIN, P. B., DENENBERG, V. H., Ross, SHERMAN,
HATTER, E., and ZArRrROw, M. X.: Maternal be-
havior in the rabbit: Hair loosening during ges-
tation. American Journal of Physiology, 5:1099-
1102, 1960.

ScHNITZER, S. B., and Ross, SHERMAN: Effects of
physiological saline injection on locomotor activ-
ity in C57 BL/6 mice. Psychological Reports, 6:
351-354, 1960.

ScHNITZER, S. B., and Ross, SHERMAN: Suppres-
sion of activity following physiological saline in-
jection: Possible additional variables. Psychologi-
cal Reports, 8:142, 1961.

SCHUSTER, CHARLES R.: The discriminative control
of operant behavior by interoceptive stimulation.
Dissertation Abstracts, 24(1), 3 p., 1963.

ScHUSTER, C. R., and ZIMMERMAN, J.: Timing be-
havior during prolonged treatment with dl-am-
phetamine. Journal of Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 4:327-333, 1961.

Scott, J. P., Ross, SHERMAN, FISHER, A. E., and
KiNG, Davin: Effects of early weaning on non-
nutritional sucking in the dog. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 95:261-281, 1959.
SEGAL, E. F.: Exteroceptive control of fixed-interval
responding. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 5:49-57, 1962.

SEGAL, E. F.: Effects of dl-amphetamine under con-
current VI DRL reinforcement. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:105-112,
1962.

SEGAL-RECHTSHAFFEN, E.: Reinforcement of me-
diating behavior on a spaced-responding schedule.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:39-46, 1963.

SMITH, M. P., and Ross, SHERMAN: Acceptance of
sodium sucaryl by C57 black mice. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 96:101-104, 1960.

SMITH, WENDELL I., and Ross, SHERMAN: Note on
food aversions and body build. Psychological
Reports, 4:193-194, 1958.

THoMAs, JoHN R.: Avoidance of time-out from
two VI schedules of positive reinforcement.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:168, 1964.

THOMAS, JoHN R.: Multiple baseline investigation
of stimulus functions in an FR chained schedule.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:241-245, 1964.

THoMAs, JoHN R.: Discrimination time-out avoid-
ance in pigeons. [Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 8(5):329-338, 1965.

THOMAS, JoHN R.: Time-out avoidance from a
behavior-independent contingency.  Psychonomic
Science, 3(5):217-218, 1965.

THOMPSON, Travis I.: Visual reinforcement in
Siamese fighting fish. Science, 141:55-57, 1963.

THOMPSON, TRAvis I.: Visual reinforcement in
fighting cocks. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7:45-49, 1964.

THOMPSON, Travis, and SCHUSTER, CHARLES R.:
Morphine self-administration, food-reinforced, and
avoidance behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 5:87-94, 1964.

THoMmPsON, T. ScHUSTER, C. R., DOckKENs, W.,
and Leg, R.: Mouth-operated food and water
manipulanda for use with monkeys. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):
171-172, 1964.

WEINER, HAROLD, and Ross, SHERMAN: Effects of
“unwanted” signals and d-amphetamine sulfate on
observer responses. Journal of Applied Psychol-
ogy, 46:135-141, 1962.

WEINER, H., and Ross, S.: Effects of d-amphetamine
sulfate on time and brightness perception in hu-
man subjects.  Psychopharmacologia, 3:44-50,
1962.

214

Zarrow, M. X., Sawin, P. B., Ross, S., and
DENENBERG, V. H.: Maternal behavior and its
endocrine basis in the rabbit. In: Bliss, E. L., ed.
Roots of behavior: Genetics, instinct and sociali-
zation in animal behavior. New York, Hoeber,
1962, p. 187-198.

Zarrow, M. X., SAwiIN, P. B., Ross, S., DENEN-
BERG, V. H., Crary, D., WiLsoN, E. O., and
FAarooQ, A.: Maternal behaviour in the rabbit:
Evidence for an endocrine basis of maternal nest-
building in the dutch-belted race. Journal of
Reproduction and Fertility, 2:152-162, 1961.

ZIMMERMAN, J.: Spaced responding ‘in rats as a
function of some temporal variables. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4:219-
224, 1961.

ZIMMERMAN, J., and ScHUSTER, C. R.: Spaced re-
sponding in multiple DRL schedules. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:497-504,
1962.

MH-1606 (R01) RippLE, LILIAN: Factors related
to the use of casework service. University of

Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1957-60)

RippLE, LILIAN, ALEXANDER, ERNESTINA, and
PoLEMIS, BERNICE: Motivation, capacity, and op-
portunity: Studies of casework theory and prac-
tice. Chicago, School of Social Service Adminis-
tration, Social Service Monographs, Second Series,
No. 3, 1964, 294 p.

MH-1608 (R17) QUARTON, GARDNER C.: Effect
of hormones on behavior. Harvard Medical
School, Boston, Mass. (1957-63)

HERMANN, HowARD T., and QUARTON, GARDNER
C.: Changes in alpha frequency with changes. in
thyroid hormone level. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 16:515-518, 1964.

QuarTON, G. C.: Theoretical considerations in
analysis of psychophysiological data. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 115:881-
889, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5281).

QuARTON, G. C., and TALLAND, G. A.: The effects
of methamphetamine and pentobarbital on two
measures of attention.  Psychopharmacologia, 3:
66-71, 1962.

TALLAND, GEORGE A., and QUARTON, GARDNER
C.: The effects of methamphetamine and pento-
barbital on the running memory span. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 7(5):379-382, 1965.

TALLAND, GEORGE A., and QUARTON, GARDNER
C.: Methamphetamine and pentobarbital effects
on human motor performance. Psychopharmaco-
logia, 8(4):241-250, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-3966).
MH-1614 (R01) OLps, JAMES: Primary drives and
intracranial self-stimulation. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-62)

BoGacz, J., St. LAURENT, J., and OLDs, S.: Dis-
sociation of self-stimulation and epileptiform ac-
tivity. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 19:75-87, 1965.

Liopery, H. S., OLbs, J., and SPERRY, R. W.: Post-
Pavlovian developments in conditioned reflexes.
In: Brazier, M. A. B., ed. The central nervous
system and behavior: Transactions of the first
conference. New York, Josiah Macy, Jr. Foun-
dation, 1959, p. 211-231.

Orbs, J.: Adaptive functions of paleocortical and
related structures. In: Harlow, H. F., and Wool-
sey, C. N., eds. Biological and biochemical bases
of behavior. Madison, University of Wisconsin
Press, 1958, p. 237-262.

Orbs, J.: Selective effects of drives and drugs on
“reward” systems of the brain. In: Wolsten-
holme, G. E. W., and O'Connor, C. M. CIBA
Foundation Symposium on Neurological Basis of
Behavior, July, 1957. London, 1958, p. 124-148.

Orbs, J.: Effects of hunger and male sex hormone
on self-stimulation of the brain. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 51:
320-324, 1958.

Orbs, J.: Satiation effects in self-stimulation of the
brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 51:675-678, 1958.

Orbs, J.: Self-stimulation experiments and differen-
tiated reward systems. In: Jasper, Herbert H., ed.
Reticular formation of the brain. Henry Ford
Hospital International Symposium. Boston, Little-
Brown, 1958, p. 671-687.

Orbs, J.: Self-stimulation of the brain,
127:315-324, 1958.

Science,

Orbs, J.: High functions of the nervous system.
Annual Review of Physiology, 21:381-402, 1959.

Orbs, J.: (Contribution on self-stimulation and self-
injection.) In: Brazier, M. A. B., ed. The cen-
tral nervous system and behavior. Transactions
of the 1st Conference. New York, Josiah Macy
Jr. Foundation, 1959, p. 293-303.

OLps, J.: Operant conditioning of single unit re-
sponses. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 15
(7) :480, 1960.

Ovps, J.: Differentiation of reward systems in the
brain by self-stimulation technics. In: Ramey,
E. R,, and O'Doherty, D. S., eds. Electrical stud-
ies on the unanesthetized brain. New York,
Hoeber, 1960, p. 17-48.

Orbs, J.: The induction and suppression of hypo-
thalamic self-stimulation behavior by micro-injec-
tion of endogenous substances at the self-stimula-

215

tion site. In: Excerpta Medica International
Congress, Series 83, 1964, p. 597-605. (Proceed-
ings of the 2nd International Congress of Endo-
crinology, London, Aug. 1964.) (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2839).

OLps, JaMEs: Operant conditioning of single unit
responses. In: Excerpta Medica International
Congress, Series 87, 1965, p. 372-380. (Proceed-
ings of the 23rd International Congress of Physio-
logical Sciences, Tokyo, Sept. 1965.) (Also
acknowledges MH-2839).

Orbs, J., and Orbs, M. E.: Effects of brain stimu-
lation on learning sets in rats. (Abstract) Ameri-
can Psychologist, 13:408-409, 1958.

Orbs, J., and Ops, M. E.: Positive reinforcement
produced by stimulating hypothalamus with ipro-
niazid and other compounds. Science, 127(3307):
1175-1176, 1958.

Ovps, J., and Orbs, M. E.: (Contribution on brain-
stimulation and learning.) In: Brazier, M. A. B.,
ed. The central nervous system and behavior.
Transactions of the 1st Conference. New York,
Josiah Macy Jr. Foundation, 1959, p. 141-145.

OLps, J., and PERETZ, B.: Relation of arousal and
motivational effects in reticular activating system.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 18(1):116,
1959.

Orbs, J., and PERETZ, B.: A motivational analysis
of the reticular activating system. Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 12:445-
454, 1960.

Orbs, J., and Travis, R. P.: Relations of carisprodol
and meprobamate to chlorpromazine in self-stimu-
lation tests. In: Miller, James G., ed. The phar-
macology and clinical usefulness of carisprodol.
Detroit, Mich., Wayne State University, 1959, p..
39-50.

SEWARD, J. P., UYEDA, A., and OLDS, J.: Resistance
to extinction following cranial self-stimulation.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 52:294-299, 1959.

SEwARD, J. P., UYEpA, A. A, and OLDs, J.: Rein-
forcing effect of brain stimulation on runway pet-
formance as a function of interval between trials.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 53(3) :224-228, 1960.

Travis, R. P., and Orbs, J.: Two kinds of escape
from midbrain stimulation. (Abstract) American
Psychologist, 14:430, 1959.

MH-1627 (R01) SimMONs, Ozzie G., CATH,
STANLEY H., FREEMAN, HOWARD E., JANKE,
Leora L., MATTHEWS, DOROTHY M., NABOISEK,
HERBERT, and SPENCER, KATHERINE: Commu-
nity aspects of psychiatric rehabilitation. Harvard
Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1957-62)
FREEMAN, HowARD E.: Attitudes toward mental ill-
ness among relatives of former patients. Ameri-
can Sociological Review, 26:59-66, 1961.

FREEMAN, HowARD E., and KAssEBAUM, GENE G.:
The relationship of education and knowledge to
opinions about mental illness. Mental Hygiene,
44:42-47, 1960.

FREEMAN, Howarp E., and Simmons, Ozzig, G.:
Mental patients in the community: Family settings
and performance levels. American Sociological
Review, 23:147-154, 1958. Also in: Apple, Dor-
rian D., ed. Sociological studies of health and
sickness. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1960, p. 210-
221. Sarbin, Theodore R., ed. Studies in be-
havior pathology. New York, Holt, Rinehart,
1961, p. 315-320; Smelser, Neil J., and Smelser,
William T., eds. Personality and social systems.
New York, Wiley, 1963, p. 202-211.

FREEMAN, HowARD E., and SimmoONs, Ozzie G.:
Social class and posthospital performance levels.
American Sociological Review, 24:345-351, 1959.

FREEMAN, HowARrD E., and SimmONs, Ozzie G.:
Social integration of former mental patients. In-
ternational Journal of Social Psychiatry, 4:264-271,
1959.

FREEMAN, HowARrD E., and Simmons, Ozzie G.:
The use of the survey in mental illness research.
Mental Hygiene, 44:400-410, 1960.

FREEMAN, HowaArD E., and SiMMONS, OzziE G.:
Treatment experiences of mental patients and their
families. American Journal of Public Health, 51:
1266-1273, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
9167).

FREEMAN, HowaArD E., and SiMmMONSs, Ozzie G.:
Concensus and coalition in the release of mental
patients: A research note. Human Organization,
20:89-91, Summer, 1961.

FREEMAN, HowArD E., and SiMmMmoONs, Ozzie G.:
Feelings of stigma among relatives of former men-
tal patients. Social Problems, 8:314-321, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-9167).

FREEMAN, HowarD E., and SiMmMONs, Ozzie G.:
The mental patient comes home. New York,
Wiley, 1963, 309 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
9167 and MH-9182).

FREEMAN, Howarp E., Simmons, Ozzie, G., and
BERGEN, BERNARD J.: Possessiveness as a charac-
teristic of mothers of schizophrenics. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:271-273,
1959.

FREEMAN, HOowARD E., SiMMONS, Ozzie, G., and
BERGEN, BERNARD J.: Residential mobility among
families of mental patients. Social Forces, 38:
320-324, 1960.

SiMMONs, Ozzie G.: After hospitalization: The
mental patient and his family. Austin, Texas,
Hogg Foundation for Mental Health, 1960, 31 p.

216

SIMMONS, OzzIE G., and FREEMAN, HowArD E.:
Familial expectations and posthospital performance
of mental patients. Human Relations, 12:233-
242, 1959.

MH-1629 (R01) TAKETOMO, YASUHIKO: Indole
compounds in cerebrospinal fluid. Rockland State
Hospital, Orangeburg, N.Y. (1957-59)

TAKETOMO, YASUHIKO: Modification of spectro-
photofluorometer for scanning paper strips. Na-
ture, 190:1094-1095, 1961.

TAKETOMO, YASUHIKO: Separation of indole com-
pounds of neuropsychiatric interest by means of
spectrofluorophoretography. In: Wortis, Joseph,
ed. Recent advances in biological psychiatry.
Vol. 5. New York, Plenum Press, 1963, p. 199-
210.

MH-1630 (RO1) LEVINE, SEYMOUR, KING, FRED-
ERICK A., McCLUER, ROBERT H., PASAMANICK,
BENJAMIN, RETZLAFF, ERNEST, and ZEMAN,
WOLFGANG: Effects of infantile experience on
adult behavior. Columbus Psychiatric Institute
and Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1957-61)

GOLDMAN, A., ALPERT, M., LEVINE, S., and WET-
ZEL, A.: Production of persistent diabetes insipi-
dus and panhypopituitarism in rats. Endocrinol-
0gy, 71:36-43, 1962.

KiNG, F. A., AcHENBACH, K. B., and LEVINE, S.:
A fully automated shuttle box for avoidance con-

ditioning. Psychological Reports, 9(Monograph
Suppl. 3):377-390, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1639).

LEVINE, SEYMOUR: Infantile experience and resist-
ance to physiological stress. Science, 126:405,
1957.

LEVINE, S.: The effects of differential infantile stimu-
lation on emotionality at weaning. Canadian [our-
nal of Psychology, 13:243-247, 1959.

LEVINE, S.: Emotionality and aggressive behavior in
the mouse as a function of infantile experience.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 94:77-83, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-123 and MH-1051).

LEVINE, S.: Stimulation in infancy. Scientific Amer-
ican, 200:81-86, 1960.

LEVINE, S.: Some discomforting thoughts on “in-
fantile trauma, genetic thoughts, and adult tem-
perament.” Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 63:219-220, 1961.

LEVINE, S.: The effects of infantile stimulation on
adult behavior. In: Bachrach, A., ed. The ex-
perimental foundations of clinical psychology.
New York, Basic Books, 1962, p. 139-169.

LEVINE, SEYMOUR: The psychophysiological effects
of infantile stimulation. In: Bliss, E., ed. Roots
of behavior. New York, Hoeber, 1962, p. 246-
253. }
LEVINE, S.: Plasma-free corticosteroid response to
electric shock in rats stimulated in infancy. Sci-
ence, 135:795-796, 1962.

LEVINE, SEYMOUR: UCS intensity and avoidance
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
71(1):163-164, 1966.

LEVINE, S., and ALPERT, M.: Differential matura-
tion of the central nervous system as a function of
early experience. Archives of General Psychiatry,
1:403-405, 1959.

LEVINE, S., ALPERT, M., and Lewis, G. W.: Infan-
tile experience and the maturation of the pituitary
adrenal axis. Science, 126:1347, 1957.

LEVINE, S., ALPERT, M., and LEwis, G. W.: Devel-
opment of a stress response in infancy as a func-
tion of prior experience. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 51:774-777, 1958.

LEVINE, S., and CoHEN, C.: Differential survival to
leukemia as a function of infantile stimulation in
DBA/2 mice. Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 102:53-54,
1959.

LEVINE, S., GoLpMAN, H., and ALPERT, M.: The
effects of vasopressin on the adrenals and testes of
lesioned and hypophysectomized rats. (Abstract)
Biochemical Pharmacology, 8:104, 1961.

LEVINE, S., and Lewis, G. W.: The relative impor-
tance of experimenter contact in an effect pro:
duced by extra stimulation in infancy. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:368-
369, 1959.

LevINE, S., and Lewis, G. W.: Critical period for
the effects of infantile experience on the matura-
tion of a stress response. Science, 129:42-43,
1959.

LEVINE, SEYMOUR, and LEwis, GEORGE W.: De-
velopmental pattern of adrenal ascorbic acid in
the rat. Science, 139:118-119, 1963.

LEVINE, S., and Oris, L. S.: The effects of handling
during pre and post weaning on the resistance of
the albino rat to deprivation in adulthood. Cana-
dian Journal of Psychology, 12:103-108, 1958.

LEVINE, S., and SoLiDAY, S.: The effects of hypo-
thalamic lesions in traumatic avoidance learning.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 53:497-501, 1960.

LEVINE, S., and SoLDAY, S.: Adrenal demedulla-
tion and avoidance learning. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:214-16,
1962.

LEVINE, S., STAATS, SARA, and FROMMER, GABRIEL:
Studies on “Response by the rat to environmental
change.” Psychological Reports, 4:139-144, 1958.

LEVINE, S., and WETZEL, A. B.: Infantile experi-
ences, strain differences, and avoidance learning.

217

Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 56:879-881, 1963.

MH-1632 (R03) Ross, ROBERT T.: Physical and
mental growth of Mongoloid defectives. Sonoma
State Hospital, Eldridge, Calif. (1957-57)

Ross, ROBERT T.: Mental growth of mongoloid de-
fectives. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
66:736-738, 1962.

MH-1633 (R01) GEBHARD, PAuL H., CHRISTEN-
SON, CORNELIA V., MARTIN, CLYDE E., and Pom-
EROY, WARDELL: Studies of social deviancy. In-
diana University, Bloomington, Ind. (1957-63)

CHRISTENSON, CORNELIA V.: Premarital pregnancies
and their outcome. Journal of the National Asso-
ciation of Women Deans and Counselors, 26(2):
29-33, 1963.

GAGNON, JoHN H.: Wonder drugs, fear of venereal
disease, infection, and sexual contact. In: Pro-
ceedings of the World Forum on Syphilis and
Other Treponematoses. Washington, D.C, U.S.
Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
1964, p. 424-430.

GAGNON, JoHN H.: Female child victims of sex
offenses. Social Problems, 13(2):176-192, 1965.

GEBHARD, PAUL H.: Situational factors affecting hu-
man sexual behavior. In: Beach, Frank A., ed.
Sex and behavior. New York, John Wiley, 1965,
p. 483-495.

GEBHARD, PauL H., and GAGNON, JoHN H.: Male
sex offenders against very young children. Amer-
ican Journal of Psychiatry, 121:576-579, 1964.

GEBHARD, PAUL H., GAGNON, JoHN H., POMEROY,
WARDELL B., and CHRISTENSON, CORNELIA V.:
Sex offenders. An analysis of types. New York,
Harper & Row/Hoeber, 1965, 923 p. :

GEBHARD, PAuL H., POMEROY, WARDELL B., MAR-
TIN, CLYDE E., and CHRISTENSON, CORNELIA V.:
Pregnancy, birth and abortion. New York,
Harper/Hoeber, 1958, 282 p.

Hepwic, LEseR: The Hirschfeld Institute for Sexol-
ogy. In: Ellis, A., and Lehfeldt, H., eds. En-
cyclopedia of sexual behavior. New York, Haw-
thorn Books, 1961, p. 967-970.

PoMEROY, WARDELL B.: An analysis of questions on
sex. Psychological Record, 10(3):191-201, 1960.

PoMEROY, WARDELL B.: The institute for sex re-
search. In: Ellis, A., and Lehfeldt, H., eds. En-
cyclopedia of sexual behavior. New York, Haw-
thorn Books, 1961, p. 970-975.

PoMEROY, WARDELL B.: Masturbation—attitudes
and incidence. In: Duvall, Evelyn M., and Du-
vall, S. M., eds. Sex ways—in fact and faith.
New York, Association Press, 1961, p. 166-184.
PoMmEROY, WARDELL B.: The reluctant respondent.
Public Opinion Quarterly, 27:287-293, 1963.

PoMEROY, WARDELL B.: Human sexual behavior.
In: Farberow, Norman L., ed. Taboo topics.
New York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 22-32.

MH-1637 (R01) McCLUER, ROBERT H., Pasa-
MANICK, BENJAMIN, and WOLFROM, MELVILLE
L:. The biosynthesis of neuraminic acid. Colum-
bus Psychiatric Institute and Hospital, Columbus,
Ohio. (1957-60)

JOHNSON, GARLAND A., KISTLER, CHARLES R., and
McCLUER, ROBERT H.: Metabolism of exogenous
sialic acid in the rat. Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 106:124~
127, 1961.

JounsoN, G. A., and McCLUER, R. H.: Relation of
sialic acid to Rh, (D) antigen. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental and Biological Medicine,
107:692-694, 1961.

McCLUER, R. H., Coram, E. H., and LEE, H. S.:
A silicic acid adsorption method for the determi-
nation of ganglioside sialic acid. Journal of Lipid
Research, 3(2):269-274, 1962.

MH-1639 (R01) KING, FREDERICK A., LEVINE,
SEYMOUR, MCCLUER, ROBERT, PASAMANICK, BEN-
JAMIN, RETZLAFF, ERNEST, and ZEMAN, WOLF-
GANG: Behavioral and physiological effects of brain

damage. Columbus Psychiatric Institute and Hos-
pital, Columbus, Ohio. (1957-59) (Continued
as MH-3118).

KAELBING, R., KING, F. A., ACHENBACH, K., BRAN-
SON, R., and PASAMANICK, B.: Reliability of au-
tonomic responses. Psychological Reports, 6:143-
163, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-3118).

KiNG, F. A., AcHENBACH, K. B., and LEVINE S.:
A fully automated shuttle box for avoidance con-
ditioning. Psychological Reports, 9(Monograph
Suppl. 3):377-390, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1630).

King, F. A., and MEYER, P. M.: Effects of amygda-
loid lesions upon septal hyperemotionality in the
rat. Science, 128:655-656, September 19, 1958.

MH-1648 (R01) WITHEY, STEPHEN B., and Dou-
VAN, ELIZABETH M.: Analysis of two national

studies of adolescents. University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-58)

DouvaN, E.: Independence and identity in adoles-
cents. Children, 4:186-190, 1957.

Douvan, E.: Sex differences in adolescent: Charac-
ter processes.  Merrill-Palmer Quarterly of Be-
havior and Development, 6:203-211, 1960.

DouvaN, E.: Employment and the adolescent. In:
Nye, Ivan, and Hoffman, Lois, eds. The employed

218

mother in America.
1963, p. 142-164.

DouvaN, E., and ADELSON, J.: The psychodynam-
ics of social mobility in adolescent boys. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56(1):31-
44, 1958.

DouvaN, E., and KAYE, C.: Motivational factors in
college entrance. In: Sanford, N., ed. The
American college. New York, John Wiley, 1961,
p. 199-224.

WiTHEY, STEPHEN B.: The influence of the peer
group on the values of youth. In: Cook, Stuart,
ed. Religious education: Review of recent re-
search bearing on religious and character forma-
tion. New York, Religious Education Associa-
tion, 1962, p. 34-44.

Chicago, Rand McNally,

MH-1650 (R03) Dick, Leg R.: Heredity of be-
havior types in peromyscus. Cranbrook Institute
of Science, Bloomfield Hills, Mich. (1957-58)

CLARK, P. J., and SPUHLER, J. N.: Differential fer-
tility in relation to body dimensions. Human Bi-
ology, 31:121-137, 1959.

Dice, Lee R., BarTO, ELIZABETH, and CLARK,
PuiLip J.: Modifications of behaviour associated
with inherited convulsions or whirling in three
strains of peromyscus. Animal Behaviour, 11:
40-50, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-375 and
MH-2050).

Dick, Leg R., and CLARK, PHILIP J.: Variation in
measures of behavior among three races of pero-
myscus. Contributions of the Laboratory of Ver-
tebrae Biology at the University of Michigan, 75:
1-28, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-375 and
MH-2050).

MH-1653 (R03) NoBLE, MERRILL E., and MEYER
DonNALD R.: A comparative study of the optimum
CS-UCS interval. State University of Kansas,
Manhattan, Kan. (1957-57)

NoBLE, M., GRUENDER, A., and MEYER, D. R.:
Conditioning in fish (Mollienisia Sp) as a func-
tion of the interval between CS and US. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
236-239, 1959.

MH-1654 (R03) Lippitt, RONALD: Mothers em-
ployment and child's adjustment. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-57)

HorrMAN, Lois W.: Effects of maternal employ-
ment on the child. Child Development, 32:187-
197, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1780).

MH-1658 (R03) Coskr, Rose L.: Social functions
of humor among mental hospital staff. Welles-
ley College, Wellesley, Mass. (1957-57)

Coser, Rose LAuB: Laughter among colleagues—A
study of the social functions of humor among the
staff of a mental hospital.
1960.

Psychiatry, 28:81-95,

MH-1659 (R03) DENNIS, WAYNE: Infant care in
selected New York institutions. Brooklyn College
of the City University of New York, Brooklyn,
N.Y. (1957-58)

SAYEGH, Y., and DENNIS, W.: The effect of sup-
plementary experiences upon the behavioral devel-
opment of infants in institutions. Child Devel-
opment, 36(1):81-90, 1965.

MH-1664 (R01) LEARY, ROBERT W.: Transfer be-
tween normal and drugged states in monkeys.
University of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1957-59)
(Continued from MH-835).

BIERNOFF, ALICE, LEARY, R. W. and LITTMAN,
R. A.: Dominance behavior of paired primates in
two settings. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68(1):109-113, 1964.

LEARY, R. W.: The temporal factor in reward and
nonreward of monkeys. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 3(56):294-296, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-835).

LEARY, R. W., and LYNN, ELizABETH: Discrimina-
tion by rhesus monkeys of patterns with asym-
metrically placed cues. Psychological Reports, 9:
361-368, 1961.

LEARY, R. W., and MARONEY, R. J.: The effect of
home-cage environment on the social dominance
of monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55(2):256-259, 1962.

LEARY, R. W., and SLYE, DONALD: Dominance re-
versal in drugged monkeys. Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 48:227-235, 1959.

LEARY, R. W., and STYNES, A. J.: Tranquilizer ef-
fects in the social status, motivation, and learning
of monkeys. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:
499-505, 1959.

LYNN, ELizABETH, and LEARY, R. W.: Reinforce-
ment procedure and cue location in pattern dis-
criminations of monkeys. Psychological Reports,
11:83-90, 1962.

MH-1665 (R10) MaLITz, SIDNEY, and ROIZIN,
LeoN: Effects of tranquilizing drugs on CNS.
New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York,
N.Y. (1957- )

BUDNER, S. S., ESECOVER, H., and MALITZ, S.: The
relationship of social, personality and psychiatric
factors to choice of psychiatric therapy. Com-
prehensive Psychiatry, 5(5):327-334, 1964.

CotoN, J. M., EAGLE, J. F., MALITZ, S., MARK,
L. C., and ROSENFELD, I.: The use and abuse of
tranquilizers. Transcription of a panel meeting on
therapeutics. Bulletin of the New York Academy
of Medicine, Series II, 37:176-201, 1961.

219

ESECOVER, HAROLD, MALITZ, SIDNEY, and WILKENS,
BERNARD: Clinical profiles of paid normal sub-
jects volunteering for hallucinogen drug studies.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 117:910-915,
1961.

ESEcoVER, HAROLD, TORRES, AURELIO, TAYLOR,
REGINALD, WILKENS, BERNARD, and MALITZ,
SIDNEY: Contingent alpha blocking and sensitiza-
tion. Nature, 201:1247-1248, 1964.

Martz, SIDNEY: The volunteer as a variable in
psychotropic drug assessment: A follow-up study.
In: Rothlin, E., ed. Neuropsychopharmacology.
Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1961, p. 255-257.

MaLiTz, SIDNEY: Variables and drug effectiveness.
In: Rinkel, Max, ed. Specific and non-specific
factors in psychopharmacology. New York, Phil-
osophical Library, 1962, p. 141-148.

MALiTz, SIDNEY, ESECOVER, HAROLD, WILKENS,
BERNARD, and HocH, PAuL H.: Some observa-
tions on psilocybin, a new hallucinogen in volun-
teer subjects. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 1:8-17,
1960.

MaLITZ, SIDNEY, WILKENS, BERNARD, and ESE-
COVER, HAROLD: Preliminary evaluation of To-
franil in a combined in-patient and out-patient
setting. Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal,
4:S152-S159, 1959.

MaLiTz, SIDNEY, WILKENS, BERNARD, and ESE-
COVER, HAROLD: A comparison of drug-induced
hallucinations with those seen in spontaneously
occurring psychoses. In: West, L. J., ed. Hal-
lucinations. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962,
p- 50-63.

RowiziNn, L., Eros, G., WEINBERG, F., ENGLISH,
W. H., and Wobraska, T.: Histopathologic find-
ings in liver and C. N. S. following administra-
tion of tranquilizing drugs. Diseases of the Nerv-
ous System, Monograph Suppl.—Section 2, 20(5):
1-176, 1959.

RoiziN, L., KAUFMAN, M., and CASSELMAN, B.:
Structural changes induced by neuroleptics. In:
Extrapyramidal System and Neuroleptics (Canada),
November:125-133, 1961.

Roi1ziN, LEON, TRUE, CHARLES, and KNIGHT, MARY:
Structural effects of tranquilizers. In: Braceland,
F. J, ed. The effect of pharmacologic agents on
the nervous system. Vol. 37. Baltimore, Wil-
liams & Wilkens, 1959, p. 285-324.

Torres, AURELIO A.: Effects of chlorpromazine and
amytal on hoarding in “shy” and “non-shy” rats.
Psychological Reports, 14:359-365, 1964.

WECHSLER, M. B.: Studies on oxidative phosphoryla-
tion and ATP-ase activity of fresh and frozen brain
mitochondria. Archives of Biochemistry and Bio-
physics, 95:494-498, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1841).
WECHSLER, MAGDALENA BERGER, and FORREST,
IRENE S.: A quantitative method for the determi-
nation of chlropromazine in tissues. Journal of
Neurochemistry, 4:366-371, 1959.

WECHSLER, M. B., FORREST, I. S., and TALAMBIRAS,
E.: Conversion of chlorpromazine in animal or-
gans. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2)
Part 1:301, 1965.

WECHSLER, MAGDALENA BERGER, and RoizIN,
LeoN: Tissue levels of chlorpromazine in experi-
mental animals. Journal of Mental Science, 106:
1501-1505, 1960.

WILKENS, BERNARD, and MALITZ, SIDNEY: Some
problems of dose variation in the use of tran-
quilizing drugs. American Journal of Psychiatry,
117:23-29, 1960.

WILKENS, BERNARD, MALITZ, SIDNEY, GLUSMAN,
Murray, and HocH, PAauL H.: Pilot evaluation
of Flexin as a tranquilizing agent in chronic men-
tal disorders. Psychiatric Quarterly, 32:691-707,
1958.

MH-1666 (RO1) BAKER, GEORGE W., and WIL-
LIAMS, HARRY B., Jr.: Human behavior in disas-
ter. National Academy of Sciences, Washington,
D.C. (1957-61)

BAKER, GEORGE W., and CHAPMAN, DwiGHT W.,
eds. Man and society in disaster. New York,
Basic Books, 1962.

BAKER, GEORGE W., and ROHRER, JoHN H., eds.:
Human problems in the utilization of fallout shel-
ters: Studies of behavior in stressful environments.
Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sciences-
National Research Council, 1960, 234 p. (Publi-
cation 800).

BARTON, ALLEN H.: Social organization under stress:
A sociological review of disaster studies. Disas-
ter study No. 17. Washington, D.C., National
Academy of Sciences-National Research Council,
1962, 208 p.

BaTEs, F. L., FOGLEMEAN, C. W., PARENTON, V. J,
PirtMAN, R. H., and Tracy, G. S.: The social
and psychological consequences of a natural disas-
ter: A longitudinal study of hurricane Audrey.
Disaster study No. 18. Washington, D.C., Na-
tional Academy of Sciences-National Research
Council, 1963, 190 p.

BeacH, H. D., and Lucas, R. A., eds.: Individual
and group behavior in a coal mine disaster. Disas-
ter study No. 13. Washington, D.C., National
Academy of Sciences-National Research Council,
1960, 160 p.

DaNziG, Erviorr R., THAYER, Paur W., and
GALANTER, LiLA R.: The effects of a threatening
rumor on a disaster-stricken community. Wash-
ington, D.C., National Academy of Sciences-Na-

tional Research Council, 1958, 116 p.
tion No. 517).

DisasTER RESEARCH GROUP: Field studies of disaster
behavior. (An Inventory) Washington, D.C,
National Academy of Sciences-National Research
Council, 1961, 78 p. (Publication No. 886).

Fritz, CHARLES E.: An inventory of field studies on
human behavior in disasters. Washington, D.C,
National Academy of Sciences, National Research
Council, 1959, 30 p.

Fritz, CHARLES E., and MATHEWSON, J. H.: Con-
vergence behavior in disasters: A problem in so-
cial control. Washington, D.C., National Academy
of Sciences, National Research Council, 1957, 102
p. (Publication No. 476).

Mack, RAYMOND W., and BAKER, GEORGE W.: The
occasion instant! The structure of social responses
to unanticipated air raid warnings. Disaster Study
No. 15. Washington, D.C., National Academy of
Sciences-National Research Council, 1961.

(Publica-

PERRY, HELEN S., and PERRY, STEWART E.: The
schoolhouse disasters: Family and community as
determinants of the child's response to disaster.
Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sciences-
National Research Council, 1959, 74 p. (Publi-
cation No. 554).

RAYNER, JEANNETTE R.: How do nurses behave in
disaster? Nursing Outlook, 6(10):572-579, 1958.

MH-1668 (R03) NOTTERMAN, JOsepH M.: Inter-
action of acquired motor and autonomic behavior.
Princeton University, Princeton, N.J. (1957-58)

NOTTERMAN, J. M., and MarTON, T.: Note on re-
lated behavioral and physiological indices of stress.
Psychological Reports, 4:649-650, 1958.

MH-1669 (R03) DEVEREUX, GEORGE: Treatise of
ethnopsychiatry. Individual, New York, N.Y.
(1957-58)

Gussow, ZACHARY: Pibloktoo (hysteria) among the
Polar Eskimo. Psychoanalytic Study Society, 1:
218-236, 1960.

MH-1673 (R03) Jackson, Don D.: Family inter-
action in schizophrenia. Palo Alto Medical Re-
search Foundation, Palo Alto, Calif. (1957-58)

Jackson, DoN D.: A note on the importance of
trauma in the genesis of schizophrenia. Psychi-
atry, 20:181-184, 1957.

JacksoN, Don D.: Family interaction, family homeo-
stasis and some implications for conjoint family
psychotherapy. In: Massermann, Jules, ed. In-
dividual and familial dynamics. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1959, p. 122-141.

Jackson, DoN D.: The monad, the dyad, and the
family therapy of schizophrenics. In: Burton, Ar-

220
thur, ed. Psychotherapy of the psychoses. New

York, Basic Books, 1961, p. 318-328.

Jackson, DoN D.: Family therapy in the family of
the schizophrenic. In: Stein, Norris I., ed. Con-
temporary psychotherapies. Glencoe, Illinois, Free
Press, 1962, p. 272-287.

Jackson, DoN D., and WEAKLAND, J. H.: Schizo-
phrenic symptoms and family interaction. Ar
chives of General Psychiatry, 1:618-621, 1959.

MH-1685 (R03) WEBB, WARREN W.: Eye move-
ment and avoidance behavior in schizophrenia.
Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. (1957-
58)

WEBB, W. W., MATHENY, A., and LARsoN G.:
Eye movements as a paradigm of approach and
avoidance behavior. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
16:341-347, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2735).

MH-1689 (R01) LAWRENCE, DoucrLas H.: Study
of discrimination learning. Stanford University,
Stanford, Calif. (1957-64)

LAWRENCE, D. H., and GESTINGER, L.: Deterrents
and reinforcement: The psychology of insufficient
reward. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University
Press, 1962, 189 p.

LAWRENCE, D. H., and HoMMEL, L.: The influence
of differential goal boxes on discrimination learn-
ing involving delay of reinforcement. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
552-555, 1961.

SCHOONARD, J., and LAWRENCE, D. H.: Resistance
to extinction as a function of the number of delay
of reward trials. Psychological Reports, 11:275-
278, 1962.

THEIOS, ]., and PoLsoN, P.: Instrumental and goal
responses in non-response partial reinforcement.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 55:987-991, 1962.

MH-1690 (R10) ASEKOFF, MYER, BROOKS,
GEORGE W., GREENBLATT, MILTON, HAVENS,
LesToN L., LEVINE, JULIUS, and MOORE, ROBERT
Francis: Drug and social therapy in chronic
schizophrenia. Massachusetts Mental Health Cen-
ter, Boston, Mass. (1957-64)

BuLLArD, DEXTER, M., JrR., and HOFFMAN, BAR-
BARA R.: Factors influencing the discharge of
chronic schizophrenic patients. In: Denber, Her-
man C. B., ed. Research conference on therapeu-
tic community. Springfield, Ill, C. C. Thomas,
1960, p. 215-228.

BuLLARD, DEXTER M., JR., HOFFMAN, BARBARA R,,
and HAVENS, LEsTON L.: The relative value of
tranquilizing drugs and social and psychological
therapies in chronic schizophrenia. Psychiatric
Quarterly, 34(2):293-306, 1960.

221

DEYKIN, Eva: The reintegration of the chronic
schizophrenic patient discharged to his family and
community as perceived by the family. Mental
Hygiene, 45(2):235-246, 1961.

DEYKIN, Eva: Discussion of paper by Dr. Rajotte
and Dr. Denber: (Intensive follow-up study of
fifty chronic relapsing psychotic female patients).
In: Greenblatt, Milton, Levinson, Daniel, and
Klerman, Gerald L., eds. Mental patients in tran-
sition. Springfield, Ill, Thomas, 1961, p. 151-
154.

Evans, ANNE S.: The relationship of drugs and
milieu in the treatment of chronic schizophrenia.
Transactions of the Fifth Research Conference on
Cooperative Chemotherapy Studies in Psychiatry
and Research * Approaches to Mental Illness.
(Veterans’ Administration-NIMH), 5:140-146,
1960.

Evans, ANNE S., and BuLLARD, DEXTER M., JR.:
The family as a potential resource, in the rehabili-
tation of the chronic schizophrenic patient. Men-
tal Hygiene, 44(1) :64-73, 1960.

Evans, ANNE S., BuLLARD, DEXTER, M., JRr., and
SoLomMON, Mama H.: The family as a potential
resource in the rehabilitation of the chronic schizo-
phrenic patient: A study of 60 patients and their
families. American Journal of Psychiatry, 117
(12) :1075-1083, 1961.

GREENBLATT, MILTON, LEEDS, WALTER, and LE-
VINE, Julius: Drug and social therapy in chronic
schizophrenia. ~~ (Abstract)  Psychopharmacology
Service Center Bulletin, January 1961, p. 9-10.

GRINSPOON, LESTER, and GREENBLATT, MILTON:
Pharmacotherapy combined with other treatment
methods. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Con-
gress of Psychiatry. Vol. 3. Montreal, University
of Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961,
p. 453-458.

GRINSPOON, LESTER, and GREENBLATT, MILTON:
Pharmacotherapy combined with other treatment
methods. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 4(4):256-
262, 1963.

HusetH, BRETE: Halfway houses—a new rehabili-
tation measure. Mental Hospitals, p. 5-8, Oct.
1958.

KorNER, N. Ija, and ArLisON, ROGER B., JR.:
Comparative study of metaphoric thinking. [our-
nal of Psychology, 60(1):67-70, 1965.

MH-1693 (R03) PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, KNo-
BLOCK, HILDA, and MEYER, DONALD R.: Behav-
ioral development in the infant gorilla. Co-
lumbus Psychiatric Institute and Hospital, Colum-
bus, Ohio. (1957-58)

KNoBLOCH, HILDA, and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN:
Gross motor behavior in an infant gorilla. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
52:559-563, 1959.

KnoBLocH, HILDA, and PASAMANICK, BEN JAMIN:
The development of adaptive behavior in an in-
fant gorilla. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 52:699-704, 1959.

MH-1695 (R03) LitTMAN, RICHARD A.: Genesis
of social and emotional behavior in the rat. Uni-
versity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1957-58)

BRroOKSHIRE, K., LITTMAN, R. A., and STEWART, C.:
The interactive effects of promazine and post-
weanling stress upon adult avoidance behavior.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:52-
58, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3801).

LirtMAN, R. A., BROOKSHIRE, K., and STEWART,
C.: Residua of shock trauma in the white rat.
Psychological Monographs, 75(10), 1961. (Whole
No. 514).

LirtMAN, R. A., BROOKSHIRE, K., and STEWART,
C.: Effects of weaning and adult trauma: Role of
the adrenal gland in mediating a pure-shock ef-
fect. Psychological Reports, 9:247-254, 1961.

MH-1697 (R01) WooLLgy, D. W.: Serotonin
content of tissues after antiserotonins. Rockefel-
ler Institute, New York, N.Y. (1957-58)

WooLLey, D. W., and EDELMAN, P. M.: Displace-
ment of serotonin from tissues by a specific anti-
metabolite. Science, 127:281-282, 1958.

MH-1700 (R03) PRELINGER, ERNST, SCHAFER,
Roy, and ZiMET, CARL: Character structure and
selected ego functions. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1957-59)

PRELINGER, ERNST, ZIMET, CARL, and LEVIN, MAX:
An ego-psychological scheme for personality as-
sessment. Psychological Reports, 7:182, 1960.

ZIMET, CARL N.: Character defense preference and
group therapy interaction. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 3:168-175, 1960.

MH-1711 (R01) SKINNER, BURRHUS F.: Analysis
of complex behavioral processes. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-59)

CaNTANIA, A. C.: Effects of component duration on
multiple schedule performance. American Psy-
chologist, 16(7) :414, 1961.

CanTaNIA, A. C.: Techniques for the control of
monocular and binocular viewing in the pigeon.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:627-629, 1963.

CaTTELL, RAYMOND B., and DIGMAN, JoHN M.:
A theory of the structure of perturbations in ob-
server ratings and questionnaire data in person-
ality research. Behavioral Science, 9(4):341-
358, 1964.

222

GorLus, LEwis R.: A simple pulse shaper.
nal of the Experimental Analysis o
1(2):122, 1958.

Gorrus, Lewis R.: The control of wheel running
by reinforcement and extinction. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 14:399, 1959.

Jour-
Behavior,

Gorrus, Lewis R.: Counter information. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2(1):
64, 1959.

Gorrus, Lewis R.: Experimental flexibility. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
3(3):254, 1960.

ReyNoLps, G. S.: Behavioral contrast. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4(1):57-
71, 1961.

ReyNoLDs, G. S.: An analysis of interactions in a
multiple schedule. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 4(2):107-117, 1961.

ReyNoLps, G. S.: Attention in the pigeon. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4(3):
203-208, 1961.

ReyNoLDs, G. S., CATANIA, A. C, and SKINNER,
B. F.: Conditioned and unconditioned aggression
in pigeons. [Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 6(1):73-74, 1963.

SKINNER, B. F.: Reinforcement today.
Psychologist, 13:94-99, 1958.

American

SKINNER, B. F.: Diagramming schedules of rein-
forcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 1:67-68, 1958.

SKINNER, B. F., and Morse, W. H.: Some factors
involved in the stimulus control of operant be-
havior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 1:103-107, 1958.

SKINNER, B. F., and REYNOLDS, GEORGE S.: Tech-
nique for reinforcing either of two organisms with
a single food magazine. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 5(1):58-59, 1962.

MH-1712 (R03) BUERKLE, Jock V.: Factor analy-
sis of the Yale marital interaction scale. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1957-58)

BUERKLE, J. V. S., ANDERSON, THEODORE R., and
BADGLEY, ROBIN F.: Altruism, role-conflict, and
marital adjustment: A factor analysis of marital
interaction. Marriage and Family Living, 23(1):
20-26, 1961.

MH-1713 (R03) BECKER, WESLEY C.: Reactive in-
hibition and extraversion-introversion. University
of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1957-58)

BeckER, W. C.: Cortical inhibition and extraversion-
introversion. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 61:52-66, 1960.
BeckER, W. C., and FREY, A. H.: Some personality
correlates of subjects who fail to appear for ex-
perimental appointments. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 22(3) :164, 1958.

MH-1715 (R03) SMITH, ANTHONY J.: A develop-
mental study of group processes. University of
Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (1957-57)

A developmental study of
Journal of Genetic Psychology,

SMITH, ANTHONY ]J.:
group processes.
97:29-39, 1960.

MH-1718 (R01) KRrOEPscH, RoBErRT H., ENAR-
soN, Harorp L., and Hewitt, ROBERT T.:
Western council for mental health training and
research. Western Interstate Commission for
Higher Education, Boulder, Colo. (1957-63)

TEBOR, IRVING B., and SkBU, GARY M.: A pilot
project in California: Mental health summer work-
study program. Mental Hygiene, 47:63-68, 1963.

MH-1721 (R01) WoRCHEL, PHILIP: The reduc

tion of hostility, anxiety, and guilt. University
of Texas, Austin, Texas. (1958-60)

RotHAUS, PAUL, and WORCHEL, PHILIP: Ego-sup-
port, communication, catharsis, and hostility.

Journal of Personality, 32:296-312, 1964.

MH-1722 (R03) Davips, ANTHONY: Time orien-
tation of disturbed and normal children. Emma
Pendleton Bradley Hospital, East Providence, R.I.
(1957-58)

Davips, ANTHONY, and WHITE, AUGUSTUS A.:
Effects of success, failure and social facilitation
on level of aspiration in emotionally disturbed
and normal children. Journal of Personality, 26:
79-93, 1958.

MH-1725 (R01) MANSOUR, TAG E., and BUEDING,
ERNEST: Mode of action in serotonin in inverte-
brates. Louisiana State University, New Orleans,
La. (1957-58)

Mansour, T. E.: Effect of serotonin on phenol
oxidase from the liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica,
and from other sources. Biochemica et Biophysica
Acta, 30:492-500, 1958.

Mansour, T. E.: Biochemical effects of serotonin
on Fasciola hepatica. (Abstract) Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 122:
48A, 1958.

Mansour, T. E.: The effects of serotonin on the
carbohydrate metabolism of Fasciola hepatica.
In: Proceeding of the International Congress of
Biochemistry. Vienna, 1958, p. 184.

Mansour, T. E.: Studies on the carbohydrate me-
tabolism of the liver fluke Fasciola hepatica.
Biochemica et Biophysica Acta, 34:456-464, 1959.

223

Mansour, T. E.: The effect of serotonin and re-
lated compounds on the carbohydrate metabolism
of the liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
126:212-216, 1959

Mansour, T. E.: Actions of serotonin and epi-
nephrine on intact and broken cell preparations
from the liver fluke, “Fasciola hepatica.” Pharma-
cological Reviews, 11:465-566, 1959.

Mansour, T. E., Laco, D. A., and HAWKINS, J. L.:
Occurrence and possible role of serotonin in Fas-
ciola hepatica. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
16(1)Part 1:319, 1957.

Mansour, T. E., SutHeErLaND, E. W., RaLL, T.,
and BUEDING, E.: The effect of serotonin on the
formation of adensoine-3’,5'-phosphate by tissue
particles from the liver fluke, Fasciola hepatica.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 235:466-470,
1960.

MH-1726 (R01) EroN, LEONARD D.: Psychosocial
development of aggressive behavior. Rip Van
Winkle Foundation, Hudson, N.Y. (1958-62)

Banta, T. J.,, and WALDER, L. O.: Discriminant
validity of a peer-rating. measure of aggression.
Psychological Reports, 9:573-582, 1961.

Banta, T. J, WaLDER, L. O., and EroN, L. D.:
Convergent and discriminant validation of a child-
rearing survey questionnaire. Journal of Social
Psychology, 60:115-125, 1963.

Eron, L. D.: The relationship of TV viewing habits
and aggressive behavior in children. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:193-196,
1963.

EroN, L. D., Banta, T. J, WALDER, L. O., and
LauLicHT, J. H.: Comparison of data obtained
from mothers and fathers on childrearing prac-
tices and their relation to child aggression. Child
Development, 32:457-472, 1961.

EronN, L. D., LauLricHT, J. H., WALDER, L. O,
FARBER, I. E., and SPIEGEL, J. P.: Application of
role and learning theories to the study of the
development of aggression in children. Psycho-
logical Reports, 9:291-334, 1961.

EroN, L. D., and WALDER, L. O.: Test burning.
American Psychologist, 16(5):237-244, 1961.

Eron, L. D., WaLper, L. O., Teco, R., and
LerkowItz, M. M.: Social class and parental
punishment for aggression and child aggression.
Child Development, 34:849-867, 1963.

LerFkowiTz, M. M.: Some relationships between sex
role preference of children and other parent and
child variables. Psychological Reports, 10:43-53,
1962.

LerkowiITZ, M. M., and GREENE, H. E.: Obtaining
components essential to a number of statistical
analyses by use of the IBM accounting machine.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 21:
733-735, 1961.

LeFkowITZ, MONROE M., WALDER, LEoroLD O.,
and ERON, LEONARD D.: Punishment, identifica-
tion and aggression. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly of
Behavior and Development, 9:159-174, 1963.

Symposium. The application of role and learning
theories to the study of the development of ag-
gression in children. In: Proceedings of the Rip
Van Winkle Clinic. Vol. 10, Nos. 1 and 2.
Winter and Spring, 1959. Also in: Psychological
Reports, 9:292-334, 1961.

ToiGo, R.: An automatic correlation ratio program
for the basic IBM 650 computer. Educational
and Psychological Measurement, 21:733-735, 1961.

ToiGo, R.: An IBM 650 computer program for the
evaluation of a reciprocation index utilizing class-
room data based upon unlimited choices obtained
under a single sociometric criterion. Educational
and Psychological Measurement, 22(3):613-615,
1962.

Toico, R., WALDER, L. O., EroN, L. D., and LEF-
kKowItz, M. M.: Examiner effect in the use of a
near sociometric procedure in the third grade
classroom. Psychological Reports, 11:785-790,
1962.

WALDER, L. O., ABELsON, R. P., EroN, L. D.,
Banta, T. J., and LauLich, J. H.: Development
of a peer-rating measure of aggression. Psycho-
logical Reports, Monograph Supplement 4, 9:497-
556, 1961.

WALDER, L. O., GREENE, H. E., and LEFKOWITZ,
Donna D.: A method for deriving “flexible”
sociomatrices from response forms appropriate to
children in the third grade. Educational and Psy-
chological Measurement, 22(1):187-191, 1962.

MH-1727 (R01) FriepmMAN, ALFRED S.: Electro-
shock and the mecholyl test. Philadelphia Psy-
chiatric Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1957-59)

FriepMaN, A. S., Cowlitz, B., CoHEN, H. W., and
GRANICK, S.: Syndromes and themes of psychotic
depression: A factor analysis. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 9(5):504-509, 1963.

MH-1732 (R03) MoLtz, HOWARD: Imprinting and
its relation to associative learning. Brooklyn Col-
lege of the City University of New York, Brook-
Iyn, N.Y. (1957-58)

Movrtz, H.: Imprinting: Empirical basis and theo-
retical significance. Psychological Bulletin, 57:
291-314, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-2417)

Movr1z, H., and RoseNBLUM, L. A.: Imprinting
and associative learning: The stability of the fol-
lowing response in Peking ducks (Anas platy-

224

thynchos). Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 51:580-583, 1958.

Mortz, H., and RoseNBLUM, L. A.: The relation
between habituation and the stability of the fol-
lowing response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 51:658-661, 1958.

Movrtz, H., RoseNBLUM, L. A., and HALIKAS, N.:
Imprinting and level of anxiety. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 52:240-
244, 1959.

MH-1733 (R01) CattELL, RAYMOND B., COAN,
RicHARD W., and ScHEIER, IVAN H.: Determi-
nants and influences of personality dimensions.
University of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1957- )

CatTELL, R. B.: Personality and motivation struc-
ture and measurement. New York, Harcourt,
Brace & World, 1957, 948 p.

CartTELL, R. B.: Anxiety, extraversion and other
second-order personality factors in children. Jour-
nal of Personality, 27:464-476, 1959.

CarteLL, R. B.: The multiple abstract variance
analysis equations and solutions: For nature-nur-
ture research on continuous variables. Psycho-
logical Review, 67(6):353-372, 1960.

CATTELL, RAYMOND B.: Group theory, personality,
and role: A model for experimental researches.
In: Geldard, T. A., ed. Defense psychology.
New York, Pergamon Press, 1961, p. 209-259.

CatTELL, R. B.: Theory of situational,. instrument,
second-order and refraction factors in personality
structure research. Psychological Bulletin, 58(2):
160-174, 1961.

CatTELL, R. B.: Psychological measurement of anxi-
ety and depression: A quantitative approach.
Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 7:11-
23, 1962. :

CatTELL, R. B.: The basis of recognition and inter-
pretation of factors. Educational and Psychologi-
cal Measurement, 22:667-697, 1962.

CatTELL, R. B.: Teacher's personality description of
six-year-olds: A check on structure. British Jour-
nal of Educational Psychology, 33:219-235, 1963.

CartiELL, R. B.: The interaction of hereditary and
environmental influences. British Journal of Sta-
tistical Psychology, 16:191-210, 1963.

CarTiLL, R. B.: Personality, role, mood, and situa-
tion-perception: A unifying theory of modulators.
Psychological Review, 70:1-18, 1963.

CartiLL, R. B., and FOSTER, MERLIN ].: The roto-
plot program for multiple, single-plane visually-
guided rotation. Behavioral Science, 8:156-165,
1963.

CarteLL, R. B., and HowaRrTH, E.: Hypotheses on
the principal personality dimensions in children
and tests constructed for them. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 101:145-163, 1962.

CatTELL, R. B., and HowaARrTH, E.: Verification of
objective test personality factor patterns in middle
childhood. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 104:
331-349, 1964.

CatTELL, R. B., KNAPP, R. R., and ScHEIER, I. H.:
Second-order personality factor structure in the
objective test realm. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 25(4):345-352, 1961.

CarrteLL, R. B., and PETERSON, D. R.: Personality
structure in 4-5 year olds, by factoring observed,
time-sampled behavior.  Rassegna di Piscologia
Generale e Clinica, 3:3-21, 1958.

CartTELL, R. B., and PETERSON, D. R.: Personality
structure in four and five year olds in terms of
objective tests. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
15:355-369, 1959.

CaTTELL, R. B., PicHoT, P., and RENNES, P.: Con-
stance interculturelle des facteurs de personnalité
mésurés par le test 16 P. F. II. Comparison
Franco-Americaine. Revue de Psychologie Appli-
quée, 11(3) :165-196, 1961.

CarTiLL, R. B., and RADCLIFFE, J. A.: Reliabilities
and validities of simple and extended weighted
and buffered unifactor scales. British Journal of
Statistical Psychology, 15:113-128, 1962.

CaTTELL, R. B., and RicKELs, K.: Diagnostic power
of IPAT objective anxiety neuroticism tests. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 11:459-465, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-2934)

CATTELL, RAYMOND B., RICKELS, KARL, WEISE,
C., Gray, B., and YEE, R.: The effects of psy-
chotherapy upon measured anxiety and regression.
American Journal of Psychotherapy, 20(2):261-
269, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-2934)

CaTTELL, R. B., and ScHEIER, I. H.: The nature of
anxiety: A review of thirteen multivariate analyses
compising 814 variables. Psychological Reports,
Monograph Supplement 5:351-388, 1958.

CatTELL, R. B., and ScHEIER, I. H.: Extension of
meaning of objective test personality factors: Es-
pecially into anxiety, neuroticism, questionnaire,
and physical factors. Journal of General Psychol-
ogy, 61:287-315, 1959.

CatTiELL, R. B., and ScHEIER, I. H.: Stimuli re-
lated to stress, neuroticism, excitation, and anxiety
response patterns: Illustrating a new multivariate
experimental design. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 60:195-204, 1960.

CATTELL, RAYMOND B., and ScHEIER, IvaAN H.:
The meaning and measurement of neuroticism and
anxiety. New York, Ronald Press, 1961, 535 p.

CATTELL, RAYMOND B., and Tsu jioka, BIEN: The
importance of factor-trueness and validity, versus

225

homogeneity and orthogonality, in test scales.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24
(1):3-30, 1964.

CaTTELL, R. B., and WARBURTON, F. W.: A cross-
cultural comparison of patterns of extraversion and
anxiety. British Journal of Psychology, 52(2):3-
16, 1961.

Hurrey, JoHN R., and CATTELL, R. B.: The Pro-
crustes program: Producing direct rotation to test a
hypothesized factor structure. Behavioral Science,
7(2):258-262, 1962.

RickiLs, KARL, and CATTELL, RAYMOND B.: The
clinical factor validity and trueness of the IPAT
verbal and objective batteries for anxiety and re-
gression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(3):
257-264, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2934)

ScHEIER, I. H., and CATTELL, R. B.: Confirmation
of objective test factors and assessment of their
relation to questionnaire factors: A factor analysis
of 113 rating, questionnaire and objective test
measurements of personality. Journal of Mental
Science, 104:608-624, 1958.

Scheer, I. H., CarTiELL, R. B., and HORN, J.:
Objective test factor U.I. 23: Its measurements
and its relation to clinically-judged neuroticism.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16:135-145, 1960.

ScHEIER, IVAN H. CATTELL, RAYMOND B., and
SULLIVAN, WILLIAM P.: Predicting anxiety from
clinical symptoms of anxiety. In: Bigelow, New-
ton, ed. Psychiatric quarterly supplement. Part 1.
Utica, New York, Utica State Hospital, 1961, p.
1-13.

MH-1734 (R01) BANDURA, ALBERT: Family pat-
terns and child behavior disorders. Stanford Uni-
(1957-60)

BANDURA, A.: The role of imitation in personality
development. Journal of Nursery Education, 18:
207-215, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4398
and MH-5162)

BANDURA, A., and HustoN, ALETHA C.: Identifi-
cation as a process of incidental learning. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:311-318,
1961.

versity, Stanford, Calif.

BANDURA, A., and WALTERS, R. H.: Social learning
and personality development. New York, Holt,
Rinehart & Winston, 1963.

Carns, R. B.: The influence of dependency inhibi-
tion on the effectiveness of social reinforcers.
Journal of Personality, 29:466-488, 1961.

MH-1737 (RO1) SkARD, ASE G., ECKHOFF, EVA,
and NopLAND, THORALV ScHEIE: Children’s per-
sonality development. University of Oslo, Oslo,
Norway. (1958-62)
EckHOFF, Eva, and GausLAa, J.: Kjaerlighet og
trygghet i oppdragelsen av gutter og piker. Tids-
skrift for Samfunnsforskning, No. 4, Oslo, 1960.

ECKHOFF, Eva, GAUSLAA4, J., and BALDWIN, A. L.:
Parental behavior towards boys and girls of pre-
school age. Acta Psychologica, 18:85-99, 1961.

HAGGARD, E., BREKSTAD, ARNE, and SKARD, A. G.:
On the reliability of the anamnestic interview.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61
(3):311-318, 1960.

JOHANNESSEN, FRITZ: Some aspects of Rorschach
responses in a group of Norwegian children at
three age levels. Acta Psychologica, 24:371-386,
1965.

SKARD, ASE GRUDA, and BREKSTAD, ARNE: Finger-
mouth-contact in relation to feeding and weaning
in early childhood. In: Schenk-Danzinger, Lotte,
and Thomas, H., eds. Gegenwarts probleme der
Entwicklungspsychologie Festschrift fiir Char-
lotte Biibler. Gottingen, Verlag fur Psychologie,
1963.

SKARD, ASE GRUDA, et al.: Longitudinal research in
personality development. In: David, H. P., and
Brengelmann, J. C., eds. Perspectives in person-
ality research. New York, Springer, 1960.

MH-1738 (R03) BRONFENBRENNER, URIE: Iden-
tification and family structure. Cornell University,
Ithaca, N.Y. (1957-58)

BRONFENBRENNER, U.: The study of identification
through interpersonal perception. In: Tagiuri, R.,
and Petrullo, L., eds. Person perception and in-
terpersonal behavior. Stanford, Calif., Stanford
University, 1958, p. 110-130.

BRONFENBRENNER, U.: Some familial antecedents of
responsibility and leadership in adolescents. In:
Petrullo, L., and Bass, B. M., eds. Leadership
and interpersonal behavior. New York, Holt,
Rinehart & Wiston, 1961, p.239-272.

MH-1742 (R03) DINSMOOR, JAMES A.: Screening
technique for tranquilizing agents. Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Ind. (1957-58)

DINSMOOR, JAMES A., and WINOGRAD, EUGENE:
Shock intensity in variable-interval escape sched-
ules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 1:145-148, 1958.

MH-1745 (R03) HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and
RASHEVSKY, N.: Mathematical models and mental
illnesses. Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
(1957-57)

HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B.: Some issues in the epi-
demiology of schizophrenia. American Sociologi-
cal Review, 26:5-13, 1961.

RESHEVSKY, N., and HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B.:
Sociological variables and institutionalization of

226

mental patients. In: Proceedings of the 5th meet-
ing of Conference on Social and Physical Variables
as Determinants of Mental Health. Washington,
D.C., Public Health Service, 1958, p. 142-153.

MH-1747 (R03) SiGEL, IRVING E., and HOFFMAN,
MARTIN L.: Psychological significance of influence
techniques. ~~ Merrill Palmer Institute, Detroit,
Mich. = (1957-57)

SiGeL, I. E.: Influence techniques: A concept used to
study parental behaviors. Child Development,
31:799-806, 1960.

MH-1750 (R01) HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and
AGUIAR, MANUEL A. TORRES: Mental health and
its sociocultural environment. University of
Puerto Rico, Rio Piedras, P.R. (1958-60)

HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and ROGLER, LLOYD
H.: Lower socio-economic status and mental ill-
ness. Sociology and Social Research, 46(4):387-
396, 1962.

HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and ROGLER, LLOYD
H.: Attitudes toward slums and public housing in
Puerto Rico. In: Duhl, Leonard, ed. The urban
condition. New York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 229-
245.

ROGLER, Lroyp H., and HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST
B.: Algunos observaciones sobre el espiritismo y
las enfermedades mentales entre Puertorriquenos
de clase baja. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 4(1):
141-150, 1960.

RoGLER, Lroyp H., and HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST
B.: Class and disordered speech in the mentally
ill. Journal of Health and Human Behavior, 2:
178-185, 1961.

RoGLER, Lroyp H., and HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST
B.: The Puerto Rican spiritualist as a psychiatrist.
American Journal of Sociology, 67(1):17-21,
1961. Also in: Smelser, Neil J., and Smelser,
William T., eds. Personality and social system.
New York, Wiley, 1963.

ROGLER, LrLoyp H., HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B.,
and TORRES AGUIAR, MANUEL A.: Las clases so-
ciales y la communicacion de ideas de los enfermos
mentales. Revista de Ciencias Sociales, 3(1):
119-131, 1959.

MH-1752 (R01) Brooks, GEORGE W., CHITTICK,
RUPERT A., SCHUMACHER, GEORGE, and WEAVER,
LELON A.: Psychomotor performance and men-
tal disorder. University of Vermont, Burlington,
Vt. (1957-63)

Brooks, G. W.: Definitive ataractic therapy in the
rehabilitation of chronic schizophrenic patients: A
preliminary report on the use of trifluoperazine.
In: Brill, Henry ed. Trifluoperazine clinical and
pharmacological aspects. ~ Philadelphia, Lea and
Febiger, 1958, p. 54-61.
Brooks, G. W.: Withdrawal from neuroleptic drugs.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 115:931-932,
1959.

Brooks, G. W., and MacDoNALD, M. GLENN:
Effects of trifluoperazine in aged depressed female
patients. Clinical Notes, 932-933, April, 1961.

Brooks, GEORGE W., and WEAVER, LELON A., JR.:
Some relations between psychiatric and psycho-
motor behavior changes associated with tranquiliz-
ing medications. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 2(4) :
203-210, 1961.

Brooks, G., WEAVER, L., Ravaris, C., and Mc-
DoNALD, M.: The effect of potassium on pheno-
thiazine-induced extrapyramidal system dysfunc-
tion. American Journal of Psychiatry, 119:1096-
1097, 1963.

Ravaris, C. L., WEAVER, L. A., and BROOKS,
G. W.: A controlled study of fluphenazine enan-
thate in chronic schizophrenic patients. Diseases
of the Nervous System, 26:33-39, 1965.

WEAVER, LELON A., Jr.: Psychomotor performance
of clinically differentiated chronic schizophrenics.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 12:27-33, 1961.

WEAVER, LELON A., JRr., and Brooks, G. W.: The
effects of drug-induced Parkinsonism on the psy-
chomotor performance of chronic schizophrenics.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 133(2):
148-154, 1961.

WEAVER, L., and Brooks, G.: The use of psycho-
motor tests in predicting the rehabilitation poten-
tial of chronic schizophrenics. Journal of Neuro-
psychiatry, 5:170-180, 1964.

MH-1753 (R01) DENENBERG, Victor H.: Effects
of early experience and age upon learning. Pur-
due University, Lafayette, Ind. (1957-63)

BELL, R. W., and DENENBERG, V. H.: The inter-
relationships of shock and critical periods in in-
fancy as they affect adult learning and activity.
Animal Behavior, 11:21-27, 1963.

DENENBERG, V. H.: Effects of age and early expe-
rience upon conditioning in the C57BL/10 mouse.
Journal of Psychology, 46:211-226, 1958.

DENENBERG, V. H.: Interactive effects of infantile
and adult shock levels upon learning. Psycholog-
ical Reports, 5:357-364, 1959.

DENENBERG, V. H.: Learning differences in two
separated lines of mice. Science, 130:451-452,
1959.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H.: A test of the critical pe-
riod hypothesis and a further study of the rela-
tionship between age and conditioning in the
C57B/10 mouse. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
97:379-384, 1960.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H.: The effects of early ex-
perience. In: Hafez, E. S. E,, ed. The behaviour

227

of domestic animals. London, Bailliere, Tindall,
& Cox, 1962, p. 109-138, 1962.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H.: An attempt to isolate crit-
ical periods of development in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
813-815, 1962.

DENENBERG, V. H.: Effects of avoidable and un-
avoidable electric shock upon mortality in the rat.
Psychological Reports, 14:43-46, 1964.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H.: Critical periods, stimulus
input, and emotional reactivity: A theory of in-
fantile stimulation. Psychological Review, 71:(5):
335-351, 1964.

DENENBERG, Victor H.: Behavioral differences in
two closely related lines of mice. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 106:201-205, 1965.

DENENBERG, VicTOoR H., and BELL, R. W.: Critical
periods for the effects of infantile experience on
adult learning. Science, 131:227-228, 1960.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., CARLSON, P. V. and STE-
PHENS, M. W.: Effects of infantile shock upon
emotionality at weaning. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:819-820, 1962.

DENENBERG, V. H., Grota, L. J, and ZARrOW,
M. X.: Maternal behaviour in the rat: Analysis of
cross-fostering. Journal of Reproduction and Fer-
tility, 5:133-141, 1963.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., and Karas, G. G.: Effects
of differential infantile handling upon weight gain
and mortality in the rat and mouse. Science,
130:629-630, 1959.

DENENBERG, V. H., and Karas, G. G.: Supple
mentary report: The Yerkes-Dodson Law-and shift
in task difficulty. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 59:429-430, 1960.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., and KAras, G. G.: Inter-
active effects of age and duration of infantile ex-
perience on adult learning. Psychological Reports,
7:313-322, 1960.

DENENBERG, VicTor H., and Karas, G. G.: Inter-
active effects of infantile and adult experiences
upon weight and mortality in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
685-689, 1961.

DENENBERG, Victor H., and KLINE, N. ]J.: Stimu-
lus intensity versus critical periods: A test of two
hypotheses concerning infantile stimulation. Ca-
nadian Journal of Psychology, 18:1-5, 1964.

DENENBERG, Victor H., and MortON, J. R. C.:
Effects of environmental complexity and social
groupings upon modification of emotional behav-
ior. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:242-246, 1962.

DENENBERG, V. H., and MorTON, J. R. C.: Effects
of preweaning and postweaning manipulations
upon problem-solving behavior. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:1096-
1098, 1962.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., MORTON, J. R. C,, KLINE,
N. J., and GroTa, L. J.: Effects of duration of
infantile stimulation upon emotionality. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 16:72-76, 1962.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., OTTINGER, D. R., and
STEPHENS, M. W.: Effects of maternal factors
upon growth and behavior of the rat. Child De-
velopment, 33:65-71, 1962.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., and SMITH, S. A.: Effects
of infantile stimulation and age upon behavior.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological. Psychol-
ogy, 56:307-312, 1963.

DENENBERG, VICTOR H., and WHIMBLEY, ARTHUR:
Infantile stimulation and animal husbandry: A
methodological study. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:877-878, 1963.

Karas, G. G., and DENENBERG, V. H.: The effects
of duration and distribution of infantile experience
on adult learning. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54:170-174, 1961.

MorTON, J. R. C., DENENBERG, V. H., and ZARr-
row, M. X.: Modification of sexual development
through stimulation in infancy. Endocrinology,
72:439-442, 1963.

OTTINGER, D. R., DENENBERG, V. H., and STE-
PHENS, M. W.: Maternal emotionality, multiple
mothering, and emotionality in maturity. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
313-317, 1963.

MH-1758 (R01) CHiLD, IRVIN L.: Preoccupations,
overt behavior, and socialization. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1957-58)

BACON, MARGARET K., BARRY, HERBERT, III, and
CHILD, IRVIN L.: A cross-cultural study of drink-
ing: II. Relations to other features of culture.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, Suppl.
No. 3:29-48, April 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-2681)

BAcoN, MARGARET K., Barry, HERBERT, III,
CHiLDp, IRVIN L., and SNYDER, CHARLES R.: A
cross-cultural study of drinking: V. Detailed def-
initions and data. Quarterly Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, Suppl. No. 3:78-114, April 1965.
(Also acknowled es MH-2681)

BARRY, HERBERT, III, BucHWALD, CHARLES, CHILD,
IrvIN L., and BACON, MARGARET K.: A cross-
cultural study of drinking: IV. Comparisons with
Horton ratings. Quarterly Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, Suppl. No. 3:62-77, April 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-2681)

CHILD, IRVIN L., BACON, MARGARET K., and BARRY,
HERBERT, III: A cross-cultural study of drinking:

228

1. Descriptive measurements of drinking cus-
toms. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
Suppl. No. 3:1-28, April 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2681)

CHILD, IRVIN L., BARRY, HERBERT, III, and BACON,
MARGARET K.: A cross-cultural study of drinking:
III. Sex differences. Quarterly Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, Suppl. No. 3:49-61, April 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-2681)

MH-1759 (R01) BoOurNE, LYLE E., JRr.: Informa-
tion feedback variables in concept formation. Uni-
versity of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. (1957-63)

Barris, W. F., and BourNE, L. E.,, Jr.: Concept
identification as a function of intra- and inter-
dimensional variability. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 61:329-333, 1961.

Bourne, L. E., Jr.: Supplementary report: Effect of
redundant relevant information upon the identifi-
cation of concepts. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 61:259-260, 1961.

BoOurNE, L. E., Jr.: Some factors affecting strategies
used in problems of concept formation. American
Journal of Psychology, 76:229-238, 1963.

BOURNE, L. E,, Jr.: Long-term effects of misinforma-
tive feedback upon concept identification. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 65:139-147, 1963.

BourNE, LYLE E., Jr.: Hypotheses and hypothesis
shifts in classification learning. Journal of Gen-
eral Psychology, 72(2):251-261, 1965.

BourNE, L. E., Jr., and BUNDERSON, C. V.: Effects
of delay of informative feedback and length of the
postfeedback interval on concept identification.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:1-5, 1963.

BourNE, L. E., Jr., GOLDSTEIN, S., and LINK, W.:
Concept learning as a function of availability of
previously presented information. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 67:439-448, 1964.

BourNE, L. E.,, Jr., and HAvGoop, R. C.: The role
of stimulus redundancy in concept identification.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58:232-238,
1959.

BourNE, L. E, Jr. and Havcoop, R. C.: Effects
of intermittent reinforcement of an irrelevant di-
mension and task complexity upon concept identi-
fication. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60:
371-375, 1960.

Bourne, L. E., Jr. and JENNINGS, P.: The rela-
tionship between response contiguity and classifi-
cation learning. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
69:335-338, 1963.

BourNE, L. E., and PARKER, KENT: Interitem re-
lationships, list structure, and verbal learning.
Canadian Journal of Psychology/Review of Cana-
dian Psychology, 18:52-61, 1964.
BourNE, L. E., Jr., and PARKER, B. KENT: Differ-
ences among modes for portraying stimulus infor-
mation in concept identification.  Psychonomic
Science, 1:209-210, 1964.

BournE, L. E., Jr.,, and PENDLETON, R. B.: Con-
cept identification as a function of completeness
and probability of information feedbeck. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 56:413-419, 1958.

BourNE, L. E., Jr., and RESTLE, F.: Mathematical
theory of concept identification. Psychological Re-
view, 66:278-296, 1959.

Davis, GARY A., and BOURNE, LYLE E., Jr.: Effects
of response type and problem complexity upon
classification learning. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 73(1):151-159, 1965.

GELFAND, SIDNEY: Effects of prior associations and
task complexity upon the identification of concepts.
Psychological Reports, 4:567-574, 1958.

Havcoop, R. C, and BourNE, L. E., Jr.: Forms
of relevant stimulus redundancy in concept identi-
fication. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
392-397, 1964.

Haycoop, RoBerT C., and BOURNE, LYLE E., Jr.:
Attribute- and rule-learning aspects of conceptual
behavior. Psychological Review, 72(3):175-195,
1965.

PisHKIN, V.: Effects of probability of misinforma-
tion and number of irrelevant dimensions upon
concept identification. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 59:371-378, 1960.

REsTLE, F.: A survey and classification of learning
models.
Studies in mathematical learning theory.
ford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 1959.

WALKER, C. M., and BOURNE, L. E., Jr.: The iden-
tification of concepts as a function of amounts of
relevant and irrelevant information. American
Journal of Psychology, 74:410-417, 1961.

Stan-

MH-1760 (R03) LoGaN, FRANK A.: Effect of cor-
related punishment on performance. Yale Univer-
sity, New Haven, Conn. (1957-57)

LoGaN, FRANK A.: Punishment. In: Logan, Frank
A., ed. Incentive: How the conditions of rein-
forcement affect the performance of rats. New
Haven, Conn., Yale University Press, 1960, p.
206-223.

MH-1762 (R01) CoHEN, NATHAN E., BLUM, AR-
THUR, and POLANSKY, NORMAN A.: Institutional
climate and accessibility to treatment. Western
Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio. (1957-62)

ALLERHAND, MELVIN, WEBER, RuTH E., and Po-
LANSKY, NORMAN A.: The Bellefaire follow-up
research objectives and method. Child Welfare,
September:7-13, 1961.

In: Bush, R. R, and Estes, W. K., eds.

APPELBERG, ESTHER: Verbal accessibility of adoles-
cents. Child Welfare, 43(2):86-90, 1964.

BLuMm, ARTHUR: Peer-group structure and a child's
verbal accessibility in a treatment institution. So-
cial Service Review, 36(4):385-395, 1962.

BLuM, ARTHUR, and POLANSKY, NORMAN A.: Ef-
fect of staff role on children’s verbal accessibility.
Social Work, 6:29-37, 1961.

JAFFE, LESTER D., and POLANSKY, NORMAN A.:
Verbal inaccessibility in young adolescents show-
ing delinquent trends. Journal of Health and
Human Behavior, 3:105-111, 1962.

NooNEY, JAMEs B., and POLANSKY, NORMAN A.:
The influence of perceived similarity and person-
ality on verbal accessibility. Merrill-Palmer Quar-
terly of Behavior and Development, 8(1):33-40,
1962.

POLANSKY, NORMAN A.: Small-group theory: Im-
plications for casework research. In: Kogan,
Leonard S., ed. Social science theory and social
work research. New York, National Association
of Social Workers, 1960.

PoLANsKY, NORMAN A., and WEIss, ERwIN S.:
Determinants of accessibility to treatment in a
children’s institution. Journal of Jewish Commu-
nal Service, 36(2):130-137, 1959.

PoLaNsKYy, NORMAN A., WEiss, ERwIN S., and
Brum, ARTHUR: Children’s verbal accessibility as
a function of content and personality. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 31(1)153-169, 1961.

MH-1774 (RO1) FiepLER, FRED E.: Interpersonal
perception and personality. University of Illi-
nois, Urbana, Ill. (1957-64)

Bass, A. R., and FIEDLER, F. E.: Interpersonal per-
ception scores and their components as predictors
of personal adjustment. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 62(2):442-445, 1961.

FIEDLER, FRED E.: Leader attitudes, group climate,
and group creativity. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 65(5):308-318, 1962.

FiepLER, FRED E., and HOFFMAN, EDWARD L.: Age,
sex, and religious background as determinants of
interpersonal perception among Dutch children:
A cross-cultural validation. Acta Psychologica, 20
(3) :185-195, 1962.

FiepLiRr, F. E., MEUWESE, W. A. T., and OONK,
SopHIE: An exploratory study of group creativity
in laboratory tasks. Acta Psychologica, 18:100~
119, 1961.

FISHBEIN, MARTIN: The perception of non-members:
A test of Merton’s reference group theory. So-
ciometry, 26(3) :271-286, 1963.

FisuBEIN, M., LanDy, E., and HarcH, G.: Some
determinants of an individual's esteem for his least

229
referred co-worker: An attitudinal analysis. Ur-
Pana, I1l., Univ. of Illinois, Dept. of Psychology,
Group Effectiveness Research Laboratory, 1965, 35
p. (USPH Technical Rept. No. 20).

KoHN, A. R., and FIEDLER, F. E.: Age and sex dif-
ferences in the perception of persons. Sociometry,
24(2):157-164, 1961.

MCGRATH, JosepH E., and McGRATH, MARION F.:
Effects of partisanship on perceptions of political
figures. Public Opinion Quarterly, 26:236-248,
1962.

Namoo, JosepHINE C., and FIEDLER, FRED E.:
Perceptions of self and significant others by In-
dian and American students. Indian [Journal of
Psychology, 37 (Part 3) :115-126, 1962.

POTTER, EILEEN G., and FIEDLER, FRED E.: Physical
disability and interpersonal perception. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 8:241-242, 1958.

RABIN, H. M.: Perception of others by adjusted and
maladjusted subjects as reflected in measures of
perceptual space. Journal of Social Psychology,
56:149-158, 1962.

STEINER, I. D., and FieLD, W. L.: Role assignment
and interpersonal influence. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 61(2):239-245, 1960.

STEINER, I. D., and JULIAN, J. W.: Perceived ac-
ceptance as a determinant of conformity behavior.
Journal of Social Psychology, 55:191-198, 1960.

UHLMANN, F. W. and FIEDLER, FRED E.: Choices
of fraternity presidents for leadership and main-
tenance roles. Psychological Reports, 4:498, 1958.

MH-1775 (R01) FULLER, JoHN L., CHAMBERS,
RANDALL M., and CLARK, LINCOLN D.: Effects
of drugs on psychological development. Roscoe
B. Jackson Memorial Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Me.
(1957- )

CHOROVER, S. L.: Effects of mescaline sulfate on
extinction of conditional avoidance response
(CAR). Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 54:649-652, 1961.

CLARK, L. D.: Programmed life histories: A tech-
nique for psychiatric research in animals. Ar-
hetves of General Psychiatry, 7:125-129, 1962.

CoLEMAN, D. L., and ScHLESINGER, K.: Effects of
pyridoxine deficiency on audiogenic seizure sus-
ceptibility in inbred mice. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
119(1) :264-266, 1965.

CORNWELL, ANNE CHRISTAKE, and FULLER, J. L.:
Conditioned responses in young puppies. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
13-15, 1961.

FRANK, RICHARD, and KENTON, JoHN: Visual cliff
behavior of mice as a function of genetic differ-

230

ences in eye characteristics. Psychonomic Science,
4(1):35-36, 1966.

FULLER, J. L.: Behavior genetics.
of Psychology, 11:4-70, 1960.

Annual Review

FULLER, J. L.: Effects of experiential deprivation
upon behavior in animals. In: Proceedings of the
3rd World Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 3. Mon-
treal, University of Toronto Press/McGill Univer-
sity Press, 1961, p. 223-227.

FULLER, J. L.: Effect of drugs on psychological de-
velopment. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 96:199-204, 1962.

FULLER, J. L.: Heredity, animal behavior and psy-
chiatry. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
135:5-9, 1962.

FULLER, J. L.: Purebred dogs in Jeychological and
mental health research. Proceedings of the Ani-
mal Care Panel, 12:183-186, 1962.

FULLER, J. L.: Early experience as a determinant of
dog personality. = Southwestern Veterinarian, 16:
277-279, 1963.

FULLER, JoHN L.: Physiological and population as-
pects of behavior genetics. American Zoologist,
4:101-109, 1964.

FuLLER, J. L.: The K-puppies.
18-22, 1964.

Discovery, 25(2):

FULLER, JoHN L.: From genes to behavioral traits.
In: Geerts, S. J., ed. Genetics today. Vol. 3.
New York, Pergamon Press, 1964, p. 789-794.

FULLER, J. L.: The measurement of alcohol prefer-
ence in genetics experiments. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 57:85-88,
1964.

FULLER, JoHN L.: Suggestions from animal studies
for human behavior genetics. In: Methods and
goals in human behavior genetics. New York,
Academic Press, 1965, p. 245-253.

FULLER, JoHN L.: Transitory effects of experiential
deprivation upon reversal learning in dogs. Psy-
chonomic Science, 4(7):273-274, 1966.

FULLER, JoHN L.: Variation in effects of chlor-
promazine in three strains of mice. Psychophar-
macologia, 8(6) :408-414, 1966.

FULLER, J. L., and CHRISTAKE, ANNE: Condition-
ing of leg flexion and cario-acceleration in the
puppy. Federation Proceedings, 18:198, 1959.

FULLER, JoHN L., and CLARK, LINCOLN D.: Genetic
and treatment factors modifying the postisolation
syndrome in dogs. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 61(2):251-257, 1966.

FULLER, JoHN L., and CLARK, LINCOLN D.: Effects
of rearing with specific stimuli upon postisolation
behavior in dogs. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 61(2):258-263, 1966.
FULLER, J. L., CLARK, L. D., and WALLER, M. B.:
Effects of chlorpromazine upon psychological de-
velopment in the puppy. Psychopharmacologia,
1:393-407, 1960.

FULLER, J. L., and ScorrT, J. P.: The genetic analy-
sis of behavioral variation. In: Burdette, W. J.,
ed. Methods of mammalian genetics. San Fran-
cisco, Holden-Day, 1963, p. 283-296.

FULLER, J. L., and WALLER, M. B.: Is early expe-
rience different? In: Bliss, Eugene L., ed. Roots
of behavior. New York, Paul B. Hoeber, 1962,
p- 235-245.

Hurr, S. D., and FULLER, J. L.: Audiogenic seiz-
ures, phenylalanine hydroxylase and the dilute
locus in DBA/l mice. Science, 144:304-305,
1964.

Hurr, S. D., and Hurr, R. L.: Dilute locus and
audiogenic seizures in mice. Science, 136:318-
319, 1962.

MoRrDpKOFF, A. M., and FULLER, J. L.: Variability
in activity with inbred and crossbred mice. Jour-
nal of Heredity, 50:6-8, 1959.

Myers, A. K.: Effects of CS intensity and quality
in avoidance conditioning. [Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:57-61, 1962.

Myers, A. K.: Alcohol choice in Wistar and G-4
rats as a function of environmental temperature
and alcohol concentration. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:606-609,
1962.

Myers, A. K.: Discriminated operant avoidance
learning in wistar and G-4 rats as a function of
type of warning stimulus. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 58(3):453-
455, 1964.

SALINGER, K., and WALLER, M. B.: The operant
control of vocalization in the dog. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:383-
389, 1962.

WALLER, M. B.: A manipulandem for use with
dogs. [Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 3:311-312, 1960.

WALLER, M. B.: Effects of chronically administered
chlorpromazine on multiple-schedule performance.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
4:351-359, 1961.

WALLER, M., and FULLER, J.: Animal Research
Panel, 1960. II. Preliminary observations on
early experience as related to social behavior.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 31(2):254-
266, 1961.

WALLER, M. B., and WALLER, P. F.: Effects of
chlorpromazine on appetitive and aversive com-
ponents of a multiple schedule. Journal of the

231

Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:259-264,
1962.

WALLER, M. B., and WALLER, P. F.: The effects
of unavoidable shocks on a multiple schedule
having an avoidance component. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:29-37, 1963.

WALLER, M. B., WALLER, P. F., and BREWSTER, L.:
A water maze for use in studies of drive and
learning. Psychological Reports, 7:99-102, 1960.

WALLER, P. F., and WALLER, M. B.: Some rela-
tionships between early experience and later social
behavior in ducklings. Behavior, 20:343-463,
1963.

WiIMER, RicHARD E., and FULLER, JoHN L.: The
effects of d-amphetamine sulphate on three ex-
ploratory behaviors, Canadian Journal of Psy-
chology, 19(2):94-103, 1965.

WIMER, RICHARD, and STERNS, HARVEY: Controlled
visual input and exploratory activity in CS7BL/6]
mice. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 18:299-307,
1964.

WIMER, R., and WELLER, S.: Evaluation of a visual
discrimination task for the analysis of the genetics
of a mouse behavior. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 20:203-208, 1965.

MH-1776 (R03) JoNEs, F. NoweLL: Methodology
of subjective intensity scaling of odors. Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1957-58)

Jones, F. NoweLL: Scales of subjective intensity
for odors of diverse chemical nature. American
Journal of Psychology, 71:305-310, 1958.

MH-1780 (R01) LippiTT, RONALD, and WITHEY,
STEPHEN: Intercenter program on family, youth
and children. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich. (1957- )

HorrFmaN, L. W.: Effects of the employment of
mothers on parental power relations and the divi-.
sion of household tasks. Marriage and Family
Living, 22(1):27-35, 1960.

HorrFMAN, Lois W.: Effects of maternal employ-
ment on the child. Child Development, 32:187-
197, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1654)

HorrFMAN, L. W.: The father’s role in the family
and the child's peer-group adjustment. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
7:97-105, 1961.

HorrMmaN, L. W., and Lippitt, R.: The measure-
ment of family life variables. In: Mussen, P., ed.
Handbook of research methods in child develop-
ment. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1960.
p. 945-1013.

HorrmaN, L. W., Rosen, S., and LippiTT, R.:
Parental coerciveness, child autonomy, and child’s
role at school. Sociometry, 23(1):15-22, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-450)

HorrmaN, L. W., and Wyatt, F.: Social change
and motivations for having larger families: Some
theoretical considerations. ~ Merrill-Palmer Quar-
terly of Behavior and Development, 6(4):235-
344, 1960.

KALLEN, D.: Inner direction, other direction, and
social integration setting. Human Relations, 16
(1):74-87, 1963

Lippitt, R.: Unplanned maintenance and planned
change in the group work process. In: Kasiur,
Cora, Ray, Florence, and Vick, Hollis, eds. Social
work practice. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1962, p. 75-95.

SoLoMoON, D.: Adolescents’ decisions: A comparison
of influence from parents with that from other
sources. Marriage and Family Living, 23(4):
393-395, 1961.

SoLoMmoN, D.: Influences on the decisions of adoles-
cents. Human Relations, 16:45-60, 1963.

MH-1782 (R01) OsBURN, HOBART G.: Research
on pattern analysis. Southern Illinois University,
Carbondale, Ill. (1957-60)

LuBIiN, A., and OsBURN, H. G.: The use of con-
figural analysis for the prediction of a qualitative
criterion. Journal of Educational and Psychologi-
cal Measurement, 20:275-282, 1960.

MH-1787 (R01) KESSEN, WILLIAM: Distress and
discrimination in infants. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1957-64)

HENDRY, L. S., and KEsseN, W.: Oral behavior of
newborn infants as a function of age and time
since feeding. Child Development, 35:201-208,
1964.

HERSHENSON, M.: Visual discrimination in the
human newborn. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 58:270-276, 1964.

(Also acknowledges MH-3244)

HERSHENSON, M., MUNSINGER, H. and KESSEN,
W.: Preference for shapes of intermediate varia-
bility in the newborn human. Science, 147:630-
631, 1965.

KEsSEN, WILLIAM: “Stage” and “structure” in the
study of children. Monographs of the Society for
Research in Child Development, 27(2):65-86,
1962.

KEssEN, WiLLIAM: Research in the psychological
development of infants: An overview. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
9(2):83-92, 1963.

KEssEN, WILLIAM, HENDRY, LOUISE S., and LEUT-
ZENDORFF, ANNE-MARIE: Measurement of move-

232

ment in the human newborn: A new technique.
Child Development, 32:95-105, 1961.

KESSEN, WILLIAM, and LEUTZENDORFF, ANNE-
MARIE: The effect of non-nutritive sucking on
movement in the human newborn. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):
69-72, 1963.

KEsSEN, WiLLIAM, and MANDLER, GEORGE: Anxi-
ety, pain, and the inhibition of distress. Psycho-
logical Review, 68(6):396-404, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2442)

KEssEN, WiLLiaM, WILLIAMS, E. JANE, and WiL-
LIAMS, JOANNA P.: Selection and test of response
measures in the study of the human newborn.
Child Development, 32:7-24, 1961.

MCcGRADE, B. J., KEssEN, W., and LEUTZENDORFF,
A.: Activity in the human newborn as related to
delivery difficulty. Child Development, 36(1):
73-79, 1965.

WiLLiAMS, JOANNA P., and KESSEN, WILLIAM:
Effect of hand-mouth contacting on neonatal
movement. Child Development, 32:243-248,
1961.

MH-1794 (R01) CLEGHORN, ROBERT A., and
AzimA, HAssAN: Psychodynamic changes with
pharmacotherapy. McGill University, Montreal,
Can. (1957-59)

Azima, H.: Changes in organization of mood as a
therapeutic and research problem in pharmaco-
therapy. In: Bradley, P. B., ed. Neuro-psycho-
pharmacology. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1959, p. 488-
491.

Azima, H.: The hierarchical methodological ap-
proach to psychopharmacology. Psychiatric Quar-
terly, 35:268-283, 1961.

Azima, H., AziMA, FERN, and Durost, H. B.:
Psychoanalytic formulations of effects of reserpine
on schizophrenic organization. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 1:662-670, 1959.

Azima, H., Durost, H. B., and AziMA, FERN:
Alterations of schizophrenic psychodynamic struc-
ture concomitant with reserpine administration.
In: Masserman, J. H., ed. Biological psychiatry.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1959, p. 244-258.

AzimMa, H., SANGOWICZ, JADWIGA, SPINDLER, JOAN,
and AziMA, FERN: Psychodynamic alterations con-
comitant with intensive meprobamate administra-
tion. Diseases of the Nervous System, Monograph
Supplement, 20(5) :1-10, 1959.

AziMa, H., SHAGAss, C., and SANGowicz, J.: Effect
of meprobamate in sustained high dosage on the
electroencephalogram and sedation threshold.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 11(2):275-283, 1959.
Azima, H., and Vispo, R. H.: El Imipramine
(Tofranil). Una nueva droga para el tratamien-
to de los estados depresivos. Acta Neuropsiquia-
trica Argentina, 4:365-366, 1958.

MH-1795 (R01) VAN AMERONGEN, SUZANNE T.,
REXFORD, EVEOLEEN N., and SCHLEIFER, MAX-
WELL, J.: Interaction in families with an antisocial
child. Douglas A. Thomas Clinic for Children,
Boston, Mass. (1957-62)

REXFORD, EVEOLEEN N.: Some meanings of ag-
gressive behavior in children. Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science,
322:11-18, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
9094)

RExFORD, EVEOLEEN N.: Antisocial young children
and their families. In: Jessner, L., and Paven-
stedt, E., eds. Dynamic psychotherapy of chil-
dren. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1959,
p. 186-219. (Also acknowledges MH-9094)

VAN AMERONGEN, SUZANNE TAETS: Permission,
promotion, and provocation of antisocial behavior.
Journal of the Academy of Child Psychiatry, 2:
99-111, 1963.

MH-1796 (R01) ELRricK, HAROLD, and BERNSTEIN,
Lewis: Psychologic and physical effects of han-
dling animals. University of Colorado Medical
Center, Denver, Colo. (195760)

BERNSTEIN, L.: The effects of variations in handling
upon learning and retention. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 50:162,
1957.

BERNSTEIN, L., BORDA-BossaNa, D., ATKINSON, H.,
and ELRICK, H.: An experimental test of the per-
manence of learning deficits in the environmen-
tally restricted rat. Journal of Psychosomatic Re-
search, 5:127, 1961.

BERNSTEIN, L., and ELrick, H.: The handling of
experimental animals as a control factor in ani-
mal research: A review. Metabolism, 6:479-482,
1957.

Borpa-BossaNa, D., ELrick, H., BERNSTEIN, L.,
and ATKINSON, H.: Effects of handling in the
adrenalectomized rat treated with corticosterone.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 5:206-210,
1961.

Errick, H., and BERNSTEIN, L.: Food utilization
and weight gain in the hypophysectomized rat as
a function of handling. Proceedings of the So-
ciety for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 97:
903-905, 1958.

ELrIcK, H., BERNSTEIN, L., DiaAMANT, E., WHITE-
HOUSE, J., and BORDA-BossaNa, D.: Effects of
handling on the adrenalectomized rat. Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 99:696-698, 1958.

233

Errick, H., BORDA-BOssANA, D., BERNSTEIN, L.,
Diamant, E.,, and WHITEHOUSE, J.: Effects of
handling on the thyroidectomized rat. American
Journal of Physiology, 198:13, 1960.

MH-1797 (R03) GoopMAN, MARY ELLEN: Social
concepts, values, and attitudes in children. Indi-
vidual. Bethesda, Md. (1957-58)

GoopMAN, MARY ELLEN: Values, attitudes, and
social concepts of Japanese and American children.
American Anthropologist, 59:979-999, 1957.

GOODMAN, MARY ELLEN: Japanese and American
children: A comparative study of social concepts
and attitudes. Marriage and Family Living, 20
(4):316-319, 1958.

GoopMAN, Mary ELLEN: Children as informants:
The child’s-eye view of society and culture.
American Catholic Sociological Review, 21(2):
136-145, 1960.

GOODMAN, MARY ELLEN: Culture and conceptuali-
zation: A study of Japanese and American chil-
dren. Ethnology, 1(3):374-386, 1962.

MH-1798 (R03) BrowN, JupsoN S.: The role of
motivation in behavior. State University of Iowa,
Iowa City, Iowa. (1957-57)

BrowN, JupsoN S.: The motivation of behavior.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1961, 404 p.

MH-1802 (R01) Howes, Davis H., and GESCH-
WIND, NORMAN: Statistical properties of asphasic
language. Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Cambridge, Mass. (1957-63)

GEscHWIND, N.: The anatomy of acquired disorders
of reading. In: Money, John, ed. Reading dis-
ability. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins, 1962, p. 115-
130.

GEescHWIND, N.: Sympathetic dyspraxia. In: Yahr,
Melvin D., ed. Transactions of the American
Neurological Association. Vol. 88. New York,
Springer, 1963, p. 219-220.

GescHWIND, N.: Development of the brain and
evolution of language. Monograph Series on
Language and Linguistics, Proceedings of the 15th
Annual (1st International) Round Table Meeting.
Washington, D.C., Georgetown University Press,
1964, p. 155-169. (No. 17)

GEescHWIND, N., and KAPLAN, E.: A human cere-
bral deconnection syndrome: A preliminary report.
Neurology, 12(10):675-685, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4187)

Howes, D. H.: An approach to the quantitative
analysis of word blindness. In: Money, John,
ed. Reading disability. Baltimore, Johns Hop-
kins, 1962, p. 131-159.
Howes, D. H.: Application of the word-frequency
concept to asphasia. In: de Reuck, A. V. S., and
O'Connor, Maeve. Ciba Foundation symposium
on disorders of language. London, Churchill,
1964, p. 47-75.

MH-1805 (R01) CoweN, Emory L.: Adjustment
factors in residential blind adolescents. Univer-
sity of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1957-60)

CoweN, E. L.: Reflections deriving from a research
exposure in the field of disability. NCPAD Bul-
letin, 5:104-106, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
437)

CoweN, E. L., UNDERBERG, RITA P., and VERRILLO,
R. T.: The development and testing of an attitudes
to blindness scale. Journal of Social Psychology,
56:305-310, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
437)

CoweN, E. L., UNDERBERG, RITA P., VERRILLO,
R. T., and BENHAM, F. G.: Adjustment to visual
disability in adolescence. New York, American
Foundation for the Blind, 1961, 239 p. (Also
acknowledges MH-437)

UNDERBERG, Rita P., CowEN, E. L., and VERRILLO,
R. T.: Some determinants of adjustment to visual
disability in adolescence. New Outlook for the
Blind, 55:253-259, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-437)

MH-1808 (R01) CrockErT, WALTER H.: Cogni-
tive and motivational factors in social behavior.
Clark University, Worcester, Mass. (1957-62)

Mayo, CLARA, and CROCKETT, W. H.: Cognitive
complexity and primacy-recency effects in impres-
sion formation. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68(3):335-338, 1964.

Nmorr, Louris J., and CROCKETT, WALTER H.:
Cognitive complexity and the integration of con-
flicting information in written impressions. Jour-

nal of Social Psychology, 66(1):165-169, 1965.

MH-1811 (R01) WALLERSTEIN, ROBERT S., and
HorzMAaN, PHILIP S.: Psychosomatic study of
thyroid gland dysfunction. Menninger Founda-
tion, Topeka, Kans. (1957-63)

WALLERSTEIN, ROBERT S., HOLTZMAN, PHILIP S.,
VorH, HAROLD M., and UHR, NATHANIEL: Thy-
roid “hot spots”: A psychophysiological study.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(6) :508-523, 1965.

MH-1812 (R03) CHURCH, RusseLL M.: Experi-
mental studies of imitative behavior. Brown Uni-
versity, Providence, R.I. (1957-58)

CHURCH, RUSSELL M.: Emotional reactions of rats
to the pain of others. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 52:132-134, 1959.

234

MH-1817 (R01) GLUECK, SHELDON, and GLUECK,
ELeaNoOR T.: Follow-up study of juvenile delin-
quency. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
(1957-61)

GLUECK, SHELDON, and GLUECK, ELEANOR: Ven-
tures in criminology: Selected recent papers. Lon-
don, Tavistock Publications, 1964, 373 p.

MH-1818 (R01) Cook, STUART W.: Experimental
approach to attitude change. New York Univer-
sity, New York, N.Y. (1957-63)

WRIGHTSMAN, LAWRENCE S., JR.: Dimensionaliza-
tion of attitudes toward the Negro. Psychological
Reports, 11:439-448, 1962.

MH-1820 (R01) CONGER, JOHN J., and SAWREY,
WiLLiam L.: Personality correlates of art pref-
erences. University of Colorado Medical Center,
Denver, Colo. (1957-61)

SAwRrgy, W. L., KELLER, L., and CONGER, J. J.:
An objective method of grouping profiles by dis-
tance functions and its relation to factor analysis.
Journal of Educational and Psychological Measure-
ment, 20(4):651-673, 1960.

MH-1821 (R01) WEINREB, JOSEPH, and LEVEN-
THAL, THEODORE: Personality and treatment of
runaway children. Worcester Youth Guidance
Center, Worcester, Mass. (1958-61)

LeveNTHAL, T.: Control problems in runaway chil-
dren. Archives of General Psychiatry, 9:38-44,
1963.

LEVENTHAL, T.: Inner control deficiencies in run-
away children. Archives of General Psychiatry,
11:170-176, 1964.

WEINREB, J., and Counts, R. M.: Impulsivity in
adolescents and its therapeutic management. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 2:548-558, 1960.

MH-1822 (R01) WyLIE, RUTH C.: Testing of self-
concept theories. Sarah Lawrence College, Bronx-
ville, N.Y. (1957-60)

WyLig, RutH C.: The self concept: A critical sur-
vey of pertinent research literature. Lincoln, Neb.,
University of Nebraska Press, 1961, 370 p.

WyLiE, RutH C.: Children’s estimates of their
schoolwork ability, as a function of sex, race, and
socioeconomic level. Journal of Personality, 31:
203-224, 1963.

WyLig, R. C.: Self ratings, level of ideal-self rat-
ings, and defensiveness. Psychological Reports,
16:135-150, 1965.

MH-1831 (R01) ScHutz, WiLLiaAM C.: Tests of
a theory of interpersonal relations. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge. Mass. (1957-58)  (Con-
tinued as MH-2591)
Scuutz, W. C.: FIRO: A three-dimensional theory
of interpersonal behavior. New York, Rinehart,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-2591)

ScHuTtz, W. C.: On group composition. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62(2):275-281,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2591)

ScHuTz, W. C.: The ego, FIRO theory and the
leader as completer. In: Bass, B., and Petrullo,

L., eds. Leadership and interpersonal behavior.
New York, Holt, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2591)

ScHuTz, W. C., and Gross, E. F.: The FIRO the-
ory of interpersonal behavior: Empirical tests and
applications to business administration. In: Con-
tributions to Scientific Research in Management.
Los Angeles, University of California, January 29-
30, 1959, p. 161-172. (Also acknowledges MH-
2591)

MH-1833 (R01) RHUDICK, PAUL J., MARLEY,
Francis W., and Toma, STEPHAN: Conflict
themes in later life. Age Center of New Eng-
land, Boston, Mass. (1957-60)

RHUDICK, P. J., and DIBNER, A. S.: Age, person-
ality, and health correlates of death concerns in
normal aged individuals. Journal of Gerontology,
16:44-49, 1961. Also in: Donahue, W., and
Tibbitts, C., eds. Social and psychological aspects
of aging. Vol. 1. New York, Columbia Univer-
sity Press, 1962, p. 691-700.

MH-1839 (R01) CrONBACH, LEE J.: Integrated
studies of psychometric theory. University of Illi-
nois, Urbana, Ill. (1957-63)

CroNBACH, L. J., and Azuma, H.: Internal-con-
sistency reliability formulas applied to randomly
sampled single-factor tests: An empirical compari-
son. Educational and Psychological Measurement,
22:645-665, 1962

CRONBACH, L. J., and GLESER, GOLDINE C.: Inter-
pretation of reliability and validity coefficients:
Remarks on a paper by Lord. Journal of Edu-
cational Psychology, 50:230-237, 1959.

CroNBACH, L. J., and GLESER, GOLDINE C.: Quan-
tal and graded analysis of dosage-effects relations.
Science, 133:1924-1925, 1960.

CRONBACH, L. J., and GLEsER, G. C.: The signal/
noise ratio in the comparison of reliability coeffi-
cients. Educational and Psychological Measure-
ment, 24:467-480, 1964.

CRONBACH, L. J. IKEDA, HIROSHI, and AVNER,
R. A.: Intraclass correlation as an approximation
to the coefficient of generalizability. Psychological
Reports, 15:727-736, 1964.

CRONBACH, L. J., RAJARATNAM, NAGESWARI, and
GLESER, GOLDINE C.: Theory of generalizability:
A liberalization of reliability theory. British

235

Journal of Statistical Psychology, 16:137-163,
1963.

CRONBACH, LEE ]., SCHONEMANN, PETER, and
McKiE, DoucLas: Alpha coefficients for strati-
fied-paralleled tests. Educational and Psychologi-
cal Measurement, 25(2):291-312, 1965.

GLESER, GOLDINE C., CRONBACH, LEE J., and RAJA-
RATNAM, NAGESWARI: Generalizability of scores
influenced by multiple sources of variance. Psy-
chometrika, 30(4):395-418, 1965.

RAJARATNAM, NAGESWARI: Reliability formulas for
independent decision data when reliability data
are matched. Psychometrika, 25:261-271, 1960.

RAjJARATNAM, N., CRONBACH, L. J., and GLESER,
G. C.: Generalizability of stratified-paralleled
tests. Psychometrika, 30(1):39-56, 1965.

MH-1841 (R01) WECHSLER, MAGDALENA B.: En-
zymatic properties of brain cell fractions. New
York State Psychiatric Institute, New York, N.Y.
(1957-63)

ForREsT, IRENE S., WECHSLER, MAGDALENA B.,
and SPERCO, JosePH E.: A comprehensive method
for the determination of urinary chlorpromazine
and its oxidative metabolites. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 120:44-48, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2728)

WECHSLER, M. B.: Studies on oxidative phosphoryl-
ation in brain mitochondria. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 18:348, 1959.

WECHSLER, M. B.: Studies on oxidative phosphoryl-
ation and ATP-ase activity of fresh and frozen
brain mitochondria. Archives of Biochemistry
and Biophysics, 95:494-498, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1665)

MH-1849 (R01) JonEs, LYLE V., and WEPMAN,
Josep M.: Psycholinguistic methods for classi-
fying aphasias. University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N.C. (1957-64)

FILLENBAUM, S.: Impairment in performance -with
delayed auditory feedback as related to task char-
acteristics. Journal of Verbal Learning and Ver-
bal Behavior, 2:136-141, 1963.

FILLENBAUM, S.: Verbal satiation and changes in
meaning of related items. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 2:263-271, 1963.

FILLENBAUM, S.: Semantic generalization in verbal
satiation. Psychological Reports, 13:158, 1963.

FILLENBAUM, S.: Semantic satiation and decision
latency. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 68
(3) :240-244, 1964.

FILLENBAUM, SAMUEL: Delayed auditory feedback
with different delay times at each year. Journal
of Speech and Hearing Research, 7(4):369-371,
1964.
FILLENBAUM, SAMUEL: A further study of gram-
matical class as a variable in verbal satiation.
Language and Speech, 7(4):233-237, 1964.

FILLENBAUM, SAMUEL: Adaption with constant and
variable delay in auditory feedback. Psychonomic
Science, 3(2): 45-46, 1965.

FILLENBAUM, S., and JoNEs, L. V.: An application
of “cloze” technique to the study of aphasic
speech. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 65:183-189, 1962.

FILLENBAUM, SAMUEL, and JoNEs, LYLE V.: Gram-
matical contingencies in word association. Jour-
nal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
4(3):248-255, 1965.

FILLENBAUM, SAMUEL, and JoNEs, LYLE V.: The
predictability of words as a function of auditory
and contextual cues. Language and Speech, 8
(Part 3) :182-189, 1965.

FILLENBAUM, S., JONEs, L. V., and RAPOPORT, A.:
The predictability of words and their grammatical
classes as a function of rate of deletion from a
speech transcript. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 2:186-194, 1963.

FILLENBAUM, S., JoNEs, L. V., and WEPMAN, J. M.:
Some linguistic features of speech from aphasic
patients. Language and Speech, 4:91-108, 1961.

FILLENBAUM, S., and WIESEN, R.: Contextual con-
straints and disruptions in reading with delayed
auditory feedback. Journal of the Acoustical So-
ciety of America, 33:1800-1801, 1961.

JounsoN, E. S.: An information-processing model of
one kind of problem solving. Psychological Mono-
graphs, 78(4):1-31, 1964. (Whole No. 581).

JoNEs, L. V.: Problems of devising and selecting
appropriate measurement tools. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 64:384-396, 1959.

Jones, L. V.: A psycholinguistic analysis of apha-
sic speech. 14th International Congress of Ap-
plied Psychology, Copenhagen, 134-135, 1961.

Jones, L. V.: Beyond babbage. Psychometrika, 28:
315-331, 1963.

Jones, L. V., GoopmaN, M. F., and WEPMAN,
J. M.: The classification of parts of speech for
the characterization of aphasia. Language and
Speech, 6:94-107, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-1876)

Jones, L. V., and WEPMAN, J. M.: Dimensions of
language performance in aphasia. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Research, 4:220-232, 1961.

JoNEs, LYLE V., and WEPMAN, JosEpH M.: Lan-
guage: A perspective from the study of aphasia.
In: Directions in psycholinguistics. New York,
MacMillan & Co., 1965, p. 237-253. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1876)

Katz, PHYLLIS A.: Effects of labels on children’s
perception and discrimination learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 66:423-428, 1963.

Smith, T. A., Jones, L. V., and THOMAS, S.: Ef-
fects upon verbal learning of stimulus similarity,
number of stimuli per response, and concept for-
mation. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior, 1:470-476, 1963.

SPIEGEL, DoucLas K., JoNEs, LYLE V., and WEp-
MAN, JOosEPH M.: Test responses as predictors of
free-speech characteristics in aphasia patients.
Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 8(4):
349-362, 1965.

WEPMAN, J. M., and JoNEs, L. V.: The language
modalities test for aphasia. Chicago University of
Chicago, Education-Industry Service, 1961, 91 p.

WEPMAN, J. M,, and JoNEs, L. V.: Studies in apha-
sia: An approach to testing. Chicago, Education-
Industry Service, 1961, 91 p.

WEPMAN, J. M., and JoNEs, L. V.: Five aphasias:
A commentary on aphasia as a regressive linguistic
phenomenon. In: Rioch, David McK., and Wein-
stein, Edwin A., eds. Disorders of communication.
Vol. 42. Research Publications of the Association
for Research in Nervous and Mental Diseases.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 190-
203. (Also acknowledges MH-1876)

WEePMAN, J. M., Jones, L. V.,, Bock, R. D., and
VAN PELT, Doris: Studies in aphasia: Background
and theoretical formulations. Journal of Speech
and Hearing Disorders, 25:323-332, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-1876)

ZIGLER, E., JonEs, L. V., and KAFEs, P.: The ac-
quisition of language habits in first, second, and
third grade boys. Child Development, 35:725-
736, 1964.

MH-1863 (R03) GREENBLATT, MILTON, and
FREEDMAN, SANFORD J.: Perceptual changes in
sensory deprivation. Massachusetts Mental Health
Center, Boston, Mass. (1957-58)

FREEDMAN, SANFORD J., GRUNEBAUM, H., and
GREENBLATT, M.: Perceptual and cognitive
changes in sensory deprivation. In: Solomon,
Harry C., Held, Richard, Tursky, Bernard, and
Schwitzgebel, Robert, eds. Sensory deprivation.
Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University Press,
1961, p. 58-71.

MH-1867 (R01) KoGAN, NATHAN: Prejudice and
older people. Age Center of New England, Bos-
ton, Mass. (1957-59)

GoLDE, P. J.,, and Kogan, N.: A sentence comple-
tion procedure for assessing attitudes toward old
people. Journal of Gerontology, 14:355-363,
1959.

236
KoGAN, N.: Attitudes toward old people: The de-
velopment of a scale and an examination of cor-
relates. Journal of Abnormal and Social Pgychol-
ogy, 62:44-54, 1961.

KocaN, N.: Attitudes toward old people in an
older sample. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 62:616-622, 1961.

Kogan, N., and SHELTON, F. C.: The differential
cue values of age and occupation in impression
formation. Psychological Reports, 7:203-216,
1960.

KocGaN, N., and SHELTON, F. C.: Images of “old
people” and “people in general” in an older sam-
ple. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 100:3-21,
1962.

KoGaN, N., and SHELTON, F. C.: Beliefs about
“old people”: A comparative study of older and
younger samples. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
100:93-111, 1962

KoGaN, N., STEPHENS, J. W., and SHELTON, F. C.:
Age differences: A developmental study of dis-
criminability and affective response. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:221-230,
1961.

KocaN, N., and WaALLACH, M. A.: Age changes in
values and attitudes. Journal of Gerontology, 16:
272-280, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2269)

MH-1870 (R10) PRANGE, ARTHUR J., JR., ABSE,
D. WILFRED, and TOLLEY, GRANVILLE: Tranquil-
izing drugs in acute psychiatric disorders. Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1957-
62)

ABSE, D. WILFRED, DAHLSTROM, W. G., and ToL-
LEY, A. G.: Evaluation of tranquilizing drugs in
the management of acute disturbance. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 116(11):973-980, 1960.

BosweLL, J. I, PRANGE, A. ]., Jr., ABsg, D. W.,
and COCHRANE, CARL M.: Failure rate of tran-
quilizers as an index of drug effect. Journal of
New Drugs, 3:96-105, 1963.

CoCcHRANE, CARL M., PRANGE, A. ]., Jr., and ABSE,
D. WILFRED: Reserpine-produced changes in the
direction of aggressive drives. In: The 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry Proceedings. Vol. 1. Mon-
treal, Toronto University Press/McGill University
Press, 1961, p. 370-373.

PRANGE, ARTHUR J.: Paroxysmal auricular tachy-
cardia apparently resulting from combined thyroid-
imipramine treatment. Journal of Psychiatry, 119
(10) :994-995, 1963.

PRANGE, A. J., JR., COCHRANE, CARL M., and ABSE,
D. W.: Changing psychiatric treatment patterns
and their relationship to a double-blind tranquilizer
study in a teaching hospital. Journal of New
Drugs, 3(2):75-84, 1963.

237

PRANGE, A. ]., JR., COCHRANE, CARL M., and ABSE,
D. W.: A double-blind clinical trial of chlorproma-
zine and reserpine in acute mental disturbance.
Journal of New Drugs, 3(2):85-95, 1963.

PRANGE, ARTHUR J., LipTON, MORRIS A. and
Love, G.: Diminuation of impramine mortality
in hypothyroid mice. Nature, 197(4873):1212-
1213, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4934)

MH-1871 (R01) MILLER, JAMES G.: Behavioral
and physiological tests of drugs. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-61)

McLoUGHLIN, QUIN, and MILLER, JAMES G.: A
test of the behavioral effects of anacin. In: Men-
tal Health Research Institute Preprint 29. Ann
Arbor, Michigan, University of Michigan, 1959.

MILLER, JAMES G.: Information input overload and
psychopathology. American Journal of Psychiatry,
116:695-704, 1960.

MILLER, JAMES G., and UHR, LEONARD: An ex-
perimental study of the behavioral effects of car-
ethoxysyringoyl ~~ methylreserpate ~~ (Singoserp).
Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 1(5):534-
544, 1959.

PLATZ, ARTHUR, POLLARD, JOHN C., and MILLER,
James G.: Psychological assessment of dihydro-
genated ergot derivatives in the treatment of senil-
ity. University of Michigan Medical Bulletin,
26:354-356, 1960.

UHR, LEONARD, and MILLER, JAMES A.: Behavioral
toxicity of emylcamate (Striatran). American
Journal of the Medical Sciences, 240(2):197-203,
1960.

UHR, LEONARD, and MILLER, JAMES G.: Experi-
mentally determined effects of emylcamate (Stria-
tran) on performance, autonomic response, and
subjective reactions under stress. American Jour-
nal of the Medical Sciences, 240(2):204-211,
1960.

UHR, LEONARD, and MILLER, JAMES G., eds.: Drugs
and behavior. New York, John Wiley & Sons,
1960, 676 p.

UHR, LEONARD, POLLARD, JOHN, and MILLER,
James G.: Behavioral effects of chronic adminis-
tration of psychoactive drugs to anxious patients.
Psychopharmacology, 1:150-168, 1959.

MH-1874 (R01) Brain, DANIEL: Volunteer ser-
vices for psychiatric patients. American Psychi-
atric Association, Washington, D.C. (1957-58)

BLAIN, DANIEL, BLASKO, JoHN ]., KNEE, RUTH,
MAckIN, Mary C., MiLLs, ABBOT L., PINASKI,
Viora R., and ToMmpKINs, HARVEY J.: The vol-
unteer and the psychiatric patient. Washington,
D.C., American Psychiatric Association, 1959, 124 p.
MH-1875 (R01) MEYER, EUGENE, and EDGERTON,
MiLTON T.: Selection of patients for elective plas-
tic surgery. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore,
Md. (1957-62)

EpGerTON, M. T., JacoBsoN, W. E., and MEYER,
E.: Surgical-psychiatric study of patients seeking
plastic (cosmetic) surgery: Ninety-eight consecu-
tive patients with minimal deformity. British
Journal of Plastic Surgery, 13:136-145, 1960.

EDGERTON, M. T., MEYER, E., and Jacosson, W. E.:
Augmentation mammaplasty. II. Further surgi-
cal and psychiatric evaluation. Plastic and Re-
constructive Surgery, 27:279-302, 1961.

JacossoN, W. E., EDGERTON, M. T., and ‘MEYER,
E.: Psychiatric contributions to the clinical man-
agement of plastic surgery patients. Postgraduate
Medicine, 29:513-521, 1961.

Jacosson, W. E., EDGERTON, M. T., MEYER, E.,
CANTER, A., and SLAUGHTER, R.: Psychiatric
evaluation of male patients seeking cosmetic sur-
gery. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 26:356-
372, 1960.

JacossonN, W. E., MEYER, E., EDGERTON, M. T.,
CANTER, A., and SLAUGHTER, R.: Screening of
rhinoplasty patients from the psychologic point of
view. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, 28:279-
381, 1961.

MEYER, E., JacoBsoN, W. E., EDGERTON, M. T., and
CANTER, A.: Motivational patterns in patients seek-
ing elective plastic surgery. I. Women who seek
rhinoplasty. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:193-203,
1960.

UNGER, T., and IMBODEN, J. B.: Binocular resolu-

tion: The stereoscopic responses of pre- and post-
operative rhinoplasty patients to paired photographs
of pre- and post-rhinoplasty subjects. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 131:414-417, 1960.

MH-1876 (R01) WEPMAN, JOSEPH M., and JONES,
LyLE V.: Psycholinguistic methods for classifying
aphasia. University of Chicago, Chicago, IIL.
(1957- )

Jones, L. V., GoopmaN, M. F., and WEPMAN,
J. M.: The cassification of parts of speech for the
characterization of aphasia. Language and Speech,
6:94-107, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1849)

Jones, LYLE V., and WEPMAN, JosepH M.: Lan-
guage: A perspective from the study of aphasia.
In: Directions in psycholinguistics. New York,
MacMillan & Co., 1965, p. 237-253. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1849)

WEPMAN, J. M., and JoNEs, L. V.: Five aphasias:
A commentary on aphasia as a regressive linguis-
tic phenomenon. In: Rioch, David McK., and
Weinstein, Edwin A., eds. Disorders of com-
munication. Vol. 42. Research Publications of
the Association for Research in Nervous and Men-

238

tal Diseases. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins,
1964, p. 190-203. (Also acknowledges MH-
1849)

WEPMAN, J. M., JoNEs, L. V., Bock, R. D., and
VAN PeLT, Doris: Studies in aphasia: Back-
ground and theoretical formulations. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Disorders, 25:323-332, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1849)

WEPMAN, J. M., and MORENCY, ANNE: Filmstrips
as an adjunct to aphasia therapy. Journal of
Speech and Hearing Disorders, 28:191-194, 1963.

MH-1882 (R01) CuMMINGS, JoHN H., and Mc-
PArRTLAND, THOMAS S.: Sociocultural factors in
mental illness. Greater Kansas City Mental Health
Foundation, Kansas City, Mo. (1957-59)

CuMMINGS, J. H., and McPartLAND, T. S.: Self-
conception, perception and communication. Law-
rence, Kansas, University of Kansas Press, 1959.

MCcPARTLAND, THOMAS S., and CUMMINGS, JOHN
H.: Self-conception, social class and mental health.
Human Organization, 17(3):24-29, 1959.

McPARTLAND, T. S., CUMMINGS, J. H., and GARRET-
soN, W. S.: Self-conception and ward behavior in
two psychiatric hospitals. Sociometry, 24(2):111-
124, 1961.

MH-1885 (R01) ROKEACH, MILTON, and HAN-
LEY, CHARLES: The organization and modification
of belief systems. Michigan State University.
East Lansing, Mich. (1957-60)

RokEACH, MiLToN: The open and closed mind:
Investigations into the nature of belief systems and
personality systems. New York, Basic Books,
1960, 447 p.

MH-1889 (R03) PATTERSON, GERALD R.: Analy-
sis of a nonverbal test of aggression. University
of Nebraska, Omaha, Nebra. (1957-57)

PATTERSON, G. R.: A nonverbal technique .for the
assessment of aggression in children. Child De-
velopment, 31:643-653, 1960.

MH-1892 (R01) Secorp, PauL F.: Role of cate-
gorization in interpersonal perception. University
of Nevada, Reno, Nev. (1957-60)

BackMmaN, C. W., and SEcorp, P. F.: The effect of
perceived liking in interpersonal attraction. Hu-
man Relations, 12(4) :379-384, 1959.

SECORD, P. F:: Stereotyping and favorableness in the
perception of Negro faces. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 59:309-315, 1959.

SEcorp, P. F., and BackmAN, C. W.: Malocclusion
and psychological factors. Journal of the Ameri-
can Dental Association, 59:931-938, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-1927)
Secorp, P. F., and Backman, C. W.: An inter-
personal approach to stability and change in indi-
vidual behavior. Psychological Review, 68:21-32,
1961.

SEcorD, PauL F., and Backman, CArL W.: An
interpersonal approach to personality. In: Prog-
ress in experimental personality research. Vol. 2.
New York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 91-125.

SEcorp, P. F., BaAckMaN, C. W., and MEREDITH,
H. E.: Cue-dominanance in person perception as a
function of strength of perceiver-need. Journal of
Social Psychology, 58:305-313, 1962.

SEcorp, P. F., and BERSCHEID, ELLEN S.: Stereo-
typing and the generality of implicit personality
theory. Journal of Personality, 31:65-78, 1963.

SEcorp, P. F., and SAuMER, ELLEN: Identifying
Jewish names: Does prejudice increase accuracy?
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:
144-145, 1960.

Secorp, P. F., StriTcH, T. M. and JOHNSON,
LiNpA: The role of metaphorical generalization and
congruency in the perception of facial characteris-
tics. Journal of Social Psychology, 52:329-337,
1960.

MH-1895 (R01) GRANT, RONALD, and WARREN,
JouN M.: Unilateral cortical lesions and learning
in monkeys. Stanford University, Stanford, Calif.
(1957-61)

BALL, G. G., and WARREN, J. M.: Maturation of
Umweg learning in white leghorn chicks. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53
(3), 273-274, 1960.

BrooKSsHIRE, K. H., and WARREN, J. M.: The gen-
erality and consistency of handedness in monkeys.
Animal Behavior, 10:3-4, 1962.

ForwarRD, EDNA, WARREN, J. M., and HARA,
Kasvuo: The effects of unilateral lesions in sensori-
motor cortex on manipulation by cats. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55(5):
1130-1135, 1962.

Hara, Kazuo: Visual defects resulting from fres-
triate cortical lesions in cats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55(3):293-298,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3396 and MH-
1364)

WARREN, J. M.: Reversal learning by paradise fish
(Macropodus opercularis). Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 53(4):376-
378, 1960.

WARREN, J. M.: The effect of telencephalic injuries
on learning by paradise fish Macropodus opercu-
latis. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54(2):130-132, 1961.

WARREN, J. M., and AKERT, K.: Impaired problem
solving by cats with thalamic lesions. Journal of

239

Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53(2):
207-211, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1364)

WARREN, J. M., and BROOKSHIRE, K. H.: Stimulus
generalization and discrimination learning by pri-
mates. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58
(5) :348-351, 1959.

WARREN, J. M., BRooksHIRE, K. H., Barr, G. G.,
and REYNOLDS, D. V.: Reversal learning by white
leghorn chicks. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 54(4):371-375, 1961.

WARREN, J. M., GRANT, R., HAarA, K., and LEARY,
R. W.: Impaired learning by monkeys with uni-
lateral lesions in association cortex. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(2):
241-253, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3396)

YAMAGUCHI, S., WARREN, J. M., and Hara, K.:
Alternation and delayed alternation by cats with
premotor lesions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 56:824-828, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-1364)

MH-1901 (R01) RomaNO, JOHN, and ENGEL,
GEORGE L.: Cerebral proline metabolism. Uni-
versity of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1957-59)

DINGMAN, W., and SPORN, M. B.: The penetration
of proline and proline derivatives into brain.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 4:148-153, 1959.

DINGMAN, WESLEY, and SPORN, MICHAEL: The
incorporation of 8-azaguanine into rat brain RNA
and its effect on maze learning by the rat: An
inquiry into the biochemical basis of memory.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1:1-11, 1961.

DineMAN, W., SPOorN, M. B., and Davies, R. K.:
The chemical fractionation of rat brain proteins.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 4:154-160, 1960.

SPORN, M. B., DINGMAN, W., and DEFALCO, A.:
A method for studying metabolic pathways in the
brain of the intact animal. Journal of Neuro-
chemistry, 4:141, 1959.

SpOoRN, M. B., DingMaN, W., DEFALcO, A., and
Davies, R. K.: The synthesis of urea in the living
rat brain. Journal of Neurochemistry, 5:62, 1959.

SPORN, M. B., DinoMaN, W., DEFALCO, A., and
Davies, R. K.: Formation of urea from arginine
in the brain of the living rat. Nature, 183:1520,
1959.

MH-1902 (R01) WaLAszEK, EDWARD J., MINZ,
BrUNO, and CHAPMAN, JoHN E.: The role of
humoral agents in cerebral activity. University of
Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, Kans.
(1957- )

BERNSTEIN, J., Mazur, W. P., and WALASZEK,
E. J.: The histaminolytic activity of serum from
schizophrenic patients. Medicina Experimentalis,
2:239-244, 1960.
Bunnag, R. D,, and WaLaszek, E. J.: Mechanism
of the serotonin depressor response following
BAS-phenol administration on the dog. Expe-
rientia, 17:503-506, 1961.

Bunag, R. D., and WaLAszEK, E. J.: The depressor
effect of tryptamine and serotonin on chicken
blood pressure. Journal of Pharmacology, 133:
52-56, 1961.

BuNAG, R. D., and WarLaszek, E. J.: Blockade of
depressor responses to serotonin and tryptamine
by lysergic acid derivatives in the chicken. Ar-
chives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de
Therapie, 135:142-151, 1962.

BUNAG, R. D., and WALASZzEK, E. J.: Cardiovascular
pharmacology of the domestic fowl. Japanese
Journal of Pharmacology, 11:171-198, 1962.

BunNaG, R. D., and WaLAszEk, E. J.: The mecha-
nism of serotonin and tryptamine induced vaso-
depression in the chicken. Journal of Pharma-
cology, 135:151-156, 1962.

Bunnag, R. D., and WaLaszek, E. J.: Differential
antagonism by BAS-phenol of responses to the
indolealkylamines. Journal of Pharmacology, 136:
59-67, 1962.

BunaG, R. D., and WaLraszek, E. J.: The latent
vasopressor effect of serotonin in the chicken.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et
de Therapie, 143:108-118, 1963.

Burrorp, H., LEicK, J., and WaLAszEK, E. J.:
Modification of the effects of biogenic amines on
the heart by iproniazid. Archives Internationales
de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 128:39-50,
1960.

CHAPMAN, J. E., and WaLaszex, E. J.: Inhibition
of diamine oxidase by bulbocapnine. Biochemical
Pharmacology, 11:205-210, 1962.

CHAPMAN, J. E., and WALAszEK, E. J.: Potentiation
of mistamine responses by bulbocapnino. Medi-
cina Experimentalis, 6:95-100, 1962.

CHAPMAN, J. E., and WaLAszEK, E. J.: Antagonism
of some toxic effects of dextropropoxyphene by
nalorphine. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacol-
ogy, 4:752-758, 1962.

Minz, BRUNO, and WALASZEK, EDWARD J.: Sur la
presence de substances biologiquement actives dans
le schizophrenes. Comptes Rendus Academie des
Sciences, 244(14):1974-1976, 1957.

Minz, BRUNO, and WALASZEK, EDWARD J.: Sur le
mecanisme de l'inhibition de la reaction corticale
a ladrenaline chez des lapins traites avec du
serum de schizophrenes. Comptes Rendus Aca-
demie des Sciences, 246(8):1326-1328, 1958.

Minz, B., and WaLaszek, E. J.: Effects of amino
oxidase inhibitors on cerebral cortical responses
to epinephrine. Annals of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, 80:617-624, 1959.

240

MiNz, BRUNO, and WALASZEK, EDWARD J.: Effects
of serum from schizophrenics on epinephrine sen-
sitive elements in the rabbit brain. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 130:420-425, 1960.

NicHots, R. E., and WaLAszEK, E. J.: Antagonism
of drug induced catatonia. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 24(2) Part 1:390, 1965.

SMITH, CARROLL M., and WALASZEK, EDWARD ]J.:
Interaction of substance p and other smooth mus-
cle stimulants with LSD-25 on the guinea pig
illeum. Archives Internationales de Pharmacody-
namie et de Therapie, 138:429-436, 1962.

WALASZEK, EDWARD J.: Brain neurohormones and
cortical epinephrine pressor responses as affected
by schizophrenic serum. International Review of
Neurobiology, 2:137-173, 1960.

WarLaszek, E. J., and Burrorp, H.: Modification
of the vasopressor effect of tryptamine and tyra-
mine by reserpine. Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 143:543-549,
1963.

WaLaszek, E. J., and CHAPMAN, J. E.: Bulbocap-
nine: An adrenergic and serotonin blocking agent.
Journal of Pharmacology, 137:285-290, 1962.

MH-1903 (R01) HELLER, JoHN H., BOROFF,
DANIEL A., and MEIER, R. M.: Some side effects
of ataractic drugs. New England Institute for
Medical Research, Ridgefield, Conn. (1957-59)

BororFr, D. A., MEIER, R. M., and HELLER, J. H.:
Studies of antibodies against organantigens: I.
Effects of anti-mouse spleen serum upon the
reticuloendothelial system. Journal of Immunol-
0gy, 79:34-38, 1957.

HELLER, JoHN H.: Measurement of the function of
the reticuloendothelium. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 73:212-220, 1958.

MH-1904 (R01) EDELBERG, ROBERT, BURCH, NEIL
R., CHILDERS, HAROLD E., GREINER, THEODORE
H., and LuaMoN, WiLLiaM T.: Components and
functions of the galvanic skin reflex. Baylor
University, Houston, Texas. (1957- )

EDELBERG, R.: A biophysical basis for expressing
the GSR as a change in conductance. Psycho-
physiology Newsletter, 6:9-12, 1960.

EDpELBERG, R.: The relationship between the galvanic
skin response, vasoconstriction, and tactile sensi-
tivity. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62:
187-195, 1961.

EDELBERG, ROBERT: Response of cutaneous water
barrier to ideational stimulation. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 61(1):28-
33, 1966.

EpELBERG, R., and BurcH, N. R.: Possible sensi-

tizing of tactile receptors by the galvanic reflex.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 17:150, 1958.
EDpELBERG, R., and BurcH, N. R.: Skin resistance
and galvanic skin response, influence of surface
variables and methodological implications. — Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 7:163-169, 1962.

EDpELBERG, R., GREINER, T., and BurcH, N. R.:
Some membrane properties of the effector in the
galvanic skin response. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 15(4):691-696, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3360)

EDELBERG, ROBERT, and WRIGHT, DAviD J.: Two
galvanic skin response effector organs and their
stimulus specificity. Psychophysiology, 1(1):39-
47, 1964.

HoLMQUEsT, DoNALD, and EDELBERG, ROBERT:
Problems in the analysis of the endosomatic gal-
vanic skin response. Psychophysiology, 1(1):
48-54, 1964.

MARTIN, R. D., and EDELBERG, R.: The relationship
of skin resistance changes to receptivity. [Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 7:173-179, 1963.

MauLsBy, R. L., and EDELBERG, R.: The interrela-
tionship between the galvanic skin response, basal
resistance and temperature. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 53:475-479,
1960.

MH-1905 (R01) EHRENTHEIL, OTTO F., and MAR-
CHANT, WALTER E.: Medical and surgical prob-
lems in psychotic patients. Tufts University, Med-
ford, Mass. (1957-60)

EHRENTHEIL, O. F.: The methodological importance
of distinguishing two separate causal chains which
together produce the clinical picture of psychosis.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 115:220-225,
1958.

EHRENTHEIL, O. F.: Some remarks about somato-
psychic compared to psychosomatic relationships.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 21:1-7, 1959.

EHRENTHEIL, O. F., and MARCHAND, W. E.: Clini-
cal medicine and the psychotic patient. Spring-
field, IlL., C. C. Thomas, 1960, 408 p.

EHRENTHEIL, O. F., and MUENCH, H.: Survival
rate of patients hospitalized with the diagnosis of
general paresis. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 9:
41-54, 1959.

MaRrcHAND, W. E.: The practice of medicine in a
neuropsychiatric hospital. A. M. A. Archives of
Neurology and Psychiatry, 80:599-611, 1958.

MaRrcHAND, W. E.: Heat prexia following a hypo-
therapeutic procedure. Archives of Physical Medi-
cine and Rehabilitation, 39:701-703, 1958.

MARCHAND, W. E.: Practice of surgery in a neuro-
psychiatric hospital. A. M. A. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 1:123-131, 1959.

241

MARCHAND, W. E.: An unusuil case of neostigmine
bromide poisoning. Gastroenterology, 36:877-
880, 1959.

MarcHAND, W. E.: Occurrence of painless acute
surgical disorders in psychotic patients. New
England Journal of Medicine, 260:580-585, 1959.

MH-1908 (R01) STOUFFER, SAMUEL A.: Explora-
tory studies in the behavioral sciences. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-60)

MiLLs, THEODORE M.: Some hypotheses on small
groups from Simmel. American Journal of So-
ciology, 63(6):642-650, 1958.

MiLLs, THEODORE M.: Equilibrium and the proc-
esses of deviance and control. American Socio-
logical Review, 24:671-679, 1959.

MH-1911 (R01) KALLMANN, FRANZ J., and JAR-
vIK, Lissy F.: Longitudinal twin study on aging.
New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York,
N.Y. (1957-59)

FaLek, A. KarLLmann, F. J, LorGg, I, and
Jarvik, L. F.: Longevity and intellectual varia-
tion in a senescent twin population. Journal of
Gerontology, 15(3):305-309, 1960.

Jarvik, L. F.: Genetic variations in disease resist-
ance and survival potential. In: Kallman, F. J,
ed. Expanding goals of genetics in psychiatry.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962.

Jarvik, L.: Biological differences in intellectual
functioning. Vita Humana, 5(4):195-203, 1962.

Jarvik, L. F.: Sex differences in longevity. In:
Beigel, H. G., ed. Advances in sex research.
New York, Harper & Row, 1963.

Jarvik, L. F., and FALEK, A.: Cancer rates in aging
twins. American Journal of Human Genetics,
13:413-422, 1961.

Jarvik, L. F., and FALEK, A.: Comparative data on
cancer in aging twins. Cancer, 15(5):1009-1018,
1962.

Jarvik, L. F., and FALEK, A.: Intellectual stability
and survival in the aged. Journal of Gerontology,
18:173-176, 1963.

Jarvik, L. F., FALEK, A., KALLMANN, F. J, and
LorGE, I.: Survival trends in a senescent twin
population. American Journal of Human Genet-
ics, 12:170-179, 1960.

Jarvik, L. F., KaLLMANN, F. J., and FALEK, A.:
Intellectual changes in aged twins. Journal of
Gerontology, 17(3):289-294, 1962.

Jarvik, L. F., KaLLMANN, F. J, LorGg, I, and
FALEN, A.: Longitudinal study of intellectual
changes in senescent twins. In: Tibbitts, C., and
Donahue, W., eds. Social and psychological as-
pects of aging. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1962.
KaLLmann, F. J.: Genetic factors in aging: Com-
parative and longitudinal observations on a senes-
cent twin population. In: Hoch, P. H., and
Zubin, J., eds. Psychopathology of aging. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 227-247.

KaLLMANN, F. J, and JARvIK, L. F.: Twin data on
genetic variations in resistance to tuberculosis. In:
Gedda, L., ed. Genetica della tubercolosi e dei
tumori. Rome, Gregor Mendel Institute, 1958,
p. 216-263.

KALLMANN, F. J. and Jarvik, L. F.: Individual
differences in constitution and genetic background.
In: Birren, J. E., ed. Handbook of aging and the
individual: Psychological and biological aspects.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1959,
p. 216-263.

KALLMANN, F. J, Jarvik, L. F., and FALEK, A.:
Psychiatric genetics and aging. Gerontologist,
2(3):164-166, 1962.

MH-1915 (R03) Ross, WiLLiam T., and Ross,
GoLpA VAN BUSKIRK: A mental health study of
the Mescalero tribe. Individual. East Lansing,
Mich. (1957-58)

Ross, WiLLiaM T.: Some guidance problems among
the Mescalero Apache Indians. Akten Des 34,
Internationalen Amerikanisten-Kongresses, Vienna,
1960, p. 569-577.

Ross, WirLiaM T., and VAN BUSKIRK, GOLDA:
Rorschach protocols of 65 Mescalero Apaches.
In: Kaplan, Bert, ed. Microcard publications of
primary records in culture and personality, Vol.
111. Madison, Wisconsin, University of Wiscon-
sin Press, 1961.

MH-1917 (R01) STAFFORD, JOHN W. and RUBEN-
FELD, SEYMOUR: Peer group determinants in the
delinquent process. Catholic University of Amer-
ica, Washington, D.C. (1957-59)

RUBENFELD, SEYMOUR, and STAFFORD, JOHN W.:
An adolescent inmate social system—A psychoso-
cial account. Psychiatry, 26:241-256, 1963.

MH-1918 (R01) Hunt, HowarDp F.: Effects of
drugs on emotional and abnormal behavior. Uni-
versity of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1957-60)

GINSBURG, B. E.: Causal mechanisms in audiogenic
seizures.  Psychophysiologie Neuropharmocologie
et Biochemie de la Crise Audiogene, Colloques
Internationanx du Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique, 112:227-240, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3361 and MH-7279)

GINSBURG, B. E.: Genetics and personality. In:
Wepman, J., and Heine, R., eds. Concepts of
personality. Chicago, Aldine Press, 1963, p. 63-
78. (Also acknowledges MH-3361 and MH-
7279)

242

Havrasz, M. F.: Some effects of varying the dura-
tion of an exteroceptive warning stimulus on in-
tercurrent avoidance and appetitive responses.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
4:287, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3361 and
MH-7279)

HARVEY, J. A., HELLER, A., and MOORE, R. Y.:
The effect of unilateral and bilaterial medial fore-
brain bundle lesions on brain serotonin. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
140:103-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3361 and MH-7279)

HARVEY, J. A, LinTs, C. E., JacoBson, L. E., and
Hunt, H. F.: Effects of lesions in the septal area
on conditioned fear and discrimination instru-
mental punishment in the albino rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 59:
37-48, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3361)

HELLER, A., HARVEY, J. A, Hunt, H. F, and
RotH, L. ]J.: Effect of lesions in the septal fore-
brain of the rat on sleeping time under barbitu-
rate anesthesia. Science, 131:662-663, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-3361 and MH-7279)

HELLER, A., HARVEY, J. A., and MooRE, R. Y.:
A demonstration of a fall in brain serotonin fol-
lowing central nervous system lesions in the rat.
Biochemical Pharmacology, 11:859-866, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3361 and MH-7279)

Hunt, H. F.: Non-empiric approaches from the
basic sciences: Psychology. In: Featherstone,
R. M.,, and Simon, A., eds. A pharmacological
approach to the study of the mind. Springfield,
II, Thomas, 1959, p. 82-94. (Also acknowledges
MH-3361 and MH-7279)

Hunt, H. F.: Some applications of conditioned

“fear”. In: Uhr, L., and Miller, J. G., eds.
Drugs and behavior. New York, Wiley, 1960,
p. 227-231. (Also acknowledges MH-3361 and
MH-7279)

Hunt, H. F.: Physiology and drug action: Behav-
ioral implications. Federation Proceedings, 19:
629-634, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-3361
and MH-279)

Hunt, H. F.: Methods for studying the behavioral
effects of drugs. In: Cutting, W., Driesbach, H.,
and Elliott, H. W., eds. Annual reviews of phar-
macology. Vol. 1. Palo Alto, Calif., Annual
Reviews, 1961, p. 125-154. (Also acknowledges
MH-3361 and MH-7279)

Hunt, HowarDp F.: Electro-convulsive shock and
learning. Transactions of the New York Academy
of Sciences, Ser. I1., 27(8):923-945, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-3361)

Moore, R. Y.: Effects of some rhinencephalic le-
sions on retention of conditioned avoidance be-
havior in cats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:65-71, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-3361 and MH-7279)
MH-1919 (R03) BEARD, BELLE BOONE: Measure-
ment of social competence of centenarians. Sweet
Briar College, Sweet Briar, Va. (1957-59)

BEARD, BELLE B.: Centenarian response to projec-
tive techniques: The use of the H-T-P in the
measurement of personality structure. In: Pro-
ceedings of the 4th Congress of the International
Association of Gerontology, Merano-Venice, Italy,
July 14-21, 1957. Vol. 4. 1959, p. 125-136.

BEARD, BELLE B.: Longevity and the never-married.
In: Tibbitts, C., and Donahue, W., eds. Social and
psychological aspects of aging. New York, Co-
lumbia University Press, 1962, p. 36-50.

BEARD, BELLE B.: The relation of sociological to
biological research in gerontology. Geriatrics, 14
(11):657-665, 1959. Also in: Vedder, Clyde B.,
ed. Gerontology, a book of readings. Spring-
field, Ill., C. C. Thomas, 1963.

MH-1922 (R03) BecHTOLDT, HAROLD P.: Sam-
pling stability of factor analysis results. State
University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1957-58)

BecHTOLDT, H. P.: An empirical study of the factor
analysis stability hypothesis. Psychometrika, 26:
405-432, 1961.

MH-1926 (R03) BEIER, ERNST G.: Cues influ-
encing judgment of personality features.. Univer-
sity of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. (1957-57)

BEER, E. G., and STUMPF, JoHN: Cues influencing
judgment of personality characteristics. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 23(3):225-319, 1959.

MH-1927 (R03) Secorp, PauL F., and BACKMAN,
CarRL W.: Role of malocclusion in interpersonal
adjustment. Nevada State Department of Health,
Carson City, Nev. (1957-57)

SEcorp, P. F., and Backman, C. W.: Malocclusion
and psychological factors. Journal of the Ameri-
can Dental Association, 59:931-938, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-1892)

MH-1928 (R01) TUTLES, ALEXANDER ]., KEEHN,
ROBERT J., and WAXMAN, Bruck D.: Family
injury survey. Connecticut State Department of
Health, Hartford, Conn. (1957-62)

MARSHALL, JAMES W., and WAXMAN, BRuUck D.:
An empirical study of the relationship between
certain personality dimensions and the incidence
of accidental injuries. Connecticut Health Bulle-
tin, 73(11):337-352, 1959.

TUTLES, ALEXANDER J., BoNATO, ROLAND, and
WAXMAN, BRUCE D.: Preliminary epidemiologi-
cal findings of the family injury survey. Connec-
ticut Health Bulletin, 74:45-69, 1960.

TUTLES, ALEXANDER J., and WAXMAN, BRUCE D.:
Preliminary findings of the family injury survey

on the relationship between home environmental
conditions and accidental injuries. Connecticut
Health Bulletin, 74 (June), 1960.

WAXMAN, BRUCE D., BoNATO, ROLAND, and CAMP-
BELL, PATRICIA C.: The relationship of physical
health to the incidence of accidents. Journal of
Trauma, 1:536-546, 1961.

WaxMAN, BRUCE D., and CAMPBELL, PATRICIA C.:
Preliminary findings of the family injury survey
on the relationship between physical health and
the incidence of accidental injuries. Connecticut
Health Bulletin, 74( August), 1960.

WAXMAN, BRUCE B., KEEHN, ROBERT J. and
TUTLES, ALEXANDER, J.: Family injury survey:
Preliminary report—prospective study of relation-
ship between occurrence of accidents and measur-
able human characteristics. Connecticut Health
Bulletin, 72(6), 1958.

WaxmaN, BRUCE D., and PRzASNYSKI, RICHARD
P.: Forecast from the family injury survey: A pre-
liminary report with special emphasis on the older
age group. Aging in Connecticut, 2(3):20-30,
1959.

MH-1929 (R03) Vocr, EvoN Z.: Processes of cul-
tural change among Indians of Chiapas. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-57)

MILLER, FRANK C.: Tzotzil domestic groups. Jour-
nal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 94(2):
172-182, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2100)

MiLLER, FRANK C.: Cultural change as decision-
making: A Tzotizil example. Ethnology, 4(1):
53-65, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2100)

MH-1930 (R03) NaroLrr, RaouLr S.: Cross-cul-
tural index of emotional maladjustment. Los An-
geles State College of Applied Arts and Sciences,
Los Angeles, Calif. (1957-57)

NaRroLL, RAOUL: A tentative index of culture-stress.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 5:107-
116, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2453)

NarorL, RaouLr: Controlling data quality. Sym-
posia of the National Institute of Social and Be-
havioral Science, Series Research in Social Psy-
chology, No. 4:1-6, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2453)

NAROLL, RaoUL: Projet d'un index de la pression
culturelle. Revue de Psychologie des Peuples, 16:
163-178, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2453)

NaroLL, RaouL: Data quality control. New York,
Free Press, 1962, 198 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-2453)

MH-1932 (R03) MYERS, JEROME L.: Experimen-
tal analysis of cooperative behavior. University of
Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass. (1957-58)

243
MYERS, J. L.: The statistical analysis of some group
experiments. Journal of General Psychology, 61:
205-210, 1959.

MH-1934 (R03) SpivAck, GEORGE, and LEVINE,
MURRAY: Spiral aftereffect, correlates and parame-
ters. Devereux Schools, Devon, Pa. (1957-58)

SPIVACK, G., and LEVINE, M.: Spiral aftereffect and
measures of statiation in brain-injured and normal
subjects. Journal of Personality, 27:211-227,
1959.

MH-1936 (R03) ALEXANDER, IRVING E.: Religion
and reactions to death: A pilot study. Princeton
University, Princeton, N.J.: (1957-58)

ALEXANDER, I. E., and ADLERSTEIN, A. M.: Death
and religion: In: Feifel, H., ed. The meaning of
death. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1959, p. 271-
283.

ALEXANDER, I. E., and ADLERSTEIN, A. M.: Studies
in the psychology of death. In: David, H., and
Brengelmann, R., eds. Perspectives in personality
research. New York, Springer, 1960.

MH-1938 (R01) SAsLow, GEORGE, and MATA-
RAZZzO, JOSEPH D.: Human interaction in the in-
terview situation. University of Oregon Medical

School, Portland, Ore. (1957-64) (Continued
from MH-1107)
ALLEN, BERNADENE V. WIENS, ARTHUR N.,

WEITMAN, MORRIS, and SAsLOw, GEORGE: Ef-
fects of warm-cold set on interviewee speech.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29(5) :480-
482, 1965.

KANFER, F. H., and MaTARAZZO, J. D.: Second-
ary and generalized reinforcement in human learn-
ing. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58(5):
400-404, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2027)

KANFER, F. H., PHILLIPS, JEANNE S., MATARAZZO,
J. D., and SasLow, G.: Experimental modification
of interviewer content in standardized interviews.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24:528-536,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1107)

MaATARAZZO, J. D.: Prescribed behavior therapy:
Suggestions from interview research. In: Bach-
rach, A. J., ed. Experimental foundations of clin-
ical psychology. New York, Basic Books, 1962,
p- 471-509. (Also acknowledges MH-735 and
1107)

MaTARrAzZO, J. D., and SasLow, G.: Differences in
interview interaction behavior among normal and
deviant groups. In: Berg, I. A., and Bass, B. M.,
eds. Conformity and deviation. New York,
Harper & Bros., 1961, p. 286-327. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1107)

MaTARAZZO, J. D., SasLow, G., and HARE, A. P.:
Factor analysis of interview interaction behavior.

244

Journal of Consulting Psychology, 22:419-429,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-1107)

MATARAZZO, |. D., SAsLow, G., MATARAZZO, RUTH
G., and PHILLIPS, JEANNE S.: Stability and modi-
fiability of personality patterns manifested during
a standardized interview. In: Hoch, P. S., and
Zubin, J., eds. Psychopathology of communication.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1958, p. 98-125.
(Also acknowledges MH-1107)

MATARAZZO, |. D., SasLow, G., and PAREls, E. N.:
Verbal conditioning of two response classes: Some
methodological considerations. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 61:190-206, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1107)

Matarazzo, J. D., WEITMAN, M., and SAsLow,
G.: Interview content and interviewee speech du-
rations. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 19(4):
463-472, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1107)

MATARAZZO, |. D., WEITMAN, M., SasLow, G., and
WIENS, A. N.: Interviewer influence on durations
of interviewee speech. Journal of Verbal Learn-
ing and Verbal Behavior, 1(6):451-458, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-1107)

MATARAZZO, RUTH G., MATARAZZO, |. D., SAsLOW,
G., and PHILLIPS, JEANNE S.: Psychological test
and organismic correlates of interview interaction
behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 56(3):329-338, 1958. (Also acknowl
edges MH-1107)

MATARAZZO, RUTH G., PHILLIPS, JEANNE §,,
WIENS, ARTHUR N. and SAsLOw, GEORGE:
Learning the art of interviewing: A study of what
beginning students do and their pattern of change.
Psychotherapy: Theory, Research and Practice, 2
(2) :49-60, 1965.

PHILLIPS, JEANNE S., MATARAZZO, J. D., MATA-
rAZZO, RUTH G., and SasLow, G.: Observer re-
liability of interaction patterns during interviews.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21:269-275,
1957. (Also acknowledges MH-1107)

SasLow, G., Hare, A. P., WAXLER, NANCY, and
MATARAZZO, J. D.: Simultaneous recording of
Dales and Chapple interaction measures during ini-
tial psychiatric interviews. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24(2):193, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1107)

SAsLOW, GEORGE, and MATARAZZO, JosEPH D.: A
technique for studying changes in interview be-
havior. In: Strupp, H. H., and Luborsky, L., eds.
Research in psychotherapy. Washington, D.C,
American Psychological Association, 1959, p. 125-
159. (Also acknowledges MH-1107)

SasLow, G., MATARAZZO, J. D., and Hess, H .F.:
Frequency and duration characteristics of speech
and silence behavior during interviews. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 18:416-426, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-1107)
SasLow, G., MATARAZZO, J. D., PHILLIPS, JEANNE
S., and MATARAZZO, RUTH G.: Test-retest sta-
bility of interaction patterns during interviews con-
ducted one week apart. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 54(3):295-302, 1957. (Also
acknowledges MH-1107)

WIENS, A. N., MATARAZZO, |. D., and SasLow, G.:
The interaction recorder: An electronic punched
paper tape unit for recording speech behavior dur-
ing interviews. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
21(2) :142-145, 1965.

MH-1940 (R03) Doo, LEONARD W.: Metho-
dological problems in studying acculturation. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1957-57)

Doos, L. W.: The effect of the Jamaican patois on
attitude and recall. American Anthropologist, 60:
574-575, 1958.

DooB, LEONARD: On the nature of uncivilized and
civilized people. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 126:513-522, 1958.

Doo, L. W.: Attitudes and the availability of
knowledge concerning traditional beliefs. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 59:286-290,
1959.

Doo, L. W.: Becoming more civilized.
Haven, Yale University Press, 1960.

New

Doos, L. W.: Communication in Africa:” A search
for boundaries. New Haven, Conn., Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1961, 406 p.

MH-1945 (R01) Hsia, Davip Y.: Blood group
linkage in phenylketonuria. Northwestern Uni-
versity, Chicago, Ill. (1957-61)

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Phenylketonuria: The phenyla-
lanine tyrosine ratio in the detection of the hetero-
zygous carriers. Journal of Mental Deficiency Re-
search, 2(1) :8-16, 1958.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Enzyme and mental deficiency.
In: Bowman, P. W. and Mautner, H. V., eds.
Mental retardation (Proceedings of the First In-
ternational Conference on Mental Retardation).
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 65-82.
(Also acknowledges MH-2630)

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Recent advances in the bio-
chemical detection of heterozygous carriers in her-
editary diseases. Metabolism, 9(4):301-315, 1960.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Medical progress: Medical ge-
netics. New England Journal of Medicine, 62:
1222, 1273, and 1318, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2630)

Hsia, Davip Y. Y., and HUANG, I.: The metabolism
of indole compounds in phenylketonuria. Cere-
bral Palsy Bulletin, 3:237-243, 1961.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y., RowLEYy, W. R., and HUANG,
I: The excretion of 5-hydroxyindole acetic acid in

245

the heterozygous carrier for phenylketonuria. Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency Research, 5(1):4-9,
1961.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y., RowLEy, W. and RASKIN,
N. J.: Clinical management of phenylketonuria.
Quarterly Bulletin of the Northwestern University
Medical School, 36:25-33, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2630)

Hsia, D. Y. Y., and STEINBERG, A. G.: Studies on
linkage between phenylketonuria and the blood
groups. American Journal of Human Genetics,
12:277-282, 1960.

Huang, I, TANNENBAUM, S., BLumEg, L., and
Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Metabolism of 5-hydroxyin-
dole compounds in experimentally produced phen-
ylketonuric rats. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 106:533-536,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2630)

SLACK, J., SiMpsoN, K., and Hsia, Davip Y. Y.:
Hereditary metabolic disorders involving the nerv-
ous system. Pediatric Clinics of North America,
7(3):627-661, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2630)

MH-1947 (RO1) WESTERFELD, W. W., and SCHUL-
MAN, MARTIN P.: Metabolism of ethyl alcohol.
State University of New York Upstate Medical
Center, Syracuse, N.Y. (1957- )

SNYDER, ROBERT, SCHULMAN, MARTIN P., and
WESTERFELD, W. W.: The incorporation of vari-
ous substrates into acetyl sulfanilamide and CO,
by pigeon liver slices. Archives of Biochemistry
and Biophysics, 108(2):215-220, 1964.

WESTERFELD, W. W., and SCHULMAN, M. P.: Some
biochemical aspects of the alcohol problem. Quar-
terly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 20(3):439-
451, 1959.

MH-1948 (R03) Masupa, MINORU: Indolic ex-
cretion in normal subjects after LSD. University
of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1957-58)

MasuDA, MINORU, and DorpAT, THEODORE L.:
Urinary aromatic metabolites in normal subjects
after LSD. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 130:224-229, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2552)

MH-1949 (RO1) LiNDzEY, GARDNER: Develop-
ment of the thematic apperception test. Univer-
sity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1957-
61)

LiNDzEY, G.: Thematic Apperception Test: The
strategy of research. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 22:173-180, 1958.

LinpzeY, G.: On the classification of projective
techniques. Psychological Bulletin, 56:158-168,
1959.
LiNDZEY, G.: Projective techniques and cross-cultural
research. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts,
1961, 339 p.

LiNDZEY, G., BRADFORD, JEAN, TEJESsY, CHAR-
LOTTE, and DAvips, A.: Thematic Apperception
Test: An interpretive lexicon for clinician and
investigator. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
Monograph Supplement No. 12, April, 1959, 98 p.

Linpzey, G., and KALNINS, DAGNY: Thematic Ap-
perception Test: Some evidence bearing on the
“hero assumption.” Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 57:76-83, 1958.

LinozEY, G., and SILVERMAN, M.: Thematic Ap-
perception Test: Techniques of group administra-
tion, sex differences, and the role of verbal pro-
ductivity. Journal of Personality, 27:311-323,
1959.

LINDZEY, G., TEJESSY, CHARLOTTE, and ZAMANSKY,
H.: Thematic Apperception Test: An empirical
examination of some indices of homosexuality.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57:
67-75, 1958.

MH-1950 (R01) MORGAN, RicHARD D., and Ep-
STEIN, LEON J.: Effect of ataraxic drugs on hos-
pital release rates. California State Department of
Mental Hygiene, Sacramento, Calif. (1957-59)

EpstEIN, L. J., and MORGAN, R. D.: Trends in re-
lease rates of schizophrenic patients. Comparative
Psychiatry, 2:196-202, 1961.

EpsTEIN, L. J., MORGAN, R. D., and REYNOLDS, L.:
An approach to the effect of ataraxic drugs on
hospital release rates. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 119(1) :36-47, 1962.

MorcaNn, R. D,, and Cook, L. R.: Relationship of
methods of admission to length of stay in state
hospitals. Public Health Reports, 78(7):619-
129, 1963.

MH-1951 (RO1) FisHER, ALAN E.: Chemical stim-
ulation of local brain areas. University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1957- ) (Continued
from MH-1316)

FERGUSON, DoNALD C., and FISHER, ALAN E.: Be-
havior disruption in cebus monkeys as a function
of injected substances. Science, 139:1281-1282,
1964.

FISHER, ALAN E.: Behavior as a function of certain
neurobiochemical events. In: Current trends in
psychological theory. Pittsburgh, Pa., University
of Pittsburgh Press, 1960, p. 70-86.

FISHER, ALAN E.: Effects of stimulus variation on
sexual satiation in the male rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:614-
620, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1316)

FisHER, ALAN E.: Chemical stimulation of the brain.
Scientific American, 210:60-68, 1964.

246

FisHER, ALAN. E., and Coury, JoHN: Cholinergic
tracing of a central neural circuit underlying the
thirst drive. Science, 138:691-693, 1962.

FisHER, ALAN E., and Coury, JoHN: Chemical
training of neural pathways mediating the thirst
drive. In: Wayner, M., ed. Thirst: First Inter-
national Symposium on Thirst in the Regulation
of Body Water. New York, Pergamon/McMil-
lan, 1964, p. 515-531.

VAUGHAN, EvA, and FISHER, ALAN E.: Male sex-
ual behavior induced by intracranial electrical stim-
ulation. Science, 137:758-760, 1962.

MH-1953 (R01) VESTERGAARD, PER B.: Steroid
metabolism in periodic catatonia. Rockland State
Hospital, Orangeburg, N.Y. (1957- )

VESTERGAARD, P.: A multicollector: A fraction col-
lector for the simultaneous collection of fractions
from a number of chromatographic columns.
Journal of Chromatography, 3:554-559, 1960.

VESTERGAARD, P.: Techniques for simultaneous mul-
tiple-column gradient elution chromatography.
Journal of Chromatography, 3:560-569, 1960.

VESTERGAARD, P.: Gradient elution chromatography
of urinary 17-ketosteroids. Acta Endocrinologica,
39 (Suppl. No. 64) :3-34, 1962.

VESTERGAARD, P.: Hydrolysis of urinary 17-ketoste-
roid conjugates with b-glucuronidase preparations
from liver, bacteriae and patella vulgata. Acta
Endocrinologica, 39 (Suppl. No. 64) :50-68, 1962.

VESTERGAARD, P., and CLAUSSEN, B.: Hydrolysis of
17-ketosteroid conjugates with a procedure based
on simultaneous benzene extraction and acid hy-
drolysis. Acta Endocrinologica, 39 (Suppl. No.
64) :35-49, 1962.

MH-1955 (R01) SoLoMAN, PHILIP, and MENDEL-
SON, JAck: Metabolic and biochemical studies of
alcohol addiction. Harvard Medical School, Bos-
ton, Mass. (1958-62)

MENDELSON, J. H., and BARNES, B. A.: MG 28
exchange between blood and lumbar CSF in man.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19(1):253,
1960.

MENDELSON, J. H., and BARNES, B. A.: The meas-
urement of exchangeable magnesium in dogs.
Metabolism, 12:184-193, 1963.

MENDELSON, J. H., WEXLER, D., KUuBzZANSKY, P.,
and SoLoMON, P.: Serum magnesium in delirium
tremens and alcoholic hallucinosis. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 128:352-357, 1959.

MH-1956 (R03) LEssER, GERALD S.: Firmness of
parental control and persuasibility. Hunter Col-
ege of the City University of New York, New

York, N.Y. (1957-58)
LESSER, GERALD S., and ABELSON, R. P.: The meas-
urement of persuasibility in children. In: Janis,
I. L., and Hovland, C. 1, eds. Personality and
attitude change. New Haven, Conn., Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1959, p. 141-166.

LESSER, GERALD S., and ABELSON, R. P.: A de-
velopmental theory of persuasibility. In: Janis,
I. L, and Hovland, C. 1, eds. Personality and
attitude change. New Haven, Conn., Yale Uni-
versity Press, 1959, p. 167-186.

Lesser, GERALD S., and ABELSON, R. P.: Person-
ality correlates of persuasibility in children. In:
Janis, 1. L., and Hovland, C. I, eds. Personal-
ity and attitude change. New Haven, Conn.,
Yale University Press, 1959, p. 187-206.

MH-1957 (R03) EMERSON, RICHARD, and TITCH-
ENER, JAMES L.: Family types in different psychi-
atric illnesses. University of Cincinnati, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. (1957-58)

TITCHENER, JAMES, and EMERSON, RICHARD: Some
methods for study of family interaction in person-
ality development. In: Pasamanick, Benjamin,
and Knapp, Peter H.: Psychiatric research reports
10, social aspects of psychiatry. Washington,
D.C., American Psychiatric Association, 1958, p.
72-100. (Also acknowledges MH-999)

MH-1967 (R01) Wikg, Epwarp L.: -Irregular
training and permanence of learning. University
of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan. (1957-59)

Wike, E. L., and BARRIENTOS, G.: Runway per-
formance as a function of variable deprivation pe-
riods. Psychological Reports, 6:37-38, 1960.

Wike, E. L., KiNntscH, W., and GUTEKUNSsT, R.:
The effects of variable drive, reward and re-
sponse on instrumental performance. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
403-407, 1959.

Wike, E. L., KiNntscH, W., and GUTEKUNST, R.:
Patterning effects of partially delayed reinforce-
ment. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 52:411-414, 1959.

Wikeg, E. L., KintscH, W., and REMPLE, R.: Se-
lective learning and habit reversal as a function
of partial reinforcement during training and re-
versal. Psychological Reports, 5:665-668, 1959.

Wike, E. L., KintscH, W., and Simpson, C. D.:
Habit reversal as a function of irregular drive and
reward. Psychological Record, 10:39-46, 1960.

Wikg, E. L., and REmMPLE, R.: Supplementary re-
port: Runway performance as a function of re-
inforcement schedule and alley length. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 59:277-278, 1960.

MH-1969 (R01) CarLsoN, HELEN B.: Nonpsy-
chotic confusional states in college students.

Northwestern University, Chicago, Ill.
59) (Continued as MH-3437)

BENVENISTE, S., CARLSON, H. B., Coron, J. W.,
and GLASER, N.: The acute confusional state in
college students: Statistical analysis of twenty cases.
Journal of Psychology, 48:271-277, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-3437)

(1957-

CarLsoN, HELEN B.: The relationship of the acute
confusional state to ego development. Interna-
tional Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42:517-536,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3437)

CARLSON, HELEN B.: The maturation of the col-
lege student. Ann Arbor, Mich., Edwards Broth-
ers, 1962, 9 p. (Also acknowledges MH-3437)

CARLSON, HELEN B.: Identity-confusion. Part I.
Identification of the syndrome. Ann Arbor, Mich.,
Edwards Brothers, Inc., 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3437)

CArLsON, HELEN B.: Identity-confusion. Part II.
Research design for identification of the syndrome:
Analysis of preliminary results. Ann Arbor, Ed-
wards Brothers, 1963, 28 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-3437)

MH-1971 (R01) GERARD, RALPH W., and MOORE,
KENNETH B.: Attributes of schizophrenics and
phrenotropic drugs. Ypsilanti State Hospital,
Ypsilanti, Mich. (1957-62)

Domino, E.: Biochemical and physiological changes
associated with schizophrenia. In: Cole, J. O.,
and GERARD, R. W. eds. Psychopharmacology.
Washington, D.C., NAS-NRC, 1959, p. 555-575.
(Also acknowledges MH-1972)

Fox, S. S.: LSD alteration of optic potentials: cat
lateral ganiculate: Block by schizophrenic serum.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19:262, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1972)

Fujita, SHIGEO, and GING, NELSON S.: Presence
of toxic factors in urine from schizophrenic sub-
jects. Science, 134(3491):1687-1688, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-4598, MH-4366 and
MH-1972)

Gerarp, R. W.: The nosology of schizophrenia.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120(1):16-29,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1972)

GERSHON, S., HOLMBERG, G., MATTSSON, EIRA,
MaTTssON, N., and MARSHALL, A.: Imipramine
hydrochloride: Its effects on clinical, autonomic,

and psychological functions. Archives of General

Prychiamy, 6:96-101, 1962. (Also acknowledges

MH-1972)

GERSHON, S., and OLARIU, J.: JB 329—a new psy-
chotomimetic: Its antagonism by tetrahydroamina-
crin and its comparison with LSD, mescaline, and
sernyl. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1:283-292,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1972)

247
GERSHON, S., and YUWILER, A.: Lithium ion: A
specific psychopharmacological approach to the
treatment of mania. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
1:229-241, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1972)

HorLMBERG, G., and Beck, L. H.: A systematic
study of autonomic drug actions in mental patients:
Methodology and preliminary results. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 5:194-205, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1972)

INGRAM, CHARLES G.: Some findings in the auto-
nomic nervous system in schizophrenia. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96:386-
389, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1972)

INGRAM, CHARLES G.: Some pharmacologic actions
of yohimbine and chlorpromazine in man. Clini-
cal Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 3:345-352,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1972)

INGraM, C. G., and Domino, E. F.: Observations
on the initial hypertensive response to yohimbine.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et
de Therapie, 143:534-542, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1972 and MH-2653)

ROSENZWEIG, N., VANDENBERG, S. G., MOORE,
K. B., and Dukay, A.: A study of the reliability
of the mental status examination. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 117:1102-1108, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1972)

VANDENBERG, S. G., ROSENzWEIG, N., MOORE,
K. R., and Dukay, A. F.: Diagnostic agreements
among psychiatrists and “blind” Rorschach or the
education of an interdisciplinary research team.
Psychological Reports, 15:211-224, 1964.

MH-1972 (R01) GERARD, RALPH W., ROSEN-
ZWEIG, NORMAN, and VON BRAUCHITSCH, HANS:
Attributes of schizophrenia and phrenotropic
drugs. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
(1957-64)

Domino, E.: Biochemical and physiological changes
associated with schizophrenia. In: Cole, J. O.,
and Gerard, R. W., eds. Psychopharmacology.
Washington, D.C., NAS-NRC, 1959, p. 555-575.
(Also acknowledges MH-1971)

Fox, S. S.: LSD alteration of optic potentials; cat
lateral geniculate: Block by schizophrenic serum.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19:262, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-1971)

Fox, S. S.: Self-maintained sensory input and sen-
sory deprivation in monkeys: A behavioral and
neuropharmacological study. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55(4):438-
444, 1962.

Fujita, SHIGEO, and GING, NELSON S.: Presence
of toxic factors in urine from schizophrenic sub-
jects. Science, 134(3491):1687-1688, 1961.

248

(Also acknowledges MH-4598, MH-4366 and
MH-1971)

Fujita, S., and RosENzWEIG, N.: Use of the cortical
epinephrine pressor response in rabbits as a diag-
nostic test for schizophrenia. Psychopharmaco-
logia, 4:367-376, 1963.

GELLER, E., EDusoN, S., and YUWILER, A.: Oxida-
tion of p-phenylenediamine and adrenaline in en-
zymic and copper catalyzed reactions. Journal of
Neurochemistry, 5:73-79, 1959.

GERARD, R. W.: Problems in schizophrenia. In:
Memorial Research Monograph Naka. Osaka,
Japan (Committee on the Celebration of the 60th
Birthday of Professor S. Naka), 1960, p. 81-114.
Also in: Lakeside Lecture IX, Nov. 6, 1959, Ann
Arbor, Mich., University of Michigan Printing
Office, 1960. (Processed)

GERARD, R. W.: The schizophrenia and psychophar-
macology project. In: Gottlieb, Jacques S., and
Tourney, Gatfield, eds. Scientific papers and dis-
cussions, divisional meeting. Midwest area dis-
trict branches, American Psychiatric Association,
Detroit, Michigan, Oct. 29-31, 1959. Washing-
ton, D.C., American Psychiatric Association, 1960,
p. 258-278.

GERARD, R. W.: The nosology of schizophrenia.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120(1):16-29,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1971)

GERSHON, S.: Blocking effect of tetrahydroaminacrin
on a new psychotomimetic agent. Nature, 186:
1072-1073, 1960.

GERSHON, S., HOLMBERG, G., MATTSSON, EIRA,
MATTssON, N., and MARSHALL, A.: Imipramine
hydrochloride: Its effects on clinical, autonomic,
and psychological functions. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 6:96-101, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1971)

GERSHON, S., and OLARIU, J.: JB 329—a new psy-
chotomimetic: Its antagonism by tetrahydroami-
nacrin and its comparison with LSD, mescaline,
and sernyl. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1:283-
292, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1971)

GERSHON, S., and YUWILER, A.: Lithium ion:
A specific psychopharmacological approach to the
treatment of mania. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
1:229-241, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1971)

HorLMBERG, G., and Beck, L. H.: A systematic
study of autonomic drug actions in mental pa-
tients: Methodology and preliminary results. Jour-
nal of Psychosomatic Research, 5:194-205, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1971)

HOLMBERG, G., and GERSHON, S.: Autonomic and
psychic effects of yohimbine hydrochloride. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 2:93-106, 1961.
HorLMBERG, G., GERsHON, S., and Beck, L. H.:
Yohimbine as an autonomic test drug. Nature,
193:1313-1314, 1962.

HorMBERG, G. K., Grieg, M. E., and GIBBONS,
A. J.: The effect of sera of psychotic patients and
control subjects on the uptake of C-14 in the
brains of mice after the injection of C-14 glucose.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 2:15-19, 1960.

INGRAM, CHARLES G.: Some findings in the auto-
nomic nervous system in schizophrenia. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96:386-
389, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1971)

INGRAM, CHARLES G.: Some pharmacologic actions
of yohimbine and chlorpromazine in man. Clini
cal Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 3:345-352,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1971)

INGRAM, C. G., and Domino, E. F.: Observations
on the initial hypertensive response to yohimbine.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et
de Therapie, 143:534-542, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1971 and MH-2653)

Moorg, K. B., and Spivak, M.: A research aspect
of milieu therapy in a state mental hospital.
Journal of Michigan State Medical Society, 59:
288-291, 1960

RADHAKRISHNAN, B. K., and MATTssoN, N. B.:
The joint research project statistical programs for
high speed IBM digital computers. Ann Arbor,
Mich., Office of Research Administration, Univer-
sity of Michigan, September 1961.

RADHAKRISHNAN, B. K., and MATTssoN, N. B.:
Mean, standard deviation, and standard score pro-
grams for the IBM 704 (709) computer. (Ab-
tract) Technometrics, 4:148, 1962.

RENELL, VIRGINIA M.: Running a research ward.
American Journal of Nursing, 61:80-83, 1961.

RoSENZWEIG, N.: The affect system: Foresight and
fantasy. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
127:113-118, 1958.

ROSENZWEIG, NORMAN: Sensory deprivation and
schizophrenia: Some clinical and theoretical simi-
larities. American Journal of Psychiatry, 116(4):
326-329, 1959.

ROSENZWEIG, N., VANDENBERG, S. G., MOORE,
K. B., and Dukay, A.: A study of the reliability
of the mental status examination. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 117:1102-1108, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-1971)

SiBiLiO, J. P., ANDREW, O., DART, D., MOORE,
K. B., and STEHMAN, V.: Effects of promazine
hydrochloride on attention in chronic schizophre-
nia. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 81:
114-120, 1959.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: The primary mental abilities
of Chinese students, a comparative study of the

249

stability of a factor structure. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 79 (Article 9):257-
304, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1045)

VANDENBERG, STEVEN G.: Differences between neu-
rotics, psychotics, and normals on perceptual tests:
A reanalysis of Eysenck’s results. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 15(4):373-376, 1959.

VANDENBERG, S. G.: Medical diagnosis by computer:
Recent attempts and outlook for the future. Be-
havioral Sciences, 5:170-175, 1960.

VANDENBERG, STEVEN G.: Behavioral methods for
assessing neuroses and psychoses. In: Uhr, L.,
and Miller, J. G., eds. Drugs and behavior.
New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1960, p. 463-500.

VANDENBERG, S. G., and MATTSSON, Eira: The in-
terpretation of facial expressions by schizophrenics,
other mental patients, normal adults, and children.
Acta Psychologica, 19:1-2, 1961.

YUWwILER, ARTHUR: Urinary aminochromes and
mental illness. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 135(4):365-369, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4567)

YUWILER, ARTHUR: Psychopathology and 5-hydroxy-
indoleacetic acid excretion. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 3(2):125-131, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4567 and MH-7293)

YUWILER, A., GELLER, E., and EDUSON, S.: Studies
on S-hydroxytryptophan decarboxylase. II. Ad-
ditional inhibition studies and suggestions on the
nature of the enzymic site. Archives of Biochem-
istry and Biophysics, 89:143-147, 1960.

YUWILER, A., and GERARD, R. W.: Urinary chromo-
gens and the Reigelhaupt test for schizophrenia.
Federation Proceedings, 20 (Part I):392, 1961.

YUWILER, ARTHUR, and Goop, Mary H.: Chroma-
tographic study of “Reigelhaupt” chromogens in
urine. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1:215-
227, 1962. (Also acknowledges ME-4567).

YUWILER, A., JENKINS, IDELLA, and DUKAY, A.:
Serum oxidase tests and schizophrenia. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 4:395-403, 1961.

MH-1976 (R01) Bieri, Jamis: Cognitive factors
in behavior. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1957-61) (Continued from MH-1274)

Bigry, J.: Parental identification, acceptance of au-
thority, and within-sex differences in cognitive
behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 60:76-79, 1960.

Bieri, J.: Complexity-simplicity as a personality vari-
able in cognitive and preferential behavior. In:
Fiske, D. W., and Maddi, S. R., eds. Functions
of varied experience. Homewood, Ill, Dorsey,
1961, p. 355-379.
BiERI, J., and LoBECK, R.: Acceptance of authority
and parental identification. Journal of Personal-
ity, 27:74-86, 1959.

Bier, J., and LoBECK, R.: Self-concept differences
as a function of identification, religion, and social
class. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
62:94-98, 1961.

Bieri, J., LoBeck, R., and GALINskKY, M. D.:
A comparison of direct, indirect and fantasy
measures of identification. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 58:253-258, 1959. Also
in: Mednick, M. T., and Mednick, S. A., eds.
Readings in personality. New York, Holt, Rine-
hart, & Winston, 1963, p. 444-453. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1274)

BiERI, J., LoBECK, R., and ProTNIcK, H.: Psycho-
social factors in differential social mobility. Jour-
nal of Social Psychology, 58:183-200, 1962.

MH-1977 (R03) BRODERICK, CARLFRED B.: Social

attitudes among children aged four to ten. Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga. (1958-59)
Bropirick, C. B.: New data on dating. PTA

Magazine, 56:4-6, December 1961.

BRODERICK, C. B., and FOSTER, S. F.: New patterns
of relationships between the sexes among preado-
lescents. Marriage and Family Living, 23:27-30,
1961.

MH-1981 (R01) KrLuvER, HEINRICH: Biological
mechanisms in behavior. University of Chicago,
Chicago, Ill.  (1957- )

KLUVER, H.: Psychological specificity: Does it exist?
In: Schmitt, Francis O., ed. Macromolecular
specificity and biological memory. Cambridge,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962, p.
94-98.

KLUVER, HEINRICH: Neurobiology of normal and
abnormal perception. Part 1: Neurophysiology
of perception. In: Psychopathology of percep-
tion. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1965, p. 1-40.

MH-1983 (R01) ENGELHARDT, DaviD M., and
FREEDMAN, NORBERT: Study of ataractics in
schizophrenic outpatients. State University of
New York—Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn,
N.Y. (1957- )

ENGELHARDT, D. M., and FREEDMAN, N.: An ap-
proach to the evaluation of long-term psychophar-
macological therapy of schizophrenic outpatients.
In: Greenblatt, Milton, Levinson, Daniel J., and
Klerman, Gerald L., eds. Mental patients in
transition: Steps in hospital-community rehabilita-
tion. Springfield, Ill, C. C. Thomas, 1961, p. 322-
335.

ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN, N., GLICK, B. S.,
HaNkOFF, L. D., MANN, D., and MARGours, R.:

250

Prevention of psychiatric hospitalization with use
of psychopharmacological agents. [Journal of the
American Medical Association, 173:147-149,
1960.

ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN, N., HANKOFF,
L. D., Grick, B., KAYE, H. E., and BUCHWALD,
J.: The treatment of schizophrenic out-patients
with promazine and reserpine. Psychiatric Quar-
terly, 33:102-114, 1959.

ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN, N., HANKOFF,
L. D., MANN, D., and Marcouis, R.: Changes of
social behavior in chronic schizophrenic outpatients
under phenothiazine treatment. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 1(5):313-316, 1960.

ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN, N., HANKOFF,
L. D., MANN, D., and Marcouis, R.: The influ-
ence of previous hospitalization on the clinical
course of psychopharmacologically treated schizo-
phrenic outpatients. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
4(5):337-342, 1963.

ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN, N., HANKOFF,
L. D., MANN, D., and MarcGoLis, R.: Long term
drug induced symptom modification in schizophre-
nic outpatients. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 137(3) :231-241, 1963.

ENGELHARDT, D., FREEDMAN, N., and MANN, D.:
The influence of previous hospitalization on the
clinical course of psychopharmacologically treated
schizophrenic outpatients. Comprehensive Psychi-
atry, 4(5):337-342, 1963.

ENGELHARDT, DAvID M., FREEDMAN, NORBERT,
ROSEN, BERNARD, MANN, DAVID, and MARGOLIS,
REUBEN: Phenothiazines in prevention of psychi-
atric hospitalization. III. Delay or prevention of
hospitalization. Archives of General Psychiatry,
11:162-169, 1964.

ENGELHARDT, D. M., ROSEN, B., FREEDMAN, N.,
MANN, D., and MARrcoLls, R.: Phenothiazines in
prevention of psychiatric hospitalization. II. Du-
ration of treatment exposures. [Journal of the
American Medical Association, 186:981-983,
1963.

FREEDMAN, N., ENGELHARDT, D. M., GLICK, B. S.,
Kavg, H., BUCHWALD, ]., and STARTK, P.: Drop-
out from outpatient psychiatric treatment. A.M. A.
Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 80:657-
666, 1958.

FREEDMAN, N., ENGELHARDT, D. M., HANKOFF,
L. D., Schwartz, S., and ZoBEL, H.: Patterns
of verbal group participation in the drug treat-
ment of schizophrenic patients. International
Journal of Group Psychiatry, 11(1):60-73, 1961.

FREEDMAN, N., WARsHAW, L., ENGELHARDT, D. M.,
BLUMENTHAL, I. J., and HANKOFF, L. D.: The
effect of various therapies upon fecal incontinence
in chronic schizophrenic patients. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 128(6):562-565,
1959.
GLIck, BURTON, S.: Effect of altered clinic condi-
tions on reported change in anxiety. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 5(5):291-296, 1964.

GuLick, B. S., and MarcoLis, R.: A study of the
influence of experimental design on clinical out-
come in drug research. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 118(12):1087-1096, 1962.

HANKOFF, L. D., ENGELHARDT, D. M., and FREED-
MAN, N.: Placebo response in schizophrenic out-
patients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 2:33-
42, 1960.

HANKOFF, L. D., ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN,
N., MANN, D., and MARrGours, R.: Denial of ill-
ness in schizophrenic outpatients: Effect of psycho-
pharmacological treatment. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 3:657-664, 1960.

HANKOFF, L. D., ENGELHARDT, D. M., FREEDMAN,
N., MANN, D., and Marcos, R.: The doctor-
patient relationship in a psychopharmacological
treatment setting. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Diseases, 131(6) :540-546, 1960.

HANKOFF, LEON D., ENGELHARDT, DAVID M.,
FREEDMAN, NORBERT, MANN, DAvID, and MAR-
GoLis, REUBEN: Denial of illness in relation to
differential drug response. Journal of. Nervous
and Mental Disease, 137(1):29-41, 1963.

HANKOFF, L., FREEDMAN, N. and ENGELHARDT,
D. M.: The prognostic value of placebo response.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 115(6):549-550,
1958.

HANKOFF, L. D., and HELLER, B.: Memory changes
with MAO inhibitor therapy. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 117(2):151-152, 1960.

HANKOFF, LEON D., MENDELSOHN, FREDERICK S.,
and PALEY, HERBERT M.: Fluphenazine treatment
in a receiving hospital setting. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 21(8):467-472, 1960.

HANkoOFF, L. D., and RUDORFER, L.: A psycho-
pharmacological clinic. An approach to a com-
munity need. Medical Times, 92(12):1248-1252,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5090)

MH-1985 (R03) ScHNEIRLA, THEODORE C., and
ToBAacH, ETHEL: Eccentric behavior and extero-
ceptive threshold. American Museum of Natural
History, New York, N.Y. (1957-57)

ToBacH, E., ScHNEIRLA, T. C., SANG, B., GoLp, P.,
STEELE, K., and WorTIs, R.: Hopping behavior
in mice of pre-weaning age. Anatomical Record,
131(3):604, 1958.

MH-1988 (R03) BONNYCASTLE, DESMOND D.:
Central depressants and brain 5-hydroxytryptamine.
Seton Hall College of Medicine and Dentistry,
Jersey City, N.J. (1957-58)

BonNycasTLE, D. D., BoNNYCASTLE, M. F., and
ANDERSON, E. G.: The effect of a number of cen-

251

tral depressant drugs upon brain 5-hydroxytrypt-
amine levels in the rat. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapentics, 135:17-20, 1962.

MH-1992 (R03) SCHACHTER, STANLEY: Depriva-
tion and affiliative needs. University of Minne-
sota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1957-58)

SCHACHTER, S.: Hunger and affiliation. In: Schach-
ter, S., ed. The psychology of affiliation. Stan-
ford, Calif., Stanford University, 1959, p. 90-102.

MH-2003 (R03) Oris, LEON S.: Latency and du-
ration of effect of testosterone. Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, Md. (1957-58)

Otis, LEON S., and BOENNING, R. A.: An im-
proved circuit for the drinkometer. American
Journal of Psychology, 73:633-635, 1960.

MH-2004 (R01) Dercapo, Jose M. R.: Chronic
stimulation of the brain in monkeys. Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven, Conn. (1958- )

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: A transistor timed stimula-
tor. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 11:591-593, 1959.

DELGADO, Jose M. R. Elektroenzephalographie der
tieferen Zellmassen des Gehirns.  (Electroen-
cephalography of the deeper cell masses of the
brain) In: Schaltenbrand, Georges, and Bailey,
Percival, eds. Einfubrung in die stereotaktischen
Operationen mit einen Atlas des menschlichen
Gebhirns, (Introduction to Stereotaxis with an atlas
of the human brain). Vol. 1. Stuttgart, Georg
Thieme, 1959, p. 401-419.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Prolonged stimulation of
brain in awake monkeys. Journal of Neurophysi-
ology, 22:458-475, 1959.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Electronic command of
movement and behavior. Transactions of the New
York Academy of Sciences, Series II, 21:689-699,
1959.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Bases neurofisiologicas de la
afectividad. Barcelona, Congreso Nacional de
Neuropsiquiatria, 1960, 22 p.

DELGADO, Jost M. R.: Brain and social behavior in
the monkey. Motion picture. Federation Proceed-
ings, 19:286, 1960.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Circulatory effects of cortical
stimulation. Physiological Review, 40:146-171,
1960.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Cerebral and behavioral ef-
fects on the monkey of CAPP (1-M-amino-
phenyl-5-carbomethoxy-2-pyridone). Archives In-
ternationales de Pharmacodynamic et de Therapie,
133:163-172, 1961.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Chronic implantation of in-
tracerebral electrodes in animals. In: Sheer, D. E.,
ed. Electrical stimulation of the brain.
University of Texas Press, 1961, p. 25-36.

Austin,

DELGADO, Jost M. R.: Breves recuerdos de D. Se-
vero Ochoa entre Madrid y Nueva York. In:
Santamaria, J. M. G. Valdecasas, ed. E/ Dr. Se-
vero Ochoa: Premio nobel de medicina. Visto por
algunos de sus mas intimos colaboradores y amigos.
Mexico City, private edition, 1962, p. 95-99.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: The effect of brain stimula-
tion on task-free situations. (Abstract) Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14
(3) :421, 1962.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Pharmacological modifications
of social behavior. In: Proceedings of the First
International Pharmacological Congress, Stock-
holm. Oxford, Pergamon Press, 1962, p. 265-
292.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Brain centers and control of
behavior—animals. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer,
J. H., eds. Psychosomatic medicine. Philadel
phia, Lea & Febiger, 1962, p. 221-227.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Telemetry and telestimula-
tion of the brain. In: Slater, L., ed. Biotelem-
etry. New York, Pergamon Press, 1963, p. 231-
249.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Comments on neuropharma-
cological studies of EEG and behavior. In: Glaser,
Gilbert H., ed. EEG and behavior. New York,
Basic Books, 1963, p. 284-290.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: The effect of brain stimula-
tion on task-free situations. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 24(Suppl.):
260-280, 1963.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Intracerebral chemo-stimula-
tion in unanesthetized monkeys. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 22(2):515, 1963.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Cerebral heterostimulation
in a monkey colony. Science, 141:161-163, 1963.

DeLGapo, Jose M. R.: Cerebral effects of deca-
borane on the monkey. Archives Internationales
de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 148:459-
470, 1964.

DEeLGapo, Jose M. R.: Electrodes for extracellular
recording and stimulation. In: Nastuk, W. L.,
and Oster, Gerald, eds. Electrophysiological
methods. Vol. 5. Physical techniques in biologi-
cal research. New York, Academic Press, 1964,
p. 88-143.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Conductas radiodirigidas.
Gaceta Insultrada, 380:5-10, 1964.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Materia, mente y cerebro.
Indice, 182:3-6, 1964.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Free behavior and brain
stimulation. In: International review of neuro-

252

biology. Vol. 6.
1964, p. 349-449.

New York, Academic Press,

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Factores extracerebrales de
la mente. Revista de Occidente, 14:131-146,
1964.

DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Sequential behavior induced
repeatedly by stimulation of the red nucleus in
free monkeys. Science, 148(3675):1361-1363,
1965.

DELGADO, J. M. R.: Intracerebral perfusion in awake
monkeys. Archives Internationales de Pharmaco-
dynamie et de Therapie, 161(2):442-462, 1966.

DELGADO, Jose M. R., Back, KENNETH C., and
Tamas, ANTON A.: Effect of boranes on the mon-
key brain. Archives Internationales de Pharmaco-
dynamie et de Therapie, 141:262-271, 1963.

DELGADO, Jose M. R., and HAMLIN, HANNIBAL:
Depth electrography. (First International Sympo-
sium on Stereoencephalography, Philadelphia,
1961). Confinia Neurologica, 22:228-235, 1962.

DELGADO, Jose M. R., HOFMANN, HELMUT, and
SyMMEs, Davin: Effect of amphenidone on the
brain of the conscious monkey. Archives Inter-
nationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie,
125:161-171, 1960.

DELGADO, Jost M. R., MIHAILOVIC, LjJUBODRAG,
and SEVILLANO, MANUEL: Cardiovascular phe-
nomena during seizure activity. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 130:477-487, 1960.

DELGADO, Jose M. R., and RODRIGUEZ PEREZ,
A. P.: Brain histology after repeated cerebral
stimulation. (Abstract) Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 11:616, 1959.

DELGADO, Jose M. R., and RUBINSTEIN, L.: Intra-
cerebral release of neurohumors in unanesthetized
monkeys. Archives Internationales de Pharmaco-
dynamie et de Therapie, 150(3-4) :530-546, 1964.

DELGADO, Jose M. R., and SEVILLANO, MANUEL:
Evolution of repeated hippocampal seizures in the
cat.  Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 13(5) :722-733, 1961.

DELGADO, Jos M. R., SIMHADRI, PILLARISETTI, and
APELBAUM, Josk: Chronic implantation of chemi-
trodes in the monkey brain. (Abstract) Proceed-
ings of the International Union of Physiological
Science, 2:1090, 1962.

DELGADO, RODRIGUEZ R., and DELGADO, J. M. R.:
An objective approach to measurement of behavior.
Philosophy of Science, 29:253-268, 1962.

FONBERG, ELzBIETA, and DELGADO, Jose M. R.:
Hamowanie odruchdy warunkowych pokarmowych
I obronnych II typu wywolane draznieniem ukladu
limbicznego. Acta Physiologica Polonica, 11(5/
6) :696-698, 1960.
FONBERG, ELzBIETA, and DELGADO, Jose M. R.:
Inhibitory effects of amygdala on food intake and
conditioning. Federation Proceedings, 20:2585,
1961.

FONBERG, ELzBIETA, and DELGADO, Jose M. R.:
Avoidance and alimentary reactions during amyg-
dala stimulation. Journal of Neurophysiology, 24:
651-664, 1961.

RUBINSTEIN, Epuarpo H., and DELGADO, JOsE
M. R.: Functions of the caudate nucleus in the
monkey. (Abstract) Proceedings of the Interna-
tional Union of Physiological Science, 2:366, 1962.

RUBINSTEIN, EpuarpDO H., and DELGADO, JOsE
M. R.: Inhibition induced by forebrain stimula-
tion in the monkey. American Journal of Physi-
ology, 205:941-948, 1963.

SAwA, MasaIcHI, and DELGADO, Jost M. R.: Amyg-
dala unitary activity in the unrestrained cat. Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
15:637-650, 1963.

SEVILLANO, MANUEL, and DELGADO, Jost M. R.:
Circulatory and conditional responses during seiz-
ure activity of the cat. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 12:267-268, 1960.

SyMMES, DAviD, and DELGADO, Jose M. R.: Be-
havioral correlates of limbic afterdischarge in mon-
key. (Abstract) Electroencephalography and Clin-
ical Neurophysiology, 12:268, 1960.

MH-2006 (R01) Coppock, HaroLD W.: Retrain-
ing after babiturates and chemotherapy. Arizona
State University, Tempe, Ariz. (1957-58) (Con-
tinued from MH-1306).

Corprock, H. W., and FREUND, J. E.: All-or-none
vs. incremental learning of errorless shock escapes
by the rat. Science, 135:1-2, 1962. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-2926).

MH-2007 (R03) Long, EUGENE R., Jr.: Operant
conditioning techniques for children. University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1957-58)

LoNG, EUGENE R.: The use of operant techniques
in children. In: Fisher, S., ed. Child research in
psychopharmacology. Springfield, Ill., Thomas,
1959.

Long, E. R.,, HAMMACK, J. T., May, F., and CamP-
BELL, B. J.: Intermittent reinforcement of operant
behavior in children. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 4:315-339, 1958.

MH-2011 (R01) GrAHAM, Davib T., and GRra-
HAM, FRANCES K.: Relation of attitudes to phys-
iological change. University of Wisconsin, Madi-
son, Wisc. (1957-66) (Continued from MH-
996).

CHosy, Juris J., and GRAHAM, DAvip T.: Cate-

253

cholamines in vasovagal fainting. Journal of Psy-
chosomatic Research, 9(2):189-194, 1965.

GraHAM, D. T.: Some research on psychophysiologic
specificity and its relation to a psychosomatic dis-
ease. In: Roessler, R., and Greenfield, N., eds.
Physiological correlates of psychological disorders.

Vol. 12. Madison, Wis., University of Wiscon-
sin Press, 1962, p. 221-238. (Also acknowledges
MH-996).

GraHAM, D. T., KABLER, J. D., and GRAHAM,
_F. K.: Physiological response to the suggestion of
attitudes specific for hives and hypertension. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 24:159-169, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-996).

GraHAM, D. T., LuNDY, R. M., BENJAMIN, L. S.,
KABLER, J. D., Lewis, W. C.,, KunNisH, N. O,,
and GraHAM, F. K.: Specific attitudes in initial
interviews with patients having different “psycho-
somatic diseases.” Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:
257-266, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-996).

GraHAM, D. T., STERN, J. A., and WINOKUR, G.:
Experimental investigations of the specificity of
attitude hypothesis in psychosomatic disease. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 20:446-457, 1958.

GrAHAM, D. T., STERN, J. A., and WINOKUR, G.:
The concept of a different specific set of physio-
logical changes in each emotion. Psychiatric Re-
search Report, 12:8-15, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-996).

GraHAM, D. T., and STEVENSON, l.: Diseases as
responses to life stress: (a) The nature of the
evidence. In: Lief, Harold I., Lief, Victor F.,
and Lief, Nina R., eds. The psychological basis
of medical practice. New York, Hoeber, 1963,
p. 115-136. (Also acknowledges MH-996).

GraHaM, Frances K., and KunNisH, NaNcy O.:
Physiological responses of unhypnotized subjects
to attitude suggestions. Psychosomatic Medicine,
27(4) :317-329, 1965.

KeeN, R. E., Cuasg, H. H., Graham, F. K.:
Twenty-four hour retention by neonates of an
habituated heart rate response. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 2(9):265-266, 1965.

Lewis, WILLIAM C.: Some observations relevant to
early defences and precursors. International Jour-
nal of Psychoanalysis, 44 Part I11:132-142, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-996).

STERN, J. A., WINOKUR, G., GRAHAM, D. T., and
GraHAM, F. K.: Alterations in physiological
measures during experimentally induced attitudes.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 5:73, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-996).

STEVENSON, I, and GRAHAM, D. T.: Disease as
responses to life stress: (b) Obtaining the evi-
dence clinically. In: Lief, Harold I., Lief, Victor
F., and Lief, Nina R., eds. The psychological
basis of medical practice. New York, Hoeber,
1963, p. 137-154. (Also acknowledges MH-
996).

MH-2013 (R01) ScHNEDER, Davip M. and
BOYER, L. BRYCE: Explorations of anthropopsy-
choanalytic field methods. University of Califor-
nia, Berkeley, Calif. (1958-58) (Continued as
3088).

Boyer, L. BRYCE: Notes on the personality struc-
ture of a North American Indian shaman. Jour-
nal of the Hillside Hospital, 10:14-33, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-3088).

BOYER, L. BRYCE: Remarks on the personality of
shamans: With special reference to the Apache of
the Mescalero Indian Reservation. In: Muenster-
berger, Warner and Axelrod, Sidney, eds. The
psychoanalytic study of society. Vol. 2. New
York, International Universities Press, 1962, p.
233-254. (Also acknowledges MH-3088).

BoyEr, L. BryYCE: Folk psychiatry of the Apaches
of the Mescalero Indian Reservation. In: Kiev,
A., ed. Faith, magic and healing: Studies in prim-
itive psychiatry today. Glencoe, Ill, Free Press,
1964, p. 384-419. (Also acknowledges MH-
3088).

BoYER, L. BRYCE: Psychoanalytic insights in work-
ing with ethnic minorities. Social Casework, 45
(90) :519-526, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
3088).

Boyer, L. BRYCE: Stone as a symbol in Apache
mythology. American Imago, 22:14-39, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-3088).

Boyer, L. BRYCE, BOYCE, RUTH M., BRAWER,
FLORENCE R., Kawai, Hayao, and KLOPFER,
BruNO: Apache age groups. [Journal of Projec-
tive Techniques and Personality Assessment, 28
(4):397-402, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
3088).

BOYER, L. BRYCE, KLOPFER, BRUNO, BOYER, RUTH
M., BRAWER, FLORENCE B., and Kawai, HAYAO:
Effects of acculturation on the personality traits of
the old people of the Mescalero and Chiricahua

Apaches. International [Journal of Social Psychi-
atry, 11(4):264-271, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-3088).

Boyer, L. BrYcCE, KLOPFER, BRUNO, BRAWER,
FLORENCE B., and Kawai, Hayao: Comparisons
of the shamans and pseudoshamans of the Apaches
of the Mescalero Indian Reservation: A Rorschach
study. Journal of Projective Techniques, 28:173-
180, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3088).

BoYERr, RUTH M.: The matrifocal family among the
Mescalero: Additional data. American Anthropol
ogist, 66:593-602, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-3088).

KLOPFER, BRUNO, and BOYER, L. BRYCE: Notes on
the personality structure of a North American In-
dian shaman: Rorschach report. Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 25:169-178, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3088).

MACLACHLAN, BRUCE B.: The contemporary Mes-
calero Apache legal system. Anthropology Tomor-
row, 7:43-45, 1961. (Also acknowledaes MH-
3088).

MH-2014 (R01) GraHAM, Davip T.: Vasovagal
fainting as biphasic response. University of Wis-
consin, Madison, Wisc. (1957-59) (Continued
from MH-1446).

GRraHAM, D. T.: Prediction of fainting in blood do-
nors. Circulation, 23(6):901-906, 1961.

GraHAM, D. T., KABLER, J. D., and LUNSFORD,
L., Jr.: Vasovagal fainting: A diphasic response.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 23(6):493-507, 1961.

MH-2015 (R03) STARKWEATHER, JOHN A.: Some
measures of formal characteristics of speech.
Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, San
Francisco, Calif. (1957-58)

HARGREAVES, WILLIAM A.: A model for speech unit
duration. Language and Speech, 3:164-173, 1960.

HARGREAVES, W. A., and STARKWEATHER, J. A.:
Collection of temporal data with the duration tab-
ulator. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 2:179-183, 1959.

STARKWEATHER, J. A.: Vocal behaviour: The dura-
tion of speech units. Language and Speech, 2:
146-153, 1959.

STARKWEATHER, J. A.: A speech rate meter for vo-
cal behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 3:111-114, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-3375).

MH-2017 (R03) NasH, MANNING: Study of ac-
culturation in chiapas. University of Chicago,
Chicago, Ill. (1958-59)

NasH, M.: Applied anthropology and action re-
search in the understanding of man. Anthropo-
logical Quarterly, 32(1):67-81, 1959.

NasH, M.: On the continuing prevalence of witches.
University of Chicago Magazine, December, 1959,
p- 11-13.

NasH, M.: Witchcraft as social process in a Tzeltal
community. America Indigena, 20(2):121-126,
1960.

NasH, MANNING: The social context of economic
choice in a small society. Man, 61:186-191, 1961.

NasH, M.: Capital, saving and credit in a Guata-
malan and Mexican Indian peasant society. In:
Firth, Raymond, ed. Capital, saving and credit in

254
peasant societies. Chicago, Aldine, 1964, p. 287-
304.

NasH, M.: Social prerequisites to economic growth
in Latin America and Southeast Asia. Economic
Development and Cultural Change, 12(3):225-
242, 1964.

MH-2020 (R01) LAFFAL, JuLius: Language dis-
tortions in schizophrenia. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1957-61)

LAFFAL, ].: The contextual associates of sun and
God in Schreber’s autobiography. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 61:474-479, 1960.

LAFFAL, J.: Changes in the language of a schizo-
phrenic patient during psychotherapy. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:422-427,
1961.

LA¥FAL, J.: The use of contextual associates in the
analysis of free speech. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 69:51-64, 1963.

LAFFAL, ]J., and AMEEN, L.: Hypotheses of oppo-
site speech. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 58:267-269, 1959.

LAFFAL, ]., and FELDMAN, S.: The structure of sin-
gle word and continuous word association. Jour-
nal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 1:
54-61, 1962.

LAFFAL, J., and WATSON, D.: Sources of verbaliza-
tions of psychotherapists about patients. Journal
of General Psychology, 68:89-98, 1963.

MH-2021 (R03) PITTENGER, ROBERT E., and
HockeTrT, CHARLES F.: Linguistic-kinesic analysis
of schizophrenia. State University of New York
Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse, N.Y. (1957-
57)

PITTENGER, ROBERT E.: The first five minutes—
its significance in mental health. Journal of Com-
munication, 13(3):140-145, 1963. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-2833).

PITTENGER, ROBERT E., HOCKETT, CHARLES F., and
DANEHY, JOHN ].: The first five minutes. Ithaca,
N.Y., Paul Martineau, 1960, 264 p. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2833).

MH-2027 (R01) KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Studies
on verbal behavior. Purdue University, Lafayette,
Ind. (1957-62) (Continued from MH-963; as
MH-6921).

KANFER, F. H.: Verbal rate, eyeblink and content
in structured psychiatric interviews. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:341-347,
1960.

KANFER, F. H.: Word-association and the drive hy-
pothesis of anxiety. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 16(2) :200-204, 1960.

255

KANFER, F. H.: Incentive value of generalized re-
inforcers. Psychological Reports, 7:531-538, 1960.

KANFER, F. H., BRADLEY, M. M., and MARSTON,
A. R.: Self-reinforcement as a function of de-
gree of learning. Psychological Reports, 10:885-
886, 1962.

KANFER, F. H., and KARAS, SHIRLEY: Prior experi-
menter-subject interaction and verbal conditioning.
Psychological Reports, 5:345-353, 1959.

KANFER, F. H., and McBREARTY, J. F.: Verbal con-
ditioning: Discrimination and awareness. Journal
of Psychology, 52:115-124, 1961.

KANFER, F. H., and MARsTON, A. R.: The rela-
tionship between personality variables and verbal
response characteristics. Journal of Clinical Psy-
chology, 18:426-428, 1962.

KANFER, F. H., and MATARAZZO, J. D.: Secondary
and generalized reinforcement in human learning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58(5):400-
404, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1938).

MaRrsTON, ALBERT R., and KANFER, FREDERICK H.:
Human reinforcement: Experimenter and subject
controlled. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
66(1):91-94, 1963.

MH-2028 (R01) SPRAGUE, JAMES M., CHAMBERS,
WiLLiaMm W., Liu, CHAN-NAO, and STELLAR,
ELioT: Lemniscal and reticular afferent systems.
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1957-62)

EAGER, ROBERT P.: Cortical association pathways in
the cerebellum of the cat. (Abstract) Anatomical
Record, 142(2) :228-229, 1962.

MEIKLE, T. H., Jr., and SPRAGUE, JAMES M.: The
neural organization of the visual pathways in the
cat. In: International review of neurobiology.
Vol. 6. New York, Academic Press, 1964, p.
149-189.

PrATT, JOHN L., and SPRAGUE, JaMEs M.: EEG
and behavior with midbrain lesions. Federation
Proceedings, 22(2): 1963.

SPRAGUE, JaAMEs M.: Corticofugal projections to the
superior colliculus in the cat. (Abstract) Ana-
tomical Record, 145(2):288, 1963.

SPRAGUE, JAMES M., CHAMBERS, WILLIAM W., and
STELLAR, ELIOT: Attentive, affective, and adaptive
behavior in the cat. Science, 113(3447):165-173,
1961.

SPRAGUE, JAMEs M., Levitt, MELVIN, ROBSON,
KENNETH, Liu, C. N., STELLAR, ErioT, and
CHAMBERS, WILLIAM W.: A neuroanatomical and
behavioral analysis of the syndromes resulting from
midbrain lemniscal and reticular lesions in the cat.
Archives Italiennes de Biologie, 101:225-295,
1963.
SPRAGUE, JAMES M., and MEIKLE, THOMAs H.:
Aspiration of superior colliculus in cats. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 21(2):343, 1962.

SPRAGUE, J. M., and MEIKLE, T. H.: The role of
the superior colliculus in visually guided behavior.
Experimental Neurology, 11:115-146, 1965.

SPRAGUE, JAMES M., STELLAR, ELiOoT, and CHAM-
BERS, W. W.: Neurological basis of behavior in
the cat. Science, 132(3488):1498, 1960.

STELLAR, ErLior, CHAMBERS, WiLLiaM W., Liu,
C. N., Levitt, MELVIN, and SPRAGUE, JAMES M.:
Behavior of cats with chronic reticular and lemnis-
cal lesions. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
17(1):156, 1958.

MH-2029 (R01) UHLE, FreDERICK C., KRAYER,
Otto, and WILDER, CHARLES: Studies with 4-
substituted indoles. Harvard Medical School, Bos-
ton, Mass. (1957-65)

Harris, L. S., and UHLE, F. C.: 4-substituted in-
doles as antagonists to 5-hydroxytryptamine and to
the veratrine response. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 128:358-362,
1960.

Harris, L. S., and UHL, F. C.: Enhancement of
amphetamine stimulation and prolongation of bar-
bituate depression by a substituted pyril (3,4-b)
indole derivative. Journal of Pharmacology and
Experimental Therapeutics, 132:251-257, 1961.

Unre, F. C.: Methylaminomethylsuccinic acid.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:4081-4083,
1962.

UHLE, FREDERICK, C.: C-23 acylation of pseudodi-
osgenin diacetate. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
30:3915-3920, 1965.

MH-2030 (R01) BONNYCASTLE, DESMOND D.:
Brain 5-hydroxytryptamine and anticonvulsants.
Seton Hall College of Medicine and Dentistry,
Jersey City, N.J. (1957-60)

AMMANN, A. and ANDERSON, E. G.: The neuro-
myal blocking action of the monoamine oxidase
inhibitors. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 3(2):73,
1961.

ANDERSON, E. G., and AMMANN, A.: The effects
of monoamine oxidase inhibitors on neuromyal
transmission. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 140:179-182, 1963.

ANDERSON, E. G., and BoNNYcCASTLE, D. D.: A
study of the central depressant action of pento-
barbital, phenobarbital and diethylether in rela-
tionship to increases in brain 5-hydroxytryptamine.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
pentics, 130:138-143, 1960.

ANDERSON, E. G., MARKOWITZ, S. D., and BONNY-
casTLE, D. D.: Brain 5-hydroxytryptamine and

256

anticonvulsant activity. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 136:179-182,
1962.

BONNYCASTLE, D. D., and BONNYCASTLE, M. F.:
Amine content of the central nervous system in
relation to function. (Abstract) In: 22nd Inter-
national Congress of Physiological Sciences. Vol.
2. New York, Excerpta Medica Foundation, 1962,
p- 612.

MH-2031 (R01) KELLY, GEORGE, and RUBIN-
STEIN, ELI A.: A research conference on effects of
psychotherapy. American Psychological Associa-
tion, Washington, D.C. (1957-59)

RUBINSTEIN, ELI A., and PARLOFF, MORRIS B., eds.:
Research in psychotherapy. Proceedings of a Con-
ference, Washington, D.C., April 9-12, 1958.
Washington, D.C., American Psychological Asso-
ciation, 1958, 293 p.

MH-2032 (RO1) SzUREK, STANISLAUS A., and
BOMBERG, DOROTHY: Statistical study of autistic
patients. Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Insti-
tute. San Francisco, Calif. (1958-64)

GiaNascoL, A. J.: Psychodynamic approaches to
childhood schizophrenia. A review. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:336-348, 1963.

MH-2034 (R03) VoN Hort, HENRY, JR.: A study
of the Rorschach and other clinical tests. Univer-
sity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1957-58)

VonN Hort, HENRY W., JR., SENGSTAKE, CORD B.,,
SoNoDA, BEVERLY, and DRAPER, WILLIAM A.:
Orality, image fusions and concept-formation.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 24:194-198,
1960.

MH-2035 (R01) MEYER, DONALD R.: Studies in
primate learning and perception. Ohio State Uni-
versity, Columbus, Ohio.  (1957- )

HoOREL, JAMES A., BETTINGER, LEwis A., ROYCE,
JaMEs G., and MEYER, DONALD R.: Role of neo-
cortex in the learning and relearning of two visual
habits by the rat. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 61(1):66-78, 1966.

HoRrEL, J. A., SCHUCK, J. R., and MEYER, D. R.:
Effects of spatial stimulus arrangements upon dis-
crimination learning by monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:546-547,
1961.

HOREL, J. A., TREICHLER, F. R., and MEYER, D. R.:
Coercive behavior in the rhesus monkey. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
208-210, 1963.

McCoNNELL, D. G., MEYER, D. R,, and ALT, J. E.:
A fully automatic primate test apparatus with re-
sponse contingent stimuli. Transactions of the
12th Annual Conference on Electrical Applications
in Medicine and Biology (I.R.E.), Philadelphia,
November, 1959.

McCoNNELL, D., PoLibora, V. J., FRIEDMAN,
M. P., and MEYER, D. R.: Automatic reading and
recording of digital data in the analysis of primate
behavior. Institute of Radiation Engineers (Medi-
cal Electronics) Transactions, September, 1959.

MEYER, D. R.: The effects of differential probabilities
of reinforcement on discrimination learning by
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 53:173-175, 1960.

MEYER, D. R., and MEYER, P. M.: Brain functions.
Annual Review of Psychology, 14:155-174, 1963.

MEYER, D. R., PoLIDORA, V. J., and MCCONNELL,
D. G.: Effects of spatial S-R contiguity and re-
sponse delay upon Niscriminative performance by
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog:-
cal Psychology, 54:175-177, 1961.

MEYER, DONALD R., TREICHLER, F. ROBERT, and
MEYER, PATRICIA M.: Discrete-trial training tech-
niques and stimulus variables. In: Schrier, Allan
M., Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz, Fred, eds.
Behavior of nonhyman primates. Vol. 1. New
York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 1-49.

Meyer, D. R., TREICHLER, F. R., YuTzEY, D. A,
and MEYER, P. M.: Precedence effects in discrimi-
nation learning by normal and frontal monkeys.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 58:472-474, 1964.

MEYER, P. M.: Analysis of visual behavior in cats
with extensive neocortical ablations. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
397-401, 1963.

MEYER, P. M., HoRrEL, J. A, and MEYER, D. R.:
Effects of dl-amphetamine upon placing responses
in neodecorticate cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:402-404, 1963.

OrTESON, M. I, SHERIDAN, C. L., and MEYER,
D. R.: Effects of stimulus-response isolation on
primate pattern discrimination learning. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
935-938, 1962.

ScHuck, J. R., PoLIDORA, V. J., McCONNELL,
D. G., and MEYER, D. R.: Response location as a
factor in primate pattern discrimination. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
543-545, 1961.

SHERIDAN, CHARLES LAWRENCE: Interocular trans-
fer of brightness and pattern discriminations in
normal and corpus callosum-sectioned rats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
59(2) :292-294, 1965.

SHERIDAN, C. L., HoREL, J. A., and MEYER, D. R.:
Effects of response-induced stimulus change on
primate discrimination learning. Journal of Com-

parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:511-
514, 1962.

TREICHLER, F. R., HOREL, J. A., and MEYER, D. R.:
An assessment of automatically dispensed primate
reinforcers. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 5:537-539, 1962.

MH-2036 (R01) BENDA, CLEMENS E., and JONEs,
EpwaArD V., JR.: Personality factors in mental
retardation. Walter E. Fernald State School,
Waverly, Mass. (1957-64)

BENDA, C. E.: Language, intelligence, and creativity.
Journal of Existential Psychiatry, 3:27-44, 1962.

BENDA, C. E.: Monogolism. In: Carter, Charles H.,
ed. Medical aspects of mental retardation.
Springfield, Ill., C. C. Thomas, 1963, p. 519-590.

BENDA, CLEMENS E.: Die geistigen Entwicklungs-
storungen im Kindesalter. Der Nervenarzt, 35
(3):97-101, 1964.

BENDA, C. E., Squires, N. D., OGONIK, J., and
WisE, R.: Personality factors in mild mental re-
tardation. Part I. Family background and socio-
cultural patterns. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 68:24-40, 1963.

BenDA, C. E., SQuIres, N. D., OGONIK, J., WISE,
R., and AKIN R.: The relationship between intel-
lectual inadequacy and emotional and sociocultural
privation. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 5:294-313,
1964.

BeEnDA, CLEMENS E., SQuires, NEwWeLL D., Oco-
NIK, JOHN, WISE, ROBERT, and AKIN, RUTH:
The relationship of intellectual inadequacy to
emotional factors. In: International Congress on
the Scientific Study of Mental Retardation, Den-
mark, August 7-14, 1964, p. 588-597.

MH-2039 (R01) TAYLOR, JANET A., MAHER,
BRENDAN: Learning, emotionality and early ex-
perience in rats. Northwestern University, Evans-
ton, Ill. (1958-59)

SPENCE, JANET T., and MAHER, B. A.: Handling
and noxious stimulation of the albino rat. I.
Effects on subsequent emotionality. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
247-251, 1962.

SPENCE, JANET T., and MAHER, B. A.: Handling
and noxious stimulation of the albino rat. IIL
Effects on subsequent performance in a learning
situation. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55:252-255, 1962.

TAYLOR, JANET A., and MAHER, B. A.: Escape and
displacement experience as variables in the recov-
ery from approach-avoidance conflicts. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
586-590, 1959.

257
MH-2045 (R01) BowERMAN, CHARLES E.: Parent
and peer orientations of adolescents. University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1958-63)

BowerMAN, CHAS. E., and ELDER, GLEN H., JR.
Variations in adolescent perception of family
ower structure. American Sociological Review,
29:551-567, 1964.

BowEerRMAN, CHARLES E., and IRisH, DONALD P.:
Some relationships of stepchildren to their par-
ents. Marriage and Family Living, 24(2):113-
121, 1962.

ELDER, GLEN H., JR.: Adolescent achievement and
mobility aspirations. Chapel Hill, N.C., Institute
for Research in Social Science, 1962, 238 p.
(Processed).

ELpER, GLEN H., JRr.: Structural variations in the
child rearing relationship. Sociometry, 25(3):
241-262, 1962.

ELpER, GLEN H., JRr.: Parental power legitimation
and its effect on the adolescent. Sociometry, 26
(1) :50-65, 1963.

ELDER, GLEN H., JR., and BOWERMAN, CHARLES E.:
Family structure and child-rearing patterns: The
effect of family size and sex composition. Ameri-
can Sociological Review, 28(6):891-905, 1963.

IrisH, DONALD P.: Frequencies and characteristics
of broken homes among adolescents. The Ohio
Journal of Science, 63(1):30-38, 1963.

MH-2046 (R03) Facot, RoBerT F.: Experiments
and related theory in choice behavior. University
of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1957-58)

Facor, R. F.: A model for ordered metric scaling
by comparison of intervals. Psychometrika, 24:
157-158, 1959.

MH-2050 (R01) Dice, Lee R.: Heredity of be-
havior types in peromyscus. Cranbrook Institute
of Science, Bloomfield Hills, Mich. (1958-61)

Dick, Lee R.: Laboratory instruments for measuring
the behavior of shy or nocturnal small mammals.
Journal of Mammalogy, 42:159-166, 1961.

Dice, LE R., BaArTO, ELIZABETH, and CLARK,
PHILIP ].: Modifications of behaviour associated
with inherited convulsions or whirling in three
strains of peromyscus. Animal Behaviour, 11:
40-50, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-375 and
MH-1650).

Dick, Lee R., and CLARK, PHILIP ].: Variation in
measures of behavior among three races of pero-
myscus. Contributions of the Laboratory of Ver-
tebrae Biology at the University of Michigan, 75:
1-28, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-375 and
MH-1650).

Dice, Lee R., CLARK, PHILIP ]., and GILBERT,
RoBERT I.: Relation of fertility to education in

258

Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1951-1954. Eugenics

Quarterly, 11:30-45, 1964.

MH-2051 (R01) D'AMATO, MiIcHAEL R.: Early
experience and adult behavior organization. New
York University, New York, N.Y. (1958-61)

D'Amato, M. R.: Distribution variables in simple
discrimination learning in rats. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 14:216-219, 1960.

D’AMmATO, M. R.: Effect of litter size on brightness
discrimination and reversal. Psychological Re-
ports, 7:91-97, 1960.

D’AmaTo, M. R.: Flash rate as a discriminandum
in discrimination learning in rats. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
445-448, 1961.

D'Amato, M. R.: Transfer of an early acquired
brightness discrimination from bar-pressing to a
Y maze. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 54:548-551, 1961.

D’AmaTo, M. R., and Jacopa, H.: Age, sex, and
rearing conditions as variables in simple bright-
ness discrimination. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 53:261-263, 1960.

D'Amato, M. R., and Jacopa, H.: Effects of ex-
tinction trials on discrimination reversal. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 59:254-260,
1960.

D'Amato, M. R., and Jacobs, H.: Transfer of
brightness discrimination from bar-pressing to a
Y maze. Psychological Reports, 7:83-90, 1960.

D’AmaTto, M. R., and JaGopa, H.: Analysis of the
role of overlearning in discrimination reversal.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61:45-50,
1961.

D’AMaTo, M. R., and JacoDpa, H.: Studies on trans-
fer of brightness discrimination from bar-pressing
to a Y maze. Journal of Psychology, 52:411-
422, 1961.

D'Amato, M. R., and Jacobs, H.: Overlearning
and position reversal. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 64:117-122, 1962.

D’AmaTo, M. R., and Jacopa, H.: Effect of early
exposure to photic stimulation on brightness dis-
crimination and exploratory behavior. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 101:267-271, 1962.

D'Amato, M. R., and ScHIFF, D.: Long-term dis-
criminated avoidance performance in the rat. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57:123-126, 1964.

D’AmaTo, M. R., ScHIFF, D., and JaGopa, H.: Re-
sistance to extinction after varying amounts of
discriminative or nondiscriminative training. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 64:526-532,
1962.
Jacopa, H., and D'AMATO, M. R.: Response repe-
tition in a free-responding situation. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
264-266, 1960.

MH-2054 (R01) HOOBLER, ICIE M., BALL, RACHEL
StutsMAN, and KELLY, HARRIET ].: Metabolic
adaptations to emotional disturbance. Merrill
Palmer Institute, Detroit, Mich. (1958-60)

WENLER, JONATHAN: Multiple analysis program
system: A system of interrelated statistical pro-
grams. Tempe, Arizona, Arizona State Univer-
sity, 1959, 126 p. (Processed) (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2926).

MH-2057 (R03) SorLoMON, PHILIP, and PETRIE,
ASENATH: Reactions to pain and sensory depriva-
tion. Harvard Medical School, Boston, Mass.
(1957-58)

PETRIE, A., CoLLINS, W., and SoLoMON, P.: Pain
sensitivity, sensory deprivation, and susceptibility
to satiation. Science, 128(3336):1431-1433,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-2641).

MH-2060 (R01) KAPLAN, SoLoMON, D.: Mech-
olyl-hue thresholds of depressants. Uriversity of
Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, Kans.
(1957-58)

KapLAN, S. D.: A visual test of hypothalamic ex-
citability. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 14
(7) :400, 1959.

KapLAN, S. D.: A visual analog of the Funkenstein
test. Archives of General Psychiatry, 3:383-388,
1960.

KapLaN, S. D.: Drugs and hypothalamic excitabil-
ity. In: Uhr, L., and Miller, J. S., eds. Drugs
and behavior. New York, John Wiley, 1960,
p. 413-419.

MH-2061 (R01) COHEN, SANFORD I., and SILVER-
MAN, ALBERT J.: Affects, physiological changes
and humoral levels. Duke University, Durham,
N.C. (1958-62)

BRESSLER, BERNARD, SILVERMAN, A. ]., COHEN,
S. I., and SHMAVONIAN, BARRY: Research in hu-
man subjects and the artificial traumatic neurosis:
Where does our responsibility lie? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 116(6):522-526, 1959.

CoHEN, S. I., SILVERMAN, A. J., BRESSLER. BER-
NARD, and SHMAVONIAN, BARRY: Problems in
isolation studies, 1958. In: Solomon, P., ed.
Sensory deprivation. Cambridge, Harvard Uni-
versity Press, 1961, p. 114-129.

COHEN, 8S. I., SILVERMAN, A. J., and SHMAVONIAN,
B. M.: The measurement of human adaptation to
stressful environments. General Systems Review,
4:321-341. 1959.

259

COHEN, S. I., SILVERMAN, A. J., and SHMAVONIAN,
B. M.: Neurophysiological, humoral, and person-
ality factors in the response to sensory deprivation.
In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of
Psychiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal, University of
Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961,
p. 1004-1009.

CoHEN, S. I, SILVERMAN, A. J., and SHMAVONIAN,
B. M.: Influence of psychodynamic factors on cen-
tral nervous system functioning in young and aged
subjects. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23(2):123-
137, 1961.

CoHEN, S. I, SILVERMAN, A. J., and SHMAVONIAN,
B. M.: Experimental stress in the study of psycho-
pathological and neuroendocrinological relation-
ships. In: West, L. J., ed. Human experimental
psychopathology. New York, Hoeber, 1964.

CoHEN, S. I, SILVERMAN, A. J., WADDELL, WIL-
LiaAM, and ZUDEMA, G. D.: Urinary catechol
amine levels, gastric secretion and specific psycho-
logical factors in ulcer and non-ulcer patients.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 5(2):90-115,
1961.

SILVERMAN, A. J., COHEN, S. I, and SHMAVONIAN,
B.: Selection techniques for space crews. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 115(12):1110-1112,
1959.

SILVERMAN, A. J., COHEN, S. I., and SHMAVONIAN,
B. M.: Investigation of psychophysiologic rela-
tionships with skin resistance measures. Psycho-
somatic Research, 4:65-87, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2109).

SILVERMAN, A. J., COHEN, S. I, SHMAVONIAN,
B. M., and KIRSHNER, NORMAN: Catechol amines
in psychophysiologic studies. In: Wortis, Joseph,
ed. Recent advances in biological psychiatry,
Vol. 3 New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961,
p. 104-117.

MH-2063 (R01) TERRELL, GLENN: Role of de-
layed reward in learning in children. University
of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1958-62)

TERRELL, G., and WARE, R.: Role of delay of
reward in speed of size and form discrimination
learning in childhood. Child Development, 32:
409-415, 1961.

TERRELL, GLENN, and WARE, ROBERT: Emotion-
ality as a function of delay of reward. Child
Development, 34:495-501, 1963.

WARE, ROBERT, and TERRELL, GLENN: Effects of
delayed reinforcement on associative and incentive
factors. Child Development, 32:789-793, 1961.

MH-2064 (R01) MCALLISTER, WALLACE R., and
MCcALLISTER, DoroTHY E.: Systematic invest of
second-order conditioning. Syracuse University,
Syracuse, N.Y. (1958- )
Ley, RoNALD: Effects of food and water deprivation
on the performance of a response motivated by
acquired fear. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 69(6):583-589, 1965.

McALLisTER, D. E., and MCALLISTER, W. R.:
Second-order conditioning of fear. Psychonomic
Science, 1:383-384, 1964.

McALLISTER, W. R., and MCALLISTER, D. E.: Post-
conditioning delay and intensity of shock as fac-
tors in the measurement of acquired fear. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 64:110-116, 1962.

McALLISTER, W. R., and MCALLISTER, D. E.: Role
of the CS and of apparatus cues in the measure-
ment of acquired fear. Psychological Reports, 11:
749-756, 1962.

MCALLISTER, W. R., and MCALLISTER, D. E.: In-
crease over time in the stimulus generalization of
acquired fear. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 65:576-582, 1963.

MCALLISTER, WALLACE R., MCALLISTER, DOROTHY
E., and FRANCHINA, JosePH J.: Dependence of
equality judgments upon the temporal interval
between stimulus presentations. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 70(6):602-605, 1965.

MH-2067 (R01) Levy, LEoN H.: Studies of an-
ticipatory processes. Indiana University, Bloom-
ington, Ind. (1958-62)

Levy, LEoN H.: Context effects in social perception.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:
295-297, 1960.

Levy, LEON H.: Weber fraction analogues in social
perception. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 11:233-
242, 1960.

Levy, LEON H.: Judgments of groups as a function
of the stimulus values of their individual mem-
bers. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 16:358-
359, 1961.

Levy, LEoN H.: The conditioning and generaliza-
tion of changes in social perceptual dispositions.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:
583-587, 1961.

Levy, LeoN H.: Adaptation, anchoring, and dissi-
pation in social perception. Journal of Person-
ality, 29:94-104, 1961.

LEVY, LEON H.: Weber fraction analogues in social
perception: Further investigation—a comment.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:424, 1962.

Levy, LEoN H.: Age and personal need correlates
of expectancy for change. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 15:351-356, 1962.

Levy, L. H.: Reversal response sets and the nature
of person perception. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 67:392-396, 1963.

260

Levy, LEoN H.: Group variance and group attrac-
tiveness. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 68:661-664, 1964.

Levy, L. H., and DucaN, R. D.: A constant error
approach to the study of dimensions of social
perception. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 61:21-24, 1960.

Levy, L., Orr, T. B., and ROSENZWEIG, S.: Judg-
ments of emotion from facial expressions by
college students, mental retardates, and mental
hospital patients. Journal of Personality, 28:342-
349, 1960.

Levy, L. H,, and RicHTER, M. L.: Impressions of
groups as a function of the stimulus values of
their individual members. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 67:349-354, 1963.

MH-2068 (R01) PULVER, SYDNEY E.: Convulsive-
nonconvulsive electroshock. Pennsylvania Hos-
pital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1958-60)

PuLver, SypNEy E. and JacoBs, E. GARDNER:
Effect of nonconvulsive electrostimulation upon
some side effects of ECT. Diseases of the Nerv-
ous System, 22(7):382-387, 1961.

MH-2072 (R01) LassLo, ANDREW, and BAIN,
JaMEs A.: Molecular structure and enzymody-
namic properties. Emory University, Atlanta, Ga.
(1958-61) (Continued as MH-4379).

BEASLEY, JAMES G., QUINTANA, RONALD P., and
NEeLMS, GRETCHEN G.: The effect of piperidine-
carboxamide derivatives on isolated human plasma
cholinesterase: II. Variations in the amide func-
tion. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 7:698-
701, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4379).

LassLo, A., BEeasLey, J. G., NeLms, G. G., and
EPPERSON, G. ].: The effect of piperidinecar-
boxamide derivatives on isolated human plasma

cholinesterase. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
6:811-813, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4379).

LassLo, A. and MEYER, A. L.: Effect of chlor-
promazine upon isolated d-amino acid oxidase
systems. Nature, 184:1922-1925, 1959.

LassLo, A., MEYER, A. L., and RAMA SASTRY, B. V.:
Enzymatic hydrolysis of lactoyl and glyceroylcho-
lines. Journal of Medical Pharmacology and
Chemistry, 2:91-98, 1960.

LassLo, A., and WALLER, P. D.: Derivatives of
N-Methylpiperidine. Journal of Medical Pharma-
cology and Chemistry, 2:107-110, 1960.

LassLo, A., WALLER, P. D., and EPPERSON, G. J.:
The synthesis of arylalkylamino-propionamide ana-
logues of lysergic acid diethylamide and their ef-
fect upon isolated cholinesterase systems. Journal
of Medicinal Chemistry, 6:26-28, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-4379).
LassLo, A., WALLER, P. D., MEYER, A. L., and
RAMA SAsTRY, B. V.: The synthesis of substituted
arylalkylaminopropionamide analogues of lysergic
acid diethylamide and their effect upon isolated
cholinesterase systems. Journal of Medical Phar-
macology and Chemistry, 2:617-631, 1960.

QUINTANA, R. P.: Relationships between the surface
activity and cholinesterase inhibition of mono- and
bis [3-(N,N-diethylcarbamoyl) piperidino} al-

kanes. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 53:
1221-1223, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4379).

QUINTANA, R. P.: Relationships between the sur-
face activity and chloinsterase inhibition of carba-
moylpiperidinoalkanes. II. Variations in the amide

function. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54
(4):573-575, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
4379).

QUINTANA, R. P., and SHRADER, W. A.: Synthesis
of selected amides of mono- and bis(carboxy-
piperidino) alkanes. Journal of Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 52:1186-1188, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4379).

QUINTANA, RONALD P., SmitH, TERRY D., and
LoreNzEN, LiNpA F.: Systhesis of carbamoyl-
piperidine-type cholinesterase inhibitors. Journal
of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54(5):785-787, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4379).

MH-2074 (R01) FLANAGAN, JOHN C., and DAILEY,
Joun T.: Identification and development of hu-
man abilities. University of Pittsburgh, Pitts-
burgh, Pa. (1958-64)

DAILEY, J. T.: Motivation for science careers.
ence Education, 46(3):255-257, 1962.

DAILEY, JoHN T., and SHAYCOFT, M. F.: Types of
tests in Project Talent: Standardized aptitude and
achievement tests. In: Cooperative research mon-
ograph no. 9, Office of Education. Washington,
D.C, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1961,
62 p.

FLANAGAN, J. C.: Data processing in large-scale re-
search projects. Harvard Educational Review, 31
(3) :250-256, 1961.

FLANAGAN, JoHN C.: Project “Talent.” A progress
report. In: Measurement and research in today’s
schools. Report of the 25th Educational Confer-
ence, 1960. March, 1961, p. 99-108.

FLANAGAN, J. C.: Science aptitudes of high school
students. Scientific Manpower. Washington, D.C.,
National Science Foundation, 1961, p. 10-13.

Sci-

FLANAGAN, J. C.: Maximizing human talents. Jour-
nal of Teaching Education, 8(2):209-215, 1962.

FLANAGAN, J. C.: Implications of research for Amer-
ican secondary education. In: Elam, Stanley, ed.
New dimensions for educational progress. Bloom-
ington, Ind., Phi Delta Kappa, 1962, p. 55-72.

261

FLANAGAN, J. C.: The implications of recent re-
search for the improvement of secondary educa-
tion. American Educational Research Journal, 1
(1):1-9, 1964.

FLANAGAN, J. C.: Obtaining useful comparable scores
for non-parallel tests and test batteries. Journal
of Educational Measurement, 1(1):1-4, 1964.

FLANAGAN, J. C.: Some early findings from a
nationwide survey: Project Talent. NEA Journal,
53:8-10, 1964.

FLANAGAN, J. C., and DAILEY, J. T.: Prospectus for
the talent search. Personnel and Guidance Jour-
nal, 37:387-389, 1959.

FLANAGAN, |. C., DAILEY, J. T., SHAYCOFT, M. F.,
GorHAM, W. A., ORR, D. B., and GOLDBERG, I.:
Design for a study of American youth. Boston,
Houghton Mifflin, 1962, 240 p.

FLANAGAN, M. E., DAILEY, J. T., SHAYCOFT, M. F.,
Orr, D. B., and GOLDBERG, I.: Studies of the
American high school. Final report to U.S. Office
of Education, Cooperative Research Project No.
226. Pittsburgh, Project Talent Office, University
of Pittsburgh, 1962. (Processed)

FLANAGAN, M. E., Davis, F., DAILEY, J. T., SHAY-
cort, M. F., Orr, D. B., GOLDBERG, I., and
NEeymaN, C. A, Jr.: The American high-school
student. Final report to U.S. Office of Education,
Cooperative Research Project No. 635. Pitts-
burgh, Project Talent Office, University of Pitts-
burgh, 1964.

SHAYCOFT, M. F., DAILEY, |. I., ORR, D. B., NEY-
MAN, C. A., and SHERMAN, W.: Studies of a
complete age group—age 15. Technical report to
U.S. Office of Education, Cooperative Research
Project No. 566. Pittsburgh, Project Talent Of-
fice, University of Pittsburgh, 1963, 143 p. (Proc-
essed)

MH-2075 (R01) LEETE, EDWARD: Biogenesis of
morphine and related alkaloids. University of
California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1958-58) (Con-
tinued as MH-2662).

LEeTE, E.: Biogenesis of morphine.
Industry (London), p. 977-978, 1958.
knowledges MH-2662).

LEeTE, E.: Biogenesis of d-norpseudo ephedrine in
Catha edulis. Chemistry and Industry (London),
p. 1088-1089, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
2662).

LEeTE, E.: The biogenesis of morphine. Journal of

the American Chemical Society, 81:3948-3951,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2662).

Chemistry and
(Also ac-

MH-2082 (R01) Rock, IRVIN: Trace mechanisms
in learning and memory. New School for Social
Research, New York, N.Y. (1958-59) (Con-
tinued as MH-3435).
Rock, I.: The present status of Gestalt psychology.
In: Festschrift for Gardner Murphy. New York,
Harper, 1960, p. 117-144. (Also acknowledges
MH-3435).

Rock, I.: A neglected aspect of the problem of re-
call. In: Scher, Jordan, ed. Toward a definition
of mind. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press, 1962, p. 645-
659. (Also acknowledges MH-3435).

Rock, I., and CErAsO, J.: Toward a cognitive theory
of associative learning. In: Scheerer, C., ed.
Cognition: Theory, research, promise. New York,
Harper & Row, 1964, p. 110-146. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3435).

Rock, I, and EBENHOLTZ, S.: The relational deter-
mination of perceived size. Psychological Review,
66(6) :387-401, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
3435).

Rock, I., and EBENHOLTZ, S.: Stroboscopic move-
ment based on change of phenomenal location
rather than retinal location. American Journal of
Psychology, 75(2):193-207, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3435).

Rock, I., EpsTEIN, W., and ZUckKErRMAN, C. B.:
Meaning and familiarity in associative learning.
Psychological Monographs, 74(4):1-22, 1960.
(Whole No. 491). (Also acknowledges MH-
3435).

MH-2087 (R01) DAvips, ANTHONY: Study of hos-
pitalized emotionally disturbed children. Emma
Pendleton Bradley Hospital, East Providence, R.I.
(1958-58)

Davips, ANTHONY: Intelligence in childhood schizo-
phrenics, other emotionally disturbed children, and
their mothers. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
22:159-163, 1958.

DAvips, ANTHONY, and PARENTI, ANITA N.: Time
orientation and interpersonal relations of emotion-
ally disturbed and normal children. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 57:299-305,
1958.

DAvips, ANTHONY, and PARENTI, ANITA N.: Per-
sonality, social choice, and adults perception of
these factors in groups of disturbed and normal
children. Sociometry, 21:212-224, 1958.

MH-2090 (R01) Prout, Curtis T., LORANGER,
ARMAND, W., and WHITE, MARY ALICE: Drug
effects in psychiatric research. New York Hospi-
tal, Westchester Division, White Plains, N.Y.
(1957-60)

LORANGER, ARMAND W., ProuTt, Curtis T., and
WHITE, MARY ALICE: The placebo effect in psy-

chiatric drug research. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 176:920-925, 1961.

LORANGER, ARMAND, W., and Prout, Curtis T.:
A controlled evaluation of deanol and benactyzine-

262

meprobamate. New England Journal of Medicine,
266:1073-1078, 1962.

MH-2092 (R01) FINK, MAX, and POLLACK, MAX:
Individual differences in response to drugs and
EST. Hillside Hospital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1958-
60)

FINK, Max: Electroencephalographic and behavioral
effects of Tofranil. Canadian Psychiatric Journal,
4:5166-S171, 1959. (Special Supplement. Mc-
Gill University Conference on Depression and Al-
lied States, Montreal, March 19-21, 1959.) (Also
acknowledges MH-927).

FINK, MAX: Relation of tests of altered brain func-
tion to behavioral change following induced con-
vulsions. In: The First International Congress of
Neurological Science, (III. EEG, Clinical Neuro-
physiology and Epilepsy). London, Pergamon,
1959, p. 613-619.

FINK, Max: Effect of anticholinergic compounds on
postconvulsive EEG and behavior of poychiatric
patients. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 12:359-369, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-927).

Fink, Max: EEG and behavioral effects of psycho-
pharmacologic agents. In: Bradley, P., ed. Nex-
ropsychopharmacology. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1960, p. 441-446. (Also acknowledges MH-
927).

FINK, Max: Experimental psychiatric research at
Hillside: Review and prospect. [Journal of Hill-
side Hospital, 10:159-169, 1961.

FINK, MAX: Quantitative electroencephalography and
human psychopharmacology. I. Frequency spec-
tra and drug action. Neuropsychopharmkologie, 2.
Symposium, Nurnberg, 1961. Medicina Experi-
mentalis, 5:364-369, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2715).

FINK, MAX: The mode of action of convulsive ther-
apy. The neurophysiologic-adaptive view. Jour-
nal of Neuropsychiatry, 3:231-233, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-927 and MH-2715).

Fink, Max, Kaun, R. L., Karp, E., PoLLACK, M.,
GREEN, M. A., ALAN, B,, and LEFkowits, H. J.:
Inhalant-induced convulsions. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 4:259-266, 1961.

Fink, Max, KaHN, R. L., and PoLLACK, M.: Psy-
chological factors affecting individual differences
in behavioral response to convulsive therapy.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 128:243~
248, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-927).

FINK, MAX, PoLLACK, M., SIEGEL, N., and KAHN,
R. L.: Social aspects of psychiatric treatment in
three hospitals: Methodological problems. Vet-
erans Administration Cooperative Chemotherapy
Studies in Psychiatry, 6:202-206, 1961.
Kaun, R. L., and FINK, M.: Prognostic value of
Rorschach criteria in clinical response to convul-
sive therapy. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1:242-
245, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-927).

KAHN, ROBERT L., and PoLLACK, MAX: Prognostic
application of psychological techniques in convul-
sive therapy. Diseases of the Nervous System,
Monograph Supplement, 20(5) :1-5, 1959. (Also
acknowledges MH-927).

KaHN, R. L., PoLLACK, M., and FINK, MAX: Socio-
psychologic aspects of psychiatric treatment in a
voluntary mental hospital: Duration of hospitaliza.
tion, discharge ratings and diagnosis. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 1:565-574, 1959. (Also ac-

knowledges MH-927).

KauN, R. L., PoLLack, M., and FINK, M.: Figure-
ground discrimination after induced altered brain
function. Archives of Neurology, 2:547-551,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-927).

KaHN, R. L., PoLLack, M., and FINK, M.: Social
attitude (California F Scale) and convulsive ther-
apy. [Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
130:187-192, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
927).

Karp, E., PorLLack, M., and FINK, M.: Critical
flicker frequency and electroencephalography
alpha: A reliability study. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:60-63, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2715).

Porrack, M., and FINK, M.: Sociopsychological
characteristics of patients who refuse convulsive
therapy. [Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
132:153-157, 1961.

PoLLAack, M., and FINK, Max: Disordered per-
ception of simultaneous stimulation of face and
hand. A review and theory. In: Wortis, J., ed.
Biological Psychiatry, Volume IV. New York,
Plenum, 1962, p. 362-369.

PoLrLack, M., Kaun, R. L., Karp, E., and FINK,
M.: Tachistoscopic perception after induced al-
tered brain function: Influence of mental set.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disorders, 134:
422-430, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-927).

PoLrLack, M., Karp, E., KRAUTHAMER, G., KLEIN,
D. F., and Fink, Max: Neuropsychologic re-
sponse patterns of some psychotropic drugs. In:
Rothlin, E., ed. Neuropsychophramacology. Am-
sterdam, Elsevier, 1961, p. 381-384.

MH-2093 (RO1) WITTENBORN, J. RICHARD: A
behavior rating scale procedure. Rutgers—The
State University, New Brunswick, N.J. (1957-
58)

WITTENBORN, J. R.: Ratings based on the standard
interview. In: Glueck, B. C., ed. Report of
Conference on Social Adjustment Rating Scales, held

at Center for Continuation Study, University of
Minnesota, October 10, 1958.

WITTENBORN, J. R.: Rating scales in diagnosis. In:
Nodine, John H., and Moyler, John H., eds.
Psychosomatic medicine. First Hahnemann Sym-
posium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1962, p
55-60. (Also acknowledges MH-2525 and MH-
3008).

WITTENBORN, J. R., CLARK, W. D., MarTUCCI, L.,
and SIMMONS, J. J.: A standard interview as an
aid to assessment. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 134:353-360, 1962.

MH-2094 (R01) DEews, PETER B., and MORSE,
W. H.: Basic types of effects of drugs on
behavior. Harvard Medical School, Boston, Mass.
(1957- )

Cook, L., and KELLEHER, R. T.: Effects of drugs
on behavior. In: Cutting, W. C., ed. Annual
Review of Pharmacology. Vol. 3. Palo Alto,
California, Annual Reviews, 1963, p. 205-222.
(Also acknowledges MH-2645).

Davis, JoEL L.: Antagonism of a behavioral effect
of d-amphetamine by chlorpromazine in the pi-
geon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8(5) :325-327, 1965.

DEws, P. B.: Analysis of effects of psychopharma-
cological agents in behavioral tests. Federation
Proceedings, 17:1024-1030, 1958. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1226).

DEews, P. B.: Some observations on an operant in
the octopus. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 2:57-63, 1959.

Dews, P. B.: Monoamines et comportement condi-
tionne. Symposium sur les monoamines et le sys-
teme nerveux central. Geneva, 1961.

Dews, P. B.: Psychopharmacology. In: Bachrach,
A. J., ed. Experimental foundations of clinical
psychology. New York, Basic Books, 1962, p.
423-441.

DEws, P. B.: A behavioral output enhancing effect
of impramine in pigeons. International Journal of
Neuropharmacology, 1:265-272, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2645).

DEws, P. B.: The effect of multiple S4 periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:369-
374, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2165).

DEws, P. B.: Schedules of reinforcement. In: Stein-
berg, Hannah, deReuck, A. V. S., and Knight,
Julie, eds. Ciba Foundation symposium jointly
with the co-ordinating committee for symposia on
drug action on animal behaviour and drug action.
London, J. & A. Churchill, 1964, p. 191-201.
(Also acknowledges MH-2645).

263
Dews, P. B.: Humors. Proceedings of the Ameri-
can Philosophical Society, 108(6):473-477, 1964.

Dews, P. B.: The effect of multiple S periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule: II. In a
timate. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8(1):53-54, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-2645).

Dews, P. B.: The effect of multiple S periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule: III. Ef-
fect of changes in pattern of interruptions, pa-
rameters and stimuli. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 8(6):427-435, 1965.

Dews, P. B.: The effect of multiple S2 periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule: IV. Ef-
fect of continuous S4 with only short SA probes.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
9(2):147-151, 1966.

DEews, PETER B.: Conditioned behavior as sub-
stratum for behavioral effects of drugs. In: Psy-
chiatric drugs. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1966, p. 22-31.

Dews, P. B., and Morse, W. H.: Behavioral phar-
macology. Annual Review of Pharmacolgy, 1:
145-174, 1961.

Dews, P. B., and TRENDELENBURG, U.: Das phar-
makologiestudium in den U.S.A. Archiv fiir Ex-
per. Pathologie und Pharm., 236:310-316, 1959.

KELLEHER, ROGER T.: Operant conditioning. In:
Schrier, Allan M., Harlow, Harry F., and Stoll-
nitz, Fred, eds. Behavior of nonhuman primates.
Vol. 1. New York, Academic Press, 1965, p
211-247. (Also acknowledges MH-2645).

KELLEHER, R. T., Fry, W., and Cook, L.: Ad-
justing fixed-ratio schedules in the squirrel mon-

key. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 7:69-77, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2645).

KELLEHER, ROGER T., and GorLLuB, LEwis R.: A
review of positive conditioned reinforcement.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
5(Suppl.) :543-597, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1604 and MH-2645).

KELLEHER, R. T., and Morse, W. H.: Escape be-
havior and punished behavior. Federation Pro-
ceedings, 23:808-817, 1964.

KEILEHER, R. T., RiopLe, W. C.,, and Cook, L.:
Persistent behavior maintained by unavoidable
shocks. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Be-
havior, 6:507-517, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2645).

MARLEY, E., and Morse, W. H.: Operant condi-
tioning in the newly hatched chicken. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9(2):95-
103, 1966.

MoLLvER, M. E.: Operant control of vocal be-
havior in the cat. Journal of the Experimental

264

Analysis of Behavior, 6:197-202, 1963.
acknowledges MH-2645).

Morse, W. H.: Use of operant conditioning tech-
niques for evaluating the effects of barbiturates on
behavior. In: Nodine, John H., and Moyer, John
H., eds. The 15st Hahnemann Symposium on Psy-
chosomatic Medicine. Philadelphia, Lea & Febi-
ger, 1962, p. 275-281.

(Also

RUTLEDGE, CHARLES O., and KELLEHER, ROGER T.:
Interactions between the effects of methampheta-
mine and pentobarbital on operant behavior in the
pigeon.  Psychopharmacologia, 7(6) :400-408,
1965.

Smit, C. B.: Enhancement by reserpine and a-
methyl dopa of the effects of d-amphetamine upon
the locomotor activity of mice. Journal of Phar-
macology, 142:343-350, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2645).

SMmitTH, CHARLES B.: Effects of d-Amphetamine upon
operant behavior of pigeons: Enhancement by
reserpine. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 146(2):167-174, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-2645).

SMITH, CHARLES B.: Effects of d-amphetamine upon
brain amine content and locomotor activity of
mice. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics, 147(1) :96-102, 1965.

SmitH, C. B., and DEews, P. B.: Enhancement by
reserpine of the effects of amphetamine on loco-
motor activity of mice. Federation Proceedings,
21: 1962.

Smith, C. B., and DEws, P. B.: Antagonism of loco-
motor suppressant effects of reserpine in mice.
Psychopharmacology, 3:55-59, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2645).

VAILLANT, G. E.: A comparison of chlorpromazine
and imipramine on behavior of the pigeon. Jour-
nal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapen-
tics, 146(3) :377-384, 1964.

VAILLANT, GEORGE E.: Antagonism between physo-
stigmine and atropine on the behavior of the pi-
geon. Naunyn-Schmiedebergs Arch. Exp. Path. u.
Pharmak., 248:406-416, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2645).

WALLER, M. B., and Morse, W. H.: Effects of
pentobarbital on fixed-ratio reinforcement. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:
125-130, 1963.

WurTMAN, R. J., FRANK, M. M., Morse, W. H.,
and DEws, P. B.: Studies on behavior. V. Ac-
tions of l-epinephrine and related compounds.
Journal of Pharmacology, 127:281-287, 1959.

MH-2095 (R01) BococH, SAMUEL: Pathological
chemistry of brain glycolipids. Massachusetts
Mental Health Center, Boston, Mass. (1958-61)
(Continued as MH-5704).
BoGocH, S.: Neuraminic acid in the cerebrospinal
fluid of schizophrenic patients. In: Rinkel, M.,
and Himwich, H. E., eds. Insulin treatment in
psychiatry. New York, Philosophical Library,
1959, p. 343-357.

BococH, S.: Glycoproteins of human cerebrospinal
fluid. Nature, 184:1628-1629, 1959.

BococH, S.: Structure and function of brain gan-
gliosides. In: van Bogaert and Radermecker, eds.
Proceedings of the 1st International Congress of
Neurological Sciences. Vol. 1. New York, Per-
gamon, 1959, p. 142.

BococH, S.: Studies on the neurochemistry of schizo-
phrenic and affective disorders. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 116:743-744, 1960.

BoGcocH, S.: Studies on cerebrospinal fluid. I.
Quantitative fractionation of carbohydrate con-
stituents. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 235:
16-22, 1960.

BococH, S.: Interaction of viruses with native brain
substrates. Neurology, 10(5):439-445, 1960.

BoGocH, S.: Aminoglycolipids and glycoproteins of
human brain. III. Quantitative separation and
determination of brain glycoproteins, neuraminic
acid, hexosamin, and hexoses by means of whole
tissue emulsion-fractionation. Nature, 190:153-
155, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-5704).

BoGocH, S.: Glycoproteins of human cerebrospinal
fluid. In: Stewart, C. P., Fraser, S. C. and
Jocelyn, P. C., eds. Proceedings of the 4th Inter-
national Congress on clinical chemistry. Edin-
burgh and London, Livingston, 1961, p. 136.
(Also acknowledges MH-5704).

BococH, S.: Aminoglycolipids and glycoproteins of
human brain. New methods for their extraction
and further study in the sphingolipidoses. In:
Aronson, S. M., and Volk, B. W., eds. Proceed-
ings of the international conference on the sphin-
golipidoses. New York, Academic Press, 1962,
p. 249-270. (Also acknowledges MH-5704).

BogocH, S., BELvaL, P. C., and WINER, D.: Amino-
glycolipids and glycoproteins of human brain.
II. Hot methanol extraction of human brain amino-
glycolipids. Nature, 190:152-153, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-5704).

BococH, S., and BococH, E. S.: Effect of brain
ganglioside on the heart of the clam. Nature,
183:53-54, 1959.

BocgocH, S., Dussik, K. T., FENDER, CH., and
CoNRAN, P.: Longitudinal clinical and neuro-
chemical studies on schizophrenic and manic-de-
pressive psychoses. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 117:409, 1960.

BocGocH, S., FaiLLACE, L. A., BELvAL, P. C., and
WINER, D.: Aminoglycolipids and glycoproteins
of human brain. I. Quantitative fractionation of

265

brain glycolipids by silicic acid chromatography.
Nature, 190:150-155, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-5704).

FaiLLack, L. A., and BoGocH, S.: Quantitative sepa-
ration of human brain glycolipids: Isolation of an
aminoglycolipid. Biochemical Journal, 82:527-
530, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5704).

MH-2096 (R01) Sacks, WiLLIAM: Tricarboxylic
acid cycle enzyme activities. Rockland State Hos-
pital, Orangeburg, N.Y. (1957-59) (Continued
from MH-789).

Sacks, WiLLIAM: Cerebral metabolism of isotopic
glucose in chronic mental disease. [Journal of
Applied Physiology, 14:849-854, 1959.

Sacks, WiLLiam: Cerebral metabolism of glucose-
3-C14 pyruvate-1-C'* and lactate-1-C* in mental
disease. Journal of Applied Physiology, 16:175-
180, 1961.

MH-2097 (R01) HorfFMAN, PAUL ].: The para-
morphic representation of human judgment. Uni-
versity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1957-60)
(Continued as MH-4439).

CraNDALL, J. E., and HOFFMAN, P. J.: Estimation
of judgment reliability: Effects of amount of in-
tervening material and point of interpolation.
ORI Research Bulletin, 1(1), 1961, 19 p. (Proc-
essed) (Also acknowledges MH-4439).

HOFFMAN, P. J.: Generating variables with arbi-
trary properties. Psychometrika, 24(3):265-267,
1959.

HorFMAN, P. J.: Linear multivariate models as rep-
resentative of clinical judgment. (Abstract)
Journal of the American Statistical Association,
55(290):363, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
4439).

HorrFMAN, P. J.: The paramorphic representation of
clinical judgment. Psychological Bulletin, 57(2):
116-131, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-4439).

HoFFMAN, P. J.: A multivariate analysis model for
the prediction of differential diagnostic judgments.
Oregon Research Institute Bulletin, 2(1):1962,
19 p. (Also acknowledges MH-4439).

HOFFMAN, PAUL J.: Assessment of the independent
contributions of predictors. Psychological Bulle-
tin, 59:77-80, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
4439).

HorrFmaN, P. J., RoORrer, L., and LAFORGE, R.:
Reciprocal moderation and configural prediction:
The construction of an appropriate model. ORI
(Oregon Research Institute) Research Monograph,
3(2), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4439).

Knox, R. E., and HOFFMAN, P. J.: Effects of varia-
tion of profile format on intelligence and socia-
bility judgments. Journal of Applied Psychology,
46(1):14-20, 1962.
LaForGE, G. R.: Homoscedasticity. American Psy-
chologist, 18:213-214, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4439).

LAFORGE, G. R.: Determination of judgment models
by field characteristics. ORI (Oregon Research

Institute) Research Bulletin, 3(1), 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-4439).
LaForGE, R.: Components of reliability. ORI

(Oregon Research Institute) Technical Report,
3(5), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4439).

MAYBEE, J. S.: Least squares solutions of polynomial
expressions: Some general considerations. ORI
(Oregon Research Institute) Technical Report,
3(1), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4439).

PrRADHAN, P. L., and HOFFMAN, P. J.: Effect of
spacing and range of stimuli on magnitude esti-
mation judgments. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 66:533-541, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-4439).

Truax, D. R.: An asymptotic solution to the prob-
lem of sampling error for two equivalent models.
ORI (Oregon Research Institute) Technical Re-
port, 3(2), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4439).

-WIGGINS, N.: Multidimensional scaling for individ-
ual viewpoints. ORI (Oregon Research Institute)
Technical Report, 3(3), 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4439).

MH-2100 (R01) Voct, EvoN Z.: Analysis of the
process of cultural change. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1958- )

BERGHE, PIERRE VAN DEN, and COLBY, BENJAMIN
N.: Ladino-Indian relations in the highlands of
Chiapas, Mexico. Social Forces, 40(1):63-71,
1961.

CANCIAN, FRANCEsca M.: Interaction patterns in
Zinacanteco families. American Sociological Re-
view, 29:540-550, 1964.

CANCIAN, FRANK: Informant error and native pres-
tige ranking in Zinacantan. American Anthro-
pologist, 65(5) :1068-1075, 1963.

CANCIAN, FRANK: Some aspects of the social and
religious organization of a Maya society. In:
Acta y Memorias. (Sobretiro del XXXV Con-
greso Internacional de Americanistas Mexico,
1962). Mexico, 1964, p. 335-343.

CANCIAN, FRANK: Economics and prestige in a
Maya community. The religious cargo system in
Zinacantan. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University
Press, 1965, 238 p.

CoLBY, BENJAMIN N.: Social relations and directed
culture change among the Zinacantan. Practical
Anthropology, 7(6):241-250, 1960.

266

CoLBy, BENJAMIN N.: Indian attitudes toward edu-
cation and inter-ethnic contact in Mexico. Prac-
tical Anthropology, 8(2):77-85, 1961.

CoLBY, BENJAMIN N., and BERGHE, PIERRE VAN
DEN: Ethnic relations in southeastern Mexico.
American Anthropologist, 63(4):772-792, 1961.

JENKINS, JoaN W., WALLACH, MARTIN S., and
STrRUPP, HANS H.: Effects of two methods of re-
sponse in a quasi-therapeutic situation. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 28:220-223, 1962.

LAUGHLIN, ROBERT M.: El simbolo de la flor en la
religion de Zinacantan. Estudios de Cultura Maya,
Seminario de Cultura Maya, Universidad Nacional
Autonoma de Mexico, 2:123-139, 1962.

MILLER, FRANK C.: The influence of decision-
making on the process of change: The case of
Yalcuc. Alpha Kappa Deltan, 30(1):29-35,
1960.

MILLER, FRANK C.: Tzotzil domestic groups. Jour-
nal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 94
(2):172-182, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
1929).

MiLLER, FRANK C.: Cultural change as decision-
making: A Tzotizil example. Ethnology, 4(1):
53-65, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1929).

Vocr, EvoN Z.: Ancient Maya concepts in contem-
porary Zinacantan religion. VIe Congres Interna-
tional des Sciences Anthropologiques et Ethnolo-
giques, Paris, 30 juillet-6 aout 1960. Musee de
P'Homme, 2:497-502, 1960.

Vocr, EvON Z.: Some aspects of Zinacantan settle-
ment patterns and ceremonial organization. Estu-
dios de Cultura Maya, Seminario de Cultura
Maya. Vol. 1. Mexico, Universidad Nacional
Autonoma de Mexico, 1961, p. 131-146.

Voc, EvoN Z.: Some implications of Zinacantan
social structure for the study of the ancient Maya.
In: Actas y Memorias. (Sobretiro del XXXV
Congreso Internacional de Americanistas Mexico,
1962). Mexico, 1964, p. 307-319.

Vocr, EvoN Z.: Ancient Maya and contemporary
Tzotzil cosmology: A comment on some methodo-
logical problems. America Indigena, 24(3):
1211-2191, 1964. Also in: American Antiquity,
30(2), 1964.

Voct, EvoN Z.: The genetic model and Maya cul-
tural development. In: Vogt, Evon Z., and Ruz,
Alberto L., eds. Desarrollo cultural de los Maya.
Seminario de Cultura Maya. Mexico, Universi-
dad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, 1964, p. 9-48.

Vocr, EvoN Z.: Summary and appraisal. In: Vogt,
Evon Z., and Ruz, Alberto L., eds. Desarrollo
cultural de los Mayas. Mexico, Universidad Na-
cional Autonoma de Mexico, 1964, p. 385-403.
Vocr, E. Z.: Structural and conceptual replication
in Zinacantan culture. American Anthropologist,
67(2):342-353, 1965.

Vocr, EvoN Z.: Ceremonial organization in Zina-
cantan. Ethnology, 4(1):39-52, 1965.

Vocr, EVON Z.: Zinacanteco “souls.” Man, No.29:

33-64, March-April, 1965.

ZABALA, MANUEL T.: Institutciones politicas y re-
ligiosas de Zinacantan. Estudios de Cultura
Maya. Vol. 1. Mexico, Universidad Nacional
Autonoma de Mexico, 1961, p. 147-158.

MH-2104 (R01) VINTER, ROBERT D., JR., and
Janowitz, MORRIS: Social organization and insti-
tutional treatment. University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Mich. (1958-62)

PErRROW, CHARLES: Reality shock: A new organiza-
tion confronts the custody-treatment dilemma.
Social Problems, 10:374-382, 1963.

STREET, D.: The inmate group in custodial and
treatment settings. American Sociological Review,
30:40-55, 1965.

VINTER, ROBERT D.: Analysis of treatment organi-
zations. Social Work, 8(3):3-15, 1963.

VINTER, ROBERT D., and JaNowIrz, Morris: Ef-
fective institutions for juvenile delinquents: A re-
search statement. Social Service Review, 33:
118-131, 1959.

VINTER, ROBERT D., and JaNowitz, Morris: The
comparative study of juvenile correctional insti-
tutions: A research report. Ann Arbor, Mich.,
School of Social Work, University of Michigan,
1961, 814 p. (Lithograph)

ZALD, MAYER N.: The correctional institution for
juvenile offenders: An analysis of organizational
“character.” Social Problems, 8(1):57-67, 1960.

ZALDp, MAYER N.: Power balance and staff conflict
in correctional institutions. Administrative Sci-
ence Quarterly, 7(1):22-49, 1962.

ZALD, MAYER N.: Organizational control structure
in five correctional institutions. American Journal
of Sociology, 68(3):335-345, 1962.

ZALD, MAYER N.: Comparative analysis and measure-
ment of organizational goals: The case of correc-
tional institutions for delinquents. Sociological
Quarterly, 4(4):206-230, 1963.

MH-2105 (R01) PARSONS, ANNE: A cross-cultural
comparison of s¢hizophrenic cases. McLean Hos-
pital, Belmont, Mass. (1958-61)

PARSONS, ANNE: Some comparative observations on
ward social structure: Southern Italy, England and
the United States. L’Ospedale Psichiatrico, Naples,
27(1) :3-23, 1959.

267

PARsoNs, ANNE: Family dynamics in South Italian
schizophrenics. Archives of General Psychiatry,
3:507-518, 1960.

PARSONS, ANNE: A schizophrenic episode in a
Neapolitan slum. Psychiatry, 24:109-121, 1961.

PARSONS, ANNE: Autorita’ patriarcale e autorita’
matriarcale nella famiglia napoletana. Quaderni
di Sociologia, 11:416-452, 1962.

PARSONS, ANNE: Is the Oedipus complex universal?
The Jones-Malinowski debate revisited and a
South Italian “nuclear complex.” In: Muenster-
berger, Warner, ed. The psychoanalytic study of
society. Vol. 3. New York, International Uni-
versities Press, 1964.

MH-2106 (R01) Rog, ANNE: Origin of interests
in early family experiences. New York Univer-
sity, New York, N.Y. (1958-59) (Continued
as MH-3239).

RoE, ANNE, and SIEGELMAN, M.: A parent-child
relations questionnaire. Child Development, 34:
355-369, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-210
and MH-3239).

MH-2109 (R01) Busse, EwALD W., HANDLER,
PHILIP, RopNick, ErioT H., STEAD, EUGENE A.
and WoopHILL, BARNES: Interdisciplinary re-
search on aging. Duke University, Durham, N.C.
(1957-62)

ANLYAN, W. M. G., DeaToN, Huco L., and SiL-
VER, DONALD: Experience with fibrinolysin in
peripheral vascular occlusive disease. American
Journal of Cardiology, 6:507-512, 1960.

ANLYAN, W. G., WooDpHALL, B., STICKEL, D., and
MAHALEY, M. S.; JrR.: Human fibrinolysin in the
treatment of acute thromboembolic disease. Bul-
letin de la Societe Internationale de Chirurgie, 21
(3):273-277, 1962.

AXELROD, SEYMOUR: Severe visual handicaps and
kinesthetic figural aftereffects. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 13:151-154, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-900).

AXELROD, SEYMOUR: Cognitive tasks in several mo-
dalities. In: Williams, R. H., Tibbitts C., and
Donahue, Wilma, eds. Processes of aging. New
York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 132-145. (Also
acknowledges MH-900).

AXELROD, S., and COHEN, L.: Senescence and em-
bedded-figure performance in vision and touch.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 12:283-288, 1961.

AXELROD, S., and EISDORFER, C.: Attitudes toward
old people: An empirical analysis of the stimulus-
group validity of the Tuckman-Lourge question-
naire. Journal of Gerontology, 16:75-80, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

AXELROD, S., and EisDORFER, C.: Senescence and
figural after-effects in two modalities. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 100:85-91, 1962.
knowledges MH-900).

AXELROD, S., and THoMPsON, L. W.: On visual
changes of reversible figures and auditory changes
in meaning. American Journal of Psychology, 75
(4):673-674, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
900).

BERRY, ROGER J., KNISELY, WiLLiaM H., and
GRUNT, JEROME A.: Approximation of “total vas-
cular space” in seminal vesicles of rats, and
changes in its distribution in response to castra-
tion and androgen. Angiology, 10(5):372-374,
1959.

BoGpONOFF, MORTON D., and EsTEs, E. HARVEY,
Jr.: Energy dynamics and acute states of arousal
in man. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23(1):23-32,
1961.

BoGpoNoOFF, M. D., Estes, E. H., HARLAN, W. R,,
Trour, D. L., and KiRsHNER, N.: Metabolic and
cardiovascular changes during a state of acute cen-
tral nervous system arousal. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinology and Metabolism, 20:1333-1340,
1960.

BocGpoNoFF, M. D., EstEs, E. H., and TrourT, D.:
Acute effects of psychologic stimuli upon plasma
non-esterified fatty acid level. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
100:503-504, 1959.

BocpoNofFF, M. D., Estis, E. H., and WEISSLER,
A. M.: Studies on fat mobilization during acute
states of arousal. Southern Medical Journal, 53:
680-683, 1960.

BoGpONOFF, M. D., LINHART, J. W., KLEIN, R. J,
and Estes, E. H.: The specific structure of com-
pounds effecting fat mobilization in man. Journal
of Clinical Investigation, 40:1993-1996, 1961.

(Also ac-

BoGpoNoFF, M. D., and NicHoLs, C. R.: Perspec-
tives of chronic illness. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 174:1936-1938, 1960.

BoGpONOFF, M. D., WEISSLER, A. M., and MER-
RITER, F. L.: The effect of autonomic ganglionic
blockade upon serum free fatty acid levels in man.
Journal of Clinical Investigation, 39:959-965,
1960.

Bortz, EpWARD L., Busse, E. WALD, ROBERTS,
DEAN W., and SHANDsS, ALFRED R., JrR.: Grow-
ing older. The medical, mental, and social prob-
lems of the aged. Delaware Medical Journal, 32
(5) :197-210, 1960.

Bussk, E. W.: Psychopathology. In: Birren, James
E., ed. Aging and the individual. Chicago, Uni-
versity of Chicago Press, 1959, p. 364-399.

Bussg, E. W.: How to treat a hypochondriac. Jour-
nal of Lifetime Living, 24:52-54, 1959.

Busse, E. W.: What is a realistic attitude in regard
to research in aging. In: Proceedings of the 1st

International Conference of the Joint Council to
Improve the Health Care of the Aged Washing-
ton, D.C., June, 1959, p. 36-40. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: On or off your rocker. Southern

Medical Journal, 52:1575-1582, 1959.

Busse, E. W.: Aging and personal relations. In:
Shock, Nathan, ed. Aging, some social and bio-
logical aspects. Baltimore, Md., Horn-Shafer,
1960, p. 225-234. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

Bussk, E. W.: Clinical principles underlying admin-
istrative practices. Mentals Hospitals, 11(2):17-
19, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: The health and adjustment of the

aged person. North Carolina Medical Journal,
21:504-508, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
900).

Busse, E. W.: Mental disorders of the aging. In:
Johnson, W. M., ed. The older patient. New
York, Paul B. Hoeber, 1960, p. 513-542. (Also
acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: Current research on aging. Public
Health Reports, 75:1119-1120, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: How to handle the elderly hypo-
chrondriac. Medical Economics, 38:104-108,

1961. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: Psychoneurotic reactions and defense
mechanisms in the aged. In: Hocks, Paul, and
Zubin, Joseph, eds. Psychopathology of aging.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 274-284.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: Spotlight on research. Rehabilitation
Record, 2(2):31-35, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: Some emotional complications of
chronic disease. Gerontologist, 2:153-156, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: Findings from the Duke Geriatrics
Research Project on the effects of aging upon the
nervous system. In: Blumenthal, H. T., ed.
Medical and clinical aspects of aging. New York,
Columbia University Press, 1962, p. 115-124.
Also in: Tibbits, Clark, and Donahue, Wilma,
eds. Social and psychological aspects of aging.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1962, p.
678-690. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W.: Identifying and meeting the emo-
tional needs of the geriatric patient. In: Proceed-
ings, Workshop on improved care to ambulatory
geriatric patients. Williamsburg, Virginia, No-
vember 1962, p. 9-18. (Also acknowledges MH-
900).

Busse, E. W., and DoveNMUEHLE, R. H.: Neurotic
symptoms and predisposition in aging people.

268
Journal of the American Geriatric Society, 8:328-
336, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W., DovENMUEHLE, R. H., and BROWN,
R. G.: Psychoneurotic reactions of the aged.
Geriatrics, 15:97-105, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-900).

Busse, E. W., FLEIDER, D. E., and Bortz, E., eds.:
Background paper on research in gerontology:
Medical. Washington, D.C., U.S. Government
Printing Office, 1960, 139 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

Busse, E. W., JEFrERs, F. C., and OBrisT, W. D.:
Factors in age awareness. In: Proceedings of the
4th International Congress of Gerontology, 3:349-
357, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

Busse, E. W., and RECKLESS, J. B.: Psychiatric man-
agement of the aged. [Journal of the American
Medical Association, 175:645-648, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-900).

COHEN, ALLAN I., SUMNER, ROBERT G., WHALEN,
RoBerT E., BROWN, IvaN, and MCINTOSH,
HENRY D.: Closed-chest cardiac massage. Ar-
chives of Internal Medicine, 110:57-62, 1962.

DavipsoN, E. A.: Periodate technique for the iden-
tification of sugar phosphates. Nature, 184:1395-
1396, 1959.

Davipson, E. A.: Hexokinase from aspergillus para-
siticus. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 235:23-
25, 1960.

DavipsoN, E., and RILEY, J.: Chondroitin sulfate b.
metabolism. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 42:
566-567, 1960.

DeaTON, H. L., ANLYAN, W. G., SILVER, DONALD,
and Fort, LYNN: Factors influencing the preven-
tion and treatment of thrombosis. Surgical Forum,
11:180-181, 1961

DoveENMUEHLE, R. H.: Health and aging. Journal
of Health and Human Behavior, 1:273-277, 1960.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

DOVENMUEHLE, R. H.: Aging vs. illness. In: Pro-
ceedings of the 2nd National Conference of the
Joint Council to Improve the Health Care of the
Aged. Chicago, 1961, p. 37-48. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-900).

DoOVENMUEHLE, R. H.: Mental health in the aged.
In: Action for the aging. Proceedings of a Con-
ference at the University of North Dakota, Sep-
tember 4-7, 1962; p. 37-43.

DovENMUEHLE, R. H.: Geriatric psychiatry. Law
and Contemporary Problems, 27:133-141, 1962.

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H.: Hospitalization of the elderly
psychiatrically ill. In: Williams, R. H., Tibbitts,
C., and Donahue, W., eds. Processes of aging.
New York, Prentice-Hall, 1963, p. 247-268.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

269

DoveENMUEHLE, R. H., Busse, E. W., and New-
MAN, E. G.: Physical problems of older people.
Journal of the American Gerontology Society, 9:
208-217, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., Busse, E. W., and NEw-
MAN, E. G.: Psychiatric problems of the non-
institutionalized elderly: Some observations on
methodological approach. In: Transactions of 7th
Annual Conference, VA Cooperative Chemother-
apy Studies in Psychiatry and Broad Research Ap-

roaches to Mental Illness, Cincinnati, Ohio,
March 26-28, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
900).

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., NEwMAN, E. G., and BUSSE,
E. W.: Physical problems of psychiatrically hos-
pitalized elderly persons. Journal of the American
Geriatrics Society, 8:838-846, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-900).

DOVENMUEHLE, R. H., RECKLEss, J. B., and NEW-
MAN, E. G.: Depressive reactions in the elderly.
In: Blumenthal, H. T., ed. Medical and clinical
aspects of aging. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1962, p. 63. (Also acknowledges MH-
900).

DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., and VERWOERDT, A.: Phys-
ical illness and depressive symptomatology: Inci-
dence of depressive symptoms in hospitalized car-
diac patients. Journal of the American Geriatrics
Society, 10:932-947, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

DovENMUEHLE, R. H., and VERWOERDT, A.: Physi-
cal illness and depressive symptomatology: Factors
of length and severity of illness and frequency of
hospitalization. Journal of Gerontology, 18:260-
266, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

EisDORFER, C.: Audition in the aged. In: Busse,
E. W., Fleider, D. K., and Bortz, E., eds. Back-
ground paper on research in gerontology: Medical.
(White House Conference on Aging Disorders).
Washington, D.C., U.S. Government Printing Of-
fice, 1960, p- 102-109.

Ei1spORFER, C.: Rorschach rigidity and sensory decre-
ment in a senescent population. Journal of Geron-
tology, 15:188-190, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

EIsDORFER, C.: Developmental level and sensory im-
pairment in the aged. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 24:129-132, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

EisporFER, C.: Changes in cognitive functioning in
relation to intellectual level in senescence. In:
Tibbitts, C., and Donahue, W., eds. Social and
psychological aspects of aging. New York, Co-
lumbia University Press, 1962, p. 888-896. (Also
acknowledges MH-900).

Ei1sDORFER, CARL: The WAIS performance of the
aged: A retest evaluation. Journal of Gerontology,
18(2):169-172, 1963.
E1sDORFER, CARL: Rorschach performance and intel-
lectual functioning in the aged. Journal of Geron-
tology, 18(4):358-363, 1963.

E1sDORFER, CARL: Verbal learning and response time
in the aged. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 107:
15-22, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

EispORFER, C., and ALTROCCHI, J.: A comparison
of attitudes toward old age and mental illness.
Journal of Gerontology, 16:340-343, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-900 and MH-1599).

EISDORFER, CARL, and AXELROD, SEYMOUR: Senes-
ence and figural aftereffects in two modalities: A
correction. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 104:
193-197, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

EISDORFER, CARL, AXELROD, SEYMOUR, and WILKIE,
FRANCES L.: Stimulus exposure time as a factor in
serial learning in an aged sample. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 67(6):594-600,
1963.

EispORFER, C., and COHEN, L. D.: The generality
of WAIS standardization for the aged: A re-
gional comparison. Journal of Abnormal and So-
ciological Psychology, 62:520-527, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-900).

EISDORFER, CARL, POWELL, ALBERT H., SILVERMAN,
GILBERT, and BOGDONOFF, MORTON D.: The
characteristics of lipid mobilization and peripheral
disposition in aged individuals. Journal of Geron-
tology, 20(4) :511-514, 1965.

ForTNEY, S., NASSER, P., and LynN, W. S.: Ef-
fects of epinephrine on oxidative phosphorylation
in rat liver mitochondria. Clinical Research, 9
(1):27, 1961.

FREESE, J., LESAGE, A., YOUNG, W., and SEALY,
W.: The effect of core induced hypothermia of
25 and 7 degrees C. on dogs with myocardial in-
farctions. Transactions of the American Society
for Artificial Internal Organs, 1960.

FRIEDBERG, S. J., KLEIN, R. F., Trout, D. L., Boc-
DONOFF, M: D., and Estes, E. H., Jr.: The in-
corporation of plasma free fatty acids into plasma
triglycerides in man. Journal of Clinical Investi-
gation, 40(1):1846-1855, 1961.

GRUNT, JEROME, BERRY, ROGER J., and KNISELY,
WiLLiAM H.: Effects of castration and/or hor-
monal therapy upon the hematocrit in aged male
rats. Journal of Gerontology, 13(4):359-361,
1958.

GRUNT, J, and KNIseLy, W. H.: Strain differ-
ences and the development of fatty liver in the
aged rat. Jomrnal of Gerontology, 15(2):134-
135, 1960.

HANDLER, P.: Radiation and aging. In: Shock,
Nathan W., ed. Aging. Washington, American
Association for the Advancement of Science, 1960,
p- 199-223.

270

HENRY, C. E., and OBrisT, W. D.: The effect of
meprobamate on the electroencephalogram. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 126:268-271,
1958.

Heyman, D. K,, and JEFFERs, F. C.: Effect of time
lapse on consistency of self-health and medical
evaluations of elderly persons. Journal of Geron-
tology, 18:160-164, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

Heyman, D. K., and JeFFErs, F. C.: Study of the
relative influences of race and socio-economic sta-
tus upon the activities and attitudes of a southern
aged population. Journal of Gerontology, 19:
225-229, 1964. (Also acknoweldges MH-900).

JEFFERS, FRANCIS C., ed.: Duke University council
on gerontology. Proceedings of seminar 1958-
1959. Durham, North Carolina, Duke University,
1959, 88 p. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

JeFFERs, F. C.: Interdisciplinary research on aging:
Participation of the social worker. Geriatrics, 17:
246-250, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

JeFrFERs, F. C., EisDORFER, C., and Busse, E. W.:
Measurement of age identification: A methodologic
note. Journal of Gerontology, 17:437-439, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

JeFrErs, F. C., and NicHoLs, C. R.: The relation-
ship of activities and attitudes to physical well-
being in older people. Journal of Gerontology,
16:67-70, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

JeFFERs, F. C., NicHoLs, C. R., and EISDORFER, C.:
Attitudes of older persons toward death: A prelim-
inary study. Journal of Gerontology, 16:53-56,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

JeFFERs, F. C., NicHoLs, C. R., and EISDORFER, C.:
Attitudes of older persons toward death. In: Tib-
bits, Clark, and Donahue, Wilma, eds. Social and
psychological aspects of aging. New York, Uni-
versity of Columbia Press, 1962, p. 709-715.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

IRA, G. H., WHALEN, R. E.,, and BOGDONOFF,
M. D.: Heart rate changes in physicians during
daily “stressful” tasks. [Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 7:147-150, 1963.

Jackson, J. R., WoobHALL, B., BAyYLIN, G,
KRUEGER, R., and SANDERS, A. P.: Concomitant
radioisotopic and radiographic cerebral arteriog-
raphy: Preliminary observations. [Journal of Nu-
clear Medicine, 3:100-109, 1962.

JacossoN, B.: Biosynthesis of uronic acids by skin
enzymes. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20:
162, 1961.

Jacosson, B., and Davipson, E. A.: Chemical oxi-
dation of uridine diphosphate-glucose to uridine
diphosphate-glucuronic acid. Nature, 189:663,
1961.
KLEIN, R. F., and BoGpoNOFF, M. D.: Effect of
phentolamine (Regitine) on human plasma FFA
in vivo. Proceedings of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, 103:544-546, 1960.

KLEIN, R. F., EstEs, E. H., JR., and BOGDANOFF,
M. D.: The effect of norepinephrine on plasma
free fatty acids level in man. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 16:342-344, 1961.

KowaL, K. A., KEmp, D. E., LAKIN, M., and WIL-
SON, S.: Perception of the helping relationship as
a function of age. [Journal of Gerontology, 19:
405-413, 1964.

LAKIN, M., and EISDORFER, C.: Affective expres-
sion among the aged. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 24:403-408, 1960. Also in: Tibbitts, C.,
and Donahue, W., eds. Social and psychological
aspects of aging. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1962, p. 650-654. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

LAKIN, MARTIN, and WILSON, STUART: Retirement
concerns in group discussions with retiring and
middle-aged workers. Psychological Reports, 9:
359-360, 1961.

LAszLo, JoHN, HARLAN, WILLIAM R., KLEIN, ROB-
ERT F., KERSHNER, NORMAN, and EstEs, E. H.,
Jr.: The effect of 2-deoxy-d-glucose infusions on
lipid and carbohydrate metabolism in man. Jour-
nal of Clinical Investigation, 40:171-176, 1961.

Leg, JaMEs M., LEsAGE, A. M., SeaLy, WiLL C,,
and YOUNG, W. GLENN, Jr.: Differential perfu-
sion hypothermia: Its use in selective bone marrow
protection during the administration of nitrogen
mustard. Journal of the American Medical Asso-
ciation, 179:435-436, 1962.

LESAGE, ALAN M., FREESE, JOHN W., SEALY, W. C,,
and YOUNG, W. GLENN, JRr.: Study of the effects
of complete circulatory arrest in the profoundly
hypothermic dog. Surgical Forum, 11:188-189,
1960.

LESAGE, ALAN M., SEALY, WiLL C., BROWN, IVAN
W., Jr., and YOUNG, W. GLENN, JRr.: Hypother-
mia and extracorporeal circulation: Experimental
studies of profound hypothermia of 10 degrees C.
to 20 degrees C. A. M. A. Archives of Surgery,
79:607, 1959.

LyNN, W. S., EArRNHARDT, E., and BrowN, R.:
Further observations demonstrating that insulin, as
well as epinephrine, increase hexokinase activity in
adipose tissue in. vitro. In: Proceedings of the
First International Pharmacological Meeting, Stock-
holm, August, 1961.

LynN, W., and PERRYMAN, N.: Purification and
properties of adipose tissue, lipase. Journal of
Biological Chemistry, 235:1912-1916, 1960.

LynN, W. S., and STRAUB, K. D.: The effect of
insulin pyruvate on the rate of diffusion of Na22

271

through adiopose tissue. Clinical Research, 9:53,

1961.

McCarty, K. S.: Selective utilization of amino acids
by mammalian cell cultures. Experimental Cell
Research, 27:230-240, 1962.

McCarty, K. S., and GRAFF, S.: Some aspects of
nitrogen metabolism of continuous metagoan cell
culture. Experimental Cell Research, 16:518-526,
1959.

McINTOsH, HEeENRY D., GLEAsON, WiLLiaM L,,
MiLLER, D. EpMOND, and Bacos, JAMES M.:
A major pitfall in the interpretation of “central
blood volume.” Circulation Research, 9:1223-
1228, 1961.

McINTOsH, HENRY D., MILLER, D. EDMOND,
GLEASON, WiLLIAM L.; and GOLDNER, J. LEON-
ARD: The circulatory dynamics of polyostotic
fibrous dysplasia. American Journal of Medicine,
32(3):393-403, 1962.

McINTOsH, HENRY D., SEALY, WiLL C., WHALEN,
RoBERT E., COHEN, ALLAN I, and SUMNER,
ROBERT G.: Obstruction to outflow tract of left
ventricle. Archives of Internal Medicine, 110:
312-322, 1962.

McINTosH, HENRY D., WHALEN, ROBERT E,,
HERNANDEZ, RAFAEL R., MORRIS, JAMES J., and
MiLLER, D. EDMOND: A potential hazard of the
transseptal left atrial catheterization technic.
American Journal of Cardiology, 8:835-837, 1961.

Mappox, GEORGE L.: A longitudinal multidiscipli-
nary study of human aging: Selected methodologi-
cal issues. In: Proceedings of the Social Statistics
Section of the American Statistical Association,
1962, p. 280-284. (Also acknowledges MH-
900).

MaHALEY, M. S., Jr., HUNEYCUTT, H., BOONE, §.,
and WooDpHALL, B.: Localization of methyl -bis
(2-chloroethyl -1,2-C1%) amine hydrochloride in
nervous tissue after intravenous injection or re-
gional cerebral perfusion in dogs. In: Cancer
chemotherapy reports. Washington, D.C., Cancer
Chemotherapy National Service Center, U.S. De-
partment of Health, Education and Welfare, Pub-
lic Health Service, 1961, p. 29-32.

MAHALEY, M. S., MAHALEY, J., and WOODHALL, B.:
Bioassay of plasma levels of A-139 and mannitol
mustard for use in determining blood levels dur-
ing regional brain cancer perfusions. In: Cancer
chemotherapy reports. Washington, D.C., Cancer
Chemotherapy National Service Center, U.S. De-
partment of Health, Education and Welfare, Pub-
lic Health Service, 1961, p. 33-40.

MAHALEY, M. S., Jr., WEAVER, W. T., WOODHALL,
BARNES, and ANLYAN, WILLIAM G.: Treatment
of experimental carotid emboli by regional extra-
corporeal perfusion with fibrinolysin. Surgical
Forum, 12:392-393, 1961.
MALAWISTA, I., and DAvIDSON, E. A.: Isolation and

identification of rhamnose from rabbit skin.
Nature, 192(4805) :871-872, 1961.
MARGOLIS, GEORGE: Senile cerebral disease. Labo-

ratory Investigation, 8(2):335-370, 1959.

MiLLER, D. EDMOND, GLEASON, WiLLIAM L., and
McINTOsH, HENRY D.: A comparison of the
cardiac output determination by the_ direct flick
method and the dye-dilution method using indo-
cyanine green dye and a cuvette densitometer.
Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 59
(2) :345-350, 1962.

MiLLeEr, D. EpmonDp, GLEASON, WiLLiaAM L.,
WHALEN, _RoBerT E., MORRIS, JAMES J., and
McInTosH, HENRY D.: Effect of ventricular rate
on the cardiac output in the dog with chronic
heart block. Circulation Research, 10:658-663,
1962.

NewMAN, E. G.: Research in geriatric psychiatry.
In: Busse, E. W., Fleider, E. D., and Bortz, E.,
eds. Background paper on research in gerontol-
ogy (White House Conference on Aging). Wash-
ington, D.C., Government Printing Office, 1960,
p. 85-101.

NewmaN, E. G., DoveNMUEHLE, R. H., and
Busse, E. W.: Alterations in neurologic status

with age. Journal of the American Gerontology
Society, 8:915-917, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

NewMAN, E. G., and NicHoLs, C. R.: Sexual ac-
tivities and attitudes in older persons. Journal of
the American Medical Association, 173:33-35,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

NicHoLs, CLAUDE R., and BoGpONOFF, M. D.:
Programming the care of the chronically ill. New
England Journal of Medicine, 266:867-870, 1962.

NicHors, C. R., and Busse, E. W.: Some aspects
of mental health and illness in the aged. North
Carolina Medical Journal, 19:352-354, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-900).

OsBristT, W. D., Busse, E. W., EisDORFER, C., and
KLEEMEIER, R. W.: Relation of the EEG to in-
tellectual function in senescence. Journal of
Gerontology, 17(2):197-206, 1962.

OBrist, W. D., HENRY, C. E., and JusTiss, W. A.:
Longitudinal study of EEG in old age. In: Pro-
ceedings of the Sth International Congress of
EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology, Rome, 1961.
Excerpta Medica, International Congress Series
No. 37, Item No. 168.

OpboMm, G. L., TwipaLL, G. T., and Dukes, H. T.:
Cerebellar hematome caused by angiomatous mal-
formation. Report of four cases. Journal of
Neurosurgery, 28(6):772-782, 1961.

OLANSKY, SIDNEY, Turry, Harry T. Jr. and
KnNiseLy, WiLLiAM H.: Growth of heterlogous

272

human tumors from aging in hamster cheek
pouches. Journal of Investigative Dermatology,
32(9):117-125, 1959.

PerkINsS, Lois C., and KaI1ser, HELEN L.: Results
of short term isotonic and isometric exercise pro-
grams in persons over sixty. Physical Therapy
Review, 41 (9) :633-635, 1961.

PoweLL, A. H., Jr., EispoRFER, C., and BoGpo-
NOFF, M. D.: Physiologic response patterns ob-
served in a learning task. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 10:192-195, 1964.

ROGERS, STANFIELD, and WOODHALL, BARNES:
Rapid method of metabolically characterizing in-
dividual tumors. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 98:874-877,
1958.

SCHAUBLE, ]., ANLYAN, WILLIAM G., DEATON,
Huco L., DELAUGHTER, GEORGE D., BAYLIN,
GEORGE J., and LYNN, JEANNE: A study of re-
current pulmonary embolism. A. M. A. Archives
of Surgery, 80:105-111, 1960.

SCHAUBEL, JaMEs F., StIcKEL, DELFORD, and
ANLYAN, W. G.: Inferior vena caval litigation
for thromboembolic disease. Archives of Surgery,
84:17-24, 1961.

SEALY, WILL C., JOHNSON, PAUL A., LESAGE, ALAN
M., and YounG, W. GLENN, Jr.: Effects of
uinidine on ventricular fibrillation in hypothermic
dogs. Proceedings of the Society for Experimen-
tal Biology and Medicine, 101:456-457, 1959.

SeaLy, WiLL C., LESAGE, ALAN M., and YOUNG,
W. GLENN, JR.: Tolerance of the profoundly
hypothermic dog to complete circulatory standstill.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 102:691, 1959.

SEALY, WiLL C., YOUNG, W. GLENN, JR., BROWN,
IvaN W., SmitH, W. W. and LESAGE, A. M.:
Profound hypothermia combined with extracor-
poreal circulation for open heart surgery. Surgery,
48:432-438, 1960.

SEALY, WiLL C., YOUNG, W. GLENN, JRr., HOUCH,
WiLLiaM S., JR., and STEPHEN, C. RONALD: The
use of steroids for the control and prevention of
serious respiratory embarrassment during and after
intrathoracic operations. Journal of Thoracic and
Cardiovascular Surgery, 39(1):109-116, 1960.

SHAw, D. S., NicHors, C. R.,, and BOGDONOFF,
M. D.: Problems in comprehensive medicine: A
distinction in approaches. Journal of Medical Edu-
cation, 36:148-153, 1961.

SHorT, M. J., HEIN, P., and WiLsoN, W. P.:
Thyroid hormone and brain function. III. Influ-
ence of triiodothyronine on evoked potentials of
the cortex and reticular formation and upon the
interrelationship of caudate and reticular activity
of the cat. Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 17:414-419, 1964.
SILVER, DONALD, DEMARIA, WILLIAM, and ANLYAN,
WiLLiaM G.: Hemodynamic and humoral changes
in dogs during the acute phase of transfusion re-
action. Surgery, Gynecology and Obstetrics, 113:
705-710, 1961.

SILVERMAN, A. J., COHEN, S. I, SHMAVONIAN,
B. M.: Investigation of psychophysiologic relation-
ships with skin resistance measures. Psychosomatic
Research, 4:65-87, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-2061).

SILVERMAN, M., PARKER, J. B., and Busse, E. W.:
A review of drugs in the elderly psychiatric pa-
tient. North Carolina Medical Journal, 20:428-
432, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

STEPHEN, C. R., DENT, SARA J., SEALY, W. C., and
Harr, J. D.: Anesthetic and metabolic factors
associated with combined extracorporeal circula-
tion and hypothermia. American Journal of Car-
diology, 6:737-746, 1960.

THOMPSON, L. W., AXELROD, S., and COHEN, L. D.:
Senescence and visual identifification of tactual-
kinesthetic forms. Journal of Gerontology, 20(2):
244-249, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

THOMPSON, LARRY W., and THOMPSON, VAIDA D.:
Comparison of EEG changes in learning and over-
learning of nonsense syllables. Psychological Re-
ports, 16(2):339-344, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-900).

Trout, D. L., Estes, E. H., and FRIEDBERG, S. J.:
Titration of free fatty acids of plasma, a study of
current methods and a new modification. Journal
of Lipid Research, 1(3):199-202, 1960.

VERWOERDT, ADRIAAN, and DOVENMUEHLE, ROB-
ERT H.: Physical illness and depressive symptoma-
tology. IV. Personal factors in the grief reac-
tion. Journal of Gerontology, 20(4):470-478,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-900).

WAITE, MOSELEY, and WAKIL, SALIH ].: Studies on
the mechanism of fatty acid synthesis. XII. Jour-
nal of Biological Chemistry, 237:2750-2757, 1962.

WAKIL, SALIH ].: The mechanism of fatty acid syn-
thesis. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition,
8:630-644, 1960.

WAKIL, SALIH ].: Biosynthesis of fatty acids. Feder-
ation Proceedings, 19:227, 1960.

WIiLsoN, S., and LAKIN, M.: A method of studying
group interactions among middle-aged and retir-
ing workers. Journal of Gerontology, 17:61-64,
1962.

WoobHALL, B., Harr, K. M., MAHALEY, S., and
Jackson, J.: Chemotherapy of brain cancer: Ex-
perimental and clinical studies in localized hypo-
thermic cerebral perfusion. Annals of Surgery,
150:640-652, 1959.

WooDHALL, BARNES, SEALY, W. C., Harr, K. D,,
and FLoyDp, WALTER L.: Craniotomy under condi-

273

tions of quinidine-protected cardioplegia and pro-
found hypothermia. Annals of Surgery, 153:37-
44, 1960.

YouNG, W. GLENN, JRr., SEALY, W. C., BROWN,
Ivan W. Jr., SmiTH, W. W., CALLAWAY, HENRY
A., Jr., and HARRIS, JEROME S.: Metabolic and
physiologic observations on patients undergoing
extracorporeal circulation in conjunction with hy-
pothermia. Surgery, 46:175-184, 1959.

RoE, ANNE, and SIEGELMAN, MARVIN: The origin
of interests. APGA Inquiry Studies, (1):1-98,
1964.

MH-2110 (R03) LANGs, ROBERT J.: A pilot study
of aspects of the earliest memory. Yeshiva Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1957-58)

LANGS, ROBERT J., ROTHENBERG, JACOB, FISHMAN,
R., and REISER, MORTON F.: A method for clini-
cal and theoretical study of the earliest memory.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 3:523-534, 1960.

MH-2114 (R03) TEITELBAUM, PHILIP: Technique
for forced taste discrimination in the rat. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-58)

Kon, S. D., and TEITELBAUM, P.: Absolute behav-
ioral taste thresholds in the rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:223-
229, 1961.

MH-2115 (R01) RoseN, GEORGE: Studies in public
health and the behavioral sciences. American Pub-
lic Health Association, New York, N.Y.
62)

Knutson, A. L., and LamBErT, W. E.: Progress
report of the committee on social science in public
health. American Psychology, 13:617-620, 1958.

(1958-

ROSEN, GEORGE, and WELLIN, EDWARD: A book-
shelf on the social sciences and public health.
American Journal of Public Health, 49(4):441-
454, 1959.

WELLIN, EDWARD: Social and cultural aspects of
mental retardation. Public Health News, (New
Jersey State Department of Health) 41:297-300,
1960.

WELLIN, EDWARD: Culture, society and health. .Pub-
lic Health Reports, 76:838-841, 1961.

WELLIN, EDWARD, and SEACAT, MiLvoy: Social
science in the health field—a review of research
1954-1959. American Journal of Public Health,
52(9) :1465-1473, 1962.

MH-2116 (R01) Kamiya, Joe: Behavioral and
physiological concomitants of dreaming. Univer-
sity of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1958-61) (Con-
tinued as MH-5069).
DoMHOFF, B., and KaMiva, J.: Problems in dream
content study with objective indicators. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 11:519-524, 1964.

DoMmHOFF, B., and Kamiya, J.: Problems in dream
content study with objective indicators. II. Ap-
pearance of experimental situation in laboratory
dream narratives. Archives of General Psychia-
atry, 11:525-528, 1964.

DoMHOFF, B., and Kamiya, J.: Problems in dream
content study with objective indicators. III
Changes in dream content throughout the night.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 11:529-532, 1964.

Kamiya, Joe: Behavioral, subjective, and physio-
logical aspects of drowsiness and sleep. In: Fiske,
D. W., and Maddi, S. R., eds. Functions of
varied experience. Homewood, Ill., Dorsey Press,
1961, p. 145-174. (Also acknowledges MH-
5069).

MH-2121 (R01) BUTLER, ALFRED J., MERTENS,
Mar jorIE S.: Self-attitudes, adjustment and learn-
ing in retardates. Laurelton State School and Hos-
pital, Laurelton, Pa. (1958-61)

Borpuc, T. E.: Social value-need patterns in mental
retardates. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24:
472-479, 1960.

BUTLER, A. J., and CoNrAD, W. G.: Psychological
correlates of abnormal electroencephalographic pat-
terns in familial retardates. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 20:338-343, 1964.

CULBERTSON, E., GUTHRIE, G. M., BUTLER, A. J,
and GorLow, L.: Patterns of hostility among the
retarded. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
66:421-427, 1961.

Gorrow, L., BUTLER, A., EINiG, K. G., and SMITH,
J. A.: An appraisal of self-attitudes and behavior
following group psychotherapy with retarded
young adults. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 67:893-898, 1963.

Gorrow, L., BUTLER, A. and GUTHRIE, G. M.:
Correlates of self-attitudes in retardates. Ameri-
can Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:549-555,
1963.

GUTHRIE, G. M., BUTLER, A., and GorLOw, L.:
Patterns of self-attitudes of retardates. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 66:222-229, 1961.

GUTHRIE, G. M., BUTLER, A., and GoRrRLOW, L.:
Personality differences between institutionalized
and non-institutionalized retardates. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:543-548, 1963.

GuTtHRIE, G. M., BUTLER, A., GorLOw, L., and
WHITE, G. N.: Non-verbal expression of self-
attitudes of retardates. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 69:42-49, 1964.

Jackson, Sue K., and BUTLER, A.: Prediction of
successful community placement of institutionalized

274

retardates. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 68:211-217, 1963.

Jacoss, R., BUTLER, A., and GorRLOW, L.: Measure-
ment of attitudes to institutionalization. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 65:766-771, 1961.

Kniss, JaNET T., BUTLER, A., GorLow, L., and
GUTHRIE, G. M.: Ideal self patterns of retardates.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:245-
249, 1962.

RicHIE, JOAN, and BUTLER, ALFRED J.: Performance
of retardates on the memory-for-designs test. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 20(1):108-110, 1964.

MH-2123 (R01) ProNovost, WILBERT: Speech
and vocalizations of autistic children. Parents
School for Atypical Children, Chatham, Mass.
(1960-64)

ProNoOvosT, WILBERT: The speech behavior and
language comprehension of autistic children. Jour-
nal of Chronic Diseases, 13:228-233, 1961.

MH-2124 (R01) Oscoop, CHARLEs E.: Interdis-
ciplinary research seminar on aphasia. Social Sci-
ence Research Council, New York, N.Y. (1958-
59)

OsGcoop, CHARLES E., and MIRON, MURRAY S., eds.:
Approaches to the study of aphasia. Urbana, Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1963, 210 p.

MH-2125 (R03) BIEBER, IRVING: Psychoanalytic
research study in male homosexuality. Society of
Medical Psychoanalysts, New York, N.Y. (1957-
58)

BIEBER, IRVING, DAIN, HARVEY ]., DINCE, PAUL R,,
DRrELLICH, MARVIN G., GraND, HENRY GG,
GUNDLACH, RaLPH H., KREMER, MALVINA W.,
RIFKIN, ALFRED H., WILBUR, CORNELIA B., and
BIEBER, ToBy B.: Homosexuality—a psychoana-
lytic study of male homosexuals. New York, Basic
Books, 1962, 358 p.

GUNDLACH, RALPH H.: A note on ‘“Schachter—on
being first born”. Contemporary Psychology, 6:
110-111, 1961.

GUNDLACH, RALPH H.: In opposition to Drs. Walker
and Bergler on homosexuality. Ladder, 6:6-9,
1962.

MH-2127 (R03) SpiLMAN, EDRA L.: BADAL,
DANIEL W.: Isolation of compounds in brain after
electroshock. Western Reserve University, Cleve-
land, Ohio. (1957-58)

SPILMAN, EDprA L., and BapaL, DANIEL W.: Effect
of electroconvulsive therapy on brain amine oxi-
dase. A.M.A. Archives of General Psychiatry,
2:545-547, 1960.
MH-2130 (R03) SCHULMAN, SIDNEY: Behavioral
effects of thalamic lesions in monkeys. University
of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1957-58)

SCHULMAN, SIDNEY: Impaired delayed response from
thalamic lesions. Studies in monkeys. Archives
of Neurology, 11:477-499, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2744).

MH-2131 (R03) Scott, FRANCES G.: The aged in
the three-generation family. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1958-59)

Scott, FRANCES G.: Family group structure and pa
terns of social interaction. American Journal of
Sociology, 67:214-228, 1962.

MH-2134 (R03) WERMER, HENRY, KNAPP, PETER
H., LevIN, SIDNEY, MCCARTER, ROBERT H.,
ZE1zEL, ELIZABETH: Selection of patients for
supervised psychoanalysis. Boston Psychoanalytic
Society and Institute, Boston, Mass. (1957-59)

KNAPP, PETER H., LEVIN, SIDNEY, MCCARTER,
RoBERT H., WERNER, HENRY, and ZETZEL,
EL1izABETH: Suitability for psychoanalysis: A re-
view of one hundred supervised analytic cases.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 29:459-477, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-864).

MH-2135 (R03) ABERLE, DAvID F.: Navaho peyo-
tism in the context of culture change. University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-59)

ABERLE, D. F.: The prophet dance and reactions to
white contact. Southwestern Journal of Anthro-
pology, 15:74-83, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-463 and MH-513)

MH-2136 (R01) LAzARUS, RICHARD S., SPEISMAN,
JosepH C.: Antecedents and consequences of
psychological stress. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1958- ) (Continued from
MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S.: A program of research in psychologi-
cal stress. In: Peatman, J. S., and Hartley, E., eds.
Festschrift for Gardner Murphy. New York,
Harper, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S.: A substitutive-defensive conception
of apperceptive fantasy. In: Kazan, J., and Lessor,
G., eds. Contemporary issues in thematic apper-
ceptive methods. Springfield, Ill, C. C. Thomas,
1961, p. 51-82. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S.: The laboratory approach to the
dynamics of psychological stress. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 8(2):192-213, 1963. Also in:
American Psychologist, 19(6):400-411, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S., and ALFERT, E.: Short-circuiting of
threat by experimentally altering cognitive ap-
praisal. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 69:195-205, 1964.

275

Lazarus, R. S., and BAKER, R. W.: Psychology.
Progress in Neurology and Psychiatry, 11:253-
271, 1956. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

Lazarus, RicHARD S., OpTON, EDWARD M., JR.,
MARKELLOS S. NoMikos, and RANKIN, NEIL O.:
The principle of short-circuiting of threat: Further
evidence. Journal of Personality, 33(4):622-635,
1965.

Lazarus, R. S., and Riess, W. F.: Clinical psy-
chology and the research problems of stress and
adaptation. In: Riess, W. F., and Brower, D.,
eds. Progress in clinical psychology. Vol. 4.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 32-45.
(Also acknowledges MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S., and SpeismMaN, J. C.: A research
case-history dealing with psychological stress.
Journal of Psychological Studies, 11:167-194,
1960. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S., SPEISMAN, J. C., MORDKOFF, A. M.,
and Davison, L. A.: A laboratory study of psy-
chological stress produced by a motion picture

film. Psychological Monographs, 76(34):1-35,
1962. (Whole No. 553). (Also acknowledges
MH-734).

Lazarus, R. S., SPEIsMAN, J. C., and MORDKOFF,
A. M.: The relationship between autonomic in-
dicators of psychological stress: Heart rate and
skin conductance. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:
19-30, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

MaLMsTROM, EDWARD J., OPTON, EDWARD, JR.
and LAZARUS, RICHARD S.: Heart rate measure-
ment and the correlation of indices of arousal.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(6) :546-556, 1965.

MORDKOFF, ARNOLD M.: The relationship between
psychological and Physiological response to stress.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 26:135-150, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-734).

MORDKOFF, ARNOLD M.: Some sex differences in
personality correlates of “autonomic feedback.”
Psychological Reports, 18(2):511-518, 1966.

OrrtOoN, EDWARD, JR, RANKIN, NEIL O., and
LazARUs, RICHARD S.: A simplified method of
heart rate measurement. Psychophysiology, 2(2):
87-97, 1965.

PopiLL, HARRIETT A.: Note on successive dimen-
sional analysis applied to affective cognitive, and
personality traits. Psychological Reports, 13:813-
814, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

SPEISMAN, JOSEPH C., LAZARUS, RICHARD S., DAvI-
SON, LEs, and MORDKOFF, ARNOLD M.: Experi-
mental analysis of a film used as a threatening
stimulus. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28:
23-33, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-734).

SPEISMAN, JosePH C., LAZARUS, RICHARD S., MORD-
KOFF, ARNOLD, and DAVISON, LEs: Experimen-
tal reduction of stress based on ego-defense theory.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68
(4) :367-380, 1964.

SPEISMAN, JosepH C., OSBORN, JANET, and Las-
ARUS, R. S.: Cluster analysis of skin resistance
and heart rate at rest and under stress. Prsycho-
somatic Medicine, 23:323-342, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-734).

MH-2137 (R03) AARrONs, Louis, and RIESEN,
AUSTIN, H.: Binocular equivalence of intensity
perception in cats. University of Chicago, Chi-
cago, Ill. (1957-59)

AARONS, Louis, HaLasz, Hisako, K., and RIESEN,
AUSTIN H.: Interocular transfer of visual inten-
sity discrimination after ablation of striate cortex
in dark-reared kittens. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:196-199, 1963.

MH-2140 (R01) Dews, PETER B., and MORSE,
WirLiam H.: Teaching psychopharmacology to
medical students. Harvard Medical School, Bos-
ton, Mass. (1957-58)

Dews, P. B., and Morse, W. H.: A psychopharma-
cology exercise for medical students. Journal of
Medical Education, 33:726-730, 1958.

MH-2146 (RO1) CarvrsoN, Eric T.: The devel-
opment of psychiatric thought in America. Cor-
nell University, New York, N.Y. (1958-61)

CarLsoN, Eric T.: Addenda to the early history of
hypnotic anaesthesia. Journal of the History of
Medicine and Allied Sciences, 15:81-83, 1960.

CarLsoN, Eric T.: Charles Poyan brings mesmerism
to America. Journal of the History of Medicine
and Allied Sciences, 15:121-132, 1960.

CarLsON, Eric T., and CHALE, MAY F.: Dr. Rufus
Wyman of the McLean Asylum. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 116:1034-1037, 1960.

CarLsoN, Eric T., and DAIN, NORMAN: The psy-
chotherapy that was moral treatment. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 117:519-524, 1960.

CARLSON, Eric T., and DAIN, NORMAN: The mean-
ing of moral insanity. Bulletin of the History of
Medicine, 36:130-140, 1962.

CarLsoN, Eric T. and DaIN, NORMAN: Psycho-
therapy in the hospital (1740-1840). In: Mas-
serman, Jules, ed. Current psychiatric therapy.
Vol. 2. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962.

CarLsoN, Eric T., and McFappeEN, R. B.: Dr.
William Cullen on mania. Journal of Psychiatry,
117:463-465, 1960.

CarLsON, Eric T., and PETERS, LILIAN: Dr. Pliny
Earle (1809-1892). American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 116:557-558, 1959.

276

DaIN, NorMAN: Concepts of insanity in the United
States, 1789-1865. New Brunswick, N.J., Rut-
gers University Press, 1964, 304 p.

DaIN, NormaN, and CARLsON, Eric T.: Social
class and psychological medicine in the United
States, 1789-1824. Bulletin of the History of
Medicine, 30:454-465, 1959.

DaiN, NorMmAN, and CARLSON, Eric T.: Milieu
therapy in the the nineteenth century. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 131:277-290, 1960.

DaIN, NorMAN, and CarLsoN, Eric T.: Moral
insanity in the United States, 1835-1866. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 118:795-801, 1962.

Woops, EVELYN A. and CARLSON, Eric T.: The
psychiatry of Philippe Pinel. Bulletin of the His-
tory of Medicine, 35:14-25, 1961.

MH-2147 (R01) Gross, MARTIN, and HITCHMAN,
IRENE L.: Termination of treatment with ataractic
drugs. Springfield State Hospital, Sykesville, Md.
(1958-60)

Gross, MARTIN: The impact of ataractic drugs on a
mental hospital outpatient clinic. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 117(5) :444-447, 1960.

GROss, MARTIN, HiTCHMAN, IRENE L., REEVES,
WALTER P., LAWRENCE, JORDAN, and Bacon, E.
FAYE: The repetitive administration of two physio-
logical tests during withdrawal from ataractic

drugs. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
137(6):574-576, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3672).

GROss, MARTIN, HircHMAN, IRENE L., REEVES,
WALTER P., LAWRENCE, JORDAN, and NEWELL,
PAauLINE C.: Discontinuation of treatment with
ataractic drugs—a preliminary report. American’
Journal of Psychiatry, 116(10):931-932, 1960.

Gross, MARTIN, HiTtcHMAN, IRENE L., REEVEs,
WALTER P., LAWRENCE, JORDON, and NEWELL,
PauLiNE C.: Discontinuation of treatment with
ataractic drugs. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent
advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 3. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 44-63.

Gross, MARTIN, HITCHMAN, IRENE L., REEVES,
WALTER P., LAWRENCE, JORDAN, NEWELL, PAUL-
INE C., and CLYDE, DEAN J.: Objective evalua-
tion of psychotic patients under drug therapy: A
symptom and adjustment index. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Diseases, 133(5):399-409, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-3672).

Gross, MARTIN, and REEVES, WALTER P.: Mental
patients in transition. In: Greenblatt, Milton,
Levinson, Daniel J., and Klerman, Gerald L., eds.
Mental patients in iransition: Steps in hospital-
community rehabilitation. Springfield, Ill., Thomas,
1961, p. 313-321.
MH-2150 (R03) RiLEY, CARROLL L.: A study of
native medicine in two Mexican villages. South-
ern Illinois University, Carbondale, Ill. (1958-
59)

RiLEY, CARROLL L., and HOBGOOD, JOHN: A re-
cent nativistic movement among the southern
Tepehuan Indians. Southwestern Journal of An-
thropology, 15:355-360, 1959.

MH-2151 (R01) WiTTKOWER, E. D., and KaLz,
FREDERICK: Psychopharmacology of psychosomatic
skin disorders. McGill University, Montreal, Can.
(1958-60)

LesTER, E. P., WirtkowkeR, E. D., Karz, F., and
Azima, H.: Phrenotropic drugs in psychosomatic
disorders (skin). American Journal of Psychia-
try, 119:136-143, 1962.

MH-2152 (R01) KURLAND, ALBERT A., and HAN-
LON, THomas E.: Comparative phenothiazine
study on acute admissions. Spring Grove State
Hospital, Catonsville, Md. (1958-63)

HaNLoN, T. E.: Use of a demographic index score
as a control measure in psychiatric drug research.
Psychological Reports, 10:465-466, 1962.

HaNLoN, T. E., WIENER, G., and KURLAND, A. A.:
The psychiatric physician and the phenothiazine
tranquilizers. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 130:67-71, 1960.

KurrLaND, A. A., HANLON, T. E., and TATOM,
Mary H.: A comparative study of six phenothia-
zine compounds. In: Transactions of the Fifth
Research Conference on Cooperative Studies in
Psychiatry and Research Approaches to Mental
Illness. Washington, D.C., Veterans Administra-
tion Department of Medicine and Surgery, 1960.

KurRLAND, A. A., HANLON, T. E., TaATOM, MARY
H., Ota, KAY Y., and SimorouLos, A. M.: The
comparative effectiveness of six phenothiazine
compounds, phenobarbital and inert placebo in the
treatment of acutely ill patients: Global measures
of severity of illness. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Diseases, 133(1) :1-18, 1961.

KurLaND, A. A., HANLON, T. E., TaATOM, MARY
H., and SimopouLos, A. M.: Comparative studies
of the phenothiazine tranquilizers: Methodological
and logstical considerations. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Diseases, 132:61-74, 1961.

KURLAND, A. A., MICHAUX, MARY H., HANLON,
T. E., Ora, Kay Y., and SimorouLOs, A. M.:
The comparative effectiveness of six phenothiazine
compounds, phenobarbital and inert placebo in
the treatment of acutely ill patients: Personality
dimensions. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
eases, 134(1) :48-61, 1962.

KURLAND, A. A., and NILSSON, GERTRUDE L.: The
general practicing physician and the state psychi-

atric hospital. Maryland State Medical Journal,
10:134-138, 1961.

KurrLAND, A .A., NiLssON, GERTRUDE L., and
HANLON, T. E.: Pre-admission drug treatment of
state psychiatric hospital patients. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 115(11):1028-1029, 1959.

KurRLAND, A. A., and SUTHERLAND, G. F.: The
phenothiazine tranquilizers—their neurological com-
plications and significance. Psychosomatics, 1:
192-194, 1960.

MEDINA, C., KRAMER, M. D., and KURLAND, A. A.:
Biperiden in the treatment of phenothiazine-
induced extrapyramidal reactions. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 182:1127-1129,
1962.

MicHAUX, MARY H., CoHEN, M. J., and KURLAND,
A. A.: Closed circuit television in the scientific
measurement of psychopathology. Medical and
Biological Illustration, 8(1) :49-57, 1963.

MicHAUX, MARY H., and KurLanD, A. A.: Com-
bined psychotropic drug therapy. Disorders of the
Nervous System, 24:739-741, 1963.

NiLssON, GERTRUDE L., and KURLAND, A. A.: The
general practicing physician as a resource for the
mentally ill. Mental Hygiene, 44(1):103-104,
1960.

NiLssoN, GERTRUDE L., and KURLAND, A. A.: The
new generation of ex-patients. Mental Hygiene,
45(3):343-353, 1961.

NiLssON, GERTRUDE L., WIENER, G., and KUr-
LAND, A. A.: The general practicing physician and
the phenothiazine tranquilizers. Maryland State
Medical Journal, 11:130-134, 1962.

ScHWAB, JoHN J., and CLEMMONS, Roy S.: Psychi-
atric consultations. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 14(5) :504-508, 1966.

ScHwAB, JoHN J., CLEMMONS, Roy S., VALDER,
M. J., and RAULERSON, J. D.: Medical patient's
reactions to referring physicians after psychiatric
consultations. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 195(13): 1120-1122, 1966.

SHAFFER, J. W.: A new acquiescence scale for the
MMPI. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 19(4):
412-415, 1963.

SHAFFER, J. W., Orta, K. Y.,, and HANLON, T. E.:
The comparative validity of several MMPI indices
of severity of psychopathology. Journal of Clini-
cal Psychology, 20:467-473, 1964.

MH-2159 (R01) BURGESS, ERNEST W.: A compara-
tive study of divorced and married couples. Uni-
versity of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1957-63)

PiNEO, PETER C.: Disenchantment in the later years
of marriage. Marriage and Family Living, 23:3-
11, 1961.

277
MH-2163 (R01) GRUMAN, GERALD J.: History of
prolongevity hypothesis. American College of Neu-
ropsychopharmacology, Cambridge, Mass. (1957-
58) (Continued as MH-2686).

GRUMAN, GERALD J.: C. A. Stephens: a pioneer of
American gerontology. Geriatrics, 14:332-336,
1959.

MH-2165 (R01) ADELSON, DANIEL: A study of
ataraxic drugs with schizophrenic patients. Cali-
fornia State Department of Mental Hygiene, Sac-
ramento, Calif. (1958-63)

ADELSON, DANIEL: Are nurses needed in psycho-
pharmacological research? American Journal of
Nursing, 60:1278, 1960.

ADELSON, DANIEL: Approaches to rating the mute
patient. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 17(4):
348-351, 1961.

ADELSON, D.: Social factors in the placement of the
chronic schizophrenic patient. American Journal
Psychiatry, 121:61-64, 1964.

ADELSON, DANIEL: Research in community psychi-
atry. In: Bellak, Leopold, ed. Handbook of com-
munity psychiatry and community mental health.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1964, p. 431-457.

ADELSON, DANIEL, and EPSTEIN, LEON J.: A study
of phenothiazines with male and female chron-
ically ill schizophrenic patients. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 134(6):543-554, 1962.

ADELSON, DANIEL, and TURNER, ANN: A note on
the relation of somatotype to outcome after pheno-
thiazine therapy in chronic schizophrenic patients.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137(3):
242-245, 1963.

DEws, P. B.: The effect of multiple S2 periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:369-
374, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2094).

MH-2166 (R03) CHERNIN, MILTON, and DE Vos,
GEORGE A.: Nature of guilt engendered in the
Japanese family. University of California, Berke-
ley, Calif. (1957-58)

DE Vos, GEORGE: The relation of guilt toward par-
ents to achievement and arranged marriage among
the Japanese. Psychiatry, 23(3):287-301, 1960.

MH-2170 (RO1) BINDER, ARNOLD: Factors influ-
encing responses to ambiguous stimuli. Indiana
University, Bloomington, Ind. (1958-65)

BINDER, A.: Investigation of observing responses in
recognition. (Abstract) American Psychologist,
13:424, 1958.

BINDER, A.: Supplementary report: Recognition re-
sponses to ambiguous cues following paired-asso-

278

ciate learning. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 61:263-264, 1961.

BINDER, A.: Effects of altered frequencies upon rec-
ognition responses. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 66:553-559, 1963.

BINDER, ARNOLD: The Rorschach test: A preceptual
bias. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 18:225-226,
1964.

BINDER, ARNOLD: Process of component and pattern
learning.  Psychonomic Science, 4(12):415-416,
1966.

BINDER, A., and FELDMAN, S.: The effects of experi-
mentally controlled experience upon recognition
responses. Psychological Monographs, 74(9):1-
43, 1960. (Whole No. 496). (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1259).

BINDER, ARNOLD, WOLIN, BUrRTON R., WEICHEL,
ROSEMARIE, and TEREBINSKI, STANLEY J].: Un-
certainty and stage of decision. American Journal
of Psychology, 79(1) :89-96, 1966.

FELDMAN, S. E.: Probabilistic hierarchies to ambigu-
ous concept classes. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65:240-247, 1963.

SPRAGUE, ROBERT K., BINDER, ARNOLD, and SILVER,
RutH: Learning factors in the responses of the
retarded to ambiguous stimuli. American Journal
Mental Deficiency, 68:722-733, 1964.

MH-2171 (R01) Strupp, HaNs H.: Role of psy-
chotherapists in the treatment process. University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1957-65)
(Continued from MH-965).

Fox, R. E., and GoLpIN, P. C.: The empathic process
in psychotherapy: A survey of theory and research.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:323~
331, 1964.

Strupp, HANS H.: Toward an analysis of the thera-
pist’s contribution to the treatment process. Psychi-
atry, 22:349-362, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-965).

StrRUPP, HAaNs H.: Nature of psychotherapist’s con-
tribution to treatment process: Some research re-
sults and speculations. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 3:219-231, 1960.

StruPP, HANS H.: Some comments on the future of
research in psychotherapy. Behavioral Science, 5:
60-71, 1960.

Strupp, HANs H.: Psychotherapists in action: Ex-
plorations of the therapist's contribution to the
treatment process. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1960, 352 p. (Also acknowledges MH-965).

STrRUPP, HANS H.: An analysis of therapist activity
in two psychoanalytic interviews. In: Gottschalk,
L. A., ed. Comparative psycholinguistic analysis
of two psychotherapeutic interviews. New York,
International Universities Press, 1961, p. 61-72.
(Discussant, p. 151-161).

StrRUPP, HANs H.: Psychotherapy. In: Farnsworth,
P.R., ed. Annual review of psychology. Vol. 13.
Palo Alto, California, Annual Reviews, 1962, p.
445-478.

Strupp, HANs H.: Patient-doctor relationships:
Psychotherapist’s contribution to the treatment
process. In: Bachrach, A. J., ed. Experimental
foundations of clinical psychology. New York,
Basic Books, 1962, p. 576-615.

Strupp, HANS H.: Some recent research on the psy-
chotherapist’s contribution to the treatment process.
In: Nielsen, G. S., ed. Proceedings of the 14th
International Congress of Applied Psychology.
Vol. 4. Clinical psychology. Copenhagen, Munks-
gaard, 1962, p. 89-98.

Strupp, HANs H.: The therapist's contribution to
the treatment process: Beginnings and vagaries of
a research program. In: Strupp, H. H., and
Luborsky, L., eds. Research in psychotherapy.
Vol. 2. Washington, D.C., American Psychologi-
cal Association, 1962, p. 25-40.

Strupp, HANS H.: The outcome problem in psycho-
therapy revisited. Psychotherapy, 1:1-13, 1963.

Strupp, HANs H., and JENKINS, JoAN W.: The
development of six sound motion pictures simulat-
ing psychotherapeutic situations. Journal of Ner-
vous and Mental Disease, 136:317-328, 1963.

Strupp, H. H., and WaLrLAcH, M. S.: A further
study of psychiatrists’ responses in quasi-therapy
situations. Behavioral Science, 10(2):113-134,
1965.

StrUPP, HANS H., WALLACH, MARTIN S., and
WoGAN, MICHAEL: Psychotherapy experience in
retrospect: Questionnaire survey of former patients
and their therapists. Psychological Monographs,
78:1-45, 1964. (Whole No. 588).

Strupp, H. H., WALLACH, M. S., Wo0GAN, M., and
JENKINS, JoaN W.: Psychotherapists’ assessments
of former patients. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 137:222-230, 1963.

Strupp, HANS H., and WILLIAMS, JOAN V.: Some
determinants of clinical evaluations of different
psychiatrists. Archives of General Psychiatry, 2:
434-440, 1960.

WALLACH, MARTIN S., and STrRUPP, HANS H.:
Psychotherapists’ clinical judgments and attitudes
towards patients. Journal of Consulting Psychol-
ogy, 24:316-323, 1960.

WALLACH, MARTIN S., and STRUPP, HANs H.:
Dimensions of psychotherapists’ activity. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 28:120-125, 1964.

279

MH-2172 (R03) VaN DER Kroor, WiLLiAM G.:
Quantitative analysis of social behavior. Cornell
University, Ithaca, N.Y. (1957-58)

DaNE, B., and VAN DER KrooT, WiLLiAM G.: An
analysis of the display of the Goldeneye Duck
(Bucephala clangula L.). Behavior, 22:280-328,
1964.

MH-2173 (R03) CoHEN, WALTER, and CAVA-
NAUGH, Davip K.: Motivation and improved per-
formance in schizophrenia. University of Buffalo—
prior to Sept. 1, 1962, Buffalo, N.Y. (1958-58)

CavanNaucH, D. K., CoHEN, W., and LANG, P. J.:
The effect of “social approval” on the psychomotor
performance of schizophrenics. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 60:213-218, 1960.

MH-2177 (R03) BRUNNER, EDWARD M., and Ross,
ALAN O.: Acculturation and personality among
Batak children. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1957-58)

Ross, ALAN O.: Ego identity and the social order.
Psychological Monographs, 76(23):1-33, 1962.
(Whole No. 542).

Ross, ALAN O., and BRUNER, EDWARD M.: Family
interaction at two levels of acculturation in Su-
matra. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 33:
51-59, 1963.

MH-2178 (R01) Knapp, RoBERT H.: Study of
personality correlates of aesthetic choice. Wesleyan
University, Middletown, Conn. (1958-64)

JounsonN, O., and Knapp, R. H.: Sex differences
in aesthetic preference. Journal of Social Psy-
chology, 61:279-301, 1963.

Knapp, R. H.: A study of the metaphor. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 24(4):389-395, 1960.

Knapp, R. H.: Attitudes toward time and aesthetic
choice. Journal of Social Psychology, 56:79-87,
1962.

Knapp, R. H.: Sex differences among schizophrenics
in the interpretation of the human diad. Journal
of Psychology, 56:473-478, 1963.

Knapp, R. H.: An experimental study of a triadic
hypothesis concerning the sources of aesthetic
imagery. Journal of Projective Techniques, 28:
49-54, 1964.

Knapp, R. H.: Perceptual interpretation of the diad:
I. Judgments of acceptance. Journal of Social
Psychology, 63:169-177, 1964.

KNAPP, R. H.: Perceptual interpretation of the social
diad: II. Character of relationship. Journal of
Social Psychology, 64:89-100, 1964.
KNAPP, ROBERT H.: The language of postural inter-
pretation. Journal of Social Psychology, 67:371-
377, 1965.

Knapp, ROBERT H., and CHEN, RACHEL J. C.: On
the surplus meanings of numbers. Psychological
Reports, 15:319-322, 1964.

Knapp, R. H., and EHLINGER, H.: Stylistic con-
sistency among aesthetic preferences. Journal of
Projective Techniques, 26:61-65, 1962.

Knapp, R. H., and EHLINGER, HELEN: Sex differ-
ences in the incidence of responses to the diadic
silhouette test. Journal of Social Psychology, 68:
57-63, 1966.

Knapp, ROBERT H., and GARBUTT, JoHN T.: Vari-
ation in time descriptions and need achievement.
Journal of Social Psychology, 67:269-272, 1965.

Knapp, R. H., and GREEN, S.: Preference for style
of abstract art and their personality correlates.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 24:396-402,
1960.

Knapp, R. H., and GrReEN, H. B.: The judgment of
music-filled intervals and 7 achievement. Journal
of Social Psychology, 54:263-267, 1961.

Knapp, R. H., and GREEN, H. B.: Personality cor-
relates of success imagery. Journal of Social
Psychology, 62:93-100, 1964.

Knapp, R. H., and HorrFMmAN, E. G.: Vocational
interest scores and patterns of aesthetic preference.
Journal of Social Psychology, 64:299-306, 1964.

Knapp, R. H., and Lapuc, P. S.: Time imagery, in-
troversion and fantasied preoccupation in simu-
lated isolation. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20:
327-330, 1965.

Knapp, R. H., McELroOY, L. R., and VAUGHAN, ].:
On blithe and melancholic aestheticisim. Journal
of General Psychology, 67:3-10, 1962.

Knapp, R. H., and WULFF, A.: Preferences for ab-
stract and representational art. Journal of Social
Psychology, 60:255-262, 1963.

LARrseN, L., and Knapp, R. H.: Sex differences in
symbolic conceptions of the deity. Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 28:303-306, 1964.

RICKERS-OVSIANKINA, MARIA A., KNAPP, ROBERT
H., and McINTYRE, DONALD W.: Factors affecting
the psychodiagnostic significance of color percep-
tion. Journal of Projective Techniques, 27:461-
466, 1963.

VAUGHAN, ]., and Knapp, R. H.: A study in pes-
simism. Journal of Sociai Psychology, 59:77-92,
1963.

MH-2181 (R03) VEROFF, JosepH, and FELD,
SHEILA: Projective measures in a national sample
survey. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich. (1957-58)

280

FELD, SHEILA: Feelings of adjustment. In: Nye,
Ivan, and Hoffman, Lois, eds. The employed
mother in America. Chicago, Rand McNally,
1963, p. 331-352.

VEROFF, J., ATKINSON, J. W., FELD, SHEILA, and
GURIN, G.: The use of thematic apperception to
assess motivation in a nationwide interview study.
Psychological Monographs, 74(12):1-32, 1960.
(Whole No. 499).

MH-2191 (R03) BrusH, F. ROBERT: Experimental
analysis of incubation of anxiety. University of
Maryland, College Park, Md. (1958-59)

BrusH, F. R.: The effects of intertrial interval on
avoidance learning in the rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:888-
892, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3337).

MH-2195 (R03) Isaac, WALTER: Nonspecific sen-
sory stimulation of the monkey. Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. (1957-58)

Isaac, WALTER: Evidence for a sensory drive in
monkeys. ~~ Psychological Reports, 11:175-181,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2289).

Isaac, WALTER: A reply to Dr. Leuba’s comments.
Psychological Reports, 12:342, 1963. (In refer-
ence to the following: Isaac, W. Evidence for a
sensory drive in monkeys. Psychological Reports,
11:175-181, 1962. Leuba, C. Comments on
Isaac’s “Evidence for a sensory drive in monkeys.”
Psychological Reports, 12:14, 1963). (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2289).

MH-2196 (R01) RAZrRAN, GREGORY: Russian ex-
periments in interoceptive conditioning. Queens
College of the City University of New York,
Flushing, N.Y. (1958- )

RAzrAN, G.: Psychology in Communist countries
other than the USSR. American Psychologist, 13:
177-178, 1958.

RAzrRAN, G.: Psychology inside the USSR. Con-
temporary Psychology, 3:85-87, 1958.

RazraN, G.: K. N. Kornilov, theoretical and expe-
rimental psychologist. Science, 128:74-75, 1958.

RAzrAN, G., PavLov and LAMARCK: Science, 128:
758-760, 1958.

RazrAN, G.: Soviet psychology and psychophysiol-
ogy. Science, 128:1187-1194, 1958.

RAZRAN, G.: Soviet psychology and psychophysiol-
ogy. Behavioral Science, 4:35-48, 1959.

RazrAN, G.: Bibliography of Soviet experiments in
interoceptive conditioning, and unconditioned in-
teroception in the last ten years. Bethesda, Mary-
land, National Institutes of Health, Russian Scien-
tific Translation Program, 1959, 45 p.
RAZRAN, G.: Transliteration of Russian. Science,

129:1111-1113, 1959.

RazrAN, G.: The specifics of Russian-English trans-
literation: Reply to Hamp; Addendum: Reply to
Faberge, London & London, & Ray. Science, 130:
486-488, 1959.

RAZRAN, G.: Pavlov the empiricist. Science, 130:

916, 1959.

RAZrAN, G.: 1957 and 1958 Russian books in psy-
chology, psychophysiology, and related areas in
psychiatry. American Psychologist, 15:204-207,
1960.

RazrAN, G.: The observable unconscious in current
Soviet psychophysiology: Survey and interpretation
of experiments in interoceptive conditioning. In:
Ries, B. F., and Abt, L., eds. Progress in clinical
psychology. Vol. 4. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1960, p. 1-31.

RazrAN, G.: Contributions: Pavlovian conference on
higher nervous activity. Annals of the New York
Academy of Science, 92:816-817 and 1070-1072
and 1197, 1961.

RAZRAN, G.: Recent Soviet phyletic comparisons of
classical and of operant conditioning: Experimental
designs. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54:357-365, 1961.

RAZRAN, G.: Raphael's “idealess” behavior. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
366-367, 1961.

RazrRAN, G.: The observable unconscious and the
inferable conscious in current Soviet psychology:
Interoceptive conditioning, semantic conditioning,
and the orienting reflex. Psychological Review,
68:81-147, 1961.

RAZRAN, G.: Inheritance in Soviet medicine, psy-
chology, and education. Science, 135:248-253,
1962.

RAZRAN, G.: Growth, scope and direction of current
Soviet psychology: The 1963 All-Union Congress.
American Psychologist, 19:342-349, 1964.

RAZRAN, GREGORY: Soviet studies on higher nervous
activity and psychology in 1952, 1962- and
1972. Medical Reports, March-May 1, 1964,
p- 1-17.

RAZRAN, G.: The place of the conditioned reflex in
psychology and psychiatry. In: Pavlovian condi-
tioning and American psychiatry. New York,
Group for Advancement of Psychiatry, 1964, p.
161-180.

RAZRAN, GREGORY: Russian physiologists’ psychol-
ogy and American experimental psychology: A
historical and a systematic collation and a loo
into the future. Psychological Bulletin, 63(1):
42-64, 1965.

281

RAZRAN, GREGORY: Evolutionary psychology: Levels
of learning—and perception and thinking. In:
Wolman, Benjamin B., ed. Scientific psychology.
New York, Basic Books Publishing, 1965, p. 207-
253.

MH-2200 (R01) GREEN, EDWARD ].: Discrimina-
tion and schedules of reinforcement. Dartmouth
College, Hanover, N.H. (1958-62)

GREEN, E. J., SANDERS, R. M., and SQUIER, R. W.:
Schedules of reinforcement and discrimination
learning. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 2:293-299, 1959.

MH-2202 (R01) STRODTBECK, FRED L., and JAMES,
Rita M.: Juror reactions to legal definitions of in-
sanity. ~~ University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.
(1958-61)

James, Rita M.: Status and competence of jurors.
American Journal of Sociology, 64:563-570, 1959.

James, Rita M.: Jurors’ assessment of criminal re-
sponsibility. Social Problems, 7:58-69, 1959.

James, Rita: Jurors’ evaluation of psychiatric testi-
mony. Ohio State Law Review, Winter, 1960.

SIMON, RITA JAMES: Mental patients as jurors. Hu-
man Organization, 22(4):276-282, 1963-1964.

MH-2204 (R01) CARVER, MICHAEL ].: Basic stud-
ies of mongolism. University of Nebraska, Omaha,
Nebr. (1958-61)

CARVER, M. ]J., Durch, S. J., Paska, R., and WirT-
soN, C. L.: Aminoaciduria in selected metabolic
errors. Metabolism, 11:357-364, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-5075).

CARVER, M. J., and Paska, R.: Ion-exchange chro-
matography of urinary amino acids. I. Normal
children. Clinical Chimica Acta, 6:721-724, 1961.

CARVER, M. J., and WELTON, L. D.: Studies on
serum protein fractions from mongoloids. Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, 22(2):84-86, 1961.

CARVER, M. J., and WirTsoN, C.: Metabolic errors
and mental retardation. Clinical Medicine, 8:
2109-2116, 1961.

MH-2208 (R01) BAER, DoNnaLD M., Bijou, Sip-
NEY, and HARRIS, FLORENCE: Experimental analy-
sis of social motivation. University of Washing-
ton, Seattle, Wash. (1958-65)

ALLEN, K. EILEEN, HART, BETTY, BUELL, JOAN S§.,
HaRrRis, FLORENCE R., and WOLF, MONTROSE
M.: Effects of social reinforcement on isolate be-
havior of a nursery school child. Child Develop-
ment, 35:511-518, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2232).
BAER, DONALD M.: Escape and avoidance behaviors
of pre-school children to two schedules of rein-
forcement withdrawal. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 3:155-159, 1960.

BAER, DoNALD M.: The effect of withdrawal of
positive reinforcement on an extinguishing re-
sponse in young children. Child Development,
32:67-74, 1961.

BAER, DONALD M.: A technique of social reinforce-
ment for the study of child behavior: Behavior
avoiding reinforcement withdrawal. Child Devel-
opment, 33:847-858, 1962.

BAER, DONALD M.: Laboratory control of thumb-
sucking by withdrawal and representation of rein-
forcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 5:525-528, 1962.

Baer, DoNALD M., and Bijou, S. W.: The labora-
tory-experimental study of child behavior, Chap-
ter 4. In: Mussen, P., ed. Handbook of research
methods in child development. New York, Wiley,
1960.

BAER, D. M., and SHERMAN, J. A.: Reinforcement
control of generalized imitation in young children.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1:37-
49, 1964.

Bijou, SibNEY W.: Discrimination performance as
a baseline for individual analysis of young children.
Child Development, 32:163-17C, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2232).

Bijou, S. W., and Bakr, D. M.: Child develop-
ment: A systematic and empirical theory. New
York, Appleton-Centary-Crofts 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2232).

Bijou, S. W., and Baer, D. M.: Some metho-
dological contributions form a functional analysis
of child development. In: Lipsitt, L., and Spiker,
C., eds. Advances in child development and be-
havior. Vol. 1. New York, Academic Press,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2232).

EricksoN, M. T.: Effects of social deprivation and
satiation on verbal conditioning in children. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55:953-957, 1962.

GEWIRTZ, J. L., and BAER, D. M.: The effect of
brief social deprivation on behaviors for a social
reinforcer. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 56:49-56, 1958.

Harris, F. R., WoLr, M. M., and Baer, D. M.:
Effects of adult social reinforcement on child be-
havior. Young Children, 20:1-17, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2232).

Hart, BETTY M., ALLEN, K. EILEEN, BUELL,
Joan S., Harris, FLORENCE R., and WOLF,
MONTROSE, M.: Effects of social reinforcement
on operant crying. [Journal of Experimental Child

282

Psychology, 1:145-153, 1964.
edges MH-2232).

JouNsTON, MARGARET K., KELLEY, C. SUSAN,
HARRIS, FLORENCE R., and WOLF, MONTROSE
M.: An application of reinforcement principles to
development of motor skills of a young child.
Child Development, 37(2):379-387, 1966. (Also
acknowledges MH-2232).

(Also acknowl-

LARDNER, DIANE: Effect of aggressive story con-
tent on nonverbal play behavior. Psychological
Reports, 11:14, 1962.

Lovaas, O. I: Effects of exposure to symbolic ag-
gression on aggressive behavior. Child Develop-
ment, 32:37-44, 1961.

Lovaas, O. I.: Interaction between verbal and non-
verbal behavior. Child Development, 32:329-
336, 1961.

Lovaas, O. I: Cue properties of words: The con-
trol of operant responding by rate and content of
verbal operants. Child Development, 35:245-
256, 1964.

Lovaas, O. I, Baer, D. M., and Bijou, S. W.:
Experimental procedures for analyzing the inter-
action of symbolic social stimuli and children’s
behavior. Child Development, 36(1):237-247,
1965.

SHERMAN, JAMES A.: Modification of nonverbal be-
havior through reinforcement of related verbal
behavior. Child Development, 35:717-723, 1964.

MH-2209 (R06) WIiLENSKY, HaroLD L.: Labor
and leisure—a study of role segregation. Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1958-63)

LADINSKY, JAck: Careers of lawyers, law practice,
and legal institutions. American Sociological Re-
view, 28 (1) :47-54, 1963.

Pope, HALLOWELL: Economic deprivation and social
participation in a group of “middle class” factory
workers. Social Problems, 11:290-300, 1964.

WILENSKY, H. L.: Work, careers, and social inte-
gration. International Social Science Journal, 12:
543-560, 1960.

WiLENsKY, H. L.: Social structure, popular culture,
and mass behavior. Studies in Publication Com-
munication, 3:15-22, 1961. Also in: Public Opin-
ion Quarterly, 24(3) :497-499, 1960.

WiLENsKY, HaroLp L.: Life cycle, work situation,
and participation in formal associations. In: Klee-
meier, Robert W., ed. Aging and leisure: Re-
search perspectives on the meaningful use of time.
New York, Oxford University Press, 1961, p. 213
242. Also in: Tibbetts, C., and Donahue, W.,
eds. Aging around the world. Vol. I. Social
and psychological aspects. New York, Columbia
University Press, 1962.
WiLENsKY, H. L.: Orderly careers and social par-
ticipation: The impact of work history on social
integration in the middle mass. American Socio-
logical Review, 26(4):521-539, 1961.

WiLENSKY, H. L.: The uneven distribution of leisure:
The impact of economic growth on “free time.”
Social Problems, 9(1) :32-56, 1961.

WiLENsKY, H. L.: The dynamics of professional
ism: The case of hospital administration. Hospi-
tal Administration, 7(2) :6-24, 1962.

WIiLENSKY, H. L.: Labor and leisure: Intellectual
traditions. Industrial Relations, 1(2):1-12, 1962.

WILENSKY, HAROLD L.: The moonlighter: A prod-
uct of relative deprivation. Industrial Relations,
3(1):105-124, 1963.

WiLENSKY, H. L.: The professionalization of every-
one? American Journal of Sociology, 70:137-158,
1964.

WILENSKY, HAROLD L.: Mass society and mass cul-
ture: Interdependence or independence? Ameri
can Sociological Review, 29:173-197, 1964.

MH-2211 (R01) KoErLra, WERNER P., FERRY,
ALAN, and HOAGLAND, HUDSON: Neurophysiolog-
ical response to serotonin. Worcester Foundation
for Experimental Biology, Shrewsbury, Mass.
(1958- )

BERGEN, JoHN R., CzZICMAN, JOHN S., and KOELLA,
WERNER P.: Influence of a plasma protein frac-
tion from schizophrenic and normal persons upon
the optic evoked response in the rabbit. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 4:219-223, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2967).

BERGEN, J. R., KoeLra, W. P., CzicmAN, ]., and
HoacLanDp, H.: Evoked optic potential changes
induced by plasma globulins from schizophrenics.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1):305,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2967).

BERGEN, J. R., Krus, D. M., Beisaw, N. E., Ko-
ELLA, W. P., and Pincus, G.: Central nervous
system and behavior: Some properties of progeste-
rone. Excerpta Medica, 51:117, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2262 and MH-2967).

KoEeLLA, WERNER P.: Zum Wirkungamechanismus
von Serotonin auf das Zentralnervensystem.
(Switzerland). Praxis, 51:1-24, 1962.

KoEeLrA, WERNER P., and CzicMAN, J.: Effect of
intracarotid serotonin on the spinal reflexes. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 20 Part 1:305,
1961.

KoEeLrLa, W. P., and CzicMaN, J. S.: Influence of
serotonin upon optic evoked potentials, the EEG
and blood pressure of the curarized cat. American
Journal of Physiology, 204:873-880, 1963.

283

KoeLra, W. P., and CzicMaN, J. S.: The area
postrema as a possible receptor site for EEG syn-
chronization by S5-HT. Federation Proceedings,
24(2) Part 1:646, 1965.

KoeLra, W. P., and FERRY, ALAN: Cortico-sub-
cortical homeostasis in the cat’s brain. Science,
142:586-589, 1963.

KoEeLLA, WERNER, Levy, C. K., SmMyTHIES, J. R,,
and CzicMAN, J. S.: Influences from the carotic
sinus upon cortical evoked potentials. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 19(1)Part 1:287, 1960.

KoELLA, WERNER P., and ScHAEPPI, ULRICH: The
reaction of the isolated cat’s iris to serotonin.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
pentics, 138:154-158, 1962.

KokLLa, WERNER P., SmyTHIES, J. R., and BULL,
D. M.: Factors involved in the effect of serotonin
on evoked electrocortical potentials. Science, 129
(3357) :1231, 1959.

KoEerLLa, WERNER P., SMYTHIES, JoHN R., BULL,
Davip M., and Levy, CHARLES K.: Physiological
fractionation of the effect of serontonin on evoked
potentials. American Journal of Physiology, 198:
205-211, 1960.

KoELLA, WERNER P., SMYTHIES, JoHN R., and
Levy, CHARLES K.: The effect of mescaline on the
optic evoked potentials in the unanesthetized rab-
bit. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapeutics, 129:462-470, 1960.

KoEeLLa, WERNER P., SMYTHIES, JOHN R., LEvy,
CHARLES K., and CzicMAN, J. S.: Modulatory in-
fluence on cerebral cortical optic response from the
carotid sinus area. American Journal of Physiol-

ogy, 199:381-386, 1960.

KoELLA, WERNER P., TRUNcA, CAROLYN M., and
CzicMAN, JOHN S.: Serotonin: Effect on recruiting
responses of the cat. Life Sciences, 4(2):173-181,
1965.

KoeLLa, W. P., and WELLs, C. H.: Influence of
LSD-25 on optically evoked potentials in the non-
anesthetized rabbit. American Journal of Physiol-
0gy, 196(6):1181-1184, 1959.

Levy, C. K,, LOESER, J. D., and KoeLrLa, W. P.:
The cerebellar acoustic response and its interaction
with optic responses. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:235-242, 1961.

PawLowsKI, ALBERT A.: Effects of lysergic acid di-
ethylamide on the modification of a learned jump-
ing response. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 4:81-
86, 1962.

ScHAEPPI, ULRICH: Comparison of serotonin with
directly and indirectly acting compounds in their
effect on the nictitating membrane of spinal cats.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peutics, 139:330-336, 1963.
ScuAgppI, U., and KoEeLrLa, W. P.: Adrenergic in-
nervation of cat iris sphincter. American Journal
of Physiology, 207:273-278, 1964.

ScHAEPPIL, U., and KogLLA, W. P.: Innervation of
cat iris dilator. American Journal of Physiology,
207(6) :1411-1416, 1964.

ScuAgppl, U., and KokeLLA, W. P.: Changes in level
of vigilance in response to administration of drugs
into the 4th ventricle of the cat. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 25(2) :628, 1966.

ScHAEPPI, U., KoELLA, W. P., and Dopp, MYRNA:
Reaction of isolated pig iris sphincter to electrical
stimulation and acetylcholine. American Journal
of Physiology, 206:255-261, 1964.

ScHaEeppl, U., and RuBIN, P. H.: Effects of chlor-
piomazine upon induced periods of tonic immo-
ility in rabbits. [International Journal of Neuro-
psychiatry, 1(1):71-75, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4953).

SMYTHIES, J. R., and Levy, C. K.: The comparative
psychopharmacology of some mescaline analogues.
Journal of Mental Science, 106:443,1960.

MH-2212 (R03) RicHARDS, THOMAS W.: Psycho-
logical factors in reactions to mescaline. Louisiana
State University, New Orleans, La. (1957-58)

RicHARDS, THOMAS W., and STEVENSON, IAN: Per-
sonality of subjects who volunteer for research on
a drug (mescaline). Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 24:424-428, 1960.

RicHARDS, THOMAS W., and STEVENSON, IAN: Pro-
longed reactions to mescaline: A report of two
cases.  Psychopharmacologia, 1:241-250, 1960.

RicHARDS, THOMAS W., and STEVENSON, IAN:
Consistency in the psychologic reaction to mesca-
line. Southern Medical Journal, 54:1319-1320,
1961.

MH-2215 (R03) WIGGINs, JERRY S.: A social de-
sirability scale for the MMPI. Stanford Univer-
sity, Stanford, Calif. (1958-58)

ULLMANN, LEONARD P., and WIGGINS, JERRY S.:
Endorsement frequency and the number of differ-
entiating MMPI items to be expected by chance.
Newsletter for Research in Psychology, 4:29-34,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2458).

WiGGiNs, J. S.: Interrelationships among MMPI
measures of dissimulation under standard and so-
cial desirability instructions. Journal of Consult-
ing Psychology, 23:419-427, 1959.

WiGGINs, J. S., and RuMRILL, C.: Social desirability
in the MMPI and Welsh’s factor scales A and R.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 23:100-106,
1959.

MH-2218 (R06) RoFF, MERRILL: The young adult
adjustments of maladjusted boys. University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1958-64)

RoFF, MERRILL: Childhood social interactions and
young adult bad conduct. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 63:333-337, 1961.

RoOFF, MERRILL: The service-related experience of a
sample of juvenile delinquents. Report No. 61-1.
Minneapolis, Minn., Univ. of Minnesota, Institute
of Child Development and Welfare, 1961, 8 p.
(Processed).

ROFF, MERRILL: Some multivariate criterion prob-
lems in the adjustment area. In: Office of Naval
Research, ed. Symposium on research and teaching
methods in multivariate experimental design.
Princeton, New Jersey, Educational Testing Ser-
vice, 1962, p. 41-45.

RofFF, MERRILL: Childhood social interactions and
young adult psychosis. Journal of Clinical Psy-
chology, 19:152-157, 1963.

ROFF, MERRILL: The service-related experience of a
sample of juvenile delinquents. II. A replication
on a larger sample in another state. Report No.
63-2. Minneapolis, Minn., Univ. of Minn., In-
stitute of Child Development and Welfare, 1963,
13 p. (Processed).

ROFF, MERRILL: The service-related experience of a
sample of juvenile delinquents. III. The pre-
dictive significance of juvenile confinement. Re-
port No. 64-3. Minneapolis, Minn., Univ. of
Minnesota, Institute of Child Development and
Welfare, 1964, 14 p. (Processed).

MH-2224 (R06) CHANCE, ERIKA: Methods used in
clinical case descriptions. Mount Zion Hospital
and Medical Center, San Francisco, Calif. (1958-
62)

CHANCE, ERIKA: Interdisciplinary differences in case
descriptions. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 33(4) :672-677, 1963.

CHANCE, E., and ARNOLD, J.: The effect of profes-
sional training, experience and preference for a
theoretical system. Human Relations, 13(3):195-
213, 1960.

CHANCE, E., ArRNoLD, Jack, and TYRRELL, S.:
Background and themes used in clinical case de-
scription. Human Relations, 15(1):53-61, 1962.

CHANCE, E., ARNOLD, ]., and TYRRELL, S.: Com-
munality and stability of meaning in clinical case
description. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 64:389-406, 1962.

MH-2225 (R03) WaRrsHAW, LEON J.: Effects of
drugs on mood and performance in industry.
United Artists Corp., New York, N.Y. (1958-
59)

284
WaRsHAW, L. J.: Clinical pharmacology in industrial

medicine. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapen-
tics, 2:230-236, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
2922).

WARSHAW, L. J.: Clinical research in industrial medi-
cine. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 6:1-4,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2922).

MH-2229 (R01) ELLs, NORMAN R.: Determinants
of learning in the mentally retarded. Lousiana
State Colony and Training School, Pineville, La.
(1958-60) (Continued as MH-4433).

BARNETT, C. D., ELLIS, N. R., and PRYER, MAR-
GARET W.: Stimulus pretraining and the delayed
reaction in defectives. American Journal of Men-
tal Deficiency, 63:104-111, 1959.

BARNETT, C. D., ELLIS, N. R., and PRYER, MAR-
GARET W.: Learning in familial and brain-injured
defectives. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 64:894-900, 1960.

BARNETT, C. D., ELLs, N. R., and PRYER, MAR-
GARET W.: Absence of noise effects in the simple
operant behavior of defectives. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 10:167-170, 1960.

BARNETT, C. D., ELLs, N. R., and PRYER, MAR-
GARET W.: Serial position effects in superior and
retarded subjects. Psychological Reports, 7:111-
113, 1960.

BARNETT, C. D., PRYER, MARGARET W., and ELLIS,
N. R.: Experimental manipulation of verbal be-
havior in defectives. Psychological Reports, 5:
593-596, 1959.

Eris, N. R.: Amount of reward and operant be-
havior in mental defectives. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 66:595-599, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4433).

ErLis, N. R., BARNETT, C. D., and PRYER, MAR-
GARET W.: Operant behavior in mental defectives:
Exploratory studies. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 3:63-69, 1960.

ELLs, N. R., and Disterano, M. K., Jr.: Effects
of verbal urging and praise upon rotary pursuit
performance in mental defectives. American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 64:486-490, 1959.

ELLs, N. R., PRYER, MARGARET W., and BARNETT,
C. D.: Motor learning and retention in normals
and defectives. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 10:
83-91, 1960.

ELLs, N. R., PRYER, MARGARET W., and BARNETT,
C. D.: Note on habit formation in normal and
retarded subjects. Psychological Reports, 6:385-
386, 1960.

Eris, N. R., PRYER, MARGARET W., DISTEFANO,
M. K,, Jr, and PRrYER, R. S.: Learning in men-
tally defective, normal, and superior subjects.

285

American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 64:725-
734, 1959.

Jones, R. W., and ELLs, N. R.: Inhibitory poten-
tial in rotary pursuit acquisition by normal and
defective subjects. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 63:534-537, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-4433).

MH-2232 (R01) Bijou, SbNEY W., and ORr-
LANDO, ROBERT: Experimental analysis of behavior
in retardates. University of Washington, Seattle,
Wash. (1958-65)

ALLEN, K. EILEEN, HART, BETTY, BUELL, JOAN §,,
HARRris, FLORENCE R., and WOLF, MONTROSE
M.: Effects of social reinforcement on isolate be-
havior of a nursery school child. Child Develop-
ment, 35:511-518, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2208).

Bijou, SIDNEY W.: Discrimination performance as
a baseline for individual analysis of young chil-
dren. Child Development, 3:163-170, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2208).

Bijou, SIpNEy W.: Theory and research in mental
(developmental) retardation. Psychological Rec-
ord, 13:95-110, 1963.

Bijou, S. W., and BAER, D. M.: Child develop-
ment: A systematic and empirical theory. New
York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2208).

Bijou, S. W., and BAER, D. M.: Some methodolog-
ical contributions form a functional analysis of
child development. In: Lipsitt, L., and Spiker,

C., eds. Advances in child development and be-
havior. Vol. 1. New York, Academic Press,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2208).

Bijou, SIDNEY W., and OBLINGER, BARBARA: Re-
sponses of normal and retarded children as a func-
tion of the experimental situation. Psychological
Reports, 6:447-454, 1960.

Bijou, SIDNEY W., and ORLANDO, R.: Rapid de-
velopment of multiple schedule performances with
retarded children. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 4:7-16, 1961.

BIRNBRAUER, J. S., and LAWLER, JuLiAa: Token re-
inforcement for learning. M. R. Journal, 2(5):
275-279, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1366).

BIRNBRAUER, J]. S., WoLF, M. M., KIDDER, J. D.,
and TaAGUEg, CeciLIA E.: Classroom behavior of
retarded pupils with token reinforcement. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 2(2):219-235,
1965.

HARRIS, FLORENCE R., JOHNSTON, MARGARET K,,
and KELLY, C. SusaN: Effects of positive social
reinforcement on regressed crawling of a nursery
school child. Journal of Educational Psychology,
55:35-41, 1964.
Harris, F. R.,, WoLF, M. M,, and BAER, D. M.:
Effects of adult social reinforcement on child be-
havior. Young Children, 20:1-17, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2208).

Hart, BETTY M., ALLEN, K. EILEEN, BUELL, JOAN
S., Harris, FLORENCE R., and WOLF, MONTROSE
M.: Effects of social reinforcement on operant cry-
ing. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
1:145-153, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2208).

JoHNsTON, MARGARET K., KELLEY, C. SUSAN, HAR-
RIS, FLORENCE R., and WOLF, MONTROSE M.:
An application of reinforcement principles to de-
velopment of motor skills of a young child. Child
Development, 37(2):379-387, 1966. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2208).

ORLANDO, R.: The functional role of discriminative
stimuli in free operant performance developmen-
tally retarded children. Psychological Record, 11:
153-161, 1961.

ORLANDO, ROBERT: Shaping multiple schedule per-
formance in retardates: Establishment of baselines
by systematic and special procedures. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 2(2):135-153,
1965.

OrLANDO, R.: A discriminated-operant baseline pro-
cedure for analysis of stimulus generalization in
individuals. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20:247-
254, 1965.

OrLANDO, R., and Bijou, S. W.: Single and mul-
tiple schedules of reinforcement in developmen-
tally retarded children. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 4:339-384, 1960.

OrLANDO, R., Brjou, S. W., Tyrer, R. M., and
MARSHALL, D. A.: A laboratory for the experi-
mental analysis of developmentally retarded chil-
dren. Psychological Reports, 7:261-267, 1960.

RisLey, Topp: Generalization gradients following
two-response discrimination training. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):199-
204, 1964.

SLOANE, HowArRD N., JRr., and HARPER, LARRY
JaMEs: Experimental control during an earthquake.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
8(6):425-426, 1965.

WoLF, MONTROSE, and RISLEY, T.: Application of
operant conditioning procedures to the behavior
problems of an autistic child. Behavior Research
and Therapy, 1:305-312, 1964.

MH-2234 (R01) KrYTER, KARL D., and LICKLIDER,
J. C. R.: Effects of noise, annoyance and distur-
bance of sleep. Bolt, Beranek and Newman,
Cambridge, Mass. (1958-62)

286

KryTER, K. D.: Scaling human reactions to the
sound from aircraft. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 31(11):1415-1429, 1959.

KryTER, K. D.: Human criteria for noise control.
In: McGraw-Hill encyclopedia of science and tech-
nology. Vol. 9. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1960,
p. 125-128.

KRrYTER, K. D.: The meaning and measurement of
perceived noise level. Noise Control, 6(5):12-
27, 1960.

KRrYTER, K. D., and PEARsONS, K. S.: Some effects
of spectral content and duration on perceived noise
level. Journal of the Acoustical Society of Amer-
ica, 35(6) :866-883, 1963.

KryYTER, K. D.,; and WiLLiAMS, C. E.: Loudness and
noisiness of sounds. (Abstract) Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 32:1523, 1960.

MH-2238 (R01) CRANDALL, VAUGHN J. and
CRANDALL, VIRGINIA: Parents influence on chil-
drens achievement behavior. Fels Research Insti-
tute, Yellow Springs, Ohio (1958- )

CRANDALL, V.: Achievement. In: Stevenson, H., ed.
The 62nd Yearbook of the National Society for
Student Education. Part 1. Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1963, p. 416-459.

CrANDALL, V., DEWEY, RACHEL, KATKOVSKY, W.,
and PRESTON, ANNE: Parents’ attitudes and be-
haviors and grade school childrens’ academic
achievements. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
104:53-66, 1964.

CraNDALL, V., KATKOVsSKY, W. and PRESTON,
ANNE: A conceptual formulation of some research
on children’s achievement development. Child
Development, 31:787-797, 1960.

CraNDALL, V., KaTkovsky, W. and PRESTON,
ANNE: Motivational and ability determinants of
young children’s intellectual achievement behav-
iors. Child Development, 33:643-661, 1962.

CRANDALL, V., and PRESTON, ANNE: Verbally ex-
pressed needs and overt maternal behaviors. Child
Development, 32:261-270, 1961.

CRANDALL, V. PRESTON, ANNE, and RABSON,
ALICE: Maternal reactions and the development of
independence and achievement behavior in young
children. Child Development, 31:243-251, 1960.

CraNDALL, V., and RaBsoN, ALICE: Children’s
repetition choices in an intellectual achievement
situation following success and failure. Journal
of Genetic Psychology, 97:161-168, 1960.

CRANDALL, V., and SINKELDAM, CAROL: Children’s
dependent and achievement behaviors in social
situations and their perceptual field dependence.
Journal of Personality, 32:1-22, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-1260).
CRANDALL, V., SoLoMON, D., and KELLAWAY, R.:
A comparison of the patterned and non-patterned
probability learning of adolescent and early grade
school-age children. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
0gy, 99:29-39, 1961.

CraNDALL, V. C., CRANDALL, V. J., and KATKOV-
sky, W.: A children’s social desirability question-
naire, Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29(1):
27-36, 1965.

CRANDALL, V. C., KaTKOVSKY, W., and CRANDALL,
V. J.: Children’s beliefs in their own control of
reinforcements in intellectual-academic achievement
situations. Child Development, 36(1):91-109,
1965.

CRANDALL, VIRGINIA: Reinforcement effects of adult
reactions and non-reactions on children’s achieve-
ment expectations. Child Development, 34:335-

354, 1963.

CRANDALL, VIRGINIA: Achievement behavior in
young children. Young Children, 20(2):77-90,
1964.

CRANDALL, VIRGINIA, GOOD, SUZANNE, and CRAN-
DALL, V.: Reinforcement effects of adult reactions
and non-reactions on children’s achievement ex-
pectations: A replication study. Child Develop-
ment, 35:485-497, 1964.

Katkovsky, W., PRESTON, ANNE, and CRANDALL,
V.: Parents’ attitudes toward their personal achieve-
ments and toward the achievement behaviors of
their children. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
104:67-82, 1964.

KaTkovsky, W., PRESTON, ANNE, and CRANDALL,
V.: Parents’ attitudes and their behavior with their
children in achievement situations. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 104:105-121, 1964.

SuTTON-SMITH, B.: Play preference and play be-
havior: A validity study. Psychological Reports,
16:65-66, 1965.

WATERS, E., and CRANDALL, V. J.: Social class and
observed maternal behavior from 1940 to 1960.

Child Development, 35(4):1021-1032, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-1260).
MH-2241 (R10) GOTTLIEB, JACQUES S., and

LowINGER, PAUL: Evaluation of drug therapy on
psychiatric outpatinets. Lafayette Clinic, Detroit,
Mich. (1958-63)

BrauN, R., and LOWINGER, P.: Clinical evaluation
of trimeglamide in anxiety. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 116:163-164, 1959.

Hsu, JoHN J. BRAUN, ROBERT A., DoMINO,
Epwarp F., LOWINGER, PAUL, SCHORER, CALVIN
E., and Bruck, Morris: Clinical evaluation of
hydroxphenamate in psychotic patients. Diseases
of the Nervous System, 24:750-751, 1963.

287

LowINGER, P.: Evaluation of mephanoxalone in a
single- and double-blind design. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 120:66-67, 1963.

LowINGER, P., and GOTTLIEB, ].: Drug treatment of
schizophrenic outpatients. In: Scher, S., and
Davis, H., eds. The outpatient treatment of
schizophrenia. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1960, p. 129-134.

ScHORER, C., and LOWINGER, P.: Methylnonyl
dioxalone: A clinical trial. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 116:359-360, 1959.

SCHORER, C., and LOWINGER, P.: Deanol: A clinical
trial. Diseases of the Nervous System, 20:267-
268, 1959.

MH-2242 (R01) Guzg, SAMUEL B.: Behavior re-
sponses to psychopharmacological agents. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1958-60)

TuasoN, V. B., and Guzg, S. B.: The effect of
psychopharmacologic agents on behavior, meas-
ured by the interaction chronograph. Clinical
Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 2:152-156, 1961.

TuasoN, V. B., Guzg, S. B., McCLURE, ]., and
BEGUELIN, J.: A further study of some features of
the interview with the interaction chronograph.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 118:438-446,
1961.

MH-2244 (R01) RiETMAN, H. JEROME, ANDER-
soN, MiLtoN H., CLARKE, FOGLE C., HARLAN,
W. L., and STEGMAN, ERWIN ].: Comparative
effects of ataractic drugs. Woodmere State Hospi-
tal, Evansville, Ind. (1958-62)

CLARK, F. C.: Some observations on the adventitious
reinforcement of drinking under food reinforce-
ment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5(1):61-63, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-4335).

CLARK, F. C., and STEELE, B. J.: Some observations
on the interaction of chlorpromazine and free
operant avoidance bursts.  Psychopharmacologia,
4:221-231, 1963.

KaArRN, W. N., Jr., and KASPER, S.: Pharmacolog-
ically induced Parkinson-like signs as an index of
therapeutic potential. Diseases of the Nervous
System, 20:119-122, 1959.

Mirsos, S. B.: Learning in the post-electroshock
period. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16:187-
188, 1960.

Mitsos, S. B.: Personal constructs and the semantic
differential. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 62:433-444, 1961.

STEGMAN, E. J., CLARK, F. C., ZwIssSLER, M. M,,
STEELE, B. J., and LANE, R. L.: Apparatus for
the study of apparent motion thresholds. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 17:267-273, 1963.
MH-2249 (R17) BRIDGER, WAGNER H.: Psycho-
physiological studies in child development. Yeshiva
University, New York, N.Y. (1958-63)

Brock, J. D., and BRIDGER, W. H.: The “law of
initial value” in psychophysiology. In: Rhythmic
functions in the living system. Annals of the
New York Academy of Science, 98:1229, 1962.

BRIDGER, W. H.: Signal systems and the develop-
ment of cognitive functions. In: Central nervous
system and behavior, Transactions of the 3rd
Conference of the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation,
New York, 1960.

BRIDGER, W. H.: Sensory functions of the human
neonate. Activitas Nervosa Superior, 3(1) :13-20,
1961.

BRIDGER, W. M.: Sensory habituation and discrimi-
nation in the human neonate. American [Journal

of Psychiatry, 117:991-996, 1961.

BRIDGER, W. H.: Sensory discrimination and auto-
nomic function in the newborn. Journal of Child
Psychiatry, 1:67-82, 1962.

BRIDGER, W. H.: Convergences of Pavlovian and
Freudian theories of thinking. In: Proceedings
of the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 1.
Montreal, University of Toronto Press/McGill
University Press, 1962, p. 317-320.

BRIDGER, W. H.: Neurophysiological basis of schizo-
phrenia. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Con-
gress of Psychiatry. Vol. 3. Montreal, University
of Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1962,
p- 96-99.

BRIDGER, WAGNER, H.: The effects of hunger and
arousal on the sucking activity of new born in-
fants, Chapter 12. In: Spiegel, I., ed. Recent
advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 4. New
York, Plenum Press, 1962.

BRIDGER, W. H.: Ethological concepts and human
development. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances
in biological psychiatry. Vol. 4. New York,
Plenum Press, 1962, p. 95-107.

BRIDGER, W. H.: The neurophysiological accompani-
ments of sensory and sleep deprivation and their
role in the production of psychological disturbances.
In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in biological
psychiatry. New York, Plenum Press, 1963, p.
105-111.

BrIDGER, W. H.: Contributions of conditioning prin-
ciples to psychiatry. In: Pavlovian conditioning
and American psychiatry. Symposium No. 9,
Group for the advancement of psychiatry. Topeka,
Kansas, 1964, p. 181-198.

BRIDGER, W. H., and BIrRNS, B.: Neonates’ behav-
ioral and autonomic response to stress during
soothing. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in

288

biological psychiatry. Vol. 5. New York, Plenum
Press, 1963, p. 1-6.

BRIDGER, W. H., and LoPEz, T.: Greater resistance
to extinction after continuous reinforcement than
after partial reinforcement. Psychological Reports,
15:563-569, 1964.

BRIDGER, W. H., and MANDEL, I. J.: A comparison
of GSR fear responses produced by threat and
electric shock. Journal of Psychiatric Research,
2:31-40, 1964.

BripGer, W. H., and REISER, M. F.: Psychophysio-
logical studies of the neonate: An approach toward
the methodological and theoretical problems in-
volved. Psychosomatic Medicine, 21:265-276,
1959.

MH-2253 (R03) CorLias, NicHoLAs E., and CoL-
Liss, ELsie C.: An ecological approach to animal
behavior. University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill.
(1958-58)

Corrias, NicHoLAs E.: An ecological and functional
classification of animal sounds. In: Lanyon, W.
E., and Tavolga, W. N., eds. Animal sounds and
communication. Washington, D.C., American In-
stitute of Biological Sciences, 1960, p. 368-391.
(Publication No. 7).

MH-2254 (R01) Rosins, Eri: Immunochemical
investigations in schizophrenia. Washington Uni-
versity, St. Louis, Mo. (1958-62)

McCaMAN, MARILYN W., and RoBiNs, ELL: Fluori-
metric method for the determination of phenyla-
lanine in serum. Journal of Laboratory and Clini-
cal Medicine, 59(5):885-890, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4591).

RoBiNs, ELL, CRONINGER, ADELE B., SMITH, KATH-
LEEN, and Moobpy, ALFONSO Corzo: Studies in
N-acetyl neuraminic acid in the cerebrospinal fluid
in schizophrenia. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 96(1):390-391, 1962.

MH-2255 (R01) Spiro, MELFORD E.: Socialization,
personality and belief systems. University of
Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1958-63)

Spiro, MELFORD E.: A typology of social structure
and the patterning of social institutions: A cross-
cultural study. American Anthropologist, 67(5):
1097-1119, 1965.

MH-2257 (R01) SHEVRIN, HOWARD, LUBORSKY,
LESTER, and STROSS, LAWRENCE: Preconscious
perception in dreams & waking images. Men-
inger Foundation, Topeka, Kan. (1958- )

LuBORsKY, L., and SHEVRIN, M. S.: Artificial induc-
tion of day resdiues: An illustration and an exami-
nation. Bulletin of the Philadelphia Association
of Psychoanalysis, 12:149-167, 1962.
knowledges MH-3854).

SHEVRIN, H.: The origin of images in dreams.
Menninger Quarterly, 15:6-10, 1961.

(Also ac-

SHEVRIN, H., and LUBORsKY, L.: The Rebus tech-
nique: A method for studying primary-process
transformations of briefly exposed pictures. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 133:479-488,
1961.

Stross, L., and SHEVRIN, H.: Differences in thought
organization between hypnosis and the waking
state: An experimental approach. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 26:237-247, 1962.

MH-2258 (R01) Davis, RoGer T.: The role of
learning in homeostatic drives, State University of
South Dakota, Vermillion, S.D. (1958-59)

JorGENSEN, R. L., and Davis, R. T.: Response
strength as a function of rate of reward. Journal
of Psychology, 52:403-410, 1961.

MH-2261 (R01) BENDER, MORRIS B., PASIK,
PEDRO, and Pasik, TAUBA: Neurophysiologic as-
pects of visual discrimination. Mount Sinai Hospi-
tal, New York, N.Y. (1958- )

Pasik, P., and BENDER, M. B.: Oculomotor function
in monkeys with lesions of the superior colliculi.
Excerpta Medica, (International Congressional
Series 38) :75-76, 1961.

Pasik, P., and BENDER, M. B.: Visuo-oculomotor
behavior in monkeys with lesions of superior col-
ciculi and neighboring structures. (Abstract)
Federations Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:275, 1965.

Pasik, P., and Pasik, T.: Oculomotor functions in
monkeys with lesions of the cerebrum and the
superior colliculi. In: Bender, M. B., ed. The
oculomotor system. New York, Hoeber, 1964.
p. 40-80.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., BATTERsBY, W. S. and
BENDER, M. B.: Positional vs. “go, no-go” form
discriminations by monkeys with bitemporal le-
sions. American Psychologist, 13:414, 1958.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T. BATTERsBY, W. S. and
BENDER, M. B.: Visual and tactual discriminations
by macaques with serial temporal and parietal
lesions. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 51:427-436, 1958.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., and BENDER, M. B.: Effects of
hemidecortication upon various types of induced
nystagmus in the monkey. (Abstracts of Com-
munications). In: 21st International Congress of
Physiological Sciences, Buenos Aires, 1959, p. 207.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., and BENDER, M. B.: Oculo-
motro function following cerebral hemidecortica-
tion in the monkey: A study with special reference

289

to optokinetic and vestibular nystagmus. A. M. 4.
Archives of Neurology, 3:298-305, 1960.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., and BENDER, M. B.: Light dis-
crimination after additional brain damage in
monkeys with bilateral striatectomy. (Abstract)
Federal Proceedings, 20 (Part I):328, 1961.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., and BENDER, M. B.: Cortically
induced vertical eye movements in monkeys with
occipital and collicular lesions. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 22:338, 1963.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., and BENDER, M. B.: D. C. re-
cordings of ocular movements after eye evisceration
in the monkey. Physiologist, 6:250, 1963.

Pasik, PEDRO, Pasik, TAUBA, and BENDER, MORRIS
B.: Recovery of the electro-oculogram after total
ablation of the retina in monkeys. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
19(3) :291-297, 1965.

Pasik, P., Pasik, T., and KrieGer, H. P.: Effects of
cerebral lesions upon optokinetic nystagmus in
monkeys. Journal of Neurophysiology, 22, 297-
304, 1959.

PasIk, PEDRO, and SCHILDER, PETER: Luminous flux
judgments by normals monkeys. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 25(2):208, 1966.

Pasik, T.: Behavioral studies on extrageniculostriate
vision in monkeys. Excerpta Medica, (Interna-
tional Congress Series No. 38):77, 1961.

Pasik, TAuBA: Extrageniculostriate vision in the
monkey: Critical structures. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 25(2):574, 1966.

Pasik, TAUBA, and Pasik, PEDRO: Role of subcorti-
cal structures and commissural systems in opto-
kinetic nystagmus in the monkey. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 23(2)Part 1:415, 1964.

Pasik, TAUBA, and Pasik, PEDRO: Optokinetic
nystagmus: An unlearned response altered by sec-
tion of chiasma and corpus callosum in monkeys.
Nature, 203:609-611, 1964.

Pasik, T., Pasik, P., BATTERsBY, W. S. and
BENDER, M. B.: Target size and visual form dis-
crimination in monkeys with bitemporal lesions.
Federation Proceedings, 17:122, 1958.

Pasik, T. Pasi, P., BAarTersBY, W. S., and
BENDER, M. B.: Some characteristics of the visual
deficit produced by bitemporal lesions in macaques.
(Abstracts of Communications) In: 21st Interna-
tional Congress of Physiological Sciences, Buenos
Aires, 1959, p. 206-207.

Pasik, T. Pasik, P., BartersBy, W. S., and
BENDER, M. B.: Factors influencing visual behavior
of monkeys with bilateral temporal lesions. Jour-
nal of Comparative Neurology, 115:89-102, 1960.
Pasik, T., Pasik, P., and BENDER, M. B.: Electro-
oculogram and corneo-retinal potentials. Federa-
tion Proceedings, 18:113, 1959.

Pasik, T., Pasi, P., and BENDER, M. B.: Neuro-
ophthalmology. In: Spiegel, E., ed. Progress in
neurology and psychiatry. Vol. 14. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1959, p. 193-207.

Pasik, T., Pasi, P., & BENDER, M. B.: Optokinetic
nystagmus upon stimulation of an akinetic eye in
the monkey. Confina Neurologica, 21:109-118,
1961.

Pasik, T., Pasik, P., and BENDER, M. B.: Visual
and oculomotor function in monkeys with lesions
of the superior colliculi. Transactions of the
American Neurological Association, 86:229-331,
1961.

Pasi, T., Pasik, P., and BENDER, M. B.: Blink
response to light in monkeys with ablation of
striate cortex and/or superior colliculi. Federation
Proceedings, 21:349, 1962.

Pasi, T., Pasik P., and ScHILDER, P.: Differential
thresholds for visual pattern discrimination in
normal and brain-damaged monkeys. (Abstract)
Physiologist, 6:250, 1963.

VaLciukas, J. A., and Pasik, T.: Influences of il-
lumination on pattern discrimination thresholds in
monkeys with temporal lobe lesions. (Abstract)
Federations Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:274, 1965.

MH-2262 (R01) Krus, DoNALD M., and WAPNER,
SEYMOUR: Behavioral effects of lysergic acid
diethylamide. Clark University, Worcester, Mass.
(1958- )

BErGEN, J. R., Krus, D. M., Besaw, N. E,
KoeLra, W. P., and Pincus, G.: Central nervous
system and behavior: Some properties of proges-
terone. Excerpta Medica, 51:117, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2211 and MH-2967).

BerGEN, J. R., Krus, D. M., and Pincus, G. G.:
Suppression of LSD-25 effects in rats by steroids.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 105:254, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1322).

ComaLiy, P. E., Krus, D. M., and WAPNER, S.:
Cognitive functioning in two groups of aged: One
institutionalized, the other living in the com-
munity. Journal of Gerontology, 20:9-13, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-348).

Krus, D., and WAPNER, S.: Effect of lysergic acid
diethylamide (LSD-25) on perception of part-
whole relationships. Journal of Psychology, 48:
87-95, 1959.

Krus, D. M., and WAPNER, S.: Effect of LSD on
pace of performing a variety of tasks. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 14:255-259, 1962.

290

Krus, D. M., WAPNER, S., BERGEN, J., and FREE-
MAN, H.: The influence of progesterone on behav-
ioral changes induced by lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD-25) in normal males. Psychopharmacologia,
2:177-184, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
2262).

Krus, D., WAPNER, S., and FREEMAN, H.: Effects
of reserpine and iproniazid (Marsilid) on space
localization. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and
Psychiatry, 80:768-770, 1958.

Krus, D. M., WaPNER, S., FREEMAN, H., and
Casey, T. M.: Differential behavioral responsivity
to LSD-25. Archives of General Psyhiatry, 8:
557-563, 1963.

REsNIcK, Oscar, Krus, DoNALD M., and RASKIN,
MILTON: Accentuation of the psychological effects
of LSD-25 in normal subjects treated with reser-
pine. Life Sciences, 4(14):1433-1437, 1965.

REsNIck, O., Krus, D., RaskiN, M., and FREEMAN,
H.: Reserpine action in subjects treated with
monoamine oxidase inhibitors. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 8:481-486, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2936).

Resnick, O., Krus, D., RaskIN, M., and FREEMAN,
H.: The effects of orally ingested L-tryptophan
in MAO inhibited subjects. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 22(2)Part 1:510, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2936).

Resnick, O., Krus, D. M., RaskIN, M., and HOAG-
LAND, H.: Reversal of LSD-25 action by chronic
pretreatment with Marplan in humans. Federation
Proceedings, 23:175, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2936).

Resnick, O., Krus, D., RaskIN, M., RIVERA, M.,
and FREEMAN, H.: The effect of pretreatment with
monoamine oxidase inhibitors on reserpine action
in normal subjects and in schizophrenic patients.
In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of
Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, University of
Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p.
638-642. (Also acknowledges MH-2936).

WAPNER, S., and Krus, D.: Behavioral effects of
lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25). A. M. A.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:417-419, 1959.

WAPNER, S., and Krus, D.: Effects of lysergic acid
diethylamide, and differences between normals and
schizophrenics on the Stroop Color-Word Test.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 2:76-81, 1960.

MH-2263 (R01) PETERSON, RuTH D., BEATTY,
C. H., DixoN, HENRY H., and WEsT, EDWARD S.:
Effect of tranquilizing drugs on tissue metabolism.
University of Oregon Medical School, Portland,
Ore. (1958-63)

Beatty, C. H., Marco, A. PETERSON, R. D,
Bocek, R. M., and WEsT, E. S.: Acetoacetic acid
metabolism by skeletal muscle fibers from control
and diabetic rats. Journal of Biological Chemistry,
235:2774, 1960.

Beatty, C. H., PETERSON, R. D., and Bocek, R.
M:. Effect of insulin on carbohydrate metabolism
of skeletal muscle fibers, and diaphragm from con-
trol and pancreatectomized rats. Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 235:277-281, 1960.

Beatty, C. H., PETERSON, R. D., and BocCEK, R.
M.: Metabolism of red and white muscle fiber
groups. American Journal of Physiology, 204:
939-942, 1963.

Beatty, C. H., PETERSON, R. D., BoCEK, R. M.,,
CraiG, N. C., and WELEBER, R.: Effect of glu-
cagon on incorporation of glycine-1-C'* into pro-
tein of voluntary skeletal muscle. Endocrinology,
73:721, 1963.

PETERSON, R. D., BEATTY, C. H., and BOCEK, R.
M.: Effects of insulin and glucagon on carbo-
hydrate and protein metabolism of adductor mus-
cle and diaphragm. Endocrinology, 72:71-77,
1963.

PETERSON, R. D., BEaTTY, C. H., Dixon, H. H.,
and West, E. S.: The effects of tranquilizing drugs
on muscle metabolism. Journal of Neuropsychi-
atry, 5:86-91, 1963.

MH-2264 (R01) Davis, RoGer T.: Effect of irradi-
ation on aging in monkeys. State University of
South Dakota, Vermillion, S.D. (1958-62)

CocHARANE, R., and Davis, R. T.: Guided choice
training of young monkeys. Psychological Reports,
9:223-226, 1961.

Davis, R. T.: Supplementary report: Effects of age
and radiation on the gross behavior of monkeys.
Psychological Reports, 11:738-740, 1962.

Davis, R. T.: Chronic effects of ionizing radiations
and the hypothesis that irradiation produces aging-
like changes in behavior. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 102:311-324, 1963.

Davis, R. T., and LoveLacg, W. E.: Variable re-
wards and peripheral cues in discriminations by
irradiated and nonirradiated monkeys. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 103:201-205, 1963.

Davis, R. T., LoveLACE, W. E., and McKENNA,
V. V.: Size constancy as a function of aging and
X-ray irradiation in rhesus monkeys. Animal Be-
haviour, 12:16-24, 1964.

Davis, R. T., and McDONALD, A. L.: Perception of
oddity by monkeys as a function of aging and
radiation. ~~ Psychological Reports, 11:383-386,
1962.

Davis, R. T., and STEELE, J. P.: Performance selec-
tion through radiation death in rhesus monkeys.

291

Journal of Psychology, 56:119-136, 1963.
acknowledges MH-530).

(Also

FrrzGeraLp, R. D., and Davis, R. T.: The role of
preference and reward in the selection of dis-
criminanda by naive and sophistocated rhesus mon-
keys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 97:227-
235, 1960.

LoverLace, W. E., and Davis, R. T.: Minimum-
separable visual acuity of rhesus monkeys as a func-
tion of aging and whole body radiation with x-rays.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 103:251-257,
1963.

MH-2267 (R01) ScoviLLE, WILLIAM B., and CoRr-
REL, ROBERT E.: Role of rhinencephalon in mem-
ory functions. Hartford Hospital, Hartford, Conn.
(1958- )

CorreLL, R. E., and ScoviLLE, WiLLIaM B.: Effects
of medial temporal lesions on visual discrimina-
tion performance. [Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(2):175-181, 1965.

CorreLL, R. E., and ScoviLLE, W. B.: Performance
on delayed match following lesions of medial
temporal lobe structures. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):360-367,
1965.

MH-2269 (R01) WALLACH, MICHAEL A., BRUNER,
JeEroME S., and KoGAN, NATHAN: The nature
and causes of cognitive changes in aging. Age
Center of New England, Boston, Mass. (1958-
61)

KoGaN, N., and WarracH, M. A.: Certainty of
judgment and the evaluation of risk. Psychologi-
cal Reports, 6:207-213, 1960.

KocaN, N., and WALLACH, M. A.: Age changes in
values and attitudes. Journal of Gerontology, 16:
272-280, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1867).

KoGaN, N., and WALLACH, M. A.: The effect of
anxiety on relations between subjective age and
caution in an older sample. In: Hoch, P. H., and
Zubin, J., eds. Psychopathology of aging. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 123-135.

WALLACH, M. A.: Art, science, and representation:
Toward an experimental psychology of aesthetics.
Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, 18:159-
173, 1959.

WALLACH, M. A.: Two correlates of symbolic sexual
arousal: Level of anxiety and liking for aesthetic
material. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 61:396-401, 1960.

WALLACH, M. A.: Active-analytical ms. passive-
global cognitive functioning. In: Messick, S., and
Ross, J. Measurement in personality and cogni-
tion. New York, Wiley, 1962, p. 199-215.
WaLLACH, M. A., and GaHMm, R. C.: Personality
functions of graphic constriction and expansive-
ness. Journal of Personality, 28:73-88, 1960.

WALLACH, M. A., and Gauwm, R. C.: Effects of
anxiety level and extraversion-introversion on
probability learning. Psychological Reports, 7:
387-398, 1960.

WALLACH, M. A., and GREEN, L. R.: On age and
the subjective speed of time. Journal of Geron-
tology, 16:71-74, 1961.

WaLLAacH, M. A, GREEN, L. R., LipsitT, P. D., and
MINEHART, J. B.: Contradiction between overt
and projective personality indicators as a function
of defensiveness. Psychological Monographs,
76(1):1-23, 1962. (Whole No. 520).

WALLACH, MICHAEL A., and GREENBERG, CAROL:
Personality functions of symbolic sexual arousal to
music. Psychological Monographs, 74(7):1-18,
1960. (Whole No. 494).

WaLLAacH, M. A., and KoGaN, N.: Sex differences
and judgment processes. Journal of Personality,
27:555-564, 1959.

WALLACH, M. A., and KOGAN, N.: Aspects of judg-
ment and decision making: Interrelationships and
changes with age. Behavioral Science, 6:23-36,
1961.

MH-2270 (R01) WaLbpror, WiLLiAM F., and
FARLEY, JANE: Study of functional deafness.
Presbyterian-St. Lukes Hospital, Chicago, IIL.
(1958-60)

FARLEY, J. C., WALDROP, W., DERBYSHIRE, A. J,
CARTER, R. L., Austin, D. F., McCormick, C.,
and MiLLs, P. J.: Psychic factors in hearing loss.
Annals of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology,
69(3):731-746, 1960.

MH-2271 (R01) LEHRMAN, DANIEL S.: Psycho-
biological studies of behavior. Rutgers—The
State Univ., Newark, N.J. (1958- )

Erickson, C. J, and LEHRMAN, D. S.: Effect of
castration of male ringdoves upon ovaraian ac-
tivity of females. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 58(2):164-166, 1964.

LEHRMAN, D. S.: Hormonal responses to external
stimuli in birds. Ibis, 101:478-496, 1959.

behavior cycle in doves. Transactions of the New

LEHRMAN, D. S.: On the origin of the re New
York Academy of Sciences, 21:682-688, 1959.

LEHRMAN, D. S.: Hormonal regulation of parental
behavior in birds and infrahuman mammals. In:
Young, W. C., ed. Sex and internal secretions.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1961, p. 1268-
1382.

LEHRMAN, D. S.: Varieties of learning and memory
in animals. In: Schmitt, F. O., ed. Macromolec-

292

ular specificity and biological memory. Cambridge,
Mass., MIT Press, 1962.

LEHRMAN, D. S.: Ethology and psychology. Recent
Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 4:86-94, 1962.

LEHRMAN, D. S.: Interaction of hormonal and ex-
periential influences on development of behavior.
In: Bliss, E. L., ed. Roots of behavior. New
York, Harper, 1962, p. 142-156.

LeHrMAN, D. S., and Broby, P.: Does prolactin
induce incubation behavior in the ringdove?
Journal of Endocrinology, 22:269-275, 1961.

LeEnrMAN, D. S., and Bropoy, P. N.: Effect of pro-
lactin on established incubation behavior in the
ringdove. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog-
ical Psychology, 57(2):161-165, 1964.

LEHRMAN, D. S., Bropy, P., and WorTis, R. P.:
The presence of the mate and of nesting material
as stimuli for the development of incubation be-
havior and for gonadotropin secretion in the
ringdove (Streptopelia risoria). Endocrinology,
68:507-516, 1961.

LEHRMAN, D. S., and WorTIs, R. P.: Previous breed-
ing experience and hormone-induced incubation be-
havior in the ringdove. Science, 132:1667-1668,
1960.

LEHRMAN, D. S., WorrTis, R. P., and Broby, P.:
Gonadotropin secretion in response to external
stimuli of varying duration in the ringdove
(Streptopelia risoria). Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 106:298-
300, 1961.

MH-2272 (R01) Krivoy, WiLLiaAM A.: The mech-
anism of action of lysergic acid diethylamide. Tu-
lane University, New Orleans, La. (1958-59)
(Continued as MH-3477).

GuUILLEMIN, R., and Krivoy, W.: L’hormone me-
lanophoretique (B-MSH) joue-t-elle en role dans
les fonctions du systeme nerveux central chex les
mammiferes superieurs? Comptes Rendus Hebdo-
madaires des Seances de L' Academie des Sciences,
250:1117-1119, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
3477).

Krivoy, W.: Potentiation of substance P by lysergic
acid diethylamide “in vivo.” British [Journal of
Pharmacology, 16:253-256, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W.: The action of analygetic agents on posi-
tive after-potentials of frog sciatic nerve. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapentics,
129:186-190, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
3477).

Krivoy, W.: A comparison of the action of sub-
stance P and other naturally occurring polypeptides
on spinal cord. Proceedings of the Society of
Bosnia and Herzegovina-Jugoslavia, 1:131-137,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W., BODANSzKY, M., and LANDE, S.: Neu-
rological and oxytocic actions of some nonapeptides
related to bradykinin. (Abstract) Biochemical
Pharmacology, 12 (Supplement) :179-180, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W., and GUILLEMIN, R.: On a possible
role of B-melanocyte stimulating hormone (g3-
MSH) in the central nervous system of the mam-
malia: An effect of B-MSH in the spinal cord of
the cat. Endocrinology, 69:170-175, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-3477)

Krivoy, W., and GUILLEMIN, R.: Antagonism of
chlorpromazine by beta-melanocyte stimulating
hormone (B-MSH). Experimentia, 18:20-21,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W., and HucGGINS, R.: The action of mor-
phine, methadone, meperidine, and nalorphine on
dorsal root potentials of cat spinal cord. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
134:210-213, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
3477).

Krivoy, W., and KROEGER, D.: Chlorpromazine in-
hibition of the positive intermediary potential.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 109:30-32, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W., and KROEGER, D.: The neurogenic ac-
tivity of high potency substance P. Experientia,
19:366-367, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3477).

Kriovy, W. A., LANE, M., CHILDERS, H. E. and
GUILLEMIN, R.: On the action of B-MSH on
spontaneous electric discharge of the transparent
knife fish, “G. eigenmannia.” Experimentia, 18:
521-522, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W., LANE, M., and KROEGER, D.: The
actions of certain polypeptides on synaptic trans-
mission. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 104:312-325, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3477).

Krivoy, W., LANE, M., and KROEGER, D.: The ef-
fects of drugs on the electric knife fish, “Eigen-
manna virescens.” Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 114:640-
644, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3477).

KROEGER, D., GonNzaLEgs, F., and Krivoy, W.:
Transmembrane potentials of cultured mouse den-
tinal pulp cells. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental and Biological Medicine, 108:134~
136, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3477).

KROEGER, D. C., and Krivoy, W.: The interaction
between chlorpromazine and bradykinin.  (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 4:174, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3477).

293

Long, J., Krivoy, W., and GUILLEMIN, R.: On a
possible role of B-melanocyte stimulating hormone
(B-MSH) in the central nervous system of the
mammalia: Enzymatic inactivation in vitro of B-
MSH by brain tissue. Endocrinology, 69:176-181,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3477).

MH-2273 (R01) HEistap, GorooN T.: Effects of
drugs on conditioned emotional responses. Uni-

versity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.  (1958-
62)

HEIsTAD, GORDON T., and TORRES, AURELIO A.:
A mechanism for the effect of a tranquilized drug
on learned emotional responses. University of
Minnesota Medical Bulletin, 30:518-527, 1959.

THOMPSON, Travis: Effect of chlorpromazine on
“aggressive” responding in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
398-400, 1961.

THOMPSON, TRAVIS: The effect of two phenothia-
zines and a barbiturate on extinction-induced rate
increase of a free operant. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:714-718,
1962.

THompsoN, T., Heistap, G. T., and PALERMO,
D. S.: The effect of amount of training on rate
and duration of responding during extinction.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:155-161, 1963.

MH-2276 (R17) LEDERMAN, P. HERBERT: Effects
of emotional stimuli on mental processes. Har-
vard Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1958-63)

LEDERMAN, P. H.: Image and sensory deprivation.
In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of.
Psychiatry. Vol. 3. Montreal, University of
Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p.
227-231.

LEIDERMAN, P. H.: Man alone: Sensory deprivation
and behavioral change. Corrective Psychiatry and
Journal of Social Therapy, 8:64-74, 1962.

LEDERMAN, P. H., KuBzANsKY, P. E., MENDELSON,
J., WEXLER, D., and SoLoMON, P.: Contributions
of sensory deprivation to the study of human be-
havior. In: Janota, O., and Wolf, E., eds. Nex-
roses I. Czechoslovakian Psychiatric Congress
Proceedings with International Participation 1959.
Praha, Czechoslovakia, 1961, p. 177-183.

LEDERMAN, P. H., and MENDELSON, J. H.: Some
psychiatric and social aspects of the defense-shelter
program. New England Journal of Medicine,
266:1149-1155, 1962.

LEDERMAN, P. H., MENDELSON, J., KUBZANSKY,
P., WEXLER, D., and DuTorr, C.: Catechol amine
excretion and behavior during sensory deprivation.
A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 2:147-
155, 1960.
LeiDERMAN, P. H., and SHAPIRO, D.: Application
of a time series statistic to physiology and psychol-
ogy. Science, 138:141-142, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4209).

LemmERMAN, D. H., and SHAPIRO, D.: A physiolog-
ical and behavioral approach to the study of group
interaction. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:146-157,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4209).

LEDERMAN, P. H., and SHAPIRO, O.: Studies on the
galvanic skin potential level: Some behavioral cor-
relates. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 7:
277-281, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4209).

LEDERMAN, P. H., SoLoMON, P., KUBZANSKY, P.,
MENDELSON, J. H., and WEXLER, D.: Sensory
deprivation. Science, 129:221-223, 1959.

SHAPIRO, DAvID, and LEDERMAN, P. HERBERT:
Studies on the glavanic skin potential level: Some
statistical properties. Journal of Psychosomatic Re-
search, 7:269-275, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4209).

SHAPIRO, D., and LEIDERMAN, P. H.: Acts and acti-
vation: A psychophysiological study of social in-
teraction. In: Leiderman, P. H., and Shapiro, D.,
eds. Psychobiological approaches to social behav-
jor. Stanford, Calif., Stanford Univ. Press, 1964,
p. 110-126. (Also acknowledges MH-4209).

SHAPIRO, D., LEDERMAN, P. H., and MORNING-
STAR, M.: Social isolation and social interaction:
A behavioral and physiological comparison. In:
Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in biological psy-
chiatry. New York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 129-
138. (Also acknowledges MH-4209).

MH-2278 (R01) ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D.: Aro-
matic metabolism and mental functioning. Fels Re-
search Institute, Yellow Springs, Ohio. (1958- )

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D.: Biochemistry of phenyl-

ketonuria. In: Lyman, F. L., ed. Monograph on
phenylketonuria. Springfield, Ill., C. C. Thomas,
1963, p. 62-95.

ARMSTRONG, M. D., CENTERWALL, W. R., HORNER,
F. A, Low, N. L.,, and WEIL, W. B., Jr.: The
development of biochemical abnormalities in
phenylketonuric infants. In: Chemical pathology
of the nervous system. New York, Pergamon
Press, 1961, p. 38-48.

ARMSTRONG, MARVIN D., and MCMILLAN, AR-
MAND: Studies on the formation of 3-methoxy-4-
hydroxy-D-mandelic acid, a urinary metabolite of
norepinephrine and epinephrine. Pharmacological
Reviews, 11:394-401, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-655).

ARMSTRONG, M. D., and SHaw, K. N. F.: Origin
of the 3-hydroxyphenyl acids in human urine. In:
Congress of International Biochemistry, Resumes
communs., 4th Congress, Vienna, 1958, p. 152.

ARMSTRONG, M. D., Yates, K., Kakimoro, Y.,
TanicucHi, K., and Knapp, T.: Excretion of
B-aminbisobutyric acid by man. Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 238:1447, 1963.

ARMSTRONG, M. D., YATEs, K. N., and STEMMER-
MANN, M. G.: An occurrence of argininosuccinic
aciduria. Pediatrics, 33:280, 1964.

GJESSING, L., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Occurrence
of (-)-sympatol in oranges. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
114:226-229, 1963.

KakiMOTO, Y., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Identifi-
cation of octopamine in animals treated with mono-
amine oxidase inhibitors. Federation Proceedings,
19(1):295, 1960.

KakimoTo, Y., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: The prep-
aration and isolation of D-(-)-B-aminoisobutyric
acid. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 236:3283-
3286, 1961.

KakiMoTO, Y., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: The phe-
nolic amines of human urine. Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 237:208-214, 1962.

KakiMoTO, Y., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: On the
identification of octopamine in mammals. Journal
of Biological Chemistry, 237:422-427, 1962.

Karpg, T., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: A self-con-
densation reaction of 2- and 4-hydroxymandel-
amines. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 28:3554-
3556, 1963.

Kappg, T., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Preparation
of D- and L-octopamine. Journal of Medical
Chemistry, 7:569-571, 1964.

KappE, T., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: A new synthe-
sis of 2, 2-diarylethylamines. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 29:826-829, 1964.

Kappe, THOMAS, and ARMSTRONG D.: Ultraviolet
absorption spectra and apparent acidic dissociation
constants of some phenolic amines. Journal of
Medicinal Chemistry, 8(3):368-374, 1965.

NoraN, C., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Occurrence of
ethylvanillic acid in human urine and its metab-
olism. Proceedings of the Society for Experimen-
tal Biology and Medicine, 103:716-718, 1960.

TanNicucHl, K., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: The en-
zymatic formation of o-hydroxy-phenylacetic acid.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 238:4091-4097,
1963.

TanNicucHr, K., KAppE, T., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.:
Further studies on phenylpyruvate oxidase. Oc-
currence of side chain rearrangement and compari-
son with p-hydroxyphenylpyruvate oxidase. [owur-
nal of Biological Chemistry, 239:3389-3395, 1964.

TaNicucHl, Kazumi, KAKIMOTO, YASUO, and ARM-
STRONG, MARVIN D.: Quantitative determination

294
of metanephrine and normetanephrine in urine.
Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 64:
469-484, 1964.

Yates, K., and ARMSTRONG, M. D.: Studies on
B-aminoisobutyric acid excretion by familial high
excretors. Federation Proceedings, 21:268, 1962.

MH-2279 (RO1) SINGER, JEROME L.: Dimensions
of fantasy and imagination. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1958-62)

ANTROBUS, JOHN S., ANTROBUS, JUDITH S., and
SINGER, JEROME L.: Eye movements accompany-
ing daydreaming, visual imagery, and thought sup-
pression. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 69(3):244-252, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3267).

ANTROBUS, J. S., and SINGER, J. L.: Visual signal
detection as a function of sequential variability of
simultaneous speech. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 68(6) :603-610, 1964.

SINGER, JEROME L.: Imagination and waiting be-
havior in children. Journal of Personality, 29:
396-412, 1960.

SINGER, JEROME L.: Recent research on dreams and
daydreams. In: Abt, L., and Riess, B. F., eds.
Progress in clinical psychology. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1963, p. 88-111.

SINGER, JEROME L.: Motivational models in the stim-
ulation of neurosis. In: Tomkins, S. S., and Mes-
sick, S., eds. Computer simulation of personality.
New York, Wiley, 1963, p. 181-186.

SINGER, JEROME L.: Exploring man’s imaginative
world. Teachers College Record, 66(2):165-179,
1964.

SINGER, JEROME L., and ANTROBUS, JOHN S.: A
factor-analytic study of daydreaming and concep-
tually-related cognitive and personality variables.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17 (monograph suppl.
3):187-209, 1963.

SINGER, JEROME L., and McCRAVEN G.: Some chat-
acteristics of adult daydreaming. Journal of Psy-
chology, 51:151-164, 1961.

SINGER, JEROME L., and McCRAVEN, VIVIAN G.:
Daydreaming patterns of American subcultural
groups. International Journal of Social Psychi-
atry, 8:272-282, 1962.

SINGER, JEROME L., and ROWE, RICHARD: An ex-
perimental study of some relationships between
daydreaming and anxiety. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 26:446-454, 1962.

SINGER, JEROME L., and SCHONBAR, ROSALEA A.:
Correlates of daydreaming: A dimension of self-
awareness. [Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:
1-6, 1961.

295

MH-2283 (R01) RoseN, BERNARD C.: Psychosocial
origins of achievement motivation. University of
Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. (1958-61) (Contin-
ued as MH-5589).

ROSEN, BERNARD C.: Family structure and achieve-
ment motivation. American Sociological Review,
26:574-585, 1961.

RoseN, BERNARD C.: Socialization and achievement
motivation in Brazil. American Sociological Re-
view, 27:612-624, 1962.

RoseN, B. C.: Social class and the child's percep-
tion of the parent. Child Development, 35(4):
1147-1153, 1964.

ROSEN, BERNARD C.: The achievement syndrome and
economic growth in Brazil. Social Forces, 42(3):
341-354, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5589).

MH-2286 (R01) WEINSTOCK, SOLOMON, and
Harris, SHELBY: An analysis of the response se-
quence in animals. Lehigh University, Bethle-
hem, Pa. (1958-60)

BENJAMIN, J. M., Jr., RaucH, R. M., HARRIs, S. J,
and WEINSTOCK, SOLOMON: A system for re-
cording the order and duration of an animal's path
in a runway. American [Journal of Psychology,
79(1):128-133, 1966.

Fozarp, James L.: Trial spacing in instrumental
running. Psychological Reports, 18(2):623-630,
1966.

HARRIS, SHELBY J., SMITH, M. GLENN, and WEIN-
STOCK, SOLOMON: Effects of nonreinforcement on
subsequent reinforced running behavior. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 64:388-392, 1962.

MH-2289 (R01) Isaac, WALTER: The reticular ac-
tivating system in behavior. Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. (1958-61)

Isaac, WALTER: Evidence for a sensory drive in
monkeys. Psychological Reports, 11:175-181,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2195).

IsAAc, WALTER: A reply to Dr. Leuba’s comments.
Psychological Reports, 12:342, 1963. (In refer-
ence to the following: Isaac, W. Evidence for a
sensory drive in monkeys. Psychological Reports,
11:175-181, 1962. Leuba, C. Comments on
Isaac's “Evidence for a sensory drive in monkeys.”
Psychological Reports, 12:14, 1963). (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2195).

IsAAC, WALTER, and BAKER, E. J.: A changing ef-
fect of cortical ablation with age. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:167-
168, 1963.

Isaac, WALTER, and REED, WALTER G.: The ef-
fect of sensory stimulation on the activity of cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 54:677-678, 1961.
Mize, DONNA, and Isaac, WALTER: Effects of so-
dium pentobarbital and d-amphetamine on latency
of the escape response in the rat. Psychological
Reports, 10:643-645, 1962.

MH-2291 (RO1) STEVENSON, HarorLp W.: Rein-
forcement effects in normal and retarded children.
University of Texas, Austin, Texas. (1958-59)
(Continued as MH-3519).

Crusk, D. B.: The effects of distraction upon the
performance of brain injured and familial retarded
children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
66:86-92, 1961.

STEVENSON, H. W.: Learning of complex problems
by normal and retarded subjects. American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 64:1021-1026, 1960.

STEVENSON, H. W., and FAHEL, LIELA S.: The ef-
fect of social reinforcement on the performance of
institutionalized and noninstitutionalized normal
and feebleminded children. Journal of Personal-
ity, 29:136-147, 1961.

STEVENSON, H. W., and SNYDER, L. C.: Perform-
ance as a function of the interaction of incentive
conditions. Journal of Personality, 28:1-11, 1960.

MH-2292 (R01) MiLLER, Lovick C.: Parental
environment and childhood maladjustment. Child
Guidance Clinic, Louisville, Ky. (1958- )

MILLER, Lovick C.: Q-sort agreement among ob-
servers of children. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 34:71-75, 1964.

MH-2293 (R01) BusH, ROBERT R., GALANTER,
EUGENE, Luck, R. DUNCAN, and MOSTELLER,
FREDERICK: Theoretical studies of human choice
behavior. Columbia University, New York, N.Y.
(1958-59)

BusH, R. R., GALANTER, E., and Luck, R. D.: Tests
of the “beta model.” In: Bush, R. R., and Estes,
W. K., eds. Studies in mathematical learning
theory. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University,
1959, p. 382-399.

Bush, R. R., and STERNBERG, S. H.: A single-
operator model. In: Bush, R. R., and Estes,
W. K., eds. Studies in mathematical learning
theory. Stanford, Calif, Stanford University,
1959, p. 204-214.

DErks, PETER L.: The generality of the “condition-
ing axiom” in human binary prediction. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 63:538-545, 1962.

GALANTER, E., and BusH, R. R.: Some T-maze ex-
periments. In: Bush, R. R., and Estes, W. K.,
eds. Studies in mathematical learning theory.
Stanford, Calif., Stanford University, 1959, p.
265-289.

296

STERNBERG, S. H.: A path-dependent linear model.
In: Bush, R. R., and Estes, W. K., eds. Studies
in mathematical learning theory. Stanford, Cali-
fornia, Stanford University Press, 1959, p. 308-
339.

STERNBERG, S. H.: Application of four models to
sequential dependence in human learning. In:
Bush, R. R., and Estes, W. K., eds. Studies in
mathematical learning theory. Stanford, Califor-
nia, Stanford University Press, 1959, p. 340-381.

MH-2296 (R01) FARBER, I. E.: Determinants of
reactions to success and failure. State University
of Towa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1958-63)

FARBER, I. E.: The things people say to themselves.
American Psychologist, 13:185-197, 1963.

FARBER, I. E.: A framework for the study of per-
sonality as a behavioral science. In: Worchel, P.,
and Bryne, D., eds. Personality and personality
change. New York, Wiley, 1964, p. 3-37.

GoLIN, S.: Incubation effect: Role of awareness in
an immediate versus delayed test of conditioned
emotionality. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 63:534-539, 1961.

MH-2297 (R01) Apams, Joe K., and Apawms,
PAULINE A.: The study of appropriateness of
confidence. Stanford University, Stanford, Calif.
(1958-59)

Apams, Joe K., and Apams, PAULINE A.: Realism
of confidence judgments. Psychological Review,
68:33-45, 1961.

MH-2302 (R01) OSTFELD, ADRIAN M., ABOOD,
Leo G., and BIEL, JOHNS Studies with new hal-
lucinogens. University of Illinois, Chicago, IIL
(1958-62)

KriLr, A. E., ALPERT, H., and OSTFELD, A. M.:
Hallucinogenic agent in blind subjects. Archives
of Ophthalmology, 69(2):180-186, 1963.

Krirr, A. E., WIELAND, A., and OSTFELD, A. M.:
The effect of two hallucinogenic agents on human
retinal function. A. M. A. Archives of Ophthal-
mology, 64:724-733, 1960.

LeBovits, B. Z., Visorsky, H. M., and OSTFELD,
A. M.: LSD and JB-318. A comparison of two
hallucinogens. Part I. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 2:390-407, 1960.

LeBovits, B. Z., Visorsky, H. M., and OSTFELD,
A. M.: Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) and
JB-318: A comparison of two hallucinogens. Part
II. A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry,
3:176-187, 1960.

LeBovits, B. Z., Visorsky, H. M., and OSTFELD,
A. M.: LSD and JB-318: A comparison of two
hallucinogens. Part III. Qualitative analysis and
summary of findings.
chiatry, 7:39-45, 1962.

OsTFELD, A. M.: Effects of LSD-25 and JB-318 on
tests of visual and perceptual functions in man.
Federation Proceedings, 20(4) :876-884, 1961.

Archives of General Psy-

OsTFELD, A. M., and ARUGUETE, A.: Central nerv-
ous system effects of hyoscine in man. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 137
(1):133-139, 1962.

OsTFELD, A. M., MACHNE, X., and UNNA, K. R.:
The effects of atropine on electrocortical activity
and behavior in man. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 128:265-272,
1960.

OsTFELD, A. M., VIsoTsKY, A., ABoop, L. G., and
Lesovits, B. Z.: Studies with a new hallucinogen:
Some dosage response data for JB-318. A. M. A.
Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 81:256-263,
1959.

RosMAN, RicHARD R.: The tilting-chair tilting-rod
task: A methodological note. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 10:9-10, 1960.

MH-2304 (R01) Stock, DOROTHY, LIEBERMAN,
MorTON, and WHITMAN, Roy M.: The crucial
episode in group therapy. University of Chicago,

hicago, Ill. (1957-62) (Continued from MH-
1048).

CuMMINGs, S. T., and Stock, D.: Brief group ther-
apy of mothers of retarded children outside of the
specialty clinic setting. American Journal of Men-
tal Deficiency, 66:739-749, 1962.

LIEBERMAN, M. A., Stock, D., and WHITMAN,
R. M.: Self-perceptual patterns among ulcer pa-
tients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1:167-
176, 1959.

Stock, D.: Interpersonal concerns during the early
sessions of therapy groups. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 12:14-26, 1962.

WHITMAN, R. M., LIEBERMAN, M. A., and STOCK,
D.: The relation between individual and group
focal conflicts in psychotherapy. International Jour-
nal of Group Psychotherapy, 10:259-286, 1960.

MH-2306 (R01) REISER, MorTON F., BLOCK,
James D., and CorMAN, HARVEY: Mental im-
agery and ANS response to visual stimuli. Ye-
shiva University, New York, N.Y. (1958-63)

Brock, James D., and REISER, MORTON F.: Physio-
logical changes in relation to recognized and un-
recognized stimuli. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:
323-324, 1960.

Brock, Jamis D., and REISER, MorTON F.: Dis-
crimination and recognition of weak stimuli. I
Psychological and physiological relationships.

297

A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 6(1):
25-36, 1962.

CorMAN, H. H., EscaLoNa, S. K., and REISER,
MorToN F.: Visual imagery and preconsicous
thought processes. A. M. A. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 10:160-172, 1964.

CorMAN, H. H., EscaLoNa, S. K., and REISER,
MorTtoN F.: Visual imagery and preconscious
thought processes. Bulletin (Association for Psy-
choanalytic Medicine), 3(4):54-57, 1964.

REISER, MorTON F., and Brock, James D.: Dis-
crimination and recognition of weak stimuli: II.
A possible autonomic feedback mechanism.
A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 6(1):
37-38, 1962.

MH-2311 (R01) FosHEE, JAMES G., and CROM-
WELL, RUE L.: Activity level in defectives and

normals. Clover Bottom Hospital and School,
Donelson, Tenn. (1958-60) (Continued as
MH-4391).

CroMWELL, RUE L.: Theory and research in activity
level. Training School Bulletin, 59:134-141,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4391).

CROMWELL, RUE L., BAUMEISTER, A., and HAw-
KINs, W. F.: Research in activity level. In: Ellis,
N., ed. Handbook of mental deficiency. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 632-663. (Also
acknowledges MH-4391).

CroMwELL, R. L., and CALDWELL, D. F.: A com-
parison of ratings based on personal constructs of
self and others. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
18:43-46, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4391).

CroMWELL, R. L., and FOsHEE, J. G.: Studies in
activity level. IV. Effects of visual stimulation
during task performance in mental defectives.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 65:248-
251, 1960.

CROMWELL, RUE L., Pork, B. E. and FOSHEE,
J. G.: Studies in actvity level. V. The relation-
ships among eyelid conditioning, intelligence, ac-
tivity level, and age. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 65:744-748, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4391).

GARDNER, W. I., CROMWELL, R. L., and FOSHEE,
J. G.: Studies in activity level. II. Effects of
distal visual stimulation in organics, familials, hy-
peractives, and hypoactives. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 63:1028-1033, 1959.

Hawkins, WiLLiam F., and CROMWELL, RUE L.:
Need states and activity level. Psychological Bul-
letin, 61:438-453, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4391).

McCoNNELL, THOMAS R., JR.,, CROMWELL, RUE L,,
BIALER, IRVING, and SoN, CHOON D.: Studies in
activity level: VIL. Effects of amphetamine drug
administration on the activity level of retarded chil-
dren. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
68(5):647-651, 1964.

SprADLIN, J. E., CROMWELL, R. L., and FOSHEE,
J. G.: Studies in activity level. III. Effects of
auditory stimulation in organics, familials, hyper-
actives, and hypoactives. American [Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 64:754-757, 1959.

WOLFENSBERGER, W. P., MILLER, M. B., FOSHEE,
J. G., and CromwELL, R. L.: Rorschach corre-
lates of activity level in high school children.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26:269-272,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4391).

MH-2312 (R01) MASSERMAN, JULEs H.: Role of
nonaversive conflicts in behavior. Northwestern
University, Chicago, Ill. (1958-64)

AARONS, L., MASSERMAN, JULEs H., and McAvoy,
T.: Brain stimulation, experience and behavior.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 118:982-994,
1962.

AARONS, L., SCHULMAN, J., MASSERMAN, J. H., and
ZIMMER, G. P.: Behavioral adaptations after pari-
etal cortex ablation in the neonate macque. In:
Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in biological
psychiatry. Vol. 4. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1962, p. 347-359.

BERNSTEIN, I. S.: The utilization of visual cues in
dimension-abstract oddity by primates. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
243-247, 1961.

MASSERMAN, JULES M.: Masochism—a biodynamic

review. In: Masserman, J. H., ed. Science and
psychoanalysis. 11. Individual and familial dy-
namics. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1959, p.
73-84.

MASSERMAN, JULES H.: A versatile multiple choice
apparatus for the study of animal behavior. [our-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 130(6) :547-
553, 1960.

MasSERMAN, JULES H.: Drugs, brain and behavior:
An experimental approach. Journal of Neuro-
psychiatry, 3 (Suppl. 1):104-113, 1962.

MasserMAN, JULES H.: A tachistoscopic glance at
recent advances in the neuro-physiology of behav-
ior. Israel Annals of Psychiatry and Related
Disciplines, 2:244-254, 1963.

MASSERMAN, J. H., AArRONS, L., SCHULMAN, J. L,,
and WECHKIN, S.: Effects of neonate cortical abla-
tions in the macaque. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent
advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 6. New
York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 55-62.

MASSERMAN, JULES H., AARONS, L., and WECHKIN,
S.: The effect of positive-choice conflicts on normal
and neurotic monkeys. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 120:481-484, 1963.

298

MasserMAN, J. H., WESHKIN, S., and TERRIS, W.:
“Altruistic’” behavior in rhesus monkeys. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 121:584-585, 1964.

PECHTEL, C., MASSERMAN, JULES H., and AARONS,
L.: Food acceptance in monkeys. In: Wortis, J.,
ed. Recent advances in biological psychiatry.
Vol. 3. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p.
228-235. (Also acknowledges MH-730).

WECHKIN, STANLEY, MASSERMAN, JULES H., and
TERRES, WILLIAM, JR.: Shock to a conspecific as
an aversive stimulus. Psychonomic Science, 1:(2):
47-48, 1964.

MH-2314 (R01) SorLEM, ALLEN R.: Modification
of negative reactions to retirement. University of
Maryland, College Park, Md. (1958-59)

SoLEM, A. R.: A study of reactions to retirement.
Personnel Administration, 26(3) :8-16, 1963.

MH-2316 (R01) PoRTEUS, STANLEY D.: Duration
of mental deficits following chlorpromazine. Uni-
versity of Hawaii, Honolulu, Haw. (1958-60)

PorTEUS, S. D.: Mental changes in psychopharma-
cology. In: Uhr, Leonard, and Miller, James G.,
eds. Drugs and behavior. New York, Wiley,
1960, p. 372-374.

PorTEUS, S. D., BARCLAY, J. E., CULVER, H. S., and
KLEMAN J. P.: Measurement of subconcious
memory. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 10(Mono-
graph Suppl. No. 2) :215-229, 1960.

PorTEUS, S. D., and KeELMAN, J. P.: A new an-
thropometric approach. Mankind Quarterly (Scot-
land), 1(1):23-30, 1960.

MH-2318 (R01) HELPER, MALCOLM, GARFIELD,
Sor, and WiLcort, RoBERT C.: Effects of chlor-
promazine on learning in children. University of
Nebraska, Omaha, Nebr. (1958-62)

GARFIELD S. L., HELPER, M. M., WiLcorT, R. C,,
and MUFFLY, R.: Effects of chlorpromazine on
behavior in emotionally disturbed children. Jour
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:147-154,
1962.

HELPER, M. M., GARFIELD, S. L., and WiLcOTT,
R. C.: Electrodermal reactivity and rated behavior
in emotionally disturbed children. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 66:600-603, 1963.

HeLPER, M. M., WiLcort, R. C., and GARFIELD,
S. L.: Effects of chlorpromazine on learning and
related processes in emotionally disturbed children.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27:1-9, 1963.

WircorT, R. C., HELPER, M. M., and GARFIELD,
S. L.: Some psychophysiological effects of chlor-
promazine on emotionally disturbed children. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:233-238,
1962.
MH-2322 (R01) SHAW, EVELYN: The ontogeny of
schooling behavior. American Museum of Natural
History, New York, N.Y. (1958-61)

SHAW, EVELYN: Schooling fishes.
48(10):592-596, 1959.

SHAw, E.: The development of schooling behavior
in fish. Physiological Zoology, 33:79-86, 1960.

Natural History,

SHAw, E.: Minimal light intensity and the dispersal
of schooling fish. Bulletin de L'Institut Oceano-
graphique (Monaco), 1213:1-8, 1961.

SHAW, E.: The ABC's of schooling in fishes.
way, No. 8, October, 1961.

Mid-

SHAw, E.: The development of schooling in fishes.
II. Physiological Zoology, 34:263-272, 1961.

SHAW, EVELYN: Schooling fishes.
can, 206(6) :128-240, 1962.

SHAW, E. and CAHN, P. H.: The first demonstration
of cupulae in the mugiliformes. Copeia, 2:109-
114, 1962.

Scientific Ameri-

SHAw, E., and RUBINOFF, I.: Hybridization in two
sympratic species of atherid fishes “Menidia
menidia” (Linaeus) and “Menidia beryllina”
(Cope). American Museum of Natural History
Nouwitates, 1999:1-13, 1960.

MH-2323 (R01) CHINNOCK, ROBERT F., ACOSTA,
PHyLLs B., and CENTERWALL, WILLARD R.:
Early detection and prevention of phenylketonuria.
Loma Linda University, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1958-64)

Acosta, P. B., and CENTERWALL, WILLARD R.:
Phenylketonuria: Dietary management. [Journal of
American Dietetic Association, 36:206-211, 1960.

Acosta, P. B., and CHINNOCK, R. F.: Dietary man-
agement of phenylketonuria (PKU). Medical
Arts and Sciences, 16:24-30, 1962.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R.: Phenylketonuria. Medi-
cal Bulletin of the Children’s Hospital (Los
Angeles), 6:83-90, 1959.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R.: Phenylketonuria: A
general review. Journal of the American Dietetic
Association, 36(3):201-205, 1960.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R., and CENTERWALL, S.
A.: Phenylketonuria: Report of a survey to dis-
cover treatable siblings of institutionalized patients.
Medical Arts and Sciences, 13:173-175, 1959.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R., CENTERWALL, S. A.,
Acosta, P. B., CHINNOCK, R. F., ARMON, V,,
and MANN, L.: Phenylketonuria. I. Dietary
management of infants and young children. Jour-
nal of Pediatrics, 59:93-101, 1961.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R., CENTERWALL, S. A.,
AcousTa, P. B., CHINNOCK, R. F., ARMON, V.,

299

and MANN, L.: Phenylketonuria. II. Results of
treatment of infants and young children. Journal
of Pediatrics, 59:102-118, 1961.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R., and CHINNOCK, ROBERT
F.: Phenylketonuria. Replies from a letter to in-
stitutions for the mentally retarded. Medical Arts
and Sciences, 15:5-7, 1961.

CENTERWALL, WILLARD R., and NEFF, CHARLES A.:
Phenylketonuria: A case report of children of
Jewish ancestry. Archives of Pediatrics, 78:379-
384, 1961.

HENDERSON, R. A. and CENTERWALL, WILLARD,
R.: The attack on phenylketonuria: A pilot study.
Exceptional Children, 27(5):260-263, 1961.

MH-2325 (R03) Lewis, LEON, and COSER, ROSE
L.: Social structure and therapy of physically dis-
abled. Stanford University, Stanford, Calif.
(1958-58)

CoseR, Rose LAuB: Alienation and the social struc-
ture. In: Freidson, Eliot, ed. The hospital in
modern society. New York, Free Press of Glen-
coe, 1963, p. 231-265.

Lewis, LEON, and Coser, ROSE L.: The hazards in
hospitalization. Hospital Administration, 5:25-
45, 1960.

MH-2328 (R01) Pronko, NicHoras H., and
KENYON, GRANT Y.: Meprobamate and labora-
tory-induced anxiety. University of Wichita,
Wichita, Kan. (1958-60)

KENYON, G. Y., and PRoNKO, N. H.: Meprobamate
and laboratory-induced anxiety. In: Uhr, L., and
Miller, J. G., eds. Drugs and behavior. New
York, John Wiley, 1960.

ProNkoO, N. H., and KENYON, G. Y.: Meprobamate
and laboratory-induced anxiety. Psychological Re-
ports, 5:217-238, 1959.

ProNkO, N. H., and KENYON, G. Y.: Dexedrine
(d-amphetamine sulfate) and laboratory-induced
anxiety. Psychological Reports, 7:415-433, 1960.

MH-2331 (R01) LAMBERT, WiLLiaM W., and
TRIANDIS, LEIGH M.: Socialization practices and
cultural tensions. Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.
(1958-63)

LAMBERT, WiLLIAM W.: Interpersonal behavior.
In: Mussen, P., ed. Handbook of research meth-
ods in child development. New York, John Wiley
& Sons, 1960, p. 854-944.

LAMBERT, WILLIAM W., TriaNDis, L. M., and
WoLF, M.: Some correlates of beliefs in the
malevolence and benevolence of supernatural
beings: A cross-societal study. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 58:162-169, 1959.
MINTURN, LEIGH, and LAMBERT, W. W.: Mothers
of six cultures, antecedents of child rearing. New
York, John Wiley & Sons, 1964, 351 p.

TRIANDIS, LEIGH MINTURN, and LAMBERT, WILLIAM
W.: Pancultural factor analysis of reported sociali-
zation practices. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 62:631-639, 1961.

TrIANDIS, LEIGH M., and LAMBERT, WILLIAM W.:
Sources of frustration and targets of aggression:
A cross-cultural study. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 62:640-648, 1961.

MH-2333 (R01) HOFFMAN, MARTIN: Techniques
nad processes in moral development. Merrill
Palmer Institute, Detroit, Mich. (1958-63)

HorFFMAN, MARTIN L.: Childrearing practices and
moral development: Generalizations from empiri-
cal research. Child Development, 34:295-318,
1963.

MH-2337 (R01) KLING, JuLius W.: Reward effects
of intracranial stimulation. Brown University,
Providence, RI. (1958-60)

KEeesey, R. E.: The relation between pulse fre-
quency, intensity, and duration and the rate of
responding for intracranial stimulation. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
671-678, 1962.

KEeEsey, R. E.: Intracranial reward delay and the
acquisition rate of a brightness discrimination.
Science, 143:702-703, 1963.

KEESEY, RICHARD E.: Intracranial reward delay and
the acquisition rate of a brightness discrimination.
Science, 143:702-703, 1964.

KLING, J. W., and Matsumiya, Y.: Relative rein-
forcement values of food and intracranial stimula-
tion. Science, 135:668-670, 1962.

MH-2338 (R01) BURTON, ROBERT M.: Metabolism
of reserpine and related compounds. Washington
University, St. Louis, Mo. (1958-61)

BURTON, ROBERT M.: Alteration of tissue pyridine
nucleotide levels and the central nervous system.
In: Inhibitions of the nervous system and y-amino-
butyric acid. New York, Pergamon Press, 1960,
p. 249-259.

BURTON, ROBERT MAIN, KAPLAN, NATHAN O.,
GOLDIN, ABRAHAM, LEITENBERG, MILTON, and
HuMPHREYS, STEWART R.: Interaction of nico-
tinamide with reserpine and chlorpromazine. III.
Some effects on the diphosphopyridine nucleotide
content in liver. Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 128(3-4):260-
275, 1960.

BURTON, ROBERT MAIN, and SALVADOR, RICHARD:
The effect of chlorpromazine on nicotinamide

300

methylpherase: An example of drug-enzzyme in-
teraction at the molecular level. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 96(1):353-355,
1962.

BURTON, ROBERT M., SALVADOR, RICHARD A.,
GOLDIN, ABRAHAM, and HUMPHREYS, STEWART
R.: Interaction of nicotinamide with reserpine and
chlorpromazine. II. Some effects on the central
nervous system of the mouse. Archives Interna
tionales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 128:
253-259, 1960.

SALVADOR, RICHARD A., and BURTON, ROBERT
Main: Inhibition of the methylation of nicotina-
mide by chlorpromazine. Biochemical Pharma-
cology, 14:1185-1196, 1965.

SALVADOR, RICHARD A., HUMPHREYS, STEWART R.,
BurTON, ROBERT M., and GOLDIN, ABRAHAM:
Effect of iproniazid on the antileukaemic action of
reserpine. Nature, 190:723-724, 1961.

MH-2339 (R03) Riss, WALTER: CNS control of
food intake, energy output and emotion. State
University of New York—Downstate Medical
Center, Brooklyn, N.Y. (1958-59)

Riss, W., JouNsoN, R. W., and FRIEDMAN, H. A.:
Effect of hunger and opportunity to run on mor-
phologic indices of drive level. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:211-
215, 1961.

MH-2340 (R01) MANN, EpwARD C., and DouGLAs,
R. GORDON: Psychosomatic gestational disturbances
and the child. Cornell University, New York,
N.Y. (1958-62)

GrimM, ELAINE R.: Psychological investigation .of
habitual abortion. Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:
369-378, 1962.

MANN, Epwarp C.: Habitual abortion. American
Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 77:706-
718, 1959.

MANN, Epwarp C.: Frigidity. Clinical Obstetrics
and Gynecology, 3:739-758, 1960.

MANN, Epwarp, C., and McLARN, WILLIAM D.:
The role of the uterine isthmus in cervical incom-
petence. Surgical Forum, 11:430-432, 1960.

MANN, Epwarp C., McLARN, WiLLiAM D., and
HayT, Davip B.: The physiology and clinical sig-
nificance of the uterine isthmus. Part I. The
two-stage intrauterine balloon in the diagnosis and
treatment of cervical incompetence. American
Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology, 81:209-222,
1961.

MH-2347 (R01) O’BrRIEN, DONOUGH: Aromatic
amino acid metabolism in retarded children. Uni-
versity of Colorado Medical Center, Denver, Colo.
(1958-64)
O'BRIEN, D., and GRESHEK, A.: The abnormality of
tryptephane metabolism in children with mon-
golism. Archives of Diseases in Childhood,
37(191) :17-20, 1962.

O’BrIEN, DONOUGH, HAAKE, WILHELMINA, and
BraiD, BONNIE: Atropine sensitivity and sero-
tonin in mongolism. American Journal of Dis-
eases of Children, 100:873-874, 1960.

O'Brien, D., and IBBOTT, F. A.: Microbiochemical
techniques in pediatrics. In: Davidson, Israel,
and Wells, B., eds. Clinical diagnoses by labora-
tory methods. 13th ed. Philadelphia, W. B.
Saunders, 1962, p. 503-520.

O’BrIEN, DONOUGH, and IBBOTT, FRANK A.: Labo-
ratory manual of pediatric micro- and ultra micro-
biochemical techniques. New York, Harper and
Row, 1962, 340 p.

O’BriEN, DONOUGH, and JENSEN, CHARLOTTE B.:
Pyridoxine dependency in two mentally retarded
subjects. Clinical Science, 24(2):179-186, 1963.

MH-2348 (R01) BECKER, GORDON M.: Decision-
making with conflicting information. General Dy-
namics Corp., Groton, Conn. (1959-59) (Con-
tinued as MH-3843)

BECKER, G. M.: Decision making: Objective meas-
ures of subjective probability and utility. Psycho-
logical Review, 69:136-148, 1962. (Also ac-
nowledges MH-3843)

CoHEN, D., WICKELGREN, W., and BECKER, G.:
Decision making with incongruent information.
Santa Barbara, Calif., General Electric Company:
TEMPO, 1963. 44 p. (Publication No. SP-
234). (Also acknowledges MH-3843).

WICKELGREN, WAYNE A. and BECKER, GORDON
M.: Decisions based on conflicting and inaccurate
observations. Journal of Mathematical Psychology,
2(1):180-189, 1965.

MH-2349 (R03) RABINER, EDWIN L., and GRAL-
NICK, ALEXANDER: Rapport difficulties as indica-
tions for electroshock. High Point Hospital, Port
Chester, N.Y. (1958-58)

RABINER, EDWIN L., and GRALNICK, ALEXANDER:
Transference-countertransference phenomena in
choice of shock. A. M. A. Archives of Neurologi-
cal Psychiatry, 81:517-521, 1959.

RABINER, EDWIN L., REISER, MORTON F., SILVER-
BERG, J. WILLIAM, SCHACHT, LEATRICE, and
GRALNICK, ALEXANDER: Method of assaying
doctor-patient tensions. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 4:553-560, 1961.

MH-2350 (R01) KLINE, NATHAN S., and SAUN-
DERS, JOHN C.: A technic to investigate and pre-
dict drug response. Rockland State Hospital,
Orangeburg, N.Y. (1958-62)

301

CHAPPLE, ELioT D., CHAPPLE, MARTHA F., WOOD,
Lucie A., MikLowiTtZ, AMY, KLINE, NATHAN S.,
and SAUNDERS, JoHN C.: Interaction chronograph
method for analysis of differences between schizo-
phrenics and controls. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 3:160-167, 1960.

Woop, Lucie A., MikLowirtz, AMY, CHAPPLE,
Erior D., CHAPPLE, MARTHA F., KLINE, NATHAN
S., and SAUNDERS, JoHN C.: The effect of pheno-
thiazines on the interactional behavior of schizo-
phrenic patients. American Journal of Psychiatry,
117:(9) :825-829, 1961.

MH-2353 (R01) GUILFORD, Joy P., and SCHUSTER,
DoNaLp H.: California accident repeater driver
scales. University of Southern California, Los An-
geles, Calif. (1958-60)

ScHUSTER, D. H., and GUILFORD, J. P.: The psycho-
metric prediction of problem drivers. Traffic
Safety Research Review, December: 16-20, 1962.

MH-2355 (R03) ZUCKERMAN, MARVIN: Parental
attitudes in mothers of disturbed children. Indiana
University, Bloomington, Ind. (1958-59)

ZUCKERMAN, M. BARRETT, B. H., and BRAGIEL,
R. M.: The parental attitudes of child guidance
cases: I. Comparisons with normals, investiga-
tions of socioeconomic and family constellation
factors, and relations to the parents reactions to
the clinic. Child Development, 31:401-417, 1960.

MH-2356 (R03) SokaL, ROBERT R.: A critical
evaluation of factor analysis. University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kan. (1958-58)

SokaL, R. R.: Factor analysis of biological correla-
tions. Biometrics, 16:490-491, 1960.

SokaL, R. R., and DaLy, H. V.: An application of
factor analysis to insect behaviour. University of
Kansas Science Bulletin, 42:1067-1097, 1961.

Sokar, R. R, DaLy, H. V,, and RoHLF, F. J.:
Factor analytical procedures in a biological model.
University of Kansas Science Bulletin, 42:1099-
1121, 1961.

MH-2357 (R03) STEINER, IVAN D.: Personality
correlates of nonconforming behavior. University
of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1958-59)

STEINER, I. D.: Sex differences in the resolution of
A-B-X conflicts. Journal of Personality, 28:118-
128, 1960.

STEINER, I. D., and PETERS, S. C.: Conformity and
the A-B-X model. Journal of Personality, 26:
229-242, 1958.

MH-2360 (R03) Hawkins, Davip R., and SANDI-
FER, MYRON G.: Drugs affecting mood, mentation,
and sedation. University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N.C. (1958-59)

Hawkins, Davip R., PACE, ROBERT, PASTERNACK,
BERNARD, and SANDIFER, MYRON G., Jr.: A
multivariant psychopharmacologic study in nor-
mals. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23:1-17, 1961.

MH-2362 (R03) SpirTES, MORRIS A., and GUTH,
PauL S.: Mode of action of the hallucinogens.
Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital, Phila-
delphia, Pa. (1958-59)

GuTH, P. S., and SPIRTES, M. A.: An interaction in
the central nervous system between serotonin and
lysergic acid derivatives. In: Proceedings of the
First International Congress of Neuropsychophar-
macology, Rome, 1958. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1959, p. 319-323.

SPIrRTES, M. A., GuTtH, P. S., and PoLLEY, E. H.:
A central nervous system effect of a non-hallucina-
tory lysergic acid derivative. Experientia, 14:428,
1958.

MH-2363 (R03) HuLsg, STEWART H.: Behavioral
effects of amount and percentage of reward. Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. (1958-59)

Hulse, STEWART H., Jr.: A precision liquid feeding
system controlled by licking behavior. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3:1-3,
1960.

MH-2365 (R03) PARKER, JosepH B., Jr.: Blood
groups in manic-depressive patients. Duke Uni-
versity, Durham, N.C. (1958-59)

PARKER, JOSEPH B., PARKER, THEILIE ALBERTA, and
SPIELBERGER, CHARLES D.: Frequency of blood
types in a homogeneous group of manic-depressive
patients. Journal of Mental Science, 107 (450):
936-942, 1961.

MH-2368 (R03) WEBB, WARREN W.: Dimensions
of meaning and perceptual dynamics. Vanderbilt
University, Nashville, Tenn. (1958-59)

WEBB, WARREN W.: Premorbid adjustment and the
perception of meaning. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 17(3):762, 1963.

MH-2372 (R03) WoLF, IrvIN S.: Effects of self-
confidence and prestige on judgments. Denison
University, Granville, Ohio. (1958-59)

WoLF, I. S., and ZoLMAN, J. F.: Social influence:
Self-confidence and prestige determinants.  Psy-
chological Record, 9:71-79, 1959.

MH-2379 (R03) GRUNES, JEROME, and LAKEN,
MARTIN: Initial attitudes to institutional life
among aged. Drexel Home, Chicago, Ill. (1958-
59)

302

Lakin, M., and EisporrER, C. H.: Affective expres-
sion among the aged. The [Journal of Projective
Techniques, 24(4):403-408, 1960. Also In: Tib-
bits, C., and Donahue, Wilma, eds. Social and
psychological aspect of aging. New York, Colum-
bia University Press, 1962, p. 650-654.

LIEBERMAN, M. A., and LAKIN, M.: On becoming
an institutionalized aged person. In: Williams,
R. H., Tibbitts, C., and Donahue, Wilma, eds.
Processes of aging. New York, Atherton Press,
1963, p. 475-503.

MH-2380 (R03) HEFFERLINE, RALPH F.: Meth-
odology of quantitative study of proprioception.
Columbia University, New York, N.Y. (1958-
59)

HEFFERLINE, RALPH F.: The role of proprioception
in the control of behavior. Transactions of the
New York Academy of Sciences, Series II, 20(8):
739-764, 1958.

MH-2381 (R01) Staats, ARTHUR W., SCHUTZ,
RicHARD E., and Staats, CAROLYN K.: Operant
conditioning and personality traits. Arizona State
University, Tempe, Ariz. (1958-62)

Hearp, W. G., FINLEY, J. R., and Staats, A. W.:
The relationship of intelligence-test scores to the
ease of language conditioning. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 103:227-231, 1963.

Schutz, R. E., STAATS, A. W., and StAATS, C. K.:
Conditionability of responses to occupational scale
items of the Strong Vocational Interest Blank for
Men. Psychological Reports, 10:447-450, 1962.

Staats, A. W.: Verbal habit-families, concepts, and
the operant conditioning of word classes. Psycho-
logical Review, 68:190-204, 1961.

StaATS, ARTHUR W., StTAATS, CAROLYN K., and
FINLEY, JupsoN R.: Operant conditioning of
serially ordered verbal responses. Journal of Gen-
eral Psychology, 74:145-155, 1966.

Staats, A. W., Staats, C. K., FINLEY, J. R., and
Hearp, W. G.: Independent manipulation of
meaning and “MM.” Journal of General Psychol-
ogy, 69:253-260, 1963.

Staats, A. W., Staats, C. K,, FINLEY, J. R,, and
MINKE, K. A.: Meaning established by classical
conditioning controlling associates to the UCS.
Journal of General Psychology, 69:247-252, 1963.

Staats, A. W., Staats, C. K., and HEArD, W. G.:
Denotative meaning established by classical con-
ditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
61:300-303, 1961.

StAATS, A. W., Staats, C. K., HEARD, W. G., and
FINLEY, J. R.: Operant conditioning of factor
analytic personality traits. Journal of General
Psychology, 66:101-114, 1962.
StaATs, ARTHUR W., StAATs, CAROLYN K., and
MINKE, KARL A.: Operant conditioning of a class
of word associates. Journal of General Psychol-
ogy, 74:157-164, 1966.

Staats, C. K., Staats, A. W., and HEARD, W. G.:
Attitude development and ratio of reinforcement.
Sociometry, 23:338-350, 1960.

MH-2384 (R01) FINEMAN, ABRAHAM: Develop-
ment of congenitally defective children. Chil-
dren’s Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass.
(1958-59)

FINEMAN, ABRAHAM D.: Ego development in boys
with a congenital defect of the genitourinary sys-
tem. Journal of the American Academy of Child
Psychiatry, 2:636-652, 1963.

MH-2385 (R01) SAPORTA, SoL: Development of
consonant clusters in child language. Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Ind. (1958-61)

CONTRERAS, H., and SAporTa, S.: The validation
of a phonological grammar. Lingua, 9:1-15, 1960.

SAPORTA, S.: Spanish person markers.
35:612-615, 1959.

SAPORTA, S.: The application of linguistics to the
study of poetic language. In: Sebeok, T. A., ed.
Style in language. Cambridge, M. I. T. Press,
1960, p. 82-93

SAPORTA, S., ed.: Psycholinguistics. A book of
readings. New York, Holt, Rinehart & Winston,
1961, 551 p.

SAPORTA, S.: Phoneme distribution and language

Language,

universals. In: Greenberg, J. H., ed. Universals
of language. Cambridge, M. I. T. Press, 1963,
p. 48-57.

SAPORTA, S., BRowN, R. E., and WoLFE, D. W.:
Toward the quantification of phonic interference.
Language and Speech, 2:205-210, 1959.

SAPORTA, S., and CONTRERAS, H.: A phonological
grammar of Spanish. Seattle, Wash., University
of Washington, 1962, 43 p.

MH-2389 (R03) Trow, DoNALD B.: A study of
changes in group composition. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1958-59)

Trow, D. B.: Membership succession and team per-
formance. Human Relations, 13:259-269, 1960.

MH-2390 (R03) TrOsMAN, HARRY, and OFFEN-
KRANTZ, WILLIAM: Studies in the psychophysiol-
ogy of dreaming. University of Chicago, Chicago,
IIL. (1958-59)

TROSMAN, HARRY, RECHTSCHAFFEN, ALLAN, OF-
FENKRANTZ, WILLIAM, and WOLPERT, EDWARD:
Studies in psychophysiology of dreams. IV. Re-

303

lations among dreams in sequence.
General Psychiatry, 3:602-607, 1960.

Archives of

MH-2397 (R01) SARASON, IRWIN G.: Interactive
effects of anxiety and instructions. University of
Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1958-60)

SARAsSON, I. G.: Empirical findings and theoretical
problems in the use of anxiety scales. Psychologi-
cal Bulletin, 57:403-415, 1960.

SARASON, I. G.: A note on anxiety, instructions and
word association performance. [Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 62:153-154, 1961.

SARASON, I. G.: The effects of anxiety and threat on
the solution of a difficult task. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 62:165-168, 1961.

SARASON, I. G., and PaLora, E. G.: The relation-
ship of test and general anxiety, difficulty of task,
and experimental instructions to performance.

Journal of Experimental Psychology, 59:185-191,

1960.

WALTER, D., DENZLER, LORRAINE, and SARASON,
I. G.: Anxiety and the intellectual performance of
high school students. Child Development, 35:
917-926, 1964.

MH-2398 (R01) Mountjoy, PAauL T.: Response
decrement to geometrical optical illusions. Deni-
son University, Granville, Ohio. (1958-64)

Mount joy, PauL T.: Monocular regard and decre-
ment to the Muller-Lyer illusion. Psychological
Record, 10:141-143, 1960.

Mountjoy, PaurL T.: Fixation and decrement to
the Muller-Lyer figure. Psychological Record, 10:
219-223, 1960.

Mountjoy, PaurL T.: Decrement to the Muller-
Lyer illusion as a function of visual field size.
Journal of the Scientific Laboratories, Denison Uni-
versity, 45:149-154, 1961.

MouNT joy, PauL T.: Intrasession decrement and
intersession recovery to the Muller-Lyer figure.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 13:51-57, 1961.

Mountjoy, PauL T.: Spontaneous recovery of the
Muller-Lyer illusion. Journal of the Scientific
Laboratories (Denison University), 45:207-214,
1962.

Mountjoy, PauL T.: Miiller-Lyer decrement as a
function of number of adjustment trials and con-
figurations of the illusion figure. Psychological
Record, 13:471-481, 1963.

MounT joy, PauL T.: Effects of self-instruction, in-
formation and misinformation upon decrement to
the Mueller-Lyer figure. Psychological Record,
15(1):7-14, 1965.
Mountjoy, PauL T.: New illusory effect of the
Muller-Lyer figure. [Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 71(1) :119-123, 1966.

MH-2399 (RO1) BEIERWALTES, WiLLiaM H.:
Congenital hypothyroidism and mental retarda-
tion. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
(1958-64)

BEIERWALTES, W. H., Carr, E. A, Jr, and
HUNTER, R. L.: Hereditary increase in the thy-
roxine-binding sites in the serum alpha globulin.
Transactions of the Association of American Physi-
cians, 74:170-179, 1961.

BEeierRwALTES, W. H., Carr, E. A., Jr., RAMAN,
G.: SPAFFORD, N. R., ASTER, R. A., and LOWREY,
G. H.: Institutionalized cretins in the state of
Michigan. Journal of the Michigan State Medical
Society, 58:1077-1095, 1959.

BelErwALTES, W. H., CraNEg, H. R., WEGsT, A.,
SpaFrorD, N. R., and Carr, E. A., Jr.: Radio-
active iodine concentration in the fetal human thy-
roid gland from fall-out. Journal of the Ameri-
can Medical Association, 173:1895-1902, 1960.

BEIERWALTES, W. H. Dobson, V. N. and
WHEELER, A. H.: Thyroid autoantibodies in the
family of cretins. Journal of Clinical Endo-
crinology and Metabolism, 19:179-182, 1959.

BEIERWALTES, W. H., LOWREY, G. H., ASTER, R. A.,
RAMAN, G., and Carr, E. A. Jr.: Congenital
hypothyroidism. Journal of the Michigan State
Medical Society, 58:927-934, 1959.

BEIERWALTES, W. H., and RoBBINS, J.: Familial
increase in the thyroxine-binding sites in serum
alpha globulin. Journal of Clinical Investigation,
38:1683-1688, 1959.

BeierwaAaLTES, W. H., ScumipT, R. W., DODSON,
V. N,, and Carr, E. A. J.: Rabbit pregnancies
after immunization with extract of thyroid gland.
Endocrinology, 69:863-867, 1961.

BoLLET, A. J, BEIERWALTES, W. H., KNOPF,
R. F., and MATtoviNovIC, ].: Extraocular muscle,
skeletal muscle, and thyroid gland mucopolysac-
charide response to thyroid-stimulating hormone.
Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 58:
884-891, 1961.

Carr, E. A., Jr, BEIERWALTES, W. H., NEEL,
J. V., Davison, R., Lowkry, G. H., DoDsON,
V. N,, and TANTON, J. H.: The various types of
thyroid malfunction in cretinism and their relative
frequency. Pediatrics, 28:1-16, 1961.

CARR, E. A., Jr, BEIERWALTES, W. H., RAMAN,
G., Dobson, V. N., TaNTON, ]., BETTS, J. S,,
and STAMBAUGH, R. A., The effect of maternal
thyroid function on fetal thyroid function and
development. Journal of Endocrinology, 19:1-18,
1959.

304

Dobson, V. N., Havnig, T. P., Froyp, J. C, Jr,
and BEIERWALTES, W. H.: Response of antithy-
roid antibody titers during treatment of goiter.
University of Michigan Medical Bulletin, 25:333-
338, 1959.

ELziNGa, K. E., CARR, E. A., Jr., and BEIERWALTES,
W. H.: Adaptation of the standard durrum-type
cell for reverse-flow paper electrophoresis. Ameri-
can Journal of Clinical Pathology, 36:125-131,
1961.

Froyp, J. C., Jr., BEIERWALTES, W. H., DODSON,
V. N., and CARR, E. A., Jr.: Defective iodination
of tyrosine: A cause of nodular goiter? Journal of
Endocrinology, 20:881-888, 1960.

NEEL, J. V., CARR, E. A., Jr., BEIERWALTES, W. H.,
and DAvIDSON, R. T.: Genetic studies on the con-
genitally hypothyroid. ~~ Pediatrics, 27:269-285,
1961.

PARKER, R. H., and BEIERWALTES, W. H.: Inheri-
tance of defective organification of iodine in fa-
milial goitrous cretinism. Journal of Clinical En-
docrinology and Metabolism, 21:21-30, 1961.

PARKER, R. H., and BEiErRwALTES, W. H.: Thy-
roid antibodies during pregnancy and in the new-
born. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and
Metabolism, 1:792-798, 1961.

PARKER, R. H., and BEIERWALTES, W. H.: Elevated
serum protein-bound iodine values with dietary
iodine deficiency. Journal of Clinical Endocrinol-
ogy and Metabolism, 22:19-25, 1962.

PARKER, R. H., and BEIERWALTES, W. H.: Iodine
repletion following dietary iodine deficiency.
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism,
23:568-573, 1963.

RAMAN, G., and BEIERWALTES, W. H.: Correlation
of goiter, deafmutism and mental retardation with
serum thyroid hormone levels in noncretinous in-
habitants of a severe endemic goiter area in In-
dia. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metab-
olism, 19:228-233, 1959.

Sisson, J. C., BEIERWALTEs, W. H., and KOEPKE,
G. H.: "Myotonia” of the orbicularis oculi with
myxedema. A. M. A. Archives of Internal Medi-
cine, 110:323-327, 1962.

SparrorD, N. R., CARR, E. A,, Jr., LOWREY, G. H,,
and BEIERWALTES, W. H.: I!31 labeled triiodo-
thyronine erythrocyte uptake of mothers and new-
born infants. American Journal of Diseases of
Children, 100:844-849, 1960.

MH-2401 (R03) HEMINGWAY, ALLAN, and FREE-
MAN, WALTER ].: Effects on behavior of pre-
pyriform cortical lesions. University of California,
Los Angeles, Calif. (1958-59)
FREEMAN, WALTER ].: Correlation of electrical ac-
tivity of prepyriform cortex and behavior in cat.
Journal of Neurophysiology, 23:111-131, 1959.

FREEMAN, WALTER ].: Some quantitative behavioral
correlates of prepyriform electrical activity. (Ab-
stract) Physiologist, 2(3) :41, 1959.

FREEMAN, WALTER J.: Variation of the amplitude
of the prepyriform evoked potential with fre-
quency of stimulation. (Abstract) Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 12:
243, 1960.

FREEMAN, WALTER ].: Repetitive electrical stimu-
lation of prepyriform cortex in cat. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 23:383-396, 1960.

FREEMAN, WALTER J.: Correlation of EEG of ol-
factory cortex with motor response. (Abstract)
Physiologist, 3(3) :61, 1960.

MH-2405 (R01) Miva, Tom S., CHRISTIAN, JOHN
E., and Yim, GeorGE K. W.: Mechanism of
action of ataraxic agents. Purdue University,
Lafayette, Ind.  (1958- )

BraDLEY, C. A., Miya, T. S., and Ym, G. K. W.:
The effect of certain psychopharmacologic agents
on liver and brain sulfhydryl levels. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 2:175-177, 1961.

EMMERSON, JoHN L., and Miva, Tom S.: Chro-
matographic detection of meprobamate. Analyti-
cal Chemistry, 31(12):2104, 1959.

EMMERSON, JoHN L., and Miya, Tom S.: The
metabolism and excretion of S-35 chlorpromazine
by the rat. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 137:148-155, 1962.

EMMERSON, JoHN L., and Miya, Tom S.: Metabo-
lism of phenothiazine drugs. Journal of Pharma-
ceutical Sciences, 52:411-419, 1963.

EMMERSON, J. L., Miya, T. S., and Yim, G. K. W.:
The distribution and metabolic state of carbon-14
meprobamate in the rat brain. Journal of Phar-
macology and Experimental Therapeutics, 129:89-
93, 1960.

FLETCHER, H., PATRICK, Miya, Tom S., and Bos-
QUET, WiLLIAM F.: Influence of estradiol on the
disposition of chlorpromazine in the rat. Journal
of Pharmaceutical = Sciences, 54(7):1007-1009,
1965.

Loo, Patricia S. Y., and CHALMERS, ROBERT K.:
Carbonic anhydrase inhibitor enhancement of
chlorpromazine behavioral activity in the rat. (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 7(2):170, 1965.

MENNEAR, JOHN H., BrRapLEY, C. ALLEN, and
Miya, Tom S.: A study of the chlorpromazine-
induced decreased liver glutathione reaction. Pro-
ceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
and Medicine, 112:199-202, 1963.

MENNEAR, JoHN H., Miva, Tom S., and Yim,
G. K. W.: Studies on sciatic stimulated rat brain
sulfhydryl levels. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sci-
ences, 51:420-422, 1962.

PHILLIPS, BARRIE M., and Miya, Tom S.: Excretion
of S-35 following administration of S-35 pro-
chlorperazine to rats subjected to experimental
stress. Proceedings of the Society for Experimen-
tal Biology and Medicine, 109:576-577, 1962.

PHILLIPS, BARRIE M., and Miva, Tom S.: Dispo-
sition of S-35 prochlorperazine in the jaundiced
rat. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental
Biology and Medicine, 112:706-708, 1963.

PHiLLips, BARRIE M., Miva, Tom S., and YiM,
GEORGE K. W.: Studies on the mechanism of
meprobamate tolerance in the rat. Journal of Phar-
macology and Experimental Therapeutics, 135:
223-229, 1962.

TRAITOR, CHARLES E., and Miva, Tom S.: A study
of acetazolamide altered chlorpromazine distribu-
tion in the rat. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 7(2):
160, 1965.

WEAVER, JaMEs E., and Miva, Tom S.: Effects of
certain ataraxic agents on mice activity. Journal
of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 50:910-912, 1961.

MH-2407 (R01) GapALLA, SAAD S., and Mc-
NAMARA, ROBERT L.: Human factors related to
farm accidents in Missouri. University of Mis-
souri, Columbia, Mo. (1958-62)

GADALLA, SAAD M.: Selected environmental factors
associated with farm and farm home accidents in
Missouri. Columbia, Mo., Missouri Agricultural
Experiment Station Research Bulletin 790, 1962.
115 p.

MH-2408 (RO1) MILLER, MARVIN F., and WaT-
KINS, CHARLES: Distorted body imagery in schizo-
phrenia. Louisiana State University, New Orleans,
La. (1958-61)

MILLER, MARVIN F.: Responses of psychiatric pa-
tients to their photographed images. Diseases of
the Nervous System, 23(5):296-298, 1962.

MH-2411 (R01) WORDEN, FRrEDERIC G., and
FUSTER, JOAQUIN M.: Reticular activation and
central conduction latencies. University of Califor-
nia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1958-61)

JFUSTER, J. M.: Reticular activation effects on neu-
ronal firing in the visual system of chronic animals.
Excerpta Medica, 37:6-8, 1961.

FuUsTER, J. M.: Excitation and inhibition of neuronal
firing in visual cortex by reticular stimulation.
Science, 133:2011-2012, 1961.

305
FUSTER, J. M., and DocTER, R. F.: Variations of
optic evoked potentials as a function of reticular
activity in rabbits with chronically implanted elec-
trodes. Journal of Neurophysiology, 25:324-3306,
1962.

MH-2412 (RO1) FoLrcH-P1, Jorpi, ELKES, JOEL,
FLEXNER, L., KETY, SEYMOUR S., and WAELSCH,
HEINRICH, B.: Third International Neurochemi-
cal symposium. McClean Hospital, Belmont,
Mass. (1958-59)

ForcH-P1, J., ed.: Chemical pathology of the nerv-
ous system. Oxford, England, Pergamon Press,
1961, 720 p.

MH-2413 (R01) DeMort, DoNALD W.: Cortical
recordings from multiple electrodes. University of
Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1958- )

DeMort, DoNaALD W.: An inexpensive, multi-chan-
nel, electrophysiological recording system. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
13:467-470, 1961.

MH-2414 (R01) Honic, WERNER K.: Stimulus
and response dimensions in choice behavior. Den-
ison University, Granville, Ohio. (1958-63)

BonNEgAu, C. ALAN, and HoNiG, WERNER K.: Op-
posed generalization gradients based upon condi-
tional discrimination training. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 66(1):89-93, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-3917).

Coroip, DIANNE A., and Honig, W. K.: Stimulus
generalization of imprinting. Science, 134:1692-
1694, 1961.

Honic, W. K.: Generalization of extinction on the
spectral continuum. Psychological Record, 11:
269-278, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1002).

Honig, W. K.: Prediction of preference, transposi-
tion, and transposition-reversal from the generali-
zation gradient. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 064:239-246, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1002).

HoniG, WERNER K.: Discrimination, generalization,
and transfer on the basis of stimulus differences.
In: Mostofsky, David I, ed. Stimulus generaliza-
tion. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University Press,
1965, p. 218-254.

Honig, W. K., BoNtEAau, C. A., BURSTEIN, M. R.,
and PENNYPACKER, H. S.: Positive and negative
generalization gradients obtained after equivalent
training conditions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:111-116, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-3917).

Honig, W. K., and DAY, RoBerTA W.: Discrimi-
nation and generalization on a dimension of stimu-
lus difference. Science, 138:29-31, 1962.

306

Honig, W. K., and Srivka, R. M.: Stimulus gener-
alization of the effects of punishment. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1:21-25,
1964.

SLivka, R. M., and Honig, W. K.: Stimulus gener-
alization and inhibitory control: The stimulus gen-
eralization of punishment. (Abstract) Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7:165,
1964.

MH-2417 (R01) Movrtz, HowARD: Variables in-
fluencing the occurrence of imprinting. Brooklyn
College of the City University of New York,
Brooklyn, N.Y. (1958-60)

Movtz, H.: Imprinting: Empirical basis and theo-
retical significance. Psychological Bulletin, 57:
291-314, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1732).

Movrtz, H.: An experimental analysis of the critical
period for imprinting. Transactions of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 23:452-463, 1961.

Mortz, H., RoseENBLUM, L. A., and STETTNER,
L. J.: Some parameters of imprinting effectiveness.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 53:297-301, 1960.

MoLtz, H.,, and STETTNER, L. J.: The influence of
patterned-light deprivation on the critical period
for imprinting. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54:279-283, 1961.

MH-2421 (R01) Katz, IRWIN: A study of marital
cooperation. New York University, New York,
N.Y. (1958-61)

Katz, IRWIN: Relationships between emotional needs
of husband and wife and acceptance of the spouse’s
influence in an experimental situation. Proceed-
ings of the New York State Psychological Associ-
ation, 1:32, 1960.

Katz, IrwIN, COHEN, MELVIN, and CASTIGLIONE,
LAWRENCE: The effect of one type of need com-
plementarity on marriage partners’ conformity to
one another's judgments. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 67:8-14, 1963.

Katz, IrRwIN, GLUCKSBERG, SAM, and KRAUSS,
ROBERT: Need satisfaction and Edwards PPS
scores in married couples. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24:205-208, 1960.

Katz, IRWIN, GOLDSTON, JUDITH, COHEN, MELVIN,
and STUCKER, SOLOMON: Need satisfaction, per-
ception, and cooperative interaction in married
couples. Marriage and Family Living, 25:209-
213, 1963.

MH-2423 (R01) StotLAND, EzRA: Identification
with persons and groups. University of Washing-
ton, Seattle, Wash. (1958-61)
CorTRELL, N.: Means-interdependence, prior ac-
quaintance, and emotional tension during coopera:
tion and subsequent competition. Journal of
Human Relations, 16(3):249-262, 1963.

StoTLAND, E.: Motivation for security, certainty, and
self-esteem. Journal of General Psychology, 55:
75-87, 1961.

StorLAND, E., and CotrTRELL, N.: Self-esteem,
group interaction, and group influence on per-
formance. Journal of Personality, 29:273-284,
1961.

StoTLAND, E., and COTTRELL, N.: Similarity of per-
formance as influenced by interaction, self-esteem,
and birth order. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 64:183-191, 1962.

StoTLAND, E.; COTTRELL, N., and LAING, G.: Group
interaction and perceived similarity of members.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:
335-340, 1960.

StoTLAND, E., and DUNN, R.: Identification, “oppo-
siteness”’, authoritarianis, self-esteem, and birth
order. Psychological Monographs, 76(4):1-21,
1962. (Whole No. 528).

StoTLAND, E., and DUNN, R.: Empathy, self-esteem,
and birth order. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66(6):532-540, 1963.

StoTLAND, E., and HILLMER, M.: Identification, au-
thoritarian defensiveness, and self-esteem. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:334-342,
1952.

StoTLAND, E., and WALSH, J.: Birth order in an
experimental study of empathy. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 66(6):610-614,
1963.

MH-2433 (R01) HorFrFMAN, HOWARD S.: Generali-
zation gradients for competing responses. Penn-
sylvania State University, University Park, Pa.
(1958- )

FLESHLER, MORTON: Adequate acoustic stimulus for
startle reaction in the rat. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 60(2):200-207,
1965.

FLESHLER, M., and HOFFMAN, H. S.: Stimulus gen-
eralization of conditioned suppression. Science,
133:753-755, 1961.

FLESHLER, M. a,nd HOFFMAN, H. S.: A progression
for generating variable interval schedules. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:529-
530, 1962.

HorrmaN, H. S.: A flexible connector for delivering
shock to pigeons. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 3:330, 1960.

307

HorFMAN, H. S.: The analogue lab: A new kind of
teaching device. American Psychologist, 17:684-
694, 1962.

HorrmaN, H. S.: A method for programming-110
V AC through nu-way studs. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:534, 1962.

HorrFMAN, H. S.: An isolation chamber for use in
small animal research. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):158, 1964.

HorrFMAN, H. S.: A retractable lever for use in
behavioral reesarch. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):163-164, 1964.

HorFMmaN, H. S.: The stimulus generalization of
conditioned suppression. In: Mostofsky, David J.,
ed. Stimulus generalization. Stanford, California,
Stanford Univ. Press, 1965, p. 356-372.

HorrFMAN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: Aversive con-
trol with the pigeon. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 2:213-218, 1959.

HorrFMAN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: Stimulus fac-
tors in aversive controls: The generalization of
conditioned suppression. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 4:371-378, 1961.

HorrMmaN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: A progression
for generating variable interval schedules in which
the probability of reinforcement as a function of
time since reinforcement is constant. University
Park, Pa., Pennsylvania State University, Depart-
ment of Psychology, 1962, 8 p. (Research Bul-
letin No. 26).

HorrFMmaN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: A relay se-
quencing device for scrambling grid shock. [our-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:
329-330, 1962.

HorrMmAN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: The course of
emotionality in the development of avoidance.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64:288-294,
1962.

HorrFMAN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: Discrimination
and stimulus generalization of approach, of avoid-
ance, and of approach and avoidance during con-
flict. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:
280-291, 1962.

HorrFmaN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: Startle reac-
tion: Modification by background acoustic stimula-
tion. Science, 141:928-930, 1963.

HorrFMmaN, HowaRrD S., and FLESHLER, MORTON:
An apparatus for the measurement of the startle-
response in the rat. American Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 77:307-308, 1964.

HorrFMAN, HowarD S., and FLESHLER, MORTON:
Stimulus aspects of aversive controls: Stimulus
generalization of conditioned suppression fellow-
ing discrimination training. [Journal of the Expe-
rimental Analysis of Behavior, 7:233-239, 1964.
HorFMAN, H. S., and FLESHLER, M.: Stimulus
aspects of aversive controls: The effects of response
contingent shock. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 8(2):89-96, 1965.

HorrFMAN, HowARrD S., FLESHLER, MORTON, and
ABPLANALP, PAUL L.: Startle reaction to electrical
shock in the rat. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 58:132-139, 1964.

HorrFMmAN, H. S., FLESHLER, M., and CHORNY, H.:
Classical avoidance within the skinner box. Uni-
versity Park, Pa., Pennsylvania State University,
Department of Psychology, 1960. (Research Bul-
letin No. 2).

HorrMaN, H. S., FLESHLER, M., and CHORNY, H.:
Discriminated bar press avoidance. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4:309-316,
1961.

HorrFMAN, H. S., FLESHLER, M., and JENSEN, P.:
Aversive training: Long term effects. Science,
138:1269-1270, 1962.

HorrFMmaN, H. S., FLESHLER, M., and JENSEN, P.:
Stimulus aspects of aversive controls: The reten-
tion of conditioned suppression. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:575-583,
1963.

HorrmaN, H. S., Schirr, D., Apams, J. and
SEARLE, J. L.: Enhanced distress vocalization
through selective reinforcement. Science, 151
(3708) :352-354, 1966.

HorrFMAN, HowaArD S., and SEARLE, JoHN L.:
Acoustic variables in the modification of startle
reaction in the rat. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(1):53-58, 1965.

MH-2434 (R01) Mertz, EDWIN T., BLOCK, WAL-
TER D., and MEYER, HANS: Intermediary metabo-
lism patterns in mental defectives. Purdue Uni-
versity, Lafayette, Ind. (1958-62)

FuLLer, R. W., Lucg, M. W., and Mertz, E. T.:
Serum uric acid in mongolism. Science, 137:868-
869, 1962.

FurLer, R. W., and WEBER, A. N.: Hypertelorism
in association with chromatin sex abnormality in
two siblings. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 66:844-848, 1962.

MEYER, H., and MANNING, G. C.: Juvenile cerebral
lipoidosis in two siblings. Archives of Neurology,
4:430-440, 1961.

MH-2435 (R01) Horita, AKIRA: Studies on brain
norepinephrine and serotonin. University of Wash-
ington, Seattle, Wash. (1958- )

GoOGERTY, J. H., and HoRITA, A.: A comparison of
the in vivo inhibition of brain and liver mono-
amine oxidase as produced by B-phenylisoprophyl-

308

hydramin (PIH) and iproniazid. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapy, 129:
357-360, 1960.

Horita, A.: The route of administration of some
hydrazine compounds as a determinant of brain
and liver monoamine oxidase inhibition. Toxi-
cology and Applied Pharmacology, 3:474-480,
1961.

Horita, A.: The influence of pH on serotonin
metabolism by rat tissue homogenates. Biochemi-
cal Pharmacology, 11:147-153, 1962.

Horita, A.: A possible source of error in the meas-
urement of 5-hydroxytriptophan decarboxylose ac-
tivity in rat tissues. Biochemical Pharmacology,
11:672-673, 1962.

HoriTA, A.: Some antagonists of the monoamine
oxidase inhibitors. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 107:951-956, 1963.

HoriTa, A.: Some biochemical studies on psilocybin
and psilocin. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 4:270-
273, 1963.

Horira, A.: The influence of drug-tissue interactions
on the inhibition of monoamine oxidase by pheni-
prazine and proniazid. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 142:141-146,
1963.

Horita, A.: The initial inactivation of phenelzine by
a monoamine oxidase-like system “in vitro” and
“in vivo.” British Journal of Pharmacology and
Chemotherapy, 24(1) :245-252, 1965.

Horta, A.: Role of microsomal enzymes in the
activation and inactivation of the anti-mao activity
of 2-methyl-3-piperidinopyrazine. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:153, 1965.

Horta, A.: Selective brain monoamine oxidase in-
hibition resulting from an interaction between
reversible and irreversible inhibitors.  Interna-
tional Journal of Neuropharmacology, 4(6):337-
342, 1965.

HoriTa, A.: The antagonism of monoamine oxidase
(MAO) inhibitors by red blood cell and its con-
stituents. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology,
7(1):97-103, 1965.

Horita, A., and CHINN, C.: An analysis of the
interaction between reversible and irreversible
monoamine oxidase inhibitors. Biochemical Phar-
macology, 13:371-378, 1964.

Horrra, A., and McGraTH, W. R.: The interaction
between reversible and irreversible monoamine oxi-
dase inhibitors. Biochemical Pharmacology, 3:
206-211, 1960.

Horira, A., and McGratH, W. R.: Specific liver
and brain monoamine oxidase inhibition by alkyl-
and arylalkylhydrazines. Proceedings of the Soci-
ety for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 103:
753-757, 1960.

Horita, A., and Matsumoto, C.: The antagonism
of hydrazine-type inhibitors of monoamine oxidase
inhibitors by sodium pyruvate. Life Sciences, 10:
491-501, 1962.

Horta, A., and WEBER, L. J.: The enzymatic de-
phospherylation and oxidation of psilocybin and
psilocin by mammalian tissue homogenates. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 7:47-54, 1961.

Horita, A., and WEBER, L. J.: Dephospherylation
of psilocybin in the intact mouse. Toxicology and
Applied Pharmacology, 4:730-737, 1962.

Horita, A., and WEBER, L. J.: Skin penetrating
property of drugs dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide
(DMSO) and other vehicles. Life Sciences, 3:
1389-1395, 1964.

Hurr, L. D., and Horita, A.: Reserpine reversal
response by iproniazid: A dose-dependent phenom-
enon. Nature, 202:604-605, 1964.

McGRrATH, W. T., and Horita, A.: Differential in-
hibition of liver and brain monoamine oxidase by
a series of arylalkylhydrasines. Toxicology and
Applied Pharmacology, 4:178-186, 1962.

Matsumoto, C., and Horita, A.: Studies on the
antagonism of guanethidine by methamphetamine.
Biochemical Pharmacology, 12:293-297, 1963.

WEBER, L. J., and HoRriTA, A.: Hydroxylation of L-
tryptophan in situ by perfusion of rat intestine.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22:2774, 1963.

WEBER, L. J., and Horta, A.: Oxidation of 4- and
5-hydroxyindole derivatives by mammalian cyte-
chroma oxidase. Life Sciences, 1:44-49, 1963.

WEBER, L. J., and Horita, A.: A study of 5-
hydroxytryptamine formation from L-tryptophan
in the brain and other tissues. Biochemical Phar-
macology, 14(7):1141-1149, 1965.

MH-2442 (R01) MANDLER, GEORGE: Physiological
and cognitive interations in anxiety. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1958-60)

KESSEN, WILLIAM, and MANDLER, GEORGE: Anxi-
ety, pain, and the inhibition of distress. Psycho-
logical Review, 68(6):396-404, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1787).

MANDLER, G.: Stimulus variables and subject vari-
ables: A caution. Psychological Review, 66:145-
149, 1959.

MANDLER, G., and KAHN, M.: Discrimination of
changes in heart rate: Two unsuccessful attempts.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
3:21-25, 1960.

309

MANDLER, G., and MANDLER, JEAN M.: Associative
behavior and somatic response. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 16:331-343, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4852).

MANDLER, G., MANDLER, JEAN M., KROMEN, I,
and SHoLITON, R. D.: The response to threat:
Relations among verbal and physiological indices.
Psychological Monographs, 75(9); 1961: (Whole
No. 513).

MANDLER, G., PREVEN, D., and KuHLMAN, CLE-
MENTINA K.: Effects of operant reinforcement on
the GSR. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 5:317-321, 1962.

MH-2443 (R03) SCHACHTER, JOSEPH, and APPLE-
BAUM, STANLEY: Digital vascular resistance in
neonates. Columbia University, New York, N.Y.
(1958-59)

APPLEBAUM, S., and SCHACHTER, J.: Measurements
of digital vascular resistance and vascular reac-
tivity. In: Proceedings of interdisciplinary clinic
on the instrumentation requirements for psycho-
physiological research. Foundation for Instru-
mentation, Education & Research, 1961, p. 42-47.

MH-2444 (R01) GHENT, LILA: Spatial orientation
in visual perception of children. State University of
New York—Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn,
N.Y. (1958-60)

GHENT, L.: Form and its orientation: A child’s-eye
view. American Journal of Psychology, 74:177-
190, 1961.

GHENT, L., BERNSTEIN, L., and GOLDWEBER, A.
M.: Preferences for orientation of form under
varying conditions. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
11:46, 1960.

MH-2447 (R01) BLAKE, ROBERT R., and MOUTON,
JANE SRYGLEY: Behavior of group representatives
under pressure. University of Texas, Austin,
Texas. (1958-61)

BLakg, R. R., and MouTtoN, JANE S.: The story
behind "intergroup conflict. Petroleum Refiner,
39:181-185, 1960.

Brake, R. R, and MourtoN, JANE S.: Why
problem-solving between groups sometimes fails.
Petroleum Refiner, 39:269-273, 1960.

BLAKE, R. R.,, and MouToN, JANE S.: Competition,
communication and conformity. In: Berg, I. A.,
and Bass, B. M., eds. Conformity and deviation.
New York, Harper, 1961, p. 199-229.

BLakg, R. R., and MouToON, JANE S.: Group dy-
namics—key to decision making. Houston, Texas,
Gulf Publishing, 1961.
BLAKE, RoBERT R., and MouTON, JANE S.: Per-
ceived characteristics of elected representatives.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:
693-695, 1961.

BLAKE, ROBERT R., and MoutoN, JANE S.: Com-
prehension of own and of outgroup positions
under intergroup competition. Journal of Conflict
Resolution, 5:304-310, 1961.

BLAKE, ROBERT R., and MouTON, JANE S.: Reac-
tions to intergroup competition under win-lose
conditions. Management Science, 7:420-435, 1961.

BLAKE, R. R,, and MouToN, J. S.: Loyalty of repre-
sentatives to ingroup positions during intergroup
competition. Sociometry, 24:177-183, 1961. Also
in: Vinacke, W. E., Wilson, W. R., and Meredith,
G. M,, eds. The character and scope of social
psychology. Chicago, Ill., Scott Foresman, 1963.

BLAKE, R. R., and MouToN, JANE S.: Intergroup
therapy. International Journal of Social Psychia-
try, 8(3):196-198, 1962.

BLAKE, R. R., and MouToN, JANE S.: The inter-
group dynamics of win-lose conflict and problem-
solving collaboration in union-management rela-
tions. In: Sherif, M., ed. Intergroup relations
and leadership. New York, Wiley, 1962.

BLAKE, R. R., and MOUTON, JANE S.: Comprehen-
sion of points of communality in competing solu-
tions. Sociometry, 25:56-63, 1962.

MouToN, JANE S., and BLAKE, R. R.: Influence of
partially vested interests on judgment. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:276-278,
1963.

MH-2453 (R01) Narorr, RaouLr S.: Cross-cul-
tural index of cultural stress. San Fernando Val-
ley State College, Northridge, Calif. (1958-59)

NAROLL, RAOUL: A tentative index of culture-stress.
International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 5:107-
116, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1930).

Narorr, RaouL: Controlling data quality. Sym-
posia of the National Institute of Social and Be-
havioral Science, Series Research in Social Psychol-
0gy, No. 4:1-6, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1930).

NaroLL, RaouL: Projet d'un index de la pression
culturelle. Revue de Psychologie des Peuples, 16:
163-178, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1930).

NaroLL, RaouL: Data quality control. New York,
Free Press, 1962, 198 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-1930).

MH-2454 (R01) GARDNER, RILEY W.: The sta-
bility and generality of cognitive attitudes. Men-
ninger Foundation, Topeka, Kan. (1958-61)

310

GARDNER, R. W.: Cognitive control
perceptual behavior. Bulletin of t
Clinic, 23:241-248, 1959.

GARDNER, R. W.: Individual differences in figural
after-effects and response to reversible figures.
British Journal of Psychology, 52:269-272, 1961.

principles and
e Menninger

GARDNER, R. W.: Cognitive controls of attention de-
ployment as determinants of visual illusions. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:120-
127, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1182).

GARDNER, RILEY W.: Four discussions with Pro-
fessor Piaget. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
26:117-119, 1962.

GARDNER, R. W.: Cognitive controls in adaptation:
Research and measurement. In: Messick, S., and
Ross, J., eds. Measurement in personality and
cognition. New York, Wiley, 1962, p. 183-198.

GARDNER, R. W.: Discussion of paper by Drs.
Kagan, Moss, and Siegel. In: Wright, J. C., and
KAGAN, ]., eds. Basic cognitive processes in chil-
dren. Monograph of Social Research in Child
Development, 28(2):112-118, 1963. (Whole
No. 86).

GARDNER, R. W., and ANDREOPOULOS, E.: A report
on research: The perception project. Menninger
Quarterly, 8(4):16-23, 1959.

GARDNER, R. W., and LoHRENZ, L. J.: Leveling-
sharpening and serial reproduction of a story.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 24:295-304,
1960.

GARDNER, R. W., and LoHRENZ, L. J.: Attention
and assimilation. American Journal of Psychol
0gy, 74:607-611, 1961.

GARDNER, R. W., and LOHRENZ, L. J.: Association
and recall. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:29
30, 1962.

GARDNER, R. W., and LoNgG, R. I.: The stability of
cognitive controls. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 61:485-487, 1960.

GARDNER, R. W., and Long, R. I.: Errors of the
standard and illusion effects with the inverted-T.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 10:47-54, 1960.

GARDNER, R. W., and Long, R. I.: Errors of the
standard and illusion effects with L-shaped figures.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 10:107-109, 1960.

GARDNER, R. W. and Long, R. I: Leveling-
sharpening and serial learning. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 10:179-185, 1960.

GARDNER, R. W., and Long, R. I.: Cognitive con-
trols as determinants of learning and remembering.
Psychologia (Japan), 3:165-171, 1960.

GARDNER, R. W., and LoNG, R. I.: Field-articulation
in recall. Psychological Record, 11:305-310, 1961.
GARDNER, R. W., and LoNG, R. I.: Selective atten-
tion and the Mueller-Lyer illusion. Psychological
Record, 11:317-320, 1961.

GARDNER, R. W., and Long, R. I.: Control, defense,
and centration effect: A study of scanning be-
haviour. British Journal of Psychology, 53:129-
140, 1962.

GARDNER, R. W., and LoNG, R. I.: Cognitive con-
trols of attention and inhibition: A study of in-
dividual consistencies. British [Journal of Psy-
chology, 53:381-388, 1962.

GARDNER, R. W., and ScHOEN, R. A.: Differentia-
tion and abstraction in concept formation. Psycho-
logical Monographs, 76(41):1-21, 1962. (Whole
No. 560).

KLEIN, G. S., GARDNER, R. W., and SCHLESINGER,
H. J.: Tolerance for unrealistic experiences: A
study of the generality of a cognitive control.
British Journal of Psychology, 53:41-55, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-25).

Long, R. I.: Field-articulation as a factor in verbal
learning and recall. Perceptual and Motor Siklls,
15:151-158, 1962.

MEeRrcaDpo, S. J., GUERRERO, R., and GARDNER, R.
W.: Cognitive control in children in Mexico and
the United States. Journal, of Social Psychology,
59:199-208, 1963.

MH-2455 (R01) HEeBB, DoNALD O., and MILNER,
PETER M.: Studies of learning perception and
motivation. Mcgill University, Montreal, Can.
(1958 )

ALBERT, D. J.: The effect of spreading depression on
the consolidation of learning. Neuropsychologia,
4(1) :49-64, 1966.

Burns, B. D., HERON, W., and PRITCHARD, R. M.:
Physiological excitation of visual cortex in cat's
unanesthetized isolated forebrain. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 25:165-181, 1962.

Burns, N. M., and MoGENsoN, G. J.: Effects of
cortical stimulation on habit acquisition. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 12:77-82, 1958.

CoHEN, H. B.: The effect of contralateral visual
stimulation on visibility with stabilized retinal
images. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 15:212-
219, 1961.

EHRLICH, ANNETTE: Effects of past experience on
exploratory behavior in rats. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 13:248-255, 1959.

EHRLICH, ANNETTE: The effects of past experience
on the rat's response to novelty. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 15:15-19, 1961.

EHRLICH, ANNETTE: Note on the effects of differ-
ential rearing conditions on weight gain in the

311

hooded rat. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 15:
244-246, 1961.

EHrLICH, ANNETTE: Effects of tegmental lesions on
motivated behavior in rats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56(2):390-
396, 1963.

EHRLICH, ANNETTE: Neural control of feeding be-
havior. Psychological Bulletin, 61:100-114, 1964.

GLICKMAN, S. E., and JENSEN, G. D.: The effects of
hunger and thirst on Y-maze exploration. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
83-85, 1961.

GOTTSCHALK, JUDITH, BRYDEN, M. P., and RABINO-
VITCH, M. SAM.: Spatial organization of children’s
responses to a pictorial display. Child Develop-
ment, 35:811-815, 1964.

Hess, D. O.: Intelligence, brain function and the
theory of mind. Brain, 82:260-275, 1959.

Hess, D. O.: On the meaning of objective psychol-
ogy. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada,
55:81-86, 1961.

Hess, D. O.: John Davidson Ketchum. Proceedings
of the Royal Society of Canada, 56:197-198, 1962.
>

Hes, D. O.: The semi-autonomous process: Its
nature and nurture. American Psychologist, 18:
16-27, 1963.

Hes, D. O.: Review lecture. The evolution of
mind. Proceedings of the Royal Society, B, 161:
376-383, 1965.

MILNER, P. M.: Learning in neural systems. In:
Marshall, C. Yovits, ed. Self-organizing systems.
New York, Pergamon Press, 1959, p. 190-204.

MILNER, P. M.: A neural mechanism for the imme-
diate recall of sequences. Kybernetik, 1:76-81,
1961.

MILNER, P., and ZUCKER, I.: Specific hunger for
potassium in the rat. Psychonomic Science, 2:17-
18, 1965.

NAKAJIMA, S.: Effects of chemical injection into the
reticular formation of rats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 58(1):10-15,
1964.

NAKA JIMA, SHINSHU: Selectivity in fasciculation of
nerve fibers in vitro. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 125(2):193-203, 1965.

PriTcHARD, R. M., HERON, W., and HEBB, D. O.:
Visual perception approached by the method of
stabilized images. Canadian Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 14:67-77, 1960.

STEWART, JAN.: Some behaviour characteristics of
mazebright and mazedull animals. Canadian Jour-
nal of Psychology, 15:75-80, 1961.
VANDERWOLF, C. H.: Medial thalamic functions in
voluntary behavior. Canadian Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 16:318-330, 1962.

VANDERWOLF, C. H.: The effect of medial thalamic
lesions on previously established fear-motivated
behaviour. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 17:
183-187, 1963.

VaNDERWOLF, C. H.: Improved shuttle-box per-
formance following electroconvulsive shock. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
56:983-986, 1963.

VaANDERWOLF, C. H.: Effect of combined medial
thalamic and septal lesions on active-avoidance
behavior. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 58:31-37, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3372).

VaNDERWOLF, C. H., and HeroN, W.: Electroen-
cephalographic waves with voluntary movement.
Archives of Neurology, 11:379-384, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-3372).

MH-2456 (R01) BLouGH, DoNALD S.: Differential
extinction and stimulus control. Brown Univer-
sity, Providence, R.I.  (1958- )

BrouGH, D. S.: Delayed matching in the pigeon.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
2:151-160, 1959.

BLouGH, D. S.: Generalization and preference on a
stimulus intensity continuum. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 2:307-317, 1959.

BLouGH, D. S.: The shape of some wavelength
generalization gradients. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 4:31-40, 1961.

BLouGH, D. S.: Animal psychophysics.
American, 205:113-122, 1961.

Scientific

BLoucGH, D. S.: Interresponse time as a function of
continuous variables: A new method and some
data. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6:237-246, 1963.

BLOUGH, DONALD S., and MILLWARD, RICHARD B.:
Learning: Operant conditioning and verbal learn-
ing. In: Farnsworth, Paul R., McNemear, Olga,
and McNemear, Quinn, eds. Annual Review of
Psychology. Vol. 16. Palto Alto, Calif., Annual
Reviews, 1965, p. 63-94.

MH-2458 (R01) KRASNER, LEONARD, and ULL-
MAN, LEONARD: Personality variables related to
verbal conditioning. Stanford University, Stan-
ford, Calif. (1958-61)

ExMmaN, P., KRASNER, L., and ULLMAN, L. P.: The
interaction of set and awareness as determinants
of response to verbal conditioning. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:387-389,
1963.

312

GELFAND, S., ULLMANN, L. P., and KRASNER, L.:
The placebo response: An experimental approach.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:
379-387, 1963.

KRASNER, L.: Role taking research and psycho-
therapy. Research Reports of the Veterans Associ-
ation, Palo Alto. November 1959, 17 p. (Report
No. 5). (Processed).

KRASNER, L.: Behavior control and social responsi-
bility. American Psychology, 17:199-204, 1962.

KRASNER, L.: The therapist as a social reinforce-
ment machine. In: Strupp, H. H., and Luborsky,
L., eds. Research in psychotherapy. Washington,
D.C., American Psychological Association, 1962,
p. 61-94, vol. 2.

KRASNER, L.: Reinforcement, verbal behavior and
psychotherapy. American Journal of Orthopsy-
chiatry, 33:601-613, 1963.

KraAsSNER, L., and ULLMANN, L. P.: Variables affect-
ing report of awareness in verbal conditioning.
Journal of Psychology, 56:193-202, 1963.

KRASNER, L., ULLMANN, L. P., and WEIss, R. L.:
Studies in role perception. Journal of General
Psychology, 71:367-371, 1964.

KRrRASNER, L., ULLmaN, L. P. Weiss, R. L., and
CoLLINS, BEVERLY J.: Responsivity to verbal con-
ditioning as a function of three different exami-
ners. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 17:411-
415, 1961.

KRrASNER, L., Weiss, R. L., and ULLMAN, L. P.:
Responsivity to verbal conditioning as a function
of “awareness.” Psychological Reports, 8:523-
538, 1961.

ULLMAN, LEONARD P.: An empirically derived
MMPI scale which measures facilitation-inhibition
of recognition of threatening stimuli. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 18:127-132, 1962.

UrLLmaNn, L. P., Krasner, L., and COLLINS,
BEVERLY: Modification of behavior through ver-
bal conditioning: Affects in group therapy. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:128-
132, 1961.

UrLman, L. P., KrasNER, L., and EKMAN, P.:
Verbal conditioning of emotional words: Effects
on behavior in group therapy. Research Report
(No. 15), Veterans Administration, Palo Alto,
California, 1961. 6 p.

UrLmaN, L. P., KrasNER, L., and GELFAND,
DonNNA: Changed content within a reinforced
response class. Psychological Reports, 12:819-
829, 1963.

ULLMAN, L. P., Wess, R. L., and KRASNER, L.:
Toward the development of a scale to measure
resistance to verbal conditioning. Research Report
of VA Palo Alto, No. 12, 1960. 13 p. (Proc-
essed)

ULLMAN, L. P.,, Weiss, R. L., and KRASNER, L.:
The effect of verbal conditioning of emotional
words on recognition of threatening stimuli. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 19:182-183, 1963.

ULLMAN, LEONARD P., and WIGGINS, JERRY S.:
Endorsement frequency and the number of differ-
entiating MMPI items to be expected by chance.
Newsletter for Research in Psychology, 4:29-34,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2215).

Weiss, R. L., Ekman, P., UrLLman, L. P., and
KRrRASNER, L.: The context of reinforcement in
verbal conditioning. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
0gy, 21:99-100, 1965.

Weiss, R. L., KrRasNER, L., and ULLMAN, L. P.:
Responsivity to verbal conditioning as a function
of emotional atmosphere and pattern of reinforce-
ment. Psychological Reports, 6:415-426, 1960.

Weiss, R. L., KrRAsSNER, L. and ULLman, L.:
Responsivity of psychiatric patients to verbal con-
ditioning: “Success” and “failure” conditions and
pattern of reinforced trials. Psychological Reports,
12:423-426, 1963.

WEIss, ROBERT L., and SHERMAN, MARVIN: Anxiety
and interfering responses in college students and
psychiatric patients. Newsletter for Research in
Psychology, 4(2):35-40, 1962.

WEIss, R. L., ULLMAN, L. P., and KRASNER, L.:
On the relationship between hypnotizability and
response to verbal operant conditioning. Psycho-
logical Reports, 6:59-60, 1960.

MH-2461 (R01) GOLDENBERG, HARRY: Molecular

structure and psychotomimetic action. Hillside
Hospital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1958-60)
GOLDENBERG, H., and FisHMAN, V.: Studies on

chlorpromazine and imipramine metabolism. (Ab-
stract) Clinical Chemistry, 6(4):398-399, 1960.

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and FISHMAN, VIVIAN: Spe-
cies dependence of chlorpromazine metabolism.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 108:178-182, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2938 and MH-1305).

MH-2463 (R03) KRISTOFFERSON, ALFRED B.:
Meprobamate, basal GSR and GSR responsiveness.
University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1958-
59)

KRISTOFFERSON, A: B., and CorRMACK, R.: Prelimi-
nary results concerning the galvanic skin response
as an indicator of drug effects. In: Uhr, L., and
Miller, J. G., eds. Drugs and behavior. New
York, John Wiley, 1960.

313

MH-2468 (R01) PiLot, MARTIN L., LipZ, THEO-
DORE, and SCHAFER, Roy: Psychodynamic study of
identical twins. Yale University, New Haven,

(1959-62)

Linz, THEODORE: Die Familienumwelt des Schizo-
phrenen: Zur Finfuhrung. Psyche, 13:243-256,
1959.

Prior, M. L.: Psychosomatic disorders in monozy-
gotic twin pairs. In: Proceedings of the 3rd
World Congress of Psychiatry, Vol. 1. Montreal,
University of Toronto Press/McGill University
Press, 1962, p. 534-538.

Piotr, M. L., RUBIN, JESSE, SCHAFER, Roy, and
Spiro, HOWARD: Duodenal ulcer in one of iden-
tical twins—A follow-up study. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 25:285-291, 1963.

Conn.

PiLot, MARTIN L., and Spiro, HowarD M.: Com-
ments on the use of blood pepsin (Pepsinogen)
as a research technique. Psychosomatic Medicine,
23:420-425, 1961.

ScHIFF, SHELDON, and PiLoT, MARTIN L.: An ap-
proach to psychiatric consultation in the general
hospital. A. M. A. Archives of General Psychia-
atry, 1:349-357, 1959.

Spiro, H., and Piotr, M. L.: The irritable bowel.
Connecticut Medicine, 23:1-5, 1959.

MH-2470 (R01) DEAN, SANFORD J.: Symbolic
mediation in learning. Syracuse University, Syra-
cuse, N.Y. (1958- )

DEAN, S. J., and HIESINGER, L.: Operant level,
awareness, and the Greenspoon effect. Psychologi-
cal Reports, 15:931-938, 1964.

KataHN, M.: Effect of anxiety (drive) on the
acquisition and avoidance of a dominant intratask
response. Journal of Personality, 32(4) :642-650,
1964.

KATAHN, MARTIN, and DEAN, SANFORD: Anxiety
and stress in paired-associate learning with manipu-
lated initial response strength. Psychological Re-
ports, 14:959-965, 1964.

MARTIN, R. B., and DEAN, S. J.: Implicit and ex-
plicit mediation in paired-associate learning. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 68(1):21-27,
1964.

MARTIN, RANDALL, B., and DEAN SANFORD ].:
Word familiarity and avoidance conditioning of
verbal behavior. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 1(5):496-499, 1965.

MARTIN, R. B,, and DEAN, S. J.: Multidimensional
stimulus differences in discrimination learning and
verbalization of the reinforcement contingency.
Psychological Reports, 16:235-240, 1965.

MARTIN, RANDALL B., and DEAN, SANFORD ].:
Reported mediation in paired-associate learning.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
5(1):23-27, 1966.

RESNICK, JEROME H.: Reversals in the superiority of
performance of high- and low-anxious Ss in verbal
conditioning. Journal of Personality, 33(2):
218-232, 1965.

MH-2472 (R01) Harr, RoBErT L.: Experimental
studies of interpersonal learning. University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1958-60)

HALL, ROBERT L.: Two-alternative learning in inter-
dependent dyads. In: Criswell, J., Solomon, H.,
and Suppes, P., eds. Mathematical methods in
small group processes. Stanford, California, Stan-
ford University, 1962, p. 180-192.

MH-2474 (R01) Proctor, LORNE D., BEBIN,
Jose, KNIGHTON, ROBERT S., and NOSHAY,
WiLLiam C.: Behavior changes in stimulating
reticular formation. Henry Ford Hospital, De-
troit, Mich. (1958-62)

EnDE, H. VAN DER: A method for stimulation
and simultaneous electroencephalogram recording.
Henry Ford Medical Bulletin, 7:174-181, 1959.

LukaszowsKl, J., and Proctor, L. D.: A system
for the automatic frequency analysis of electro-
encephalograms. In: Proceedings of the interdis-
ciplinary clinic on the instrumentation require-
ments for psychophysiological research. Founda-
tion for Instrumentation, Education and Research,
May, 1961.

McCruM, W. R., and PROCTOR, L. D.: Observations
on the unique electrical discharge following stimu-
lation in monkey brain. Henry Ford Hospital
Medical Bulletin, 2:99-111, 1963.

ProcTOR, L. D., CHURCHILL, J. A., KNIGHTON,
R. S., and BEBIN, J.: Changes in behavior through
stimulation of the reticular formation of the
monkey. In: Masserman, Jules H., ed. Biological
psychiatry, Vol. 1. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1959, p. 20-24.

Proctor, L. D., KNIGHTON, R. S., LUKASZEWSKI,
J., and BEBIN, ].: Behavioral changes during hypo-
thalamic or limbic stimulation in the monkey.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 117(6):511-518,
1960.

Proctor, L. D., LUKASZEWSKI, J., and McCRuUM,
W. R.: Further observations on behavior and EEG
changes on stimulation in the limbic system of the
monkey. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Con-
gress of Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, University
of Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961,
p. 447-452.

PROCTOR, L. D., McCrUM, W. R., and LUKASZEW-
SKI, J.: Unusual seizure discharges on stimulation
in the limbic system of the monkey. Henry Ford
Hospital Medical Bulletin, 9:35-41, 1961.

314

MH-2476 (R01) GOTTLIEB, JACQUES S., and Goob-
MAN, MORRIS: Serum protein specificities in
mental disorders. Wayne State University, De-
troit, Mich. (1958-64)

BAUR, S., and GoopMmaN, M.: Immunologic com-
parison of human adult thyroglobulin to other
primate adult and human fetal thyroglobulins.
Journal of Immunology, 93(2):183-191, 1964.

GooDMAN, M.: On the emergence of intraspecific
differences in the protein antigens of human
beings. American Naturalist, 94:153-191, 1960.

GoopMAN, M.: The species specificity of proteins as
observed in the Wilson comparative analyses
plates. American Naturalist, 94:184-186, 1960.

GOODMAN, M.: A starch gel immunoelectrophoretic
analysis of human +-globulin demonstrating the
inter- and intra-species variation of organisms.
Nature, 185:474-475, 1960.

GOODMAN, M.: The role of immunochemical differ-
ences in the phyletic development of human be-
havior. Human Biology, 33:131-162, 1961.

GoopMAN, M.: Evolution of the immunologic spe-
cies specificity of human serum proteins. Human
Biology, 34:104-150, 1962.

GOODMAN, M.: Man's place in the phylogeny of the
primates as reflected in serum proteins. In: Wash-
burn, S. L., ed. Classification and human evolu-
tion. Chicago, Viking Fund Publications in An-
thropology, 1963, p. 204-234.

GoopMaN, M., Lusy, E. D., FrRouMAN, C. E,, and
GorTLIEB, J. S.: Orosomucoid in schizophrenia.
Nature, 192(4800) :370-371, 1961.

GoopMaN, M., and PoulLik, E.: Effects of speciation
on serum proteins in the genus Macaca with spe-
cial reference to the polymorphic state of trans-
ferrin. Nature, 190:171-172, 1961.

GoopMaN, M., PouLk, E., and PouLik, M. D.:
Variations in the serum specificities of higher pri-
mates detected by two-dimensional starch-gel elec-
trophoresis. Nature, 188(4744):78-79, 1960.

GoopMAN, M., RoseNBLATT, M., GOTTLIEB, J. S,,
MILLER, J., and CHEN, C. H.: Effect of age, sex,
and schizophrenia on thyroid autoantibody pro-
duction. Archives of General Psychiatry, 8(5):
518-526, 1963.

GoobpMAN, M., and VULPE, M.: A quantitative im-
munochemical method for determining serum and
cerebrospinal fluid proteins. World Neurology,
2:589-601, 1961.

GOTTLIEB, JACQUES S.: Biochemistry and schizo-
phrenia: Implications for the future. In: Hoch,
H., and Zubin, Joseph, eds. The future of psy-
chiatry. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962, p.
103-115.
MaiseL, H., and GOODMAN, M.: Species and tissues
specificity of lens and brain antigens of primates.
Federation Proceedings, 23(2):450, 1964.

ROSENBLATT, M., and GOODMAN, M.: A rapid
method for identifying and determining the “pu-
rity” of thyroglobulin. American Journal of
Clinical Pathology, 39(5) :462-463, 1963.

ROSENBLATT, MELVYN, GOODMAN, MORRIS, and
REkLYs, EDWARD: Failure to detect by anaphylaxis
antigenic abnormalities in schizophrenia. Compre-
hensive Psychiatry, 3(6):381-383, 1962.

SYNER, FRANK N., and GOODMAN, MoRRIs: Differ-
ences in the lactic dehydrogenases of primate
brains. Nature, 209(5021) :426-428, 1966.

MH-2478 (R01) PARK, PETER: A cross-cultural
study of prealcoholic syndrome. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1958-62)

PARK, PETER: Drinking experiences of 806 Finnish
alcoholics in comparison with similar experiences
of 192 English alcoholics. Acta Psychiatrica
Scandinavica, 38:227-246, 1962.

MH-2479 (R01) JoNEs, AUSTIN: Information de-
privation in humans. University of Pittsburgh,
Pittsburgh, Pa. (1958- )

JoNEs, A., WILKINSON, H. J., and BRADEN, I:
Information deprivation as a motivational variable.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62:126-137,
1961.

JoNEs, A.: Supplementary report: Information depri-
vation and irrelevant drive as determiners of an
instrumental response. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 62:310-311, 1961.

JonEs, A.: Drive and incentive variables associated
with the statistical properties of sequences of
stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
423-431, 1964.

MH-2480 (R01) RICHARDSON, STEPHAN A., DORN-
BUSCH, SANFORD M., and HASTORF, ALBERT H.:
Childrens categories of interpersonal perception.
Association for the Aid of Crippled Children,
New York, N.Y. (1958-61)

GooDpMAN, N., DorRNBUSCH, S. M., RICHARDSON,
S. A, and HasTorF, A. H.: Variant reactions to
physical disabilities. American Sociological Re-
view, 28(3) :429-435, 1963.

RICHARDSON, S. A.: Some social psychological con-
sequences of handicapping. Pediatrics, 32:291-
297, 1963.

RicHARDSON, S. A., GoopMAN, N., HASTORF, A.
H., and DorNBUscH, S. M.: Cultural uniformity
in reaction to physical disabilities. American

Sociological Reviéw, 26(2):241-247, 1961.
RicHARDSON, S. A., Hastorr, A. H., and DORN-

315

BUSCH, S. M.: Effects of physical disability on a
child's discription of himself. Child Develop-
ment, 35:893-907, 1964.

MH-2482 (R01) PorTER, ROBERT W., and
FRENCH, JoHN D.: An experimental study of
psychosomatic mechanisms. University of Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1958-60)

FeLpmaAN, S., Top, J. C., and PORTER, R. W.:
Effect of adrenal cortical hormones on evoked po-
tentials in the brain stem. Neurology, 11:109-
115, 1961.

MEIER, R., GREENHOOT, J., GOODMAN, J., and
PorTER, R. W.: Serum cholesterol changes in
monkeys induced by restraint. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 21(2):101, 1962.

PORTER, R. W., and Bors, E.: Modulation of brain
stem electrical activity by visceral (urinary blad-
der) distention.  Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:527-534, 1962.

PorTER, R. W., KaMikAwWA, K., and GREENHOOT,
J.: Some neurophysiologic considerations in the
pathogenesis of cardiac dysfunction. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 24:518, 1962.

MH-2484 (R01) MENZER-BENARON, Doris Lub-
wiG, ALFRED O., Morris, THOMAS A., and
SturGis, SoMERs H.: Psychobiologic study of
reproductive functions. Harvard Medical School,
Boston, Mass. (1958-64)

MENZER-BENARON, Doris: Psychobiologic study of
the Conversion process in women. In: Deutsch,
Felix, ed. On the mysterious leap from the mind
to the body. New York, International Universities
Press, 1959, p. 155-181.

SABBATH, JosepH C., MORRIS, THOMAs A., Jr.
MENZER-BENARON, DORIS, and STURGIS, SOMERS
H.: Psychiatric observations in adolescent girls
lacking ovarian function. Psychosomatic Medicine,
23(3):224-231, 1961.

StUrGls, SOMERS H., MENZER-BENARON, DORRIS,
and MERRIS, THOMAS A.: The gynocologic patient
—A psychoendocrine study. New York, Grune &
Stratton, New York, 1962, 243 p.

Sturcls, Somers H., RoBey, H., PiERsON, H.,
GATES, P., PLANT, T., and MENZER-BENARON,
D.: Anaesthesia recovery patterns after elective
hysterectomy. Obstetrics and Gynecology, 7:383,
1958.

MH-2488 (R01) Brau, ABRAM, BROWN, FRED,
EastoN, KARL, and SLAFF, BERTRAM: A psychi-
atric study of prematurity. Mount Sinai Hospital,
New York, N.Y. (1959-63)

BLAU, ABRAM, SLAFF, BERTRAM, EASTON, KARL,
WELKOWITZ, JOAN, SPINGARN, JAMES, and
CoHEN, Jaco: The psychogenic etiology of pre-
mature births. A preliminary report. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 25:201-211, 1963.

BLAU, ABRAM, WELKOWITZ, JOAN, COHEN, JACOB:
Maternal attitude to pregnancy instrument. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 10:324-331, 1964.

EastoN, KARL, and BLAU, ABRAM: Neonatal and
mother-infant observations in child psychiatry
training. Journal of the American Academy of
Child Psychiatry, 2:176-186, 1963.

MH-2492 (R01) TorRrEs, FERNANDO: Reciprocal
effects of various sensory stimuli. University of
Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1958-62)

Torres, F.: Study of evoked potentials by multi-
sensory stimulation: Some tentative clinical appli-
cations. University of Minnesota Medical Bulletin,
34:209-212, 1963.

Torres, F., and WARNER, J. S.: Delayed electrical
responses to visual stimuli in the cat. (Abstract
No. 215) In: Sth International Congress of
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiol-
ogy, Rome, September 7-13, 1961. (Excerpta
Medica, International Congress Series No. 37).

TorREs, F., and WARNER, J. S.: Some characteristics
of delayed responses to photic stimuli in the cat.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiol-
0gy, 14:654-663, 1962.

MH-2497 (R01) FaNnTZ, ROBERT L.: The develop-
ment of configurational vision in infancy. St.
Vincent Charity Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio. (1958-
61)

FANTZ, ROBERT L.: A visual acuity test for infants
under six months of age. Psychological Record,
9:159-164, 1959.

FANTZ, ROBERT L.: A method for studying depth
perception in infants under six months of age.
Psychological Record, 11:27-32, 1961.

FANTZ, ROBERT L.: The origin of form perception.
Scientific American, 204:66-72, 1961.

FANTZ, ROBERT L.: Ontogeny of perception. In:
Schrier, Allan M., Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz,
Fred, eds. Behavior of nonhuman primates. Vol.
2. New York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 365-403.
(Also acknowledges MH-5284).

FANTZ, ROBERT L., ORDY, J. M., and UDELF, M. S.:
Maturation of pattern vision in infants during the
first six months. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:907-917, 1962. (Al-
so acknowledges MH-5284).

MH-2500 (R01) KLUCKHOHN, RICHARD, and
WHITING, JoHN W.: Family structure and sociali-
zation processeS. Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass. (1958-61)

316

KLUCKHOHN, RICHARD: The konso economy of
Southern Ethiopia. In: Bohaanan, Paul, and Dal-
ton, George, eds. Markets in Africa. Evanston,
Ill, Northwestern University, 1962, p. 409-428.

KLUCKHOHN, RICHARD: Creative approaches to fam-
ily conflicts. In: Recent research on creative ap-
proaches to environmental stress: Proceedings of
the Fourth Institute on Preventive Psychiatry.
Towa City, State University of Iowa, 1964, p. 141-
160.

MH-2502 (R01) NYE, F. IvaAN: Preschool children
of employed mothers. Washington State Univer-
sity, Pullman, Wash. (1958-60)

HorFMAN, IVAN W.: Mother's enjoyment of work
and effects on the child. In: Nye, Ivan, and Hoff
man, Lois, eds. The employed mother in America.
Chicago, Rand McNally, 1963, p. 95-105.

NvE, F. IvaN: Adjustment to children. In: Nye,
F. Ivan, and Hoffman, Louis Wladis, eds. The
employed mother in America. Chicago, Rand
McNally, 1963, p. 353-363.

NvE, F. I., PERRY, JosEPH B., and OGLES, RICHARD
H.: Anxiety and antisocial behavior in preschool
children. In: Nye, F. Ivan, and Hoffman, Louis
Wiladis, eds. The employed mother in America.
Chicago, Rand McNally, 1963, p. 82-94.

PERRY, JosEPH B., JR.: The mother substitutes of
employed mothers. Marriage and Family Living,
24:362-368, 1961.

PERRY, JosEPH B.: Mother substitutes. In: Nye, F.
Ivan, and Hoffman, Louis Wladis, eds. The em-
ployed mother in America. Chicago, Rand Mc-
Nally, 1963, p. 182-189.

MH-2503 (R01) IrTELSON, WiLLiaM H., and
KuTtasH, SAMUEL B.: Perceptual flexibility and
psychiatric diagnosis. Brooklyn College of the
City University of New York, Brooklyn, N.Y.
(1958-64)

ITTELSON, W. H.: Visual space perception. New

York, Springer, 1960, 212 p.

ITTELSON, WiLLIAM H., and KuTAsH, SAMUEL B.:
Perceptual changes in psychopathology. New
Brunswick, N.J., Rutgers University Press, 1961,
262 p.

ITTELSON, W. H., and SEIDENBERG, B.: The percep-
tion of faces: A further study of the Engel effect.
Journal of Psychology, 53:247-255, 1962.

ITTELSON, W. H., SEIDENBERG, B., and KuUTASH,
S. B.: A perceptual flexibility battery. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 12:3-9, 1961.

ITTELSON, WiLLiIAM H., SEIDENBERG, B., and Ku-
TASH, SAMUEL B.: Some perceptual differences in
somatizing and nonsomatizing neuropsychiatric pa-
tients. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23(3):219-223,

1961.

MH-2508 (R01) Lewis, DONALD J.: Studies of the
fractional anticipatory goal response. Louisiana
State University, Baton Rouge, La. (1958-61)

Apams, H. E., and Lewis, D. J.: Electroconvulsive
shock, retrograde amnesia, and competing re-
sponses. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 55:299-301, 1962.

Apawms, H. E., and LEwis, D. J.: Retrograde amnesia
and competing responses. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:302-305, 1962.

ELDER, T., and Lewis, D. ]J.: Effects of salivary in-
hibitor and facilitator upon food intake. Psycho-
logical Reports, 7:115-118, 1960.

Lewis, D. J., DiamonDp, A. L., and BUTLER, D.:
Direct manipulation of the fractional anticipatory
goal response. Psychological Reports, 4:575-578,
1958.

Lewis, D. J., and KENT, NEIL D.: Attempted direct
activation and deactivation of the fractional anti-
cipatory goal response. Psychological Reports, 8:
107-110, 1961.

Lewis, D. J., and McINTIRE, ROGER: A control for
the direct manipulation of the fractional antici-
patory goal response. Psychological Reports, 5:
753-756, 1959.

MH-2509 (R01) HUMPHREYS, LLoyD G.: Predict-
ing advanced stages of academic learning. Uni-
versity of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1958-62)

HuMPHREYS, LLoyDp G.: Investigations of the sim-
plex. Psychometrika, 25(4):313-323, 1960.

HuMPHREYS, LLOYD G.: The organization of human
abilities. ~~ American Psychologist, 17:476-483,
1962.

HuMPHREYS, LLoyD G.: The nature and organiza-
tion of human abilities. In: 19th Yearbook of
the National Council on Measurement in Educa-
tion, 1962, p. 39-45.

HuMmpHREYS, L. G.: Number of cases and number
of factors: An example where N is very large.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24
(3) :457-466, 1964.

MH-2510 (R01) KNAPP, PETER H.: Psychoanalytic

predictive study of depressive emotion. Massa-
chusetts Memorial Hospitals, Boston, Mass.
(1958-61)

KNAPP, PETER H.:- The asthmatic child and the
psychosomatic problem of asthma: toward a gen-
eral theory. In: Schneer, H., ed. The asthmatic
child; psychosomatic approach to problems and
treatment. New York, Hoeber, 1962, p. 234-255.

317

KNAPP, PETER H.: Methods and models. A psycho-
dynamic predictive approach to bronchial asthma.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:440-
454, 1962.

Knapp, PETER H.: Short term psychoanalytic and
psychosomatic predictions. Journal of the Ameri-
can  Psychoanalytical Association, 11:245-280,
1963.

Knapp, PETER H., and BAHNSON, CLAUS BAHNE:
The emotional field. A sequential study of mood
and fantasy in two asthmatic patients. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 25:460-483, 1963.

MH-2516 (R01) KeLMAN, HERBERT C.: Social in-
fluence and behavior change. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1958-62) (Continued as
MH-7280).

BAILYN, LoTTE, and KELMAN, H. C.: The effects of
a year’s experience in America on the self-image
of Scandinavians. Journal of Social Issues, 18(1):
30-40, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-7280).

KeLMaN, H. C.: The induction of action and atti-
tude change. In: Coopersmith, S., ed. Personality
research. Copenhagen, Munksgaard, 1962, p. 81-
110. (Also acknowledges MH-7280).

KELMAN, H. C.: Processes of opinion change. Pub-
lic Opinion Quarterly, 25:57-78, 1961. Also in:
Hollander, E. P., and Hunt, R. G., eds. Current
perspectives in social psychology. Three processes
of social influence. New York, Oxford Univer-
sity, 1963, p. 454-462. (Also acknowledges MH-
7280).

KEeLMmaAN, H. C.: The role of the group in the induc-
tion of therapeutic change. International Journal
of Group Psychotherapy, 13(4):399-432, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-7280).

KeLmaN, H. C, and BAILYN, LotTE: Effects of
cross-cultural experience on national images: A
study of Scandinavian students in America. Jour-
nal of Conflict Resolution, 6(4):319-334, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-7280).

KELMAN, HERBERT C., and BRACLAY, JANET: The
F scale as a measure of breadth of perspective.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
67(6):608-615, 1963

MH-2521 (R01) JENNINGS, PErcy H., BLOCK,
JEANNE H., and HARVEY, ELINOR B.: Psychogenic
factors in bronchial asthma in children. Childrens
Hospital of the East Bay, Oakland, Calif. (1958-
62)

BLOCK, JEANNE, JENNINGS, PERCY H., HARVEY,
ELiNOR, and SiMPsON, ELAINE: Interaction be-
tween allergic potential and psychopathology in
childhood asthma. Psychosomatic Medicine, 26:
307-320, 1964.
MH-2525 (R10) WITTENBORN, JOHN R.: Study of
affective depressions. Rutgers—The State Univer-
sity, New Brunswick, N.J. (1958- )

WITTENBORN, J. R.: Rating scales in diagnosis.
In: Nodine, John H., and Moyer, John H., eds.
Psychosomatic medicine. First Hahnemann Sym-
posium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1962, p.
55-60. (Also acknowledges MH-2093 and MH-
3008).

WITTENBORN, J. R., DEMPSTER, A., MAURER, H.,
and PLANTE, M.: Pretreatment individual differ-
ences as potential predictors of response to phar-
macology. Journal of Nervous Mental Diseases,
139:186-194, 1964.

WITTENBORN, J. R., MAURER, HELEN, and PLANTE,
M.: Methods for treating depression evaluated
after the elapse of one year. [Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 136:492-499, 1963.

WITTENBORN, J. R., and PLANTE, M.: Patterns of
response to placebo, iproniazid and electroconvul-
sive therapy among young depressed females.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137(2):
155-161, 1963.

WITTENBORN, J. R., PLANTE, M., and BURGESS,
FRANCES: A comparison of physicians’ and nurses’
symptom ratings. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 133(6):514-518, 1961.

WITTENBORN, J. R., PLANTE, M., BURGESS,
FRANCES, and LIVERMORE, NANCY: The efficacy of
electro-convulsive therapy, iproniazid and placebo
in the treatment of young depressed women. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 133:316-332,
1961.

WITTENBORN, J. R., PLANTE, M., BURGEss, F.,
LivERMORE, N., SOHLER, A., and TOBIN, J. M.:
Preliminary report on the study of affective de-
pressions. In: Transactions of the Sth Research
Conference on Cooperative Chemotherapy Studies
in Psychiatry and Broad Research Approaches to
Mental Illness (Veterans Administration), 5:53-
57, 1960.

WITTENBORN, J. R., PLANTE, M., BURGESS,
FRANCES, and MAURER, HELEN: A comparison of
Imipramine, electroconvulsive therapy and placebo
in the treatment of depressions. [Journal of Ner-
vous and Mental Disease, 135:131-137, 1962.

MH-2526 (R01) Goobg, WILLIAM J.: A proposi-
tional inventory of family theory. Columbia Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1958-60) (Con-
tinued as MH-5181).

GOODE, WiLLiaM J.: The theoretical importance of
love. American Sociological Review, 24:38-47,
1959.

GooDE, WILLIAM ].: Norm commitment and con-
formity to role-status obligations. American Jour-
nal of Sociology, 66:246-258, 1960.

318

GoobDg, WILLIAM J.: Illegitimacy in the Caribbean
social structure. American Sociological Review,
25:21-30, 1960.

GOODE, WILLIAM J.: A theory of role strain. Amer-
ican Sociological Review, 25:483-496, 1960.

Goopg, WiLLIAM J.: Die Struktur der Familie.
Westdeutscher Verlag, Koln under Opladen, 1960,
107 p.

Goobg, WiLLIAM J.: Illegitimacy, anomie, and cul-
tural penetration. American Sociological Review,
26:910-925, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
5181).

GooDg, WILLIAM ].: Family disorganization. In:
Merton, Robert K., and Nisbet, Robert A. Social

disorganization. New York, Harcourt, Brace,
1961, p. 390-458. (Also acknowledges MH-
5181).

Goopg, WiLLIAM ].: The sociology of the family.
In: Merton, R. K., Broom, L., and Contrell, L. S.,
Jr., eds. Sociology today. New York, Basic
Books, 1961, p. 178-196. (Also acknowledges
MH-5181).

GOODE, WILLIAM J.: The family as an element in
the world revolution. New York, Institute of
Life Insurance, 1962, 19 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-5181).

GOODE, WILLIAM J.: Marital satisfaction and insta-
bility: A cross-cultural class analysis of divorce
rates. International Social Science Journal, 14(3):
507-526, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5181).

GooDg, WILLIAM J.: Outdoor recreation and the
family to the year 2000. In: Trends in American
living and outdoor recreation. (ORRRC Study
Report 22). Washington, D.C., Government
Printing Office, 1962, p. 101-113. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5181).

GoopE, WiLLIAM ].: Industrialization and family
change. In: Hoselits, Bert F., and Moore, Wil-
bert E., eds. Industrialization and Society. New
York, UNESCO, 1963, p. 237-255. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5181).

Goobg, WiLLIAM J.: The role of the family in
industrialzation. In: Social problems of develop-
ment and industrialization: Science, technology,
and development. United Nations Conference
Papers on the Application of Science and Tech-
nology for the Benefit of the Less Developed
Areas (Geneva). Vol. 7. Washington, D.C,
Government Printing Office, 1963, p. 32-38.
(Also acknowledges MH-5181).

GooDE, WILLIAM J.: World revolution and family
patterns. New York, Free Press of Glencoe, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-5181).

MH-2528 (R01) ENGEL, EDWARD, and BAsowITZ,
HaroLD: Adaptation in artificially induced ani-
seikonia. State University of New York—Upstate
Medical Center, Syracuse, N.Y. (1958-63)

ENGEL, E.: Binocular methods in psychological re-
search. In: Kilpatrick, F. P., ed. Explorations in
transactional psychology. New York, New York
University Press, 1960, p. 290-305.

ENGEL, E.: Incidence and magnitude of structurally
imposed retinal image size differences. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 16:377-384, 1963.

ENGEL, E.: Stereoscopic distortion and structurally-
imposed retinal-image-size-differences. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 18:31-38, 1964.

ENGEL, E., and REED, C. F.: Perceptual achievement
and visual defect. New York State Psychologist,
15:4, 1963.

MH-2529 (R01) ZIMMERMAN, DonNaLp W.,
DunN, LLoyp M., and Hoss, NICHOLAS: Physio-
and sociopsychological aspects of retardation.
George Peabody College for Teachers, Nashville,
Tenn. (1958-63)

BARTLETT, C. J., Quay, L. C.,, and WRIGHTSMAN,
L. S., Jr.: A comparison of two methods of atti-
tude measurement: Likert-type and forced-type.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20:
699-704, 1960.

GUskIN, S. L.: The perception of subnormality in
mentally defective children. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 67:53-60, 1962.

GuskIN, S. L.: Measuring the strength of the
stereotype of the mental defective. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:569-575, 1963.

Hoses, M. T.: A comparison of institutionalized
and non-institutionalized mentally retarded. Amer-
ican Journal of Mental Deficiency, 69:206-210,
1964.

THOMPSON, ROBERT: Interpeduncular nucleus and
avoidance conditioning in the rat. Science, 132:
1551-1553, 1960.

THOMPSON, R. BAUMEISTER, A. A., and RicH, I.:
Subcortical mechanisms in a successive brightness
discrimination habit in the rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:361-
368, 1962.

THoMmPsoN, R., Duke, R. B.,, MALIN, C. F., and
Hawkins, W. F.: The interpenduncular nucleus
and retention in albino rats. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:329-
333, 1961.

THOMPSON, R., and HAwkINs, W. F.: Memory as
affected by mamillary body lesions in the rat.
Experimental Neurology, 3:189-196, 1961.

THOMPSON, R., and MALIN, CHARLES F., Jr.: The
effect of neocortical lesions on retention of a

319

successive brightness discrimination in rats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54:326-328, 1961.

THoMmPsoN, R., MALIN, C. F., and HAwkINs, W.
F.: Effect of subcortical lesions on retention of a
kinesthetic discrimination habit. Experimental
Neurology, 3:367-374, 1961.

THOMPSON, R., and Massopust, L. C.: The effect
of subcortical lesions on retention of a brightness
discrimination in rats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 53:488-496, 1960.

Quay, L. C.: Problems in the evaluation of attend-
ant employee training programs. American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 65:323-325, 1960.

Quay, L. C., BARTLETT, C. J., WRIGHTSMAN, L. S,,
Jr., and CaTRON, D.: Attitude change in attendant
employees. Journal of Social Psychology, 55:27-
31, 1961.

ZIMMERMAN, D. W.: A conceptual approach to
some problems in mental retardation. Psychologi-
cal Records, 15(2):175-183, 1965.

MH-2530 (R01) WEsT, CHARLES D., and BLISS,
EuGeNE L.: Endocrinologic disturbance in psycho-
genic amenorrhea. University of Utah, Salt Lake
City, Utah. (1958-61)

GORTATOWSKI, MELVIN J., KuMaGaAl, LINDY F., and
WEsT, CHARLES D.: Synthesis of ring-labeled L-
thyroxine-C%. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
6:800-802, 1963.

WEsT, C. D., Simons, E. L., GORTATOWSKI, MEL-
VIN J., and KuMacal, L. F.: The metabolism of
ring-labeled L-thyroxine-C'* “in vivo.” Journal
of Clinical Investigation, 42(7):1134-1141, 1963.

MH-2534 (R01) TITCHENER, JAMES L.: The in-
dividual and his family. University of Cincinnati
College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1958-
64)

TITCHENER, JAMES, D’ZMURA, T., GOLDEN, M.,
and EMERSON, R.: Family transaction and deriva-
tion of individuality. Family Process, 2(1):95-
120, 1963.

TITCHENER, J., and GOLDEN, M.: Predictions of
therapeutic themes from family interaction. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:464-
499, 1963.

TITCHENER, J., RiskIN, J., and EMERSON, R.: The
family in psychosomatic process. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 22(2):127-142, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-999).

MH-2535 (R10) PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, and
Dury, JosepH E.: Home versus hospital care for
schizophrenics. Columbus Psychiatric Institute and
Hospital, Columbus, Ohio.
tinued as MH-7874).

PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, ScArpPITTI, F., LEFTON,
Mark, DiniTz, SiMON, WERNERT, J. J., and
McPHEETERS, H.: Home vs. hospital care for
schizophrenics. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 187:177-181, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-7874).

ScarprrTi, F., LEFTON, MARK, DINITZ, SIMON, and
PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Problems in a home
care study for schizophrenics. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 10:143-154, 1964.- (Also ac-
knowledges MH-7874).

(1958-63)  (Con-

MH-2537 (R01) Mertz, EpwiN T., and JOLLY,
DonNaLp H.: Etiology of emaciation in mentally
defective children. Purdue University, Lafayette,
Ind. (1958-63)

Currey, W. J, JoLry, D. H., and Mertz, E. T.:
Heights and weights of mentally retarded children.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 68:203-
210, 1963.

Currey, W. J., SAUNDERS, R. N., Mertz, E. T,
and Jorry, D. H.: Serum proteins and hematocrits
of mentally retarded patients. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 67:856-859, 1963.

Mertz, E. T., CuLLEY, W. J., JoLLy, D. H., and
CALANDRO, ].: Protein malnutrition in mentally
retarded children. In: Meeting protein needs of
infants and children, Publication 843, National
Academy of Sciences—National Research Council,
Washington, D.C., 1961, p. 313-318.

MH-2540 (R01) KraNTZ, JOHN C., JR.: Pharma-
cological studies of hexafluorodiethyl ether. Uni-
versity of Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1958-62)

KraNTZ, J. C., JR., MANCHEY, L. L., TRUITT, E. B,,
Jr., LING, A. S. C., and KURLAND, A. A.: The
availability of hexafluorodiethyl ether by intra-
venous injection as a consulsant in psychiatric
treatment. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
eases, 129:92-94, 1959.

KraNTZ, JOHN C, JR. and TruIrT, E. B., JR.: The
pharmacologic and therapeutic properties of hexa-
fluorodiethyl ether (indoklon). In: Honoris causa
volume for Professor G. Joachimoglu, Athens,
Press of Monotypias School, 1959, p. 60-63.

KraNTZ, JOHN C, Jr. Truitt, E. B., Jr., LING,
A. S. C., and KURLAND, A. A.: Sustained exposure
to hexafluorodiethyl ether (indoklon) in mental
illness. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology,
1(4):362-365, 1959.

LING, A. S. C, BeLL, F. K,, and KraNTZ, J. C,, JR.:
Anesthesia 62; The effect of hexafluorodiethyl
ether on brain cholinesterase activity. Anesthesi-
ology, 22:426-428, 1961.

320

Ling, A. S. C, and KraNTZ, J. C, JR.: Anesthesia
62: The effect of hexafluorodiethyl ether and
trifluoroethyl vinyl. Ether on cerebral metabolism.
Anesthesiology, 21:518-521, 1960.

Ling, Arrrep S. C., Trurrt, E. B., Jr, and
Krantz, J. C, JR.: Anesthesia LIX: Effect of
anesthesia with ether, fluoromar, and thiopental
sodium on indoklon-induced cerebral cortical sei-
zures. Anesthesiology, 20:173-176, 1959.

Ling, AvFrep S. C., Truirr, E. B., Jr, and
KraNTZ, J. C., JR.: Further pharmacologic studies
on hexafluorodiethyl ether (HFE). Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 126:
366-373, 1959.

Truitt, E. B,, Jr., and EBERSBERGER, E. M.: The
therapeutic index of hexfluorediethyl ether (in-
doklon) and its modification by reserpine, chlor-
promazine and iproniazine. Archives Interna-
tionales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 129:
223-235, 1960.

Truitt, E. B,, Jr., and EBERSBERGER, E. M.: Decar-
boxylase inhibitors affect convulsion thresholds to
hexafluorodiethyl ether. Science, 135:105-106,
1962.

Truitt, E. B., Jr., EBERSBERGER, E. M., and LING,
A. S. C.: Measurement of brain excitability by use
of hexafluorodiethyl ether. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 129:445-
453, 1960.

MH-2546 (R01) WENAR, CHARLES: Etiology of
psychosomatic and emotional disorders. University
of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1958-59)

WENAR, C., HANDLON, M. W., and GARNER, A.
M.: Origins of psychosomatic and emotional dis-
turbances: A study of mother-child relationships.
New York, Hoeber, 1962, 73 p. (A Psychoso-
matic Medicine Monograph) (Also acknowledges
MH-5044).

WENAR, C., WEIMAN, M., and GARNER, A. M.:
Patterns of mothering in psychosomatic and severe
emotional disturbances. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly,
6:165-170, 1959-1960.

MH-2547 (R01) OrsoN, RoBERT E., and VESTER,
JouN W.: Study of a somatic trait for chronic
alcoholism. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,
Pa. (1958-61)

GURSEY, D., and OLsoN, R. E.: Depression of sero-
tonin and norepinephrine levels in brain stem of
rabbit by ethanol. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 104:280-281,
1960.

McCorp, W., McCoRD, JoaN, and HOWARD, ALAN:
Familial correlates of aggression in non-delinquent
male children. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 62(1):79-93, 1961.
McManus, I. R., CoNTAG, A. O., and OLsoN, R.
E.: Characterization of endogenous ethanol in the
mammal. Science, 131(3393):102-103, 1960.

OLsoN, R. E., Gursgy, D., and VESTER, J. W.:
Evidence for a defect in tryptophan metabolism in
chronic alcoholism. New England [Journal of
Medicine, 263:1169-1174, 1960.

Rice, E. W., OLsoN, R. E., and SWEENEY, P. D.:
A study of serum copper and certain “acute-phase
reactants” in alcoholics. Quarterly Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 22:544-549, 1961.

MH-2552 (R01) MasupA, MINORU: Urinary aro-
matic excretion in normals and mentally ill.
University of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1958-
61)

Masupa, MINQRU, and DORPAT, THEODORE L.:
Urinary aromatic metabolites in normal subjects
after LSD. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 130:224-229, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-1948).

Masupu, MINORU, SLONECKER, JoHN S., and
DorpAT, THEODORE L.: Urinary aromatic metabo-
lites in schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 130:125-133, 1960.

MH-2553 (R01) DANIEL, ROBERT S., and LAGo,
GLADWYN V.: Electronic data processing of EEG

patterns. University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.
(1958-64)

ALEXANDER, FRED L.: An amplitude distribution
analyzer for studying brain waves. IRE Transac-
tions of Bio-Medical Electronics, 8:144-147, 1961.

CoroLp, DIANNE A.: Interhemispheric spread and
graded response in spreading cortical depression.
Psychonomic Science, 2(11):343-344, 1965.

DANIEL, ROBERT S.: Electronic data processing of
the EEG. Psychophysiology Newsletter, 8:31-32,
1962.

DANIEL, R. S.: Electroencephalographic correlogram
ratios and their stability. Science, 145:721-723,
1964.

DANIEL, ROBERT S.: Electroencephalographic pattern
quantification and the arousal continuum. Psycho-
physiology, 2(2):146-160, 1965.

FREEDMAN, NELSON L.: Bilateral differences in the
human occipal electroencephalogram with uni-
lateral photic driving. Science, 142:598-599,
1961.

FREEDMAN, NELSON, L., HAFER, BRENNA M., and
DANIEL, ROBERT S.: EEG arousal decrement dur-
ing paired-associate learning. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 61(1):15-19,
1966.

321

GOLDSTEIN, A. G., SLoBopA, W., and JENNINGS,
J. B.: Spontaneous electrical activity of three types
of EEG electrodes. Psychophysiology Newsletter,
8:10-16, 1962.

MH-2554 (R01) PIERREL, ROSEMARY: Instrumental
generalization gradients. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1958-61) (Continued as
MH-5757).

HeGGe, F. W., PierreL, R., and SHERMAN, J. G.:
A five-channel photoelectric programmer. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(4):
326, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5757).

PIERREL, R., and SHERMAN, J. G.: Generalization of
auditory intensity following discrimination train-
ing. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Be-
havior, 3:313-322, 1960.

PIERREL, R., and SHERMAN, J. G.: Generalization
and discrimination as a function of the SP-SA dif-
ference. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5(1):67-71, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-5757).

PIERREL, R., SHERMAN, J. G., and FISCHMAN, M.
W.: Generalization of auditory intensity as a func-
tion of small amounts of discrimination training.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:545-548, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
5757).

SHERMAN, J. G., HEGGE, F. W., and PIERREL, R.:
Discrimination formation as related to the amount
of SA training. Psychonomic Science, 1:43-44,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5757).

SHERMAN, J. G., and PIERREL, R.: Generalization of
auditory intensity as a function of the amount of
discrimination training. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 4:237-241, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-5757).

MH-2555 (R03) CHANCE, NORMAN A.: The Barter
Island study of cultural change. University of
Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. (1958-59)

CHANCE, NORMAN A.: Culture change and integra-
tion: An Eskimo example. American Anthro-
pologist, 62(6):1028-1044, 1960.

CHANCE, NORMAN A.: Investigation of the Eskimos
at Barter Island, Alaska to rapid cultural changes.
Arctic, 13(3), 1960.

CHANCE, NORMAN A.: Conceptual and methodo-
logical problems in cross-cultural health research.
American Journal of Public Health, 52:410-417,
1962.

MH-2556 (R01) RENNEKER, RICHARD: Study of
nonverbal behavior during analysis. Mount Sinai
Hospital, Los Angeles, Calif. (1958-60)

RENNEKER, RICHARD: Kinesic research in psycho-
therapy. In: Knapp, P. B., ed. Expression of the
emotion in man. New York, International Uni-
versities Press, 1963, p. 147-160.

MH-2557 (R03) MiscHEL, WALTER, and MISCHEL,
FRANCES: Cross cultural study of culture and per-
sonality. Individual, Boulder, Colo. (1958-58)

MiscHEL, WALTER: Delay of gratification, need for
achievement, and acquiescence in another culture.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:
543-552, 1961.

MiscHEL, WALTER: Father-absence and delay of
gratification: Cross-cultural comparisons. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:116-124,
1961.

MiscHEL, WALTER, and MiscHEL, F.: Psychological
aspects of spirit possession: A reinforcement analy-
sis. American Anthropologist, 60:249-260,.1958.

MH-2560 (R03) Prokasy, WiLLIaM F., Jr.: Effects
of instruction set on anxiety in conditioning.
Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa.
(1958-59)

Prokasy, WiLrLiam F. and WHALEY, Francis L.:
Manifest anxiety scale score and the ready signal
in classical conditioning. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 63(2):119-123, 1962.

MH-2561 (R03) Rapaport, IOoNEL F., and RARICK,
G. LAWRENCE: Bone and soft tissue development
in mongolism. University of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wisc. (1958-59)

KeLMAN, H. C., and BARCLAY, JANET: The F Scale
as a measure of breadth of perspective. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67(6):608-
615, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-7280).

RARICK, LAWRENCE, RAPAPORT, IONEL, and SEE-
FELDT, VERN: Bone development in Down's dis-
ease. American Journal of Diseases of Children,
107:7-13, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3322).

MH-2562 (R01) LoNDON, IRVING M., ABRAMSON,
ARTHUR S., EDpER, HOwARD A. MAKOVER,
HENRY, and WHITE, ABRAHAM: Comprehensive
program of research in aging. Yeshiva University
—Albert Einstein College of Medicine, New York,
N.Y. (1958-63)

ABRAMSON, ARTHUR S., and DEiLacl, EDWARD F.:
Influence of weight-bearing and muscle contraction
on disuse osteoporosis. Archives of Physical Med:-
cine and Rehabilitation, 42:147-151, 1961.

ABRAMSON, A., KUTNER, B., ROSENBERG, P., BER-
GER, R., and WEINER, H.: A therapeutic com-
munity in rehabilitation medicine. Journal of
Chronic Diseases, 16:179-186, 1963.

ADpiL, H. N.,, DaLy, M. M., DEMING, Q. B., BRUN,
L., and RAEfF, V.: Effect of hypertension on

322

cholesterol synthesis in the rat.
culation, 26:681, 1962.

(Abstract) Cir-

BARLAND, PETER, and HAMERMAN, DAVID: Studies
on oxidative and hydrolytic enzymes in synovial
membrane of normal and arthritic patients. Bul-
letin of New York Academy of Medicine, 38:507,
1962.

BARLAND, PETER, NOVIKOFF, A. B., and HAMER-
MAN, Davip: Cytochemistry and electron micros-
copy of the rheumatoid synovial membrane with
special reference to lysosomes. Journal of Cell
Biology, 14:207, 1962.

BENEscH, R., and RANNEY, H. M.: Some observa-
tion on hemoglobin H. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 20:70, 1961.

BENEscH, R., RANNEY, H. M., and BENEscH, R. E.:
Isomeric forms of hemoglobin H. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 21 (Part II):72, 1962.

BeENEscH, R. E., RaANNEY, H. M., and SMITH, G.
M.: The chemistry of the Bohr effect. II. Some
properties of hemoglobin H. Journal of Biological
Chemistry, 236:2926-2929, 1961.

BLUMENFELD, O., and GALLOP, P. M.: The partici-
pation of aspartyl residues in the hydroxylamine-
or hydrazine-sensitive bonds of collagen. Bio-
chemistry, 1:947-959, 1962.

BLUMENFELD, O., and GALLOP, P. M.: The roles of
aspartic acid in the intramolecular ester cross
linkages of collagen. Federation Proceedings, 21:
409, 1962.

BLUMENFELD, O., PAZ, MERCEDES, GALLOP, PAUL
M., and SEIFTER, SAM: The nature, quantity, and
mode of attachement of hexoses in ichthyocol.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 238(12):3835-
3839, 1963.

Corp, R. C., SUNG, PARK SuH, and WILLIAMS, M.
H., Jr.: Pulmonary function studies in pneumonia.
American Review of Respiratory Diseases, 85(6):
808-815, 1962.

Corp, R. CHARLOTTE, and WiLLiams, M. H., Jr.:
Pulmonary function following pulmonary emboli-
zation. American Review of Respiratory Diseases,
85(6):799-807, 1962

D’Apano, A. F. Jr, and HoBerMAN, H. D.:
Coupling of oxidation of substrates to reductive
biosynthesis. III. Studies with L and D - lactates.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 235:514-518,
1960.

DaLy, M. M., DEMING, Q. B., RAEfFF, V., and
BruUN, L.: Cholesterol concentration and choles-
terol synthesis in aortas of rats with renal hyper-
tension. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 42:
1606-1612, 1963.
DaLy, M. M., and RAEFF, V.: Effect of hyperten-
sion on cholesterol synthesis in rat aorta. Circula-
tion, 26:705, 1962.

Davis, P. R.: Carbonic anhydrase. In: Boyer, P. D.,
Lardy, H., and Myrback, K., eds. The enzymes,
2nd ed. Vol. 5. New York, Academic Press,
1961.

Davis, P. ROBERT: Pyelonephritis. Medical Science,
12:458-470, 1962.

Davis, P. R.: The measurement of carbonic anhy-
drase activity. In: Glick, D., ed. Methods of
biochemical analysis. Vol. 11. New York, Inter-
science, 1963, p. 307-327.

Davis, P. ROBERT, ATSMON, A., and Ranp, F. G.:
Metabolic control reactions in the kidney in potas-
sium depletion. Clinical Research, 12:250, 1964.

Davis, P. RoBErT, and CANESSA-FISCHER, M.: A
metabolic basis for the action of vasopressin.
(Abstract) Circulation, 24:915, 1961.

Davis, P. ROBERT, CANESSA-FISCHER, M.: Fluores-
cence spectrophotometric studies of metabolic con-
trol in the isolated living toad bladder. (Abstract)
Journal of Clinical Investigation, 40:1032, 1961.

DawsoN, R. F., CHRrRISTMAN, D. R., ANDERSON,
R. C, Sort, M. L., D’Apamo, A. F., Jr., and
Weiss, U.: Biosynthesis of the pyridine ring of
nicotine. Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 78:2645-2646, 1958.

DRAPKIN, A.: Lipo atrophic diabetes. New York
State Journal of Medicine, 62:855-858, 1962.

EAGLE, HARRY: Population density and the nutrition
of cultured mammalian cells. In: The general
physiology of cell specialization. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 148-170.

EAGLE, H., and LeviNTOow, L.: Amino acid and
protein metabolism. I. The metabolic character-
istics of serially propagated cells. In: Willmer,
E. N. Cells and tissue in culture. Vol. 1. New
York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 277-295.

EAGLE, HARRY, and P1Ez, KARL: Amino acid pools,
protein synthesis and protein turnover in human
cell cultures. In: Amino acid pools. Amsterdam,
Elsevier, 1962, p. 694-705.

Eber, H. A.: Hypo-and hyperlipidemia in Cecil and
Loeb. In: Beeson, P., and McDermott, W., eds.
Textbook of Medicine, 11th edition. 1963.

Eber, H. A., GiLson, E. L., and KLEIN, C.: The
regulation of cholesterol biosynthesis. (Abstract)
Sth International Congress of Biochemistry, New
York, Pergamon Press, 1961, p. 545.

FELDMAN, RONALD, and WiLLIAMS, HENRY M., JR.:
Acute ventilatory failure. New York State Jour-
nal of Medicine, 63:3355-3360, 1963.

FranzBLAU, CARL, GALLOP, M. PAUL, SEIFTER,
Sam: The presence in collagen of y glutamyl
peptide linkages. Biopolymers, 1:79-97, 1963.

GaLLop, PauL: Concerning some special structural
features of the collagen molecule. Biophysical
Journal, 4(1):79-92, 1964. Part 2.

Gavrrop, P. M,, and SEIFTER, S.: Features of primary
structure and unusual linkages in collagen. In:
Ramanathan, N., ed. Technical seminar on colla-
gen. New York, Interscience, 1962.

GELLER, ].: The effect of 17-ethyl-19-nortestosterone
3-enol propionate (SC 7294) on the metabolism
of adrenal cortical steroid. Journal of Clinical
Endocrinology and Metabolism, 22:1116-1121,
1962.

GELLER, ].: The effect of 17a-ethyl-19-nortestosterone
and 3-enol-proprionate on growth and endocrine
function in normal young males of short stature.
Acta Endocrinologica, 45:13-25, 1964.

GELLER, J., and LoH, ARTHUR: Identification and
measurement of growth hormone in extracts of
human urine. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology,
23(11):1107-1114, 1963.

GELLER, ]J., VoLk, H., and LEWIN, M.: Objective
remission of metastatic breast carcinoma in a male
who received  17-alpha-hydroxy progesterone
caproate(Delalutin). Cancer Chemotherapy Re-
ports, 14:77-81, 1961.

GoTTFRIED, E., and RAPPORT, M.: Comparison of
hemolytic activity of various lysophosphatidal.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 21:293, 1962.

GotTFRIED, E., and RAPPORT, M.: The biochemistry
of plasmalogens. I. Isolation and characterization
of phosphatidal choline, a pure native plasmalogen.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 237:329-333,
1962.

GotTFRIED, E., and RAPPORT, M.: The biochemistry
of plasmalogens. III. Concentration in tissues
of the rat as a function of age. Biochemistry,
2:646-648, 1963.

GorrFRrIED, E., and RAPPORT, M.: Specificity of
snake venom phospholipase A in ether and in
aqueous media. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 22:295, 1963.

GoTTFRIED, E., and RAPPORT, M.: The biochemistry
of plasmalogen. II. Hemolytic activity of some
plasmalogen derivatives. Journal of Lipid Re-
search, 4:57-62, 1963.

Gross, RUTH: A variant type of G5SPD deficiency in
an Italian family. In: Goldschmidt, E., ed. The
genetics of migrant and isolate populations. Balti-
more, Md., Williams & Wilkins, 1963, p. 83.

Hays, RICHARD, and LEAF, A.: Inadequacy of the
“pore theory” to account for the action of neuro-
hypophyseal hormones on water and solute move-
ment across a living membrane. (Abstract) Jour-
nal of Clinical Investigation, 39:995, 1960.

Hays, RICHARD, and LEAF, A.: The problem of clini-
cal vasopress in resistance: In vitro studies. An-
nals of Internal Medicine, 54(4):700-709, 1961.

Hays, RICHARD, and LIPMAN, K.: The surface charge
of toad bladder epithelial cells. (Abstract) Bul-
letin of the New York Academy of Sciences, 40:
74, 1964.

HoBerMAN, H. D.,, and D’Apamo, A. F., Jr.: Syn-
thesis of liver glycogen from 3-C!4-dl-malate.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 235(4):934-
936, 1960.

HoBerMAN, H. D., and D’Apamo, A. F., Jr.: Coup-
ling of oxidation of substrates to reductive bio-
synthesis. VI. Studies with clycerol-2-d. Jour-
nal of Biological Chemistry, 235:1599-1602, 1960.

HoBerMAN, H. D., and D’Apamo, A. F., Jr.
Labelled substrates. I. The synthesis of dl-2-
deuterlolactic acid. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
25:30-31, 1960.

KUTNER, B.: Doctors and hospitals offer clues to
causes of conflict. Modern Hospital, 95:80-84,
1960.

KUTNER, B.: Socio-psychological therapy of the hos-
pitalized geriatric amputee. In: The geriatric
amputee. Washington, D.C., National Academy
of Sciences-National Research Council, 1961, p.
208-211. (Publication No. 919).

KUTNER, B.: The social nature of aging. Geron-
tologist, 2(1):5-8, 1962.

KuTNER, B.: Terminal illness and death in socio-
cultural perspective. In: A symposium on con-
structive approach to terminal illness. National
Cancer Foundation, 1962, p. 27-35.

KuTNER, B., and GORDON, G.: Seeking care for
cancer. [Journal of Health and Human Behavior,
2:171-178, 1961.

KUTNER, BERNARD, and GORDON, NORMAN B.:
Cognitive functioning and prejudice: A nine-year
follow-up study. Sociometry, 27(1):66-74, 1964.

LAMPASsO, JAMES A.: Serum haptoglobin: A rapid
quantative screening technique. Journal of the
American Medical Technologists, 26(6):1964.
Reprint, 4 p.

LonpoN, I. M., and Ramor, B.: Pernicious anemia.
In: Conn, Howard F., ed. Current therapy.
Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1958, p. 200-201.

MarLcorM, DANIEL, RANNEY, HELEN M., and
JacoBs, Aran. S.: Association of radioactive
chromium with various components of hemo-
globin. Blood, 21(1):8-20, 1963.

Marcus, HENRIETTE, Yoo Hi Ok, AKkyoL,
TurkAN, and WiLLiams, M. H., Jr.: A ran-

324

domized study of the effects of corticosteroid
therapy on healing of pulmonary tuberculosis as
judged by clinical roentgenographic, and physio-
logic measurements. American Review of Respira-
tory Diseases, 88(1) :55-64, 1963.

MERSKEY, CLARENCE, and MARCUS, AARON J.:
Lipids, blood coagulation and fibrinolysis. An-
nual Review of Medicine, 14:323-338, 1963.

MERrskEY, C., and WoHL, H.: Changes in blood
coagulation and fibrinolysis in rats fed atherogenic
diets. Thrombosis et Diathesis Haemorrbagica,
10:295-308, 1964.

MEeRrskEY, C., WoHL, H., and Oka, M.: Effect of
atherogenic diet on blood coagulation and fibrin-
olysis in the rat. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 21:58, 1962.

NorTON, WiLLIAM T., GOTTFRIED, EUGENE L., and
RAPPORT, MAURICE M.: The structure of plas-
malogens. VI. Configuration of the double bond
in @, B -unsaturated ether linkage of phosphatidal
choline. Journal of Lipid Research, 3(4):456-
459, 1962.

REED, JUDEN L., BRADLEY, THoMAs B., Jr., and
RANNEY, HELEN M.: The effect of amelioration
of anemia on the synthesis of fetal hemoglobin in
sickle cell anemia. Blood, 25(1):36-48, 1965.

Royce, P. C.: Inhibition of renal growth following
unilateral nephrectomy in the rat. Proceedings of
the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
113:1046-1049, 1963.

ScHEINBERG, I. H.: Copper metabolism, a review.
In: Walshe, John M., and Cumings, John M., eds.
Proceedings of the Symposium on Current con-
cepts of Wilson's Disease, London, 1960. Oxford,
Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1961, p. 4-17.

SEIFTER, SAM, GALLOP, PAUL M., and FRANZBLAU,
CARL: Some aspects of collagenolytic action. Trasns-
actions of the New York Academy of Sciences,
Series II, 23 (6) :540-547, 1961.

SHERB, J., KIRSCHNER, M., and ARias, I.: Studies of
hepatic excretory function. The effect of 17a-
ethyl-19-nortestosterone on  sulfobromophthalein
sodium (BSP) metabolism in man. Journal of
Clinical Investigation, 42(3):404-408, 1963.

STERNLIEB, I., MORELL, A. G., and SCHEINBERG,
I. H.: Homozygosity and heterozygosity in Wil-
son’s disease. In: Walshe, John M., and Cumings,
John M., eds. Proceedings of the Symposium on
Current Concepts of Wilson's disease, London,
1960. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications,
1961, p. 133-140.

TiNG, YI ER, KARLINER, S. JOEL, and WILLIAMS,
M. H., Jr.: Diaphragmatic flutter associated with
apneustic respiration. American Review of
Respiratory Diseases, 88(6):833-838, 1963.
TING, YI ER, and WiLLiaMs, M. H., Jr.: The me-
chanics of breathing in chronic obstructive pul-
monary disease. American Review of Respiratory
Diseases, 88(6) :791-801, 1963.

WEINSTEIN, CLEMENT, SEIFTER, S., and BERKMAN,
J. IL: Peptide-nucleotide associations in rat liver.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19(1)Part I:
334, 1960.

WEINSTEIN, SIDNEY: Experimental analysis of an
attempt to improve speech in cases of expressive
aphasia. Neurology, 9:632-635, 1959.

WEINSTEIN, SIDNEY: Differences in effects of brain
wounds implicating right or left hemispheres:
Differential effects on certain intellectual and com-
plex perceptual functions. In: Mountcastle, Ver-
non B., ed. Interbemispheric relations and cere-
bral dominance. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1962,"p. 159-176.

WEINSTEIN, S.: Tactile sensitivity of the phalanges.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:351-354, 1962.

WEINSTEIN, SIDNEY: Phantoms in paraplegia. In:
Proceedings of the 11th Annual Clinical Spinal
Cord Injury Conference, October 22-24, 1962.
Washington, D.C., Veterans Administration, 1962,
p. 138-152.

WEINSTEIN, SIDNEY, and SERSEN, EUGENE: Tactual
sensitivity as a function of handedness and later-
ality. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54(6):665-669, 1961.

WEINSTEIN, SIDNEY, and SERSEN, EUGENE: Phan-
toms in cases of congenital absence of limbs.
Neurology, 11:905-911, 1961.

WiLLiams, M. H., Jr.: Clinical applications of
cardio-pulmonary physiology. New York, Hoeber-
Harper, 1960, 233 p.

WiLLiams, M. H., Jr.: Chronic obstructive pul-
monary. Medical Science, 11:433, 1962.

WiLLiams, M. H., Jr., and SERIFF, N. S.: Chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease. American Journal
of Medicine, 35:20-30, 1963.

WiLLiaMs, M. H., Jr., SERIFF, N. S., AKyoL, K,
and Yoo, O. H.: The diffusing capacity of the
lung in acute pulmonary tuberculosis. American
Review of Respiratory Diseases, 84:814-817, 1961.

WoHL, H., and MERSKEY, C.: Anemia in rats on a
high fat infarct producing diet. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 21:100, 1962.

WoHL, H., and MERSKEY, C.: Polycythemia in rats
following restricted food intake. American [Jour-
nal of Physiology, 206:762-764, 1964.

WoHL, H., and MERsKEY, C.: Anemia in rats on
atherogenic diets. American Journal of Physiol-
0gy, 206:765-768, 1964.

325

WoLMAN, Y., and GALLOP, P. M.: Urea formation
via oxidative carbamylation. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 27:1902, 1962.

MH-2564 (R03) PETERS, JoHN E.: Long-term
effects of fear on behavior of rats. University of
Arkansas, Little Rock, Ark. (1958-59)

PETERS, JoHN E., and FINCH, STEPHEN B.: Short
and long range effects on the rat of a fear-
provoking stimulus. Psychosomatic Medicine, 23:
138-152, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1091).

MH-2568 (R03) WIENER, MORTON: Subception or
partial perception. Clark University, Worcester,
Mass. (1958-59)

WIENER, M., and SCHILLER, P. H.: Subliminal per.
ception or perception of partial cues. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 61:124-137,
1960.

MH-2570 (R03) Tip, CHARLES W., and BECK-
wiITH, WILLIAM CLINTON: Experimental investi-
gation of the imprinting process. University of
California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1958-59)

Top, CHARLES W.: Introduction to symposium on
“Psycho-analysis and ethology.” International
Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41 (Part IV-V):308-
312, 1960.

MH-2581 (R03) EHRENFREUND, DAVID: Motiva-
tional effect of continuous weight loss. Adelphi
College, Garden City, N.Y. (1958-58)

EHRENFREUND, DAVID: The motivational effect of a
continuous weight loss schedule. Psychological
Reports, 6:339-345, 1960.

MH-2583 (R01) EISENBERG, LEON, CONNERS, C.
KEITH, and OSLER, SONIA: Drug and cognition
studies in disturbed children. Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, Md. (1958- )

BREGER, E.: Meprobamate in the management of
enuresis. Journal of Pediatrics, 59:571-576, 1961.

BREGER, E.: Hydroxyzine hydrochloride and methyl-
phenidate hydrochloride in the management of
enuresis. Journal of Pediatrics, 61:443-447, 1962.

BREGER, E.: The maintenance of therapeutic effect in
children with enuresis. Journal of Pediatrics, 61:
723-725, 1962.

ConNNERs, C. KeiTH: Effects of brief psychotherapy,
drugs, and type of disturbance on Holtzman ink-
blot scores in children. In: Proceedings of the
73rd Annual Convention of the American Psycho-
logical Association, 1965, p. 201-202.

ConNERrs, C. K., and EISENBERG, L.: The effects of
methylphenidate on symptomatology and learning
in disturbed children. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 120:458-464, 1963.
ConNNERs, C. K., EISENBERG, L. and SHARPE, L.:
Effects of methylphenidate (ritalin) on paired-
associate learning and Porteus maze performance
in emotionally disturbed children. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 28:14-22, 1964.

CyTRrYN, L., GILBERT, A., and EISENBERG, L.: The
effectiveness of tranquilizing drugs plus supportive
psychotherapy in treating behavior disorders of
children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
30:113-128, 1960.

EISENBERG, L.: Basic issues in drug research with
children. In: Fisher, S., ed. Child-research in
psychopharmacology. Springfield, C. C. Thomas,
1959, p. 21-35.

EISENBERG, L.: Conceptual problems in relating brain
and behavior. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 30:37-48, 1960.

EISENBERG, L: The strategic deployment of the child
psychiatrist in preventive psychiatry. Journal of
Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 2:229-241, 1961.

EISENBERG, L.: Possibilities for a preventive psychi-
atry. Pediatrics, 30:815-828, 1962.

EISENBERG, L.: Drug therapy of overactivity in chil-
dren. Clinical Proceedings of the Children’s
Hospital (Washington, D.C.), 19:253-255, 1963.

EiSENBERG, L.: Role of drugs in treating disturbed
children. Children, 11:167-173, 1964.

EisENBERG, L., GILBERT, A., CyTRYN, L., and
MoLLING, P. A.: The effectiveness of psycho-
therapy alone and in conjunction with perphena-
zine or placebo in the treatment of neurotic and
hyperkinetic children. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 117:1088-1093, 1961.

EisENBERG, L., LacHMAN, R., MOLLING, P. A,
LOCKNER, A., MizeLLE, J. D. and CONNERS,
C. K.: A psychopharmacologic experiment in a
training school for delinquent boys. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 33:431-447, 1963.

MoLLING, P. A., LockNER, A. W., SauLs, R. J,
and EISENBERG, L.: Committed delinquent boys:
The impact of perphenazine and placebo. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 7:70-76, 1962.

OsLER, S. F.,, and Fiver, M. W.: Concept attain-
ment. I. The role of age and intelligence in
concept attainment by induction. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 62:14-23, 1961.

OSLER, SoNIA F., and KoFsky, ELLIN: Stimulus un-
certainty as a variable in the development of con-
ceptual ability. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 2(3) 1264-279, 1965.

OsLER, S. F., and PoweLL, M. G.: Apparatus for
the study of discrimination and concept formation.
American Journal of Psychology, 73:627-629,
1960.

326

OsLER, SONIA F., and SHAPIRO, SANDRA L.: Studies
in concept attainment. IV. The role of partial
reinforcement as a function of age and intelligence.
Child Development, 35:623-633, 1964.

OsLER, S. F., and TRAUTMAN, G. E.: Concept attain-
ment. II. Effect of stimulus complexity upon
concept attainment at two levels of intelligence.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62:14-23,
1961.

OsLER, S. F., and WEIss, S. R.: Studies in concept
attainment. III. Effect of instructions at two
levels of intelligence. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 63:528-533, 1962.

MH-2584 (R01) SCHACHTER, STANLEY: Social de-
terminants of the emotions. University of Minne-
sota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1959-61) (Con-
tinued as MH-5203).

LATANE, B., and SCHACHTER, S.: Adrenalin and
avoidance learning. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:369-372, 1962. (Al-
so acknowledges MH-5203).

RaDLOFF, R.: Opinion evaluation and affiliation.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:
578-585, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-5203).

SCHACHTER, S.: The psychology of affiliation. Stan-
ford, Calif., Stanford University, 1959, 141 p.

SCHACHTER, S.: Birth order, eminence and higher
education. American Sociological Review, 28:
757-768, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5203).

SCHACHTER, S., and SINGER, J.: Cognitive, social and
physiological determinants of emotional state.
Psychological Review, 69:379-399, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-5203).

SCHACHTER, S., and WHEELER, L.: Epinephrine,
chlorpromazine and amusement. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 65:121-128, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-5203).

SINGER, ].: Sympathetic activation, drugs and fright.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 56:612-615, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-5203).

WRIGHTSMAN, L.: Effects of waiting with others on
changes in level of felt anxiety. [Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 61:216-222, 1960.

MH-2585 (R01) BoeHM, LEONORE: Social class
differences in conscience development. Brooklyn
College of the City University of New York,
Brooklyn, N.Y. (1958-61)

BoenM, L.: The development of conscience: A com-
parison of American children of different mental
and socio-economic levels. Child Development,
33:575-590, 1962.

BoenM, L.: The development of conscience: A com-
parison of students in Catholic parochial schools
and in public schools.
591-602, 1962.

Child Development, 33:

BoeHM, L.: The development of conscience: A com-
parison of upper-middle class academically gifted
children attending Catholic and Jewish parochial
schools. Journal of Social Psychology, 59:101-
110, 1963.

BoeuM, L.: The development of conscience of pre-
school children: A cultural and subcultural com-
parison. Journal of Social Psychology, 59:355-
360, 1963.

BoeHM, L., and Nass, M.: Social class differences in
conscience development. Child Development, 33:
565-574, 1962.

MH-2587 (R01) CARVER, MICHAEL J., SMITH,
JackseN A., and WiTTsoN, CECIL: A study of the
long term effects of tranquilizers. University of
Nebraska, Omaha, Nebr. (1959-61)

CARVER, M. J.: Long term study of chlorpromazine
and meprobamate on serum protein profile.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:126-
130, 1962.

MH-2590 (R03) DirTESs, JAMES E.: Defensive func-
tions of cognitive closure. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1958-59)

Dirtes, J. E.: Impulsive closure as reaction to
failure-induced threat. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63:562-569, 1961.

MH-2591 (R01) MACKINNON, DoNaLD W., and
ScHuTZ, WILLIAM C.: Tests of a theory of inter-

personal relations: ~~ University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1958-59) (Continued from
MH-1831).

Scuutz, W. C.: FIRO: A three-dimensional theory
of interpersonal behavior. New York, Rinehart,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-1831).

ScHutz, W. C.: On group composition. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62(2):275-281,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1831).

Schurz, W. C.: The ego, FIRO theory and the
leader as completer. In: Bass, B., and Petrullo,
L., eds. Leadership and interpersonal behavior.
New York, Holt, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1831).

Schutz, W. C., and Gross, E. F.: The FIRO theory
of interpersonal behavior: Empirical tests and ap-
plications to business administration. In: Contri-
butions to Scientific Research in Management. Los
Angeles; University of California, January 29-30,
1959, p. 161-172. (Also acknowledges MH-
1831).

MH-2594 (R01) WiLsoN, WiLLiaM P.: Carbon
dioxide, glucose and potassium effects on CNS,

327

University of Texas, Galveston, Texas.
59) (Continued from MH-1203).

(1958-

Dosss, D., and WiLsoN, W.: Observations on per-
sistence of war neurosis. Diseases of the Nervous
System, 21:1-6, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1203).

ELiison, R. J., WiLsoN, W. P., and WEIss, E. B.:
Changes in cerebral potassium during insulin hypo-
glycemia. Proceedings of the Society for Expe-
rimental Biology and Medicine, 98:128-129, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-1203).

SIEKER, H. O., and WiLsoN, W. P.: Electroen-
cephalographic biochemical changes in acute
hypoxia and hypercapnia. Archives of Neurology,
3:704-710, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1203).

SMmitH, W. T., and WiLsoN, W. P.: Electroen-
cephalographic and clinical correlations in epilepsy
beginning in adulthood. Southern Medical Jour-
nal, 51:889-894, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
1203).

Tyor, MaLcoLM P., and WiLsoN, WiLLIAM P.:
Peripheral biochemical changes associated with the
intravenous administration of ammonion salts in
normal subjects. Journal of Laboratory and Clini-
cal Medicine, 51:592-599, 1958. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1203).

WiLsoN, N. J., and WiLsoN, W. P.: The duration
of human electroencephalographic arousal re-
sponses elicited by photic stimulation. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 11:
85-91, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1203).

WiLsoN, W. P.: The role of potassium in the pro-
duction of the slow wave response to hyperventila-
tion in the electroencephalogram. Electroencephal-
ography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 10:546-
549, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-1203).

WiLsoN, W. P., and JoHNsoN, J. E.: Clinical labora-
tory and electroencephalographic correlations in
hyperthyroidism. Southern Medical Journal, 53:
606-610, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1203).

WiLsoN, W. P., and SIEKER, H. O.: A study of the
factors responsible for changes in the electroen-
cephalogram in chronic pulmonary insufficiency.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 10:89-96, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
1203).

WiLsoN, W. P., and Tyor, MaLcoLMm P.: Electro-
encephalographic observations during experimental
hyperammonemia. Neurology, 8:913-916, 1958.
(Also acknowledges MH-1203).

MH-2596 (R03) DyAL, JAMEs A.: Studies of incen-
tive motivation and mediation process. Southern
Methodist University, Dallas, Texas. (1958-59)
DyaL, J. A.: Brightness and spatial discrimination
based on perceived incentive magnitude. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
346-350, 1960.

DvyaL, J. A., and JonNEs, C. A.: Experimental tests
of Hull's reasoning paradigms. Psychological Re-
ports, 13:583-590, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3331).

MH-2599 (R01) ALTMAN, MARGARET: The social
role of the aging. University of Colorado, Boulder,
Colo. (1959-63)

ALTMANN, MARGARET: Seniors of the wilderness.
Animal Kingdom, 66(6) :181-183, 1963.

ALTMANN, MARGARET: Naturalistic studies of ma-
ternal care in moose and elk. In: Rheingold, H.,
ed. Maternal behavior in mammals. New -York,
Wiley, 1963, p. 233-253.

MH-2603 (R03) WiLcort, RoBERT C., and EL-
LINGSON, ROBERT ].: Continuous measurement of
skin sweating. University of Nebraska, Omaha,
Nebr. (1958-60)

WiLcorrT, R. C., and BEENKEN, H. G.: The continu-
ous measurement of palmar sweating. American
Journal of Psychology, 74:619-624, 1961.

MH-2604 (R01) KoMAROVSKY, MIRRA: The rela-
tion between social class and marriage roles.
Columbia University, New York, N.Y. (1958-
62)

KOMAROVSKY, MIRRA: Blue-collar marriage. New
York, Random House, 1964, 395 p.
MH-2612 (R01) EyseNck, Hans J.: Effects of

stimulant and depressant drugs.
London, London, UK (1959-62)

CHoppy, M., and EYsENCK, H. J.: Brain-damage and
depressant drugs: An experimental study of inter-
action. In: Eysenck, H. J., ed. Experiments with
drugs. Oxford, Pergamon, 1963, p. 313-323.

University of

Evsenck, H. J.: Personality and drug effects. In:
Eysenck, H. J., ed. Experiments with drugs. Ox-
ford, Pergamon Press, 1963, p. 1-24.

GoocH, R. N.: The influence of stimulant and de-
pressant drugs on the central nervous system. In:
Eysenck, H. J., ed. Experiments with drugs. Ox-
ford, Pergamon Press, 1963, p. 353-380.

RobNIGHT, E., and GoocH, R. N.: A new method
for the determination of individual differences in
susceptibility to a depressant drug. In: Eysenck,
H. ]J., ed. Experiments with drugs.
Pergamon, 1963, p. 169-193.

MH-2617 (R03) LEVINGER, GEORGE, and GIANA-
KON, HARRY G.: An exploratory assessment of

Oxford,

328

family relationships. Child Study Center of Phila-
delphia, Philadelphia, Pa. (1958-59)

LeVINGER, G.: Social desirability in the ratings of
involved and neutral judges. Journal of Consult-
ing Psychology, 25(6):554, 1961.

LEVINGER, GEORGE: Supplementary methods in fam-
ily research. Family Process, 2:357-366, 1963.

MH-2618 (R01) NoBLE, MERRILL E.: A compara-
tive study of the optimum CS-USC interval. State
University of Kansas, Manhattan, Kan. (1959-
62)

NosLE, M., and Apams, C. K.: Conditioning in pigs
as a function of the interval between CS and US.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 56(1):215-219, 1963.

NosLE, M., and ApaMms, C. K.: The effect of length
of CS-US interval as a function of body tempera-
ture in a cold-blooded animal. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 69:197-201, 1963.

NoBLE, M., and HARDING, G. E.: Conditioning in
rhesus monkeys as a function of the interval be-
tween CS and UCS. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56(1):220-224, 1963.

MH-2620 (R01) MYERS, JEROME L., and MYERS,
NANCY A.: An investigation of secondary rein-
forcement variables. University of Massachusetts,
Ambherst, Mass. (1959-64)

Fort, JANE G.: Secondary reinforcement with pre-
school children. Child Development, 32:755-
764, 1961.

Fort, JANE GERALDINE: Discrimination based on
secondary reinforcement. Child Development, 36
(2) :481-490, 1965.

Fort, J. G., MyErs, J. L, and MyErs, N. A.:
Secondary reinforcement in a discrimination prob-
lem. Journal of General Psychology, 66:159-168,
1962.

LEIMAN, A., Myers, J. L., and Myers, N. A.:
Secondary reinforcement in a discrimination prob-
lem with children. Child Development, 32:765-
772, 1961.

Myers, J. L., and MyErs, N. A.: Effects of sched-
ules of primary and secondary reinforcement on
extinction behavior. Child Development, 34:
1057-1063, 1963.

MyEkRrs, J. L., and MyERs, N. A.: Secondary rein-
forcement in children as a function of condition-
ing associations, extinction percentages, and stimu-
lus types. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
65:455-459, 1963.

Myers, J. L., and MyErs, N. A.: Secondary rein-
forcement in children as a function of conditioning
associations and extinction percentages. Journal
Psychology, 68(6):611-612,

of Experimental

1964.

Myers, N. A., Craig, G., and MYERs, J. L.: Sec-
ondary reinforcement as a function of the number
of reinforced trials. Child Development, 32:765-
772, 1961.

Myers, N. A., and MyErs, J. L.: Effects of sec-
ondary reinforcement schedules in extinction on
children’s responding. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 64:586-588, 1962.

MyERs, NANCY A., and MYERS, JEROME L.: A test
of discrimination hypothesis of secondary rein-
forcement. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
70(1):98-101, 1965.

MH-2621 (R01) Jackson, DoN D.: Use of psycho-
tomimetics in personality evaluation. Palo Alto
Medical Research Foundation, Palo Alto, Calif.
(1958-61)

TERRILL, J., SAVAGE, C., and JACKSON, DoNALD D.:
LSD, transcendence, and the new beginning. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:425-439,
1962.

MH-2625 (R03) BRUELL, JAN H.: Behavior de-
velopment in inbred strains. Western Reserve
University, Cleveland, Ohio. (1958-59)

BrutLL, J. H.: Dominance and segretation in the
inheritance of quantitative behavior in mice. In:
Bliss, E., ed. Roots of behavior. New York,
Hoeber, 1962, p. 48-67.

MH-2630 (R01) Hsia, DAviD Y.: Trypophan me-
tabolism in phenylketonuria. Northwestern Uni-
versity, Chicago, Ill. (1958-63)

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Enzyme and mental deficiency.
In: Bowman, P. W. and Mautner, H. V., eds.
Mental retardation (Proceedings of the First In-
ternational Conference on Mental Retardation).
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 65-82.
(Also acknowledges MH-1945).

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Medical progress: Medical
genetics. New England Journal of Medicine, 62:
1222, 1273, and 1318, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-1945).

Hsia, DAVID YI-YUNG: Ontogenetic development of
enzyme systems. In: Pruzansky, Samuel, ed. Con-
genital anomalies of the face and associated struc-
tures. Springfield, Ill., Thomas, 1961, p. 134-
147.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: The nature of the disturbance of
indole mefabolism in phenylketonuria. In: Stur,
O., ed. Proceedings of the Second International
Congress on Mental Retardation, Vienna, 1961.
Part I. Basel, S. Karger, 1963, p. 47-53.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y., Litwack, M., O'FLYNN, M.,
and Jakovcic, S.: Serum phenylalanine and tyro-

329

sine levels in the newborn infant. New England
Journal of Medicine, 267:1067-1070, 1963.

Hsia, Davip Y. Y., RowLEy, W., and RAskIN, N.
J.: Clinical management of phenylketonuria. Quar-
terly Bulletin of the Northwestern University Med-
ical School, 36:25-33, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1945).

Hsia, Davip Y. Y., NisHIMURA, K., and BRENCH-
LEY, Y.: Mechanism for decrease of brain sero-
tonin. Nature, 200:578-579, 1963.

HuANG, I., and Hsia, DAviD Y. Y.: Studies on inhi-
bition of 5-hydroxytrytophan decarboxylase by
phenylalanine metabolites. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
112:81-84, 1963.

HUANG, I., TANNENBAUM, S., BLUME, L., and Hsla,
Davip Y. Y.: Metabolism of 5-hydroxyindole
compounds in experimentally produced phenylke-
tonuric rats. Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 106:533-536,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1945).

Huang, I, TANNENBAUM, S., and Hsia, DAVID
Y. Y.: Development of 5-hydroxytryptophan de-
carboxylase activity in rat kidney. Nature, 186:
717-718, 1960.

NADLER, H. L., and Hsia, Davip Y. Y.: Epinephrine
metabolism in phenylketonuria. Proceedings of
the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine; 107:721-723, 1961.

SLACK, J., SiMPsoN, K., and Hsia, Davip Y. Y.:
Hereditary metabolic disorders involving the nerv-
ous system. Pediatric Clinics of North America,
7(3):627-661, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
1945).

MH-2632 (R03) FLAVELL, JoHN H.: Meaning and
its relation to word association. University of
Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1958-59)

FLaverr, J. H.: Meaning and meaning similarity.
I. A theoretical reassessment. Journal of General
Psychology, 64:307-319, 1961.

FLAVELL, J. H.: Meaning and meaning similarity.
II. The semantic differential and co-ocurrance as
predictors of judged similarity in meaning. Jour-
nal of General Psychology, 64:321-335, 1961.

Fravery, J. H., and Fraverr, E. R.: One determi-
nant of judged semantic and associative connection
between words. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 58:159-165, 1959.

FrLaveLL, J. H., and JoHNsON, B. A.: Meaning and
meaning similarity. III. Latency and number of
similarities as predictors of judged similarity in
meaning. Journal of General Psychology, 64:337-
348, 1961.
FraverLr, J. H,, and STEDMAN, D. J.: A develop-
mental study of judgments of semantic similarity.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 98:279-293, 1961.

MH-2633 (R03) SterrITT, GRAHAM M., and
WHITEHOUSE, JAMES M.: A developmental study
of chronic tube-fed fowl. University of Colorado
Medical Center, Denver, Colo. (1958-59)

STERRITT, G. M., and SmiTH, M. P.: Feeding chick
exclusively via implanted plastic fistuals. Psycho-
nomic Science, 2(7):177-178, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3578).

MH-2635 (R10) SHAGAss, CHARLES: Personality,
emotion and drug action. State University of
Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1958-66)

BrowN, J. C. N., SHaGass, C., and SCHWARTZ,
MARVIN: Cerebral evoked potential changes asso-
ciated with the ditran delirium and its reversal in
man. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent advances
in biological psychiatry. New York, Plenum
Press, 1964, p. 223-234.

EMDE, J. W.: A time locked, low level calibrator.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 16:616-618, 1964.

KRISHNAMOORTI, S., and SHAGAss, C.: Some psy-
chological test correlates of sedation threshold.
In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in biological
psychiatry. Vol. 6. New York, Plenum Press,
1964, p. 256-266.

ScHWARTZ, M., EMDE, J. W., and SHaGass, C.:
Comparison of constant current and constant vol-
tage stimulators for scalp-recorded somatosensory
responses.  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 17:81-83, 1964.

ScuwARTZ, M., and SHAGAss, C.: Responses to
colored and conflict-inducing stimuli in a psychi-
atric population. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
11:245-252, 1960.

ScHWARTZ, M., and SHAGASS, C.: Note on the rela-
tion between autokinesis and psychiatric diagnosis.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 11:253-257, 1960.

ScHwARTZ, M., and SHAGAss, C.:- Physiological
limits for “subliminal” perception. Science, 133:
1017-1018, 1961.

ScHWARTZ, M., and SHAGAss, C.: Effect of different
states of alertness on somatosensory and auditory
recovery cycles. Electroencephalography and Clini-
cal Neurophysiology, 14:11-20, 1962.

SCHWARTZ, M., and SHAGASS, C.: Reticular modifica-
tion of somatosensory cortical recovery function.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 15:265-271, 1963.

ScHwARTZ, M., and SHAGAss, C.: Recovery func-
tions of human somatosensory and visual evoked
potentials. Annals of New York Academy of
Science, 112:510-525, 1964.

330

ScHwWARTZ, M., SHAGAss, C., BrrrLe, R., and
Frapan, M.: Dose related effects of pentothal on
somatosensory evoked responses and recovery cy-
cles. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 14:898-903, 1962.

SHAGAss, C.: Explorations in the psychophysiology of
affect. In: Scher, J., ed. Theories of the mind.
New York, Free Press of Glencoe, 1962, p. 122-
144.

SHAGAsS, CHARLES: The EEG in affective psychoses.
In: Wilson, William P., ed. Applications of elec-
troencephalography in psychiatry. Durham, North
Carolina, Duke University Press, 1965, p. 146-
167.

SHAGASs, CHARLES: A neurophysiological approach
to perceptual psychopathology. In: Psychopathol-
ogy of perception. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1965, p. 41-61.

SHAGass, C., BrrtLe, R., KEasLING, H., and
ScHWARTZ, M.: “Barbiturate thresholds” in the
rabbit. Psychopharmacologia, 3:204-211, 1962.

SHAGAss, C., and ScHWARTZ, M.: Evoked cortical
potentials and sensation in man. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 2:262-270, 1961.

SHAGAss, C., and ScHwWARTZ, M.: Cortical excita-
bility in psychiatric disorder. Preliminary results.
In: Procedings of the 3rd World Congress of
Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, University of
Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p.
441-446.

SHAGASs, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Reactivity cycle of
somatosensory cortex in humans with and without
psychiatric disorder. ~~ Science, 134:1757-1759,
1961.

SHAGAss, C., and ScHWARTZ, M.: Cerebral cortical
reactivity in psychotic depressions. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 6:235-242, 1962.

SHAGAsS, C., and ScHWARTZ, M.: Effect of stimulus
intensity on the form and recovery cycle of evoked
somatosensory cortical potentials in man. (Ab-
stract) Excerpta Medica, 48:1056, 1962.

SHAGASS, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Observations on
somatosensory cortical reactivity in personality dis-
order. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
135:44-51, 1962.

SHAGAss, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Excitability of the
cerebral cortex in psychiatric disorders. In: Roes-
sler, R., and Greenfield, N. S., eds. Physiological
correlates of psychological disorder. Madison,
Wisconsin, University of Wisconsin Press, 1962,
p. 45-60.

SHAGASS, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Psychiatric corre-
lates of evoked cerebral cortical potentials. Amen
ican Journal of Psychiatry, 119:1055-1061, 1963.
SHAGASS, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Cerebral respon-
siveness in psychiatric patients. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 8:177-189, 1963.

SHAGASs, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Neurophysiological
dysfunction associated with some psychiatric dis-
orders. In: Psychiatric Research Report, No. 17,
Washington, D.C., American Psychiatric Associa-
tion, 1963, p. 130-152.

SHAGAss, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Psychiatric dis-
order and deviant cerebral responsiveness to sen-
sory stimulation. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent ad-
vances in biological psychiatry. New York, Plenum
Press, 1963, p. 321-330.

SHAGAss, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Evoked potential
studies in psychiatric patients. Annals of the New
York Academy of Science, 112:526-542, 1964.

SHAGAss, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Recovery function
of somatosensory peripheral nerve and cerebral
evoked responses in man. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 17:126-135, 1964.

SHAGASss, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Recovery functions
of peripheral nerve and somato-sensory cortex in
man. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 17:457, 1964.

SHAGASS, C., and SCHWARTZ, M.: Visual cerebral
evoked response characteristics in a psychiatric
population. American Journal of Psychiatry, 121
(10) :979-987, 1965.

SHAGASS, CHARLES, and SCHWARTZ, MARVIN: Age,
personality, and somatosensory cerebral evoked re-
sponses. Science, 148(3675):1359-1361, 1965.

SHAGASS, C., SCHWARTZ, M., and AMADEO, M.:
Some drug effects on evoked cerebral potentials
in man. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 3:S49-S58,
1962.

SHAGASS, CHARLES, SCHWARTZ, MARVIN, and KRISH-
NAMOORTI, SINGA R.: Some psychologic correlates
of cerebral responses evoked by light flash. Jour-
nal of Psychosomatic Research, 9(2):223-231,
1965.

SHipTON, H. W.: Averaging and correlation tech-
niques applied to neurophysiological measure-
ments. In: Proceedings of the 3rd International
Conference on Medical Electronics. London, In-
ternational Federation for Medical Electronics,
1960, p. 179-181.

STRAUMANIS, JOHN J., SHAGAss, CHARLES, and
SCHWARTZ, MARVIN: Visually evoked cerebral
response changes associated with chronic brain
syndromes and aging. Journal of Gerontology,
20(4) :498-506, 1965.

MH-2637 (R03) MYERS, ROBERT D.: Alcohol dose
effects on operant responses. Colgate University,
Hamilton, N.Y. (1958-59)

331

Myers, R. D.: Changes in learning, extinction, and
fluid preferences as a function of chronic alcohol
consumption in rats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54:510-516, 1961.

MH-2638 (R03) ENGEL, MARY: The development
of the childrens insight test. Michael Reese Hospi-
tal and Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1958-59)

ENGEL, M.: Some parameters of the psychological
evaluation of children. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 2:593-605, 1960.

ENGEL, M., and RECHENBERG, W.: Studies in the
reliability of the Children’s Insight Test. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 25(2):158-163, 1961.

MH-2641 (R01) PETRIE, ASENATH: Tolerance for
pain and suffering. Harvard Medical School,
Boston, Mass. (1958-64)

PETRIE, A.: Some psychological aspects of pain and
the relief of suffering. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 86(1):13-27, 1960.

PETRIE, A.: Pain. In: Deutsch, Albert, and Fish-
man, Helen, eds. Encyclopedia of mental health.
Vol. 4. New York, Franklin Watts, 1963, p.
1386-1406.

PETRIE, A.: Perception and personality. In: Halpern,
I, ed. Problems of dynamic neurology. Jeru-
salem, Israel, 1963.

PETRIE, A., and COLLINS, W.: Perceptual differences
as related to the tolerance of pain and suffering.
Acta Psychologica, 19:755-756, 1961. (Proceed-
ings of the 26th International Congress of Psy-
chology, Bonn, 1960).

PETRIE, A., and CoLLINs, W.: Diferencias percepti-
vas en relacion con la tolerancia al dolor y al
sufrimiento. Revista de Psicologia General y
Aplicada, 16(57) :13-22, 1961.

PETRIE, A., CoLLINS, W., and SoLoMON, P.: Pain
sensitivity, sensory deprivation, and susceptibility
to satiation. Science, 128(3336).1431-1433,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-2057).

PETRIE, A., CoLLINS, W., and SoLoMON, P.: The
tolerance for pain and for sensory deprivation.
American Journal of Psychology, 73:80-90, 1960.

PETRIE, A., HOLLAND, T., and PODNIEKS, I.: Per-
ceptual style in the nurse, the juvenile delinquent,
and the schizophrenic. In: Proceedings of the
7th Congress of the Interamerican Society of Psy-
chology. Mexico City, D. F., Sociedad Interameri-
cana de Psicologia, 1963, p. 183-196.

PETRIE, A., HoLLAND, T., and WoLK, I.: Perceptual
indicators of basic algesic types: A new look at
pain and suffering. In: Proceedings of the 1st
International Congress of Psychosomatic Medicine
and Childbirth. Paris, Gauthier & Cie., 1962.
PETRIE, A., HoLLAND, T., and WoLK, I.: Sensory
stimulation causing subdued experience: Audio-
analygesia and perceptual augmentation and reduc-
tion. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
137(4) :312-321, 1963.

PETRIE, A., McCuLLocH, R., and KAzDIN, P.: The
perceptual characteristics of juvenile delinquents.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 134(5)+:
415-421, 1962. Also: Journal of Psychiatric Nurs-
ing, 1(2):142-172, 1963.

MH-2645 (R01) DEews, PETER B.: Behavioral
effects of phenothiazine derivatives. Harvard
Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1959-64)

Cook, L., and KELLEHER, R. T.: Effects of drugs on
behavior. In: Cutting, W. C., ed. Annual Re-
view of Pharmacology. Vol. 3. Palo Alto, Cali-
fornia, Annual Reviews, 1963, p. 205-222. (Also
acknowledges MH-2094).

DEws, P. B.: Free operant behavior under conditions
of delayed reinforcement. I. CRF-type schedules.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
3:221-234, 1960.

Dews, P. B.: A behavioral output enhancing effect
of impramine in pigeons. International Journal of

Neuropharmacology, 1:265-272, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2094).
DEws, P. B.: Schedules of reitforcement. In: Stein-

berg, Hannah, deReuck, A. V. S., and Knight,
Julie, eds. Ciba Foundation symposium jointly
with the co-ordinating committee for symposia on
drug action on animal behaviour and drug action.
London, J. & A. Churchill, 1964, p. 191-201.
(Also acknowledges MH-2094).

DEews, P. B.: The effect of multiple S periods on
responding on a fixed-interval schedule: II. Ina
primate. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8(1):53-54, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-2094).

KELLEHER, ROGER T.: Operant conditioning. In:
Schrier, Allan M., Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz,
Fred, eds. Behavior of nonhuman primates. Vol.
1. New York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 211-247.
(Also acknowledges MH-2094).

KELLEHER, R. T., Fry, W., and Cook, L.: Adjust-
ing fixed-ratio schedules in the squirrel monkey.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:69-77, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2094).

KELLEHER, ROGER T., and GoLLUB, LEwIs R.: A re-
view of positive conditioned reinforcement. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. 5
(Suppl.) :543-597, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1604 and MH-2094).

KeLLEHER, R. T., RiopLe, W. C., and Cook, L.:
Persistent behavior maintained by unavoidable
shocks. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Be-
havior, 6:507-517, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2094).

332

MoLLIVER, M. E.: Operant control of vocal behavior
in the cat. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 6:197-202, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2094).

SmitH, C. B.: Enhancement by reserpine and a-
methyl dopa of the effects of d-amphetamine upon
the locomotor activity of mice. Journal of Pharma-
cology, 142:343-350, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2094).

SMITH, CHARLES B.: Effects of d-Amphetamine upon
operant behavior of pigeons: Enhancement by re-
serpine. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 146(2) :167-174, 1964. (Al-
so acknowledges MH-2094).

SmitH, C. B, and DEws, P. B.: Antagonism of
locomotor suppressant effects of reserpine in mice.
Psychopharmacology, 3:55-59, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2094).

VAILLANT, GEORGE E.: Antagonism between physo-
stigmine and atropine on the behavior of the
pigeon. Naunyn-Schmiedebergs Arch, Exp. Path.
u. Pharmak., 248:406-416, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2094).

MH-2646 (R01) Manis, JEROME G.: Mental health
problems of an urban community. Western Michi-
gan University, Kalamazoo, Mich. (1959-62)

Manis, JEROME G., BRAWER, M. J., Hunt, C. L,,
and KERCHER, L. C.: Validating a mental health
scale. American Sociological Review, 28:108-116,
1963.

Manis, JEROME G., BRAWER, MiLTON J., HUNT,
CHESTER L., and KERCHER, LEONARD C.: Estimat-
ing the prevalence of mental illness. American
Sociological Review, 29:84-89, 1964.

MH-2647 (R01) McCorp, WiLLiAM M., and
McCorp, JoAN: Stanford personality development
research project. Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif. (1958-62)

McCorp, JoaN, and McCorp, W.: Cultural stereo-
types and the validity of interviews for research
in child development. Child Development, 32:
171-185, 1961.

McCorbp, J., McCorp, W., and HOWARD, A.: Fam-
ily interaction as antecedent to the direction of
male aggressiveness. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 66:239-242, 1963.

McCorp, JoAN, McCorp, WILLIAM, and THURBER,
EMILY: The effects of foster home placement in
the prevention of adult anti-social behavior. Social
Service Review, 34(4) :415-420, 1960.

McCorp, JoaN, McCorp, W., and THURBER,
EMILY: Some effects of paternal absence on male
children. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 64(5) :361-369, 1962.
McCorp, J., McCorp, W., and THURBER, E.: Effects
of maternal employment on lower-class boys. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:177-
182, 1963.

McCorp, WiLLiAM, and McCoRrD, JoAN: Current
contemporary theories of alcoholism: A longitudi-
nal evaluation. Quarterly Journal of Studies in
Alcohol, 20(4) :727-749, 1959.

McCorp, WiLLiaMS, and McCorp, JoaN: Origins
of alcoholism. Stanford, Calif., Stanford Univer-
sity, 1960, 193 p.

McCorp, WiLLiaAM, and McCorp, JoAN: The pet-
sonality of alcoholics. In: Pittman, David and
Snyder, Charles, eds. Society, culture, and drink-
ing patterns. New York, John Wiley, 1962.

McCorp, WILLIAM, McCORD, JOAN, and HOWARD,
ALAN: Early familial experiences and bigotry.
American Sociological Review, 25(5):717-722,
1960.

McCorp, W., McCoRrp, JOAN, and VERDEN, PAUL:
Familial and behavioral correlates of dependency
in male children. Child Development, 33:313-
326, 1962.

McCorp, WiLLiaM, McCorp, JOAN, and VERDEN,
PauL: Family relationships and sexual deviance in
lower class adolescents. International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, 8(3):165-179, 1962.

McCorp, W., Porta, JUDITH, and McCORD, JOAN:
The familial genesis of psychoses. Psychiatry, 25:
60-71, 1962.

McCorp, WILLIAM, and VERDEN, PAUL: Familial

correlates of psychosomatic symptoms in male chil-
dren. Journal of Health and Human Behavior,
1:192-199, 1960.

MH-2649 (R01) BROWN, ROGER W.: The linguistic
expression of power and solidarity. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. (1958-
62)

Brown, R.: The language of social relationship. In:
Proceedings of the 16th International Congress of
Psychology. Amsterdam, North-Holland Publish-
ing, 1962, p. 663-667.

BrowN, R., and FORD, MARGUERITE: Address in
American English. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 60:417-421, 1960.

BrowN, R., and GILMAN, A.: The pronouns of
power and solidarity. In: Sebeok, T., ed. Style
in language. New York, Wiley, 1960, p. 253-
277.

MH-2653 (R01) Domino, Epwarp F.: Neural
mechanisms of psychopharmacological agents. Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1958- )

CarsoN, R. P., and Domino, E. F.: Synergistic and
antagonistic effects of premedication on general

333

anesthetics in mice. Anesthesiology, 23:187-192,
1962.

CHIN, J. H., and Domino, E. F.: Effects of morphine
on brain potentials evoked by stimulation of the
tooth pulp of the dog. [Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 132:74-86, 1961.

CHIN, J. H,, KiLLaMm, Eva K., and KirLraMm, K. F.:
Evoked interaction patterns in chronically im-
planted cats following chlorpromazine. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 21:325, 1962.

CorsseN, G., and Domino, E. F.: Objective tech-
nique for evaluating drug induced changes in the
visual cortical response in man. (Abstract) Phar-
macologist, 5:232, 1963.

CoRrssEN, GUENTER, and Domino, EpwArDp F.:
Visually evoked responses in man: A method for
measuring cerebral effects of preanesthetic medica-
tion. Anesthesiology, 25(3):330-341, 1964.

CoRsSEN, GUENTHER, Domino, EpwaArDp F., and
SWEET, ROBERT B.: Neuroleptanalgesia and anes-
thesia. Anesthesia and Analgesia—Current Re-
searches, 43 (6) :748-764, 1964.

Domino, E. F.: A simple dog head holder for use
with the Lab Tronics stereotaxic instrument. Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
12:521-522, 1960.

Domino, E. F.: Role of preanesthetic medication in
modifying the hypersynchronous electrical waves
in rhinencephalic structures induced with inhala-
tion anesthetics. (Abstract) Anesthesiology, 22:
133, 1961.

Domino, EpwArD F.: Neuropharmacologic basis of
drug treatment of epilepsy. Modern Treatment,
1(5) :1060-1070, 1964.

Domino, EpwArD F., CALDWELL, DoNALD F., and
HENKE, RACHEL: Effects of psychoactive agents
on acquisition of conditioned pole jumping in
rats. Psychopharmacologia, 8(4):285-289, 1965.

Domino, EpwarDp F., CHODOFF, PETER, and CORs-
SEN, GUENTER: Pharmacologic effects of CI-581,
a new dissociative anesthetic, in man. Clinical
Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 6(3):279-291,
1965.

Domino, E. F., and CorssiN, G.: Differential ac-
tions of anesthesia and sleep on the visually evoked
response in man. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 5:
232, 1963.

Domino, EpwarD F., and CORSSEN, GUENTER:
Visually evoked response in anesthetized man with
and without induced muscle paralysis. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 112:226-
237, 1964.

Domino, E. F., CorssEN, G., and SWEET, R. B.:
Effects of various anesthetics on the visually evoked
response in man. Anesthesia and Analgesia, 42:
735-747, 1963.
Domino, E. F., GorrLIEB, S. F., BRAUER, R. W,
CuLLEN, S. C, and FEATHERSTONE, R. M.:
Effects of xenon at elevated pressures in the dog.
Anesthesiology, 25:43-53, 1964.

Domino, E. F., and HupsoN, R. D.: Observations
on the pharmacological actions of the isomers of
atropine. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 127:305-312, 1959.

Domino, E. F., KaroLy, A. J., and WALKER, E. L.:
Effects of various drugs on a conditioned avoid-
ance response in dogs resistant to extinction. Jour-
nal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
pentics, 141:92-99, 1963.

Domino, E. F., MATSUOKA, S., WALTZ, ]., COOPER,
I.: Simultaneous recordings in scalp and epidural

somatosensory-evoked responses in man. Science,
145:1199-1200, 1964.
Domino, EbpwARD F., MATSUOKA, SHIGEAKI,

WALTZ, JOosEPH, and COOPER, IRVING S.: Effects
of cryogenic thalamic lesions on the somesthetic
evoked response in man. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 19(2):127-138,
1965.

Domino, E. F., and Ueki, S.: Electrical “‘seizure-
like” discharge in the amygdala of dogs following
various general anesthetics. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 18:385, 1959.

Domino, E. F., and UEKI, S.: Differential effects of
general anesthetics on spontaneous electrical ac-
tivity of neocortical and rhinencephalic brain
systems of the dog. Journal of Pharmacology and
Experimental Therapeutics, 127:288-304, 1959.

Domino, E. F., and Ueki, S.: Hypersynchronous
electrical waves in the amygdala of dogs following
general anesthetics. (Abstract) Pharmacologist,
1:58, 1959.

Domino, E. F., and UEKI, S.: An analysis of the
electrical burst phenomenon in some rhinencephalic
structures of the dog and monkey. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 12:
635-648, 1960.

HENG, J. E., and DoMiNo, E. F.: Effects of morphine
on some evoked electrical responses in the dog.
(Abstract) Pharmacologist, 1:58, 1959.

Heng, J. E., and Domino, E. F.: Morphine-
nalorpine alteration of tooth pulp thresholds of
dogs in the alert and drowsy state. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 19:272, 1960.

HENG, J. E., and Domino, E. F.: Effects of mot-
phine and nalorphine upon tooth pulp thresholds
of dogs in the alert and drowsy state. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 1:433-436, 1960.

HupsoN, R. D., and Domino, E. F.: Effects of
chlorpromazine on some motor reflexes. Interna-
tional Journal of Neuropharmacology, 2:143-162,
1964.

334

INGRAM, C. G., and DoMinNo, E. F.: Observations on
the initial hypertensive response to yohimbine.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et
de Therapie, 143:534-542, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1971 and MH-1972).

KaroLy, A. J., DoMINO, E. F., and WALKER, E. L.:
Differential effects of various drugs on the condi-
tioned motor and heart rate responses in dogs re-
sistant to extinction. Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 148(1-2):40-
52, 1964.

Marri, A., and DoMmiNo, E. F.: Action of methylated
xanthines on electrically evoked afterdischarge in
the neuronally isolated dog cerebral cortex. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 19:269, 1960.

Marty, A., and Domino, E. F.: Effects of methylated
xanthines on the neuronally isolated cerebral cor-
tex. Experimental Neurology, 3:18-31, 1961.

Marti, A., and Domino, E. F.: Effect of high con-
centrations of carbon dioxide on the amygdala and
neuronally isolated cerebral cortex. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 20:307, 1961.

Marri, A., and DoMiNo, E. F.: Effects of anesthetic
concentrations of carbon dioxide on the amygdala
and neuronally isolated cerebral cortex. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 5:332-343, 1964.

MEeyYERs, B., and Domino, E. F.: The effect of
cholinergic blocking drugs on spontaneous alter-
nation in rats. Archives Internationales de Phar-
macodynamie et de Therapie, 150(3-4):525-529,
1964.

MEYERS, B., RoBerTs, K. H., RicipuTl, R. H., and
Domino, E. F.: Some effects of muscarinic
cholinergic blocking drugs on behavior and the
electrocorticogram.  Psychopharmacologia, 5:289-
300, 1964.

MH-2655 (R03) Buss, ARNoLD H.: Hostility in
clinical and experimental situations. University of
Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1958-59)

Buss, A. H., FiscHER, H., and SIMMONS, A.: Ag-
gression and hostility in psychiatric patients. Jour-
nal of Consulting Psychology, 26:84-89, 1962.

MH-2662 (R01) LeeTE, EDWARD: Biogenesis of
natural products of medicinal interest. University
of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1958-64)
(Continued from MH-2075).

Epwarps, P. N., and LEeTE, E.: Incorporation of
formate into ajmaline. Chemistry and Industry,
41:1666, 1961.

FRIEDMAN, A. R., and LEETE, E.: Biosynthesis of the
nicotiana alkaloids. IX. The non-random in-
corporation of acetate-2 C1# into the pyridine ring
of anabasine. Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 85:2141-2144, 1963.
GREGORY, H., and LEETE, E.: Biogenesis of digitoxi-
genin. Chemistry and Industry, 1242-1243, 1960.

Gros, E. G., and LEeTE, E.: Biosynthesis of the
steroid moiety of digitoxigenin. Chemistry and
Industry, 17:698, 1963.

KowaNko, N., and LEETE, E.: Biosynthesis of the
cinchona alkaloids. I. The incorporation of
tryptophan into quinine. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 84:4919-4921, 1962.

LEeTE, E.: Biogenesis of morphine.
Industry (London), p. 977-978, 1958.
acknowledges MH-2075).

Chemistry and
(Also

LeeTE, E.: Biogenesis of d-norpseudo ephedrine in
Catha edulis. Chemistry and Industry (London),
p. 1088-1089, 1958. (Also acknowledges MH-
2075).

LEeTE, E.: Biogenesis of mescaline. (Abstract)
Chemistry and Industry (London), p. 604, May 9,
1959.

LEETE, E.: The alkaloids of Datura. In: The genus
Datura. New York, Ronald Press, 1959.

LEETE, E.: The biogenesis of morphine. Journal of
the American Chemical Society, 81:3948-3951,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-2075).

LeeTE, E.: Biogenesis of ajmaline.

Chemistry and
Industry (London), 692-693, 1960.

LEETE, E.: The biogenesis of tropic acid and related
studies on the alkaloids of datura stramonium.
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 82:
612-694, 1960.

LEETE, E.: The biogenesis of the rauwolfia alkaloids:
I. The incorporation of tryptophan into ajmaline.
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 82:
6338-6342, 1960.

LEeTE, E.: The stereospecific incorporation of orni-
thine into the tropine moiety of hyoscyamine.
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 84:55-
57, 1962.

LeeTE, E.: Alkaloid biogenesis. In: Bernfeld, P.
The biogenesis of natural compounds. New York,
Pergamon Press, 1963, p. 739-797.

LeeTE, E.: Alkaloid biogenesis. In: De Mayo, P.,
ed. Degradation and elucidation of structures.
New York, Interscience, 1963, Chapter 7.

LeeTE, E.: Biosynthesis of the colchicum alkaloids:
III. The incorporation of phenyl alanine-2-Cl4
into colchicine and demecolcine. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 85:3666-3669, 1963.

LeeTE, E.: Biosynthesis of alkaloids.
1000-1006, 1965.

LEeTE, E., and BELL, V. M.: The biogenesis of the
nicotiana alkaloids: VIII. The metabolism of
nicotine in N. tabacum. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 81:4358-4359, 1959.

Science, 147:

335

LeeTE, E., and FRIEDMAN, A. R.: Biosyntheesis of
the nicotiana alkaloids: X. The incorporation of
glycerol-2-C1* into the pyridine ring of anabasine.
Journal of the American Chemical Society, 86:
1224-1226, 1964.

LeETE, E., and GHosAL, S.: Further studies on the
biosynthesis of the non-tryptophan derived portion
of ajmaline and related alkaloids. Tetrahedron
Letters, 25:1179-1183, 1962.

LeeTE, E., GHosAL, S., and Epwarps, P. N.: Bio-
synthesis of the non-tryptophan derived portion of
ajmaline. Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 84:1068-1069, 1962.

LeETE, E., and LouDEN, M. L.: Biogenesis of tropic
acids: Origin of the hydroxymethyl group. Chem-
istry and Industry, p. 1405-1406, Sept. 2, 1961.

LeeTE, E.,, and LouDEN, M. L.: The incorporation
of putrescine into hyoscyamine. Chemistry and
Industry, 43:1725-1726, 1963.

LEETE, E., and MURRILL, J. B.: The incorporation of
dopamine into chelidonine and morphine. Tetra-
hedron Letters, No. 3, 147-151, 1964.

LeeTE, E., and NEMETH, P.: The biogenesis of the
alkaloids of colchicum: I. The incorporation of
phenyl alanine into colchicine. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 82:6055-6057, 1960.

LeeTE, E., and NEMETH, P. E.: The biogenesis of
the alkaloids of colchicum: II. Tracer studies
with acetate-1-C'* and methioninemethyl-C4. Jour-
nal of the American Chemical Society, 83:2192-
2194, 1961.

LoupEeN, M. L., and LEETE, E.: The biosynthesis of
tropic acid. Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 84:1510, 1962.

LoupeN, M. L., and LEETE, E.: Further studies on
the biosynthesis of tropic acid. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 84:4507-4509, 1962.

O'Donovan, D., and LEeTE, E.: Biosynthesis of
gramine: Feeding experiments with tryptophan-g-
H3, CY. Journal of the American Chemical
Society, 85:461-463, 1963.

MH-2667 (R03) Wyatt, GERTRUD L.: Therapy
with stuttering children and their mothers. Wel-
lesley Public Schools, Wellesley Hills, Mass.
(1958-60)

Wyatt, GERTRUD L.: It takes two to talk. Parents’
Magazine, December:44 and 76-80, 1961.

WYATT, GERTRUDE L., and HERZAN, HELEN M.:
Therapy with stuttering children and their mothers.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32(4) :645-
659, 1962.

MH-2669 (R01) Foa, URIEL G.: Interpersonal re-
lationships in marriage. Israel Institute of Ap-
plied Social Research, Jerusalem, Israel. (1959-

62)

Foa, U. G.: Convergences in the analysis of the
structure of interpersonal behavior. Psychological
Review, 68:341-353, 1961.

Foa, U. G.: The structure of interpersonal behavior
in the dyad. In: Crisswell, Joan, Solomon, Her-
bert, and Suppes, Patrick, eds. Mathematical
methods in small group processes. Stanford, Stan-
ford University Press, 1962, p. 166-179.

Foa, U. G.: Dyadic relationship: Theory and experi-
ments: In: Proceedings of the 16th International
Congress of Psychology. Amsterdam, North-
Holland Publishing Co., 1962.

Foa, U. G.: A facet approach to the prediction of
communalities. Behavioral Science, 8:220-226,
1963.

Foa, U. G.: An order among different perceptions of
the same behavior. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
17:341-342, 1963.

Foa, URiEL G.: Cross-cultural similarity and differ-
ence in interpersonal behavior. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 68:(5):517-522,
1964.

Foa, URiEL G.: New developments in facet design
and analysis. Psychological Review; 72(4):262-
274, 1965.

MH-2670 (R03) Royce, JosepH R.: Experimental
reduction of autokinetic movement. University of
Redlands, Redlands, Calif. (1958-60)

Royce, JosepH R., Stayton, WiLLiam R., and
KINKADE, ROBERT G.: Experimental reduction of
autokinetic movement. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 75:221-231, 1962.

MH-2673 (R01) AuEerBAcH, Victor H.: Control
of amino acid metabolism. St. Christophers Hos-
pital for Children, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-61)

AUERBACH, V. H., DIGEORGE, A. M., BALDRIDGE,
R. C.,, TourTELLOTTE, C. D., and BRIGHAM, M.
P.: Histidinemia. A deficiency in histidase result-
ing in the urinary excretion of histidine and of
imidazolepyruvic acid. Journal of Pediatrics, 60:
487-497, 1962.

DiGEORGE, A. M., and AUERBACH, V. H.: Leucine-
induced hypoglycemia. A review and speculations.
American Journal of Medical Science, 240:792-
801, 1960.

DIGEORGE, A. M., AUERBACH, V. H., and MABRY,
C. C.: Elevated serum insulin associated with
leucine-induced hypoglycemia. Nature, 188:1036-
1037, 1960.

Masry, C. C., DIGEORGE, A. M., and AUERBACH,
V. H.: Leucine-induced hypoglycemia. I. Clini-

336

cal observations and diagnostic considerations.
Journal of Pediatrics, 57:526-538, 1960.

MaBry, C. C., DIGEORGE, A. M., and AUERBACH,
V. H.: Leucine-induced hypoglycemia. II. Stud-
ies concerning other amino acids and leucine
metabolites. Journal of Pediatrics, 57:539-547,
1960.

MH-2676 (R03) StorrOwW, HUGH A., and SPAN-
NER, MARVIN: Patient-therapist attitudes in psy-
chotherapy. University of California, Los Angeles,
Calif. (1958-61)

StorrOow, H. A., and SPANNER, M.: Does psycho-
therapy change patients’ attitudes? Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 134:440-446, 1962.

MH-2679 (R01) WorTis, JosepH: Translation and
review of Russian psychiatric literature. Individ-
ual, Bronxville, N.Y. (1959-64)

ANDREEV, B. V.: Sleep therapy in the neuroses.
(English translation from the Russian). (Preface
and bibliography by Wortis, J., ed.). New York,
Consultants Bureau, 1960. 114 p.

BEKHTEREVA, N. P.: Biopotentials of cerebral hem-
ispheres in brain tumors. (English translation
from the Russian). (Wortis, J., ed.) New York,
Consultants Bureau, 1962. 183 p.

KrusHINskI, L. V.: Animal behavior—its normal
and abnormal development. (English translation
from the Russian). (Wortis, J., ed.) New York,
Consulting Bureau, 1961. 261 p.

Matis, G. Yu: Research on the etiology of schizo-
phrenia. (English translation from the Russian).
(Wortis, J., ed.) New York, Consultants Bureau,
1961. 195 p.

MiasisHCHEV, V. N.: Personality and neuroses (Eng-
lish translation from the Russian). (Wortis, J.,
ed.) Washington, D.C., U.S. Department of Com-
merce, Office of Technical Services, Joint Publica-
tions Research Service, 1963. 281 p.

PEvzZNER, M. S.: Oligophrenia: Mental deficiency in
children. (Wortis, J., ed. English translation from
the Russian) New York, Consultants Bureau,
1961. 406 p.

WorTIs, JosEPH: Mental retardation in the Soviet
Union. Children, 7(6):219-222, 1960.

WorTIs, JosEPH: International communication and
cooperation in the field of mental retardation.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 65(4):
426-433, 1961.

WoRTIs, J.: A psychiatric study tour of the U.S.S.R.
Journal of Mental Science, 107(446):119-156,
1961.

WorrTis, J.: A ‘thaw’ in Soviet psychiatry? Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 119:586-588, 1962.
WorTis, J.: Pavlovianism and clinical psychiatry.
In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in biological
psychiatry. Vol. 4. New York, Plenum Press,
1962, p. 13-23.

WorTS, J.: Alcoholism in the Soviet Union: Public
health and social aspects. American Journal of
Public Health, 53:1644-1655, 1963.

WorrTis, J., and CHol, S. M.: Psychophysiological
factor analysis in retarded, neurotic-and psychotic
children. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in
biological psychiatry. Vol. 5. New York, Plenum
Press, 1963.

WorTls, JosEPH, and FREUNDLICH, DAVID: Psychi-
atric work therapy in the Soviet Union. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 121:123-128, 1964.

ZEIGARNIK, BLYUMA VUL’FOVNA: The pathology of
thinking. New York, Consultants Bureau, 1965.
211 p.

MH-2681 (R01) CHiLp, IRVIN L., and BACON,
MARGARET K.: A cross-cultural study of alcohol
consumption. Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
(1958-62)

BAcoN, MARGARET K., BARRY, HERBERT, III, and
CHILD, IRVIN L.: A cross-cultural study of drink-
ing: II. Relations to other features of culture.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, Suppl.
No. 3: 29-48, April 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-1758).

BAacoN, MARGARET K., BARRY, HERBERT, III, CHILD,
IrRvIN L., and SNYDER, CHARLES R.: A cross-
cultural study of drinking: V. Detailed defini-
tions and data. Quarterly Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, Suppl. No. 3: 78-114, April 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-1758).

BacoN, MARGARET K., CHILD, IRVIN L., and BARRY,
HERBERT: A cross-cultural study of correlates of
crime. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 66:291-300, 1963.

BARRY, HERBERT, III, BUCHWALD, CHARLES, CHILD,
IrvIN L., and BACON, MARGARET K.: A cross-
cultural study of drinking: IV. Comparisons
with Horton ratings. Quarterly Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, Suppl. No. 3:62-77, April 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-1758).

CHILD, IRVIN L., BACON, MARGARET K., and BARRY,
HERBERT, III: A cross-cultural study of drinking:
1. Descriptive measurements of drinking customs.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, Suppl.
No. 3:1-28, April 1965. (Also acknowledes
MH-1758).

CHILD, IRVIN L., BARRY, HERBERT, III, and BACON,
MARGARET K.: A cross-cultural study of drinking:
III. Sex differences. Quarterly Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, Suppl. No. 3:49-61, April 1965
(Also acknowledges MH-1758).

337

GEER, J. H., and Buss, A. H.: Supplementary report.
Generalization of a nonverbal response to aggres-
sive verbal stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 63 (4) :413-414, 1962.

MH-2686 (R01) GRUMAN, GERALD ].: History
of prolongevity hypotheses. American College
of Neuropsychopharmacology, Cambridge, Mass.
(1959-59) (Continued from MH-2163).

GRUMAN, GERALD J.: The rise and fall of pro-
longevity hygiene: 1558-1863. Bulletin of the
History of Medicine, 35:221-229, 1961.

MH-2693 (R01) SIEVERS, DOROTHY J., and Essa,
SHIRLEY H.: Early language development of men-
tally retarded. Columbus State School, Columbus,
Ohio. (1959-60)

SIEVERS, DOROTHY J., and Essa, SHIRLEY H.: Lan-
guage development in institutionalized and com-
munity mentally retarded children. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 66:413-420, 1961.

MH-2696 (R01) COOPERSMITH, STANLEY: The an-
tecedents and dynamics of self-esteem. Wesleyan
University, Middletown, Conn. (1959-62)

COOPERSMITH, STANLEY: Self esteem and need
achievement as determinants of selective recall and
repetition. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 60:310-317, 1960.

COOPERSMITH, STANLEY: Clinical explanation of
self esteem. In: Skard, A. and Husen, T., eds.
Proceedings of the 14th International Congress of
Applied Psychology. Vol. 3. Munksgaard,
Copenhagen, 1962, p. 61-78.

CooPERSMITH, S.: The relationship between self
esteem and sensory (perceptual) constancy. [our-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68(2):
217-221, 1964.

CooPERSMITH, S.: Adaptive reactions of alcoholics
and nonalcoholics. Quarterly Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, 25:262-278, 1964.

CoopPersMITH, S.: The effects of alcohol on reac-
tions to affective stimuli. Quarterly Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 25:459-475, 1964.

MH-2698 (R01) WiLsoN, WiLLIAM P.: Photically
elicited EEG arousal in mental disease. University
of Texas, Galveston, Texas (1959-60)

ErwiN, C. WILLIAM, LERNER, MARVIN, WILSON,
NORMAN J., and WiLsoN, WiLLIAM P.: Some
further observations on the photically elicited
arousal response.  Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:391-394, 1961.

WILSON, WILLIAM P.: Observations on the effect of
toxic doses of atropine on the electroencephalo-
gram man. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 2:186-
190, 1961.
WiLsoN, W. P., JouNsoN, J. E., and Feist, F. W.:
Thyroid hormone and brain function: II. Changes
in photically elicited EEG responses following the
administration of triiodothyronine to normal sub-
jects. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neuro-
physiology, 16:329-331, 1964.

ZUNG, WiLLiaM W. K.| and WiLsoN, WILLIAM P.:
Response to aduitory stimulation during sleep.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 4:548-552, 1961.

MH-2700 (R01) Kris, ELSE B.: Drug therapy in a
day care fac. for relapse control. Manhattan Day
Care Facility, New York, N.Y. (1958-63)

Kris, ELse B.: Intensive short-term treatment in a
day care facility for the prevention of rehospitali-
zation of patients in the community showing re-
currence of psychotic symptoms. Psychiatric Quar-
terly, 34(1) :83-88, 1960.

Kris, ELsE B.: Prevention of rehospitalization
through relapse control in a day hospital. In:
Greenblatt, Milton. Mental patients in transition.
Springfield, Ill., Thomas, 1961, p. 155-162.

Kris, ELsE B.: After-care and rehabilitation of pa-
tients returned to the community. In: Proceedings
of the Third World Congress of Psychiatry. Mon-
treal, University of Toronto Press/McGill Uni-
versity Press, 1961, p. 245-249. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3868).

Kris, ELSE B.: Post-hospital care of patients in the
community. Current Therapeutic Research, 4:200-
205, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3868).

Kris, ELSE B.: After-care and rehabilitation of the
mentally ill. Current Therapeutic Research, 5(1):
24-30, 1963.

Kris, ELSE B.: The role of the day hospital in the
rehabilitation of mental patients. In: Proceedings
of the Institute on Rehabilitation of the Mentally
Ill. New York, Altro Health & Rehabilitation
Services, 1962, p. 33-36. Also In: Clinical Medi-
cine, 70(6) :1091-1096, 1963.

MH-2701 (R03) KREZANOSKI, JOSEPH Z.: Action
of iproniazid on tetrahymena pyriformis. Medi-
cal College of Virginia, Richmond, Va. (1958-
59)

KRrEZANOSKI, JosEPH Z.: Effects of iproniazid on
“Tetrahymena” pyriformis. Journal of Pharma-
ceutical Sciences, 50(5):421-424, 1961.

MH-2704 (R01) MAIER, NORMAN R. F.: Factors in
effective problem solving. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1959- )

BURKE, RONALD J.: Sex differences in recognizing
the correct answer to a problem. Psychological
Reports, 17(2) :532-534, 1965.

BURKE, RONALD J., and MAIER, NORMAN R. F.:
Attempts to predict success on an insight problem.
Psychological Reports, 17(1):303-310, 1965.

338

HorrmaN, L. R.: Conditions for creative problem
solving. Journal of Psychology, 52:429-444,
1961.

HorrFMmAN, L. R.: A note on ratings versus choices
as measures of group attraction. Sociometry, 25:
313-320, 1962.

HorrFMAN, L. RICHARD: Group problem solving.
In: Berkowitz, Leonard, ed. Advances in experi-
mental social psychology. Vol. 2. New York,
Academic Press, 1965, p. 99-132.

HorrFMmaN, L. R., BURKE, R. J., and MAIER, N. R.
F.: Does training with differential reinforcement
on similar problems help in solving a new prob-
lem? Psychological Reports, 13:147-154, 1963.

HorrMaN, L. R., BURKE, RONALD J., and MAIER,
NorMAN R. F.: Participation, influence, and satis-
faction among members of problem-solving groups.
Psychological Reports, 16:661-667, 1965.

HorrMmaN, L. R., HARBURG, E., and MAIER, N. R.
F.: Differences and disagreement as factors in
creative group problem solving. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 64:206-214, 1962.

HorrFMAN, L. R., and MaIEer, N. R. F.: Quality and
acceptance of problem solutions by members of
homogeneous and heterogeneous groups. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:401-408,
1961.

HorrMAN, L. R., and MAIER, N. R. F.: Sex differ-
ences, sex composition and group problem solving.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:
453-456, 1961.

HorFMAN, L. RICHARD, and MAIER, NORMAN R. F.:
Valence in the adoption of solutions by problem-
solving groups: Concept, method, and results.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69:
264-271, 1964.

HorFMAN, L. RicHARD, and MAIER, NORMAN R. F.:
An experimental reexamination of the similarity-
attraction hypothesis. Journal of Personality and
Social Psychology, 3(2):145-152, 1966.

HorrFMAN, L. R., and SMITH, C. G.: Some factors
affecting the behavior of members of problem-
solving groups. Sociometry, 23:273-291, 1960.

Maier, N. R. F.: Screening solutions to upgrade
quality: A new approach to problem solving under
conditions of uncertainty. Journal of Psychology,
49:217-231, 1960.

MaIer, N. R. F.: Fit decisions to your needs. Na-
tion's Business, 48:48-52, 1960.

MAIER, N. R. F.: Leadership principles for problem-
solving conferences. Michigan Business Review,
14:8-15, 1962.

MaIer, N. R. F.: Problem solving discussions and
conferences. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963,
261 p.
Maier, N. R. F, and HorrFmaN, L. R.: Using
trained “developmental” discussion leaders to im-
prove further the quality of group decisions.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 44:247-251, 1960.

Maier, N. R. F., and HOFFMAN, L. R.: Quality of
first and second solutions in group problem-
solving. Journal of Applied Psychology, 44:278-
283, 1960.

Maier, N. R. F., and HoFFMAN, L. R.: Organiza-
tion and creative problem solving. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 45:277-280, 1961.

Maier, N. R. F.,, and HorFmaN, L. R.: Group
decision in England and the United States. Per-
sonnel Psychology, 15:75-87, 1962.

Maier, N. R. F., and HOFFMAN, L. R.: Seniority in
work groups—A right or an honor? Journal of
Applied Psychology, 47:173-176, 1963.

Maier, N. R. F., and HorFrMAN, L. R.: Financial
incentives and group decision in motivating
change. Journal of Social Psychology, 64:369-
378, 1964.

Maier, N. R. F., and HoFrFmaAN, L. R.: Types of
problems confronting managers. Personnel Psy-
chology, 17:261-269, 1964.

Maier, NORMAN R. F. and HOFFMAN, L. RICHARD:
Acceptance and quality of solutions as related to
leaders’ attitudes toward disagreement in group
problem solving. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Science, 1(4):373-386, 1965.

Maier, N. R. F.,, HorrMAN, L. R. and LANSKY,
L. M.: Human relations training as manifested in
an interview situation. Personnel Psychology, 13:
11-30, 1960.

Maier, N. R. F., and SorLeim, A. R.: Improving
solutions by turning choice situations into prob-
lems. Personnel Psychology, 15:151-157, 1962.

Reap, W. H., Maier, N. R. F., and HOFFMAN,
L. R.: Superior-subordinate communication: The
relative effectiveness of managers who held their
subordinates’ positions. Personnel Psychology, 16:
1-11, 1963.

MH-2713 (R01) AINSWORTH, MARY D., and AINS-
WORTH, LEONARD H.: Acculturation and personal-
ity in East Africa. Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, Md. (1959-60)

AINSWORTH, L. M., and AINSWORTH, MARY D.:
Acculturation in East Africa. I. Political aware-
ness and attitudes to authority. Journal of Social
Psychology, 57:391-399, 1962.

AINswORTH, L. H., and AINSWORTH, MARY D.:
Acculturation in East Africa. III. Attitudes to
parents, teachers, and education. Journal of Social
Psychology, 57:409-415, 1962.

339

AINSWORTH, MARY D., and AINSWORTH, L. H.:
Acculturation in East Africa. II. Frustration and
aggression. Journal of Social Psychology, 57:401-
407, 1962.

AINSWORTH, MARY D., and AINSWORTH, L. M.:
Acculturation in East Africa. IV. Summary and
discussion. Journal of Social Psychology, 57:417-
432, 1962.

MH-2715 (R01) PoLLACK, MAX, and FINK, MAX:
Behavior changes with induced altered brain func-
tion. Hillside Hospital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1959-
63) (Continued as MH-7432).

BeLmonT, I, BirRcH, H. G., PorLLAck, M., and
KLEIN, D. F.: Perceptual evidence of CNS dys-
function in schizophrenia. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 10:395-408, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4798).

BELMONT, I., PoLLACK, M., WILLNER, A., KLEIN,
DonNALD, and FINK, MAX: Effects of imipramine
and chlorpromazine on perceptual analytic ability,
perceptual responsivity and memory as revealed in
Rorschach responses. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 137:42-50, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-7432).

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G.: Effect of chlorpromasine
with procyclidine and imipramine on radioactive
iodine uptake. [Journal of Clinical Endocrinology
and Metabolism 23(9):881-884, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-4798).

BLUMBERG, A. G., KLEIN, D. F. and PoLLACK, M.:
Effects of chlorpromazine and imipramine on
systolic blood pressure in psychiatric patients: Re-
lationships to age, diagnosis and initial blood

pressure. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2:51-
60, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2938 and:
MH-4798).

BLUMBERG, A. G., LADERMAN, P., and FINK, MAX:
Efficacy of divided and single dose schedules in
insulin coma therapy. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 116:839-840, 1960.

FINK, MAX: Quantitative electroencephalography and
human psychopharmacology. I. Frequency spectra
and drug action. Neuropsychopharmkologie, 2.
Symposium, Nurnberg, 1961. Medicina Experi-
mentalis, 5:364-369, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2092).

FINK, Max: The mode of action of convulsive
therapy: The neurophysiologic-adaptive view. Jour-
nal of Neuropsychiatry, 3:231-233, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-927 and MH-2092).

FINK, Max: Quantitative electroencephalography in
human psychopharmacology II. Drug patterns.
In: Glaser, G., ed. EEG correlates of behavior.
New York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 177-197. (Also
acknowledges MH-5338 and MH-7432).
FINK, M., KLEIN, D. F., and KRAMER, J. C.: Clini-
cal efficacy of chlorpromazine-procyclidine combi-
nation, imipramine and placebo in depressive dis-
orders.  Psychopharmacologia, 7(1):27-36, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-7432 and MH-4798).

FINK, Max, Porrack, M., KLEIN, D. F., BLuM-
BERG, A. G., BELMONT, I., KARP, E., KRAMER,
J. C., and WILLNER, A.: Comparative studies of
chlorpromazine and imipramine. I. Drug dis-
criminating patterns. In: Bradley, P. B., ed.
Neuro-psychopharmacology. Vol. 3. Amsterdam,
Elsevier, 1963, p. 370-372. (Also acknowledges
MH-2938 and MH-4798).

FINK, MAX, SIEGEL, N., KAHN, R. L., and POLLACK,
M.: Diagnosis and treatment in three psychiatric
hospitals. Social Problems, 10:191-196, 1959.

GirTeLMAN, R. K., KLEIN, D. F., and POLLACK,
M.: Effects of psychotropic drugs on long-term
adjustment: A review. Psychopharmacologia, 5:
317-338, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4798).

Karp, Eric, and PoLLAcK, Max: Comparative
studies of chlorpromazine and imipramine, III
Critical flicker fusion thresholds in psychiatric
patients.  Psychopharmacologia, 4:452-458, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-7432).

Karp, E., PoLrLack, M., and FINK, M.: Critical
flicker frequency and electroencephalography al-
pha: A reliability study. Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:60-63, 1962.
(Also acknoweldges MH-2092).

Krein, D. F.: Management problems at Hillside
Hospital, 1960 and 1963. Journal of Hillside
Hospital, 13:79-94, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4798).

KLEIN, D. F.: Delineation of two-drug responsive
anxiety syndromes. Psychopharmacologia, 5:397-
408, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4798).

KLEIN, D. F.: Visual hallucinations with imipramine.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 121(9):911-914,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4798).

KLEIN, D. F,, and FINK, M.: Psychiatric reaction
patterns to imipramine (Tofranil). American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119(5):432-438, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4798).

KLEIN, D. F., and FINK, M.: Behavioral reaction
patterns with phenothiazines. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 7:449-459, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-927 and MH-4798).

Kren, D. F., and FINK, M.: Multiple item factors
as change measures in psychopharmacology. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 4:43-52, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4798).

KRAMER, J. C.: Single daily dose schedules of imi-
pramine (Tofranil). Comprehensive Psychiatry,
3:191-192, 1962.

340

KraMEr, J. C, KLEIN, D. F,, and FINK, MAX:
Withdrawal symptoms following discontinuation
of imipramine therapy. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 118:549-550, 1961.

KraMER, J. C., KLEIN, D. F. and FINK, M.: Imi-
pramine as an adjunct to phenothiazine therapy.
Comparative Psychiatry, 3(6):377-380, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4798).

Porrack, E., Karp, I., BELMONT, I., WILLNER, A.,
KLEIN, D., and FINK, M.: Comparative studies of
chlorpromazine and imipramine. II. Psychologi-
cal performance profiles. In: Bradley, P. B., ed.
Neuropsychopharmacology. Vol. 3. New York,
Elsevier, 1964, p. 373-376. (Also acknowledges
MH-4798).

Porrack, Max, KLEIN, DoNALD F., WILLNER,
ARTHUR, BLUMBERG, ARNOLD, and FINK, MAX:
Imipramine-induced behavioral disorganization in
schizophrenic patients: Physiological and psycho-
logical correlates. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Re-
cent advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 7.
New York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 53-61. (Also
acknowledges MH-2938 and MH-4798).

WILLNER, A., and BELMONT I.: Relation of motor
performance to perceived movement in Rorschach
inkblots. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:675-
684, 1964.

MH-2716 (R01) FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD J., and
ALPERT, MURRAY: Measurement of daily activities
in drug evaluation. New York University, New
York, N.Y. (1959-60)

FrIEDHOFF, A. J., and ALPERT, M.: The effect of
chlorpromazine on the variability of motor task
performance in schizophrenics. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 130(8):110-116, 1960.

FrIEDHOFF, A. ]., ALPERT, M., and KURTZBERG,
R. L.: An effect of emotion on voice. Nature,
193:357-358, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
4664 and MH-664).

FrIEDHOFF, A. ]., ROSENBLATT, GILDA, LYNN,
Francis, ALPERT, MURRAY, and WORTIS, S. B.:
Evaluation of change in drug-treated psychiatric
patients. Diseases of the Nervous System, 21(7):
373-377, 1960.

RoseNBLUM, WILLIAM I., and FRIEDHOFF, AMARA
J.: Response of adult schizophrenics to caloric
stimulation. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 133(2):104-107, 1961.

MH-2717 (R01) FRrIEDHOFF, ARNOLD J., and
GOLDSTEIN, MENEK: Biogenic amines in the cen-
tral nervous system. New York University Medi-
cal Center, New York, N.Y. (1959- )

FrIEDHOFF, A. J., and GOLDSTEIN, M.: New de-
velopments in metabolism of mescaline and re-
lated amines. Annals of the New York Academy
of Science, 96(1) :5-12, 1962.
FRIEDHOFF, A. J., GOLDSTEIN, M., SiMMONs, C,,
and Wortis, S. B.: Conversion of dopamin to
norepinephrine and to 3-methoxynorepinephrine in
adrenalectomized rats. Federation Proceedings,
19(1):192, 1960.

GOLDSTEIN, M.: The inhibition “in vivo” of nore-
pinephrine synthesis by adrenalone. Biochemical
Pharmacology, 11:809-811, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, M.: Cerebral metabolism of DOPA-C in
rats. International Journal of Neuropharmacology,
3:37-43, 1964.

GOLDSTEIN, MENEK, ANAGNOSTE, BERTHA, LAUBER,
EDGAR, and McCKEREGHAN, MARGOT R.: Inhibi-
tion of dopamine-B-hydroxylase by disulfiram.
Life Sciences, 3:763-767, 1964.

GOLDSTEIN, M., ANAGNOSTE, B., OWEN, W., BAT-
TISTA, A., and RANSOHOFF, J.: Regional distribu-
tion and metabolism of dopamine-H3 in the CNS
of monkeys. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
25(2):713, 1966. ’

GOLDSTEIN, M., and CONTRERA, J. F.: Inhibition of
norepinephrine and epinephrine in vitro. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 7:77-78, 1961.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and CONTRERA, J. F.: Inhibition of
dopamine-B-oxidase by imipramine. Biochemical
Pharmacology, 7:278-279, 1961.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and CONTRERA, J. F.: Studies on
inhibition of 3, 4 dihydroxyphenylethylamine
(dopamine) B-oxidase in vitro. Separatum Expe-
rientia, 17:267-269, 1961.

GOLDSTEIN, M., FRIEDHOFF, A. J., POMERANTZ, S.,
and GERTNER, S. B.: Formation of 3,4-dihydroxy-
phenylethanol and 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyle-
thanol from 3,4-dihydroxyphenylethylamine in the
rat. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 236(6):
1816-1821, 1961.

GOLDSTEIN, M., FRIEDHOFF, A. J., POMERANTZ, S.,
and SiMMONS, C.: Characterization of a new
metabolite of dopamine. Biochimica et Biophysica
Acta, 39:189-191, 1960.

GOLDSTEIN, M., FRIEDHOFF, A. J., and SIMMONS,
C.: Synthesis and inactivation of norepinephrine in
adrenalectomized rats. In: First International
Congress of Endocrinology, Copenhagen. New
York, New York University Bellevue Medical
Center, 1960, p. 1317-1318.

GOLDSTEIN, M:, FRIEDHOFF, A. ]., Simmons, C,
and PROCHOROFF, N. N.: Metabolism of 3-
hydroxytyramine-1-C1* in brain tissue homoge-
nates. Expefientia, 15(7):254-260, 1959.

GOLDSTEIN, M., FRIEDHOFF, A. ]., SiMMoNs, C.,
and PRocHOROFF, N. N.: Conversion of 3-
hydroxytyramine-1-C!* to 3-methoxynorepinephrine
in vivo. Federation Proceedings, 18(1):236,
1959.

341

GOLDSTEIN, M., FRIEDHOFF, A. ]., SIMMONS, C.,,
and ProcHOROFF, N. N.: Indirect evidence of
synthesis of norepinephrine from 3-hydroxytyra-
mine-1-C1* in vivo. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 103:137-
140, 1960.

GOLDSTEIN, M., LAUBER, E., BLUMBER, W. E., and
PrisacH, J.: Dopamine-B -hydroxylase-A copper
enzyme. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24
(2) Part 1:604, 1965.

GOLDSTEIN, M., LAUBER, E., and MCKEREGHAN,
M. R.: The inhibition of dopamine-B-hydroxylase
by tropolonec and other chelating agents. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 13:1103-1106, 1964.

GOLDSTEIN, MENEK, and NAKAJIMA, KAZUHIKO:
The effect of disulfiram on the biosynthesis of
catecholamines during exposure of rats to cold.
Life Sciences, 5(2):175-179, 1966.

GOLDSTEIN, MENEK, and WEIss, Zvi: Inhibition of
tyrosine hydroxylase by 3-IODO-L-tyrosine. Life
Sciences, 4(2) :261-264, 1965.

MH-2719 (R01) May, PHILIP R. and WEXLER,
MiLTON: Psychotherapy of schizophrenia. Cama-
rillo State Hospital, Camarillo, Calif. (1959- )

DisTLER, LUTHER S., MAY, PHILIP R. A., and TuMAa,
A. H.: Anxiety and ego strength as predictors of
response to treatment in schizophrenic patients.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28:170-177,
1964.

McKEEVER, W. F. and May, P. R. A.: The MACC
scale as a predictor of length of hospitalization
for schizophrenic patients: A cross validation.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28(5):474,
1964.

McKEEVER, W. F., May, P. R. A., and TuMa,
A. H.: Prognosis in schizophrenia: Prediction of
length of hospitalization from psychological test
variables. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(2):
214-221, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4589).

May, PHILIP R. A.: Ataraxic drugs and electro-shock
therapy in schizophrenic patients. In: Bradley,
P. B.,, Flugel, F., and Hoch, P., eds. Neuropsy-
chopharmacology. Vol. 3. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1964, p. 162-165.

May, P. R. A, and Tuma, A. H.: The effect of
psychotherapy and Stelazine on length of hospital
stay, release rate and supplemental treatment of
schizophrenic patients. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 139:362-369, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4589).

May, PHILIP R. A., and Tuma, A. HussaIN: Choice
of criteria for the assessment of treatment outcome.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2:199-209, 1964.

May, PHILIP R. A., and Tuma, A. HUSSAIN: Treat-
ment of schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychi-
atry, 3(475) :503-510, 1965.
MH-4589).

May, PHILIP R. A., Tuma, A. HussaIN, and
KRrRAUDE, WESLEY: Community follow-up of treat-
ment of schizophrenia: Issues and problems.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35(4):754-
763, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4589).

(Also acknowledges

May, PHiLiP R. A.) Tuma, A. HUSSAIN, DISTLER,
LuTHER S., and McKEEVER, WALTER F.: Selec-
tions of treatment for schizophrenic patients:
Methodological problems of outcome and prog-
nosis research. Psychiatric Quarterly, 40(2):236-
247, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-4589).

MH-2720 (R01) FRANKS, CYRIL M.: The effects of
alcohol as related to personality. New Jersey
Neuropsychiatric Institute, Princeton, N.J. (1959-
61)

FrANKsS, C. M.: Personality, satiation, and inhibition:
A preliminary report. In: Proceedings of the
Sixteenth International Congress of Psychology.
Acta Psychologie, 19:742-743, 1961.

Franks, C. M.: Some observations and impressions
on East German psychology and two international
conferences—Summer 1960. Welfare Reporter
(N.].), 12:126-135, 1961.

Franks, C. M.: The apparent failure of ethyl alco-
hol to inhibit the formation of conditioned" eye-
blink responses in man. Psychopharmacologia,
4:433-440, 1963.

Franks, C. M.: The effects of alcohol upon fluctua-
tion in perspective, blink rate and eye movements.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 25(1):
56-66, 1964.

Franks, C. M., HorLpeN, E., and PHILLIPS, M.:
Eysenck’s “stratification” theory and the question-
naire method of measuring personality. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 17:248-253, 1961.

MH-2721 (R01) REGAN, PETER F., III, and Dowis,
James L.: Patterns of thinking in psychiatric dis-
eases. University of Florida, Gainesville, Fla.
(1959-64)

Dowsis, J. L., and BucHANAN, C. E.: Some relation-
ships between intellectual efficiency and the severity
of psychiatric illness. Journal of Psychology, 51:
371-381, 1961.

MCKINNEY, ]., PAWLIGER, D., and Dowis, J. L.:
Information analysis of sequential dependencies.
Behavioral Science, 7:128-129, 1962.

WipF, JoHN LEE: Positive and negative gradients
of response strength in a temporal conflict situa-

tion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
234-241, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4952
and MH-6900).

342

MH-2722 (R01) FRIEDMAN, ALFRED S., and ToM-
KINS, SYLVAN S.: A study of themes of two types
of depressed patients. Philadelphia Psychiatric
Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1958-61)

FRIEDMAN, JOSEPH, and SCHIFFMAN, HAROLD:
Early recollections of schizophrenic and depressed
patients. Journal of Individual Psychology, 18:
57-61, 1962.

MH-2724 (RO1) SpivAcK, GEORGE, and LEVINE,
MURRAY: Illusions and aftereffects in brain
damage. Devereux Schools, Devon, Pa. (1958-
61)

LevINE, M., and Spivack, G.: Rate of reversal of
the Necker cube in diffuse brain injury. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 18:122-124, 1962.

LevINE, M., and Spivack, G.: Adaptation to re-
peated exposure to the spiral visual aftereffect in
brain damaged, emotionally disturbed, and normal
individuals. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:425-
426, 1962.

LevINE, M., Spivack, G., and FERwALD, D.: Dis-
crimination in diffuse brain damage. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:287-300, 1962.

Spivack, G., and LEVINE, M.: Note on the relation-
ship between figural aftereffects and intelligence in
diffusely brain-damaged individuals. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 13:342, 1961.

MH-2726 (R01) DiMascio, ALBERTO, GREEN-
BLATT, MILTON, HAVENS, LEsToN L., and KIER-
MAN, GERALD L.: Experimental human psycho-
pharmacology. Massachusetts Mental Health Cen-
ter, Boston, Mass. (1958-62)

DiMascio, A.: Learning characteristics of nonsense
syllables: A function of letter frequency. Psycho-
logical Reports, 5:585, 1959.

DiMascio, A.: Drug effects on competitive-paired
associate learning: Relationship to and implications
for the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale. Journal
of Psychology, 56:89-97, 1963.

DiMascio, ALBERTO A., and BROOKS, GEORGE W.:
Free association to a fantasied psychotherapist.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 4(5):513-516,
1961.

DiMascio, A., Havens, L. L., and KLERMAN, G. L.:
The psychopharmacology of phenothiazine com-
pounds: A comparative study of the effects of
chlopromazine, promethazine, trifluoperazine, and
perphenazine in normal males. I. Introduction,
aims and methods. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 136:15-28, 1963.

DiMascio, A., Havens, L. L., and KLERMAN, G. L.:
The peyehopharmacology of phenothiazine com-
pounds: A comparative study of the effects of
chlorpromazine, promethazine, trifluoperazine, and
perphenazine in normal males. 2. Results and
discussion. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 136(2) :168-186, 1963.

DiMascio, A., Havens, L. L., and SNELL, J. E.: A
comparison of four phenothiazine derivatives: A
preliminary report on the assessment of chlorpro-
mazine, promethazine, perphenazine and trifluo-
perazine. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in
biological psychiatry. Vol. 3. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1961, p. 68-76.

DiMascio, A., and KLERMAN, G. L.: Experimental
human psychopharmacology: The role of non-drug
factors. In: Sarwer-Foner, C. J., ed. The dy-
namics of psychiatric drug therapy. Springfield,
Illinois, Thomas, 1959, p. 56.

DiMascio, A., and KLERMAN, G. L.: Psychophysio-
logical studies of psychoactive drugs. In: Uhr, L.,
and Miller, J. G., eds. Drugs and behavior. New
York, Wiley, 1960.

DiMascio, A., and RINKEL, M.: Prediction of clini-
cal effectiveness of psychopharmacologic agents
from “drug action profiles” in normal human sub-
jects. In: Masserman, J., ed. Recent advances in
biological psychiatry. Vols2. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1960, p. 268-279.

DiMascio, A., and RINKEL, M.: Personality and
drugs: “Specific” or “non-specific” influence on
drug actions. In: Rinkel, M., ed. Specific and
non-specific factors in psychopharmacology. New
York, Philosophical Library, 1962, p. 130-140.

DiMascio, A., RINKEL, M. and LEIBERMAN, J.:
Personality and psychotomimetic drugs. In: Pro-
ceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry.
Montreal, Canada, University of Toronto Press/
McGill University Press, 1961, p. 933-936.

KLERMAN, G. L., and MiMascio, A.: Psychological
effects of piperazine phenothiazines. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 20(1):393, 1961.

KLERMAN, GERALD L., DiMaAscio, ALBERTO,
Havens, LestoN L., and SNELL, JoHN E.:
Sedation and tranquilization: A comparison of the
effects of a number of psychopharmacologic agents
upon normal human subjects. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 3(1) :4-13, 1960.

KLERMAN, G. L., DiMascio, A., RINKEL, M., and
GREENBLATT, M.: The influence of specific per-
sonality patterns on the reactions to phrenotropic
agents. In: Masserman, J., ed. Biological psychi-
atry. New York, Grune & Stratton, Vol. 1.
1959, p. 224.

RINKEL, M., ATwiLL, C. R., DiMascio, A., and
BROWN, J.: Psilocybine, a new psychotogenic drug.
New England Journal of Medicine, 262:295-297,
1960.

SHURTLEFF, D., and DiMascio, A.: Stimulus gener-
alization and stimulus discriminability: Effects of

343

perphenazine. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:

439-442, 1962.

SHURTLEFF, D., MosTOFsKY, D., and DIMAscIo, A.:
The effects of some phenothiazine derivatives on
the discrimination of auditory clicks. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 3:153-165, 1962.

MH-2728 (R01) Maki, AuGust H., and FORREST,
IRENE S.: Electron spin resonance studies of free
radicals. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
(1958-60)

FORREST, IRENE S., WECHSLER, MAGDALENA B., and
SpERCO, JosePH E.: A comprehensive method for
the determination of urinary chlorpromazine and
its oxidative ‘metabolites. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 120:44-48, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-1841).

GESKE, DaviD H., and Maki, Aucust E.: Electro-
chemical generation of free radicals and their study
by electron spin resonance spectroscopy; the nitro-
benzene anion radiacal. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 82:2671-2676, 1960.

Maki, Aucust H., and GESKE, Davip H.: Detection
of electrolytically generated transient free radicals
by electron spin resonance. Journal of Chemical
Physics, 30:1356-1357, 1959.

Maki, Aucust H., and GEskE, Davip H.: Electron-
spin resonance of electrochemically generated free
radicals.  Isomeric dinitrobenzene mononegative
ions. Journal of Chemical Physics, 33:825-832,

1960.

Maki, Aucust H., and GEskg, Davip H.: Electron
spin resonance and polarographic investigation of
substituted nitrobenzene negative ions. Journal of
the American Chemical Society, 83:1852-1860,
1961.

MEeLcHIOR, M. T., and Maki, A. H.: Electron spin
resonance study of p-phenylene-diamine positive
ion. Journal of Chemical Physics, 34:471-476,
1961.

Baar, H. S., and GRUEMER, H:. Enzyme inhibitions
by phenylalanine and its derivatives. (Abstract)
Excerpta Medica International Congress Series,
43:62, 1961.

MH-2729 (R01) GRUEMER, HANNS-DIETER, Bow-
MAN, PETER W., and FRIEDEN, EDWARD H.: Meta-
bolic defects in accumulation diseases. Boston
Dispensary, Boston, Mass. (1958-64)

Baar, H. S., GRUEMER, H. D., BEVERAGE, B,
GorpON, M., and LEE, S. Q.: Enzyme inhibitions
by phenylalanine and its derivatives. In: Stur, O,,
ed. Proceedings of the 2nd International Medical
Conference on Mental Retardation, Vienna, 1961.
Basel, S. Karger, 1963, p. 62-69.

GRUEMER, H. D.: Tolerance tests with p-hydroxy-
phenylpyruvic acid in phenylketonuric patients. In:
Bowman, P. W., and Mautner, H. V., eds. Men-
tal retardation. 1st International Conference on
Mental Retardation, Portland, 1959. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 313-318.

GRUEMER, H. D.: Synopsis of some current studies
in phenylketonuria. Journal of the Maine Medical
Association, 53:8-16, 1962.

GRrRUEMER, H. D., KoBLET, H., and WoopARrD, C.:
Phenylalanine turnover in phenylketonuria. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 19(1):193, 1960.

GRUEMER, H. D., KoBLET, H., and WoopARD, C.:
Phenylalanine metabolism in the phenylpyruvic
condition. I. Distribution, pool size, and turn-
over rate in human phenylketonuria. Journal of
Clinical Investigation, 40:1758-1765, 1961. (Al-
so acknowledges MH-3961).

GRUEMER, H. D., KoBLET, H., and W0ODWARD, C.:
Phenylalanine metabolism in the phenylpyruvic
condition. II. An attempt to calculate the daily
incorporation of phenylalanine into proteins. [our-
nal of Clinical Investigation, 41:61-66, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3961).

GRrUEMER, H. D., and LEE, S. Q.: Inhibition of
phosphatases of brain and liver homogenates by
phenylalanine and its derivatives. (Abstracts of
communications). In: Sth International Congress
of Biochemistry, Moscow, 1961, p. 346.

MH-2730 (R01) WaismMAN, HARRY A.: Amino
acids in neurologic and mental deficiency. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1958-61)

BERMAN, PHYLLIS, W., GRAHAM, FRANCES K., EICH-
MAN, PETER L., and WAISMAN, HARRY A.: Psy-
chologic and neurologic status of diet-treated
phenylketonuric children and their siblings. Pedi-
atrics, 28(6) :924-934, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-3699).

CapeLL, T. E., HArRLow, H. F., and WAISMAN,
H. A.: EEG changes in experimental phenylke-
tonuria. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 14:540-543, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4528 and MH-5048).

FrREEDLAND, R. A., Krakowski, M. C., and WaAIs-
MAN, HARRY A.: Effect of age, sex, and nutrition
on liver phenylalanine hydroxylase activity in rats.
American Journal of Physiology, 202(1):145-
148, 1962.

FrREEDLAND, R. A., Krakowski, M. C., and WaIs-
MAN, HARRY A.: Influence of amino acids on rat
liver phenylalanine hydroxylase activity. American
Journal of Physiology, 206(2):341-344, 1964.

FREEDLAND, R. A., WabpziNsk1, I. M., and WaAIs-
MAN, HARRY A.: The enzymatic hydroxylation of
tryptophan. Biochemical and Biophysical Research
Communications, 5:94-98, 1961.

GERRITSEN, THEO, LIPTON, SAMUEL H., STRONG,
F. M., and WaisMAN, HARRY A.: On the isolation

344

and identification of homocitrulline from urine.
Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communica-
tions, 4:379-383, 1961.

GERRITSEN, THEO, WAISMAN, HARRY A., LIPTON,
SAMUEL H., and STRONG, F. M.: Natural occur-
rence of homoctirulline: I. Excretion in the
urine. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics,
97(1):34-36, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
5048).

WaisMAN, HARRY A.: Role of phenylalanine excess
in experimental phenylketonuria. In: Korey, S. R.,
Pope, A., and Robins, E., eds. Ultrastructure and
metabolism of the nervous system. Vol. 40. Re-
search Publications, Association for Research in
Nervous and Mental Disease. Baltimore, Md.,
Williams & Wilkins, 1962.

WaisMAN, Harry A., WANG, Hwa L., PALMER,
GaiL, and HarLOw, HARRY F.: Phenylketonuria
in infant monkeys. Nature, 188(4756):1124~
1125, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-722).

WaisMAN, HARRY A., WANG, Hwa L., PALMER,
Gair, and HarLOw, H. F.: Experimental phenyl-
ketonuria in infant monkeys. In: Proceedings of
the London Conference on the Scientific Study of
Mental Retardation, July, 1960. Essex, England,
May & Baker, 1962, p. 126-141.

WANG, Hwa L., and WaIsMAN, HARRY A.: Experi-
mental phenylketonuria in rats. Proceedings of
the Society for Experimental Biology and Med:-
cine, 108:332-335, 1961.

WANG, H. L., HARWALKAR, V. H., and WAISMAN,
H. A.: Effect of dietary phenylalanine and trypto-
han on brain serotonin. Archives of Biochemis-
try and Biophysics, 97(1):181-184, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-3699 and MH-5048).

WANG, Hwa L., MorTON, N. E., and WAISMAN,
HARRY A.: Increased reliability for the determina-
tion of the carrier state in phenylketonuria. Amer-
ican Journal of Human Genetics, 13(2):255-261,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3699).

MH-2731 (R01) FiscHER, ROLAND, and MCCLUER,
ROBERT H.: Metabolic pattern and its relation to
schizophrenia. Columbus Psychiatric Institute and
Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1959-60)

FiscHER, R., and GRIFFIN, F.: On factors involved
in the mechanism of ‘taste blindness.” Expe-
rientia, 15:447-451, 1959.

FiscHER, R., and GRIFFIN, F.: On factors involved
in the mechanism of “taste blindness.” Journal
of Heredity, 51:182-183, 1960.

FiscHER, R., and GRIFFIN, F.: Quinine dimorphism
among non-tasters of G6-n-propylthiouracil. Expe-
rientia, 17:36-42, 1961.

FiscHER, R., and GRIFFIN, F.: Taste-blindness and
variations in taste threshold in relation to thyroid
metabolism. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 3:98-
104, 1961. Also in: Wortis, J., ed. Recent ad-
vances in biological psychiatry. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1961.

FiscHER, R., GRIFFIN, F., ENGLAND, S. J. M., and
GARN, S.: Taste thresholds and food dislikes.
Nature, 191 (4795) :1328, 1961.

FiscHER, R., GRIFFIN, F., ENGLAND, S. J. M., and
PASAMANICK, B.: Biochemical genetic factors of
taste polymorphism and their relation to salivary
thyroid metabolism in health and mental retarda-
tion. Medicina Experimentalis, 4:356-366, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-4694).

FiscHEr, R., GrirrIN, F., and KaprLaN, A. R.:
Taste thresholds, cigarette smoking, and food dis-
likes. Medicina Experimentalis, 9:151-168, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-4694).

GRIFFIN, F., and FiscHER, R.: Differential reactivity
of saliva from “tasters” and ‘“non-tasters” of 6-n-
propylthiouracil. Nature, 187:417-419, 1960.

MH-2733 (R01) BapaL, Danie W., and SpiL-
MAN, Epra L.: Isolation of compounds in brain
after electroshock. Western Reserve University,
Cleveland, Ohio. (1959-60)

BapaL, DANIEL W., and SpiLMAN, EDRA L.: Brain
extracts of electrically convulsed animals. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 4:98-104, 1961.

MH-2734 (R03) NicHoLs, RoBerT C.: Studies of
psychological masculinity-femininity. Purdue Uni-
versity, Lafayette, Ind. (1959-60)

NicHors, R. C.: Subtle, obvious and stereotype
measures of masculinity-femininity. Educational
and Psychological Measurement, 23:449-461,
1962.

MH-2735 (R01) WEBB, WARREN W.: Eye move-
ment in schizophrenia. Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn. (1959-61)

WEBB, W. W., MATHENY, A. and LARsON G.:
Eye movements as a peradigm of approach and
avoidance behavior. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
16:341-347, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
1685).

MH-2738 (R01) Jackson, Doucras N., and
MEssicK, SAMUEL J.: Stylistic determinants in
personality assessment. Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, University Park, Pa. (1959-64)

Jackson, DoucrLas N.: Cognitive energy level, re-
sponse acquiescence, and authoritarianism. Jour-

nal of Social Psychology, 49:65-69, 1959.

Jackson, DoucLas N.: Stylistic response determi-
nants in the California Psychological Inventory.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 20:
339-346, 1960.

345

Jackson, DoucLas N.: Desirability judgments as a
method of personality assessment. Educational
and Psychological Measurement, 24:223-238,
1964.

Jackson, DoucLas, N., and CLAYTON, M.: Equiva-
lence range, acquiescence, and over-generalization.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 21:
371-382, 1960.

Jackson, DoucLas N., and LEAGUE, B. J.: Activity
and passivity as correlates of field-independence.
Perceptual and Motor Siklls, 12:291-298, 1961.

Jackson, DoucLas N., and MEsSICK, S.: Acquies-
cence and the factorial interpretation of the MMPI.
Psychological Bulletin, 58:299-304, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2878).

Jackson, DoucLas N., and MEssIcK, S.: Acquies-
cence and desirability as response determinants on
the MMPI. Educational and Pachological Meas-
urement, 21:771-790, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2878).

Jackson, Doucras N., and MEssick, S.: Desira-
bility scale values and dispersions for MMPI items.
Psychological Reports, 8:409-414, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2878).

Jackson, DoucLas N., and MEsSICK, S.: Response
styles on the MMPI: Comparison of clinical and
normal samples. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 65:285-299, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2878).

Jackson, Doucras N., and MEssICK, S.: Response
styles and assessment of psychopathology. In:
Messick, S., and Ross, J., eds. Measurement in
personality and cognition. New York, Wiley,
1962, p. 129-155. Also in: Jackson, D. N., and
Messick, S., eds. Problems in human assessment.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2878).

Jackson, DoucLas N., and MINTON, H.: A forced-
choice adjective preference scale for personality
assessment. Psychological Reports, 12:515-520,
1963.

Jackson, Doucras N., and MURRAY, J. E.: Emo-
tional control and color-form resolution. Research
Bulletin, Stanford University, 1963.

Jackson, Doucras N., and PACINE, L.: Response
styles and academic achievement. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 21:1015-1028, 1961.

Jackson, DoucLas N., and PAYNE, I. R.: A per-
sonality scale for shallow affect. Psychological
Reports, 13:687-698, 1963.

Jackson, DoucLas N., and SECHREST, L.: The gen-
erality of deviant response tendencies. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 26:395-401, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2757).
Jackson, DoucrLas N., SLOANE, H., and GorLOw,
L.: Cognitive styles in equivalence range. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 16(Monograph Suppl.
No. 3) :389-404, 1963

Jackson, Doucras N., and Vick, O.: Leveling-
sharpening as a cognitive style: Appraisal of alter-
native methods of measurement. Research Bul-
letin, Stanford University, 1963.

Murray, J. E.,, and Jackson, D. N.: Impulsivity
and color-form abstraction. Journal of Consult
ing Psychology, 28:518-522, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4186).

Reitz, W. E.: Affect and stereoscopic resolution.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69:
212-215, 1964.

SECHREST, L., and JacksoN, DoucLas N.: Deviant
response tendencies: Their measurement and inter-
pretation. Educational and Psychological Meas-
urement, 23:33-54, 1963.

MH-2741 (R01) BLAck, ABRAHAM H.: Aversive
motivation and learning. McMaster University,
Hamilton, Can. (1959- )

ANNAU, Z., and KaMmIN, L. J.: The conditioned
emotional response as a function of intensity of
the US. [Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 54:428-432, 1961.

Brack, A. H.: The effects of CS-US interval on
avoidance conditioning in the rat. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 17:174-182, 1963.

Brack, A. H.: Cardiac conditioning in curarized
dogs: The relationship between heart rate and
skeletal behaviour. In: Prokasy, W., ed. Sym-
posium on classical conditioning. New York,
Appleton-Century, 1964, p. 20-47.

Brack, A. H., and ANNAU, Z.: Time-out respond-
ing during avoidance conditioning and extinction
in the rat. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 17:
165-173, 1963.

Brack, A. H., CarLsoN, N. J. and SOLOMON,
R. L.: Exploratory studies of the conditioning of
autonomic responses in curarized dogs. Psycho-
logical Monographs, 76(29):1-31, 1962. (Whole
No. 548).

BLACK, A. H., and LANG, W. M.: Cardiac condition-
ing and skeletal responding in curarized dogs.
Psychological Review, 71(1):80-85, 1964.

BrRIMER, C. J., and KAMER, L. J.: Fear of the CS in
avoidance training and fear from a sense of help-
lessness. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 17:
188-193, 1963.

BrRIMER, C. J., and KaMIN, L. J.: Disinhibition, habi-
tuation, sensitization, and the conditioned emo-
tional response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:508-515, 1963.

346

De TorLepo, LeyrLa, and BrAck, A. H.: Heart
rate: Changes during conditioned suppression in
rats. Science, 152(3727):1404-1406, 1966.

Kamin, L. J.: Apparent adaptation effects in the
acquisition of a conditioned emotional response.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 15:176-188,
1961.

Kamin, L. J.: Trace conditioning of the conditioned
emotional response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54:149-153, 1961.

Kamin, L. J.: Backward conditioning and the con-
ditioned emotional response. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:517-519,
1963.

Kamin, L. J.: Retention of an incompletely learned
avoidance response: Some further analyses. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
56:713-718, 1963.

KAMIN, LEON J.: Temporal and’ intensity character-
istics of the conditioned stimulus. In: Prokasy,
W., ed. Symposium on classical conditioning.
New York, Appleton-Century, 1964, p. 118-147.

Kamin, L. J., and BriMER, C. J.: The effects of in-
tensity of conditioned and unconditioned stimuli
on a conditioned emotional response. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 17:194-200, 1963.

Kamin, L. J., and BriMER, C. J.: Conditioned sup-
pression as a monitor of fear of the CS in the
course of avoidance training. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:497-
501, 1963.

Kamin, L. J., and ScHAuB, R. E.: Effects of condi-
tioned stimulus intensity on the conditioned emo-
tional response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:502-507, 1963.

ToLrepo, LEYLA DE, and BLACK, A. H.: A technique
for recording heart-rate in moving rats. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8(3):
181-182, 1965.

MH-2743 (R01) ROESSLER, ROBERT, GREENFIELD,
NorMAN S., and RoGERs, CARL R.: Psychosomatic
relationships in adaptation. University of Wiscon-
sin, Madison, Wisc. (1958-62)

ALEXANDER, A. A., ROESSLER, ROBERT, and GREEN-
FIELD, NORMAN S.: Ego strength and physiological
responsivity: III. The relationship of the Barron
Ego Strenth Scale to spontaneous periodic activity
in the skin resistance, finger blood volume, heart
rate, and muscle potential. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 9:142-145, 1963.

ALEXANDER, A. A., ROESSLER, ROBERT, and GREEN-
FIELD, NORMAN S.: Periodic nature of spontane-
ous peripheral nervous system activity. Nature,
197(4873) :1169-1170, 1963.
GREENFIELD, NORMAN S., ALEXANDER, A. A., and
ROESSLER, ROBERT: Ego strength and physiologi-
cal responsivity: II. The relationship of the
Barron Ego Strength Scale to the temporal and
recovery characteristics of skin resistance, finger
blood volume, heart rate, and muscle potential
responses to sound. Archives of General psychi-
atry, 9:129-141, 1963.

GREENFIELD, NORMAN S., KATZ, DEBORAH, ALEX-
ANDER, A. A., and ROESSLER, ROBERT: The rela-
tionship between physiological and psychological
responsivity: Depression and galvanic skin re-
sponse. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
136(6) :535-539, 1963

ROESSLER, ROBERT, ALEXANDER, A. A., and GREEN-
FIELD, NORMAN S.: Ego strength and physiological
responsivity. I. The relationship of the Barron
ES Scale to skin resistance, finger blood volume,
heart rate, and muscle potential responses to sound.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:142-154, 1963.

ROESSLER, ROBERT, and GREENFIELD, NORMAN S.:
Incidence of somatic disease in psychiatric patients.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 23(5):413-419, 1961.

ROESSLER, ROBERT, and GREENFIELD, NORMAN 8S.:
Autonomic measures as = prognostic indicators
among hospitalized psychiatric patients. Psychi
atric Research Reports, 15:42-50, 1962.

THURRELL, RICHARD J., GREENFIELD, NORMAN §.,
and ROESSLER, ROBERT: The prediction of physio-
logical responsivity from psychological respon-
sivity. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 5(3):
211-214, 1961.

MH-2744 (R01) SCHULMAN, SIDNEY: Behavioral
effects of thalamic lesions. University of Chicago,
Chicago, Ill. (1958-64)

SCHULMAN, SIDNEY: Impaired delayed response
from thalamic lesions. Studies in monkeys. Ar-
chives of Neurology, 11:477-499, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2130).

MH-2745 (R01) WINDER, C. LELAND, and WIiG-
GINS, JERRY S.: Social adjustment in preadolescent
boys. Stanford University, Stanford, Calif.
(1958-61)

WIGGINS, J. S., and WINDER, C. L.: The Peer Nomi-
nation Inventory: An empirically derived socio-
metric measure of adjustment in preadolescent
boys. Psychological Reports, 9(Monograph Sup-
plement 5) :643-677, 1961.

WINDER, C. L., and Rau, Lucy: Parental attitudes
associated with social deviance in preadolescent
boys. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
64:418-424, 1962.

WinDER, C. L., and WIGGINS, J. S.: Social reputa-
tion and social behavior: A further validation of
the Peer Nomination Inventory. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 68:681-684, 1964.

347

MH-2754 (R01) BusNEL, RENE-GUY: Biochemical
brain changes induced by ataractic drugs. Insti-
tute Nationale De La Recherche Agronomique,
Paris, France. (1959-61)

BusNEL, R. G., and LEHMANN, A.: Nouvelles
données pharmacodynamiques relatives a la crise
audiogéne de la souris. Journal de Physiologie,
52:37-38, 1960.

BusNEL, R. G., and LEHMANN, A.: Action de con-
vulsivants chimiques sur des souris de lignees sen-
sible et résistante a la crise audiogéne. Journal de
Physiologie, 53:285-286, 1961.

LEHMANN, A.: Etude de variations due comporte-
ment reactionnel des Souris sensibles a la crise
audiogene. Comptes Rendus des Seances de la
Societe de Biologie, 154(1) :57-61, 1960.

LEHMANN, ALICE, and BUSNEL, RAUL-GUY: Etude
sur la crise audiogene. Archives des Sciences
Physiologiques, 13(2):193-225, 1959.

LEHMANN, A., and BUSNEL, R. G.: A new test for
MAOTI detecting effects. (Abstract) Biochemical
Pharmacology, 8(1) :8, 1961.

LEHMANN, A., and BUSNEL, R. G.: A new test for
detecting  MAO-inhibitor effects. International
Journal of Neuropharmacology, 1(1-3):61-70,
1962.

LEHMANN, A., and BUSNEL, R. G.: Le métabolisme
de la sérotonine cerebrale dans ses rapports avec
la crise audiogene de la Souris et ses variations
sous I'influence de divers composés psychotropes.
Psychophysiologie, Neuropharmacologie et Bio-
chimie de la Crise Audiogene, 112:453-471, 1963.

LEHMANN, A., and FLEss, A. D.: Etude de I'action
de drogues psychotropes sur les processus d’excita-
tion et d'inhibition du S. N. C. par le test de la
crise audiogene du rat. Psychopharmacologia, 3:
331-343, 1962.

NiaussaTt, M. M., and LAGET, P.: Etude électroen-
céphalographique de la Crise audiogéne de la
Souris. In: Coll. Intern. du C. N. R. S. No. 112,
6-9 Novembre 1961. Psychophysiologie, Neuro-
pharmacologie et Biochimi de la Cruis Audiogéne,
1963, p. 181-197.

Niaussat, M. M.: Etude électrocardiographique de
la crise audiogéne chez la Souris. In: Coll. Intern.
du C. N. R. S. No. 112, 6-9 Novembre 1961.
Psychophysiologie, Neuropharmacologie et Bio-
chimi de la Cruis Audiogéne, 1963, p. 199-215.

Niaussat, M. M.: Aspects électroencéphalograph-
iques de deux crises convulsives provoquées par
les hydrazines chez la Souris. Journal de Physio-
logie, 55:307-308, 1963.

MH-2755 (RO1) STERN, JOHN A., SCHMIDT, HANS,
and ULETT, GEORGE A.: Differential learning,
diagnosis, and drug research. Washington Uni-
versity, St. Louis, Mo. (1959- )
FEHR, F. S., and STERN, J. A.: Heart rate condition-
ing in the rat. Journal of Psychosomatic Research,
8(4):441-453, 1965.

FjELD, S. P.: Motor response and muscle action. po-
tential in the measurement of sensory threshold.
Psychophysiology, 1(3) :277-281, 1965.

FJELD, STANTON P., STERN, JOHN A., and ZIMNY,
GEORGE H.: Effects of CS-UCS interval upon con-
ditioning and extinction of GSR. Journal of
Psychosomatic Research, 8:45-48, 1964.

HaHN, W. W. STERN, J. A. and MCDONALD,
D. G.: Effects of water deprivation and bar-
pressing activity on hear rate of the male albino
rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:786-790, 1962.

Jounson, L. C., ULert, G. A., SINEs, J. O., and
STERN, J. A.: Cortical activity and cognitive func-
tioning. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 12:861-874, 1960.

McDonaLp, D. G., StErN, J. A. and HAHN,
W. W.: Behavioral, dietary, and autonomic effects
of chlordiazepoxide in the rat. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 24:95-103, 1963.

McDonaLp, D. G., STERN, J. A., and HAHN,
W. W.: Classical heart rate conditioning in the rat.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 7:97-106,
1963.

ScHMIDT, H., JR.: Variations in water ingestion: The
response to barbiturates. In: Himwich, Wil-
liamina A., and Schade, J. P., eds. Progress in
brain research. Vol. 16. Horizons in neuropsy-
chopharmacology. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1965, p.
263-284.

Scamipt, H., Jr., and Dry, L.: Dose and time as
variables in barbiturate action upon water inges-
tion. American Journal of Physiology, 204:817-
820, 1963.

ScumipT, M., JR, and Dry, L.: Comparison of
phenobarbital and pentobarbital actions upon water
ingestion. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 56:179-182, 1963.

SINES, Jaco O., and KEeFE, DANIEL J.: The rela-
tionship between pharmacologically modified oper-
ant response rate and heart rate. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 100:267-274, 1962.

STERN, J. A., DURHAM, J., and LOEFFEL, R.: Trials
and tribulations in automating the output of a fre-
quency analyzer. American Journal of Electro-
encephalography Techniques, 3:83-89, 1963.

STERN, J. A., and McDoNALD, D. G.: Physiological
correlates of mental disease. Annual Review of
Psychology, 16:225-264, 1965.

STERN, J. A, SiLa, B., and Worp, T. J.: Observa-
tions on the effect of electroconvulsive therapy and
pharmacotherapy on the psychogalvanic response.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 2:149-152, 1961.

348

STERN, J. A., SURPHLIS, W., and KOFF, E.: Electro-
dermal responsiveness as related to psychiatric
diagnosis and prognosis. Psychophysiology, 2(1):
51-61, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4667).

STERN, JoHN A., and Worp, T. J.: Changes in
cardiac response of the albino rat as a function of
electroconvulsive seizures. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 54:389-394, 1961.

STERN, J. A., and Worp, T. J.: Heart rate changes
during avoidance conditioning in the male albino
rat. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 6:167-
175, 1962.

MH-2756 (R01) UspIN, EARL, BECKER, ROBERT,
and FisH, MELVIN S.: Synthesis of psychopharma-
cological compounds. New Mexico Highlands
University, Las Vegas, NM. (1959-61)

UspIN, VERA R., Su, Su-CHEN, and UsDIN, EARL:
Effects of psychotropic compounds on enzyme
systems. I. Inhibition of human plasma and
erythrocyte cholinesterases. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
108:457-460, 1961.

MH-2757 (R03) SECHREST, LEE B.: The deviation
hypothesis in personality assessment. Northwestern
University, Evanston, Ill. (1958-59)

Jackson, Doucras N., and SEcHREsT, L.: The
generality of deviant jesponse tendencies. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 26:395-401, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2738).

SECHREST, L., and JAcksoN, D. N.: Social intelli-
gence and accuracy of interpersonal predictions.
Journal of Personality, 29:167-182, 1961.

SECHREST, L., and JacksoN, D. N.: The generality
of deviant fesponse tendencies. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 26:395-401, 1962.

MH-2769 (R01) ALBEE, GEORGE W., and LONG,
ERNEST S.: Career choice determinants in psychi-
atric nursing. Western Reserve University, Cleve-
land, Ohio. (1958-62)

LoNG, ERNEST S.: Career choice in psychiatric nurs-
ing and the undergraduate psychiatric nursing
experience. Cleveland, Ohio, Health Manpower
Research, Western Reserve University, 1962, 129
p. (Processed).

MH-2775 (R01) GraNIcK, RuTH, and ZUBIN,
JosePH: Social isolation and adjustment in home
for the aged. New York State Psychiatric Insti-
tute, New York, N.Y. (1958-64)

BENNETT, RUTH: The meaning of institutional life.
Gerontologist, 3:117-125, 1963.

BENNETT, RUTH, and NAHEMOW, LUCILLE: The re-
lations between social isolation, socialization and
adjustment in residents of a home for aged. In:
Lawton, M. Powell, & Lawton, Fay G., eds.
Mental impairment in the aged. Philadelphia,
Philadelphia Geriatric Center, 1965, p. 88-105.

GRANICK, RUTH, and NAHEMOW, LUCILLE: Pread-
mission isolation as a factor in adjustment to an
old age home. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J.,
eds. Psychopathology of aging. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 285-302. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-586, and MH-1541).

Tec, NEcHAMA, and GRANICK, RUTH: Social isola-
tion and difficulties in social interaction in resi-
dents of a home for aged. Social Problems, 7:
226-232, Winter 1959-60. (Also acknowledges
MH-1440).

WaLTON, H., BENNETT, R. G., NAHEMOW, L.:
Psychiatric illness and adjustment in a home for
aged. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 105:897-918, 1964.

WaLTON, H. J, BENNETT, R., and NAHEMOW,
L. D.: The significance of psychiatric symptoma-
tology for social adaptation. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 110:544-548, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1541).

ZUBIN, ].: Discussion. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin,
J., eds. Psychopathology of aging. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 223-226.

MH-2776 (R01) StERRITT, GRAHAM M., and
SAWREY, WiLLiaAM L.: Chronic electric shock
leading to obesity. University of Colorado Medi-
cal Center, Denver, Colo. (1958-61)

Parks, ELpoN R., and STERRITT, GRAHAM M.:
Stimulator-operated grid scrambler for reliable
delivery of shock to animals. Journal of Experi-
mental Analysis Behavior, 7:261-262, 1964.

STERRITT, G. M.: A device to aid in the observation
of behavior as a function of time intervals. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 18:116, 1964.

STERRITT, GRAHAM M.: Inhibition and facilitation
of eating by electric shock: III. A further study
of the role of strain and of shock level. Psycho-
nomic Science, 2(11):319-320, 1965.

STERRITT, G. M., and SHEMBERG, K.: Inhibition and
facilitation of eating by electric shock. II. Shock
level, shock schedule and strain of rats. [owrnal
of Psychosomatic Research, 7:215-223, 1963.

MH-2778 (R01) LiNDSLEY, OGDEN R.: Screening
potential stimulants on inactive psychotics. Har-
vard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1958-62)

BARRETT, BEATRICE H.: Reduction in rate of multi-
ple tics by free operant conditioning methods.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 135:
187-195, 1962.

LinDsLEY, O. R.: Operant conditioning methods in
diagnosis. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H.,

349

eds. Psychosomatic medicine: The First Hahne-
mann Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger,
1962, p. 41-54. (Also acknowledges MH-5054).

LiNDsLEY, O. R.: Operant conditioning techniques in
the measurement of psychopharmacologic response.
In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H., eds. Psycho-
somatic medicine: The First Hahnemann Sym-
posium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1962, p.
373-383. (Also acknowledges MH-5054).

LinpsLey, O. R.: Free-operant conditioning and
psychotherapy. In: Masserman, J. H., ed. Current
psychiatric therapies. Vol. 3. New York, Grune
& Stratton, 1963, p. 47-56. (Also acknowledges
MH-977).

LINDSLEY, O. R.: Direct measurement and functional
definition of vocal hallucinatory symptoms. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:293-
297, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-977 and
MH-5054).

MH-2779 (R03) SCHLOSBERG, HAROLD: Judgment
of facial expressions as a projective test. Brown
University, Providence, R.I. (1958-60)

Levy, N., and ScHLOSBERG, H.: Woodworth scale
values of the Lightfoot pictures of facial expres-
sion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60(2):
121-125, 1960.

SCHLOSBERG, H.: The dimensions of facial expres-
sion. (Abstract) Acta Psychologica, 19:491-492,
1961.

MH-2783 (R01) ZUBIN, JOSEPH, HAKEREM, GAD,
and SUTTON, SAMUEL: The effect of chlorproma-
zine on the pupillary reflex. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1958-60) (Continued as
MH-4759).

ZUBIN, ].: Report of the committee on patient selec-
tion and controls. In: Psychopharmacology: Prob-
lems in evaluation. Washington, D.C., National
Academy of Sciences, National Research Council,
1959, p. 620-625.

MH-2784 (R01) WirTsoN, CeciL L., and SMITH,
Jackson A.: Coordinated multiple psychiatric
drug screening units. University of Nebraska,
Omaha, Nebr. (1958-63)

AFFLECK, D. C.,, Treprrow, K. A., and HERRICK,
H. D.: The effects of isoxsuprine hydrochloride
(vasodilan) on chronic cerebral arteriosclerosis.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 132:335-
338, 1961.

CARVER, M. J., FREEMAN, J. G., and SMITH, J. A.:
Evaluation of a cholesterol-synthesis inhibitor
(triparanol). Annals of Internal Medicine, 53:
462-467, 1960.

GouLpMaN, C., Lunpg, F., and Davis, ]J.: Clinical
trial of hydroxyphenamate in alcoholic patients.
Diseases of the Nervous System, Supply. No. 22:
44-46, 1961.

GouLDMAN, C., and RUTHERFORD A.: Effects of a
drug on the body odor of the chronically mentally
ill. American [Journal of Psychiatry, 117:354-
355, 1960.

Kim, K.: Responses of treatment-refractory chronic
schizophrenics to chlorpromazine with concurrent
adrenocortical steriod. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 116:1023-1024, 1960.

SMITH, J. A.: A trial of nialamide in chronically ill
mental patients. Diseases of the Nervous System,
(Suppl. No. 20) :1-3, 1959.

SMITH, J. A., CHRISTIAN, D., MANsrFIELD E., and
FIGAREDO, A.: A graphic comparison of five
phenothiazines. American Journal of Psychiatry,
116:392-399, 1959.

Smith, J. A., GouLbpMAN, C., and GysiN, W. M.:
A comparison of results of controlled drug evalua-
tions in two state hospitals. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 117:788-790, 1961.

SmitH, J. A., MANSFIELD, E., and HERRICK, H.:
The treatment of chronic alcoholics with citrated
calcium carbimide (temposil). American Journal
of Psychiatry, 115:822-824, 1959.

SMITH, J. A., and WitTsoN, C. L.: Hazards of drug
evaluation: Trials of 84 non-approved drugs.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 117(2):118-119,
1960.

Treprow, K. R., AFFLECK, D. C., RoeHL, C. A,,
and SOELLING, W. M.: Nylidrin hydrochloride
in senile arteriosclerosis. Archives of Neurology,
9:142-146, 1963.

MH-2785 (R01) ZUBIN, JOSEPH, and SALZINGER,
Kurt: Immediate effect of chlorpromazine on
verbal behavior. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1958-60) (Continued as MH-4758).

PorTNOY, STEPHANIE, and SALZINGER, K.: The
conditionability of different verbal response classes:
Positive, negative and non-affect statements. [our-
nal of General Psychology, 70:311-323, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-1541).

SALZINGER, K., PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, and FELD-
MAN, R. S.: The effect of order of approximation
to the statistical structure of English on the emis-
sion of verbal responses. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 64:52-57, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-4758).

SALZINGER, KURT, PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, and FELD-
MAN, RICHARD S.: Experimental manipulation of
continuous speech in schizophrenic patients. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68(5):
508-516, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4842
and MH-1541).

350

SALZINGER, K., and WALLER, M. B.: The operant
control of vocalization in the dog. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:383-389,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4758).

ZUBIN, ].: Role of prognostic indicators in the evalu-
ation of therapy. In: Psychopharmacology: Prob-
lems in evaluation. Washington, D.C. National
Academy of Sciences, National Research Council,
1959, p. 343-354.

MH-2786 (R01) WELKER, WALLACE I.: Neural
mechanisms of sequential behavior. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1958-64)

Campos, G. B., and WELKER, W. I.: Some physio-
logical and anatomical comparisons between brains
of Capybara (Hydrochoerus) and guinea pig
(Cavia). (Abstract) Physiologist, 3:35, 1960.

GOLDBERG, JAY M., and GREENwooD, DONALD D.:
Response of neurons of the dorsal and postero-
ventral cochlear nuclei of the cat to acoustic
stimuli of long duration. Journal of Neurophysi-
ology, 29(1):72-93, 1966.

JonnsoN, JoHN I.: Somatopic organization in rac-
coon cuneate and gracile nuclei. American Associ-
ation of Anatomists, 145:246, 1963.

Jounson, J. I, Goy, R. W., and MicHELs, K. W.:
Physiological mechanisms and behavior patterns.
In: Hafez, S. E., ed. The behavior of domestic
animals. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1962,
p. 139-179.

PusoLs, B. H., WELKER, W. I, JOHNSON, J. L:
Somatic sensory representation of forelimb in dor-
sal root fibers of raccoon, coatimundi, and cat.
Journal of Neurophysiology, 28(2) :312-341, 1965.

THOMPSON, RicHARD, and WELKER, W. I.: Role of
auditory cortex in reflex head orientation by cats to
auditory stimuli. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:996-1002, 1963.

WELKER, W. I.: Comparative study of physiology and
morphology of somatic cerebral cortex of procyoni-
dae. (Abstract) Physiologist, 2(3):121-122,
1959.

WELKER, W. I: Genesis of exploratory and play be-
havior in infant raccoons. Psychological Reports,
5:764, 1959.

WELKER, W. I.: An analysis of exploratory and play
behavior in animals. In: Fiske, D., and Maddj, S.,
eds. Functions of varied experience. Homewood,
Illinois, Dorsey Press, 1961.

WELKER, W. I., and Campos, G. B.: Physiological
significance of sulci in somatic sensory cerebral cor-
tex in mammals of the family Procyonidae. [our-
nal of Comparative Neurology, 120:19-36, 1963.

WELKER, W. I, HinD, J. E., Campos, G. B., and
GILMORE, M. A.: Chronic implantation of multi-
ple macroelectrodes. A technique for mapping au-
ditory neocortex in unanesthetized cats. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 19
(3):309-312, 1965.

WELKER, W. I, and JoHNsoN, J]. I.: Correlation
between nuclear morphology and somatotopic or-
ganization in vetro-basal complex of the raccoon’s
thalamus. Journal of Anatomy, 99(4):761-790,
1965.

WELKER, W. I., and KING, W. A.: Effects of stimu-
lus novelty on gnawing and eating by rats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55:838-842, 1963.

MH-2790 (R01) GALDSTON, IaGo: A history of
medical education. American College of Neuro-
psychopharmacology, New York, N.Y. (1959-
61)

GALDSTON, IaGo: A philosophy for medicine. Cirn-
cinnati Journal of Medicine, 40:333-339, 1959.

GALDSTON, 1aGo: The natural history of specialism
in medicine. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 170(3):294-297, 1959.

GLADSTON, IAGO: Psychoanalysis, 1959. Bulletin of
the New York Academy of Medicine, 36(10):
702-713, 1960.

GALDSTON, IAGO: Reflections on historical epochs in
medical education. Bulletin of the History of
Medicine, 35(1):5-60, 1961.

GALDSTON, IAGO: Trade routes and medicine. Bul-
letin of the New York Academy of Medicine, 37
(5) :342-358, 1961.

GALDSTON, IaGo: The crisis in health education.
Journal of the Maine Medical Association, Octo-
ber, 1961.

GALDSTON, 1aG0: Doctor and patient in medical his-
tory. Journal of Medical Education, 37:222-232,
1962.

GLADSTON, 1460: The challenge of professional edu-
cation for the health professions. In: National
Health Forum Council. Washington, D.C., 1963,
p. 32-40.

GLADSTON, IAGO: Summary of the New England
Health Institute. This Week in Public Health,
Massachusetts Department of Public Health, 12
(11):311-319, 1963.

MH-2795 (R01) RostoN, SIDNEY: Effects of coen-
zyme A upon catecholamine oxidation. University
of Louisville, Louisville, Ky. (1960-61)

RosTON, S.: The effect of coenzyme A upon the oxi-
dation of B-3, 4-dihydroxyphenyl-l-alanine. [our-
nal of Investigative Dermatology, 37:277-278,
1961.

351

RosTON, S.: Interaction of hydrocortisone, the sul-
phydryl group, and the catechol amines. Nature,
191:490-491, 1961.

RosTON, S.: Ascorbic acid, oxygen, and the disap-
pearance of adrenochrome and noradrenochrome.
Nature, 194:1079-1080, 1962.

RosTon, S.: Enzymatic behavior of the product of
coenzyme A-norepinephrine reaction. Nature, 197:
75-76, 1963.

MH-2798 (R03) BorLES, ROBERT C.: A study of
decision-making. ~~ University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pa. (1958-59)

Borris, ROBERT C.: Is the “click” a token reward.
Psychological Record, 11:163-168, 1961.

BorLEs, RoBErRT C.: Percentage timing reinforce-
ment schedule. Psychological Record, 11:349-
354, 1961.

MH-2799 (R01) CANNON, JoseEPH G.: Synthesis of
benzilic acid derivatives. University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Wisc. (1959-62)

CANNON, J. G.: Esters of benzilic acids and con-
geners having potential psychotomimetic activity.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 25:959-962, 1960.

KapIN, S. B., and CannoN, J. G.: Esters of N-
methyl-3-hydroxypiperidine having psychotomi-
metic activity. II. Journal of Organic Chemistry,
27:240-245, 1962.

MH-2802 (R01) PricoT, AARON: Amino acid
therapy in delirium tremens and alcoholism. Har-
lem Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1959-61)

PriGoT, A. P., CorBIN, E. E., MAYNARD, A. DE L,,
RopEN, T. P., and HJELT-HARVEY, I.: The treat-
ment of delirium tremens with amino acids. Clini-
cal and laboratory results with special reference to
chromatographic determination of amino acids.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 23:390-
410, 1962.

MH-2805 (R03) THOMAS, ALEXANDER: Individual
reaction patterns in childhood. New York Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1958-59)

CuEss, S., THoMas, A., and BIrcH, H.: Character-
istics of the individual child's behavioral responses
to the environment. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 29(4):791-802, 1959.

THoMas, A., CHEss, S., BircH, H., and HERTZIG,
M.: A longitudinal study of primary reaction pat-
terns in children. Comprehensive Psychology, 1:
103-112, 1960.

MH-2810 (R03) PosTMAN, LEO J.: Effects of verbal
reward and punishment on retention. University
of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1958-59)
PostMAN, L.: Spread of effect as a function of time
and intralist similarity. American Journal of
Psychology, 74:493-505, 1961.

PosTMAN, LEO, and STARK, KAREN: The role of
response set in tests of unlearning. [Journal of
Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 4(4):315-
322, 1965.

MH-2811 (R10) JoHN, ErRwIN Roy: The role of
brain electrolytes in drug action. University of
Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1959-62)

CorNING, W. C., and JoHN, E. R.: Effect of ribonu-
clease on retention of conditioned response in
regenerated planarians. Science, 134:1363-1365,
1961.

Jonn, E. R.: Studies of memory. In: Schmitt, F. O.,
ed. Macromolecular specificity and biological
memory. Boston, MIT Press, 1962.

Joun, E. R.: Some speculations on the psychophysi-
ology of mind. In: Scher, J., ed. Theories of
the mind. New York, Free Press, 1962, p. 80-
121. (Also acknowledges MH-2972).

SacHs, E., WEINGARTEN, M., and KLEIN, N. W.,
Jr.: Effects of chlordiazepoxide on the acquisition
of avoidance learning and its transfer to the normal
state and other drug conditions. Psychopharma-
cologia (Berlin), 9(1) :17-30, 1966.

MH-2814 (R01) DENEAU, GERALD A.: Screening
CNS drugs. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor;
Mich. (1958-62)

DeNEAU, G. A., and SEEVERS, M. H.: Methods for
screening centrally-acting drugs in the intact rhesus
monkey. Federation Proceedings, 19:267, 1960.

MH-2816 (R03) KoroNakos, CHRIS: The use of
machines for teaching reading skills. Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Ind. (1958-60)

KoroNakos, CHRIS: A preliminary study in pro-
gramming reading for the mentally retarded
learner. Reading Horizons, 3:7-19, 1962.

MH-2818 (R01) ScHRIER, ALLAN M.: Effects of
quantitative shifts in the reward. Brown Uni-
versity, Providence, R.I. (1959-63)

ScHRIER, A. M.: A modified version of the Wiscon-
sin General Test Apparatus. [Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 52:193-200, 1961.

SCHRIER, A. M.: Response latency of monkeys as a
function of amount of reward. Psychological Re-
ports, 8:283-289, 1961.

SCHRIER, A. M.: Response latency of monkeys as a
function of reward amount and trials within test
days. Psychological Reports, 10:439-444, 1962.

SCHRIER, A. M.: Sucrose concentration and response
rates of monkeys. Psychological Reports, 12:666,
1963.

352

ScHRIER, ALLAN M.: Response rates of monkeys
(Macaca mulatta) under varying conditions of
sucrose reinforcement. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 59(3):378-384,
1965.

SCHRIER, A. M., StoLLNITZ, F., and GREEN, K. F.:
Titration of spatial S-R separation in discrimination
by monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:848-
851, 1963.

StoLLNITZ, FRED: Spatial variables, observing re-
sponses, and discrimination learning sets. Psycho-
logical Review, 72(4):247-261, 1965.

StoLLNITZ, F., and SCHRIER, A. M.: Discrimination
learning by monkeys with spatial separation of cue
and response. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology; 55:876-881, 1962.

MH-2820 (R03) LETTVIN, JEROME Y., and O’CON-
NELL, DONALD NEIL: Low contact-potential elec-
trodes for skin recording. Massachusetts Mental
Health Center, Boston, Mass. (1958-59)

O’CoNNELL, D. N., and TuRrsky, BERNARD: Silver-
silver chloride sponge electrodes for skin potential
recording. American Journal of Psychology, 73:
302-304, 1960.

O’CoNNELL, D. N., TUrsKy, B., and ORNE, M. T.:
Electrodes for the recording of skin potential: An
evaluation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 3:
252-258, 1960.

MH-2821 (R03) STRYKER, SHELDON, and PSATHAS,
GEORGE: An experimental study of power coali-
tions in triads. Indiana University, Bloomington,
Ind. (1958-60)

STRYKER, SHELDON, and PSATHAS, GEORGE: Research
on coalitions in the triad: Findings, problems and
strategy. Sociometry, 23:217-230, 1960.

MH-2823 (R03) ULETT, GEORGE A., and HEUSLER,
ANTON F.: A noise index of ward behavior for
drug evaluation. St. Louis State Hospital, St.
Louis, Mo. (1958-59)

CALLAHAN, J., Morris, J., SEIFRIED, S., ULETT,
G. A, and HEUSLER, A.: Objective measures in
psychopharmacology: Baseline observations. Mis-
souri Medicine, 57:714-718, 1960.

HEUSLER, A., ULETT, G., and BLASQUES, ].: Noise-
level index. An objective measurement of the
effect of drugs on the psychomotor activity of
patients. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1(1):1-3,
1959.

HEeusLir, A. F., ULert, G. A., and CALLAHAN,
J. D.: Comparative EEG studies of tranquilizing
drugs. Universitas Medica, 5:33-47, 1962.
ULETT, G. A.: Comparative evaluation of tranquiliz-
ing drugs. In: Abstracts of 13th Annual Scientific
Assembly. Kansas City, Mo., American Academy
of General Practice, 1961, 341-343.

Ure, G. A., HEUSLER, A., and CALLAHAN, J.:
Objective measures in psychopharmacology (meth-
odology). Neuro-Psychopharmacology, 2:401-409,
1961.

ULeTT, GEORGE, HEUSLER, A. F., WoRrD, V., and
Worp, T.: Mechanical and electronic techniques
in the measurement of psychopharmacologic re-
sponse. In: Nodine, John H., and Moyer, John
H., eds. The First Hahnemann Symposium on
Psychosomatic Medicine. Philadelphia, Pa., Lea
& Febiger, 1962, p. 384-390. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3826).

MH-2825 (R03) SUNDBERG, NORMAN D.: A criti-
cal review and study of assessment research. Uni-
versity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1958-59)

SUNDBERG, NORMAN D.: Psychological assessment
techniques. In: Spiegel, E. A., ed. Progress in
neurology and psychiatry. Vol. 14. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1959, p. 557-582.

SUNDBERG, NORMAN D.: The practice of psycho-
logical testing in clinical services in the United
States. American Psychologist, 16:79-83, 1961.

MH-2826 (R03) ROSENBLITH, JUDY: Perceptual
discrimination in children. Brown University,
Providence, R.I. (1958-60)

RoseENBLITH, JuDpy F.: Judgments of simple geo-
metric figures by children. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 21(3) :947-990, 1965.

MH-2833 (R01) PITTENGER, ROBERT E., and
Hockert, CHARLES F.: Linguistic-psychiatric
analysis of interview samples. State University of
New York—Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse,
N.Y. (1959-62)

PITTENGER, ROBERT E.: The first five minutes—its
significance in mental health. Journal of Com-
munication, 13(3):140-145, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2021).

PITTENGER, ROBERT E., HOCKETT, CHARLES F., and
DANEHY, JOHN J.: The first five minutes. Ithaca,
N.Y., Paul Martineau, 1960, 264 p. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2021).

MH-2834 (Ro1) Hi, WINFrRED F., COTTON,
JouN W., and JENSEN, GLEN D.: Generalization
related to number of trials and hunger. North-
western University, Evanston, Ill. (1959-61)

JENSEN, G. D.: Partial reinforcement effects (PREs)
and inverse PREs determined by position of a non-
reward block of responses. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 62:461-467, 1961.

353

JENSEN, GLEN D.: Preference for bar-pressing over
“freeloading” as a function of number of rewarded
presses. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:
451-454, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4494
and MH-7237).

JENSEN, G. D., and CoTTON, J. W.: Running speed
as a function of stimulus similarity and number
of trials. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 54:474-476, 1961.

JENSEN, G. D., and CotTON, J. W.: Complete gen-
eralization to stimuli of different areas in a Grice-
type apparatus. Psychological Reports, 12:647-
650, 1963.

MH-2836 (R01) MAUSNER, BERNARD: Experimen-
tal study of social interaction. University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1959-62)

MAUSNER, BERNARD: Situational effects on a pro-
jective test. Journal of Applied Psychology, 45:
186-192, 1961.

MAUSNER, BERNARD: Perspectives on interaction re-
search. In: Hollander, E. P., ed. A convergence
on social influence. New York, State University
of Buffalo, 1963.

MAUSNER, BERNARD: The specification of the stimu-
lus in a social interaction. In: Sells, S. B., ed.
Stimulus determinants of behavior. Symposium
on dimensions of stimulus situations which account
for behavior variance. New York, Ronald Press,
1963, p. 107-117.

MH-2838 (R01) Harwoop, CHARDEs W., and
Loucks, ROGER B.: Operant autonomic condi-
tioning. Western Washington State College, Bel-
lingham, Wash. (1959-63)

Harwoobp, C. W.: Operant heart rate conditioning:
Psychological Record, 12:279-284, 1962.

Harwoop, C. W.: Operant autonomic conditioning.
In: Taylor, Herbert C., Jr., ed. Research in
progress. Bellingham, Washington, Graphic Arts
Press, 1963, p. 31-36.

MH-2839 (R01) Orbs, JaMEs: Pharmacology of
motivational mechanisms. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1959- )

BuURES, J., BURresova, O., Firkova, E., Orbs, J,
Orbs, M. E., and Travis, R. P.: Spreading depres-
sion and subcortical drive centers. Physiologia
Bohemoslovenica, 10:321-331, 1961.

CiaNci, S. N.: Effects of cortical and subcortical
stimulation on delayed response in monkeys. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 11(1):104-114, 1965.

MaRrGULES, D. L., and OLps, J.: Identical “feeding”
and “rewarding” systems in the lateral hypothala-
mus of rats. Science, 135(3501):374-375, 1962.
Orbs, J.: Studies of neuropharmacologicals by elec-
trical and chemical manipulation of the brain in
animals with chronically implanted electrodes. In:
Bradley, P. B., Deniker, P., and Radouco-Thomas,
C., eds. Newuropsychopharmacology. Amsterdam,
Elsevier, 1959, p. 20-32. (Proceedings of the 1st
International Congress of Neuro-pharmacology).

Orbs, J.: Self-injection in the rat brain. In: Brad-
ley, P. B., Deniker, P., and Radouco-Thomas, C.,
eds. Neuropsychopharmacology. Proceedings of
the 1st International Congress of Neuro-pharma-
cology, Rome, Sept. 1958. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1959, p. 386-387.

OLps, J.: Approach avoidance dissociations in rat
brain. American Journal of Physiology, 199(6):
965-968, 1960.

OvLps, J.: Positive emotional systems studied by tech-
niques of self-stimulation. Psychiatric Research
Reports, 12:238-258, 1960.

Orbs, J.: Differential effects of drives and drugs on
self-stimulation at different brain sites. In: Sheer,
D. E, ed. Electrical stimulation of the brain.
Austin, University of Texas Press, 1961, p. 350-
366.

Orbs, J.: Mechanisms of instrumental conditioning.
(Abstract) Electroencephalography, 14:426-427,
1962.

Orbs, J.: Spreading depression and hypothalamic
behavior mechanisms. Federation Proceedings,
21(3) :648-658, 1962.

Orbs, J.: Hypothalamic substrates of reward. Physi-
ological Review, 42(4) :554-604, 1962.

Orbs, J.: Mechanisms of instrumental conditioning.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 24:219-234, 1963.

Orbs, J.: The induction and suppression of hypo-
thalamic self-stimulation behavior by micro-injec-
tion of endogenous substances at the self-stimula-
tion site. In: Excerpta Medica International Con-
gress, Series 83, 1964, p. 597-605. (Proceedings
of the 2nd International Congress of Endocrinol-
ogy, London, Aug. 1964) (Also acknowledges
MH-1614).

Orbs, James: Operant conditioning of single unit
responses. In: Excerpta Medica International Con-
gress, Series 87, p. 372-380. (Proceedings of the
23rd International Congress of Physiological Sci-
ences, Tokyo, Sept. 1965) (Also acknowledges
MH-1614).

Orbs, J., and Orbs, M. E.: Interference and learning
in paleocortical systems. In: Delafresnaye, J. F.,
ed. Brain mechanisms and learning. Oxford,
Blackwell Scientific Publications, 1961, p. 153-187.

Orbs, J., and Travis, R. P.: Spreading depression
and self-stimulation. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 19(1)Part 1:293, 1960.

354

Orbs, J., and Travis, R. P.: Effects of chloroproma-
zine, meprobamate, pentobarbital and morphine on
self-stimulation. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 128(4):397-404, 1960.

Orbs, J., Travis, R. P., and ScHwING, R. C.: Topo-
graphic organization of hypothalamic self-stimula-
tion functions. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 53(1):23-32, 1960.

OLps, J., YUWILER, A. H.,, Orbs, M. E,, and YUN,
C.: GABA microinjection in hypothalamic reward
centers. Federation Proceedings, 21(2):353, 1962.

Orbs, M. E., HOGBERG, D., and OLbDs, J.: Tranquili-
zer action on thalamic and midbrain escape be-
havior. American Journal of Physiology, 206(3):
515-520, 1964.

Orbs, M. E., and Ops, J.: Emotional and associa-
tive mechanisms in rat brain. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 54(2):120-
126, 1961.

Orbs, M. E., and OLps, J.: Approach-escape interac-
tions in rat brain. American Journal of Physiol-
0gy, 203(5) :803-810, 1962.

Orbs, M. E, and Ops, J.: Approach-avoidance
analysis of rat diencephalon. [Journal of Com-
parative Neurology, 120(2):259-295, 1963.

Ovps, M. E,, and OLps, J.: Pharmacological patterns
in subcortical reinforcement behavior. Interna-
tional Journal of Neuropharmacology, 2:309-325,
1964.

Wurtz, R. H., and Orbs, J.: Chronic stimulation
of amygdaloid complex. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 20 (1) Part 1:336, 1961.

MH-2840 (R03) STOLLER, ROBERT ]., and GEERTS-
MA, RoBERT H.: Final examination in clinical
psychiatry. University of California, Los Angeles,
Calif. (1958-59)

STOLLER, ROBERT J., and GEERTSMA, ROBERT H.:
The consistency of psychiatrists’ clinical judgments.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137(1):
58-66, 1963.

MH-2843 (R01) SHAW, MERVILLE C.: Under-
achievement and personality in bright children.
Chico State College, Chico, Calif. (1959-60)

SHAW, M. C., and Dutton, B. E.: The use of the
parent attitude research inventory with the par-
ents of bright academic underachievers. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 53(5):203-208, 1962.

MH-2844 (R01) KurrLaND, ALBERT A., and
MagrsHALL, Curtis: Hexafluorodiethyl ether and
convulsive threshold. Spring Grove State Hospi-
tal, Catonsville, Md. (1959-62)

KURLAND, ALBERT A., DELAMONICA, ENRIQUE,
and MARSHALL, CURTIS: A preliminary note of
the effect of hexafluorodiethyl ether (Indoklon)
on the electroencephalogram of the epileptic.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiol-
0gy, 13:781-785, 1961.

KURLAND, A., MARSHALL, C., and HANLON, T. E.:
The effect of flurothyl (indoklon R) on the elec-
troencephalogram of the alcoholic. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 5:279-283, 1964.

MH-2845 (R03) StEBBINS, WILLIAM C.: A tech-
nique for measuring reaction time. Hamilton
College, Clinton, N.Y. (1958-59)

STEBBINS, W. C., and DaNsoN, R. N.: A tech-
nique for measuring the latency of a discrimina-
tive operant. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 4:149-155, 1961.

MH-2848 (R03) WirTE, ROBERT S.: A trace hy-
pothesis for statistical learning theory. Cornell
College, Mount Vernon, Iowa. (1959-60)

WitTE, R. S.: Conditional response probability in a
T maze. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
62:439-447, 1961.

MH-2850 (R01) Kroprer, PETER H.: Environ-
mental determination of behavioral characters.
Duke University, Durham, N.C. (1959-62)

HaiLMAN, J. P.: Why do gull chicks peck at visu-
ally contrasting spots? A suggestion concerning
social learning of food-discrimination. American
Naturalist, 95:245-247, 1961.

KrLopFER, P. H.: Behavioral aspects of ecology.
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall,
1962.

Kroprer, P. H.: Behavioral aspects of habitat se-
lection. The role of early experience. Wilson
Bulletin, 75:51-22, 1963.

KLOPFER, P. H., and GorTLIEB, G.: Imprinting and
behavioral polymorphism: Auditory and visual
imprinting in domestic ducks and the involve-
ment of the critical period. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:126-130,
1962.

KrLopFER, P. H., and GOTTLIEB, G.: Learning abil-
ity and behavioral polymorphism within individ-
ual clutches of wild ducklings. Zeitschrift fur
Tierpsychologie, 19:183-190, 1962.

KrLopPFER, P. H., and MACARTHUR, R. H.: Niche

size and faunal diversity. American Naturalist,
94:293-300, 1960.

KropPFER, P. H., and MACARTHUR, R. H.: On the
causes of tropical species diversity: Niche overlap.
American Naturalist, 95:222-226, 1961.

WEeLcH, B. L.,, and Kroprer, P. H.: Endocrine
variability as a factor in the regulation of popu-

355

lation density. American Naturalist, 95:256-260,
1961.

MH-2853 (R03) EMMERICH, WALTER: Family role
concepts of children and their parents. University
of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1959-60)

EMMERICH, WALTER: Variations in the parent role
as a function of the parent's sex and child's sex
and age. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 8:3-11, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3844).

EMMERICH, WALTER: Family role concepts of chil-
dren ages six to ten. Child Development, 32:
609-624, 1961. Also in: Thomas E. A. S., and
Biddle, B. J., eds. Social role: Readings in theory
and application. New York, Wiley, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-3844).

MH-2855 (R01) BrowN, BARBARA B.: Evaluation
of CNS drugs on rhinencephalic activities. Riker
Laboratories, Northridge, Calif.: (1959-62)

BaiLey, L. E., and BRowN, B. B.: Central electrical
effects of two CNS stimulants. (Abstract) Phar-
macologist, 2(2) :86, 1960.

BrowN, BARBARA B.: CNS stimulants and brain
electrical activity in spontaneously behaving cats.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1):320,
1961.

BrOwN, BARBARA B., and SHRYNE, JAMES E., JR.:
EEG theta activity and fast activity sleep in cats
as related to behavioral traits. Neuropsychologia,
2:311-326, 1964.

MH-2856 (RO1) BEeAcH, FRANK A.: Psychophysi-
ology of reproductive behavior. University of
California, Berkeley, Calif. (1958-60) (Contin-
ued from MH-943).

BeacH, F. A.: Neural and chemical regulation of
behavior. In: Harlow, Harry F., and Woolsey,
Clinton N., eds. Biological and biochemical bases
of behavior. Wisconsin, University of Wisconsin,
1958, p. 263-285. (Also acknowledges MH-
943).

BeacH, F. A.: Normal sexual behavior in male rats
isolated at fourteen days of age. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 51:37,
1958. (Also acknowledges MH-943).

BeacH, F. A., and FowLER, H.: Individual differ-
ences in the response of male rats to androgen.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 52:50-52, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
943).

BeacH, F. A., and FowLER, H.: Effects of ‘‘situa-
tional anxiety” on sexual behavior in male rats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 52:245-248, 1959. (Also acknowledges
MH-943).
BEeAcH, F. A., and RABEDEAU, R.: Sexual exhaustion
and recovery in the male hamster. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
56-61, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-943).

BeacH, F. A., and WHALEN, R.: Effects of ejacu-
lation on sexual behavior in the male rat. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52:
249-254, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-943).

BeacH, F. A., and WHALEN, R.: Effects of intro-
mission with ejaculation upon sexual behavior in
male rats. Journal of Comparative ani Physiolog-
ical Psychology, 52:476-481, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-943).

MH-2857 (R01) BITTERMAN, MorTON E., and
GonzaLEz, RicHARD C.: Phylogenetic aspects of
learning. Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, Pa.
(1959- )

BEHREND, ErikA R.: Avoidance-conditioning in the
fish: Further studies of the CS-US interval.
American Journal of Psychology, 77:15-28, 1964.

BEHREND, E. R., and BITTERMAN, M. E.: Probabil-
ity-matching in the fish. American Journal of
Psychology, 74:542-551, 1961.

BeEHREND, E. R., and BITTERMAN, M. E.: Avoid-
ance conditioning in the goldfish: Exploratory
studies of the CS-US interval. American Journal
of Psychology, 75:18-34, 1962.

BEHREND, E. R., and BITTERMAN, M. E.: Probabil-
ity matching. Science, 137:921-922, 1962.

BEHREND, E. R., and BIirTERMAN, M. E.: Sidman
avoidance in the fish. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 6:47-52, 1963.

BEHREND, ERIKA R., DoMEsick, VALERIE B., and
BrirTERMAN, M. E.: Habit reversal in the fish.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 60(3):407-411, 1965.

BERGER, BARRY D., YARCZOWER, MATTHEW, and
BirTERMAN, M. E.: Effect of partial reinforce-
ment on the extinction of a classically conditioned
response in the goldfish. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 59(3):399-405,
1965.

BirTERMAN, M. E.: Toward a comparative psychol-
ogy of learning. American Psychologist, 15:704-
712, 1960.

BirTERMAN, M. E.: Techniques for the study of
learning in animals. Psychological Bulletin, 59:
81-93, 1962.

BirterMAN, M. E.: Classical conditioning in the
goldfish as a function of the CS-US interval.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 58:359-366, 1964.

BirTERMAN, M. E.: Phyletic differences in learning.
American Psychologist, 20(6):396-410, 1965.

356

BrrTerRMAN, M. E.: The evolution of intelligence.
Scientific American, 212:92-100, 1965.

DALLENBACH, KARL M., BITTERMAN, M. E., NEw-
MAN, E. B., and PosTMAN, LEO: Avoidance-
conditioning in the goldfish: Exploratory studies
of the CS-US interval. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 75(1) :18-34, 1962.

EskiN, R., and BITTERMAN, M. E.: Fixed-interval
and fixed-ratio performance in the fish as a func-
tion of prefeeding. American Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 73:417-423, 1960.

GonzaLEz, R. C., BAINBRIDGE, PAUL, and BITTER-
MAN, M. E.: Discrete-trials lever pressing in the
rat as a function of pattern of reinforcement, ef-
fortfulness ‘of response, ‘and amount of reward.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 61(1'):110-122, 1966.

GonNzaALEzZ, R. C., BEHREND, ERIKA R., and BITTER-
MAN, M. E.: Partial reinforcement in the fish:
Experiments with spaced trials and partial delay.
American Journal of Psychology, 78(2):198-207,
1965.

GonzaLEz, R. C, and BITTERMAN, M. E.: Resist-
ance to extinction in the rat as a function of per-
centage and distribution of reinforcement. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
58:258-263, 1964.

GonzaLEz, R. C., EskiN, R., and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Alternating and partial reinforcement in
the fish, with some observations on asymptotic re-
sistance to extinction. American Journal. of Psy-
chology, 74:561-568, 1961.

GonzaLEz, R. C., EskIN, R., and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Extinction in the fish after partial rein-
forcement with number of reinforcements equated.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 55:381-386, 1962.

GonzaLEz, R. C., EskiN, R. and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Further experiments on partial reinforce-
ment in the fish. American Journal of Psychology,
76:366-375, 1963.

GonzALEZ, R. C., GLEITMAN, H., and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Some observations on the depression effect.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 55:578-581, 1962.

GonzaLEz, R. C, Longo, N., and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Classical conditioning in the fish: Explo.
ratory studies of partial reinforcement. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
452-456, 1961.

GonzaLEz, R. C., MILSTEIN, S., and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Classical conditioning in the fish: Further

studies of partial reinforcement. American Jour-
nal of Psychology, 75:421-428, 1962.

GonzaLEz, R. C., RoBerTs, W. A. and BITTER-
MAN, M. E.: Learning in adult rats with extensive
cortical lesions made in infancy. American Jour-
nal of Psychology, 577:547-562, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5402).

HORNER, J., LoNGo, N., and BITTERMAN, M. E.:
A classical conditioning technique for small aqua-
tic animals. American Journal of Psychology, 73:
623-626, 1960.

HORNER, J., LoNGo, N., and BITTERMAN, M. E.:
A shuttlebox for the fish and a control circuit of
general applicability. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 74:114-120, 1961.

KrLinMAN, C., and BIrrTerRMAN, M. E.: Classical
conditioning in the fish: The CS-US interval.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 56:578-583, 1963.

LonNGo, N., and BITTERMAN, M. E.: The effect of
partial reinforcement with spaced practice on re-
sistance to extinction in the fish. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 53:169-
172, 1960.

LoNGo, N., and BirTERMAN, M. E.: An improved
live-worm dispenser. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 6:279-280, 1963.

RoBERTs, WILLIAM A.: Learning and motivation in
the immature rat. American Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 79(1):3-23, 1966.

SHAPIRO, S. M.: Interocular transfer of pattern-
discrimination in the goldfish. American Journal
of Psychology, 78(1) :21-38, 1965.

WobINsKY, J., BEHREND, E. R., and BITTERMAN,
M. E.: Avoidance conditioning in two species of
fish. Animal Behavior, 10:76-78, 1962.

WODINSKY, J., and BITTERMAN, M. E.: Resistance
to extinction in the fish after extensive training
with partial reinforcement. American Journal of
Psychology, 73:429-434, 1960.

YARCZOWER, MATTHEW, and BITTERMAN, M. E.:
Stimulus generalization in the goldfish. In: Mos-
tofsky, David I, ed. Stimulus generalization.
Stanford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 1965,
p. 179-192.

MH-2858 (R01) KOBLER, ARTHUR L.: Psychologic
change in the hospitalized mentally ill. Ryther
Child Center, Seattle, Wash. (1958-61)

KOBLER, ARTHUR L., and StoTrLAND, EZRA: The
end of hope: A social-clinical study of suicide.
New York, Free Press of Glencoe, 1964, 266 p.

StoTLAND, EZRA, and KOBLER, ARTHUR L.: Life
and death of a mental hospital. Seattle, Univ. of
Wash. Press, 1965, 257 p.

MH-2861 (R01) Buss, ARNOLD H.: Stimulus gen-
eralization and aggressive stimuli. University of
Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1959-62)

357

Buss, A. H.: Stimulus generalization and aggressive
stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61:
469-473, 1961.

Buss, A. H.: Stimulus generalization with aggres-
sive verbal stimuli: A new paradigm. Journal of
Psychology, 53:417-424, 1962.

GEER, J., and Buss, A. H.: Generalization of a
nonverbal response to aggressive verbal stimuli.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63:413-414,
1962.

Murray, E. N., and Buss, A. H.: Mediated stimu-
lus generalization and words connoting mood.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:
586-593, 1963.

MH-2867 (R03) KimMEL, HERBERT D.: The gal-
vanic skin response as operant behavior. Univer-
sity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. (1959-60)

KimMEL, H. D., and HILL, FRANCES A.: Operant
conditioning of the GSR. Psychological Reports,
7:555-562, 1960.

KimMEL, H. D., and HiLL, FRANCES A.: A compari-
son of two electrodermal measures of response to
stress. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54:395-397, 1961.

MH-2870 (R03) TYLER, LEONA E.: Use of a sort-
ing test to assess patterns of choices. University
of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1959-59)

TYLER, LEONA E.: Research explorations in the
realm of choice. Journal of Counseling Psychol-
0gy, 8:195-201, 1961.

MH-2875 (R01) KARELITZ, SAMUEL, FISICHELLI,
VINCENT R., and ROSENFELD, LAURA S.: In-
fant vocalizations as index of mental development.
Long Island Jewish Hospital, New Hyde Park,
NY. (1959-64)

FisicHELLL, V. R., and KareLitz, S.: The cry
latencies of normal infants and those with brain
damage. Journal of Pediatrics, 62:724-734, 1963.

FisicHeLLL, V. R., KARrgLITZ, S., EICHBAUER, J,

and ROSENFELD, L.: Volume-unit graphs: Their
production and applicability in studies of infants’
cries. Journal of Psychology, 52:423-429, 1961.

KARELITZ, S.: Infant vocalizations. Journal of the
Indian Pediatric Society, 2:1-3, 1963.

KARELITZ, S., and FisicHELLIL, V. R.: The cry thresh-
olds of normal infants and those with brain dam-
age. Journal of Pediatrics, 61:679-685, 1962.

KARELITZ, S., FisicHELLIL, V. R., Costa, ]., KAREL-
11z, R., and ROSENFELD, L.: Relation of crying
activity in early infancy to speech and intellectual
development of age three years. Child Develop-
ment, 35:769-777, 1964.
KARELITZ, S., KARELITZ, R., and ROSENFELD, L. S.:
Infants’ vocalizations and their significance. In:
Bowman, P. W., and Mautner, H. V., eds. Men-
tal Retardation (Proceedings of the First Interna-
tional Medical Conference). New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1960, p. 439-446.

MH-2876 (R03) FELDMAN, MARVIN ].: The effect
of reward on conformity behavior. University of
Buffalo, prior to Sept. 1, 1962—Buffalo, N.Y.
(1958-59)

FELDMAN, MARVIN J., and BIERMAN, RALPH: The
effect of reward on conforming and independent
behavior. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 14:
334, 1959.

MH-2878 (R01) MEssicK, SAMUEL J., and JACK-
soN, Doucras N.: Stylistic determinants in per-
sonality assessment Educational Testing Service.
Princeton, N.J. (1959- )

Jackson, DoucLas N., and MESSICK, S.: Acquies-
cence and desirability as response determinants on
the MMPI. Educational and Psychological Meas-
urement, 21:771-790, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2738).

Jackson, Doucras N., and MEsSICK, S.: Acquies-
cence and the factorial interpretation of the
MMPI. Psychological ~ Bulletin, 58:299-304,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2738).

Jackson, Doucras N., and Messick, S.: Desira-
bility scale values and dispersions for MMPI
items. Psychological Reports, 8:409-414, 1961.
(Also acnowledges MH-2738).

Jackson, Doucras N., and MEssicK, S.: Response
styles on the MMPI: Comparison of clinical and
normal samples. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 65:285-299, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2738).

Jackson, Doucras N., and MESsICK, S.: Response
styles and assessment of psychopathology. In:
Messick, S., and Ross, J., eds. Measurement in
personality and cognition. New York, Wiley,
1962, p. 129-155. Also in: Jackson, D. N., and
Messick, S., eds. Problems in human assessment.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2738).

MEssicK, S.: Response style and content measures
from personality inventories. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 22:41-56, 1962.

Tucker, L. R., and MEssick, S.: An individual
differences model for multidimensional scaling.
Psychometrika, 28:333-367, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4186).

MH-2879 (R01) Long, EUGENE R., Jr.: Operant
conditioning techniques for children. University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1959-63)

358

LoNG, EUGENE R.: Multiple scheduling in children.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
3:268, 1959.

LoNG, EuGeNE R.: Additional techniques for pro-
ducing multiple schedule control in children.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
5:443-455, 1962.

LoNG, EUGENE R.: Chained and tandem scheduling
with children. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 6:459-472, 1963.

MH-2882 (R01) LENNARD, HENRY L., HENDIN,
HELEN, and Sirs, Davip L.: Communication
systems having a mentally ill member. Columbia
University, New York, N.Y. (1959-62)

HENDIN, HELEN C., LENNARD, HENRY L., and
BERNSTEIN, ARNOLD: Psychotherapy as a system of
action. American Journal of Psychiatry, 117(10):
903-909, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1076).

LENNARD, HENRY L.: The challenge of research on
family dynamics. In: Ackerman, N., and Beat-
man, F., eds. Exploring the base for family
therapy. New York, Family Service Association
of America, 1961.

LENNARD, HENRY L.: Some aspects of the psycho-
therapy system. In: Strupp, H., and Luborsky, L.,
eds. Research in psychotherapy. Washington,
D.C., American Psychological Association, 1962,
p. 218-236. (Also acknowledges MH-1076).

LENNARD, HENRY L.: Research on psychotherapy.
In: Topical problems of psychotherapy. Vol. 4.
Basel, S. Karger, 1963.

LENNARD, HENRY L., BEAULIEU, MAURICE R., and
EMBREY, NOLEN G.: Interaction in families with
a schizophrenic child. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 12:166-183, 1965.

LENNARD, HENRY L., and BERNSTEIN, ARNOLD:
The anatomy of psychotherapy: Systems of com-
munication and expectation. New York, Colum-
bia University Press, 1960, 209 p. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1076).

MH-2883 (R01) Woops, PauL J.: Intelligence as
a function of early environment. Hollins College,
Hollins College, Va. (1959- )

Borres, R. C, and Woops, P. J.: The ontogeny
of behavior in the albino rat. Animal Behavior,
12:427-441, 1964.

RowLaND, G., and Woonbs, P. ]J.: Performance of
the Tryon “bright” and “dull” strains under two
conditions in a multiple T-maze. Canadian [our-
nal of Psychology, 15:20-25, 1961.

Woops, P. J.: Behavior in a novel situation as influ-
enced by the immediately preceding environment.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
5(2):185-190, 1962.
Woops, P. J.: Instrumental escape conditioning in a
water tank: Preliminary report. Psychological
Reports, 13:719-722, 1963.

Woops, P. J.: Water tank apparatus for instrumental
escape conditioning. Psychological Reports, 14:
167-170, 1964.

Woops, P. J., and BoLLEs, R. C.: Effects of current
hunger and prior eating habits on exploratory be-
havior. Journal of Comparative and Physiology
Psychology, 59:141-143, 1965.

Woops, P. J., and DavipsoN, E.: The behavioral
effects of changes in environmental complexity.
Canadian [Journal of Psychology, 18:23-27, 1964.

Woops, P. J., Davison, E. H., and PETERS, R. J.:
Instrumental escape conditioning in a water tank:
The effects of variations in drive stimulus intensity
and reinforcement magnitude. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 57(3) :466-
470, 1964.

Woops, P. J., Fiskg, A. S., and RUCKELSHAUS, S.:
The effects of drives conflicting with exploration
on the problem-solving behavior of rats reared in
“free” and “restricted” environments. [Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
167-169, 1961.

Woops, P. J., GLaviN, K. B., and KETTLE, C. M.:
A mother-daughter comparison on selected aspects
of child-rearing in a high socio-economic group.
Child Development, 31:121-125, 1960.

Woops, P. J., and HOLLAND, C.: Performance on a
black-white discrimination problem in a water-
maze as influenced by water temperature and swim-
ming ability. Psychological Reports, 9:433-439,
1961.

Woops, P. J., and JENNINGS, S.: Response to en-
vironmental change: A further confirmation. Psy-
chological Reports, 5:560, 1959.

Woops, P. J., RUCKELSHAUS, S., and BOWLING, D.:
Some, effects of “free” and “restricted” environ-
mental rearing conditions upon adult behavior in
the rat. Psychological Reports, 6:191-200, 1960.

MH-2884 (R01) KAGAN, JEROME, and LESSER,
GERALD S.: Conference on apperceptive fantasy
techniques. ~~ Fels Research Institute, Yellow
Springs, Ohio. (1959-60)

KAGAN, J., and Lesser, G. S., eds.: Contemporary
issues in” thematic apperceptive methods. Spring-
field, I11., C. C. Thomas, 1961, 328 p.

MH-2890 (R01) BALDRIDGE, ROBERT G., and
BoRrOFsKY, LEATRICE: Tryptophan metabolism in
phenylketonurics. Temple University, Philadel
phia, Pa. (1959-62)

AUERBACK, V. H., DIGEORGE, A. M., BALDRIDGE,
R. C., TourTELLETTE, C. D., and BRIGHAM,

359

M. P.: Histidinemia. A deficiency of histidase
resulting in the urinary excretion of histidine and
imidazolepyruvic acid. Journal of Pediatrics, 60:
487-497, 1962.

REICHLE, R. A., BALDRIDGE, R. C., Doss, J., and
TROMPETTER, M.: Tryptophan metabolism in
phenylketonurics. Journal of the American Medsi-
cal Association, 178:939-941, 1961.

SPOLTER, PARI D., and BALDRIDGE, R. C.: Effect of
ethionine on lustidine metabolism. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 113(2) :436-439, 1963.

MH-2891 (R01) SNYDER, LAURENCE H., LIPPMAN,
RicHARD W., and YasuNoBu, Kerry T.: Bio-
chemical and genetic aspects of mental dysfunc-
tion. University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Haw.
(1959-64)

Yamapa, H., GEE, P., EBATA, M., and YASUNOBU,
K.: Monoamine oxidase. VI. Physiochemical
properties of plasma monoamine oxidase. Bio-
chemica et Biophysica Acta, 81:165-171, 1964.

YAMADA, H., and YasuNoBu, K.: The nature of the
prosthetic group of plasma amine oxidase. Bio-
chemical and Biophysical Research Communica-
tions, 8:5, 1962.

Yamapa, H., and YasuNoBu, K.: Monoamine oxi-
dase. II. Copper, one of the prosthetic groups
of -plasma monoamine oxidase. Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 237(10):3077-3082, 1963.

YAMADA, H., and YAsuNoBuU, K.: Monoamine oxi-
dase. IV. Nature of the second prosthetic group
of plasma monoamine oxidase. [Journal of Bio-
logical Chemistry, 238:2669, 1963.

Yamapa, H., YasunoBu, K., Yamano, T., and
MasoN, M.: Copper in plasma amine oxidase.
Nature, 198:1092, 1963.

YasuNnoBuU, K., and YAMADA, H.: Plasma amine
oxidase, a cuprice-pyridoxal phosphate enzyme. In:
Proceedings of the Symposium on Chemical and
Biological Aspects of Pyridoxal Catalysis, Rome,
1962. New York, Pergamon Press, 1963, p. 453-
466.

MH-2895 (R01) Fortz, ELDON L., and WHITE,
LoweLL E., Jr.: Centrogenic factors in experi-
mental disease states. University of Washington,
Seattle, Wash. (1959- )

Fortz, E. L.: Neurophysiological mechanisms in
production of gastrointestinal ulcers. Journal of
the American Medical Association, 187:413-417,
1964.

Fortz, E. L., and WHITE, L. E., JR.: Pain “relief”
by frontal cingulumotomy. Journal of Neuro-
surgery, 19:89-100, 1962.
WHITE, L. E., Jr., NELsON, W., and Fortz, E. L.:
The cingulum fasciculus as related to the limbic
system. (Abstract) Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 10:361, 1958.

WHITE, L. E., JR, NELSON, W. M., and FoLtz,
E. L.: Cingulum fasciculus study by evoked poten-
tials. Experimental Neurology, 2:406-421, 1960.

MH-2896 (R01) WEITZENHOFFER, ANDRE M.: An
investigation of hypnotic time distortion. Stan-
ford University, Stanford, Calif. (1959-60)

WEITZENHOFFER, A. M.: Explorations in hypnotic
time distortion. I. Acquisition of temporal refer-
ence frames under conditions of time distortion.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:354~
366, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3859).

MH-2898 (R01) DunHAM, H. WARREN, and
HoweLL, RoGER W.: An epidemiological study
of schizophrenia. Lafayette Clinic, Detroit, Mich.
(1959-62)

DunHaM, H. W.: Social class and schizophrenia.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 34:634-
642, 1964.

DunHaM, H. WARREN, GuLyas, DENEz, KNOX,
RICHARD, and Pits, JESSE: The development of a
screening device for selecting schizophrenics in the
community. Psychiatric Research Reports, 15:97-
105, 1962.

DuNHAM, H. WARREN, KNOX, RICHARD S., and
Pitts, Jesse R.: The epidemiology of schizo-
phrenia in two subcommunities of Detroit. In:
Proceedings of the Third World Congress of
Psychiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal, University of
Toronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p.
1089-1094.

MH-2900 (R01) DiVEst4s, FraNcis J.: Verbal
mediation in learning of preferences. Syracuse
University, Syracuse, N.Y. (1959-64)

Di Vesta, FRANCIS J.: Contrast effects in the verbal
conditioning of meaning. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 62:535-544, 1961.

Dr Vesta, FRANCIS J.: Effects of mediated generali-
zation on the development of children’s prefer-
ences for figures. Child Development, 33:209-
220, 1962.

D1 Vesta, FRANCIS J, and Stover, DoNALD O.:
The semantic mediation of evaluative meaning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64:467-475,
1962.

MH-2903 (R01) CHURCH, RUSSELL M.: Behavior
in competitive situations. Brown University,
Providence, RI. (1959-64)

CARNATHAN, JAMES, and CHURCH, RUSSELL M.:
The effect of competitive allocation of reinforce-

360

ments to rats in the straight alley.

Journal of
General Psychology, 71:137-144, 1964.

CHURCH, RUSSELL M.: Effects of a competitive situ-
ation on the speed of response. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:162-
166, 1961.

CHURCH, RusseLL M.: The effects of competition on
reaction time and palmar skin conductance. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65:32-40,
1962.

CHURCH, RUSSELL M.: Effect of relative skill on the
amount of competitive facilitation. Psychological
Reports, 11:603-614, 1962.

CHURCH, RUSSELL M.: Systematic effect of random
error in the yoked control design. Psychological
Bulletin, 62:122-131, 1964.

CuurcH, R. M, and Camp, D. S.: Change in
reaction-time as a function of knowledge of re-
sults. American Journal of Psychology, 78(1):
102-106, 1965.

CHURCH, RUSSELL M., and CARNATHAN, JAMES:
Differential reinforcement of short latency re-
sponses in the white rat. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:120-123, 1963.

CHURCH, RUSSELL M., MILLWARD, RICHARD B., and
MILLER, PETER: Prediction of success in a com-
petitive reaction time situation. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 67:234-240, 1963.

MH-2904 (R01) NicHoLs, JoHN R., and HORN,
PauL E.: Operant conditioning factors in opiate
addiction. Southeastern Louisiana College, Ham-
mond, La. (1959- )

Davis, W. M., and NicHoLs, J. R.: Physical de-
pendence and sustained opiate-directed behavior
in the rat. Psychopharmacologia, 3:139-145, 1962.

Davis, W. M., and NicHoLs, J. R.: A technique for
self-injection of drugs in the study of reinforce-
ment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6(2) :233-235, 1963.

Mors, W. H.: Effect of amobarbital and chlorpro-
mazine on punished behavior in the pigeon. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 6:286-294, 1964.

NicHots, J. R.: A procedure which produces sus-
tained opiate-directed behavior (morphine addic-
tion) in the rat. Psychological Reports, 13:895-
904, 1963.

NicHoLs, J. R., and Evans, W. O.: The relationship
between the analgetic effect of morphine and ad-
diction liability in rats. U.S. Army Medical Re-
search and Development Command, February 25,
1963. (Unclassified report number 559).

MH-2906 (R03) MapisoN, HARRY L.: Motivation
of patients in occupational therapy. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1959-59)
MabisoN, HARRY L., and HERRING, MARJORIE B.:
An experimental study of motivation. American
Journal of Occupational Therapy, 14(5):253-255,
1960.

MH-2908 (R03) WiLsoN, WiLLIAM A., Jr.: Cor-
tical lesions and intersensory transfer. University
of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1959-60)

WiLsoN, M., and WiLsoN, W. A., Jr.: Intersensory
facilitation of learning sets in normal and brain-
operated monkeys. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:931-934, 1962. (Al-
so acknowledges MH-4472).

MH-2919 (R01) KAPLAN, OscAR ].: Psychological
abilities scale for seniles. San Diego State College,
San Diego, Calif. (1960-64)

KAPLAN, JEROME, FOrD, CAROLINE S., and WAIN,
HARRY: Measuring the impact of a gerontological
counseling service on a medical community. [our-
nal of Gerontology, 21(1):27-30, 1966.

KAPLAN, Oscar: Changes in psychological test per-
formance in seniles after a one year interval. Part
II. Gerontologist, 3:29 (September), 1963.

KAPLAN, OscArR, and MiITcHELL, DoroTHY C.:
Psychological abilities and self-care in seniles. In:
Excerpta Medica, 6th International Congress of
Gerontology. Amsterdam, International Congress
Series 57, 1963, p. 143.

KapLaN, Oscar J., RUMBAUGH, DUANE M.,,
MitcHELL, DoroTHY C., and THOMAS, EDMUND
D.: Effects of level of surviving abilities, time of
day, and test-retest upon psychological performance
in seniles. Journal of Gerontology, 18:55-59,
1963.

MH-2920 (Ro01) FEIFEL, HERMAN, and MEYER,
MORTIMER M.: Attitudes toward death of termi-
nally ill persons. University of Southern Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1959-63)

FEIFEL, HERMAN: Death-relevant variable in psy-
chology. In: May, Rollo, ed. Existential psychol-
ogy. New York, Random House, 1961, p. 61-74.

FEIFEL, HERMAN: Attitudes toward death in older
persons. Journal of Gerontology, 16:44-66, 1961.

FEIFEL, HERMAN: Scientific research in taboo areas:
Death. American Behavioral Scientist, 5:28-30,
1962.

FriFsL, HERMAN: Relationships between religious
outlook and attitudes toward death. In: Cook,
Stuart W., ed. Research plans in the fields of
religion, values, and morality. New York, Reli-
gious Education Association, 1962, p. 60-66.

FEIFEL, HERMAN: The taboo on death. American
Behavioral Scientist, 6:66-67, 1963.

361

FeIFEL, HERMAN: Death. In: Deutsch, Albert, ed.
The encyclopedia of mental health. Vol. 2. New
York, Franklin Watts, 1963, p. 427-450.

FEIFEL, HERMAN: Death. In: Farberow, Norman
L., ed. Taboo topics. New York, Atherton Press,
1963, p. 8-21.

FeIFEL, HERMAN: The function of attitudes toward
dying. In: Death and dying: Attitudes of patient
and doctor. Symposium No. 11. Vol. 5. New
York, Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry,
1965, p. 632-641.

FeIFEL, HERMAN, and HELLER, JosEPH: Normalcy,
illness, and death. In: Proceedings of the 3rd
World Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal,
University of Toronto Press/McGill University
Press, 1962, p- 1252-1256.

MH-2921 (R17) LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Interdisci-
plinary study of speech and language. Childrens
Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass. (1959-
64) (Continued as MH-5268).

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Language, evolution, and pur-
posive behavior. In: Diamond, Stanley, ed. Cul-
ture in history. New York, Columbia University
Press, 1960.

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Color naming, color recogni-
tion, color discrimination: A reappraisal. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 12:375-382, 1961.

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Understanding language with-
out ability to speak: A case report. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65:419-425,
1962.

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: A laboratory for speech re-
search at the Children’s Hospital Medical Center.
New England [Journal of Medicine, 266:385-
392, 1962.

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: The relationship of language
to the formation of concepts. Synthese, 14:103-
109, 1962.

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Language disorders in child-
hood. Harvard Educational Review, 34(2):152-
177, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5268).

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Speech as a motor skill with
special reference to nonaphasic disorders. Mono-
graphs of the Society for Research in Child De-
velopment, 29(1):115-139, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5268).

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: A biological perspective of
language. In: Lenneberg, Eric H., ed. New
directions in the study of language. Cambridge,
Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1964, p. 65-88. (Also acknowledges MH-5268).

LENNEBERG, Eric H., NicHoLs, IRENE A., and
ROSENBERGER, ELEANOR F.: Primitive stages of
language development in mongolism. In: Rioch,
David McK., and Weinstein, Edwin A. eds.
Disorders of communication. Vol. 42. Associa-
tion for research in nervous and mental disease.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 119-137.
(Also acknowledges MH-5268).

MH-2922 (R10) WaRrsHAW, LEON ].: Effects of
drugs on mood and performance in industry.
United Artists Corporation, New York, N.Y.
(1959-63)

STONE, M. L., and WARsHAW, L. J.: Dysmenorrhea.
Journal of Occupational Medicine, 2:278-281,
1960.

WARsHAW, L. J.: Employment of the handicapped.
New York State Journal of Medicine, 60:2426-
2433, 1960.

WaRsHAW, L. J.: Clinical pharmacology in industrial

medicine. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeu-
tics, 2:230-236, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
2225).

WaARsHAW, L. J.: Cardiovascular effects of environ-
mental stress. [Journal of the American Society of
Safety Engineers, 7:33-38, 1962.

WaARsHAW, L. J.: Placebo effects (toxicity following
the use of placebos). In: Spain, D. M. The
complications of modern medical practices. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1963, p. 300-313.

WaRrsHAW, L. J.: Returning the cardiac to work.
Heart Bulletin, 13:1:-7, 1964.

WaRsHAW, L. J.: Clinical research in industrial
medicine. Journal of Occupational Medicine, 6:1-
4, 1964. (Also acknoweldges MH-2225).

WAaRsHAW, L. J.: The role of the industrial physician
in cardiovascular rehabilitation. Journal of Occu-
pational Medicine, 6:85-90, 1964.

WaRrsHAW, L. J., and BENNETT, H. J.: Evaluation
of drugs in industry. A. M. A. Archives of En-
vironmental Health, 6:227-234, 1963.

WarsHAW, L. J., BENNETT, H. J., and CHASSAN,
J. B.: Chlordiazepoxide and clidinium bromide in
management of acute gastrointestinal upset. New
York State Journal of Medicine, 64(3):405-409,
1964.

MH-2923 (R10) BriLL, NORMAN Q., and EPSTEIN,
LeoN: Tranquilizers in psychiatric outpatient treat-
ment. University of California, Los Angeles,
Calif. (1959-63)

BriLL, NORMAN Q., KOEGLER, RONALD R., EPSTEIN,
LeoN J., and Forcy, Epwarp W.: Controlled
study of psychiatric outpatient treatment. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 10:581-595, 1964.

KOEGLER, RONALD R., BRILL, NORMAN Q., EPSTEIN,
LEON J., and JORDAN, SARA J.: The vanishing
American. International Journal of Social Psychi-
atry, 10(1):14-18, 1964.

362

MH-2924 (R01) NEwcoMB, THEODORE M., and
SMITH, HowARD P.: Continuities in community
participation and attitudes. Bennington College,
Bennington, Vt. (1959-64)

NewcomB, T. M.: Persistence and regression of
changed attitudes: Long range studies. [Journal
of Social Issues, 19(4):3-14, 1963.

MH-2926 (R01) Coppock, HAROLD W., and PAT-
TERSON, ROBERT A.: Sensory and motor factors
in escape conditioning. Arizona State University,
Tempe, Ariz. (1959-64)

Coppock, H. W., and FreunD, J. E.: All-or-none
vs. incremental learning of errorless shock escapes
by the rat. Science, 135:1-2, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2006).

Copprock, H. W., and FREuND, J.: All or non vs.
incremental learning of errorless shock escapes by
the rat. Science, 135:318-319, 1962.

Coppock, H. W. MEgeks, W. A., and HUARD,
D. V.: Drug and strain effects on performance
and reversal of a head-position habit. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
551-557, 1963.

Coppock, HaroLD W., and OSBORNE, J. G.: Inter-
trial movements during distributed shock-escape
conditioning.  Psychonomic Science, 3(3):123-
124, 1965.

WENLER, JONATHAN: Multiple analysis program
system: A system of interrelated statistical pro-
grams. Tempe, Arizona, Arizona State University,
1959, 126 p. (Processed) (Also acknowledges
MH-2054).

MH-2927 (R01) FiscHER, RorLaND, and Liss,
LeopoLD: Factors involved in psychopharmaco-
logical activity. Columbus Psychiatric Institute
and Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1959-62)

FiscHER, Davin: Histochemical model experiments
on factors influencing dye-protein-interaction.
Journal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 7
(5):350-351, 1959.

FiscHER, R.: Selection on the molecular level: Bio-
logical role of drug-protein interaction. In: Pro-
ceedings of the International Symposium on Struc-
ture and Biological Function of Proteins, Sept. 21-
26, 1960. Berlin, W. Humboldt University, 1962,
p. 165-174.

FiscHER, R., GrIFFIN, F., and Liss, L.: Biological
aspects of time in relation to (model) psychoses.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
96:44-65, 1962.

FiscHER, RoLAND, and MEAD, E. L.: Time contra-
tion and psychomotor performance produced by
‘psilocybin. Nature, 209(5021):433-434, 1966.
FISCHER, R., and ZEMAN, W.: Neuronal dye-sorption
as a histochemical indicator of nervous activity.
Nature, 183:1337-1338, 1959.

FiscHER, R., ZEMAN, W., and IRONS, I.: Differential
dye-uptake in excited and non-excited nervous
tissue after treatment with pepsin and neutetra-
zeliunchloride. ~~ (Abstract) Journal of Histo-
chemistry and Cytochemistry, 9:103, 1961.

Irons, IAN I.: Rapid preparation of frozen sections
for comparative histochemical studies: Jump
mounting of paired frozen sections on semi-heated
microslides. Journal of Histochemistry and Cyto-
chemistry, 9(4) 363-367, 1961.

NERENBERG, C., and FiscHER, R.: Purification of
thionin, azure A, azure B, and methylene blue.
Stain Technology, 38:75-84, 1963.

ZEMAN, W., and FiscHER, R.: Further evidence on
the relation between neuronal dye sorption and
nervous activity. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent
advances in biological psychiatry. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1960, p. 16-23.

MH-2929 (R01) NEeLsoN, JoHN W., and TYE,
ARTHUR: Chlorpromazine action on amygdaloid-
septal areas. Ohio State University, Columbus,
Ohio. (1959-62)

CoHEN, M., and NELSON, J. W.: A method for
evaluating the behavioral effects of central de-
pressants. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 53:
863-868, 1964.

CoHEN, M., and NELSON, J. W.: The effects of
limbic lesions on chlorpromazine-pentobarbital in-
teraction. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 53

(8) :979-981, 1964.

Rarrt, J. R., NELsoN, J. W., and TYE, A.: An in-
vestigation of a possible site of action of chlor-
promazine. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
20(1)Part I:170, 1960.

Raitt, J. R., NELSON, J. W., and TyE, A.: Effect
of chlorpromazine on scpal hyperactivity in the
rat. British Journal of Pharmacology and Chemo-
therapy, 17(3) :473-478, 1961.

MH-2934 (R01) RickEirs, Karr: Eval of drug
therapy in psychiatric outpatients. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-64)

CartELL, R. B,, and RickELs, K.: Diagnostic power
of IPAT objective anxiety neuroticism tests. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 11:459-465, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-1733).

CATTELL, RAYMOND B., RicKELS, KARL, WEISE, C.,
Gray, B., and YEE, R.: The effects of psycho-
therapy upon measured anxiety and regression.
American Journal of Psychotherapy, 20(2):261-
269, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-1733).

363

DowNING, N., RickirLs, K., DowNING, R., and
RoBINSON, F.: Personality and attitudinal corre-
lates of response to drug treatment in psychiatric
outpatients. 3. Neurotic medical clinic patients
of low socio-economic status. A demographic
study. Journal of Psychology, 57:165-188, 1964.

DownNING, R., and RickELs, K.: Personality and
attitudinal correlates of response to drug treatment
in peychiatric outpatients: Preliminary investigation
and implications for further research. Journal of
Psychology, 54:345-361, 1962.

DownNING, RoBERT W., and RICKELS, KARL: Q-sort
patterns of self-evaluation in three neurotic clinic
populations. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21:
89-96, 1965.

GoopMAN, J., DowNING, R., and RickEiLs, K.:
Temporal change in handwriting expansiveness in
depressed and schizophrenic patients. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 139:53-61, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4679).

Mock, JoHN E., RicKELs, KARL, and YEE, ROBERT:
A clinical evaluation of hydroxyzine and placebo
in anxious psychiatric outpatients. International
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1(2):168-172, 1965.

RaaB, ErRNsT, RICKELS, KARL, and MOORE, EDNA:
A double-blind evaluation of tybamate in anxious
neurotic medical clinic patients. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 120(10):1005-1007, 1964.

RickEiLs, K.: Treatment of depression. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 2(Suppl. No. 1):17-30, 1960.
(Proceedings of Symposium on Depression).

Rickers, K.: Chemotherapy in the treatment of
various depressive conditions. Massachusetts De-
partment of Mental Health, 1960, p. 74-87.

RickEeLs, K.: Controlled outpatient studies with non-
psychotic psychiatric patients. In: Transactions of
the Fifth Annual Research Conference, Washing-
ton, D.C., Veterans Administration, 1960, p. 101-
106.

RickkLs, K.: Drugs and the autonomic nervous sys-
tem. Psychosomatics, 2:30-33, 1961.

RickEeLs, K.: The controlled clinical trial in psycho-
pharmacologic research. In: Nodine, J. H., and
Moyer, J. H., eds. Psychosomatic medicine, The
First Hahnemann Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea
and Febiger, 1962, p. 421-426.

RickeLs, K.: Indications for tranquilizers with psy-
chotherapy. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H.,
eds. Psychosomatic medicine, The First Habne-
mann Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea and Febiger,
1962, p. 776-779.

RickeLs, K.: Pharmacotherapy of depression.
chosomatics, 3:390-396, 1962.

Psy-

RickEiLs, K.: Psychopharmacologic agents: A clinical
psychiatrist's individualistic point of view: Patient
and doctor variables. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 136:540-549, 1963.

RickEiLs, KARL: Important and relevant aspects of
tranquilizer therapy. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
5(7):442-447, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4731).

RickEeLs, K.: Placebo reactions and drop-outs in
anxious and depressed patients visiting psycho-
pharmacology clinics. Neuropsychopharmacology,
3:156-161, 1964.

RickELs, K., and Bass, H.: A comparative controlled
clinical trial of seven hypnotic agents in medical
and psychiatric inpatients. American Journal of
Medical Science, 245:142-152, 1963.

RickeLs, K., BAumM, D., and FaLEs, K.: Evalua-
tion of placebo responses in psychiatric outpatients
under two experimental conditions. Nexropsycho-
pharmacology, 3:80-84, 1964.

RickELs, Karr, Baumm, CRAIG, RaAaB, ERNST,
TAYLOR, WILLIAM, and MOORE, EDNA: A psy-
chopharmacological evaluation of chlordiazepoxide,
LA-1 and placebo, carried out with anxious, neu-
rotic medical clinic patients. Medical Times,
March 1965.

RickiLs, KARL, BAumM, N. Craig, TAYLOR, WIL-
LiaM, and RaaB, ERNST: Humanism in clinical
research. Psychosomatics, 5:315-316, 1964.

RickELS, KARL, BOREN, RICHARD, and STUART HAL
M.: Controlled psychopharmacological research in
general practice. Journal of New Drugs, 4:138-
147, 1964.

RickeLs, K., CAaTtELL, R., MACAFEE, A., and
HESBACHER, P.: Drug response and important
external events in the patient's life. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 26(12):782-786, 1965.

RickEeLs, KARL, and CATTELL, RAYMOND B.: The
clinical factor validity and trueness of the IPAT
verbal and objective batteries for anxiety and re-
gression. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(3):
257-264, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1733).

Rickers, K., and DowNING, R.: Personality and
attitudinal correlates of response to drug treatment
in peychiatric outpatients: Theoretical orientation
and measuring instruments to be employed. Jour-
nal of Psychology, 54:331-344, 1962.

RickiLs, KARL, and DoOwNING, ROBERT: Verbal
ability (intelligence) and improvement in drug
therapy of neurotic patients. Journal of New
Drags, 5(5) :303-307, 1965.

RickieLs, KARL, DowNING, R., and ApPEL, H.:
Some personality correlates of suggestibility in
normals and neurotics. Psychological Reports, 14:
715-719, 1964.

Rickers, Karr, DowNING, RoBERT W., and
DowNING, MILDRED H.: Personality differences

364

between somatically and psychologically oriented
neurotic patients. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 142(1) :10-18, 1966.

RickkiLs, K., and EwING, J. H.: The methacholine
and cold pressor tests as indicators of autonomic
reactivity in mental states. Journal of Clinical
Experimental Psychopathology, 20:303-314, 1959.

RickEiLs, K., and EWING, J. H.: Psychophysical re-
sponses to cold-pressor stress as altered by phar-
macological agents in normal and schizophrenic
subjects. In: Rothlin, E., ed. Neuro-psycho-
pharmacology. Vol. 2. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1961, p. 268-272.

RickELs, KARL, RaaB, E., and CARRANZA, ].: Doc-
tor medication guesses: An indicator of clinical
improvement in double-blind studies. A contri-
bution to the methodology of psychiatric drug
evaluation. Journal of New Drugs, 5(2):67-71,
1965.

RickeLs, Karr, and Snow, L.: Clinical use of
meprobamate. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer,
J. H., eds. Psychosomatic medicine, The First
Hahnemann Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea &
Febiger, 1962, p. 502-507.

RickeLs, Karr, and SNow, LAURENCE: Nepro-
bamate and phenobarbital sodium in anxious neu-
rotic psychiatric and medical clinical outpatients.
Psychopharmacologia, 5:339-348, 1964.

Rickers, K., Snow, L., BaumMm, C., and Mock,
J.: Controlled evaluations of several tranquilizing
agents in anxious neurotic patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119:1093-1094, 1963.

RickiLs, K., Warp, C., and SNow, L.: Nialamide
and placebo in depressed psychiatric clinic pa-
tients. Diseases of the Nervous System, 24:548-
550, 1963.

Snow, L. H., and RickEeLs, K.: The controlled eval-
uation of imipramine and amitriptyline in hospital-
ized depressed psychiatric patients. Psychophar-
macologia, 5:409-416, 1964.

Warp, C., and RickeLs, K.: The double blind drug
study as a teaching device. Journal of Medical
Education, 36:410-415, 1961.

MH-2936 (R01) HoacLaNDp, HuUDsON, and REs-
NICK, OSCAR: Mechanism of action of psychic
energizers. Worcester Foundation for Experi-
mental Biology, Shrewsbury, Mass. (1959-64)

ResNICK, O.: The metabolism of orally ingested
epinephrine in man. Life Sciences, 9:629-636,
1963.

RESNICK, O., and FREEMAN, H.: Epinephrine metab-
olism in normal and psychotic man. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 6(5):388-394, 1962.
Resnick, O., HacopiAN, M., and FREEMAN, H.:
The alteration of epinephrine metabolism in man.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19:508, 1960.

REsNIck, O., HacopriaN, M., HoaGLAND, H., and
FREEMAN, H.: An "in vivo” test for measuring
monoamine oxidase inhibition in human subjects.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 2:459-461, 1960.

Resnick, O., Krus D., RaskIN, M., and FREEMAN,
H.: Reserpine action in subjects treated with
monoamine oxidase inhibitors. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 8:481-486, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2262).

Resnick, O., Krus, D., RaskIN, M., and FREE-
MAN, H.: The effects of orally ingested L-trypto-
phan in MAO inhibited subjects. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 22(2)Part 1:510, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-2262).

Resnick, O., Krus, D. M., RaskIN, M., and HOAG-
LAND, H.: Reversal of LSD-25 action by chronic
pretreatment with Marplan in humans. Federa-
tion Proceedings, 23:175, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2262).

Resnick, O., Krus, D., Raskin, M., RIVERA, M,,
and FREEMAN, H.: The effect of pretreatment
with monoamine oxidase inhibitors on reserpine
action in normal subjects and in schizophrenic pa-
tients. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World Con-
gress of Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, Univer-
sity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1961, p. 638-642. (Also acknowledges MH-
2262).

MH-2938 (R01) BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G., and
GOLDENBERG, HARRY: Relation of mecholyl test
to catechol amine excretion. Hillside Hospital,
Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1959-65)

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G.: Reproducibility of the
mecholyl test. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:32-
41, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1536).

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G., and GOLDENBERG, HARRY:
Relation of the mecholyl test catechol amine ex-
cretion. Proceedings of the Society for Experi-
mental Biology and Medicine, 106:867, 1961.

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G., and KLEIN, DoNALD F.:
Methoxy-catecholamine excretion and the mecholyl
test. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 3(4):239-
254, 1965.

BLUMBERG, A. G., KLEIN, D. F.,, and POLLACK,
M.: Age related changes in blood pressure with
chlorpromazine and imipramine. (Abstract) Ex-
cerpta Medica, Sixth International Congress of
Gerontology, International Congress Series, 57:
195, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4798).

BLUMBERG, A. G., KLEIN, D. F., and POLLACK,
M.: Effects of chlorpromazine and imipramine on
systolic blood pressure in psychiatric patients: Re-

365

lationships to age, diagnosis and initial blood pres-

sure. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2:51-60,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2715 and MH-
4798).

FINK, MAX, Porrack, M., KLEIN, D. F., BLum-
BERG, A. G., BELMONT, I., KARP, E., KRAMER,
J. C., and WILLNER, A.: Comparative studies of
chlorpromazine and imipramine. I. Drug dis-
criminating patterns. In: Bradley, P. B., ed.
Neuro-psychopharmacology. Vol. 3. Amsterdam,
Elsevier, 1963, p. 370-372. (Also acknowledges
MH-2715 and MH-4798).

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and FISHMAN, VIVIAN: Spe-
cies dependence of chlorpromazine metabolism.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
(Also ac-

and MH-

ogy and Medicine, 108:178-182, 1961.
knowledges MH-3929; MH-2461
1305).

GOLDENBERG, H., and WHITE, D. L.: A new fluo-
rometric reaction for determination of the 3-O-
methyl catecholamines. ~~ Clinical Chemistry, 8:
453, 1962.

Porrack, Max, KLEIN, DonNALD F., WILLNER,
ARTHUR, BLUMBERG, ARNOLD, and FINK, MAX:
Imipramine-induced behavioral disorganization in
schizophrenic patients: Physiological and psycho-
logical correlates. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Re-
cent advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 7.
New York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 53-61. (Also
acknowledges MH-2715 and MH-4798).

MH-2939 (R01) BerMaAN, A. J, and KNAPP,
HARRIET D.: Conditioned responses with deaffer-
ented limb. Jewish Chronic Disease Hospital,
Brooklyn, N.Y. (1959-61)

BeErMAN, A. J., Taus, E., PomiNa, A. C, and
Knapp, H. D.: Further observations on deaf-
ferentation in the monkey. In: Transactions of
the American Neurological Association, 1960, p.
198-199.

Knapp, H. D., Taus, E., and BERMAN, A. ].:
Movements in monkeys with deafferented fore-
limbs. Experimental Neurology, 7(4):305-315,
1963.

MH-2940 (R01) LEFTON, MARK, and PATTERSON,
RaLpH M.: Evaluation of ward social structure.
Columbus Psychiatric Institute and Hospital, Co-
lumbus, Ohio. (1959-62)

DiNITZ, SIMON, LEFTON, MARK, and PASAMANICK,
BENJAMIN: Status perceptions in a mental hos-
pital. Social Forces, 38:124-128, 1959.

LEFTON, MARK, DINITZ, SIMON, and PASAMANICK,
BENJAMIN: Decision-making in a mental hospi-
tal: Real, perceived and ideal. American Socio-
logical Review, 24:822-829, 1959.
LEFTON, MARK, DINITZ, SIMON, and PASAMANICK,
BENJAMIN: Mental hospital organization and
staff evaluation of patients. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 2:462-467, 1960.

LEFTON, MARK, RETTIG, SALOMON, DINITZ, SIMON,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Status perceptions
of psychiatric social workers and their implica-
tions for work satisfaction. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 31:102-110, 1961.

PAsAMANICK, BENJAMIN, DiNITZ, SIMON, and
LEFTON, MARK: Psychiatric orientation and its
relation to diagnosis and treatment in a mental
hospital. American [Journal of Psychiatry, 116:
127-132, 1959.

MH-2946 (R01) McCoONNELL, JAMES V., and
CLAY, MARGARET L.: Learning and regenerative
processes. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Michigan. (1959-64)

Cray, M. L.: The feeding and care of planaria.
Worm Runner's Digest, 1(1):6-9, 1959.

CoHEN, JokiL E.: Diurnal cycles and maze learning
in planarians. Worm Runner's Digest, 7(1):20-
23, 1965.

CORNWELL, G., and CORNWELL, P.: Planaria run-
ning procedure. Worm Runner's Digest, 1(1):
3-5, 1959.

CorNWELL, G., and CORNWELL, P.: Inter-judge
agreement in the scoring of conditioned responses
in the planarian. Worm Runner's Digest, 2(3):
118, 1960.

CorRNWELL, G., CorRNWELL, P., and Cray, M.:
Retention of a conditioned response following re-
generation in the planarian. Worm Runner's Di-
gest, 3(1):34-38, 1961.

CorNWELL, P.: Classical conditioning with massed
trials in the planarian. Worm Runner's Digest,
2(2):34-39, 1960.

CORNWELL, P.: A preliminary study of pseudo-con-
ditioning under conditions of massed stimulation
in the planarian. Worm Runner's Digest, 2(3):
101-108, 1960.

CorNWELL, P.: An attempted replication of studies
by Halas et al. and by Thompson and McConnell.
Worm Runner's Digest, 3(2):91-98, 1961.

HuMPHRIES, B.: Maze learning in planaria. Worm

Runner's Digest, 3(2):114-116, 1961.

HuMmpHRIES, B. M., and JacoBsoN, R.: The effects
of ingestion of conditioned planaria on the re-
sponse level of naive planaria, II. Worm Run-
ner's Digest, 3(3) :165-169, 1961.

HumpHRIES, B., and McCoNNELL, J. V.: Factors
affecting maze learning in planarians. Worm
Runner's Digest, 6(1):52-59, 1964.

366

Jacosson, A. L.: Learning in flatworms and anne-
lids. Psychological Bulletin, 60(1):74-94, 1963.

JacoBsoN, A., and JacoBsoN, R.: Maze learning
in planaria—a case history. Worm Runner's Di-
gest, 5(1):69-71, 1963.

Jacosson, A. L., and McCONNELL, J. V.: Research
on learning in the planarian. Carolina Tips, 25
(7) :25-27, 1962.

Jacosson, R.: Results of studies of planaria. Worm
Runner's Digest, 1(1):10-12, 1959.

Jacosson, R.: A semi-annotated bibliography of re-
search on planaria and other assorted beasts: Part
I. Worm Runner's Digest, 4(1):81-90, 1962.

JacoBsoN, R., and CLAY, MARGARET L.: A semi-
annotated bibliography of research on planarians
and other assorted beasts: Part II. Worm Run-
ner's Digest, 5(1):93-101, 1963.

JacoBsoN, REEVA, and JACOBSON, ALLAN L.: An
annotated bibliography of research on planarians:
Part III. Worm Runner's Digest, 2:88-107,
1963.

McCONNELL, JAMES V.: Memory transfer through
cannibalism in planarians. Journal of Neuropsy-
chiatry, 3 (Suppl. 1) :s42-s48, 1962.

McCoNNELL, JaMmEs V.: Cannibalism and memory
in flatworms. New Scientist, 21(379):465-468,
1964.

McCoNNELL, JAMES V.: On the turning of worms:
A reply to James and Halas. Psychological Rec-
ord, 14:13-20, 1964.

McConNELL, J. V.: The continental approach (to
worms). Worm Runner's Digest, 6(1):32-39,
1964.

McCoNNELL, JAMES V., CORNWELL, P., and CLAY,
M. L.: An apparatus for conditioning planaria.
American Journal of Psychology, 73:618-622,
1960.

McCoNNELL, J. V., and JAacoBsoN, A.: Transfer
of training through cannibalism in planaria.
Worm Runner's Digest, 4(1):41-46, 1962.

McCoNNELL, J. V., JACOBSON, R., and HUMPHRIES,
B. M.: The effects of ingestion of conditioned
planaria on the response level of naive planaria:
A pilot study (Or: You are what you eat?)
Worm Runner's Digest, 3(1):41-47, 1961.

MosLAR, U., and Cray, M. L.: An annotated bib-
liography of research on planarians: Part IV.
Worm Runner's Digest, 6(1):91-114, 1964.

SALIVE, H.: An operant test chamber for planaria
using a force transducer. Worm Runner's Digest,
4(1):63-66, 1962.

SHINKMAN, P. G., and KorNBLITH, C. L.: Comment
on observer bias in classical conditioning of the
planarian. Psychological Reports, 16:56, 1965.
SHINKMAN, PAUL G., and VERNON, LEROY M.: An
apparatus for injecting planarians. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 20(3)Part 2:726-728, 1965.

ZELMAN, A., KaBAT, L., JacoBsoN, R., and Mc-
CONNELL, J. V.: Transfer of training through in-
jection of “conditioned” RNA into untrained
planarians. Worm Runner's Digest, 5(1):14-21,
1963.

MH-2948 (RO1) HEINICKE, CHRISTOPH M., and
REIDER, NORMAN: Change in children and the
intensity of psychotherapy. Mount Zion Hospital
and Medical Center, San Francisco, Calif. (1959-
63)"

HEeiNickE, C. M., and GOLDMAN, A.: Research on
psychotherapy with children: A review and sug-
gestions for further study. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 30:483-494, 1960.

MH-2949 (RO1) MILLER, NEAL E., BARRY, HER-
BERT, III, and Davis, JoHN D.: Analysis of drug
effects on fear and conflict. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1959-66)

Barry, H., ITI, and BARRY, H., Jr.: Season of birth:
An epidemiological study in psychiatry. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 5:292-300, 1961.

BARRY, HERBERT, III, ETHEREDGE, EDWARD E., and
MiLLER, NEAL E.: Counterconditioning and ex-
tinction of fear fail to transfer from amobarbital
to nondrug state. Psychopharmacologia, 8:150-
156, 1965.

Barry, H., III, and MILLER, N. E.: Effects of drugs
on approach-avoidance conflict tested repeatedly
by means of a “telescope alley.” Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:201-
210, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-647).

Barry, H., III, and MILLER, N. E.: Comparison of
drug effects on approach, avoidance, and escape
motivation. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 59(1):18-24, 1965.

Barry, H., III, MiLLER, N. E., and Tipp, GAIL E.:
Control for stimulus change while testing effects
of amobarbital on conflict. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:1071-1074,
1962.

Barry, H., III, and Symmes, D.: Reinforcing ef-
fects of illumination change in different phases of
the rat's diurnal cycle. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:117-119, 1963.

Barry, H., III, WAGNER, A. R., and MILLER,
N. E.: Effects of alcohol and amobarbital on per-
formance inhibited by experimental extinction.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 55:464-468, 1962.

BARRY, HERBERT, III, WAGNER, SyLvia, and MiL-
LER, NEAL E.: Effects of drugs on rate of operant

367

behavior during gradations in fear.

(Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 19:1970, 1960.

Barry, H., III, WAGNER, SYLVIA A., and MILLER,
N. E.: Effects of several drugs on performance in
an approach-avoidance conflict. Psychological Re-
ports, 12:215-221, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-647).

BootH, Davib A., and QUARTERMAIN, DAVID:
Taste sensitivity of eating elicited by chemical
stimulation of the rat hypothalamus. Psychonomic
Science, 3(11) :525-526, 1965.

CHi, CARL C.: The effect of amobarbital sodium on
conditioned fear as measured by the potentiated
startle response in rats. Psychopharmacologia, 7:
115-122, 1965.

Davis, JouN D.: Food intake following blood mix-
ing of hungry and satiated rats. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 3(5):177-178, 1965.

Davis, JouN D., and ELLISON, GAyLOrRD D.: A
general purpose activity recorder with variable
sensitivity. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 7(1):117-118, 1964.

Davis, J. D., and MILLER, N. E.: Fear and pain:
Their effect on self-injection of amobarbital so-
dium by rats. Science, 141:1286-1287, 1963.

ELLisoN, G., and Davis, J. D.: A general purpose
activity recorder with variable sensitivity. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7:117-
118, 1964.

GROSSMAN, SEBASTIAN P.: Effects of chlorpromazine
and perphenazine on bar-pressing performance in
an approach-avoidance conflict. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 54:517-
521, 1961.

GRrossMAN, S. P.: Direct adrenergic and cholinergic
stimulation of hypothalamic mechanisms. Ameri-
can Journal of Physiology, 202:872-882, 1962.

GRrossMAN, S. P.: Effects of adrenergic and choliner-
gic blocking agents on hypothalamic mechanisms.
American Journal of Physiology, 202:1230-1236,
1962.

GrossMAN, S. P., and MILLER, N. E.: Control for
stimulus-change in the evaluation of alcohol and
chlorpromazine as fear-reducing drugs. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 2:342-351, 1961.

KENYON, JoHN, and KrieckHAUs, E. E.: Decre-
ments in one-way avoidance learning following
septal lesions in rats. Psychonomic Science, 3(3):
113-114, 1965.

KrieckHAUS, E. E., MILLER, NEAL E., and ZiM-
MERMAN, PATRICIA: Reduction of freezing be-
havior and improvement of shock avoidance by
d-amphetamine. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(1):36-40, 1965.
LeatoN, R. N., SymmEs, D., and Barry, H., III.
Familiarization with the test apparatus as a fac-
tor in the reinforcing effect of change in illumina-
tion. Journal of Psychology, 55:145-151, 1963.

MiLLER, N. E.: Motivational effects of brain stimu-
lation and drugs. Federation Proceedings, 19:846-
854, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-647).

MILLER, N. E.: Some recent studies of conflict be-
havior and drugs. American Psychologist, 16:
12-24, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-647).

MILLER, NEAL E.: Some motivational effects of
electrical and chemical stimulation of the brain.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, Supplement 24:247-259, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-647).

MILLER, N. E.: Some reflections on the law of effect
produce a new alternative to drive reduction. In:
Nebraska Symposium on Motivation. Lincoln,
Nebraska, University of Nebraska Press, 1963,
p. 65-112. (Also acknowledges MH-647).

MILLER, N. E.: Animal experiments on emotionally-
induced ulcers. Proceedings of Third World Con-
gress of Psychiatry. Vol. 3. Montreal, Univer-
sity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1963, p. 213-219.

MiLLER, NEAL E.: Some psychophysiological studies
of motivation and of the behavioral effects of
illness. Bulletin of British Psychological Society,
17:1-20, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-647).

MiLLER, N. E.: The analysis of motivational ef-
fects illustrated by experiments on yamlobarbitone
sodium. In: Steinberg, H., de Reuck, A. V. S,,
and Knight, J., eds. Ciba Foundation symposium.
Co-ordinating committee for symposia on drug ac-
tion on animal behavior and drug action. Lon-
don, J. & A. Churchill, 1964, p. 1-18.

MiLLER, N. E.: Some implications of modern be-
havior theory for personality and psychotherapy.
In: Byrne, D., and Worchel, P., eds. Personality
change. New York, Wiley, 1964, p. 149-175.
(Also acknowledges MH-647).

MiLLER, NEAL E.: Some animal experiments perti-
nent to the problem of combining psychotherapy
with drug therapy. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
7(1):1-12, 1966.

MILLER, N. E., and BARRY, H., III. Motivational
effects of drugs: Methods which illustrate some
general problems in psychopharmacology.  Psy-
chopharmacologia, 1:169-199, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-647).

MILLER, N. E., GoTTEsMAN, K. S., and EMERY, N.:
Dose-response to carbachol and norepinephrine in
rat's hypothalamus. American Journal of Physi-
ology, 206:1384-1388, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-647).

368

MiLLER, N. E., GortEsmaN, K. S. and HOLMES,
J. E.: Effects of chemostimulation of brain and of
bacterial endotoxins on eating and drinking. Sci-
ence, 136(3516) :327-328, 1962.

QUARTERMAIN, DaAvID, PAOLINO, RONALD M., and
MILLER, NEAL E.: A brief temporal gradient of
retrograde amnesia independent of situational
change. Science, 149:1116-1118, 1965.

STRICKER, EDWARD M.: The rat’s preference for sa-
line solutions as measured by licking reinforced
on a variable interval schedule. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 5(5):205-206, 1966.

SymMmEs, D., and LeaTOoN, R. N.: Failure to ob-
serve reinforcing properties of sound onset in rats.
Psychological Reports, 10:458, 1962.

WEEKS, J. R., and Davis, J. D.: Chronic intra-
venous cannulas for rats. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 19:540-541, 1964.

WiLriams, Davip R., and Barry, HERBERT, III:
Counter conditioning in an operant conflict situa-
tion. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 61(1):154-156, 1966.

WoLF, GEORGE: Sodium appetite elicited by aldo-
sterone.  Psychonomic Science, 1:211-212, 1964.

WoLF, GEORGE: Effect of deoxycorticosterone on
sodium appetite of intact and adrenalectomized
rats. American Journal of Physiology, 208(6):
1281-1285, 1965.

WoLF, GEORGE, DAHL, Lewis, K., and MILLER,
NEeaL E.: Voluntary sodium chloride intake of
two strains of rats with opposite genetic suscep-
tibility to experimental hypertension. Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 120(2) :301-305, 1965.

WoLF, GEORGE, and LAWRENCE, GEORGE H.: Sa-
line preference curve for mice: Lack of relation-
ship to pigmentation. Nature, 200:1025-1026,
1963.

WoLF, G., and MILLER, N. E.: Lateral hypothalamic
lesions: Effects on drinking elicited by carbachol
in preoptic area and posterior hypothalamus. Sci-
ence, 143:585-587, 1964.

MH-2950 (R01) AX, ALBERT F., BECKETT, PETER
G., and TOURNEY, GARFIELD: Human psycho-
physiology research methodology. Lafayette Clinic,
Detroit, Mich. (1959-62)

Ax, ALBERT F.: Psychophysiological methodology
for the study of schizophrenia. In: Roessler,
Robert, and Greenfield, Norman S., eds. Physio-
logical correlates of psychological disorder. Madi-
son, Wisc., University of Wisconsin Press, 1962,
p. 29-44.

Ax, A. F., BEckETT, P. G. S., CoHEN, B. D., FROH-
MAN, C. E.) TourNEY, G., and GOTTLIEB, J. S.:
Psychophysiological patterns in chronic schizo-
phrenia. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent advances
in biological psychiatry. Vol. 4. New York,
Plenum Press, 1962, p. 218-231.

Ax, A. F., SINGER, S. J., ZACHARY, G., GUDOBBA,
R. D., and GotTLIEB, J. S.: Psychophysiological
data retrieval and utilization. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 115:890-904, 1964.

CoHEN, BERTRAM D., GRISELL, JAMES L., and AX,
ALBERT F.: The effects of voluntary sleep loss on
psychological and physiological functions. Pro-
ceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry.
Vol. 2. Montreal, University of Toronto Press/
McGill University Press, 1961, p. 986-991.

ZACHAROPOULOS, GEORGE, and AX, ALBERT F.:
Psychophysiological data processing. In: Digest
of the 1961 International Conference on Medical
Electronics. New York, N.Y., 1961, p. 42-45.

MH-2953 (R01) Dinitz, SIMON, CRAIG, JAMES B,,
and LEFTON, MARK: Effects of hospitalization on
case outcome. Columbus Psychiatric Institute and
Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1959-61)

ANGRIST, SHIRLEY, DINITZ, SIMON, LEFTON, MARK,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Rehospitalization
of female mental patients: Social and psychological
factors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 4:363-
370, 1961.

ANGRIST, SHIRLEY, LEFTON, MARK, DINITZ, SIMON,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Tolerance of devi-
ant behavior, posthospital performance levels, and
rehospitalization. Proceedings of the 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, Uni-
versity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1962, p. 237-241.

DiNiTZ, SIMON, ANGRIST, SHIRLEY, LEFTON, MARK,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: The posthospital
psychological functioning of former mental hospi-
tal patients. Mental Health, 45:579-588, 1961.

DiNITZ, SIMON, ANGRIST, SHIRLEY, LEFTON, MARK,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Instrumental role
expectations and posthospital performance of fe-
male mental patients. Social Forces, 40:248-254,
1962.

DiNiTZ, SIMON, LEFTON, MARK, ANGRIST, SHIRLEY,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Psychiatric and
social attributes as predictors of case outcome in
mental hospitalization. Social Problems, 8:322-
328, 1961.

DinNitz, S., LEFTON, M., ANGRIST, S., and PAsa-
MANICK, B.: The outcome of mental hospitaliza-
tion: A study in prognosis. Psychiatric Research
Reports, No. 15, 1962.

DinNiTz, SIMON, LEFTON, MARK, ANGRIST, SHIRLEY,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: The post-hospital
functioning of female mental patients: An explora-
tion in prognosis. Psychiatric Research Reports,
15:154-163, 1962.

369

LEFTON, MARK, ANGRIST, SHIRLEY, DINITZ, SIMON,
and PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Social class, ex-
pectations, and performance of mental patients.
American Journal of Sociology, 68:79-87, 1962.

PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, and RISTINE, LEONARD:
Differential assessment of posthospital psychologi-
cal functioning: Evaluations by psychiatrists and
relatives. American Journal of Psychiatry, 117:
40-46, 1961.

MH-2957 (R01) HoweLL, JoHN C., and PREISS,
Jack J.: Role image of the police officer. Michi-
gan State University, East Lansing, Mich. (1959-
61)

EnrLicH, HOWARD J., RINEHART, JAMES W., and
Howekrr, JouHN C.: The study of role conflict:
Explorations in methodology. Sociometry, 25:85-
97, 1962.

MH-2959 (R01) BARE, JoHN K.: Studies in hun-
ger. Carleton College, Northfield, Minn. (1959-
64)

Bark, JouN K., and CicaLa, GEORGE: Deprivation
and time of testing as determinants of food intake.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 53:151-154, 1960.

MH-2961 (R01) HEFFERLINE, RALPH F.: Electro-
psychology of verbal and subverbal processes.
Columbia University, New York, N.Y. (1959-
63)

BircH, JEREMY D.: Differentiation of response char-
acteristics during multiple fixed ratio extinction.
Psychological Reports, 15:495-502, 1964.

GENTRY, T. A.: Inexpensive plug-in circuits. [Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:
460, 1962.

HEFFERLINE, R. F.: Learning theory and clinical
psychology—an eventual symbiosis? In: Bachrach,
A., ed. Experimental foundations of clinical psy-
chology. New York, Basic Books, 1962, p. 97-
138.

HEFFERLINE, R. F., BIrcH, J. D., and GENTRY, T.:
Simple transducers to detect or record operant
amplitude. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 4:257-261, 1961.

HEFFERLINE, R. F., and KEENAN, B.: Amplitude-
induction gradient of a small human operant in an
escape-avoidance situation. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 4:41-43, 1961.

HEFFERLINE, R. F., and KEENAN, B.: Amplitude-
induction gradient of a small-scale (covert) oper-
ant. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6:307-315, 1963.

HErFFERLINE, R. F., KEENAN, B., and HARFORD
R. A.: Escape and avoidance conditioning in
human subjects without their observation of the
response. Science, 130:1338-1339, 1959.

HErFFERLINE, R. F., KEENAN, B., HARFORD, R. A,
and BIrcH, J.: Electronics in psychology. Colum-
bia Engineering Quarterly, 13:10-15, 1960.

HEFFERLINE, R. F., and PERERA, T. B.: Propriocep-
tive discrimination of a covert operant without its
observation by the subject. Science, 139:834-
835, 1963.

KAUFMAN, A.: Effects of punishment intensity on
human operant behavior. Psychological Reports,
15:287-294, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
3673).

KAUFMAN, ARNOLD: Punishment shock intensity
and basal skin resistance. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 8(6) :389-394, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-3673).

SAsMOR, ROBERT M.: Operant conditioning of a
small-scale muscle response. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 9(1):69-85,
1966.

MH-2963 (R01) HAwkEs, GLENN R.: Noncontinu-
ous mothering and child health. Iowa State Uni-
versity, Ames, Iowa. (1959-61)

GARDNER, D. BRruUcg, HAwkEs, GLENN R., and
BURCHINAL, LEE: Noncontinuous mothering in
infancy and development in later childhood. Child
Development, 32:225-234, 1961.

PEasg, DamaRis, and HAWKES, GLENN R.: Obser-
vation and parent-child interaction. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 30:453-459, 1960.

PEASE, DAMARIS, ROSAUER, JOSEPHINE, and Wo-
LINS, LEROY: Reliability of three infant develop-
mental scales administered during the first year of
life. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 98:295-298,
1961.

MH-2967 (R01) HoaGLAND, HUDSON, and BER-
GEN, JoHN R.: Endogenous psychotogens and re-
lated substances. Worcester Foundation for Ex-
perimental Biology, Shrewsbury, Mass. (1959- )

BERGEN, JOHN R., CzICMAN, JOHN S., and KOELLA,
WERNER P.: Influence of a plasma protein fraction
from schizophrenic and normal persons upon the
optic evoked response in the rabbit. Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 4:219-223, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2211).

BERGEN, J. R.,, and Gray, F. W.: Effects of plasma
fractions from non-psychotic patients on trained
rat performance. Federation Proceedings, 23(2):
360, 1964.

BERGEN, J. R., Gray, F. W., PENNELL, R. B., FREE-
MAN, H., and HOAGLAND, H.: Taraxein-like ex-
tracts. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12:80-82,
1965.

370

BERGEN, J. R., KogLLA, W. P., CzicMAN, J., and
Hoacranp, H.: Evoked optic potential changes
induced by plasma globulins from schizophrenics.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1):305,
1961 (Also acknowledges MH-2211).

BERGEN, J. R., KoeLLA, W. P., FREEMAN, H., and
HoaGLAND, H.: A human plasma factor inducing
behavioral and electrophysiological changes in
animals. II. Changes induced in animals. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96:
469-476, 1962.

BerGEN, J. R.,, Krus, D. M., Beisaw, N. E,
Kokerra, W. P., and Pincus, G.: Central nervous
system and behavior: Some properties of proges-
terone. Excerpta Medica, 51:117, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2211 and MH-2262).

BERGEN, J. R., PENNELL, R. B., Saravis, C. A., and
HoacLAND, H.: Stabilization of a human blood
factor causing behavior changes in rats. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 2:201-204, 1961.

BERGEN, JoHN R., PENNELL, ROBERT B., SARAVIS,
CaLviN A., and HoacLAND, HuUDsON: Further
experiments with plasma proteins from schizo-
phrenics. In: Heath, Robert G., ed. Serological
fractions in schizophrenia. New York, Harper &
Row, 1963, p. 67-76

DiBNER, Iris M., FELDSTEIN, AARON, FREEMAN,
HARRY, and HoAGLAND, HuDsON: The metabo-
lism of D,L-Tryptophan-b-C!* in man and in rats.
Federation Proceedings, 19(1)Part 1:1469, 1960.

DiBNER, I, FELDSTEIN, A., HoacLanDp, H., and
FREEMAN, H.: Metabolism of D,L-tryptophan-B-
C'* in man and in rats. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 19:3, 1960.

HoacrLanp, H., PENNELL, R. B., BERGEN, J]. R,
Saravis, C. A., FREEMAN, H., and KoEeLrLa, W.:
Studies of plasma protein factors that may be in-
volved in psychoses. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed.
Recent advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 4.
New York, Plenum, 1962, p. 329-346.

Krus, D. M., WAPNER, S., BERGEN, J., and FREE-
MAN, H.: The influence of progesterone on be-
havioral changes induced by lysergic acid diethy-
lamide (LSD-25) in normal males. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 2:177-184, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2967).

MH-2971 (R01) BEECHER, HENRY K.: Psychologi-
cal responses to changes in blood chemistry.
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Mass.
(1959-61)

ANLIKER, J. E.: Variations in alpha voltage of the
electroencephalogram and time perception. Sci-
ence, 140:1307-1309, June 21, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-987).

SMITH, GENE M., and BEECHER, HENRY K.: Com-
parative sensitivity of three methods of evaluating
drug-induced mood changes by a check list. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 23:175, 1964.

SMITH, GENE M., EGBERT, LAWRENCE D., MARKO-
witZ, ROBERT A., and BEECHER, HENRY K.:
Tourniquet pain: An experimental method sensi-
tive to morphine. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 24:548, 1965.

MH-2972 (R01) JonN, ErRwIN R.: Electrical corre-
lates of conditioning and perception. University
of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1959-63)

Joun, E. R.: High nervous functions: Brain func-
tions and learning. Annual Review of Physiology,
23:451-484, 1961.

Jonn, E. R.: Some speculations on the psychophysi-
ology of mind. In: Scher, J., ed. Theories of the
mind. New York, Free Press, 1962, p. 80-121.
(Also acknowledges MH-2811).

JoHN, E. R.: Neural mechanisms of decision making.
In: Fields, W. S., and Abbot, W., eds. Informa-
tion storage and neural control. Springfield, IIL,
Charles C. Thomas, 1963, p. 243-282.

Jonn, E. R., LEIMAN, A. L., and SAcHs, E.: An ex-
ploration of the functional relationship between
electroencephalographic potentials and differential
inhibition. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 92:1160-1182, 1961.

MH-2980 (R01) Mc CLELLAND, DAvip C.: Diag-
nostic significance of variations in fantasy. Har-
vard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1959- )

GREENBERGER, ELLEN: Fantasies of women con-
fronting death. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
29(3) :252-260, 1965.

KaLIN, R.: Effects of alcohol on memory. [Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69:635-641,
1964.

McCLELLAND, D. C.: Encouraging excellence. In:
Daedalus. Proceedings of the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences, November, 1960. Vol. 90.
No. 4. Fall, 1961.

McCreLLanND, D. C.: The Harlequin complex.
Essays on personality in honor of Henry A.
Murray. In. White, R. W., ed. The study of
lives. New York, Atherton Press, 1963, p. 94-
119.

WINTER, D. G., ALPERT, R.,, and MCCLELLAND,
D. C.: The classic personal style. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67(3):254-
265, 1963.

MH-2983 (R01) SiGeL, IRVING E.: Cognitive style
and personality dynamics. Merrill Palmer Insti-
tute, Detroit, Mich. (1959-64)

SiGEL, I. E.: How intelligence tests limit understand-
ing of intelligence.  Merrill-Palmer Quarterly,
9(4):39-56, 1963.

371

SIGEL, IRVING E.: Rationale for separate analyses of
male and female samples on cognitive tasks. Psy-
chological Record, 15(3):369-376, 1965.

MH-2985 (R01) CoLvIN, RALPH W., and RITTER,
ANNE M.: Parental attitudes and social growth of
the retarded. Kennedy Child Study Center, New
York, N.Y. (1960- )

CoLviN, RaLpH W.: Therapy-oriented diagnosis of
the preschool retarded child and his family. In:
Conference on the Psychological Problems in the
Habilitation of the Mentally Retarded. Vineland,
N.J., The Training School, 1962, p. 109-119.

CoLviN, RALPH W., and RITTER, ANNE M.: The
development of an integrated research-training day-
care program for preschool retardates and their
parents. I. The development of an interdiscipli-
nary research project. In: Proceedings of the
London Conference on the Scientific Study of
Mental Deficiency. Essex, England, May & Baker,
1961, p. 342-347.

RITTER, ANNE M., and CoLvIN, RaLpH W.: The
development of an integrated research training day-
care program for preschool retardates and their
parents. II. Research data as the basis for a
family study. In: Proceedings of the London
Conference on the Scientific Study of Mental Defi-
ciency. Essex, England, May & Baker, 1961, p.
348-352.

MH-2987 (R01) HomME, Lroyp E.: Analysis of
a special case of timing behavior. University of
Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1959-60)

TABER, JULIAN I, HOMME, LLoyDp E., and CsaNyI,
AtTiLA P.: The differentiation of human time
estimations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 4(4):299-304, 1961.

MH-2988 (R01) May, Rupert: Skin reactivity to
histamine, serotonin, and procaine. Cleveland
Psychiatric Institute and Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio.
(1959-60)

May, R. H., Apams, J. A., and BYLENGA, N. D.:
Changes in skin reactivity during ethyltryptamine
therapy. Jozrnal of Neuropsychiatry. Suppl. 1:
111-113, 1961.

MH-2991 (R01) FrEYHAN, Fritz A.: Clinical ex-
plorations of new psychotropic compounds. Dela-
ware State Hospital, New Castle, Del. (1959-61)

FREYHAN, F. A.: The modern treatment of depres-
sive disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry,
116(12):1057-1064, 1960.

FrREYHAN, F. A.: The influence of specific and non-
specific factors on the clinical effects of psycho-
tropic drugs. Neuropsychopharmacology, 2:189-
203, 1961.
FrREYHAN, F. A., and MERKEL, JOAN: Clinical and
social aspects of compensatory drug treatment. In:
Greenblatt, Milton, Lewinson, Daniel J., and
Klerman, Gerald B., eds. Mental patients in
transition. Springfield, Ill, Charles C. Thomas,
1961, p. 302-312.

MH-3002 (R01) DuLANY, DONELSON E., JR.: Re-
inforcement of verbal behavior. University of
Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1959-62)

DuraNEy, DoN E.: Hypotheses and habits in verbal
“operant conditioning.” Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63:251-263, 1961.

DuranEey, DoN E.: The place of hypotheses and
intentions: An analysis of verbal control in verbal
conditioning. [Journal of Personality, 30:102-129,
1962. (Supplement Issue, Symposium on Behav-
ior and Awareness.) Also in: Eriksen, C. W., ed.
Behavior and awareness. Durham, N.C., Duke
University, 1962.

DuLAaNEY, DoN E., and O’CoNNELL, W. D.: Does
partial reinforcement dissociate verbal rules and
the behavior they might be presumed to control?
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
2:361-372, 1963.

MH-3004 (R01) Kirk, H. Davi: Adaptations to
role handicap in adoptive family life. Whittier
College, Whittier, Calif. (1959-61)

Kirk, Davip H.: Guarding the ramparts: Reader
reactions to a magazine article questioning a social
work prescription. Social Worker (Canada), 30
(3):31-43, 1962.

Kirk, Davip H.: Nonfecund people as parents—
some social and psychological considerations. Fer-
tility and Sterility, 14(6):310-319, 1963.

Kirk, Davip H.: Differential sex preference in
family formation—a serendipitous datum followed
up. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthro-
pology, 1(1):31-48, 1964.

Kirk, Davip H.: The impact of drastic change on
social relations: A model for the identification and
specification of stress. In: Zollschan, G. K., and
Hirsch, W., eds. Explorations in social change.
Boston, Mass., Houghton Mifflin, 1964.

Kirk, Davip H.: Shared fate: A theory of adoption
and mental health. New York, Free Press of
Glencoe, 1964, 192 p.

MH-3006 (R01) HANNA, CALVIN, and BROOKS,
GEORGE W.: Tranquilizer withdrawal studies in
schizophrenia. University of Vermont, Burling-
ton, Vt. (1959-61) (Continued as MH-6572).

DowLING, P. C., and HANNA, C.: Depressant effect
of biperiden on the spontaneous EEG and the EEG
activation response. Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 143:565-573,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6572).

372

Hanna, C., Upton, P. D., and CHAMBERS, W. F.:
Comparative effects of D-L-amphetamine and L-
phengl-1-(Piperidye-2-)-1-acetoxy-1-methane ~~ (R.
P.-8228) in antagonizing barbiturate hypnosis.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et
de Therapie, 145:553-564, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-6572).

MH-3008 (R01) WITTENBORN, JOHN R.: Assess-
ment methods for psychopharmacological research.
The State University of Rutgers, New Brunswick,
N.J. (1959-62)

WITTENBORN, J. R.: The dimensions of psychosis.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 134:117-
128, 1962.

WITTENBORN, J. R.: Rating scales in diagnosis. In:
Nodine, John H., and Moyer, John H., eds.
Psychosomatic medicine. First Hahnemann Sym-

posium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1962, p.
55-60. (Also acknowledges MH-2093 and MH-
2525).

WiTTENBORN, J. R.: Distinctions within psychotic
dimensions: A principal component analysis. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:543-547,
1963.

WiITTENBORN, J. R.: Psychotic dimensions in male
and female hospital patients: Principal component
analyses. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
138:460-467, 1964.

WITTENBORN, J. R., and SmitH, J. B. K.: A com-
parison of psychotic dimensions in male and
female hospital patients. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disorders, 138:375-382, 1964.

MH-3014 (R17) RUFF, GEORGE E.: Stress produced
by experimental isolation. University of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-64)

RUFF, G. E.: Psychological and psychophysiological
indices of stress. In: Burns, N. M., Chambers,
R. M., and Hendler, E.: Unusual environments
and human behavior. New York, Free Press of
Glencoe, 1963, p. 33-59.

MH-3020 (R01) KOEGLER, RONALD R., MARKHAM,
CHARLES, and SCHEIBEL, ARNOLD B.: Substrates
for postural dysfunction in schizophrenia. Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1959-61)

SCHEIBEL, ARNOLD, MARKHAM, CHARLES, and
KOEGLER, RONALD: Neural correlates of the ves-
tibuloocular reflex. Neurology, 11(12):1055-
1065, 1961.

MH-3026 (R01) RANK, BEATA, and KAPLAN, SAM-
UEL: Developmental study centered on mutual
communication. James Jackson Putnam Childrens
Center, Boston, Mass. (1959-61)
BrazELTON, T. B.: Observations of the neonate.
Journal of the American Academy of Child Psy-
chology, 1(1):38-58, 1962.

BrazELTON, T. B.: The mother infant relationship.
Pediatrics, 32:931-937, 1963.

KAPLAN, SAMUEL, and RANK, BEATA: Communica-
tion and transitory creativity in response to a
trauma. Journal of the American Academy of
Child Psychology, 1(1):108-128, 1962.

MH-3028 (R01) KLAUSNER, SAMUEL Z., and SILLS,
Davip L.: Individual decision-making to undertake
psychotherapy. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1959-61)

KADUSHIN, CHARLES: Social distance between client
and professional. American Journal of Sociology,
67:517-531, 1962.

MH-3029 (R01) BuckLEY, JosEpH P., and KIN-
NARD, WiLLIAM J., Jr.: Evaluation and pharma-
cology of psychotropic agents. University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1959- )

BUCKLEY, J. P., FURGIUELE, A. R., and KINNARD,
W. J.: The pharmacology of beta-phenylisopro-
pylhydrazine. ~~ Federation Proceedings, 19(1),
1960.

Coap, PETER, CoaDp, RAYLENE A. DUBINSKY,
BARRY, BUCKLEY, JosePH P., and KINNARD,
WiLLIAM: Synthesis and pharmacological study of
pyridazines. I. Alkoxypyridazines. Journal of
Medicinal Chemistry, 8(1):129-131, 1965.

DuBINSKY, BARRY, KINNARD, WiLLIAM ]., and
BUCKLEY, JOSEPH P.: Pharmacological evaluation
of a series of 3,6-substituted pyridazine derivatives.
Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54(11):1632-
1636, 1965.

FURGIUELE, A. R., FARNswoRTH, N. R., and Buck-
LEY, J. P.: False positive alkaloid reactions ob-
tained with extracts of “piper methysticum” forst.
(Piperaceae). Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
51:1156-1162, 1962.

FurGIUELE, A. R., KINNARD, W. J., AceTOo, M. D,,
and BUCKLEY, J. P.: Psychopharmacological activ-
ity of certain aqueous fractions of piper methysti-
cum forst. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 4:153,
1962.

FurGlUELE, A. R., KINNARD, W. J., AceTo, M. D.,
and BUCKLEY, J. P.: Central activity of aqueous
extracts of piper methysticum (Kava). Journal of
Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54(2):247-252, 1965.

FURGIUELE, A. R., KINNARD, W. ]., and BUCKLEY,
J. P.: Evaluation of certain psychopharmacological
compounds. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
50:252-254, 1961.

FurclUELE, A. R., KINNARD, W. J., and BUCKLEY,
J. P.: Central effects of B-phenylisopropylhydrazine

373

and iproniazid. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 137:356-360, 1962.

KinNarDp, W. J., Acero, M. D., and BUCKLEY,
J. P.: Alteration of the temporal discrimination of
the albino rat. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 4:152,
1962.

KinNarp, W. J., Acero, M. D., and BUCKLEY,
J. P.: The effects of certain psychotropic agents on
the conditioned emotional response behavior pat-
tern of the albino rat. Psychopharmacologia, 3:
227-230, 1962.

O'HARA, MAUREEN J., KINNARD, WILLIAM ]., and
BUCKLEY, JOSEPH P.: Preliminary characterization
of aqueous extracts of piper methysticum (Kava,
Kawa Kawa). Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
54(7):1021-1025, 1965.

MH-3030 (R10) HoLLisTER, LEo E., and Prus-
MACK, JoHN J.: Improved clinical screening of
phrenotropic drugs. Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif. (1959- )

Forrest, IRENE S., KANTER, SauL L., SpPERrco,
JosepH E., and WECHSLER, MAGDALENA B.: A
comprehensive determination of thioridazine and
its metabolites in urine. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 121(11):1049-1055, 1965.

HARTMAN, A. M., and HoLLISTER, L. E.: Effect of
mescaline, lysergic acid diethylamide and psilocybin
on color perception. Psychopharmacologia, 4:441-
451, 1963.

HovrLisTER, L. E.: Clinical, biochemical and psycho-
logic effects of psilocybin. Archives Internationales
de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 130:42-52,
1961.

HorrisTEr, L. E.: Drug-induced psychoses and
schizophrenic reactions. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 96:80-88, 1962.

HoLLIsTER, L. E.: Studies of prolonged-action medi-
cation: II. Two phenothiazine tranquilizers (thi-
oridazine and chlorpromazine) administered as
coated tablets and prolonged-action preparations.
Current Therapeutic Research, 4:417-479, 1962.

HoLLisTER, L. E.: Studies of delayed-action medica-
tion. I. Meprobamate administered as compressed
tablets and as two delayed-action capsules. New
England Journal of Medicine, 266:281-283, 1962.

HOLLISTER, L. E.: Thyroid function and psychothera-
peutic drugs. Journal of American Medical Asso-
ciation, 185:890, 1963.

HorLisTER, LEO E.: Complications from psychothera-
peutic drugs, 1964. Clinical Pharmacology and
Therapeutics, 5:322-333, 1964.

HoLLIsTER, LEO E.: Clinical syndrome from LSD-25
compared with epinephrine. Diseases of the Nerv-
ous System, 25:427-429, 1964.
HoLLISTER, L. E., and BENNETT, J. L.: Correspond-
ence: Thyroid function and psychotherapeutic
drugs. (Abstract) Journal of the American Medi-
cal Association, 185(11):890, 1963.

HoLLisTER, L. E., BENNETT, |]. L., KimMBELL, I, JR,
SavaGg, C., and OvEeraLrL, J. E.: Diazepam in
newly admitted schizophrenics. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 24(12):746-750, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-5144).

HoruisTer, L. E., DEeGaN, R. O. and ScHULTZ,
S. D.: An experimental approach to facilitation of
psychotherapy by psychotomimetic drugs. Journal
of Mental Science, 108(452):99-100, 1962.

HOLLISTER, L. E., and GLAZENER, F. S.: Withdrawal
reaction from meprobamate alone and combined
with promazine: A controlled study. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 1:336-341, 1960.

HoLLIsTER, L. E., and HARTMAN, A. M.: Mescaline,
lysergic acid diethylamide and psilocybin: Compari-
son of clinical syndromes, effects on color percep-
tion and biochemical measures. [Journal of Com-
parative Psychiatry, 3(4):235-241, 1962.

HoLLISTER, L. E.; KANTER, S. L., and CLYDE, D. J.:
Studies of prolonged-action medication. III. Pen-
tobarbital sodium in prolonged-action form com-
pared with conventional capsules. Serum levels of
drug and clinical effects following acute doses.
Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 4(5):
612-618, 1963.

HorLisTER, L. E., KANTER, S. L., and WRIGHT, A.:
Comparison of intramuscular and oral administra-
tion of chlorpromazine and thioridazine. Archives
of International Pharmacodynamics, 144(34):571-
578, 1963.

HorLisTER, LEO E., and MOTZENBECKER, F. P.:
Haloperidal in schizophrenic reactions. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 4:(6)386-387, 1963.

HorLister, L. E., MOTZENBECKER, F. P., and
DEeGAN, R. O.: Withdrawal reactions from chlor-
diazepoxide (“Librium”). Psychopharmacologia,
2:63-68, 1961.

Horvrister, L. E., MOTZENBECKER, F. P. and
PrUSMACK, J. J.: Nialamide: Clinical and toxi-
cologic study. Journal of Clinical and Experi-
mental Psychopathology, 21(3):212-216, 1960.

HovLLisTER, L. E., PRUSMACK, J. J., PAULSEN, J., and
RosenQuisT, N.: Comparison of three psycho-
tropic drugs (psilocybin, JB-329 and IT-209) in
volunteer subjects. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 131:428-434, 1960.

HovrrisTER, LEo E., and SJOBERG, BERNARD M.:
Clinical syndromes and biochemical alterations fol-
lowing mescaline, lysergic acid diethylamide, psilo-
cybin and a combination of the three psychomi-
metic drugs. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 5:170-
178, 1964.

374

HoLLIsTER, L. E., TRAUB, L., and PRUSMACK, J. J.
Use of thioridazine for intensive treatment of
schizophrenics refractory to other tranquilizing
drugs. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1:200-204,
1960.

KANTER, S.: Elimination of interference due to urea
in the determination of meprobamate with P-
dimethylaminobenzoaldehyde. ~~ Clinica Chimica
Acta, 8(1):2-4, 1963.

SJOBERG, B. M., Jr., and HoLLISTER, L. E.: The
effects of psychotomimetic drugs on primary sug-
gestibility.  Psychopharmacologia, 8(4):251-262,
1965.

MH-3031 (R01) KLINE, NATHAN S., SAUNDERS,
J. C., and SiMPsoN, GEORGE: Drug induced endo-
crine changes. Rockland State Hospital, Orange-
burg, N.Y. (1959-66)

BLAIR, J. H., SiMpsoN, G. M., and KLINE, N. S.:
Monoamine oxidase inhibitor and sperm produc-
tion. Journal of the American Medical Associa-
tion, 181:172, 1962.

CoopPER, T. B., and Cranswick, E. H.: Iodoamino
acid distribution in the serum of schizophrenic pa-
tients receiving periphenazine. Life Sciences, 7:
527-531, 1963.

Cranswick, E. H., ALLEN, D., Cooper, T. B,,
and Pri, T.: Vacuum manifold for use in ery-
throcyte uptake of T3 technic. Clinical Chemis-
try, 11(1) : 77-79, 1965.

Cranswick, E. H., and CoopPEir, T. B.: Thyroxine
serum protein complexes in schizophrenia. Jour-
nal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism, 25
(2) :177-180, 1965.

Cranswick, E. H., CoopPer, T. B., and SIMPSON,
G. M.: Two-year follow-up study of protein-bound
iodine elevation in patients receiving perphena-
zine. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122(3):
300-305, 1965.

CraNswick, E. H., GRIFFIN, N., and GORrTON, F.:
Experiences with an improved design for a clini-
cal gamma well detector. American Journal of
Medical Electronics, 2:21-27, 1963.

Cranswick, E. H., and McFapbpeN, P. L.: Im-
proved equipment design for studies on thyroid
uptake. American Journal of Medical Electron-
ics, 1:108-111, 1962.

Cranswick, E. H., SiMmpsoN, G. M., and NIEs, A.:
An abnormal thyroid finding produced by a phe,
nothiazine. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 181:554-555, 1962.

SiMpsoN, G. M., BLA, J. H., and Nartowicz,
G. R.: Prolonged Achilles reflex in neurosyphilis
simulating the “myxedema reflex.” New England
Journal of Medicine, 268:89-91, 1963.
SiMpsoN, G. M., BLAIR, J. H.,, and Narrtowicz,
G. R.: Diagnostic limitations of Achilles tendon
reflex in thyroid disease. New York State Journal
of Medicine, 63:1148-1153, 1963.

SiMpsoN, G. M., and Cooper, T. B.: Thyroid in-
dices in chronic schizophrenia: III. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 142(1):58-62,
1966.

SimpsoN, G. M., Cranswick, E. H. and BLAIR,
J. H.: Thyroid indices in chronic schizophrenia.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:582-
590, 1963.

SimpsoN, G. M., CraNswick, E. H., and BLAIR,
J. H.: Thyroid indices in chronic schizophrenia:
II. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:
581-585, 1964.

MH-3032 (R01) MECHNER, FRANCIS, IRWIN, SAM-
UEL, OFFENKRANTZ, FREDERICK M., and SNAP-
PER, ARTHUR: Behavioral drug effects in animals
and man. Schering Corp., Bloomfield, N.J.
(1959-61)

MECHNER, F., SNAPPER, ARTHUR G., and RAY,
RoNaALD: Behavioral effects of methamphetamine
and methylphenidate in rat and man. Nexro-
psychopharmacology, 2:167-171, 1961.

MH-3033 (R01) WHITMAN, Roy M., KRAMER,
MiLTON, and PIERCE, CHESTER M.: The psycho-
physiology of dreaming. University of Cincin-
nati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1959- )

BALDRIDGE, B. J., and HusTMYER, F. H.: Iterative
association. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20(2):
617-627, 1965.

BALDRIDGE, B. J., WHITMAN, Roy M., and KRAMER,
MiLToN: A simplified method for detecting eye
movements during dreaming. Psychosomatic Med-
icine, 25:78-82, 1963.

KRAMER, M., WHITMAN, R. M., BALDRIDGE, B. J,
and LANSKY, L. M.: Patterns of dreaming: The
interrelationship of dreams of a night. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 139:426-439, 1964.

KRAMER, MILTON, WHITMAN, Roy M., BALDRIDGE,
Bi, and LANSKY, LEONARD: Depression:
Dreams and defenses. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 122(4):411-419, 1965.

ORNSTEIN, PAuL H., and WHITMAN, Roy M.: On
the metapharmacology of psychotropic drugs.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 3(6):166-175, 1965.

PiErCE, CHESTER M., WHITMAN, Roy M., MAAs,
James W., and GAy, MICHAEL L.: Enuresis and
dreaming: Experimental studies. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 4:166-170, 1961.

WHITMAN, Roy M.: II. Drugs, dreams and the
experimental subject. Canadian Psychiatric Asso-
ciation Journal, 8(6):395-399, 1963.

375

WHITMAN, Roy M.: Remembering and forgetting
dreams in psychoanalysis. Journal of the Ameri-
can Psychoanalytic Association, 11(4):752-774,
1953,

WHITMAN, Roy M., KRAMER, MILTON, and BALD-
RIDGE, BILL: Which dream does the patient tell?
Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:277-282, 1963.

WHITMAN, Roy M., KRAMER, MILTON, and BALD-
RIDGE, BILL: Experimental study of supervision of
psychotherapy. Archives of General Psychiatry,
9(6) :529-535, 1963.

WHITMAN, R., ORNSTEIN, P. H., and BALDRIDGE,
B.: An experimental approach to the psycho-
analytic theory of dreams and conflicts. Compre-
hensive Psychiatry, 5(6):349-363, 1964.

WHITMAN, R. M., ORNSTEIN, P. H., and KRAMER,
M.: Drug therapy. In: Spiegel, E. A. ed.
Progress in neurology and psychiatry. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1964, p. 606-630.

WHITMAN, Roy M., PIERCE, CHESTER M., MAAS,
James W., and BALDRIDGE, Birr: Drugs and
dreams. II: Imipramine and prochlorperazine.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 2(4):219-226, 1961.

WHITMAN, Roy M., PIERCE, CHESTER M., MAAS,
James W., and BALDRIDGE, BiLL: The dreams of
the experimental subject. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 134:431-439, 1962.

MH-3034 (RO1) WESTHEIMER, GERALD: Psycho-
pharmacological agents and oculomotor responses.
Columbus Psychiatric Institute and Hospital, Co-
lumbus, Ohio. (1959-63)

RasHBass, C., and WESTHEIMER, G.: Recording
rotational eye movements independently of lateral
displacements. (Abstract) Journal of the Optical
Society of America, 50(5):512, 1960.

RasHBAss, C., and WESTHEIMER, G.: Disjunctive
eye movements. Journal of Physiology, 159:339~-
360, 1961.

RasHBass, C., and WESTHEIMER, G.: Independence
of conjugate and disjunctive eye movements.
Journal of Physiology, 159:361-364, 1961.

WESTHEIMER, G.: Amphetemine, barbiturates and
accommodation-convergence sykinesis. A. M. A.
Archives of Ophthalmology, 70:830-836, 1963.

WESTHEIMER, G., and RasHBAss, C.: Stability of
retinal correspondence during convergence. Jour-
nal of the Optical Society of America, 51:475,
1961.

WESTHEIMER, G., and RAsHBAss, C.: Barbiturates
and eye vergence. Nature, 191:833-834, 1961.

MH-3037 (R01) PoLLArD, JoHN C., JACKSON, C.
WESLEY, JR., and UHR, LEONARD M.: Studies in
sensory deprivation. University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Mich. (1960-62)
Jackson, C. W., Jr., and POLLARD, JoHN C.: Sen-
sory deprivation and suggestion: A theoretical ap-
proach. Behavioral Sciences, 7:332-342, 1962.

Jackson, C. W., Jr., POLLARD, JoHN C., and KAN-
sky, E. W.: The application of findings from
experimental sensory deprivation to cases of clini-
cal sensory deprivation. American Journal of
Medical Science, 243:558-563, 1962.

PoLLARD, J. C., BAKKER, C., UHR, L., and FEUER-
FILE, D. F.: Controlled sensory input: A note on
the technic of drug evaluation with a preliminary
report on a comparative study of sernyl, psilocy-
bin, and LSD-25. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 1
(6) :377-380, 1960.

PoLrrarp, J. C., JacksoN, C. W., Jr., UHR, L., and
FEUERFILE, D.: A bibliography of experimental
studies of sensory deprivation with human sub-
jects. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Mental Health Re-
search Institute, University of Michigan, 1961,
19 p. (Report No. 11).

PorLarD, JoHN C., and UHR, L.: Controlled en-
vironment: A method of measuring the drug
response-behavior in humans. In: Paton, W. D.
M., and Lindgren, P., eds. First International
Pharmacological Meeting. Vol. 8. Stockholm,
Pergamon Press, 1962, p. 309-314.

PoLLARD, JoHN C., UHR, L., and Jackson, C. W.,
Jr.: Studies in sensory deprivation. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 8:435-454, 1963.

MH-3039 (R01) HAMBLIN, ROBERT L.: Causes of
conformity and nonconformity of adolescents.
Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1959-
62)

HaMBLIN, ROBERT L.: The dynamics of racial dis-
crimination. ~~ Social Problems, 10(2):103-120,
1962.

HamBLIN, ROBERT L.: The dynamics of aggressive
delinquency. Indianapolis, Ind., Bobbs-Merrill,
1964.

HAMBLIN, ROBERT L., BRIDGER, DAviID A., Day,
RoBERT C., and YANCEY, WiLLiaM L.: The in-
terference-aggression law?  Sociometry 26(2):
190-216, 1963.

MH-3040 (RO1) CONGER, J., GASKILL, HERBERT
S., MILLER, WILBUR C., and RAINEY, ROBERT V.:
Early identification of maladaptive behavior. Uni-
versity of Colorado Medical Center, Denver, Colo.
(1959- )

CONGER, J. J.: Personality factors in motor vehicle
accidents. Medical Times, 88:281-284, 1960.

CONGER, J. J.: Personality factors in driver educa-
tion. Phi Delta Kappa, June:396-397, 1960.

CONGER, J. J.: Research trends in traffic safety.
Traffic Safety Research Review, 5(2):30-32, 1961.
Also in: Police, July-August:44-47, 1961.

376

RAINEY, R. V., CONGER, J. J., and WALSMITH,
C. R.: Personality characteristics as a selective
factor in driver education. Highway Research
Bulletin, 285:23-28, 1961.

MH-3042 (R01) METCALF, DAVID R., GLASSCOCK,
THoMmas T., KEeeLy, HaroLD W. NITZBERG,
HAROLD, and SANTOSTEFANO, SEBASTIAN: Me-
probamate in behavior disorders with abnormal
EEGS. University of Colorado Medical Center,
Denver, Colo. (1959-62)

Dobbs, J., and SANTOSTEFANO, S.: A comparison
of the cognitive functioning of glue-sniffers and
non-glue-sniffers. Journal of Pediatrics, 64:565-
570, 1964.

SANTOSTEFANO, SEBASTIANO: Miniature situation
tests as a way of interviewing children. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
8:261-269, 1962.

SANTOSTEFANO, SEBASTIANO: A developmental
study of the Delboeuf illusion. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 17:23-29, 1963.

SANTOSTEFANO, SEBASTIANO: Cognitive controls
and exceptional states in children. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 20:213-218, 1964.

SANTOSTEFANO, SEBASTIANO, and PALEY, E.: De-
velopment of cognitive controls in children. Child
Development, 35:939-949, 1964.

MH-3046 (R01) Crark, WiLLiaM C., and HuL-
PIEU, HAROLD R.: Ethanol metabolism and hydro-
gen transfer mechanisms. Indiana University,
Bloomington, Ind. (1959-61)

Crark, WiLLiam C., Hurprieu, HAroLD R., and
HAINES, ROBERT J.: Ethanol metabolism and ex-

perimental diabetes. ~~ Diabetes, 14(1):14-18,
1965.
MH-3047 (R01) KLEINER, ROBERT J. and

PARKER, SEYMOUR: Mental illness and migration.
Eastern Mental Health Center, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1959-62)

KLEINER, R. J., and PARKER, S.: Goal striving, so-
cial status, and mental disorder: A research re-
view. American Sociological Review, 28:189-203,
1963.

KLEINER, R. J., PARKER, S., and TAYLOR, H. G.:
Social status and aspirations in Philadelphia’s ne-
gro population. In: Philadelphia Commission on
Human Relations, 1962.

PARKER, SEYMOUR, and KLEINER, ROBERT J.: Men-
tal illness in the urban negro community. New
York, Free Press, 1965, 408 p.

PARKER, S., KLEINER, R. J., and TAvLor, H. G.:
Level of aspiration and mental disorder: A re-
search proposal. Annals of the New York Acad-
emy of Science, 84:878-886, 1960.
MH-3048 (R01) KURLAND, ALBERT A.: Hexaflu-
orodiethyl ether—its use in schizophrenia. Spring
Grove State Hospital, Catonsville, Md. (1959-
61)

KURLAND, A. A.: Implications of indoklon for psy-
chiatric research. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 4
(3):173-177, 1963.

KurLanD, A. A., GUERrvo, R., and KraNTzZ, J. C,
Jr.: The intravenous use of hexafluorodiethyl
ether as a convulsant in psychiatric treatment.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1(5):260-265, 1960.

Kurranp, A. A., Krantz, J. C, Jr. and TRUITT,
E. B,, Jr.: The treatment of schizophrenia with
sustained exposure to hexafluorodiethyl ether.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 130(2):
155-159, 1960.

NussBauM, K., and KurLAND, A. A.: Intravenous
hexafluorodiethyl ether (indoklon) modified by
succinylcholine chloride. Current Therapeutic Re-
search, 4(2):44-56, 1962.

NussBauM, K., and KurLAND, A. A.: Intravenous
administration of indoklon 109% solution. Ameri-
Journal of Psychiatry, 120(1):69-70, 1963.

NussBauM, K., and KurLaND, A. A.: Bis (2,2,2-
trifluorethyl) ether (Indoklon) modified with suc-
cinylcholine (Anectine) as a convulsant in psy-
chiatric treatment. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 5:
143-149, 1963.

MH-3050 (R01) CLEGHORN, ROBERT A., and
SOURKES, THEODORE LIONEL: Metabolism of bio-
genic amines and mental illness. McGill Univer-
sity, Montreal, Can. (1960-63)

BARBEAU, ANDRE, SOURKES, THEODORE L,, and
MurpHY, GERARD F.: Les catecholamines dans la
maladie de Parkinson. In: Ajuriaguerra, J. de, ed.
Monoamines et systeme nerveux central. Georg,
Geneva, & Masson, Paris, 1962, p. 247-262.

Moran, J. F., and Sourkes, T. L.: Induction of
tryptophan pyrrolase by alpha-methyltryptophan
and its metabolic significance in vivo. Journal of
Biological Chemistry, 238:3006-3008, 1963.

Moran, J. F., Sourkks, T. L., and CHAVEZ, B.:
Inhibitory effects of decarboxylase inhibitors on
the metabolism of tyrosine-C'# in the rat. Cana-
dian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, 41:
2376-2379, 1963.

SANKOFF, I., and SourkEis, T. L.: The weight-
depressing action of a-methyl-DL-tryptophan in
the rat. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and
Physiology, 40:739-747, 1962.

SANKOFF, I., and SourkEks, T. L.: Determination
by thin-layer chromatography of urinary homo-
vanillic acid in normal and disease states. Cana-
dian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, 41:
1381, 1963.

377

SoUrkES, THEODORE L.: Catecholamine metabolism
and some functions of the nervous system. Amer-
ican Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 12(4):321-
329, 1963.

SourkEs, T. L., DENTON, R. L., MURPHY, G. F.,
CHAVEZ, B., and SAINT CYR, S.: The excretion
of dihydroxyphenylalanine, dopamine and dihy-
droxyphenylacetic acid in neuroblastoma. Pedi-
atrics, 31:660-668, 1963.

SourkEes, T. L., MurpHY, G. F., and CHAVEz-
LARA, B.: A metabolic study of a-methyl-g-(3, 4-
dihydroxyphenyl)-DL-alanine in man. Journal of
Medical Pharmacology and Chemistry, 5:204-210,
1962.

Sourkes, T. L., MurpHY, G. F., and CHAVEz-
LARA, B.: Experimental and clinical studies of
anti-decarboxylases. In: Proceedings of the Third
World Congress of Psychiatry. Montreal, Univer-
sity of Toronto/McGill University Press, 1962, p.
649-653.

SourkEks, T. L., MurpHY, G. F., CHAVEZ, B., and
ZIELINSKA, M.: The action of some a-methyl and
other amino acids on cerebral catecholamines.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 8:109-115, 1961.

SourkEes, T. L., MurpHY, G. F., SANKOFF, I,
DistLEr, M. H. W., and SaiNT CYR, S.: Excre-
tion of dopamine, catecholamine metabolites and
5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid in hepatolenticular de-
generation (Wilsons Disease). Journal of Neu-
rochemistry, 10:947-951, 1963.

WisEMAN-DISTLER, M. H., and SoURKES, T. L.: The
effect of 4-hydroxyindoles on the metabolism of
S-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin). Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 96:142-150,
1962.

MH-3058 (R03) LANDFIELD, ALVIN W.: Social
conceptual processes in a student population. Uni-
versity of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. (1959-60)

LANDFIELD, A. W., and FIELD, S.: Personal con-
struct consistency. Psychological Reports, 8:127-
129, 1961.

LANDFIELD, A. W., and STERN, M.: Social concep-
tual processes and change in students undergoing
psychotherapy. Psychological Reports, 8:63-68,
1961.

MH-3064 (R03) GRUEN, WALTER: General sys-
tems theory and group formation. University of
Buffalo—prior to Sept. 1, 1962, Buffalo, N.Y.
(1959-59)

GRUEN, W., and BIERMAN, R.: Determinants for
verbal communication among strangers. Psycho-
logical Reports, 7:463-469, 1960.

MH-3068 (R03) NaroLL, RaouL S.: Childbirth—
a cross-cultural study. San Fernando Valley State
College, Northridge, Calif. (1959-60)
NaroLL, FrapA, NaArorL, RaouL, and HOWARD,
Forest H.: Position of women in childbirth: A
study in data quality control. American Journal
of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 82:943-954, 1961.

MH-3075 (R01) WHITTIER, JoHN R.: Basal nu-
clear structures, behavior and metabolism. Creed-
moor State Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1959-
62)

WHITTIER, JOHN R., and ORR, ALFONso: Hyper-
kinesia and other physiologic effects of caudate
deficit in the adult albino rat. Neurology, 12(8):
529-539, 1962.

MH-3076 (R03) PALMER, James O.: TAT corre-
lates of Rorschach’s Experience Balance. Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1959-59)

PALMER, JAMES O., and LUSTGARTEN, BILLIE J.:
The prediction of TAT structure as a test of Ror-

schach’s Experience balance. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 26:212-220, 1962.

MH-3078 (R01) LE BLANC, JACQUES, and LE-
MIEUX, LIONEL: Mast cells of the skin and tran-
quilizer therapy. Laval University, Quebec, Can.
(1959-61)

LEBLANC, J., and LEMIEUX, L.: Histamine and men-
tal disease. Medicina Experimentalis, 4:214-222,
1961.

LEBLANC, J., Lemieux, L., Cote, F., DESBIENS,
A., and BLANCHET, A.: The cold pressor test in
mental patients during tranquilizer therapy. Med-
icina Experimentalis, 8:163-170, 1963.

MH-3084 (RO1) LEBRA, WILLIAM P., and MARET-
zk1, THOMAS: Religion and health in Okinawa.

University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1959-
62)

LEBRA, WILLIAM P.: Okinawan religion. In: Smith,
Allan, ed. Ryukyuan culture and society. Hono-

lulu, University of Hawaii Press, 1964.

LEBRA, WILLIAM P.: The Okinawan shaman. In:
Smith, Allan, ed. Ryukyuan culture and society.
Honolulu, University of Hawaii Press, 1964.

LeEBRA, WILLIAM P., and MARETZKI, THOMAS W.:
The village cooperative in Okinawa. Economic
Development and Cultural Change, 11:225-238,
1963.

MareTzKI, THoMAs W.: Ryukyuan studies by
American anthropologists since World War II.
Japanese Journal of Ethnology ( Minzokugaku
Kenkyu), 27:431-436, 1962.

MaRreTzKI, THOMAS W.: Personality in rural Oki-
nawa: A survey. In: Smith, Allan, ed. Ryu-
kyuan culture and society. Honolulu, University
of Hawaii Press, 1964.

378

MarETZKI1, THOMAS W.: Suicide in Okinawa: Pre-
liminary explorations. International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, 11(4):256-263, 1965.

MareTZKI, THOMAS W., and MARETZKI, HATSUMI
S.: Child training in an Okinawan community.
In: Whiting, B., ed. Six cultures: studies of
child rearing. New York, John Wiley, 1963, p.
363-539.

MH-3085 (R03) DAVENPORT, JoHN W.: Rein-
forcement variables in selective learning. Amherst
College, Amherst, Mass. (1959-60)

DAVENPORT, J. W.: The interaction of magnitude
and delay of reinforcement in spatial discrimina-
tion. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:267-273, 1962.

DAVENPORT, J. W.: A rotary runway apparatus.
Psychological ~ Reports, 12(2):385-386, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-4528).

DAVENPORT, J. W.: Spatial discrimination and re-
versal learning involving differential magnitude of
reinforcement. ~~ Psychological Reports, 12:655-
665, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4528).

DAVENPORT, J. W.: Supplementary information per-
taining to the rotary runway. Document No.
7447, American Documentation Institute, Auxil-
iary Publications Project, Library of Congress,
Washington, D.C., 1963.

MH-3088 (R01) BOYER, L. BRYCE, and BASEHART,
HARRY W.: Field research in anthropopsycho-
analytic techniques. University of New Mexico, Al-
buquerque, N.M. (1959-65) (Continued from
MH-2013).

Boyer, L. Bryce: Notes on the personality struc-
ture of a North American Indian shaman.  Jour-
nal of the Hillside Hospital, 10:14-33, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2013).

Boyer, L. BRYCE: Remarks on the personality of
shamans: With special reference to the Apache of
the Mescalero Indian Reservation. In: Muenster-
berger, Warner, and Axelrod, Sidney, eds. The
psychoanalytic study of society. Vol. 2. New
York, International Universities Press, 1962, p.
233-254. (Also acknowledges MH-2013).

Boyer, L. Bryce: Folk psychiatry of the Apaches
of the Mescalero Indian Reservation. In: Kiev,
A., ed. Faith, magic and healing: Studies in prim-
itive psychiatry today. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press,
1964, p. 384-419. (Also acknowledges MH-
2013).

BOYER, L. BRYCE: Psychoanalytic insights in work-
ing with ethnic minorities. Social Casework, 45
(90):519-526, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2013).
BOYER, L. BRYCE: Stone as a symbol in Apache my-
thology. American Imago, 22:14-39, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-2013).

Boyer, L. Bryck, Boyce, RUTH M., BRAWER,
FLORENCE R.. Kawal, HAvao, and KLOPFER,
BRUNO: Apache age groups. Journal of Projec-
tive Techniques and Personality Assessment, 28
(4):397-402, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2013).

BoYER, L. Bryce, KLOPFER, BRUNO, BOYER, RUTH
M., BRAWER, FLORENCE B., and Kawai, HAYAO:
Effects of acculturation on the personality traits of
the old people of the Mescalero and Chiricahua

Apaches. International Journal of Social Psychi-
atry, 11(4):264-271, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-2013).

Boyer, L. Bryce, KLOPFER, BRUNO, BRAWER,
FLORENCE B., and Kawai, Hayao: Comparisons
of the shamans and pseudoshamans of the Apaches
of the Mescalero Indian Reservation: A Rorschach
study. Journal of Projective Techniques, 28:173-
180, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2013).

Boyer, RUTH M.:. The matrifocal family among the
Mescalero: Additional data. American Anthro-
pologist, 66:593-602, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2013).

KLOPFER, BRUNO, and BOYER, L. BrRYcE: Notes on
the personality structure of a North American In-
dian shaman: Rorschach report. Journal of Pro-
jective Techniques, 25:169-178, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2013).

MACLACHLAN, BRUCE B.: The contemporary Mes-
calero Apache legal system. Anthropology To-
morrow, 7:43-45, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2013).

MACLACHLAN, Bruck B.: The Mescalero Apache
uest for law and order. Journal of the West,
3(4):441-458, 1964.

MH-3090 (R03) Forp, CLELLAN S.: Survey of
cross-cultural studies relating to health. Human
Relations Area Files, New Haven, Conn. (1959-
59)

EMBER, MELVIN: The relationship between eco-
nomic and political development in nonindustrial-
ized societies. Ethnology, 2(2):228-248, 1963.

MH-3092 (R03) Piotr, MARTIN L., MAHL,
GEeorGE F., and Spiro, HowarD M.: Psycho-
physiologic study of gastric secretion. Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven, Conn. (1959-60)

RUBIN, JESSE, NAGLER, RICHARD, SPIRO, HOWARD,
and PiLoT, MARTIN L.: Measuring the effect of
emotions on esophageal motility. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 24:170-176, 1962.

379

MH-3093 (R03) KiM, CHUL: Reaction to a stress-
provoking stimulus with ablation. Seoul National
University, Seoul, Korea. (1959-60)

Kim, CHuL, and KiM, CHANG Uk: Effect of par-
tial hippocampal resection on stress mechanism in
rats. American Journal of Physiology, 201(2):
337-340, 1961.

Kim, Cur, and Kim, CHANG UK: Effect of hippo-
campal ablation on audiogenic seizure in rats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 55(3):288-292, 1962.

MH-3100 (RO1) ScHWARTZ, MORRIS S.: Social
science in the mental hospital. Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Mass. (1960-62) (Continued
as MH-6822).

ScuwARrTZ, M. S.: The uses of sociology in the
mental hospital. Social Problems, 10:219-227,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6822).

MH-3101 (R03) SmitH, ROBERT ]., and RAMSEY,
CHARLES E.: Cross-cultural study of Japanese and
American youth. Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.
(1959-59)

RAMSEY, CHARLES E., and SMITH, ROBERT J.: Jap-
anese and American perceptions of occupations.
American Journal of Sociology, 65(5):475-482,
1960.

SMITH, ROBERT J., and RAMSEY, CHARLES E.: At-
tudes of Japanese high school seniors toward the
military. Public Opinion Quarterly, 26:249-253,
1962.

SmiTH, ROBERT J., RAMSEY, CHARLES E., and Cas-
TILLO, GELIA: Parental authority and job choice:
Sex differences in three cultures. American Jour-
nal of Sociology, 69(2):143-149, 1963.

MH-3103 (R03) SHuFrorDp, EMIR H., Jr.: Bayes
estimation and psychophysical judgment. Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1959-
59)

Suurorp, EMIR H., Jr., and HALL, W. JACKSON:
A decision theory approach to psychophysics.
Psychometric Laboratory Research Report Number
22, June 1959.

SHurorp, EMIR H., Jr., and WIESEN, RAYMOND
A.: Bayes estimation of proportion: The effect of
stimulus distribution and exposure time. Psycho-
metric Laboratory Research Report Number 23,
December 1959.

MH-3118 (R01) KiNG, FREDERICK A.: Behavioral
and physiological effects of brain damage. Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. (1959-60)
(Continued from MH-1639).

KAELBING, R., KING, F. A., ACHENBACH, K., BRAN-
soN, R., and PasaMANICK, B.: Reliability of au-
tonomic responses. Psychological Reports, 6:143-
163, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1639).

MH-3121 (R03) Katz, JAY: Preparation of source-
book on psychopathology. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1959-60)

Katz, JAY, and GOLDSTEIN, JosepH: Abolish the
insanity defense—why not? Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 138:57-69, 1964.

MH-3133 (R03) BeLLAK, LEoFoLD: Effects of De-
rol on depression. City Hospital at Elmhurst,
Elmhurst, N.Y. (1959-60)

BELLAK, LEOPOLD, SALK, LEE, and ROSENHAN,
DAvID: A process study of the effects of Deprol
on depression. Exemplification of a method of a
psychodynamic process study of psychotropic
drugs. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
132(6):531-538, 1961.

MH-3134 (R03) Parpbucci, ALLEN: Assimilation
in the anchoring of absolute judgment. Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1959-60)

Parbuccr, A., and MARSHALL, L. M.: Assimilation
vs. contrast in the anchoring of perceptual judg-
ments of weight. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 63:426-437, 1962.

MH-3137 (RO1) Epwarps, ALLEN L.: Social de-
sirability and conflict. University of Washington,
Seattle, Wash. (1960-61)

Epwarps, A. L., and Diers, CAROL J.: Social de-
sirability and conflict. Journal of Social Psychol-
0gy, 58:349-356, 1962.

MH-3142 (R01) CAMPDEN-MAIN, Brian C.: Con-
struction and validation of psychiatric profiles.
Howard University, Washington, D.C. (1959-
62)

CAMPDEN-MAIN, BRIAN C., and CAMPDEN-MAIN,
THELMA ].: American psychiatry—current goals
and practices. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal, Uni-
versity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1961, p. 1267-1270.

CAMPDEN-MAIN, BrIAN C., and CAMPDEN-MAIN,
THELMA J.: American psychiatry: (2) Current
practices and views in psychopharmacology. Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, 23(3):3-8, 1962.

MH-3145 (R03) JERISON: HARRY ].: Brain to body
relations in fossil mammals. Antioch College, Yel-
low Springs, Ohio. (1959-60)

Jerson, H. J.: Quantitative analysis of evolution of
the brain in mammals. Science, 133:1012-1014,
1961.

380

MH-3149 (R03) Gussow, ZACHARY: Mental
health among Eskimos of eastern Quebec. Bank
Street College of Education, New York, N.Y.
(1959-59)

Gussow, ZACHARY: A preliminary report of kayak-
angst among the Eskimo of west Greenland: A
study in sensory deprivation. International Jour-
nal of Social Psychiatry, 9(1):18-26, 1963.

MH-3150 (R03) MAHAN, Mary B.: Cultural in-
fluences on the adolescent girl. Mount Marty
College, Yankton, S.D. (1959-59)

MAHAN, MARY BRIAN: Rural-urban differences in
the attitudes and behavior of adolescent girls.
American Catholic Sociological Review, 24:143-
152, 1963.

MH-3156 (R01) CLIFTON, JAMES A.: Variation in
Klamath culture and personality. University of
Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1959-61)

CLIFTON, JAMES A.: On the intercultural use of
the Rorschach. American Anthropologist, 61:
1087-1090, 1959.

CLIFTON, JAMES A., and LEVINE, DAvip: Klamath
personalities: Ten Rorschach case studies. Eu-
gene, Oregon, University of Oregon Press, 1961.
(Reissued by the University of Kansas Press,
1963).

MH-3158 (R01) LeMERT, EDWIN M.: The use of
alcohol in Polynesia. University of California,
Davis, Calif. (1959-60) (Continued as MH-
5161).

LeEMERT, EDWIN M.: Stuttering and social structure
in two Pacific societies. Journal of Speech and
Hearing Disorders, 27:3-10, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5161).

LeMERT, EDWIN M.: Alcohol use in Polynesia.
Tropical and Geographical Medicine, 14:183-191,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5161).

LEMERT, EDWIN M.: Forms and pathology of drink-
ing in three Polynesian societies. American An-
thropologist, 66:361-374, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5161).

LemerT, E. M.: Drinking in Hawaiian plantation
society. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
25:689-713, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
5161).

MH-3163 (R01) FRENCH, JosepH H., HORNER,
FREDERICK A., and STREAMER, CHARLES W.: De-
velopment of phenylketonurics controlled from
birth. University of Colorado Medical Center,
Denver, Colo. (1959-64)

FRENCH, JosepH H., O’BriEN, DoONOUGH, and
GRUETER, BARBARA: Kynurenine metabolism and
pyridoxine dependency in the syndrome of infan-
tile myoclonic seizures. (Abstract) Society for
Pediatric Research, Program and Abstracts, 32nd
Annual Meeting, Atlantic City, May 8-9-10, 1962.
Page 114.

HORNER, F. A.: The technique of transillumination.
A. M. A. Journal of Diseases of Children, 103:
182-184, 1962.

Horner, F. A., and LuBcHENcO, L. O.: Specific
neurologic findings in children of premature birth.
Premature birth. American Journal of Diseases of
Children, 106:101, 1963.

HORNER, F. A., STREAMER, C. W., ALEjJANDRINO,
L. L., Reep, L. H,, and IBBOTT, F.: Termination
of dietary treatment of phenylketonuria. New
England Journal of Medicine, 266:79-81, 1962.

Masry, C. C., NELsoN, T. L., and HORNER, F. A.:
Occult phenylketonuria. ~~ Clinical Pediatrics, 1
(2) :82-86, 1962.

O’BrIEN, DONOUGH, IBBOTT, FRANK A., WALKER,
DoroTtHY M., DABIERE, CAROL, and Ross, EM-
MANUEL R.: The effect of a high phenylalanine
intake on cerebral amino acid and lipid compo-
sition in the infant monkey. (Abstract) Society
of Pediatric Research, Program and Abstracts,
33rd Annual Meeting, Atlantic City, N.]J., May 1
and 2, 1963, p. 109.

MH-3165 (RO1) PorTER, PauL B., and BECK,
EpwarD C.: Relationships between limbic stimu-
lation and rewards. University of Utah, Salt
Lake City, Utah. (1960- )

GiBsoN, WiLLiaM E., REID, LARRY D., SAKAI, Ma-
KOTO, and PORTER, PAUL B.: Intracranial rein-
forcement compared with sugar-water reinforce-
ment. Science, 148(3675):1357-1358, 1965.

Rem, LARRY D., GiBsoN, WiLLiAM E., GLEDHILL,
STEPHEN M., and PORTER, PAUL B.: Anticon-
vulsant drugs and self-stimulating behavior. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57:353-356, 1964.

REID, LARRY, and PORTER, PAUL B.: Another holder
for chronically implanted electrodes. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7:12,
1964.

RE, L. D., and PORTER, P. B.: Reinforcement from
direct electrical stimulation of the brain. Rocky
Mountain Psychologist, 1:1-20, 1965.

SCHNITZER, SAMUEL B., RED, LArRry D., and
PorTER, PAUL B.: Electrical intracranial stimu-
lation as a primary reinforcer for cats. Psycho-
logical Reports, 16:335-338, 1965.

VAN DER Erst, DIRK H., PORTER, PAauL B., and
SHARP, JosepH C.: Visual deficit in albino rats
following fetal x irradiation. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 16:291-294, 1963.

381

WaspeN, R. E., REm, L. D., and PORTER, P. B.:
Overnight performance decrement with intracra-
nial reinforcement. Phychological Reports, 16:
653-658, 1965.

MH-3166 (R01) WEINSTEIN, SIDNEY, GOLDEN-
soHN, Err S., Poor, J. LAWRENCE, and RAN-
SOHOFF, JosEPH: Temporal lobe seizures and per-
sonality disorders. Columbia University, New
York, N.Y. (1959-64)

FERGUSON, S. M.: Temporal lobe epilepsy: Psychi-
atric and behavioral aspects. Bulletin of the New
York Academy of Medicine, 38(10):668-679,
1962.

GOLDENSOHN, E. S.: Temporal lobe epilepsy: Neu-
rological and electrical aspects. Bulletin of the
New York Academy of Medicine, 38(10)653-
661, 1962.

GOLDENSOHN, ELI S.: EEG and ictal and postictal
behavior. In: Glasser, Gilbert H., ed. EEG and
behavior. New York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 293-
314.

Poor, J. L., and RANSOHOFF, J.: Temporal lobe
epilepsy: neurological aspects. Bulletin of the
New York Academy of Medicine, 38(10):680-
688, 1962.

WEINSTEIN, S., and JoHNsON, L.: The Bender-
Gestalt test in differential diagnosis of temporal
lobectomy and schizophrenia. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 18:813-820, 1964.

WEINSTEIN, S., JoHNsON, L., and GUERRA, J.:
Differentiation of human figure drawings made be-
fore and after temporal lobectomy and by schizo-
phrenics. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:687-
693, 1963.

MH-3167 (R01) ETSTEN, BENJAMIN: Experimen-
tal analysis of behavior under anesthesia. New
England Center Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1959-
62)

LiNDSLEY, O. R., HoBIkA, J. H., and ETSTEN, B. E.:
Operant behavior during anesthesia recovery: A
continuous and objective method. Anesthesiology,
22:937-946, 1961.

MH-3171 (R01) ROSEN, GEORGE: Research in the
social history of mental illness. Columbia Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1959-64)

ROSEN, GEORGE: Patterns of discovery and control
in mental illness. American [Journal of Public
Health, 50:855-866,, 1960.

ROSEN, GEORGE: Psychopathology in the social
process. I. A study of the persecution of witches
in Europe as a contribution to the understanding
of mass delusions and psychic epidemics. Jour-
nal of Health and Human Behavior, 1:200-211,
1960.
RoseN, GEORGE: Discussions of A. H. Leighton:
Cultures as causative of mental disorders. In:
Causes of mental disorders: A review of epidemi-
ological knowledge, 1959. New York, Milbank
Memorial Fund, 1961, p. 366-376.

ROSEN, GEORGE: Public health and mental health:
Convering trends and emerging issues: Historical
background. In: Mental health teaching in
schools of public health. New York, Columbia
University, School of Public Health and Admin-
istrative Medicine, 1961, p. 1-75.

ROSEN, GEORGE: Cross-cultural and historical as-
pects of the psychopathology of aging. In: Hoch,
P. H., and Zubin, J., eds. Psychopathology of
aging. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961, p.
1-20.

ROSEN, GEORGE: Psychopathology in the social
process. II. Dance frenzies, demonic posses-
sion, revival movements and similar so-called psy-
chic epidemics: An interpretation. Bulletin of the
History of Medicine, 36:13-44, 1962.

ROSEN, GEORGE: The hospital: Historical sociology
of a community institution. In: Freidson, Eliot,
ed. The hospital in modern society. New York,
Free Press of Glencoe, 1963, p. 1-36.

ROSEN, GEORGE: Social attitudes to irrationality and
madness in 17th and 18th century Europe. Jour-
nal of the History of Medicine, 18:220-240, 1963.

RoseN, G.: The mentally ill and the community in
western and central Europe during the late mid-
dle ages and the Renaissance. Journal of the
History of Medicine and Allied Sciences, 19:377-
388, 1964.

MH-3174 (R03) KiNG, DAviD J.: Scoring the ac-
curacy of recall of connected material. American
University, Washington, D.C. (1959-60)

KiNG, Dav J.: On the accuracy of written recall:
A scaling and factor analytic study. Psychological
Record, 10(2) :113-122, 1960.

KING, Davip J.: Sealing the accuracy of recall of
stories in the absence of objective criteria. Psy-
chological Record, 11(1):87-90, 1961.

ScHuLTZ, DUANE P., and KiNG, Davip J.: Addi-
tional observations on scoring the accuracy of writ-
ten recall. Psychological Record, 10(3):203-209,
1960.

MH-3182 (R01) Duncan, CARL P.: Research on
human problem solving. Northwestern Univer-
sity, Evanston, Ill. (1959-64)

Duncan, C. P.: Letter response hierarchies within
and among subjects. Psychological Reports, 6:
291-297, 1960.

Duncan, C. P.: Attempts to influence performance
on an insight problem. Psychological Reports,
9:35-42, 1961.

382

Duncan, C. P.: Probability vs. latency of solution
of an insight problem. Psychological Reports,
10:119-121, 1962.

Duncan, C. P.: Effect of instructions and informa-
tion on problem solving. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 65:321-327, 1963.

Duncan, C. P.: Learning to learn in response-
discovery and in paired associate lists. American
Journal of Psychology, 77:367-379, 1964.

Isaacs, I. Davip, and DuNcAN, CARL P.: Reversal
and nonreversal shifts within and between dimen-
sions in concept formation. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 64:580-585, 1962.

O’ConnNELL, E. J, and Duncan, C. P.: Anagram
solving as a function of letter spacing. Psycho-
logical Reports, 8:117-118, 1961.

MH-3190 (R01) Gros, GERALD N.: History of
Worcester State Hospital since 1833. Clark Uni-
versity, Worcester, Mass. (1960-65)

GroB, GERALD N.: Samuel B. Woodward and the
practice of psychiatry in early nineteenth century
America. Bulletin of the History of Medicine,
36:420-443, 1962.

GRrOB, GERALD N.: Adolf Meyer on American psy-
chiatry in 1895. American Journal of Psychiatry,
119(12):1135-1142, 1963.

Gros, G. N.: Origins of the state mental hospital:
A case study. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
29(2):1-19, 1965.

MH-3191 (R01) LAPOUSE, REMA, and MONK,
Mary ALICE: Epidemiologic study of child be-
havior and adjustment. Tulane University, New
Orleans, La. (1959-60)

LaPousg, REMA: The relationship of behavior to
adjustment in a representative sample of children.
American Journal of Public Health, 55(8):1130-
1141, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1507).

LAPOUSE, REMA, and MONK, MARY A.: Behavior
deviations in a representative sample of children:
Variation by sex, age, race, social class and fam-
ily size. The American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 34(3):436-446, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1507).

LApPOUSE, REMA, MONK, MARY A., and STREET,
ELisABETH: A method for use in epidemiologic
studies of ‘behavior disorders in children. Ameri-
can Journal of Public Health, 54(2):207-222,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1507).

MH-3193 (R01) MEADE, RoBERT D.: Motivation
and time perception. Trinity College, Hartford,
Conn. (1959-62)
MEADE, ROBERT D.: Time perceptions as affected
by need tension. Journal of Psychology, 49:249-
253, 1960.

MEADE, ROBERT D.: Time estimates as affected by
need tension and rate of progress. Journal of
Psychology, 50:173-177, 1960.

MEADE, ROBERT D.: Effect of motivation and prog-
ress on the estimation of longer time intervals.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65(6):564~
567, 1963.

MH-3196 (RO1) Ross, BRUCE M., and LEvy,
NissiMm M.: Immediate memory and predicting.
Rutgers—The State University, New Brunswick,
N.J. (1959-63)

LINKER, EUGENE, and Ross, BRUCE M.: Memory
and hypothesis in solving alternation problems
with random competition. Psychological Reports,
12:783-797, 1963.

Moore, MARY E., and Ross, BRUCE M.: Context
effects in running memory. Psychological Re-
ports, 12:451-465, 1963.

Ross, BRUCE M., RESNICK, ANITA, and SPEELMAN,
ROSEANNE G.: Recognition memory-span measure-
ment for nonsense-shape orientations and the
“span hold constancy” hypothesis. Psychological
Monographs, 76(25):1-21, 1962. (Whole No.
544).

Ross, BRUCE M., and WEINER, SAMUEL G.: On
making a random pattern. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 17:587-600, 1963.

MH-3199 (R03) Davis, W. MARVIN: Pharmacol-
ogy of cataleptic behavior. University of Okla-
homa, Norman, Okla. (1959-60)

Davis, W. MARVIN: Neurophysiological basis and
pharmacological modification of inhibitory emo-
tional behavior. Archives Internationales de Phar-
macodynamie et de Therapie, 142:349-360, 1963.

MH-3202 (R03) Isaacson, RoBERT L.: Electro-
graphic correlates of learning in hippocampus.
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1959-
59)

Isaacson, R. L., Doucras, R. J., and MOORE,
R. Y.: The effect of radical hippocampal ablation
on acquisition of avoidance response. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54:
625-628, 1961.

MH-3203 (R01) Banks, EpwiN M., and NAL-
BANDOV, ANDREW V.: A comparative study of
interaction. University of Illinois, Urbana, IIL
(1959-63)

BANKS, EDWIN M.: Some aspects of sexual behaviour
in domestic sheep, Ovis aries. Behaviour, 23:
249-279, 1964.

383

MH-3204 (R01) PErsky, HAROLD, DEN BREEIJEN,
Arg, Levitt, EUGENE E., and ZUCKERMAN,
MarvIN: Effect of anxiety on blood corticotropin
levels. Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind.
(1960-62)

Levitt, EUGENE E., PERsKY, HAROLD, and BRADY,
JouN PauL: Hypnotic induction of anxiety: A
psychoendocrine investigation. New York, Charles
C. Thomas, 1964, 134 p.

Levitt, E. E., Persky, H., Brapny, J. P., and
FrrzGEraLD, J. A.: The effect of hydrocortisone
infusion on hypnotically induced anxiety. Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 25:158-161, 1963.

PERsKY, H.: Excretion of luteinizing hormone (LH)
by normal human subjects. Journal of the Albert
Einstein Medical Center, 12:29-33, 1964.

WEINER, S., DormaN, D., PErsKy, H., STACH,
T. W., NorTON, J., and Levitt, E. E.: Effect on
anxiety of increasing the plasma hydrocortisone
level. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:69-77, 1963.

MH-3207 (R01) FARBER, BERNARD, and KIRK,
SAMUEL A.: Siblings and parents of a mentally
retarded child. University of Illinois, Urbana,
IL (1959-62)

DowNEY, KENNETH ].: Parental interest in the in-
stitutionalized severely mentally retarded child.
Social Problems, 11:186-193, 1963.

FARBER, B.: Perceptions of crisis and related variable
in the impact of a retarded child on the mother.
Journal of Health and Human Behavior, 1:108-
118, 1960. Also in: Sussman, Marvin B., ed.
Sourcebook in marriage and the family. Boston,
Houghton Mifflin, 1963.

FARBER, BERNARD: Marital integration as a factor
in parent-child relations. Child Development, 33:
1-14, 1962.

FARBER, B.: Types of family organization: Child-
oriented, home-oriented, and parent-oriented. In:
Rose, Arnold M., ed. Human behavior and social
processes. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1962, p.
285-306.

FARBER, BERNARD: Effects of a severely mentally re-
tarded child on the family. In: Trapp, E. Philip,
and Himelstein, Philip, eds. Readings on the
Exceptional Child. New York, Appleton-Century-
Crofts, 1962, p. 227-246.

FARBER, BERNARD: Elements of competence in inter-
personal relations: A factor analysis. Sociometry,
25(1):30-46, 1962.

FARBER, BERNARD: Interaction with retarded siblings
and life goals of children. Marriage and Family
Living, 25:96-98, 1963.

FARBER, BERNARD, and JENNE, WILLIAM C.: Family
organization and parent-child communication:
* Parents and siblings of a retarded child. Mono-
graphs of the Society for Research in Child Devel-
opment, 28, 1963.

MH-3212 (R01) Oakes, WirrLiam F., and
ProNkoO, N. H.: Reinforcement effects in group
discussion. University of Wichita, Wichita, Kan.
(1959-61) (Continued as MH-5998).

Oakes, W. F.: Reinforcement of Bales’ categories in
group discussion. Psychological Reports, 11:427-
435, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5998).

OakEs, W. F.: A comparison of the effectiveness of
signal light reinforcers given various meanings on
participation in group discussion. Psychological
Reports, 11:469-470, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-5998).

Oakes, W. F., and DroGe, A. E.: Operant condi-
tioning of responses to social introversion scale
items on the MMPI. Psychological Report, 6:
223-225, 1960.

OakEs, W. F., DroGE, A. E., and AucusT, B.: Re-
inforcement effects on participation in group dis-
cussion. Psychological Reports, 7:503-514, 1960.

Oakes, W. F., DRoOGE, A. E., and AucusT, E.: Re-
inforcement effects on conclusions reached in
group discussion. Psychological Reports, 9:27-34,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-5998).

MH-3213 (R01) FEsHBAcH, SEYMOUR: Effects of
emotional arousal on social perception. University
of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-62)

FEsHBACK, SEYMOUR: The effects of emotional re-
straint upon the projective of positive effect.
Journal of Personality, 31(4):471-481, 1963.

FESHBACH, SEYMOUR, and FESHBACH, NORMA: In-
fluence of the stimulus object upon the comple-
mentary and supplementary projection of fear.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66
(5) :498-502, 1963.

FESHBACH, SEYMOUR, SINGER, ROBERT D., and
FesHBACH, NorMA: Effects of anger arousal and
similarity upon the attribution of hostility to
pictorial stimuli. Journal of Consulting Psychol-
ogy, 27(3):248-252, 1963.

KAUFMANN, HARRY, and FESHBACH, SEYMOUR: The
influence of anti-aggressive communications upon
the response to provocation. Journal of Person-
ality, 31(3) :428-444, 1963.

Logs, ARMIN, BEck, AARON T. FESHBACH, SEY-
MOUR, and WOLF, ABRAHAM: Some effects of
reward upon the social perception and motivation
of psychiatric patients varying in depression.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:
609-616, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3358)

SINGER, ROBERT D., and FESHBACH, SEYMOUR:
Effects of anxiety arousal in psychotics and normals
upon the perception of anxiety in others. Journal
of Personality, 30(4):574-587, 1962.

384

MH-3216 (R01) GREENSPOON, JoEL: Conditioned
verbal behavior. Florida State University, Talla-
hassee, Fla. (1959-62)

GREENSPOON, ].: Private experience revisited. Psy-
chological Record, 11:373-382, 1961.

GREENSPOON, J.: Verbal conditioning and clinical
psychology. In: Bachrach, A. J., ed. Experi-
mental foundation of clinical psychology. New
York, Basic Books, 1962, p. 510-553.

MH-3217 (R01) MussEN, PauL H., and HAT-
FIELD, JOHN S.: Antecedents and effects of paren-
tal identification. ~~ University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1959-63)

MusseN, P. H.: Some antecedents and consequents
of masculine sex-typing in adolescent boys. Psycho-
logical Monographs, 72(2):1-24, 1961. (Whole
No. 506).

MusseN, P. H.: Long-term consequents of mascu-
linity of interests in adolescence. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 26(5):435-440, 1962.

MusseN, P. H., and RUTHERFORD, ELDRED: Parent-
child relations and parental personality in relation
to young children’s sex-role preferences. Child
Development, 34:589-607, 1963.

MH-3223 (R01) HortzmaN, WAYNE H., and
THORPE, JosepH S.: Inkblot perception and per-
sonality. University of Texas, Austin, Texas.
(1959- )

HERRON, E. WAYNE: Psychometric characteristics of
a thirty-item version of the group method of the
Holtzman Inkblot Technique. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 19(4) :450-453, 1963.

HEerrON, E. W.: Changes in inkblot perception with
presentation of the Holtzman inkblot technique as
an “intelligence test.” Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 28:442-447, 1964.

HovrT1zMAN, WAYNE H.: Can the computer supplant
the clinician? Journal of Clinical Psychology,
16(2):119-122, 1960

HortzMAN, WAYNE H.: Holtzman inkblot tech-
nique. Austin, Texas, Hogg Foundation, 1961,
417 p.

Hor1zMAN, WAYNE H.: Inkblot perception and
personality: The meaning of inkblot variables.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 27(2):84-95,
1963.

HovrtzmaN, W. H., GorHAM, D. R., and MORAN,
L. J.: A factor-analytic study of schizophrenic
thought processes. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 69(4):355-364, 1964.

HoLtzMAN, WAYNE H., MoSigLEY, EpwarDp C.,
REINEHR, ROBERT C., and ABBOTT, ELAINE:
Comparison of the group method and the standard
individual version of the Holtzman Inkblot Tech-
nique. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 19(4):
441-449, 1963.

HortzMAN, WAYNE H., THORPE, J. S., SWARTZ,
J. D., and HErrON, E. W.: Inkblot perception
and personality. Austin, University of Texas
Press, 1961, 417 p.

MoseLEY, E. C.: Psychodiagnosis on the basis of the
HIT. Journal of Projective Techniques, 27(1):
86-91, 1963.

SwaRTZ, JoN D.: Performance of high- and low-
anxious children on the Holtzman inkblot tech-
nique. Child Development, 36(2):569-575, 1965.

Swartz, JoN D., and HoLTtzMAN, WAYNE H.:
Group method of administration for the Holtzman
Inkblot Technique. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 19(4) :433-453, 1963.

THORPE, JosePH S., and SwARTZ, JoN D.: The
roles of intelligence and social status in rejections
on the Holtzman Inkblot Technique. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 27:248-251, 1963.

THORPE, JosEPH S., and SWARTZ, JoN D.: Level of
perceptual development as reflected in responses to
the Holtzman Inkblot Technique. Journal of
Projective Techniques and Personality Assessment,
29(3):380-386, 1965

MH-3225 (R01) APprisoN, Morris H., and FEr-
STER, CHARLES B.: Neurochemical correlates of
behavior. Indiana University, Indianapolis, Ind.
(1959- )

APRISON, M. H.: On a proposed theory for the me-
chanism of action of serotonin in brain. Recent
Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 4:133-146,
1962.

APRISON, M. H.: Research approaches to problems
in mental illness: Brain neurohumor-enzyme sys-
tems and behavior. In: Himwich, Williamina A.,
and Schade, J. P., eds. Progress in brain research.
Vol. 16. New York, Elsevier, 1965, p. 48-80.

APRISON, M. H. and FErsTER, C. B.: Behavioral
effects of 5-hydroxytryptophan. (Abstract) Expe-
rientia, 16:159, 1960.

APRISON, M. H., and FErsTER, C. B.: Neurochemi-
cal correlates of behavior: II. Correlation of
brain monoamine oxidase activity with behavioral
changes after iproniazid and 5-hydroxytryptophan
administration. Journal of Neurochemistry, 6:
350-357, 1961.

APRISON, M. H., and FErsTER, C. B.: Neurochemical
correlates of behavior: I. Quantitative measure-
ment of the behavioral effects of the serotonin
precursor, 5-hydroxytryptophan. Journal of Phar-
malcology and Experimental Therapeutics, 131:
100-107, 1961.

385

APrisON, M. H., and FErsTER, C. B.: Serotonin and
behavior. Recent Advances in Biological Psychi-
atry, 3:151-162, 1961.

AprisoN, M. H., and FoLkEirTH, T. L.: Relation-
ship between cerebellum and liver monoamine
oxidase activity. (Abstract) The Physiologist, 5:
100, 1962.

APRISON, M. H., FOLKERTH, T. L., and TAKAHASHI,
Ryo: The 5-hydroxytryptophan decarboxylase-
monoamine oxidase and choline acetylase-cholines-
terase systems in several discrete areas of the avian
brain. (Abstract) Psysiologist, 6:130, 1963.

APRISON, M. H. GraHaM, L. T., JR. BAXTER,
C. F., and WERrRMAN, R.: Distribution of gamma-
aminobutyric acid in cat spinal cord and roots.
(Abstract) Physiologist, 8(3):103, 1965.

AprisoN, M. H., GraHaM, L. T., LIVENGOOD,
D. R., and WERMAN, R.: Distribution of glutamic
acid in the cat spinal cord and roots. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:462, 1965.

APRISON, M. H., and HINGTGEN, J. N.: Brain nore-
pinephrine in pigeons during period of atypical
behavior following 5-hydroxytryptophan adminis-
tration. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22:
273, 1963.

APRISON, M. H., and HINGTGEN, J. N.: Neuro-
chemical correlates of behavior: IV. Norepine-
phrine and dopamine in four brain parts of the
pigeon during period of atypical behavior follow-
ing the injection of 5-hydroxytryptophan. Journal
of Neurochemistry, 12(12):959-968, 1965.

ApPrisoN, M. H., and SEGAR, WiLLIAM E.: Electro-
Iyte distribution and water content in six discrete
areas of the developing mammalian brain. Recent
Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 5:279-292,
1963.

APRISON, M. H., and TAKAHASHI, R.: Biochemistry
of the avian central nervous system—IL. ~~ 5-
hydroxytryptamine, acetylcholine, 3,4-dihydroxy-
phenylethylamine, and norepinephrine in several
discrete areas of the pigeon brain. Journal of
Neurochemistry, 12(3):221-230, 1965.

APRISON, M. H., TakAHAsHI, R., and FOLKERTH,
T. L.: Biochemistry of the avian central nervous
system. I. The 5-hydroxytryptophan decarboxy-
lase-monoamine oxidase and cholineacetylase-ace-
tylcholinesterase systems in several discrete areas of
the pigeon brain. Journal of Neurochemistry, 11:
341-350, 1964.

APRISON, M. H., and WERMAN R.: The distribution
of glycine in cat spinal cord and roots. Life Sci-
ences, 4(21):2075-2083, 1965.

APRISON, M. H., WoLF, MARY ANN, and POULOS,
G. ].: Correlation between level of brain sero-
tonin and behavior. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 21:322, 1962.
APRISON, M. H., WoLF, MARY ANN, PouULOs,
G. L., and FoLkEerTH, T. L.: Neurochemical cor-
relates of behavior: III. Variation of serotonin
content in several brain areas and peripheral tissues
of the pigeon following 5-hydroxytryptophan ad-
ministration. Journal of Neurochemistry, 9:575-
584, 1962.

FERSTER, C. B., and APrisoN, M. H.: A multiple-
unit pigeon apparatus. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 3:165-166, 1960.

ForLkEerTH, T. L., and AprisoN, M. H.: Comparison
of the recovery of monoamine oxidase activity after
treatment with  trans-2-phenylcyclo-propylamine
(SKF 385) and beta-phenylisopropyl hydrazine
(JB516). (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 4:169,
1962.

GraHAM, L. T., JR., WERMAN, R., and APRISON,
M. H.: Midcrodetermination of glutamate in
single cat spinal roots. Life Sciences, 4(10):
1085-1090, 1965.

HaNIG, R. C., and AprisoN, M. H.: Determination
of calcium, magnesium, sodium and potassium in
rabbit caudate nuclei by atomic absorption spectro-
photometry. Life Sciences, 4(9):945-948, 1965.

HaNiG, RutH C., and ApPrisoN, M .H.: Determina-
tion of eight cations in five specific brain areas in
the rabbit by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 25(2):511,
1966.

HINGTGEN, J. N., and APRrisoN, M. H.: Behavioral
response rates in pigeons: Effect of alpha-methyl-
m-tyrosine. Science, 141:169-171, 1963.

HINGTGEN, J. N., and APRISON, M. H.: Behavioral
changes following increased levels of total brain
serotonin in pigeons. (Abstract) American Psy-
chologist, 19:498, 1964.

HINGTGEN, J. N., and AprisoN, M. H.: Interrela-
tion between four measures of the behavioral re-
sponse in pigeons with elevated serotonin levels.
In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent advances in bio-
logical psychiatry. Vol. 7. New York, Plenum
Press, 1965, p. 163-170.

Jackson, R. L., and APrisoN, M. H.: Partial puri-
fication of mammalian brain cholinesterase. Life
Sciences, 6:415-418, 1963.

McCaman, R. E., and AprisoN, M. H.: The syn-
thetic and catabolic enzyme systems for acetylcho-
line and serotonin in several discrete areas of the
developing rabbit brain. In: Himwich, W. A,
and Himwich, H. E., eds. Progress in brain re-
search. Vol. 9. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1964, p.
220-247.

RicHARDSON, T. W., AprisoN, M. H., and WER-
MAN, R.: An automatic direct-current operating
temperature-control device. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 20(6):1355-1356, 1965.

386

TAKAHASHI, R., and APRrIisON, M. H.: Acetylcholine
content of discrete areas of the brain obtained by
a near-freezing method. Journal of Neurochemis-
try, 11:887-898, 1964.

Toru, M., HINGTGEN, J. N., and APRISON, M. H.:
Acetylcholine concentrations in brain areas of rats
during three states of avoidance behavior: Normal,
depression, and excitation. Life Sciences, 5(2):
181-189, 1966.

WiGeGs, J. W., and AprisoN, M. H.: The effect of
several 5-hydroxyindole derivatives on red blood
cell cholinesterase. (Abstract) Physiologist, 4:
134, 1961.

MH-3226 (R01) FrienDp, DALE G., and HOSKINS,
ROBERT G.: Imipramine effects before and after
norepinephrine. Peter Bent Brigham Hospital,
Boston, Mass. (1959-61)

FriEND, DALE G.: The metabolism of dihydroxy-
phenylalanine in man before and after administra-
tion of psychotropic drugs. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 96:152-158, 1962.

MH-3229 (R01) WeEIss, BERNARD, and LATIES,
Victor G.: Effects of psychopharmacological
agents on behavior. Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore, Md. (1959-65)

LaTies, V. G., and WEIss, B.: Effects of alcohol on
timing behavior. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:85-91, 1962.

LaTies, V. G., and WEIss, B.: Effects of a concur-
rent task on fixed-interval responding in humans.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:431-436, 1963.

LaTies, Victor G., and WEIss, BERNARD: Response
cost and confirming behavior. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 1:355-356, 1964.

Laties, V. G., Weiss, B., CLARK, R. L., and REY-
NoLps, M. D.: Overt “mediating” behavior during
temporally spaced responding. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8(2):107-
116, 1965.

SIEGEL, Louis: A method for converting voltage
levels. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8(5) :339-340, 1965.

Weiss, B.: Engineering perspectives in the analysis
of behavior. Convention Record, IRE, 9:103-110,
1962.

Weiss, B., and LATIES, V. G.: Behavioral thermo-
regulation. Science, 133:1338-1344, 1961.

Weiss, B., and LATIES, V. G.: A foot electrode for
monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 5:535-536, 1962.

Weiss, B., and LATiEs, V. G.: Enhancement of
human performance by caffeine and the ampheta-
mines. Pharmacological Reviews, 14:1-36, 1962.
WEIss, B., and LAaTiEs, V. G.: Characteristics of
aversive thresholds measured by a titration sched-
ule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Be-
havior, 6:563-472, 1963.

Wess, B., and Latigs, V. G.: Effects of ampheta-
mine, chlorpromazine, and pentobarbital on be-
havior thermoregulation. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 140:1-7, 1963.

WEIss, BERNARD, and LATIES, VAcTOR G.: Drug
effects on the temporal patterning of behavior.
Federation Proceedings, 23:801-807, 1964.

WEIss, BERNARD, and LATIES, VICTOR G.: Analgesic
effects in monkeys of morphine, nalorphine, and a
benzomorphan narcotic antagonist. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
143:169-173, 1964.

WErss, B., and LATIES, V. G.: Reinforcement sched-
ule generated by an On-line digital computer.
Science, 148 (3670) :658-661, 1965.

Weiss, B., Laties, V. G., and BrLaNTON, F. L.:
Amphetamine toxicity in rats and mice subjected
to stress. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 132:366-371, 1961.

YEH, S. D., and WEIss, B.: Behavioral thermoregula-
tion during vitamin B deficiency. American [our-
nal of Physiology, 205:857-862, 1963.

MH-3230 (R01) FREEDMAN, ALFRED M., and
DEuTscH, MARTIN: Psychopharmacological agents
in children. State University of New York,
Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, N.Y. (1959-
60) (Continued as MH-4438).

FREEDMAN, ALFRED, DEUTSCH, MARTIN, and
DEeutscH, CYNTHIA: Effects of hydroxyine hydro-
chloride on the reaction time performance of
schizophrenic children. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 3:153-159, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-4438).

FREEDMAN, ALFRED M., DEUTSCH, MARTIN, and
DEeuTtscH, CYNTHIA: Sensory response of schizo-
phrenic children under Atarax: A new method of
measurement. Neuro-psychopharmacology, 2:356-
360, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-4438).

MH-3231 (R01) GERTNER, SHELDON B.: Monoa-
mine oxidase and ganglionic transmission. Seton
Hall- College of Medicine and Dentistry, Jersey
City, N.J. (1959-64)

GERTNER, S. B.: The effect of various amines on
transmission through the superior cervical gang-
lion. (Abstract) Biochemical Pharmacology, 8:
19, 1961.

GERTNER, S. B.: The effects of monoamine oxidase
inhibitors on ganglionic transmission. Journal of
Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 31:
223-230, 1961.

387

GERTNER, S. B.: The effect of lowered clacium on
the actions of acetylcholine and S-hydroxytrypta-
mine on the perfused superior cervical ganglion of
the cat. (Abstract) The Pharmacologist, 4:114,
1962.

GERTNER, S. B., and GOLDSTEIN, M.: Formation of
a new metabolite of epinephrine and norepine-
phrine in liver and kidney. Nature, 187:147-
148, 1960.

GERTNER, S. B., and RomaNO, A.: Action of hy-
dralazine on ganglionic transmission. (Abstract)
Pharmacologist, 2(2) :89, 1960.

GERTNER, S. B., and RoMANO, A.: Action of guane-
thidine and bretylium on ganglionic transmission.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1)Part I:
319, 1961.

GERTNER, S. B., and RoMANO, A.: The effect of
hydralazine on ganglionic transmission.  (Ab-
stract) Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental
Therapy, 138:309, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, M., FRIEDHOFF, A., WoRTIS, S. B., and
GERTNER, S. B.: The differences in the accumula-
tion and metabolism of catechol amines in heart
and liver.  Separatum Experientia, 15:369-373,
1960.

MH-3232 (R01) Nosres, W. Lewis: Open chain
analogs of reserpine. University of Mississippi,
University, Miss. (1959-63)

BRUENING, CHARLOTTE H., and NOBLES, LEwis W.:
Synthetic relatives of reserpine. Journal of Phar-
maceutical Sciences, 54(6):925-926, 1965.

MH-3235 (R01) BURKE, JOSEPH A., and WILBER,
CHARLES G.: Developmental effects of some psy-
chotropic agents. Loyola College, Baltimore, Md.
(1959-64)

BURKE, JosEPH A.: Some effects of lysergic acid
diethylamide and related agents on embryonic
heart rate in “fundulus.” (Abstract) Biological
Bulletin, 119(2):307, 1960.

BURKE, JosePH A.: Some morphological effects of
lysergic acid diethylamide and related agents on
early embryonic development in “fundulus.” (Ab-
stract) Biological Bulletin, 119(2):308, 1960.

BURKE, JoseEPH A., and ORLANDO, JosePH C.: Ly-
sergic acid diethylamide and growth in “fundu-
lus.” (Abstract) Biological Bulletin, 121(2):
384-385, 1961.

BURKE, JosePH A., and SPEAR, JosepH F.: Some
morphological and physiological effects of thalido-
mide on the embryos of “fundulus heteroclitus.”
(Abstract) Biological Bulletin, 125(2):373, 1963.

BURKE, JOSEPH A., SPEAR, JosepH F., and WiL-
BER, C. G.: Some effects of lysergic acid diethyla-
mide (LSD-25) on early development in “fundu-
lus heteroclitus.” (Abstract) Anatomical Record,
137(3) :344-345, 1960.

Supak, FRED N., and WILBER, CHARLES G.: Cardio-
vascular and respiratory activity in dog fish. Bio-
logical Bulletin, 119:341-342, 1960.

Supak, F. N., and WILBER, C. G.: Cardiovascular
responses to hemorrhage in the dog fish. Biologi-
cal Bulletin, 119:342, 1960.

WiLBER, C. G., and BURKE, J. A.: Lysergic acid
diethylamide and physical performance in mice.
(Abstract) Anatomical Record, 137(3):401,
1960.

WILBER, CHARLES G., and BURKE, J. A.: The effect
of lysergic acid diethylamide on swimming time in
albino mice. Life Sciences, 1(2):134-138, 1963.

WILBER, CHARLES G., and ROBINSON, PAUL F.: The
correlation of length, weight and girth in the
toadfish, Opsanus Tau. Chesapeake Science, 1
(2) :122-123, 1960.

WILBER, CHARLES G., and SUDAK, FREDERICK N.:
Circulatory responses of elasmobranchs to hemor-
rhage. (Abstract) Anatomical Record, 138(3):
389, 1960.

WILBER, C. G., and Supak, F. N.: Cardiovascular
and respiratory reflexes in elasmobranchs. (Ab-
stract) Biological Bulletin, 119(2):349, 1960.

WILBER, CHARLES G., and SUDAK, FREDERICK N.:
Some effects of lysergic acid diethylamide on cit-
culation in elasmobranchs. Biological Bulletin,
119:349-350, 1960.

MH-3236 (R01) ORR, RicHARD H.: Metabolism of
information in psychopharmacology. Institute for
Advancement of Medical Communication, Be-
thesda, Md. (1959-60)

ORR, RICHARD H.: The metabolism of information
in psychopharmacology. Psychopharmacology Serv-
ice Center Bulletin, July 1961, p. 4-6.

ORR, RicHARD H., and CroOUSE, ELEANOR M.: Sec-
ondary publication in cardiovascular, endocrine and
psychopharmacologic research. American Docu-
mentation, 13(2):197-203, 1961.

MH-3238 (R01) BINDRA, DALBIR: Interaction of
habit strength and drug effects. McGill Univer-
sity, Montreal, Can. (1960- )

Bacon, W. E.: Resistance to extinction following
blocking of the instrumental response during ac-
quisition. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 69
(5):515-521, 1965.

BINDRA, D.: Effects of several drugs on relevant and
irrelevant behavior components in a lever-pressing
situation. ~~ Psychological Reports, 11:307-310,
1962.

BinDrRA, D.: Effects of nonreinforcement, drive-
diminution, and punishment on relevant and irrele-

388

vant behavior in the runway. Psychological Rec-
ord, 13:273-282, 1963.

BiNDRA, D.: Temporal analysis of relevant and ir-
relevant behavior components in partial reinforce-
ment and extinction. Psychological Reports, 13:
551-563, 1963.

BiNDRA, D., and ANcHEL, H.: Immobility as an
avoidance response, and its disruption by drugs.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6(2):213-218, 1963.

BiNprA, D., and MENDELSON, J.: Interaction of
habit strength and drug effects. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:217-
219, 1962.

BiNDRA, D., and MENDELSON, J.: Training, drive
level, and drug effects: A temporal analysis of
their combined influence on behavior. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, S6(1):
183-189, 1963.

BINDRA, DALBIR, and MOSCOVITCH, ALAN: Atten-
tion, discrimination learning, and observing re-
sponses. Psychonomic Science, 3(5):223-224,
1965.

BINDRA, DALBIR, NYMAN, KENNETH, and WISE,
Jack: Barbiturate-induced dissociation of acquisi-
tion and extinction: Role of movement-initiating
processes. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 60(2):223-228, 1965.

BINDRA, DALBIR, and REICHERT, HELMUT: Dissoci-
ation of movement initiation without dissociation
of response choice. Psychonomic Science, 4(3):
95-96, 1966.

MENDELSON, ]., and BINDRA, D.: Combination of
drive and drug effects. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 63(5):505-509, 1962.

OvERTON, D. A.: State-dependent or “dissociated”
learning produced with pentobarbital. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57:3-
13, 1964.

PosLuNs, D.: An analysis of chlorpromazine-induced
suppression of the avoidance response. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 3:361-373, 1962.

RASKIN, LARRY M.: The influence of cue position
and pretraining on successible discrimination learn-
ing in the rat. Psychonomic Science, 3(5):221-
222, 1965.

REevEsz, C., KERNAGHAN, D., and BINDRaA, D.:
Sexual drive of female rats, “masculinized” by
testosterone during gestation. Journal of Endo-
crinology, 25:549-550, 1963.

WiLLiaMs, JupiTH A.: Novelty, GSR, and stimulus
generalization. Canadian [Journal of Psychology,
17(1):52-61, 1963.

MH-3239 (R01) Rog, ANNE: Origin of interests
in early family experiences. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1959-62) (Continued from

MH-2106).

RoE, ANNE, and SIEGELMAN, M.: A parent-child
relations questionnaire. Child Development, 34:
355-369, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-210
and MH-2106).

MH-3240 (R03) LAVEcK, GERALD D.: Chromo-
somal study in mental retardation. Rainier School,
Buckley, Wash. (1959-59)

LaVEck, G. D.: Endocrinopathies associated with
mental retardation. Northwest Medicine, 59:203-
209, 1960.

LaVEck, G. D., and pe LA Cruz, F.: Medical Ad-
vances in Prevention of mental retardation. In:
The special child in century 21. Seattle, Special
Child Publications, 1964, p. 23-46.

MH-3241 (Ro1) KirraMm, Keith F., Jr., and
HANCE, A. J.: Drug studies on electrical corre-
lates of conditioning. Stanford University, Stan-
ford, Calif. (1959- )

BERRY, C. A, and Stark, L. G.: Modification of
conditional behavior by prior experience. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 7(6):409-415, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3374).

LiNDpsLEY, D. F., CARPENTER, R. S., and KiLLAM,
E. K.: EEG and discrimination performance in
cats under atropine. I. Light-dark and pattern
discrimination. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 24(2) Part 1:516, 1965.

Lokser, J. D., and Kram, K. F.: Influence of
chloropromazine and pentobarbital on reticulo-
thalamic pathways. (Abstract) Pharmacologist,
5:79, 1963.

MILLIGAN, M. M., and GABOR, K.: The effects of
morphine on discriminative behavior in rats. (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 5:262, 1963.

MircHELL, C. L., NELsoN, S. D., and KiLLAM,
K. F.: Modification of afferent interaction patterns
by chlorpromazine, meprobamate, morphine and
pentobarbital. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 3:79,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3374).

SEIDEN, L. S.,; KOENIG, J., and KiLLaM, K. F.: EEG
and discrimination performance in cats under
atropine: II. Total luminous flux (TLF) dis-
crimination. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
24(2)Part 1:516, 1965.

MH-3244 (R01) HABER, RALPH N.: Antecedents
of perceptual selectivity. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1959-64)

HABER, R. N.: A replication: Selective attention and
coding in visual perception. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 67:402-404, 1964.

389

HABER, R. N.: Effects of coding strategy on per-
ceptual memory. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 68(4):357-362, 1964.

HABER, RALPH NORMAN: Limited modification of
the trapezoidal illusion with experience. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychology, 78(4):651-655, 1965.

HaBer, R. N.: Effect of prior knowledge of the
stimulus on word-recognition processes. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 69(3):282-286,
1965.

HaBER, R. N.: Automatic measurement and record-
ing of latency data. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
20(2) :605-608, 1965

HaBEr, R. N., and HABER, R. B.: Eidetic imagery:
I. Frequency. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:
131-138, 1964.

HABER, RALPH NORMAN, and HERSHENSON,
Maurice: Effects of repeated brief exposures on
the growth of a percept. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 69(1):40-46, 1965.

HABER, R. N., HERSHENSON, M., and SCHROEDER,
D.: Apparatus note: The use of an IBM 024 or
026 card punch for simultaneous stimulus pro-
gramming and response recording. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 15:627-630, 1962.

Harris, C. S., and HABER, R. N.: Selective attention
and coding in visual perception. Journal of Expe-
rimental Psychology, 65:328-333, 1963.

HERSHENSON, M.: Visual discrimination in the
human newborn. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 58:270-276, 1964. (Al-
so acknowledges MH-1787).

HERSHENSON, M., and HABER, R. N.: The role of
meaning in the perception of briefly exposed
words. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 19(1):
42-46, 1965.

WeEIssTEIN, N., and HABER, R. N.: A u-shaped
backward masking function in vision. Psycho-
nomic Science, 2:75-76, 1965.

MH-3246 (RO1) SPERRY, BESSIE, and STAVER,
Nancy: Neurotic learning problems in young
boys. Judge Baker Guidance Clinic, Boston, Mass.
(1959-62)

GARDNER, GEORGE E., and SPERRY, BESSIE M.:
Basic work ambivalence and the learning dis-
abilities in childhood and adolescence. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 18(3):377-392, 1964.

GRUNEBAUM, MARGARET GALDSTON, HURWITZ,
IRVING, PRENTICE, NORMAN M., and SPERRY,
BEssiE M.: Fathers of sons with primary neurotic
learning inhibitions. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 32(3):462-472, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-826).
KorsTVvEDT, A., KUHLMAN, CLEMENTINA, PREN-
TICE, N. M., and TEssMAN, ELLEN: “Causal”
thinking in learning disabilities in latency-aged
boys. (Abstract) American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 34:367-368, 1964.

PRENTICE, N. M.: Individual achievement testing of
children with learning problems: A clinical guide.
Journal of Projective Techniques and Personality
Assessment, 28:448-464, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-826).

PRENTICE, N. M., and SPERRY, BEssiE, M.: Thera-
peutic tutoring of children with primary neurotic
learning inhibition. (Abstract) American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 34:357-358, 1964.

PRENTICE, N. M., and SPERRY, B. M.: Therapeu-
tically oriented tutoring of children with primary
neurotic learning inhibitions. American [Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 35(3):521-530, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-826).

STAVER, NANCY, and PRENTICE, N. M.: The role of
the social worker in the psychological testing
process. (Abstract) American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 34:315-316, 1964.

WaLLacH, M., UrricH, D., and GRUNEBAUM,
MARGARET: Relationship of family disturbance to
cognitive difficulties in a learning-problem child.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 24(4):355-
360, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-826).

Young, R. A., and SPERRY, BEssIE, M.: Some edu-
cational aspects of learning inhibitions in boys.
In: Vincent, M. S., and Curtis, B., eds. The edu-
cation register. Boston, Vincent-Curtis, 1960.

MH-3253 (R01) FREEMAN, HARRY, and BARBER,
TueopoRE X.: Hallucinatory behavior of normals
and schizophrenics. Worcester Foundation for
Experimental Biology, Shrewsbury, Mass. (1959-
61)

BARBER, T. X.: The necessary and sufficient condi-
tions for hypnotic behavior. American Journal of
Clinical Hypnosis, 3:31-42, 1960.

BARBER, T. X.: Antisocial and criminal acts induced
by hypnosis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:
301-312, 1961.

BarBER, T. X.: Experimental evidence for a theory
of hypnotic behavior: I. Hypnotic color-blindness
without hypnosis. International Journal of Clini-
cal and Experimental Hypnosis, 9:79-86, 1961.

BarBER, T. X.: Experimental evidence for a theory
of hypnotic behavior: II. Experimental controls
in hypnotic age-regression. International Journal
of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 9:181-
193, 1961.

BarBERr, T. X.: Physiological effects of hypnosis.
Psychological Bulletin, 58:390-419, 1961.

390

BARBER, T. X.: Toward a theory of “hypnotic” be-
havior: The "hypnotically induced dream.” Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:206-221,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4825).

BarBER, T. X.: Hypnotic age-regression: A critical
review. Psychosomatic Medicine, 24:286-299,
1962.

BArBER, T. X., and Grass, L. B.: Significant factors
in hypnotic behavior. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 64:222-228, 1962.

Grass, L. B., and BARBER, T. X.: A note on hyp-
notic behavior, the definition of the situation and
the placebo effect. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 132:539-541, 1961.

MH-3258 (R01) GastauT, HENRI, and NAQUET,
ROBERT: Brain mechanisms of behavior. Univer-
sity of Aix-Marseilles Faculty of Medicine, Mar-
seilles, France. (1960- )

Beck, Epwarp C., and BAROLIN, GERHARD S.:
Effect of hypnotic suggestion on evoked poten-
tials. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
140(2) :154-161, 1965.

GastauT, H., BEEK, E., FAIDHERBE, ]., FRANCK,
G., Fressy, J., REmonp, A. Smith, C., and
WERRE, P.: A transcranial chornographic and
topographic study of cerebral potentials evoked by
photic stimulation in man. In: Moruzzi, Giuseppe,
ed. Progress in brain research. Vol. 1. Brain
mechanisms. Amsterdam-London-New York, El-
sevier, 1963, p. 374-392.

GastauTt, H., Franck, G., KrorLikowska, W.,
NaqQueT, R., Rfais, H., and ROGER, ].: Etude
des potentiels évoqués visuels chez des hémianop-
siques présentant des crises épileptiques visuelles
dans leur champ aveugle. Revue Neurologique,
108:316-322, 1963.

WERRE, P. F., and SmitH, C. J.: Variability of re-
sponses evoked by flashes in man. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 17:
644-652, 1964.

MH-3262 (R01) O'CONNOR, JAMES P., LORR,
MAURICE, and STAFFORD, JOHN WILLIAM: An in-
ventory of psychiatric patient behavior. Catholic
University of America, Washington, D.C. (1959-
63)

Lorr, MAURICE, and O'CONNOR, JAMES P.: Psy-
chotic symptom patterns in a behavior inventory.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 22:
139-146, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1308).

LorR, MAURICE, O'CONNOR, JAMES P., and STAF-
FORD, JoHN W.: The psychotic reaction profile.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16(3):241-245,
1960. (Also acknoweldges MH-1308).

McNaAIR, D. M., and Lorr, M.: Differential typing
of psychiatric outpatients. Psychological Record,
15:33-41, 1965.
MH-3267 (R01) FisHER, CHARLES, DEMENT, WIL-
Liam C.: Psychophysiology of dreams and sleep.
Mount Sinai Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1960-

)

ANTROBUS, J. S., DEMENT, W., and FISHER, C.:
Patterns of dreaming and dream recall: An EEG
study. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 69(3):341-344, 1964.

ANTROBUS, JOHN S., ANTROBUS, JUDITH S., and
SINGER, JEROME L.: Eye movements accompany-
ing daydreaming, visual imagery, and thought sup-
pression. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 69(3):244-252, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2279).

ANTROBUS, JUDITH S., ANTROBUS, JOHN S., and
FisHER, CHARLES: Discrimination of dreaming and
nondreaming sleep. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 12(4):395-401, 1965.

DEMENT, W.: The effect of dream deprivation.
Science, 131(3415):1705-1707, 1960.

DeMENT, WILLIAM C.: Eye movements during sleep.
In: Bender, M. B., ed. The oculomotor system.
New York, Harper & Row, 1964, p. 366-416.

DEMENT, W., and FisHER, C.: Studies in dream
deprivation and satiation: An experimental demon-
stration of the necessity for dreaming. (Abstract)
Bulletin of the Philadelphia Association for Psy-
choanalysis, 10:30, 1960.

DeMENT, W., and FisHER, C.: Studies in dream
deprivation and satiation. (Abstract) Psycho-
analysis Quarterly, 29:671, 1960.

DeMENT, WILLIAM C., and FisHER, C.: III. Expe-
rimental interference with the sleep cycle. Cana-
dian Psychiatric Association Journal, 8(6):400-
405, 1963.

FisHER, C.: Introduction to: Potzl, O., Allers, R.,
and Teler, J.: Preconscious stimulation in dreams,
images and associations. Psychological Issues, 2:
7, 1961.

FisHER, C.: Dreams. In: Deutsch, A., ed. The en-
cyclopedia of mental health. New York, Franklin
Watts, 1963.

FisHER, C., and DEMENT, W.: Dreaming and psy-
chosis: Observations on the dream-sleep cycle
during the course of an acute paranoid psychosis.
Bulletin of the Philadelphia Association for Psy-
chiatry, 11:130-132, 1961.

FisHER, C., and DEMENT, W.: Manipulation expe-
rimentale du cycle revesommeil par rapport aux
etats psychopathologiques. Revue de Medecine
Psychosomatique, 4(1) :5-12, 1962.

Fisuer, C., and DeEMENT, W. C.: Studies on the
psychopathology of sleep and dreams. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119:1160-1168, 1963.

391

FisHER, C., Gross, ]., and ZucH, J.: Cycle of penile
erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 12:29-45, 1965.

GRoss, JosepH, BYRNE, JOSEPH, and FISHER,
CHARLES: Eye movements during emergent stage
1 EEG in subjects with lifelong blindness. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 141(3):
365-370, 1965.

KaHN, E., DEMENT, W., FISHER, C., and BARMACK,
J. E.: Incidence of color in immediately recalled
dreams. Science, 137(3535):1054-1055, 1962.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., WoLPERT, E. A., DEMENT,
W. C., MitcHELL, S. A., and FisHER, C.: Noc-
turnal sleep of narcoleptics.  Electroencephalo-
graphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:599-
609, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4151).

RoFFwWARG, H., DEMENT, W., and FisHER, C.: Pre-
liminary observations of the sleep-dream pattern
in neonates, infants, children and adults. In:
Harms, Ernest, ed. Problems of sleep and dream
in children. International series of monographs on
child psychiatry. Vol. 2, No. 2. New York,
Pergamon Press, 1964, p. 60-72.

RorrFwARrG, H. P., DEMENT, W. C., Muzio, J. N,,
and FisHER, C.: Dream imagery: Relationship to
rapid eye movements of sleep. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 7:235-258, 1962.

MH-3269 (R01) PURCELL, KENNETH, BERNSTEIN,
Lewis, and BUKANTZ, SAMUEL C.: Psychopharma-
cology of corticosteroids with asthmatics. Jewish
National Home for Asthmatic Children, Denver,
Colo. (1959-63)

BERNSTEIN, L., and PURCELL, K.: Institutional treat-
ment of asthmatic children. In: Schneer, J. H.,
ed. The asthmatic child: Psychosomatic approach
to problems and treatment. New York, Hoeber,
1963, p. 224-233.

PurcerL, K.: Distinctions between subgroups of
asthmatic children: children’s perceptions of events
associated with asthma. Pediatrics, 31:486-494,
1963.

PurciLL, KENNETH, BERNSTEIN, LEWIS, and Bu-
KANTZ, SAMUEL C.: Behavioral effects of predni-
sone in asymptomatic asthmatic children. [Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 140(3):180-
188, 1965.

PurceLL, K., and METZ, J. R.: Distinctions between
subgroups of asthmatic children: Some parent atti-
tude variables related to age of onset. Journal of
Psychosomatic Medicine, 6:251-258, 1962.

PurceLL, K., TURNBULL, J., and BERNSTEIN, L.:
Distinctions between subgroups of asthmatic chil-
dren: Psychological test and behavior rating com-
parisons. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 6:
283-291, 1962.
MH-3271 (R01) RETZLAFF, ERNEST W., and PAsA-
MANICK, BENJAMIN: Pharmacologic effects upon
single nerve cell systems. Columbus Psychiatric
Institute and Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1959-
63)

ReTzLAFF, E., and FONTAINE, J.: A differential
staining reaction demonstrating reciprocal activity
in Mauthner’s cells. Experientia, 16(8):359-364,
1960.

RETZLAFF, E., and FONTAINE, J.: Reciprocal inhibi-
tion as indicated by a differential staining reac-
tion. Science, 131:104-105, 1960.

RETZLAFF, E., FONTAINE, J., PASAMANICK, B., and
LEAKE, C. D.: Direct inhibition of Mauthner’s
cells. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1):
Part 1:3251, 1961.

RETZLAFF, E., FONTAINE, J., PASAMANICK, B., and
LEAKE, C. D.: Role of axon collaterals in recipro-
cal innervation. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 21(2):355, 1962.

ReTZLAFF, E., FONTAINE, ]., PASAMANICK, B., and
LEAKE, D.: Structural and functional changes in
reciprocal innervation produced by localized teta-
nus in the albino rat. Federation Proceedings,
22(2):714, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4592).

RETZLAFF, ERNEST, PASAMANICK, BEN JAMIN, FON-
TAINE, JOAN, and LEAKE, CHAUNCEY: Histochem-
ical indication of reciprocal inhibition. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 19(1)Part 1:300, 1960.

MH-3273 (R01) FriEpMAN, ORRIE M.: Synthesis
of psychochemical agents. Brandeis University,
Waltham, Mass. (1959-61)

FriEDMAN, O. M., ParaMEswARON, K. N., and
BURSTEIN, S.: Synthesis of phenothylamines re-
lated to mescaline as possible psychotomimetic
agents. Journal of Medical Chemistry, 6:227-
229, 1963.

MH-3275 (R03) KrucH, HENRY E., IIL: Latent
extinction and secondary reinforcement. Alma
College, Alma, Mich. (1959-59)

KrucH, H. E.: Speed of running in extinction as a
function of differential goal box retention time.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61(2):172-
177, 1961.

MH-3276 (R01) MANN, Froyp C.: Shift work and
mental health. University of Michigan, Ann
Arbor, Mich. (1959-63)

Mort, PauL E., MANN, FLoyp C., MCLAUGHLIN,
Quin, and WARWICK, DoNALD: Shift work: The
social, psychological and physical consequences.
Ann Arbor, Institute for Social Research, 1963,
470 p. (Processed).

392

MH-3291 (R01) WiLsoN, KerrocG V., and
BIXENSTINE, V. EDWIN: Research on repeated
two-person games. Kent State University, Kent,
Ohio. (1959-63) (Continued as MH-4706).

BIXENSTINE, V. E., CHAMBERS, N., and WILSON,
K. V.: Effect of asymmetry of payoff on behavior
in a two-person non-zero-sum game. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 8(2):151-159, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4706).

BIXENSTINE, V. E., PortasH, H. M., and WILSON,
K. V.: Effects of level of cooperative choice by
the other player on choices in a prisoner's dilemma
game. Part I. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:308-313, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4706).

BiXeNsTINE, V. E. and WiLsoN, K. V.: Effects of
level of cooperative choice by other player on
choices in a prisoner's dilemma game. Part II.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:
139-147, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4706).

WiLsoN, K. V., and BIXENsTINE, V. E.: Forms of
social control in two-person, two-choice games.
Behavioral Science, 7:92-102, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4706).

MH-3301 (RO1) SHORT, JAMES F., Jr.: Street cor-
ner groups and patterns of delinquency. Univer-
sity of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1959-62) (Con-
tinued as MH-7158).

GORDON, ROBERT A., SHORT, JAMES F., Jr., CART-
WRIGHT, DESMOND S., and STRODTBECK, FRED
L.: Values and gang delinquency: A study of
street corner groups. American Journal of So-
ciology, 69:109-128, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-7158).

SHORT, JAMES F., Jr.: The sociocultural context of
delinquency. Crime and Delinquency, October:
365-375, 1960.

SHORT, JAMES F., JR.: Street corner groups and pat-
terns of delinquency: A progress report. Ameri-
can Catholic Sociological Review, 24:13-32, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-7158).

SuorT, JAMES F., Jr.: Introduction to “The Gang”
by Frederic M. Thrasher. Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, abridged edition, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-7158).

SHORT, J. F., JR., and RIVERA, R.: Perceived oppor-
tunities, gang membership, and delinquency.
American Sociological Review, 30:56-67, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-7158).

SHORT, JaMEs F., and STRODTBECK, FRED L.: The
response of gang leaders to status threats: An ob-
servation on group process and delinquent be-
havior. American Journal of Sociology, 68:571-
579, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-7158).
SHORT, JAMES F., JR., and STRODTBECK, FRED L.:
Group process and gang delinquency. Chicago,
Ill, Univ. of Chicago Press, 1965, 294 p.

SHORT, JAMES F., STRODTBECK, FRED L., and CART-
WRIGHT, DESMOND S.: A strategy for utilizing re-
search dilemmas: A case from the study of par-
enthood in a street corner gang. Sociological In-
quiry, 32:185-202, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-7158).

SHORT, JaMEs F., Jr., TENNYSON, Ray A., and’

Howarp, KENNETH I.: Behavior dimensions of
gang delinquency. American Sociological Review,
28:412-418, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
7158).

STRODTBECK, FRED L., SHORT, James F., Jr., and
KoLEGAR, ELLEN: The analysis of self-descrip-
tions by members of delinquent gangs. Sociolog-
ical Quarterly, 3:331-356, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-7158).

WHITTIER, J. R., KorENY], C., KLEIN, D. F., and
FoLeEy, W.: Prevention of degenerative disease:
A controlled study of anticoagulant prophylaxis.
Journal of Chronic Diseases, 14:203-212, 1961.

MH-3311 (R01) HoLrLipAY, AUDREY R. and
DiLLE, JAMES M.: Psychopharmacologic agents—
human behavior responses. University of Wash-
ington, Seattle, Wash. (1959-61)

HoLLIDAY, AUDREY R.: A comparison of benzquina-
mide with pentobarbital and a placebo in regard
to effects on performance of a simple mental task
by fatigued subjects. Proceedings of the Western
Pharmacological Society, 7:75-78, 1964.

Horray, A. R.: The effects of D-amphetamine
VS. placebo on both errors and correct response
of humans performing a simple intellectural task.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part I:
328, 1965.

HorLmAy, AUDREY R., and DEVERY, WILLIAM ].:
Effects of drugs on the performance of a task by
fatigued subjects. Journal of Clinical Pharmacol-
ogy and Therapeutics, 3(1):5-15, 1962.

HoLrLipAY, AUDREY R., and DILLE, JAMES M.: An
experimental investigation of the change effected
by the ingestion of carisoprodol, aspirin, codeine,
and a placebo upon the threshold for deep pain
induced by ultrasonic stimulation. Annals of the
New York Academy of Sciences, 86(1):147-161,
1960.

HorLmbAY, AUDREY R., HALL, GEORGE M., and
SHARPLEY, ROBERT P.: The effects of lysergic
acid diethylamide I: Critical flicker frequency.
Proceedings of the Western Pharmacology Society,
8:48-50, 1965.

HoLLipAY, AUDREY R., MORRIS, RICHARD B., and
SHARPLEY, ROBERT P.: Compound 84/F 1983

393

compared with D-amphetamine and placebo in
regard to effects on human performance. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 6:192-200, 1964.

HorLLibAY, AUDREY R., and SIGURDSON, THOR-
BJORG: The effects of lysergic acid diethylamide
II: Intraocular pressure. Proceedings of the West-
ern Pharmacology Society, 8:51-54, 1965.

MH-3312 (R01) KORNETSKY, CONAN, and KENs-
LER, CHARLES J.: Effects of centrally acting drugs
on behavior. Boston University School of Medi-
cine, Boston, Mass. (1959- )

CocHIN, JosepPH, and KORNETsKY, CONAN: Devel-
opment and loss of tolerance to morphine in the
rat after single and multiple injections. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
145:1-10, 1964.

KorNETSKY, C.: Individual differences in response
to drugs. Acta Psychologica, 19(Suppl.) :765-
771, 1961. (Proceedings of the 16th Interna-
tional Congress of Psychology).

KORNETSKY, CONAN: A comparison of the effects
of desipramine and imipramine on two schedules
of reinforcement. International Journal of Neu-
ropharmacology, 4(1):13-16, 1965.

KORNETSKY, CONAN, and BAIN, GEORGE: The ef-
fects of chlorpromazine and pentobarbital on sus-
‘tained attention in the rat. Psychopharmacologia,
8(4):277-284, 1965.

KorNETSKY, C., and CocHIN, J.: Evidence of tol-
erance to morphine in the mouse after injection
of serum from morphine-tolerant rabbits. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 23(2)Part 1:283,
1964.

KoRrRNETsKY, C., DAWSON, J., and PELIKAN, E. W.:
Individual animal variation in the effects of pento-.
barbital and dextro-amphetamine. (A compari-
son). In: Rinkel, Max, ed. Specific and non-
specific factors in psychopharmacology. New
York, Philosophical Library, 1962, p. 161-171.

KorNETSKY, C., and KIPLINGER, G.: Potentiation
of an effect of morphine in the rat by sera from
morphine-tolerant and abstinent dogs and mon-
keys. Psychopharmacologia, 4:66-71, 1963.

KorNETSKY, CONAN, and MIRsKY, ALLAN F.: On
certain psychopharmacological and physiological
differences between schizophrenic and normal per-
sons. Psychopharmacologia, 8(5):309-318, 1966.

KorNETSKY, C., and Orzack, M. H.: A research
note on some of the critical factors on the dis-
similar effects of chlorpromazine and secobarbital
on the digit symbol substitution and continuous
performance tests.  Psychopharmacologia, 6:79-
86, 1964.

Latz, A.: The differential effects of chlorpromazine
and secobarbital on sustained attention in chronic
schizophrenics. ~~ (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 22(2): 1963.

Latz, ARrJE, and KORNETSKY, CONAN: The ef-
fects of chlorpromazine and secobarbital under
two conditions of reinforcement on the perform-
ance of chronic schizophrenic subjects.  Psycho-
pharmacologia, 7:77-88, 1965.

Latz, A., KoRNETSKY, C., and BAIN, G.: The effects
of d-amphetamine on discrete avoidance as a
function of the pre-drug level of performance.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part I:
197, 1965.

Latz, ARrjJE, KORNETSKY, CONAN, and BAIN,
GEORGE: The effects of antidepressant drugs on
response acquisition. (Abstract) Pharmacologist,
7(2):170, 1965.

ORrzACK, MAREssA HEcHT, and KORNETSKY, Co-
NAN: Attention dysfunction in chronic schizo-
phrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14(3):
323-326, 1966.

MH-3313 (R01) SUMMERFIELD, ARTHUR, DREW,
GEORGE C., and STEINBERG, HANNAH: Psycho-
pharmacology of learning, perception and skill.
University of London—University College, Lon-
don, UK. (1959- )

Berry, C.: Effects of a drug and immediate mem-
ory. Nature, 207 (5000) :1012, 1965.

Berry, COLIN, GELDER, MICHAEL G., and SUM-
MERFIELD, ARTHUR: Experimental analysis of
drug effects on human performance using infor-
mation theory concepts. British Journal of Psy-
chology, 56(2&3) :255-265, 1965.

Dickins, D. W., LADER, M. H. and STEINBERG,
Hannan: Differential effects of two ampheta-
mine-barbiturate mixtures in man. British Journal
of Pharmacology and Chemotherapy, 24(1):14-
23, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3561).

Joyce, DAPHNE, and Hurwitz, H. M. B.: Avoid-
ance behavior in the rat after 5-hydroxytrypto-
phan (5-HTP) administration.  Psychopharma-
cologia, 5:424-430, 1964.

Joyce, D., and MRrosovsky, N.: Eating, drinking
and activity in rats following 5-hydroxytryptophan
(5-HTP) administration. Poychopharmacologia
5:417-423, 1964.

Joycg, D., and SUMMERFIELD, A.: Effects of drugs
related to serotonin on water intake and defeca-
tion in rats. Implications for behavioral studies.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et
de Therapie, 161 (2) :489-494, 1966.

LEGGE, D.: Analysis of visual and proprioceptive
components of motor skill by means of a drug.
British Journal of Psychology, 56(2&3):243-254,
1965.

394

LEGGE, D., and STEINBERG, H.: Actions of a mix-
ture of amphetamine and a barbiturate in man.
British Journal of Pharmacology, 18:490-500,
1962.

LEGGE, D., STEINBERG, H., and SUMMERFIELD, A.:
Simple measures of handwriting as indices of
drugs’ effects. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 18:
549-558, 1964.

RusHTON, R., and STEINBERG, H.: Experiments
with amphetamine-barbiturate mixtures.  (Ab-
stract) Collegium International Neuropsychophar-
macology, Third Congress, Munich, 1962, p. 94.

RusHTON, R., and STEINBERG, H.: Mutual poten-
tiation of amphetamine and amylobarbitone meas-
sured by activity in rats. British Journal of Phar-
macology, 21:295-305, 1963.

RusHTON, R., and STEINBERG, H.: Dose-response
relations of amphetamine-barbiturate mixtures.
Nature, 197:1017-1018, 1963.

RusHTON, R., and STEINBERG, H.: Modification of
behavioral effects of drugs by past experience. In:
Steinberg, H., de Reuck, A. V. S., and Knight, J.,
eds. Animal behavior and drug action. London,
Churchill, 1964, p. 207-219.

RusHTON, RUTH, and STEINBERG, HANNAH: Early
experience and adult reactions to drugs. In:
Bente, D., and Bradley, P. B., eds. Newro-psycho-
pharmacology. Vol. 4. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1965, p. 345-346.

RusHTON, R., STEINBERG, H., and TiNnsoN, C.: Ef-
fects of a single experience on subsequent reac-
tions to drugs. British Journal of Pharmacology,
20, 99-105, 1963.

STEINBERG, HANNAH: The effects of chemicals and
drugs on behavior. Using drugs to study ani-
mal behavior. A review. Animal Behavior,

9:109, 1961.

STEINBERG, H.: Methods and problems of measur-
ing drug-induced changes in emotions and per-
sonality. Review of Psychological Applications
(France), 11:361-372, 1961.

STEINBERG, H.: Successive approximation. In: Sym-
posium on drugs as research tools in psychology.
Proceedings of the 16th International Congress
of Psychology, Bonn. Amsterdam, North Hol-
land Publishing, 1962, p. 771-775. Also in:
Acta Psychologica, 19: 1961.

STEINBERG, H.: Experimental methods in psycho-
pharmacology. In: Robson, J. M., and Stacey,
R. S., eds. Recent advances in pharmacology.
London, Churchill, 1962, p. 77-87.

STEINBERG, H.: Psychological effects of drugs: Some
problems, methods, and results. T7jdschrift voor
Psychologies (University of Nijmegen, Gawein),
11:384-413, 1963.
STEINBERG, H.: Drugs and animal behavior. Brit-

ish Medical Bulletin, 20:75-80, 1964.

STEINBERG, H.: Aspects of psychopharmacology:
Drug-induced changes in emotions and personal-
ity. In: Cohen, J., ed. Readings in psychology.
London, Allen & Unwin, 1964, p. 142-154.

STEINBERG, HANNAH: Discussion working group 3.
(Topic: Animal behavior and drugs—character-
istics of the methods used and their possible sig-
nificance for psychiatric therapy with drugs.) In:
Bente, D., and Bradley, P. B., eds. Neuro-psycho-
pharmacology. Vol. 4. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1965, p. 123-124.

STEINBERG, H., DE REUCK, A. V. S., and KNIGHT,
J., eds.: Animal behavior and drug action. Lon-
don, Churchill, 1964, 491 p.

STEINBERG, H., LEGGE, D., and SUMMERFIELD, A.:
Drug-induced changes in visual perception. In:
Rothlin, E., ed. Neuropsychopharmacology. Vol.
2. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1961, p. 392-396.

STEINBERG, H., RusHTON, R., and Tinson, C.:
Modification of the effects of an amphetamine-
barbiturate mixture by the past experience of rats.
Nature, 192:533-535, 1961.

SUMMERFIELD, A.: Serial order and coding. In:
Symposium on drugs as research tools in psychol-
ogy. Proceedings of the 16th International Con-
gress of Psychology, Bonn. Amsterdam, North-
Holland, 1961, p. 778-780.

SUMMERFIELD, A.: Drugs and human behavior.
British Medical Bulletin, 20:70-74, 1964.

SUMMERFIELD, A., ed.: Experimental psychology.
British Medical Bulletin, 20(1):1-86, 1964.

SUMMERFIELD, ARTHUR: Codes and plans and or-
ganized behavior. Bulletin of the British Psy-
chological Society, 17(57):1-17, 1964.

SUMMERFIELD, A., and LEGGE, D.: Perception and
information theory. Bulletin of the British Psy-
chological Society, 42:23-28, 1960.

SUMMERFIELD, A., and LEGGE, D.: Information the-
ory and perception. In: Cohen, J., ed. Readings
in psychology. London, Allen & Unwin, 1964,
p. 236-248.

MH-3314 (R10) GREENBLATT, MILTON, FREE-
MAN, HARRY, MESHORER, EDWARD, SHARP, MOR-
Ris L., and WECHSLER, HENRY: Drug treatment
of hospitalized depressed patients. Massachusetts
Mental Health Center, Boston, Mass. (1959-66)

BusrFIELD, B., SCHNELLER, P., and CaPrA, D.: De-
pressive symptom or side effect? A comparative
study of symptoms during pretreatment and treat-
ment periods of patients on three antidepressant
medications. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 134:(4) :339-345, 1962.

395

BusrieLp, B. L., Jr., and WECHSLER, H.: Studies
of salivation in depression. I. A comparison of
salivation rates in depressed, sechizo-aftective de-
pressed, nondepressed hospitalized patients and in
normal controls. Archives of General Psychiatry,
4:10-15, 1961.

BusrIELD, B., and WECHSLER, H.: Salivation rate:
A physiologic correlate of improvement in hos-
pitalized depressed patients treated with three anti-
depressant medications. Psychosomatic Medicine,
24(4):337-342, 1962.

BusrieLp, B. L., and WECHSLER, H.: Salivation as
an index of higher nervous activity in diseases
with prominent psychopathology. In: Psycho-
pharmacological method. New York, Pergamon
Press, 1963, p. 346-356.

BusrieELp, B. L., Jr., WECHSLER, H., and BARNUM,
W. J.: Studies of salivation in depression: II.
Physiological differentiation of reactive and endo-
genous depression. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 5:472-477, 1961.

BusrieLp, B. L., WECHSLER, H., and BARNUM,
W. J.: A physiologic correlate of diagnosis and
treatment outcome in depression. Proceedings of
the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 2.
Montreal, University of Toronto Press/McGill
University Press, 1962, p. 1367-1371.

FELDSTEIN, AARON, HOAGLAND, HUDSON, OKTEM,
MiLAGROS RIVERA, and FREEMAN, HARRY: MAO
inhibition and antidepressant activity. Interna-
tional Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1(4):381-383,
1965.

FELDSTEIN, AARON, HOAGLAND, HUDSON, WONG,
KEerrH KaM-KiM, OKTEM, MILAGROS RIVERA, and
FREEMAN, HARRY: MAO activity in relation to
depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 120:
1192-1194, 1964.

GREENBLATT, M., GROSSER, G., and WECHSLER,
H.: A comparative study of selected antidepres-
sant medications and EST. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 119(2) :144-153, 1962.

GREENBLATT, MILTON, GROSSER, GEORGE H., and
WECHSLER, HENRY: Differential response of hos-
pitalized depressed patients to somatic therapy.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120:935-943,
1964.

Grosser, G. H., and FrReemaN, H.: Differential
recovery patterns in the treatment of acute de-
pression. Proceedings of the 3rd World Con-
gress of Psychiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal, Univer-
sity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1962, p. 1392-1402.

WECHSLER, H.: Community growth, depressive dis-
orders, and suicide. American Journal of Soci-
ology, 67:9-16, 1961.

WECHSLER, H., Grosser, G. H., and BUSFIELD,
B. L.: The depression rating scale: A quantita-
tive approach to the assessment of depressive
symptomatology. Archives of General Psychiatry,
9(4):334-343, 1963.

WECHSLER, HENRY, GROSSER, GEORGE H., and
GREENBLATT, MILTON: Research evaluating anti-
depressant medications on hospitalized mental pa-
tients: A survey of published reports during a
five-year period. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 141(2) :231-239, 1965.

MH-3319 (R01) YOUNGKEN, HEBER W., JR,
DiLLE, JAMES M., and WORTHEN, LEONARD R.:
Biosynthesis of psychotropic agents in fungi.
University of Rhode Island, Kingston, R.L
(1959-63)

AUDETTE, R. C. S., WorTHEN, L. R., and YOUNG-
KEN, H. W., Jr.: Enzymatic methylation of nico-
tinamide by Claviceps purpurea. Journal of Phar-
maceuntical Sciences, 53(9):1117-1118, 1964.

UNDERHILL, E. W., and YOoUNGKEN, H. W., Jr.:
Biosynthesis of hyoscyamine and scopolamine in
datura stramonium. Journal of Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 51:121-125, 1962.

UNDERHILL, E. W., YouNGKEN, H., W., Jr., and
Tsao, D. P. N.: Countercurrent separation of
solanaceous alkaloids. Lloydia, 24:55-57, 1961.

WORTHEN, L. R., PLaTIAU, P. E., and YOUNGKEN,
H. W., Jr.: The metabolism of S-hydroxytrypta-
mine in cultures of claviceps purpurea. Journal of
Pharmacy and Pharmacology, 15:626-627, 1963.

WORTHEN, L. R., STESSEL, G. ]., and YOUNGKEN,
H. W., Jr.: The occurrence of indole compounds
in coprinus species. Economic Botany, 16:315-
318, 1962.

MH-3321 (R01) SoskIN, WiLLiAM F.: Studies of
verbal behavior. McLean Hospital, Belmont,
Mass. (1959-61)

SoskiN, WiLLiaM F., and JoHN, VERA P.: The
study of spontaneous talk. In: Barker, Roger, ed.
The stream of behavior. New York, Appleton-
Century-Crofts, 1963, p. 228-281. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-702).

MH-3322 (RO1) RaARick, G. LAWRENCE, and RaP-
APORT, IOoNEL F.: Pubertal growth of bone and
soft tissues in mongolism. University of Wiscon-
sin, Madison, Wisc. (1959-62)

RARICK, LAWRENCE, RAPAPORT, IONEL, and SEE-
FELDT, VERN: Bone development in Down's dis-
ease. American Journal of Diseases of Children,
107:7-13, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2561).

MH-3325 (R01) SANDER, Louis W., PAVEN-
STEDT, ELEANOR, and STECHLER, GERALD:
Mother-child interaction in first three years. Mas-
sachusetts Memorial Hospitals, Boston, Mass.
(1959-63) (Continued from MH-898).

396

FINEMAN, JOANN: Observations on the develop-
ment of imaginative play in early childhood. Jour-
nal of the American Academy of Child Psychi-
atry, 1(1):167-181, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-898).

PAVENSTEDT, ELEANOR: Study of immature mothers
and their children. In: Caplan, Gerald, ed. Pre-
vention of mental disorders in children. New
York, Basic Books, 1961, p. 192-217. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-898).

PAVENSTEDT, ELEANOR: Introduction to the Sympo-
sium on Research in Infancy and Early Childhood.
Opening comments. Journal of the American
Academy of Child Psychiatry, 1(1):5-10; 138-
140, 1962.

PAVENSTEDT, E.: A comparison of the child-rearing
environment of upper-lower and very low-lower
class families. American Journal of Orthopsychi-
atry, 35:89-98, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
898).

SANDER, Louis W.: Issues in early mother-child
interaction. Journal of the American Academy of
Child Psychiatry, 1(1):141-166, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-898).

SANDER, Louis W.: Adaptive relationships in early
mother-child interaction. Journal of the American
Academy of Child Psychiatry, 3:231-264, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-898).

STECHLER, G.: A longitudinal follow-up of neo-
natal apnea. Child Development, 35:333-348,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-898).

MH-3327 (R01) HAMILTON, CHARLES L.: Psycho-
physiological study of hypothalamic hyperphagia.
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1959-64)

HamiLtoN, C. L.: Comparison of two methods of
dominance testing in the monkey. Psychological
Reports, 7:247-250, 1960.

Hamirton, C. L.: Interactions of food intake and
temperature regulation in the rat. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
476-488, 1963.

HamirtoN, C. L.: Hypothalamic temperature rec-
ords of a monkey. Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 112:55-
57, 1963.

HamiLton, C. L.: Rat's preference for high fat
diets. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 58(3) :459-460, 1964.

HamMmiLtoN, C. L.: Interactions of water, food and
temperature regulation in the monkey. In:
Wayner, M. J. Proceedings of the Ist Interna-
tional Symposium on “Thirst in the regulation of
body water.” New York, Pergamon Press, 1964,
p. 45-56.
HamiLtoN, C. L., and BROBECK, JoHN R.: Hypo-
thalamic hyperphagia and social interaction in the
monkey. (Abstract) American Journal of Psy-
chology, 15:483, 1960.

HamirtoN, C. L., and BROBECK, JoHN R.: Tem-
perature response of tube-fed rats. American
Journal of Physiology, 203:383-384, 1962.

HamiLtoN, C. L., and BROBECK, JoHN R.: Hypo-
thalamic hyperphagia and social interaction in the
monkey. (Abstract) Acta Neurovegetativa, 24:
545-546, 1963.

HamMmiLToN, C. L., and BroBEck, JoHN R.: Dia-
betes mellitus in hyperphagic monkeys. Endo-
crinology, 73:512-515, 1963.

HamirtoN, C. L., and BrOBECK, JoHN R.: Food
intake and temperature regulation in rats with
rostral hypothalamic lesions. American Journal
of Physiology, 207:291-297, 1964.

HamiLtoN, C. L., and BROBECK, JoHN R.: Hypo-
thalamic hyperphagia in the monkey. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57:
271-278, 1964.

MH-3328 (RO1) CoLLIER, GEORGE: The determi-
nants of amount of reinforcement. University of
Missouri, Columbia, Mo. (1959-62) (Contin-
ued as MH-7024).

CoLLIER, GEORGE: Some properties of saccharin as
a reinforcer. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
ogy, 64:184-191, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-7024).

COLLIER, GEORGE: Consummatory and instrumental
responding as functions of deprivation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 64:410-414, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-7024).

CoLLIER, GEORGE, and KNARR, FREDERICK: Defense
of water balance in the rat. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 61(1):5-10,
1966.

CoLLIER, GEORGE, KNARR, FREDERICK A., and
Marx, MELVIN H.: Some relations between the
intensive properties of the consummatory response
and reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 62:484-495, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-817).

COLLIER, GEORGE, and MYERS, LEONHARD: The loci
of reinforcement. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 61:57-66, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-817).

COLLIER, GEORGE, and WILLIS, FRANK N.: Depri-
vation and reinforcement. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 62:377-384, 1961.

KNARR, FREDERICK A., and COLLIER, GEORGE:
Taste and consummatory activity in amount and
gradient of reinforcement functions. Journal of Ex-

397

perimental Psychology, 63:579-588, 1962.
acknowledges MH-7024).

(Also

Wist, E. R.: Amount, delay, and position of delay
of reinforcement as parameters of runway per-

formance. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
63:160-166, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
817).

MH-3330 (R01) Murpock, BENNET B., Jr.: A
study of the retention of individual items. Uni-
versity of Vermont, Burlington, Vt. (1959-64)

Murpock, BENNET B., Jr.: The retention of in-
dividual items. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
‘ogy, 62:618-625, 1961.

Murpock, BENNET B., Jr.: Short-term retention of
single paired-associates. Psychological Reports, 8:
280, 1961.

MurpocK, BENNET B., Jr.: The serial position ef-
fect of free recall. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 64:482-488, 1962.

Murpock, BENNET B., Jr.: Direction of recall in
short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning
and Verbal Behavior, 1(2):119-124, 1962.

MURDOCK, BENNET B., JR.: Short-term retention of
single paired associates. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 65(5) :433-443, 1963.

MuRrpOCK, BENNET B., JRr.: Interpolated recall in
short-term memory. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 66:525-532, 1963.

Murpock, BENNET B., Jr.: Short-term memory
and paired-associate learning. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 2(4):320-328,
1963.

MuRrDOCK, BENNET B., JR.: An analysis of the rec-
ognition process. In: Cofer, C. N., ed. Verbal
behavior and learning: Problems and processes.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963.

Murpock, B. B., Jr.: A test of the “limited capac-
ity” hypothesis. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
0gy, 69(3):237-240, 1965.

Murpock, BENNET B., JRr.: Signal-detection theory
and short-term memory. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 70(5) :443-447, 1965.

Murpock, BENNET B., Jr.: Associative symmetry
and dichotic presentation. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 4(3):222-226,
1965.

Murpock, BENNET B., Jr., and BABICK, ARTHUR
J.: The effect of repetition on the retention of
individual words. American Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 74:596-601, 1961.

MH-3331 (R01) DvyAL, JaAMEs A.: Studies of me-
diation processes. Southern Methodist University,
Dallas, Texas. (1959-61)
Dvyar, J. A.: Latent extinction under irrelevant
drive. Psychological Reports, 9:369-376, 1961.

DvaAL, J. A.: Spontaneous recovery from nonresponse
extinction. ~~ Psychological Reports, 9:401-404,
1961.

DyaL, J. A.: Latent extinction as a function of
number and duration of pre-extinction exposures.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63(1):98-
104, 1962.

DyaL, J. A.: Latent extinction as a function of
number of training trials. Psychological Records,
13(4) :407-414, 1963.

DyaL, JaMEs A.: Latent extinction as a function of
placement-test interval and irrelevant drive. Jowur-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 68(5):486-491,
1964.

DyaL, JAMES A.: Latent extinction as a function of
partial reinforcement of the running response.
Psychonomic Science, 3(5):207-208, 1965.

DvyaL, J. A., and ABRIGHT, ].: Problem-solving as-
sembly of separately acquired behavior segments:
Negative results. Psychological Reports, 13:619-
621, 1963.

Dvyar, J. A., and HorLLanp, T. A.: Resistance to
extinction as a function of number of reinforce-
ments. American Journal of Psychology, 76:332-
333, 1963.

DvyaL, J. A., and Jones, C. A.: Experimental tests
of Hull's reasoning paradigms. Psychological Re-
ports, 13:583-590, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2596).

WiLsoN, W. J., and DyaL, J. A.: Effects of non-
response acquisition on latent extinction in a dif-
ferential reinforcement setting. Psychological Re-
ports, 13:879-884, 1963.

MH-3332 (RO1) KAPLAN, MICHAEL, and CAMP-
BELL, SAM L.: Experimental analyses of punish-
ment. Creedmoor State Hospital, New York,
N.Y. (1959-62)

KAPLAN, MICHAEL, JACKSON, BRUCE, and SPARER,
RICHARD: Escape behavior under continuous rein-
forcement as a function of aversive light intensity.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
8(5):321-323, 1965.

KAPLAN, MICHAEL, and KAPLAN, EUGENIE F.: Es-
timating growth of inbred rats for behavioral and
biological study. Psychological Reports, 17(2):
419-423, 1965.

KAPLAN, M., and MARTIN, J. M.: A coupled tape
programmer and buffer box. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 4:322, 1961.

MH-3337 (R01) BrusH, F. ROBERT: Anxiety and
the interference hypothesis. University of Penn-
sylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-65)

398

BrusH, F. R.: The effects of intertrial interval on
avoidance learning in the rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:888-
892, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2191).

BrusH, F. R.: Avoidance learning as a function of
time after fear conditioning and unsignalled shock.
Psychonomic Science, 1:405-406, 1964.

BrusH, F. ROBERT: On the differences between ani-
mals that learn and do not learn to avoid electric
shock. Psychonomic Science, 5(3):123-124,
1966.

BrusH, F. ROBERT, DAVENPORT, JoHN W., and
PoLiborA, V. J.: TCAP: Negative results in
avoidance and water maze learning and retention.
Psychonomic Science, 4(5):183-184, 1966.

Brush, F. ROBERT, MEYER, J. S., and PALMER,
M. E.: Joint effects of intertrial and intersession
interval upon avoidance learning. Psychological
Reports, 14:31-37, 1964.

MH-3342 (R01) Bropy, ARTHUR L., and WEIN-
STOCK, SOLOMON: Experimental studies of multi-
ple choice learning. Lehigh University, Bethle-
hem, Pa. (1959-62)

Bropy, A. L.: A test of the identity operator model
in a noncorrection T maze situation. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 18:466, 1963.

Bropy, ARTHUR L.: Nonreinforcement in a non-
correction T maze. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(3):428-431, 1965.

MH-3344 (RO1) MiscHEL, WALTER: Delay of
gratification in choice situations. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1960-62) (Contin-
ued as MH-6830).

METzZNER, RALPH: Effects of work-requirements in
two types of delay of gratification situations.
Child Development, 34:809-816, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-6830).

MisCHEL, WALTER, and METZNER, RALPH: Pref-
erence for delayed reward as a function of age,
intelligence, and length of delay interval. Jowur-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:425-
431, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6830).

MH-3345 (R01) PREMACK, DaAviD: Quantitative
theory of learning for the positive case. Univer-
sity of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. (1959-61)

BROWNSTEIN, A. J.: Predicting instrumental per-
formances from the independent rates of contin-
gent responses in a choice situation. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63:29-31, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-817).

PREMACK, D.: Predicting instrumental performance
from the independent rate of the contingent re-
sponse. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 61
(2):163-171, 1961.
PREMACK, D.: Reversibility of the reinforcement re-
lation. Science, 136(3512):255-257, 1962.

PrEMACK, D.: Rate differential reinforcement in
monkey manipulation. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 6(1):81-89, 1963.

PREMACK, DAviD: Reinforcement theory. In: Le-
vine, David, ed. Nebraska symposium on moti-
vation. Lincoln, Nebr., University of Nebraska
Press, 1965, p. 123-188.

PrREMACK, D., and CoLLIER, G.: Analysis of non-
reinforcement variables affecting response proba-
bility. Psychological Monographs, 76(5):1-20,
1962. (Whole No. 524).

PreMAcCK, D., and Hiriix, W. A.: Evidence for
shift effects in the consummatory response. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 63(3):284-288,
1962.

PrREMACK, D., and PUTNEY, RICHARD T.: Relation
between intersession interval frequency of com-
peting responses and rate of learning. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63(3):269-274, 1962.

PrREMACK, D., and ScHAEFFER, R. W.: Distribu-
tional properties of operant-level locomotion in
the rat. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5(1) :89-95, 1962.

SCHAEFFER, R. W., and PRrREMAck, D.: Licking
rates in infant albino rats. Science, 134(3494):
1980-1981, 1961.

MH-3346 (R01) KAHN, RoBErT L.: Conflict and
ambiguity in relation to mental health. Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1959-63)

FrENcH, J. R. P, Jr, Kann, RoBerT L., and
MaNN, Froyp C., eds. Work, health, and sat-
isfaction. Journal of Social Issues, 18(3), 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3874 and MH-9132).

KAHN, ROBERT L.: Role conflict and ambiguity in
large organizations. In: Proceedings of CIOS
13th International Management Congress, New
York, 1963, p. 729-734.

KAHN, ROBERT L.: Field studies of power in or-
ganizations. In: Kahn, Robert L., and Boulding,
Elise, eds. Power and conflict. New York, Ba-
sic Books, 1964, p. 52-66.

KAHN, ROBERT L., and WoLFE, DONALD M.: Role
conflict in organizations. In: Kahn, Robert L.,
and Boulding, Elise, eds. Power and conflict.
New York, Basic Books, 1964, p. 115-126.

Kann, R. L., WoLFrg, D. M., QUINN, R. P., SNOCK,
J. D., and RoseNTHAL, R. A.: Organizational
stress: Studies in role conflict and ambiguity.
New York, Wiley & Sons, 1964, 470 p. (Also
acknowledges MH-3874 and MH-9132).

SNOEK, J. DiepRrIcK: Role strain in diversified role
sets. American Journal of Sociology, 71(4):363-
372, 1966.

399

WoLFE, DONALD M., and SNOEK, J. DIEDRICK: A
study of tensions and adjustment under role con-
flict. Journal of Social Issues, 18(3):102-121,
1962.

MH-3347 (R01) TEUBER, HANs-LUKAS: A pro-
gram of research in neuropsychology. New York
University Medical Center, New York, N.Y.
(1959-61) (Continued as MH-5673).

ALTMAN, ].: Diurnal activity rhythm of rats with
lesions of superior colliculus and visual cortex.
American Journal of Physiology, 202(6):1205-
1207, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

ALTMAN, J.: Effects of lesions in central nervous
visual structures on light aversion of rats. Ameri-
can Journal of Physiology, 202:1208-1210, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-5673).

ALTMAN, J.: Autoradiographic study of degenera-
tive and regenerative proliferation of neuroglia
cells with tritiated thymidine. Experimental Neu-
rology, 5(4):302-318, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5673).

ALTMAN, J.: Some fiber projections to the superior
colliculus in the cat. Journal of Comparative Neu-
rology, 119:77-95, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-5673).

ALTMAN, J.: Are new neurons formed in the brains
of adult mammals? Science, 135(3509):1127-
1128, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

ALTMAN, J., and ALTMAN, ELIZABETH: Increased
utilization of an amino acid and cellular prolifera-
tion demonstrated autoradiographically in the op-
tic pathways of pigeons. Experimental Neurology,
6:142-151, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
5673).

ALTMAN, J., and MAL, L. I.: An electrophysiolog-
ical study of the superior colliculus and visual
cortex. Experimental Neurology, 5:233-249,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

CHOROVER, S. L.: Effects of mescaline sulfate on
extinction of conditional avoidance response
(CAR). Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 54:649-652, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5673).

CHOROVER, S. L., and Gross, C. G.: Caudate nu-
cleus lesions: Behavioral effects in the rat. Sci-
ence, 141:826-827, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-5673).

CoHEN, L.: Rate of apparent change of a Necker
cube as a function of prior stimulation. American
Journal of Psychology, 72(3):327-344, 1959.

GHENT, LILA, MIsHKIN, M., and TEUBER, H. L.:
Short-term memory after frontal-lobe injury in
man. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:705-709, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5673).
Gross, C. G.: Effects of different stimulus condi-
tions on locomotor activity of frontal monkeys.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 17:385, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-5673).

Gross, C. G.: A comparison of the effects of par-
tial and total lateral frontal lesions on test per-
formance by monkeys. Journal of Comparative
and ~~ Physiological ~ Psychology, 56(1):41-47,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

Gross, C. G.: Effect of deprivation on delayed re-
sponse and delayed alternation performance by
normal and brain operated monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):
48-51, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

Gross, C. G.: Discrimination reversal after lateral
frontal lesions in monkeys. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):52-55,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

Gross, C. G.: Locomotor activity following lateral
frontal lesions in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
232-236, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

Gross, C. G., and WEISKRANTZ, L.: Evidence for
dissociation of impairment on auditory discrimi-
nation and delayed response following lateral fron-
tal lesions in monkeys. Experimental Neurology,
5(6):453-476, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
5673).

Gross, C. G., and WEISKRANTZ, L.: Some changes
in behavior produced by lateral frontal lesions in
the Macaque. In: Warren, J. M., and Akert, K,,
eds. The frontal granular cortex and behavior.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 74-101. (Also
acknowledges MH-5673).

MACKINTOSH, J., and SUTHERLAND, N. S.: Visual
discrimination by the goldfish: The orientation of
rectangles. Animal Behavior, 11(1):135-141,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

MEYER, V., Gross, C. G., and TEUBER, H.-L.: Ef-
fect of knowledge of site of stimulation on the
threshold for pressure sensitivity. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 16:637-640, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5673).

PROCTOR, FLORRY, RIKLAN, M., COOPER, I. S., and
TeUBER, H. L.: Somatosensory status of parkin-
sonian patients before and after chemothalamec-
tomy. Neurology, 13:906-912, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5673).

RupeL, Rita G.: The transposition of interme-
diate size by brain-damaged and mongoloid chil-
dren. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 53:89-94, 1960.

RupkL, Rita G., and TEUBER, H.-L.: Discrimina-
tion of direction of line in children. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(5):
892-898, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

400

RupkL, RiTA G., and TEUBER, H.-L.: Decrement of
visual and haptic Miiller-Lyer illusion on re-
peated trials: A study of crossmodal transfer.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology,
15:125-131, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
5673).

RuDpEL, Rita G., TEUBER, H.-L., LIEBERT, R. S., and
HALPERN, S.: Localization of auditory midline
and reactions to body tilt in brain-damaged chil-
dren. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
131 (4) 1302-309, 1960.

SEMMES, JOSEPHINE, TEUBER, H.-L., WEINSTEIN,
S., and GHENT, LiLA: Somatosensory changes
after penetrating brain wounds in man. Cam-
bridge, Harvard University, 1960, 91 p.

SEMMES, JOSEPHINE, WEINSTEIN, S., GHENT, LILA,
and TEUBER, H.-L.: Correlates of impaired orien-
tation in personal and extrapersonal space. Brain,
86:747-772, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
5673).

SUTHERLAND, N. S.: Visual discrimination of shape
by “octopus”: Squares and crosses. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
939-943 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

SUTHERLAND, N. S., MACKINTOSH, J., and MACKIN-
tosH, N. J.: The visual discrimination of redu-
plicated patterns by octopus. Animal Behavior,
11(1):106-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-

5673).
SUTHERLAND, N. S., MackiNTOsH, N. J. and
MACKINTOSH, J.: Simultaneous discrimination

training of “octopus” and transfer of discrimina-
tion along a continuum. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):150-156,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TeUBER, H.-L.: The premorbid personality and re-
action to brain damage. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 30:322-329, 1960.

TEUBER, H.-L.: Perception. In: Field, J., Magoun,
H. W., and Hall, V. E., eds. Handbook of physi-
ology. Section 1. Neurophysiology. Vol. 3.
Washington, D.C., American Physiological Soci-
ety, 1960, p. 1595-1668.

TeUBER, H.-L.: Space perception and its disturb-
ances after brain injury in man. Proceedings of
the Sixteenth International Congress of Psychol-
ogy, Bonn, 1960. Acta Psychologica, 19:837-
838, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Brain and behavior. Summation.
In: Brazier, M. A. B., ed. International Confer-
ence on Brain and Behavior. Washington, D.C.,
American Institute of Biological Sciences, 1961, p.
393-420. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Sensory deprivation, sensory suppres-
sion and agnosia: Notes for a neurologic theory.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 132(1):
32-40, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).
TEUBER, H.-L.: Some observations on the superior
colliculi of the cat. (Report on the work of J.
Altman) In: Jung, R., and Kornhuber, H. eds.
Neurophysiologic und Psychophysik des visuellen
Systems. Heidelberg, Springer, 1961, p. 217-221.
(Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Neuere Beobachtungen iiber Sehs-
trahlung und Sehrinde. In: Jung, R., and Korn-
huber, H., eds. Neurophysiologie und Psychol-
physik des visuellen Systems. Heidelberg, Springer,
1961, p. 256-274. (Also acknowledges MH-
5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Effects of brain wounds implicating
right or left hemisphere in man. Hemisphere
differences and hemisphere interaction in vision,
audition, and somesthesis. In: Mountcastle, V. B.,
ed. Interhemispheric relations and cerebral domi-
nance. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins, 1962, p. 131-
157. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Perspectives in the problems of
biological memory—A psychologist’s view.
Schmitt, F. O., ed. Macromolecular oecifioty
and biological memory. Cambridge, Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, 1962, p. 99-107.
(Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Memory. New York Medicine, 18:
248-250, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Personality and reaction to brain
damage. In: Dulany, D. E., DeValois, R. L,
Beardslee, D. C., and Winterbottom, Marian R.:
Contributions to modern psychology. 2nd ed.
New York, Oxford University, 1963, p. 406-414.
(Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Space perception and its disturbances
after brain injury in man. Neuropsychologia, 1:
47-57, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TEUBER, H.-L.: The riddle of frontal lobe function

in man, In: Warren, J. M., and Akert, K., eds.
The frontal granular cortex and behavior. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 410-444. (Also

acknowledges MH-5673).

TeuBER, H.-L., BATTERSBY, W. S., and BENDER,
M. B.: Visual field defects after penetrating
missile wounds of the brain. Cambridge, Mass.,
Harvard University, 1960, 143 p.

TEUBER, H.-L., and RuDpEL, Rita G.: Effects of
brain injury in children and adults. Clinical Psy-
chology (Copenhagen), 4:113-139, 1962. (Pro-
ceedings of the 14th Congress of Applied Psy-
chology). (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

TeuBer, H.-L., and RuUDEL, Rita G.: Behavior
after cerebral lesions in children and adults. De-
velopmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 4:3-
20, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5673).

VAUGHAN, HERBERT G., JR., and Costa, Louis D.:
Application of evoked potential techniques to

401

behavioral investigation. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 118:71-75, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-5673).

WEISKRANTZ, L.: Contour discrimination in a young
monkey with striate cortex ablation. Nexropsy-
chologia, 1(2):145-164, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5673).

MH-3348 (R01) Frost, HENRY H., SIBLEY, WILLIS
E., and SmiTH, TED C.: Transiency and new com-
munity integration. University of Utah, Salt Lake
City, Utah. (1959-63)

WiLLIAMS, MORGAN ]., Frost, HENRY H., and
SiBLEY, WiLLis E.: Page, Arizona—A rootless
community? Proceedings of the Utah Academy of
Sciences, Arts and Letters, 37:97-101, 1959-1960.

MH-3353 (R01) MAHLER, MARGARET S., and
FURER, MANUEL: Investigation of symbiotic child
psychosis. Masters Childrens Center, New York,
NY. (1959-64)

MAHLER, MARGARET SCHOENBERGER: Perceptual de-
differentiation and psychotic “object relationship.”
International Journal of Psychiatry, 41:548-553,
1960.

MAHLER, M. S.: On sadness and grief in infancy
and childhood. Loss and restoration of the
symbiotic love object. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 16:332-351, 1961.

due
Psiche

MAHLER, MARGARET S.: Autismo e simbiosi.
gravi alterazioni dell’identita personale.
(Roma), 1(1):37-53, 1964.

MAHLER, MARGARET SCHOENBERGER, and FURER,
MANUEL: Observations on research regarding the
“symbiotic syndrome” of infantile psychosis. Psy-
choanalytic Quarterly, 29:317-327, 1960.

PINE, FRED, and FURER, MANUEL: Studies of the
separation- individuation phase: A methodological
overview. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 18:
325-342, 1963.

MH-3355 (R01) Howe, Epmunp S., and FINE-
SINGER, JacoB E.: Anxiety and verbal behavior.
University of Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1959-
63)

Howe, E. S.: Further comparison of two short-form
derivatives of the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale.
Psychological Reports, 6:21-22, 1960.

Howe, E. S.: Anxiety-arousal and specificity: Rated
correlates of the depth of interpretive statements.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26:178-184,
1962.

Howe, E. S.: A study of the semantic structure of
ratings of interpretive responses. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 26(3) :285, 1962.
Howe, E. S.: Postponement behavior as a function
of approach and avoidance motivation. Psycho-
logical Reports, 10:275-283, 1962.

Howe, E. S.: Probabilistic adverbial qualifications
of adjectives. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 1(4):225-242, 1963.

Howe, E. S.: Three-dimensional structure of ratings
of exploratory responses shown by a semantic
differential. Psychological Reports, 14:187-196,
1964.

Howe, E. S.: A third comparison of two short-form
derivatives of the Taylor Manifest Anxiety Scale,
using psychiatric patients. Psychological Reports,
14:497-498, 1964.

Howe, E. S.: Further data concerning the dimen-
sionality of ratings of the therapist's verbal ex-
ploratory behavior. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 29(1):73-76, 1965.

Howe, EDMUND S.: Uncertainty and other associa-
tive correlates of Osgood’s Dy. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 4(6):498-509,
1965.

Howg, E. S., and Pork, B.: The dimensionality of
ratings of therapist verbal responses. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 25:296-303, 1961.

Howe, E. S., and Popg, B.: An empirical scale of
therapist verbal activity level in the initial inter-
view. [Journal of Consulting Psychology, 25:510-
520, 1961.

Howe, E. S., and Pop, B.: Therapist verbal activity
level and diagnostic utility of patient verbal re-
sponses. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26:
149-155, 1962.

MH-3358 (R01) Beck, AARON T.: Psychological
correlates of depression. University of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-64)

Beck, A. T.: A systematic investigation of depres-
sion. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 2:163-170, 1961.

Beck, A. T.: Reliability of psychiatric diagnoses: 1.
A critiquue of systematic studies. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 119:210-216, 1962.

Beck, A. T.: Thinking and depression: I. Idiosyn-
cratic content and cognitive distortion. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 9:324-333, 1963.

Beck, A. T., FesHBAcH, S., and LEGG, D.: The
clinical utility of the digit symbol test. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 26:263-268, 1962.

Beck, A. T., SETHI, B., and TutHiLL, R.: Child-
hood bereavement and adult depression. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 9:295-302, 1963.

Beck, A. T., and Warp, C. H.: Dreams of de-
pressed patients: Characteristic themes in manifest
contest. Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:462-
467, 1961.

402

Beck, A. T., Warp, C. H.,, MENDELSON, M.,,
Mock, J., and ERBAUGH, J.: An inventory for
measuring depression. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 4:561-571, 1961.

Beck, A. T., Warp, C. H. MENDELSON, M.,
Mock, J. E., and ErBAUGH, J. K.: Reliability
of psychiatric diagnosis: 2. A study of consistency
of clinical judgments and ratings. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119:351-357, 1962.

LoeB, ARMIN, BEck, AARON T., FESHBACH, SEY-
MOUR, and WOLF, ABRAHAM: Some effects of
reward upon the social perception and motivation
of psychiatric patients varying in depression. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:609-
616, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3213).

Warp, C. H.,, Beck, A. T., MENDELSON, M.,
Mock, J. E., and ErRBAUGH, J. K.: The psychiatric
nomenclature: Reasons for diagnostic disagree-
ment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 7:198-
205, 1962.

Warp, C. H.,, Beck, A. T., and RAscoE, E.: Typical
dreams: Incidence among psychiatric patients. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 5:606-613, 1961.

MH-3359 (R01) TEGHTSOONIAN, ROBERT: Rela-
tion of retention to age of learning. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1959-61)

BrusH, F. R., GoobpricH, K. P., TEGHTSOONIAN, R.,
and EisMAN, E. H.: Running speed as a function
of deprivation condition and concentration of
sucrose incentive. Psychological Reports, 9:627-
634, 1961.

Brush, F. R., GoobpricH, K. P., TEGHTSOONIAN, R.,
and EismaN, E. H.: Dependence of learning
(habit) in the runway on deprivation under three
levels of sucrose incentive. Psychological Reports,
12:375-384, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4426).

MH-3360 (R01) BurcH, NEIL R., and Broom,
SAMUEL W.: Psychophysiologic factors of behav-
ioral interaction. Baylor University, Houston,
Texas. (1960-62)

BurcH, N. R., and CHILDERS, H. E.: Information
processing in the time domain. In: Fields, Wil-
liam S., and Abbott, Walter, eds. Information
storage and neural control. Springfield, Ill,
C. C. Thomas, 1963, p. 1-21.

EDELBERG, R., GREINER, T., and Burch, N. R.:
Some membrane properties of the effector in the
galvanic skin response. Journal of Applied Physi-
ology, 15(4):691-696, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1904).

KapLAN, H. B.: Social interaction and GSR activity
during group psychotherapy. Psychosomatic Med-
icine, 25(2) :140-145, 1963.
KaprLaN, H. B., and BrooM, S. W.: The use of
sociological and social-psychological concepts in
physiological research: A review of selected ex-
perimental studies. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 130(8) :128-134, 1960.

KaprrLaN, HowArDp B., BurcH, NEIL R., BEDNER,
Tom D., and TRENDA, JoHN D.: Physiologic
(GSR) activity and perceptions of social behavior
in positive, negative and neutral pairs. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 140(6):457-463,
1965.

KapLAN, H. B,, BurcH, N. R., BLooM, S. W., and
EDELBERG, R.: Affective orientation and physio-
logical activity (GSR) in small peer groups. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 25(3):245-252, 1963.

MH-3361 (RO1) GINSBURG, BENsoN E., and
Hunt, Howarp F.: Basic mechanisms of drug
action on animal behavior. University of Chi-
cago, Chicago, Ill. (1959- ) (Continued as
MH-7279).

GINSBURG, B. E.: Causal mechanisms in audiogenic
seizures.  Psychophysiologie Neuropharmocologie
et Biochemie de la Crise Audiogene, Collogues
Internationanx du Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique, 112:227-240, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1918 and MH-7279).

GINSBURG, B. E.: Genetics and personality. In:
Wepman, J., and Heine, R., eds. Concepts of
personality. Chicago, Aldine Press, 1963, p. 63-
78. (Also acknowledges MH-1918 and MH-
7279).

Havrasz, M. F.: Some effects of varying the du-
ration of an exteroceptive warning stimulus on
intercurrent avoidance and appetitive responses.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
4:287, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1918).

Harvey, J. A., HELLER, A., and MOORE, R. Y.:
The effect of unilateral and bilateral medial fore-
brain bundle lesions on brain serotonin. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
140:103-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
1918 and MH-7279).

HARVEY, JoHN A., HELLER, ALFRED, MOORE,
RoBerT Y., HuNnT, HOowArRD F., and ROTH,
Lroyp, J.: Effect of central nervous system le-
sions on barbiturate sleeping time in the rat.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peutics, 144 (1) :24-36, 1964.

HaRrvEy, J. A., LiNTs, C. E., Jacosson, L. E., and
Hunt, H. F.: Effects of lesions in the septal area
on conditioned fear and discrimination instrumen-
tal punishment in the albino rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 59:37-48,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1918).

HELLER, A., Harvey, J. A., Hunt, H. F., and
Roth, L. J.: Effect of lesions in the septal fore-

403

brain of the rat on sleeping time under barbiturate
anesthesia. Science, 131:662-663, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-1918).

HELLER, A., HARVEY, J. A., and MOORE, R. Y.: A
demonstration of a fall in brain serotonin follow-
ing central nervous system lesions in the rat. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 11:859-866, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-1918 and MH-7279).

Hunt, H. F.: Non-empiric approaches from the
basic sciences: Psychology. In: Featherstone,
R. M., and Simon, A., eds. A pharmacological
approach to the study of the mind. Springfield,
Ill, Thomas, 1959, p. 82-94. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1918).

Hunt, H. F.: Some applications of conditioned

“fear.” In: Uhr, L., and Miller, J. G., eds.
Drugs and behavior. New York, Wiley, 1960,
p. 227-231. (Also acknowledges MH-1918).

Hunt, H. F.: Physiology and drug action: Behav-
ioral implications. Federation Proceedings, 19:
629-634, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-1918).

Hunt, H. F.: Methods for studying the behavioral
effects of drugs. In: Cutting, W., Driesbach, H.,
and Elliott, H. W., eds. Annual reviews of phar-
macology. Vol. 1. Palo Alto, Calif., Annual Re-
views, 1961, p. 125-154. (Also acknowledges
MH-1918).

Hunt, HowarDp F.: Electro-convulsive shock and
learning. Transactions of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, Ser. II, 27(8):923-945, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-1918).

Moore, R. Y.: Effects of some rhinencephalic le-
sions on retention of conditioned avoidance be-
havior in cats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:65-71, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-1918 and MH-7279).

MH-3363 (R01) GIiaRMAN, NicHOLAS ]., and
FREEDMAN, DANIEL X.: Psychotogenic proce-
dures and brain neurohumors. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1959- )

AGHAJANIAN, G. K.: The effect of chlorpromazine
on respiration of brain mitochondria as a function
of metabolic state. Biochemical Pharmacology,
12:7-12, 1963.

AGHA JANIAN, G. K.: The effect of serotonin and
norepinephrine on the structural changes induced
in brain microsomes. Federation Proceedings, 22
(2) :450, 1963.

AGHAJANIAN, G. K.: “Microsome” fraction of
brain: Structural changes induced by ascorbic acid.
Science, 141:628, 1963.

APPEL, J. B.: Aversive aspects of schedule of posi-
tive reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 6:423-428, 1963.
APPEL, J. B.: Drugs, shock intensity, and the CER.
Psychopharmacologia, 4:148-153, 1963.

APPEL, J. B.: Punishment and shock intensity. Sci-
ence, 141:528-529, 1963.

APPEL, J. B.: The analysis of aversively motivated
behavior. Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:
71-83, 1964.

APPEL, J. B.: The rat: An important subject. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7
(5)355-356, 1964.

AppiL, J. B., and FREEDMAN, D. X.: Chemically-
induced alterations in the behavioral effects of
LSD-25. Biochemical Pharmacology, 13:861-869,
1964.

APPEL, J. B,, and FrREepMAN, D. X.: The relative
potencies of psychotomimetic drugs. Life Sci-
ences, 4(22):2181-2186, 1965.

APPEL, JAMES B., and PETERSON, NEIL J.: Punish-
ment and “recovery?” Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 7:166, 1964.

APPEL, JAMES B., and PETERSON, NEIL J.: Punish-
ment: Effects of shock intensity on response sup-
pression. Psychological Reports, 16(3)Part 1:721-
730, 1965.

BarcHAs, J. D., and FrEeEpMAN, D. X.: Brain
amines: Response to physiological stress. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 12:1232-1235, 1963.

FreepMAN, D. X.: LSD-25 and brain serotonin in
reserpinized rat. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 19:266, 1960.

FreepMAN, D. X.: Effects of LSD-25 on brain sero-
tonin. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimen-
tal Therapeutics, 134:160-166, 1961.

FREEDMAN, D. X.: Psychotomimetic drugs and brain
biogenic amines. American Journal of Psychiatry,
119:843-850, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
1204).

FreepMAN, D. X., and AcHAjANIAN, G. K., and
CoqQuer, C. A.: Effect of reserpine on plasma
binding and brain uptake of LSD-25. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 23:147, 1964.

FreepMAN, D. X., AprpEL, J. B.,, HARTMAN, F. R.,
and MOLLIVER, M.: Tolerance to behavioral ef-
fects of LSD-25 in rat. Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 143:309-313,
1964.

FREEDMAN, D. X., BarcHAs, J. D., and SCHOEN-
BRUN, R. L.: Response of brain amines to ex-
haustion stress or LSD-25. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 21:337, 1962.

FrReEepMAN, D. X., and BENTON, A. J.: Persisting
effects of reserpine in man. New England Journal
of Medicine, 264:529-533, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1204).

404

FrReepMAN, D. X., and CoQUET, C. A.: Regional
and subcellular distribution of LSD and effects on
5-HT levels. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 79(2):
183, 1965.

FreepmaN, D. X. Fram, D. H., and GIARMAN,
N. J.: The effect of morphine on the regenera-
tion of brain norepinephrine after reserpine. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 20:321, 1961.

FrReepMAN, D. X., and Giarman, N. J.: LSD-25
and the status and level of brain serotonin. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 96:
98-106, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1204).

FrReepMAN, D. X., and GiarmAN, N. J.: Brain
amines, clectrical activity, and behavior. In:
Glaser, G. H., ed. EEG and behavior. New
York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 198-243.

GIARMAN, NICHOLAS J.: New developments in psy-
chopharmacology. American Journal of Pharma-
ceutical Education, 28(5):700-707, 1964.

GIARMAN, NicHOLAS J., and FREEDMAN, DANIEL
X.: Biochemical aspects of the actions of psycho-
tomimetic drugs. Pharmacological Reviews, 17
(1):1-25, 1965.

GiLLis, C. N., GiarmaN, N. J, and FREEDMAN,
D. X.: Retention of S-hydroxytryptamine by sub-
cellular fractions of rat brain homogenates. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 13:1457-1474, 1964.

MirkIN, B. L., GiarMAN, N. J., and FREEDMAN,
D. X.: Uptake of noradrenaline by subcellular
particles in homogenates of rat brain. Biochemi-
cal Pharmacology, 12:214-216, 1963.

MirkiN, B. L., GiarmMAN, N. J., and FREEDMAN,
D. X.: Factors influencing the uptake of nor-
adrenaline by subcellular particles in homogenates
of rat brain. Biochemical Pharmacology, 13:
1027-1035, 1964.

MirkiIN, B. L., and Girris, C. N.: Subcellular dis-
tribution of tritium following the incubation of
rat brain homogenates of H? norepinephrine. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 12:1173-1179, 1963.

SCHLESINGER, KURT, B0OGGAN, WILLIAM, and
FREEDMAN, DANIEL X.: Genetics of audiogenic
seizures: I. Relation to brain serotonin and nor-
ephinephrine in mice. Life Sciences, 4(24) :2345-
2351, 1965.

MH-3364 (R01) CarLsoN, NiLs J., and BIDDER,
THoMAS G.: Neuropharmacological studies of mo-
tivational states. Western Reserve University,
Cleveland, Ohio. (1959-61)

CARLSON, NiLs JAMES, DoyLE, GERALD A., and
BiopeR, GEORGE T.: The effects of dl-ampheta-
mine and reserpine on runway performance. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 8(3):157-173, 1965.

~
MH-3366 (R01) HowaRD, STUART A.: Bereave-
ment behavior in a cooperative society. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1959-61)

HowaRrp, ALAN: Rotuma as a hinterland commu-
nity. Journal of the Polynesian Society, 70:272-
299, 1961.

Howarp, ALAN: Land, activity systems, and deci-
sion-making models in Rotuma. Ethnology, 2:
407-440, 1963.

HowARrD, ALAN: Conservatism and non-traditional
leadership in Rotuma. Journal of the Polynesian
Society, 72:65-77, 1963.

HowARD, ALAN, and HowARrD, IRWIN: Pre-marital
sex and social control among the Rotumans.
American Anthropologist, 66:266-283, 1964.

MH-3368 (R01) MORSE, ROGER A.: A study of
bioactive secretions. Cornell University, Ithaca,
N.Y. (1959-62)

BENTON, A. W., MoRrsg, R. A., and KOSIKOWSKI,
F. V.: Bioassay and standardization of venom in
the honey bee. Nature, 198(4877):295-296,
1963.

Gary, N. E.: Mandibular gland extirpation in liv-
ing queen and worker honey bees. Annals of the
Entomological Society of America, 54:529-531,
1961.

Gary, N. E.: Antagonistic reactions of worker
honey bees to the mandibular gland contents of
the queen (Apis mellifera). Bee World, 42(1):
14-17, 1961.

Gary, N. E.: Mass production of honey bee larvae.
Gleanings in Bee Culture, 88:550-552 and 659,
1961.

Gary, N. E.: Queen honey bee attractiveness as
related to mandibular gland secretions. Science,
133(3463) :1479-1480, 1961.

GARY, NorMAN E.: Chemical mating attractants in
the queen honey bee. Science, 136:773-774,
1961.

Gary, N. E.: Observations of mating behaviour in
the honey bee. Journal of Apicultural Research,
2(1):3-13, 1963.

Gary, N. E,, FickenN, R. W., and STEIN, R. C.:
Honey bee larvae (Apis mellifera L.) for bird
food.  Avicultural Magazine, 67:27-32, 1961.

Gary, N. E., and Morse, R. A.: A technique for
the removal of mandibular glands from living
queen honeybees. Bee World, 41:229-230, 1960.

Gary, N. E., and Morsg, R. A.: Queen cell con-
struction in honey bee (Apis mellifera L.) colo-
nies in response to living queens without mandib-
ular glands. Proceedings of the Royal Entomo-
logical Society of London, 37:76-78, 1962.

405

GARy, N. E,, and Morse, R. A.: The events fol-
lowing queen cell construction in honeybee colo-
nies. Journal of Apicultural Research, 1:3-5,
1963.

GHENT, R. L., and GARY, N. E.: A chemical alarm
releaser in honey bee stings (Apis mellifera L.):
Psyche, 69(1):1-6, 1962.

Morsg, R. A., and BENTON, A. W.: Mass collec-
tion of bee venom. Gleanings in Bee Culture, 92:
42-45 and 54, 1964.

Morskg, R. A., and GARY, N. E.: Insect invaders of
the honey bee colony. Bee World, 42:179-181,
1961.

Morse, R. A., and Gary, N. E.: Colony response
to worker bees confined with queens. Bee World,
42(8):197-199, 1961.

Morskg, R. A., and Gary, N. E.: Further studies of
the responses of honey bee (Apis mellifera L.)
colonies to queens with extirpated mandibular
glands. Annals of Entomological Society of
America, 56(3):372-374, 1963.

Morse, R. A., Gary, N. E, and JOHANSSON,
T. S. K.: Mating of virgin queen honey bees
(Apis mellifera L.) following mandibular gland
extirpation. Nature, 194(4828):605, 1962.

Morse, R. A., MacDoNALD, JoN E., and ZMAR-
LicKI, CypRIAN: The effect of queen mutilation
on queen cell construction in the honey bee (Apis
mellifera L.) colony. Florida Entomologist, 46
(3):219-221, 1963.

ZMARLICKI, C., and Morse, R. A.: Queen mating.
American Bee Journal, 103(11):414-415, 1963.

ZMARLICKI, C., and Morsg, R. A.: The mating of
aged virgin queen honeybees. Journal of Apicul-
tural Research, 2(1) :62-63, 1963.

ZMmARLICKI, C., and Morsg, R. A.: Drone congre-
gation areas. Journal of Apicultural Research, 2
(1) :64-66, 1963.

ZMARLICKI, C., and MoRrsg, R. A.: The effect of
mandibular gland extirpation on the longevity of
queen honey bees (Apis mellifera L.). Annals of
the Entomological Society of America, 57(1):
73-74, 1964.

MH-3369 (R01) ORNE, MARTIN T.: Studies in
hypnosis. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
(1959-64)

DamAaser, EstHErR C., SHOR, R. E., and ORNE,
M. T.: Physiological effects during hypnotically
requested emotions. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:
334-343, 1963.

O’CoNNELL, D. N., and OrRNE, M. T.: Bioelectric
correlates of hypnosis: An experimental reevalua-
tion. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1:201-213,
1962.
OrNE, M. T.: Implications for psychotherapy de-
rived from current research on the nature of hyp-
nosis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 118:1097-
1103, 1962. Also in: Masserman, J., ed. Cur-
rent psychiatric therapies. Vol. 2. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1962, p. 75-85.

ORNE, M. T.: On the social psychology of the psy-
chological experiment: With particular reference
to demand characteristics and their implications.
American Psychologist, 17:776-783, 1962.

ORNE, MARTIN T., and ScHEIBE, KARL E.: The
contribution of nondeprivation factors in the pro-
duction of sensory deprivation effects: The psy-
chology of the “panic button.” Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 68:3-12, 1964.

MH-3372 (RO1) SPERRY, ROGER W.: Investiga-
tions of neural mechanisms in behavior. Califor-
nia Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Calif.
(1959- )

ARORA, H. L.: Effect of forcing a regenerative optic
fiber toward a foreign region of the optic tectum.
(Abstract) Anatomical Record, 145(2):202,
1963.

ARORA, H. L., and SPERRY, R. W.: Optic nerve re-
generation after surgical cross-union of medical
and lateral optic tracts. (Abstract) American
Zoologist, 2(3):389, 1962.

Arora, H. L., and SpERrY, R. W.: Color discrimi-
nation after optic nerve regeneration in the fish
Astronotus ocellatus. Developmental Biology, 7
(1):234-243, 1963.

ARORA, H. L., and SpERrY, R. W.: Selectivity in
regeneration and reconnection of the oculomotor
nerve in cichlid fishes. (Abstract) Anatomical
Record, 128(2):357-358, 1964.

AtTARDI, D., and SPERRY, R. W.: Preferential se-
lection of central pathways by regenerating optic

fibers. Experimental Neurology, 7(1):46-64,
1963.
BerLuccHI, GIOVANNI: Electroencephalographic

studies in “split brain” cats. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 20(4):348-
356, 1966.

BerLuccHI, GIOVANNI: Electroencephalographic ac-
tivity of the isolated hemicerebrum of the cat.
Experimental Neurology, 15(2):220-228, 1966.

Bossom, J. E., and HamiLToNn, C. R.: Interhemi-
spheric transfer of adaptation to a monocular prism
in split-brain monkeys. (Abstract) American Psy-
chologist, 17(6) :384-385, 1962.

BossoM, J., and Hamirton, C. R.: Interocular
transfer of prism-altered coordinations in split-
brain monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 56:769-774, 1963.

406

GAzZzANIGA, M. S.: Effects of commissurotomy on a
preoperatively learned visual discrimination. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 8:14-19, 1963.

GAzzANIGA, M. S.: Cerebral mechanisms involved
in ipsilateral eye-hand use in split-brain monkeys.
Experimental Neurology, 10:148-155, 1964.

GAZZANIGA, M. S., BOGEN, J. E., and SPERRY, R.
W.: Some functional effects of sectioning the cere-
bral commissures in man. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 48(10):1765-
1769, 1962.

GAzzANIGA, M. S., BOGEN, J. E., and SPERRY, R.
W.: Observations on visual perception after dis-
connexion of the cerebral hemispheres in man.
Brain, 88(2):221-236, 1965.

GAzzANIGA, M. S., and SPERRY, R. W.: Language
in human patients after brain bisection. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:522,
1965.

GAzzANIGA, M. S., and SPERRY, R. W.: Visuomotor
control in monkey following brain lesions. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 25(2):396, 1966.

GAzzANIGA, M. S., and SPERRY, R. W.: Simulta-
neous double discrimination response following
brain bisection. Psychonomic Science, 4(7):261-
262, 1966.

GLICKSTEIN, M., ARORA, H. L., and SPERRY, R. W.:
Delayed-response performance following optic
tract section, unilateral frontal lesion and com-
misurotomy. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 56(1):11-18, 1963.

GLICKSTEIN, M., and SPERRY, R. W.: Visuomotor
coordination in monkeys after optic tract section
and commissurotomy. Federation Proceedings, 50
(4):703-710, 1963.

HamirtoN, C. R.: Intermanual transfer of adapta-
tion to prisms. American Journal Psychology, 77:
457-462, 1964.

HamiLtoN, C. R., and BossoM, ].: Decay of prism
aftereffects. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
67(2) :148-150, 1964.

Hamirton, C. R., and GAzzANIGA, M. S.: Laterali-
zation of learning of color and brightness dis-
criminations following brain bisection. Nature,
201(4915):220, 1964.

HiBBARD, EMERSON: Orientation and directed
growth of Mauthner’s cell axons from duplicated
vestibular nerve roots. Experimental Neurology,
13(3):289-301, 1965.

LEe-TENG, EVELYN: Visual discrimination versus
visuo-motor learning in interocular transfer in the
fish. Psychonomic Science, 5(5):209-210, 1966.

Mark, R. F.: Fin movement after regeneration of
neuromuscular connection: An investigation myo-
typic specificity. Experimental Neurology, 12(3):
292-302, 1965.
Myers, R. E., Sperry, R. W. and McCuRrpy,
NaNcy: Neural mechanisms of visual guidance
of limb movements. Archives of Neurology, 7
(3):195-202, 1962.

RoBINSON, J. S., and VoNEDA, T. J.: Interocular
perceptual integration in cats with optic chiasm
and corpus callosum sectioned. (Abstract) Amer-
ican Psychologist, 16(1):447-448, 1961.

RoBINSON, J. S., and VoNEmDA, T. J.: Mask for
controlling visual input in cats. Science, 135
(3509) :1134, 1962.

ROBINSON, J. S., and VONEIDA, T. J.: Central cross-
integration of visual inputs presented simultane-
ously to the separate eyes. [Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 57(1):22-28,
1964.

SPERRY, R. W.: Some developments in brain lesion
studies of learning. Federation Proceedings, 20:
609-616, 1961.

SPERRY, R. W.: Cerebral organization and behavior.
Science, 133:1749-1757, 1961.

SPERRY, R. W.: Some general aspects of interhemi-
spheric integration. In: Montcastle,, Vernon B.,
ed. Interhemispheric relations and cerebral domi-
nance. Baltimore, Md., Johns Hopkins Press,
1962, p. 43-49.

SPERRY, R. W.: Orderly function with disordered
structure. In: von Foerster, H., and Zopf, G. W_,
Jr., eds. Principles of self-organization. New
York, Pergamon, 1962, p. 279-290.

SPERRY, R. W.: Evidence behind chemoaffinity the-
ory of synaptic patterning. (Abstract) Anatomi-
cal Recorl, 145:288, 1963.

SPERRY, ROGER W.: Recovery of sight after trans-
plantation of eyes and regeneration of retina and
optic nerve. In: Proceedings of International
Congress of Technology and Blindness, 1963,
p. 87-97.

SPERRY, R. W.: Chemoaffinity in the orderly growth
of nerve fiber patterns and connections. Proceed-
ings of the National Academy of Science, 50(4):
703 and 710, 1963.

SPERRY, ROGER W.: James Arthur lecture on the
evolution of the human brain 1964. Problems
outstanding in the evolution of brain function.
New York, American Museum of Natural His-
tory, 1964, 22 p.

SPERRY, R. W.: The great cerebral commissure.
Scientific American, 201(1):42-52, 1964.

Sperry, R. W.: Corpus callosum and intermodal
visuo-tactile integration in the monkey. Ana-
tomical Record, 151(3):476, 1965.

SPERRY, R. W., and ARORA, H. L.: Selectivity in
regeneration of the oculmotor nerve in the cichlid
fish, “‘Astronotus ocellatus.” Journal of Embry-

407

ology and Experimental Morphology (Great Brit-
ain), 14(3):307-317, 1965.

SUTHERLAND, N. S.: Cat's ability to discriminate
oblique rectangles. Science, 139(3551):209-210,
1963.

TEITELBAUM, H.: A comparison of effects of orbito-
frontal and hippocampal lesions upon discrimina-
tion learning and reversal in the cat. Experimen-
tal Neurology, 9:452-462, 1964.

TREVARTHEN, C.: Exploring the neural mechanisms
of the mind. Engineering and Science, 26(2):
15-24, 1962.

VanDERWOLF, C. H.: Effect of combined medial
thalamic and septal lesions on active-avoidance
behavior. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 58:31-37, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2455).

VANDERWOLF, C. H., and HERON, W.: Electroen-
cephalographic waves with voluntary movement.
Archives of Neurology, 11:379-384, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2455).

VONEDA, T. J.: Further studies of neural pathways
in learning. Anatomical Record, 142:287-288,
1962.

VonNEA, T. J.: Investigating the brain—its struc-
ture and function. Engineering and Science, 25:
19-22, 1962.

VONEIDA, THEODORE J.: Performance of a visual
conditioned response in split-brain cats. Experi-
mental Neurology, 8(6):493-504, 1963.

Vonea, T. J., and SPERRY, R. W.: Central nerv-
ous pathways involved in conditioning. Anatomi-
cal Record, 13¢(2):283, 1961.

WEBSTER, D. B.: Audio-motor integration in callo-
sum-sectioned cats. (Abstract) Anatomical Rec-
ord, 142(2):290, 1962.

WEBSTER, DouGLAs B., and VONEIDA, THEODORE
J.: Learning deficits following hippocampal le-
sions in split-brain cats. Experimental Neurology,
10:170-182, 1964.

WESTERMAN, R. A.: Somatic inheritance of habitua-
tion of responses to light in planarians. Science,
140:676-677, 1963.

MH-3374 (R01) Kirram, Kerth F., Jr., and
KiLraMm, Eva KING: Drug action on brain sensory
and integrative pathways. Stanford University,
Stanford, Calif. (1959- )

Berry, C. A., and HANCE, A. J.: Patterns of ex-
citability in cerebral cortex. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 22(2)Part 1:391, 1963.

Berry, C. A, and HANCE, A. J.: Patterns of ex-
citability in the cat cerebral cortex. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18
(2):124-130, 1965.
Berry, C. A., and STARK, L. G.: Modification of
conditional behavior by prior experience. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 7(6):409-415, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3241).

CHIN, JANE H., KirraMm, Eva K. and KiLLAM,
KEerrH F.: Factors affecting sensory input in the
cat: Modification of evoked auditory potentials by
reticular formation. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 18(6):567-574, 1965.

CHIN, J. H., KiLLaMm, E. K., and KiLLaMm, K. F.:
Evoked interaction patterns in chronically im-
planted cats following chlorpromazine. Interna-
tional Journal of Neuropharmacology, 4(2):47-
64, 1965.

CHIN, JANE HENG, and KiLrLaMm, KeiTH F.: Com-
parison of chlorpromazine, trifluoperazine and
pentobarbital on conditioned arousal to retricular
stimulation in cats. Psychopharmacologia, 8(1):
41-59, 1965.

GYERMEK, L., CARPENTER, R., and KiLLam, K. F.:
Neuropharmacological comparison of the steroid
anesthetic (hydroxydione) with pentobarbital.
(Abstract) Pharmacologist, 5:255, 1963.

Kram, Eva K.: Drug action on the brain stem
reticular formation. Pharmacological Reviews,
14:175-223, 1962.

MircHeELL, C. L., NEeLsoN, S. D., and KirLrLAM,
K. F.: Modification of afferent interaction patterns
by chlorpromazine, meprobamate, morphine and
pentobarbital. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 3:79,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3241).

MonrT1, JAIME M., HANCE, A. J. and KiLLAM,
K. F.: CNE effects of haloperidol (McN-JR-
1625). (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 25
(2):229, 1966.

MH-3375 (R01) STARKWEATHER, JOHN A.: Effect
of drugs on vocal behavior. Langley Porter Neu-
ropsychiatric Institute, San Francisco, Calif.
(1959-1964)

HARGREAVES, W. A., and STARKWEATHER, J. A.:
Recognition of speaker identity. Language and
Speech, 6:63-67, 1963.

HARGREAVES, WILLIAM and STARKWEATHER, JOHN
A.: Voice quality changes in depression. Lan-
guage and Speech, 7(2):84-88, 1964.

HARGREAVES, WILLIAM A., STARKWEATHER, J. A,
and BLACKER, K. H.: Voice quality in depression.
Journal of Psychology, 70(3):218-220, 1965.

STARKWEATHER, J. A.: A speech rate meter for vocal
behavior analysis. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 3:111-114, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-2015).

STARKWEATHER, J. A.: Vocal communication of
personality and human feelings. Journal of Com-
munication, 11:63-72, 1961.

408

STARKWEATHER, J. A.: A simple noise source. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
4:298, 1961.

STARKWEATHER, JOHN A.: Variation in vocal be-
havior. Disorders of Communication, 42:424-
449,1964.

STARKWEATHER, J. A., and DECKER, J. B.: Com-
puter analysis of interview content. Psychological
eports, 15:875-882, 1964.

STARKWEATHER, J. A., and HARGREAVES, W. A.:
The influence of sodium pentobarbital on vocal
behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 69:123-126, 1964.

STARKWEATHER, J. A., and LANGSLEY, D.: Sepa-
ration of two-channel recordings for vocal be.
havior studies. Journal of the Experimental Anal-
ysis of Behavior, 4:193-195, 1961.

MH-3383 (R01) PiccHIONI, ALBERT L., and BREIT-
NER, CARL: Brain neurohormone levels following
CNS stimulation. University of Arizona, Tucson,
Ariz. (1959-65)

BREITNER, C., PiccHIONI, A. L., and CHIN, L.:
Neurohormone levels in brain after CNS stimu-
lation, including electrotherapy. Journal of Neu-
ropsychiatry, 5(3):153-158, 1964.

BREITNER, C., PiccHIONI, A. CHIN, L., and BUR-
TON, L.: Effect of electrostimulation on brain
S-hydroxytryptamine concentration. Diseases of
the Nervous System, 22(4):93-96, 1961.

CHIN, L., PiccHionNi, A. L., and CHiLps, R. F.:
Light—an essential factor in the trihydroxyindole-
spectrophotofluorometric assay of norepinephrine.
Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 52:907-909,
1963.

PiccHion:, A. L., CHIN, L., and BREITNER, C.:
Relationship between brain levels of 5-hydroxy-
tryptamine(5-HT) and norepinephrine (NE) and
susceptibility to electrically-induced seizures. Fed-
eration Proceedings, 21:416, 1962.

PiccHioNI, A. L., CHiN, L., CHOISSER, D., and
BREITNER, C.: 5-Hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) and
norepinephrine (NE): Relationship to audiogenic
seizure (AS). (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 5:238,
1963.

MH-3384 (R01) Oris, LEON S.: A multidimen-
sional behavioral analysis of drugs. Johns Hop-
kins University, Baltimore, Md. (1959-60)
(Continued as MH-4789).

Oris, L. S., and BOENNING, R. A.: A transistorized
circuit for recording contact responses. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2:289-
291, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-4789).

MH-3387 (R01) CrowkLL, Davip H.: Infant re-
sponsiveness. University of Hawaii, Honolulu,
Hawaii. (1959-63).
BEADLE, KATHRYN, R. and CrowkeLL, Davip H.:
Neonatal electrocardiographic responses to sound:
Methodology. Journal of Speech and Hearing
Research, 5(2):112-123, 1962.

CrowiLL, D. H., Yasaka, E., and CROWELL,
Doris: Infant stabilimeter. Child Development,
35:525-532, 1964.

MH-3392 (R03) Riss, WALTER: Intracranial stimu-
lation and shaping behavior. State University of
New York—Downstate Medical Center, Brook-
lyn, N.Y. (1959-60)

Riss, W.: Hippocampal electrical interaction with
the midline thalamus in sleep and reticular domi-
nance of the midline thalamus during excitement.
Anatomical Record, 139:319, 1961.

MH-3394 (R01) MEEHAN, JoHN P., and JACOBs,
Howarp I.: Role of emotion in cardiovascular
responses to stress. University of Southern Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1959-64)

Jacoss, A., Capek, L., and MEEHAN, J. P.: The
measurement of verbal responses to experimen-
tally induced changes in emotional states. IIL
The arousal of feelings of well-being. Journal of
Psychological Studies, 12(3):128-134, 1961.

MH-3396 (R01) WARREN, J. M.: Functions of
association cortex in learning. Yerkes Laboratories
of Primate Biology—Emory University, Orange
Park, Fla. (1959-60) (Continued from MH-
1364).

BRAMEL, DANA, and WARREN, J. M.: Retention of
discrimination habits by cats. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 96:241-244, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-1364).

CrONHOLM, J. N., WARREN, J. M. and HARA,
Kazuo: Distribution of training and reversal
learning by cats. Journal of Genetic Psychology,
96:105-113, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-1364).

ForwARrD, EDNA, WARREN, J. M., and HARA,
Kasuo: The effects of unilateral lesions in sen-
sorimotor cortex on manipulation by cats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55(5):1130-1135, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1364 and MH-1895).

Hara, Kazuo: Visual defects resulting from fres-
triate cortical lesions in cats. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55(3):
293-298, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1364
and MH-1895).

Hara, Kazuo, and WARREN, J. H.: Stimulus addi-
tivity and dominance in discrimination perform-
ance by cats. Journal of Comparative na Physio-
logical Psychology, 54(1):86-90, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-835 and MH-1364).

409

Hara, Kazuo, and WARREN, J. M.: Equivalence
reactions by normal and brain-injured cats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
54(1):91-93, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-1364).

Josni, BHUWAN LAL, and WARREN, J. M.: Dis-
crimination of ambivalent cue stimuli by cats.
Journal of Psychology, 47:3-7, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-835 and MH-1364).

MARONEY, R. J., WARREN, J. M. and SINHA,
M. M.: Stability of social dominance hierarchies
in monkeys (Macaca Mulatta). Journal of Social
Psychology, 50:285-293, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Solution of object and positional
discriminations by rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52(1):
92-93, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and
MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Stimulus perserveration in discrimi-
nation learning by cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 52(1):99-101,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and MH-
1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Oddity learning set in a cat.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 53(4):433-434, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Supplementary report: Effectiveness
of food and nonfood signs in reversal learning by
monkeys. Journal of Experimental Poychology,
60(4):263-264, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Discrimination reversal learning
by cats. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 97:317-
327, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and
MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Solution of sign-differentiated ob-
ject and positional discriminations by rhesus mon-

keys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 96:365-
369, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-835 and
MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: Individual differences in discrimi-
nation learning by cats. Journal of Genetic Psy-
chology, 98:89-93, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M.: The behavior of carnivores and
primates with lesion in the prefrontal cortex. In:
Warren, J. M., and Akert, K., eds. The frontal
granular cortex and behavior. New York, Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1964, p. 168-191. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1364 and MH-4726).

WARREN, J. M., GRANT, R., HARA, K., and LEARY,
R. W.: Impaired learning by monkeys with uni-
lateral lesions in association cortex. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(2):
241-253, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1895).

\
WARREN, J. M., and KiMBALL, H.: Transfer rela-
tions in discrimination learning by cats. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 52
(3):336-338, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M., and SINHA, M. M.: Interactions
between learning sets in monkeys. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 95:19-25, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M., and WARREN, H. B.: Interspecies
differences in learning by carnivores? Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 9:346, 1959. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M., and WARREN, HELEN B.: Reversal
learning by horse and raccoon. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 100:215-320, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-1364).

WARREN, J. M., WARREN, HELEN B., and AKERT,
K.: Umweg learning by cats with lesions in the
prestriate cortex. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 54(6):629-632, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1364 and MH-835).

WARREN, J. M., WARREN, HELEN B., and AKERT,
KoNRrAD. Orbitofrontal cortical lesions and learn-
ing in cats. Journal of Comparative Neurology,
118(1):17-42, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
835 and MH-1364).

YAMAGUCHI, SHUN-IcHI, and WARREN, J. M.: Sin-
gle versus double alternation learning by cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 54(5):533-538, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-835 and MH-1364).

MH-3398 (R01) ROSENBLATT, JAY S.: Maternal
behavior in lower mammals. The State University
of Rutgers, New Brunswick, N. J. (1959-63)

ROSENBLATT, JAY S., and LEHRMAN, DANIEL S.:
Maternal behavior in the laboratory rat. In:
Rheingold, Harriet L., ed. Maternal behavior in
mammals. New York, Wiley, 1963, p. 8-57.

RoTH, LORRAINE L., and ROSENBLATT, JAY S.:
Mammary glands of pregnant rats: Development
stimulated by licking. Science, 151(3716):1403-
1404, 1966.

MH-3400 (R01) BresLow, LESTER: Human popu-
lation laboratory for epidemiologic studies. Cali-
fornia State Department of public Health, Berke-
ley, Calif. (1959-62)

BrEsLOw, LESTER, and HOCHSTIM, JOSEPH: Socio-
cultura] aspects of cervical cytology in Alameda
County. Public Health Reports, 79(2):107-112,
1964.

HocHsTiM, JosepH R.: Comparison of three infor-
mation-gathering strategies in a population study
of socio-medical variables. In: Goldfield, Ed-

410

win D., ed. Proceedings of the Social Statistics
Section. Washington, D.C., American Statistical
Association, 1962, p. 154-159.

MH-3401 (R03) BURCHINAL, LEE G., and CHAN-
CELLOR, LOREN E.: Factors in cross-religious mar-
riages and divorces. Iowa State University, Ames,
Iowa. (1959-62)

BurcHINAL, L. G.: Comparison of state- and
diocese-reported marriage data for Iowa, 1953-57.
American Catholic Sociological Review, 23:21-29,
1962.

BuURrcHINAL, L. G.: Religious identification and oc-
cupational status of Iowa grooms, 1953-1957.
American Sociological Review, 27:526-532, 1962.

BurcHINAL, L. G.: Relations among interreligious
marriages, migratory marriages and civil marriages
in Iowa. Eugenics Quarterly, 9:75-83, 1962.

BuRcHINAL, L. G.: Factors related to interreligious
marriages in Iowa, 1953-1957. Iowa Agricultural
and Home Economics Experiment Station, Re-
search Bulletin 510, November, 1962.

BURCHINAL, L. G.: Survival rates among religiously
homogamous and interreligious marriages. Iowa
Agricultural and Home Economics Experiment
Station, Research Bulletin 512, December, 1962.

BURCHINAL, L. G.: Ages at marriage, occupations
of grooms and interreligious marriages. Social
Forces, 40:348-354, 1962.

BURCHINAL, L. G.: Proportions of Catholics, urban-
ism, and mixed-Catholic marriage rates among
Iowa counties. Social Problems, 9:359-365, 1962.

BURCHINAL, L. G.: Survival rates among religiously
homogamous and interreligious marriages. Social
Forces, 41:353-362, 1963.

MH-3406 (R03) PaviLik, WiLLiaM B.: Extinction
in the instrumental-reward situation. Western
Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Mich. (1959-
60)

PavLik, W. B., and ReynNoLps, W. F.: Effects of
deprivation schedule and reward magnitude on
acquisition and extinction performance. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
452-455, 1963.

PavLik, W. B., THoMPsON, R. R., and REYNOLDS,
W. F.: Extinction under changed stimulus condi-
tions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:171-177,
1963.

MH-3408 (R03) Scott, GEORGE T.: Physiological
influences of ataraxic drugs. Oberlin College,
Oberlin, Ohio. (1959-59)

Scott, GEORGE T.: Melanophora dispersing action
of ataraxic drugs. (Abstract) Biological Bulletin,
117(2):400, 1959.
3903).

(Also acknowledges MH-

MH-3414 (R03) ScHAEFER, HALMUTH H.: Con-
stancy aspects of operants. Loyola University,
Chicago, Ill. (1959-59)

ScHAEFER, HALMUTH H.: The effect of changing
the schedule of reinforcement upon duration of
responding. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 2(4):335-341, 1959.

SCHAEFER, HALMUTH H.: Vibration as effective re-
inforcer- for infant children. (Abstract) Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3(2):
160, 1960.

SCHAEFER, HALMUTH H.: Operant learning of sys-
tems limitations. Psychological Reports, 6:51-56,
1960.

MH-3421 (R03) GEewiIrTZ, Hava B.: Reinforcers
for children’s response gradients. University of
Maryland, College Park, Md. (1959-59)

KLEIN, D., and Mayo, C.: Group dynamics as a
basic process of community psychiatry. In: Bel-
lak, L., ed. Handbook of community mental
health. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1964, p.
47-64.

MH-3429 (R03) VmicH, ARTHUR J.: Social and
psychological consequences of change. Individual,
Storrs, Conn. (1959-59)

VIDICH, ARTHUR J.: Psicologia politica y el Cambio
Social. In: Memoria, Toma II, 6th Congreso
Latin Americano de Sociologia. Caracas, Impran
de Nacionel, 1961, p. 327-340.

MH-3435 (R01) Rock, IRVIN: Studies in associa-
tive learning. Yeshiva University, New York,
N.Y. (1959-62) (Continued from MH-2082).

Rock, I.: The present status of Gestalt psychology.
In: Festschrift for Gardner Murphy. New York,
Harper, 1960, p. 117-144. (Also acknowledges
MH-2082).

Rock, I.: A neglected aspect of the problem of re-
call. In: Scher, Jordan, ed. Toward a definition
of mind. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press, 1962, p. 645-
659. (Also acknowledges MH-2082).

Rock, I., and €ERASO, J.: Toward a cognitive theory
of associative learning. In: Scheerer, C., ed.
Cognition: Theory, research, promise. New York,
Harper & Row, 1964, p. 110-146. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2082).

Rock, I., and EBENHOLTZ, S.: The relational deter-
mination of perceived size. Psychological Review,
66(6):387-401, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
2082).

Rock, I., and EBENHOLTZ, S.: Stroboscopic move-
ment based on change of phenomenal] location

411

rather than retinal location. American Journal of
Psychology, 75(2):193-207, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2082).

Rock, I., EpsTEIN, W., and ZUCKERMAN, C. B.:
Meaning and familiarity in associative learning.
Psychological Monographs, 74(4):1-22, 1960.
(Whole No. 491) (Also acknowledges MH-
2082).

MH-3437 (R01) CarrsoN, HELEN B., and Cort-
TON, JoHN W.: Nonpsychotic confusional states
in college students. Roosevelt University, Chi-
cago, Ill. (1959-61) (Continued from MH-
1969).

BENVENISTE, S., CARLSON, H. B., CoTTON, J. W.,
and GLASER, N.: The acute confusional state in
college students: Statistical analysis of twenty
cases. Journal of Psychology, 48:271-277, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-1969).

CARLSON, HELEN B.: The relationship of the acute
confusional state to ego development. Interna-
tional Journal of Psychoanalysis, 42:517-536,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1969).

CARLSON, HELEN B.: The maturation of the college
student. Ann Arbor, Mich., Edwards Brothers,
1962, 9 p. (Also acknowledges MH-1969).

CARLSON, HELEN B.: Identity-confusion. Part I.
Identification of the syndrome. Ann Arbor, Mich.,
Edwards Brothers, Inc., 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1969).

CARLSON, HELEN B.: Identity-confusion. Part II.
Research design for identification of the syndrome:
Analysis of preliminary results. Ann Arbor, Ed-
wards Brothers, 1963, 28 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-1969).

CARLSON, HELEN B.: Identity-confusion (acute con-
fusional state): Research design for identification
of the syndrome and analysis of preliminary re-
sults. International [Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
1(5):452-465, 1965.

MH-3442 (R01) CAPLAN, GERALD: Research and
development in community mental health. Har-
vard Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1959-65)

BrAGG, ROBERT L.: Risk of admission to mental
hospital following hysterectomy of cholecystectomy.
American Journal of Public Health, 55(9) :1403-
1410, 1965.

CapLAN, G.: Emotional implications of pregnancy
and influences on family relationships. In: Stu-
art, H. C., and Prugh, D. G., eds. The healthy
child. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University
Press, 1960, p. 72-82.

CAPLAN, G.: The roots of human relationships:
Mother and infant. In: Stuart, H. C., and Prugh,
D. G., eds. The healthy child. Cambridge, Mass.,
Harvard University Press, 1960, p. 209-220.
CAPLAN, G.: Patterns of parental response to the
crisis of premature birth. Psychiatry, 23:365-374,
1960.

CapPLAN, G.: An approach to community mental

health. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961,
263 p.
CAPLAN, G., ed.: Curriculum content. In: Mental

health teaching in schools of public health. New
York, Columbia University, 1961, p. 195-234.

CAPLAN, G.: Primaire preventie van geestelijke
stoornissen bij kinderen door hulpverlening tij-
dens crisisperioden. Geneeskundige Gids, Nr. 14,
Moormans Periodike Pers, Zwarteweg 1, The
Hague, Holland, July, 1962.

CAPLAN, G.: Types of mental health consultation.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 33:470-481,
1963.

CAPLAN, G.: Conception, pregnancy, and childbirth.
In: Deutsch, A., and Fishman, H., eds. Encyclo-
pedia of mental health. Vol. 1. New York,
Franklin Watts, 1963, p. 337-354.

CAPLAN, G.: Emotional crises. In: Deutsch, A., and
Fishman, H., eds. Encyclopedia of mental health.
Vol. 2. New York, Franklin Watts, 1963, p.
521-532.

CAPLAN, G.: Prevention of mental disorders. In:
Deutsch, A., and Fishman, H., eds. Encyclopedia
of mental health. Vol. 5. New York, Franklin
Watts, 1963, p. 1556-1566.

CapLAN, G.: Opportunities for school psychologists
in the primary prevention of mental disorders in
children. Mental Hygiene, 47:525-539, 1963.

CAPLAN, G.: Psychological aspects of pregnancy.
In: Lief, Harold, Lief, Victor F., and Lief, Nina
R., eds. The psychological basis of medical prac-
tice. New York, Hoeber-Harper, 1963, p. 441-
448.

CAPLAN, G.: The role of pediatricians in community
mental health (with particular reference to the
primary prevention of mental disorders in chil-
dren). In: Bellak, Leopold, ed. Handbook of
community psychiatry and community mental
health. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1964,
p. 287-299.

CAPLAN, G.: Principles of preventive psychiatry.
Basic Books, New York, 1964.

CAPLAN, GERALD, MasoN, EpwARD A., and Kap-
LAN, DaviD M.: Four studies of crisis in parents
of prematures. Community Mental Heals), Jour-
nal, 1(2):149-161, 1965.

CoNNERs, J. D., WoLkoN, G. H., HAEFNER, D. P,,
and STOTsKY, B. A.: Outcome of post-hospital
rehabilitative treatment of mental patients as a
function of ego strength. Journal of Counseling
Psychology, 7:278-282, 1960.

412

Howe, L. P.: The concept of the community: Some
implications for the Sevelopment of community
psychiatry. In: Bellak, Leopold, ed. Handbook
of communilty psychiatry and community mental
health. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1964,
p. 16-46.

KapLAN, D. M.: The ‘continuous workshop’: A form
of interdisciplinary research team organization.
Social Work, 5(4):78-82, 1960.

Mason, E. A.: Children in the hospital. (Film).
Distributed by the International Film Bureau, Chi-
cago, 1961.

OweNs, C.: Methods of improving service to the
patient and family through consultation to public
health nurses. In: Proceedings of a Conference
for Mental Health Nurse Consultants on Bridging
Public Health and Mental Health Programs.
Providence, Rhode Island, William R. Brown,
1960.

Praut, THOMAS, F. A.: Practical politics and public
health. Harvard Public Health Alumni Bulletin,
27(2):6-9, 1960.

Rapoport, L.: Working with families in crisis:
An exploration in preventive intervention. Social
Work, 7:48-56, 1962.

RapoporT, R. V.: Normal crises, family structure
and mental health. Family Process, 2:68-80, 1963.

RapoPORT, RHONA: The transition from engage-
ment to marriage. Acta Sociologica (Denmark),
8(1-2):36-55, 1964.

RapopoORT, RHONA, and RAPOPORT, ROBERT: New
light on the honeymoon. Human Relations, 17:
33-56, 1964.

RapoPORT, ROBERT, and RAPOPORT, RHONA: Work
and family in contemporary society. American
Sociological Review, 30(3):381-394, 1965.

MH-3444 (R03) ZuBIN, JosePH, and PENNES,
Harry H.: Biometric evaluation of drug thera-
pies. New York State Department of Mental
Hygiene, New York, N.Y. (1959-60)

ZUBIN, ].: Measurement of changes in human be-
havior under the effects of psychotropic drugs.
In: Rothlin, E., ed. Neuropsychopharmacology,
2:333-338, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
1541).

MH-3448 (R03) Jacoss, HARRY L.: Psychophysi-
ology of hunger. University of Rochester, Roches-
ter, N.Y. (1959-60)

Jacoss, HARRY L.: The osmotic postingestion fac-
tor in the regulation of glucose appetite. In:
Kare, M., and Halpern, B., eds. The physiologi-
cal and behavioral aspects of taste. Chicago, Uni-
versity of Chicago Press, 1961, p. 16-28. (Also
acknowledges MH-4320).
Jacoss, HARRY L.: Some physical, metabolic, and
sensory components in the appetite for glucose.
American Journal of Physiology, 203:1043-1054,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4320).

MH-3453 (R03) KorscH, BARBARA M., and COBB,

KATHARINE: Pediatricians’ appraisals of patients
intelligence. Cornell University, New York, N.Y.
(1959-59)

KorscH, BARBARA, COBB, KATHARINE, and ASHE,
BARBARA: Pediatricians’ appraisals of patients’ in-
telligence. Pediatrics, 27(6):990-1003, 1961.

MH-3455 (R03) Evan, WILLIAM M.: A sociologi-
cal study of organizational structure. Columbia
University, New York, N.Y. (1959-60)

EvaN, WiLLIAM M.: Some consequences of a dis-
crepant authority relationship. In: Proceedings
and Summaries of the 23rd Annual Meeting, New
York State Psychological Association, May 1960,
p- 32-34.

EvaN, WiLLIAM M.: Role strains and the norm of
reciprocity in research organizations. American
Journal of Sociology, 68:346-354, 1962.

MH-3459 (R03) ReyNoLrps, RoBERT W.: Role of
area postrema in regulation of food intake. Uni-
versity of California, Santa Barbara, Calif. (1959-
59)

CarLISLE, H. J., and REyNoLDs, R. W.: Effect of
amphetamine on food intake in rats with brain-
stem lesions. American Journal of Physiology,
201: 965-967, 1961.

MH-3461 (R03) OHwAKI, SONOKO: Relations of
oculomotor adjustments to apparent size. Clark
University, Worcester, Mass. (1959-59)

BIERSDORF, WILLIAM R., OHWAKI, SONOKO, and
KoziL, D. J.: The effect of instructions and ocu-
lomotor adjustments on apparent size. American
Journal of Psychology, 76(1):1-17, 1963.

MH-3465 (R03) HEINBERG, PAUL J.: Psychologi-
cal factors in implicit communication. State Uni-
versity of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1959-60)

HEINBERG, PAUL: Factors related to an individual's
ability to perceive implications from dialogues.
Speech Monographs, 28(4):274-281, 1961.

MH-3466 (R03) ELkIND, Davin: Children’s suc-
cess in constructing serial orders. Wheaton Col-
lege, Norton, Mass. (1959-61)

ELkinD, D.: Quantity conceptions in junior and
senior high school students. Child Development,
32:551-560, 1961.

ELkiND, Davin: The child's conception of his re-
ligious denomination. I. The Jewish child.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 99:209-225, 1961.

413

ELkIND, Davip: The child's conception of his re-
ligious denomination. II. The Catholic child.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 101:185-193, 1962.

ELkiND, D.: Quantity conceptions in college stu-
dents. Journal of Social Psychology, 57:459-465,
1962.

ELkIND, DAvID: The child's conception of his re-
ligious denomination. III. The Protestant child.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 103:291-304, 1963.

ELkiND, D.: Discrimination, seriation, and numera-
tion of size and dimensional differences in young
children: Piaget replication study VI. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 104:275-296, 1964.

ELkiND, D., and Scott, L.: Studies in perceptual
development: I. The decentering of perception.
Child Development, *33:619-630, 1962.

MH-3471 (R01) LINDEMANN, ERICH: Research in
community mental health. Massachusetts General
Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1959-65)

ALLINSMITH, W.: The learning of moral stand-
ards. In: Miller, D. R., and Swanson, G. E., eds.
Inner conflict and defense. New York, Henry
Holt, 1960, p. 141-176.

ALLINsMITH, W.: Religious affiliations and politico-
economical attitude: A study of eight major U.S.
religious groups. In: Odegard, P. H., ed. Re-
ligion and politics. Dobbs Ferry, New York,
Oceana Publications, 1960, p. 139-151.

ArLiNsmITH, W., and GRiMEs, J. W.: Compulsiv-
ity, anxiety and school achievement. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly on Behavior and Development,
7:247-271, 1961.

ALLINSMITH, W., and RosenBLITH, J. F.: The
causes of behavior: Reading in child development
and educational psychology. Boston, Allyn &
Bacon, 1962, 514 p.

ARONSON, ].: The group interview in mental health

research: Methodological aspects of an inquiry
among prehospitalization associates of schizo-
phrenics. Mental Hygiene, 48:85-92, 1964.

ARONSON, J., KLINE, N., and FIELD, M.: Soviet
psychiatric nomenclature. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 118:178-180, 1961.

ARONSON, J., and LEVIN, M.: Political alienation.
In: Levin, M., ed. The alienated voter. New
York, Holt, Rhinehart & Winston, 1960, p. 58-76.

ARONSON, J., and POLGAR, S.: Pathogenic rela-
tionships in schizophrenia. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 119:222-227, 1962.

BarLpwiN, J., GELFAND, S., KELLY, J. G., LANGE,
H., NEwBROUGH, J. R., and SIMMONs, A. J.
Community mental health and social psychiatry:
A reference guide. Cambridge Mass., Harvard
University Press, 1962, 161 p.
BRAGG, R.: A study of certain psychological aspects
of vocational (occupational) disability. ~~ (Ab-
stract) American Journal of Psychiatry, 119:
570-571, 1962.

Friep, M., and LINDEMANN, E.: Sociocultural fac-
tors in mental health and illness. American Jour-
nal of Orthopsychiatry, 31:87-101, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-9137).

HARE, P.: Dimensions of social interaction. Be-

havioral Science, 5(3):211-215, 1960.

HARE, P.: Handbook of small group research. Glen-
coe, Ill., Free Press, 1962, 512 p.

HARE, P., WAXLER, N., SasLow, G., and MATA-
RAZZO, J. D.: Simultaneous recording of Bales
and Chapple interaction measures during initial
psychiatric interviews. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 24:193, 1960.

HEerzaN, H., and WyArT, G. I.: Therapy with stut-
tering children and their mothers. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32(4) :645-659, 1962.

KLEIN, D.: The minister and mental health: An

evaluation. Journal of Pastoral Care, 13:230-
236, 1959.

KLEIN, D.: Problems in adjustment to school. In:
Stuart, H. C., and Prugh, D. G., eds. The

healthy child. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1960, p. 427-447.

KLEIN, D.: Some concepts concerning the mental
health of the individual. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 24:288-293, 1960.

KLEIN, D.: The prevention of mental illness. Men-

tal Hygiene, 45:101-109, 1960. -

KLEIN, D.: Behavior patterns of a community. In:
Proceedings of Institute on Community Planning
for Patients. Minneapolis, Minn., University of
Minnesota, 1960, p. 6-9.

KLEIN, D.: The prevention of mental illness in the
community. In: Report of a workshop for men-
tal health clinic staffs and advisory board mem-
bers. Columbia, South Carolina, The South Caro-
lina Mental Health Commission, 1960, p. 16-32.

KLEIN, D., and KENNEDY, W. A.: Seating behav-
ior of large groups. Adult Leadership, June,
1960.

KLEIN, D., and LINDEMANN, E.: Preventive inter-
vention in individual and family crisis situations.
In: Caplan, G., ed. Prevention of mental disor-
ders in children. New York, Basic Books, 1961,
p. 283-307.

KLEIN, D., Rossi, A. M., VON FELSINGER, J. M,,
and Praurt, T.: A survey of psychologists in com-
munity mental health: Activities and opinions on
education needs. Psychological Monographs, 75:
1-38, 1961.

414

LINDEMANN, E.: The relation of drug-induced
mental changes to psychoanalytical theory. Bulle-
tin of the World Health Organization, 21:517-
526, 1959.

LINDEMANN, E.: The ingredients of personality. In:
Stuart, H. C., and Prugh, D. G., eds. The healthy
child. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University
Press, 1960, 192-202.

LINDEMANN, E.: Psychiatric activities in general hos-
pitals. Medical Education Bulletin, 5:8-14, 1960.

LINDEMANN, E.: Feldstudien in der Vorbeugenden
Psychiatrie. Praxis der Psychotherapie, 5:22-33,
1960.

LINDEMANN, E.: Disorganization of behavior in
man. Psychosocial factors as stressor agents. In:
Tanner, J. M., ed. Stress and psychiatric disorder.
Oxford, England, Blackwell Science Publishers,
1960, p. 13-17.

LINDEMANN, E.: Die soziale organization der mens-
chlichen lebewesen. Prexis der Psychotherapie, 2:
49-62, 1961.

LINDEMANN, E.: Recent studies on preventive inter-
vention in social and emotional crises. In: Oje-
mann, R. H., ed. Recent research looking toward
preventive intervention. Iowa City, Iowa State
University, 1961, p. 13-40.

LINDEMANN, E.: Preventive intervention in situa-
tional crises. In: Nielsen, Gerhard S., ed. Clin-
ical psychology. Denmark, Munksgaard, 1962, p.
69-88.

LINDEMANN, E.: Beobachtungen iiber Krankheiten
und psychische Reaktione in verschiedenen Gesell-
schraftschichten und Kulturen. Der Internist, 3:
72-76, 1962.

LINDEMANN, E.: Die Vorbeugung Psychosomatischer
Erkrankunger mit Riichsicht auf den sozialen
Raum. Praxis der Psychotherapie, 7:166-173,
1962.

LINDEMANN, E.: Mental health and the environment
In: Duhl, L. J., ed. The urban condition. New
York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 3-10.

LINDEMANN, E.: Social system factors as determi-
nants of resistance to change. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 35(3):544-557, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-9137).

LINDEMANN, E., and Barry, H., Jr.: Critical ages
for maternal bereavement in psychoneuroses. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 22:166-181, 1960.

LINDEMANN, E., and vON FELSINGER, M.: Drug
effects and personality theory. Psychopharmacol-
ogia, 2:69-92, 1961.

RoseENBLITH, J. F.: The modified Graham behavior
test of neonates: Test-retest reliability normative
data and hypotheses for future work. Biologia
Neonatorum, 3:174-192, 1961.
ROSENBLITH, J. F.: Imitative color choices in kinder-
garten children. Child Development, 32:211-
223, 1961.

RoseNBLITH, J. F.: Contributions of Paiget to de-
velopmental psychology: A symposium. Merrill-
Palmer Quarterly of Behavior and Development,
9:241-285, 1963.

RoseNBLITH, J. F., and DELucia, L. A.: Tactile
sensitivity and muscular strength in the neonate.
Biologia Neonatorum, 5:266-282, 1963.

SIFNEOS, P.- E.: Tutorial: A useful way to teach
psychiatry to senior medical students. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 118:832-836, 1962.

SIFNEOs, P. E.: A study of mode and motive of some
patients who attempted suicide. In: Proceedings
of the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 2.

Montreal, University of Toronto Press/McGill,

University Press, 1962, p. 1245-1250.

SIFNEOS, P. E., and McCourt, W. F.: Wishes for
life and death of some patients who attempted
suicide. Mental Hygiene, 46:543-552, 1962.

SIMMONS, A.: A philosophy for research scientists.
Part of a symposium on community mental health
research. (Abstract) Public Health Reports, 78:
62, 1963.

SIMMONS, A., BALDWIN, J., GELFAND, S., KELLY,
J. G., LANGE, H., and NEwBROUGH, J. R.: Com-
munity mental health and social psychiatry: A ref-
erence guide. Cambridge, Massachusetts, Harvard
University Press, 1962, 161 p.

THOMA, L., and LINDEMANN, E.: Newcomers’ prob-
lems in a suburban community. Journal of the
American Institute of Planners, 27:185-193, 1961.

VON FELSINGER, M.: The volunteer subject in re-
search. In: Ladimer, I., and NEWMAN, R., eds.
Clinical investigation in medicine: Legal, ethical
and moral aspects. Boston, Boston University,
Law-Medicine Research Institute, 1963, p. 440-
450.

VON FELSINGER, M., and KLEIN, D. C.: Professional
training for the mental health field. Mental Hy-
giene, 46:203-217, 1962.

WEISMAN, A. D.: The psychodynamic formulation
conflict. A. M. A. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 1:288-309, 1959.

WEISMAN, A. D,, and HAckeTT, T. P.: Organiza-
tion and function of a psychiatric consultation ser-
vice. International Record of Medicine, 173:306-
311, 1960.

WEISMAN, A. D., and HACKETT, T. P.: Psychiatric
management of operative syndromes: I. The ther-
apeutic consultation and the effect of non-interpre-
tive intervention. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:
267-282, 1960.

415

WEISMAN, A. D., and HAckeTT, T. P.: Psychiatric
management of operative syndromes: II. Psycho-
dynamic factors in formulation- and management.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 22:356-372, 1960.

Zora, I.: Problems of communication, diagnosis,
and patient care: The interplay of patient, physi-
cian and clinic organization. Journal of Medical
Education, 38:829-838, 1963.

Zora, I.: Observations on gambling in a lower-
class setting. Social Problems, 10:353-361, 1963.

Zora, I., STOECKLE, J. D., and DavipsoN, G. E.:
On going to see the doctor: The contributions of
the patient to the decision to seek medical aid. A
selective review. Journal of Chronic Disease, 16:
975-989, 1963.

MH-3473 (RO1) MorPHET, EpGarR L., and
ScHuTz, WiLLiam C.: Empirical tests of a theory
of interpersonal behavior. University of Califor-
nia, Berkeley, Calif. (1959-62)

Scuurtz, W. C., and Krasnow, E.: An IBM 704-
709 program for Guttman Scaling. (Abstract)
Behavioral Science, 9(1) :87, 1964.

MH-3477 (R01) Krivoy, WiLLIAM A.: The mech-
anism of action of lysergic acid diethylamide.
Baylor University, Houston, Texas. (1959- )
(Continued from MH-2272).

GuUILLEMIN, R., and Krivoy, W.: L’hormone mel-
anophoretique (B-MSH) joue-t-elle un role dans
les fonctions du systeme nerveux central chex les
mammiferes superieurs? Comptes Rendus Hebdo-
madaires des Seances de L' Academie des Sciences,
250:1117-1119, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2272).

Krivoy, W.: Potentiation of substance P by lysergic
acid diethylamide “in vivo”. British Journal of
Pharmacology, 16:253-256, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W.: The action of analygetic agents on
positive after-potentials of frog sciatic nerve.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Thera-
peutics, 129:186-190, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-2272).

Krivoy, W.: A comparison of the action of sub-
stance P and other naturally occurring polypeptides
on spinal cord. Proceedings of the Society of
Bosnia and Herzegovina-Jugoslavia, 1:131-137,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., BopANszKY, M., and LANDE, S.: Neu-
rological and oxytocic actions of some nonapep-
tides related to bradykinin. (Abstract) Biochemi-
cal Pharmacology, 12 (Supplement) :179-180, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., and GUILLEMIN, R.: On a possible
role of B-melanocyte stimulating hormone (8-
MSH) in the central nervous system of the mam-
malia: An effect of 3-MSH in the spinal cord of
the cat. Endocrinology, 69:170-175, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., and GUILLEMIN, R.: Antagonism of
chlorpromazine by beta-melanocyte stimulating
hormone (B-MSH).  Experimentia, 18:20-21,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., and HuGcINs, R.: The action of mor-
phine, methadone, meperidine, and nalorphine on
dorsal root potentials of cat spinal cord. Journal
of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
134:210-213, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
2272).

Krivoy, W., and KROEGER, D.: Chlorpromazine in-
hibition of the positive intermediary potential.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 109:30-32, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., and KROEGER, D.: The neurogenic ac-
tivity of high potency substance P. Experimentia,
19:366-367, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2272).

Krivoy, W. A., LANE, M., CHILDERS, H. E., and
GUILLEMIN, R.: On the action of B-MSH on
spontaneous electric discharge of the transparent
knife fish, “G. eigenmannia.” Experimentia, 18:
521-522, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., LANE, M., and KROEGER, D.: The ac-
tions of certain LL on synaptic transmis-

sion. Annals of the New York Academy of Sci-
ences, 104:312-325, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2272).

Krivoy, W., LANE, M., and KROEGER, D.: The ef-
fects of drugs on the electric knife fish, “Eigen-
mannia virescens.” Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 114:640-644,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2272).

KROEGER, D., GonzaLes, F., and Krivoy, W.:
Transmembrane potentials of cultured mouse den-
tinal pulp cells. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental and Biological Medicine, 108:134~
136, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2272).

KRrOEGER, D. C., and Krivoy, W.: The interaction
between chlorpromazine and bradykinin.  (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 4:174, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2272).

LoNG, J., Krivoy, W., and GUILLEMIN, R.: On a
possible role of B-melanocyte stimulating hor-
mone (B-MSH) in the central nervous system of
the mammalia: Enzymatic inactivation in vitro of
B-MSH by brain tissue. Endocrinology, 69:176-
181, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2272).

Vick, R. L., Krivoy, W., and KRrOEGER, D. C.:
Effects of bradykinin on the specialized ventricu-
lar conducting system of the dog heart. (Ab-

416

stract) Biochemical Pharmacology, 14(9):1400-
1401, 1965.

Vick, R. L., Krivoy, W., and KrOEGER, D. C.:
Effects of bradykinin and its 6-glycine derivative
on the excitability of dog ventricle. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part I: 137, 1965.

MH-3481 (R01) CHAPMAN, LOREN J.: Experi-
mental study of schizophrenic thinking. Univer-
sity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. (1959-62)
(Continued from MH-1416; as MH-7306).

BURSTEIN, ALVIN G.: Some verbal aspects of pri-
mary process thought in schizophrenia. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:155-157,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1416).

CuapMaN, L. J.: Confusion of figurative and literal
usages of words by schizophrenics and brain-dam-
aged patients. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 60:412-416, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: A re-interpretation of some patho-
logical disturbances in conceptual breadth. Jour-
nal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 62:514-519,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: A search for lunacy. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 132:171-174, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: Emotional factors in schizophrenic
deficit. ~~ Psychological Reports, 9:564, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J.: The problem of selecting drug-
free schizophrenics for research. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27:540-542, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-7306 and MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J, and BAXTER, J.: The process-
reactive distinction and patients’ subculture. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:352-359,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-7306 and MH-
1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J., BURSTEIN, A., DAy, DOROTHY,
and VERDONE, P.: Regression and disorders of

thought. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 63:540-545, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, L. J., and CHAPMAN, JEAN P.: Atmos-
phere effect re-examined. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 58:220-226, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, LOREN J., CHAPMAN, JEAN P., and Mir-
LER, GLENN A.: A theory of verbal behavior in
schizophrenia. In: Maher, Brendan, ed. Progress
in experimental personality research. Vol. 1. New
York, Academic Press, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-7306).
CHAPMAN, L. J., DAY, DorOTHY, and BURSTEIN,
A.: The process-reaction distinction and prognosis
in schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 133:383-391, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1416).

CuapMaN, L. J., and KNowLEs, R. R.: The effects
of phenothiazine on disordered thought in schizo-
phrenia. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28
(2):165-169, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
7306 and MH-4674).

GoTTESMAN, L., and CHAPMAN, L. ].: Syllogistic
reasoning errors in schizophrenia. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 24:250-255, 1960. (Also
acknowledges MH-1416).

UspANSKY, G., and CHAPMAN, L. ]J.: Schizophrenic-
like response in normal Ss under time pressure.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60:
143-146, 1960.

MH-3487 (R01) BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, EINAR,
and KUMLER, WARREN D.: Studies on opium and
the opium poppy. University of California, Berke-
ley, Calif. (1960- )

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: Gas chromatography
and its application to pharmaceutical analysis.
Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 51(11):1017-
1031, 1962.

BrOCHMANN-HANSSEN, E. and Furuya, T.: A
new opium alkaloid. Journal of Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 53:575, 1964.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.; and Furuya, T.: Opium
alkaloids-separation and identification by gas, thin-
layer and paper chromatography. Journal of Phar-
maceutical Sciences, 53(12):1549-1550, 1964.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, EINAR, and NIELSEN, BEN-
DIK: (+)-Reticuline—A new opium alkaloid.
Tetrahedron Letters, 18:1271-1274, 1965.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and Nouri, Y. MARY:
A unified analysis of opium by thin-layer chro-
matography and spectrophotometry. United Na-
tions Documents, ST/SOA/SER.K/129, June 10,
1963.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and SVENDSEN, A.
BAERHEIM: Gas chromatography of barbiturates
and related compounds. Journal of Pharmaceu-
tical Sciences, 50(9) :804, 1961.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and SVENDSEN, A.
BAERHEIM: Separation and identification of bar-
biturates and some related compounds by means
of gas-liquid chromatography. Journal of Phar-
maceutical Sciences, 51(4):318-321, 1962.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and SVENDSEN, A.
BAERHEIM: Gas chromatography of sympathomi-
metic amines. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
51(4): 393, 1962.

417

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and SVENDSEN, A.
BAERHEIM: Separation and identification of sym-
pathomimetic amines by gas-liquid chromatog-
raphy. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 51
(10) :938-941, 1962.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and SVENDSEN, A.
BAERHEIM: Gas chromatography of alkaloids, al-
kaloidal salts and derivatives. Journal of Phar-
maceuntical Sciences, 51(11):1095-1098, 1962.

BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E., and SVENDSEN, A.
BAERHEIM: Quantitative determination of morphine
in opium by gas-liquid chromatography. Journal
of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 52:1134-1136, 1963.

JaBBAR, A., and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: The
amino acids in opium: Assay, characteristics, com-
position and origin. United Nations Document,
ST/SOA/SER.K/102, August 3, 1960.

JaBBAR, A., and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: Amino
acids in opium. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sci-
ences, 50(5):406-408, 1961.

KELLOGG, HARMON M., SVENDSEN, A. BAERHEIM,
and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: Gas chromatog-
raphy of esters of plant acids and their identifica-
tion in plant materials. Journal of Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 53:420-423, 1964. )

MivamoTo, S., and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: De-
termination of the origin of opium based on its
content of meconic acid, sulfuric acid and total
acid. United Nations Document, ST/SOA/SER.
K/106, January 23, 1961.

MiyamMoTO, S., and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: The
amino acids in opium. II. Quantitative determi-
nation. United Nations Document, ST/SOA/
SER.K/109, March 30, 1961.

Miyamoto, S., and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.: Dis-
sociation constants of certain y-pyrone dicarboxylic
acids. Meconic acid and chelidonic acid.  Jour-
nal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 51(6):552-554,
1962.

Nayak, K. P., BROCHMANN-HANSsSEN, E., and
Way, E. L.: Biological disposition of noscapine.
I. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54(2):
191-194, 1965.

Nouri, Y. MARY, and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.:
Quantitative determination of the principal alka-
loids of opium by thin-layer chromatography.
Lloydia, 26(4) :223-228, 1963.

SVENDSEN, A. BAERHEIM, and BROCHMANN-HANS-
SEN, E.: Gas chromatography of barbiturates.
II. Application to the study of their metabolism
and excretion in humans. Journal of Pharmacen-
tical Sciences, 51(5) :494-495, 1962.

SVENDSEN, A. BAERHEIM, and BROCHMANN-HANS-
SEN, E.: Separation of amino acids on ion ex-
change papers. Dependence of R; values on pH
and ionic strength. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sci-
ences, 51(6):514-517, 1962.

SVENDSEN, A. BAERHEIM, and BROCHMANN-HANS-
SEN, E.: Gas chromatographic analysis of opium.

I. Determination of morphine. United Nations
Documents, ST/SOA/SER.K/127, January 28,
1963.

SVENDSEN, A. B., and BROCHMANN-HANSSEN, E.:
The assay, characteristics, composition and origin
of opium. No. 143. Gas chromatographic analy-
sis of opium. II. Determination of the princi-
pal nonphenolic alkaloids. N. Y., United Na-
tions Secretariat, 1964, 7 p. (ST/SOA/SER.K/
143).

MH-3489 (RO1) BuUGELSKI, B. RICHARD: Evalua-
tion of the limits of one-trial learning. Univer-
sity of Buffalo—prior to Sept. 1, 1962, Buffalo,
N.Y. (1960-62)

BucGeLskl, B. R.: Presentation time, total time, and
mediation in paired-associate learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 63(4):409-412,
1962.

BuceLskl, B. R., and Pickwoob, J.: Presentation,
total time, and mediation in paired-associate learn-
ing, self-pacing. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65(6):616-617, 1963.

MH-3491 (RO1) FRENCH, JonN D., and Buch-
WALD, NATHANIEL A.: Behavioral and electrical
studies of basal ganglia. University of California,
Los Angeles, Calif. (1960-63)

BucuwALp, N. A., Heuser, G., HuLi, C., and
WyERs, E. J.: Blocking of “caudate-spindles” by
stimulation of lateral geniculate body. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 20:327, 1961.

BucHwaLDp, N. A., HEUser, G., LAuPrREcHT, C,,
and WYERs, E. J.: Inhibition of caudate induced
“splindling” by stimulation of thalamic and basal
ganglionic structures. (Abstract) Physiologist, 3:
32, 1960.

BucuwaLDp, N. A., HEUSER, G., WYERs, E. J., and
LauprecHT, C. W.: The “caudate-spindle.” III.
Inhibition of the “caudate-spindle” by high fre-
quency stimulation of subcortical structures. Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
13:525-530, 1961.

BucuwaALD, N. A., HorvATH, F. E., WyERs, E. J,
and WakEeFIELD, C.:  Electroencephalogram
rhythms correlated with milk reinforcements in
cats. Nature, 201(4921):830-831, 1964.

BucHwaLp, N. A., WyErs, E., CARLIN, ]., and
FARLEY, R.: Effects of stimulation of the caudate
nucleus on visual discrimination in cats. (Ab-
stract) Anatomical Record, 136:172, 1960.

BucHwaALD, N. A., WyERrs, E. J, CARLIN, J., and
FARLEY, R. E.: Effects of caudate stimulation on

418

visual discrimination.
4:23-35, 1961.

BucHwaALDp, N. A., WyEgrs, E. J, LAUPRECHT,
C. W., and HEUSER, G.: An electrical indication
of behavioral inhibition. (Abstract) Anatomical
Record, 139:212, 1961.

BucuwaLp, N. A., WyErs, E. J, LAUPRECHT,
C. W., and HEUSER, G.: The ““‘caudate-spindle”
IV. A behavioral index of caudate-induced inhi-
bition. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 13:531-537, 1961.

BucHwaALD, N. A., WyERs, E. J., Okuma, T., and
HEUsER, G.: The “caudate-spindle” I. Electro-
physiological properties.  Electroencephalography
and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:509-518, 1961.

Experimental Neurology,

DaviDsoN, J. M., and SAWYER, C. H.: Evidence for
an hypothalamic focus of inhibition of gonado-
tropin by androgen in the male. Proceedings of
the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 107:4-7, 1961.

HEUSER, G., BucHwALD, N. A., and WYERs, E. J.:
The “‘caudate-spindle.” II. Facilitatory and in-
hibitory caudate-cortical pathways. Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:519-
524, 1961.

Rakic, L., BucawaLp, N. A., and WyERs, E. J.:
Induction of seizures by stimulation of the caudate
nucleus.  Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 14:809-823, 1962.

Rakic, L., BucHwALD, N. A., WyERs, E. J., HULL,
C., and HEUSER, G.: Integration of visual impulses
and the “caudate loop.” Experimental Neurology,
5:1-20, 1962.

Rakic, L., WyErs, E. J, and BucHwALD, N. A.:
EEG changes during “working attentive behavior”
in intact cats and in cats with bilateral caudate
lesions. (Abstract) Physiologist, 4:90, 1961.

WyERs, E. J., BucHwALD, N. A., and CARLIN, J.:
Electrical manifestations during visual discrimina-
tion. (Abstract) Anatomical Record, 136:304,
1960.

MH-3496 (R01) RoGERs, CARL R., GENDLIN,
EUGENE T., KIESLER, D. J., and TRUAX, CHARLES
B.: Therapeutic process in schizophrenics and
normals. University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc.
(1960-64)

BERGIN, A. E.: The effects of psychotherapy: Nega-
tive results revisited. Journal of Counseling Psy-
chology, 10:244-250, 1963.

GENDLIN, EUGENE T.: Client-centered developments
in psychotherapy with schizophrenics. Discussion
Papers (Wisconsin Psychiatric Institute). 1(7).
Madison, Wis., University of Wisconsin, 1961.

GENDLIN, EUGENE T.: Client-centered developments
and work with schizophrenics. Journal of Coun-
seling Psychology, 9(3):205-212, 1962.
GenpLIN, E. T.: Experiencing and the nature of
concepts. Christian Scholar, 46:245-255, 1963.

GeNDLIN, E. T.: Subverbal communication and
therapist expressivity trends in client-centered ther-
apy with schizophrenics. Journal of Existential
Psychiatry, 4:105-120, 1963.

KiesLER, DONALD ]., KLEIN, MARJORIE H., and
MATHIEU, PHILIPPA L.: Sampling from the re-
corded therapy interview: The problem of seg-
ment location. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
29(4):337-344, 1965.

KIESLER, D. J., MATHIEU, PHILIPPA L., and KLEIN,
MAR JoRIE “H.: Sampling from the recorded ther-
apy interview: A comparative study of different
segment lengths. Journal of Consulting Psychol-
0gy, 28(4):349-357, 1964.

RoGers, C. R.: The process equation of psycho-
therapy. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 15:
27-45, 1961.

RoGers, C. R.: A theory of psychotherapy with
schizophrenics and a proposal for its empirical
investigation. In: Dawson, J. G., Stone, H. K,,
and Dellis, N. P., eds. Psychotherapy with schizo-
phrenics. Baton Rouge, Louisiana State University
Press, 1961, p. 3-19.

RoGers, C. R.: The interpersonal relationship: The
core of guidance. Harvard Educational Review,
32(4):416-429, 1962.

RoGers, C. R.: Some learnings from a study of
psychotherapy with schizophrenics. Pennsylvania
Psychiatric Quarterly, 3(2):3-15, 1962.

RoGERrs, C. R.: A study of psychotherapeutic change
in schizophrenics and normals: The design and
instrumentation. Psychiatric Research Reports, 15:
51-60, 1962.

RoGERs, C. R.: The therapeutic relationship: Recent
theory and research. (Privately printed). West-
ern Behavioral Science Institute, Inc., 1019 Torrey
Pines Road, La Jolla, California, 1962.

Rogers, C. R.: The actualizing tendency in relation
to “motives” and to consciousness. In: Jones,
M. R., ed. Nebraska symposium on motivation.
Lincoln, Neb., University of Nebraska, 1963,
p. 1-24.

RoGERrs, C. R.: Toward a science of the person.
In: Wann, T. W., ed. Behaviorism and phe-
nomenology. Chicago, University of Chicago,
1964, p. 109-140.

RoGERs, CARL R.: Toward a modern approach to
values. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 68(2):160-167, 1964.

StoLER, N.: Client likability: A variable in the study
of psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting Psychol-
ogy, 27:175-178, 1963.

419

ToMLINSON, T. M., and HART, J. T.: A validation
study of the Process Scale. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 26:74-78, 1962.

TruaX, CHAs. B.: A tentative approach to the con-
ceptualization and measurement of intensity and
intimacy of interpersonal contact as a variable in
psychotherapy. Psychiatric Institute Bulletin
(Madison, University of Wisconsin), 2:1-7, 1962.

TruAX, CHas. B.: Effective ingredients in psycho-
therapy: An approach to unraveling the patient-
therapist interaction. Journal of Counseling Psy-
chology, 10:256-263, 1963.

VaN DER VEEN, F.: Effects of the therapist and the
patient on each other's therapeutic behavior.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29(1):19-26,
1965.

WALKER, A. M., RaBLEN, R. A. and ROGERS,
C. R.: Development of a scale to measure process
change in psychotherapy. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 16:79-85, 1960.

WHARTON, W. P.: The case of Harry and therapist
flexibility. ~~ Journal of Counseling Psychology,
10:179-184, 1963.

MH-3498 (R01) SHANAN, JOEL, and BRZEZINSKI,
AHARON: Psychological factors in functional
amenorrhea. Hebrew University—Hadassah Med-
ical School, Jerusalem, Israel. (1960-63)

SHANAN, JOEL: Family structure as predictor of
transient amenorrhea. Medicina Psychosomatica
(Austria), 7:377-380, 1965.

SHANAN, J., Brzezinski, A., SuLMAN, F., and
Hertz, D.: Facteurs psychologiques dans I'amé-
norrhée transitoire. (Abstract) Revue de Méde-
cin Psychosomatique, 4:215, 1962.

SHANAN, J., Brzezinski, A., SuLMAN, F., and
SHARON, M.: Active coping behavior, anxiety, and
cortical steroid excretion in the prediction of
transient amenorrhea. Behavioral Science, 10
(4) :461-465, 1965.

MH-3501 (R03) WHITTIER, JOHN R.: Anticoagu-
lant effects on aged psychotic patients. Creedmoor
State Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1959-61)

Korenyr, C., GorLbpscHMIDT, L., and WHITTIER,
J. R.: Anticoagulant medication in the aged.
Geriatrics, 17:269-274, 1962.

WHITTIER, J. R., and KoreNyI, C.: Selected char-
acteristics of aged patients: A study of mental
hospital admissions. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
2:113-120, 1961.

WHITTIER, JoHN R., and KORENYI, CHARLES: Se-
lected biological, medical and psychiatric charac-
teristics of male patients age 60 and over upon
admission to a state hospital for the first time.
In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Recent advances in bio-
logical psychiatry. New York & London, Grune
& Stratton, 1961, p. 93-95.

MH-3502 (R03) ANDERSON, NORMAN H.: Forma-
tion of personality impressions. University of
California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1959-60)

ANDERSON, NORMAN H.: Test of prediction of
stimulus sampling theory in probability learning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71(4):499-
510, 1966.

ANDERSON, NORMAN H., and BARRIES, ALFRED A.:
Primary effects in personality impression forma-
tion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
63:346-350, 1961.

MH-3503 (R03) Morrow, WiLLiAM R., and
BERGER, ANDREW: Prejudice and the offenses of
criminal insane men. State Hospital No. 1,
Fulton, Mo. (1959-60)

Morrow, WiLLIAM R., and BERGER, ANDREW:
Prejudice and the offenses of penal-psychiatric
patients. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 20:218-
225, 1964.

MH-3504 (R03) DANIELS, MORRIS J.: Role and
nonrole determinants of role enactments. San
Diego State College, San Diego, Calif. (1959-
61)

DANIELS, MORRIS J.: Levels of organization in the
role position of the staff nurse. Social Forces, 40:
242-247, 1962.

MH-3507 (R01) HEeLwiG, HAROLD L., LIPSCOMB,
WENDELL, R., PHILP, JOHN R., and REYNOLDS,
TELFER: The relationship of zincuria to hepatic
dysfunction. California State Department of
Public Health, Berkeley, Calif. (1960-63)

KAHN, ARTHUR M., HELWIG, HAROLD L., REDEKER,
ALLAN G., and REeyNorLps, TELFER B.: Urine
and serum zinc abnormalities in disease of the
liver. American [Journal of Clinical Pathology,
44(4):426-435, 1965.

MH-3514 (R01) FARLEY, JANE, and WALDROP,
WiLLiaM F.: Psychic factors in hearing loss.
Parmly Hearing Institute, Chicago, Ill. (1960-
63)

FARLEY, J. C., DERBYSHIRE, A. J., AUSTIN, D. F,,
WaLpror, W. W., CARTER, R. L., McCORMICK,
C., and MiLLs, P. J.: Psychic factors in hearing
loss. Annals of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryn-
gology, 69(3):731-746, 1960.

FARLEY, J. C., McCormick, C., OPPFELT, G. R,,
and MiLvs, P. J.: The functions of psychic factors
in hearing loss. International Audiology, 1(1),
1962. Also in: L'Audiologie Internationale, 1
(1):1-9, 1962.

420

KLEMESRUD, J.: Puppets speak a message of joy.
Chicago Daily News, July 13, 1963, p. 25.

MiLis, P. J., DERBYSHIRE, A. J., and CARTER, R. L.:
Changes evoked by auditory stimulation in the
electroencephalograph in sleep. Electroencepha-
lography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 13:79-90,
1961.

Norkus, F. J., DERBYSHIRE, A. J., MiLLs, P. J.,
and CARTER, R. L.: Frequency measure of the
EEG. Journal of the Acoustical Society of Amer-
ica, 32(9) :1147-1150, 1960.

MH-3517 (R01) HuNT, DAvID E.: Personality pat-
terns in adolescent boys. Syracuse University,
Syracuse, N.Y. (1959-63)

CARR, JoHN E.: The role of conceptual organization
in interpersonal discrimination. Journal of Psy-
chology, 59:159-176, 1965.

Harvey, O. J., Hunt, D. E., and SCHRODER, H.
M.: Conceptual systems and personality organiza-
tion. New York, Wiley, 1961, 375 p.

Hunt, Davip E., and DOPYERA, JOHN: Personality
variation in lower-class children. Journal of Psy-
chology, 62(1):47-54, 1966.

Lucas, CaroL: Task performance and group struc-
ture as a function of personality and feedback.
Journal of Social Psychology, 66(2):257-270,
1965.

WoLFE, R.: The role of conceptual systems in cog-
nitive functioning at varying levels of age and
intelligence. Journal of Personality, 31:108-123,
1963.

MH-3518 (R01) GJERsTAD, GUNNAR: Intermedi-
ary metabolism and alkaloid biosynthesis. Univer-
sity of Texas, Austin, Texas. (1961-65)

GJERSTAD, GUNNAR: Intermediary metabolism of
ergot. II. Exploratory radiochemical investiga-
tions. Planta Medica, 10(2):221-225, 1962.

GJERSTAD, GUNNAR: Intermediary metabolism of
ergot. III. Preliminary enzyme experiments.
Planta Medica, 10(3) :269-274, 1962.

GJERSTAD, GUNNAR: Intermediary metabolism of
ergot. VI. Influence of colchicine on the growth
and metabolism of “Claviceps purpurea.” Quar-
terly Journal of Crude Drug Research, 3:461-464,
1963.

GJERSTAD, GUNNAR: Intermediary metabolism of
ergot. V. Lipid and alkaloid variability. Texas
Journal of Pharmacy, 4(3):258-262, 1963.

GJERSTAD, GUNNAR, and SIEGEL, FRANK L.: Inter-
mediary metabolism of ergot. IV. Comparative
amino acid metabolism. Planta Medica, 11(1):
113-118, 1963.
SieGeL, F. L., and GJERSTAD, G.: Intermediary me-
tabolism of ergot. IV. Comparative amino acid
metabolism. Planta Medica, 11:113-118, 1963.

MH-3519 (R01) STEVENSON, HAROLD W.: Rein-
forcement effects in normal and retarded children.
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
(1959- ) (Continued from MH-2291).

ALLEN, SARA: The effects of verbal reinforcement on
children’s performance as a function of type’ of
task. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
3(1):57-73, 1966.

Hiri, K. T., and STEVENSON, H. W.: Effectiveness
of social reinforcement following social and sen-
sory deprivation. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68:579-584, 1964.

Hir, K. T., and STEVENSON, H, W.: The effects
of social reinforcement vs. nonreinforcement and
sex of E on the performance of adolescent girls.
Journal of Personality, 33(1):30-36, 1965.

Kaas, N., and STEVENSON, H. W.: The effect of
pretraining reinforcement conditions on learning
by normal and retarded children> American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 66:76-80, 1961.

KNIGHTS, R. M.: Test anxiety and defensiveness in
institutionalized and noninstitutionalized normal
and retarded children. Child Development, 34:
1019-1026, 1963.

Opom, RicHARD D.: Children’s perormance as a
function of the degree of visual stimulus depriva-
tion and satiation. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 69(6):618-623, 1965.

RuEeBusH, B. K., and STEVENSON, H. W.: The ef-
fects of mothers and strangers on the performance
of anxious and defensive children. [Journal of
Personality, 32:587-600, 1964.

STEVENSON, H. W.: Social reinforcement with chil-
dren as a function of CA, sex of E, and sex of S.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:
147-154, 1961.

STEVENSON, H. W. and ALLEN, S.: Adult per-
formance as a function of sex of experimenter and
sex of subject. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68:214-216, 1964.

STEVENSON, H. W., and CruUsg, D. B.: The effec-
tiveness of social reinforcement with normal and
feebleminded children. Journal of Personality,
29:124-135, 1961.

STEVENSON, HArRoLD W., and Hirr, KENNEDY T.:
The effects of social reinforcement and nonrein-
forcement following success and failure. Journal
of Personality, 33(3):418-427, 1965.

STEVENSON, H. W., KEEN, RACHEL, and KNIGHTS,
R.: Parents and strangers as reinforcing agents
for children’s performance. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 67:183-186, 1963.

421

STEVENSON, H. W., and KNIGHTS, R. M.: Effect of
visual reinforcement on the performance of nor-
mal and. retarded children. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 13:119-126, 1961.

STevENsoN, H. W. and KNIGHTS, R. M.: The
effectiveness of social reinforcement after brief
and extended institutionalization. American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 66:589-594, 1962.

STEVENSON, H. W., and KNIGHTS, R. M.: Social
reinforcement with normal and retarded children
as a function of pretraining, sex of E and sex
of S. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
66:866-871, 1962.

STEVENSON, H. W., and OpoM, R. D.: The effec-
tiveness of social reinforcement following two
conditions of social déprivation. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 65:429-431, 1962.

STEVENSON, HaroLD W., and OpoMm, RICHARD D.:
Visual reinorcement with children. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 1:248-255, 1964.

MH-3522 (R01) SAENGER, GERHART, and GERARD,
DonNALD L.: Follow-up standards for alcoholism
outpatient clinics. New York University, New
York, N.Y. (1959-62) (Continued from MH-
1426).

GerARD, D. L., and SAENGER, G.: Interval between
intake and follow-up as a factor in the evaluation
of patients with a drinking problem. Quarterly
Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 20:620-630, 1959.
(Also acknowledges MH-1426).

MH-3525 (R03) FurrEey, PauL H., and HARTE,
THOMAS JosEPH: Factors in marginal employ-
ability. Catholic University of America, Wash-
ington, D.C. (1959-60)

Furrey, PaurL HANLY, HARTE, THoMAs J., and
WALSH, MARY ELIZABETH: Marginal employ-
ability: A study in social deviation. In: Studies
from the Bureau of Social Research. No. 2.
Washington, D.C., Catholic University of Amer-
ica, 1962, 27 p.

MH-3527 (R03) BERKELEY, AUSTIN W., and
COHEN, MURRAY L.: Spiral aftereffects in organic
patients and normals. Boston University, Boston,
Mass. (1959-60)

COHEN, MURRAY, BERKELEY, AUSTIN W. and
LAVERMAN, ANITA: Asymmetry of after-effects in
the upper and lower visual fields. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 17:795-798, 1963.

MH-3531 (R01) Voss, JAMEs F.: Probabilistic ver-
bal acquisition. Wooster College, Wooster, Ohio.
(1960-63) (Continued as MH-8291).

Brown, A., OstErRHOUT, C., and Voss, J. F.: Effect
of one probabilistic verbal association upon the
concomitant acquisition of a second association.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Vebavior,
1:48-53, 1962.

ErpELYI, M., WATTS, B., and Voss, J. F.: Effect of
probability of competing responses in probabilistic
verbal acquisition. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 68(4):323-329, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-8291).

HEALY, N., and Voss, J. F.: Effect of list repetition
upon multiple S-R,, S-R, verbal acquisition. Psy-
chological Reports, 10:647-650, 1962.

MCcCRACKEN, J., OstErRHOUT, C., and Voss, J. F.:
The effect of instructions in probability learning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64:267-271,
1962.

MORNING, N., and Voss, J. F.: Mediation of R;-R,
in the acquisition of S-R;, S-R, associations. [our-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 67:67-71, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-8291).

Popp, RICHARD, and Voss, JAMES E.: Acquisition-
transfer and retention of S-R;, S-R, associations
as a function of S-R;-S-R, pattern. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 70(3):304-308, 1965.

SiMpsoN, W., and Voss, J. F.: Psychophysical judg-
ments of probabilistic stimulus sequences. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 62:416-422,
1961.

SpIETH, T., and Voss, J. F.: Distribution of prac-
tice and probabilistic verbal acquisition. Psycho-
logical Reports, 10:663-666, 1962.

Voss, J. F.: Ry competition in S-R;, S-R, verbal
probability acquisition. Psychological Reports, 10:
675-678, 1962.

WITTLINGER, R., and Voss, James F.: Acquisition
of S-R, S-R paired associates as a function of S-R,
S-R probability. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 68(4):407-412, 1964.

ZIMMERMAN, H., and Voss, J. F.: The effect of
marginal and conditional probabilities on one as-
sociation upon concomitant acquisition of a sec-
ond association. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 1:463-469, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-8291).

MH-3532 (R01) KALLMANN, FRANZ J., FRANZ-
LER, SHERVERT H., and RAINER, JoHN D.: Mating
and fertility patterns of schizophrenic families.
New York State Psychiatric Institute, New York,
N.Y. (1960- )

GOLDFARB, C., and ERLENMEYER-KIMLING, L.:
Mating and fertility trends in schizophrenia. In:
Kallmann, F. J., ed. Expanding goals of genetics
in psychiatry. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1962, p. 42-51.

422

MH-3536 (R01) LiNDzEY, GARDNER: Infantile
trauma, temperament and gene factors. Univer-
sity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1960-64)

LiNDzEY, G., LYKKEN, D. T., and WinsTON, H. D.:
Confusion, conviction and control groups. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:221-
222, 1961.

LINDZEY, G., LYKKEN, D. T., and WinNsTON, H. D.:
Trauma, emotionality and scientific sin. Psycho-
logical Reports, 9:199-206, 1961. Also in: Psy-
chonomic Science, 1:35-36, 1964.

LinpzEY, G., and MANOsEviTZ, M.: Hoarding in
the mouse. Psychonomic Science, 1:35-36, 1964.

Linpzey, G., and WiNsTON, H. D.: Maze learning
and effects of pretraining in inbred strains of mice.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 55:748-752, 1962.

LiNDzEY, G., WINSTON, H. D., and MANOSEVITZ,
M.: Social dominance in inbred mouse strains.
Nature, 91:474-476, 1961.

LinpzEY, G., WINSTON, H. D., and MANOSEVITZ,
M.: Early experience, genotype and temperament
in "Mus Musculus.” Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:622-629, 1963.

Linpzey, G., WINsTON, H. D., and WHITNEY,
G. D.: Defecation in stressful and non-stressful
situations.  Psychonomic Science, 1:3-4, 1964.

MANOSEVITZ, MARTIN: Genotype, fear, and hoard-
ing. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 60(3):412-416, 1965.

WinsTtoN, H. D.: Influence of genotype and infan-
tile trauma on adult learning in the mouse.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 56(3):630-635, 1963.

WinsToN, H. D.: Heterosis and learning in the
mouse. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 57:279-283, 1964.

WiNsTtON, H. D., and LinpzEY, G.: Albinism and
water escape performance in the mouse. Science,
144:189-191, 1964.

MH-3541 (R10) McGAUGH, JAMES L., and THOM-
SON, CALVIN WELLS: The effect of selected drugs

on learning. San Jose State College, San Jose,
Calif. (1960-64)

BREEN, R. A., and McGaugcH, J. L.: Facilitation of
maze learning with posttrial injections of picro-
toxin. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54(5) :498-501, 1961.

Fumi, L., and McGaugh, J. L.: Discrimination
learning by descendants of Tryon maze bright
and maze dull strains. Psychological Reports, 8:
122, 1961.
GERBRANDT, LAUREN K.: Dissociation of condi-
tioned emotional and avoidance responses due to
ECS. Psychonomic Science, 2(9):385-386, 1965.

GERBRANDT, L. K., and THomsoN, C. W.: Com-
peting response and amnesic effects of electrocon-
vulsive shock under extinction and incentive shifts.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 58(2):208-211, 1964.

HupsPETH, WILLIAM J., MCGAUGH, JAMES L., and
THOMSON, CALVIN W.: Aversive and amnesic
effects of electroconvulsive shock. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57:61-
64, 1964.

HupspeTH, W. J., and THoMsoN, C. W.: A further
study of the facilitative effect of 5-7-diphenyl-1-3-
diazadamantan-6-01 (1757 1S.) on maze learn-
ing. Psychological Reports, 10:222, 1962.

McGAuGH, J. L.: Facilitative and disruptive effects
of strychnine sulphate on maze learning. Psycho-
logical Reports, 8:99-104, 1961.

McGaAUGH, J. L., and CoLE, J. M.: Age and strain
differences in the effect of distzibution of practice
on maze learning. Psychonomic Science, 2(9):
253-254, 1965.

McGAuGH, J. L., JENNINGS, R. D., and THOMSON,
C. W.: Effect of distribution of practice on the
maze learning of descendants of the Tryon maze
bright and maze dull strains. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:147-150, 1962.

McGAUGH, J. L., and MADSEN, M.: Amnesic and
punishing effects of electroconvulsive shock. Sci-
ence, 144:182-183, 1964.

McGaugH, J. L., and PETRINOVICH, L.: Comments
concerning the basis of learning enhancement with
central nervous system stimulants. Psychological
Reports, 12:211-214, 1963.

McGaugh, J. L., and THomsoN, C. W.: Facilita-
tion of simultaneous discrimination learning with
strychnine sulphate. Psychopharmacologia, 3:166-
172, 1962.

McGaAuGH, J. L., THoMsON, C. W., WESTBROOK,
W. H., and HupspETH, W. J.: A further study
of learning facilitation with strychnine sulphate.
Psychopharmacologia, 3:352-360, 1962.

McGAUGH, J. L., WEsTBROOK, W., and BURT, B.:
Strain differences in the facilitative effects of 5-7-
diphenyl-1-3-diazadamantan-6-OL (1757 1S.) on
maze learning. [Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 54(5):502-505, 1961.

McGauaH, J. L., WESTBROOK, W. H., and THOM-
soN, C. W.: Facilitation of maze learning with
posttrial injections of 5-7-diphenyl-1-3-diazada-
mantan-6-OL (1757 1.8.) Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55(5):710-
713, 1962.

423

MADSEN, MiLLARD C., and McGAUGH, JAMES L.:
The effect of ECS on one-tail avoidance learning.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 54(5):522-523, 1961.

PETRINOVICH, L., BRADFORD, D., and MCGAUGH,
J. L.: Drug facilitation of memory in rats. Psy-
chonomic Science, 2(7):191-192, 1965.

THoMsoN, C. W., McGaucH, J. L., Smits, C. E.,
HupspetH, W. J., and WESTBROOK, W. H.:
Strain differences in the retroactive effects of elec-
troconvulsive shock on maze learning. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 15(2):69-74, 1961.

WESTBROOK, WILLIAM H., and McGAUGH, JAMES
L.: Drug facilitation of latent learning. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 5:440-446, 1964.

MH-3546 (R10) Burpock, EUGENE I, and ZUBIN,
JosepH: Behavioral rating scales for mental pa-
tients. New York State Department of Mental
Hygiene, New York, N.Y. (1960-65)

Burpock, EUGENE I.: From the point of view of
the philosophy of science. In: Zubin, Joseph, ed.
Field studies in the mental disorders. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 371-378. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-9146).

Burpock, EUGENE I.: Quantitative techniques for
the evaluation of treatment. Symposium on meth-
odological problems in research on the psycho-
pathology of aging. American Psychologut, 17:
328, 1962.

Burpock, EUGENE I., FLEIss, J., and HARDESTY,
ANNE S.: A new view of inter-rater agreement.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 17:362, 1962.

Burpock, EUGENE I., FLEIss, J., and HARDESTY,
ANNE S.: A new view of inter-observer agree-
ment. Personnel Psychology, 16:373-384, 1963.

Burpock, EUGENE I., GrLAss, LEAH, HARDESTY,
ANNE S., and BECK, YVONNE M.: A sample sur-
vey of mental hospital patients. Journal of Clini
cal Psychology, 17:253-259, 1961.

Burpock, EUGENE I., and HARDESTY, ANNE S.:
The reliability of judgments of ward behavior.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 15:469, 1960.

Burpock, EUGENE I., and HARDESTY, ANNE S.:
An outcome index for mental hospital patients.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:
666-670, 1961.

Burpock, EUGENE I., and HARDESTY, ANNE S.:
Observational inventories for the assessment of
mental patients. ~~ Psychopharmacology Service
Center Bulletin, 2(4):14-16, 1962.

Burpock, EUGENE I, and HARDESTY, ANNE S.:
A children’s behavior diagnostic inventory. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 105:
890-896, 1964.
Burpock, EUGENE I., HARDESTY, ANNE S., HAKE-
REM, GAD, and ZUBIN, JosEPH: A ward behavior
rating scale for mental hospital patients. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 16:246-247, 1960.

FrEss, JosepH L.: Estimating the accuracy of dicho-
tomous judgments. Psychometrika, 30(4) :469-
479, 1965.

FrEiss, JosepH L., SpiTzER, ROBERT L., and BUr-
DOCK, EUGENE I.: Estimating accuracy of judg-
ment using recorded interviews. General Psychi-
atry, 12(6) :562-567, 1965.

GLUSMAN, MURRAY, WON, WILLIAM, BURDOCK,
EUGENE I, and RANSOHOFF, JosepH: Effects of
midbrain lesions on “savage” behavior induced by
hypothalamic lesion in the cat. In: Yahr, Mel-
vin D., ed. Transactions of the American Neu-
rological Association. Vol. 86. New York,
Springer, 1961, p. 216-218. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3660).

HARDESTY, ANNE S., and BURDOCK, EUGENE I.: An
outcome index for mental hospital patients. (Ab-
stract) American Psychologist, 15:387, 1960.

HARDESTY, ANNE S., -and Burpock, EUGENE I.:
Predictive validity of the Ward Behavior Rating
Scale for hospitalized mental patients. (Abstract)
American Psychologist, 16:377-378, 1961.

SpiTzER, R. L., FrEss, J. L., Burbock, E. I, and
HARDESTY, A. S.: The mental status schedule:
Rationale, reliability and validity. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 5:384-395, 1964.

Serrzegr, R. L., FrEsss, J, KERNOHAN, W., LEE,
J. C., and BarpwinN, I. T.: Mental status sched-
ule. Archives of General Psychiatry, 12(5) :448-
455, 1965.

MH-3552 (R03) ScHARLOCK, DoNaLD P.: Avoid-
ance learning in normal and brain-operated cats.
Roosevelt University, Chicago, Ill. (1959-60)

SCHARLOCK, DONALD P., and YARMAT, AVRUM ]J.:
Avoidance learning as a function of trials per
training session in normal and brain operated cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 55(4) :455-457, 1962.

MH-3558 (R01) GARNER, WENDELL R.: Sequen-
tial aspects of information theory. Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, Md. (1960-60)

GARNER, WENDELL R.: Uncertainty and structure as
psychological concepts. New York, Wiley, 1962.
369 p.

MH-3561 (RO1) ScHiLp, HEINZ O., SHEPHERD,
MicHAEL, and STEINBERG, HANNAH: Psycho-
tropic drugs and autonomic dysfunction. Univer-
sity of London—University College, London,
UK. (1960-65)

424

Dickins, D. W., LADER, M. H., and STEINBERG,
HanNNaH: Differential effects of two ampheta-
mine-barbiturate mixtures in man. British Jour-
nal of Pharmacology and Chemotherapy, 24(1):
14-23, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3313).

LAper, M. H.: The effect of cyclobarbitone on the
habituation of the psycho-galvanic reflex. Brain,
87(2) :321-340, 1964.

LADER, M. H.: Measurement of cardiovascular vari-
ables. Bulletin of the British Psychological So-
ciety, 17(54) :1-3, 1964.

LADER, M. H.: The effects of cyclobarbitone on the
pulse volume, pulse rate and electromyogram.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 8(4):385-
398, 1965.

LApEr, M. H.: The effects of cyclobarbitone on
spontaneous autonomic activity. Journal of Psy-
chosomatic Research, 9(2):201-207, 1965.

LADER, M. H., and MoNTAGU, J. D.: The psycho-
galvanic reflex: A pharmacological study of the
peripheral mechanism. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 25:126-133, 1962.

LADER, M. H., and WING, LORNA: Habituation of
the psycho-galvanic reflex in patients with anxiety
states and in normal subjects. Journal of Neu-
rology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 27:210-218,
1964.

Laper, M. H., and WING, LorNA: Comparative
bioassay of chlordiazepoxide and amylobarbitone
sodium therapies in patients with anxiety states
using physiological and clinical measures. Jour-
nal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry,
28:414-425, 1965.

MoNTAGU, J. D.: Habituation of the psycho-galvanic
reflex during serial tests. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 7:199-214, 1963.

MONTAGU, J. D.: The psycho-galvanic reflex: A com-
parison of D.C. and A.C. methods of measure-
ment. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 8:49-
65, 1964.

SHEPHERD, M., and WING, LORNA: Pharmacological
aspects of psychiatry. In: Garattini, S., and
Shore, P. A., eds. Advances in pharmacology.
Academic Press, 1:227-276, 1962.

WING, LorNA: Physiological effects of performing
a difficult task in patients with anxiety states.
Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 7:283-294,
1964.

MH-3562 (RO1) BuLLe, PETER H.: Effects of
brain stimulation on serotonin release. George-
town University, Washington, D.C. (1959-61)

BULLE, PETER H., and PETRUCELLI, LAWRENCE M.:
Cannulation of the lateral cerebral ventricle. (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 2(2):91, 1960.
BuLLE, PETER H., PETRUCELLI, LAWRENCE M., and
Oskoul, MAHMOUD: Regional anesthesia of the
CNS. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1)
Part 1:312, 1961.

MH-3565 (R01) RiLEY, CARROLL L.: A study of
Tepehuan medical religious practices. Southern
Illinois University, Carbondale, -Ill. (1960-63)

JoNEs, JoHN A.: Tepecano house types. The Kiva,
27(4) :24-26, 1962.

RiLEY, CARROLL, L., and WINTERS, HOWARD D.:
The prehistoric Tepehuan of Northern Mexico.
Southwestern Journal of Anthropology, 19(2):
177-185, 1963.

MH-3567 (R01) LANG, PETER JOHN: Associative
transfer and interference in schizophrenia. Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1960-60)

Lang, P. J, and Luoto, K.: Mediation and asso-
ciative facilitation in neurotic, psychotic, and 'nor-
mal subjects. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 64:113-120, 1962.

MH-3568 (R01) McPHERSON, MARION W.: Di-
agnostic problems in children. Individual, Kala-
mazoo, Mich. (1960-63)

MCPHERSON, MARION WHITE, POPPLESTONE, JOHN
A., and EvaNs, KATERINE A.: Perceptual care-
lessness, drawing precision, and oral activity among
normal six-year-olds. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
22(1):327-330, 1966.

WUNDERLIN, ROBERT S., and MCPHERSON, MAR-
ION W.: Sensitivity to imbalance in normal and
anoxic damaged children. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 18:410-413, 1962.

MH-3569 (R01) HOLLINGSHEAD, AUGUST B., and
MyERrs, JEROME K.: Ten-year follow-up of psy-
chiatric patients. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1960- )

Bean, L. L., Mykrs, J. K., and PEPPER, M. P.:
Social class and schizophrenia: A ten-year follow-
up. In: Shostake, Arthur B., and Gomerg, Wil-
liam, eds. Blue-collar world; Studies of the Amer-
ican worker. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-
Hall, 1964, p. 381-391.

Myers, JEROME K., BEAN, LEE L., and PEPPER,
Max P.: Social class and mental illness: A ten-
year follow-up of psychiatric patients. Connecticut
Medicine, 28:355-357, 1964.

MH-3570 (R01) BarscH, RAY, and SILVERSTEIN,
Sam: Handicapped child development and rear-
ing practices. Jewish Vocational Service, Milwau-
kee, Wisc. (1960-63)

BarscH, RAY H.: Rearing practices of parents of
children with cerebral palsy. I. Toilet training.
Cerberal Palsy Review, 23(5):12-16, 1962.

425

BarscH, Ray H.: Child rearing practices. II
Sleep and bedtime behavior. Cerebral Palsy Re-
view, 24(3):10-12, 1963.

BarscH, Ray H.: The handicapped ranking scale
among parents of handicapped children. Ameri-
can Journal of Public Health, 54(9):1560-1567,
1964.

Cook, JoHN J.: Dimensional analysis of child-rear-
ing attitudes of parents of handicapped children.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 68(3):
354-361, 1963.

Cook, JoHN ].: Family limitation subsequent to
the birth of the cerebral palsied child. Cerebral
Palsy Review, 24(3) :8-9, 1963.

Cook, JOHN J.: Acquiescence in the Parental Atti-
tude Research Instrument (PARI), the California
Psychological Inventory (CPI) and the interper-
sonal interview. Ontario Psychological Associa-
tion Quarterly, Spring:8-18, 1963.

MH-3571 (RO1) STELLAR, ELIOT: Neurological
mechanisms underlying behavior. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960- )

Corpit, JoHN D.: Hyperphagic hyperreactivity to
adulteration of drinking water with quinine HCL.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 60(1):123-124, 1965.

CorBit, JoHN D.: Effect of intravenous sodium
chloride on drinking in the rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):
397-406, 1965.

CorsIT, J. D., and STELLAR, E.: Palatability, food
intake, and obesity in normal and hyperphagic
rats. Journal of Comparative and Phsriotogical
Psychology, 58:63-67, 1964.

EpsTEIN, A. N.: Reciprocal changes in feeding be-
havior produced by intrahypothalamic chemical in-
jection. American Journal of Physiology, 199:
969-974, 1960.

EpsTEIN, A. N.: Water intake without the act of
drinking. Science, 131:497-498, 1960.

FLEXNER, J. B., FLEXNER, L. B., and STELLAR, E.:
Memory in mice as affected by intracerebral puro-
mycin. Science, 141:57-59, 1963.

FLEXNER, J. B., FLEXNER, L. B., STELLAR, E., DE
LA HaBA, G., and RoBEirTs, R. B.: Inhibition of
protein synthesis in brain and learning and mem-
ory following puromycin. Journal of Neurochem-
istry, 9:595-605, 1962.

GRAFF, H., and STELLAR, E.: Hyperphagia, obesity,
and finickiness. Journal of Comparative and Phys-
iological Psychology, 55:418-424, 1962.

MEIKLE, T. H., SECHZER, J. A., and STELLAR, E.:
Interhemispheric transfer of tactile conditioned re-
sponses. in corpus callosum-sectioned cats. Jour-
nal of Neurophysiology, 25:530-543, 1962.
Mook, D. G.: Oral and postingestional determi-
nants of the intake of various solutions in rats
with esophageal fistulas. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:645-659, 1963.

SECHZER, JERI A.: Successful interocular transfer of
pattern discrimination in “‘split-brain” cats with
shock-avoidance motivation. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 58:76-83,
1964.

SPRAGUE, J. M., CHAMBERS, W. W., and STELLAR,
E.: Attentive, affective, and adaptive behavior in
the cat. Science, 133:165-176, 1961.

MH-3575 (R01) LEVENTHAL, HOowARD: Cognitive
processes and interpersonal impressions. Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven, Conn. (1960-61)

LeveNTHAL, H.: The effects of set and discrepancy
on impression change. Journal of Personality, 30:
1-15, 1962.

LEVENTHAL, H., and PERLOE, S. I.: A relationship
between self-esteem and persuasibility. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:385-388,
1962.

LEVENTHAL, HOWARD, and SINGER, DaviD L.: Cog-
nitive complexity, impression formation and im-
pression change. [Journal of Personality, 32:210-
226, 1964.

MH-3578 (RO1) StERRITT, GRAHAM M.,, and
SMITH, MAURICE P.: Developmental study of
chronic tube-fed fowl. University of Colorado
Medical Center, Denver, Colo. (1959-63)

SHRECK, P. K., STErRRrITT, G. M., SMITH, M. P.,
and StiLsoN, D. W.: Environmental factors in
the development of eating in chicks. Animal Be-
havior, 11:306-309, 1963.

STERRITT, GRAHAM M., and SMITH, MAURICE P.:
Reinforcement effects of specific components of
feeding in young leghorn chicks. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 59(2):
171-175, 1965.

STERRITT, G. M., and SmrtH, M. P.: Feeding chick
exclusively via implanted plastic fistuals. Psycho-
nomic Science, 2(7):177-178, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2633).

MH-3579 (RO1) RICHTER, MELISSA L.: Behavior
resulting from drives for specific nutrients. Vas-
sar College, Poughkeepsie, N.Y. (1960-63)

Lewis, MELIssA: Behavior resulting from calcium
deprivation in parathyroidectomized rats. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57
(3):348-352, 1964.

MH-3581 (RO1) Iscok, Ira: Effect of conformity
pressures on child judgments. University of Texas,
Austin, Texas. (1960-64)

426

Iscok, IRA, and WILLIAMS, MARTHA: Experimental
variables affecting the conformity behavior of chil-

dren. Journal of Personality, 31(2):234-246,
1963.
Iscog, Ira, WiLLIAMS, MARTHA, and HARVEY,

JERRY: Modifications of children’s judgments by
a simulated group technique: A normative devel-
opmental study. Child Development, 34:963-
978, 1963.

Iscog, IrRA, WILLIAMS, MARTHA, and HARVEY,
JERRY: Age, intelligence, and sex as variables in
the conformity behavior of Negro and White chil-
dren. Child Development, 35:451-460, 1964.

MH-3587 (R01) BROWN, FOUNTAINE C.: Trypto-
phan in brain function and mental disease. Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Memphis, Tenn. (1959-62)

BrowN, F. CHRISTINE: Nicotinamide adenine di-
nucleotide levels in rat brain. Canadian [Journal
of Biochemistry and Physiology, 42:489-492,
1964.

Brown, F. CHRISTINE, and WHITE, JAMES B.: The
reduction of ceruloplasmin by the Electron Trans-
port System. Journal of Biological Chemistry,
236:911-914, 1961.

BrowN, F. CHRISTINE, WHITE, J. B., Jr., and KEN-
NEDY, J. K.: Urinary excretion of tryptophan me-
tabolites by schizophrenic individuals. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 117:63-65, 1960.

MH-3589 (R03) LEVINE, JacoB, and REDLICH,
FREDERICK C.: Personality characteristics and hu-
mor. Yale University, New Haven, Conn. (1959-
61)

LEVINE, JACOB: Regression in primitive clowning.
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 30:72-82, 1961.

LEVINE, JacoB: Humor and mental health. Ency-
clopedia for Mental Health, 3:786-799, 1963.

MH-3591 (R01) KoBAYAsHI, YUTAKA: Histamine
metabolism by schizophrenic subjects. Worcester
Foundation for Experimental Biology, Shrews-
bury, Mass. (1960-64)

KoBAYASHI, YUTAKA: Blood levels of diamine oxi-
dase as a test for pregnancy. Journal of Labora-
tory Clinical Medicine, 62(4):699-702, 1963.

KoBavasHI, Y.: The effect of MAO-inhibitor drugs
on plasma MAO activity. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 24(2) Part 1: 328, 1965.

KoBAYAsHI, YuTOKA, and FREEMAN, Harry: His-
tamine metabolism by schizophrenic and normal
subjects. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 3(2):112-
125, 1961.

MH-3593 (R01) JUURMAA, JYRKI Y.: Ability struc-
ture of the blind and deaf. Institute of Occupa-
tional Health, Helsinki, Fin. (1960- )
JuurMAA, JYRKI: On the ability structure of the
deaf. [Jyvaskyla Studies in Education, Psychology,
and Social Research (Finland), 4:1-114, 1963.

JuurMAA, JYRKI: On the ability structure of the
deaf. Kustantajat, Jyvaskyla, Finland, Jyvaskylan
Yliopistoyhdistys and Jyvaskylan kasvatusopillinen
korkeakoula, 1963, 114 p.

MH-3595 (R01) WECKROTH, JoHAN E.: Aptitude
profile of brain injured patients. Institute of Oc-
cupational Health. Helsinki, Fin. (1960-61)

PIHKANEN, T., and WECKROTH, ].: Correlation be-
tween intellectual performance and the severity of
brain injury. Acta Neurologica Scandinavica, 38:
233-238, 1962.

WECKROTH, JOHAN: On the relationship between
severity of brain injury and the level and struc-
ture of intellectual performance. Jyvaskyla Studies
in Education, Psychology and Social Research
(Finland), 12:5-105, 1965.

WECKROTH, JOHAN: Psykometrisk och projektiv
teknik vid personlighets-diagnostik. Nordisk Psy-
kologi (Denmark), 17:61-136, 1965.

WECKROTH, ]., and PIHKANEN, T.: An evaluation
of an unidimensional scale of the severity of brain
injury on the basis of clinical findings. Acta
Neurologica Scandinavica, 38:224-232, 1962.

WECKROTH, JOHAN, PIHKANEN, T., MYLLYNIEMI,
R., and Suonio, K.: Figural reversals as indi-
cators of brain injury. Helsinki, Finland, Insti-
tute of Occupational Health, Report Number 21,
1965, 24 p. (Processed).

WECKROTH, J]., PIHKANEN, T., and TIENARI, P.:
A severity scale of brain injury. A cross-valida-
tion study. Acta Newurologica Scandinavica, 39:
67-68, 1963.

MH-3597 (R03) HARLESTON, BERNARD W.: Ef-
fect of ability level on verbal learning. Tufts
University, Medford, Mass. (1959-61)

HARLESTON, BERNARD W.: Test anxiety and per-
formance in problem solving situations. Journal
of Personality, 30:557-573, 1962.

HARLESTON, BERNARD W.: Task difficulty, anxiety
level and ability level as factors affecting perform-
ance in a verbal learning situation. Journal of
Psychology, 55:165-168, 1963.

MH-3600 (R03) EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: The role of
grammatical structure in learning. University of
Kansas, Lawrence, Kan. (1959-60)

EpsTEIN, WiLLIAM: The influence of syntactical
structure on learning. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 74:80-85, 1961.

427

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM: A further study of the influence
of syntactical structure on learning. American
Journal of Psychology, 75:121-126, 1962.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM: Backward association as a func-
tion as meaningfulness. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 67:11-20, 1962.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM: Temporal schemata in syntac-
tically structured material. Journal of General
Psychology, 68:157-164, 1963.

MH-3603 (RO1) VAN BREEMEN, VERNE L:: Elec-
tron microscopy of effects of drugs on neurons.
Mercy Institute of Biomedical Research, Denver,
Colo. (1961-64)

HirAoKA, JUNICHI, and WAN BREEMAN, V. L.: Ul-
trastructure of the nucleolus and the nuclear en-
velope of spinal ganglion cells. Journal of Com-
parative Neurology, 121(1):69-88, 1963.

MH-3607 (R01) FRrENcH, ELizABETH G., and
LESSER, GERALD S.: Characteristics of the achieve-
ment motive in women. Hunter College of the
City University of New York. New York, N.Y.
(1959-62) (Continued as MH-7083).

FrENCH, ELIZABETH G., and LESSER, GERALD S.:
Some characteristics of the achievement motive in
women. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 68:119-128, 1964.

Lesser, G., Krawirz, R., and PAckarDp, Rita: Ex-
perimental arousal of achievement motivation in
adolescent girls. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:59-66, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-7083).

MH-3611 (R01) Bieri, James: Individual, social
and information effects on judgment. Columbia
University, New York, N.Y. (1960-63)

Bieri, J.: Analysing stimulus information in social
judgments. In: Messick, S., and Ross, J., eds.
Measurement in personality and cognition. New
York, Wiley, 1962, p. 229-239.

Bieri, J.,, Orcutt, B. A., and LEaMAN, R.: An-
choring effects in sequential clinical judgments.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:
616-623, 1963.

BRIAR, S., and BIERI, J.: A factor analytic and trait
inference study of the Leary Interpersonal Check-
list. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 19:193-198,
1963.

MILLER, H., and BIER, J.: An informational analy-
sis of clinical judgment. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 67:317-325, 1963.

Tripopl, T., and BIER, J.: Cognitive complexity as
a function of own and provided constructs. Psy-
chological Reports, 13:26, 1963.
Tripopl, TONE, and BIER, JaMEs: Information
transmission in clinical judgments as a function
of stimulus dimensionality and cognitive complex-
ity. Journal of Personality, 32:(1):119-137,
1964.

MH-3612 (R01) AGNEW, JoHN N.: Performance
as a function of drive level. University of Sas-
(1960-64)

AGNEW, N., and AGNEW, MARY: Drive level ef-
fects on tasks of narrow and broad attention.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15:
58-62, 1963.

AGNEW, N. M. and PYKE, SANDRA: Attention-
demand value of stimuli. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 16:843-846, 1963.

AGNEW, N. M., PYKE, SANDRA, and PYLYSHYN,
Z.: Information transfer in absolute judgment as
a function of noxious stimulation and exposure
time. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:779-782,
1962.

CookE, J., and AGNEW, N.: ATSAM—Automatic
timing, switching, and memory device. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 12:43-46, 1961.

PEzER, VERA R., and AGNEW, N. MCK: Drive by
set interactions in a word recognition task. Psy-
chonomic Science, 12(2):375-376, 1965.

katchewan, Saskatoon, Can.

PYKE, SANDRA, and AGNEw, N. M.: Digit span
performance as a function of noxious stimulation.
(Abstract) Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27
(3):281, 1963.

PyLYsHYN, ZENON W.: Information available from
two consecutive exposures of visual displays. Ca-
nadian Journal of Psychology, 19(2):133-144,
1965.

PyLYSHYN, ZENON W.: The effect of a brief inter-
polated task on short-term retention. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 19(4):280-287, 1965.

PyLYsHYN, Z. and AGNEw, N.: Absolute judg-
ment of distance as a function of anxiety and ex-
posure time. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:
411-418, 1962.

PyLYsHYN, Z., and AGNEW, N. M.: The validity of
anxiety and drive scales and their relation to glo-
bal self-ratings. Canadian Psychologist, 4a:42-50,
1963.

MH-3614 (RO1) THOMAS, ALEXANDER: Primary
reaction patterns in childhood. New York Uni-
versity Medical Center, New York, N.Y.
(1960- )

BircH, H. G., THOMAS, A., and CHEss, S.: Be-
havioral development in brain-damaged children.
Three case studies. Archives of General Psychi-
atry, 2:596-603, 1964.

428

BircH, H. G., THOMAS, A., CHESS, S., and HERTZIG,
M.: Individuality in the development of children.
Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 4:
370-379, 1962.

CHESS, S., HERTZIG, M., BIRCH, H. G., and THOMAS,
A.: Methodology of a study of adaptive functions
of the preschool child. Journal of the American
Academy of Child Psychiatry, 1:236-245, 1962.

CHEss, S., THoMAs, A., BircH, H., and HERTZIG,
M.: Implications of a longitudinal study of child
development for child psychiatry. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 117(5):434-441, 1960.

CHEss, S., THOMAS, A., RUTTER, M., and BIRCH,
H. G.: Interaction of temperament and environ-
ment in the production of behavioral disturbances
in children. American Journal of Psychiatry, 120:
142-148, 1963.

RoBBINs, LILLIAN CUKIER: The accuracy of parental
recall of aspects of child development and of child
rearing practices. Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 66(3):261-270, 1963.

RuTTER, M., BircH, H. G., THOMAS, A., and
CHEss, S.: Temperamental characteristics in in-
fancy and the later development of behavioural
disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, 110:651-
661, 1964.

RuTTER, M., KORN, S., and BircH, H. G.: Genetic
and environmental factors in the development of
primary reaction patterns. British [Journal of
Clinical and Social Psychology, 2:161-173, 1963.

THoMaAs, A., BircH, H. G., CHEss, S., and HERT-
716, M. E.: The developmental dynamics of pri-
mary reaction characteristics in children. + In: Pro-
ceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry.
Vol. 1. Montreal, University of Toronto Press/
McGill University Press, 1961, p. 722-726.

THoMmas, A., BircH, H. G., CHEss, S., HERTZIG,
M. E., and KORN, S.: Behavioral individuality in
early childhood. New York, New York Univer-
sity Press, 1963.

THoMas, A., BircH, H. G., CHEss, S., and Ros-
BINS, L.: Individuality in responses of children to
similar environmental situations. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 117(9):798-803, 1961.

MH-3615 (RO1) SEASHORE, STANLEY E.: Determi-
nants of stress in large organizations. University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960-62)

INDIK, BERNARD P.: Relationship between job-
related stress and strain in industrial workers.
Journal of Industrial Psychology, 2(1):22-27,
1964.

INDIK, BERNARD, SEASHORE, STANLEY E., and SLEs-
INGER, JONATHAN: Demographic correlates of psy-
chological strain. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 69:26-38, 1964.
SLESINGER, JONATHAN, and HARBURG, ERNEST: Or-
ganizational stress: A force requiring management
control. Personnel Administration, 27(3):3-5
and 35-39, 1964.

MH-3616 (R01) RUTSCHMANN, JAKOB, and DIL-
LON, DoNALD J.: Development of tests sensitive
to drug effects. New York State Psychiatric In-
stitute. New York, N.Y. (1959- )

Crark, W. C., RUTSCHMANN, J., LINK, RUTH, and
BrowN, JANE COURTEN: Comparison of flicker-
fusion thresholds obtained by the methods of
forced-choice and limits on psychiatric patients.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:19-30, 1963.

DiLLoN, DoNALD J.: The variation of choice reac-
tion time among groups of hospitalized psychiatric
patients. Journal of Psychology, 52:105-114,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-872).

DiLLoN, DONALD J.: The variation of flicker-fusion
thresholds among groups of hospitalized psychi-
atric patients. Journal of Psychology, 51:351-
360, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-872).

DILLON, DONALD J.: Length judgment in psychotic
and control populations. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 13:335-341, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-872).

DiLLON, DONALD J.: A test for patient-control dif-
ferences with a modified version of the Mueller-
Lyer illusion. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 13:
391-397, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-872).

DiLLoN, DONALD J.: Measurement of perceived
body size. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:191-
196, 1962.

DiLLoN, DoNALD J.: Estimation of bodily dimen-
sions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:219-221,
1962.

RoEHRIG, WILLIAM C.: Psychomotor task with per-
fect recall after fifty weeks of no practice. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 19:547-550, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-872).

RoeHRIG, W. C., and RUTSCHMANN, J.: Procedural
considerations of the spiral aftereffect test. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 17:551-557, 1963.

RUBINSTEIN, L.: Intersensory and intrasensory effects
in simple reaction time. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 18:159-172, 1964.

RUBINSTEIN, L.: Disjunctive reaction times within
and between sense modes. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 18:405-408, 1964.

RUTSCHMANN, ].: Oppel-Kundt illusion in normals
and schizophrenic patients: An examination of the
perceptual primitivization hypothesis. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 13:399-415, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-872).

429

RUTSCHMANN, J., and LINK, RUTH: Perception of
temporal order of stimuli differing in sense mode
and simple reaction time. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 18:345-352, 1964.

RUTSCHMANN, RUTH: Perception of temporal order
and relative visual latency. Science, 152(3725):
1099-1101, 1966.

MH-3617 (R01) Gross, Sonja K.: Biogenesis of
the alkaloids. Simmons College, Boston, Mass.
(1960-62) (Continued as MH-7431).

Gross, SoNJA, and DAwsoN, R. F.: The biochemi-
cal transformation of the morphothebaine to the
morphine ring system. Biochemistry, 2:186, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-7431).

MH-3619 (R03) DEMENT, WILLIAM C.: Sleep and
dreaming following prolonged wakefulness.
Mount Sinai Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1959-
62)

RoFFwARG, HowarD P., Muzio, JosepH N., and
DEMENT, WILLIAM: Ontogenetic development of
the human sleep-dream cycle. Science, 152
(3722) :604-619, 1966.

MH-3620 (R01) Secorp, PAUL F., and BACKMAN,
CarL W.: Interpersonal factors in behavioral sta-
bility. ~~ University of Nevada, Reno, Nev.
(1960- )

BackMaN, C. W., and SEcorp, P. F.: Liking, selec-
tive interaction, and misperception in congruent
interpersonal relations.  Sociometry, 25(4):321-
335, 1962.

Backman, C. W., and Secor, P. F.: The compro-
mise process and the affect structure of groups.
Human Relations, 17:19-22, 1964.

Secorp, PauL F., and BAckMAN, CARL W.: Inter-
personal congruency, perceived similarity, and
friendship. Sociometry, 27:115-127, 1964.

SEcorD, P. F., BaAckMaAN, C. W., and PEIRCE, J. R.:
Resistance to change in the self concept as a func-
tion of consensus among significant others. So-
ciometry, 26(1):102-111, 1963.

MH-3621 (R01) Sakopa, JAMES M.: Methods of
utilizing a teaching machine. University of Con-
necticut, Storrs, Conn. (1960-62)

Sakopa, JAMES M., and GREENWOOD, MICHAEL:
Construction and use of an auto-instructional
punchboard with IBM cards. Psychological Re-
ports, 8:207-216, 1961.

Sakopa, JAMES M., and WILLEY, CLARENCE F.:
An IBM card punchboard. Psychological Reports,
8:20, 1961.

MH-3634 (R01) Fox, HENRY M.: Psychophysio-
logical identity. Harvard Medical School. Bos-
ton, Mass. (1960- )
Fox, H. M., GIFFORD, S., and VALENSTEIN, A. F.:
Psychophysiology of monozygotic male twins.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 12(5):490-500,
1965.

MH-3639 (R01) WHITE, SHELDON H.: Attentional
processes in learning. University of Chicago,
Chicago, Ill.  (1960- )

GriM, PAuL F., and ANDERSON, ROGER A.: A sys-
tem for recording the orienting reflex: A photo-
electric plethysmograph and transistor amplifier.
American Journal of Psychology, 78(4):672-676,
1965.

GriM, P. F., and WHITE, S. H.: Effects of stimulus
change upon the GSR and reaction time. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 69(3):276-281,
1965.

WHITE, S. H.: The effects of pretraining with varied
stimuli on children’s discrimination learning.
Child Development, 32:745-753, 1961.

WHITE, S. H.: Learning. In: Stevenson, H. W., ed.
Child psychology. 62nd Yearbook of the Na-
tional Society for the Study of Education, Part 1.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1963.

WHITE, SHELDON H.: Discrimination learning with
ever-changing positive and negative cues. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 2(2):154-162,
1965.

MH-3642 (R01) PRELINGER, ERNsT, LEVIN, MAX
M., and ZiMET, CARL N.: Character structure and
selected ego functions. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1960- )

PRELINGER, ERNsT, and ZiMET, CARL: An ego-
psychological approach to character assessment.
New York, Free Press of Glencoe, 1964.

MH-3644 (R01) KLEE, GERALD D., and BESSMAN,
SAMUEL P.: Psychochemical studies with seroto-
nin and ammonia. University of Maryland, Balti-
more, Md. (1960-62)

EicHLER, MYRON, and BEssMAN, SAMUEL: A dou-
ble-blind study of the effect of ammonium infu-
sion on psychological functioning in cirrhotic
patients. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
134:539-542, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
4867).

MH-3647 (R01) SCHENKER, VICTOR J., and MAR-
JERRISON, GORDON: Mao. inhibition and antide-
pressant correlates. State University of New York
—Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn, N.Y.
(1960-61)

MAR JERRISON, GORDON, FREEDMAN, NORBERT, and
CUTLER, ROBERT: A structured interview method
for psychiatric research. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 135:346-353, 1962.

430

SCHENKER, VICTOR J., MARJERRISON, GORDON,
SCHLACHET, PETER, FREEDMAN, N., HANKOFF,
L. D., and ENGELHARDT, D. M.: Monoamine oxi-
dase inhibition and antidepressive correlates. Pro-
ceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psychiatry.
Vol. 1. Montreal, University of Toronto Press/
McGill University Press, 1961, p. 642-649.

MH-3648 (R01) DINSMOOR, JAMES A.: Screening
test for tranquilizing compounds. Indiana Uni-
versity, Bloomington, Ind. (1960- )

DINSMOOR, J. A., and Lyon, D. O.: The selective
action of chlorpromazine on behavior suppressed
by punishment. Psychopharmacologia, 2:456-460,
1961.

MH-3651 (R01) SCHAEFER, THEODORE, JR., and
TowNE, Jack C.: Emotionality, stress, and brain
amine levels. University of Chicago, Chicago, IIL
(1959-62)

SCHAEFER, T.: Early “experience” and its effects on
later behavioral processes in rats. II. A critical
factor in the early handling phenomenon. T'rans-
actions of the New York Academy of Sciences,
25(8):871-889, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
1051).

MH-3654 (R01) LuBORsKY, LESTER B.: Recovery
of incidental and subliminal perceptions. Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960- )

LUBORSKY, L., BLINDER, B., and MACKWORTH, N.:
Eye fixations and recall of pictures as a function
of GSR responsivity. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
16(Monograph Suppl. No. 5) :469-483, 1963.

LUBORSKY, L., BLINDER, B., and MACKWORTH, N.:
Eye fixation and the contents of recall and images
as a function of heart rate. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 18:421-436, 1964.

LUBORSKY, LESTER, BLINDER, BARTON, and
SCHIMEK, JEAN: Looking, recalling, and GSR as
a function of defense. Journal of Abnormal Psy-
chology, 70(4):270-280, 1965.

Lusorsky, L. B., and SHEVRIN, H. S.: Forgetting
of tachistoscopic exposures as a function of re-
pression. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:189-
190, 1962.

SILVERMAN, L. H., and SiLvErRMAN, D. K.: A clini-
cal-experimental approach to the study of sub-
liminal stimulation: The effects of a drive-related
stimulus upon Rorschach responses. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69(2):158-172,
1964.

MH-3655 (R01) ADER, ROBERT: Psychosomatic
phenomena in animals. University of Rochester,
Rochester, N.Y. (1960- )

ADER, R.: Social factors affecting emotionality and
resistance to disease in animals: III. Early wean-
ing and susceptibility to gastric ulcers in the rat.
A control for nutritional factors. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
600-602, 1962.

ADER, R.: The basic variable in the early handling
phenomenon. Science, 136:580-583, 1962.

ADER, R.: Susceptibility to gastric lesions in the rat.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 4:399-408, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-750).

ADER, R.: Plasma pepsinogen level in rat and man.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:218-220, 1963.

ADER, R.: Plasma pepsinogen level as a predictor
of susceptibility to gastric erosions in the rat.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:221-232, 1963.

ADER, ROBERT: Gastric erosions in the rat: effects
of immobilization at different points in the ac-
tivity cycle. Science, 145:406-407, 1964.

ADER, ROBERT: Effects of early experience and dif-
ferential housing on behavior and susceptibility to
gastric erosions in the rat. [Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 60(2):233-238,
1965.

ADer, R., Beers, C. C, and Tatum, R.: Blood
pepsinogen and gastric erosions in the rat. Psy-
chosomatic Medicine, 22:1-13, 1960.

ADER, R., and BELFER, M. L.: Emotional behavior
in the rat as a function of maternal emotionality.
Psychological Reports, 10:349-350, 1962.

ADER, R., and BELFER, M. L.: Prenatal maternal
anxiety and offspring emotionality in the rat.
Psychological Reports, 10:711-718, 1962.

ADER, R., and CONKLIN, P. M.: Handling of preg-
nant rats: Effects of emotionality of their off-
spring. Science, 142:411-412, 1963.

ADER, ROBERT, and FRIEDMAN, STANFORD B.: Psy-
chological factors and susceptibility to disease in
animals. In: Medical aspects of stress in the
military climate. Washington, D.C., Walter Reed
Army Institute of Research, 1964, p. 457-470.

ADER, R., and FRIEDMAN, S. B.: Social factors af-
fecting emotionality and resistance to disease in
animals: IV. Differential housing, emotionality,
and Walker 256 carcinosarcoma in the rat. Psy-
chological Reports, 15:535-541, 1964.

ADER, ROBERT, and FRIEDMAN, STANFORD B.: Dif-
ferential early experiences and susceptibility to
transplanted tumor in the rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 59(3) :361-
364, 1965.

ADER, ROBERT B., and FRIEDMAN, STANFORD B.:
Social factors affecting emotionality and resistance
to disease in animals. Psychosomatic Medicine,
27(2):119-122, 1965.

431

ADER, R., and HAHN, E. W.: Effects of social en-
vironment on mortality to whole body x-irradiation
in the rat. Psychological Reports, 13:211-215,
1963.

ADER, R., and HAHN, E. W.: Dominance and emo-
tionality in the rat and their effects on mortality
to whole-body x-irradiation. Psychological Re-
ports, 13:617-618, 1963.

ADER, R., KREUTNER, A. JR., and JAacoss, H. L.:
Social environment, emotionality, and alloxan dia-
betes in the rat. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:60-.
68, 1963.

Brobig, Davip A., HanNsoN, HARLEY M., SINEs,
J. O., and ADER, ROBERT: Current research on
gastric ulcers. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 4(6):
388-408, 1963.

FRIEDMAN, STANFORD B., and ADER, ROBERT:
Parameters relevant to the experimental produc-
tion of ‘'stress” in the mouse. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 27(1):27-30, 1965.

FRIEDMAN, STANFORD B., ADER, ROBERT, and GLAS-
Gow, LoweLL A.: Effects of psychological stress
in adult mice inoculated with Coxsackie B viruses.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(4):361-368, 1965.

MH-3657 (R01) HELD, RicHARD M.: Develop-
ment and maintenance of human coordination.
Brandeis University, Waltham, Mass. (1960-63)

HayNEs, H., WHITE, B. L., and HELD, R.: Visual
accommodation in human infants. Science, 148
(3669) :528-530, 1965.

HEIN, A, and HELD, R.: A neural model for labile
sensorimotor coordination. In: Biological proto-
types and synthetic systems. Vol. 1. New York,
Plenum Press, 1962, p. 71-74.

Herp, R.: Adaptation to rearrangement and visual-
spatial aftereffects. Psychologische Heitrage, 6:
439-450, 1962.

HELD, RICHARD, and FREEDMAN, S. J.: Plasticity in
human sensorimotor control. Science, 142:455-
462, 1963.

Herp, RICHARD, and MIKAELIAN, HARUTUNE:
Motor-sensory feedback versus need in adaptation
to rearrangement. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
18:685-688, 1964.

Herp, R., and REKOsH, ].: Motor-sensory feedback
and the geometry of visual space. Science, 141:
722-723, 1963.

MIKAELIAN, HARUTUNE, and HELD, RICHARD: Two
types of adaptation to an optically-rotated visual
field. American Journal of Psychology, 77:257-
263, 1964.

WEENE, PAUL, and HELD, RICHARD: Changes in
perceived size of angle as a function of orientation
in the frontal plane. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 71(1):55-59, 1966.
WHITE, B. L., and CASTLE, P.: Visual exploratory
behavior following postnatal handling of human
infants. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 18:497-502,
1964.

WHITE, B. L., CASTLE, P., and HELD, R.: Observa-
tions on the development of visually-directed
reaching. Child Development, 34:349-364, 1964.

MH-3658 (R01) MoraNT, RicarpO B., and NEIs-
SER, ULRIC: Basic processes underlying figural
aftereffects. Brandeis University, Waltham, Mass.
(1960- )

MoraNT, RicARDO B., and EFSTATHIOU, AGLAIA:
The archimedes spiral and diagnosis of brain dam-
age. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 22(2):391-
397, 1966.

MorANT, RicArRDO B., and HARRIS, JUDITH RICH:
Two different after-effects of exposure to visual
tilts. American Journal of Psychology, 78(2):
218-226, 1965.

MoraNT, RicarRDO B., and MasLow, ABRAHAM H.:
Art judgment and the judgment of others: A pre-
liminary study. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
21(4) 389-391, 1965.

MoraNT, R. B., and MIKAELIAN, M.: Interfield tilt
after-effects. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 10:
95-98, 1960.

MoranNT, R. B., and MistovicH, M.: Tilt after-
effects between the vertical and horizontal axes.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 10:75-80, 1960.

MoranNT, R. B., and MistovicH, M.: Kinesthetic
and inter-modal tilt after-effects. Acta Psycho-
logica, 21:24-34, 1963.

MH-3660 (R01) GLUSMAN, MURRAY: Basic aspects
of hypothalmic rage. New York State Psychiatric
Institute. New York, N.Y. (1960- )

Burpock, E. I, GLusMAN, M., and ZENER, J.:
An animal behavior rating scale for quantification
of savage behavior in cats. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 20(1)Part 1:327, 1961.

GENTRY, T. A, and GLUSMAN, M.: Effect of hypo-
thalamic stimulation on learning and memory in
the cat. Transactions of the American Neurologi-
cal Association, 88:217-218, 1963.

GLUSMAN, M., and Ro1ziN, L.: Aggressive behavior
produced by electrical stimulation of the ventro-
medial nucleus of the hypothalamus in the cat.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 19(1) (Part
1):828, 1960.

GLUSMAN, M,, and RoiziN, L.: Role of the hypo-
thalamus in the organization of agonistic behavior
in the cat. Transactions of the American Neuro-
logical Association, 85:177-181, 1960.

GLUSMAN, MURRAY, WON, WILLIAM, BURDOCK,
EUGENE I, and RANSOHOFF, JosepH: Effects of

432

midbrain lesions on “savage” behavior induced by
hypothalamic lesion in the cat. In: Yahr, Melvin
D., ed. Transactions of the American Neurologi-
cal Association. Vol. 86. New York, Springer,
1961, p. 216-218. (Also acknowledges MH-
3546).

KeLLy, D. D., and GLUSMAN, M.: Aversive thresh-
olds for subcutaneous electrical stimulation in the
cat. Psychonomic Science, 1:207-208, 1964.

MH-3663 (R01) CLARK, WILLIAM C., GRIFFITH,
WENDELL H., and PIERCE, JoHN G.: Psycho-
pharm studies of adrenergic transmitters. Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1959- )

AUREs, D., and CLARK, W. G.: Inhibition of his-
tidine decarboxylase of mouse mast cell tumor.
(Abstract) Biological Pharmacology, 12(Suppl.):
40, 1963.

Aurgs, D., HARTMAN, W. J., and CLARK, W. G.:
Purification and properties of mast cell L-histidine
decarboxylase. In: Proceedings of the 22nd Inter-
national Congress of Physiological Science, Leiden,
Holland, 1962, Vol. 2, Abstract 694.

AURES, DOROTHEA, and NoLr, WALTER W.: Spe-
cific histidine decarboxylase from different mam-
malian tissues. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 25(2):691, 1966.

AURES, DOROTHEA, WINQUIST, GOsTA, and HANs-
soN, EskiL: Histamine formation in the blood and
bone marrow of the guinea pig. American Jour-
nal of Physiology, 208(1):186-189, 1965.

CLARK, W. G.: Amine content and biosynthesis in
mastocytomas and octopus salivary glands. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 19(1):10, 1960.

CLARK, W. G.: Inhibition of amino acids decarboxyl-
ase. In: Hochster, R. M., and Quastel, J. H., eds.
Metabolic inhibitors. Vol. 1. New York, Aca-
demic Press, 1963, p. 315-381.

CLARK, W. G., HARTMAN, W. J., LIEBHOLD, R. A.,
JorpoN, A. R., and Cyr, S. D.: Some aspects of
the biochemical pharmacology of the octopus.
Proceedings Western Pharmacology Society, 3:
106-122, 1960.

CLARK, W. G., and PoGrRUND, R. S.: Inhibition of
dopa decarboxylase in vitro. Circulation Research,
9:721-733, 1961.

FLEMING, ROBERT M., CLARK, WILLIAM G., FEN-
sTER, Eric D., and TowNE, Jack C.: Single ex-
traction method for the simultaneous fluorometric
determination of serotonin, dopamine, and nor-
epinephrine in brain. Analytical Chemistry, 37:
692-696, 1965.

FLEMING, R. M., Masuoka, D. T., and CLARK,
W. G.: Effect of fasting and refeeding on brain
amines. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24
(2) Part 1:265, 1965.
GRIESEMER, E. C., and GasNEr, L. T.: Altered
Dopa antagonism of reserpine hypothermia by a-
methyl Dopa. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
21:269, 1962.

GrieseMER, E. C., GAsNER, L. T. and CLARK,
W. G.: Antagonism of reserpine. hypothermia in
mice by 3,4-dihydroxyphenylalanine. Proceedings
of the Western Society for Clinical Research, 5:7,
1962. Also in: Clinical Research, 10:125, 1963.
(Abstract).

Hansson, E., and CLARK, W. G.: Studies on dopa
decarbqxylase inhibitors in vivo by use of Cl*-
carboxy-labeled dopa. Proceedings of the Society
for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 111:793-
798, 1962.

Hansson, E., and CLARK, W. G.: Further studies
on aromatic amino acid decarboxylase inhibitors
in vivo. (Abstract) Biochemical Pharmacology,
12:203, 1963.

HarTMAN, W. J., CLARK, W. G., and Cyr, S. D.:
Histidine decarboxylase activity of basophils from
chronic myelogenous leukemic patients. Contri-
bution on the origin of blood histamine. Pro-
ceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
and Medicine, 107:123, 1961. .

HarT™MAN, W. J, CLARK, W. G., Cyr, S. D,
JorpoN, A. L., and LieBHOLD, R. A.: Pharmaco-
logically active amines and their biogenesis in the
octopus. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 90:637-666, 1960.

Masuoka, D. T., CLARK, W. G., and ScHOTT,
H. F.: Biosynthesis of catecholamines by rat brain
tissue in vitro. Revue Canadienne de Biologie,
20:1-6, 1961.

Masuoka, D. T., DrerLr, W. ScHotrt, H. F,,
ALcAraz, A. F., and James, F. C.: The separa-
tion of catecholamines and their metabolites.
Analytical Biochemistry, 5:426-432, 1963.

Masvuoka, D. T., ScHort, H. F., and PETRIELLO,
L.: Formation of catecholamines by various areas
of cat brain. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 139(1):73-76, 1963.

PoGcrunD, R. S., DReLL, W., and CLARK, W. G.:
Metabolism of 3-hydroxy and 3,4-dihydroxy-phe-
nylpyruvic acids in vivo. [Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapy, 131:194-307, 1961.

MH-3666 (R01) Sacks, WiLLiAM: Cerebral me-
tabolism of neurohormonal precursors. Rockland
State Hospital, Orangeburg, N.Y. (1960- )

Sacks, WILLIAM: A cerebral decarboxylase for 5-
hydroxytryptophane in humans. Journal of Ap-
plied Physiology, 16:1050-1054, 1961.

Sacks, WILLIAM: Phenylalanine metabolism in con-
trol subjects, mental patients, and phenylketonurics.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 17:985-992, 1962.

433

Sacks, WiLLiaM: Cerebral metabolism “in vivo” in
mental patients. (Abstract) In: Sissakian, N. M.,
ed. Fifth International Congress of Biochemistry,
Moscow, 1961. Vol. 9. New York, Macmillan,
1963, p. 279.

SAcks, WiLLiAM: The cerebral metabolism of dou-
bly-labeled glucose in humans in vivo. Journal
of Applied Physiology, 20(1):117-130, 1965.

MH-3670 (R10) Hort, RoBERT R., and KLEIN,
GEORGE S.: Psychotomimetic agents and primary
process thinking. New York University, New
York, N.Y. (1959-62)

GOLDBERG, L., and Hort, R. R.: Studies on the
effects of perceptual alteration. In: USAF ASD
Technical Report 61-416, 1961, p. 1-19.

Hovt, R. R.: Imagery: The return of the ostracized.
American Psychologist, 19:254-264, 1964.

Hort, R. R, and GOLDBERGER, L.: Research on
the effects of isolation on cognitive functioning.
In: USAF WADC Technical Report, 1960, p. 1-
22. (No. 60-260).

KLEIN, G. S.: On inhibition, disinhibition, and
“primary process” in thinking. In: Nielsen, G.,
ed. Proceedings of the 14th International Con-

gress of Applied Psychology. Vol. 4. Clinical
psychology. Copenhagen, Munksgaard, 1962,
p. 179-198.

LintoN, HARRIET B., and LANGs, R.: Subjective
reactions to lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25)
as measured by a questionnaire. A. M. A. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 6:352-368, 1962.

LintoN, HARRIET B., and LANGs, R. J.: Placebo
reactions in a study of lysergic acid (LSD-25).
A. M. A. Archives of General Psychiatry, 6:369-
383, 1962.

LiNTON, HARRIET B., and LANGs, R. J.: Empirical
dimensions of the LSD-25 reactions. A. M. A.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:469-485, 1964.

LINTON, HARRIET B., LANGS, R. J., and PAUL, I. H.:
Retrospective alterations of LSD-25 experience.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138(5):
409-423, 1964.

PauL, IRVING H., LANGs, ROBERT J., and BARR,
HARRIET LINTON: Individual differences in the
recall of a drug experience. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 140(2):122-145, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4244).

MH-3672 (R01) Gross, MARTIN, and HITCHMAN,
IRENE L.: Clinical research on psychopharmaco-
logical drugs. Springfield State Hospital, Sykes-
ville, Md. (1960- )

CLEMENT, Davip E.: Note on visual perception in
schizophrenic SS1. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
21(2):385-386, 1965.
Gross, MARTIN, HitcHMAN, IRENE L. REEVES,
WALTER P., LAWRENCE, JORDAN, and BACON,
E. Fave: The repetitive administration of two
physiological tests during withdrawal from atarac-
tic drugs. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
eases, 137(6);574-576, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2147).

Gross, MARTIN, HiTCHMAN, IRENE L., REEVES,
WALTER P., LAWRENCE, JORDAN, NEWELL,
PAULINE C., and CLYDE, DEAN ].: Objective
evaluation of psychotic patients under drug ther-
apy: A symptom and adjustment index. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 133(5):399-
409, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2147).

HoEHN-SARIC, RUDOLF, BACON, EUGENIA FAYE,
and Gross, MARTIN: Effects of chlorpromazine
on flicker fusion. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 138:287-292, 1964.

HoEHN-SARIC, RUDOLF, GROSS, MARTIN, and
WoLFF, FREDERICK W.: Carbohydrate disturb-
ances in mental hospital patients—with observa-
tions on the effects of azacyclonol. Journal of
Chronic Diseases, 17:91-100, 1964.

HoGArTY, GERARD E., and Gross, MARTIN: Pre-
admission symptom differences between first-ad-
mitted schizophrenics in the predrug and post-
drug era. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 7(2):134-
140, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-4661).

MCcQUILLEN, MICHAEL P. Gross, MARTIN, and
Jouns, RicHARD J.: Chlorpromazine-induced
weakness in Myasthenia Gravis. Archives of
Neurology, 8:286-290, 1963.

MONROE, RusseLL R., and Wisg, SAMUEL P., III:
Combined phenothiazine, chlordiazepoxide and
primidone therapy for uncontrolled psychotic pa-
tients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122(6):
694-698, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4137).

MH-3673 (R01) KELLER, FRED S., BERRYMAN,
ROBERT, and CUMMING, WiLLIAM W.: Effect of
psychotropic drugs on sensory processes. Colum-
bia University, New York, N.Y. (1959-64)

BERRYMAN, ROBERT, CUMMING, WiLLiaM W.,
CoHEN, Leia R., and JoHNsoN, DANIEL F.:
Acquisition and transfer of simultaneous oddity.
Psychological Reports, 17(3):767-775, 1965.

BERRYMAN, R., CUMMING, W. W. and NEVIN,
J. A.: Acquisition of delayed matching in the
pigeon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6:101-107, 1963.

BerrYMAN, R., CUMMING, W. W., NEVIN, J. A.,
and JArviK, M. E.: Effects of sodium pentobarbi-
tal on complex operant discriminations. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 6:388-398, 1964.

BERrRYMAN, R., JARvIK, M. E., and NEvVIN, J. A.:
Effects of pentobarbital, lysergic acid diethylamide,

434

and chlorpromazine on matching behavior in the
pigeon. Psychopharmacologia, 3:60-65, 1962.

BERRYMAN, R., and NEvIN, J. A.: Interlocking
schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:213-223, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-1421).

CuMMING, W. W., and BERRYMAN, R.: Some data
on matching behavior in the pigeon. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3:281-
284, 1961.

CUMMING, WILLIAM W., and BERRYMAN, ROBERT:
The complex discriminated operant: Studies of
matching-to-sample and related problems. In:
Mostofsky, David I., ed. Stimulus generalization.
Stanford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 1965,
p- 284-330.

CUMMING, WILLIAM W., BERRYMAN, ROBERT, and
CoHEN, Leia R.: Acquisition and transfer of
zero-delay matching. Psychological Reports, 17
(2) :435-445, 1965.

CUMMING, WILLIAM W., BERRYMAN, ROBERT, and
NEVIN, JoHN A.: Search for an effect of satiation
on delayed matching-to-sample performance. Psy-
chological Reports, 16(2):645-652, 1965.

KAUFMAN, A.: Effects of punishment intensity on
human operant behavior. Psychological Reports,
15:287-294, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2961).

KAUFMAN, ARNOLD: Punishment shock intensity
and basal skin resistance. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 8(6) :389-394, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-2961).

NEevIN, J. A.: Two parameters of conditioned rein-
forcement in a chaining situation. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 58(3):
367-373, 1964.

NEvIN, J. A., and BERRYMAN, R.: A note on chain-
ing and temporal discrimination. [Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:109-113,
1963.

NEvIN, J. A., CUMMING, W. W., and BERRYMAN,
R.: Ratio reinforcement of matching behavior.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:147-154, 1963.

MH-3674 (R10) FRIEDMAN, ALFRED S.: Vigilance,
sedation threshold, tofranil and depression. Phila-
delphia Psychiatric Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1960 )

FRIEDMAN, A. S.: Thematic analysis methods in
diagnosis. In: Nodine, John H., and Moyer,
John H., eds. The First Hahnemann Symposium
on Psychosomatic Medicine. Philadelphia, Lea &
Febiger, 1962, p. 61-64.

FRIEDMAN, ALFRED S.: A comparative analysis of
psychotic depressives with matched normals on
some untimed verbal intelligence tests. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 27(5):439-443, 1963.

FRIEDMAN, A. S.: Minimal effects of severe depres-
sion on cognitive functioning. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 69:237-243, 1964.

FrieEDMAN, A. S., and GRANICK, S.: A note on an-
ger and aggression in old age. [Journal of Geron-
tology, 18(3) :283-285, 1963.

GRANICK, SAMUEL: Comparative analysis of psy-
chotic depressives with matched normals on some
untimed verbal intelligence tests. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27(5):439-443, 1963.

MH-3684 (R01) STUNKARD, ALBERT J.: Clinical
and experimental studies of human obesity. Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960- )

ASTRAND, P., ASTRAND, IRMA, and STUNKARD, A.:
Oxygen intake of obese individuals during work
on a bicycle ergometer. Acta Physiologica Scandi-
navica, 50:294-299, 1960.

BROBECK, J., WINEGRAD, A., FEINSTEIN, A., and
STUNKARD, A.: Obesity. American Practitioner
and Digest of Treatment, 12:543, 1961.

Burt, VICTOR, and STUNKARD, ALBERT: Body
weight and Achilles reflex time. Annals of In-
ternal Medicine, 60(5):900-902, 1964.

CHIRICO, ANNA M., and STUNKARD, A. J.: Physical
activity and human obesity. New England Journal
of Medicine, 263:935-940, 1960.

GriGGs, R. C., and STUNKARD, A.: The interpreta-
tion of gastric motility. II. Sensitivity and bias
in the perception of gastric motility. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 11:82-89, 1964.

KocH, C. R., and STUNKARD, A.: Obesity, age, and
gastric “hunger” contractions. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 15:133-134, 1960.

Koch, C., and STUNKARD, A.: The interpretation
of gastric motility. I. Apparent bias in the re-
ports of hunger by obese persons. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 11:74-82, 1964.

LINKER, E., MOORE, MARY E., and GALANTER, E.:
Taste thresholds, detection models, and disparate
results. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
59-66, 1964.

MENDELSON, M.: The treatment of obesity. Psycho-
somatics, 1:158-160, 1960.

MENDELSON, M.: Deviant patterns of feeding be-
havior in man. Federation Proceedings, 23:69-
72, 1964.

MENDELSON, MYER: Psychological aspects of obe-
sity. Medical Clinics of North America, 48(5):
1373-1385, 1964.

435

MENDELSON, M., WEINBERG, N., and STUNKARD,
A.: Obesity in men: a clinical study of 25 cases.
Annals of Internal Medicine, 54:660-671, 1961.

Moore, M. E., LINKER, E., and PURCELL, M.:
Taste-sensitivity after eating: A signal-detection
approach. American Journal of Psychology, 78
(1):107-111, 1965.

Moore, MARY E., STUNKARD, A., and SROLE, L.:
Obesity, social class and mental illness. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 181:962-
966, 1962.

SEED, J., ACTON, F., and STUNKARD, A.: Improve-
ment of the intravenous glucose tolerance test.
Nature, 186:808, 1960.

SEED, J., AcTON, F., and STUNKARD, A.: A model
for the appraisal of glucose metabolism. Clinical
Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 3:191-215, 1962.

STUNKARD, A. J.: A method of studying physical
activity in man. American Journal of Clinical
Nutrition, 8:595-601, 1960.

STUNKARD, A. J.: Hunger and satiety. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 118:212-217, 1961.

STUNKARD, A. ]J.: Psychological tests and medical
prognosis. Annals of Internal Medicine, 56(3):
524-526, 1962.

STUNKARD, A. J.: Research on a disease: Strategies
in the study of obesity. In: Roessler, R.; and
Greenfield, N. S., eds. Physiological correlates of
psychological disorders. ~~ Madison, Wisconsin,
University of Wisconsin, 1962, p. 211-220.

In: Deutsch, Albert,

STUNKARD, A. J.: Obesity.
Franklin

ed. Encyclopedia of mental health.
Watts, 1963, p. 1372-1484.

STUNKARD, A. J., Crovis, W., and FREE, S. M.:
Skin temperature after eating: Evidence bearing
upon a thermostatic control of food intake.
American Journal of Medical Sciences, 244(5):
622-626, 1962.

STUNKARD, A., and KocH, C.: The interpretation
of gastric motility. 1. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 11:74-82, 1964.

STUNKARD, A. J., and MENDELSON, M.: Disturb-
ances in the body image of some obese persons.
Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 38:
328-331, 1961.

STUNKARD, A. J., and PESTKA, JoAN: The physical
activity of obese girls. American Journal of Dis-
eases of Children, 103:812-817, 1962.

WEINBERG, N., MENDELSON, M., and STUNKARD,
A.: A failure to find distinctive personality fea-
tures in a group of obese men. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 117(11):1035-1037, 1961.
MH-3689 (R01) MANNERING, GILBERT ].: Antag-
onism of narcotic effects and N-demethylation.
University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1960-
62) (Continued as MH-7541).

RuBIN, A., CHERNOV, H. I, MILLER, J. W., and
MANNERING, G. J.: Antagonism of morphine-
induced respiratory depression and analgesia and
inhibition of narcotic N-demethylation i» vitro by
N-substituted analogues of L-3-hydroxymorphinan
and by N-allyl-normorphine. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 144:346-
353, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-7541).

RUBIN, ALAN, TEPHLY, THOMAS R., and MANNER-
ING, GILBERT J.: Kinetics of drug metabolism by
hepatic microsomes. Biochemical Pharmacology,
13:1007-1016, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
7541).

RuBIN, ALAN, TEPHLY, THOMAS R., and MANNER-
ING, GILBERT J.: Inhibition of hexobarbital me-
tabolism by ethylmorphine and codeine in the in-
tact rat. Biochemical Pharmacology, 13:1053-
1057, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-7541).

MH-3690 (R01) NovAaL, JOSEPH ]., SOHLER,
ARTHUR, and TOBIN, JosepH M.: Adrenalin-
derived  indoles—metabolism and physiology.
New Jersey Bureau of Research in Neurology and
Psychiatry, Princeton, N.J. (1959-65)

Apams, W. C., WaN, LILLIAN, and SOHLER, A.:
Effect of melatonin on anterior pituitary luteiniz-
ing hormone. Journal of Endocrinology (Great
Britain), 31:295-296, 1965.

NovaAL, J. J., SOHLER, A., STACKHOUSE, S. P., and
BryAaN, A.: Metabolism of adrenochrome in ex-
perimental animals. Biochemical Pharmacology,
11:467-473, 1962.

SoHLER, A., Noval, J., and RENz, R.: 6-Hydroxy-
skatole sulfate excretion in schizophrenia. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:591-596,
1963.

MH-3692 (R01) CornisH, HERBERT H.: Toxicity
and metabolism of di- and triphenylmethanes.
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
(1960- )

CornisH, H., BAHOR, R., and Ryan, R.: Toxicity
and metabolism of orthometa-, and para-terphe-
ayls. American Industrial Hygiene Association,
23:372-378, 1962.

CornNisH, HERBERT H., and RYAN, RicHArD C.:
Metabolism of benzene in nonfasted, fasted, and
arylhydroxylase inhibited rats. Toxicology and
Applied Pharmacology, 7(6):767-771, 1965.

CornNisH, H. H., Zamora, E., and BAHOR, R. E.:
Metabolism of triphenylmethane and triphenyl-
carbinol. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophys-
ics, 107:319-324, 1964.

436

MH-3693 (R10) PLOTNIKOFF, NICHOLAS P.: Neu-
ropharmacology of audiogenic seizures. Stanford
Research Institute, Menlo Park, Calif. (1960-
63)

PLOTNIKOFF, N.: A neuropharmacological study of
escape from audiogenic seizures. Collogues Inter-
nationaux Du Centre National De La Recherche
Scientifique. No. 112. Psychophysiologie Neuro-
pharmacologie Et Biochimie De La Crise Audio-
gene, Gif-Sur-Yvette 6 Au 9 Nov. 1961, p. 429-
446.

PLOTNIKOFF, N.: Drug resistance due to inbreed-
ing. Science, 134:1881-1882, 1961.

PLoTNIKOFF, N.: Effect of psychoactive drugs on
escape from audiogenic seizures. Arch. Int. Phar-
macodyn., 145 (3-4) :413-420, 1963.

PLoTNIKOFF, N.: Effect of neurotropic drugs on a
non-conditioned avoidance response. Archives In-
ternationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie,
145 (3-4) :430-439, 1963.

PLOTNIKOFF, N., and FITzLOFF, J.: Effect of stimu-
lants on isolated rats. Archives Internationales de
Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 145 (3-4) :421-
429, 1963.

PLoTNIKOFF, N., HUANG, J., and HAVENS, P.: Ef-
fect of monoamino oxidase inhibitors on audio-
genic seizures. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
52:172-173, 1963.

MH-3694 (R01) DavisoN, CLARKE, and SMITH,
PauL K.: Protein binding of drugs. George
Washington ~~ University, =~ Washington, D.C.
(1960-64)

Davison, C., and Smith, P. K.: The binding of
salicylic acid and related substances to purified
proteins. Journal of Pharmacology and Experi-
mental Therapeutics, 133:161-170, 1961.

MH-3699 (R01) WaismMaN, HARry A., and
BrOowN, RAYMOND R.: Amino acid metabolism
in the mentally retarded. University of Wiscon-
sin, Madison, Wisc. (1960-61)

BerMAN, PnHyLLis W., GraHAM, Frances K.,
EicHMAN, PETER L., and WAISMAN, HARRY A.:
Psychologic and neurologic status of diet-treated
phenylketonuric children and their siblings. Pe-
diatrics, 28(6):924-934, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2730).

WAaIsMAN, HARRY: Excretion of 3,4-dihydroxy-
phenylalanine in urine. Biochimica et Biophysica
Acta, 53:603-605, 1961.

WaisMAN, HARRY: Phenylalanine tolerance tests in
patients with leukemia. Journal of Laboratory
and Clinical Medicine, 57:73-77, 1961.

WaisMAN, HARRY: Urinary excretion of 3,4-dihy-
droxyphenylalanine (DOPA) in two children of
short stature with malnutrition.
atrics, 62(2) :208-216, 1963.

Journal of Pedi-

WaisMAN, HARRY: The experimental approach. In:
Lyman, Frank L., ed. Phenylketonuria. Spring-
field, Ill., Charles C. Thomas, 1963, p. 265-275.

WANG, H. L., HARWALKAR, V. H., and WAISMAN,
H. A.: Effect of dietary phenylalanine and trypto-
han on brain serotonin. Archives of Biochemis-
try and Biophysics, 97(1):181-184, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2730 and MH-5048).

WANG, Hwa L., MortON, N. E., and WAISMAN,
HARRY As: Increased reliability for the determi-
nation of the carrier state in phenylketonuria.
American Journal of Human Genetics, 13(2):
255-261, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2730).

MH-3700 (R01) KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Studies
of verbal interaction. Purdue University, Lafay-,
ette, Ind. (1960-62) (Continued as MH-
6922).

KANFER, F. H.: Comments on learning in psycho-
therapy. Psychological Reports, 9:681-699, 1961.

KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Control of communication
in dyads by reinforcement. Psychological Re-
ports, 15:131-138, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-6922).

KANFER, F. H., Bass, B. M., and GUYETTE, IL.
Dyadic speech patterns, personality, and social
reinforcement. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
27:199-205, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
6922).

KaNFER, F. H., and McBREARTY, J. F.: Minimal
social reinforcement and interview content. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 18:210-215, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-6922).

KANFER, F. H., and MARSTON, A. R.: Verbal con-
ditioning, ambiguity and psychotherapy. Psycho-
logical Reports, 9:461-475, 1961.

KANFER, F. H., and MARSTON, A. R.: The effect of
task-relevant information on verbal conditioning.
Journal of Psychology, 53:29-36, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-6922).

KANFER, F. H., and MARrsTON, A. R.: Control of
verbal behavior by multiple schedules. Psycho-
logical Reports, 10:703-710, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-6922).

KANFER, F. H., and MaARrsTON, A. R.: Human re-
inforcement: Vicarious and direct. Journal of
Experimental ~~ Psychology, 65:292-296, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-6922).

MaARrsTON, A. R., and KANFER, F. H.: Group size
and number of vicarious reinforcements in verbal
learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
65:593-596, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
£922).

437

MagrsTON, A. R., KANFER, F. H., and MCBREARTY,
J. F.. Stimulus discriminability in verbal condi-
tioning. Journal of Psychology, 53:143-153,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6922).

MH-3701 (R01) GALLANT, DONALD M., Bup-
DINGTON, RALPH WELLS, and HEATH, ROBERT
GALBRAITH: Clinical evaluation of new chemo-
therapeutic agents. Tulane University, New Or-
leans, La. (1960- )

BisHop, M. P., BuppiNGgTON, R. W., Siva, F. A.,
and RoBINsON, W. G.: A comparison of SKF-
7261 and trifluoperazine (Stelazine) in the treat-
ment of chronic schizophrenic patients. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 5:28-32, 1963.

Bisnop, M. P., and GALLANT, D. M.: Behavioral
toxicity associated with benzquinamide (Quan-
tril) therapy in schizophrenic patients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 120:180-181, 1963.

BisHOP, M. P., and GALLANT, D. M.: Trifluperidol
in “paranoid” and “non-paranoid” schizophrenics.
Current Therapeutic Research, 7(2):96-101,
1965.

BisHor, M. P., and GALLANT, D. M.: Observations
of placebo response in chronic schizophrenic pa-
tients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14(5):
497-503, 1966.

BisHop, M. P., GALLANT, D. M., NESSELHOF, W.,
and SPREHE, D. J.: A controlled evaluation of
butaperazine in chronic schizophrenic patients.
Diseases of the Nervous System, 25:674-683,
1964.

BisHop, M. P., GALLANT, D. M., and STEELE,
C. A.: A controlled evaluation of benzquinamide:
Behavioral toxicity with high dosage levels. Cur-
rent Therapeutic Research, 5:238-244, 1963.

BisHop, M. P., GALLANT, D. M., and SykEks, T. F.:
Extrapyramidal side effects and therapeutic re-
sponse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 13(2):
155-162, 1965.

GALLANT, D. M., and BisHop, M. P.: Transient
granulocytopenia associated with administration of
a new thioridazine derivative: TPS-23. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 122(1):102-103, 1965.

GALLANT, D. M,, BisHop, M. P., and BENITEZ, D.:
A study of activity in outpatients. Current Thera-
peutic Research, 6:71-72, 1964.

GALLANT, D. M., BisHop, M. P., NESSELHOF, W.,
and FuLMER, T. E.: JB-8181: Antidepressant ac-
tivity in outpatients. Current Therapeutic Re-
search, 6:69-70, 1964.

GALLANT, D. M., BisHop, M. P., and SCHUCHS,
V.: A clinical trial of an oral hypoglycemic agent
in chronic schizophrenic patients. Current Thera-
peutic Research, 5:628-629, 1963.
GALLANT, D. M., BisHop, M. P., and SHELTON,

W.: SKF-10,812: A thioxanthene derivative.
Current Therapeutic Research, 7(7)415:416,
1965.

GALLANT, D. M., BisHop, M. P., and SPREHE, D.:
TPS-23: A new thioridazine derivative. Current
Therapeutic Research, 7(2):102-104, 1965.

GALLANT, D. M. BisHop, M. P., and STEELE,
C. A.: A controlled evaluation of trimethoxycin-
namamide. Current Therapeutic Research, 5:598-
599, 1963.

GALLANT, D. M., BisHop, M. P., STEELE, C. A,
and NoBLIN, C.: The relationship between sero-
tonin antagonism and tranquilizing activity.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 119:882, 1963.

GALLANT, D. M.: BisHopr, M. P., STeeLE, C. A.,
and NoBLIN, C. A.: Anti-serotonin activity and
clinical tranquilization. Journal of Neuropsychi-
atry, 5:273-278, 1964.

GALLANT, D. M., BisHopr, M. P., TimMoNs, E., and
STeeLE, C. A.: Trifluperidol: A butyrophenone
derivative. American Journal of Psychiatry, 120:
485-487, 1963.

GALLANT, D. M., BisHopr, M. P., Timmons, E.,
and STEELE, C. A.: A controlled evaluation of
trifluperidol: A new potent psychopharmacologic
agent. Current Therapeutic Research, 5:463-471,
1963.

GALLANT, D. M., EpwArps, C. G., BisHop, M. P.,
and GALBRAITH, G. C.: Withdrawal symptoms
after abrupt cessation of antipsychotic com-
pounds: Clinical confirmation in chronic schizo-
phrenics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 121:
491-493, 1964.

GoNzALEzZ, R. G., BisHopr, M. P., and GALLANT,
D. M.: Fencamfamin versus placebo in depressed
patients. Journal of New Drugs, 4(5):284-287,
1964.

NESSELHOF, W., GALLANT, D. M., and BISHOP,
M. P.: A double-blind comparison of WY-3498,
diazepam and placebo in psychiatric outpatients.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 121:809-811,
1965.

PraTT, J. P., BisHop, M. P., and GALLANT, D. M.:
Trifluperiodol and haloperidol in the treatment of
acute schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 121:592-594, 1964.

PraTT, J. P., BisHop, M. P., and GALLANT, D. M.:
Comparison of haloperidol, trifluperidol, and
chlorpromazine in acute schizophrenic patients.
Current Therapeutic Research, 6:562-571, 1964.

MH-3707 (R03) PETERSON, MARGARET J.: Rele-
vant and irrelevant stimuli in concept formation.
Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind. (1959-60)

438

PETERSON, MARGARET JEAN: Some effects of the
percentage of relevant cues and presentation meth-
ods on concept identification. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 64:623-627, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5209).

PETERSON, M. ].: Effects of knowledge of results
on a verbal mediating response. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 66:394-398, 1963.

MH-3708 (R01) ADEY, W. ROss, ACKERMAN,
MAaRrsHALL, and Kapo, RAYMOND T.: Impedance
measurements in the brain. University of Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1960- )

Apey, W. R.: Computers at the frontiers of bio-
medical research. American Federation of Infor-
mation Processing Societies, 24:603-607, 1963.

Apey, W. R.: Computer analysis of hippocampal
EEG activity and impedance in approach learning:
Effects of psychotomimetic and hallucinogenic
drugs. In: Second International Pharmacological
Congress, Prague, 1963.

Apey, W. R.: Data acquisition and analysis tech-
niques in a brain research institute. Annals of
the New York Academy of Science, 115:844-866,
1964.

Apey, W. R.: Electrophysiological patterns and cere-
bral impedance characteristics in orienting and
discriminative behavior. In: Proceedings of the
23rd International Congress of Physiological Sci-
ence, Tokyo, Sept. 1965, p. 324-339. (Excerpta
Medica International Congress Series No. 87)

Apgy, W. R., and Kapo, R. T.: Changes in im-
pedance in hippocampal structures during discrimi-
native performance in cat. Federation Proceed-
ings, 21:359, 1962.

Apey, W. R., Kapo, R. T., Diplo, J., and SCHIND-
LER, W. ]J.: Impedance changes in cerebral tissue
accompanying a learned discriminative perform-
ance in the cat. Experimental Neurology, 7:259-
281, 1963.

Apey, W. R., Kapo, R. T., and WALTER, D. O.:
Impedance characteristics of cortical and subcorti-
cal structures: Evaluation of regional specificity in
hypercapnea and hypothermia. Experimental Neu-
rology, 11(2):190-216, 1965.

Apey, W. R., WALTER, D. O., and Kapo, R. T.:
Examination of integrative processes in cerebral
systems by computer analysis of electroencephalo-
graphic and impedance records. (Abstract) In:
22nd International Physiological Congress, Ley-
den, September 1962. New York, Excerpta
Medica Foundation, 1962, p. 612.

PORTER, R., ADEY, W. R., and Kapo, R. T.: Meas-
urement of electrical impedance in the human
brain: Some preliminary observations. Neurology,
14(11) 11002-1012, 1964.
MH-3710 (R03) BARRETT-LENNARD, GODFREY T.:
Significant dimensions of a therapeutic relation-
ship. Auburn University, Auburn, Ala. (1959-
60)

BARRETT-LENNARD, G. T.: Dimensions of therapist
response as causal factors in therapeutic change.
Psychological Monographs, 76(43), 1962. (Whole
No. 562)

MH-3722 (R03) PURCELL, KENNETH: A method
to assess parent influence on child behavior. Jew-
ish National Home for Asthmatic Children, Den-
ver, Colo. (1960-60)

PURCELL, K.: A method to assess aspects of parent-
child relationships. Child Development, 33:537-
553, 1962.

MH-3729 (R01) Dozier, MARIANNE F.: Kalinga
child rearing practices. Individual, Stanford,
Calif. (1959-60)

Dozier, MARIANNE FINK: North Kalinga personal-
ity configurations and child-rearing patterns. In:
VIe Congres International des Sciences Anthropo-
logiques et Ethnologiques. Tome II, (1¢r volume).
Musee de L'Homme. Paris, 1960.

MH-3730 (R03) MEYERSON, LEE: Exploration of
personal documents in somatopsychology. Indi-
vidual, Houston, Texas. (1960-60)

CoHN, NaNcy: Understanding the process of ad-
justment to disability. Journal of Rehabilitation,
27(6):16-18, 1961.

MH-3732 (R01) PriBRAM, KARL H.: Neural regu-
lation of behavior. Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif. (1959- ) (Continued from MH-545).

BaGsHAwW, MURIEL H., KiMBLE, DANIEL P., and
PriBRAM, KARL H.: The GSR of monkeys during
orienting and habituation and after ablation of
the amygdala, hippocampus and inferotemporal
cortex. Neuropsychologia, 3:111-119, 1965.

BacsHAwW, MURIEL H., and PriBRAM, KARL H.:
Effect of amygdalectomy on transfer of training in
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 59(1):118-121, 1965.

GRUENINGER, W. E., KiMBLE, DANIEL P., GRUEN-
INGER, J., and LEVINE S.: GSR and corticosteroid
response in monkeys with frontal ablations. Nex-
ropsychologia, 3:205-216, 1965.

Hearst, E., and PriBraM, K. H.: Appetitive and
aversive generalization gradients in amygdalec-
tomized monkeys. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 58(2):296-298, 1964.

HEeArsT, ELIOT, and PriBRAM, KARL H.: Facilitation
of avoidance behavior by unavoidable shocks in
normal and amygdalectomized monkeys. Psycho-
logical Reports, 14:39-42, 1964.

439

KiMBLE, D. P., and PriBRAM, K. H.: Hippocam-
pectomy and behavior sequences. Science, 139:
824-825, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

KRAFT, MARCIA, OBRIST, W. D., and PRIBRAM,
K. H.: The effect of irritative lesions of the stri-
ate cortex on learning of visual discrimination in
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 53:17-22, 1960. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-545).

MILLER, G. A., GALANTER, E., and PriBrRAM, K. H.:
Plans and the structure of behavior. New York,
Henry Holt & Co., 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-545).

PoprPEN, R. L., PriBRAM, K. H., and ROBINSON,
R. S.: Effects of frontal lobotomy in man on the
performance of a multiple choice task. Experi-
mental Neurology, 11(2):217-229, 1965.

PriBRAM, K. H.: On the neurology of thinking.
Behavioral Science, 4:265-287, 1959. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-545).

PriBrRAM, K. H.: Neuropsychology in America. In:
The Voice of America Forum Lectures, Behavioral
Science Series 9. Washington, D.C., U.S. Infor-
mation Agency, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
545).

PriBRAM, K. H.: A review of theory in physiologi-
cal psychology. In: Annual review of psychology.
Vol. II. Palo Alto, Calif., Annual Reviews, 1960,
p. 1-40. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

PriBrRAM, K. H.: The intrinsic systems of the fore-
brain: An alternative to the concept of cortical
association areas. In: Handbook of physiology,
neuropsychology. Vol. 2. Washington, D.C,
American Physiological Society, 1960, p. 1323-
1344. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

PriBraM, K. H.: A further experimental analysis
of the behavioral deficit that follows injury to the
primate frontal cortex. Experimental. Neurology,
3:432-466, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

PriBrRAM, K. H.: Limbic system. In: Sheer, D. E,,
ed. Electrical stimulation of the brain. Austin,
University of Houston Press, 1961, p. 311-320.

PriBraM, K. H.: Implications for systematic studies
of behavior. In: Sheer, D. E., ed. Electrical
stimulation of the brain. Austin, University of
Houston Press, 1961, p. 563-574.

PriBrAM, K. H.: Regional physiology of CNS: The
search for the engram—decade of decision. In:
Spiegel, E., ed. Progress in neurology and psy-
chiatry. Vol. 16. New York, Grune & Stratton,
1961, p. 45-57. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

PriBraM, K. H.: The neuropsychology of Sigmund
Freud. In: Bachrach, A. J., ed. Experimental
foundations of clinical psychology. New York,
Basic Books, 1962, p. 442-468.
PriBraM, K. H.: Interrelations of psychology and
the neurological disciplines. In: Koch, S., ed.
Psychology: A study of a science. Vol. 4. Bio-
logically oriented fields: Their place in psychology
and in biological science. New York, McGraw-
Hill, 1962, p. 119-157.

PriBraM, K. H.: The new neurology: Memory,
novelty, thought and choice. In: Glaser, G. H,,
ed. Electroencephalography and behavior. New
York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 149-173.

PriBraM, K. H.: A neuropsychological model:
Some observations on the structure of psychologi-
cal process¢s. In: Knapp, P. H,, ed. Expression
of the emotions in man. New York, International
Universities Press, 1963, p. 209-229.

PriBrAM, K. H.: Reinforcement revisited: A struc-
tural view. In: Jones, M., ed. Nebraska sym-
posium on motivation. Lincoln, University of
Nebraska Press, 1963, p. 113-159.

PriBraM, KARL H.: Neurological notes on the art
of education. Sixty-third Yearbook of the Na-
tional Society for the Study of Education. Part I.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1964, p. 78-
110.

PriBrRAM, K. H., AHUMADA, A., HARTOG, ]., and
Roos, L.: A progress report on the neurological
processes disturbed by frontal lesions in primates.
In: Warren, J. M., and Akert, K., eds. The
frontal granular cortex and behavior. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 28-55.

PriBRAM, K. H., GARDNER, K. W., PRESSMAN,
G. L., and BAGSHAW, MURIEL: An automated
discrimination apparatus for discrete trial analysis
(DADTA). Psychological Reports, 11:247-250,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

PriBRAM, K. H., GARDNER, K. W., PRESSMAN,
G. L,, and BAGSHAW, MURIEL: Automated analy-
sis of multiple choice behavior. Journal of Ex-
perimental Animal Behavior, 6:123-124, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-545).

PriBRAM, K. H., WiLsoN, W. A. and CONNORS,
JANE: Effects of lesions of the medial forebrain
on alternation behavior of rhesus monkeys. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 6:36-47, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-545).

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., and PriBRAM, K. H.: The
effects of amygdalectomy in monkeys on transpo-
sition along a brightness continuum. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
396-399, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

SHERER, GEORGIA, and PriBRAM, K. H.: Serial
frozen section of whole brain. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:209-210, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-545).

SPINELLI, D. N.: Visual receptive fields in the cat's
retina: Complications. Science, 152(3730):1768-
1769, 1966.

440

SPINELLI, D. N., and PriBRAM, KARL H.: Changes
in visual recovery functions produced by temporal
lobe stimulation in monkeys. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 20(1), 44-
49, 1966.

SPINELLI, D. N., PriBRAM, KARL H., and WEIN-
GARTEN, MOREY: Centrifugal optic nerve re-
sponses evoked by auditory and somatic stimula-
tion. Experimental Neurology, 12(3):303-319,
1965.

SPINELLI, D. N., PriBraAM, KARL H., and WEIN-
GARTEN, MOREY: Visual receptive field modifica-
tion induced by non-visual stimuli. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 25(2):574, 1966.

Stamm, J. S., and PriBraM, K. H.: Effects of epi-
leptogenic lesions in frontal cortex on learning
and retention in monkeys. Journal of Neuro-
physiology, 23:552-563, 1960. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-545).

WILSON, MARTHA, STAMM, J. S., and PRIBRAM,
K. H.: Deficits in roughness discrimination after
posterior parietal lesions in monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 53:
535-539, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-545).

MH-3740 (R03) Young, Frank W.: Cross-cul-
tural test of two socialization hypotheses. San
Diego State College, San Diego, Calif. (1960-
60)

YouNG, FRANK W.: The function of male initia-
tion ceremonies: A cross-cultural test of an alter-
native hypothesis. American Journal of Sociology,
67(4):379-396, 1962.

MH-3741 (R03) UHLENHUTH, EBERHARD, H.,
and PARK, LEg C.: The relief of depression with
imipramine and placebo. Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, Baltimore, Md. (1959-60)

Park, LE C., and LiPMAN, RONALD S.: A com-
parison of patient dosage deviation reports with
pill counts.  Psychopharmacologica, 6:299-302,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4732).

UHLENHUTH, E. H., and PARK, LEE C.: The influ-
ence of medication (Imipramine) and doctor in
relieving depressed psychoneurotic outpatients.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2:101-122, 1964.

MH-3744 (R01) SaMORAJsKI, THADDEUS: Func-
tional cytology—hypothalamus and pituitary gland.
Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. (1960-
60) (Continued as MH-4471).

SamoORrAJsKI, T., and McCroup, JERRY: Alkaline
phosphomonoesterase and blood brain permeabil-
ity. Laboratory Investigation, 10:492-501, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-4471).

Samora jski, T., and Marks, B. H.: Localization
of tritiated norepinephrine in mouse brain. Jour-
nal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 10:392-
399, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4471).

MH-3750 (R03) ZaMANsKy, HarorLp S., and
ScHARF, BERTRAM: The influence of hypnosis
upon the visual threshold. Northeastern Univer-
sity, Boston, Mass. (1959-60)

ScHARF, B., and ZAmANskYy, H. S.: Reduction of
the word-recognition threshold under hypnosis.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:499-510, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-4530).

MH-3756 (R17) FUSTER, JOAQUIN M.: Neuronal
activity in the limbic system and emotion. Uni-
versity of California Medical Center, Los An-
geles, Calif. (1960-65)

FusTER, J. M., and CREUTZFELDT, O.: Intracellu-
lare Ableitungen von Neuronen des visuellen
Cortex und des Corpus geniculatum laterale beim
Kaninchen. Pflugers Arch. ges. Physiol., 278(1):
67-68, 1963.

FUSTER, JOAQUIN M., CREUTZFELDT, OTTO D., and
STRASCHILL, MAX: Intracellular recording of neu-
ronal activity in the visual system. Zeitschrift fur
verglechende Physiologie (Germany), 49:605-
622, 1965.

FUSTER, J. M., HERZ, A., and CREUTZFELDT, O. D.:
Interval analysis of cell discharge in spontaneous
and optically modulated activity in the visual sys-
tem. Archives Italiennes de Biologie (Germany),
103:159-177, 1965.

Fuster, J. M., and UYEDA, A. A.: Facilitation of
tachistoscopic performance by stimulation of mid-
brain tegmental points in the monkey. Experi-
mental Neurology, 6:384-406, 1962.

Herz, VON A., CREUTZFELDT, O., and FUSTER, J.:
Statistische eigenschaften der neuronaktivitat im
ascendierenden visuellen system. Sonderdruck aus,
“Kybernetik” (Germany), 2. Band. 2. Heft,
Juni 1964, S. 61-71.

Herz, A., and FUSTER, J. M.: Uber das entladungs-
muster von neuronen des optischen cortex und
dessen veranderungen durch barbiturate und am-
phetamin.  Naunyn-Schmiedeberg Archives, 246:
25, 1963.

Herz, A., and FUSTER, ].: Uber die Wirkung von
Barbituraten und Amphetamin auf die Entladungs-
tatigkeit corticaler Neurone. Naunyn-Schmiede-
berg’s Archiv Fur Experimentelle Pathologie und
Pharmakologie (Germany), 249:146-161, 1964.

RENoso, F., and FUSTER, J. M.: Respuestas repe-
titivas en vias visuales tras lesiones en formacion
reticular subtalamica y mesencefalica. Anales de
Anatomia, 12:1-22, 1963.

ScHEIBEL, M. E., and ScHEIBEL, A. B.: Relation of
reticular axon collateralization to widened intra-

441

cellular axon spikes. (Abstract) Anatomical Rec-
ord, 142(2):325, 1962.

ScHEIBEL, M. E., and ScHEIBEL, A. B.: Structure-
functional correlates of development in cerebellum
and reticular core of newborn cats. (Abstract)
Anatomical Record, 142(2):325-326, 1962.

Uvepa, A. A., and FUSTER, J. M.: The effects of
amphetamine on tachistoscopic performance in the
monkey. Psychopharmacologia, 3:463-467, 1962.

MH-3763 (R03) CoATE, WILLIAM B.: Discrimina-
tion and drive-generalization interaction. Welles-
ley College, Wellesley, Mass. (1960-60)

Coatg, W. B.: Effect of deprivation on postdis-
crimination stimulus generalization in the rat.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 57:134-138, 1964.

MH-3768 (R03) WHITTINGTON, HORACE G.: Fol-
low-up of college psychiatric clinic patients. Uni-
versity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (1960-60)

WHITTINGTON, H. G.: Psychiatry on the college
campus. New York, International Universities
Press, 1963, 328 p.

MH-3771 (R03) FiscHER, GLORIA ].: Follow-up
of released mental patients. University of Okla-
homa, Norman, Okla. (1960-60)

FiscHER, GLORIA ].: Socio-economic factors and out-
come of released mental patients: influence of type
of placement, occupational adjustment, compensa-
tion and type of hospital. Journal of Health, and
Human Behavior, 6:105-110, 1965.

MH-3772 (R03) ErvIN, SusaN M.: The determi-
nants of word associations. University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley, Calif. (1960-61)

ErvVIN, SusaN M.: Correlates of associative fre-
quency. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior, 1:422-431, 1963.

MH-3773 (R03) MCALLISTER, ROBERT J., and
VANDERVELDT, ALBERT: Factors in mental ill-
ness among hospitalized clergy. Seton Psychiatric
Institute, Baltimore, Md. (1960-60)

MCALLISTER, ROBERT J., and VANDERVELDT, AL-
BERT: Factors in mental illness among hospitalized
clergy. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
132(1):80-88, 1961.

MCALLISTER, R. J., and VANDERVELDT, A. J.
Psychiatric illness in hospitalized Catholic religious.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 121(9):881-884,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-5909).

VANDERVELDT, A. J., and MCALLISTER, R. J.:
Psychiatric illness in hospitalized clergy: Alco-
holism. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
23(1):124-130, 1962.
MH-3774 (R03) LANA, RoBErT E.: Familiarity
and order of presentation in persuasion. Ameri-
can University, Washington, D.C. (1960-60)

LANA, R. E.: Familiarity and the order of presenta-
tion of persuasive communications. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:573-577,
1960. Also in: Vinacke, W. E., Wilson, W. R.,
and Meredith, G. M., eds. Dimensions of social
psychology. Chicago, Scott, Foresman, & Co.,
1964.

MH-3775 (R01) GARNER, Harry H., SAccHi,
Urrico, and ToMaN, James E. P.: Psychic and
motor effects of drugs injected into CSF. Chicago
Medical School, Chicago, Ill. (1960- )

BoGpANOVE, L. H., and JacoBy, M. S.: Behavioral
and electroencephalographic responses of unanes-
thetized, unrestrained cats to metacholine injected
into the lateral cerebral ventricles and/or atropine
sulfate injected intraperitoneally. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 23:560, 1964.

BoGpaNove, L. H., Levin, J. J., and Sicg, J.:
Cerebral effects of aliphatic esters. Pharmacolo-
gist, 4:177, 1962.

BoGpANOVE, L. H., and Nir, I.: Effect of intracere-
bral injection of catecholamines and DOPA on
EEG of cat cortex, limbic system and midthalamus.
(Abstract) Pharmacologist, 7(2):174, 1965.

BoGpaNove, L. H., and SHERwoOD, S. L.: Behav-
ioral response of unanesthetized cats to chelating
agents injected into the lateral cerebral ventricles.
Federation Proceedings, 21:420, 1962.

Nir, I., and BoGpaNove, L. H.: Behavioral and
electroencephalographic responses of unanesthet-
ized, unrestrained cats to isomers of epinephrine,
norepinephrine and metanephrine injected into the
lateral cerebral ventricles. (Abstract) Pharmacol-
ogist, 5:242, 1963.

ToMmAN, James E. P.: Neurotropic drugs. In:
Elliott, Page, & Quastel, J. H., eds. Nexrochem-
istry. Springfield, Ill., Thomas, 1962, p. 728-765.
(Also acknowledges MH-1422 and MH-4545).

MH-3791 (R03) PEAcock, LELON J.: Measure-
ment of general activity by ultrasonic means. Uni-
versity of Georgia, Athens, Ga. (1960-60)

Peacock, L. J., and WILLIAMS, MARSHALL: An
ultrasonic device for recording activity. American
Journal of Psychology, 75:648-652, 1962.

MH-3793 (R01) STEWART, DANIEL K.: Laws of
logic involved in communication. Michigan State
University, East Lansing, Mich. (1960-62)

STEWART, DANIEL K.: Communication and logic:
II. An explanation sketch of meaning. Psycho-
logical Reports, 13:591-597, 1963.

442

StewART, DANIEL K.: Communication and logic:
III. Evidence for showing that communication is
a function of validity patterns. Journal of Gen-
eral Psychology, 73(1):67-72, 1965.

STEWART, DANIEL K.: Communication and logic:
IV. Evidence for showing the effect of abstract
thoughts on communication. Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 57:89-93, 1964.

STEWART, DANIEL K.: Communication and logic: V.
Evidence for showing the effect of compound
thoughts on communication. Journal of General
Psychology, 74:77-80, 1966.

StewArT, D. K.: Communication and logic: VI.
Evidence for showing the influence of negative
thoughts on communication. Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 58:79-83, 1964.

MH-3797 (R01) GraHAM, THoMAs M., and
ErsHOFF, BENJAMIN, H.: Effects of gamma radi-
ation on behavior and learning. Institute for
Biological Research, Culver City, Calif. (1960-
62)

ErsHOFF, B. H,, and GAL, E. M.: Effects of radia-
tion on tissue serontin levels in the rat. Proceed-
ings of the Society for Experimental Biology and
Medicine, 108:160-162, 1961.

ErsHOFF, B. H., HELLMERS, R., and WELLS, A. F.:
Effects of a radioprotective agent on tissue serontin
levels in the X-irradiated rat. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
110:536-538, 1962.

GILBERT, DUNHAM H., and GRAHAM, THOMAS M.:
Prolonged gamma irradiation as related to learning
and motivation in the rat. Radiation Research,
21:120-128, 1964.

GRAHAM, THoMAs M., GILBERT, DUNHAM H.,
GoLD, NORMAN, and CALLAHAN, LAWRENCE G.:
The effect of continuous gamma irradiation on bat-
pressing in old rats. Radiation Research, 17:787-
791, 1962.

MH-3801 (R03) LiTTMAN, RICHARD A.: Studies
in social behavior, escape and avoidance. Univer-
sity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1960-61)

BARON, A., and LITTMAN, RICHARD A.: Studies of
individual and paired interactional problem solv-
ing behavior of rats. Genetic Psychology Mono-
graphs, 64:129-209, 1961.

BROOKSHIRE, K., LirtMAN, R. A., and STEWART,
C.: The interactive effects of promazine and post-
weanling stress upon adult avoidance behavior.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:52-
58, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1695).

MH-3803 (RO1) MYERS, JEROME L.: Parameters
affecting risk-taking behavior. University of Mas-
sachusetts, Amherst, Mass. (1960- )
CAMERON, BERNARD, and MYERS, JEROME L.: Some
personality correlates of risk taking. Journal of
General Psychology, 74:51-60, 1966.

CRAIG, G., and MYERS, J. L.: A developmental study
of sequential two-choice decision making. Child
Development, 34:483-493, 1963.

GAMBINO, BLASE, and MYERS, JEROME L.: The ef-
fect of mean and variability of event run length
on two-choice learning. (Technical Report No.
20). Amherst, Mass., Univ. of Massachusetts
Press, 1965, 12 p. (Processed).

GAMBINO, BLASE, SUYDAM, MARY M., and MYERS,
JEROME L.: The purchase and use of informative
cues in a two-choice situation. Amherst, Mass.,
Univ. of Mass., 1964, p. 1-15. (Technical Re-
port No. 14).

JonEs, MARI R., and MYERS, JEROME L.: A compari-
son of two methods of event randomization in
probability learning. (Technical Report No. 19).
Amherst, Mass., Univ. of Massachusetts, 1965,
13 p. (Processed).

Katz, LEONARD: Monetary incentive and range of
payoffs as determiners of risk taking. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 64:541-544, 1962.

Katz, L.: Effects of differential monetary gain and
loss on sequential two-choice behavior. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 68(3):245-249,
1964.

LipkIN, S. G., SCHNORR, J. A., Suypam, M. M,,
and MYERs, |. L.: Effects of risk as a within-sub-
ject variable in probability learning. Psychonomic
Science, 2(6) :145-146, 1964.

Myers, J. L., and ATKINSON, R. C.: Choice be-
havior and reward structure. Journal of Mathe-
matical Psychology, 1:1-34, 1964.

Myers, J. L., and Fort, J. G.: Sequential analysis
of gambling behavior. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 69:299-309, 1963.

Myers, J. L., Fort, J. G., Katz, L., and Suypam,
M.: Differential monetary gains and losses and
event probabilities in a two-choice situation. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 66:521-522,
1963.

Myers, J. L., and Katz, LEONARD: Range of pay-
offs and feedback in risk taking. Psychological
Reports, 10:483-486, 1962.

Myers, J. L., and SuypaMm, M.: Gain, cost, and
event probability as determiners of choice be-
havior.  Psychonomic Science, 1:39-40, 1964.

MYERS, JEROME L., SUYDAM, MARY M., and GAM-
BINO, BLASE: Contingent gains and losses in a
risk-taking situation. Journal of Mathematical
Psychology, 2(2) :363-370, 1965.

SCHNORR, JOHN A., LIPKIN, STANLEY G., and
MyERs, JEROME L.: Incentive contrast in proba-

443

bility learning. Studies in choice behavior. Am-
herst, Mass., Univ. of Mass., 1965, 11 p. (Tech-
nical Report No. 18). (Processed).

SLoviN, THEODORE: The effects of event probability
and instructions on choice of event and amount
bet in a two-choice situation. Studies in choice
behavior. Amherst, Mass., University of Massa-
chusetts, 1965, 48 p. (Technical Report No. 22).

SLovVIN, THEODORE, SCHUMER, HARRY, and MYERS,
JeroME L.: Effects of success and instructions on
verbalized expectancies and amount bet in a two-
choice situation. Psychological Reports, 15:387-
394, 1964.

SuypaM, M. M..: Effects of cost and gain ratios, and
probability of outcome ‘on ratings of alternative
choices. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 2
(1):171-179, 1965.

SuypaM, M., and MYERs, J. L.: Some parameters of
risk-taking behavior. Psychological Reports, 10:
559-562, 1962.

MH-3804 (RO1) L’ABaTE, Luciano: Effects of
anxiety on verbal and perceptual learning. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1960-62)

L’ABATE, L.: MMPI scatter as a single index of
maladjustment. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
18(2):142-143, 1962.

L’ABATE, Luciano: The relationship between
WAIS-derived indices of maladjustment and
MMPI in deviant groups. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 26(5) :441-445, 1962.

MH-3811 (R01) TryoN, ROBERT C.: Cluster anal-
ysis programs in psychosocial studies. University
of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1960-63)

TryoN, ROBERT C., and BAILEY, DANIEL E.: The
BC try computer system of cluster and factor analy-
sis. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 1(1):95-
111, 1966.

TryoN, R. C., and Staff of Project CAP: Users’
manual of the BC TRY system: The IBM 704
programs. Berkeley, Calif., Project CAP, Univer-
sity of California, 1961, 36 p. (Processed).

TryoN, R. C., and Staff of Project CAP: Users’
manual of the BC TRY system: The first opera-
tional 7090 programs. Berkeley, Calif., Project
CAP, University of California, 1963, 136 bp.
(Processed).

MH-3813 (R01) ErviN, SusaN M.: Development
of grammar in child language. University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley, Calif. (1960-64)

ERVIN, SusaN M., and MILLER, Wick R.: Lan-
guage development. In: Stevenson, H. W., ed.
Yearbook, National Society for the Study of Edu-
cation. Chicago, University of Chicago Press,
1963, p. 108-143.
MILLER, Wick, and ErvIN, Susan: The develop-
ment of grammar in child language. In: The ac-
quisition of language. Society for Research in
Child Development. (Monograph), 29(1):9-34,
1964.

MH-3821 (R01) NaroLL, RaouL S.: A cross-cul-
tural study of culture stress causes. San Fernando
Valley State College, Northridge, Calif. (1960-
63)

NAROLL, FrRADA, and NAROLL, RaouUL: On bias of
exotic data. Man, 25:24-26, 1963.

NaroLL, RaouL: Two solutions to Galton’s prob-
lem. Philosophy of Science, 28:15-39, 1961.

NaroLL, RaouL: Floor area and settlement popu-
lation. American Antiquity, 27:587-589, 1962.

NAroLL, RaouL: A fifth solution to Galton’s prob-
lem. American Anthropologist, 66:863-867, 1964.

NAROLL, RAOUL: On ethnic unit classification. Cur-

rent Anthropology, 5:283-291, 1964.

NaroLL, Raoul, and D’ANDRADE, Roy G.: Two
further solutions to Galton’s problem. American
Anthropologist, 65:1053-1062, 1963.

NaroLL, Raour, and NArRoLL, FraDA: Social de-
velopment of a Tyrolean village. Anthropological
Quarterly, 35:103-119, 1962.

MH-3826 (R01) HEUSLER, ANTON F., and ULETT,
GEORGE: Effects of different tranquilizers on group
behavior. St. Louis State Hospital, St. Louis, Mo.
(Continued as MH-7071). (1960-62)

ULert, G. A., HEUSLER, A. P., IvEs-Worp, V.,
Worp, T., and Quick, R.: Influence of chlordia-
zeposide on drug-altered EEG patterns and behav-
ior. Medicina Experimentalis, 5:386-390, 1961.

ULETT, GEORGE, HEUSLER, A. F., Worp, V., and
Worp, T.: Mechanical and electronic techniques
in the measurement of psychopharmacologic re-
sponse. In: Nodine, John H., and Moyer, John
H., eds. The First Hahnemann Symposium on
Psychosomatic Medicine. Philadelphia, Pa., Lea
& Febiger, 1962, p. 384-390. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2823).

MH-3830 (R01) ORBACH, JAcK: Role of limbic
structures in learning and emotions. Michael
Reese Hospital and Medical Center, Chicago, IIL
(1960- )

HeatH, H. A., EHrLICH, D., and ORBACH, ]J.:
Reversibility of the Necker cube: Effects of vari-
ous activating conditions. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 17:539-546, 1963.

HEeaTH, H. A., and ORBACK, J.: Reversibility of the
Necker cube: IV. Responses of elderly people.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:625-626, 1963.

444

KLING, A., and ORBACH, J.: Plasma 17-hydroxycor-
ticosteroid levels in the stump-tailed monkey and
two other macaques. Psychological Reports, 13:
863-865, 1963.

KLING, A., and ORrBACH, J.: The stump-tailed ma-
caque: A promising laboratory primate. Science,
139:45-46, 1963.

OLsoN, RONALD, and ORBACH, J.: Reversibility of
the necker cube: VIII. Parts of the figure con-
tributing to the perception of reversals. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 22(2) :623-629, 1966.

ORBACH, J.: Spontaneous ejaculation in rat. Science,
134:1072-1073, 1961.

ORBACH, J.: Proprioceptive and positional cues in
solving" delayed-response problems. Science, 135:
667-668, 1962.

ORBACH, J., EHRLICH, D., and HEATH, HELEN A.:
Reversibility of the Necker cube: I. An examina-
tion of the concept of ‘satiation of orientation.”
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:439-458, 1963.

ORrBACH, J., EHRLICH, D., and VAINSTEIN, ELLA:
Reversibility of the Necker cube: III. Effects of
interpolation on reversal rate of the cube presented
repetitively. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:571-
582, 1963.

OrBACH, J., and KLING, A.: The stump-tailed
macaque: A docile Asiatic monkey. Animal Be-
havior, 12:343-347, 1964.

ORrBACH, J., TrauB, ARTHUR C., and OLSON,
RONALD: Psychophysical studies of body-image.
II. Normative data on the adjustable body-dis-
torting mirror. Archives of General Psychiatry,
12(1) :41-47, 1965.

ORBACH, J., and ZUCKER, ELLEN: Reversibility of
the necker cube: V. Effect of movement of the
figure on the perception of reversals. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 18:945-951, 1964.

ORBACH, J., and ZUCKER, E.: Reversibility of the
necker cube: VI. Effects interpolating a non-
reversing cube. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20
(2) :470-472, 1965.

ORBACH, J., ZUCKER, ELLEN, and OLSON, RONALD:
Reversibility of the necker cube: VII. Reversal
rate as a function of figure-on and figure-off dura-
tions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 22(2):615-
618, 1966.

SHUCKMAN, HAROLD: Area and stimulus specificity
in the transfer of responses conditioned to intra-
cranial stimulation: A replication. Psychological
Reports, 18(2) :639-644, 1966.

SHUCKMAN, H., FANTL, L., and BAILEY, P.: Lateral
hypothalamus and hunger: Responses to a second-
ary reinforcer with and without electrical stimula-
tion. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 25(2):
207, 1966.
TrAUB, A. C., and ORBACH, J.: Psychophysical
studies of body-image. I. The adjustable body-
distorting mirror. Archives of General Psychiatry,
11:53-66, 1964.

MH-3831 (R01) WORDEN, FREDERIC G., and
MARsH, JaMEs T.: Auditory electrophysiology and
behavior. University of California Medical Cen-
ter, Los Angeles, Calif. (1960- )

ABRAHAM, FREDERICK D., and MARsH, JaAMEs T.:
Amplitude of evoked potentials as a function of
slow presenting rates of repetitive auditory stimu-
lation. Experimental Neurology, 14(2):187-198,
1966.

MarsH, J. T., WorpeN, F. G., and Hicks, L.:
Some effects of room acoustics on evoked auditory
potentials. Science, 137(3526) :280-282, 1962.

WorpeN, F. G., and MAaRsH, J. T.: Amplitude
changes of auditory potentials evoked at cochlear
nucleus during acoustic habituation.  Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:
866-881, 1963.

WORDEN, FREDERIC G., MARSH, JAMES T., ABRA-
HAM, FREDERICK D., and WHITTLESEY, JOHN
R. B.: Variability of evoked auditory potentials
and acoustic input control. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 17:524-530,
1964.

MH-3836 (R03) LawsoN, EpwiN D.: Change in
communication nets, morale and efficiency. State
University of New York—Albany State College,
Albany, N.Y. (1960-61)

LawsoN, EpwiN D.: Change in communication nets,
performance, and morale. Human Relations, 18
(2):139-147, 1965

MH-3837 (R03) SimPsoN, GEORGE E.: Religious
cults in Trinidad, West Indies. Individual, Ober-
lin, Ohio. (1960-60)

SIMPSON, GEORGE E.: The Shango cult in Nigeria
and in Trinidad. American Anthropologist, 64
(6):1204-1219, 1962.

SiMpsoN, GEORGE E.: Folk medicine in Trinidad.
Journal of American Folklore, 75(298) :326-340,
1962.

SiMPsON, GEORGE E.: The acculturative process in
Trinidadian Shango. Anthropological Quarterly,
37(1):16-27, 1964.

MH-3841 (R03) FosMIRE, FREDERICK R.: Non-
pathological character of atypical associations.
University of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1960-60)

FosMiIrg, F. R., and TrRYK, H. EDWARD: Word asso-
ciation: Common and original response. Science,
139:415-416, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4978).

445

MH-3842 (R03) PirTMAN, JAMES A., JR.: Reser-
pine and thyroid function in psychiatric patients.
University of Alabama, Birmingham, Ala. (1960-
60)

PITTMAN, J. A.: Diagnosis and treatment of thyroid
diseases. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1963,
145 p.

PiTTMAN, J. A., Wouters, F. W., Hi, S. R,, Jr,
FARMER, T. A., HAMNER, D., and Rosser, H. F.:
Effect of reserpine on thyroid function in man.
(Abstract) Acta Endocrinologica, 35(Suppl. No.
51):1175, 1960.

MH-3843 (R01) BECKER, GORDON M.: Decision-
making with conflicting information. Boston Uni-
versity, Boston, Mass. (1960-61) (Continued
from MH-2348).

BECKER, G. M.: Decision making: Objective meas-
ures of subjective probability and utility. Psycho-
logical Review, 69:136-148, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2348).

CoHEN, D., WICKELGREN, W. and BECKER, G.:'
Decision making with incongruent information.
Santa Barbara, Calif., General Electric Company:
TEMPO, 1963, 44 p. (Publication No. SP-234).
(Also acknowledges MH-2348).

MH-3844 (R03) EMMERICH, WALTER: Perception
of family roles. University of Colorado, Boulder,
Colo. (1960-60)

EMMERICH, WALTER: Variations in the parent role
as a function of the parent’s sex and childs sex
and age. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 8:3-11, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2853).

EMMERICH, WALTER: Family role concepts of chil-
dren ages six to ten. Child Development, 32:
609-624, 1961. Also in: Thomas, E. A. S., and
Biddle, B. J., eds. Social role: Readings in theory
and application. New York, Wiley, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2853).

MH-3847 (R01) McQuowN, NORMAN A., and
PITT-RIVERS, JULIAN A.: Social and linguistic in-
dices of cultural change. University of Chicago,
Chicago, Ill. (1960-62)

BERLIN, BRENT: Esbozo de la fonologia del Tzeltal
de tenejapa Chiapas. Estudios de Cultura Maya,
2:17-36, 1962.

BERLIN, BRENT: A Tzeltal surname origin myth.
Folklore, 73:230-233, 1962.

BERLIN, BRENT: A possible paradigmatic structure
for Tzeltal pronomials. Anthropological Linguis-
tics, 5(2):1-5, 1963.

BERLIN, BRENT: Some semantic features of redupli-
cation in Tzeltal. International Journal of Ameri-
can Linguists, 29(3):211-218, 1963.
Diaz DE SALAS, MARCELO: Notas sobre la vision del
mundo entre los Tzotziles de Venustiano Carranza,
Chiapas. La Palabra y el Hombre, 26:253-267,
1963.

HorcHkiss, JoHN C.: Studies of language and cul-
ture in highland Chiapas, Mexico. Proceedings
of the American Ethnological Society, p. 32-40,
1963.

McQuownN, NorMAN A.: Indian and ladino bilin-
gualism: Sociocultural contrasts in Chiapas, Mex-
ico. Georgetown Monograph Series in Languages
and Linguistics, 15:85-106, 1962.

MEDINA HERNANDEZ, ANDRES: Caracteristicas del
“Subdesarollo” en una communidad indigena de
los altos de Chiapas. Tlatoani, 16:17-23, 1962.

MEDINA HERNANDEZ, ANDRES: Magia y religion
entre los Tzeltales y Tzotziles. Epoca, 1:9-12,
1963.

MoNTAGU, ROBERTA, and HUNT, Eva V.: Nombre,
autoridad y el sistema de creencias en los altos
de Chiapas. Estudios de Cultura Maya, 2:141-
147, 1962.

MH-3848 (R01) HamMmonD, KENNETH R., and
Toop, FREDERICK, J.: Cognitive centrality and
person perception. ~~ University of Colorado,
Boulder, Colo. (1960-63)

Topp, F. J., and RAPPOPORT, L.: A cognitive struc-
ture approach to person perception: A comparison
of two models. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68:469-478, 1964.

MH-3849 (R01) Bower, GORDAN H.: The learn-
ing of observing responses. Stanford University,
Stanford, Calif. (1960-63)

Bower, G. H.: Properties of the one-element model
as applied to paired-associate learning. Stanford,
Calif., Institute for Mathematical Studies in the
Social Sciences, Psychology series, Stanford Uni-
versity, 1960, 34 p. (Technical Report No. 31)

Bower, G. H.: Application of the all-or-none con-
ditioning model to the learning of compound re-
sponses. Stanford, Calif., Institute for Mathe-
matical Studies in the Social Sciences, Psychology
series, Stanford University, 1961, 37 p. (Techni-
cal Report No. 37)

Bower, G. H.: General three-state Markov learning
models. Stanford, Calif., Institute for Mathe-
matical Studies in the Social Sciences, Psychology
series, Stanford University, 1961, 16 p. (Techni-
cal Report No. 41)

Bower, G. H.: A contrast effect in differential con-
ditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
62(2):196-199, 1961.

Bower, G. H.: Application of a model to paired-
associate learning. Psychometrika, 26(3):255-
280, 1961.

446

Bower, G. H.: The influence of graded reductions
in reward and prior frustrating events upon the
magnitude of the frustration effect. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55(4):
582-587, 1962.

Bower, G. H.: Response strengths and choice proba-
bility: A consideration of two combination rules.
In: Proceedings of the International Congress for
Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science.
Stanford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 1962,
p. 400-412.

Bower, G. H.: An association model for response
and training variables in paired-associate learning.
Psychological Review, 69(1):34-53, 1962.

Bower, G. H.: Secondary reinforcement and frus-
tration. Psychological Reports, 12:359-362, 1963.

Bower, G. H., and KAUFMAN, R.: Transfer across
drives of the discriminative effect of a Pavlovian
conditioned stimulus. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 6:445-448, 1963.

Bowker, G. H., and TraBAsso, T.: Reversals prior
to solution in concept identification. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 66:409-418, 1963.

DEwsoN, J. H., III: Avoidance responses to pure
tones in the rat. Psychonomic Science, 2(5):
113-114, 1965.

THEIOS, J., and Bower, G. H.: A test of -the com-
peting response-interference hypothesis of extinc-
tion. Psychonomic Science, 1:395-396, 1964.

TrABASSO, THOMAS, and BOWER, GORDON: Presolu-
tion reversal and dimensional shifts in concept
identification. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
0gy, 67:398-399, 1964.

TrABAssO, ToM, and BOWER, GORDON: Component
learning in the four-category concept problem.
Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 1(1):143-
169, 1964.

WERTHEIM, G. A.: Sequential properties of Sidman-
avoidance behavior. (Abstract) Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(2):170,
1964.

MH-3852 (R01) PHARES, E. JERRY: Effects of situ-
ational factors on expectancy changes. State Uni-
versity of Kansas, Manhattan, Kans. (1960-62)

PHARES, E. J.: Expectancy changes under conditions
of relative massing and spacing. Psychological
Reports, 8:199-206, 1961.

PHARES, E. J.: Perceptual threshold decrements as
a function of skill and chance expectancies. [our-
nal of Psychology, 53:399-407, 1962.

PHARES, E. JERRY: Additional effects of massing and
spacing on expectancies. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 70:215-223, 1964.
MH-3853 (R01) KAPLAN, BERNARD, and WERNER,
HEINZ: Nature of symbol-formation and its role

in cognition. Clark University, Worcester, Mass.
(1960-63)

KAPLAN, B.: An approach to the problem of sym-
bolic representation: Non-verbal and verbal. Jour-
nal of Communication, 11(2):52-62, 1961.

KapLaN, B.: Radical metaphor, aesthetic and the
origin of language. Review of Existential Psy-
chology and Psychiatry, 2(1):75-84, 1962.

WERNER, H., and KAPLAN, B.: Some experiments
in support of an organismic theory of symbol-
formation. ~~ Psychol. Beitr., 6(3/4):484-491,
1962. (Kohler Festschrift).

WERNER, H., and KAPLAN, B.: Symbol formation:
An organismic-developmental approach to lan-
guage and the expression of thought. New York,
John Wiley, 1963, 530 p.

MH-3854 (R01) CALVIN, ALLEN D.: Effects of
consistent and inconsistent punishment. Hollins
College, Hollins College, Va. (1960-62)

LuBORskY, L., and SHEVRIN, M. S.: Artificial in-
duction of day residues: An illustration and an
examination. Bulletin of the Philadelphia Asso-
ciation of Psychoanalysis, 12:149-167, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2257).

MH-3855 (R01) Mor1z, HowaRrD: Influence of
imprinting on social behavior. Brooklyn College
of the City University of New York, Brooklyn,
N.Y. (1960-63)

Mortz, H.: The fixed action pattern: Empirical
properties and theoretical implications. Recent
Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 4:69-85, 1962.

Movtz, H.: Imprinting: An epigenetic approach.
Psychological Review, 70:123-138, 1963.

MoLtz, H.: Contemporary instinct theory and the
fixed action pattern. Psychological Report, 72:
27-47, 1965.

MoLtz, H., and STETTNER, L. J.: The interocular
mediation of the following-response after pat-
terned-light deprivation. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 55:626-632, 1962.

MH-3857 (R01) Dirtes, James E.: Defensive
functions of cognitive closure. Yale University,
New Haven, Conn. (1960- )

Capra, P. C., and DirtEs, J. E.: Birth order as a
selective factor among volunteer subjects. Jour-

nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:302,
1962.

GoLrLoB, HENRY F., and DitTES, JAMES E.: Effects
of manipulated self-esteem on persuasibility de-
pending on threat and complexity of communica-

447

tion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
2(2):195-201, 1965.

MH-3859 (R01) HiLGarRD, ERNEST R.: Develop-
ment-interactive aspects of hypnosis. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1961- )

As, Arvip, HiLGARD, E. R., and WEITZENHOFFER,
A. M.: An attempt at experimental modification
of hypnotizability through repeated individualized
hypnotic experience. Scandinavian Journal of Psy-
chology, 4:81-89, 1963.

BENTLER, P. M.: Interpersonal orientation in rela-
tion to hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27:426-431, 1963.

BENTLER, P. M., and HILGARD, E. R.: A compari-
son of group and individual induction of hypnosis
with self-scoring and observer-scoring. International
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis,
11:49-54, 1963.

BENTLER, P. M., O'HARA, J. W., and KRASNER, L.:
Hypnosis and placebo. Psychological Reports, 12:
153-154, 1963.

BENTLER, P. M., and ROBERTS, M. R.: Hypnotic
susceptibility assessed in large groups. Interna-
tional Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hyp-
nosis, 11:93-97, 1963.

BoucHER, R. G., and HirLcarDp, E. R.: Volunteer
bias in hypnotic experiments. American [Journal
of Clinical Hypnosis, 5:49-51, 1962.

HiLGarp, E. R.: Impulsive versus realistic thinking:
An examination of the distinction between pri-
mary and secondary processes in thought. Psycho-
logical Bulletin, 59:477-488, 1962.

HiLcarp, E. R.: Ability to resist suggestions within
the hypnotic state: Responsiveness to conflicting
communications, Psychological Reports, 12:3-13,
1963.

HiLGarD, ERNEST R.: Profiles of hypnotic ability.
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 7(2):
136-139, 1964.

HiLGARD, ERNEST R.: The motivational relevance
of hypnosis. In: Levine, David, ed. Nebraska
symposium on motivation. Lincoln, University of
Nebraska Press, 1964, p. 1-44.

HiLGARrD, ERNEST R.: Hypnosis. Annual Review of
Psychology, 16:157-180, 1965.

Hircarp, E. R., and BENTLER, P. M.: Predicting
hypnotizability from the Maudsley Personality In-
ventory. British Journal of Psychology, 54:63-
69, 1963.

HiLGARD, ERNEST R., and HILGARD, JOSEPHINE R.:
Hypnotic susceptibility. New York, Harcourt,
Brace & World, 1965, 434 p.

HiLcarp, E. R.,, and LAUER, LILLIAN W.: Lack of
correlation between the CPI and hypnotic suscep-
tibility. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26:
331-335, 1962.

Hircarp, E. R., LAUER, LILLIAN W., and MORGAN,
ARLENE H.: Manual for Stanford profile scales
of hypnotic susceptibility, Forms I and II. Palo
Alto, Calif., Consulting Psychologists Press, 1963,
80 p.

HiLGARD, JOSEPHINE R., HiLGArD, E. R., and NEW-
MAN, MARTHA F.: Sequelae to hypnotic induction
with special reference to earlier chemical anes-
thesia. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
133:461-478, 1961.

LEe-TENG, EVELYN: Trance-susceptibility, induction-
susceptibitity, and acquiescence as factors in hyp-
notic performance. Journal of Abnormal Psychol-
0gy, 70(5) :383-389, 1965.

LieBERT, ROBERT M., RUBIN, NORMA, and HIL-
GARD, ERNEST R.: The effects of suggestions of
alertness in hypnosis on paired-associate learning.
Journal of Personality, 33(4):605-612, 1965.

LoNDON, PERRY, CONANT, MICHAEL, and DAVISON,
+ GERALD C.: More hypnosis in the unhypnotizable:
Effects of hypnosis and exhortation on rote learn-
ing. Journal of Personality, 34(1):71-79, 1966.

MELEL, JANET P., and HILGARD, ERNEST R.: Atti-
tudes toward hypnosis, self-predictions, and hyp-
notic susceptibility. International Journal of Clini-
cal and Experimental Hypnosis, 12(2):99-108,
1964.

MoORE, ROSEMARIE K.: Susceptibility to hypnosis
and susceptibility to social influence. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:282-294,
1964.

Moore, RoseMARIE K., and LAUER, LiLLIAN W.:
Hypnotic susceptibility in middle childhood. Ir-
ternational Journal of Clinical and Experimental
Hypnosis, 11:167-174, 1963.

SLorNIck, R. S., LiEBERT, R. M., and HILGARD,
E. R.: The enhancement of muscular performance
in hypnosis through exhortation and involving
instructions. Journal of Personality, 33(1):37-
45, 1965.

SLotNIcK, R., and LonNpON, P.: Influence of in-
structions on hypnotic and nonhypnotic perform-
ance. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 70(1):
38-46, 1965.

TROFFER, S. A., and Tart, C. T.: Experimenter
bias in hypnetist performance. Science, 145:
1330-1331, 1964.

WEITZENHOFFER, A. M.: “Credulity” and “‘skepti-
cism” in hypnotic research: A critical examination
of Sutcliffe’s thesis and evidence: Part I. Ameri-
can Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 6:137-162,
1963.

WEITZENHOFFER, A. M.: Explorations in hypnotic
time distortion. I. Acquisition of temporal ref-

448

ence frames under conditions of time distortion.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:354~
366, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2896).

WEITZENHOFFER, A. M., and HiLGARD, E. R.: Stan-
ford hypnotic susceptibility scale, Form C. Palo
Alto, California, Consulting Psychologists Press,
1962.

WEITZENHOFFER, A. M., and Hircarp, E. R.:
Stanford profile scales of hypnotic susceptibility,
Forms I and II. Palo Alto, Calif., Consulting
Psychologists Press, 1963, 46 p.

MH-3860 (R01) WIENER, MORTON: Subception
or perception of partial cue. Clark University,
Worcester, Mass. (1960- )

BuTtTERS, NELSON, WIENER, MORTON, and KELL-
NER, HAROLD: Schedules of reinforcement and
individual differences in learning and recall. Psy-
chological Reports, 17(1):3-9, 1965.

CROMER, WARD, and WIENER, MORTON: Idiosyn-
cratic response patterns among good and poor
readers. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 30
(1):1-10, 1966.

KeLLNER, H., Butters, N. and WIENER, M.:
Mechanisms of defense: an alternative response.
Journal of Personality, 32:601-621, 1964.

KEMPLER, B., and WIENER, M.: Personality and
perception in the recognition threshold paradigm.
Psychological Review, 70:349-356, 1963.

KEMPLER, B., and WIENER, M.: Personality-percep-
tion: Characteristic responses to available part-
cues. Journal of Personality, 32:57-74, 1964.

OVERTON, WILLIS, and WIENER, MORTON: Visual
field position and word-recognition threshold.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 71(2):249-
253, 1966.

ScHILLER, P., and WIENER, M.: Binocular and
stereoscopic viewing of geometric illusions. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 15:739-747, 1962.

SCHILLER, P., and WIENER, M.: Monoptic and di-
choptic visual masking. [Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 66:386-393, 1963.

StayTON, SAMUEL E.: Judgmental bias in percep-
tion as a function of learned relationships between
attributes. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:351-
361, 1964.

WIENER, MORTON, NIDORF, LOUIS, JONES, AUSTIN,
and KARRAS, ATHAN: Verbal reinforcement com-
binations and examiner-subject interaction in the
verbal learning of normal and schizophrenic sub-
jects. Psychological Reports, 16(3) :Part 1:865-
876, 1965.

WoHLWILL, JoAcHIM, F., and WIENER, MORTON:
Discrimination of form orientation in young chil-
dren. Child Development, 35:1113-1125, 1964.
MH-3868 (R10) Kris, ELse B.: Five-year com-
munity follow-up of discharged patients. New
York State Department of Mental Hygiene, New
York, N.Y. (1960-63)

Kris, ELSE B.: After-care and rehabilitation of pa-
tients returned to the community. In: Proceedings
of the Third World Congress of Psychiatry. Mon-
treal, University of Toronto Press/McGill Univer-
sity Press, 1961, p. 245-249. (Also acknowledges
MH-2700).

Kris, ELsE B.: Effects of pharmacotherapy on work
and learning ability—A five year follow-up study.
Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 3:30-
34, 1961.

Kris, ELSE B.: Five years’ experience with the use
of drugs and psychotherapy in a community after-
care clinic. American Journal of Public Health,
52(9):9-12, 1962.

Kris, ELsE B.: Post-hospital care of patients in the
community. Current Therapeutic Research, 4:
200-205, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2700).

Kris, ELse B.: Five-year community follow-up of
patients discharged from a mental hospital. Cur-
rent Therapeutic Research, 5(9):451-462, 1963.

MH-3869 (R01) CrRaNEFIELD, PAUL F.: Historical
study of problem of mental deficiency. Yeshiva
University—Albert Einstein College of Medicine,
New York, N.Y. (1960-64)

CRANEFIELD, P. F.: A seventeenth century view of
mental deficiency and schizophrenia: Thomas Wil-
lis on “Stupidity of foolishness,” Bulletin of His-
tory of Medicine, 35:291-316, 1961.

CrRANEFIELD, P. F.: The discovery of cretinism.
Bulletin of the History of Medicine, 36:489-511,
1962.

CRANEFIELD; P. F.: L’Origine probable de I'intro-
duction du ‘‘cretin” dans la langue Ecrite. Un
manuscrit de 1750 par le Comte de Maugiron.
Gesnerus, 19:89-92, 1962.

CrANEFIELD, P. F.: The conquest of cretinism:
A fable. Journal of the Albert Einstein Medical
Center, 10:138-140, 1962.

CrANEFIELD, P. F.: Little known English versions
of the Praxis-and Observationes of Felix Platter.
Journal of the History of Medicine and Allied
Sciences, 17:309-311, 1962.

CRANEFIELD, P. F., and FEDERN, WALTER: Para-
celsus on goiter and cretinism. A translation and
discussion of De Struma Vulgo der Kropf. Bulle-
tin of the History of Medicine, 37:463-471, 1963.

CRANEFIELD, P. F., and FEDERN, WALTER: A pos-
sible source of a passage in The Tempest. Shakes-
peare Quarterly, 14:90-92, 1963.

449

MH-3870 (R01) Damas, DavID J.: Role of social
structure in psychological stability. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1960-61)

Damas, Davin: Igluligmiut kinship and local group-
ings: A structural approach. National Museum
of Canada, Bulletin No. 196, 1963, 216 p.

Damas, Davip: The patterning of the Iglulingmiut
kinship system. Ethnology, 3(4):377-388, 1964.

Herm, JUNE, and Damas, Davin: The contact-
traditional all-native community of the Canadian
North: The upper Mackenzie “Bush” Athapaskans
and the Igluligmiut. Anthropologica, N.S., 5(1):
1963, 21 p.

MH-3874 (R01) FRENCH, JoHN R., Jr.: Job en-
vironment and employee health and performance.
(1960-61)

FrencH, J. R. P, Jr, Kann, RoBerT L., and
MANN, Froyp C., eds.: Work, health, and satis-
faction. Journal of Social Issues, 18(3), 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3346 and MH-9132).

KAHN, R. L., WoLFEg, D. M., QUINN, R. P., SNocK,
J. D., and ROSENTHAL, R. A.: Organizational
stress: Studies in role conflict and ambiguity.
New York, Wiley & Sons, 1964, 470 p. (Also
acknowledges MH-3346 and MH-9132).

Kast, S. V.,, and FRENCH, J. R. P.: The effects of
occupational status on physical and mental health.
Journal of Social Issues, 18:67-89, 1962.

MH-3876 (R01) MiLLs, THEODORE M.: Effects of
authority relations upon group process. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1960- )

MiLLs, THEODORE M.: A sleeper variable in small
groups research: The experimenter. Pacific So-
ciological Review, 5(1):21-28, 1962.

MH-3878 (R10) GEIGER, RuTH S., and ABOOD,
Leo G.: Action of neurotropic drugs on mam-
malian brain cells. University of Illinois, Chi-
cago, Ill. (1961-63)

GEIGER, R. S.: Neural physiopathology. In: Gren-
ell, R., ed. Progress in neurobiology. New York,
Hoeber-Harper, 1962, p. 345-348.

GEIGER, R. S., and STONE, W. G.: The presence of
cholinesterases in long-term cultures and subcul-
tures of adult mammalian brain cells. (Abstract)
Acta Neurologica Scandinavica, 38(Suppl. 1):67,
1962.

GEIGER, R. S., and STONE, W. G.: Demonstration
of the presence of cholinesterases in long-term
cultures and subcultures of adult mammalian brain
cells. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 21:
366, 1962.

GEIGER, R. S., and STONE, W. G.: Localization of
cholinesterases in adult mammalian brain cell cul-
tures. International Journal of Neuropharmacol-
0gy, 1:295-302, 1962.

MH-3880 (RO1) LANG, PETER J., and LAZOVIK,
A. Davin: Systematic desensitization therapy.
University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1960-
64)

GEER, JAMES H.: Measurement of the conditioned
cardiac response. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:426-433, 1964.

LANG, PETER J.: Behavior therapy with a case of
nervous anorexia. In: Ullmann, L. P., and Kras-
ner, L., eds. Case studies in behavior modification.
Chicago, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1965, 10
page reprint.

LANG, P. J., GEER, ]., and HNATIOW, M.: Semantic
generalization of conditioned autonomic responses.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:552-558,
1963.

LANG, P. J., and HNATIOW, M.: Stimulus repetition
and the heart rate response. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:781-785,

1962.

LANG, P. J., and LAzoviK, A. D.: Personality and
hypnotic susceptibility. ~~ Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 26:317-322, 1962.

LANG, P. J., and LAzoviK, A. D.: Experimental de-
sensitization of a phobia. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 66:519-525, 1963.

MH-3881 (R01) WEBB, WILSE B.: Antecedent de-
terminants of the sleep response. University of
Florida, Gainesville, Fla. (1961- )

DiLLoN, RicHARD F., and WEBB, WIiLSE B.:
Threshold of arousal from “activated” sleep in
the rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 59(3) :446-447, 1965.

JoHnsoN, FRANK, and WEBB, WILSE B.: Micro-
sleep responses in the rat. Psychonomic Science,
3(11) :499-500, 1965.

Levitt, R. A.: Sleep as a conditioned response.
Psychonomic Science, 1:273-274, 1964.

Levitt, ROBERT A.: Recovery from prolonged bar-
biturate sleep in the rat. Psychonomic Science,
4(11):393-394, 1966.

Levitt, ROBERT A., and WEBB, WiLSE B.: Effect
of infantile treadmill experience on. body-weight
and resistance to exhaustion in the rat. Nature,
208(5015) :1128-1129, 1965.

SwisHER, JoHN E.: Manifestations of “activated”
sleep in the rat. Science, 138(3545):1110, 1962.

WEBB, W. B.: Some effects of prolonged sleep
deprivation on the hooded rat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:791-
793, 1962.

450

WEBB, W. B.: Sleep deprivation, age, and exhaus-
tion time in the rat. Science, 136(3522):1122,
1962.

WEBB, W. B., and ApEs, H.: Sleep tendencies: Ef-
fects of barometric pressure. Science, 143:263-
264, 1964.

WEBB, W. B., and STONE, W.: A note on the sleep
responses of young college adults. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 16:162, 1963.

MH-3882 (R01) ROTHENBUHLER, WALTER C.:
Genetic bases of behavior differences. - Iowa State
University, Ames, Iowa. (1960-62) (Contin-
ued as MH-7927).

Jones, R. L., and ROTHENBUHLER, W. C.: Behav-
iour genetics of nest cleaning in honey bees. II.
Responses of two inbred lines to various amounts
of cyanide-killed brood. Animal Behaviour, 12:
584-588, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-7927).

ROTHENBUHLER, W. C.: Behaviour genetics of nest
cleaning in honey bees. I. Responses of four in-
bred lines to disease-killed brood. Animal Behav-
jour, 12:578-583, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-7927).

MH-3885 (R01) GOODENOUGH, DoNALD R.:
Studies of dream recall. State University of New
York—Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn,
N.Y. (1960- )

GoobpeNoUGH, D. R., IV: Cyclical fluctuations in
sleep-depth and eye-movement activity during the
course of natural sleep. Canadian Psychiatric
Association Journal, 8:406-408, 1963.

GoODENOUGH, DonNALD R., Lewis, HELEN B.,
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, LEROY, JARET, and SLESER,
IRVING: Dream reporting following abrupt and
gradual awakenings from different types of sleep.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2
(2):170-179, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
5518).

GOODENOUGH, DonaLp R., Lewis, HELEN B.,
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, and SLESER, IRVING: Some
correlates of dream reporting following labora-
tory awakenings. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 140(5):365-373, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5518).

Lewis, HELEN B., GoopENouGH, DonNALD R.,
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, and SLESER, IRVING: Individ-
ual differences in dream recall. Journal of Ab-
normal Psychology, 71(1):52-59, 1966. (Also
acknowledges MH-5518).

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A. GOODENOUGH, D. R., and
SHAPIRO, A.: Patterns of sleep talking. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 7:418-426, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-4151).
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, GOODENOUGH, DonNALD R.,
BIEDERMANN, IRVING, and SLESER, IRVING: Dream
recall and the physiology of sleep. Journal of
Applied Physiology, 19(4):778-783, 1964.

SHAPIRO, A., GOODENOUGH, D. R., and GRYLER,
R. B.: Dream recall as a function of method of
awakening. Journal of Psychosomatic Medicine,
25:174-180, 1963.

SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, GOODENOUGH, DONALD, LEWIS,
HELEN B., and SLESER, IRVING: Gradual arousal
from sleep: A determinant of thinking reports.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(4):342-349, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-5518).

MH-3889 (RO1) SarAsoN, IRwIN G.: Test anxi-
ety, difficulty, and experimental conditions. Uni-
versity of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1961-
64)

Apams, ELSIE B., and SARASON, I. G.: The relation-
ship between anxiety in children and their par-
ents. Child Development, 34:237-246, 1963.

SARASON, I. G., and GANZER, V. J.: Effects of test
anxiety and reinforcement history on verbal be-
havior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 67:513-519, 1963.

WALTER, D., DENZLER, L. S., and SARASON, I. G.:
Anxiety and the intellectual performance of high
school students. Child Development, 35:917-926,
1964.

WINKEL, GARY H., and SArRAsON, IRWIN G.: Sub-
ject, experimenter, and situational variables in re-
search on anxiety. Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 68:601-608, 1964.

MH-3890 (R01) WEILAND, I. HYMAN, and LEGG,
DonNaLp R.: Language development in childhood
schizophrenia. Eastern Pennsylvania Psychiatric
Institute, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960-62)

WEILAND, I. HYMAN, and LEGG, DoNALD R.: For-
mal speech characteristics as a diagnostic aid in
childhood psychosis. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 34:91-94, 1964.

WEILAND, HYMAN, and RuDNIcK, ROBERT: Con-
siderations of the development and treatment of
autistic childhood psychosis. Psychoanalytic Study
of the Child, 16:549-563, 1961.

MH-3897 (R01) TAKEMORI, AKIRA E.: Morphine
biotransformation and cellular adaptation. State
University of New York—Upstate Medical Cen-
ter, Syracuse, N.Y. (1960-63)

TAKEMORI, A. E.: Certain enzymic fesponses to mor-
phine administration in rats. (Abstract) Phar-
macologist, 2:97, 1960.

TakeMORI, A. E.: The effect of morphine on the
stimulated cortical slices of brain. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 20:311, 1961.

451

Takemori, A. E.: Effect of withdrawal and nal-
orphine on cerebral cortical slices adapted to mor-
phine. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 3:66, 1961.

TAkeMORI, A. E.: Cellular adaptation to morphine
in rats. Science, 133:1018-1019, 1961.

TakeMoORri, A. E.: Studies on morphine-adapted
cerebral cortical slices of rats. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 21:177, 1962.

TAKEMORI, A. E.: Studies on cellular adaptation to
morphine and its reversal by nalorphine in cere-
bral cortical slices of rats. Journal of Pharma-
cology, 135:89-93, 1962.

TAKEMORI, A. E.: Cross-cellular adaptation to
methadone and meperidine in cerebral cortical
slices from morphinized rats. Journal of Phar-
macology, 135:252-255, 1962.

TAKeMORI, A. E.: The specific adaptation to mor-
phine in cerebral cortical slices of rats. (Ab-
stract) In: Proceedings of the International Union
of Physiological Sciences, 22nd International Con-
gress, Leiden, Holland, 1962.

TakeMORI, A. E.: Influence of morphine on glu-
cose metabolism of cerebral cortex of rats. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 22:249, 1963.

TAKEMORI, A. E.: Cellular adaptation to morphine.
(Abstract) Medical Bulletin (University of Min-
nesota), 25:157, 1963.

TAKeMORI, A. E.: The influence of morphine on
glucose utilization in cerebral preparations of rats.
Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental T hera-
peutics, 145 (1) 20-26, 1964.

TakeMori, A. E., and Growacki, G. A.: Studies
on glucuronide synthesis in rats chronically treated
with morphine and phenol. Biochemical Phar-
macology, 11:867-870, 1962.

MH-3898 (R01) GREENBERG, RUVEN, and To-
MAN, James E. P.: Histologic correlates of cate-
cholamine depletion. University of Illinois, Chi-
cago, Ill. (1960-64)

GREENBERG, R., and WEGRzYN: Effects of acetyl-
choline and calcium ions on the spontaneous re-
lease of adrenaline and catecholamine granules.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 23:350, 1964.

MH-3903 (R01) Scott, GEORGE T.: Physiological
influences of psychoactive drugs. Oberlin College,
Oberlin, Ohio. (1960- )

CLARK, RicHARD L., and Scott, GEORGE T.: In-
fluence of brain lesions on melanocyte dispersion.
(Abstract) Biological Bulletin, 123(2):491-492,
1962.

Scott, GEORGE T.: Melanophora dispersing action
of ataraxic drugs. (Abstract) Biological Bulletin,
117(2):400, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
3408).
Scott, GEORGE T.: Suppression of melanocyte dis-
persion in the frog by psychic energizers. Na-
ture, 193 (4815) :552-554, 1962.

Scott, GEORGE T., CLARK, RICHARD L., and Hick-
MAN, JAMES C.: Mechanism of chromatophore
control in the common sand flounder *“Scophthala-
mus aquosus.” (Abstract) Biological Bulletin,
123(2) :486-487, 1962.

Scott, G. T., CLARK, R. L., and HickmAN, J. C.:
Drugs causing localized lightening and darkening
of the common sand dab, Scophthalamus acquo-
sus. (Abstract) Biological Bulletin, 123:511,
1962.

Scott, GEORGE T., and HickMAN, JAMES C.: Phar-
macological studies relating to chemical mediation
at the chromato-neural junction in the sand
flounder, “Scophthalamus aquosus.” (Abstract)
Biological Bulletin, 125(2):391, 1963.

Scott, GEORGE T., and NapiNG, LEwis K.: Rela-
tive effectiveness of phenothiazine tranquilizing
drugs causing release of MSH. Society for Ex-

“U'perimental Biology and Medicine, 106:88-90,
1961.

MH-3906 (R03) LEVINE, MARVIN: Discrimination
learning following stimulus adaptation. Indiana
University, Bloomington, Ind. (1960-61)

LEVINE, MARVIN: Cue neutralization: The effects of
random reinforcements upon discrimination learn-
ing. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63:
438-443, 1962.

MH-3909 (R01) LANZzETTA, JOHN T., and KAN-
AREFF, VERA T.: Choice behavior studies in con-
flict situations. University of Delaware, Newark,
Del. (1960-63)

KANAREFF, V. T., and LANZETTA, J. T.: Effective-
ness of social reinforcement in isolation and in
conjunction with a conflicting task reinforcement.
Psychological Reports, 12:883-897, 1963.

LANZETTA, J. T., and KANAREFF, V. T.: The effects
of congruent and conflicting social and task feed-
back on the acquisition of an imitative response.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62(4):322-
328, 1961.

MH-3911 (R01) SIEGEL, ALBERTA E.: Profession-
ally trained women and their children. Pennsyl-
vania State University, University Park, Pa.
(1960-63)

SIEGEL, ALBERTA E., ed.: Research issues related to
the effects of maternal employment on children.
Pennsylvania, Social Science Research Center,
Pennsylvania State University, 1961, 60 p.

SIEGEL, ALBERTA E., and Curtis, ELIZABETH A.:
Familial correlates of orientation toward future

452

employment among college women. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 54:33-37, 1963.

SIEGEL, ALBERTA E., and Haas, Miriam B.: The
working mother: A review of research. Child
Development, 34:513-542, 1963.

MH-3912 (RO1) BrownN, JAMES S., and SCHWARZ-
WELLER, HARRY K.: Social adjustment and per-
sonality stability of migrants. University of Ken-
tucky, Lexington, Ky. (1960-64)

BrowN, JAMES S., SCHWARZWELLER, HARRY K.
and MANGALAM, JosepH J.: Kentucky mountain
migration and the stem-family: An American var-
iation on a theme by Le Play. Rural Sociology,
28(1) :48-69, 1963.

MH-3916 (R01) GRrINGS, WiLLIAM W.: Perceptual

factors in emotional conditioning. University
of Southern California, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1960- )
GRrINGs, W. W.: Classical conditioning. In: Marx,

M., ed. Theories in contemporary psychology.
New York, Macmillan, 1963.

GRINGS, WiLLiAM W., and CARLIN, SIDNEY: In-
strumental modification of autonomic behavior.
Psychological Record, 16(2):153-159, 1966.

GRINGS, W. W., and LockHART, R. A.: Effects of
“anxiety-lessening” instructions and differential set
development on the extinction of GSR. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 66:292-299, 1963.

GRINGS, WILLIAM W., and LOCKHART, RUSSELL A.:
Problems of magnitude measurement with multi-
ple GSRS. Psychological Reports, 17(3):979-
982, 1965.

GRINGS, W. W., LOCKHART, R. A., and DAMERON,
L. E.: Conditioning autonomic responses of men-
tally subnormal individuals. Psychological Mono-
graphs, 76(39):1-35, 1962. (Whole No. 558).

GRINGS, WILLIAM, UNO, Tapao, and FEIBIGER, Jo-
SEPHINE: Component to compound stimulus trans-
fer. Psychonomic Science, 3(2):63-64, 1965.

GRrINGS, W. W., and ZEINER, A.: Autonomic re-

sponses to words modified by sensitizing and con-

itioning experiences. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 8(4) :373-378, 1965.

LockHART, R. A., and GrINGs, W. W.: Comments
on “an analysis of GSR conditioning.” Psycho-
logical Review, 70:562-564, 1963.

LockarT, R. A., and GrINGs, W. W.: Inter-stimu-
lus interval effects on GSR discrimination condi-
tioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
209-214, 1964.

Uno, Tapao, and GRrINGS, WiLLiamM W.: Auto-
nomic components of orienting behavior. Psy-
chophysiology, 1(4):311-321, 1965.
MH-3917 (R01) GutTtMAN, NORMAN: Stimulus
generalization and its neural correlates. Duke
University, Durham, N.C. (1960- )

BoNEAU, C. ALAN, and HoNiG, WERNER K.: Op-
posed generalization gradients based upon condi-
tional discrimination training. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 66(1):89-93, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2414).

FriEpMAN, H.: Wave-length generalization as a
function of spacing of test stimuli. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 65(4):334-338, 1963.

FRIEDMAN, "H.: Taming of the Virginia opossom.
Nature, 201(4916):323-324, 1964.

FriepmMAN, HERBERT, and GUTTMAN, NORMAN:
Further analysis of the various effects of discrimi-
nation training on stimulus generalization gradi-
ents. In: Mostofsky, David I, ed. Stimulus
generalization. Stanford, Calif., Stanford Univer:
sity Press, 1965, p. 255-267.

GUTTMAN, N.: Laws of behavior and facts of per-
ception. In: Koch, S., ed. Psychology: A study
of a science. Vol. 5. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1963, p. 114-178. (Also acknowledges MH-631

and MH-1002).

GuTTMAN, NORMAN: Effects of discrimination for-
mation on generalization measured from a posi-
tive-rate baseline. In: Mostofsky, David I., ed.
Stimulus generalization. Stanford, Calif., Stan-
ford University Press, 1965, p. 210-217.

Honig, W. K., BoNEau, C. A., BURSTEIN, M. R,,
and PENNYPACKER, H. S.: Positive and negative
generalization gradients obtained after equivalent
training conditions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 56:111-116, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-2414).

MH-3921 (R01) LAMY, MAURICE, and FREZAL,
JEAN: Etiologic studies on mental deficiencies.
University of Paris—Clinique de Genetique Medi-
cale, Paris, France. (1960-64)

DruEz, G., Lamy, M., FREzAL, ]., POLONOVSKI, J.,
and REY, J.: L’acanthocytose. Ses rapports avec
I'absence congenitale de beta-lipoproteines. Presse
Medicale (France), 69:1546-1548, 1961.

FrezaL, J., REY, ]., PoLoNOvVsKk], J., LEVY, G., and
Lamy, M.: Labsence congénitale de béta-lipo-
protéines. Etude de I'absorption des graisses
aprés exsanguino transfusion, mesure de la demi-
vie des béta-lipoprotéins injectées. Revue Fran-
¢aise d'Etudes Cliniques et Biologiques, 6:677-
683, 1961.

GENNES, J. L. DE, GROUCHY, J. DE, and Lamy, M.:
Dysgénésie gonadique et malformations de type
turnérien chez un individu phénotypiquement et
phénotypiquement et chromosomiquement mascu-
in. Semaine des Hopitaux de Paris, 39:794-799,
1963.

453

GROUCHY, ]. DE, Josso, N., GENNES, J. L. DE,
HENNEQUET, F., RiBIER, ]., FrEzAL, ]., and
Lamy, M.: Mosaiques interessant le chromosome
X dans le syndrome de Turner. La Semaine des
Hoépitanx, 39:769-774, 1963.

GROUCHY, J. DE, Josso, N., LAMY, M., FrEzAL, J,
NezeLor, C., and FEINTUCH, G.: Syndrome de
Klinefelter chez un nourrisson hypospade. Caryo-
type a 46 chromosomes. Semaines des Hopitaux
de Paris, 39:785-789, 1963.

GROUCHY, J. DE, LAMY, M., AICARDI, J., and PEL-
LERIN, D.: Mosaiques XY/XO chez un pseudo-
hermaphrodite masculin. Semaine des Hopitaux
de Paris, 39:789-794, 1963.

GROUCHY, J. DE, Lamy, M., FrezAL, ]., and GARr-
cN, R.: Etude d'un couple de jumeaux monozy-
gotes dont un seul est atteint de myopathie. Acta
Genetica et Gemellogiae, 12:324-333, 1963.

GROUCHY, J. DE, LAMY, M., FREZAL, J., and RIBIER,
J.: XX/XO mosaics in Turner's syndrome. Two
further cases. Lancet, 1:1369-1371, 1961.

GROUCHY, J. DE, LAMY, M., THIEFFRY, S., ARTHUIS,
M., and SALMON, C.: Dysmorphie complexe avec
oligophrénie: Délétion des bras courts d'un chro-
mosome 17-18. Comptes Rendus de I'academie
des Sciences, 256:1028-1029, 1963.

GROUCHY, .]. DE, Lamy, M., YANEvA, H., SaLo-
MON, Y., and NETTER, A.: Further abnormalities
of the X chromosome in primary amenorrhoea or
in severe obligomenorthoea. Lancet, 2:777-778,
1961.

GROUCHY, J. DE, MLUNARSKI, J. C., MAROTEAUX,
P., Lamy, M., DEsHAIES, G., BENIcHOU, C., and
SaLmoN, C.: Syndrome polydysspondylique par
translocation 14-15 et dyschondrostéose chez un
méme sujet. Segregation familiale. Comptes
Rendus de [!'academie des Sciences, 256:1614-
1616, 1963.

Lamy, M., AUSSANNAIRE, M., GROUCHY, J. DE, and
LALANDE, J.: Mosaiques XXXXY/XXXY dans
le syndrome de Klinefelter. La Semaine des
Hopitanx, 39:779-785, 1963.

Lamy, M., FrREzAL, J., JAMMET, M. L., and Josso,
N.: La méthémoglobinémie congénitale récessive.
Nouvelle Revue Francaise d’Hématologie, 3:105-
120, 1963.

Lamy, M., FrEzAL, J., PoLoNOVsK], J., DrRUEZ, G.,
and REY, J.: Congenital absence of beta-lipo-
proteins. Pediatrics, 31:277-289, 1963.

Lamy, M., FrfzaL, J., PoLoNovsk, J., and REY,
J.: L’absence congénitale de lipoprotéines. Comp-
tes Rendus des Séances de la Société de Biologie
(France), 154:1974-1979, 1960.

Lamy, M., FrEzAL, J.: PoLONOVSKI, J., and REY,
J.: L'absence congenitale de lipoproteines. Presse
Medicale, 69:1511-1514, 1961.
Lamy, M., FrEzAL, J., and REY, J.: L’absence con-
genitale de beta-lipoproteines. Folia Hereditaria
et Pathologica, 10:275-286, 1961.

Lamy, M., FrezAL, J., and REY, J.: La fréquence
des malformations congénitales. Semaine des
Hopitanux de Paris, 37:3456-3462, 1961.

Lamy, M., FrEzAL, ]., and REY, J.: Les encephalo-
pathies genetiques. Semz. Hop. Paris, 37:3463-
3470, Dec. 14, 1961.

Lamy, M., FrEzAL, ]., and REY, J.: Les encephalo-
pathies genetiques. Probl. Act. Pediat., 8:45-52,
1963.

Lamy, M., FrefzaL, J., REY, J. and LARseN, C.:
Etude metabolique du syndrome de Lowe. Revue
Frangaise D’Etudes Cliniques et Bibliogiques, 7:
271-283, 1962.

REY, J.: L'absence congenitale de beta-lipoproteines.
Paris, R. Foulon and Cie, 1961, 117 p.

REY, J., MAYER, A., DEYSSON, A., FREzAL, ]., and
Lamy, M.: Séparation bi-dimensionnelle des aci-
des aminés par électrophorése en haut voltage et
ichromatographie sur papier. Revue Francaise
D’Etudes Cliniques et Biologiques, 7:877-882,
1962.

REY, J., PoLoNovsk], ]., Barp, D., FrEzAL, J., and
Lamy, M.: Effets chez I'enfant d'une lipidopriva-
tion prolongee. Revue Francaise D’Etudes Clini-
ques et Biologiques, 6:871-875, 1961.

PoLoNovsky, J., REY, J., BAarp, D., FrREzAL, J., and
Lamy, M.: Modification des lipides plasmatiques
aprés ingestion d’huile chez trois enfants nor-
maux et dans un cas d’absence congénitale de
béta-lipoprotéines. Review Francais Etudes Clini-
cal Biologic, 6:1006-1013, 1961.

MH-3924 (R01) MURPHY, GARDNER, and SANTOS,
JounN F.: Program in reality testing. Menninger
Foundation, Topeka, Kan. (1961- )

Farrow, B. J., and SaNTOS, J. F.: A note on re-
cency and perception. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 75(4) :671-673, 1962.

FARROW, BoBBY J., and SANTOS, JoHN F.: Changes
in autokinetic perception as a function of the
transfer of conlitioning effects. British [Journal
of Psychology, 53:331-337, 1962.

Farrow, BOBBY J., and SANTOS, JoHN F.: On con-
ditionability, personality and perception. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 15:578, 1962.

Farrow, BoBBY J., SANTOS, JOHN F. HAINES,
James R., SOLLEY, CHARLES M.: Influence of re-
peated experience on latency and extent of auto-
kinetic movement. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
20(3) Part 2:1113-1120, 1965.

Fisch, R. I, and McNamara, H. J.: Conditioning
of attention as a factor in perceptual learning.

454

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:891-907, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-715).

GERALL, ARNOLD A., and SNYDER, CHARLES: Non-
specific muscular tension and auditory threshold.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:179-182, 1962.

HAINES, JaMEs R., SANTOS, JoHN F., and FArRrROW,
BoBBy J.: Stability of the autokinetic phenome-
non. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21(2):394,
1965.

McNAaMARA, H. J., and Fisch, R. I.: Effect of high
and low motivation on two aspects of attention.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:571-578, 1964.

McNAMARA, H. J., and Fisch, R. I: Effect of re-
ward on the attributed meaning of nonsense forms.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20:825-828, 1965.

McNaMARA, H. J., and Fisch, R. I: Attributed
meaning of an unstructured stimulus. Perceptual’
and Motor Skills, 20(3)Part 1:853-857, 1965.

McNaMARA, H. J, MurpHY, G., and HARRELL,
S. N.: Curiosity and reality contact: A preliminary
report. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 18:976, 1964.

McNaMAaRA, HAROLD J., and SOLLEY, CHARLES M.:
Influence of experience upon form constancy.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:31-37, 1963.

MANGAN, G. L.: Generalization of perceptual vig-
ilance and defense. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
14:171-178, 1962.

SaNTOs, JoHN F., FARROW, BoBBY J., and HAINES,
James R.: How attention influences what is per-
ceived: Some experimental evidence. Bulletin of
the Menninger Clinic, 27:3-14, 1963.

SANTOS, JoHN F., FARROW, BOBBY J., and HAINES,
James R.: Consistency and style of autokinetic
movement. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21(2):
583-586, 1965.

Santos, JoHN F., FARROW, BOBBY J., and SOLLEY,
CHARLES M.: Exposure frequency and the per-
ception of a reversible perspective. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 10:199-209, 1962.

SanTOs, JoHN F., and MONTGOMERY, JAMES R.:
Stability of performance on the color-word test.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:397-398, 1962.

SANTOS, JoHN F., and MURPHY, GARDNER: Per-
ceptual learning and reality testing. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 13:130, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-715).

TAYLOR, J. R., and MANGAN, G. L.: Perceptual
learning and verbal meaning. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 14:223-229, 1962.

THETFORD, PAUL E.: Influence of massing and spac-
ing on Necker cube reversals. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 16:215-222, 1963.
THoMAS, ALEY, and SOLLEY, CHARLES M.: Search-
discrimination time for missing stimulus informa-
tion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:
501-506, 1963.

MH-3929 (R01) FisHMAN, VIVIAN, and GOLDEN-
BERG, HARRY: Metabolism of chlorpromazine in
psychiatric disorders. Hillside Hospital, Glen
Oaks, N.Y. (1960- )

FisuMAN, V., and GOLDENBERG, H.: Metabolism
of chlorpromazine. IV. Identification of 7-Hy-
droxychlorpromazine and its sulfoxide and des-
methyl derivatives. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 112:501-506,
1963.

FISHMAN, VIVIAN, and GOLDENBERG, HARRY: Side-
chain degradation and ring hydroxylation of phe-
nothiazine tranquilizers. [Journal of Pharmacology
and Experimental Therapeutics, 150(1):122-128,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4543).

FisHMAN, V., HEATON, A., and GOLDENBERG, H.:
Metabolism of chlorpromazine. III. Isolation
and identification of chlorpromazine-n-oxide. Pro-
ceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
and Medicine, 109:548-552, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1305 and MH-4543).

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and FISHMAN, VIVIAN: Spe-
cies dependence of chlorpromazine metabolism.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 108:178-182, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2938; MH-2461 and MH-
1305).

GOLDENBERG, H., and FISHMAN, V.: Metabolism of
chlorpromazine. V. Confirmation of position 7
as the major site of hydroxylation. Biochemical
and Biophysical Research Communications, 14:
404-407, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4543).

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and FISHMAN, VIVIAN: Com-
ments on “7-hydroxychlorpromazine in the urines
of schizophrenics receiving chlorpromazine.” Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 14(3):365-368, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4543).

GOLDENBERG, H., FisHMAN, V., HEATON, A., and
BURNETT, R.: A detailed evaluation of promazine
metabolism. Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 115:1044-1051,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4543).

MH-3930 (R01) Bosk, Ajay K.: Synthesis of some
substituted b-lactams. Stevens Institute of Tech-
nology, Hoboken, N.J. (1960- )

Bosk, A. K., and GARRATT, S.: A new synthesis of
barbituric acids. Journal of the American Chemi-
cal Society, 84(7):1310-1311, 1962.

Bosk, A. K., and GARRATT, S.: A new synthesis of
substituted barbituric acids. Tetrahedron, 19:85-
89, 1963.

455

Bosk, A. K., GARRATT, S., and PELOsI, J. J.: Syn-
thesis of some spirobarbiturates. Journal of Or-
ganic Chemistry, 28:730-733, 1963.

Bose, A. K., and MaNHAs, M. S.: Studies on lac-
tams. III. Mechanism of cyclization. Journal
or Organic Chemistry, 27:1244-1248, 1962.

Bosk, A. K., MANHAS, M. S., and GHOSH-MAZUN-
DAR, B. N.: Studies on lactams. II. A simplified
synthesis. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:
1458-1459, 1962.

MH-3937 (R01) RoMNEY, A. KiMBALL: Belief
and practice in disease and therapy. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1960-63)

METZGER, DUANE, and WiLrLiams, GERALD E.:
A formal ethnographic analysis of Tenejapa La-
dino weddings. American Anthropologist, 65
(5):1076-1101, 1963.

METZGER, DUANE, and WILLIAMS, GERALD: Tene-
japa medicine: The curer. Southwestern [Journal
of Anthropology, 19(2):216-234, 1963.

MH-3939 (R01) BurkEg, CLETUS J.: Two-person
interactive learning. Indiana University, Bloom-
ington, Ind. (1960-63)

Burke, C. J.: Two-person interactive learning:
A progress report. In: Criswell, Solomon, &
Suppes, eds. Mathematical methods in small
group processes. Stanford, Calif., Stanford Uni-
versity, 1962, p. 49-68.

BurkE, C. J., and ZINES, JosEPH L.: A
parison of pair comparisons. [ourna
matical Psychology, 2(1):53-76, 1965.

paired com-
of Mathe-

MH-3945 (R01) ZiGLER, EDWARD F.: Rigidity in
performance of the feebleminded. Yale Univer-
sity, New Haven, Conn. (1960-63)

GREEN, C., and ZIGLER, E.: Social deprivation and
the performance of retarded and normal children
on a satiation type task. Child Development, 33:
499-508, 1962.

SHALLENBERGER, P., and ZIGLER, E.: Rigidity, nega-
tive reaction tendencies, and cosatiation effects in
normal and feebleminded children. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63:20-26, 1961.
Also in: Lipsitt, L., and Palermo, D., eds. Re-
search readings in child psychology. New York,
Holt, Rinehart, & Winston, 1963, p. 163-172.

SHEPPs, R., and ZIGLER, E.: Social deprivation and
rigidity in the performance of organic and fa-
milial retardates. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 67:262-268, 1962.

TENURE, J., and ZIGLER, E.: Outer-directedness in
the problem solving of normal and retarded chil-
dren. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 69:427-436, 1964.
ZIGLER, EDWARD F.: An overview of research in
learning, motivation, and perception. Exceptional
Children, 28:455-458, 1962.

ZIGLER, EDWARD: Social deprivation in organic and
familial retardates. Psychological Reports, 10:
370, 1962.

ZIGLER, EpwaArD: Rigidity in the feebleminded.
In: Trapp, E., and Himelstein, P., eds. Research
readings on the exceptional child. New York,
Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1962, p. 142-162.

ZIGLER, E.: Social reinforcement, environmental con-
ditions, and the child. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 33(4):614-623, 1963.

ZiGLER, EDWARD: Rigidity and social reinforcement
effects in the performance of institutionalized
normal and retarded children. Journal of Person-
ality, 31:258-269, 1963.

ZIGLER, EDWARD: The effect of social reinforcement
on normal and socially deprived children. Jour-
nal of Genetic Psychology, 104:235-242, 1964.

ZIGLER, EDWARD, and DELABRY, ].: Concept-switch-
ing in middle class, lower class, and retarded
.ichildren. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 65:267-273, 1962.

ZiGLER, E., and KANZER, P.: The effectiveness of
two classes of verbal reinforcers on the perform-
ance of middle and lower class children. Journal
of Personality, 30:157-163, 1962.

ZIGLER, EDWARD, and UNELL, E.: Concept-switching
in normal and feeble-minded children as a func-
tion of reinforcement. American Journal of Men-
tal Deficiency, 66:651-657, 1962.

ZIGLER, EDWARD, and WILLIAMS, ].: Institutionali-
zation and the effectiveness of social reinforce-
ment: A three year follow-up study. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Poychology 66:197-205,
1963.

MH-3950 (RO1) SuTcLIFFE, JoHN P.: The rela-
tion of imagery and fantasy to hypnosis. Univer-
sity of Sydney, Sydney, Australia. (1960-64)

AUSTIN, M., PErrY, C. W., SUTCLIFFE, J. P., and
YEOMANs, N.: Can somnambulists successfully
simulate hypnotic behaviour without becoming en-
tranced? International Journal of Clinical and
Experimental Hypnosis, 11:175-186, 1963.

SINGER, G., and SHEEHAN, P. W.: The effect of
demand characteristics on the figural after-effect
with real and imaged inducing figures. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychology, 78(1):96-101, 1965.

SUTCLIFFE, J. P.: A probability model for errors of
classification. I. General considerations. Psy-
chometrika, 30(1):73-96, 1965.

SUTCLIFFE, J. P.: A probability model for errors of
classification. II. Particular cases. Psychometrika,
30(2):129-155, 1965.

456

SUTCLIFFE, J. P., and JoNEs, JEAN A.: Personal
identity, multiple personality and hypnosis. In-
ternational Journal of Clinical and Experimental
Hypnosis, 10:231-269, 1962.

MH-3951 (R01) ForsHaM, PETER H.: Central
nervous control of corticotropin release. Univer-
sity of California, San Francisco, Calif. (1960-
63)

Bese, WiLriam R., Cos, JuaN ]., HORTON,
RicHARD, CHAO, PING YU, and FORSHAM, PETER
H.: Physiology of urinary cortisol excretion. [our-
nal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism,
24(9) :887-893, 1964.

BeiseL, W., DiRaiMonDO, V., and CHAO, P.: The
relative constance of cortisol binding in different
states of thyroid function. (Abstract) Clinical
Research, 10:399, 1962.

Govp, E., KeNT, J., and ForsHAM, P. H.: Studies
of pituitary adrenal relationship in man with an
11-B-hydroxylase inhibitor (SU-4885).  (Ab-
stract) In: 1st International Congress on Endo-
crinology, Copenhagen, July 1960, p. 353.

Gorp, E. M,, KENT, J. R., and ForsHAM, P. H.:
Clinical use of a new diagnostic agent, Metho-
pyrapone (SU-4885), in pituitary and adreno-
cortical disorders. Annals of Internal Medicine,
54:175-188, 1961.

ROSNER, J. M., Cos, J. J., BiGLIERI, E. G., HANE,
S., and ForsHAM, P. H.: Determination of urinary
unconjugated cortisol by glass fiber chromatog-
raphy in the diagnosis of Cushing's syndrome.
Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism,
23:820-827, 1963.

MH-3958 (R01) KAUFMAN, IRVING: Personality
and symptoms in preadolescent delinquency. Tufts
University, Boston, Mass. (1960-64)

KAUFMAN, IRVING, DURKIN, HARRY ]JR., FRANK,
THomas, HeiMs, Lora W., JONES, DOROTHEA
B., RYTER, ZELDA, STONE, EDWARD, and ZiL-
BACH, JOAN: Delineation of two diagnostic groups
among juvenile delinquents: The schizophrenic
and the impulse ridden character disorder. Jour-
nal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry,
2(2):292-318, 1963.

MH-3961 (R01) GRUEMER, HANNs-DIETER F.:
Phenylalanine metabolism in phenylketonuria.
Pineland Hospital and Training Center, Pownal,
Maine. (1960-64)

GRUEMER, H. D.: Formation of hippuric acid from
phenylalanine labeled with Carbon 14 in phenyl-
ketonuric subjects. Nature, 189:63-64, 1961.

GRUEMER, H. D., KoBLET, H., and WooDARD, C.:
Phenylalanine metabolism in the phenylpyruvic
condition. I. Distribution, pool size, and turn-
over rate in human phenylketonuria. Journal of
Clinical Investigation, 40:1758-1765, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2729).

GrUEMER, H. D., KoBLET, H., and Woo0DARD, C.:
Phenylalanine metabolism in the phenylpyruvic
condition. II. An attempt to calculate the daily
incorporation of phenylalanine jnto proteins.
Journal of Clinical Investigation, 41:61-66, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2729).

GRUEMER, H. D., MERROW, N., and Wo0ODARD, C.:
Distribution of a-amino-isobutyric acid (AIB) in
the mammalian organism. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 22(2):417, 1963.

MH-3966 (R01) QUARTON, GARDNER C., and
TALLAND, GEORGE A.: Effects of drug and task-
induced changes on memory. Massachusetts Gen-
eral Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1960-63)

TALLAND, GEORGE A., and QUARTON, GARDNER C.;
Methamphetamine and pentobarbital effects on
human motor performance. Psychopharmacologia,
8(4):241-250, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
1608).

MH-3967 (R01) KURLAND, ALBERT A. and
HuaNG, CHIEN L.: Chlorpromazine metabolism
in psychotic patients. Spring Grove State Hos-
pital, Catonsville, Md. (1960-62)

HuANG, CHIAN L., and KURLAND, ALBERT A.:
A quantitative study of chlorpromazine and its
sulfoxides in the urine of psychotic patients.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 118:428-437,
1961.

Huang, CHIAN L., and KURLAND, ALBERT A.:
Chlorpromazine blood levels in psychotic patients.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:509-513, 1961.

HuaNG, CHIAN L., SANDS, FREEMAN L., and KUR-
LAND, ALBERT A.: Urinary Thorazine metabolites
in psychotic patients. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 8:301-307, 1963.

MH-3968 (R01) EmusoN, SAMUEL, BRriLL, NOR-
MAN Q., COHEN, SIDNEY, and GELLER, EDWARD:
Identification of phenothiazine metabolites. Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1960-
64)

Emuson, S., and GELLER, E.: The excretion and
metabolism of _S35-labeled thioridazine in urine,
blood, bile, and feces. Biochemical Pharmacology,
12:1429-1435, 1963.

Emuson, S., GELLER, E., and COHEN, S.: Excretion
and metabolism of S35-labeled thioridazine in
humans. Transactions of the Sixth Research Con-
ference on Chemotherapy Studies in Psychiatry
and Research Approaches to Mental Illness (Vet-
erans Administrations), 6:75-79, 1961.

EmusonN, S., GELLER, E., and WALLACE, R. D.:
Quantitative determination and excretion of some

457

phenothiazine-type drugs in neuropsychiatric pa-
tients. Biochemical Pharmacology, 12:1437-1439,
1963.

KoEeGLER, RoNALD R., CoLBERT, EDWARD C., and
EmusoN, SAMUEL: Wanted: A biochemical test
for schizophrenia. California Medicine, 94(1):
26-29, 1961.

MH-3972 (R01) NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L.: Fac-
tors related to mental health in middle-aged
women. University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill
(1961-63)

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L., and KRAINEs, RUTH J.:
“Menopausal symptoms” in women of various
ages. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(3):266-273,
1965.

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L., Woob, VIVIAN, KRAINES,
RutH J., and Loomis, BARBARA: Women’s atti-
tudes toward the menopause. Vita Humana, 6:
140-151, 1963.

MH-3979 (R01) ROBERTS, WARREN M.: Central
mechanisms of emotions. Syracuse University,
Syracuse, N.Y. (1960-62) (Continued as 6901).

RoBERTS, W. W.: Fear-like behavior elicited from
dorsomedial thalamus of cat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:191-
197, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6901).

RoBErTS, W. W., and CAREY, R. ]J.: Effect of dorso-
medial thalamic lesions on fear in cats. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
950-958, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6901).

ROBERTS, WARREN W. and CAREY, ROBERT J.:
Rewarding effect of performance of gnawing
aroused by hypothalamic stimulation in the rat.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 59(3):317-325, 1965.

RoBERTS, W. W., DEMBER, W. N., and BRODWICK,
M.: Alternation and exploration in rats with
hippocampal lesions. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 55:695-700, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-6901).

RoBerTs, W. W., and Kigss, H. O.: Motivational
properties of hypothalamic aggression in cats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 58:187-193, 1964.

MH-3983 (R01) MANN, Froyp C.: Technological
change and mental health. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960-60)

MANN, F. C.: Psychological and organizational im-
pacts of automation and technological change.
In: Dunlop, John T., ed. Automation and tech-
nological change. Englewood Cliffs, N.]J., Pren-
tice Hall, 1962, p. 43-65.

MANN, F. C., and WiLLiAMS, LAWRENCE K.: Ob-
servations on the dynamics of a change to elec-
tronics data processing equipment. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 5:217-256, 1960.

MANN, F. C., and WiLLiAMS, LAWRENCE K.: Some
effects of the changing work environment in the
office. Journal of Social Issues, 18(3):90-101,
1962.

MH-3986 (R01) PULVER, SYDNEY E.: Recovery of
subliminal stimuli in hypnotic imagery. Pennsyl-
vania Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960-62)

PuLVER, SYDNEY E., and EpPEs, BENNETT: The
Poetzl phenomenon: Some further evidence. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, 136(6):
527-534, 1963.

MH-3987 (R01) WiNITtz, HARRIS, and SPRADLIN,
JosepH: The vocal learning of infants. Univer-
sity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (1960-63)

WinITz, HARRIS: Temporal reliability in articulation
testing. Journal of Speech and Hearing Disorders,
28:247-251, 1963.

WiNITZ, HARRIS: Research in articulation and in-
telligence. Child Development, 35:287-297, 1964.

WiNITZz, HARRIS, and BELLEROSE, BETTY: Sound
discrimination as a function of pretraining condi-
tions. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research,
5:340-348, 1962.

WiNITZ, HARRIS, and BELLEROSE, BETTY: Effects of
pretraining with varied stimuli on sound discrimi-
nation learning. Journal of Speech and Hearing
Research, 6:171-180, 1963.

WiNITZ, HARRIS, and BELLEROSE, BETTY: Phoneme
generalization as a function of phoneme similarity
and verbal unit of test and training stimuli.
Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 6:379-
392, 1963.

WiNITZ, HARRIS, and DARLEY, F. L.: Age of first
word: Review of research. Journal of Speech
and Hearing Disorders, 26:272-290, 1961.

WiNITZ, HARRIS, and LAWRENCE, M.: Children’s
articulation and sound learning ability. Journal
of Speech and Hearing Research, 4:259-268, 1961.

WiNITZ, HARRIS, SIEGEL, G., and CONKEY, H.: The
influence of testing instrument on articulatory re-
sponses of children. Journal of Speech and Hear-
ing Disorders, 28:67-76, 1963.

MH-3993 (R10) WHITTIER, JoHN R., and HAYDU,
GEORGE G.: Comparative trial of antidepressant
drugs. Creedmoor State Hospital, New York,
N.Y. (1960-63)

Haypu, G. G., WHITTIER, J. R., GOLDSCHMIDT, L.,
and KoreNyi, C.: Differential therapeutic results
of three antidepressant medications according to
fixed or functional schedules. Journal of Nervous
Mental Diseases, 139:475-478, 1964.

458

KoRENYI, CHARLES, WHITTIER, JoHN R., HAYDU,
GEORGE G., and GoLpSCHMIDT, LEONTINE: Eosin-
ophil count in depression. Diseases of the Nerv-
ous System, 25:87-89, 1964.

WHITTIER, J. R., Korenyl, C., GoLpscHmDT, L.,
and HAaypu, G.: The serum cholesterol “sign”
test in depression. Psychosomatics, 5:27-33, 1964.

MH-3994 (R01) SEIDEL, ROBERT J.: Nature of the
mediator in verbal learning. Denison University,
Granville, Ohio. (1960-61)

SEIDEL, ROBERT J.: The importance of the S-R role
of the verbal mediator in mediate association.
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 16(3):170-176,
1962.

SEIDEL, ROBERT J.: Role of repetition and reinforce-
ment in learning. Psychological Reports, 13:815-
822, 1963.

SEIDEL, ROBERT J.: RTT paradigm: No panacea for
theories of associative learning. Psychological
Review, 70(6):565-572, 1963.

MH-3997 (R01) LiTTMAN, RICHARD A.: Immedi-
ate and delayed effects of severe trauma. Univer-
sity of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1960-62)

LirtMAN, RICHARD A., and HsiEH, MEI-FUNG:
Relations between exploration and length of alley.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 57:214-216, 1964.

LirtMAN, RICHARD A. and STEVENS, DAVID A.:
Early trauma, number of animals in a cage, and
avoidance learning. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
0gy, 107:127-132, 1965.

LirtMAN, R. A. STEVENS, D. A., and WHITTIER,
J. L.: Previous shock experience and response
threshold to shock. Canadian Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 18(2):93-100, 1964.

MEYERS, WILLIAM J., LEARY, ROBERT W., and
LitTMAN, RICHARD A.: Free-choice exploration:
Decreased  responsitivity to illumination from
prior experience. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(2):297-298, 1965.

WHITTIER, JAMES L. and LITTMAN, RICHARD A.:
Very early weaning, weaning stimulation, and the
adult exploratory and avoidance behaviour of
white rats. Canadian [Journal of Psychology, 19
(4) :288-303, 1965.

MH-3999 (R01) ELDRED, STANLEY H.: Social and
individual systems in schizophrenia. McLean Hos-
pital, Belmont, Mass. (1960-64)

ELprED, S. H., BELL, N. W., SHERMAN, L. J., and
LoNGABAUGH, R. H.: Classification and analysis
of interaction patterns on a ward for chronic
schizophrenics. In: Riorch, David M., and Wein-
stein, Edwin A., eds. Disorders of communica-
tion. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p.
381-386.

LONGABAUGH, RicHARD, ELDRED, STANLEY H.,
BELL, NORMAN W. and SHERMAN, LEwIs J.:
The interactional world of the chronic schizophre-
nic patient. Psychiatry, 29(1):78-99, 1966.

SHERMAN, Lewis J., ELDRED, STANLEY H., BELL,
NorRMAN W., and LONGABAUGH, RICHARD H.:
A revised use of the multidimensional scale for
rating psychiatric patients. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 22(2) :248-251, 1966.

MH—4000 (R01) BeacH, FRANK A.: Determinants
of species—specific behavior. University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley, Calif. (1960- )

BeacH, F. A.: Reproductive anatomy and mating
behavior of an intersex rat. Journal of Mammal-
ogy, 44:57-61, 1963.

BeacH, F. A., and WiLsoN, J. R.: Mating behavior
in male rats after removal of the seminal vesciles.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences,
49:624-626, 1963.

Burt, G. S.: Strain differences in picrotoxin seizure
threshold. Nature, 193:301-302, 1962.

KuEeHN, R., and BeacH, F. A.: Quantitative meas-
urements of sexual receptivity in female rats.
Behaviour, 21:282-299, 1963.

SacHs, BENJAMIN D.: Sexual behavior of male rats

after one to nine days without food. Journal of

Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 60(1):
144-146, 1965.

WHALEN, R. E.: Strain differences in the sexual be-
havior of the male rat. Behaviour, 8:199-204,
1961.

WiLsoN, JaMEs R., ADLER, NORMAN, and LE
Boteu¥, BURNEY: The effects of intromission fre-
quency on successful pregnancy in the female cat.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences,
53(6):1392-1395, 1965.

WiLsoN, J., and BEacH, F. A.: Effects of prolactin,
progesterone, and estrogen on reactions of non-
pregnant rats to foster young. Psychological Re-
ports, 13:231-239, 1963.

WiLsoN, J., KUEHN, R., and BEacH, F. A.: Modi-
fication in the sexual behavior of male rats pro-
duced by changing the stimulus female. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
636-644, 1963.

MH-4001 (R01) StrRUPP, HANs H.: Second con-
ference on research in psychotherapy. American
Psychological ~ Association, Washington, D.C.
(1960-62)

Strupp, H. H., and LUBORsKY, L., eds.: Research
in psychotherapy, Volume 2. Washington, D.C,
American Psychological Association, 1962, 342 p.

459

MH-4003 (R01) ReyNoLps, ROBERT W.: Neuro-
physiology and pharmacology of hunger motiva-
tion. University of California, Berkeley, Calif.
(1960-61)

ADLER, NORMAN, and BERMANT, GORDON: Sexual
behavior of male rats: Effects of reduced sensory
feedback. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 61(2):240-243, 1966.

BERMANT, GORDON: Effects of single and multiple
enforced intercopulatory intervals on the sexual
behavior of male rats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 57:398-403, 1964.

BERMANT, G.: Rat sexual behavior: Photographic
analysis of the intromission response. Psycho-
nomic Science, 2:65-66, 1965.

BERMANT, GORDON, and WESTBROOK, WILLIAM H.:
Peripheral factors in the regulation of sexual con-
tact by female rats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 61(2):244-250, 1966.

ReEyNoLps, R. W.: Ventromedial hypothalamic le-
sions without hyperphagia. American Journal of
Physiology, 204:60-62, 1963.

ReyNoLDs, R. W., and CARLISLE, H. ]J.: The effect
of chlorpromazine on food intake in the albino
rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 54:354-356, 1961.

MH-4004 (R03) DONAHOE, JoHN W.: Quantita-
tive study of visual exploratory behavior. Univer-
sity of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. (1960-61)

DONAHOE, JoHN W.: The reinforcing effects of
variable visual stimulation. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 107:205-218, 1965.

MH—4008 (R03) TuCHMANN-DUPLEssIS, H.: Brain
and pituitary changes induced by reserpine.
Fondation D Endocrinologie Embryologique, Paris,
France. (1960-61)

GABE, M., TucHMANN-DuUPLEssIs, H., and MER-
cier-ParoT, L.: Influence de la reserpine sur la
neurosecretion hypothalamo-hypophysaire du rat
albinos. Comptes Rendus Academie des Sciences,
252:1857-1859, 1961.

TucHMANN-DuUPLEssis, H., GABE, M., and MER-
ciErR-ParoT, L.: Diminution du produit de sécré-
tion hypothalamo-neuro-hypophysaire aprés injec-
tion de réserpine. Annales d’Endocrinologie, 23:
65-77, 1962.

TucHMANN-DUPLEssIS, H., and MERCIER-PAROT, L.:
Influence de traitements chroniques de deserpidine
sure le cycle oestral et la fertilité du Rat. Comp-
tes Rendus des Seances de la Societe de Biologie,
156(3) :487-490, 1962.

TucHMANN-DUPLESssIS, H., and MERCIER-PAROT, L.:
Influence de traitements chroniques de reserpine
sur la fertilité des parents et de leur descendance.
Comptes Rendus des Seances de la Societe de Bio-
logie, 156(4):587-590, 1962,

MH-4010 (R03) MILLER, WALTER B., and SPILLER,
BERTRAM: Bases of prestige in delinquent corner
gangs. Boston University, Boston, Mass. (1960-
61)

SPILLER, BERTRAM: Some social functions of gangs,
2nd Annual Juvenile Delinquency Prevention and
Control Seminar: A report. Special Report No.
121. Lawrence, Kansas, Governmental Research
Center, University of Kansas, 1963, p. 18-21.

SPILLER, BERTRAM: Delinquency and middle class
goals. Journal of Criminal Law, Criminology and
Police Science, 56(4) :463-478, 1965.

MH-4011 (RO1) Ries, WALTHER: Origins of
modern psychiatry. Individual, Richmond, Va.
(1960- 1)

Riese, HERTHA: Intangibles of psychotherapy: With
special reference to the neglected child. Journal
of the American Medical Women's Association,

I 19(4):307-310, 1964.

Riese, WALTHER: Phenomenology and existential-
ism in psychiatry: An historical analysis. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 132:469-484,
1961.

RIESE, WALTHER: La pensée morale de Maimonide.
Interprétée par les “"Huit Chapitres.” Revue d’His-
toire de la Médecine Hébraique (Paris), 54:149-
153, 1961.

Riese, WALTHER: Frithe Fassungen und spiteres
Schicksal des sogenannten Sprachzentrums. Schwei-
zer Archiv fur Neurologie, Neurochirurgie und
Psychiatrie, 88(2):299-314, 1961.

Riese, WALTHER: The impact of Romanticism on
the experimental method. Studies in Romanticism
(Boston University), 11(1):11-22, 1962.

RIESE, WALTHER: Phyloanalysis (Burrow): Its his-
torical and philosophical implications. Acta Psy-
chotherapie, 11:5-36, 1963.

Riese, WALTHER: La pensée morale de Galien.
Revue Philosophique de la France et de I'Etran-
ger, 153:331-346, 1963.

Riese, WALTHER: The sources of Hughlings Jack-
son’s view on aphasia. Brain, 88(4):811-822,
1965.

Riese, W.: La theorie des passions a la lumiere de
la pensie medicale du xvlle siecle. Confinia Psy-
chiatrica, 8(Suppl.) :1-74, 1965.

RIESE, WALTHER: On thought in existentialism.
Journal of Existentialism, 6(21):89-97, 1965.

RIESE, WALTHER, and ARRINGTON, G. E.: The his-
tory of Johannes Muller's doctrine of the specific

460

energies of the senses, original and later version.
Bulletin of the History of Medicine, 37:179-183,
1963.

RIESE, WALTHER, and COLLISON, JOHN: Aphasia in
children reconsidered. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 138:293-295, 1964.

MH-4012 (R01) Trurrt, Epwarp B., Jr.: Role of
acetaldehyde in the action of ethanol. University
of Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1960- )

Duritz, G., and Trurrr, E. B.: A rapid method for
the simultaneous determination of acetaldehyde
and ethanol in blood using gas chromatography.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 25:498-
510, 1964.

Truitt, E. B.: The role of acetaldehyde in the ac-
tion of alcohol on brain norepinephrine and sero-
tonin. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22(2)
Part 1:272, 1963.

Trurrt, E. B., and Durrrz, G.: An oscillographic
measurement of body sway in the Romberg test
applicable to inebriated human subjects. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2) Part 1:517,
1965.

Truitt, EDWARD B., JR., and DuRITZ, GILBERT:
Gas chromatographically determined blood levels
of ethanol and acetaldehyde in healthy and al-
coholic human subjects. (Abstract) Pharmacolo-
gist, 7(2) :147, 1965.

Truitt, E. B, Jr., Duritz, G., MORGAN, A. M.,
and ProuTty, R. W.: Disulfiram-like actions pro-
duced by hypoglycemic sulfonylurea compounds.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 23:197-
207, 1962.

MH-4014 (RO1) BestemaN, Korst J., O’'DoNn-
NELL, JOHN A., and STRAUS, ROBERT: A post-
hospital study of Kentucky addicts. Public Health
Service Hospital, Lexington, Ky. (1960-63)

O'DONNELL, JOHN A.: A post-hospital study of
Kentucky addicts. A preliminary report. Journal
of the Kentucky State Medical Association, 61
(7):573-577 and 604, 1963.

O'DoNNELL, J. A.: A follow-up of narcotic ad-
dicts. American Journal Orthopsychiatry, 34:948-
954, 1964.

MH-4015 (R01) RUBIN, JoaAN: The establishment
of Guarani as a national language. Yale Univer-
sity, New Haven, Conn. (1960-61)

RuBIN, JoaN: Bilingualism in Paraguay. Anthro-
pological Linguistics, 4:52-58, 1962.

RuBIN, JoAN: A bibliography of Caribbean Creole
languages. Caribbean Studies, 2(4):51-61, 1963.
MH-4017 (RO1) BRONFENBRENNER, URIE, and
DEVEREUX, EDWARD C.: Cross-cultural studies of
family behavior. Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.
(1960-61)

BRONFENBRENNER, URIE: Soviet methods of char-
acter education: Some implications for research.
American Psychologist, 17(8):550-564, 1962.

BRONFENBRENNER, URIE: Some possible effects of
national policy on character development in the
United States of America and the Soviet Union.
In: Lasswell, H. D., and Cleveland, H. The ethic
of power. New York, Harper Bros., 1962, p.
293-305.

BRONFENBRENNER, URIE: Soviet studies of person-
ality development and socialization. In: Bauer,
Raymond A., ed. Some views on Soviet psychology.
Washington, D.C., American Psychological Asso-
ciation, 1962, p. 63-86.

Devereux, E. C., JrR., BRONFENBRENNER, URIE,
and Suci, G. J.: Patterns of parent behavior in
the United States of America and the Federal Re-
public of Germany: A cross-national comparison.
International Social Science Journal, 14(3):488-
506, 1963.

MH-4019 (R03) HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: Study of
isolated families. Individual, Chicago, Ill. (1960-
60)

HAGGARD, ERNEST A.: Isolation and personality.
In: Worchel and Byrne, eds. Personality change.
New York, Wiley Press, 1964, p. 433-469.

MH-4025 (R01) GLick, LEONARD B.: Primitive
medicine in a melanesian society. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960-62)

GLicK, LEONARD B.: Categories and relations in
Gimi natural science. American Anthropologist,
66(4)Part 11:273-322, 1962.

MH-4027 (R04) PospisiL, LEopoLD, and EYDE,
Davip B.: Informal pressures in a papuan group.
Yale University, New Haven, Conn. (1960-62)

Eypg, Davip B., and Postar, PAuL M.: Avuncu-
locality and incest: The development of unilateral
cross-cousin marriage and Crow-Omaha kinship
systems. American Anthropologist, 63(4):747-
771, 1961.

MH-4030 (R01) Lowry, ELMER F., Jr., MILL,
CyriL R., PETTIS, JAMES B., and ZoLik, EDWIN:
Hospital and community coordination for after-
care. Alexandria Mental Hygiene Clinic, Alex-
andria, Va. (1960-62)

Davis, HIRaM W.: Northern Virginia mental health
project. Virginia Medical Monthly, 88:484-486,
1961.

461

LEVIN, IRVING: Preparing for after-care: Hospital
and community. In: Proceedings of conference on
hospital-community coordination for total patient
care. Blackwater Falls, W. Va., West Virginia
Department of Mental Health, 1961, p. 14-17.

Lowry, ELMER F., Jr.: The world of after-care.
Mental Health in Virginia, 12:19-21, 1962.

Zouk, EpwiIN S., and LEVIN, IRVING: Northern Vir-
ginia Mental Health Project, Quarterly Report
(Part I). Mental Health in Virginia, 11(4) :34-
36, 1961.

Zork, EpwiIN S., LEVIN, IRVING: Northern Virginia
Mental Health Project, First Quarterly Report
(Part II). Mental Health in Virginia, 12(1):
26-28, 1961.

Zork, EpwiN S., Lowry, ELMER F., JR., and PET-
TIS, JAMES B.: Northern Virginia Mental Health
Project (Part III). Mental Health in Virginia,
12:20-24, 1962.

MH-4033 (R03) Trianpis, Harry C., and TRrI-
ANDIS, LEIGH M.: Cultural determinants of social
distance. University of Illinois, Urbana, IIL
(1960-61)

Trianpis, H. C.: Factors affecting employee selec-
tion in two cultures. Journal of Applied Psy-
chology, 47:89-96, 1963.

Trianpis, H. C., and FisHBEIN, M.: Cognitive in-
teraction in person perception. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 67:446-453, 1963.

Trianpis, H. C., and TRIANDIS, LEIGH M.: A cross-
cultural study of social distance. Psychological
Monographs, 76:1-21, 1962. (Whole No. 540).

MH-4034 (R03) GORMEZANO, ISIDORE: Instru-
mental and reflex blinks in eyelid conditioning.
Indiana University, Bloomington, Ind. (1960-61)

GARMEZANO, I, and MOORE, J. W.: Effects of in-
structional set and UCS intensity on the latency,
percentage and form of the eyelid response.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63:487-494,
1962.

Moor, J. W., and GorMEzANO, I.: Yoked com-
parisons of instrumental and classical eyelid con-
ditioning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
62(6)552-559, 1961.

MH—4036 (R01) Horranp, WiLLiaM R., and
SPICER, EDWARD HOLLAND: A study of tzotzil med-
icine and medical practices. University of Ari-
zona, Tucson, Ariz. (1960-61)

HorrLanD, W. R.: Relaciones entre la religion tzotzil
contemporinea y la maya antigua. Awnales del In-
sitituto Nacional de Antropologia e Historia, 13:
113-131, 1961.
HoLrLaNnD, W. R.: Tonalismo y nagualismo entre los
indios tzotziles de Larrainzar, Chiapas, Mexico.
Estudios de Cultura Maya. Universidad Nacio-
nal Autonoma de Mexico, 1:159-81, 1961.

HoLLAND, WILLIAM R.: Mexican-American medical
beliefs: Science or magic? Arizona Medicine, 20
(5) :89-102, 1963.

HoLLAND, W. R.: Psicoterapia maya en los altos de
Chiapas. Estudios de Cultura Maya (Mexico),
3:261-277, 1963.

HorrLanp, W. R.: Contemporary Tzotzil cosmologi-
cal concepts as a basis for interpreting prehistoric
Maya civilization. American Antiquity, 29(3):
301-306, 1964.

HorLLaND, WiLLiAM, and THARP, RorLanD G.:
Highland Maya psychotherapy. American Anthro-
pologist, 66:41-52, 1964.

HoLranNp, W. R., and WEITLANER, ROBERT ]J.:
Modern Cuicatec use of prehistoric sacrificial
knives. American Antiquity, 25(3):392-464,
1960.

MH-4037 (R03) LEVINE, ROBERT A.: Cross-cul-
tural studies of personality development. Univer-
sity of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1960-60)

LEVINE, ROBERT A.: Africa. In: Hsu, Francis
L. K, ed. Psychological anthropology: Ap-
proaches to culture and personality. Homewood,
IIL, Dorsey Press, 1961, p. 48-93.

MH-4038 (R01) KORMAN, MAURICE, and KNOPF,
IRWIN J.: The alcohol consummatory response in
rats. University of Texas, Dallas, Texas. (1960-
63)

Brack, CHARLES J.: Behavior of normal rats in-
jected with the blood of rats subjected to pro-
longed stress. Psychological Reports, 10:646,
1962.

KorMAN, M., and KNOPF, I. J.: Variables affecting
the instrumental conditioning of the alcohol re-
sponse. In: Proceedings of the 7th Inter-American
Congress of Psychology, Mexico City, Rama Mexi-
cana-S.I.P., 1963, p. 256-260.

KorMmaN, M., KNoPF, I. J., and Leon, R. L.: Al-
cohol as a discriminative stimulus: A preliminary
report. Texas Reports in Biology and Medicine,
20:61-63, 1962.

KorMAN, M., and STUBBLEFIELD, R. L.: The defi-
nition of alcoholism. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 178:1184-1186, 1961.

MH-4041 (RO1) BRENNER, BERNARD, LEVINE,
MURRAY, and SPIVACK, GEORGE: Subliminal in-
fluences on creative art. Devereux Schools, De-
von, Pa. (1960-61)

462

LEVINE, MURRAY, and SPIVACK, GEORGE: Rorschach
index of repressive style. Springfield, Ill, C. C.
Thomas, 1963, 164 p.

Spivack, G., LEVINE, M., and BRENNER, B.: The
Rorschach index of repressive style and scale check-
ing style: A study of sex differences. Journal of
Projective Techniques, 28:484-490, 1964.

MH-4045 (R01) Reiss, IRA L.: Guttman scales of
student attitudes. Bard College, Annandale-on-
Hudson, N.Y. (1960-61) (Continued as MH-
5566).

McTavisH, DoNALD G.: A method for more re-
liable coding detailed occupations into Duncan’s
socio-economic categories. American Sociological
Review, 29:402-406, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-5566).

REss, Ira L.: Sexual codes in teen-age culture. An-
nals of the American Academy of Political and
Social Science, November: 53-62, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-5566).

Ress, IRA L.: Sociological studies of sexual stand-
ards. In: Winokur, G., ed. Determinants of hu-
man sexual behavior, Chapter 6. Springfield, IIL,
Thomas, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5566).

Reiss, Ira L.: Premarital sexual permissiveness
among Negroes and whites. American Sociologi-
cal Review, 29:688-698, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5566).

Reiss, Ira L.: Social class and premarital sexual per-
missiveness: A re-examination. American Socio-
logical Review, 30(5):747-756, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5566).

MH-4046 (R03) PusoLs, BENjaMIN H., Jr.
Trials per problem and discrimination reversal.
University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla. (1960-
61)

PuBoLs, BENJAMIN H., Jr.: Serial reversal learning
as a function of the number of trials per reversal.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 55:66-68, 1962.

PusoLs, BENJAMIN H., Jr.: An application of Le-
vine’s model for hypothesis behavior to serial re-
versal learning. Psychological Review, 69:241-
245, 1962.

MH-4050 (R03) Beck, RoBerT C.: Artificial con-
trol of thirst and behavior. Wake Forest College,
Winston-Salem, N.C. (1960-61)

Beck, ROBERT C.: Effects of variations in water need
and incentive concentration on bar-pressing. Psy-
chological Reports, 13:31-37, 1963.

Beck, R. C.: Consummatory behaviour of the rat
adapting to a water deprivation schedule. In:
Wagner, Mathew J., ed. Thirst. Proceedings of
the 1st International Symposium on Thirst in the
Regulation of Body Water. Florida State Univer-
sity, Tallahassee, May, 1963. New York, Mac-
Millan, 1964, p. 305-316.

Beck, RoBERT C., and HORNE, MAURICE: Some
effects of two thirst control procedures on eating,
drinking and body weight of the rat. Journal of
General Psychology, 71:93-101, 1964.

MH-4055 (R01) WAGLEY, CHARLES W., BOWLES,
GORDON TOWNSEND, and CARTER, WILLIAM
EARL: The effect of servility on human personal-
ity. Columbia University, New York, N.Y.
(1960-61)

CARTER, WILLIAM E.: The first book of South Amer-
ica. New York, Franklin Watts, 1961, 86 p.

CARTER, WiLLiaM E.: The first book of Bolivia.
New York, Franklin Watts, 1963, 82 p.

CARTER, WiLLIAM E.: Religion y el indio andino.
Iglesia y Sociedad, 1964. Montevideo, Uruguay.

MH-4056 (R01) McCoLLouGH, CELESTE F.: Au-
tonomic conditioning—cardiac and pupillary stud-
ies. Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio. (1960-63)

McCorLouGH, CELESTE: The conditioning of color-
perception. American Journal of Psychology, 78
(3) :362-378, 1965.

MH-4058 (R01) LANDFIELD, ALVIN W.: Social
cognition and client-therapist interaction. Univer-
sity of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. (1960-62)

LANDFIELD, ALVIN W., O’DoNovaN, D., and
Nawas, M.: Improvement ratings by external
judges and psychotherapists. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:747-748, 1962.

OLIVER, W. D., and LANDFIELD, ALVIN W.: Re-
flexivity: An unfaced issue in psychology. Jour-
nal of Individual Psychology, 18:114-124, 1962.
Also in: ETC; A Review of General Semantics,
July, 1963.

MH-4060 (R03) STRAUS, MURRAY A.: A survey of
patterns of deferred gratification. Cornell Univer-
sity, Ithaca, N.Y. (1960-61)

STRAUS, MURRAY A.: Deferred gratification, social
class, and the achievement syndrome. American
Sociological Review, 27:326-335, 1962.

MH-4063 (R01) PATTERSON, GERALD R., and
LirTMAN, RICHARD A.: Application of learning
principles to child rearing. University of Oregon,
Eugene, Ore. (1960-61) (Continued as MH-
5429).

PATTERSON, G. R.: An empirical approach to the
classification of disturbed children. Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 20:326-337, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-5429).

463

PATTERSON, G. R., and ANDERSON, D.: Peers as
social reinforcers. Child Development, 35:951-
960, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5429).

PATTERSON, G. R., and HiNsey, W. C.: Investiga-
tions of some assumptions and characteristics of a
procedure for instrumental conditioning in chil-
dren. Journal of Experimental and Child Psychol-
ogy, 1:111-112, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
5429).

PATTERSON, G. R., LirtmAN, R. E., and HINSEY,
W. C.: Parental effectiveness as reinforcers in the
laboratory and its relation to child rearing prac-
tices, and child adjustment in the classroom.
Journal of Personality, 32:180-199, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-5429).

MH-4069 (R03) RieGEL, Kraus F.: Study on the
use of association and fluency tests. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960-61)

Riecer, K. F,, and BIRREN, J. E.: Age differences
in choice reaction time to verbal stimuli. (Ab-
stract) Journal of Gerontology, 17:470-471, 1962.

MH-4075 (R01) Epwarps, ALLEN L.: Psycho-
metric investigation of personality scales. Univer-
sity of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1961- )

EpwaRrps, A. L.: A factor analysis of experimental
social desirability and response set scales. Jour-
nal of Applied Psychology, 47:308-316, 1963.

EbpwaARDS, ALLEN L.: Prediction of mean scores on
MMPI scales. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
28(2):183-185, 1964.

EpwaRrps, A. L.: Social desirability and performance
on the MMPI. Psychometrika, 29(4):295-308,
1964.

EpwarDs, ALLEN L.: Correlation of “A unidimen-
sional depression scale for the MMPI” with the
SD scale. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29
(3) 1271-273, 1965.

EpwARDS, ALLEN L.: Measurement of individual
differences in ratings of social desirability and in
the tendency to give socially desirable responses.
Journal of Experimental Research in Personality,
1(2):91-98, 1965.

EpwaRDs, ALLEN L.: A comparison of 57 MMPI
scales and 57 experimental scales matched with
the MMPI scales in terms of item social desira-
bility scale values and probabilities of endorse-
ment. Educational and Psychological Measure-
ment, 26(1) :15-27, 1966.

Epwarps, A. L., and Diers, CAROL J.: Social de-
sirability and the factorial interpretation of the
MMPI. Educational and Psychological Measure-
ment, 22:501-509, 1962.

Epwarps, A. L., and Diers, CAROL J.: Neutral
items as a measure of acquiescence. Educational
and Psychological Measurement, 23:687-698,
1963.

EpwaRrDps, A. L., Diers, CAROL J., and WALKER,

J. N.: Response sets and factor loadings on sixty-

one personality scales. Journal of Applied Psy-
chology, 46:220-225, 1962.

EpwArps, A. L., Gocka, E. F., and HoLLowAy,
HiLpEGUND: The development of an MMPI ac-
quiescence scale. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
20:148-150, 1964.

EpwARDs, ALLEN L., and KLockARrs, ALAN ].: So-
cial desirability and probability of endorsement of
items in the Yatabe-Guilford personality inven-
tory. Psychological Reports, 17(1):166, 1965.

EbpwARDS, A. L., and WALKER, J. N.: A short form
of the MMPI: The SD scale. Psychological Re-
ports, 8:485-486, 1961.

Epwarps, A. L., and WALKER, J. N.: Relationship
between probability of item endorsement and so-
cial desirability scale value for high and low
groups on Edward's SD scale. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 64:458-460, 1962.

EpwaRrDs, A. L., and WALsH, J. A.: Relationships
between various psychometric properties of per-
sonality items. Educational and Psychological
Measurement, 23:227-238, 1963.

Epwarps, A. L., and WALsH, J. A.: Response sets
in standard and experimental personality scales.
American Educational Research Journal, 1:52-61,
1964.

EpwARDS, ALLEN L., and WALSH, JAMES A.: A fac-
tor analysis of ? scores. [Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 69(5):559-563, 1964.

Epwarps, A. L., WALsH, J. A., and DiErs, CAROL,
J.: The relationship between social desirability
and internal consistency of personality scales.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 47:255-259, 1963.

WALKER, J. N.: An examination of the role of the
experimentally determined response set in evalu-
ating Edwards’ Social Desirability Scale. [Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 26:162-166, 1962.

MH-4077 (R03) LacHMAN, Roy, and BONK,
WILLIAM ].: Behavior and attitudes during 1960
volcanic eruption. University of Hawaii, Hono-
lulu, Hawaii. (1960-60)

LAcHMAN, R.: Behavior, rituals, and beliefs during
a volcano eruption. In: Proceedings of the 16th
International Congress of Psychology. Amster-
dam, North-Holland Publishing Co., 1962.

LacHMAN, R., and Bonk, W. J.: Behavior and be-
liefs during the recent volcano eruption at Kapoho,
Hawaii. Science, 131(3407):1095-1096, 1960.

LacHMAN, R., TATsuoka, M., and Bonk, W. J.:
Human behavior during the taunami of May 1960.
Science, 133:1405-1409, 1961.

464

MH-4082 (R03) HAMMER, MURIEL, and SALZIN-
GER, KURT: Formal characteristics of schizophre-
nic speech. New York State Psychiatric Institute,
New York, N.Y. (1960-61)

HaMMER, M., and SALZINGER, K.: Some formal
characteristics of schizophrenic speech as a meas-
ure of social deviance. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 105:861-889, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4842).

MH-4083 (R01) ForLcH-P1, Jorpi, and WAELSCH,
HEINRICH B.: Fourth international neurochemical
symposium. McLean Hospital, Belmont, Mass.
(1960-61)

KEety, S. S., and ELKEs, J., eds.: Regional neuro-
chemistry. The regional chemistry, physiology
and pharmacology of the nervous system. Ox-
ford, Pergamon, 1961, 540 p.

MH-4085 (R03) KAUFMAN, MELVIN E.: Learning
set retention in mentally retarded children. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1960-61)

KaAurMAN, M. E.: The formation of a learning set
in institutional and noninstitutional mental defec-
tives. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
67:601-605, 1963.

MH-4087 (R01) De Vos, GEORGE A., JONEs,
Harorp E., and WacAaTsuMa, HirosHI: Com-
parative research on delinquency. University of
California, Berekeley, Calif. (1960- )

DeVos, GEORGE: Deviancy and social change: A
psychocultural evaluation of trends in Japanese
delinquency and suicide. In: Smith, Robert J.,
and Beardsley, Richard K., eds. Japanese culture:

Its development and characteristics. Chicago,
Aldine Publishing, 1962, p. 153-170.
DeVos, GEORGE: The legendary Yakuza. Califor

nia Monthly, 74(5) :1964.

DeVos, GEORGE A.: Assimilation and social self
identity in the Japanese former outcaste group,
Chapter 3. In: Kantor, Mildred B., ed. Mobility
and mental health. Springfield, Ill., Charles C.
Thomas, 1965.

DeVos, GEORGE, and MizusHIMA, KEncHI: The
school and delinquency: Perspectives from Japan.
Teachers College Record, 63(8):626-638, 1962.

MH-4091 (R01) Havras, EDWARD S.: Instrumental
conditioning in the planarian. University of
North Dakota, Grand Forks, N.D. (1960-64)

Havas, E. S.: Operant conditioning in planarian:
A criticism. Science, 141(3579):390-392, 1963.

Havras, E. S., James, R. L., and Knutson, C. S.:
An attempt at classical conditioning in the pla-
narian. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:969-971, 1962.
Havas, E. S., James, R. L., and STONE, L. A.:
Types of responses elicited in planaria by light.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 54:302-305, 1961.

Haras, E. S., MuLry, R. C,, and DEBOER, MAR-
GARET: Some problems involved in conditioning
planaria: Electrical polarity. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:395-398, 1962.

James, R. L., and Havas, E. S.: No difference in
extinction behavior in planaria following various
types and amounts of training. Psychological
Record, 14:1-11, 1964.

James, R.-L., and Havas, E. S.: A reply to McCon-
nell. Psychological Record, 14:21-23, 1964.

RoseNTHAL, R., and Havras, E. S.: Experimenter
effect in the study of invertebrate behavior. Psy-
chological Reports, 11:251-256, 1962.

MH-4093 (R01) MurpHY, Lois B.: Longitudinal
studies in mental health maintenance. Menninger
Foundation, Topeka, Kans. (1960-64)

BERNARDEZ, TERESA: The feminine role: Case re-
port. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 29(4):
198-204, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-680).

GINSPARG, SYLVIA, MORIATRY, ALICE, and MURPHY,
Lois B.: Young teenagers’ responses to the assassi-
nation of President Kennedy: Relation to previous
life experiences. Wolfenstein, Martha, and Kli-
man, Gilbert, eds. Children and the death of
President: Multi-disciplinary studies. New York,
Doubleday, 1965, 29 p.

MorGaN, C. J.: An individual action-research
method for intensive exploration of adaptive diffi-
culties in the prepuberty stage. Journal of Psy-
chology, 58:439-458, 1964.

Morrow, J. TARLTON: Providing growth experi-
ences: A preventive approach. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 29(4):177-188, 1965.

MurpHY, L. B.: Adaptational tasks in childhood in

our culture. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
28:309-322, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
680).

MurpHY, L. B.: Continuity and change in coping
resources of preschool children. Journal of Nurs-
ery Education, 19, 1964.

MH-4096 (R03) HORNER, B. ELIZABETH: Ony-
chomys in normal and abnormal behavioral stud-
ies. Smith College, Northampton, Mass. (1960-
61)

HORNER, B. ELIZABETH: Paternal care of the young
and convulsive seizures in the grasshopper mouse.
(Abstract) American Zoologist, 1(3):360, 1961.

MH-4097 (R01) GoLpscHMIDT, WALTER R.: So-
cio-cultural concomitants of ecologic changes.

465

University of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1960- )

EpGERTON, ROBERT B.: Pokot intersexuality: An
East African example of the resolution of sexual
incongruity. American Anthropologist, 66(6)
Part 1:1288-1299, 1964.

EDGERTON, ROBERT B.: Some dimensions of dis-
illusionment in culture contact. Southwestern
Journal of Anthropology, 21:231-243, 1965.

EDGERTON, ROBERT B., and CoNANT, FRANCIS P.:
“Kilapat”: The “shaming party” among the Po-
kot of East Africa. Southwestern Journal of An-
thropology, 20:404-418, 1964.

MH-4100 (R01) MaAsoN, WILLIAM A.: Determi-
nants of social behavior. Yerkes Laboratories of
Primate Biology—Emory University, Orange Park,
Fla. (1960-62)

BERNSTEIN, I. S., and MasoN, W. A.: Group for-
mation by rhesus monkeys. Animal Behavior, 11:
28-31, 1963.

BERNSTEIN, I. S., and MasoN, W. A.: Activity pats
terns of rhesus monkeys in a social group. Ani-
mal Behavior, 11:455-460, 1963.

MasoN, W. A.: The effects of environmental re-
striction on the social development of rhesus mon-

keys. In: Southwick, C. H., ed. Primate social
behavior. Princeton, Van Nostrand, 1963, p.
161-173.

MasoN, WiLLIAM A.: Determinants of social be-
havior in young chimpanzees. In: Schrier, Allan
M., Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz, Fred, eds.
Behavior of nonhuman primates. Vol. 2. New
York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 335-364.

MasoN, W. A., and BerksoN, G.: Conditions in-
fluencing vocal responsiveness of infant chimpan-
zees. Science, 137:127-128, 1962.

Mason, W. A., Hors, J. H.,, and SHARPE, L. G.:
Differential responses of chimpanzees to social
stimulation. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 55:1105-1110, 1962.

MasoN, W. A., Saxon, S. V., and SHARPE, L. G.:
Preferential responses of young chimpanzees to
food and social rewards. Psychological Record,
13:341-345, 1963.

MH-4109 (R01) GHENT, LILA, and HUNT,
THELMA: Spatial orientation in visual perception
of children. George Washington University,
Washington, D.C. (1960- )

ANTONOVSKY, HELEN F., and GHENT, LiLA: Cross-
cultural consistency of children’s preferences for
the orientation of figures. American Journal Psy-
chology, 77:295-297, 1964.
BRAINE, L. GHENT: Age changes in the mode of
perceiving geometric forms.  Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 2(6):155-156, 1965.

GHENT, L.: Recognition by children of realistic fig-
ures presented in various orientations. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 14:249-256, 1960.

GHENT, L.: Effect of orientation on recognition of
geometric forms by retarded children. Child De-
velopment, 35(4) :1127-1136, 1964.

GHENT, L., and BERNSTEIN, L.: Influence of the
orientation of geometric forms on their recogni-
tion by childien. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
12:95-101, 1961.

MH-4111 (R03) GOFFMAN, ERVING: Sociology of
the mental hospital. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1960-60)

GOFFMAN, ERVING: Asylums: Essays on the social
situation of mental patients and other inmates.
Garden City/New York, Anchor Books/Double-
day, 1961, 386 p.

MH-4112 (R03) DarpaNo, JosepH F.: Modifica-
O7cation of attentiveness—an exploratory study.
Anna State Hospital, Anna, Ill. (1960-61)

DARrDANO, JosepH F.: Modification of observing be-
havior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8(4) :207-214, 1965.

MH-4113 (R03) LANA, RoBERT E., and LUBIN,
ARDIE: Use of analysis of variance technics in psy-
chology. American University, Washington, D.C.
(1960-61)

LANA, R. E,, and LuBIN, A.: Chi square revisited.
American Psychologist, 17(11):793, 1962.

LANA, R. E,, and LuBIN, A.: The effect of corre-
lation on the repeated measures design. Educa-
tional and Psychological Measurement, 23:729-
739, 1963.

MH-4122 (R01) LINN, ERwIN L.: Traits, behavior
and release of mental patients. Catholic Univer-
sity of America, Washington, D.C. (1960-63)

LINN, ERwIN L.: Agents, timing, and events lead-
ing to mental hospitalization. Human Organiza-
tion, 20:92-98, Summer, 1961.

LiNN, ERwIN L.: The relation of chronicity in the
functional psychoses to prognosis. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:460-467, 1962.

LiNN, E. L.: Psychiatric and institutional implica-
tions of hyperactive behaviour manifested by func-
tional psychotic patients. International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, 10(4):292-300, 1964.

LINN, ERwIN L.: Relevance of psychotic patients’
“insight” to their prognosis. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 13(5):424-428, 1965.

466

MH-4135 (R10) WHEATLEY, DaviD P.: Use of
psychotherpeutic drugs in general practice. Gen-
eral Practitioner Research Group, Twickenham,
UK. (1960-65)

Baum, G., FisumaAN, J, IsoN, L. J., SINCLAIR,
R. G., SkLAR, E. M., StoLL, L. J., TEPPER, R,,
WHEATLEY, D. P., WHITE, D. F., and WHITE-
LAW, J. D. A.: Dexamphetamine compared with
an inactive placebo in depression. Practitioner,
192:151-154, 1964.

BiLr, C. E. S.,, CANDLER, T. O., Davis, R., HARRI-
soN, R. T. T., HeErsHON, E., Moore, W. R.,
TowNEND, K. M., TRAHERNE, J. B., WHEAT-
LEY, D. P., WHITELAW, J. D. A., and Woob-
GATE-JONES, N. P.: Methylpentynol compared
with phenobarbitone in anxiety. Practitioner, 192:
273-275, 1964.

BisLey, B. L., GrwerLB, H. J., LAWRENCE, N,,
SAPERIA, J., STEWART, J. M., Symes, D.. M,,
THoMmpsoN, H. W. K., and WHEATLEY, D. P.:
A dexamphetamine-barbiturate combination in
anxiety-depressive states. Practitioner, 192:275-
278, 1964.

CraDDOCK, D., Davis, R., EVERTON, M., INMAN,
K. N., JaFrg, G. V., Jones, H. A., SMITH, N.,
WHEATLEY, D. P., and WiLsoN, D. G.: Pheno-
barbitone compared with an inactive placebo in
anxiety states. Practitioner, 192:147-151, 1964.

WHEATLEY, D.: Evaluation of psychotherapeutic
drugs in general practice. Psychopharmacology
Service Center Bulletin, 2:25-31, 1962.

MH-4137 (R01) MONROE, RUSSELL R.: Pharmaco-
logic blocking of alpha chloralose activation. Uni-
versity of Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1960- )

BaLis, GEORGE U., and MONROE, RUSSELL R.:
Pharmacology of the chloraloses: A review. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 6:1-30, 1964.

Braupg, M. C., and MoNROE, R. R.: Neuro- and
psychopharmacologic studies of alphaglucochlora-
lose (AGC) and dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO).
Federation Proceedings, 24(2):390, 1965.

EicHLER, MYRON F., and NORMAN, JANET: Re-
peated use of the Bender Gestalt Test in a study
of an induced toxic state. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 20(3)Part 2:1033-1036, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4867).

MonNROE, R. R., Baris, G. U., and EBERSBERGER,
E. B.: The hypnotic effects of alpha and beta
chloralose in rats. Current Therapeutic Research,
5(3):141-153, 1963.

MonRroE, R. R., Baris, G. U., and EBERSBERGER,
E. B.: Anticonvulsant activity of alpha and beta
chloralose in rats. Current Therapeutic Research,
5(3):154-165, 1963.
MONROE, RusseLL R., KRAMER, MorTtON D.,
GOULDING, ROBERT, and WisE, SAMUEL: EEG
activation of patients receiving phenothiazines and
chlordiazepoxide. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 141(1) :100-107, 1965.

MoNROE, RUSSELL R., and Wisg, SAMUEL P., III:
Combined phenothiazine, chlordiazepoxide and
primidone therapy for uncontrolled psychotic pa-
tients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122(6):
694-698, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3672).

MH-4139 (R01) STONE, GEORGE C.: Drug effects
on nondiscriminated avoidance behavior. Langley
Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, San Francisco,
Calif. (1960- )

STONE, G. C.: On baseline estimates in nondiscrim-
inated avoidance behavior. California Mental
Health Research Digest, 1(2):21-23, 1963.

StoNE, G. C.: A patch panel for operant program-
ming components. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 6:38, 1963.

STONE, GEORGE C.: Dosing order and depression of
avoidance behavior by chlorpromazine. Psycho-
logical Reports, 15:175-178, 1964.

StoNE, GEORGE C.: Effects of drugs on nondiscrim-
inated avoidance behavior. I. Individual dif-
ferences in dose-response relationships.  Psycho-
pharmacologia, 6:245-255, 1964.

StoNE, G. C.: Effects of drugs on avoidance be-
havior. II. Individual differences in susceptibili-
ties. Psychopharmacologia, 7(4):283-302, 1965.

STONE, GEORGE C.: Some factors that influence ac-
quisition of free-operant avoidance behavior.

Psychological Reports, 18(2):383-396, 1966.

StoNE, G. C., and MACLEAN, M.: Increased rate
of avoidance responding associated with non-con-
tingent auditory stimulus. Psychological Reports,
13:259-265, 1963.

Self-
Hav-

MH-4145 (R01) HeaTtH, Doucras H.:
organization and cognitive control modes.
erford College, Haverford, Pa. (1960-62)

Heath, DoucLas H.: Explorations of maturity.
Studies of mature and immature college men.
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1965, 423 p.

MH-4151 (RO1) RECHTSCHAFFEN, ALLEN,
FouLKES, DAVID, OFFENKRANTZ, WILLIAM, and
TROSMAN, HARRY: Stimulus determinants of
dreaming. University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill
(1960- )

FouLkEes, D.: Theories of dream formation and re-
cent studies of sleep consciousness. Psychological
Bulletin, 62:236-247, 1964.

FouLkEes, D., and RECHTSCHAFFEN, A.: Presleep
determinants of dream content: Effects of two

467

films. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:983-1005,
1964.

FouLkEes, Davip, and VOGEL, GERALD: Mental ac-
tivity at sleep onset. Journal of Abnormal Psy-
chology, 70(4) :231-243, 1965.

MARrON, L., RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., and WOLPERT,
E. A.: Sleep cycle during napping. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 11:503-508, 1964.

OFFENKRANTZ, W., and RECHTSCHAFFEN, A.: Clin-
ical studies of sequential dreams. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 8(5):497-508, 1963.

OFFENKRANTZ, W. and WoLPERT, E. A.: The
detection of dreaming in a congenitally blind sub-
ject. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
136:88-90, 1963.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, ALLAN, and FoOULKES, DAVID:
Effect of visual stimuli on dream content. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 20(3):Part 2:1149-
1160, 1965.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., GOODENOUGH, D. R., and
SHAPIRO, A.: Patterns of sleep talking. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 7:418-426, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-3885).

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., and MARON, L.: The effect
of amphetamine on the sleep cycle. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 16:
438-445, 1964.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., SCHULSINGER, K., and MED-
NICK, S.: Schizophrenia and physiological indices
of dreaming. Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:
89-93, 1964.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., VERDONE, P., and WHEATON,
Joy: V. Reports of mental activity during sleep.
Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 8(6):
409-414, 1963.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., VOGEL, G., and SHAIKUN,

G.: Interrelatedness of mental activity during
sleep. Archives of General Psychiatry, 9:536-
547, 1963.

RECHTSCHAFFEN, A., WoLPERT, E. A., DEMENT,
W. C., MrrcHELL, S. A., and FisHER, C.: Noc-
turnal sleep of narcoleptics. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:599-609,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3267).

REDING, G. R., RUBRIGHT, W. C., RECHTSCHAFFEN,
A., and DANIELS, R. S.: Sleep pattern of tooth-
grinding: Its relationship to dreaming. Science,
145(3633) :725-726, 1964.

TrosMAN, H.: Dream research and the psycho-
analytic theory of dreams. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 9:9-18, 1963.

VERDONE, PAuL: Temporal reference of manifest
dream content. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20
(3) :Part 2:1253-1268, 1965.
VoGEL, GERALD, FOULKES, DAVID, and TROSMAN,
HARRY: Ego functions and dreaming during sleep
onset. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14(3):
238-248, 1966.

MH-4153 (R01) EpsTEIN, WiLLIAM: Role of as-
sumptions in perception. University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kan. (1960- )

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: The known size apparent dis-
tance hypothesis. American [Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 74:333-346, 1961.

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: Phenomenal orientation and
perceived achromatic color. Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 52:51-53, 1961.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM: A test of two interpretations of
the apparent size effects in a distorted room.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63:124-128,
1962.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM: Apparent shape of a meaning-
ful representational form. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 15:239-246, 1962.

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: The influence of assumed size
on apparent distance. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 76:257-265, 1963.

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: Attitudes of judgment and the
size-distance invariance hypothesis. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 66:78-83, 1963.

EpsTEIN, WiLLIAM: Effective difference in the in-
fluence of relative size on relative distance. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 18:383-384, 1964.

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: Experimental investigations of
the genesis of space perception. Psychological
Bulletin, 61:115-128, 1964.

EpsTEIN, W.: Nonrelational judgments of size and
distance. American Journal of Psychology, 78
(1):120-123, 1965.

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM: Perceptual invariance in the
kinetic depth-effect. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 78(2) :301-303, 1965.

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM, and BARATZ, STEVEN: Relative
size in isolation as a stimulus for relative per-
ceived distance. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 67:507-513, 1964.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM, BONTRAGER, HELEN, and PARK,
Jonn: The induction of nonveridical slant and the
perception of shape. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 63:472-479, 1962.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM, and FRANKLIN, SAMUEL: Some
conditions of the effect of relative size on per-
ceived relative distance. American Journal of
Psychology, 78(3) :466-470, 1965.

EPSTEIN, WiLLIAM, and MOUNTFORD, DAMON:
Judgment of slant in response to an isolated gra-
dient of stimulation. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
16:733-737, 1963.

468

EpsTEIN, WILLIAM, and PARK, JoHN: Shape con-
stance: Functional relationships and theoretical
formulations. ~~ Psychological Bulletin, 60:265-
288, 1963.

EpsTEIN, W., and PARK, J.: Examination of Gib-
son’s psychophysical hypothesis. Psychological
Bulletin, 62:180-196, 1964.

EPSTEIN, WILLIAM, PARK, JoHN, and CASEY, AL-
BERT: The current status of the size-distance hy-
potheses. Psychological Bulletin, 58:491-514, 1961.

MH-4159 (R03) ScHAEFER, HALMUTH H.: Func-
tional dimensions of operants. Loyola University,
Chicago, Ill. (1960-60)

SCHAEFER, HALMUTH H.: Effect of changing force
contingency schedules upon duration of response.
Psychological Reports, 9:191-198, 1961.

MH-4160 (R01) HERRING, PENDLETON, and WIL-
LERMAN, BEN: Socialization process and social
structure. Social Science Research Council, New
York, N.Y. (1960- )

BECKER, HOWARD S.: Personal change in adult life.
Sociometry, 27:40-53, 1964.

Brim, ORVILLE B., JR.: Socialization through the
life cycle. Social Science Research Council Items,
18:1-5, 1964.

CLAUSEN, JOHN A.: Research on socialization and
personality development in the United States and
France: Remarks on the paper by Professor Chom-
bart de Lauwe. American Sociological Review,
31(2):248-257, 1966.

KAGAN, JEROME: American longitudinal research on
sychological development. Child Development,
35:1-32, 1964.

PROSHANSKY, HAROLD, ed.: Linking social class and
socialization: Toward a framework for analysis and
research. Ann Arbor, Michigan, University of
Michigan Institute for Social Research, 1962.

MH-4161 (R01) ROBERTS, JoHN M.: Comparative
study of cultural codes and models. Cornell Uni-
versity, Ithaca, N.Y. (1960-63)

ROBERTS, JOHN M.: Kinsmen and friends in Zuni
culture: A terminological note. El Palacio, 38-43,
Summer, 1965.

ROBERTS, JOHN M., HOFFMANN, HANS, and SuT-
TON-SMITH, BRIAN: Pattern and competence: A
consideration tick tack toe. El! Palacio, Autumn
1965, p. 17-30.

ROBERTS, JOHN M., and SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN:
Child training and game involvement. Ethnology,
1:166-185, 1962.

ROBERTS, JOHN M., SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN, and
KENDON, ApaM: Strategy in games and folk tales.
Journal of Social Psychology, 61:185-199, 1963.
ROBERTS, JOHN, THOMPSON, WAYNE E., and
SMITH, BRIAN SUTTON: Expressive self-testing in

driving. Human Organization, 25(1):54-63,
1966.
SMITH, ROBERT J].: Japanese kinship terminology:

The history of a nomenclature. Ethnology, 1(3):
349-359, 1962.

SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN, and ROBERTS, JOHN M.:
Rubrics of competitive behavior. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 105:13-37, 1964.

SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN, ROBERTS, JOHN M., and
KozeLka, ROBERT M.: Game involvement in
adults. Journal of Social Psychology, 60:15-30,
1963.

SUTTON-SMITH, BRIAN, ROBERTS, JOHN M., and
ROSENBERG, B. G.: Sibling associations and role
involvement.  Merrill-Palmer Quarterly of Be-
havior and Development, 10:25-38, 1964.

WALKER, WILLARD: Taxonomic structure and’ the
pursuit of meaning. Southwestern Journal of An-
thropology, 21(3) :265-275, 1965.

MH-4163 (R01) GauLrt, FreEpERICK P.: Evoked
potentials and discrimination behavior. Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven, Conn. (1960- )

Gaurt, F. P.: A simple device for controlling
transients in auditory stimuli. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18:300-301,
1965.

Gault, E. P., and CousrtaN, D. R.: Nasal air flow
and rhinencephalic activity.  Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18(6):617-
624, 1965.

Gaurr, F. P., and LeatoN, R. S.: Electrical ac-
tivity of the olfactory system. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:299-304,
1963.

LeaTON, ROBERT N.: Exploratory behavior in rats
with hippocampal lesions. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 50(3):325-
330, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-647).

Pagano, R. R,, and GauLrt, F. P.: Amygdala ac-
tivity: A central measure of arousal. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
17:255-260, 1964.

YuLgs, RicHARD B., OGDEN, JOHN A., GAULT,
FREDERICK, P., and FREEDMAN, DANIEL X.: An
implanted electrode for recording both rapid eye
movements and muscle tone during sleep. Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
20(4):410-411, 1966.

YuLes, RicHARD B., OGDEN, JoHN A., GAULT,
FREDERICK P., and FREEDMAN, DANIEL X.: The
effect of ethyl alcohol on electroencephalographic
sleep cycles in cats. Psychonomic Science, 5(3):
97-98, 1966.

469

MH-4164 (R01) Lewir, Davi W.: The learn-
ing of interpersonal structures. University of Mas-
sachusetts, Amherst, Mass. (1960-62)

SHRADER, ELIZABETH G., and LEwir, D. W.: Struc-
tural factors in cognitive balancing behavior. Hu-
man Relations, 15(3) :265-276, 1962.

MH-4166 (R01) HALL, EpwArD T.: Social space
as biocommunication. Washington School of Psy-
chiatry, Washington, D.C. (1960-63)

Harr, Epwarp T.: A system for the notation of
proxemic behavior. American Anthropologist, 65
(5) :1003-1026, 1963.

Harr, EDWARD T.: Proxemics—The study of man’s
spatial relations and boundaries. In: Galdston,
Tago, ed. Man's image in medicine and anthro-
pology. New York, International Universities
Press, 1963, p. 422-445.

MH-4169 (R01) BALES, ROBERT F.: Prediction of
interpersonal behavior. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1960-63)

BaLks, R. F., Couch, A. S., and STONE, P. J.: The
interaction simulator. Annals of the Computation
Laboratory, 31:305-314, 1961.

DuNPHY, DEXTER C., STONE, PHILIP J., and SMITH,
MARSHALL S.: Computers in behavioral science.
The general inquirer: Further developments in a
computer system for content analysis of verbal
data in the social sciences. Behavioral Science,
10(4) :468-488, 1965.

ScHEucH, E. K., and STONE, PH. J.: The General
Inquirer approach to an international retrieval sys-
tem for survey archives. American Behavioral
Scientist, 7(10) :23-28, 1964.

STONE, P. J, Bares, R. F., NAMENWIRTH, Z., and
OcILviE, D. M.: The general inquirer: A com-
uter system for content analysis and retrieval
based on the sentence as a unit of information.
Behavioral Science, 7(4):484-498, 1962.

StoNE, P. J, and Hunt, E. B.: A computer ap-
proach to content analysis: Studies using the Gen-
eral Inquirer system. In: Proceedings of the
Spring Joint Computer Conference. Baltimore,
Spartan Press, 1963, p. 241-256.

MH-4172 (R01) GREENBLATT, MILTON, STERN-
BACH, RICHARD A., TURSKY, BERNARD, and
Watson, PETER D.: Factors affecting pain due
to electric shock. Harvard Medical School, Bos-
ton, Mass. (1960- )

CRIDER, ANDREW, SHAPIRO, DAVID, and TURSKY,
BERNARD: Reinforcement of spontaneous electro-
dermal activity. Journal of Comparative and Phys-
iological Psychology, 61(1):20-27, 1966.
STERNBACH, R. A.: Congenital insensitivity to pain:
A critique. Psychological Bulletin, 60:252-264,
1963.

STERNBACH, R. A., and TURsKY, B.: On the psycho-
physical power function in electric shock. Psy-
chonomic Science, 1:217-218, 1964.

STERNBACH, R. A., and Tursky, B.: Ethnic differ-
ences among housewives in psychophysical and
skin potential responses to electric shock. Psycho-
physiology, 1(3) :241-246, 1965.

TursKY, BERNARD: Integrators as measuring devices
of bioelectric output. Clinical Pharmacology and
Therapeutics, 5(6)Part 2:887-892, 1964.

Tursky, BERNARD, and O'CONNELL, DONALD N.:
Survey of practice in electrodermal measurement.
Psychophysiology, 2(3) :237-240, 1966.

TuRsKY, BERNARD, SHAPIRO, DAVID, and LEIDER-
MAN, HERBERT P.: Automatic data processing in
psychophysiology: A system in operation. Be-
havioral Science, 11(1):64-70, 1966. (Also ac-

_ knowledges MH-5077).

TuRrsKY, BERNARD, and WATSON, PETER D.: Con-
trolled physical and subjective intensities of elec-
tric shock. Psychophysiology, 1(2):151-162,
1964.

Tursky, B., Watson, P. D., and O'CONNELL,
D. N.: Instrumentation. A concentric shock elec-
trode for pain stimulation. Psychophysiology, 1
(3) :296-298, 1965.

MH-4173 (R01) LoGaN, FRANK A.: The free re-
sponding situation. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1960-64)

LoGaN, FRANK A.: The free behavior situation. In:
Hilgard, E., ed. Nebraska Symposium on Moti-
vation. Vol. 12. Levine, David, E. Current the-
ory and research in motivation. Lincoln, Univer-
sity of Nebraska Press, 1964, p. 99-128.

MH-4184 (R01) ZENNER, WALTER P., and
ARENSBERG, CONRAD M.: Acculturation of a mid-
dle eastern ethnic group. Columbia University,
New York, N.Y. (1961-62)

ZENNER, WALTER P.: Raful leaves school. Recon-
Structionist, 28(15) :21-24, 1962.

ZENNER, WALTER P.: Ambivalence and self-image
among Oriental Jews in Israel. Jewish Journal of
Sociology (London), 5(2):214-223, 1963.

ZENNER, W. P.: Memorialism—some Jewish exam-
ples. American Anthropologist, 67(2):481-483,
1965.

MH-4186 (R01) MEssicK, SAMUEL, and CLIFF,
NORMAN: Personality organization in cognitive
processes.
N.J. (1960- )

Educational Testing Service, Princeton,

470

Driver, M. J.: Conceptual structure and group proc-
esses in an inter-nation stimulation. Part one:
The perception of simulated nations. Educational
Testing Service Research Bulletin (Princeton, New
Jersey), 1962. (RB-62-15).

Fritzky, F. J.: Aesthetic preference for abstract de-
signs as a function of their perceived complexity.
Educational Testing Service Research Bulletin
(Princeton, New Jersey), 1963. (RB-63-27).

Jackson, D. N., Messick, S., and Myers, C.:
Evaluation of group and individual forms of
embedded-figures measures of field-independence.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24:
177-192, 1964.

Jackson, Philip W., and MEssick, SAMUEL: The
person, the product, and the response: Concep-
tual problems in the assessment of creativity. Jour-
nal of Personality, 33(3):309-329, 1965.

Messick, S., and DAMARIN, F.: Cognitive styles and
memory for faces. [Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 69(3):313-318, 1964.

Messick, S., and Fritzky, F. J.: Dimensions of
analytic attitude in cognition and personality.
Journal of Personality, 31:346-370, 1963.

Messick, S., and KoGaN, N.: Differentiation and
compartmentalization in object-sorting measures of
categorizing style. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
16:47-51, 1963.

Messick, S., and KoGaN, N.: Category width and
quantitative aptitude. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
20(2) :493-497, 1965.

Murray, J. E., and Jackson, D. N.: Impulsivity
and color-form abstraction. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 28:518-522, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2738).

Tucker, L. R., and MEssick, S.: An individual dif-
ferences model for multidimensional scaling. Psy-
chometrika, 28:333-367, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2878).

MH-4187 (R01) GoobcLass, HAROLD: New meas-
ures of aphasic symptom variables. Clark Univer-
sity, Worcester, Mass.  (1960- )

GEscHWIND, N., and KAPLAN, E.: A human cere-
bral deconnection syndrome: A preliminary re-
port. Neurology, 12(10):675-685, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-1802).

Goobcrass, H.: Redefining the concept of agram-
matism in aphasia. In: Proceedings, 12th Con-
gress of the International Association of Logo-
pedics and Phoniatrics, Padua, 1962, p. 108-116.

GooncLass, H.: Aphasia for specific semantic word
categories. In: Societatis Internationalis Logo-
aediae et Phoniatriae 13th Congressus Vindo-
onae Anno 1965. De Therapia Vocis et Lo-
quelae. Vol. 2, 1965, p. 169-173.
GoobcLass, H., and KapLaN, E.: Disturbance of
pantomime and gesture in aphasia. Brain, 86
(Part IV) :703-720, 1963.

Goobacrass, H., KLEIN, B., Carey, P., and JONES,
K.: Specific semantic word categories in aphasia.
Cortex (Varese, Italia), 2:74-89, 1966.

GoobncLass, H., QUADFASEL, F. A., and TIMEBER-
LAKE, W. H.: Phrase length and the type and
severity of aphasia. Cortex, 1:133-153, 1964.

MH-4188 (R01) Parwvio, ALLAN U.: Personality
factors in audience influence. University of New
Brunswick, Fredericton, Can. (1960-62)

Pawvio, A.: Success and failure, personality and pre-
ferred degree of public exposure. Bulletin of
the Maritimes Psychological Association, 10:50-
58, 1961.

Pawvio, A.: Audience influence, social isolation, and
speech. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 67:247-253, 1963.

MH-4200 (R01) NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L.: Age
norms and socialization in adulthood. University
of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1960-63)

NEUGARTEN, B. L., MOORE, J. W., and LOWE,
J. C.: Age norms, age constraints, and adult so-
cialization. American Journal of Sociology, 70
(6):710-717, 1965.

MH-4201 (R01) TEICHNER, WARREN H., and
BUDOFF, MILTON: Interaction of emotion and
body heat regulation. University of Massachu-
setts, Amherst, Mass. (1961-65)

BuporF, M., and Liebowitz, J.: Tolerance for
stress among institutionalized mildly retarded ado-
lescents. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28
(4) :333-341, 1964.

TEICHNER, WARREN H.: Delayed cold-induced vaso-
dilation and behavior. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 69(4):426-432, 1965.

TEICHNER, WARREN H.: Individual thermal and be-
havioral factors in cold-induced vasodilatation.
Psychophysiology, 2(4):295-304, 1966.

MH-4202 (R01) SoromoN, RicHARD L.: Condi-
tioning and training experiments. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960- )

BauM, MORRIE: ‘Reversal learning” of an avoid-
ance response as a function of prior fear condi-
tioning and fear extinction. Canadian Journal of
Psychology, 19(2) :85-93, 1965.

BauM, MORRIE: An automated apparatus for the
avoidance training of rats. Psychological Reports,
16(3) Part 2:1205-1211, 1965.

Baum, M.: The recovery-from-extinction of an
avoidance response following an inescapable shock

471

in the avoidance apparatus. Psychonomic Science,
2:7-8, 1965.

BauM, MoRRIE: Rapid extinction of an avoidance
response following a period of response preven-
tion in the avoidance apparatus. Psychological
Reports, 18(1) :59-64, 1966.

DeTHIER, V. G., SoLoMON, RicHARD L., and
TURNER, LuciLLE H.: Sensory input and central
excitation and inhibition in the blowfly. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 60
(3):303-313, 1965.

Lewis, MICHAEL: Some nondecremental effects of
effort. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 57:367-372, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1260).

OVERMIER, J. BRUCE: Differential transfer of con-
trol of avoidance responses as a function of UCS
duration. ~~ Psychonomic Science, 5€1):25-26,
1966.

OVERMIER, J. BRUCE, and LEAF, RusseLL C.: Ef-
fects of discriminative Pavlovian fear conditioning
upon previously or subsequently acquired avoid:
ance responding. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(2):213-217, 1965.

REscorLA, ROBERT A.: Relation of bar presses to
magazine approaches. Psychological Reports, 14:
943-948, 1964.

RESCORLA, ROBERT A.: Predictability and number
of pairings in Pavlovian fear conditioning. Psy-
chonomic Science, 4(11):383-384, 1966.

REscorLA, ROBERT A., and LOLORODO, VINCENT:
Inhibition of avoidance behavior. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 59(3):
406-412, 1965.

SoLOMON, RICHARD L.: Punishment. American

Psychologist, 19:239-253, 1964.

SoLoMON, RICHARD L., and TURENR, LUCILLE H.:
A note on “A goalless gradient.” Psychological
Reports, 10:203-208, 1962.

TURNER, LuciLLE H., and SoLoMON, RICHARD L.:
Human traumatic avoidance learning: Theory and
experiments on the operant respondent distinction
and failure to learn. Psychological Monographs,
76(40), 1962. (Whole No. 559) (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1246).

MH-—4203 (R01) THoMAs, Davip R.: Variables in
the study of stimulus generalization. Kent State
University, Kent, Ohio. (1961-64)

DicksoN, J. F., and THoMas, D. R.: Operant dis-
crimination learning and stimulus generalization
as a function of reward exposure. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
829-833, 1963.
Hiss, R. H., and THoMas, D. R.: Stimulus generali-
zation as a function of testing procedure and re-
sponse measure. [Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65:587-592, 1963.

THoMmas, DaviD R., and BARKER, ELAINE G.: The
effects of extinction and “central tendency” on
stimulus generalization in pigeons. Psychonomic
Science, 1:119-120, 1964.

Thomas, D. R., and BIsTEY, G.: Stimulus generali-
zation as a function of the number and range of
generalization test stimuli. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 68:599-602, 1964.

THoMAs, D. R., and CaronitE, S. C.: Stimulus
generalization of a positive conditioned reinforcer:
II. Effects of discrimination training. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 68:402-406, 1964.

THoMmas, D. R., and Hiss, R. H.: A test of the
“units hypothesis” with wavelength generalization
in human Ss. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
65:59-62, 1963.

THoMas, D. R., and Jones, C. G.: Stimulus gen-

, eralization as a function of the frame of refer-
ence. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 64:
77-80, 1962

THoMAS, D. R., and LANIER, W. G.: A comparison
of the stimulus generalization of tendencies to
respond and not to respond. Psychological Rec-
ord, 12:61-65, 1962.

THoMas, D. R., and Lopez, L. J.: The effect of
delayed testing on generalization slope. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
541-544, 1962.

THomas, D. R., and MircHELL, K.: Instructions
and stimulus categorizing in a measure of stimu-
lus generalization. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 5:375-381, 1962.

Tuomas, D. R.,, and WiLLiams, J. L.: A further
study of stimulus generalization following three-
stimulus discrimination training. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:171-176,
1963.

THoMAS, D. R., and WILLIAMS, J. L.: Stimulus gen-
eralization of a positive conditioned reinforcer.
Science, 141:172-173, 1963.

WiLLiaMs, J. L., TREICHLER, F. R., and THOMAs,
D. R.: Satiation and recovery of the “air-drinking”
response in rats. Psychonomic Science, 1:49-50,
1964.

MH-4209 (R01) SHAPIRO, DAVID: Group learning
without awareness. Harvard Medical School,
Boston, Mass. (1960-63)

ARSENIAN, J., SEMRAD, E. V., and SHAPIRO, D.:
An analysis of integral functions in small groups.
International [Journal of Group Psychotherapy,
12:421-434, 1962

LEDERMAN, P. H., and SHAPIRO, D.: Application
of a time series statistic to physiology and psy-
chology. Science, 138:141-142, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2276).

LEDERMAN, D. H., and SHAPIRO, D.: A physio-
logical and behavioral approach to the study of
group interaction. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:
146-157, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2276).

LEDERMAN, P. H., and SHAPIRO, D.: Studies on the
galvanic skin potential level: Some behavioral

correlates. Journal of Psychosomatic Research,
7:277-281, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2276).

LEVIN, G., and SHAPIRO, D.: The operant condi-
tioning of conversation. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 5(3) :309-316, 1962.

SHAPIRO, D.: The reinforcement of disagreement in
a small group. Behavior Research and Therapy,
1:267-272, 1963.

SHAPIRO, DaAviD, and LEDERMAN, P. HERBERT:
Studies on the galvanic skin potential level: Some
statistical properties. Journal of Psychosomatic
Research, 7:269-275, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2276).

SHAPIRO, D., and LEIDERMAN, P. H.: Acts and acti-
vation: A psychophysiological study of social in-
teraction. In: Leiderman, P. H., and Shapiro, D.,
eds.  Psychobiological approaches to social be-

havior. Stanford, Calif., Stanford Univ. Press,
1964, p. 110-126. (Also acknowledges MH-
2276).

SHAPIRO, D., LEDERMAN, P. H., and MORNING-
STAR, M.: Social isolation and social interaction:
A behavioral and physiological comparison. In:
Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in biological psy-
chiatry. New York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 129-
138. (Also acknowledges MH-2276).

TuURSKY, BERNARD, LEIDERMAN, P. HERBERT, and
SHAPIRO, DAvID: A system for recording and
processing psychophysiological and behavioral
data.  Psychophysiological Newsletter, 8(1):24-
32, 1962.

ZINBERG, N. E., and SHAPIRO, D.: A group ap-
proach in the contexts of therapy and education.
Mental Hygiene, 47:108-116, 1963.

MH-4211 (R01) WISHNER, JuLiUs: Studies in effi-
ciency and psychopathology. University of Penn-
sylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960- )

LETCHWORTH, GEORGE E.: Studies in efficiency.
Verbal conditioning in schizophrenia. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 30(1):45-50, 1966.

LercHwoRrTH, G. E., and WISHNER, J.: Studies in
efficiency: Verbal conditioning as a function of
degree of task-centering. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 65:238-245, 1962.
LercHwoRTH, G. E., and WISHNER, J.: Studies in
efficiency: Verbal conditioning as a function of
degree of task centering. A replication. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:282-286,
1963.

PEASTREL, A. L.: Studies in efficiency: Semantic
generalization in schizophrenia. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 69:444-449, 1964.

WISHNER, J.: Studies in efficiency: GSR condition-
ing as a function of degree of task-centering.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65
(3):170-177, 1962.

WISHNER, J.: Efficiency: Concept and measurement.
In: Personality research, Proceedings of the 14th
International Congress of Applied Psychology.
Vol. 2. Munksgaard, 1962, p. 161-187.

WISHNER, J., PEASTREL, A. L., and FISHBEIN,
H. D.: Studies in efficiency: Muscle-action pat-
terns in reaction time as related to GSR condition-
ing. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
69(2) :144-149, 1964.

MH-4221 (R01) KouNIN, Jaco S.: Managing
emotionally disturbed children in classrooms.
Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich. (1960-

Gump, PauL V., and KouNIN, Jaco S.: Milieu
influences in children’s concepts of misconduct.
Child Development, 32:711-720, 1961.

MH-4229 (R01) PrEIFFER, CARL C., and TOBIN,
JosepH M.: Cerebral neurohumors and trained
behavior. New Jersey Neuropsychiatric Institute,
Princeton, N.J. (1960- )

Beck, RAYMOND, A., and GOLDSTEIN, LEONIDE:
EEG alerting and behavioral stimulant effects of
very low doses of atropine in rabbits. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 23(2):175, 1964.

Beck, R. A., GOLDSTEIN, L., and PFEIFFER, C. C.:
Stimulant effect of psychotogenic drugs demon-
strated by quantitative EEG. (Abstract) Phar-
macologist, 5(2):238, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, L.: B-adrenergic blocking property of
lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD-25). (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 21:337, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, L.: Biometric approach to the quantita-
tive analysis of brain waves in animals and man.
(Abstract) Biometrics, 19(4):660, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, LEONIDE, and HENLEY, KERSTIN:
Quantitative EEG analysis of cortical-subcortical
relationships during drug induced stimulation.
(Abstract) Pharmacologist, 7(2):145, 1965.

GoLDsTEIN, L., JENNEY, E. H.,, MURPHREE, H. B,,
and PFEIFFER, C. C.: Quantitative electroenceph-
alographic analysis of the effects of lysergic acid
diethylamide in animals and man. (Abstract) In:

473

Proceedings of the International Union of Physio-
logical Sciences, 22nd International Congress,
Leiden, 1962. Vol. 2. p. 1219.

GoLpsTEIN, L., Munoz, C., and NORTON, G.:
The reversal of drug-induced EEG depression by
dichloroisoproterenol (DCI). (Abstract) Elec-
roencephavgrabhy and Clinical Neurophysiology,
13(2), 1961.

GOLDSTEIN, LEONIDE, MURPHREE, HENRY B., Su-
GARMAN, A. A., PFEIFFER, CARL C., and JENNEY,
ELizaBetH H.: Quantitative electroencephalo-
graphic analysis of naturally occurring (schizo-
phrenic) and drug-induced psychotic states in
human males. Clinical Pharmacology and Thera-
peuntics, 4(1):10-21, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, LEONIDE, SUGARMAN, A. ARTHUR,
STOLBERG, HUBERT, MURPHREE, HENRY B., and
PreIFFER, CARL C.: Elector-cerebral activity in
schizophrenics and nonpsychotic subjects: Quan-
titative EEG amplitude analysis. Electroenceph-
alography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 19(4):
350-361, 1965.

JENNEY, E. H., MURPHREE, H. B., GOLDSTEIN, L.,
and PFEIFFER, C. C.: Behavioral and EEG effects
of y-butyrolactone and y-hydroxybutyric acid in
man. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 4:166E, 1962.

KREMZNER, LEON T.: A partial characterization of
acetylcholinesterase. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 23(2)Part 1:177, 1964.

Munoz, CARLOS, and GOLDSTEIN, LEONIDE: Quan-
titative EEG studies on the action of adrenergic
blocking drugs upon the analeptic effects of dl-
amphetamine in rabbits. (Abstract) Pharmacolo-
gist, 2(2):80, 1960.

MURPHREE, HENRY B.: Quantitative studies on hu-
mans on the antagonism of d-lysergic acid diethyl-
amide by chlorpromazine and phenoxybenzamine.
Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 3(3):
314-320, 1962.

MurPHREE, HENRY B.: Clinical pharmacology of
potent analgesics. Clinical Pharmacology and
Therapeutics, 3(4):473-504, 1962.

MurPHREE, H. B.: The use of potent analgesics.
(Abstract) American Journal of Nursing, 63:
104, 1963.

MURPHREE, HENRY B.: Effects in human volunteers
of subparalytic dosis of dihydro-g-erythroidine.
Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 4(3):
304-310, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-875).

MURPHREE, HENRY B.: Time-series analysis of
EEG effects of two barbiturates in humans. (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 5:233, 1963.

MURPHREE, HENRY B., Dippy, Roy H., JENNEY,
ErLizaBeTH, and PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Effects in
normal man of a-methyltryptamine and a-ethyl-
tryptamine. Clinical Pharmacology and Thera-
peuntics, 2(6):722-726, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-875).

MurPHREE, H. B., Dippy, Roy H., PFEIFFER, CARL
C., and WiLLiams, HARRY L.: Threshold doses
of lysergic acid diethylamide, a method for ex-
ploring antagonism of this drug by other agents.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 20(1):397,
1961.

MuRrPHREE, H. B., GOLDSTEIN, L., PFEIFFER, C. C,,
and JENNEY, E. H.: Comparative EEG analysis
of the effect of barbiturates on normal and schizo-
phrenic subjects. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 4:
166C, 1962.

MURPHREE, HENRY B., JENNEY, EL1zABETH, H.,
and PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Comparison of the effects
of congeners of lysergic acid diethylamide and
tryptophane in normal human volunteers. (Ab-
stract) Pharmacologist, 2(2) :64, 1960.

MurpHREE, H. B., JENNEY, E. H., and PFEIFFER,
C. C.: Quantitative electroencephalographic analy-
‘sis of the effects of lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD-25) and d-amphetamine in man. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 21:337, 1962.

MURPHREE, HENRY B., KARABELAS, MICHAEL J,
and BRYAN, LAURENCE L.: Scores of inmates of
federal penitentiary on two scales of the MMPI
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 18(3):137-139,
1962.

MuURPHREE, H. B., PFEIFFER, CARL C., and BACK-
ERMAN, IVAN A.: The stimulant effect of 2-di-
methylaminoethanol (deanol) in human volun-
teer subjects. Clinical Pharmacology and Thera-
peutics, 1(3):303-310, 1960.

MUuURPHREE, H. B., PFEIFFER, C. C., and GOLDSTEIN,
L.: EEG effects of antihistamines. (Abstract)
Pharmacologist, 7(2):145, 1965.

MurPHREE, H. B., PFEIFFER, C. C., SCHRAMM,
L. P., and JENNEY, E. H.: Computer analysis of
drug effects on the electroencephalograms of nor-
mal and psychotic subjects. (Abstract) Biochemi-
cal Pharmacology, 12(Suppl.):176, 1963.

MuURrPHREE, H. B., Siera, O. L., and SCHRAMM,
L. P.: Quantitative EEG comparisons of drug-
free, treated, and post-treated psychotic patients
and normal subjects. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 23:(2), 1964.

MURPHREE, H. B., SUGERMAN, A. A., JENNEY,
E. H, and ScHuLrtz, R. E.: Quantitative EEG
effects in male chronic schizophrenics of pheno-
thiazines and deanol. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 22(2)Part 1:510, 1963.

PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Some observations regarding
hydrazides and convulsions. In: Inhibitions of
the nervous system and aminobutyric acid. New
York, Pergamon Press, 1960, p. 324-327.

474

PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Present status of Deanol as a
cerebral stimulant. Psychosomatics, 2(2):85-88,
1961.

PFEIFFER, CARL C.: Part XI. Exploratory trials of
new drugs in man. Clinical Pharmacology and
Therapeutics, 3(3):397-399, 1962.

PFEIFFER, CARL C., GOLDSTEIN, L., and MuNoz,
Carros: Quantitative EEG analysis of the stimu-
lant properties of histamine and histamine deriva-
tives. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22(2)
Part 1:424, 1963.

PFEIFFER, CARL C., GOLDSTEIN, L., MuNoz, CAR-
Los, MurPHREE, H. B., and JENNEY, E. H.:
Quantitative comparisons of the electroencephalo-
graphic stimulant effects of Deanol, choline and
amphetamine. Clinical Pharmacology and Thera-
peutics, 4(4):461-466, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-875).

PFEIFFER, CARL C., GOLDSTEIN, L., MURPHREE,
H. B., and JenNNEy, E. H.: Electroencephalo-
graphic assay of anti-anxiety drugs. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 10:446-454, 1964.

PFEIFFER, CARL C., GOLDSTEIN, LEONIDE, MUR-
PHREE, HENRY B., and SUGERMAN, ARTHUR:
Time-series, frequency analysis, and electrogenesis
of the EEGs of normals and psychotics before and
after drugs. American Journal of Psychiatry, 121
(12):1147-1155, 1965.

PFEIFFER, C. C., JENNEY, E. H.,, MURPHREE, H. B,,
and GoLDsTEIN, L.: EEG effects of lysergic acid
diethylamide (LSD) in normal volunteers and
schizophrenic patients. (Abstract) Pharmacolo-
gist, 4:166 B, 1962.

PFEIFFER, CARL C., and ScHULTZ, ROBERT E.:
Quantitative assay of anti-anxiety drugs in man:
II. Barbiturates. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 23(2):175, 1964.

ScHraMM, L. P.  Siera, C. L., and MURPHREE,
H. B.: A new technique for assay of CNS drug
effect by time-series and frequency analysis of the
EEG. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 5:238, 1963.

SUGERMAN, A. ARTHUR, GOLDSTEIN, L., MUR-
PHREE, H. B., PFEIFFER, C. C., and JENNEY,
E. H.: EEG and behavioral changes in schizophre-
nia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 10(4):340-
344, 1964.

MH-4230 (R01) Boyp, EUGENE: Neuropharmaco-
logical effects of tetrahydrocannabinol. Univer-
sity of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1960- )

Bovp, E. S., HurcHINSON, E. D., GARDNER, L. C,,
and MEeriTT, D. A.: Effects of Tetrahydracanna-
binols and other drugs on operant behavior in
rats. Archives Internationales de Pharmacody-
namie et de Therapie, 144(3-4):533-554, 1963.

Bovp, E. S., and MEeriTT, D. A.: Effects of a tetra-
hydrocannabinol derivative on some motor systems
in the cat. Archives Internationales de Pharma-
codynamie et de Therapie, 153(1):1-12, 1965.

Boyp, E. S., and Meritt, D. A.: Effects of thio-
pental and tetrahydrocannabinol derivative on
arousal and recruiting in the cat. Journal of Phar-
macology and Experimental Therapeutics, 149(1):
138-145, 1965.

MH-4231 (R01) Briss, EUGENE L., and GROSSER,
BERNARD I.: Effects of psychological stress on
brain metabolism. University of Utah, Salt Lake
City, Utah. (1960-64)

Biss, E. L.: Anorexia nervosa-psychogenic malnu-
trition. Southern Medical Journal, 56:529-533,
1963.

Grosser, B. I., and Briss, E. L.: Corticosteroid
metabolism by rat cerebral cortex. 22 Reunion
Anual Sociedad Mexicana de Nutricion y Endo-
crinologia A.C., Mexico, D.F., 1961, p. 119-126.

Grosser, B. I., and Briss, E. L.: Metabolism of
11-hydroxysteroids by rat cerebral cortex in vitro.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22:No. 660,
March-April, 1963.

MH-4233 (R01) MicHAUX, MARY H. (TatoMm),
and HANLON, THOMAS: Rater perseveration in
measures of patient change. Spring Grove State
Hospital, Catonsville, Md. (1960-62)

MicHAUX, MARY HELEN, Ota, Kay Y., HANLON,
T. E., and KURLAND, A. A.: Rater perseveration
in measurement of patient change. Educational
and Psychological Measurement, 23(1):171-184,
1963.

MH-4234 (R01) TuNTURI, ARCHIE R.: Psychoto-
mimetic drugs and patterns of auditory cortex.
University of Oregon Medical School, Portland,
Ore. (1960- )

TuNTURI, ARCHIE R.: Statistics of spontaneous elec-
trical activity of supra- and ectosylvian gyri of the
dog. American [Journal of Physiology, 204:51-
59, 1963.

TuNTURI, ARCHIE R.: The brain as a self organiz-
ing system. Naval Research Reviews, 1-9, Sep-
tember 1964.

MH-4235 (R01) MEgLzAcK, RONALD: Effects of
early sensory isolation. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Cambridge, Mass. (1960-63)

Burns, S. K., and MELzAcCK, R.: A method for
analyzing variations in evoked responses. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
20(4):407-409, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-
4737).

HamBRrECHT, F. T., DONAHUE, P. D., and MEL-
zAcK, R.: A multiple channel EEG telemetering

475

system. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology Journal, 15:323-326, 1963.

MELzAck, R.: The perception of pain.
American, 204:41-49, 1961.

Scientific

MEeLzAcK, R.: Neuropsychological effects of early
sensory restriction. Quarterly Progress Report
(Research Laboratory of Electronics, Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology), No. 65:267-278,
April 15, 1962.

MELzAck, R.: Neuropsychological effects of early
sensory restriction. Quarterly Progress Report
(Research Laboratory of Electronics, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology), No. 67:237-249, Octo-
ber 15, 1962.

MEeLzAck, R.: Effects of early perceptual restriction
on simple visual discrimination. Science, 137:
978-979, 1962.

MEeLzACK, RONALD: Influence of early experience
on the cue-arousal effects of stimulation. In:
Edwards, A. J., and Cawley, J. F., eds. Physio-
logical determinates of behavior: Implications for
mental retardation. Lawrence, University of Kan-
sas Press, 1964, p. 79-108.

MELzack, RoNALD: Effects of early experience on
behavior: Experimental and conceptual considera-
tions. In: Hoch, P. H., and Zubin, J., eds.
Psychopathology of perception. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1965, p. 271-299.

MEeLzAcK, RONALD, and Burns, S. K.: Neuropsy-
chological effects of early sensory restriction.
Boletin del Instituto de Estudios Medicos y Bio-
logicos (Mexico), 21:407-425, 1963. Also in:
Experimental Neurology, 13(2):163-175, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4737).

MEeLzack, R., Rosi, G., and McGINTY, D.: Skin
sensitivity to thermal stimuli. Experimental Neu-
rology, 6:300-314, 1962.

MEeLzAcK, R., and WALL, P. D.: On the nature of
cutaneous sensory mechanisms. Brain, 85(2):
331-356, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4737).

RopGERs, W. L., MELZACK, R., and SEGAL, J. R.:
“Tailflip response” in goldfish. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:917-
923, 1963.

WaLL, P. D., and MELzAcK, R.: Neural mecha-
nisms which discriminate events on the skin.
IRE Transactions on Information Theory, IT-8;
120-125, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4737).

MH-4236 (R01) Coomss, CLYDE H.: Risk-taking
behavior in decision-making. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960- )

CoomBs, CLYDE H.: A theory of data. New York,
Wiley & Sons, 1964, 585 p.
Coomss, C. H., and GOLDBERG, D.: Some applica-
tions of unfolding theory to fertility analysis.
In: Emerging techniques in population research.
New York, Milbank Memorial Fund, 1963, p.
105-129.

DAwEs, ROBYN M.: Social selection based on multi-
dimensional criteria. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 68:104-109, 1964.

Dawes, RoByN M.: Cognitive distortion.
logical Reports, 14:443-459, 1964.

Psycho-

MH-4237 (R01) VANDERPLAS, JAMES M.: Physical
and linguistic factors in form perception. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1960-63)

OJEMANN, RaLpH H., Maxey, E. JAMEs, and
SNER, Birr C. F.: Effects of guided learning
experiences in developing probability concepts at
the fifth grade level. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
21(2) :415-427, 1965.

VANDERPLAS, J. M.: Associative processes and task
relations in perceptual learning. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 16:501-509, 1963.

VANDERPLAS, J. M., SANDERSON, W. A., and VAN-
DERPLAS, J. N.: Some task-related determinants of
transfer in perceptual learning. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 18:71-80, 1964.

MH-4238 (R01) Rapoport, ANATOL: Coordina-
tion and cooperation in small groups. University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960- )

RAPOPORT, AMNON: A study of human control in
a stochastic multistage decision task. Behavioral
Science, 11(1):18-32, 1966.

RAPOPORT, ANATOL: Some self-organizing parame-
ters in three-person groups. In: Von Foerster, H.,
and Zopf, G. W., Jr., eds. Principles of self-
organization. New York, Pergamon, 1962, p. 1-
24.

RapopPORT, ANATOL, and CHAMMAH, ALBERT M.:
Prisoner’s dilemma. A study in conflict and co-
operation. Ann Arbor, University of Michigan
Press, 1965, 258 p.

MH-4239 (R01) WALKER, EDWARD L.: Stimulus
produced arousal patterns and learning. Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960-64)

DewsBURY, D. A.: Changes in stimulus preference
as a function of exposure in an extra-test situa-
tion. Psychonomic Science, 2(7):175-176, 1965.

Dri Lovrro, V., and WALKER, E. L.: Speed and basal
resistance level (BRL) in a segmented straight
alley. Psychological Record, 14:499-505, 1964.

Houston, J. P., Garskor, B. E., Noyp, D. E., and
ERrskINE, J. M.: First-list retention as a function
of the method of recall. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 69(3):326-327, 1965.

476

KAPLAN, RACHEL: Rat basal resistance level under
stress and nonstress conditions. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:775-
777, 1963.

KAPLAN, S., and KAPLAN, RACHEL: Skin resistance
recording in the unrestrained rat. Science, 138:
1403-1404, 1962.

KLeINsMITH, L. J., and KAPLAN, S.: Paired-associ-
ate learning as a function of arousal and inter-
polated interval. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65(2):190-193, 1963.

KLEINsMITH, L. J., and KAPLAN, S.: The interaction
of arousal and recall interval in nonsense syllable
paired-associate learning. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 67:124-126, 1964.

KvrLeiNsMITH, L. J., KAPLAN, S., and TARTE, R. D.:
The relationship of arousal to short- and long-
term verbal recall. Canadian Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 17(4):393-397, 1963.

WALKER, B. E., and WALKER, E. L.: Learning, ex-
tinction, and relearning of running and basal skin
resistance (BRL) in a segmented straight alley.
Psychological Record, 14:507-513, 1964.

WALKER, E. L., COHEN, Avis, and DOYLE, CHAR-
LOTTE: Skin resistance in relation to stimulus
change and estrus in rats. Psychological Record,
14:25-30, 1964.

WALKER, E. L., and TARTE, R. D.: Memory storage
as a function of arousal and time with homoge-
neous and heterogeneous lists. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 2:113-119, 1963.

WALKER, E. L., and WALKER, B. E.: Response to
stimulus complexity in the rat. Psychological
Record, 14:489-497, 1964.

WEEMS, L. B., and WALKER, E. R.: Speed and basal
resistance level (BRL) in a segmented straight
alley as a function of alteration of the stimulus,
gentling, and isolations. Psychological Record,
14:515-519, 1964.

MH-4240 (R01) CASTANEDA, ALFRED, and PENNY,
RonaLD K.: Factors in verbal paired-associate
learning. University of Texas, Austin, Texas.
(1960-64)

CASTANEDA, A.: Anxiety and the differential adapta-
tion hypothesis. Psychometric Science, 1:25-26,
1954.

CASTANEDA, A., FAHEL, L. S., and OpoM, R.: Asso-
ciative characteristics of sixty-three adjectives and
their relation to verbal paired-associates learning
in children. Child Development, 32:297-304,
1961.

LUNNEBORG, P. W.: Relations among social desira-
bility, achievement, and anxiety measures in chil-
dren. Child Development, 35:169-182, 1964.
McCuLLErs, J. C.: Effects of associative strength,
grade level and inter-pair interval in verbal paired-
associate learning. Child Development, 32:773-
778, 1961.

McCuLLERs, J. C.: An analysis of some factors
underlying intralist associative transfer in paired-
associate learning. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65:163-168, 1963.

PENNEY, RoNALD K., and KirRwIN, PAUL M.: Dif-
ferential adaptation of anxious and nonanxious
children in instrumental escape conditioning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70(5):539-
541, 1965.

MH-4241 (RO1) PaytoN, CaroLYN R., and
BLAKE, LILLIAN: Vertical perception as a thresh-
old function. Howard University, Washington,
D.C. (1960-64)

PAYTON, CAROLYN R., and BLAKE, LILLIAN: Dif-
ference limen for perception of the vertical in
monkeys. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:455-
461, 1964.

MH-4244 (R01) Paul, IRVING H.: Study of mem-
ory styles. New York University, New York,
N.Y. (1960-63)

‘Paur, I. H.: The effects of a drug-induced altera-
tion in state of consciousness on retention of
drive-related verbal material. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 138:367-374, 1964.

PauL, IRVING H., LANGS, ROBERT J]., and BARR,
HARRIET LINTON: Individual differences in the
recall of a drug experience. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 140(2):122-145, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-3670).

MH-4245 (R01) GARDNER, BEATRICE T.: Analy-
sis of response chains. Wellesley College, Wel-
lesley, Mass. (1960-63)

GARDNER, B. T.: Hunger and sequential responses
in the hunting behavior of salticid spiders. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
58:167-173, 1964.

MH-4253 (R10) Lazurg, DENIS, KLINE, NATHAN
S., and SANSEIGNE, ALAIN: Psychiatric services in
an underdeveloped country. Medico Inc, New
York, N.Y. (1960-62)

BORDELEAU, J. M., and KLINE, N. S.: Experience
in developing psychiatric services in Haiti. World
Mental Health, 14:170-182, 1962.

KLINE, N. S., ed.: Psychiatry in the underdeveloped
countries. Transcript of roundtable presentation
and discussion. Washington, D.C., American Psy-
chiatric Association, 1960, p. 1-42.

KLiNg, N. S.: Bringing clinical services to under-
developed countries and contributions to basic

477

knowledge that can be expected from such enter-
prises. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 38:170-
175, 1962.

KLINE, N. S.: The proper study of mankind. Over-
seas, 1:6-10, 1962.

KLINE, N. S.: No man is a stranger. Film: Scher-

ing Corp., Bloomfield, New Jersey.

KLINE, N. S., and Mars, L.: The Haiti Psychiatric
Institute: Centre de psychiatrie. In: Kline, N. S.,
ed. Psychiatry in the underdeveloped countries.
Washington, D.C., American Psychiatric Associa-
tion, 1960, p. 48-51.

MH-4260 (R01) CLARK, MERVIN L., Ray, THOMAS
S., and SmitH, CARL W.: Predictors of drug re-
sponse in schizophrenia. University of Oklahoma,
Oklahoma City, Okla. (1960- )

CLARK, M. L., Ray, T. S., and RacrLanD, R. E.:
Chlorpromazine in chronic schizophrenic women:
Rate of onset and rate of dissipation of drug ef-
fects. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25(3):212-217,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1600).

PuGH, LAWRENCE A. OLDROYD, CARL R., RAy,
THoMAs S., and CLARK, MERVIN L.: Muscular
effort and electrodermal responses. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 71(2):241-248, 1966.

PuGH, LAWRENCE A., RAY, THOMAS S., and OKLA,
NORMAN: Behavior style categories of chronic
schizophrenic women. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 13(5):457-463, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1600).

Ray, T. S., RacLanND, R. E., and Crark, M. L.:
Chlorpromazine in chronic schizophrenic women:
Comparison of differential effects on various psy-
chological modalities during and after treatment.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 138:
348-353, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1600).

SampsoN, P. H., Ray, T. S., PucH, L. A. and
CLARK, M. L.: Picture recognition as an index of
social sensitivity in chronic schizophrenia: The
effects of chlorpromazine. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 26(6) :510-514, 1962.

MH-4262 (R03) SIMON, J. RICHARD: A study of
the behavior of hospitalized patients. State Uni-
versity of Towa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1960-62)

SiMoN, J. R.: Effects of age on the behavior of hos-
pitalized patients. Journal of Gerontology, 19:
364-369, 1964.

MH-4266 (R03) GOLDBERG, MARSHALL, and
MORRISON, JAMES M.: Relationships between thy-
roid hormones and alcoholism. St. Vincent Hos-
pital, Worcester, Mass. (1960-61)

GOLDBERG, M.: Thyroid impairment in chronic al-
coholics. (Abstract) American [Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 119(3) :255-256, 1962.
GOLDBERG, MARSHAL: Thyroid function in chronic
alcoholism. Lancet, 2(7259):746-749, 1962.

GOLDBERG, M., HEHIR, R., and Hurowirz, M.:
Intravenous triiodothyronine in acute alcoholic in-
toxication. New England [Journal of Medicine,
263:1336-1339, 1960.

MH-4267 (R01) WoLMAN, IRVING J., and GAR-
RISON, MORTIMER, JR.: The significance of ovalo-
cytosis in mental deficiency. Woods Schools,
Langhorne, Pa. (1960-61)

KiossoGLou, K. A., GARRISON, M., WALKER, ADE-
LYN, and WoLMAN, I. J.: The leudocyte, differ-
ential and polymorphonuclear blood counts in
mongols and in “organic” mental retardation.
Journal of Mental Deficiency Research, 7:69-78,
1963.

KiossogLou, K. A., and WALKER, ADELYN: The
use of peripheral blood leukocyte concentrates for
sex determination. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 67:78-81, 1962.

KiossoGLou, K. A., WoLMAN, I. J., and GARRISON,
M.: Fetal hemoglobin-containing erythrocytes. I.
Counts of cells stained by the acid elution method
compared with alkali denaturation measurements.
Blood, 21:553-560, 1963.

WoOLMAN, IRVING ]J., WALKER, ADELYN, Kiosso-
GLou, Kosmas A., and GARRISON, MORTIMER,
Jr.: Ovalocytosis in normal and mentally retarded
subjects. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
70(4):515-519, 1966

MH-4276 (R03) FREEMAN, HARRY, and TEDESCHI,
CESARE G.: Intracellular chromatin masses in male
schizophrenics. Medfield State Hospital, Med-
field, Mass. (1960-61)

TepEscHI, LUKE G., and FREEMAN, HARRY: Sex
chromosomes in male schizophrenics. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 6:109-111, 1962.

MH-4286 (R01) PALERMO, DAvID S., JENKINS,
JaMEs J.: Word association norm—grade school
through college. University of Minnesota, Min-
neapolis, Minn. (1960-63)

PaLerMO, D. S.: Word associations and children’s
verbal behavior. In: Lipsitt, L. P., and Spiker,
C. C, eds. Advances in child development and
behavior. Vol. 1. New York, Academic Press,
1963, p. 31-68.

PaLermo, D. S., and JENKINS, J. J.: Superordi-
nates, “maturity” and logical analyses of language.
Psychological Reports, 10:437-438, 1962.

PaLeErMoO, D. S., and JENKINS, J. J.: Free associa-
tion responses to the primary responses of the
Palermo-Jenkins word association norms for grade
school children. University Park, Pa., Depart-

478

ment of Psychology, Pennsylvania State Univer-
sity, 1963. (Research Bulletin #37).

PaLErMO, D. S., and JENKINS, J. J.: Frequency of
superordinate response to a word association test
as a function of age. Journal of Verbal Learning
and Verbal Behavior, 1:378-383, 1963.

PaLErMO, D. S., and JENKINS, J. J.: Paired-associ-
ate learning as a function of the strength of links
in the associative chain. In: Research Bulletin,
No. 39. University Park, Pa., Department of Psy-
chology, Pennsylvania State University, 1964.

PaLermo, D. S., and JENKINS, J. J.: Sex differ-
ences in word associations. Journal of General
Psychology, 72:77-84, 1965.

WickLUND, D. A., PALERMO, D. S., and JENKINS,
J. J.: The effects of associatie strength and re-
sponse hierarchy on paired-associate learning. Re-
search Bulletin No. 38. University Park, Pa., De-
partment of Psychology, Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1964.

MH-4287 (R01) PoPg, BENJAMIN: Verbal activity
level in the psychiatric interview. University of
Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1960- )

PoPE, B.: An intercorrelational study of some in-
dices of verbal fluency. Psychological Reports, 15:
303-310, 1964.

Pork, B., and SIEGMAN, A. W.: The effect of thera-
pist activity level and specificity on patient pro-
ductivity and speech disturbance in the initial in-
terview. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26
(5) :489, 1962.

PorE, BENJAMIN, and SIEGMAN, ARON W.: Inter-
viewer specificity and topical focus in relation to

interviewee productivity, Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 4(3):188-192,
1965.

SIEGMAN, A. W., and Pork, B.: An empirical scale
for the measurement of therapist specificity in the
initial psychiatric interview. Psychological Reports,
11:515-520, 1962.

MH-4290 (RO1) Mertz, EpWIN T., and JoLLY,
DonALD: Experimental phenylketonuria in rats.
Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. (1960-64)

Currey, W. ]J., MEr1Z, E. T,, LUCE, M. W., CAL-
ANDRO, J. M., and Jorry, D. H.: Paper chromato-
graphic estimation of phenylalanine and tyrosine
using finger-tip blood. Clinical Chemistry, 8:
266-269, 1962.

CuLLEY, W. J., SaunpERs, R. N,, Jory, D. H,,
and MErTZ, E. T.: Reduction of brain serotonin
levels in rats fed phenylpyruvic acid. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 21(2):364, 1962.

CuLLEY, W. J., SAUNDERS, R. N., Mertz, E. T,,
and Jorry, D. H.: Effect of phenylalanine and its
metabolites on the brain serotonin level of the rat.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 111:444-446, 1962.

CuLLEY, W. J., SAUNDERS, R. N., Mertz, E. T,,
and Jorry, D. H.: Effect of a tryptophan deficient
diet on brain serotonin and plasma tryptophan
level. Proceedings of the Society for Experimental
Biology and Medicine, 113:645-648, 1963.

MATHEWS, SPENCER R., Jr., and FINGER, FRANK
W.: Direct observation of the rat's activity during
food deprivation. Physiology and Behavior, 1
(1):85-88, 1966.

MH-4294 (R01) SimMoN, Eric J.: Biochemical ba-
sis of narcotics addiction. New York University
Medical Center, New York, N.Y. (1961-63)

Prac, DINA VAN, SiMON, Eric J., and ROSEN-
KRANZ, HERBERT S.: The effects of various bac-
terial and viral inhibitors on the development and
metabolism of fertilized sea urchin eggs. Bio-
logical Bulletin, 127(2):394-395, 1964.

SiMON, E. J.: The inhibition of RNA synthesis in
E. coli by a drug of the morphine series. Federa-
tion Proceedings, 22:533, 1963.

Simon, E. J.: Inhibition of RNA synthesis in E.
coli by the narcotic drug levorphanol. (Abstract)
Nature, 198(4882) :794-795, 1963.

SiMON, E. J.: The effects of narcotics on single cells.
Bulletin of the New York Academy of Medicine,
40:85, 1964.

Simon, E. J.: Inhibition of bacterial growth by drugs
of the morphine series. Science, 144:543-544,
1964.

SIMON, Eric J., and VAN PraGG, DINA: Inhibition
of RNA synthesis in escherichia coli by levor-
phanol. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 51(5) :877-883, 1964.

Simon, Eric J., and VAN PRAGG, DINA: Selective
inhibition of synthesis of ribosomal RNA in
escherichia coli by levorphanol. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 51(6):1151-
1158, 1964.

SIMON, Eric J., and VAN PraGG, DINA: Selective
inhibition of the synthesis of ribosomal RNA in
escherichia coli by levorphanol. (Abstract) 6th
International Congress of Biochemistry, New York,
N.Y., July 26-Aug. 1, 1964, Section 1, p. 86.

MH-4295 (R01) WESTFALL, BERTIS A., and Rus-
SELL, ROBERT L.: Pharmacology of some plants
indigenous to Missouri. University of Missouri,
Columbia, Mo. (1961-63)

Avuyvong, T. K., RusseLL, R. L., and WESTFALL,
B. A.: Effects of juglone on isolated rabbit heart.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, April :95, 1962.

479

AuyonNG, T. K., WESTFALL, B. A., and RUSSELL,
R. L.: Pharmacological aspects of juglone. Toxi-
con, 1:235-239, 1963.

WESTFALL, B. A. RusseLL, R. L., and AUYONG,
T. K.: Depressant agent from walnut hulls. (Ab-
stract) Science, 134(3490):1617, 1961.

MH-4296 (R03) ROBINSON, JoHN S.: Experimen-
tal tests of perceptual learning hypotheses. Prince-
ton, N.J. (1960-61)

ROBINSON, JoHN S., BrowN, Larry T., "and
Hayes, WiLLiaM H.: Test of effects of past ex-
perience on perception. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 18:953-956, 1964.

MH-4300 (R03) BurLLowa, MARGARET: Develop-
ment from vocal to verbal behavior in child.
Massachusetts Mental Health Center, Boston, Mass.
(1960-65)

BrRAZELTON, T. BERRY, and YOUNG, GRACE: An
example of imitative behavior in a nine week old
infant. Journal of the American Academy of
Child Psychiatry, 3:53-67, 1964:

MH-4302 (R01) CampPBELL, ERNEST Q.: Norma-
tive controls and the social use of alcohol. Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C.
(1960-63)

ALEXANDER, CHARLES NORMAN: A method for
processing sociometric data. Sociometry, 26:268-
269, 1963.

ALEXANDER, CHARLES N.: Consensus and mutual
attraction. A study of adolescent drinkers in
natural cliques. American Journal of Sociology,
69:395-403, 1964.

ALEXANDER, C. NORMAN, JR.: Ordinal position and
sociometric status. ~~ Sociometry, 29(1):41-51,
1966.

ALEXANDER, C. N., and CAMPBELL, E. Q.: Peer in-
fluences on adolescent educational aspirations and
attainments. American Sociological Review, 29:
568-575, 1964.

CampBELL, ERNEST Q.: High school drinking in
North Carolina. In: Youth and alcohol educa-
tion. North Carolina State Board of Health, 1963.

CaMpPBELL, ERNEST Q.: The internalization of moral
norms, Sociometry, 27:391-412, 1964.

CAMPBELL, ERNEST Q., and ALEXANDER, CHARLES
NORMAN: Peer influences on adolescent educa-
tional aspirations and attainments. American
Sociological Review, 29:568-575, 1964.

CAMPBELL, ERNEST Q., and ALEXANDER, C. NOR-
MAN: Structural effects and interpersonal relation-
ships. American Journal of Sociology, 71(3):
284-289, 1966.
MH-4306 (R01) HATHAWAY, STARKE R., and
MoNAcHEsI, ELio D.: Preservation of a research
source for follow-up. University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn. (1960-66)

HATHAWAY, S. R., and MONACHEsI, E. D.: An atlas
of juvenile MMPI profiles. Minneapolis, Minn.,
University of Minnesota Press, 1961, 401 p.

HATHAWAY, S. R., and MoNacHEsI, E. D.: Adoles-
cent personality and behavior. Minneapolis, Uni-
versity of Minnesota Press, 1963, 193 p.

HaTHAWAY, S. R., and MoNAcHEsI, E. D.: Adoles-
cent personality and behavior: Delinquency. Uni-
versity of Minnesota Medical Bulletin, 34:257-
259, 1963.

MH-4309 (R01) JoHNsoN, Guy B., Jr.: A study
of values in two communities. University of Ore-
gon, Eugene, Ore. (1961-63)

JOHNSON, BENTON: Ascetic Protestantism and po-
litical preference. Public Opinion Quarterly, 26:
35-46, 1962.

JoHNsoN, BENTON: On church and sect. American
Sociological Review, 28:539-549, 1963.

JOHNSON, BENTON: Ascetic Protestantism and po-
litical preference in the deep South. American
Journal of Sociology, 69:359-366, 1964.

JouNsoN, BENTON: Theory and party preference
among protestant clergymen. American Socio-
logical Review, 31(2):200-208, 1966.

MH-4314 (R01) GaLrpstON, Iaco, and FEjos,
PauL: Conference on medicine and anthropology.
New York Academy of Medicine, New York,
N.Y. (1960-62)

GALDSTON, IaGo: Man's image in medicine and
anthropology. (Monograph for Institute of So-
cial and Historic Medicine, New York Academy
of Medicine). New York, International Univer-
sities Press, 1963, 525 p.

MH-4318 (R03) GorpmaN, ALFRED E.: Onto-
genesis of superordination. Norristown State
Hospital, Norristown, Pa. (1960-61)

GoLpMaN, A. E., and LEVINE, M.: A developmen-
tal study of object-sorting. Child Development,
34:649-666, 1963.

MH-4319 (R03) BauGHMAN, EMMETT E.: Fantasy
behavior of certain southern children. University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1960-61)

MINGIONE, A. D.: Need for achievement in negro
and white children. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 29(2):108-111, 1965.

MH-4320 (R01) Jacoss, HARRY L.: Psychophysiol-
ogy of sugar appetite. University of Rochester,

480

Rochester, N.Y.

MH-5754).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: The osmotic postingestion factor
in the regulation of glucose appetite. In: Kare,
M., and Halpern, B., eds. The physiological and
behavioral aspects of taste. Chicago, University
of Chicago Press, 1961, p. 16-28. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3448).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Some physical, metabolic, and
sensory components in the appetite for glucose.
American Journal of Physiology, 203:1043-1054,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3448).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Evidence for a bipolar detector
system involved in hunger. Physiologist, 6:209,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5754).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Effects of intragastric hypertonic
glucose loads on AC brain resistance in rats.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 114:657-659, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-5754).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Evaluation of the osmotic effects
of glucose loads in food satisfaction. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57:
309-310, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5754).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: The interaction of hunger and
thirst: Experimental separation of osmotic and
oral-gastric factors in regulating caloric intake.
In: Wayner, M. J, ed. Thirst. New York,
Pergamon Press, 1964, p. 117-137. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5754).

(1960-62) (Continued as

MH-4322 (R04) ProTINCOV, LEONARD, and BaAs-
coM, WILLIAM R.: Personality and family adjust-
ments to urbanization. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1960-63)

ProTNIcOV, LEONARD: Tribal ethnocentricism: A
problem of integration in modern African nations.
In: Boletin 9, Instituto de Estodinos Northeameri-
canos. Barcelona, Primavera, 1964.

MH-4324 (R01) CAMERON, D. EWEN: Third world
congress of psychiatry. Third World Congress of
Psychiatry, Montreal, Can. (1960-61)

CAMERON, EWEN D.: Proceedings of the 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry (June 4-10, 1961). Mon-
treal, Canada, University of Toronto Press/McGill
University Press, Vols. I-III, 1961.

MH-4326 (R03) FrEILICH, MORRIS: An ethno-
graphic study of cultural persistence. University
of Akron, Akron, Ohio. (1960-61)

FrEILICH, MORRIS: The modern Shtetl: A study of
cultural persistence. Anthropos, 57:45-54, 1962.

MH-4327 (R03) Davips, ANTHONY: Ego func-
tions in disturbed and normal children. Emma
Pendleton Bradley Hospital, East Providence, R.I.
(1960-61)
Davips, A.: Stability of personal and social prefer-
ences in emotionally disturbed and normal chil-
dren. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
69:556-559, 1964.

Davips, A., Kipper, CATHERINE, and REICH, M.:
Time orientation in male and female juvenile de-
linquents. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 64:239-240, 1962.

MH-4335 (R01) CLARK, FoGLE C.: Rate of forma-
tion of an operant discrimination. Woodmere
State Hospital, Evansville, Ind. (1960- )

CLARK, F. C.: Some observations on the adventitious
reinforcement of drinking under food reinforce-
ment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5(1):61-63, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-2244).

CLARK, F. C.: Use of neutralization procedures in
the study of discrimination formation. Psycho-
logical Reports, 15:662, 1964.

CLARK, F. C.: Effects of repeated VI reinforcement
and extinction upon operant behavior. Psycho-
logical Reports, 15:943-955, 1964.

CLARK, FoGLE C.: Emulsification of liquid monkey
food. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8(1) :16, 1965.

CLARK, F. C,, and Hurt, L. D.: The generation of
random interval schedules. Journal of the Ex-
perimental Analysis of Behavior, 8(2):131-133,
1965.

Tapp, JoHN W., and CLARK, FoGLE C.: Another
solid state timer. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7(6):431-432, 1964.

MH-4336 (R01) FRENCH, JoHN D., Apey, W.
Ross, and BRAZIER, MARY A. B.: Conference on
computer technics in EEG analysis. University of
California, Berkeley, Calif. (1960-61)

BraziER, M. A. B., ed.: Computer techniques in
EEG analysis. Electroencephalography and Clini-
cal Neurophysiology, Supplement 20, 1962, 98 p.

MH-4337 (R01) CoATg, WiLLiAM B., and GARD-
NER, R. ALLEN: Reward and nonreward in re-
versal learning. Wellesley College, Wellesley,
Mass. (1960-63)

CoaTg, W. B., and GARDNER, R. A.: Reward and
nonreward in a successive discrimination. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 68:119-124,
1964.

CoaTg, W. B., and GARDNER, R. ALLEN: Sources
of transfer from original training to discrimination
reversal. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70
(1):94-97, 1965.

GARDNER, R. A. and CoATE, W. B.: An inexpen-
sive multi-channel recorder. American Journal of
Psychology, 78(1):134-135, 1965.

481

GARDNER, R. ALLEN, and CoATE, W. B.: Reward
versus nonreward in a simultaneous discrimination.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 69(6):579-
582, 1965.

MH-4341 (R03) GELLHORN, ERNsT: Preparation
of two papers on autonomic physiology. West-
mont College, Santa Barbara, Calif. (1960-60)

GELLHORN, E.: Effect of hemorrhage, reinjection of
blood and dextran on the reactivity of the sympa-
thetic and parasympathetic systems. Acta Neuro-
vegetativa, 22:291-299, 1962.

GELLHORN, E., and MILLER, A. D.: Methacholine
and noradrenaline tests. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 4:371-380, 1962.

MH-4345 (R03) QuiNN, OLIVE W.: Attitudes of
adults toward adoption of children. Goucher
College, Baltimore, Md. (1960-61)

DEeasy, LEiLA CALHOUN, and QUINN, OLIVE WEST-
BROOKE: The urban negro and adoption of chil-
dren. Child Welfare, 41(9):400-407, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4346).

MH-4346 (R03) Deasy, Leia C.: Attitudes of
adults toward adoption of children. Catholic
University of America, Washington, D.C. (1960-
60)

DEeAsy, LEiLA CALHOUN, and QUINN, OLIVE WEST-
BROOKE: The urban negro and adoption of chil-
dren. Child Welfare, 41(9):400-407, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4345).

MH-4348 (R03) FARINA, AMERIGO, and DUNHAM,
RicHARD M.: Family interaction and its effects in
schizophrenia. Dorothea Dix Hospital, Raleigh,
N.C. (1960-61)

FARINA, A., and DUNHAM, R. M.: Measurement of
family relationships and their effects. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 9:64-73, 1963.

MH-4351 (R03) SPERGEL, IRVING A.: Pilot ex-
ploration of the delinquent theft subculture. Co-
lumbia University, New York, N.Y. (1960-60)

SPERGEL, IRVING: An exploratory research in delin-
quent subcultures. Social Service Review, 35:33
47,1961.

SPERGEL, IRVING: Racketville, Slumtown, Haulburg:
An exploratory study of delinquent subcultures.
Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1964, 211 p.

MH-4355 (R03) ZIMMERMANN, ROBERT R.: Color
discrimination in the infant rhesus monkey. Cor-
nell University, Ithaca, N.Y. (1960-61)

ZIMMERMANN, ROBERT R., and TORREY, CHARLES
C.: Ontogeny of learning. In: Schrier, Allan M.,
Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz, Fred, eds. Be-
New

havior of nonhuman primates. Vol. 2.
(Also

York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 405-447.
acknowledges MH-4516 and MH-772).

MH-4356 (R03) REICHSMAN, FRANZ, and KiyAsu,
JoHN: A study of creatine metabolism in brain.
University of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1960-
60)

Davies, RoBerT K., DEFALCO, A. J., SHANDER, D.,
KoPELMAN, A., and Kivasu, J.: Urea-synthesis in
the living rat brain. Nature, 191(4785):288,
1961.

DEeraLco, ALFRED, and DAVIES, ROBERT K.: The
synthesis of creatine by the brain of the intact rat.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 7:308-312, 1961.

MH-4357 (R10) GuTtH, PAUL S.: Drug effects on
release of particle-bound neurohumors. Tulane
University, New Orleans, La. (1960-63)

GuTH, Paul S.: Effect of phenothiazines on neuro-
humor-containing particles from mammalian brain.
Federation Proceedings, 21:1100-1103, 1962.

GurtH, P. S., and DE JArRaMILLO, G. A. V.: Pheno-
thiazine distribution in mammalian brain. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 21:178, 1962.

GuTH, PauL S. and FINLAY, ANDREW G.: The
effect of chlorpromazine on release of neurohu-
mors in vitro. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 3:76,
1961.

GuTtH, P. S., SELLINGER, O. Z., AMARO, J., and
ELMER, L.: Additional permeability effects by
chlorpromazine: “Leakage” of lyosomal phospha-
tase. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22(2)
Part 1:626, 1963.

GuTH, PAUL S., and SPIRTES, M. A.: Mode of ac-
tion of chlorpromazine. (Abstract) In: First
International Pharmacological Meeting, Stock-
holm, Aug., 1961.

GuTH, Paul S., and WHITTAKER, VICTOR P.: The
effect of chlorpromazine on acetylcholine-contain-
ing particles from brain. (Abstract) Pharmacolo-
gist, 2(2):93, 1960.

JARAMILLO, GABRIELLA ANNA V. DE, and GUTH,
PauL S.: A study of the localization of pheno-
thiazines in dog brain. Biochemical Pharmacol-
0gy, 12:525-532, 1963.

MH-4366 (R03) Fujita, SHIGEO: Schizophrenic
urine extract effects on EEG. University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1960-61)

Fujita, SHIGEO, and GING, NELSON S.: Presence of
toxic factors in urine from schizophrenic subjects.
Science, 134(3491):1687-1688, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4598, MH-1972 and MH-1971).

MH-4371 (R03) STEIN, WILLIAM M.: Sociocul-
tural analysis of a Peruvian mental hospital. In-
dividual, Coral Gables, Fla. (1960-60)

482

STEIN, WILLIAM W.: Patterns of a Peruvian mental
hospital. International Journal of Social Psychi-
atry, 9(3):208-215, 1963.

STEIN, WiLLiaAM W., and OETTING, E. R.: Human-
ism and custodialism in a Peruvian mental hos-
pital. Human Organization, 24:278-282, 1964.

MH-4372 (R01) Rowg, JoHN H., and DowNs,
James Francis: Effects of animal husbandry on
aboriginal Americans. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1960-61)

Downs, James F.: The cowboy and the lady:
Models as a determinant of the rate of accultura-
tion among the Pinon Navajo. Kroeber Anthro-
pological Society Papers, 29:53-56, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-5250).

Downs, JaMEis F.: Animal husbandry in Navajo
society and culture. University of California
Publications in Anthropology. Vol. 1. Berkeley,
University of California, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5250).

MH-4377 (R01) WATSON, JaMEs B., and LANG-
NEss, LEwis L.: Culture contact dissonance. Uni-
versity of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1960-62)

LANGNESs, L. L.: Notes on the Bena Council, East-
ern Highlands. Oceania, 33(3):151-170, 1963.

LANGNEss, L. L.: Hysterical psychosis in the New
Guinea highlands: A bena bena example. Psy-
chiatry, 28(3):258-277, 1965.

MH—4378 (R01) PERKINS, CHARLES C., JR.: Scaling
relative reinforcing properties of stimuli. Emory
University, Atlanta, Ga. (1960-64)

PERKINS, CHARLES C., JR.: A conceptual scheme for
studies of stimulus generalization. In: Mostof-
sky, David 1, ed. Stimulus generalization. Stan-
ford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 1965,
p. 38-54.

PErkINs, C. C., Jr., Levis, D. J., and SEYMANN, R.:
Preference for signal-shock vs. shock-signal. Psy-
chological Reports, 13:735-738, 1963.

MH-4379 (R01) LassLo, ANDREW: Molecular
structure and enzymodynamic properties. Univer-
sity of Tennessee, Memphis, Tenn. (1961-64)
(Continued from MH-2072).

BEASLEY, JAMES G., QUINTANA, RoNALD P., and
NELMs, GRETCHEN G.: The effect of piperidine-
carboxamide derivatives on isolated human plasma
cholinesterase: II. Variations in the amide func-
tion. Journal of Medical Chemistry, 7:698-701,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2072).

LassLo, A., BEasLEy, J. G., NELMs, G. G., and
EPPERSON, G. J.: The effect of piperidinecar-
boxamide derivatives on isolated human plasma
cholinesterase. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry,
6:811-813, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2072).

LassLo, A., WALLER, P. D., and EPPERSON, G. J.:
The synthesis of arylalkylamino-propionamide ana-
logues of lysergic acid diethylamide and their
effect upon isolated cholinesterase systems. [our-
nal of Medicinal Chemistry, 6:26-28, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2072).

QUINTANA, R. P.: Relationships between the surface
activity and cholinesterase inhibition of mono-
and bis [3-(N,N-diethylcarbamoyl) piperidino} al-

kanes. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 53:
1221-1223, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2072).

QUINTANA, R. P.: Relationships between the surface
activity and cholinesterase inhibition of carbamoyl-
piperdinoalkanes. II. Variations in the amide
function. Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54
(4):573-575, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
2072).

QUINTANA, R. P., and SHRADER, W. A.: Synthesis
of selected amides of mono- and bis(carboxypi-
peridino) alkanes. Journal of Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 52:1186-1188, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2072).

QuINTANA, RoNALD P., SMmiTH, TERRY D., and
LoreNZEN, LINDA F.: Synthesis of carbamoyl-
piperidine-type cholinesterase inhibitors. Journal
of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 54(5):785-787, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-2072).

PurcirLL, W. P., and SINGER, J. A.: Electric mo-
ment of isonicotinamide in benzene and dioxane
solutions. Journal of Physical Chemistry, 69(2):
691-693, 1965.

MH-4381 (R03) BaBB, HaroLD: Reinforcement
and punishment of aversive behavior. Hobart and
William Smith College, Geneva, N.Y. (1960-60)

BaBB, HaroLD: Reinforcement. and
an escape response. Psychologica
542, 1963.

punishment of
Reports, 13:

MH-4382 (R03) GRUBER, HOWARD, and FAHRION,
NELL G.: Variables of motor activity during
mental work. University of Colorado, Boulder,
Colo. (1960-61)

FAHRION, NELL G.: Measurement of motor styles.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 19:139-146, 1964.

MH-4386 (R03) BreG, W. Roy, and MILLER,
ORLANDO Jack: Chromosome studies in a men-
tally retarded population. Southbury Training
School, Southbury, Conn. (1960-61)

BreG, W. R.: Genetic aspects of mental retardation.
Quarterly Review of Pediatrics, 17:9-23, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4872).

483

BrEG, W. R., MILLER, O. J., and SCHMICKEL, R. D.:
Chromosomal translocations in patients with mon-
golism and in their normal relatives. New Eng-
land Journal of Medicine, 266:845-852, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4872).

MILLER, O. J., BREG, W. R., ScHMICKEL, R. D.,
and TRETTER, W.: A family with an XXXXY
male, a leukemic male, and two 21-trisomic mon-
goloid females. Lancet, 11:78-79, 1961.

MILLER, O. J., MUKHERJEE, B. B. and BREG,
W. R.: Normal variations in the human karyo-
type. Transactions of the New York Academy of
Sciences, Series 11, 24:372-382, 1962.

MH-4387 (R03) AronsoN, Errior: Confirmation
and disconfirmation of expectancies. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1960-60)

AronNsoN, Ervior, and CARLSMITH, J. MERRILL:
Performance expectancy as a determinant of ac-
tual performance. Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 65(3):178-182, 1962.

MH-4391 (R01) CROMWELL, RUE L., and FOSHEE,
James G.: Activity level in defectives and nor-

mals. George Peabody College for Teachers,
Nashville, Tenn. (1960-62) (Continued from
MH-2311).

CROMWELL, RUE L.: Theory and research in activity
level. Training School Bulletin, 59:134-141,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2311).

CROMWELL, RUE L. BAUMEISTER, A., and HAw-
KINS, W. F.: Research in activity level. In: Ellis,
N., ed. Handbook of mental deficiency. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 632-663. (Also
acknowledges MH-2311).

CROMWELL, R. L., and CALDWELL, D. F.: A com-
parison of ratings based on personal constructs of
self and others. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
18:43-46, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2311).

CroMWELL, RUE L. Pork, B. E., and FOSHEE,
J. G.: Studies in activity level. V. The relation-
ships among eyelid conditioning, intelligence, ac-
tivity level, and age. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 65:744-748, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2311).

Hawkins, WiLLIAM F., and CROMWELL, RUE L.:
Need states and activity level. Psychological Bul-
letin, 61:438-453, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2311).

WOLFENSBERGER, W. P., MILLER, M. B., FOSHEE,
J. G., & CrRoMWELL, R. L.: Rorschach correlates
of activity level in high school children. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 26:269-272, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2311).

MH-4392 (R01) KATES, SoLis L.: Problem solving
in deaf and hearing children. University of
Massachusetts, Amherst, Mass. (1960-64)

 
 

Kates, S. L, YuciN, L. W. and TIFFANY, R.:
Concept attainment by deaf and hearing adoles-
cents. Journal of Educational Psychology, 53:
119-126, 1962.

TIFFANY, R., and KATEs, S. L.: Concept attainment
and lip reading among deaf adolescents. Journal
of Speech and Hearing Disorders, 27:265-274,
1962.

YupiN, L. W., Kates, S. L.: Concept attainment
and adolescent development. Journal of Educa-
tional Psychology, 54:177-182, 1963.

MH-4398 (R03) BANDURA, ALBERT: Transmis-
sion of aggression through imitation. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1960-61)

BANDURA, A.: The role of imitation in personality
development. Journal of Nursery Education, 18:
207-215, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1734
and MH-5162).

BANDURA, A., Ross, DOROTHEA, and Ross, SHEILA
A.: Transmission of aggression through imitation
of aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 63:575-582, 1961.

BANDURA, A., Ross, DOROTHEA, and Ross, SHEILA
A.: Imitation of film-mediated aggressive models.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:
3-11, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-5162).

MH-4401 (R03) VortH, HAROLD M., and MAy-
MAN, MARTIN: Autokinesis and personality or-
ganization. Menninger Foundation, Topeka, Kan.
(1960-61)

VotH, HAROLD M., and MAYMAN, MARTIN: A di-
mension of personality organization: An experi-
mental study of “ego-closeness—ego-distance.”
Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:366-380, 1963.

MH-4402 (R03) Heiss, JEROLD S.: A laboratory
study on the expansion of the dyad. University of
Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. (1960-61)

Heiss, JEROLD: Degree of intimacy and male-female
interaction. Soczometry, 25:197-208, 1962.

Heiss, JEROLD: The dyad views the newcomer: A
study of perception. Human Relations, 16:241-
248, 1963.

Heiss, JEroLD S., and GORDON, MICHAEL: Need
patterns and the mutual satisfaction of dating and
engaged couples. Journal of Marriage and the
Family, 26:337-339, 1964.

MH-4406 (R03) Ase, Davip W., and PRANGE,
ARTHUR J., Jr.: Personality change in group analy-
tic psychotherapy. University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill, N.C. (1960-61)

JEsSNER, Lucik, and ABsg, D. W.: The psychody-
namic aspects of leadership. In: Graubard, Ste-

484

phen R., and Holten, Gerald, eds. Excellence and
eadership in a democracy. New York, Colum-
bia University Press, 1962, p. 76-94.

MH-4408 (R03) SHANDs, HARLEY C.: Study of
GSR response in sedation threshold procedure.
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C.
(1960-61)

PEREZ-REYES, MARIO, SHANDS, HARLEY C., and
JoHNsON, GEORGE: Galvanic skin reflex inhibi-
tion threshold: A new psychophysiologic tech-
nique. Psychosomatic Medicine, 24(3):274-277,
1962.

MH-4412 (RO1) Scott, JoHN P., STANLEY, WAL-
TER C., and WERBOFF, Jack: Studies in social
motivation. Roscoe B. Jackson Memorial Labora-
tory, Bar Harbor, Me. (1961-63)

BacoN, W. E., and STANLEY, W. C.: Effect of
deprivation level in puppies on performance
maintained by a passive person reinforcer. [our-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
56:783-785, 1963.

BacoN, W. EpwARD, and STANLEY, WALTER C.:
Resistance to extinction after continuous and par-
tial reinforcement in basenji puppies. Psycho-
nomic Science, 4(9):327-328, 1966.

RHEINGOLD, HARRIET L. and STANLEY, W. C.:
Developmental psychology. Annual Review of
Psychology, 14:1-28, 1963.

SATINOFF, EVELYN, and STANLEY, W. C.: Effect of
stomach loading on sulking behavior in neonatal
puppies. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 56:66-68, 1963.

STANLEY, W. C.: The passive person as a reinforcer
in isolated beagle puppies. Psychonomic Science,
2:21-22, 1965.

StaNLEY, W. C., and Bacon, W. E.: Suppression
of sucking behavior in non-deprived puppies.
Psychological Reports, 13:175-178, 1963.

STANLEY, W. C., CORNWELL, ANNE C., POGGIANI,
CONSTANCE, and TRATTNER, ALICE: Condition-
ing in the neonatal puppy. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:211-214,
1963.

STANLEY, W. C., and ErrioT, O.: Differential hu-
man handling as reinforcing events and as treat-
ments influencing later social behavior in basenji
puppies. ~~ Psychological Reports, 10:775-788,
1962.

STANLEY, W. C., Morris, D. D., and TRATTNER,
A.: Conditioning with a passive person reinforcer
and extinction in Shetland sheep dog puppies.
Psychonomic Science, 2:19-20, 1965.
MH-4417 (R01) KLINE, NATHAN S., and Raz-
RAN, GREGORY: Soviet-American joint confer-
ence on Pavlovianism. New York Academy of
Sciences, New York, N.Y. (1960-60)

KLINE, N. S.: Pavlovian conference on higher nerv-
ous activity. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 92:813-1198, 1961.

MH-4421 (R03) Misiak, HENRYK: CFF, age, and
mental functions in children. Fordham Univer-
sity, New York, N.Y. (1960-61)

Cross, JANE P.: Relation of age and mental growth
to the CFF response in children. Child Devel-
opment, 34:739-744, 1963.

MH-4424 (R03) PopkLL, JEROME E.: Studies in
meaning—scale construction.” San Francisco State
College, San Francisco, Calif. (1960-61)

PopELL, HARRIETT A., and PODELL, JEROME’ E.:
Quantitative connotation of a concept. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:509-513,
1963.

MH-4426 (R03) GoobricH, KENNETH P.: Auto-
mated  discrete-trial instrumental conditioning.
University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1960-61)

BrusH, F. R., GoobricH, K. P., TEGHTSOONIAN,
R., and EismaN, E. H.: Dependence of learning
(habit) in the runway on deprivation under three
levels of sucrose incentive. Psychological Re-
ports, 12:375-384, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3359).

WaLL, A. M., and GoobricH, K. P.: Differential
responding on reinforcement and nonreinforce-
ment trials occurring in fixed repeating patterns.
Psychonomic Science, 1:193-194, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4528).

MH-4427 (R03) SALISBURY, RicHARD F.: Emer-
gent leadership among the New Guinea tolai.
University of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1960-
61)

SALISBURY, RicHARD F.: Early stages of economic
development in New Guinea. Journal of the Poly-
nesian Society, 71:328-339, 1962.

MH-4430 (R03) CoHEN, Burton H.: The use
of recoding in free recall. Lafayette College,
Easton, Pa. (1960-61)

COHEN, B. H.: An investigation of recoding in free
recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:
368-376, 1963.

CoHEN, B. H.: Recall of categorized word lists.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 66:227-234,
1963.

485

CoHEN, B. H., and Hur, P. A.: Learning of re-
sponses to stimulus classes and to specific stimuli.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 66:274-280,
1963.

MH-4433 (RO1) ELLIS, NORMAN R.: Determinants
of learning in the mentally retarded. George Pea-
body College for Teachers, Nashville, Tenn.
(1960-64) (Continued from MH-2229).

BAUMEISTER, A. A., and BARTLETT, C. J.: A com-
parison of the factor structure of normals and re-
tardates on the WISC. American Journal of Men-
tal Deficiency, 66:641-646, 1962.

BAUMEISTER, A. A., and BARTLETT, C. ].: Further
factorial investigations of WISC performance of
mental defectives. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 67:257-261, 1962.

BAUMEISTER, A. A., and BArRTLETT, C. J.: Stimu-
lus trace as a predictor of performance. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:726-729, 1963.

BAUMEISTER, A. A., and ErLis, N. R.: Delayed re-
sponse performance of retardates. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67:714-722, 1963.

BAUMEISTER, A. A., SPAIN, C. J., and ELLs, N. R.:
A note on alpha block duration in normals and
retardates. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 67:723-725, 1963.

BLUE, C. M.: Performance of normal and retarded

subjects on a modified paired-associate task.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 68:228-
234, 1963.

DickersoN, DoNALD J.: Effect of variations in
warning-interval duration on reaction time in nor-
mal and mentally defective subjects. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 1(4):392-396,
1965.

Dickerson, D. J., and Eris, N. R.: Effects of
postresponse stimulus duration upon discrimination
learning in human subjects. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 69(5):528-533, 1965.

Eruis, N. R.: Amount of reward and operant be-
havior in mental defectives. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 66:595-599, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2229).

Eris, N. R., GIRARDEAU, F. L., and PRYER, MAR-
GARET W.: Analysis of learning sets in normal
and severely defective humans. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:860-
865, 1962.

ELLs, N. R., Hawkins, W. F., PRYER, MARGARET
W., and Jones, R. W.: Distraction effects in od-
dity learning by normal and mentally defective
humans. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
67:576-583, 1963.
GIRARDEAU, F. L., and Erris, N. R.: Rote verbal
learning by normal and mentally retarded chil-
dren. American [Journal of Mental Deficiency,
68:525-522, 1964.

HEeaDrRICK, M. W., and Erris, N. R.: Short-term
visual memory in normals and retardates. Jour-
nal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1(4):339-
347, 1964.

Jones, R. W., and Err, N. R.: Inhibitory po-
tential in rotary pursuit acquisition by normal and
defective subjects. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 63:534-537, 1962.
MH-2229).

TERRELL, CATHERINE G., and ErLLis, NORMAN R.:
Reaction time in normal and defective subjects
following varied warning conditions. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69(4):449-
452, 1964.

(Also acknowledges

MH-4435 (R01) DE FEo, JoHN ]., Bupay, PAUL
V., De Fanti, Davip R., and YOUNGKEN,
HEBER W.: Thyroid, mao, and sympathomimetic
amine - interactions. University of Rhode Island,
Kingston, RI. (1961-64)

CARRIER, R. N., and BupAay, P. V.: The influence
of thyroid feeding on the pharmacologic actions
of some monoamine oxidase inhibitors. Archives
Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et de Thera-
pie, 145:18-35, 1963.

MH-4438 (R01) DeuTscH, CYNTHIA P., DEUTSCH,
MARTIN, and FREEDMAN, ALFRED M.: Effects of
psychoactive agents on remedial reading. New
York Medical College, New York, N.Y. (1960-
63) (Continued from MH-3230).

CoLEMAN, R. I., and DeuTscH, C. P.: Lateral dom-
inance and right-left discrimination: A compari-

son of normal and retarded readers. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 19:43-50, 1964.
FREEDMAN, ALFRED, DEUTSCH, MARTIN, and

Deutsch, CyNTHIA: Effects of hydroxyine hy-
drochloride on the reaction time performance of
schizophrenic children. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 3:153-159, 1960. (Also acknowledges
MH-3230).

FREEDMAN, ALFRED M., DEUTSCH, MARTIN, and
DErutscH, CYNTHIA: Sensory response of schizo-
phrenic children under Atarax: A new method of
measurement. Neuro-psychopharmacology, 2:356-
360, 1961. (Also acknowledges M-3230).

MH-4439 (R01) HOFFMAN, PAUL J.: Paramorphic
representation of human judgment. Oregon Re-
search Institute, Eugene, Ore. (1960- ) (Con-
tinued from MH-2097).

BECHTEL, GORDON G.: Comparative scaling of uni-
dimensional discrimination and similarity data.
Psychometrika, 31 (1) :75-84, 1966.

486

CraNDALL, J. E., and HOFFMAN, P. J.: Estimation
of judgment reliability: Effects of amount of in-
tervening material and point of interpolation.
ORI Research Bulletin, 1(1), 1961, 19 bp.
(Processed). (Also acknowledges MH-2097).

GOLDBERG, LEWIs R.: Diagnosticians vs. diagnostic
signs. Psychological Monographs, 79(9):1-28,
1965. (Whole No. 602).

HorFMAN, P. J.: Linear multivariate models as rep-
resentative of clinical judgment. (Abstract)
Journal of the American Statistical Association,
55(290):363, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH-
2097).

HOFFMAN, P. J.: Human judgment and the decision
process. Oregon Research Institute Bulletin (Uni-
versity of Oregon), 1(3): 1960.

HorFMAN, P. ]J.: The paramorphic representation of
clinical judgment. Psychological Bulletin, 57(2):
116-131, 1960. (Also acknowledges MH=2097).

HorFMAN, P. J.: Criterion measures and judgment
accuracy. Oregon Research Institute Bulletin
(University of Oregon), 1(4): 1961.

HorrMAN, P. J.: A multivariate analysis model for
the prediction of differential diagnostic judgments.
Oregon Research Institute Bulletin, 2(1): 1962,
19 p. (Also acknowledges MH-2097).

HOFFMAN, PAUL J.: Assessment of the independent
contributions of predictors. Psychological Bulle-
tin, 59:77-80, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2097).

HorrFmaN, P. J., Rorer, L., and LAForcEk, R.:
Reciprocal moderation and configural prediction:
The construction of an appropriate model. ORI
(Oregon Research Institute) Research Mono-
graph, 3(2), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2097).

Knox, R. E., and HOFFMAN, P. J.: The format in
information display: Some effects upon the judg-
ment process. ORI Research Monograph, 1(1):
1-67, 1961. (Processed).

LAFORGE, G. R.: Homoscedasticity. American Psy-
chologist, 18:213-214, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2097).

LaFoRGE, R.: Components of reliability. ORI (Ore-
gon Research Institute) Technical Report, 3(5),
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2097).

LAFORGE, G. R.: Determination of judgment mod-
els by field characteristics. ORI (Oregon Re-
search Institute) Research Bulletin, 3(1), 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-2097).

MAYBEE, J. S.: Least squares solutions of polynomial
expressions: Some general considerations. ORI
(Oregon Research Institute) Technical Report,
3(1), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2097).
PraDHAN, P. L., and HorrMmaN, P. J.: Effect of
spacing and range of stimuli on magnitude esti-
mation judgments. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 66:533-541, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2097).

Srovic, PAauL: Risk-taking in children: Age and sex
differences. Child Development, 37(1):169-176,
1966.

Truax, D. R. An asymptotic solution to the prob-
lem of sampling error for two equivalent models.
ORI (Oregon Research Institute) Technical Re-
port, 3(2), 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2097).

WicciNs, N. Multidimensional scaling for individ-
ual viewpoints. ORI (Oregon Research Institute)
Technical Report, 3(3), 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2097).

MH-4440 (RO1) SPURR, GERALD B., and BARLOW,
GEORGE: Physiological studies in experimental al-
coholism. University of Tennessee, Memphis,
Tenn. (1961- )

BearD, J. D., and Barrow, G.: Influence of daily
ethanol administration on fluid volumes and se-
rum proteins. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
21:77, 1962.

BEARD, JAMES D., BARLOW, GEORGE, and OVER-
MAN, R. R. Body fluids and blood electrolytes in
dogs subjected to chronic ethanol administration.
Journal of Pharmacoolgy and Experimental Thera-
peuntics, 148(3) :348-355, 1965.

Bearp, J. D., Barrow, G., and TuTTLE, A. H.:
Observations on peripheral blood elements during
chronic ethanol administrations in dogs. (Ab-
stract) Physiologist, 6(3):136, 1963.

Knorr, D. H., Barrow, G., and BEARD, J. D.:
Effects of alcohol ingestion on the production of
and response to experimental hemorrhagic stress.
New England [Journal of Medicine, 269:292-295,
1963.

MH-4441 (R03) LoNDON, PERRY: Developmental
changes in hypnotic susceptibility. University of
Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1960-61)

LoNDON, P.: Hypnosis in children: An experimen-
tal approach. . International [Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Hypnosis, 10:79-91, 1962.

MH-4443 (R03) SALZINGER, KURT, PISONI, STEPH-
ANIE, and ZUBIN, JosepH: Comprehensibility of
schizophrenic speech. New York State Psychi-
atric Institute, New York, N.Y. (1960-61)

SALZINGER, K., and FELDMAN, R. S.: Verbal behav-
ior of schizophrenic and normal subjects. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 105:845-
860, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-586, MH-
1541, and MH-4842).

487

MH-4448 (R01) IwANSKA, ALICJA: Relationships
between subordinate and dominate groups. Uni-
versity of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1961-63)

IwWANSKA, ALICJA: Meksyk. Part I. Kultura, 75

(5) :41-59, 1962.

IwANsSKA, ALICJA: Meksyk. Part II. Kultura, 176
(6) :26-41, 1962.

IwaNskA, ALICJA: El concepto del indigena en dos
distintas regiones de Mexico. America Indigena,
23(4):345-357, 1963.

IwaNska, ALicja: New knowledge: The impact of
school upon traditional structure of a Mexican
village.  Sociologus (Berlin), 13(2):137-150,
1963.

MH-4453 (R01) KLOPFER, PETER H., and ADAMs,
DonNaLp K.: Early experience and species—char-
acteristic behavior. Duke University, Durham,
N.C. (1961- )

GotrLIEB, G., and KLOPFER, P. H.: The relation of
developmental age to auditory and visual imprint-
ing. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:821-826, 1962.

HaiLMAN, Jack P.: Cliff-nesting adaptations of the
Galapagos Swallow-tailed Gull. Wilson Bulletin,
77(4) 346-362, 1965.

HaIiLMAN, J. P., and KLOPFER, P. H.: On measur-
ing “critical learning periods” in birds. Animal
Behaviour, 10:233-234, 1962.

HatcH, JEREMY ].: Only one species of Galapagos
mockingbird feeds on eggs. Candor, 67(4):
354-355, 1965.

HEsPENHEIDE, HENRY A.: Competition and the
genus “tyrannus.” Wilson Bulletin, 76:265-281,
1964.

KLOPFER, P. H.: Parameters of imprinting. Ameri-
can Naturalist, 98:173-182, 1964.

KropFeEr, PETER H., Apams, DonNaLp K., and
KLOPFER, MARTHA S.: Maternal “imprinting” in
goats. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 52:911-914, 1964.

KroPFER, P. H., and HAILMAN, J. P.: Perceptual
preferences and imprinting in chicks. Science,
145:1333-1334, 1964.

KropFeRr, P. H., and KLOPFER, M. S.: Notes on
handrearing fallow deer. International Zoology
Yearbook, 4:295-296, 1962.

SCHLEIDT, WOLFGANG M.: Gaussian interval distri-
butions in spontaneously occurring innate behav-
iour. Nature, 206(4986):1061-1062, 1965.

MH-4460 (RO1) STEINER, IVAN D.: Personality
and responses to interpersonal conflict. University
of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1961- )
JouNsoN, HoMER H.: Some effects of discrepancy
level on responses to negative information about
one’s self. Sociometry, 29(1):52-66, 1966.

JounsoN, HoMER H. and STEINER, IVAN D.:
Effects of discrepancy level on relationships be-
tween authoritarianism and conformity. Report
No. 5. Urbana, Illinois, University of Illinois,
1965, 9 p. (Processed)

JounsoN, Homer H., and STEINER, IVAN D.:
Effort and subjective probability. Journal of Per-
sonality and Social Psychology, 1(4):365-368,
1965.

STEINER, I. D.: Receptivity to supportive vs. non-
supportive communications. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 65:266-267, 1962.

STEINER, I. D., and JoHNsoN, H. H.: Authoritarian-
ism and tolerance of trait inconsistency. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:388-391,
1963.

STEINER, I. D., and JoHNsoN, H. H.: Authoritarian-
ism and conformity. Sociometry, 26:21-34, 1963.

STEINER, I. D., and JOHNSON, H. H.: Relationships
among dissonance reducing responses. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:38-44, 1964.

STEINER, IvaN D., and JoHNsoN, HoMEr H.:
Category width and responses to interpersonal dis-
agreements. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 2(2) :290-292, 1965.

STEINER, I. D., and RoGEers, E. D.: Alternative re-
sponses to dissonance. [Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 66:128-136, 1963.

VANNOY, JosePH S.: Generality of cognitive com-
plexity-simplicity as a personality construct. Jour-
nal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2(3):
385-396, 1965.

MH-4464 (R01) KAGAN, JEROME, and SONTAG,
Lester W.: Passivity and styles of thought in
children. Fels Research Institute, Yellow Springs,
Ohio. (1961-64)

KAGAN, JEROME: The child's sex role classification
of school objects. Child Development, 35:1051-
1056, 1964.

KAGAN, ]J.: On measurement: Suggestions for the
future. Journal of Projection Techniques, 28:
151-155, 1964.

KAGAN, J.: The acquisition and significance of sex
typing and sex role identity. In: Hoffman, Mar-
tin, and Hoffman, Lois, eds. Review of child
development research. Vol. 1. New York, Rus-
sell Sage Foundation, 1964, p. 137-167.

KAGAN, JEROME: Reflection-impulsivity and reading
ability in primary grade children. Child Develop-
ment, 36(3) :609-628, 1965.

488

KAGAN, JEROME: Individual differences in the reso-
lution of response uncertainty. Journal of Per
sonality and Social Psychology, 2(2):154-160,
1965.

KAGAN, JEROME: Impulsive and reflective children:
Significance of conceptual tempo. In: Krumboltz,
J., ed. Learning and the educational process.
Chicago, Rand, McNally, 1965, p. 133-161.

KAGAN, JEROME: Reflection-impulsivity: The gener-
ality and dynamics of conceptual tempo. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 71(1):17-24, 1966.

KAGAN, JEROME: Body build and conceptual im-
pulsivity in children. Journal of Personality, 34
(1):118-128, 1966.

KAGAN, J., and FREEMAN, MARIAN: Relation of
childhood intelligence, maternal behaviors, and
social class to behavior during adolescence. Child
Development, 34:899-911, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1260).

KAGAN, JEROME, and LEWIS, MICHAEL: Studies of
attention in the human infant. Merrill-Palmer
Quarterly of Behavior and Development, 11(2):
95-127, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1260).

KacaN, J., Moss, H. A., and SiGeL, I. E.: Psycho-
logical significance of styles of conceptualization.
In: Wright, J. C., and Kagan, J., eds. Basic cog-
nitive processes in children. Society for Research
in Child Development, Monograph, 28(2):73-
112, 1963. (Serial No. 86). (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1260).

KaGaN, J., and PHiLLPs, W.: Measurement of
identification: A methodological note. Journal of
Abnormal Social Psychology, 69:442-444, 1964.

KAGAN, J., and RosMAN, BERNICE L.: Cardiac and
respiratory correlates of attention and an analytic

attitude. Journal of Experimental Child Psychol-
ogy, 1:50-63, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
1260).

KAGAN, J., RosMAN, BERNICE L., DAY, DEBORAH,
ALBERT ]., and PHILLIPS, W.: Information proc-
essing in the child: Significance of analytic and
reflective attitudes. Psychological Monographs,
78(1):1-37, 1964. (Whole No. 578).

Leg, Leg C., KacaN, J., and RABSON, ALICE: In-
fluence of a preference for analytic categorization
upon concept acquisition. Child Development,
34:433-442, 1963.

Lewis, MICHAEL, KAGAN, JEROME, and KALAFAT,
JoHN: Patterns of fixation in the young infant.
Child Development, 37(2):321-341, 1966.

MH-4465 (R01) GLUECK, BERNARD C., JR,
MeeHL, PauL E., and ScHOFIELD, WILLIAM:
Skilled clinicians’ assessment of personality. In-
stitute of Living, Hartford, Conn. (1961- )
GLUECK, BERNARD C.: Minnesota-Ford pool of
phenotypic personality items. Minneapolis, Uni-
versity of Minnesota, 1962. 86 p.

GLUECK, BERNARD C., MEEHL, PAuL E., ScHo-
FIELD, WILLIAM, and CLYDE, DEAN ].: The quan-
titative assessment of personality. Comprehensive
Psychiatry, 5(1):15-23, 1964.

GLUECK, BERNARD C., JR., and REZNIKOFF, MAR-
VIN: Comparison of computer-derived personality
profile and projective psychological test findings.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 121(12):1156-
1161, 1965.

ScHOFIELD; WILLIAM: The profile of personality.
Mental Health Research Bulletin, 3:15-16, 1961.

MH-4466 (R03) HONIGMANN, JOHN J. and
GULICK, JOHN: Propositional inventory in culture
change. University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N.C. (1960-61)

KusHNER, G., GiBsoN, M., GULICK, ]., HONIG-
MANN, J. J., and NoNas, R.: What accounts for
sociocultural change? A propositional inventory.
Chapel Hill, N.C., University of North Carolina,
Institute for Research in Social Science, 1962,
51 p.

KUSHNER, GILBERT, GIBSON, MICKEY, NONAS,
RicHARD, GULICK, JOHN, and HONIGMANN,
JoHN J.: What accounts for sociocultural change?
Research Previews (University of North Carolina,
Institute for Research in Social Science), 9(2):
14-24, 1962. (Processed)

MH-4467 (R03) CoaN, RicHARD W.: An analysis
of movement perception. University of Arizona,
Tucson, Ariz. (1960-61)

CoaN, R. W.: Factors in movement perception.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28(5):394-
402, 1964.

MH-4469 (R01) SmitH, KARL U.: Geometric or-
ganization of motion. University of Wisconsin,
Madison, Wisc. (1961- )

Goulp, J., and Smith, K. U.: Angular displace-
ment of visual feedback in motion and learning.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:699-710, 1963.

McDerMD, C., and SmitH, K. U.: Compensatory
reactions to displaced and visual feedback in be-
havior. Journal of Applied Psychology, 48:63-
68, 1964.

Smith, K. U.: Behavior organization and work:
A new approach to industrial behavioral science.
Madison, Wisc., College Printing and Typing,
1962, 900 p. (Also acknowledges MH-4785).

SmitH, K. U.: Work theory and economic behavior.
Bloomington, Ind., Bureau of Business Research,
Indiana School of Business, 1962, 33 p. (Indiana
Business Paper No. 5)

489

SMITH, KARL U.: Sensory feedback analysis of visual
behavior: A new theoretical-experimental founda-
tion of physiological optics. American Journal
of Optometry, 40(7):365-417, 1963.

SmitH, KARL U.: Sensory feedback analysis in medi-
cal research: II. Spatial organization of neurobe-
havioral system. American Journal of Physical
Medicine, 43:49-84, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4785).

SMmitH, K. U., ANsSeLL, S., and SmiTH, W. M.:
Sensory feedback analysis in medical research: I.
Delayed sensory feedback in behavior and neural
function. American Journal of Physical Medicine,
42(6):228-262, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4785).

SmitH, KARL U., and GouLp, JoHN D.: Sensory-
feedback analysis of behavior in stereotelevised
visual fields. Journal of Applied Psychology, 48
(6):361-368, 1964.

SMmitH, K. U.,, and GREENE, P.: Scientific motion
study and aging processes in performance. Ergo-
nomics, 5S(1):155-164, 1962.

SmitH, K. U., GouLp, J., and WARGO, L.: Sensory-
feedback analysis in visual behavior. A new theo-
retical-experimental foundation of physiological
optics. American Journal of Optometry and Ar-
chives of the Academy of Optometry, 40:365-417,
1963.

SmitH, K. U.,, and MURPHY, T.: Sensory feedback
mechanisms of handwriting motions and their
neurogeometric bases. In: Herrick, V., ed. New
horizons for research on handwriting. Madison,
Wis., University of Wisconsin Press, 1963, p. 111-
157.

SMmitH, K. U., MyszeEwskl, M., MERGEN, M., and
KOEHLER, J.: Computer system control of delayed
auditory feedback. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
17:343-354, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4785).

SmitH, K. U.,, and SmitH, W. M.: Perception and
motion: An analysis of space-structured behavior.
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1962, 341 p.

Smith, K. U., and WaRrGo, L.: Sensory-feedback
analysis of specialization of movements in learn-
ing. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:749-756,
1963.

SmitH, K. U., WaRGo, L., and JoNEs, R.: Delayed
and space-displaced sensory feedback and learn-
ing. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:781-796,
1963.

MH-4471 (R01) SamoORAJsKI, THADDEUS: Func-
tional cytology—hypothalamus and pituitary gland.
Cleveland Psychiatric Institute and Hospital,
Cleveland, Ohio. (1960-62) (Continued from
MH-3744).
SamorajJskl, T., and McCroup, JERRY: Alkaline
phosphomonoesterase and blood brain permeabil-
ity. Laboratory Investigation, 10:492-501, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-3744).

SamorajJski, T., and Marks, B. H.: Localization
of tritiated norepinephrine in mouse brain. Jour-
nal of Histochemistry and Cytochemistry, 10:392-
399, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3744).

MH-4472 (R01) WiLsoN, WiLLIAM A., and WIL-
SON, MARTHA: Analysis of behavioral functions
of cerebral areas. Bryn Mawr College, Bryn
Mawr, Pa. (1960-64)

CHIANG, H. M., and WiLsoN, W. A., Jr.: Some
tests of the diluted-water hypothesis of saline
consumption in rats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:660-665, 1963.

GLEITMAN, HENRY, WILSON, W. A., JR., HERMAN,
MAGDALENA M., and RESCORLA, ROBERT A.:
Massing and within-delay position as factors in
delayed-response performance. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56:445-
451, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4993).

WiLsoN, MARTHA: Further analysis of intersensoty
facilitation of learning sets in menkeys. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 18:917-920, 1964.

WiLsoN, M., and WiLsoN, W. A., Jr.: Intersensory
facilitation of learning sets in normal and brain-
operated monkeys. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 55:931-934, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2908).

WILSON, MARTHA, and WILSON, WILLIAM A., JR.:
Visual and tactual preferences in normal and
brain-operated monkeys. Animal Behaviour, 12:
227-230, 1964.

WiLsoN, M., WiLsoN, W. A., Jr., and CHIANG,
H.-M.: The formation of tactual learning sets.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 56:732-734, 1963.

WiLsoN, W. A., Jr.: Alternation in normal and
frontal monkeys as a function of response and
outcome of the previous trial. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:701-
704, 1962.

WiLsoN, W. A., Jr.: The effect of colony disease
upon behavioral studies in primates. Laboratory
Animal Care, 13:485-489, 1963.

WiLsoN, WiLLiAM A., JR., OSCAR, MARLENE, and
BrrrerMAN, M. E.: Visual probability-learning in
the monkey. Psychonomic Science, 1:71-72, 1964.

WiLsoN, WILLIAM A., JR., OSCAR, MARLENE, and
BirTeErRMAN, M. E.: Probability-learning in the
monkey. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 16(2):163-165, 1964.

490

WiLsoN, W. A., Jr., Oscar, M., and GLEITMAN,
H.: The effect of frontal lesions in monkeys upon
widely-spaced delayed-response trials. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
237-240, 1963.

WiLsoN, W. A., Jr., and SHAFFER, O. C.: Inter-
modality transfer of specific discriminations in the
monkey. Nature, 197:107, 1963.

MH-4476 (R03) Ueki, SHowA, and SUGANO,
HisaNoBU: Effects of drugs on the limbic system.
Kyushu University, Fukuoka, Japan. (1960-61)

Tanaka, Kunio, Ueki, SHowA, and IKUTA,
Takumi: Correlates between EEG and experi-
mentally derived electrotonic potential. In: Pro-
ceedings of the 10th Annual Meeting of Japanese
EEG Society. 1961, p. 58-61.

UEKI, SHOWA: Problems in olfactory function.
Fukuoka Acta Medica, 52:345-366, 1961.

UEKI, SHOwA, and OoNo, SHINJI: A new method
for continuous recording of the pupil size by
means of a phototransistor. Archives Interna-
tionales de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 142:
339-348, 1963.

Ueki, SHowa, TANAKA, Kunio, and SUGANO,
HisaNoBU: Pharmacological studies on the elec-
trical activities of the olfactory bulb. Japanese
Journal of Pharmacology, 14:80-93, 1964.

MH-—4479 (RO1) ZIEGLER, FREDERICK J]. PREN-
TISS, ROBERT, PURVIS, MARTIN, ROGERS, DAVID,
and SHAFFER, JOHN: Psychosocial study of vasec-
tomy patients. Scripps Clinic, La Jolla, Calif.
(1961- )

RODGERS, DAvID A.: Estimation of MMPI profiles
from CPI data. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
30(1):89, 1966.

RODGERS, DAVID A., ZIEGLER, FREDERICK J., AL-
TROCCHI, JOHN, and Levy, Nissim: A longitu-
dinal study of the psycho-social effects of vasec-
tomy. [Journal of Marriage and the Family, 27
(1):59-63, 1965.

RoDGERs, DAVID A., ZIEGLER, FREDERICK J., PREN-
TiSS, ROBERT J., and MARTIN, Purvis L.: Com-
parisons of nine contraceptive procedures by
couples changing to vasectomy or ovulation sup-
pression medication. Journal of Sex Research,
1(2):87-96, 1965.

RoDGERs, D. A., ZIEGLER, F. J., ROHR, PATRICIA,
and PRENTISS, R. J.: Sociopsychological charac-
teristics of patients obtaining vasectomies from
urologists. Marriage and Family Living, 25(3):
331-335, 1963.

ZIEGLER, FREDERICK J., and KRIEGSMAN, SALI ANN:
Vasectomy and psychological functioning. Hu-
manist, 16-18, 1965.
Z1EGLER, FREDERICK J., RODGERS, DAviD A., and
KRIEGSMAN, SALI ANN: Effect of vasectomy on
psychological functioning. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 28(1) :50-63, 1966.

MH-4481 (R01) Scott, JoHN P., and BRONSON,
FRANK H.: Development of normal and mal-
adaptive social behavior. Roscoe B. Jackson Me-
morial Laboratory, Bar Harbor, Maine. (1961-
64)

BroNsoN, F. H.: Density, subordination and social
timidity in “Peromyscus” and C57BL/10] mice.
Animal Behaviour, 11:475-479, 1963.

BronsoN, H. F., and ELEfFTHERIOU, B. E.: Influ-
ence of strange males on implantation in the
deermouse. General and Comparative Endocri-
nology, 3:515-518, 1963.

Bronson, F. H., and ELEFTHERIOU, B. E.: Adrenal
responses to crowding in “Peromyscus” and
C57BL/10] mice. Physiological Zoology, 36:
161-166, 1963.

Bronson, F. H., and ELEFTHERIOU, B. E.: Chronic
physiological effects of fighting Yn mice. General
and Comparative Endocrinology, 4:9-14, 1964.

ELeFTHERIOU, Basi. E. BronNsoN, F. H., and
ZarRrROW, M. X.: Interaction of olfactory and
other environmental stimuli on implantation in
the deer mouse. Science, 137:764, 1962.

MARSDEN, HALSEY M., and BroNsoN, F. H.: Es-
trous synchrony in mice: Alteration by exposure
to male urine. Science, 144:1469, 1964.

Scorr, J. P.: Critical periods in behavioral develop-
ment. Science, 138:949-958, 1962.

Scortr, J. P.: The process of primary socialization in
canine and human infants. Monographs of the
Society for Research in Child Development, 28
(1) :1-47, 1963.

Scott, J. P.: Genetics and the development of social
behavior in dogs. American Zoologist, 4:161-
168, 1964.

MH-4484 (R01) KAPLAN, SoLoMON D., COATS,
EpwiN A., and GiBsoN, ROBERT D.: Visual—
olfactory vs. vascular schizokinesis. Lincoln State
Hospital, Lincoln, Nebr. (1961-64)

Poperr, H. A., and PobkLL, J. E.: Quantitative
connotation of a concept. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 67:509-513, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-5461).

MH-4486 (R01) MALZBERG, BENJAMIN, and
THOMAS, DOROTHY SWAIN: Social and biological
aspects of mental disease. Middletown State Hos-
pital, Middletown, N.Y. (1961-64)

491

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Migration and mental dis-
ease among the white population of New York
State, 1949-1951. Human Biology, 34:89-98,
1962.

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Mental disease among for-
eign-born in Canada, 1950-1952, in relation to
period of immigration. American [Journal of
Psychiatry, 120(10):971-973, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1140).

MALZBERG, BENJAMIN: Marital status and the inci-
dence of mental disease. International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, 10:19-26, 1964.

MH—4490 (RO1) SINGER, ROBERT D.: Conditioning
and generalization of verbal responses. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1961-63)

GELFAND, DONNA M., and SINGER, ROBERT D.:
Generalization of children’s verbally conditioned
personality judgments. Journal of Clinical Psy-
chology, 21:101-103, 1965.

WERTHEIM, GEORGE A., and SINGER, ROBERT D.:
Resistance to extinction in the goldfish following
schedules of continuous and variable interval re-
inforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 7:357-360, 1964.

MH-4493 (R01) NAKAMURA, CHARLES Y.: Abso-
lute and relative incentive magnitude in learning.
University of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1961-63)

ANDERSON, N. H., and NAKAMURA, C. Y.: Avoid-
ance decrement in avoidance conditioning. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57:196-204, 1964.

Boroczi, G., and NAKAMURA, C. Y.: Variability of
responding as a measure of the effect of frustra-
tion. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
3:342-345, 1964.

NakaMURA, CHARLES Y.: Effect of prominence of
dissonance-associated stimuli during evaluation of
the stimuli. Journal of Experimental Child Psy-
chology, 3(1):86-99, 1966.

NAKAMURA, C. Y., and ANDERSON, N. H.: Avoid-
ance conditioning in wheel box and shuttle box.
Psychological Reports, 14:327-334, 1964.

NAKAMURA, CHARLES Y., and BrRooczi, GEORGE:
Effect of relative incentive value on persistence and
response speed. Child Development, 36(2) :247-
257, 1965.

NAKAMURA, C. Y., and ELLs, F. F.: Methodological
study of the effects of relative reward magnitude
on performance. Child Development, 35:595-
610, 1964.

NAKAMURA, C. Y., and LOWENKRON, B. Z.: Incen-
tive magnitude, task orientation, and persistence.
Child Development, 35:611-621, 1964.
NAKAMURA, CHARLES Y., SMITH, JaMEs C., and
ScHWARTZ, FREDERICK W.: Establishment of a
lasting discriminative stimulus in rats by compe-
tition training. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:852-856, 1963.

MH-—4494 (R01) JENSEN, GLENN D.: Comparative
study of operant conditioning. University of New
Mexico, Albuquerque, N.M. (1961-62) (Con-
tinued as MH-7237).

JENSEN, GLENN D.: Preference for bar-pressing
over “freeloading” as a function of number of
rewarded presses. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65:451-454, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2834 and MH-7237).

MH-4495 (R01) BerLYNE, DANIEL E.: Explora-
tory behavior and arousal. Boston University,
Boston, Mass. (1961-62) (Continued as MH-
6324).

BERLYNE, D. E.: New directions in motivation the-
ory. In: Gladwin, T., and Sturtevant, W. C., eds.
Anthropology and human behavior. Washington,
Anthropological Society of Washington, 1962,
p. 150-173. (Also acknowledges MH-6324).

BerLYNE, DANIEL E.: Uncertainty and epistemic
curiosity. British Journal of Psychology, 53:27-
34, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6324).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Comments on relations between
Piaget’s theory and S-R theory. In: Kessen, W.,
and Kuhlman, C., eds. Thought in the young
child. Monographs of the Society for Research
in Child Development, 1962, p. 150-173. (Also
acknowledges MH-6324).

BerLYNE, D. E.: Complexity and incongruity varia-
bles as determinants of exploratory choice and
evaluative ratings. Canadian Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 17:274-290, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-6324).

BerLYNE, D. E.: Psychology in the US.S.R. Cana-
dian Psychologist, 4:1-13, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-6324).

BErRLYNE, D. E.: Motivational problems raised by
exploratory and epistemic behavior. In: Koch, S.,
ed. Psychology—a study of a science. Vol. 5.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 284-364.
(Also acknowledges MH-6324).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Soviet research on intellectual
processes in children. In: Wright, J. C., and
Kagan, J., eds. Society for research in child de-
velopment monographs. Washington, D.C., Na-
tional Research Council, 1963, p. 165-183. (Also
acknowledges MH-6324).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Emotional aspects of learning.
Annual Review of Psychology, 15:115-142, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-6324).

492

BERLYNE, D. E., Craw, M. A., SALAPATEK, P. H,,
and Lewis, J. L.: Novelty, complexity, incon-
gruity, extrinsic motivation and the GSR. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 66:560-567,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6324).

BERLYNE, D. E., and LAWRENCE, G. H.: Effects
of complexity and incongruity variables on GSR,
investigatory behavior and verbally expressed pref-
erence. Journal of General Psychology, 71:21-45,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-6324).

BErLYNE, D. E., and Lewis, J. L.: Effects of
heightened arousal on human exploratory behavior,
Canadian Journal of Psychology, 17:398-411,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6324).

BERLYNE, D. E., SALAPATEK, H., GELMAN, R. S,,
and ZENER, S. L.: Is light increment really re-
warding to the rat? Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 58:148-151, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-6324).

MH-4506 (R01) LEIGHTON, ALEXANDER H., and
HuGHES, CHARLES C.: Cornell-Aro mental health

research project. Cornell University, New York,
N.Y. (1961-61)

LEIGHTON, ALEXANDER H., and LAmBO, T. ADE-
OYE: Psychiatric problems in developing coun-
tries. In: U.S. Papers for U.N. Conference on
the Application of Science and Technology for
Benefit of Less Developed Areas, Geneva, 1962.
Washington, D.C., U.S. Government Printing
Office, 1963.

LeicHTON, A. H., LaMBO, T. A., HucHEks, C. C,
LeiGHTON, D. C., MURPHY, J. M., and MACKLIN,
D. B.: Psychiatric disorder in West Africa.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120(6):521-527,
1963.

LeiGHTON, A. H., LaMBO, T. ADEOYE, HUGHES,
CHARLES C., LEIGHTON, DOROTHEA C., MURPHY,
JANE M., and MACKLIN, Davip B.: Psychiatric
disorder among the Yoruba. Ithaca, New York,
Cornell University Press, 1963, 413 p.

LEIGHTON, ALEXANDER H., and MURPHY, JANE
M.: The problem of cultural distortion. Milbank
Memorial Fund Quarterly, 43(2)Part 2:189-198,
1965.

MH-4507 (R01) Crusk, DANIEL B.: The develop-
ment of socially desirable responses. University
of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Atk. (1961-61)

Cruse, DANIEL B.: Socially desirable responses in
relation to grade level. Child Development, 34:
777-789, 1963.

MH-4509 (R01) CumMING, WiLLiaM W.: Para-
metric study of temporally spaced responding.
Columbia University, New York, N.Y. (1961-
61) (Continued as MH-6911).
MaLrort, RicHARD W., and CUMMING, WILLIAM
W.: Schedules of inter-response time reinforce-
ment. Psychological Record, 14:211-252, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-6911).

MH-4511 (RO1) BUCKLEY, JosepH P., AcCETO,
Mario D., ROSECRANS, JoHN A., and VOGIN,
EuGeNE E.: Effects of psychotropic drugs on ex-
perimental stress. University of Pittsburgh, Pitts-

urgh, Pa. (1961- )

Acero, M. D. G., KINNARD, W. J., and BUCKLEY,
J. P.: Effect of compounds on blood pressure and
behavioral responses of rats chronically subjected
to an avoidance-escape situation. Pharmacologist,
4:152, 1962.

Acero, M. D. G., KINNARD, W. J., and BUCKLEY,
J. P.: Effect of compounds on blood pressure and
behavioral responses of rats chronically subjected
to an avoidance-escape situation. Archives Inter-
nationales de Pharmacodynamie de Therapie, 144:
214, 1963.

BuckLEY, J. P., Kato, H., KINNARD, W. J., ACETO,
M. D. G., and EsTEVEZ, J. M.: Effects of reserpine
and chlorpromazine on rats subjected to experi-
mental stressors. (Abstract) Pharmacologist, 5:
261, 1963. Also in: Psychopharmacologia, 6:87-
95, 1964.

Dixit, B. N., and BUCKLEY, J. P.: Brain 5-HT and
anterior pituitary activation by stress and reserpine.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 25(2):192,
1966.

MH-4515 (RO1) FRENCH, GILBERT M.: Role of
experience in behavior of frontal monkeys. Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1961-64)

FRENCH, G. M.: The frontal lobes and association.
In: Warren, J. M., and AKERT, K., eds. The
frontal granular cortex and behavior. New York,
McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 56-73.

FrReNcH, G. M., BrnBaUM, I., LEVINE, R., and

PINSKER, H.: Discriminative choice in normal and -

prefrontal rhesus monkeys. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 59 (2) :225-230,
1965.

MH-4516 (RO1) ZIMMERMANN, ROBERT R.: Dis-
crimination learning during early development.
Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. (1961- )

LockE, KATHERINE D., Locke, EDWIN A., MOR-
GAN, GEORGE A., and ZIMMERMANN, ROBERT R.:
Dimensions of social interactions among infant
rhesus monkeys. Psychological Reports, 15:339-
349, 1964.

Locke, KATHERINE D., MORGAN, GEORGE A., JR.,
and ZIMMERMANN, ROBERT R.: Method for ob-
serving social interactions in groups of infant

493

rhesus monkeys.
91, 1964.

ScHiFr, W., CAVINEss, J. A., and GIBSON, J. J.
Persistent fear response in rhesus monkeys to the
optical stimulus of looming. Science, 136:982-
983, 1962.

TiGHE, THoMAs J.: Effect of overtraining on re-
versal and extradimensional shifts. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 70(1):13-17, 1965.

Psychological Reports, 14:83

ZIMMERMAN, ROBERT R., and TORREY, CHARLES C.:
Ontogeny of learning. In: Schrier, Allan M.,

Harlow, Harty F., and Stollnitz, Fred, eds. Be-
havior of nonhuman primates. Vol. 2. New
York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 405-447. (Also

acknowledges MH-4355 and MH-772).

MH-4518 (R03) RADER, GorpoON E., and ProurTs,
JANE: Personality interaction in the psychiatric
interview. University of North Carolina, Chapel
Hill, N.C. (1960-61)

ProuTs, JANE H., and RADER, G. E.: Instruction in
interviewing technique in the medical school cur-
riculum: Report of a trial program and some sug-
gestions. Journal of Medical Education, 37:681-
686, 1962.

Prours, JANE H., and RADER, G. E.: The influence
of interviewer characteristics on the initial inter-
view. Social Casework, 43:548-552, 1962.

MH-4520 (R03) BerL, GrRaHaM C., and PRICE,
MARIAN BLEWITT: Mental age, IQ, sex and di-
vergent thinking. Pomona College, Claremont,
Calif. (1960-61)

Price, MARIAN B., and BiLL, GRAHAM B.: The
relationship of chronological age, mental age, IQ
and sex to divergent thinking tests. [Journal of
Psychological Researches, 9(1):1-9, 1965.

MH-4523 (R01) Weiss, RoBerT F.: Attitude
learning through persuasive communication. Co-
lumbus Psychiatric Institute and Hospital, Co-
lumbus, Ohio. (1961-63)

Weiss, R. F.: Persuasion and the acquisition of at-
titudes: Models from conditioning and selective
training. ~~ Psychological Reports, 11:709-732,
1962.

WEIss, R. F.: Defection from social movements and
subsequent recruitment of new movements. So-
ciometry, 26:1-20, 1963.

Weiss, RoBERT FRANK: Delay of verbal reward in
verbal conditioning and selective learning. Psy-
chological Reports, 16(3): Part 1, 857-861,
1965.

Wess, R. F., BUCHANAN, W., and PASAMANICK,
B.: Social consensus in persuasive communication.
Psychological Reports, 14:95-98, 1964.
Weiss, ROBERT F., BUCHAN, WILLIAM, PASAMAN-
ICK, BENJAMIN: Delay of reinforcement and de-
lay of punishment in persuasive communication.
Psychological Reports, 16:576, 1965.

Weiss, R. F., and PASAMANICK, B. Number of ex-
posures to persuasive communication in the in-
strumental conditioning of attitudes. Journal of
Social Psychology, 63:373-382, 1964.

Weiss, R. F., Rawson, H. E., and PASAMANICK,
B.: Argument strength, delay of argument and
anxiety in the “conditioning” and ‘‘selective learn-
ing” of attitudes. Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 67:157-165, 1963.

MH-4524 (RO1) ALLISON, ROGER B., Jr.: Multi-
dimensional semantic differentials. University of
Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. (1961-63)

ALLISON, R. B., Jr.: A two-dimensional semantic
differential. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
27:18-23, 1963.

ALLISON, R. B., Jr.: Using adverbs as multipliers
in semantic differentials. Journal of Psychology,
56:115-117, 1963.

MH-4527 (R01) GREENBAUM, MARVIN, and GUN-
BERG, DAvID L.: Effects of multiple stress on be-
havior. University of Oregon Medical School,
Portland, Ore. (1961-62)

GREENBAUM, MARVIN, and Levy, Nissim: Effect of
multiple stress and Thorazine on Amsel’s frus-
tration effect. Psychological Reports, 16(3)Part
1:947-948, 1965.

MH-4528 (R01) Harrow, Harry F., and Mow-
BRAY, JAY B.: Comprehensive behavioral studies
of monkeys. University of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wisc. (1961- ) (Continued from MH-772).

Boyer, WiLLiaM N.: Discriminative performance
by three species of monkeys as a function of trial
1 reward contingency, intertrial interval and prior
test experience. Psychonomic Science, 5(1):27-
28, 1966.

CaperLrL, T. E., Harrow, H. F., and WAISMAN,
H. A.: EEG changes in experimental phenylke-
tonuria. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 14:540-543, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2730 and MH-5048).

Cross, H. A., and Harrow, H. F.: Observation of
infant monkeys by female monkeys. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 16:11-15, 1963.

DEVENPORT, J. W.: A rotary runway apparatus.
Psychological Reports, 12(2):385-386, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3085).

DAVENPORT, J. W.: Spatial discrimination and re-
versal learning involving differential magnitude of

494

reinforcement. ~~ Psychological Reports, 12:655-
665, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3085).

DAVENPORT, JOHN W., GoobricH, KENNETH P.,
and HacQuist, WiLLiaM W.: Effects of magni-
tude of reinforcement in Macaca speciosa. Psy-
chonomic Science, 4(5):187-188, 1966.

DAVENPORT, JoHN W., and THOMPSON, CARL I.:
The Amsel frustration effect in monkeys. Psy-
chonomic Science, 3(11):481-482, 1965.

FLETCHER, HAROLD J., and BOorpOW, ALLAN M.:
Monkey's solution of an ambiguous-cue problem.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 21(1):115-119,
1965.

FLETCHER, HAROLD J., and Cross, HENRY A.: Ef-
fects of trial 1 reward contingency, intertrial in-
terval and experience on intraproblem discrimina-
tion performance of monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 57:318-
320, 1964.

FLETCHER, HAROLD J., and TAKEMURA, KEN-ICHI:
Prompted vs. trial-and-error concept discrimina-
tion learning in monkeys. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 20(3) Part 1:737-743, 1965.

GoopricH, KENNETH P.: Differential conditioning
based on concentration of sucrose reinforcement
in rats on a VI schedule. Psychonomic Science,
3(5):213-214, 1965.

HaNseN, Ernst W., Harrow, Harry F. and
DopsworRTH, ROBERT O.: Reactions of rheus
monkeys to familiar and unfamiliar peers. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
61(2):274-279, 1966.

Harrow, H. F.: The development of affectional
patterns in infant monkeys. In: Foss, B. M., ed.
Determinants of infant behavior. London, CIBA
Foundation, 1961.

Harrow, H. F.: The heterosexual affectional sys-
tem in monkeys. American Psychologist, 17:1-9,
1962.

Harrow, H. F.: A behavioral approach to psycho-
analytic theory. Science and Psychoanalysis, 7:93-
117, 1964.

Harrow, Harry F.: Early social deprivation and
later behavior in the monkey. In: Abrams,
Arnold, ed. Unfinished tasks in the behavioral
sciences. Baltimore, Md., Williams & Wilkins,
1964, p. 154-173.

Harrow, HARRY F. and HARLOW, MARGARET K.:
The affectional systems. In: Schrier, Allan M.,
Harlow, Harry F., and Stollnitz, Fred, eds. Be-
havior of nonhuman primates. Vol. 2. New
York, Academic Press, 1965, p. 287-334.

Harrow, H. F., HArRLow, M. K., and HANSEN,
E. W.: The maternal affectional system of rhesus
monkeys. In: Rheingold, H. L., ed. Maternal
behavior in mammals. New York, Wiley, 1963,
p. 254-281.

Harrow, H. F., RowLaND, G. L., and GRIFFIN,
G. A.: The effect of total social deprivation on
the development of monkey behavior. Psychiatric
Research Reports, 19:116-135, 1964.

Harrow, H. F., and SEAY, B.: Affectional systems
in rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Arkansas
Medical Society, 1964.

LockHART, J. M., Parks, T. E., and DAVENPORT,
J. W.: Information acquired in one trial by learn-
ing-set experienced monkeys. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 56(6):
1035-1037, 1963.

MircHELL, G. D., RAYMOND, E. J., RUPPENTHAL,
G. C., and Harrow, H. F.: Long-term effects of
total social isolation upon behavior of rhesus mon-
keys. Psychological Reports, 18(2):567-580,
1966.

MowsBRray, J. B., and Caperr, T. E.: Early be-
havior patterns in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
350-357, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-772).

RosenBLUM, L. A. and Harrow, H. F.: Gen-
eralization of affectional responses in rhesus mon-
keys. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:561-564,
1963.

RosenNBLUM, L. A, and HARLOW, H. F.: Approach-
avoidance conflict in the mother-surrogate situa-
tion. Psychological Reports, 12:83-85, 1963.

SACKETT, GENE P.: Effects of rearing conditions
upon the behavior of rhesus monkeys (Macaca
mulatta). Child Development, 36(4):855-868,
1965.

SACKETT, GENE P.: Manipulatory behavior in mon-
keys reared under different levels of early stimu-
lus variation. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20
(3) ‘Part 1:985-988, 1965.

SACKETT, GENE P.: Response of rhesus monkeys to
social stimulation presented by means of colored
slides. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20(3) Part 2:
1027-1028, 1965.

SAcKETT, G. P., PORTER, M., HOLMES, H.: Choice
behavior in rhesus monkeys: Effect of stimulation
during the first month of life. Science, 147:304-
306, 1965.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., BowMaN, R. E., and HoLp-
STOCK, L.: Visual exploration in the monkey fol-
lowing ablation of the amygdaloid complex.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 57(3):453-456, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4686).

SEAY, B., ALEXANDER, B. K., and HARLOW, H. F.:
Maternal behavior of socially deprived rhesus mon-

495

keys. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
69:345-354, 1964.

SEAY, BILL, and HARLOW, HARRY F.: Maternal sep-
aration in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 140(6) :434-441, 1965.

STERRITT, G. M., GOODENOUGH, E., and HARLOW,
H. F.: Learning set development: Trials to cri-
terion vs. six trials per problem. Psychological
Reports, 13:267-271, 1963.

WaLL, A. M., and GoobricH, K. P.: Differential
responding on reinforcement and nonreinforce-
ment trials occurring in fixed repeating patterns.
Psychonomic Science, 1:193-194, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4426).

MH-4529 (R01) VALENSTEIN, Errior S.: Affec-
tive consequences of brain stimulation. Fels Re-
search Institute, Yellow Springs, Ohio. (1961- )

CASE, BARBARA, and VALENSTEIN, E. S.: Methy
methacrylate monomer; a solvent for removal of
implanted electrodes. Stain Technology, 38:201-
202, 1963.

Cox, VERNE C., and VALENSTEIN, ELLIOT S.: At-
tenuation of aversive properties of peripheral
shock by hypothalamic stimulation. Science, 149
(3681) 1323-325, 1965.

Cox, VERNE C., and VALENSTEIN, ELLIOT S.: The
effect of extensive mesencephalic central gray le-
sions on responses to reinforcing brain stimula-
tion. Psychonomic Science, 4(1):1-2, 1966.

MEYER, W. J., and VALENSTEIN, E. S.: Animal
preference for method of obtaining reinforcing
rain stimulation. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:47-51, 1964.

MEYERS, W. J., VALENSTEIN, E. S., and LACEY,
J. I: Heart rate changes following reinforcing
brain stimulation in rats. Science, 140:1233-1235,
1963.

PeTrROHILOS, H. G., SIMPSON, R., WELFORD, N. T.,
and VALENSTEIN, E. S.: A design for a reliable
and inexpensive biphasic stimulator. ~~ Electro-
encephalograph and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:
1042-1044, 1963.

SiMPsoN, R., and VALENSTEIN, E. S.: An inexpen-
sive swivel-device for electrical stimulation of un-
restrained animals.  Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:900-901, 1963.

VALENSTEIN, E. S.: Problems of measurement and
interpretation with reinforcing brain stimulation.
Psychological Review, 71:415-437, 1964.

VALENSTEIN, ELLIOT S.: Interaction of positive and
negative reinforcing neural systems. Science, 145:
1456-1458, 1964.
VALENSTEIN, ELLioT S.: Independence of approach
and escape reactions to electrical stimulation of
the brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog-
ical Psychology, 60(1) :20-30, 1965.

VALENSTEIN, E. S., and BEER, B.: Reinforcing brain
stimulation in competition with water reward and
shock avoidance. Science, 137:1052-1054, 1962.

VALENSTEIN, E. S., and MEYERS, W. J.: A rate-
independent test of reinforcing consequences of
brain stimulation. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:52-60, 1964.

VALENSTEIN, E. S., and VALENSTEIN, T.: Inter-
action of positive and negative reinforcing neural
systems. Science, 145:1456-1458, 1964.

VALENSTEIN, ELLIOT S., and WEBER, MARGARET
L.: Potentiation of insulin coma by saccharin.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 60(3):443-448, 1965.

MH-4530 (R01) ZAMANSKY, HAROLD S., BRIGHT-
BILL, ROGER, and SCHARF, BERTRAM: Modifica-
tion of visual threshold under hypnosis. North-
eastern University, Boston, Mass. (1961- )

BRIGHTBILL, ROGER F., and ZAMANSKY, HAROLD S.:
The conceptual space of good and poor hypnotic
subjects: A preliminary exploration. [International
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis,
11:112-121, 1963.

ScHARF, B., and ZaMmANskY, H. S.: Reduction of
the word-recognition threshold under hypnosis.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 17:499-510, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3750).

ZAMANSKY, HAROLD S., and BRIGHTBILL, ROGER:
Modification of the word-recognition threshold by
hypnotic suggestion and monetary reward. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 18:805-812, 1964.

ZAMANSKY, HAROLD S., and BRIGHTBILL, ROGER F.:
Attitude differences of volunteers and nonvolun-
teers and of susceptible and nonsusceptible hyp-
notic subjects. International [Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Hypnosis, 13(4):279-290, 1965.

ZAMANSKY, HAROLD S., SCHARF, BERTRAM, and
BRIGHTBILL, ROGER: The effect of expectancy for
hypnosis on prehypnotic performance. Journal of
Personality, 32(2):236-248, 1964.

MH-4531 (R01) Spivack, GEORGE, and LEVINE,
MURRAY: The subjective time scale—method and
theory. Devereux Schools, Devon, Pa. (1961-
63)

Spivack, G., and LEVINE, M.: Self regulation in
acting out and normal adolescents. Devon, Pa.,
Devereux Foundation, 1963, 207 p. (Processed).

SPIvAcK, G., and LEVINE, M.: Consistency of in-
dividual differences in time judgments. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 19:83-92, 1964.

496

MH-4532 (R01) MicHELS, KENNETH M., BROWN,
DonNALDp R.: Quantitative studies of discrimina-

tion behavior. Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.
(1961-64)

Brown, D. R., HircHcock, L., Jr., and MICHELS,
K. M.: Quantitative studies in form perception:
The visual discrimination performance of human
subjects. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:519-
529, 1962.

HrircHcock, Jr., BRowN, D. R., MicHELs, K. M.,
and SpiriToso, T.: Stimulus complexity and the
judgment of relative size. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 14(2):210, 1962.

HircHcock, L., Jr, MicHeLs, K. M. BROWN,
D. R.: Discrimination learning: Squirrels vs. rac-
coons. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:405-414,
1963.

MicHeLs, K. M., PirtmMAN, G. G., HrrcHcock, L.,
and BrRowN, D. R.: Visual discrimination: Tree
squirrels and quantified stimulus dimensions.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:443-450, 1962.

ZUsSNE, L.: Moments of area and of the perimeter
of visual form as predictors of discrimination per-
formance. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
69(3):213-220, 1965.

ZUsNE, L., and MicHELs, K. M.: Geometricity of
visual form. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 14:
147-154, 1962.

ZUsNE, L., and MicHELS, K. M.: More on the geo-
metricity of visual form. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 15:55-58, 1962.

ZusNE, L., and MicHELs, K. M.: Nonrepresenta-
tional shapes and eye movements. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 18:11-20, 1964.

MH-4533 (R01) Spitz, HERMAN H.: Curiosity
behavior in mental retardates and normals. Ed-

ward R. Johnstone Training and Research Center,
Bordentown, N.J. (1961-61)

Hoarts, Davip L., MILLER, MARTIN B., and Spitz,
HERMAN H.: Experiments on perceptual curiosity
in mental retardates and normals. American Jour-

nal of Mental Deficiency, 68(3):386-395, 1963.

MH-4534 (R01) BARRATT, ERNEST S.: ANS activ-
ity related to intraindividual variability. Texas
Christian University, Fort Worth, Texas. (1961-
61)

BARRATT, ERNEST S.: Intra-individual variability of

performance: ANS and psychometric correlates.

exas Reports on Biology and Medicine, 21:496-
504, 1963.

MH-4539 (R01) Isaac, WALTER: Quantification
of arousal and arousal stimuli. Emory University,
Atlanta, Ga. (1961- )
ALEXANDER, M., and Isaac W.: Effect of illumi-
nation and D-amphetamine on the activity of the
rhesus macaque. Psychological Reports, 16:311-
313, 1965.

Isaac, WALTER: Role of stimulation and time in
the effects of spaced occipital ablations. Psycho-
logical Reports, 14:151-154, 1964.

THURMOND, JoHN B.: Effects of amphetamine on
the monkey's visual threshold. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 3(3):115-116, 1965.

MH-4543 (R01) FisHMAN, VIVIAN: Metabolism of
chlorpromazine in psychiatric disorders. Hillside
Hospital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1961-64)

FisHMAN, V., and GOLDENBERG, H.: Identification
of a new metabolite of imipramine. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 110:187-190, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-1305).

FisHMAN, V. HEgATON, A., and GOLDENBERG, H.:
Metabolism of chlorpromazine. III. Isolation
and identification of chlorpromazine-n-oxide. Pro-
ceedings of the Society for Experimental Biology
and Medicine, 109:548-552, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1305 and MH-3929).

FisHMAN, VIVIAN, and GOLDENBERG, HARRY: Side-
chain degradation and ring hydroxylation of
phenothiazine tranquilizers. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 150(1):
122-128, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3929).

GOLDENBERG, H., and FisHMAN, V.: Metabolism of
chlorpromazine. Confirmation of position 7 as the
major site of hydroxylation. Biochemical and
Biophysical Research Communications, 14:404-
407, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3929).

GOLDENBERG, HARRY, and FisHMAN, VIVIAN: Com-
ments on ‘‘7-hydroxychlorpromazine in the urines
of schizophrenics receiving chlorpromazine. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 14(3):365-368, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-3929).

GOLDENBERG, H., FisuMAN, V., HEATON, A., and
BURNETT, R.: A detailed evaluation of promazine
metabolism. Proceedings of the Society for Ex-
perimental Biology and Medicine, 115:1044-1051,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3929).

MH-4545 (R01) GARNER, HArRry H., JEANS,
RoBerT F., and TomaN, James E.: Electrical
signs of subjective activity. Chicago Medical
School, Chicago, Ill.  (1961- )

GARNER, H. H.: Compliance and problem-solving

psychotherapy. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 7(1):
21-30, 1966.
GorpoN, P., Fupema, J. J, SNIDER, G. L,

ABRAMS, A., ToBIN, S. S., and Kraus, J. D.:
The effects of a European procaine preparation in

497

a aged population.

Journal of Gerontology, 20
(2) 1144-150, 1965

In: El-
Neuro-

ToMmaN, James E. P.: Neurotropic drugs.
liott, Page, and Quastel, J. H., eds.

chemistry. Springfield, Ill, Thomas, 1962, p.
728-765. (Also acknowledges MH-1422 and
MH-3775).

Toman, J. E. P.: Some aspects of central nervous

pharmacology. Annual Review of Pharmacology,
3:153-184, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
5503).

VAzQUE, A. J, and ToMaN, J. E. P.: Human EEG
averaged operant potentials. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 25(2):638, 1966. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5503).

MH-4547 (RO1) AUBERT, VILHELM, and TILLER,
Per O.: A study of isolated families and commu-
nities. Institute for Social Research, Oslo, Nor-
way. (1961- )

AUBERT, VILHELM: Poverty, isolation and social
structure.  Sosialt Arbeid (Norway), 38:34-43,
1964.

TILLER, PER OLAV: Isolation: Center and’ periphery.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 4:90-96,
1963.

MH-4548 (R01) FELDSTEIN, STANLEY, and JAFFE,
Joseph: Correlates of the linguistic aspects of
speech. William Alanson White Institute, New
York, N.Y. (1961-62)

BRENNER, MARCIA S., FELSTEIN, STANLEY, and
JAFFE, JosepH: The contribution of statistical un-
certainty and test anxiety to speech disruption.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
4(4):300-305, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
4571).

CAssoTTA, L., FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: AVTA:
A device for automatic vocal transaction analysis.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:99-104, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4571).

FELDSTEIN, S.: The relationship of interpersonal
involvement and affectiveness of content to the
verbal communication of schizophrenic patients.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:
39-45, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1052).

FELDSTEIN, STANLEY, BRENNER, MARCIA S., and
JAFFE, JosepH: The effect of subject sex, verbal
interaction and topical focus on speech disruption.
Language and Speech, 6:229-239, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-4571).

FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: Language predicta-
bility as a function of psychotherapeutic interac-
tion. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27:123-
126, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4571).
FELDSTEIN, STANLEY, and JAFFE, JOSEPH: Schizo-
phrenic speech fluency: A partial replication and
an hypothesis. Psychological Reports, 13:775-
780, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4571).

FELDSTEIN, S., JAFFE, J., and CassorTa, L.: Psy-
chodiagnostic implications of automated speech
analysis. In: Enslein, K., ed. Proceedings of the
Conference on Data Acquisition and Processing in
Biology and Medicine. New York, Pergamon,
1962, p. 243-251. (Also acknowledges MH-
4571).

JAFFE, J.: Electronic computers in psychoanalytic re-
search. In: Masserman, E. H., ed. Science and
psychoanalysis. Vol. 6. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1963, p. 160-172. (Also acknowledges
MH-4571).

JAFFE, JosepH: Verbal behavior analysis in psychi-
atric interviews with the aid of digital computers.
In: Rioch, David McK., and Weinstein, Edwin
A., eds. Disorders of communication. Vol. 42.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 389-399.
(Also acknowledges MH-4571 and MH-5120).

RozAN, GERALD H., JAFFE, JOSEPH, and FELDSTEIN,
STANLEY: Rating the potential for psychiatric
nursing. Mental Hygiene, 49(4):604-607, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4571).

MH-4549 (R01) FowLER, HARRY: Stimulus fac-
tors affecting exploratory behavior. University of
Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1961-63)

FowLER, HARRY: Exploratory motivation and ani-
mal handling: The effect on runway performance
of start-box exposure time. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:866-871,
1963.

MH-4552 (R01) STEVENS, JoHN D.: Cell perme-
ability in schizophrenia. Loma Linda University,
Los Angeles, Calif. (1961-64)

STEVENS, JoHN D.: Membrane permeability in
schizophrenia. Diseases of the Nervous System,
25:21-28, 1964.

MH-4559 (RO1) SCHULMAN, MARTIN P.: Me-
tabloism of aliphatic alcohols. University of Illi-
nois, Chicago, Ill. (1961- )

AMER, M. SAMIR, and SCHULMAN, MARTIN P.:
Metabolism of ethanol. Quarterly Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 20:439, 1959.

Gupta, N., KOWALCHYK, J., and SCHULMAN,
M. P.: Coupled oxidoreductase activity of horse
liver alcohol dehydrogenase. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 25(2):750, 1966.

ScHULMAN, M. P., and VocGeL, W. H.: Inhibition
of enzymes by aromatic compounds in vitro and
in vivo. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24
(2) Part 1:530, 1965.

498

SNYDER, R., VoGeL, W. H., and SCHULMAN, M. P.:
Differential effects on the alcohol dehydrogenase
and isomerase activities of the liver alcohol de-
hydrogenase. Biochemical and Biophysical Re-
search Communications, 13:335-339, 1963.

VoGEL, W. H., SNYDER, R., and SCHULMAN, M. P.:
Inhibition of dehydrogenases by folic acid and
several analogs. Biochemical and Biophysical Re-
search Communications, 10:97-101, 1963.

VoGeEL, W. H., SNYDER, R., and SCHULMAN, M. P.:
Inhibition of several enzymes by folic acid,
aminopterin and amethopterin. Biochimica et
Biophysica Acta, 85:164-167, 1964.

VoGEL, W. H., SNYDER, R., and SCHULMAN, M. P.:
Inhibition of alcohol dehydrogenase by folic acid
and several of its analogs. Proceedings of the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
115:545-549, 1964.

MH-4563 (R01) DeutscH, Jay A.: Control of
ingestion and nature of reward. Stanford Univer-
sity, Stanford, Calif. (1961-63)

Deutsch, J. A.: Higher nervous function: The
physiological bases of memory. Annual Review
of Physiology, 24:259-296, 1962.

DEeurscH, J. A.: Learning and electrical self-stimu-
lation of the brain. Journal of Theoretical Biol-
0gy, 4:193-214, 1963.

DEuTscH, J. A.: Behavioral measurement of the
neural refractory period and its application to
intracranial self-stimulation. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 58:1-9, 1964.

DeuTscH, J. A.: Neurophysiological contrast phe-
nomena and figural after-effects. Psychological
Review, 71:19-26, 1964.

Deutsch, J. A., Apams, D. W., and METZNER,
R. J.: Choice of intracranial stimulation as a
function of delay between stimulations and
strength of competing drive. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 57:241-243,
1964.

Deutsch, J. A., and BLuMmEN, H. G.: Counter-
injection: A new technique for the analysis of
drinking. Nature, 196:196-197, 1962.

DeuTtscH, J. A., and Deutsch, D.: Attention:
Some theoretical considerations. Psychological
Review, 70:80-90, 1963.

DEeuTtscH, J. A., and HowarTH, C. I.: Evocation
‘by fear of a habit learned for electrical stimula-
tion of the brain. Science, 136:1057-1058, 1962.

DEeuTscH, J. A., and HowarTH, C. I: Some tests
of a theory of intracranial self-stimulation. Psy-
chological Review, 70:444-470, 1963.
DeuTscH, J. A., HowarTH, C. I, Bar, G. C, and
DeutscH, D.: Threshold differentiation of drive
and reward in the Olds effect. Nature, 196:669-
700, 1962.

GALLISTEL, C. R.: Electrical self-stimulation and its
theoretical implications. Psychological Bulletin,
61:23-34, 1964.

HowarTH, C. E., and DEUTSCH, J. A.: Drive de-
cay: The cause of fast “extinction” of habits
learned for brain stimulation. Science, 137:35-36,
1962.

MH-4567 (R01) YUWILER, ARTHUR: Biochemical
tests for schizophrenia. University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, Mich. (1961-62) (Continued as
MH-7293).

YUWILER, ARTHUR: Urinary aminochromes and
mental illness. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 135(4):365-369, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1972).

YUWILER, ARTHUR: Psychopathology and 5-hydroxy-
indoleacetic acid excretion. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 3(2):125-131, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1972 and MH-7293).

YUWILER, ARTHUR, and Goop, Mary H.: Chro-
matographic study of ‘‘Reigelhaupt” chromogens
in urine. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 1:215-
227, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1972).

MH-4571 (RO1) JAFFE, JosePH, and FELDSTEIN,
STANLEY: Psycholinguistic analysis of psychother-
apy. William Alanson White Institute, New
York, N.Y. (1961- )

BRENNER, MARCIA S. FELSTEIN, STANLEY, and
JAFFE, JosEPH: The contribution of statistical un-
certainty and test anxiety to speech disruption.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
4(4):300-305, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
4548).

CASSOTTA, L., FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: AVTA:
A device for automatic vocal transaction analysis.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:99-104, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4548).

FELDSTEIN, S.: Vocal patterning of emotional ex-
pression. In: Masserman, E. H., ed. Science and
psychoanalysis. Vol. 7. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1964, p. 193-210. (Jaffe, J. Discus-
sion of above cited paper. p. 208-210.)

FELDSTEIN, STANLEY, BRENNER, MARcIA S., and
JAFFE, JosepH: The effect of subject sex, verbal
interaction and topical focus on speech disruption.
Language and Speech, 6:229-239, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-4548).

FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: A note about speech
disturbances and vocabulary diversity. Journal of
Communication, 12:166-170, 1962.

499

FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: The relationship of
speech disruption to the experience of anger.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 26:505-509,
1962.

FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: Vocabulary diversity of
schizophrenics and normals. Journal of Speech
and Hearing Research, 5:76-78, 1962.

FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, J.: An IBM 650 pro-
gram written in S.O.A.P. for the computation of
speech disturbances per time, speaker and group.
(Abstract) Behavioral Science, 8:86-87, 1963.

FELDSTEIN, S., and JAFFE, ].: Language predicta-
bility as a function of psychotherapeutic inter-
action. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27:
123-126, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4548)

FELDSTEIN, STANLEY, and JAFFE, JOSEPH: Schizo-
phrenic speech fluency: A partial replication and
an hypothesis. Psychological Reports, 13:775-
780, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4548).

FELDSTEIN, S., JAFFE, J., and CAssOTTA, L.: Psy-
chodiagnostic implications of automated speech
analysis. In: Enslein, K., ed. Proceedings of the
Conference on Data Acquisition and Processing in
Biology and Medicine. New York, Pergamon,
1962, p. 243-251. (Also acknowledges MH-
4548).

JAFFE, J.: Electronic computers in psychoanalytic re-
search. In: Masserman, E. H., ed. Science and
psychoanalysis. Vol. 6. New York, Grune &
Stratton, 1963, p. 160-172. (Also acknowledges
MH-4548).

JAFFE, JosepH: Verbal behavior analysis in psychi-
atric interviews with the aid of digital computers.
In: Rioch, David McK. and Weinstein, Edwin
A., eds. Disorders of communication. Vol. 42.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 389-
399. (Also acknowledges MH-4548 and MH-
5120).

JAFFE, J., CassorTa, L., and FELDSTEIN, S.: A
Markovian model of time patterns of speech. Sci-
ence, 144:884-886, 1964.

JAFFE, J., FELDSTEIN, S., and CAssOTTA, L.: Si-
multaneous computation of lexical and extralin-
guistic information measures in dialogue. (Ab-
stract) MT, 7(2) :37, August, 1963.

RozAN, GERALD H., JAFFE, JosepH, and FELD-
STEIN, STANLEY: Rating the potential for psychi-
atric nursing. Mental Hygiene, 49(4):604-607,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4548).

WEINSTEIN, ROBERT S., FELDSTEIN, STANLEY, and
JAFFE, JosepH: The interaction of vocal context
and lexical predictability. Language and Speech,
8(Part 1) :56-66, 1965.
MH-4578 (RO1) RacLaND, JaMEs B., and KIN-
ROSS-WRIGHT, JOHN: Metabolism of phenothia-
zines. Baylor University, Houston, Texas. (1961-
65)

KINROSS-WRIGHT, J. V., and RAGLAND, JAMEs B.:
Clinical pharmacology of some newer phenothia-
zine analogues. Proceedings of the 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal, Uni-
versity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1961, p. 901-905.

RAGLAND, JaMEs B., and KINROss-WRIGHT, V.
Jonn: Spectrofluorometric measurement of pheno-
thiazines. Analytical Chemistry, 36(7):1356-
1359, 1964.

MH-4582 (R01) Craig, JouN C.: Synthesis of
compounds related to lysergic acid. University of
California, San Francisco, Calif. (1961- )

CRAIG, J. CYMERMAN: Structure of metabolites of
phenothiazine.  Psychopharmacology Service Cen-
ter Bulletin, 2(5) 144-46, 1962.

CralG, J. CYMERMAN, GREEN, D. E, Roy, S. K,,
PIeTTE, L. H., and LOEFFLER, KAY O.: Nuclear
magnetic resonance spectra of phenothiazines.
Chemical shift data. Journal of Medicinal Chem-
istry, 8(3):392-395, 1965.

CRAIG, J. CYMERMAN, MARY, NORI Y., GOLDMAN,
NorMAN L., and WoLF, LYNN: Tertiary amine
oxide rearrangements. III. The mechanism of
the demethylation of nicotine. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 86:3866-3869, 1964.

CRAIG, J. CYMERMAN, MARY, Nour! Y., and Roy,
S. K.: Application of gas chromatography to the
detection of tert-amine oxides. Analytical Chemis-
try, 36:1142-1143, 1964.

CRAIG, J. CYMERMAN, MARY NouRi, and WOLF,
L.: Demethylation products of nicotine: A unified
hypothesis. In: Abstracts of Communications, 2nd
International Symposium on the Chemistry of Nat-
ural Products, Prague, 1962, p. 79.

CRAIG, J. CYMERMAN, MARY NOUR Y., and WOLF,
LyNN: Teritary amine oxide rearrangements. II.
N-benezyl-dimethylamine oxides as models for the
demethylation of nicotine. Journal of Organic
Chemistry, 29:2868-2870, 1964.

CralG, J. CYMERMAN, and MoYLE, M.: The syn-
thesis of acetylenes from enol phosphates. In:
Proceedings of the Chemical Society, London,
April, 1962, p. 149.

CRAIG, J. CYMERMAN, and MOYLE, M.: The reaction
of sodamide with cg-acetylenic acids and their de-
rivatives. In: Proceedings of the Chemical So-
ciety, London, 1962, p. 283-284.

MH-4586 (R01) FRIEND, DALE G., GREENBLATT,
MILTON, SACHAR, EDWARD J., and SNELL, JOHN

500

E.: Clinical metabolic study of depressive illness.
Massachusetts Mental Health Center, Boston,
Mass. (1961- )

FrIEND, DALE G., BELL, WiLLIAM R., and KLINE,
NATHAN S.: The action of L-dihydroxyphenyla-
lanine in patients receiving nialamide. Clinical
Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 6(3):362-366,
1965.

KLERMAN, GERALD L., SCHILDKRAUT, JOSEPH H.,
HASENBUSH, L., GREENBLATT, MILTON, and
FriEnD, D. G.: Clinical experience with dihy-
droxyphenylalanine (DOPA) in depression. Jour-
nal of Psychiatric Research, 1:289-297, 1963.

SCHILDKRAUT, J. J., KLERMAN, G. L. FRIEND,
D. G., and GREENBLATT, M.: Biochemical and
pressor effects of oral D, L-dihydrexyphenylalanine
in patients pretreated with anti-depressant drugs.
New York Academy of Sciences, 107:1005-1015,
1963.

SCHILDKRAUT, J. J., KLERMAN, G. L., HAMMOND,
R., and FRIEND, D. G.: Excretion of e-methoxy-4-
hydroxymandelic acid (VMA) in depressed pa-
tients treated with antidepressant drugs. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 2(4):257-266, 1964.

MH-4587 (R01) BorGES, WAYNE H., and WALD,
NieL: Cytogenetic study of mongoloids and their

parents. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa.
(1961-64)
Borges, W. H., WaLp, N., and HOFFMAN,

ELEANOR: Inherited cytogenetic mosaicism in
man. (Abstract) Journal of Pediatrics, 65:103,
1964.

KapLaN, S., Lt, C. C,, WALD N., and BORGES, W.:
ABO frequencies in mongols. Annals of Human
Genetics, 27:405-412, 1964.

MH-4588 (R01) MAYNARD, LAURENCE S., KissIN,
BENJAMIN, and SCHENKER, VICTOR J.: Effect of
ethanol on neurohumoral amines. State Univer-
sity of New York—Downstate Medical Center,
Brooklyn, N.Y. (1961- )

MAYNARD, L. S., and SCHENKER, V. J.: Monamine
oxidase inhibition by ethanol “in vitro.” Nature,
196:575-576, 1962.

MAYNARD, L. S.: SCHENKER, V. J.: Decarboxylase
activity “in vivo.” Effect of morphine and ethanol
pre-treatment in mice. International Journal of
Neurology and Pharmacology, 2:303-307, 1964.

MH-4589 (R01) May, PHILIP R. A., SHELDON,
ELeEaNOR B., and Tuma, A. H.: Follow-up study
of treatment of schizophrenia. Camarillo State
Hospital, Camarillo, Calif. (1961- )

McKEEvVER, W. F., May, P. R. A., and TuMA,
A. H.: Prognosis in schizophrenia: Prediction of
length of hospitalization from psychological test
variables. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(2):
214-221, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2719).

May, P. R. A, and Tuma, A. H.: The effect of
psychotherapy and Stelazine on length of hospital
stay, release rate and supplemental treatment of
schizophrenic patients. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 139:362-369, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2719).

May, PHILIP R. A., and Tuma, A. HussaIN: Treat-
ment of schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychi-
atry, 3(475):503-510, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2719).

May, PHILIP R. A., Tuma, A. HussAIN, DISTLER,
LutHER S., and MCcKEEVER, WALTER F.: Se-
lections of treatment for schizophrenic patients:
Methodological problems of outcome and prog-
nosis research. Psychiatric Quarterly, 40(2):236~
247, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-2719).

May, Pui R. A. Tuma, A. HussaAIN, and
KRrAUDE, WESLEY: Community follow-up of treat-
ment of schizophrenia: Issues and problems.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35(4):754-
763, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2719).

MH-4591 (R01) Rosins, ELI, and MOORE, BLAKE
W.: Brain biochemistry in manic depressive dis-
ease. Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.
(1961- )

McCaMmaN, MARILYN W., and RoBiNs, Eri: Fluori-
metric method for the determination of phenyl-
alanine in serum. Journal of Laboratory and
Clinical Medicine, 59(5):885-890, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2254).

Prrts, FERRIS N., and Quick, COLLEEN: Brain
succinate simialdehyde dehydrogenase-1. Journal
of Neurochemistry, 12(9/10):893-900, 1965.

Pitts, F. N., Jr., Quick, C., and RoBins, E.: The
enzymic measurement of y-Aminobutyric-a-Oxo-
glutaric transaminase. Journal of Neurochemistry,
12(2):93-101, 1965.

MH-—4592 (R01) RETZLAFF, ERNEST W., and PAsA-
MANICK, BENJAMIN: Functional morphology in
the aging nervous system. Columbus Psychiatric
Institute and Hospital, Columbus, Ohio. (1961-
63)

RETZLAFF, E., FONTAINE, ]., PASAMANICK, B., and
LEAKE, D.: Structural and functional changes in
reciprocal innervation produced by localized teta-
nus in the albino rat. Federation Proceedings,
22(2):714, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3271).

RETZLAFF, E., FONTAINE, J., PASAMANICK, B., and
LEAKE, D.: Effects of heavy exercise on the life
span of the albino rat. Gerontologist, 3:12, 1963.

501

RETZLAFF, E., FONTAINE, J., PASAMANICK, B., and
LEAKE, C. D.: Effects of age and exercise on dif-
ferential staining reaction of spinal motor neu-
rons. (Abstract 121). In: Sixth International
Congress of Gerontology, August 11-16, 1963,
Excerpta Medica, International Congress Series,
No. 57, 1964.

MH-4595 (R03) GLICKMAN, STEPHEN E.: Be-
havioral effects of discrete reticular lesions. North-
western University, Evanston, Ill. (1960-61)

GLickMAN, S. E., Sroces, R. W., and HUNT, J.:
Brain lesions and locomotor exploration in the
albino rat. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 58(1):93-100, 1964.

MH-4598 (R01) GING, NELsON S., Fujita, SHI-
Goo, and GING, ROSALIE J.: Isolation of toxic
substances in schizophrenic urine. University of

Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1961-63)

Fujita, SHIGEO, and GING, NELSON S.: Presence
of toxic factors in urine from schizophrenic sub-
jects. Science, 134(3491):1687-1688, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-4366, MH-1972 and
MH-1971).

MH-4605 (R01) RicHMOND, Jurius B., LIPTON,
EARLE L., and STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED: Auto-
nomic nervous system function in early life. State
University of New York—Upstate Medical Center,
Syracuse, N.Y. (1961- )

CALDWELL, BETTYE, HERSHER, LEONARD, LIPTON,
EARLE, RICHMOND, JULIUS, STERN, GEORGE,
Eppy, EVELYN, DRACHMAN, ROBERT, and ROTH-
MAN, ALBERT: Mother-infant interaction in mono-
matric and polymatric families. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 33:653-664, 1963.

LiprtoN, EARLE L., HOLLOWELL, JosEPH, COX,
Patrick J. N., VOORHESS, MARY L., STEIN-
SCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and GARDNER, LyrT IL:
Temperature effects of therapy in congenital hypo-
thyroidism. Journal of Pediatrics, 65(5):740-
744, 1964.

LipToN, EARLE L., and STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED:
Studies on the psychophysiology of infancy. Mer-
rill-Palmer Quarterly, 103-117, April-May 1964.

LipTOoN, EARLE L., STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and
RicHMOND, JuLrius B.: Autonomic function in the
neonate. II: Physiologic effects of motor restraint.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 22(1):57-65, 1960.

LiptoN, EARLE L., STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and
RicHMOND, JuLius B.: Autonomic function in the
neonate: VIII.  Cardio-pulmonary observations.
Pediatrics, 33:212-215, 1964.

LiproN, EARLE L., STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and
RicuMoND, JuLius B.: The autonomic nervous
system in early life. New England [Journal of
Medicine, 273 (3) :147-153, 1965.

LiptoN, EARLE L., STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and
RicHMOND, JuLius B.: The autonomic nervous
system in early life. (Concluded). New England
Journal of Medicine, 273(4):201-208, 1965.

LiproN, EARLE L., STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and
RicHMOND, JuLius B.: Swaddling, a child care
practice: Historical, cultural and experimental ob-
servations. Pediatrics, 35(3)Part 2:521-567,
1965.

LiproN, EARLE L., STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and
RICHMOND, JuLius B.: Autonomic function in
the neonate: VII. Maturational changes in car-
diac control. Child Development, 37(1):1-16,
1966.

Lipton, E. L., VOORHESS, M. L., STEINSCHNEIDER,
A., HoLLowELL, J., Cox, P. J., and GARDINER,
L. I: Cardiovascular effects of therapy in con-
genital hypothyroidism. Journal of Pediatrics, 66
(1) :79-89, 1965.

Lipton, EARLE L., WaALsH, Leo F., MUELLER,
WiLLIAM J., and SALAMY, BEVERLY A.: A respira-
tory alarm for infants. Journal of Pediatrics, 65:
294-296, 1964.

RicHMOND, JuLius B.: Observations of infant de-
velopment: Clinical and psychological aspects.
Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 95-101, April-May
1964.

RicumoND, Jurius B., LipToN, EARLE L., and
STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED: Observations on dif-
ferences in autonomic nervous system function
between and within individuals during early in-
fancy. Journal of the American Academy of
Child Psychiatry, 1(1):83-91, 1962.

STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, and LipTON, EARLE L.:
Individual differences in autonomic responsivity.
Problems of measurement. Psychosomatic Medi-
cine, 27(5) :446-456, 1965.

STEINSCHNEIDER, A., Lipton, E. L., and RIcH-
MOND, J. B.: Autonomic function in the neonate:
VI. Discriminability, consistency, and slope as
measures of an individual's cardiac responsivity.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 105:295-310,
1964.

STEINSCHNEIDER, ALFRED, LIPTON, EARLE L., and
RicHMOND, JuLius B.: Auditory sensitivity in the
infant: Effect of intensity on cardiac and motor
responsivity. Child Development, 37(2):233-
252, 1966.

MH-4609 (R01) BUTLER, JoHN M., DICKEN,
CHARLES F., and Rice, Laura N.: Controlled
study of psychotherapy process. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1961- )

502

Rice, L. N.: Therapist’s style of participation and
case outcome. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
29(2) :155-160, 1965.

MH-4610 (R01) WiLLNER, ALLEN E. and
SCHEERER, MARTIN: Experimental analysis of
analogical reasoning tests. Washburn University,
Topeka, Kans. (1961-63)

WILLNER, A.: An experimental analysis of analogi-
cal reasoning. Psychological Reports, 15:479-494,
1964.

WILLNER, ALLEN: Impairment of knowledge of
unusual meanings of familiar words in brain dam-
age and schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 70(6):405-411, 1965.

MH-4618 (R01) FRANK, JEROME D.: Psychother-
apy of psychiatric outpatients. Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore, Md. (1961- )

BATTLE, CAROLYN C., IMBER, STANLEY D., HOEHN-
SARIC, RUDOLF, STONE, ANTHONY R., NASH,
EARL R., and FRANK, JEROME D.: Target com-
plaints as criteria of improvement. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 20(1):184-192, 1966.

FRANK, JEROME D.: The effects of psychotherapy.
International Journal of Psychiatry, 1(1):150-152,
1965.

FRANK, JEROME D., and NasH, EARL H.: Commit-
ment to peace work: A preliminary study of de-
terminants and sustainers of behavior change.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35(1):
106-119, 1965.

Frank, J. D., Nash, E. H., StoNE, A. R., and
IMBER, S. D.: Immediate and long-term sympto-
matic course of psychiatric outpatients. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 120:429-439, 1963.

HoEeHnN-SArIC, R., FRANK, J. D., IMBER, S. D,
NasH, E. H., STONE, A. R., and BATTLE, C. C.:
Systematic preparation of patients for psychother-
apy—1. Effects on therapy behavior and outcome.
Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2(4):267-281,
1964.

NasH, E. H., Frank, J. D., IMBER, S. D., and
STONE, A. R.: Selected effects of inert medica-
tion on psychiatric outpatients. American Journal
of Psychotherapy, 18(Suppl. 1):33-48, 1964.

STONE, ANTHONY R., FRANK, JEROME D., HOEHN-
Saric, RUDOLF, IMBER, STANLEY, and NASH,
EARL H.: Some situational factors associated with
response to psychotherapy. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 35(4):682-687, 1965.

StoNE, A. R,, Frank, J. D, NasH, E. H., and
IMBER, S. D.: An intensive five-year follow-up
study of treated psychiatric outpatients. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 133:410-422,
1961.
MH-4625 (R01) HERSHKOWITZ, AARON: Intensive
observations of chronic N P patients. Yale Uni-
versity, New Haven, Conn. (1961-62) (Con-
tinued as MH-7305).

HEersHKOWITZ, A.: Naturalistic observations on
chronically hospitalized patients: The effects of
“strangers”. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
eases, 135:258-264, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-7305).

MH-4644 (R01) AINSWORTH, MARY D.: Infant
care and social development in the Ghanda. Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. (1961-62)

AINSWORTH, MARY D.: The development of infant-
mother interaction among the Ghanda. In: Foss,
Brian M., ed. Determinants of infant behaviour.
Vol. 2. New York, Wiley, 1963, p. 67-112.

AINSWORTH, MARY D.: Patterns of attachment be-
havior shown by the infant in interaction with his
mother.  Merrill-Palmer Quarterly of Behavior
and Development, 10:51-58, 1964.

MH-4648 (R01) YouNG, WiLLIAM C.: Subvention
of Allen’s internal secretions. University of Kan-
sas, Lawrence, Kans. (1961-61)

Young, WiLLiaAM C., and CORNER, GEORGE W.:
Sex and internal secretion. Vol. 1. 3rd ed.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1961, 704 p.

Young, WiLLiaAM C., and CORNER, GEORGE W.:
Sex and internal secretion. Vol. 2. 3rd ed.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1961, 905 p.

MH-4652 (R03) DRrRATMAN, MITCHELL L., and
WENAR, CHARLES: Behavioral correlates of a
chromosome anomaly. University of Pennsyl-
vania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960-61)

MOORHEAD, P. S., MELLMAN, W. J., and WENAR,
C.: A familial chromosome translocation associ-
ated with speech and mental retardation. Ameri-
can Journal of Human Genetics, 13:32-46, 1961.

MH-4653 (R01) LEVINGER, GEORGE: Family
strength and problem solving. Western Reserve
University, Cleveland, Ohio. (1961-63)

LEVINGER, GEORGE: Review of Blood and Wolfe's
Husbands and Wives. Contemporary Psychology,
6:405-406, 1961.

LEVINGER, G.: Note on need complementarity in
marriage. Psychological Bulletin, 61:153-157,
1964.

LEVINGER, GEORGE: Task and social behavior in
marriage. Sociometry, 27(4):433-448, 1964.

LEVINGER, GEORGE: Complementarity in marital ad-
justment: Rejoiner. [Journal of Individual Psy-
chology, 21:147-148, 1965.

503

LEVINGER, G.: Marital cohesiveness and dissolution:
An integrative review. [Journal of Marriage and
the Family, 27(1):19-28, 1965.

LEVINGER, G.: Altruism in marriage: A test of the
Buerkle-Badgley battery. Journal of Marriage and
the Family, 27(1) :32-33, 1965.

LEVINGER, GEORGE, and SONNHEIM, MAURICE:
Complementarity in marital adjustment: Reconsid-
ering Toman’s family constellation hypothesis.
Journal of Individual Psychology, 21:137-145,
1965.

WoLkoN, G. H., and LEVINGER, G.: Birth order
and need for achievement. Psychological Reports,
16:73-74, 1965.

MH-4660 (R01) Posir, CHARLES M.: Amino acid
studies in mentally retarded patients. University
of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, Kans.
(1961-63)

Poser, CHARLES M., and BUNCH, LEITHA: Amino-
aciduria in familial mental retardation. Archives
of Neurology, 9:35-46, 1963.

Poser, CHARLES M., JOHNSON,. MARGARET, and
Bunch, LeITHA D.: Familial amyotrophic lateral
sclerosis. Diseases of the Nervous System, 26
(11):697-702, 1965.

MH-4661 (R10) Gross, MARTIN, and HITCHMAN,
IReNe L.: NIMH-PSC collaborative study of
phenothiazines. Springfield State Hospital, Sykes-
ville, Md. (1960- )

GOLDBERG, SoLoMON C., SCHOOLER, NINA R.,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacolo-
gia (Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowl-,
edges MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-4673; MH-
4674; MH-4675; MH-4679; MH-4803).

HoGARTY, GERARD -E., and GROss, MARTIN: Pread-
mission symptom differences between first-admitted
schizophrenics in the predrug and postdrug era.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 7(2):134-140, 1966.
(Also acknowledges MH-3672).

National Institute of Mental Health, Psychopharma-
cology Service Center Collaborative Study Group.
Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizophrenia.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-261, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-
4671; MH-4673; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-
4679; MH-4803; MH-5664).

MH-4663 (R10) ANDRES, Francis D., MILLER,
Avroysius 1., LEvy, BERNARD I., RASKIN, ALLEN,
STEINBACH, RICHARD A. and SULLIVAN, PAUL
D.: NIMH-PSC collaborative study of phenothia-
zines. Georgetown University, Washington, D.C.
(1960- )
BorucHow, JoAN K.: Characteristics of nurses in
short- and long-term treatment settings. Journal
of Social Psychology, 67:61-66, 1965.

GOLDBERG, SoLOMON C., SCHOOLER, NINA R,,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAycg, MELVIN H.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia
(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowledges
MH-4661; MH-4667; MH-4673; MH-4674;
MH-4675; MH-4679; MH-4803).

National - Institute of Mental Health, Psychophar-
macology Service Center Collaborative Study
Group. Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizo-
phrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-
261, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4661; MH-
4667; MH-4671; MH-4673; MH-4674; MH-
4675; MH-4679; MH-4803; MH-5664).

RaskIN, A., and CLYDE, D. J.: Factors of psycho-
pathology in the ward behavior of acute schizo-
phrenics. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27
(5) :420-425, 1963.

RASKIN, ALLEN, and GoLoB, Risa: Occurrence of
sex and social class differences in premorbid com-
petence symptom and outcome measures in acute
schizophrenia. Psychological Reports, 18(1):11-
22, 1966.

RASKIN, A., and SULLIVAN, P. D.: The psychiatric
department of D.C. General Hospital: A survey
of patient characteristics, treatment and disposi-
tion. Medical Annals of the District of Columbia,
31(8):470-475, 1962.

RASKIN, A., and SuLLIvAN, P. D.: Factors associ-
ated with interrater discrepancies on a psychiatric
rating scale. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
27(6):547, 1963.

MH-4664 (R01) ALPERT, MURRAY, and FRIED-
HOFF, ARNOLD J.: Sound oscillographic patterns
in psychopathology. New York University Medi-
cal Center, New York, N.Y. (1961- )

ALPERT, M., KURTZBERG, R. L., and FRIEDHOFF,
A. J.: Transient voice changes associated with
emotional stimuli. A. M. A. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 8:362-365, 1963.

ALPERT, M., KURTZBERG, R. L., Prior, M., and
FRIEDHOFF, A. ].: Spectral characteristics of the
voices of twins. Acta Geneticae Medicae et
Gemellologiae, 12:335-341, 1963.

FRrIEDHOFF, A. ]., ALPERT, M., and KURTZBERG,
R. L.: An effect of emotion on voice. Nature,
193:357-358, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2716 and MH-664).

FrRIEDHOFF, A. J., ALPERT, M., and KURTZBERG,
R. L.: An electroacoustic analysis of the effects
of stress on voice. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
5:266-272, 1964.

504

FRIEDHOFF, A. J., ALPERT, M., and KURTZBERG,
R. L.: Infra-content channels of vocal communica-

tion. In: Rioch, David McK. and Weinstein,
Edwin A., eds. Disorders of communication.
Vol. 42. Research Publication of the Association

of Nervous and Mental Disease. Baltimore, Wil-
liams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 414-423.

MH-4665 (R10) FisH, BARBARA, and FRIEDHOFF,
ARNOLD J.: Children’s psychopharmocology unit.
New York University Medical Center, New York,
N.Y. (1961- )

FisH, BARBARA: Pharmacotherapy in children’s be-
havior disorders. Current Psychiatric Therapies,
3:82-90, 1963.

FisH, BARBARA: The influence of maturation and
abnormal development on the responses of dis-
turbed children to drugs. In: Proceedings of the
Third World Congress of Phychiatry, Montreal,
University of Toronto/McGill University Press,
1963, 2:1341-1344.

FisH, B., SHAPIRO, T., HALPERN, F., and WILE, R.:
The prediction of schizophrenia in infancy: IIL
A ten-year follow-up report of neurological and
psychological development. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 121:768-775, 1965.

FRrRIEDHOFF, A. J., and VAN WINKLE, E.: 3,4-Di-
methoxyphenylethylamine and other amines in the
urine of schizophrenic patients. Nature, 199:
203-204, 1963.

FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD J., and VAN WINKLE, EL-
NORA: Conversion of dopamine to 3,4-dimethoxy-
phenylacetic acid in schizophrenic patients. Na-
ture, 199(4900) :1271-1272, 1963.

SHAPIRO, THEODORE: Hand morphology in some
severely impaired schizophrenic children. Ameri-
can Journal of Psychiatry, 122(4) :432-435, 1965.

TAKESADA, MasasHI, KAKIMOTO, YAsuoO, SANO,
Isamu, and KANEKO, ZIRO: 3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl-
ethylamine and other amines in the urine of schizo-
phrenic patients. Nature, 199 (4889) :203-204,
1963.

MH-4667 (R10) SmitH, KATHLEEN, SURPHLIS,
WiLLiaM R. P.; and ULETT, GEORGE A.: NIMH-
PSC collaborative study of phenothiazines. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1960-64)

GOLDBERG, SOLOMON C., SCHOOLER, NINA R,,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia
(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowledges
MH-4803; MH-4679; MH-4675; MH-4674;
MH-4673; MH-4663 and MH-4661).

GYNTHER, MALcOLM D., and SHIMKUNAS, ALGI-
MANTAS M.: More data on MMPI F>16 scores.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(3):275-277,
1965.

National Institute of Mental Health. Psychophar-
macology Service Center Collaborative Study
Group. Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizo-

phrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:
246-261, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4661;
MH-4663; MH-4671; MH-4673; MH-4674;

MH-4675; MH-4679; MH-4803 and MH-5664).

SHIMKUNAS, ALGIMANTAS M., GYNTHER, MALCOLM
D., and SMITH, KATHLEEN: Abstracting ability
of schizophrenics before and during phenothia-
zine therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14
(1):79-83, 1966.

Smarr, I. F., MEssINg, J. A., and SMALL, J. G.:
The meaning of hospitalization: A comparison of
attitudes of medical and psychiatric patients. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 139:575-580,
1964.

SMALL, JovCE G., and SMALL, IVER F.: Re-evalua-
tion of clinical EEG findings in schizophrenia.
Diseases of the Nervous System, 26(6) :345-349,
1965.

SMALL, IVER F., SMALL, Joyce G., and ANDERSEN,
JouN M.: Clinical characteristics of hallucinations
of schizophrenia. Diseases of the Nervous Sys-
tem, 27 (5) 349-353, 1966.

Smarr, I. F., Smarr, J. G., and GoNzALEzZ, R.:
The clinical correlates of attitudinal change during
psychiatric treatment. American Journal of Psy-
chotherapy, 19:66-74, 1965.

Smarr, Iver F., SMALL, Joyce G., GONZALEZ,
Ramon C., and GYNTHER, MaLcoLM D.: Con-
tent reliability of a structured psychiatric inter-
view. Archives of General Psychiatry, 11:192-
196, 1964.

SMALL, Joyce G., SMALL, IVER F., and GONZALEZ,
RAMON: The contribution of the informant in psy-
chiatric evaluation. International Journal of Neu-
ropsychiatry, 1(5):446-451, 1965.

SMALL, J. G., SmaLL, I. F., and SurpHLIs, W. R.
P.: Temporal EEG abnormalities in acute schizo-
phrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 121:
262-263, 1964.

SmitH, K., PumpHREY, M. W., and HALL, J. C.:
The “last straw”: The decisive incident resulting
in the request for hospitalization in 100 schizo-
phrenic patients. American Journal of Psychiatry,
120:228-233,1963.

STERN, J. A., SUrRPHLIS, W., and KOFF, E.: Electro-
dermal responsiveness as related to psychiatric
diagnosis and prognosis. Psychophysiology, 2(1):
51-61, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2755).

MH-4669 (R10) GERSHON, SAMUEL, and FRIED-
HOFF, ARNOLD ].: Controlled drug evaluations.

505

New York University Medical Center, New York,
NY. (1961- )

FRIEDHOFF, A. J., and HEKIMIAN, L.: A pilot study
of Win #18501. Diseases of the Nervous Sys-
tem, 24(4) 1241-242, 1963.

FRrIEDHOFF, A. ]J., HEKIMIAN, L., and ToBAcH, E.:
Dihydroxyphenylalanine in extrapyramidal disease.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 184
(4) :285-286, 1963.

GLICK, B. S.: Double-blind study of tranylcypromine
and phenelzine in depression. Disease of the
Nervous System, 25:617-619, 1964.

GLick, BurtON S.: Dropout in an outpatient,
double-blind drug study. Psychosomatics, 6:44-
48, 1965.

HEKIMIAN, LEON J., and FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD ]J.:
Action of large doses of desmethylimipramine on
psychotic patients. Journal of New Drugs, 3:367-
374, 1964.

HEKIMIAN, LEON ]., and FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD ]J.:
Pilot study of intramuscular haloanisone and halo-
peridol in disturbed psychotics. Journal of New
Drugs, 4(5):264-267, 1964.

HEKIMIAN, LEON J., FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD ]J., and
ALPERT, MURRAY: Treatment of acute brain syn-
drome from alcohol with nicotinamide adenine
dinucleotide and methaminodiazepoxide. Quar-
terly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 27(2):214-
220, 1966.

HEKIMIAN, L., FRIEDHOFF, A. J., and HANDLEY, P.:
A preliminary trial of R-2028 (Haloanisone)
(4 fluoro (1-/4-(2 methoxy) phenyl/piperazinyl)
butyrophenone orthophosphate). Current Thera-
peutic Research, 5:437-443, 1960.

LyNN, FRANCES H., and FRIEDHOFF, ARNOLD J.:
The patient on a tranquilizing regimen. Ameri-
can Journal of Nursing, 60(2):234-240, 1960.

MH-4670 (R01) KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES: Reactions
to separation in the rhesus. State University of
New York—Downstate Medical Center, Brooklyn,
N.Y. (1961- )

RoseNBLUM, L. A., CLARK, R. W., and KAUFMAN,
I. C.: Diurnal variations in mother-infant separa-
tion and sleep in two species of macaque. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 58
(2):330-332, 1964.

RoseNBLUM, L. A., KaurmaN, I. C.,, and STYNES,
A. ].: Individual distance in two species of ma-
caque. Animal Behaviour, 12:338-342, 1964.

ROSENBLUM, LEONARD A., WITKIN, HERMAN A.
KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES, and BROSGOLE, LEONARD:
Perceptual disembedding in monkeys: Note on
method and preliminary findings. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 20(3) :Part 1:729-736, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-628).
MH-4671 (R10) FracH, Freperick F. and

CELIAN, CHARLES I.: PSC-NIMH collaborative
study of phenothiazines. Cornell University,
New York, N.Y. (1960-63)

National Institute of Mental Health. Psychophar-
macology Service Center Collaborative Study
Group. Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizo-
phrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-
261, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4661;
MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-4673; MH-4674;
MH-4675; MH-4679; MH-4803 and MH-5664).

MH-4673 (R10) DavipsoN, EDwiN M., and KAYCE,
MELVIN M.: NIMH-PSC collaborative study of
phenothiazines. Boston University, Boston, Mass.
(1960-64)

GOLDBERG, SoLOMON C. ScHOOLER, NINA R,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia
(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-
4674; MH-4675; MH-4679 and MH-4803).

National Institute of Mental Health. Psychopharma-
cology Service Center Collaborative Study Group.
Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizophrenia.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-261, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-
4667; MH-4671; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-
4679; MH-4803 and MH-5664).

MH-4674 (R10) KERNOHAN, WILLIAM J,
KNOWLES, ROBERT R., LEE, JOAN, and MOLES,
EpGar A.: NIMH-PSC collaborative study of
phenothiazines. Kentucky State Hospital, Dan-
ville, Ky. (1960-64)

CHAPMAN, L. J., and KNowLEs, R. R.: The effects
of phenothiazine on disordered thought in schizo-
phrenia. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28
(2):165-169, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
7306 and MH-3481).

GOLDBERG, SOLOMON C., SCHOOLER, NINA R,,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia
(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-
4673; MH-4675; MH-4679 and MH-4803).

National Institute of Mental Health. Psychopharma-
cology Service Center Collaborative Study Group.
Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizophrenia.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-261, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-
4667; MH-4671; MH-4673; MH-4675; MH-
4679; MH-4803 and MH-5664).

506

MH-4675 (R10) DONNELLY, JOHN, BRACELAND,
Francis J., and GLUECK, BERNARD C.: NIMH-
PSC collaborative study of phenothiazines. Insti-
tute of Living, Hartford, Conn. (1960-65)

GOLDBERG, SOLOMON C., SCHOOLER, NINA R,,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia
(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-
4673; MH-4674; MH-4679 and MH-4803).

National Institute of Mental Health. Psychopharma-
cology Service Center Collaborative Study Group.
Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizophrenia.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-261, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-
4667; MH-4671; MH-4673; MH-4674; MH-
4679; MH-4803 and MH-5664).

SCHREIER, ARTHUR ]., and Lozito, DELORES: In-
tegrating clinical research with treatment. Mental
Hospitals, 14(11):573-577, 1963.

SCHREIER, ARTHUR J., REZNIKOFF, MARVIN, and
GLUECK, BERNARD C., Jr.: Controlled clinical
evaluation of acute schizophrenia: A comparative
study of rating instruments and judges. Compre-
hensive Psychiatry, 3(6):343-353, 1962.

MH-4679 (R10) EwING, JaAMEs H., DOWNING,
RoBERT W. and Morris, HAROLD H.: NIMH-
PSC collaborative study of phenothiazines. Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960-
64)

AUERBACH, ARTHUR H., and EwING, JaMEs H.:
Some limitations of psychiatric rating scales: The
Clinician’s viewpoint. Comprehensive Psychiatry,
5(2):93-100, 1964.

DowNING, ROBERT W., COMER, NATHAN L., and
EBERT, JOHN N.: Family dynamics in a case of
Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 138(6):548-557,
1964.

DowNING, ROBERT W., EBERT, JOHN N., and SHU-
BROOKS, S. J.: Effect of phenothiazines on the
thinking of acute schizophrenics. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 17:511-520, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5809).

DowNING, R. W. SuBRoOOks, SAMUEL J., and
EBERT, JOHN N.: Intrusion of associative dis-
tractors into conceptual performance by acute
schizophrenics: Role of associative strength. Per
ceptual and Motor Skills, 22(2):460-462, 1966.
(Also acknowledges MH-5809).

GOLDBERG, SOLOMON C., SCHOOLER, NINA R.,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia
(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-
4673; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-4803).

GoopMAN, J., DowNING, R., and RickkeLs, K.:
Temporal change in handwriting expansiveness in
depressed and schizophrenic patients. Journal of
Nervous and Mental Disease, 139:53-61, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-2934).

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH: Psy-
chopharmacology Service Center Collaborative
Study Group. Phenothiazine treatment in acute
schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry,
10:246-261, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4661; MH-4663; MH-4667, MH-4671; MH-
4673; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-4803 and MH-
5664).

MH-4681 (R01) WENDT, GEORGE R.: Effects of
drugs on emotional and motivational states. Uni-
versity of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y. (1961-63)

WENDT, G. R.: Man and motion. In: Dill, D. B.,
ed. Handbook of physiology: Adaptation to the
environment. Washington, D.C., American Phys-
iological Society, 1964, p. 999-1005.

MH-4682 (RO1) ABELSON, ROBERT P.: Cognitive
mechanisms under belief dilemma. Yale Univer-
(1961- )

ABELSON, R. P.: Computer simulation of “hot”
cognition. In: Tomkins, S., and Messick, S.,
eds. Computer simulation of personality. New
York, Wiley, 1963, p. 277-298.

Iwao, SUMIKO: Internal versus external criticism of
group standards. Sociometry, 26:410-421, 1963.

sity, New Haven, Conn.

MH-4684 (R01) MALTZMAN, IRVING: Nonverbal
responses of schizophrenics. University of Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1961- )

MALTZMAN, IRVING, and RaskIN, Davib C.: Ef-
fects of individual differences in the orienting re-
flex on conditioning and complex processes. [our-
nal of Experimental Research in Personality, 1
(1):1-16, 1965.

MH-4685 (R01) TOMKINS, SILVAN S.: Measure-
ment of affect by responses to human face. Phila-
delphia Psychiatric Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1961- )

ToMkINs, SILVAN S., and MCCARTER, ROBERT:
What and where are the primary affects? Some
evidence for a theory. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 18:119-158, 1964. (Monograph Suppl.
No. 1).

MH-4686 (R01) SCHWARTZBAUM, JEROME S.: Role
of the limbic system in sensory discrimination.
University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1961-
64)

507

Hovrpstock, T. L., and SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S.:
Classical conditioning of heart rate and galavnic
skin response in the rat. Psychophysiology, 2(1):
25-38,.1965.

KEeLricutt, M. H., and SCHWARTBAUM, J. S.: For-
mation of a conditioned emotional response (CER)
following lesions of the amygdaloid complex in

rats. Psychological Reports, 12:351-358, 1963.

PuBoLs, LiLLIAN M.: Changes in food-motivated
behavior of rats as a function of septal and amyg-
daloid lesions. Experimental Neurology, 15(2):
240-254, 1966.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S.: Visually reinforced behavior
following ablation of the amygdaloid complex in
monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 57(3):340-347, 1964.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S.: Discrimination behavior after
amygdalectomy in monkeys: Visual.and somes-
thetic learning and perceptual capacity. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 60
(3):314-319, 1965.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., BowMaN, R. E., and HoLb-
STOCK, L.: Visual exploration in the monkey fol-
lowing ablation of the amygdaloid complex. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57(3) :453-456, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4528).

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., and DoNovick. P. J.: An
artifact in the use of brain stimulation with shock-
motivated behavior. Psychonomic Science, 2(7):

183-184, 1965.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., and GAY, Patricia E.: In-
teracting behavioral effects of septal and amygda-
loid lesions in the rat. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 61(1):59-65, 1966.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., and KeLLicuTTt, M. H.: In-
verted generalization gradients about a nonrein-
forced stimulus. Psychological Reports, 11:791-
792, 1962.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., KELLicUTT, M. H., SPIETH,
T. M., and THOMPSON, J. B.: Effects of septal
lesions in rats on response inhibition associated
with food-reinforced behavior. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 58:217-
224, 1964.

ScHWARTZBAUM, J. S., and Pouros, DENNIS A.:
Discrimination behavior after amygdalectomy in
monkeys: Learning set and discrimination rever-
sals. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 60(3):320-328, 1965.

SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S.. and SPIETH, T. M.: Analysis
of the response-inhibition concept of septual func-
tions in ‘‘passive-avoidance” behavior.  Psycho-
nomic Science, 1:145-146, 1964.
SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S., THOMPSON, J. B., and KEL-
Licutt, M. H.: Auditory frequency discrimina-
tion and generalization following lesions of the
amygdaloid area in rats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 57:257-266, 1964.

THOMPSON, J. B., and SCHWARTZBAUM, J. S.: Dis-
crimination behavior and conditioned suppression
(CER) following localized lesions in the amyg-
dala and putamen. Psychological Reports, 15:587-
606, 1964.

MH-4690 (R03) EHRENTHEIL, O1TO F.: The influ-
ence of aging on preexisting psychoses. Tufts
University, Medford, Mass. (1960-61)

EHRENTHEIL, O. F.: Thought content of mute
chronic schizophrenic patients: Interviews after in-
jection of amobarbital sodium (Amytal Sodium)
and methamphetamine hydrochloride (Methe-
drine). Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
137:187-197, 1963.

EHRENTHEIL, O. F., and Davis, E. T.: Degree of
fixation of thought content in relation to with-
drawal versus non-withdrawal in hospitalized
mental patients observed over 30 years. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:455-459,
1962.

EHRENTHEIL, O. F., Davis, E. T., Casey, T. M.,
and AISENBERG, R. B.: Schizophrenic motor ac-
tivity observed over thirty years. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 7:58-68, 1962.

MH-4692 (R01) BRADLEY, PHILIP B.: A neuro-
pharmacological study of cerebral function. Bir-
mingham University, Birmingham, UK. (1961-
64)

ANseLL, G. B., CHOJNAcKI, T. and METCALF,
R. F.: The incorporation of phyophorylpropanol-
amine and phosphorylethanolamine into the phos-
pholipids of brain dispersions. Journal of Neuro-
chemistry, 12(7):649-656, 1965.

MH-4694 (R01) FiscHER, RoLAND, Hamwi,
GEORGE J., and HUNT, WiLLIAM E.: Biochemical
lesions and psychopathology. Columbus Psychi-
atric Institute and Hospital, Columbus, Ohio.
(1961-61)

FiscHER, R., and GRIFFIN, F.: Biochemical genetic
factors in health and mental retardation. In:
Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psy-
chiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, University of Toronto
Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p. 542-547.

FiscHER, R., and GRIFFIN, F.: Quinine dimorphism,
a cardinal determinant of taste sensitivity. Na-
ture, 200:343-347, 1963.

Fiscuer, R., GRIFFIN, F., and KapLaN, A. R.:
Taste thresholds in mothers of children with
Down's syndrome. Lancet, 2:992, 1962.

508

FiscHER, R., GRIFFIN, F., and KAPLAN, A. R.:
Taste thresholds in mothers of children with
Down's syndrome: A rejoinder. Lancet, 1:393,
1963.

FiscHEr, R., GRIFFIN, F., ENGLAND, S. J. M., and
PASAMANICK, B.: Biochemical genetic factors of
taste polymorphism and their relation to salivary
thyroid metabolism in health and mental retarda-
tion. Medicina Experimentalis, 4:356-366, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2731).

FiscHER, R., GRIFFIN, F., and KAPLAN, A. R.:
Taste thresholds, cigarette smoking, and food dis-
likes. Medicina Experimentalis, 9:151-168, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-2731).

FiscHER, R., GriFrIN, F., and KapPLAN, A. R.:
Pharmacogenetic aspects of taste. In: Proceedings
of the 11th International Congress of Genetics,
The Hague, September 1963. Vol. 1. 1963,
p. 67.

FiscHER, R., GRIFFIN, F. and MEAD, E. L.: Two
characteristic ranges of taste sensitivity. Medi-
cina Experimentalis, 6:177-182, 1962.

FiscHer, R., KaprLaN, A. R., GrirFIN, F., and
STING, D. W.: Abnormal congregation of insen-
sitive (“non”-)tasters among patents of children
with Down's syndrome. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 67:849-855, 1963.

RuBIN, T., GRIFFIN, F., and FISCHER, R.: A physico-
chemical treatment of taste thresholds. Nature,
195:362-365, 1962.

MH-4697 (R01) LYKKEN, Davip T.: A methodo-
logical study of electric shock stimuli. University
of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1961-62)

LYkkEN, D. T.: Perception in the rat: Autonomic
response to shock as function of length of warning
interval. Science, 137:665-666, 1962.

MH-4698 (R01) MURSTEIN, BERNARD I.: The
stimulus in thematic perception. Interfaith Coun-
seling Center, Portland, Ore. (1960-62)

MURSTEIN, B. I.: Assumptions, adaptation-level and
projective techniques. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 12:107-125, 1961.

MugsTEIN, B. I.: The relationship of expectancy of
reward to achievement performance on an arith-
metic and thematic test. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 27(5):394-399, 1963.

MursTEIN, B. I.: TAT hostility to the Buss Hostility
Scale. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:520, 1963.

MURSTEIN, B. I.: Theory and research in projective
techniques: Emphasizing the TAT. New York,
John Wiley, 1963, 385 p.
MURSTEIN, B. I.: A normative study of TAT am-
biguity. Journal of Projective Techniques, 28:
210-218, 1964.

MURSTEIN, B. I.: Projection of hostility on the TAT
as a function of stimulus, background, and per-
sonality variables. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 29(1) :43-48, 1965.

MURSTEIN, BERNARD I.: Scaling of the TAT for
achievement. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
29(3):286, 1965.

MURSTEIN, BERNARD I.: Sex difference in TAT
ambiguity, hostility, and projection. Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 108(1):71-80, 1966.

MURSTEIN, BERNARD I., and EASTER, LAWRENCE V.:
The role of achievement motive, anxiety, stimulus,
and expectancy, on achievement motivation in
arithmetic and thematic tests. Journal of Projec-
tive Techniques and Personality Assessment, 29
(4) :491-497, 1965.

MURSTEIN, B. I., and WiENs, ARTHUR H.: A fac-
tor analysis of various hostility measures on a psy-
chiatric populuation. Journal of Projective Tech-
niques, 27 :447-451, 1963.

MURSTEIN, BERNARD I., and WIENS, ARTHUR N.:
Diagnostic and actuarial correlates of thematic
and questionnaire measures of hostility. Journal
of Projective Techniques and Personality Assess-
ment, 29(3) :341-347, 1965.

MH-4702 (R01) ArMmus, HarRvARrD L.: Reinforce-
ment schedules and secondary reinforcement.
University of Toledo, Toledo, Ohio. (1960-64)

ArMUs, HArvarD L., CarLsoN, KRrisTIN R,,
GuINAN, JaMEs F., and CROWELL, RONALD A.:
Effect of a secondary reinforcement stimulus on
the auditory startle response. Psychological Re-
ports, 14:535-540, 1964.

ArMUS, HArRvARD L., DEVoy, W. EpwiN, EISEN-
BERG, TERRY, and SCHROEDER, STEPHEN R.: Ef-
fect of primary reinforcement schedule on sec-
ondary reinforcement strength with continuous
secondary reinforcement during training.  Psy-
chological Reports, 11:203-208, 1962.

ARMUS, HARVARD L., GUINAN, JAMES F., CROWELL,
RONALD A., SCHROEDER, STEPHEN R., RUDGE,
J. ANTHONY, and ComTols, DaviD R.: Second-
ary reinforcement strength and primary reinforce-
ment schedule. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57:313-315, 1964.

MH-4703 (R03) Happap, RAEF K., and NovaL,
JosepH ].: Test for an abnormal antigen in
schizophrenics serum. New Jersey Bureau of Re-
search in Neurology and Psychiatry, Princeton,
N.J. (1960-61)

509

Habpap, R. K., and RABE, AusMA: An anaphylac-
tic test for abnormal antigen (s) in schizophren-
ics’ serum. In: Proceedings of the 3rd World
Congress of Psychiatry. Vol. 1. Montreal, Uni-
versity of Toronto Press/McGill University Press,
1961, p. 658-661.

Happap, R. K., and RABE, AUSMA: An antigenic
abnormality in the serum of chronically ill schizo-
phrenic patients. In: Heath, Robert G., ed.
Serological fractions in schizophrenia. New York,
Harper & Row, 1963, p. 151-157.

MH-4704 (R01) SAWREY, WiLLIAM L.: Psycho-
logical factors in production of gastric ulcers.
Alameda County State College, Hayward, Calif.
(1960-60) (Continued from MH-930).

SAwREY, WiLLiaM L.: Conditioned responses of
fear in relationship to ulceration. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 54(3):
347-348, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-930).

SAWREY, WILLIAM L., and LoNG, Davip H.: Strain
and sex differences in ulceration in the rat. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55(4):603-605, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
930).

MH-4705 (R01) DEesmEerATO, OTELLO: Effect of
anxiety and stress on simple performance. Con-
necticut College, New London, Conn. (1960-63)

DESIDERATO, 0.: Generalization of conditioned sup-
pression. Journal of Comparative and Physiolog-
1cal Psychology, 57:434-437, 1964.

DEsSIDERATO, O.: Generalization of acquired fear as
a function of CS intensity and number of acqui-
sition trials. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
67:41-47, 1964.

DEsIDERATO, O.: Effect of anxiety and stress on re-
action time and temporal generalization. Psycho-
logical Reports, 14:51-58, 1964.

KiNtz, ROBERT T.: The tape recorder as a pro-
grammer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 8(5) :294, 1965.

MH-4706 (R01) WiLsoN, KeLLoGG V.: Two-per-
son mixed motive situations. University of Ne-
braska, Lincoln, Nebr. (1960-63) (Continued
from MH-3291).

BIXENSTINE, V. E., CHAMBERS, N., and WILSON,
K. V.: Effect of asymmetry of payoff on behavior
in a two-person non-zero-sum game. Journal of
Conflict Resolution, 8(2):151-159, 1964. (Also
acknowledges M-3291).

BIXENSTINE, V. E., PorasH, H. M., and WILSON,
K. V.: Effects of level of cooperative choice by
the other player on choices in a prisoners dilemma
game. Part I. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:308-313, 1963.
edges MH-3291).

BIXENSTINE, V. E., and WiLsoN, K. V.: Effects of
level of cooperative choice by other player on
choices in a prisoner's dilemma game. Part II
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:
139-147, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3291).

WiLsoN, K. V., and BIXENSTINE, V. E.: Forms of
social control in two-person, two-choice games.
Behavioral Science, 7:92-102, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3291).

(Also acknowl-

MH-4707 (R03) MEISSNER, WILLIAM W.: Anno-
tated bibliography in religion and psychology.
Individual, Woodstock, Md. (1961-61)

MEISSNER, W. W.: Annotated bibliography in re-
ligion and psychology. New York, Academy of
Religion ani Mental Health, 1961, 235 p.

MH-4710 (R03) JARRARD, LEONARD E.: Effects of
X-irradiation on operant behavior. Washington
and Lee University, Lexington, Va. (1961-62)

JARRARD, L. E.: Effects of X-irradiation on operant
behavior in the rat. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56:608-611, 1963.

JARRARD, L. E.: The effects of d-lysergic acid di-
ethylamide on operant conditioning in the rat.
Psychopharmacologia, 5:39-46, 1963.

MH-4720 (R01) GOLDSTEIN, MICHAEL J.: Di-
agnostic and [progoostic value of response biases.
University of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1961-64)

GOLDSTEIN, MICHAEL J., and JONES, ROBERT B.:
The relationships among word association test,
objective personality test scores and ratings of
clinical behavior in psychiatric patients. Journal
of Projective Techniques, 28:271-279, 1964.

GOLDSTEIN, M. J., JonNEs, R. B., and KINDER, M. L.:
A method for the experimental analysis of psy-
chological defenses through perception. Journal
of Psychiatric Research, 2:135-146, 1964.

MH-4721 (R01) HUNTER, RicHARD A., and Ma-
CALPINE, IDA: Anthology of British psychiatry.
Individual, London, UK. (1960-62)

HUNTER, RICHARD, and MACALPINE, IDA: Three
hundred years of psychiatry. 1535-1860. London,
Oxford University Press, 1963, 1107 p.

MH-4724 (R01) GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J., Jr.: Ef-
fects of electric shock on the behavior of rats.
Montana State University, Missoula, Mont.
(1960-62)

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM ]., JR.: Some behavioral char-
acteristics of rats susceptible to sound induced

510

seizures. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 13:283-
289, 1961.

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM ].: Effect of isolation on tread-
mill running in the albino rat. Psychological Re-
ports, 8:243-250, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1481).

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J., JR.: Effect of food and
water deprivation on shock tolerance of albino
rats. Psychological Reports, 11:163-166, 1962.

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J., Jr.: Effects of stress on
susceptibility of albino rats to sound-induced con-
vulsions. Psychological Reports, 11:663-665,
1962.

GRIFFITHS, WILLIAM J., JR., HERGENHAHN, B. R,,
and LEAN, J. B.: Methodological note: A device
for self-regulation of stimulation in the laboratory
rat. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:153-154,

1963.

MH-4725 (R03) CHANDLER, KENNETH A.: Psy-
chological study of Alzheimer’s disease. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1960-62)

FELDMAN, R. G., CHANDLER, K. A., Levy, L. L,,
and GLASER, G. H.: Familial Alzheimer’s disease.
Neurology, 13(10) :811-824, 1963.

MH-4726 (RO1) WARREN, JoHN M.: Functions
of association cortex in learning. Pennsylvania
State University, University Park, Pa. (1960- )

Haves, W. N., and WARREN, J. M.: Failure to find
spontaneous alternation in chicks. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(3):
575-577, 1963.

STEWART, CHARLES N., ABPLANALP, PAUL H., and
WARREN, J. M.: Unconditioned responses to elec-
trical shock by cats. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 60(3):449:451, 1965.

WARREN, J. M.: Additivity of cues in conditional
discrimination learning by Rhesus monkeys.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 58:124-126, 1964.

WARREN, J. M.: The behavior of carnivores and
primates with lesion in the prefrontal cortex. In:
Warren, J. M., and Akert, K., eds. The frontal
granular cortex and behavior. New York, Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1964, p. 168-191. (Also acknowledges
MH-1364 and MH-3396).

WARREN, J. M.: The comparative psychology of
learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 16:95-
118, 1965.

WARREN, J. M.: Primate learning in comparative
perspective. In: Schrier, A. M., Harlow, H. F,,
and Stollnitz, F., eds. Behavior of nonhuman pri-
mates: Modern research trends. New York, Aca-
demic Press, 1965, p. 1-46.
WARREN, J. M., BEcK, CHARLES H.: Visual prob-
ability learning by cats. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 61(2):316-318,
1966.

WILSON, MARGARET, WARREN, J. M., and ABBOTT,
LYNN: Infantile stimulation, actiity, and learning
by cats. Child Development, 36(4) :843-853,
Dec. 1965.

MH-4729 (R03) CARR, WiLLiaM ].: Further in-
vestigation of olfactory phenomena. Temple
University, Philadelphia, Pa. (1961-61)

CARR, W. J., and CauL, W. F.: The effect of castra-
tion in rats upon the discrimination of sex odours.

Animal Behavior, 10:20-27, 1962.

CARR, W. J., SELBERG, BEVERLY, and PFAFFMANN,
C.: The olfactory threshold for estrous female
urine in normal and castrated male rats. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55:415-417, 1962.

MH-4731 (R10) RickkiLrs, KARL: NIMH-PSC out-
patient study of drug-set interaction. University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1960- )

FISHER, S., CoLE, J. O., RickELs, K., and UHLEN-
HUTH, E. H.: Drug-set interaction: The effect of
expectations on drug response in outpatients. Neu-
ropsychopbarmacology, 3:149-156, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4732).

FisHER, S., LipmMAN, R. S., UHLENHUTH, E. H,,
RicHELs, K., and PARK, L. C.: Drug effects and
initial severity of symptomatology. Psychophar-
macologia, 7(1):57-60, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4732).

LipMAN, RONALD S., COLE, JONATHAN O., PARK,
Lee C,, and RickELs, KARL: Sensitivity of symp-
tom and nonsymptom-focused criteria of outpa-
tient drug efficacy. American Journal of Psychi-
atry, 122(1):25-27, 1965. (Also acknowledges
MH-4732).

LipMAN, RoNALD S., RiCHELS, KARL, UHLENHUTH,
EBERHARD H., PARK, LEE C., and FISHER, SEY-
MOUR: Neurotics who fail to take their drugs.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 111(480):1043-
1049, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4732).

Park, LE C., UHLENHUTH, EBERHARD H., Lip-
MAN, RoNALD S., RickeLs, KARL, and FISHER,
SEYMOUR: A comparison of doctor and patient
improvement ratings in a drug (meprobamate)
trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 3(475):535-
540, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4732).

RickeLs, KARL: Important and relevant aspects of
tranquilizer therapy. Journal of Neuropsychi-
atry, 5(7):442-447, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2934).

511

RickELs, KARL: Some comments on non-drug fac-
tors in psychiatric drug therapy. Psychosomatics,
6:303-309, 1965.

SNow, LAURENCE H., and RickeLs, KARL: Use of
direct observation in the teaching and learning of
psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychother
apy, 19(3) :487-491, 1965.

UHLENHUTH, EBERHARD H., PArRk, LE C., Lip-
MAN, RoNALD S., RicKELS, KARL, FISHER, SEY-
MOUR, and Mock, JoHN: Dosage deviation and
drug effects in drug trials. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 141(1):95-99, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-4732).

MH-4732 (R10) Park, LE C., PANDE, SHASHI
K., and UHLENHUTH, EBERHARD H.: NIMH-PSC
outpatient study of drug-set interaction. Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. (1960- )

FisHER, S., and Cork, J. O., Rickkirs, K., and
UHLENHUTH, E. H.: Drug-set interaction: The
effect of expectations on drug response in out-
patients.  Neuropsychopharmacology, 3:149-156,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4731).

FisHER, S., LipmaAN, R. S., UHLENHUTH, E. H,
RicHEiLs, K., and Park, L. C.: Drug effects and
initial severity of symptomatology. Psychophar-
macologia, 7(1):57-60, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4731).

LipMAN, RONALD S., COLE, JONATHAN O., PARK,
Lee C., and RickELs, KARL: Sensitivity of symp-
tom and nonsymptom-focused criteria of out-
patient drug efficacy. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 122(1):25-27, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4731).

LipMAN, RoNALD S., HAMMER, HARVEY M., BER-
NARDES, JAIRO F., Park, LE C., and COLE,
JONATHAN O.: Patient report of significant life
situation events. Diseases of the Nervous System,
26(9) :586-591, 1965.

LipMAN, RONALD S., RICHELS, KARL, UHLENHUTH,
EBERHARD H., Park, LEE C., and FISHER, SEY-
MOUR: Neurotics who fail to take their drugs.
British Journal of Psychiatry, 111(480):1043-
1049, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4731).

Park, L. C., and Covi, L.: Nonblind placebo trial.
An exploration of neurotic patients’ responses to
placebo when its inert content is disclosed. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 12(4):336-345,
1965.

Park, LE C. and LipMAN, RoNALD S.: A com-
parison of patient dosage deviation reports with
pill counts.  Psychopharmacologica, 6:299-302,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3741).

Park, LE C., UHLENHUTH, EBERHARD H., Lip-
MAN, RONALD S., RIcKELS, KARL, and FISHER,
SEYMOUR: A comparison of doctor and patient
improvement ratings in a drug (meprobamate)
trial. British Journal of Psychiatry, 3(475):535-
540, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-4731).

UHLENHUTH, EBERHARD H., Park, LE C. Lip-
MAN, RONALD S., RickeLs, KARL, FISHER, SEY-
MOUR, and Mock, JoHN: Dosage deviation and
drug effects in drug trials. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 141(1):95-99, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-4731).

MH-4734 (R01) McCoNNELL, THOMAS R., and
SELvIN, H.C.: Student culture and intellectual
development. University of California, Berkeley,
Calif.  (1961- )

HANAN, C. SELVIN: The impact of higher educa-
tion on student attitudes. In: Axelrod, Joseph,
ed. Unity and diversity in higher education.
Berkeley, Calif., University of California, 1962, p.
19-26.

NAsATIR, DAVID: A contextual analysis of attitude
change. School Review, 71:290-298, 1963.

MH-4735 (R01) CuMMING, M. ELAINE: Commu-
nity handling of disturbed behavior. Middletown
State Hospital, Middletown, N.Y. (1961- )

CUMMING, ELAINE, and HARRINGTON, CHARLES:
Clergyman as counselor. American [Journal of
Sociology, 69(3):234-243, 1963.

CUMMING, JoHN: The inadequacy syndrome.
chiatric Quarterly, 37(4):723-733, 1963.

CUMMING, JoHN, and CUMMING, ELAINE: The
community. In: Cumming, John, and Cumming,
Elaine. Ego and milieu: Theory and practice of
environmental therapy. New York, Atherton
Press, 1962, p. 246-267.

CUMMING, MARGARET E.: Phase movement in the
support and control of the psychiatric patients.
Journal of Health and Human Behavior, 3:235-
241, 1962.

MCcCAFFREY, IsABEL, CUMMING, ELAINE, and
RupoLpH, CLAIRE: Mental disorders in socially
defined populations. American Journal of Public
Health, 53(7):1025-1030, 1963.

Psy-

MH-4736 (R01) HAVIGHURST, ROBERT ]., and
Hess, ROBERT D.: Cross-national research semi-
nars in human development. University of Chi-
cago, Chicago, Ill. (1961-62)

Hess, R. D., and TorNEY, J. V.: Religion, age, and
sex in children’s perceptions of family authority.
Child Development, 33:781-789, 1962.

MH-4737 (RO1) ZIMMERMANN, HENRY ]., Ro-
SENBLITH, WALTER A., and WIESNER, JEROME
B.: Basic research in communication sciences.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,
Mass. (1961- )

512

ALGAzI, VIDAL R.: A study of the performance of
linear and nonlinear filters. Cambridge, Mass.,
Masschusetts Institute of Technology, June 22,
1964, 104 p. (Technical Report No. 420).

Arcazi, V. R.: Generalized SNR and performance
index of filters for waveform estimation. Pro-
ceedings of the IEEE, 53(7):725-726, July 1965.

ArBIB, M. A.: Turing machines, finite automata and
neutral nets. Journal of the Association of Com-
puting Machinery, 8:467-475, 1961.

ARBIB, MICHAEL A.: Hitting and martingale char-
acterizations of one-dimensional diffusions. Cam-
bridge, Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy, 1964, 22 p. (Processed).

ARBIB, MICHAEL, and BLUM, MANUEL: Machine
dependence of degrees of difficulty. Proceedings
of the American Mathematical Society, 16(3):
442-447, 1965.

BaLpwiN, H. A., FRENK, S., and LETTVIN, J. Y.:
Glass-coated tungsten microelectrodes. Science,
148(3676) :1462-1464, 1965.

Barrow, J. S.: A phase-comparator model for the
diurnal rhythm of emergence of Drosophila. An-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 98:
788-805, 1962.

BARLOW, JOHN S.: Some statistical characteristics of
electrocortical activity in relation to visual-oculo-
motor tracking in man. Boletin del Instituto de
Estudios Medicos y Biologicos, 21(3):497-518,
1963.

BARLOW, JOHN S.: Evoked responses in relation to
visual perception and oculomotor reaction times in
man. Annals of the New York Academy of Sci-
ences, 112:432-467, 1964.

Barrow, J. S., Rovit, R. L., and GLOOR, P.: Cor-
relation analysis of EEG changes induced by uni-
lateral intracarotid injection of amobarbital. Elec-
troencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology,
16:213-220, 1964.

BERENDSEN, HERMAN, J. C.: Nuclear magnetic res-
onance study of collagen hydration. Journal of
Chemical Physics, 36:3297-3305, 1962.

BErRLEKAMP, ELWYN R.: Note on recurrent codes.
IEEE (Institute of Electric and Electronic Engi-
neers) Transactions of the Professional Technical
Group on “Information Theory,” IT-10(3), July
1964.

Bever, T. G., Fopor, J. A. and WEKSEL, W.:
Theoretical notes on the acquisition of syntax: A
critique of “contextual generalization.”  Psycho-
logical Review, 72(6):467-482, 1965.

BICKFORD, REGINALD G., JACOBSON, JAMEs L., and
Copy, THANE R.: Nature of average evoked po-
tentials to sound and other stimuli in man. A»n-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 112:
219-222, 1964.
BLuMm, N.M., ONEsTO, and VERBEEK, L. A. M.:
Tolerable errors of neurons for infallible nets.
In: Redundancy techniques for computing sys-
tems. Washington, D.C., Spartan Books, 1962.

BrazIER, M. A. B.: The analysis of brain waves.
Scientific American, 206:142-153, 1962.

BrinGes, J. E., and ZALEwskl, R. A.: Orthogonal
detection to reduce common channel interference.
Proceedings of the IEEE, 53(7):742-743, 1965.

BrowN, JokL E.: Dendritic fields of retinal ganglion
cells of the rat. Journal of Neurophysiology, 28
(6) :1091-1100, 1965.

Brown, JoeL E., and Rojas, ARISTIDES J.: Rat
retinal ganglion cells: Receptive field organization
and” maintained activity. Journal of Neurophysi-
ology, 28(6):1073-1090, 1965.

BRUCE, JAMES D.: On the optimum quantization of
stationary signals. In: IEEE (Institute of Electric
and Electronic Engineers) International Conven-
tion Record. Part I. 1964, p. 118-124.

BRUCE, J. D.: Optimum quantization. Cambridge,
Mass., Mass. Institute of Technology, March 1965,
72p. (Technical Rept. No. 429).

Burns, S. K., and Morzack, R.: A method for
analyzing variations in evoked responses. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 20
(4) :407-409, 1966. (Also acknowledges MH-
4235).

CAVAGGIONI, ANDREA, and GOLDSTEIN, MOISE:
Enhancement of shock-evoked responses from stri-
ate cortex following either onset or termination of
light. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22(2)
(Part I) :576, 1963.

CAVAGGIONI, A., and GOLDSTEIN, M. H., Jr.: Fa-
cilitation and inhibition in the visual system after
photic stimulation. Archives Italiennes De Biolo-
ge, 103:397-420, 1965.

CHOMSKY, NoaM: Aspects of the theory of syntax.
Cambridge, Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1965, 251 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
5120).

CoLBURN, H. S., and DurLAcH, N. I.: Time-iten-
sity relations in binaural unmasking. Journal of
the Acoustical Society of America, 38(1) :93-103,
July 1965.

DENNIS, J. B.: The use of computers in speech re-
search. Annals of the New York Academy of Sci-
ences, 115:867-880, 1964.

DENNIS, J. B.: A multiuser computation facility for
education and research. Communications of ACM,
7:521-529, 1964.

DENNIS, Jack B.: Distributed solution of network
programming problems. IEEE Transactions of the
Professional Technical Group on Communications
Systems, CS-12(2):176-184, June 1964.

513

DoGGENWEILER, C. F., and FRENK, S.: Staining
properties of Lanthanum on cell membranes. Pro-
ceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 53
(2) :425-430, 1965.

DurrLacH, N. I: Note on binaural masking-level
differences at high frequencies. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 36(3):576-581,
1964.

DurracH, N. I: Note on binaural masking-level

differences as a function of the interaural corre-
Journal of the
36:1613-1617,

lation of the masking noise.
Acoustical Society of America,
1964.

EpeN, M.: Handwriting and pattern recognition.
Transactions of the Professional Group on In-
formal Theory, IT-8(2):160-166, 1962.

EpEN, M.: Human information processing. IEEE
Transactions of the Professional Technical Group
on Information Theory, 1T-9:253-256, 1963.

EDEN, MURRAY: Note on short term storage of in-
formation in vision. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
19:93-94, 1964.

Fopor, JERRY A.: Could meaning be an rm?
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
4(2):73-81, 1965

Fopogr, J. A., and BEVER, THOMAS G.: The psycho-
logical reality of linguistic segments. Journal of
Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 4(5):414~
420, 1965.

FrisukopF, L. S., and GoLrpstEIN, H. M., JR.:
Responses to acoustic stimuli from single units in
the eighth nerve of the bullfrog. Journal of the
Acoustical Society of America, 35:1219-1228,
1963.

GALLAGER, ROBERT G.: Low-density parity-check
codes. Cambridge, Mass.,, M.ILT. Press, 1963,
111 p. (M.LT. Research Monograph).

GALLAGER, ROBERT G.: A simple derivation of the
coding theorem and some applications. IEEE
Transactions on Information Theory, p. 3-18, Jan.
1965.

GERSTEIN, G. W.: Mathematical models for the all-
or-none activity of some neurons. [RE Transac-
tions on Information Theory, IT-8:S137-S143,
September 1962.

GERSTEIN, G. L., and CLARK, W. A.: Simultaneous
studies of firing patterns in several neurons. Sci-
ence, 143(3612):1325-1327, 1964.

GERSTEIN, G. L., and KIANG, N. Y-s: Responses
of single units in the auditory cortex. Experi-
mental Neurology, 10:1-18, 1964.

GERSTEIN, G. L., and MANDELBROT, B.: Random-
walk models for the spike activity of a single neu-
ron. Biophysical Journal, 4:41-68, 1964.
Gray, P. R,, KIANG, N. Y. S,, and SHIPLEY, J. W.:
Probabilities associated with spike discharges in
auditory nerve fibers. (Abstract) Physiologist,
8(3) :Aug. 1965.

GREENBLATT, SHERWIN: Transistor becomes sensor
in temperature regulator. Electronics, Nov. 2,
1964.

GRONEMANN, Uri F.: Coding color pictures. Cam-
bridge, Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy, June 17, 1964, 41 p. (Technical Report No.
422).

GUILBAUD, GISELE, ROSENBLITH, WALTER, BURNS,
STEVE, and ALBE-FEssARD, DENISE: Evolution
chez 'Homme au cours des differents stades du
sommeil des responses electrocorticales evoquees
au vertex par deux modes de stimulation. Comptes
Rendus Hebdomadaires des Seances de L’ Academie
des Sciences (Paris), 260:5366-5369, 1965.

HaLy, J. L., II: Minimum detectable change in in-
teraural time or intensity difference for brief im-
pulsive stimuli. Journal of the Acoustical Society
of America, 36(12):2411-2413, 1964.

HALL, JosepH L., II: Binaural interaction in the ac-
cessory superior olivary nucleus of the cat: An
electrophysiological study of single neurons. Cam-
bridge, Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy, 1964, 83 p. (Processed).

HALL, JosepH L.: Processing and transmitting in-
formation through the central nervous system.
IEEE Student Journal, 29-34, May 1965.

Harr, J. L.: Binaural interaction in the accessory
superior-olivary nucleus of the cat. Journal of
the Acoustical Society of America, 37(5):814-
823, 1965.

Harr, ROBERT D., CLAYTON, RICHARD J., and
MARK, ROGER G.: A device for the partial re-
straint of rats in operant conditioning studies.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
9(2):143-145, 1966.

HALLE, M.: On the rules of Russian conjugation
(in Russian). In: American contribution to the
Sth Congress of Slavists, Sofia, Bulgaria, Septem-
ber 17-24. The Hague, Mouton & Co., 1963.

HAMBRECHT, FREDERICK TERRY: A multichannel
electroencephalographic telemetering system. Cam-
bridge, Mass., Research Laboratory of Electronics,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1963, 32 p.
(Technical Report No. 413).

HOFSTETTER, E. M.: Construction of time-limited
functions with specified functions with specified
autocorrelation functions. IEEE Transactions of
the Professional and Technical Groups on Infor-
mation Theory, IT 10:119-126, 1964.

HOLSINGER, J. L.: Digital communication over fixed
time-continuous channels with memory—with spe-

514

cial application to telephone channels. Cambridge,

Massachusetts, Mass. Institute of Technology,
1964, 124 p. (Technical Report 366).
HuaNG, THOMAs S.: Pseudorandom scanning.

IEEE Transactions on Communication Technology,
COM-12(3) :105-107, 1964.

HuaNG, THoMAs S.: The power density spectrum
of television random noise. Applied Optics,
4(5):597-601, 1965.

HuANG, THOMAS S.: Some mapping properties of
RC and RL driving-point impedance functions.
IEEE Transactions on Circuit Theory, CT-12(2):
257-259, 1965.

Huang, THoMmas S.: The subjective effect of two-
dimensional pictorial noise. IEEE Transactions
on Information Theory, IT-11(1):43-53, 1965.

Huang, T. S., and LEE, H. B.: Bounds on imped-
ance functions of R, = L, + C, T networks.
Journal of the Franklin Institute, 279(2):83-94,
1965.

KATZ, JERROLD J.: Semantic theory and the meaning
of “good”. [Journal of Philosophy, 61(23):739-
766, 1964.

Katz, JERROLD ].: Mentalism in linguistics.
guage, 40:124-137, 1964.

Lan-

KaTz, JERROLD J.: Symposium: Philosophy and lin-
guistics. The relevance of linguistics to philoso-
phy. Journal of Philosophy, 62:590-602, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-5120).

Katz, JERROLD ].: The philosophy of language.
In: Chomsky, Noam, and Halle, Morris, eds.
Studies in language. New York, Harper & Row,
1966. (Also acknowledges MH-5120).

Katz, J. J., and Fopor, J. A.: A reply to Dixon's
“A trend in semantics.” Linguistics, 3:19-29,
1964.

Karz, JERROLD J., and PosTAL, PAUL M.: An in-
tegrated theory of linguistic descriptions. Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1964, 178 p.

KIANG, NELSON YUAN-SHENG: Stimulus coding in
the auditory nerve and cochlear nucleus. Acta
Oto-Laryngologica, 59:186-200, 1965.

KIANG, N. Y-S, and PFEIFFER, R. R.: Nerver and
nucleus: A study of stimulus coding in the initial
stages of the auditory nervous system. Science,
146:432, 1964.

KiaNG, NELSON Y. S., PFEIFFER, RUSSELL R.,
WARR, W. BRUCE, and Backus, ANN S. N.:
Stimulus coding in the cochlear nucleus. Annals
of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology, 74(2):
463-485, 1965.

KiIANG, N. Y., and SacHs, M. B.: Effects of acoustic
stimuli on spontaneous spike discharges in audi-
tory nerve fibers. Physiologist, 8(3): August

1965.

KiIANG, N. Y-S., WATANABE, T., THOMAS, ELEANOR
G., and CLARK, Louise F.: Stimulus coding in
the cat's auditory nerve: A preliminary report.
Annals of Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology,
71:1009-1026, 1962.

KuRroDA, S.-Y.: Classes of languages and linear-
bounded automata. Information and Control, 7:
207-223, 1964.

Kuropa, S. Y.: Causative forms in Japanese.
Foundations of Language, 1:30-50, 1965.

Liu, C. L.: Determination of the final state of an
automaton whose initial state is unknown. IEEE
(Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers)
Transactions on Electronic Computers, EC-12(5),
December 1963.

Lw, C. L.: kth-order finite automation. IEEE (Insti-
tute of Electric and Electronic Engineers) Trans-
actions on Electric Computers, EC-13(5), Octo-
ber 1964.

Liu, C. L.: The memory orders of states of an auto-
mation. Journal of the Franklin Institute, 277:
37-49, 1964.

Lu, BEDE, and KAHN, ROBERT E.: Optimum pre-
filtering in sampled data systems with read-in
jitter. IEEE International Convention Record,
Part 7:127-133, 1965.

McCARTHY, JoHN: Time-sharing computer systems.
In: Greenberger, Martin, ed. Management and
the computer of the future. Cambridge, Mass.,
M. I. T. Press, and New York, John Wiley &
Sons, 1962, p. 221-236.

McCARTHY, ]., ABRAHAMS, P. W., EDWARDS, D. J,
HArT, T. P., and LEVIN, M. I, eds.: LISP 1.5
Programmer's Manual. Cambridge, Mass., Michi-
gan Institute of Technology Press, 1963, 107 p.
(Processed).

McCuLrrocH, W. S.: Symbolic representation of the
neuron as an unreliable function. In: Principles
of self organization. New York, Pergamon Press,
1961, p. 91-94.

McCurrocH, W. S.: The utility of anastomotic nets.
In: Wilcox & Mann, eds. Redundancy techniques
for computing systems. Washington, D.C., Spar-
tan Books, 1962.

McCurLocH, W. S.: Brains, machines, and mathe-
mathics. American Scientist, 52:318, 1964.

McCurrocH, W. S.: Reliable systems using unre-
liable units. In: Rioch, David McK., and Wein-
stein, Edwin A., eds. Disorders of communica-
tion. Vol. 42. Baltimore, Md., Williams &
Wilkins, 1964, p. 19-28.

515

MATTHEWS, G. H.: A note on asymmetry in phrase
structure grammars. Information and Control,
7:360-365, 1964.

MEeLzACK, RONALD, and BURNS, S. K.: Neuropsy-
chological effects of early sensory restriction.
Boletin del Instituto de Estudios Medicos y Bio-
logicos (Mexico), 21:407-425, 1963. Also in:
Experimental Neurology, 13(2):163-175, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4235).

MELzAcK, R., and WALL, P. D.: On the nature
of cutaneous sensory mechanisms. Brain, 85(2):
331-356, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH=4235).

MELzACK, RONALD, and WALL, PATRICK D.: Pain
mechanisms: A new theory. Science, 150(3699):
971-979, 1965.

MEeNDELL, L. M., and "WALL, P. D.: Presynaptic
hyperpolarization: A role for fine afferent fibres.
Journal of Physiology, 172:274-294, 1964.

MEeNDELL, L. M., and WALL, P. D.: Response of
single dorsal cord cells to peripheral cutaneous
unmyelinated fibres. Nature, 206(4979):95-97,
1965.

MENYUK, PAULA: Syntactic rules used. by children
from preschool through first grade. Child De
velopment, 35:533-546, 1964.

MENYUK, PAULA: Comparison of grammar of chil-
dren with functionally deviant and normal speech.
Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 7:109-
121, 1964.

MENYUK, PAULA: Alternation of rules in children’s
grammar, Journal of Verbal Learning and Ver-
bal Behavior, 3(6) :480-488, 1964.

MENYUK, PAULA: Speech communication. Detec-
tion of DSB signals occupying the same RF
spectrum. Quarterly Progress Report, 77:305-313,
1965. (Processed)

MERMELSTEIN, PauL, and EDEN, MURRAY: Experi-
ments on computer recognition of connected hand-
written words. Information and Control, 7:255-
270, 1964.

MERMELSTEIN, PAUL, and EYDEN, MURRAY: A sys-
tem for automatic recognition of handwritten
words. In: Proceedings—Fall Joint Computer
Conference, 1964, p. 333-342.

OPPENHEIM, ALAN V.: Superposition in a class of
nonlinear systems. Cambridge, Mass., Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, 1965, 62 p. (Tech-
nical Report 432). .

PauL, ALLAN P., HOUSE, ARTHUR S., and STEVENS,
KENNETH N.: Automatic reduction of vowel
spectra: An analysis by synthesis method and its
evaluation. Journal of the Acoustical Society of
America, 36(2):303-308, 1964.

PEAKE, W. T., GOLDSTEIN, M. H., JRr., and KIANG,
N. Y-S: Responses of the auditory nerve to repeti-
tive acoustic stimuli. Journal of the Acoustical
Society of America, 34(5):562-570, 1962.

PFEIFFER, R. R., and KiaNG, N. Y-S: Spike dis-
charge patterns of spontaneous and continuously
stimulated activity in the cochlear nucleus of
anesthetized cats. Biophysical Journal, 5(3):301-
316, 1965.

PicHARD, W. F., LETTVIN, J. Y., MOORE, J. W.,
TAKATA, M., POOLER, ]., and BERNSTEIN, T.:
Caesium ions do not pass the membrane of the
giant axon. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences, 52:1177-1183, 1964.

PuTNAM, HILARY: An examination of Griinbaum’s
philosophy of geometry. In: Philosophy of sci-
ence. Vol. 2. New York, Interscience Publishers,
1963, p. 205-255.

ROBERTS, L. G.: Recent development in optical char-
acter recognition at M.LT. In: Proceedings of
Symposium on Optical Character Recognition,
Washington, D.C., January 15-17, 1962, p. 209-
212.

Robpieck, R. W., KiaNG, N. Y-S., and GERSTEIN,
G. L.: Some quantitative methods for the study
of spontaneous activity-of single neurons. Bio-
physical Journal, 2(4):351-368, 1962.

RosenBLITH, W. A., and VIDALE, E. B.: A quanti-
tative view of neuroelectric events in relation to
sensory communication. In: Koch, S., ed. Psy-
chology: A study of science. New York, Mc-
Graw-Hill, 1962, p. 333-379.

ROSENBLITH, W. A., WIESNER, J. B., RAPOPORT,
A., MacKay, D. M. HoacLanDp, H., ADEy,
W. R., GARNER, W. R., Coss, S., and McCuL-
LocH, W. S.: Norbert Wiener 1894-1964. [our-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 140(1):
3-16, 1965.

SacHs, MURRAY B.: Responses to acoustic stimuli
from single units in the eighth nerve of the green
frog. Journal of the Acoustical Society of Amer-
ica, 36:1956-1958, 1964.

SAVAGE, J. E.: The computation problem with se-
quential decoding. Cambridge, Mass., Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, 1965, 84 p. (Tech-
nical Report 439).

SCHETZ, M.: Measurement of correlation functions.
Proceedings of the IEEE, 3(12):2100-2104, 1964.

SCHETZEN, MARTIN: Determination of optimum
nonlinear systems for generalized error criteria
based on the use of gate functions. IEEE Trans-
actions on Information Theory, 1T-11(1):117-
125, 1965.

SCHETZEN, MARTIN: Measurement of the kernels
of a non-linear system of finite order. Interna
tional Journal of Control, 1(3):251-263, 1965.

SCHETZEN, MARTIN: Synthesis of a class of non-
linear systems. International Journal of Control,
1(5):401-414, 1965.

SELVIN, HANAN C.: The impact of university ex-
periences on occupational plans. School Review,
71:317-329, 1963.

SIEBERT, WILLIAM M.: Some implications of the
stochastic behavior of primary auditory neurons.
Sonderdruck aus, Kybernetik, 2. Band, 5. Heft,
June 1965, S.206-215.

SiMON, WiLLIAM: The real-time sorting of neuro-
electric action potentials in multiple unit studies.
Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, 18:192-195, 1965.

SKLAR, J. R.: Sequential measurement of multidi-
mensional transducers. Cambridge, Mass., Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1964, 95 p.
(Technical Report 431).

SNYDER, DONALD: Some useful expressions for opti-
mum linear filtering in white noise. Proceedings
of the IEEE, 1965, p. 629-630.

StevENs, K. N., and Housk, A. S.: Perturbation of

516

vowel articulations by consonantal context: An
acoustical study. Journal of Speech and Hearing
Research, 6:111-128, 1963.

SUTHERLAND, N. S., and HOLGATE, VALERIE: Two-
cue discrimination learning in rats. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 61(2):
198-207, 1966.

TAUB, ARTHUR: Local, segmental and supraspinal
interaction with a dorsolateral spinal cutaneous
afferent system. Experimental Neurology, 10:
357-374, 1964.

TAUB, ARTHUR, and BisHoP, PETER O.: The spino-
cervical tract: Dorsal column linkage, conduction
velocity, primary afferent spectrum. Experimental
Neurology, 13(1):1-21, 1965.

Teas, DonNaLD C., and KiaNG, NELSON Y-S.:
Evoked responses from the auditory cortex. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 10:91-119, 1964.

Teas, D. C., and KiaNG, N. Y-S.: Components of
the complex response evoked from the auditory
cortex of unanesthetized cats. Science, 146:434~
435, 1964.

TRETIAK, O. J., and HUANG, T. S.: Resistance of an
n-dimensional cube. Proceedings of the IEEE,
53(9):1271-1272, 1965.

VERBEEK, L. A. M.: On error minimizing neuronal

nets. In: Principles of self organization. New
York, Pergamon Press, 1961, p. 121-133.
VIERTEL, JOHN: Generative grammars. In: Confer-

ence on College Composition and Communication,
May 1964, p. 65-81.
WALL, P. D.: Presynaptic control of impulses at the
first central synapse in the cutaneous pathway.
In: Eccles, J. C., and Schade, J. P., eds. Progress
in brain research. Vol. 12. Physiology of spinal
neurons. Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1964, p. 92-118.

WaLL, P. D.: Impulses originating in the region of
dendrites. Journal of Physiology (Great Britain),
180:116-133, 1965.

WALL, P. D., and MELZACK, R.: Neural mechanisms
which discriminate events on the skin. IRE Trans-
actions on Information Theory, IT-8:120-125,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4235).

WaLL, P. D., and TAuB, A.: Four aspects of tri-
geminal nucleus and a paradox. Journal of Neu-
rophysidlogy, 25:110-126, 1962.

Weiss, THoMAs F.: A model for firing patterns of
auditory nerve fibers. Cambridge, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1964, 93 p. (Technical
Report No. 418). (Processed)

MH-4740 (R03) O'CONNOR, JoHN F.: Evaluation
of psychotherapy in ulcerative colitis. Columbia
University, New York, N.Y. (1961-62)

DANIELS, GEORGE E., O'CONNOR, JoHN F., Ka-
RUSH, AARON, MosEs, LEON, FLooD, CHARLES
E., and LEPORE, MICHAEL: Three decades in the
observation and treatment of ulcerative colitis.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 24(1):85-93, 1962.

O'CONNOR, JoHN F. DANIELS, GEORGE, FLOOD,
CHARLES, KARUSH, AARON, MOSES, LEON, and
STERN, LENORE O.: An evaluation of the effec-
tiveness of psychotherapy in the treatment of
ulcerative colitis. Annals of Internal Medicine,
60(4):587-602, 1964.

O'CONNOR, JoHN F., DANIELS, GEORGE, KARUSH,
AARON, Moses, LeoN, Froop, CHARLES, and
STERN, LENORE O.: The effects of psychotherapy
on the course of ulcerative colitis. A preliminary
report. Journal of American Psychiatric Associa-
tion, 120(8):738-742, 1964.

MH-4742 (R03) KEELER, MARTIN H.: Subjective
response—intermittent photic stimulation. Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C.
(1961-61)

KEELER, MARTIN H.: Relations between excitatory
and inhibitory retinal responses as determined by
a revised apparatus for the study of negative after-
images. Nature, 196:1343-1344, 1962.

KEELER, MARTIN: Inter-relations of the effects of
psilocybin on subjective sensation, photopic criti-
cal frequency of fusion, and circulating non-
esterified fatty acids. Experientia, 19:37-38, 1963.

KEELER, MARTIN, CLARKE, MAY G., and CocCH-
RANE, CARL M.: Psychological effects of psilo-

517

cybin as determined by the Minnesota Multiphasic
Personality Inventory. Psychiatry Digest, 24(1):
27-34, 1963,

MH-4743 (R03) GELLHORN, ERNsT: Facts and
theories of adrenomedullary secretion. Westmont
College, Santa Barbara, Calif. (1961-61)

GELLHORN, E.: Prolegomena to a theory of the
emotions. Perspectives in Biology and Medicine,
4:403-436, 1961.

MH-4748 (R01) Ferris, JAMEs P.: Constitution of
some lythraceae alkaloids. Florida State Univer-
sity, Tallahassee, Fla. (1961-64)

FERRIS, J. P.: Lythraceae alkaloids. I. Isolation
and structural studies of the alkaloids of decodon
verticillatus (L.) ell. Journal of Organic Chem-
istry, 27:2985-2990, 1962.

FERRIS, J. P.: Lythraceae alkaloids. II. Structural
studies on decodine and verticillatine. Journal of
Organic Chemistry, 28:817-822, 1963.

MH-4752 (R03) PARE, WILLIAM P.: Chronic stress
and the etiology of gastric ulcers. Boston College,
Chestnut Hill, Mass. (1961-61)

PARE, WiLLIAM P.: The effects of chronic environ-
mental stress on stomach ulceration, adrenal func-
tion, and consummatory behavior in the rat.
Journal of Psychology, 57:143-151, 1964.

MH-4754 (R03) RosEN, SIDNEY: On withholding
informational vs. material resources. Marquette
University, Milwaukee, Wisc. (1961-62)

ROSEN, SIDNEY: The comparative roles of informa-
tional and material commodities in interpersonal
transactions. Journal of Experimental Social Psy-
chology, 2(2):211-226, 1966.

MH-4758 (R01) ZuBIN, JOSEPH, and SALZINGER,
Kurt: Immediate effect of chlorpromazine on
verbal behavior. New York State Department of
Mental Hygiene, Albany, N.Y. (1960-61)
(Continued from MH-2785).

SaLzINGER, K., FELDMAN, R. S., and PORTNOY,
STEPHANIE: The effects of reinforcement on ver-
bal and non-verbal responses. Journal of General
Psychology, 70:225-234, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1541).

SALZINGER, K., PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, and FELD-
MAN, R. S.: The effect of order of approximation
to the statistical structure of English on the emis-
sion of verbal responses. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 64:52-57, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-2785).

SALZINGER, K., and WALLER, M. B.: The cperant
control of vocalization in the dog. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:383-389,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2785).
MH-4759 (R01) ZUBIN, JosEPH, HAKEREM, GAD,
and SUTTON, SAMUEL: The effect of chlorproma-
zine on the pupillary reflex. New York State
Department of Mental Hygiene, Albany, N.Y.
(1960-61) (Continued from MH-2783).

HAKEREM, G., SUTTON, S., and ZUBIN, ].: Pupillary
reactions to light in schizophrenic patients and
normals. Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, 105:820-831, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1541).

MH-4761 (R03) REED, CHARLES F.: Measurement
of pattern-detection in brain injury. State Uni-
versity of New York—Upstate Medical Center,
Syracuse, N.Y. (1961-61)

REED, C. F., and POLLACK, A.: Statistically defined
displays and pattern detection of cerebral palsied
children. Science, 140(3573):1331-1333, June,
1963.

REED, CHARLES F., and POoLLACK, ALAN: Pattern-
detection in brain-injured children. American
Journal of Psychology, 78(2):177-187, 1965.

MH-4763 (R03) YOUNG, LEONTINE: Families that
neglect and abuse their children. Child Service
Association. Newark, N.J. (1960-61)

YOUNG, LEONTINE R.: Wednesday's children. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, 195 p.

MH-4773 (R01) GurtH, PAUL S.: Interaction of
neurohumors and LSD congeners in CNS. Tu-
lane University, New Orleans, La. (1961-63)

Maing, J. E., and Gur, P. S.: Pharmacologic evi-
dence favoring the hypothesis that the auditory
inhibitory tract is cholinergic. (Abstract) Phar-
macologist, 4, 1962.

MH-4785 (R01) SmiTH, KARL U., and SHIDEMAN,
MAN, FREDERICK E.: Drugs and brain biochemis-
try in aging and development. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1961-64)

Goutp, J., and SmiTH, K. U.: Angular displacement
of the visual feedback of motion. Science, 137:
619-620, 1962.

GREEN, P. M. and SMmitH, K. U.: Maturation of
performance with space-displaced vision. Science,
141:727-728, 1963.

Smits, K. U.: Environmental research and sensory-
feedback analyses of behavior. In: Proceedings
of the Institute of Environmental Scientists. Chi-
cago, Institute of Environmental Scientists, 1962,
p. 353-368.

SMITH, KARL U.: Delayed sensory feedback and be-
havior. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1962,
109 p.

518

SmitH, K. U.: Behavior organization and work:
A new approach to industrial behavioral science.
Madison, Wisc., College Printing and Typing,
1962, 900 p. (Also acknowledges MH-4469).

SMITH, KARL U.: Sensory feedback analysis in medi-
cal research: II. Spatial organization of neuro-
behavioral system. American Journal of Physical
Medicine, 43:49-84, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4469).

Smit, K. U.: Cybernetic foundations of learning
science. In: Association of Computing Machinery
Proceedings of the 20th National Conference,
1965, p. 8-26.

SMITH, KARL U.: Cybernation and human evolution.
Madison, University of Wisconsin Behavioral
Cybernetics Laboratory, 1966, 13 p. (Processed)

SmitH, KARL U., and ANSELL, SHERMAN D.:
Closed-loop digital computer system for study of
sensory feedback effects of brain rhythms. Ameri-
can Journal of Physical Medicine, 44(3):125-137,
1964.

Smith, K. U.,, ANsEiLL, S., and SmitH, W. M.:
Sensory feedback analysis in medical research:
I. Delayed sensory feedback in behavior and
neural function. American Journal of Physical
Medicine, 42(6):228-261, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4469).

SMmiTH, KARL U., CAMBRIA, RICHARD, and STEFFAN,
JAMES: Sensory-feedback analysis of reading. Jour-
nal of Applied Psychology, 48(5) :275-286, 1964.

SMITH, KARL U., and GREENE, PAUL: A critical
period in maturation of performance with space-
displaced vision. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
17-627-639, 1963.

SMitH, KARL U., HENRY, JOHN P., JUNAS, RICHARD
K., and ANSELL, SHERMAN D.: Remote experi-
mental cybernetic analysis of delayed feedback of
oral breath pressure control in normal and em-
physema patients: Application to space medicine.
Madison, University of Wisconsin Behavioral
Cybernetics Laboratory, 1966, 16 p. (Processed).

SmitH, K. U., Myszewskl, M., MERGEN, M., and
KOEHLER, ].: Computer system control of delayed
auditory feedback. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
17:343-354, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4469).

SMITH, K. U., and SmitH, W. M.: Scientific televi-
sion methods applied to analysis of perceptual
feedback in behavior. In: May, M., and Erons,
L., eds. Television and human behavior. New
York, Appleton Century Crofts, 1963, p. 295-307.

SmitH, K. U., ZWERG, C., and SMITH, N. J.: Sen-
sory-feedback analysis of infant control of the
behavioral environment. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 16:725-732, 1963.
SMITH, W. M., and Smith, K. U.: Delayed visual
feedback and behavior. Science, 132:1013-1014,
1960.

MH-4786 (R03) ELLsoN, DoucGLAs G.: Machine
teaching of reading in retarded children. Indiana
University, Bloomington, Ind. (1961-61)

ELLsoN, D. G.: Programmed learning of elementary
reading. In: Selected convention papers, 40th
Annual CEC Convention, Columbus, Ohio, April
24-28, 1962. Washington, D.C., Council for
Exceptional Children, National Education Asso-
ciation, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4989).

MH-4789 (R10) Oris, LEON S.: A multidimen-
sional behavioral analysis of drugs. Stanford Re-
search Institute, Menlo Park, Calif. (1961-62)
(Continued from MH-3384).

Oris, L. S., and BOENNING, R. A.: A transistorized
circuit for recording contact responses. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2:289-
291, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-3384).

MH-4791 (RO1) GELLHORN, ‘ERNST: A neuro-
physiological view of emotional disorders. West-
mont College, Santa Barbara, Calif. (1961-62)

GELLHORN, E. and LoorFBourRrOow, G. N.: Emo-
tions and emotional disorders. New York, Hoe-
ber, 1963, 496 p.

MH-4792 (R03) Pins, ARNULF M.: Factors influ-
encing career choices in social work. Individual,
Closter, N.J. (1961-61)

PINs, ARNULF M.: Profile of social work students.
Canadian Welfare, 38(6):280-284, 1962.

PINs, ARNULF M.: What do we know about the
shortage of group workers and the recruitment of
group work students and how can we use this
knowledge to increase their number? New York,
National Association of Social Workers, 1962.
(Processed)

PINs, ARNULF: Who chooses social work, when and
why? New York, Council on Social Work Edu-
cation, 1963, 212 p.

MH-4796 (R03) LawTtOoN, M. POWELL: Role con-
cepts of the psychiatric aide. Norristown State
Hospital, Norristown, Pa. (1961-63)

LawTOoN, M. POowELL: Studies on the psychiatric
aide. Mental Hospitals, 512-515, September 1964.

LAwTON, M. POWELL, and GOLDMAN, ALFRED E.:
Role conceptions of the psychiatric aide. Genetic
Psychology Monographs, 71:311-348, 1965.

LAWTON, M. POWELL: Personality and attitudinal
correlates of psychiatric-aid performance. Journal
of Social Psychology, 66(2):215-226, 1965.

519

MH-4798 (R17) KLEIN, DoNALD F.: Psychiatric
reaction patterns to psychotropic drugs. Hillside
Hospital, Glen Oaks, N.Y. (1961-64)

BELMONT, I, BIRCH, H. G., PoLLACK, M., and
KLEIN, D. F.: Perceptual evidence of CNS dys-
function in schizophrenia. A. M. A. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 10:395-408, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2715).

BLUMBERG, ARNOLD G.: Effect of chlorpromazine
with procyclidine and imipramine on radioactive
iodine uptake. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology
and Metabolism, 23(9):881-884, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2715).

BLUMBERG, A. G., dnd KLEIN, D. F.: Severe papil-
ledema associated with drug therapy. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 118:168-170, 1961.

BLUMBERG, A. G., KLEIN, D. F., and PoLLACK, M.:
Age related changes in blood pressuge with chlor-
promazine and imipramine. (Abstract) Excerpta
Medica, Sixth International Congress of Gerontol-
ogy, International Congress Series, 57:195, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-2938).

BLUMBERG, A. G., KLEIN, D. F., and POLLACK, M.:
Effects of chlorpromazine and imipramine on sys-
tolic blood pressure in psychiatric patients: Rela-
tionships to age, diagnosis and initial blood pres-
sure. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 2:51-60,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2715 and MH-
2938).

Fink, M., KLEIN, D. F., and KRAMER, J. C.: Clini-
cal efficacy of chlorpromazine-procyclidine combi-
nation, imipramine and placebo in depressive
disorders. ~~ Psychopharmacologia, 7(1):27-36,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-7432 and MH-
2715).

FINK, MAX, PorrLack, M., KLEIN, D. F., BLuM-
BERG, A. G., BELMONT, I., KARP., E., KRAMER,
J. C., and WILLNER, A.: Comparative studies of
chlorpromazine and imipramine. I. Drug dis-
criminating ‘patterns. In: Bradley,” P. B., ed.
Neuro-psychopharmacology. Vol. 3. Amsterdam,
Elsevier, 1963, p. 370-372. (Also acknowledges
MH-2715 and MH-2938).

GrrTeLMAN, R. K., KLEIN, D. F. and POLLACK,
M.: Effects of psychotropic drugs on long-term
adjustment: A review. Psychopharmacologia, 5:
317-338, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2715).

KLEIN, D. F.: Management problems at Hillside
Hospital, 1960 and 1963. Journal of Hillside
Hospital, 13:79-94, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-2715).

KLEIN, D. F.: Delineation of two-drug responsive
anxiety syndromes. Psychopharmacologia, 5:397-
408, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2715).

KLEIN, D. F.: Visual hallucinations with imipram-
ine. American Journal of Psychiatry, 121(9):
911-914, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-2715).
KLeIN, D. F.,, and FINK, M.: Psychiatric reaction
patterns to imipramine (Tofranil). American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119(5):432-438, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2715).

KLEIN, D. F., and FINK, M.: Behavioral reaction
patterns with phenothiazines. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 7:449-459, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-927 and MH-2715).

KLEIN, D. F.,, and FINK, M.: Multiple item factors
as change measures in psychopharmacology. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 4:43-52, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2715).

KrAMER, J. C, KLEIN, D. F,, and FINK, M.: Imi-
pramine as an adjunct to phenothiazine therapy.
Comparative Psychiatry, 3(6):377-380, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2715).

Porrack, MAX, and GITTELMAN, R. K.: The sib-
lings of childhood schizophrenics: A review.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 34:868-874,
1964.

PorrLAck, E., Karp, I, BLEMONT, I., WILLNER, A.,
KLEIN, D.,, and FINK, M.: Comparative studies
of chlorpromazine and imipramine. II. Psycho-
logical performance profiles. In: Bradley, P. B.,
ed. Neuropsychopharmacology. Vol. 3. New
York, Elsevier, 1964, p. 373-376. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2715).

PorLLAack, Max, KLEIN, DoNALD F., WILLNER,
ARTHUR, BLUMBERG, ARNOLD, and FINK, MAX:
Imipramine-induced behavioral disorganization in

schizophrenic patients: Physiological and psycho-
logical correlates. In: Wortis, Joseph, ed. Re-
cent advances in biological psychiatry. Vol. 7.
New York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 53-61. (Also

acknowledges MH-2715 and MH-2938).

MH-4800 (R03) WELLER, LEONARD: Anxiety, co-
hesiveness and group functioning. University of
Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. (1961-61)

WELLER, LEONARD: The relationship of birth order
to anxiety: A replication of the Schachter findings.
Sociometry, 25(4) :415-417, 1962.

WELLER, LEONARD: The effects of anxiety on co-
hesiveness and rejection. Human Relations, 16
(2):189-197, 1963.

WELLER, LEONARD: The relationship of birth order
to cohesiveness. Journal of Social Psychology, 63:
249-254, 1964.

MH-4803 (R10) WALTERS, Guy M.: NIMH-PSC
collaborative study of phenothiazines. Rochester
State Hospital, Rochester, N.Y. (1960-64)

GOLDBERG, SoLOMON C., ScHOLLER, NINA R.,
DavipsoN, EpwiN M., and KAYCE, MELVIN M.:
Sex and race differences in response to drug treat-
ment among schizophrenics. Psychopharmacologia

520

(Berlin), 9(1):31-47, 1966. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-4667;, MH-
4673; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-4679).

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH, Psy-
CHOPHARMACOLOGY SERVICE CENTER COLLABO-
RATIVE STUDY GROUP: Phenothiazine treatment
in acute schizophrenia. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 10:246-261, 1964. (Also acknowledges

MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-4667; MH-4671;
MH-4673; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-4679;
MH-5664).

WALTERS, GUY M.: Jaundice following administra-
tion of fluphenazine dihydrochloride. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 120(1):83-84, 1963.

MH-4804 (R01) DiamMOND, SIGMUND: 17th cen-
tury theories of human nature. Columbia Univer-
sity, New York, N.Y. (1961-64)

DiaMOND, SIGMUND: The creation of society in the
New World. Vol. 1. Sellers, Charles, ed.
Berkeley Series in American History. Chicago,
Rand McNally, 1963.

MH-4807 (R17) Curtis, GEORGE C.: Humor pat-
terns and their psychological correlates. Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1961-64)

ALEXANDER, F., Curtis, G. C., and SPRINCE, H.:
Effects of amino-acids and tranylcypromine on
schizophenric behavior. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 21:417, 1962.

ALEXANDER, F., Curtis, G. C., SprINCE, H., and
CROSLEY, A. P.: L-methionine and L-tryptophane
feedings in the non-psychotic and schizophrenic
patient with and without tranylcypromine. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:135-142,
1963.

Curtis, G. C.: Mechanisms of neurohumoral trans-
mission. In: Nodine, J. H., and MoyEr, J. H,,
eds. Psychosomatic medicine: The first Habne-
mann symposium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger,
1962, p- 186-192.

Curtis, G. C.: Violence breeds violence—perhaps?
American Journal of Psychiatry, 120:386-387,
1963.

MH-4808 (R17) SATTERFIELD, JaMEs H.: Neuro-
physiological correlates of psychotic behavior.
Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1961-
65)

SATTERFIELD, J. H.: Successful suicide in a patient
with conversion reaction. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 118:1047-1048, 1962.

SATTERFIELD, J. H.: Effect of sensorimotor cortical
stimulation upon cuneate nuclear output through
medial lemniscus in cat. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 135:507-512, 1962.
SATTERFIELD, JAMES H.: Evoked cortical response
enhancement and attention in man. A study of
responses to auditory and shock stimuli. Electro-
encephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 19
(5) :470-475, 1965.

SATTERFIELD, J. H., and CHEATUM D.: Evoked cor-
tical potential correlates of attention in human
subjects. ~~ Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 17:456-457, 1964.

MH-4813 (R01) MIRONE, LEONORA: Ethanol me-
tabolism in prolonged ingestion of alcohol. Man-
hattan College, New York, N.Y. (1961- )

MIRONE, LEONORA: Effect of prolonged ethanol in-
take on body weight, liver weight and liver nitro-
gen, glycogen, ADH, and NAD and NADH of
mice. Life Sciences, 4:1195-1199, 1965.

MIRONE, LEONORA: Effect of ethanol on growth
and liver components in mice. Life Sciences, 4:
1823-1830, 1965.

MirRONE, LEONORA: Effect of vitamins in single
dose on liver of mice on prolonged ethanol in-
take. Life Sciences, 5(4):317-324, 1966.

MH-4814 (R01) MENDELSON, Jack H., and
MELLO, NaNcy K.: Induced alcohol addiction in
animals. Massachusetts General Hospital, Bos-
ton, Mass. (1961-63)

MkeLro, N. K,, and MENDELSON, J. H.: Operant
performance by rats for alcohol reinforcement: A
comparison of alcohol-preferring and nonprefer-
ring animals. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Al-
cohol, 25:226-234, 1964.

MEeLLo, NaNcy K., and MENDELSON, Jack H.: A
shock harness for rats: Resistance as a function
of shock intensity. Psychonomic Science, 3(1):
3-4, 1965.

MENDELSON, J. H., and MELLO, N. K.: Ethanol and
whisky drinking patterns in rats under free-choice
and forced-choice conditions. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 25(1):125, 1964.

MENDELSON, J. H., and MELLO, N. K.: Potassium-
stimulated respiration of rat cerebral cortex: Effect
of ethanol on tissue from alcohol-preferring and
nonpreferring animals. ~~ Quarterly Journal of
Studies on Alcohol, 25:235-239, 1964.

MH-4815 (R01) Ochs, SIDNEY, RUSSELL, IAN
STEELE, and SELKURT, EWALD: Cerebral cortex
function and behavior. Indiana University, Indi-
anapolis, Ind. (1961- )

MATSUNAGE, M.: Firing level of Betz cells in rela-
tionship to direct cortical responses of the sensory-
motor cortex. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
22(2): Series 1, 1963.

521

MATSUNAGA, M., Suzuki, H., and OcHs, S.: Con-
trol of Betz cell excitability by direct cortical stim-
ulation. (Abstract) Physiologist, 5:179, 1962.

Ocns, S.: Analysis of cellular mechanisms of direct
cortical responses. Federation Proceedings, 21:
642-647, 1962.

Ocns, S.: The nature of spreading depression in
neural networks. [International Revue of Neuro-
biology, 4:1-69, 1962.

Ochs, SiDNEY: Cortical potentials and pyramidal
cells: A theoretical discussion. Perspectives in
Biology and Medicine, 9(1):126-136, 1965.

Ochs, S., Dowerr, A. R., and RusseLr, I. S.:
Mescaline convulsive spikes triggered by direct
cortical stimulation. Electroencephalography and
Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:878-884, 1962.

RusseLr, I. S., and OcHs, S.: Localization of a
memory trace in one cortical hemisphere and trans-
fer to the other hemisphere. Brain, 86:36-54,
1963.

Suzuki, H., and OcHs, S.: Laminar analysis of di-
rect cortical responses. Federation Proceedings,
21:350, 1962.

Suzaki, H., and Ochs, S.: Laminar stimulation for
direct cortical responses from intact and chroni-
cally isolated cortex. Electroencephalography and
Neurophysiology, 17:405-413, 1964.

MH-4816 (R01) FroHMAN, CHARLES E.: Isola-
tion of a serum factor in schizophrenia. Lafay-
ette Clinic, Detroit, Mich. (1961- )

BEckeTT, P. G. S., FROHMAN, C. E., GOTTLIEB,
J. S., MowBRAyY, J. B., and WoLF, R. C.: Schizo-
phrenic-like mechanisms in monkeys. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 119(9):835-842, 1963.

BeckEeTT, P. G. S., SENF, R., FRouMmAN, C. E., and
GortTLIEB, J. S.: Energy production and premor-
bid history in schizophrenia. A. M. A. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 8:155-162, 1963.

BeckEeTrT, P. G. S., SENF, Rita, FROHMAN, C. E,,
TOURNEY, G., and GOTTLIEB, J. S.: Relations
between energy transfer systems and the symp-
toms of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psy-
chiatry, 118(11):995-1003, 1962.

FroHMAN, C. E., GoopMAN, M., BECKETT, P. G. S,,
LatHaMm, L. K., SENF, Rita, and GOTTLIEB,
J. S.: The isolation of an active factor from serum
of schizophrenic patients. Annals of the New
York Academy of Science, 96(1):438-447, 1962.

FrouMmaN, C. E., LatHAM, L. K.,, WARNER, K. A.,
Brosius, C. O., Beckett, P. G. S.,, and Gortrt-
LIEB, J. S.: The effect of motor activity on the
plasma factor in schizophrenia. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 9:83-88, 1963.
GorTLIEB, J. S., and FroHMAN, C. E.: The bio-
chemical identification of schizophrenia. In:
Tourlentes, T. T., Pollack, S. L., and Himwich,
H. E., eds. Research approaches to psychiatric
problems. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1962,
p. 129-139.

LatHAM, L. K., LoNCHARICH, K., WARNER, K. A,,
CRANDALL, R. GorpoN, Beckett, P. G. S,
FrouMmaN, C. E., and GorrTLIEB, J. S.: Effect of
a protein factor isolated from schizophrenic blood
on permeability. Vox Sanguinus, 8 :491-496,
1963.

Lees, H., GrReenwoop, D. J, FroumaN, C. E.,
BECKETT, P. G. S., and GOTTLIEB, J. S.: The ef-
fects of sera from schizophrenic subjects on the
oxidation of succinate and a-Ketoglutarate.

- Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 5(8):534-538, 1964.

SuLLIVAN, THomAs M., FrROHMAN, CHARLES E,
BECKETT, PETER G. S., and GOTTLIEB, JACQUES
S.: Biochemical studies of families of schizo-
hrenic patients. American Journal of Psychiatry,
122(9) :1040-1044, 1966.

TourNEY, G., FRoHMAN, C. E., BECKETT, P. G. S,,
and GOTTLIEB, J. S.: Biochemical mechanisms in
schizophrenia. In: Roessler, Robert, and Green-
field, Norman S., eds. Physiological correlates of
psychological disorder. Vol. 13. Madison, Wisc.
University of Wisconsin Press, 1962, p. 13-28.

MH-4818 (R01) BOCKOVEN, J]. SANBOURNE,
KASTENBAUM, ROBERT, SHELDON, FLORENCE,
and WILKERSON, HUGH: Drug effects on behavior
cognition in the aged. Cushing Hospital, Fram-
ingham, Mass. (1961-64)

KastenBaUM, R.: Cognitive and personal futurity
in later life. Journal of Individual Psychology,
19:216-222, 1963.

MH-4821 (R03) BERGER, PETER L., NasH, DEN-
NISON J.: Increased religious interest in suburban
communities. Hartford Seminary, Hartford,
Conn. (1961-62)

NasH, DENNISON, and BERGER, PETER L.: Church
commitment in an American suburb. Archives de
Sociologie des Religions, January-June, No. 13,
1962.

NaAsH, DENNISON, and BERGER, PETER L.: The
child, the family, and the religious revival in
suburbia. Journal for the Scientific Study of Re-
ligion, Fall, 85-93, 1962.

MH-4824 (R01) ROSENBLATT, SEYMOUR, and
CHANLEY, JacoB D.: Biochemistry catecholamines

in emotional disorders. Mount Sinai Hospital,
New York, N.Y. (1961- )

FECHER, RONALD, CHANLEY, J. D., and ROSEN-
BLATT, SEYMOUR: Electrophoretic separation of

522

catecholamine metabolites and the quantification
of norepinephrine-7H® metabolites in man. A»n-
alytical Biochemistry, 9:54-67, 1964.

ROSENBLATT, S., and CHANLEY, J. D.: Differences
in the metabolism of norepinephrine in depres-
sions. Archives of General Psychiatry, 13(6):
495-502, 1965.

MH-4825 (RO1) BARBER, THEODORE X., and
FREEMAN, HARRY: Analgesia produced by hypno-
sis, placebo, morphine. Medfield State Hospital,
Medfield, Mass. (1961-63)

BarBER, T. X.: Toward a hypnosis: Posthypnotic
behavior. Archives of General Psychiatry, 7:
321-342, 1962.

BarBER, T. X.: Experimental controls and the phe-
nomena of “hypnosis”: A critique of hypnotic re-
search methodology. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 134:493-505, 1962.

BARBER, T. X.: Toward a theory of “hypnotic” be-
havior: The “hypnotically induced dream.” [our-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:206-
221, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3253).

BARBER, T. X.: The effects of “hypnosis” on pain:
A critical review of experimental and clinical find-
ings. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:303-333, 1963.

BarsER, T. X.: Hypnotically hallucinated colors and
their negative after-images. American Journal of
Psychology, 77:313-318, 1964.

BARBER, T. X.: Toward a theory of hypnotic. be-
havior: Positive visual and auditory hallucinations.
Psychological Record, 14:197-210, 1964.

Barser, T. X.: Hypnotizability, suggestibility, and
personality: V. A critical review of research find-
ings. Psychological Reports, 14:299-320, 1964.

BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: “Hypnotic
behavior” as a function of task motivation. Jour-
nal of Psychology, 54:363-389, 1962.

BarBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: “Hynotic-
like” suggestibility in children and adults. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:589-
597, 1963.

BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: Toward a
theory of hypnotic behavior: Effects on suggesti-
bility of task motivating instructions and attitudes
toward hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 67:557-565, 1963.

BarBeRr, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: The rela-
tive effectiveness of task-motivating instructions
and trance-induction procedure in the production
of “hypnotic-like” behaviors. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 137:107-116, 1963.

BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: Toward a
theory of “hypnotic” behavior: An experimental
study of “hypnotic” time distortion. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 10:209-216, 1964.
BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: Toward a
theory of “hypnotic” behavior: Enforcement of
strength and endurance. Canadian Journal of Psy-
chology, 18:156-167, 1964.

BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: An experi-
mental study of “hypnotic” (auditory and visual)
hallucinations. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68:13-20, 1964.

BarBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: Hypnotiza-
bility, suggestibility, and personality: III. - A
study using teachers’ ratings of children’s charac-
teristics. Journal of Psychology, 57:275-280,
1964.

BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: Hypnotiza-
bility, suggestibility, and personality: I. Two
studies with Edwards Personal Preference Sched-
ule, the Jourard Self-Disclosure Scale, and the
Marlowe-Crowne Social Desirability Scale. Jour-
nal of Psychology, 58:215-222, 1964.

BARBER, T. X., and CALVERLEY, D. S.: Hypnotiza-
bility, suggestibility and personality: II. ~ Assess-
ment of previous imaginative-fantasy experiences
by the As, Barber-Glass, and Shor Questionnaires.
Journal of Clinical Psychology,21:57-58, 1965.

BARBER, T. X., and HAHN, K. W., Jr.: Physiolog-
ical and subjective responses to pain producing
stimulation under hypnotically suggested and
waking-imagined “analgesia.” [Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 65:411-418, 1962.

BARBER, T. X., and HAHN, K. W., Jr.: Hypnotic
induction and “relaxation”: An experimental
study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:295-
300, 1963.

BARBER, T. X., KaracaN, I, and CALVERLEY,
D. S.: “Hypnotizability” and suggestibility. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 11:439-451, 1964:

MH-4830 (R01) LANA, ROBERT E.: Order effects
in persuasive communications. American Univer-
sity, Washington, D.C. (1961-62)

LANA, R. E.: Interest media, and order effects in
persuasive communications. Journal of Psychol-
0gy, 56:9-13, 1963.

LANA, R. E.: Controversy of the topic and the order
of presentation in persuasive communications. Psy-
chological Reports, 12:163-170, 1963.

LANA, R. E.: Perception of social controversy in
professors and college students. Journal of Psy-
chology, 57:213-218, 1964.

LANA, R. E.: Three theoretical interpretations of
order effects in persuasive communications. Psy-
chological Bulletin, 61:314-320, 1964.

LANA, R. E.,, and RosNow, R. L.: Subject aware-
ness and order effects in persuasive communica-
tions. Psychological Reports, 12:523-529, 1963.

523

Rosnow, RALPH L., and LANA, RoBERT E.: Com-
lementary and competing-order effects in opin-
ton change. Journal of Social Psychology, 66(2):
201-207, 1965.

MH-4836 (R01) Rossi, PETER H.: The measure-
ment of interpersonal environments. National
Opinion Research Center, Chicago, Ill. (1961-
62)

WALLACE, WALTER L.: Peer groups and student
achievement: The college campus and its stu-
dents. Report No. 91. Chicago, National Opin-
ion Research Center, 1963. (Processed). }

WALLACE, W. L.: Institutional and life-cycle social-
ization of college freshmen. = American Journal of
Sociology, 70:303-318, 1964.

MH-4840 (R01) MILLER, NORMAN, and BUTLER,
DonNaLD C.: Intragroup interaction and reinforce-
ment structure. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1961-63)

BUTLER, DoNALD C., and MILLER, NORMAN:
“Power to reinforce” as a determinant of com-
munication. Psychological Reports, 16(3) Part I:
705-709, 1965.

MH-4842 (RO1) SALZINGER, KURT, and ZUBIN,
JosepH: Verbal behavior and its conditioning in
schizophrenia. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1961-62) (Continued as MH-7477).

HAMMER, M., and SALZINGER, K.: Some formal
characteristics of schizophrenic speech as a meas-
ure of social deviance. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 105:861-889, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4082).

SALZINGER, K., and FELDMAN, R. S.: Verbal be-
havior of schizophrenic and normal subjects. A»n-
nals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 105:
845-860, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-586,
MH-1541, and MH-4443).

SALZINGER, KURT, PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, and
FELDMAN, RICHARD S.: Experimental manipula-
tion of continuous speech in schizophrenic pa-
tients. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 68(5):508-516, 1964.
MH-2785 and MH-1541).

(Also acknowledges

SALZINGER, K., PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, ZLOTOGURA,
PuyrLss, and KESNER, R.: The effect of rein-
forcement on continuous speech and on plural
nouns in grammatical context. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 1:477-485, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-7477).

MH-4844 (R01) WHYTE, WiLLiAM F.: Human
problems of industrial development in Peru.
Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. (1961-63)
WHYTE, WILLIAM F.: Culture, industrial relations,
and economic development: The case of Peru.
Industrial and Labor Relations Review, 16(4):
583-594, 1963.

WHYTE, WILLIAM F., and GraciELA, FLORES: Los
Valores y el Crecimiento Economico en el Peru.
Senati, (Lima, Peru), p. 7-23, 1963.

MH-4847 (R01) ZUCKERMAN, MARVIN: Stress and
hallucination in perceptual isolation. Brooklyn
College of the Ey University of New York,
Brooklyn, N.Y. (1961-62)
MH-6875).

(Continued as

ZUCKERMAN, M., and CoHEN, N.: Is suggestion
the source of reported visual sensations in per-
ceptual isolation? Journal of Abnormal and So-
cial Psychology, 68:655-660, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-6875).

ZUCKERMAN, MARVIN, and COHEN, NATHAN:
Sources of reports of visual and auditory sensa-
tions in perceptual isolation experiments. Psy-
chological Bulletin, 62:1:20, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-6875).

ZUCKERMAN, MARVIN, KoLIN, ELIZABETH A,
Price, LEAH, and Zoos, INA: Development of
a sensation-seeking scale. Journal of Consulting
Psychology, 28(6) :477-482, 1964.

ZUCKERMAN, M., LEVINE, S., and Biasg, D. V.:
Stress responses in total and partial perceptual iso-
lation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 26:250-260,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-6875).

MH-4848 (R01) Wircort, RoBERT C.: Palmar
sweating as an index of autonomic activity.
Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio.

(1961- )

WiLcort, R. C.: Effects of exsanguination on sweat-
ing and skin potential responses. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:1136-
1137, 1962.

Wircort, R. C.: Effects of high environmental
temperature on sweating and skin resistance.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 56:778-782, 1963.

Wircort, R. C.: A comparative study of the skin
potential, skin resistance and sweating of the cat's
oot pad. Psychophysiology, 2(1):62-71, 1965.

WiLcorT, R. C.: Adaptive value of arousal sweating
and the epidermal mechanism related to skin po-
tential and skin resistance. Psychophysiology, 2
(3) :249-262, 1966.

WiLcort, R. C., and HAMMOND, L. J.: On the
constant-current error in skin resistance measure-
ment. Psychophysiology, 2(1):39-41, 1965.

524

MH-4849 (R01) DiamonD, IRVING T.: Behavioral
analysis of sensory neocortex. Duke University,
Durham, N.C. (1961- )

AXELROD, S., and DiaMoOND, I. T.: Effects of audi-
tory cortex ablation on ability to discriminate be-
tween stimuli presented to the two ears. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 59:
79-89, 1965.

BricksoN, R. P., Jang, J. A., Ware, R,, and
Daivonp, I. T.: Single neuron investigation of
somesthetic thalamus of the oppossum. (Ab-
stract) Physiologist, 6(3):177, 1963.

DiamonDp, I. T., RANDALL, W., and SPRINGER, L.:
Tactual localization in cats deprived of cortical
areas SI and SII and the dorsal columns. Psy-
chonomic Science, 1:261-262, 1964.

EricksoN, R. P., JANE, J. A, Ware, R., and
DiamonD, I. T.: Single neuron investigation of
somesthetic thalamus of the opossum. (Abstract)
Physiologist, 6(3):177, 1963. Also in: Journal
of Neurophysiology, 27:1026-1047, 1964.

MASTERSON, R. B., and Diamonp, I. T.: Effect of
auditory cortex ablation on sound localization.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22:578, 1963.

MASTERSON, R. B., and DiamonD, I. T.: Effects of
auditory cortex ablation on discrimination of small
binaural time differences. Journal of Neuro-
physiology, 27:15-36, 1964.

RANDALL, W. L.: The behavior of cats with lesions
in the caudal midbrain region. Behaviour, 21:1-
33, 1964.

RANDALL, WALTER L.: Generalization after fre-
quency discrimination in cats with central nervous
system lesions. In: Mostofsky, David I., ed.
Stimulus generalization. Stanford, Calif., Stan-
ford University Press, 1965, p. 134-153.

MH-4850 (R01) GARCIA, JOHN, and BUCHWALD,
NATHANIEL A.: Physiological basis of radiation-
conditioned behavior. Long Beach State College,
Long Beach, Calif. (1960-62)

GARCIA, J., and BucHwALD, N. A.: Note on Furcht-
gott’s “Behavioral effects of ionizing radiations:
1955-61.” Psychological Bulletin, 61:234-235,
1964.

GARCIA, J., BucuwaLp, N. A., FEpEr, B. H., and
WAKEFIELD, C.: Habituation as a factor in
radiation-conditioned behaviour. In: Staff of the
International Atomic Energy Agency, eds. Effects
of ionizing radiation on the nervous system. Vi-
enna, Christoph Reisser’ssohne, 1962, p. 145-155.

MH-4852 (R01) MANDLER, GEORGE, and MAN-
DLER, JEAN M.: Integration and interruption of
response sequences. University of Toronto, To-
ronto, Can. (1961-64)
MANDLER, G.: Emotion. In: Brown, R. W., Gal-
anter, E., Hess, E., and Mandler, G., eds. New
directions in psychology. New York, Holt, Rine-
hart & Winston, 1962.

MANDLER, G.: From association to structure. Psy-
chological Review, 69:415-427, 1962.
MANDLER, G.: An analysis of human emotion. In:

Series research in social psychology, symposia
studies series no. 16. Washington, D.C., National
Institute of Social and Behavioral Sciences, 1963.

MANDLER, G., and MANDLER, JEAN M.: Associative
behavior and somatic response. Canadian [Journal
of Psychology, 16:331-343, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2442).

MH-4853 (R01) O’KELLEY, LAWRENCE I.: Drive
intensity factor in thirst motivated behavior. Uni-
versity of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. (1961- )

HartoN, GLENN I, and O’KELLY, LAWRENCE:
The effects of maintenance diet on adaptation to
food or water deprivation schedules in the rat.
Psychonomic Sciences, 3(7):267-268, 1965.

O’KEeLLy, LAWRENCE I: The psychophysiology of
motivation. Annual Review of Psychology, 14:
57-92, 1963.

O’KEeLLy, LAWRENCE I., CRow, LoweLL T., TAPP,
Jack T., and HATTON, GLENN I.: Water regu-
lation in the rat: Drive intensity and fixed ratio
responding. Journal of Comparative and Physio-
logical Psychology, 61(2):194-197, 1966.

O’KEeLLY, LAWRENCE I, HArTON, GLENN I,
Tucker, LINDA, and WESTALL, D’ANNE: Wa-
ter regulation in the rat: Heart rate as a function
of hydration, anesthesia, and association with re-
inforcement. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychological Psychology, 59(2):159-
165, 1965.

MH-4855 (RO1) NEWMAN, BERTHA L.: Studies
of the septal area. University of Southern Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1961- )

KocH, A. R., RANCK, J. B.,, and NEwmaN, B. L.:
Ionic content of glial cells. (Abstract) Physiolo-
gist, 4:59, 1961.

NEwMAN, BERTHA L., and FELDMAN, S. M.: Elec-
trophysiological activity accompanying intracra-
nial self-stimulation. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57(2):244-247, 1964.

MH-4859 (R01) SANDLER, MERTON: Alternative
pathways of 5-hydroxyindole metabolism. Bern-
hard Baron Memorial Research Laboratories, Lon-
don, UK. (1961-62)

SANDLER, M., RuTHVEN, C. R. J., CONTRACTOR,
S. F.,, Woop, C., BootH, R. T., and PINKERTON,
J. H. M.: Transmission of noradrenaline across
the human placenta. Nature, 197:598, 1963.

525

SANDLER, M., RuTHVEN, C. R. ]., and Woop, C.:
Metabolism of C,4-noradrenaline and C,4-adren-
aline and their transmission across the human
placenta. International Journal of Neuropharma-
cology, 3:123-128, 1964.

MH-4867 (R17) EicHLER, MyRoN F.: Altered
biochemical pathways and behavioral patterns.
University of Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1961-
64)

EicHLER, MYRON: Psychological changes associated
with induced hyperamnonemia. Science, 144:886-
888, 1964.

EICHLER, MYRON, and BESSMAN, SAMUEL: A dou-
blind study of the effect of ammonium infusion
on psychological functioning in cirrhotic patients.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 134:539-
542, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3644).

EicHLER, MYRON F., and NORMAN, JANET: Re-
peated use of the Bender Gestalt Test in a study
of an induced toxic state. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 20(3)Part 2:1033-1036, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4137).

MH-4870 (R17) OFFER, DANIEL: Borderline ado-
lescent. Michael Reese Hospital and Medical
Center, Chicago, Ill. (1961-64)

FaLSTEIN, EUGENE I., and OFFER, DANIEL: Adoles-
cent therapy. In: Abt, L. E., and Riess, B. F., eds.
Progress in clinical psychology. Vol. 5. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1963, p. 60-73.

FINE, PauL, and OFFER, DANIEL: Periodic out-
bursts of antisocial behavior. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 13(3) :240-254, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5519).

OFFER, D., and SABSHIN, M.: The psychiatrist and
the normal adolescent. Archives of General Psy-
chology, 9:427-432, 1963.

OFFER, D., SABSHIN, M., and MARcus, D.: Clinical
evaluation of normal adolescents. American Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 121(9):864-872, 1965.

MH-4872 (R01) BreG, W. Roy, MILLER, OR-
LANDO J., and YANNET, HERMAN: Cytogenetic
studies in mental retardation. Southbury Train-
ing School, Southbury, Conn.

BrREG, W. R.: Genetic aspects of mental retardation.
Quarterly Review of Pediatrics, 17:9-23, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-4386).

BreG, W. R., MILLER, O. ]J., and SCHMICKEL,
R. D.: Chromosomal translocations in patients
with mongolism and in their normal relatives.
New England Journal of Medicine, 266:845-852,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4386).

MILLER, O. J., BREG, W. R., MUKHERJEE, B. B,,
VAN N. GAMBLE, A., and CHRISTAKOS, A. C.:
Non-random distribution of chromosomes in meta-
phase figures from cultured human leukocytes.
II. The peripheral location of chromosomes 13,
17-18, and 21. Cytogenetics, 2:152, 1963.

MiLLER, O. J., MUKHERJEE, B. B., BrREG, W. R,,
and vAN N. GAMBLE, A.: Non-random distribu-
tion of chromosomes in metaphase figures from
cultured human leukocytes. I. The peripheral
location of the Y chromosome. Cytogenetics, 2:
1-14, 1963.

MH-4881 (R01) BECKER, WESLEY C., and SHAN-
NoN, DoNaLp T.: Longitudinal study of parent-
child relationships. University of Illinois, Urbana,
IL (1961-65)

Becker, W. C.: Consequences of different kinds of
parental discipline. In: Hoffman, M., ed. Re-
view of child development research. Vol. 1.
New York, Russell Sage Foundation, 1964, p.
169-208.

Becker, W. C., and Krug, R. S.: A circumplex
model for social behavior in children. Child
Development, 35:371-396, 1964.

BECKER, WESLEY C., and KruG, RONALD S.: The
parent attitude research instrument—A research
interview. Child Development, 36(2):329-365,
1965.

MH-4889 (R01) TALLAND, GEORGE A.: Aging
and the selection of information. Harvard Medi-
cal School, Boston, Mass. (1961-64)

TALLAND, GEORGE A.: Effect of aging on the for-
mation of sequential and spatial concepts. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 13:210, 1961.

TALLAND, GEORGE A.: The effect of warning sig-
nals on reaction time in youth and old age. Jour-
nal of Gerontology, 19:31-38, 1964.

MH-4890 (R01) Mires, RayMonD C.: Modes of
arousal and discrimination efficiency. University
of Alberta, Edmonton, Can. (1961-62)

Mires, RayMOoND C.: Discrimination-learning sets.

In: Schrier, Allan M., Harlow, Harry F., and
Stollnitz, Fred, eds. Behavior of nonhuman pri-
mates. Vol. 1. New York, Academic Press,
1965, p. 51-95.

Mires, RaymoND C.: Effectiveness of deprivation,
incentive quality, and number of reinforcements
after numerous reconditionings. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):
460-463, 1965.

MH-4894 (R03) UHL, CHARLES N.: A preliminary
study of multiple-stimulus learning. University of
Alberta, Edmonton, Canada. (1961-62)

Unt, C. N.: Learning of interval concepts. I. The
effects of differences in stimulus weights. Journal

526

of Experimental

Psychology,
1963.

66(3):264-273,

MH-4907 (R01) THOMAS, ALEXANDER: Puerto
Rican infant behavior and parental practices. New
York University Medical Center, New York, N.Y.
(1961- )

Brock, James D.: Stimulus discrimination among
autonomic measures: Individual and group char-
acteristics. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(3):212-
228, 1965.

Brock, J. B., and EssmaN, W. B.: Psychology.
Growth hormone administration during preg-
nancy: A behavioural difference in offspring rats.
Nature, 205(4976):1136-1137, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-6010).

MH-4912 (R01) SALisBURY, RICHARD F.: Social
factors in New Guinea economic changes. Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1961-62)

SALISBURY, RICHARD F.: Notes on bilingualism and
linguistic change in New Guinea. Anthropotogi-
cal Linguistics, 4(7):1-13, 1962.

SALISBURY, R. F.: Despotism and Australian admin-
istration in the New Guinea Highlands. Ameri-
can Anthropologist, 66: Part 2, 225-239, 1964.

SALISBURY, RicHARD F.: Changes in land use and
tenure among the Siane of the New Guinea high-
lands 1952-1961. Pacific Viewpoint, 5:1-10,
1964.

MH-4915 (R01) MILLER, ARNOLD, and MILLER,
EILEEN R.: Intermodal perception project. Mon-
tana State University, Missoula, Mont. (1961-64)

DUNNELL, G., OWENS, KATHERINE, and MILLER,
A.: Effect of patterned auditory stimulation on
autokinetic motion. Perceptual and Motor Skills,
18:311-312, 1964.

Funk, C., and MILLER, A.: A figure-ground illu-
lusion as related to configuration and prior expe-
rience. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 13:233-234,
1961.

MILLER, A.: Verbal satiation and the role of concur-
rent activity. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66(3):206-212, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-348).

MILLER, A.: Sex differences related to the effect of
auditory stimulation on the stability of visually
fixated forms. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:
589-594, 1963.

MiLLER, A., and KEMP, E.: Personality style and
perceptual reactivity to the immediate environ-
ment. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
0gy, 65(5):333-337, 1962.

MH-4916 (R01) JacksoN, DoNALD D., and Ris-
KIN, JULES: Methodology for analyzing family
interaction. Palo Alto Medical Research Founda-
tion. Palo Alto, California. (1961-64)

Jackson, DoN D.: Family rules. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 12(6):589-594, 1965.

JacksoN, DoNALD D.: The study of the family.
Family Process, 4(1) :1-18, 1965.

JacksoN, DoNALD D.: Conjoint family therapy.
Modern Medicine, p. 172-198, May 24, 1965.

JacksoN, DoNALD D., RIsKIN, J., and SATIR, V.:
A method of analysis of a family interview.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 5:321-339, 1961.

RiskIN, JULEs J.: Methodology or studying family
interaction. Archives of General Psychiatry, 8:
343-348, 1963.

RiskIN, JuLes: Family interaction scales. A pre-
liminary report. Archives of General Psychiatry,
11:484-495, 1964.

TERRILL, JAMES M., and TERRILL, RuTH E.: A
method for studying family communication. Fam-
ily Process, 4(2):259-290, 1965.

MH-4918 (R01) SASSENRATH, JuLius M.: Test
anxiety and complex learning. Indiana University,
Bloomington, Ind. (1961-64)

SASSENRATH, J. M.: Test anxiety, manifest anxiety,
and concept learning without awareness. Psycho-
logical Reports, 12:71-81, 1963.

SASSENRATH, J. M.: Manifest anxiety and transfer
of complex learning. Psychological Reports, 12:
913-914, 1963.

SASSENRATH, J. M.: A factor analysis of rating scale
items on the test anxiety questionnaire. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 28:371-377, 1964.

SASSENRATH, J. M., and KiGHT, H. R.: Anxiety,
anxiety reduction and motivating instructions in
human learning and performance. Psychological
Reports, 16:243-250, 1965.

SASSENRATH, J. M., KiGHT, H. R., and ATHEY, IL:
Verbal learning and anxiety drive. Psychological
Reports, 15:379-386, 1964.

SASSENRATH, Jurius M., KicHT, HOowARD R., and
Kaiser, HENRY F.: Relating factors from anxiety
scales between two samples. Psychological Re-
ports, 17(2) :407-416, 1965.

MH-4920 (R01) FINGER, FRANK W., and REID, L.
STARLING: Experimental analysis of drive indices.
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
(1961- )

FaLroN, DANIEL: Effects of cyclic deprivation upon
consummatory behavior: The role of deprivation
history. Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 60(2):283-287, 1965.

527

FaLLoN, D.: Eatometer: A device for continuous
recording of free-feeding behavior. Science, 148
(3672) :977-978, 1965.

FALLON, DANIEL, THOMPSON, DONALD M., and
ScHILD, MARY E.: Concurant food- and water-
reinforced responding under food, water, and
food-plus-water deprivation. Psychological Re-
ports, 16(3)Part 11:1305-1311, 1965.

FINGER, FRANK W.: Effect of food deprivation on
running-wheel activity in naive rats. Psychologs
cal Reports, 16(3)Part 1:753-757, 1965.

THOMPSON, DONALD M.: Punishment by S associ-
ated with fixed-ratio reinforcement. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 8(3) :189-
194, 1965.

WRIGHT, JoHN H.: Modifications in the rat’s diurnal
activity pattern as a function of opportunity for
reinforcement by ingestion. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 59 (3) :463-465,
1965.

WRIGHT, JoHN H.: Test for a learned drive based
on the hunger drive. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 70(6) :580-584, 1965.

WRIGHT, JOHN H.: The rat’s adjustment to repeated
exposure to 72-hour food deprivation. Psycho-
logical Reports, 17(2):467-472, 1965.

MH-—4925 (R01) AzriN, NATHAN H.: Aggressive
and avoidant reactions to aversive stimuli. Anna
State Hospital, Anna, Ill. (1961- )

AzriN, H., Hakg, D. F., Horz, W. C, and
HurcHINsSON, R. R.: Motivational aspects of es-
cape from punishment. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 8(1):31-44, 1965.

AzriN, N. H., Hake, D. F., and HUTCHINSON,
R. R.: Elicitation of aggression by a physical blow.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
8(1):55-57, 1965.

AzriN, N. H., HoLz, W. C., and HAKE, D.: Inter-
mittent reinforcement by removal of a conditioned
aversive stimulus. Science, 136:781-782, 1962.

AzriN, N. H., HorLz, W. C., and HAKE, D. F.:
Fixed-ratio punishment. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 6:141-148, 1963.

AzriN, N. H., Horz, W. C., Hakg, D. F.,, and
AyvLLoN, T.: Fixed-ratio escape reinforcement.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:449-456, 1963.

AzriN, N. H., HurtcHINsOoN, R. R., and HAKE,
D. F.: Pain-induced fighting in the squirrel mon-
key. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6:620, 1963.

AzriN, N. H., HuTcHINSON, R. R., and McLAUGH-
LIN, R.: The opportunity for aggression as an
operant reinforcer during aversive stimulation.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
8(3):171-180, 1965.

AzriN, N. H., HuTcHINSON, R. R., and SALLERY,
B.: Pain-aggression toward inanimate objects.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:223-228, 1964.

AzriN, N. H., ULricH, R. E., HutcHINSON, R. R,,
and NorMAN, D. G.: Effect of shock duration on
shock-induced fighting. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 7:9-11, 1964.

HAKE, D. F.,, and AzriN, N. H.: An apparatus for
delivering pain shock to monkeys. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:297-298,
1963.

HAKE, D. F., and AzriN, N. H.: Conditioned pun-
ishment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 8(5):279-293, 1965.

HERMAN, R. L., and AzrIN, N. H.: Punishment by
noise in an alternative response situation. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
7:185-188, 1964.

Horz, W. C., and AzrIN,-N. H.: Interactions be-
tween the discriminative and aversive properties
of punishment. Journal of the Experimental
Anabysis of Behavior, 5:229-234, 1962.

Horz, W. C., and AzrIN, N. H.: Recovery during
punishment by intense noise. Psychological Re-
ports, 11:655-657, 1962.

Horz, W. C., and AzrIN, N. H.: A comparison of
several procedures for eliminating behavior. Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:
399-406, 1963.

Horz, W. C., AzriN, N. H., and ULrIicH, R. E.:
Punishment of temporally spaced responding.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
6:115-122, 1963.

HutcHINsON, R. R., UrricH, R. E., and AZRIN,
N. H.: Effects of age and related factors on the
pain-aggression reaction. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 59(3):365-
369, 1965.

ULrricH, R. G., and AzrIN, N. H.: Reflexive fight-
ing response to aversive stimulation. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:511-
520, 1962.

UrricH, R. E., Horz, W. C., and AzrIN, N. H.:
Stimulus control of avoidance behavior. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7:129-
133, 1964.

UrricH, R. E., HurcHINsON, R. R., and AZRIN,
N. H.: Pain-elicited aggression. Psychological
Records, 15:111-126, 1965.

ULricH, RoGER E., WOLFF, PETER C., and AZRIN,
NATHAN H.: Shock as an elicitor of intra- and

528

inter-species fighting behavior. Animal Behaviour,
12:14-15, 1964.

MH-4926 (R01) AzrIN, NATHAN H., AYLLON,
TEeoporo, and HoLrz, WiLLiaMm C.: Conditioning
verbal behavior of mental patients. Anna State
Hospital, Anna, Ill. (1961- )

AyLLON, T., and AzrIN, N. H.: Reinforcement and
instructions with mental patients. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(4):327-331,
1964.

AvLLON, T., and AzriN, N. H.: The measurement
and reinforcement of behavior of psychotics.
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior,
8(6):357-383, 1965.

Horz, W. C, AzriN, N. H., and AyvLLON, T.:
Elimination of behavior of mental patients by
response-produced extinction. Journal of Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 6:407-412, 1963.

MH-4927 (R01) BARTOSHUK, ALEXANDER K.:
Human neonatal habituation and conditioned
arousal. ~~ Brown University, Providence, R.IL
(1961-64)

BARTOSHUK, ALEXANDER K.: Human neonatal car-
diac acceleration to sound: Habituation and dis-
habituation. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:
15-27, 1962.

BarTOSHUK, A. K., and TENNANT, J. M.: Human
neonatal EEG correlates of sleep-wakefulness and
neural maturation. Journal of Psychiatric Re-
search, 2:73-83, 1964.

MH-4934 (R17) PRANGE, ARTHUR ]J., JR.: Criteria
for effective treatment of depression. University
of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1961-64)

ErLLinwoop, EVERETT H., JR., and PRANGE,, AR-
THUR ]., JR.: The effect of epinephrine on pento-
barbital sleeping time of mice with altered thyroid
status. Nature, 20:305-306, 1964.

HamBY, GEORGE A., PRANGE, ARTHUR J. JR.
LipTON, MORRIS A., and COCHRANE, CARL M.:
Physiologic variations of a tyramine-like substance
in human saliva. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Diseases, 137(5) :487-493, 1963.

MCcKINNEY, WILLIAM T., PRANGE, ARTHUR ]., JR.,
and COCHRANE, CARL M.: The Achilles reflex in
an unselected psychiatric population. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 120:1108-1110, 1964.

PRANGE, A. J., Jr.: Paroxysmal auricular tachycardia
apparently resulting from combined thyroid-imi-
pramine treatment. American Journal of Psychia-
try, 119(10) :994-995, 1963.

PRANGE, A. ]., Jr.: Recent advances in therapeutics:
Psychoactive drugs. North Carolina Medical Jour-
nal, 24(2):63-66, 1963.
PRANGE, A. J., JR.: The pharmacology and biochem-
istry of depression. Diseases of the Nervous Sys-
tem, 25:217-221, 1964.

PRANGE, A. J., Jr. and LipTON, MORRIS A.: En-
hancement of imipramine mortality in hyperthy-
roid mice. Nature, 196(4854) :588-589, 1962.

PRANGE, ARTHUR J., Jr., and LIPTON, MORRIS A.:
Effects of propylthiouracil and thyroid feedings
on the response of mice to injected convulsant
barbiturate. Nature, 208(5012):791-792, 1965.

PRANGE, ARTHUR J., LIPTON, MORRIS A., and LOVE,
G.: Diminuation of impramine mortality in hypo-
thyroid mice. Nature, 197(4873):1212-1213,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1870).

PRANGE, A. J., Jr., PustroM, EINAR, and CocH-
RANE, CARL M.: Imipramine enhancement of
norepinephrine in normal humans. Psychiatry
Digest, 25(1) :27-40, 1964.

PRANGE, A. J., Jr. and VirorLs, M. M.: Cultural
aspects of the relatively low incidence of depres-
sion in southern negroes. International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, 8(2):104-112, 1962.

PustrOoM, EINAR, PRANGE, A. J. Jr., and CocH-
RANE, CARL M.: Epinephrine blocking and WY-
3041: A comment on the measurement of blood
pressure reactivity. Journal of Clinical and Ex-
perimental Psychopathology and Quarterly Review
of Psychiatry and Neurology, 23(2) :99-105, 1962.

. WiMANN, FRANCES K., PRANGE, ARTHUR J., JR,
and BAKEWELL, WILLIAM E.: Variable density of
silver-stained fibrils in the myocardium. Nature,
209(5029) :1253-1254, 1966.

MH-4944 (R01) BAUGHMAN, EMMETT E., DAHL-
STROM, W. GRANT, and ROBINSON, HALBERT:
Personality development of southern rural chil-
dren. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill,
N.C. (1961- )

BUTCHER, JAMES NEAL: Manifest aggression:
MMPI correlates in normal boys. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 29(5) :446-454, 1965.

BUTCHER, JAMES NEAL, and MEssick, Davip M.:
Parent-child profile similarity and aggression: A
preliminary study. Psychological Reports, 18(2):
440-442, 1966.

MH-4952 (R01) BrowN, JupsoN S.: Experimen-
tal masochism and and allied phenomena. Uni-
versity of Florida, Gainesville, Fla. (1961-62)
(Continued as MH-6900).

Brown, J. S., and BELLONI, MARIGOLD: Perform-
ance as a function of deprivation time following
periodic feeding in an isolated environment.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 56:105-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-6900).

529

Brown, J. S., MarTIN, R. C., and MorrOW, M.:
Self-punitive behavior in the rat: Facilitative ef-
fects of punishment on resistance to extinction.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 57:127-133, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-6900).

MARTIN, R. CHRIS: Resistance to extinction of an
escape response as a function of the number of
reinforcements. Psychonomic Science, 4(7):275-
276, 1966.

Mervin, K. B., and Brown, J. S.: Neutralization
of an aversive light stimulus as a function of num-
ber of paired presentations with food. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 58:
350-353, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-6900).

WipF, JoHN LEE: Positive and negative gradients
of response strength in a temporal conflict situa-

tion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
234-241, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2721
and MH-6900).

MH-4953 (R01) KoerrLa, WERNER P., and
BERGEN, JoHN R.: Action of plasma proteins
and psychotogens. Worcester Foundation for Ex-
perimental Biology, Shrewsbury, Mass. (1961-
65)

KogrLLA, WERNER P., Beaulieu, 'R. F., and
BERGEN, J. R.: Effect of LSD-25 on the walking
activity and pattern in the goat. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 22 Part 1:627, 1963.

ScuAgeppr, U.,, and RuBIN, P. H.: Effects of chlor-
promazine upon induced periods of tonic immo-
bility in rabbits. International Journal of Neuro-
psychiatry, 1(1):71-75, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2211).

MH-4956 (R01) Orpy, JosepH M., COLLINS,
RoBERT L., Fox, BERNARD H., and SAMORA JSKI,
THADDEUS: Effects of prenatal chlorpromazine on
offspring. Cleveland Psychiatric Institute and
Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio. (1961- )

Orpy, J. M., LATANICK, A., JoHNsON, R., and
MassopusT, L. C., Jr.: Chloropromazine effects
on pregnancy and offspring in mice. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 113:833-836, 1963.

Samora Jski, T., RoLsTEN, C., and Orpy, J. M.:
A simplified method for determinations of serum
leucine aminopeptidase. American Journal of
Clinical Pathology, 38:645-650, 1962.

MH-4957 (R10) UspIN, EARL, GLASKY, ALVIN J.,
GRINKER, Roy R.: Drug effects on metabolic pat-
terns in schizophrenia. Michael Reese Hospital
and Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1961-62)

GLasKY, ALUIN J.: Effects of chlorpromazine and
physical activity on brain protein metabolism “in
vivo.” (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22(2)
Part 1:272, 1963.

MH-4958 (RO1) FracH, Freperic F., and Bur-
RELL, CRAIG D.: Effect of imipramine and ECT
on calcium in depression. Cornell University,
New York, N.Y. (1961-65)

FrAcH, F. F.: Calcium metabolism in states of de-
pression. British [Journal of Psychiatry, 110:
588-593, 1964.

FrLAcH, FrepERIC F., and LIANG, EDWARD: The op-
eration of a metabolic unit in psychiatry. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:51-57, 1963.

MH-4961 (R01) WEeItzmMaN, ELLioT D.: Behav-
ioral method for study of aversive stimuli. Ye-
shiva University, New York, N.Y. (1961- )

KripkE, DANIEL F., WEITZMAN, ErLLior D., and
PoLLACK, CHARLES: Attempts to induce the rapid
eye movement stage of sleep in Macaca mulatta
by brain stem stimulation. Psychophysiology, 2
(2) :132-140, 1965.

MH-4968 (R01) ELLis, ROBERT A.: Social mobil-
ity, role stress, and college success. University of
Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1961-65)

ELLis, ROBERT A., and LANE, W. CLAYTON: Struc-
tural supports for upward mobility. American
Sociological Review, 28(5):743-756, 1963.

ErLis, ROBERT A., LANE, W. CLAYTON, and OLE-
SEN, VRIGINIA: The index of class position: An
improved intercommunity measure of stratifica-
tion. American Sociological Review, 28(2):271-
277, 1963.

MH-4975 (R01) CoLrBY, BENJAMIN N.: Cross-
cultural study of value categories. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1961-63)

Cory, B. N., CoLLIER, GEORGE A., and POSTAL,
SusaN K.: Comparison of themes in folktales by
the general inquirer system. Journal of American
Folklore, 76(302) :318-323, 1963.

EpwaArps, A. L., and WAaLsH, J. A.: The relation-
ship between the intensity of the social desirabil-
ity keying of a scale and the correlation of the
scale with Edwards’ SD scale and the first factor
loading of the scale. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
ogy, 19:200-203, 1963.

Postal, S. K.: Body-image and identity: A compari-
son of Kwakiutl and Hopi.. American Anthro-
pologist, 67(2) :455-462, 1965.

MH-4977 (R01) HAMMOND, KENNETH R., PETER-
sON, CAMERON R., and Topp, FREDERICK ]J.:
Clinical inference and cognitive processes. Uni-
versity of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. (1961-64)

530

Hammonp, K. R., Hursch, C. J, Toop, F. J.:
Analyzing the components of clinical inference.
Psychological Review, 71(6):438-456, 1964.

HamMoND, KENNETH R., and SUMMERS, DAVID A.:
Cognitive dependence on linear and nonlinear

cues. Psychological Review, 72(3):215-224,
1965.
HurscH, CaroLyN, Hammonp, K. R., and

Hursch, J.: Some methodological considerations
in multiple-cue probability studies. Psychological
Review, 71:42-60, 1964.

PETERSON, CAMERON R., HAMMOND, KENNETH R.,
and SUMMERS, DAvID A.: Optimal responding in
multiple-cue probability learning. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 70(3):270-276, 1965.

PETERSON, C., and MILLER, A.: Mode, median, and
mean as optimal strategies. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 68(4):363-367, 1964.

PETERSON, CAMERON R., and MILLER, ALAN J.:
Sensitivity of subjective probability revision. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 70(1):117-121,
1965.

PETERSON, C. R., SCHNEIDER, R. J., and MILLER,
A. J.: Sample size and the revision of subjective
probabilities. Journal of Experimental Psychol-
0gy, 69(5):522-527, 1965.

PETERSON, C. R., and ULEHLA, Z. J.: Uncertainty,
inference difficulty, and probability learning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:523-530,
1964.

PETERSON, C. R., ULEHLA, Z. ]., and LEHMAN,
R. S.: Function order and paired-associate learn-
ing. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 69(2):
119-120, 1965.

PETERSON, CAMERON R., ULEHLA, Z. ]., MILLER,
ALAN J., BourNE, Lyi E., Jr, and STILSON,
DoNaALD W.: Internal consistency of subjective
probabilities. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
70(5):526-533, 1965.

Topp, FREDERICK ]., and HAMMOND, KENNETH R.:
Differential feedback in two multiple-cue proba-
bility learning tasks. Behavioral Science, 10(4):
429-435, 1965.

MH-4978 (R01) FosMIRe, FREDERICK R.: Further
studies in deviant verbal behavior. University of
Oregon, Eugene, Ore. (1961-63)

FosMmIRg, F. R.: Clustering as a function of associa-
tive commonality. American Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 78(1) :39-47, 1965.

Fosmirg, F. R., and Tryk, H. EDWARD: Word as-
sociation: Common and original response. Sci-
ence, 139:415-416, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3841).
MH-4982 (R01) MILLER, FRANK C.: Equilibrium
processes in acculturation. Carleton College,
Northfield, Minn. (1961-64)

MILLER, FRANK C., and CAULKINS, D. DOUGLAS:
Chippewa adolescents: A changing generation.
Human Organization, 23:150-159, 1964.

MH-4987 (R01) BERRY, RicHARD N.: Skin con-
ductance levels and verbal performance. Indiana
University, Bloomington, Ind. (1961-64)

Berry, R. N.: Response interference vs. stimulus
interference in rote learning. Perceptual and Mo-
tor Skills, 13:135-138, 1961.

Berry, R. N.: Task difficulty, performance, and
skin conductance levels. Perceptual and Motor
Skills, 15:474, 1962.

BERRY, R. N.: Effect of two reinforcement ratios on
human skin conductance levels. Psychological
Reports, 10:15-18, 1962.

MH-4988 (R01) WOLFE, JoHN B., and CROWDER,
WiLLIAM: Extinction of secondary reinforcement.
University of Mississippi, University, Miss. (1961-
64)

CrowpER, W. F., and WILKES, W. P.: An easily
constructed rat lever. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7(4):292, 1964.

CrowDER, W. F., WiLKEs, W. P., and HUNEYCUTT,
B. D.: Simple motor-driven device for feeding and
watering animals. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7(4):313-314, 1964.

CROWDER, W. F., WiLkEs, W. P., and HUNEYCUTT,
B. D.: A compact easily constructed water dipper
for rats. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 7(4) :322, 1964.

HuneycurtT, B. D., CRowbpER, W. F., and WILKES,
W. P.: An inexpensive retracting rat lever. Jour-
nal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7(4):
332, 1964.

MH-4989 (R01) ELLsoN, Doucras G.: Machine
teaching of reading to retarded children. Indiana
University, Bloomington, Ind. (1961-64)

ELLsoN, D. G.: Programmed learning of elemen-
tary reading. In: Selected convention papers,
40th Annual CEC Convention, Columbus, Ohio,
April 24-28, 1962. Washington, D.C., Council
for Exceptional Children, National Education
Association, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
4786).

MH-4991 (R01) DAVENPORT, JOHN W.: Free re-
sponse variations in discrete trial learning. Am-
herst College, Amherst, Mass. (1961-62)

DAVENPORT, JoHN W.: The multipurpose psycho-
logical laboratory at Amherst College. American
Journal of Psychology, 76:694-697, 1963.

531

DAVENPORT, JoHN W.: Instrumental runway per-
formance as a function of temporal distribution
of reinforcement. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 57(2):205-210, 1964.

DAVENPORT, JoHN W.: Higher-order conditioning
of fear (CER). Psychonomic Science, 4(1):27-
28, 1966.

MH-4993 (R01) GLEITMAN, HENRY: Retention
and interference processes. Swarthmore College,
Swarthmore, Pa. (1961-63)

GLEITMAN, HENRY, and BERNHEIM, JosepH W.:
Retention of fixed-interval performance in rats.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 56:839-841, 1963.

GLEITMAN, HENRY, and JuNG, Louise: Retention
in rats: The effect of proactive interference. Sci-
ence, 142:1683-1684, 1963.

GLEITMAN, HENRY, and STEINMAN, FREDDA: Re-
tention of runway performance as a function of
proactive interference. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56:834-838, 1963.

GLEITMAN, HENRY, and STEINMAN, FREDDA: De-
pression effect as a function of retention interval
efore and after shift in reward magnitude. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57:158-160, 1964.

GLEITMAN, HENRY, STEINMAN, FREDDA, and BERN-
HEIM, JosEpH W.: Effect of prior interference
upon retention of fixed interval performance in
rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 59(3) :461-462, 1965.

GLEITMAN, HENRY, WiLsoN, W. A. Jr., HEr-
MAN, MAGDALENA M., and RESCORLA, ROBERT
A.: Massing and within-delay position as factors
in delayed-response performance. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
445-451, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4472).

MH-4996 (R01) HUNSAKER, DoN, II: Behavioral
genetic isolation of coextensive species. San Di-
ego State College, San Diego, Calif. (1961-64)

HuNsakEer, D., II, and HAHN, T. C.: Vocalization
of the South American tapir, tapirus terrestris.
Animal Behaviour, 13(1):69-74, 1965.

MH-4998 (RO1) Soppy, KENNETH, and AHREN-
FELDT, ROBERT H.: International interprofessional
study group—June 1961. World Federation for
Mental Health, London, UK. (1961-62)

Soppy, KENNETH: Mental health in international
perspective. A report on the WFMH international
study group, Roffey Park, June 1961. Proceedings
of the 6th International Congress on Mental
Health, Paris. Excerpta Medica International
Congress Series, No. 45:148-155, 1961.
Soppy, KENNETH, and AHRENFELDT, ROBERT H.,
eds. Mental health in a changing world. Vol. 1.
London, Tavistock, 1965, 192 p.

WORLD FEDERATION FOR MENTAL HEALTH: Men-
tal health in international perspective. London,
Vernon Lock, 1961, 84 p.

MH-5009 (RO1) ARENS, RICHARD, and BELKNAP,
GEORGE MYRON: Criminal law and psychiatry.
Washington School of Psychiatry, Washington,
D.C. (1961-64)

ARENS, RICHARD: Due process and the rights of

the mentally ill. Catholic University Law Review,
12:3-38, 1964.

SALZMAN, LEON: Psychiatric interviews as evidence:
The role of the psychiatrist in court—some sug-
gestions and case histories. George Washington
Law Review, 30:853-874, 1962.

MH-5010 (RO1) PrYLES, CHARLES V., and BixBy,

~ EMiLy M.: Protein metabolism—relation to men-
tal deficiency. Wrentham State School, Wren-
tham, Mass. (1961-62) (Continued as MH-
6831).

Bixsy, EMiLY M., PALLATAO, LUZ G., and PRYLES,
CHARLES V.: Evaluation of the “bacillus subtilis”
inhibition-assay technic as a screening procedure
for the detection of phenylketonuria. New Eng-
land Journal of Medicine, 268:647-651, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-6831).

EFrRON, MARY L., BixBy, EMILY M., PALATTAO,
Luz G., and PryLEs, CHARLES V.: Hydroxypro-
linemia associated with mental deficiency. New
England [Journal of Medicine, 267:1193-1194,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6831).

O’SuLLivaN, M. A., and Pryrgs, C. V.: Reading
disability in children. Journal of Pediatrics, 60:
369-375, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-6831)

MH-5029 (R01) BorpIN, EDWARD S.: Free associ-
ation project. University of Michigan, Ann Ar-
bor, Mich. (1961-63)

BorpIN, EDWARD S.: Response to the task of free
association as a reflection of personality. (Ab-
stract) Acta Psychologica, 23:120-121, 1964.

BorpiN, EpWARD S.: Personality and free associa-
tion. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 30(1):
30-38, 1966.

MH-5031 (R01) KRAUSE, MERTON S.: Resistance
in applicants for psychological treatment. Family
Service of Cincinnati and Hamilton County, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio. (1961-66)

KrAUSE, M. S.: Predicting client discontinuance at
intake. Social Casework, 43:308-312, 1962.

532

KRAUSE, MERTON S.: Twelve propositions in the
semantics of motivation. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 70:331-339, 1964.

KRAUSE, MERTON S.: Role-deviant respondent sets
and resulting bias, their detection and control in
the survey interview. Journal of Social Psychol-
0gy, 67:163-183, 1965.

MH-5042 (R01) PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, and
RETTIG, SALOMON: Electronic computer program-
ming in psychiatric RES. Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio. (1961-63) (Continued as
MH-7870).

RAwsON, HARVE E., and RETTIG, SALOMAN: Fac-
tor analysis as a controlling technique. Educa-
tional and Psychological Measurement, 22:725-
729, 1962.

RETTIG, SALOMON: Multiple discriminant analysis:
An illustration. American Sociological Review,
29:398-402, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
7870).

RETTIG, SALOMON: Invariance of factor structure of
ethical judgments by Indian and American col-
lege students.  Sociometry, 27:96-113, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-7870).

RETTIG, SALOMON, and PASAMANICK, BEN JAMIN:
Differences in structure and severity on moral judg-
ments by students and by a community sample:
Some observations on ethical relativity. Ohio
Journal of Science, 62:317-325, 1962.

RETTIG, SALOMON, and RAwsoN, HARVE E.: The
risk hypothesis in predictive judgments of unethi-
cal behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:243-248, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-7870).

RETTIG, S., RAWSON, H. E., KNoBLOCH, H., and
PASAMANICK, B.: A multi-dimensional computer
analysis of some complications of pregnancy and
their neuropsychiatric sequelae. In: Fourth IBM
Medical Symposium. New York, Endicott, 1963,
p- 123-132. (Also acknowledges MH-7870).

MH-5043 (R01) OLIVER, DoucLas L., and FIN-
NEY, BEN R.: Social-psychological aspects of
Polynesian ecology. Harvard University, Cam-
bridge, Mass. (1961-62)

FINNEY, BEN R.: Les differents noms de Mai’ao.
Bulletin de la Societe des Etudes Oceaniennes, 12
(1):24-25, 1962

MH-5044 (R01) WENAR, CHARLES: Etiology of
psychosomatic and emotional disorders. Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. (1961-62)

WENAR, C., HANDLON, M. W., and GARNER,
A. M.: Origins of psychosomatic and emotional
disturbances: A study of mother-child relation-
ships.
Psychosomatic Medicine Monograph).
knowledges MH-2546).

New York, Hoeber, 1962, 73 p. (A
(Also ac-

MH-5048 (R01) WaIsMAN, HARRY A.: Metabolic
studies in mental retardation. Wisconsin, Univer-
sity of School of Med., Madison, Wisc. (1961-
64)

Boces, Darras E., McLAy, DAReN, KAPPY,
MicHAEL, and WAISMAN, HARRY A.: Excretion
of indolyl acids in phenylketonuric monkeys. Na-
ture, 200(4901) :76, 1963.

Bocas, DALLAS E., and PoLiDorA, V. J.: Biochemi-
cal and behavioral observations of phenylketonuria
(PKU). in rats. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 22(2) Part I: 515, 1963.

Bocas, D. E., ROSENBERG, R., and WAISMAN, H. A.:
Effects of phenylalanine, phenylacetic acid, tyro-
sine, and valine on brain and liver serotonin in
rats. Proceedings of the Society for Experimen-
tal Biology and Medicine, 114(2):356-358, 19G3.

BoGes, Darras E., and WAISMAN, HARRY A.:
Influence of excess dietary phenylalanine on preg-
nant rats and their fetuses. Proceedings oF the
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine,
115:407-410, 1964.

Brighter vista for the retarded. Medical World

News, 22:103, Oct. 13, 1964.

CapeLr, T. E., Harrow, H. F., and WAISMAN,
H. A.: EEG changes in experimental phenylke-
tonuria. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neu-
rophysiology, 14:540-543, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2730 and MH-4528).

GERRITSEN, THEO.: The unusual finding of homo-
cystine excretion in an infant. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 22(2)Part I: 650, 1963.

GERRITSEN, THEO., LEMLI, Luc, Pracek, Louis J,
and WAISMAN, HARRY A.: The presence of lac-
tulose in the urine of infants with lactosuria.
Pediatrics; 32(6):1033-1038, 1963.

GERRITSEN, THEO., VAUGHN, James G., and
WaisMAN, HARRY A.: The identification of homo-
cystine in the urine. Biochemical and Biophysical
Research Communications, 9(6):493-496, 1962.

GERRITSEN, THEO., VAUGHN, JaMmEs G., and
WaisMAN, HARRY A.: The origin of homocitrul-
line in the urine of infants. Archives of Biochem-
istry and Biophysics, 100(2) :298-301, 1963.

GERRITSEN, THEO., WAISMAN, HARRY A., LIPTON,
SAMUEL H., and STRONG, F. M.: Natural oc-
currence of homocitrulline: I. Excretion in the
urine. Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics,
97(1):34-36, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2730).

PoLipora, V. J, Boces, D. E., and WAISMAN,
HARRY A.: A behavioral deficit associated with
phenylketonuria in rats. Proceedings of the So-
ciety for Experimental Biology and Medicine, 113:
817-820, 1963.

Pracek, Louis J., Opitz, JoHN M., SMITH, DaviD
W., GERRITSEN, THEO., and WAISMAN, HARRY
A.: The Cornelia de Lange Syndrome. Journal of
Pediatrics, 63(5):1000-1020, 1963.

WaisMAN, H. A. and Harrow, H. F.: The bio-
chemical induction of phenylketonuria in monkeys
and rats. Proceedings of the 2nd Congress on
Mental Retardation, Vienna. Part 1:54, 1963.

WaNG, H. L., HARWALKAR, V. H., and WAISMAN,
H. A.: Effect of dietary phenylalanine and trypto-
phan on brain serotonin. Archives of Biochemis-
try and Biophysics, 97(1):181-184, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2730 and MH-3699).

MH-5050 (R01) WASHBURN, SHERWOOD L., and
SiMonDs, PAuL E.: Ecology of Macaques. Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1961-62)

SimonDs, P. E.: The Japan monkey center. Cur-
rent Anthropology, 3(3):303-305, 1962.

MH-5051 (R10) SUTTON, SAMUEL, HAKEREM,
Gap, and ZUBIN, JosepH: Effect of drugs on the
pupillary reflex. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1961-62) (Continued as MH-7478).

HAKEREM, GAD: Instrumentation for research in
pupillography.  Psychopharmacology Service Cen-
ter Bulletin, 2:11, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-7478).

MH-5054 (R01) LiNDSLEY, OGDEN R.: Drug sen-
sitive free-operant measures of psychosis. Har-
vard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1961-65)

BARRETT, BEATRICE H., and LINDSLEY, O. R.: Defi-
cits in acquisition of operant discrimination and
differentiation shown by institutionalized retarded
children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
67:424-436, 1962

LinDsLEY, O. R.: Operant conditioning methods in
diagnosis. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H,,
eds. Psychosomatic medicine: The First Hahne-
mann Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea and Febiger,
1962, p. 41-54. (Also acknowledges MH-2778).

LiNDSLEY, O. R.: Operant conditioning techniques
in the measurement of psychopharmacological re-
sponse. In: Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H., eds.
Psychosomatic medicine: The First Hahnemann
Symposium. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1962,
p. 373-383. (Also acknowledges MH-2778).

LINDSLEY, O. R.: Direct measurement and functional
definition of vocal hallucinatory symptoms. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:293-297,
1963.
2778).

(Also acknowledges MH-977 and MH-

LINDSLEY, OGDEN R.: Direct measurement and pros-
thesis of retarded behavior. Journal of Education,
147:62-81, 1964.

LinpsLEY, O. R.: Geriatric behavioral prosthetics.
In: Kastenbaum, R., ed. New thoughts on old
age. New York, Springer, 1964, p. 41-60.

NATHAN, PETER E.: “Transmitting” and “receiving”
in psychotherapy and supervision. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35(5) :937-952, 1965.

NATHAN, P. E. SCHNELLER, P., and LINDSLEY,
O. R.: Direct measurement of communication dur-
ing psychiatric admission interviews. Behaviour
Research and Therapy, 2:49-57, 1964.

MH-5056 (R03) ANGERMEIER, WILHELM F., and
Hirt, JoHN: Reinforcing effects of basic dimen-
sions of light. Austin College, Sherman, Texas.
(1961-61)

ANGERMEIER, W. F.: Basic dimensions of light as
reinforcement: Patterns, brightness, movement and
sequence effects. Research Bulletin (Pennsylvania
State University), 22:1-28, 1961.

ANGERMEIER, W. F., and Hirt, J. C.: Basic dimen-
sions of light as reinforcement: Changes in pat-
terns, brightness and movement. Journal of Ge-
netic Psychology, 104:147-153, 1964.

MH-5065 (R03) Barmack, JosepH E.: Perform-
ance after ingestion of depressant drugs. Public
Service Research, Stamford, Conn. (1961-62)

DICARA, LEO, and BARMACK, JosePH E.: The effect
of reporting procedure on the stabilized retinal
image. Journal of Psychology, 59:55-60, 1964.

MH-5068 (R17) STEWART, MARK A.: Biochemistry
of Wallerian degeneration. Washington Univer-
sity, St. Louis, Mo. (1961-64)

STERN, J. A., WINOKUR, G., STEWART, M. A., and
LEONARD, C.: Electrodermal conditioning: Some
further correlates. Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 137:479-486, 1963.

STEWART, MARK A., DRAKE, FENTON, and WINO-
KUR, GEORGE: Depression among medically ill
patients. Diseases of the Nervous System, 26(8):
479-485, 1965.

MH-5069 (R01) Kamiya, Joe: Behavioral and
physiological concomitants of dreaming. Langley
Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, San Francisco,
Calif. (1961-65) (Continued from MH-2116).

KaMiya, Joi: Behavioral, subjective, and physiologi-
cal aspects of drowsiness and sleep. In: Fiske,
D. W., and Maddi, S. R., eds. Functions of
varied experience. Homewood, Ill., Dorsey Press,

534

1961, p. 145-174.

2116).

Stoyva, J. M.: Posthypnotically suggested dreams
and the sleep cycle. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 12(3) :287-294, 1965.

(Also acknowledges MH-

StoYvA, JOHANN MARTIN: Finger electromyographic
activity during sleep: Its relation to dreaming in
deaf and normal subjects. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 70(5):343-349, 1965.

MH-5075 (R01) WirTsoN, Ceci. L., and ELLING-
SON, ROBERT J.: Mental retardation clinical re-
search center. University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Nebraska. (1961-63)

MARVER, M. ].: Effects of sodium phenylpyruvate on
brain amino acids. Proceedings of the Society for
Experimental Biology and Medicine, 110:171-173,
1962.

CARVER, M. J., DuTcH, S. J., Paska, R., and WiTT-
soN, C. L.: Aminoaciduria in selected metabolic
errors. Metabolism, 11:357-364, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-2204).

CARVER, M. ]., and Paska, R.: Urinary amino-acids
on phenylalanine-tyrosine-supplemented diets. Na-
ture, 197:493, 1963.

MCINTIRE, M. S.: Critical norms of development in
infants and young children. Nebraska State Medi-
cal Journal, 48:382-383, 1963.

McINTIRE, M. S., and CARVER, M. J.: The early
detection of phenylketonuria in Nebraska. Ne-
braska State Medical Journal, 48:649-651, 1963.

McINTIRE, M. S., and DurtcH, S. J.: Mental re-
tardation: A new look at an undergraduate cur-
riculum. Journal of Medical Education, 38:974-
977, 1963.

McINTIRE, M. S., and Dutch, S. J.: Mongolism
and generalized hypotonia. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 68:669-670, 1964.

McINTIRE, M. S., and KIEKHAEFER, T. C.: Parental
reaction to a clinic for the evaluation of the men-
tally retarded. Nebraska State Medical Journal,
48:69-73, 1963.

National action against mental retardation. Mental

Hospitals, December:4-9, 1961.

OsBORNE, ROBERT G., TUNAKAN, BULENT, and
BARMORE, JOHN: Anesthetic agent in electro-con-
vulsive therapy: A controlled comparison. Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 137:297-300,
1963.

RyaN, W. L., and CARVER, M. J.: Inhibition of

antibody synthesis by L-phenylalanine. Science,
143:479-480, 1964.

Worski, W., and MCINTIRE, M.: A guide to nor-
mal speech and language development in children.
Medical Times, 92:202-205, 1964.
MH-5077 (R01) EwaLTt, Jack R., and GREEN-
BLATT, MILTON: Psychiatric research center, stud-
ies in the psychoses. Massachusetts Mental Health
Center, Boston, Mass. (1961-65)

COHLER, JONAS, GRINSPOON, LESTER, and FLEISs,
JosEPH: An extreme situation on a chronic schizo-
phrenic treatment ward. Psychiatry, 28(4):359-
367, 1965.

CRIDER, ANDREW B., GRINSPOON, LESTER, and
MAHER, BRENDAN A.: Autonomic and psychomo-
tor correlates of premorbid adjustment in schizo-
phrenia. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(3):201-
206, 1965.

GRINSPOON, L., SHADER, R. I., CHATTERJEE, S., and
COHLER, J.: Side effects and double-blind studies.
I. A clinical comparison between thioridazine
hydrochloride and a combination of phenobarbital
and atropine sulfate. Journal of Psychiatric Re-
search, 2(4) :247-256, 1964.

Post, JERROLD M., SwaNsoN, JoANNE F., and
GRINSPOON, L.: Cyclic staff responses to chronic
schizophrenic patients. Perspectives in Psychiatric
Care, 2(3), 1964. (7 page repgint)

SHADER, RICHARD I, COHLER, JONAS, ELASHOFF,
ROBERT, and GRINSPOON, L.: Phenobarbital and
atropine in combination, an active control sub-
stance for phenothiazine research. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 2:169-183, 1964.

TURSKY, BERNARD, SHAPIRO, DAVID, and LEIDER-
MAN, HERBERT P.: Automatic data processing in
psychophysiology: A system in operation. Behav-
ioral Science, 11(1):64-70, 1966. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4172).

MH-5079 (R17) Lester, Boyp K.: Diurnal and
Circadian psychobiological periodicity. University
of Oklahoma, Oklahoma City, Okla. (1961-63)

Lester, Boyp K., and Epwarps, R. J.: EEG fast
activity in schizophrenic and control subjects.
International Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 2(2):
143-156, 1966.

Lester, B. K., and GUERRERO-FIGUEROA, R.:
Effects of some drugs on electroencephalographic
fast activity and dream time. Psychophysiology,
2(3):224-236, 1966.

MH-5087 (R03) JoNEs, RICHARD M.: A method
for the study of ego synthesis in dreams. Bran-
deis University, Waltham, Mass. (1961-62)

JonEs, RICHARD M.: Ego synthesis in dreams. Cam-
bridge, Mass., Schenckman Publishing Co., 1962,
100 p.

JoNEs, RICHARD M.: On the metaphor of the dream
censor. Journal of Perceptual and Motor Skills,
15:45-46, 1962.

535

MH-5088 (R03) TOLOR, ALEXANDER: An evalua-
tion of Bender-Gestalt test research. Fairfield State
Hospital, Newtown, Conn. (1961-62)

ToLor, A., and SCHULBERG, H. C.: An evaluation
of the Bender-Gestalt test. Springfield, Ill., C. C.
Thomas, 1963, 229 p.

MH-5089 (R10) FREeMAN, HARry: NIMH-PSC
early clinical drug evaluation unit. Medfield
State Hospital, Medfield, Mass. (1961-66)

FREEMAN, HARRY, KARACAN, ISMET, WATERNAN,
WiLLIAM E., KAHN, AMAN U., ZIMMER, FRANCIS
L., FELDSTEIN, AARON, TEDESCHI, CESARE G.,
and DEFELICE, EUGENE A.: Orthostatic effects
of an amine oxidase inhibitor (W3207B). Inter-
national Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1(5):513-
517, 1965.

MH-5090 (R10) ENGELHARDT, DAVID 'M., FREED-
MAN, NORBERT, and HANKOFF, LEoN D.:
NIMH-PSC early clinical drug evaluation unit.
State University of New York—Downstate Medi-
cal Center, Brooklyn, N.Y. (1961- )

GuNDLACH, RALPH, ENGELHARDT, DAviD M,,
HANKOFF, LEON, PALEY, HERBERT, RUDORFER,
LeoN, and Birp, ETTA: A double-blind outpatient
study of diazepam (Valium) and placebo. Psy
chopharmacologia (Berlin), 9(2):81-92, 1966.

HANKOFF, L. D.: Treatment comparison and the
placebo effect. Diseases of the Nervous System,
23(1):39-40, 1962.

HaNKkoOFF, L. D., GUuNDLACH, R. H., PALEY, H. M,,
and RUDORFER, L.: Diphenhydramine as an anti-
depressant. Diseases of the Nervous System, 547-
553, 1964.

HANKOFF, LEON D., HELLER, BoORIs, and GALVIN,
JoHN W.: The setting in psychopharmacological
treatment. The outpatient usage of antidepres-
sants. Psychosomatics, 3(3):1-8, 1962.

HANKOFF, LEON D., MENDELSOHN, FREDERICK S.,
and PALEY, HERBERT M.: Fluphenazine treatment
in a receiving hospital setting. Disease of the
Nervous System, 21(8):467-472, 1960.

HANkKOFF, L. D., and RUDORFER, L.: A psycho-
pharmacological clinic. An approach to a com-
munity need. Medical Times, 92(12):1248-
1252, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1983).

HANKOFF, L. D., RUDORFER, L., and PALEY, H. M.:
The psychiatric use of pyrbenzindole: A double-
blind outpatient study. Journal of New Drugs,
2(3):167-172, 1962.

HANKOFF, L. D., RUDORFER, L., and PALEY, H. M.:
A reference study of ataraxics: A two week dou-
ble blind outpatient evaluation. Journal of New
Drugs, 2(3):173-178, 1962.
HANKOFF, L. D., RUDORFER, L., and PALEY, H. M.:
The antidepressant use of N-(2,5-dimethyl-I-
pyrrolyl)-isonicotinamide (SQ 3242): A double
blind outpatient evaluation. Journal of New
Drugs, 3(1):40-47, 1963.

PaLey, H. M., HankofF, L. D., Kawi, A., and
MENDELSOHN, F.: The therapeutic profile of
haloperidol: A preliminary study of butyrophenone
derivative in inpatients and outpatients. Journal
of Neuropsychiatry, 4(1):39-42, 1962.

RUDORFER, L., HANKOFF, L. D., and PALEY, H. M.:
Range of depression: Study of 244 depressed pa-
tients. New York State Journal of Medicine, 63
(21) :3090-3095, 1963.

WaALTZER, HERBERT, HANKOFF, LEON D., ENGEL-
HARDT, DAVID M., and KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES:
Emergency psychiatric treatment in a receiving
hospital. Mental Hospitals, 595-600, November
1963.

MH-5093 (R10) DeNBER, HERMAN C.: NIMH-
PSC early clinical drug evaluation unit. Manhat-
tan State Hospital, New York, N.Y. (1961- )

CoLLARD, ]., DENBER, H. C. B., and TELLER, D.
N.: The effect of haloanisone upon leucocyte mi-
gration. Diseases of the Nervous System, 24:
439-441, 1963.

DENBER, H. C. B.: Social psychiatry and the state
hospital. International Mental Research Health
Newsletter, 5:12-15, 1963.

DenBER, H. C. B.: Comparative analysis of drug
trials in Europe and the United States. Nexro-
psychopharmacology, 3:143-145, 1964.

DENBER, H. C. B., CHARIPPER, H. A., and RoIzIN,
L.: Cytological effects of lysergic acid diethylamide
(LSD-25) in rat brain and liver. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 23 Part 1:147, 1964.

DeNBER, H. C. B., FLorio, D., COLLARD, ]., and
RajorTE, P.: Etude clinique comparative de
I'haloanisone et de la thioperazine. In: Comptes
rendus du congres des medecins alienistes et neu-
rologistes, Paris, Masson et Cie, 1962, p. 360-366.

DEenNBER, H. C. B., MEesHEL, E., TELLER, D. N.,
and RICHMAN, S.: Clinical and biochemical studies
with centrophenoxine. Diseases of the Nervous
System, 25:724-732, 1964.

TELLER, DAviD N., and DENBER, HERMAN C. B.:
Studies on mescaline. XV. The influence of
mescaline on the free amino acid patterns of
serum. ~~ Newuropsychopharmacology, 3:423-426,
1964.

TELLER, D. N., GOLDBERG, B., and DENBER, H. C.
B.: Methods of early drug evaluation I: Leucocytic
motility and succinic dehydrogenase activity. In-
ternational Journal of Neuropharmacology, 2:241-
247, 1963.

536

TurNs, DANIELLE, DENBER, HERMAN C. B., and
TELLER, DAVID N.: Preliminary clinical study of
propericiazine. Journal of New Drugs, 5(2):90-
93, 1965.

MH-5096 (R10) MeRLis, SIDNEY, KRUMHOLZ,
WILHELM, and TURNER, WILLIAM ].: NIMH-
PSC early clinical drug evaluation unit. Central
Islip State Hospital, Islip, N.Y. (1961- )

Cacioppo, JosePH, and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Chlordia-
zepoxide hydrochloride (Librium) and jaundice:
Report of a case. American Journal of Psychiatry,
117(11):1040-1041, 1961.

Cacioppo, JosepPH, and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Chlordia-
zepoxide, hydrochloride (Librium) and jaundice.
International Medical Digest, 77:537-538, 1961.

HALPERN, SEYMOUR: On the similarity between hyp-
notic and mescaline hallucinations. International
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis,
19(3) :139-149, 1961.

HALPERN, SEYMOUR: Civilization and aggression.
In: Proceedings Emergency Conference on Hos-
tility (Aggression and War), Eastern Regional
Meeting of American Association of Social Psy-
chiatry, Nov. 17-18, 1961, p. 61-66.

HALPERN, SEYMOUR: Hypnosis as a state of medi-
tative concentration. In: Kline, Milton and others,
eds. Transactions of 1961 International Congress
on Hypnosis. The nature of hypnosis: Contem-
porary theoretical approaches. 1962, p. 63-67.

HALPERN, SEYMOUR: Hypnointrospection—A con-
tribution to the practice and theory of hypnother-

apy: Part II. Studies in the therapeutic effects of
immobilization. Journal of Psychology, 57:329-
376, 1964.

HALPERN, SEYMOUR, and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Hypno-
sis and psychotropic agents: Their interaction in
mental patients.  Psychopharmacology Abstracts,
1:502, 1961.

HALPERN, SEYMOUR, and WHITE, LEONARD: Ex-
perimental hypnotherapy with a cancer patient.
Journal of the American Society of Psychosomatic
Dentistry and Medicine, 9:7-12, 1962.

HEYMAN, JAck J.: Nicotinamide metabolism in
schizophrenics, drug addicts, and normals: The
effect of psychotropic drugs and hormones. Trans-
actions of the New York Academy of Sciences,
26(3):354-360, 1964.

HEYMAN, JAcK ]., HALPERN, SEYMOUR, and MER-
Lis, SIDNEY: The use of nicotinamide test dose in
the assessment of psychotropic drugs in schizo-
phrenic patients. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
5(4):221-224, 1964.

HeymAN, Jack J, KrumHOLzZ, WILHELM, and
MErLs, SIDNEY: The influence of different phar-
maceutical preparations of meprobamate on the
rate of absorption in humans. Current Therapeu-
tic Research, 4:416-418, 1962.

HEYMAN, JAcK J., and MERLIS, SIDNEY: The cause
of false-positive tests for piperazine-linked pheno-
thiazines. American Journal of Psychiatry, 117
(10) :924-926, 1961.

HEYMAN, Jack J., and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Trans-
methylation of nicotinamide in schizophrenics and
normals. II. The effect of psychotropic drugs on
the transmethylation of nicotinamide in the schizo-
phrenic. In: Recent advances in biological psy-
chiatry. Vol. 5. New York, Plenum Press, 1963,
p. 211-220.

KruMmHOLZ, W. V., SHEPPARD, C., and MERLIS, S.:
Studies with aspirin: Psychopharmacologic and
methodologic considerations. ~~ Clinical Pharma-
cology and Therapeutics, 5(6):691-694, 1964.

KruMHOLZ, WILHELM V. SHEPPARD, CHARLES,
and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Studies with acetylsalicylic
acid. II. Psychopharmacologic and methodologic
considerations. Clinical Pharmacology and Thera-
peuntics, 6(3):359-361, 1965.

MERLIS, SIDNEY: Psychopharmacology in rehabilita-
tion of the chronic psychotic. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 22(4):143-146, 1961.

MerLis, SIDNEY: Clinical and electroencephalo-
graphic correlates of gaba-trasaminase inhibition
in man. Medicina Experimentalis, 5:419-421,
1961. (Neuropsychopharmakologie, 2. Sympo-
sium, Nurnberg 1961).

MERLIS, SIDNEY: The selection of drug treatment for
emotional disorders. Bulletin of Suffolk County
Medical Society, 40:292, 1962.

MERLIS, SIDNEY: Research in psychopharmacology.
Clinical Psychopharmacology and Therapeutics,
3:389-391, (May/June), 1962.

MERLIS, SIDNEY, and TURNER, WILLIAM ].: Drug
evaluation and practical psychiatric therapeutics.
Abstracts of Psychiatry for the General Practitioner
(The Carrier Clinic), 5:22, 1962.

MERLIS, SIDNEY, TURNER, WILLIAM J., and HAL-
PERN, SEYMOUR: Chlordiazepoxide as adjunctive
therapy in convulsive disorders. American [our
nal of Psychiatry, 119:575-576, 1962.

MERLIS, SIDNEY, TURNER, WILLIAM J., and KRUM-
HoLz, WILHELM: A double-blind comparison of
diazepan, chlordiazepoxide and chlorpromazine in
psychotic patients. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
3 (Supplement 1):133-139, 1962.

SHEPPARD, C., BHATTACHARYYA, A., DIGIAcOMO,
M., and Meru, S.: Effects of acetophenazine
dimaleate on paranoid symptomatology in female
geriatric patients: double-blind study. Journal of
the American Geriatrics Society, 12(9) :884-888,
1964.

537

SHEPPARD, C., KrRuMHOLZ, W. and MERLIS, S.:
Treatment patterns of depressed patients in a state
hospital. Current Therapeutic Research, 7(6):
355-360, 1965.

TURNER, WILLIAM: Glossaries for use with the
Overall and Gorham brief psychiatric rating scale
and for a modified Malamud-Sands rating scale.
Central Islip, New York, Central Islip State Hos-
pital, 1963. 57 p. (Processed)

TURNER, WiLLIAM J.: Experiences with primary
process thinking. Psychiatric Quarterly, 37:476-
499, 1963.

TURNER, W. J.: Schizophrenia and oneirophrenia.
A clinical and biological note. Transactions of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 26(3):361-
368, 1964.

TURNER, WILLIAM J., HANIA, VICTORIA, HALPERN,
SEYMOUR, and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Chemotherapeu-
tic trials in psychosis. IV: (Report on a test for
potentiation of rauwolfia in chronic schizophrenics
by high dosage of vitamins.) Disease of the
Nervous System, 22(1):1961. 3 page reprint.

TURNER, WILLIAM ]., KRUMHOLZ, WILHELM, and
MERrLIS, SIDNEY: A modified Malamud-Sands
rating scale for use by ward personnel. Psycho-
pharmacology Service Center Bulletin, 2:17-20,
1962.

TURNER, WILLIAM ]., KRUMHOLZ, WILHELM, and
MERLIS, SIDNEY: A fortran program for compu-
tation of results of controlled studies in thera-
peutics. International Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
1(5) :481-490, 1965.

TURNER, WILLIAM J., and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Anti-

depressant medication and its use in psychiatric
hospital practice. Journal of Neuropsychiatry,
(Suppl. No. 1) :69-72, 1961.

TURNER, WILLIAM J., and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Clinical
studies with ethyltryptamine. Journal of Neuro-
psychiatry, (Suppl. No. 1):73-76, 1961.

TURNER, WILLIAM J., and MERLIS, SIDNEY: Clinical
correlations between electroencephalography and
antisocial behavior. Medical Times, 90:505-511,
1962.

TURNER, W. J., and MERLIS, S.: A clinical trial of
pargyline and DOPA in psychotic subjects. Dis-
eases of the Nervous System, 25:538-541, 1964.

TURNER, WILLIAM J., O'NEILL, Francis J., and
MERLIS, SIDNEY: The treatment of depression in
hospitalized patients before and since the intro-
duction of antidepressant drugs. American [Jour-
nal of Psychiatry, 119:421-426, 1962.

MH-5098 (R10) DELAY, JEAN, DENIKER, PIERRE,
and PicHoTt, PIERRE: NIMH-PSC early clinical
drug evaluation. Centre Psychiatrique Ste Anne,
Paris, France. (1961- )
DELAY, J.: Medecine mentale et progres scientifique.
L’Union Medicale du Canada, 90:972-978, 1961.

DELAY, ]J., and DENIKER, P.: Apport de la clinique
a la connaissance de I'action des neurolopetiques.
Systeme Extra-pyramidal et Neuroleptique, p. 301-
327, 1961.

DELAY, ]., and DENIKER, P.: Récents
chimothérapies psychitriques. Revue
12:43-46, 1962.

progres des
u Praticien,

DELAY, ]., and DENIKER, P.: Les nouvelles chimio-
thérapies psychiatriques (principaux types de médi-
cations). UMFIA Compte-rendu, 31(2):49-57,
1962.

DELAY, ]J., DENIKER, P., and Benoist, J. C.: Evo-
lution psychomatique d'une Lombalgie. Associa-
tion de Chimiothérapie et de Psychothérapie—Re-
vue Médicale Psychosomatique, 3(2):31-35, 1961.

DELAY, ]., DENIKER, P., GINESTET, D., PERIER, M.,
and CoNTE, C.: Essai preliminaire d'un nouvel
inhibiteur de la monoamine-oxydase, I'hydrazine-2
octane (D.1514), comme antidepresseur. Societe
de Psycho-Pharmacologie de langue francaise.
L’Encephale, 51(6) :517-530, 1962.

DELAY, JEAN, DENIKER, PIERRE, GINESTET, DAN-
1IEL, and PERON-MAGNAN, PIERRE: Evaluation
clinique precoce des proprietes neuroleptiques d'un
compose nouveau: La dibenzothiazepine. Annales
Medico-Psychologiques, 2:402-407, 1964.

DELAY, ]J., DENIKER, P., LEMPERIERE, THEODORE,
and GINESTET, D.: Deux annees d’experience de
I'imipramine. ~~ Annales Medico-psychologiques,
119:235-248, 1961.

DELAY, J., DENIKER, P., and LEYRIE, J.: Psychiatrie.
Gazette Medicale de France—Bilan Therapeutique
1956-1961, p. 383-398.

DELAY, J, DENIKER, P., and LEYRIE, J.: Dosage
d’alcoolémie pratiqué chez des malades traités par
des neuroleptiques. Annales Médico-psychologi-
ques, 120(1):752-755, 1962.

DELAY, J, DENIKER, P., and LEYRIE, J.: Alcoolé-
mie et médication neuroleptiques: Absence de mo-
dification du taux sanguin d’alcool éthylique chez
les malades mentaux traités par chimiothrérapies
neuroleptiques. Société de Médecine Légale, 62
(4) :366-367, 1962.

DELAY, J., DENIKER, P., VERDEAUX, G., GINESTET,
D., and PERrON, P.: Etude clinique et polygraphi-
que d'un nouveau type de psycho-dysliptique: Le
Ditran. L’Encephale, 51:539-547, 1962.

DeLay, ]., PicHor, P., and LEMPERIERE, THEO-
DORE: La psilocybine: Ses applications thérapeuti-
ques. Le Sud Médical et Chirurgical, 97:9217-
9224, 1961.

DELAY, ]., PicHoT, P., LEMPERIERE, THEODORE,
and BAILLY, R.: L’emploides butyrophénones en

538

psychiatrie. Etude statistique et psychométrique.
In: Symposium internazionale sull’ Haloperidol e
Triperidol. Milan, Instituto Puso Farmaco d’
Italia, 1963, p. 305-319.

DELAY, J., PicHoTr, P., LEMPERIERE, THEODORE,.
and BAILLY, R.: L'emploi de la thioridazine en
psychiatric, Problemes de la posologie et des ef-
ets secondaires. L'encephale, 52:192-195, 1964.

DELAY, J., PicHOT, P., LEMPERIERE, THEODORE,
BaiLLy, R., CATTAN, F. and BasQuiN, R.: Tri-
peridol et chimiotherapie des psychoses. La
Presse Medicale, 70(46):2147-2149, 1962.

DELAY, J., PicHoT, P., LEMPERIERE, T., and Mi-
ROUZE, R.: La nosologie des etats depressifs rap-
ports entre I'etiologie et le semiologie. II. Re-
sultats du questionnaire de Beck. L'encephale,
51:497-505, 1963.

DEkLAy, J., PicHOT, P., LEMPERIERE, T., and PERSE,
J.: La nosologie des etats depressifs rapports entre
I'etiologie et la semiologie. II. Resultats de
I'echelle d’appreciation de Wittenborn. L'ence-
phale, 52:5-18, 1964.

DeLay, ]., PicHoT, P., MIirOUZE, R., PEYROUZET,
J.: La nosologie des états dépressifs. Rapport
entre I'étiologie et la semiologie. Position du
probleme. L'encephale, 51(6):481-496, 1963.

DELAY, ]., PicHot, P., PERSE, ]., and GENoOU,
A. M.: La nosologie des etats depressifs rapports
entre l'etiologie et la semiologie. IV. Resultats
du test de niveau d’aspiration. L'encephale, 52:
19-34, 1964.

DELAY, ]., TALAIRACH, J., Bancaup, J, and
REMPAT-DESCHAMPS, ].: Modalité d'action élec-
trographique et neurovégétative du N.N’ diéthila-
mide de l'acide Z.méthoxy.Y.allylphénoxyacétique
(G.29.505) au cours des investigations fonction-
nelles stéréotaxiques chez 'homme. Revue Neu-
rologique, 105:235-241, 1961.

PicHoT, P.: A propos de I'effet placebo. Societe de
Medecine Psychosomatique, séance du 15 Février
1962. Revue de Médecine Psycho-somatique, 3
(3):37-40, 1961.

MH-5106 (R10) ScHIELE, BurtRUM C., and
HEeistap, GorpoN T.: NIMH-PSC early clinical
drug evaluation unit. University of Minnesota,
Minneapolis, Minn. (1961- )

BerLrviLLg, T. P., Heistap, G. T., and ScCHIELE,
B. C.: A comparative study of thioridazine and
carphenazine using sequential analysis. Psycho-
pharmacologia, 4:53-65, 1963.

GARETZ, FLoyp K., and LEDER, LLoyD L.: Pheno-
thiazine drugs. Patterns of urinary excretion.
Minnesota Medicine, 973-976, October 1963.

JANECEK, JAMES: Advances. Antidepressant drugs.
Minnesota Medicine, 48:1197-1209, 1965.
JANECEK, J., and MANDEL, A.: The combined use
of group and pharmacotherapy by collaborative
therapists. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 6:35-40,
1965.

JANECEK, JAMES, and ScHIELE, BURTRUM C.: Pre-
liminary investigation of SK&F 10810: An early
clinical trial using “basic clinical controls.” Psy-
chopharmacologia, 6:462-471, 1964.

JANECEK, J., ScHIELE, B. C., BELLVILLE, T. P., and
ANDERSON, R.: The effects of withdrawal of tri-
fluoperazine on patients maintained on the com-
bination of tranylcypromine and trifluoperazine: A
double-blind study. Current Therapeutic Research,
5:608-615, 1963.

JANECEK, JAMES, SCHIELE, BURTRUM C., BELLVILLE,
Titus P., VESTRE, NORRIS D., and RAaTHS, OTTO:
A controlled study of 4(1-phenyl-4-piperazinyl)-
butyl 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzate hydrochloride (MA
568) and meprobamate in psychiatric outpatients.
Journal of New Drugs, 5(1):51-56, 1965.

JANECEK, JAMES, ScHIELE, BUrRTRUM C., TROUS-
DALE, WILLIAM, and LARSON, THEODORE: Dif-
ferential effects of psychotropic drugs. (An ex-
ploration using comparisons of several agents).
Diseases of the Nervous System, 26(5):292-301,
1965.

JANECEK, ]., ScHIELE, B. C, and VESTRE, N. D.:
Pargyline and tranylcypromine in the treatment of
hospitalized depressed patients. Journal of New
Drugs, 3:309-316, 1963.

KouTsky, C. D., and SLETTEN, I.: Chlordiazepox-
ide in alcohol withdrawal—intramuscular effects.
Minnesota Medicine, 46(6):354-357, 1963.

MENA, A., HEISTAD, G., SCHIELE, B. C., and JANE-
CEK, J.: A comparison of tranylcypromine alone
with tranylcypromine plus trifluoperazine in the
treatment of chronic outpatients: A double-blind
controlled study. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 5
(8) :542-550, 1964.

ScHIELE, B. C.: Antidepressants: Comparison of
clinical effects in anergic schizophrenia and the
depressed states. Annals of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, 107:1131-1138, 1963.

SHARPLEY, P., HEisTAD, G., and ScHIELE, B. C.:
Comparison of butaperazine and perphenazine: A
double-blind controlled study. ~~ Psychopharma-
cologia, 5:209-216, 1964.

SuLzER, E., and ScHIELE, B. C.: The prediction of
response to tranylcypromine plus trifluoperazine by
the MMPI. American Journal of Psychiatry, 119:
69-70, 1962.

VESTRE, NORRIS D.: Relative effects of phenothia-
zines and phenobarbital on verbal conditioning of
schizophrenics. ~~ Psychological Reports, 17(1):
289-290, 1965.

539

VESTRE, Norris D.: Validity data on the psychotic
reaction profile. Journal of Consulting Psychol-
ogy, 30(1):84-85, 1966.

VESTRE, N. D., HALL, W. B., and ScHIELE, B. C.:
A comparison of fluphenazine, triflupromazine
and phenobarbital in the treatment of chronic
schizophrenic patients: A double-blind study.
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Psycho-
pathology and Quarterly Review of Psychiatry and
Neurology, 23(3):149-159, 1962.

VESTRE, N. D., MACNAUGHTON, D., and SCHIELE,
B. C.: Treatment of hospitalized schizophrenics
with trifluoperazine plus tranylcypromine: A

double-blind controlled study. Comprehensive

Psychiatry, 4:66-79, 1963.

VESTRE, N. D., MACNAUGHTON, D., and SCHIELE,
B. C.: A comparison of the slow-release and the
regular forms of thiroidazine. Current Therapen-
tic Research, 5:183-194, 1963.

MH-5107 (R03) GOODENOUGH, EVELYN W.: Fan-
tasy of young children as an ego function. Tufts
University, Medford, Mass. .(1961-62)

PrircHER, EVELYN GOODENOUGH: Male and fe-
male. Atlantic Monthly, 211(3):87-91, 1963.

PircHER, EVELYN GOODENOUGH, and PRELINGER,
Ernst: Children tell stories: An analysis of fan-
tasy. New York, International Universities Press,
1963, 256 p.

MH-5108 (R03) PrestHUS, ROBERT V., and
BLANKENSHIP, L. VAUGHN: Comparative study of
community decision-making. Cornell University,
Ithaca, N.Y. (1961-62)

PRESTHUS, ROBERT: Men at the top: A study in
community power. New York, Oxford Univer-
sity, 1964, 496 p.

MH-5110 (R03) JoHNsoN, RonaLp C.: Associa-
tive production and personality variables. San
Jose State College, San Jose, Calif. (1961-62)

Jounson, R. C., and LiM, D.: Personality variables
in associative production. Journal of General Psy-
chology, 71:349-350, 1964.

Jounson, R. C., WEiss, R. L., and ZELHART, P. F.:
Similarities and differences between normal and
psychotic subjects in responses to verbal stimuli.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:
221-226, 1964.

MH-5111 (R03) TERWILLIGER, ROBERT F.: Some
variables influencing verbal choice behavior. Rut-
gers—The State University, New Brunswick, N.]J.
(1961-61)

TERWILLIGER, R. F.: Free association patterns and
familiarity as predictors of affect. Journal of Gen-
eral Psychology, 70:3-12, 1964.
MH-5115 (R01) LOEVINGER, JANE: Objective per-
sonality measurement. Washington University,
St. Louis, Mo. (1961- ) (Continued from
MH-1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Objective tests as instruments of
psychological theory. Psychological Reports, 3:
635-694, 1957. (Also acknowledges MH-1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Theory and techniques of assess-
ment. Annual Review of Psychology, 10:287-
316, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE: A theory of test response. In:
Lennon, R. T., chairman. Conference on testing
problems, Nov. 1, 1958. Princeton, N.J., Edu-
cational Testing Service, 1959, p. 36-47. (Also
‘acknowledges MH-1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Patterns of parenthood as theo-
ries of learning. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 59:148-150, 1959. Also in: Rosen-
blith, Judy, and Allinsmith, W., eds. The causes
of behavior. Rockleigh, New Jersey, Allyn &
Bacon, 1962, p. 73-75. (Also acknowledges MH-
1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE: Conflict of commitment in clini-
cal research. American Psychologist, 18, 241-
251, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE: The meaning and measurement
of ego development. American Psychologist, 21
(3) :195-206, 1966.

LOEVINGER, JANE, and Ossorio, A. G.: Evaluation
of therapy by self-report: A paradox. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58:392-394,
1959. (Also acknowledges MH-1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE, and SWEET, BLANCHE: Con-
struction of a test of mothers’ attitudes. In: Glid-
well, J. C., ed. Parental attitudes and child be-

havior. Springfield, Ill, Charles C. Thomas,
1961, p. 110-123. (Also acknowledges MH-
1213).

LOEVINGER, JANE, SWEET, BLANCHE, OSSORIO,

A. G., and LAPERRIERE, KITTY: Measuring per-
sonality patterns of women. Genetic Psychology
Monographs, 65:53-136, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1213).

MH-5116 (R03) BRAINE, MARTIN D.: The on-
togeny of English phrase structure. Washington
School of Psychiatry, Washington, D.C. (1961-
62)

BRAINE, MARTIN, D. S.: The ontogeny of English
phrase structure: The first phase. Language, 39:
1-13, 1963.

MH-5117 (R03) DREGER, RALPH M., and REID,
MELVIN P.: Behavioral classification—child emo-
tional disorders. Jacksonville University, Jack-
sonville, Fla. (1961-62)

540

DRrEGER, R. M., and DREGER, GEORGIA E., eds.
Proceedings of the technical assistance project held
at Jacksonville University, August 16-17, 1962.
Behavioral classification project, report no. 1.
Vol. 8. Jacksonville, Florida, Behavioral Classi-
fication Project, 1962, 138 p.

DREGER, R. M., Lewis, PAuL M., RicH, THOMAS
A., MiLLER, KENT S., RED, MELVIN P., OVER-
LADE, DAN C., TAFFEL, CHARLES, and FLEM-
MING, EDWARD L.: Behavioral classification proj-
ect. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28:1-13,
1964.

MH-5118 (R03) Brock, WiLLiaM E.: Adapta-
tion level theory and projective testing. Yeshiva
University, New York, N.Y. (1961-61)

Brock, WiLLiaM E.: Adaptation-level theory: Para-
digmatic application to projective testing. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 18(4) :466-468, 1962.

Brock, WiLLiAM E.: Preliminary study of adapta-
tion-level theory as a framework for projective
testing. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 15:366,
1962.

Brock, WiLLiAM E.: A conceptual framework for
the clinical test situation. Psychological Bulletin,
61:168-175, 1964.

MH-5120 (R01) BRUNER, JEROME S., and MILLER,
GEORGE A.: Factors in efficiency of human infor-
mation processing. Harvard University, Cam-
bridge, Mass. (1961-66)

ASCHNER, MARY JANE McCUE: The analysis of ver-
bal interaction in the classroom. In: Bellack,
Amo A., ed. Theory analysis and research in
teaching. New York, Teachers College Bureau of
Publications, 1963.

Beck, Jaco: The effect of gloss on
ness. American Journal of Psycho
1964.

BECK, J.: Apparent spatial position and the percep-
tion of lightness. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 69(2):170-179, 1965.

BRUNER, J. S.: Introduction: The new educational
technology. American Behavioral Scientist, 6(3):
5-11, 1962.

BRUNER, J. S.: On knowing: Essays for the left
hand. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard University,
1962, 165 p.

BRUNER, J. S.: Preface to L. S. Vygotsky's, Thought
and language. New York, MIT Press and John
Wiley & Sons, 1962.

BRUNER, J. S.: Needed: A theory of instruction.
Educational Leadership, 20(8):523-532, 1963.

passeived light-
ogy, 17:54-63,

BRUNER, J. S.: Structures in learning. National Ed-
ucation Association Journal, 52(3):26-27, 1963.
BRUNER, J. S., and KENNEY, HELEN J.: Observa-
tions on the learning of mathematics. Science
Education News (American Association for the
Advancement of Science, Washington, D.C.),
April, 1963.

CHOMSKY, NoaM: Aspects of the theory of syntax.
Cambridge, Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1965, 251 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
4737).

HUTTENLOCHER, J.: Children’s language: Word-
phrase relationship. Science, 143:264-265, 1964.

HUTTENLOCHER, JANELLEN: Children’s intellectual
development. Review of Educational Research, 35
(2):114-121, 1965.

JAFFE, 'JosEPH: Verbal behavior analysis in psychi-
atric interviews with the aid of digital computers.
In: Rioch, David McK., and Weinstein, Edwin
A., eds. Disorders of communication. Vol. 42.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 389-399.
(Also acknowledges MH-4571 and MH-4548).

Katz, JERROLD J.: Symposium: Philosophy and lin-
guistics. The relevance of linguistics to philoso-
phy. Journal of Philosophy, 62:590-602, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4737).

Katz, JERROLD J.: The philosophy of language. In:
Chomsky, Noam, and Halle, Morris, eds. Studies
in language. New York, Harper & Row, 1966.
(Also acknowledges MH-4737).

Marks, L. E., and MILLER, G. A.: The role of
semantic and syntactic constraints in the memori-
zation of English sentences. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 3:1-5, 1964.

MEHLER, JAQQUES: Some effects of grammatical
transformations on the recall of English sentences.
Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
2:346-351, 1963.

MEHLER, J., and MILLER, G. A.: Retroactive in-
terference in the recall of simple sentences. Brit-
ish Journal of Psychology, 55(3):295-301, 1964.

MiLLER, G. A.: Comments on Professor Postman’s
paper. In: Cofer, N., and Musgrave, eds. Verbal
behavior and learning. New York, McGraw-Hill,
1963, p. 321-333.

MILLER, G. A., and IsARD, S.: Some perceptual con-
sequences of linguistic rules. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 2(3):217-228,
1963.

MILLER, G.” A., and IsArD, S.: Free recall of self-
embedded English sentences. Information and
Control, 7:292-303, 1964.

MILLER, GEORGE A., and McKEAN, KATHRYN O JE-
MANN: A chronometric study of some relations be-
tween sentences. Quarterly Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 16(4) :297-308, 1964.

541

PIAGET, ]., and INHELDER, BARBEL: Le developpe-
ment des quantites physiques. Switzerland, Dela-
chaux & Niestle, 1962.

WauGH, Nancy C.: The effect of intralist repeti-
tion on free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning
and Verbal Behavior, 1:95-99, 1962.

WaAuGH, NaNcy C.: Immediate memory as a func-
tion of repetition. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 2(1):107-112, 1963.

WauGH, N. C., and NorRMAN, D. A.: Primary mem-
ory. Psychological Review, 72(2):89-104, 1965.

WEIR, RuTH HIRSCH: Language in the crib. The
Hague, Mouton and Co., 1962.

MH-5121 (R10) KiNRrOss-WRIGHT, JoHN: NIMH-
PSC early clinical drug evaluation unit. Baylor
University, Houston, Texas. (1961-63)

CHarALAMPOUS, K. D.: Pseudoneurotic schizophre-
nia. Medical Record and Annals, 56:99-100,
1963.

CHArRALAMPOUS, K. D.: The long-term care of the
chronic mentally ill patient: A medical approach.
Medical Record and Annals, 56:257-258, 1963.

CHArRALAMPOUS, K. D., and KINROSS-WRIGHT, ].:
The effect of 6-hydroxydimethyl tryptamine in
man. (Abstract) Clinical Research, 11:29, 1963.

CHARALAMPOUS, K. D., and KINROSs-WRIGHT, J.:
Hallucinogens. Tools for research or therapeutic
agents. Texas State Journal of Medicine, 59:848-
852,1963.

KINROSS-WRIGHT, J., and CHARALAMPOUS, K. D.:
Concurrent administration of DOPA decarboxylase
and monoamine oxidase inhibitors in man. (Ab-
stract) Clinical Research, 9:177, 1963.

KINROSS-WRIGHT, ]., and CHARALAMPOUS, K. D.:
A psychopharmacology research unit. Diseases of
the Nervous System, 24(5):299-301, 1963.

KINROss-WRIGHT, J., and CHARALAMPOUS, K. D.:
A recent development in the chemotherapy of
schizophrenia. Medical Record and Annals, 56:
224-225, 1963.

KINROSs-WRIGHT, J., and CHARALAMPOUS, K. D.:
Hallucinogens: Tools for research or therapeutic
agents. Texas State Journal of Medicine, 59:848-
852, 1963.

KINROSs-WRIGHT, J., RoweLL, R. C., and OTERO,
M. ].: Fluphenazine in treatment of chronic
schizophrenia: Results of a limited dosage sched-
ule. Diseases of the Nervous System, 23(3):152-
155, 1962.

KINROSs-WRIGHT, J., Vocr, A. H., and CHARA-
LAMPOUS, K. D.: A new method of drug therapy.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 119:779-780,
1963.
KirkHAM, JaMEs E., and KINROss-WRIGHT, J.: A
clinical evaluation of opipramol (Ensidon). Psy-
chosomatics, 3(6) :464-466, 1962.

RAGLAND, J. B., and KINROss-WRIGHT, J.: Me-
tabolism of phenothiazines. (Abstract) Biochemi-
cal Pharmacology (Stockholm), 8:148, 1961.

MH-5124 (R04) O'BRIEN, DENISE A., and PospI-
siL, LEopoLD J.: Congruent and divergent mech-
anisms of social control. Yale University, New
Haven, Conn. (1961-63)

O’BrieN, DENISE A.: Economic and social devel-
opment; nativistic movements; leadership. In:
Working papers in Dani ethnology, No. 1. Bu-
reau of Native Affairs, United Nations Tempo-
rary Executive Authority in West New Guinea,
West Irian, 1962. (Processed).

O'BRIEN, DENISE, and PLOEG, ANTON: Accultura-
tion movements among the Western Dani. Amer-
ican Anthropologist, 66(4)Part 2:281-292, 1964.

MH-5137 (R01) ANDREW, RICHARD J.: Compara-
tive study of the motivation of vocalization. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1961-65)

ANDREW, R. J.: The situations that evoke vocaliza-
tion in primates. Annals of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, 102:296-315, 1962.

ANDREW, R. J.: The evolution of facial and vocal
expressions. New Scientist, 14:568-570, 1962.

ANDREW, R. J.: Evolution of intelligence and vocal
mimicking. Science, 137:585-589, 1962.

ANDREW, R. J.: The origin and evolution of the
calls and facial expressions of the primates. Be-
havior, Supplement (Leiden), 20:1-109, 1963.

ANDREW, R. Evolution of facial expression.
Science, 142:1034-1041, 1963.

ANDREW, R. J.: Trends apparent in the evolution
of vocalization in the old world monkeys and
apes. Symposium of the Zoological Society of
London, 10:89-101, 1963.

ANDREW, R. J.: The displays of the primates. In:
Buettner-Janusch, J., ed. Genetic and evolution-
ary biology of the primates. New York, Aca-
demic, 1964, p. 227-309.

BUETTNER-JANUSCH, JoHN, and ANDREW, R. J.:
The use of the incisors by primates in grooming.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 2:
127-129, 1962.

MH-5139 (R01) HERRNSTEIN, RICHARD J., and
REYNOLDS, GEORGE S.: Quantitative studies of
reinforcement. Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass. (1961-63)

BRETHOWER, DALE M., and REYNOLDS, G. S.: A
facilitative effect of punishment on unpunished be-

542

havior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5:191-199, 1962.

ReyNoLDs, G. S.: On some determinants of choice
in pigeons. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 6:53-59, 1963.

ReyNoLDs, G. S.: Some limitations on behavioral
contrast and induction during successive discrimi-
nation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6:131-139, 1963.

REYNOLDS, G. S.: Potency of conditioned reinforcers
based on food and on food and punishment. Sci-
ence, 139:838-839, 1963.

MH-5140 (RO1) SupAk, FREDERICK N., and Ess-
MAN, WALTER B.: Psychophysiological changes
with hypothermia. ~ Yeshiva University—Albert
Einstein College of Medicine, New York, N.Y.
(1961-64)

EssMAN, WALTER B., and Supak, F. N.: Effect of
body temperature reduction on response acquisi-
tion in mice. Journal of Applied Physiology, 17:
113-116, 1962.

EssMAN, W. B., and Supak, F. N.: Sustained and
temporary hypothermia as variables in successful
maze learning. Psychological Reports, 10:551-
557, 1962.

EssmaN, W. B., and Supak, F. N.: Effect of hypo-
thermia on the establishment of a conditioned
avoidance response in mice. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 56:366-369,
1963.

EssMAN, WALTER B., and SupaAk, FREDERICK N.:
Audiogenic seizure in genetically susceptible mice:
Relation of hypothermia to onset and susceptibil-
ity. Experimental Neurology, 9:228-235, 1964.

EssMAN, W. B., and Supak, F. N.: Reduction of
retroactive effects of interpolated maze training in
hypothermic mice. Journal of Applied Physiology,
19:889-892, 1964.

EssMaN, W. B., and Supak, F. N.: Single-trial
avoidance conditioning in rats. Psychological Re-
ports, 15:775-783, 1964.

Supak, F. N., and EssmMaN, W. B.: Maze acqui-
sition and retention in hypothermic mice. Journal
of Applied Physiology, 17:747-750, 1962.

Supak, F. N., and EssMaN, W. B.: Body tempera-
ture as a determinant in maze acquisition by mice.
Journal of Applied Physiology, 18:964-966, 1963.

SupAk, FREDERICK N., and EssmMAN, WALTER B.:
Effects of pre- and post-acquisition maze train-
ing in mice. Psychological Reports, 14:791-798,
1964.

Supak, F. N., and EssMaAN, W. B., and HAMBURGH,
M.: Anticonvulsive effects of 2,4-dichlorophenoxy-
acetic acid in mice susceptible to audiogenic seiz-
ures. Experimental Neurology, 6:30-35, 1962.
Supak, F. N., EssMaN, W. B, and SHEN, E. M.:
Body temperature regulation in mice resuscitated
from deep hypothermia. Journal of Applied Psy-
chology, 18:959-963, 1963.

ZAMAN, H., Supak, F. N. and SHEVELL, J.
Electrocardiographic changes occurring in Trichi-
nella-infected rats prior to larviposition and mi-
gration. Experimental Parasitology, 13:323-327,
1963.

MH-5144 (R10) HOLLISTER, LEO E., and OVERALL,
JouN E.: Cooperative clinical screening of psy-
chotropic drugs. Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif. (1961- )

HOLLISTER, L. E.: Newer developments in the clini-
cal study of psychotherapeutic drugs. Proceed-
ings of the Western Pharmacology Society, 6:61-
63, 1963.

HoLLisTER, L. E., BENNETT, J. L., Kam, S. C.,, and
KimBELL, I, JR.: Drug-induced electroencephalo-
graphic abnormalities as predictors of clinical re-
sponse to thiopropazate and haloperidol. Clinical
notes. American Journal pf Psychiatry, 119(9):
887-888, 1963.

HOLLISTER, L. E., BENNETT, J. L., KIMBELL, I, JR,
SavaGg, C., and OVERALL, J. E.: Diazepam in
newly admitted schizophrenics. Diseases of the
Nervous System, 24(2):746-750, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-3030).

HoLLisTER, LEO E., OVERALL, JoHN E., BENNETT,
J. LAMAR, KIMBELL, IsHAM, JR., and SHELTON,
Jack: Triperidol in newly admitted schizophrenics.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 122(1):96-99,
1965.

HoLLisTER, LEO E., OVERALL, JoHN E., BENNETT,
J. LAMAR, KIMBELL, IsHAM, JR., and SHELTON,
Jack: Triperidol in schizophrenia: Further evi-
dence for specific patterns of action of antipsy-
chotic drugs. Journal of New Drugs, 5(1):34-
42, 1965.

HovLisTER, L. E., OveraLL, J. E., CAFFEY, E, JR,
BENNETT, J. L., MEYER, F., KIMBELL, I, ]JR.,
and HONIGFELD, G.: Controlled comparison of
haloperidol with thiopropazate in newly admitted
schizophrenics. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Diseases, 135(6):544-549, 1962.

HorvrisTER, L. E., OVERALL, J. E., JOHNSON, M.,,
Karz, G., KiMBELL, I, JR., and HONIGFELD, G.:
Evaluation of desipramine in depressive states.
Journal of New Drugs, 3:161-166, 1963.

HoLuisTER, L. E., OvERALL, J. E., JoHNsON, M.,
PENNINGTON, V., KATZ, G., and SHELTON, J.:
Controlled comparison of amitriptyline, imipra-
mine and placebo in hospitalized depressed pa-
tients. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease,
139:370-375, 1964.

543

HoLLisTER, L. E., OVERALL, J. E.,, KIMBELL, I, JR,,
BENNETT, J. L., MEYER, F., and CAFFEY, E,, JR.:
Oxypertine in newly admitted schizophrenics.
Journal of New Drugs, 3(1):26-31, 1963.

HoNIGFELD, GILBERT: The ability of schizophrenics
to understand normal, psychotic, and pseudo-psy-
chotic speech. Diseases of the Nervous System,
24:692-694, 1963.

HoNIGFELD, G.: Effect of an hallucinogenic agent
on verbal behavior. Psychological Reports, 13:
383-385, 1963.

HONIGFELD, GILBERT: Non-specific factors in treat-
ment. I. Review of placebo reactions and pla-
cebo reactors. Diseases of the Nervous System,
25(3):145-156, 1964.

HoNIGFELD, GILBERT: Non-specific factors in treat-
ment. II. Review of social-psychological factors.
Diseases of the Nervous System, 25€4):225-239,
1964.

HoNIGFELD, GILBERT: Temporal effects of LSD-25
and epinephrine on verbal behavior. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 70(4):303-306, 1965.

OVERALL, J. E.: A configural analysis of psychiatric
diagnostic stereotypes. Behavioral Science, 8:
211-219, 1963.

OVERALL, J. E., and GORHAM, DONALD R.: A pat-
tern probability model for the classification of
psychiatric patients. Behavioral Science, 8:108-
116, 1963.

OVERALL, J. E., HOLLISTER, L. E., BENNETT, J. L.,
SHELTON, J., and CAFFEY, E. M., Jr.: Benzquin-
amide in newly-admitted schizophrenics. A search
for patients best treated with a specific drug.
Current Therapeutic Research, 5:335-342, 1963.

OverALL, J. E., HOLLISTER, L. E., JOHNSON, M.,
and PENNINGTON, V.: Computer classifications of
depressions and differential effect of antidepres-
sants. Journal of the American Medical Associa-
tion, 192(6):561, 1965.

OVERALL, JoHN E., HOLLISTER, LEO E., JOHNSON,
MERLIN, and PENNINGTON, VERONICA: Nosology
of depression and differential response to drugs.
Journal of the American Medical Association, 195
(11):162-164, 1966.

OVERALL, JoHN E., HOLLISTER, LEO E., MEYER,
FrED, KIMBELL, ISHAM, JR., and SHELTON, JACK:
Imipramine and thioridazine in depressed and
schizophrenic patients. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 189:605-608, 1964.

OVERALL, J. E., HOLLISTER, L. E., HONIGFELD, G.,
KimBeLL, I. H., Jr., MEYER, F., BENNETT, J. L.,
and CAFFEY, I, Jr.: Comparison of acetophena-
zine with perphenazine in schizophrenics. Dem-
onstration of differential effects based on com-
puter-derived diagnostic models. Clinical Phar-
macology and Therapeutics, 4(2):200-208, 1963.
MH-5148 (R03) McKirrick, KEITH G.: Bodily
activity and the autokinetic effect. University of
Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1961-62)

McKirrick, KeitH G.: Bodily activity and percep-
tual activity. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20(3)
Part I1:1109-1112, 1965.

MH-5149 (R03) ROSENBLUM, IRA: Periodicity in
electroshock seizures. Albany Union University—
Albany Medical College, Albany, N.Y. (1961-
62)

RosenBLuM, I.: Light deprivation as a means of
lowering electroshock thresholds in rabbits. Ex-
perimental Neurology, 8:30-34, 1963.

MH-5150 (R03) NICHTERN, SoL, Book, JAN A,
and GRUENBERG, ERNEST M.: Chromosomal ab-
normalities in childhood schizophrenia. League
School, Brooklyn, N.Y. (1961-62)

Book, J. A., NICHTERN, S., and GRUENBERG, E.:
Cytogenetical investigations in severe childhood
schizophrenia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavia, 39
(2) :309-323, 1963

MH-5153 (R03) StRicKLAND, LLoYD H.: An ex-
perimental approach to group behavior. Dart-
mouth College, Hanover, N.H. (1961-62)

STRICKLAND, L. H., GRUDER, C. L., and KROUPA,
K. W.: Response time as a cue in person percep-
tion. Psychological Reports, 15:827-837, 1964.

MH-5154 (R01) DE Myer, MarRiAN K. and
NURNBERGER, JOHN I: Research center for early
childhood schizophrenia. Indiana University,
Bloomington, Ind. (1961- )

HENDRICKSON, Lois N., and MEUHL, SIEGMAR: The
effect of attention and motor response pretraining
on learning to discriminate B and D in kinder-
garten children. Journal of Educational Psychol-
ogy, 53(5):236-241, 1962.

Levit, E. E., BraDy, J. P., OTTINGER, D. R., and
HINESLEY, T.: Effects of sensory restriction on
hypnotizability, a clinical study. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 7:343-344, 1962.

Lowe, Lois HENDRICKSON: Families of children
with early childhood schizophrenia. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 14(1):26-30, 1966.

ONHEIBER, PHYLLIS, WHITE, PHILIP T., DEMYER,
MARIAN K., and OTTINGER, DONALD R.: Sleep
and dream patterns of child schizophrenics. Ar-
chives of General Psychiatry, 12(6):168-171,
1965.

OrTINGER, D. R,, and SiMMmoNs, J. E.: Maternal
anxiety during gestation and neonate behavior.
Recent Advances in Biological Psychiatry, 5:7-12,
1963.

544

OTTINGER, D. R., and SitMmMoONs, J. E.: Behavior of
human neonates and prenatal maternal anxiety.
Psychological Reports, 14:391-394, 1964.

OTTINGER, DONALD R., SWEENEY, NEIL, and LOEW,
Lois HENDRICKSON: Visual discrimination learn-
ing in schizophrenic and normal children. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 21(3):251-253, 1965.

TiLTON, JAMES R., and OTTINGER, DONALD R.:
Comparison of the toy play behavior of autistic,
retarded, and normal children. Psychological Re-
ports, 15:967-975, 1964. ;

WHITE, PHILIP T., DEMYER, WILLIAM E., and DE-
MyER, MARIAN K.: EEG. abnormalities in early
childhood ‘schizophrenia: A double-blind study of
psychiatrically disturbed and normal children dur-
ing promazine sedation. American [Journal of
Psychiatry, 120:950-958, 1964.

MH-5157 (R03) GuNDLACH, RALPH, FRANKLIN,
GIRARD H., and MERKELSTEIN, IDA: Analysis of
process in group psychotherapy. Postgraduate
Center for Mental Health, New York, N.Y.
(1961-62)

GUNDLACH, RALPH H.: A technique for the analysis
of process in group psychotherapy. New York,
Postgraduate Center for Mental Health, April,
1963. (Processed).

Riess, BERNARD F., GUNDLACH, RALPH, and SAGER,
CLIFFORD J.: The uses and interpretations of a
follow-up study of patients in psychoanalytic psy-
chotherapy. Journal of Psychology, 53:219-232,
1962.

MH-5159 (R03) GUTTMAN, Lois: Test for a bio-
logical basis for correlated abilities. Israel Insti-
tute of Applied Social Research. Jerusalem, Ts-
rael. (1961-62)

GUTTMAN, R.: A test for a biological basis for cor-
related abilities. In: Goldschmidt, E., ed. The
genetics of migrant and isolate populations. New
York, Williams & Wilkins, 1963, p. 338-339.

GUTTMAN, RUTH, and GUTTMAN, Louis: A test
for a biological basis for correlated abilities. Re-
port of the Israel Institute of Applied Social
Research. Document No. 7395, ADI Auxiliary
Publications Project, Photoduplication Service.
Washington, D.C., Library of Congress, 1962,
p. 1-24. (Processed)

GuTrTMAN, RUTH, and GUTTMAN, Louis: Cross-
cultura] stability of an intercorrelation pattern of
abilities: A possible test for a biological basis.
Human Biology, 35:53-60, 1963.

MH-5161 (R01) LEMERT, EDWIN M.: Use of alco-
hol in the Polynesia-Hawaiian Islands. University
of California, Davis, Calif. (1961-62) (Con-
tinued from MH-3158).
LEMERT, EDWIN M.: Stuttering and social structure
in two Pacific societies. Journal of Speech and
Hearing Disorders, 27:3-10, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3158).

LeEmEerT, EDWIN M.: Alcohol use in Polynesia.
Tropical and Geographical Medicine, 14:183-191,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3158).

LemERT, EDWIN M.: Forms and pathology of drink-
ing in three Polynesian societies. _American An-
thropologist, 66:361-374, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3158).

LeMErT, E. M.: Drinking in Hawaiian plantation
society. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
25:689-713, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
3158).

MH-5162 (R01) BANDURA, ALBERT: Learning of
aggressive behavior through imitation. Stanford
University, Stanford, Calif. (1961- )

BANDURA, A.: Social learning through imitation.
In: Jones, M. R., ed. Nebraska symposium on
motivation: 1962 Lincoln, University of Ne-
braska, 1962, p- 21 1-269.

BANDURA, A.: Behavior theory and identificatory
learning. American [Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
33:591-601, 1963.

BANDURA, A.: The role of imitation in personality
development. Journal of Nursery Education, 18:
207-215, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1734
and MH-4398).

BANDURA, ALBERT: Influence of models’ reinforce-
ment contingencies on the acquisition of imitative
responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psy-
chology, 1(6):589-595, 1965.

BANDURA, A., and KUPERS, CAROL ].: Transmission
of patterns of self-reinforcement through model-
ing. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
69(1):1-9, 1964.

BANDURA, A., and McDoNALpD, F. J.: Influence of
social reinforcement and the behavior of models
in shaping children’s moral judgments. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67:274-281,
1963.

BANDURA, ALBERT, and MISCHEL, WALTHER: Modi-
fication of self-imposed delay of reward through
exposure to live and symbolic models. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 2(5):698-705,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-6830).

BANDURA, ALBERT, and ROSENTHAL, THEODORE L.:
Vicarious classical conditioning as a function of
arousal level. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 3(1) :54-62, 1966.

BANDURA, A., Ross, DOROTHEA, and Ross, SHEILA
A.: Imitation of film-mediated aggressive models.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:
3-11, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4398).

BANDURA, A., Ross, DOROTHEA, and Ross, SHEILA
A.: Vicarious reinforcement and imitative learn-
ing. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
67:601-607, 1963

BANDURA, A., Ross, DOROTHEA, and Ross, SHEILA
A.: Imitation of film-mediated aggressive models.
In: Palermo, D. S., and Lipsitt, L. P., eds. Re-
search readings in child psychology. New York,
Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1963, p. 142-153.

BANDURA, A., Ross, DOROTHEA, and Ross, SHEILA
A.: A comparative test of the status envy, social
power and secondary reinforcement theories of
identificatory learning. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 67:527-534, 1964.

BANDURA, A., and WALTERS, R. H.: Aggression.
In: Child psychology: The sixty-second yearbook
of the National Society for the Study of Education.
Part I. Chicago, National Society for the Study
of Education, 1963, p. 364-415.

MH-5163 (R01) CLEMENTE, CARMINE D., ADEyY,
W. Ross, GREEN, JoHN D., FUSTER, JOACHIM
- M., and MAXWELL, DavD S.: Functional role of
the rhinencephalon. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1961-65)

Apey, W. R.: The modelling of cerebral systems
from the computation of brain "wave records.
Endicott, N.Y., 4th IBM Medical Symposium,
1961, 16 p.

Apey, W. R.: Studies of integrative processes in
cerebral’ systems based on mathematical analysis
of electroencephalographic records. (Abstract)
Science, 135:1425-1426, 1961.

‘Apey, W. R.: EEG records in training situations,

including computer analysis.
neurophysiological and  neuroendocrinological
studies in relation to experience. Cincinnati, 6th
Annual VA Research Conference, 6:100-108,
1961.

Apey, W. R,, BerLL, F. R, and DENNIS, B. J.:
Effects of LSD-25, psilocybin, and psilocin on
temporal lobe EEG patterns and learned behavior
in the cat. Neurology, 12:591-602, 1962.

Apgy, W. R., Kapo, R. T., and Dio, J.: Imped-
ance measurements in brain tissue of animals using
microvolt signals. Experimental Neurology, 5:
47-66, 1962.

Apey, W. R., and WALTER, D.: Application of
phase detection and averaging techniques in com-
puter analysis of EEG records in the cat. Experi-
mental Neurology, 7:186-209, 1963.

ADEY, W. R., WALTER, D. O., and LINDSLEY, D. F.:
Effects of subthalamic lesions on learned behavior
and correlated hippocampal and subcortical slow-
wave activity. A. M. A. Archives of Neurology,
6:180-189, 1962.

In: Symposium on
CLEMENTE, C. D., and RicHARDsON, H. E.: Some
observations of radiation effects on the blood brain
barrier and cerebral blood vessels. In: Haley,
Thomas J., Snider, Ray S., and Linde, Shirley
Motter. Response of the nervous system to ioniz-
ing radiation. New York, Academic, 1962, p.
411-428.

CLEMENTE, C. D., and STeErMAN, M. B.: The in-
duction of behavioral and EEG sleep patterns with
basal forebrain stimulation. (Abstract) Excerpta
Medica, 38:83-84, 1961.

CLEMENTE, C. D., and STERMAN, M. B.: Cortical
synchronization and sleep patterns in acute re-
strained and chronic behaving cats induced by
basal forebrain stimulation. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, Suppl. 24:
172-187, 1963.

CLEMENTE, C. D. STERMAN, M. S., and WYR-
wicka, W.: Forebrain inhibitory mechanisms:
Conditioning of basal forebrain induced EEG syn-
chronization and sleep. Experimental Neurology,
7:400-417, 1963.

GooDMAN, S., and CLEMENTE, C. D.: Thalamic in-
fluences on the monosynaptic spinal reflex. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 21:343, 1962.

GREEN, J. D.: Comparative aspects of hypophysial
innervation with special reference to neurosecre-
tion. Brain and Nerve, 13:915-918, 1961.

GREEN, J. D.: The function of the hippocampus.
Endeavour, 22:80-84, 1963.

GREEN, J. D.: The hippocampus.
Reviews, 44(4) :561-608, 1964.

GREEN, J. D., MANcIA, M., and VONBAUMGARTEN,
R.: Recurrent inhibition in the olfactory bulb.
I. Effects of antidromic stimulation of the lateral
olfactory tract. Journal of Neurophysiology, 25:
467-488, 1962.

GREEN, J. D., and NEcisHI, K.: Membrane poten-
tials in hypoglossal motoneurons. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 26:835-856, 1963.

LinpsLey, D. F., Wenpt, R. H., Fucert, R,
LinDsLEY, D. B., and Apgy, W. R.: Diurnal ac-
tivity cycles in monkeys under prolonged visual-
pattern deprivation. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:633-640, 1962.

MANCcIA, M., BAUMGARTEN, R. VON, and GREEN,
J. D.: Response patterns of olfactory bulb neurons.
Archives Italiennes de Biologie, 100:449-462,
1962.

MaNcIA, M., GREEN, J. D., and BAUMGARTEN,
R. VON: Reticular control of single neurons in the
olfactory bulb. Archives Italiennes de Biologie,
100:463-475, 1962.

MaxweLL, D. S., and MisraHY, G.: The inactiva-
tion potential in the cerebellar cortex of the rab-
bit. Anatomical Record, 145:258, 1963.

Physiological

546

REINOSO-SUAREZ, F., and FUSTER, J. M.: Effects of
subcortical lesions on the potentials evoked in the
visual pathway by light stimuli and geniculate
shock. (Abstract) In: Sth International Congress
of Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysi-
ology, Rome—September 7-13, 1961, p. 215-216.
(Excerpta Medica, International Congress Series
No. 37)

ScHJEIDE, O., YaMakaAzI, J. N., CLEMENTE, C. D.,
RAGEN, N., and SiMONS, S.: Biological effects of
x-irradiation in the brain of the neonatal rat. In:
Haley, T., and Schneider, R., eds. Response of
the nervous system to ionizing radiation. New
York, Academic Press, 1962, p. 95-108.

STERMAN, M. B., and CLEMENTE, C. D.: Limbic
and thalamic relationships of the basal forebrain
recruitment area. (Abstract) Physiologist, 4:117,
1961.

STERMAN, M. B., and CLEMENTE, C. D.: Forebrain
inhibitory mechanisms: Cortical synchronization
induced by basal forebrain stimulation. Experi-
mental Neurology, 6:91-102, 1962.

STERMAN, M. B., and CLEMENTE, C. D.: Forebrain
inhibitory mechanisms: Sleep patterns induced by
basal forebrain stimulation in the behaving cat.
Experimental Neurology, 6:103-117, 1962.

STERMAN, M. B., Harr, R., BRowN, L., and CLE-
MENTE, C. D.: Acute and chronic studies of the
basal forebrain synchronizing system. (Abstract)
Anatomical Record, 42:282, 1962.

STERMAN, M. B., Wyrwicka, W., and CLEMENTE,
C. D.: Behavioral patterns induced by basal fore-
brain stimulation. (Abstract) Federal Proceed-
ings, 21:344, 1962.

VON BAUMGARTEN, R., GREEN, J. D., and MANCIA,
M.: Slow waves in the olfactory bulb and their
relation to unitary discharges. Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 14:621-634,
1962.

VON BAUMGARTEN, R., GREEN, J. D., and MANCIA,
M.: Recurrent inhibition in the olfactory bulb.
II. Effects of antidromic stimulation of commis-
sural fibers. Journal of Neurophysiology, 25:
489-500, 1962.

WALTER, DONALD O.: Spectral analysis for electro-
encephalograms: Mathematical determination of
neurophysiological relationships from records of
‘limited duration. Experimental Neurology, 8:
155-181, 1963.

WALTER, D. O., and ApEY, W. R.: Spectral analysis
of EEG’s recorded during learning in the cat,
before and after subthalamic lesions. Experimen-
tal Neurology, 6:481-501, 1963.

WyYRWICKA, W., STERMAN, M. B., and CLEMENTE,
C. D.: Conditioning of induced electroencephalo-
graphic sleep patterns in the cat. Science, 137:
616-618, 1962.
Yamakazi, J. N., BENNETT, L. R., and CLEMENTE,
C. D.: Behavioral and histologic effects of head
irradiation in newborn rats. In: Haley, T., and
Schneider, R., eds. Response of the nervous sys-
tem to ionizing radiation. New York, Academic,
1962, p. 95-108.

MH-5170 (R03) Lovaas, OLE I: Interaction be-
tween verbal and nonverbal behavior. University
of Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1961-61)

Lovaas, O. Ivar: The control of food-intake in
children by reinforcement of relevant verbal be-
havior. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychol-
ogy, 68:672-678, 1964.

MH-5173 (R01) ADLER, MARTIN W.: Chronic
brain lesions and responsivenessness to drugs.
Temple University School of Medicine, Philadel-
phia, Pa. (1961- )

ADLER, MARTIN W.: “Cumulative” effect of tetra-
benazine in rats. (Abstract) Pharmacologist,
5(2):262, 1963.

ADLER, MARTIN W.: Threshold changes to hexa-
fluorodiethyl ether(Indokeon) following cortical
lesions in rats. Federation Proceedings, 23(2):
349, 1964.

ADLER, MARTIN W.: Enhanced depressant effects of
tetrabenazine after repeated administration. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 5:393-396, 1964.

ADLER, MARTIN W.: Increased sensitivity to pentyl-
enetetrazol and flurothyl following cortical abla-
tions in rats. Journal of Pharmacology and Ex-
perimental Therapeutics, 148(1):131-135, 1965.

ADpLER, M. W., KurivyaMa, K., and MAYNERT,
E. W.: Norepinephrine and 5-hydroxytryptamine
in rat brain stem following cortical lesions. Life
Sciences, 4(2) 1141-144, 1965.

ADLER, MARTIN W. REIDENBERG, MARCUS M.,
HARAKAL, CONCETTA, Rusy, BEN F., and PAPA-
cosTAS, CHARLES A.: Cardiovascular effects of
hexafluorodiethyl ether. International Journal of
Neuropsychiatry, 1(5):511-512, 1965.

MH-5174 (R03) COHEN, JAcoB: The power of ab-
normal-social psychological research. New York
University, New York, N.Y. (1961-61)

CoHEN, JacoB: The statistical power of abnormal-
social psychological research: A review. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65:145-
153, 1962.

MH-5176 (R03) CHANsKY, NORMAN M.: Progress
of promoted and repeating grade 1 failures.
Ulster County Board of Education, New Paltz,
N.Y. (1961-62)

CHANsKY, N. M.: Progress of promoted and repeat-
ing grade 1 failures. Journal of Experimental
Education, 32(3):225-237, 1964.

547

MH-5181 (R01) Goopg, WiLLIAM ].: Proposi-
tional inventory in the family. Columbia Univer-
sity, New York, N.Y. (1961-62) (Continued
from MH-2526).

GoobE, WILLIAM J.: Illegitimacy, anomie, and cul-
tural penetration. American Sociological Review,
26:910-925, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
2526).

GOODE, WiLLIAM ].: Family disorganization. In:
Merton, Robert K., and Nisbet, Robert A.: So-
cial disorganization. New York, Harcourt, Brace,
1961, p. 390-458. (Also acknowledges MH-
2526).

GoobE, WiLLiaM J.: The sociology of the family.
In: Merton, R. K., Broom, L., and Contrell, L. S.,
Jr., eds. Sociology today. New York, Basic
Books, 1961, p. 178-196. (Also acknowledges
MH-2526).

GoopE, WILLIAM J.: The family as an element in
the world revolution. New York, Institute of
Life, Insurance, 1962, 19 p. (Also acknowledges
MH-2526).

GOODE, WILLIAM ].: Marital satisfaction and insta-
bility: A cross-cultural class analysis of divorce

rates. International Social Science Journal, 14
(3):507-526, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2526).

GOODE, WILLIAM J.: Outdoor recreation and the
family to the year 2000. In: Trends in American
living and outdoor recreation. (ORRRC Study
Report 22). Washington, D.C., Government
Printing Office, 1962, p. 101-113. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2526).

Goopg, WiLLIAM ].: Industrialization and family
change. In: Hoselits, Bert F., and Moore, Wil-
bert E., eds. Industrialization and society. New
York, UNESCO, 1963, p. 237-255. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2526).

GOODE, WiLLIAM ].: The role of the family in
industrialization. In: Social problems of develop-
ment and industrialization: Science, technology,
and development. United Nations Conference
Papers on the Application of Science and Tech-
nology for the Benefit of the Less Developed
Areas (Geneva). Vol. 7. Washington, D.C,
Government Printing Office, 1963, p. 32-38.
(Also acknowledges MH-2526).

GOODE, WILLIAM J.: World revolution and family
patterns. New York, Free Press of Glencoe,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2526).

MH-5183 (R01) SEGUNDO, JOSE P., BUENDIA,
NicoLAs, IZQUIERDO, IVAN, and YRARRAZAVAL,
SERGIO: Learned mechanisms in arousal. Univer-
sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. (1961-64)

BeLL, C., BUENDIA, N., SIERRA, G., and SEGUNDO,
J. P.: Mesencephalic reticular responses to natural
and to repeated sensory stimuli. Experientia, 19:
308, 1963.

BeLL, C., SIERRA, G., and BUENDIA, N.: Sensory
properties of mesencephalic units. (Abstract)
Federation Proceedings, 22:337, 1963.

BELL, C., SIERRA, G., BUENDIA, N., and SEGUNDO,
J. P.: Sensory properties of neurons in the mes-
encephalic reticular formation. Journal of Neauro-
physiology, 27:961-987, 1964.

BuenDpIA, N., Goobg, M., and SIERRA, G.: Be-
havioral and E.E.G. study of pitch discrimination
in naturally sleeping cats. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 21:347, 1962.

BUENDIA, N., GOODE, M., SIERRA, G., and SEGUNDO,
J.. P.: Responsiveness and discrimination during
sleep. Experientia, 19:208, 1963.

BUENDIA, N., SIERRA, G., GOODE, M., and SEGUNDO,
J. P.: Conditioned and discriminatory responses
in wakeful and in sleeping cats. Electroencepha-
lography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 24:201-
218, 1963.

. IzQuierpo, I., and WyRwiIcKA, W.: Trace reflexes
during sleep. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings,
22:638, 1963.

JacoBsoN, A., KaLgs, A. LEHMANN, D., and
HOEDEMAKER, F. S.: Muscle tonus in human sub-
jects during sleep and dreaming. Experimental
Neurology, 10:418-424, 1964.

SEGUNDO, J. P.: A hypothesis concerning the sharp
pitch discrimination observed in the sleeping cat.
Experientia, 20:415-420, 1964.

SEGUNDO, J. P., and MooRE, G. P.: Functional sig-
nificance of neuronal spike discharge parameters.
Boletin del Instituto de Estudios Medicos y Biolo-
gicos, 21:371-373, 1963.

SEGUNDO, J. P., and MOORE, G. P.: Organization
of neuronal groups inferred from analysis of
spontaneous activity patterns. Physiologist, 6:272,
1963.

SEGUNDO, J. P., MOORE, G. P., STENsAas, L., and
BurLrock, T. H.: Sensitivity of neurones in
Aplysia to temporal pattern of arriving impulses.
Journal of Experimental Biology, 40:643-667,
1963.

SEGUNDO, J. P., and STENsAAs, L.: Post synaptic
potential as functions of the temporal pattern of
pre-synaptic volleys in Aplysia californica. Fed-
eration Proceedings, 21:356, 1962.

SIERRA, G., GOODE, M., and BUENDIA, N.: Be-
havioral and EEG study of pitch discrimination
in wakeful cats. Federation Proceedings, 21:347,
1962.

MH-5184 (R01) ATKINSON, RicHARD C.: Mathe-
matical models for discrimination learning. Stan-
ford University, Stanford, Calif. (1961-64)

548

ATKINSON, R. C.: Choice behavior and monetary
payoff. In: Criswell, J., Solomon, H., and Suppes,
P., eds. Mathematical methods in small group
processes. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University
Press, 1962, p. 23-34.

ATKINSON, R. C.: Mathematical models in research
with children. In: Wright, J. C., and Kagen, J.
eds. Basic cognitive processes in children. Mono-
graph of the Society for Research in Child Devel-
opment, 28(2):145-163, 1963. (Serial No. 86).

ATKINSON, R. C.: A variable sensitivity theory of
signal detection. Psychological Review, 70:91-
106, 1963.

ATKINSON, R. C.: Mathematical models in research
on perception and learning. In: Marx, M. H., ed.
Theories in.contemporary psychology. New York,
Macmillan, 1963, p. 551-564.

ATKINSON, R. C., and CALFEE, R. C.: An auto-
mated system for discrete-trial research with ani-
mals. Psychological Reports, 14:424-426, 1964.

ATKINSON, R. C., CALFEE, R. C., SOMMER, G. R,,
JEFFREY, W. E., and SHOEMAKER, R.: A test of
three models for stimulus compounding with chil-
dren. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
52-58, 1964.

ATKINSON, R. C., CARTERETTE, E. C., and KINCHLA,
R. A.: Sequential phenomena in psychophysical
judgments: A theoretical analysis. Institute of
Radio Engineers Transactions on Information The-
ory, IT-8:5155-8162, 1962.

ATKINSON, R. C., and Estes, W. K.: Stimulus sam-
pling theory. In: Luce, R. D., Bush, R. R., and
Galanter, E., eds. Handbook of mathematical
psychology. Vol. 2. New York, Wiley, 1963,
p. 121-268.

MH-5186 (R01) ALBEE, GEORGE W., and LANE,
ELLEN A.: Childhood intelligence of adult schizo-
phrenics. Western Reserve University, Cleveland,
Ohio. (1961- )

ALBEE, GEORGE W., LANE, ELLEN A., CORCORAN,
CLAIRE, and WERNEKE, ANN: Childhood and
intercurrent intellectual performance of adult
schizophrenics. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
27:364-366, 1963.

ALBEE, GEORGE W., LANE, ELLEN A., and REUTER,
JEANETTE: Childhood intelligence of future
schizophrenics and neighborhood peers. Journal
of Psychology, 58:141-144, 1964.

LANE, ELLEN A., and ALBEE, GEORGE W.: Child-
hood intellectual development of adult schizophre-
nics. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology,
67:186-189, 1963.

LANE, ELLEN A., and ALBEE, GEORGE W.: Early
childhood intellectual differences between schizo-
phrenic adults and their siblings. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 68:193-195, 1964.
LANE, ELLEN A., and ALBEE, GEORGE W.: Child-
hood intellectual differences between schizophrenic
adults and their siblings. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 35(4):747-753, 1965.

Schizophrenic deficit in IQ is held inborn. Medical
Tribune, 1-12, April 12, 1965.

MH-5193 (R03) DErks, PETER L.: Human binary
choice behavior. College of William and Mary,
Williamsburg, Va. (1961-62)

DErks, P. L.: The effect of the run length on the
“gambler’s fallacy.” Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 65:213-214, 1963.

MH-5196 (R03) WikE, EDWARD L.: Reinfofcement
schedules and secondary reinforcement. Univer-
sity of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. (1961-62)

Wike, E. L., and Farrow, B. J.: The effects of
drive intensity and secondary reinforcement. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
55:1024-1028, 1962.

Wikg, E. L., and Pratt, J. R.: Reinforcement
schedules and bar pressing: Some extensions of
Zimmerman's work. Psychological Record, 12:
273-278, 1962.

Wike, E. L., PLaTT, J. R.,, and KNOWLES, J. M.:
The reward value of getting out of a starting box:
Further extensions of Zimmerman's work. Psy-
chological Record, 12:397-400, 1962.

Wikg, E. L., Pratt, J. R,, and Scott, D.: Drive
and secondary reinforcement: Further extensions
of Zimmerman’s work. Psychological Record, 13:
45-49, 1963.

MH-5201 (RO1) GoLDMAN-EISLER, FRIEDA: Ef-
fect of drugs on speech production. London,
University of—University College, London, U.K.
(1961- )

GOLDMAN-EISLER, FRIEDA: Hesitation, information
and levels of speech production. In: de Reuck,
A. V. S., and O'Connor, Maeve, eds. Disorders
of language: Ciba Foundation Symposium. Bos-
ton, Little, Brown, & Co., 1964, p. 96-114.

GOLDMAN-EISLER, F., SKARBEK, A., and HENDER-
SON, A.: The effect of chlopromazine on speech
behaviour.  Psychopharmacologia, 7(3):220-229,
1965.

GOLDMAN-EISLER, FRIEDA, SKARBEK, ANDREW, and
HENDERSON, ALAN: Breath rate and the selective
action of chlorpromazine on speech behavior. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 8(6):415-427, 1966.

MH-5202 (R10) LEHMANN, HEINZ E., and BAN,
THoMAs A.: Comprehensive clinical studies of
psychoactive drugs. Verdun Protestant Hospital,
Verdun, Can. (1961- )

549

BAN, THoMmas A.: The butyrophenones in psychi-
atry. In: Lehmann, H. E., and Ban, T. A., eds.
The butyrophenones in psychiatry. L’Annoncia-
tion, Quebec, First North American Symposium
held at “Hospital des Laurentides,” January 10,
1964, p. 120-122.

BAN, THOMAS A.: Human pharmacology and syste-
matic clinical studies with a new phenothiazine.
In: Proceedings of the Leeds Symposium on Be-
havioural Disorders, March 25-27, 1965, p. 3-16.

Ban, T. A., FErGUsON, K., and LEHMANN, H. E.:
The effect of clopenthixol on chronic psychiatric
patients. American [Journal of Psychiatry, 119:
984-985, 1963.

BaN, T. A., and LEHMANN, H. E.: Clinical trial
with desmethylimipramine (G-35020) a new
antidepressive compound. Canadian Medical As-
sociation Journal, 86:1030-1031, 1962.

Ban, T. A., and LEHMANN, H. E.: Skin pigmenta-
tion, a rare side effect of chlorpromazine. Cana-
dian Psychiatric Association Journal, 10(2):112-
124, 1965.

Ban, T. A., LEHMANN, H. E., GALLAIL Z, WARNES,
H., and LEE, H.: Rapport entre la photosensibilite
et la pigmentation pathologique de la peau avec
des doses elevees de chlorpromazine. L'Union
Med. du Canada, 94:305-307, 1965.

BAN, T. A., LEHMANN, H. E., MATTHEWS, VALERIE,
and DoNALD, M.: Comparative study of chlor-
promazine and chlordiazepoxide in the prevention
and treatment of alcohol withdrawal symptoms.
Clinical Medicine, 72:59-67, 1965.

Ban, T. A., LEHMANN, H. E., and Roy, P.: Rap-
port preliminaire sur Ieffet therapeutique du
Flagyl dans l'alcoolisme. L'Union Medicale du

Canada, 95:147-149, 1966.

Ban, T. A., and McGinnis, K.: Comparative clini-
cal study of two hypnotic drugs. Canadian Medi-
cal Association Journal, 87:816-817, 1962.

BaN, T. A., PaApaTHOMOPOULOS, E., and SCHWARZ,
L.: Clinical studies with thioproperazine (Majep-
til). Comprehensive Psychiatry, 3:284-291, 1962.

Ban, T. A., and ST. JEAN, A.: The effect of pheno-
thiazines on the electrocardiogram. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 91:537-540, 1964.

Ban, T. A., and St. JEAN, A.: Electrocardiographic
changes induced by phenothiazine drugs. Ameri-
can Heart Journal, 70(4) :575, 1965.

Ban, T. A., ST.-JEAN, A., and DESAUTELS, S.: The
effects of phenothiazines on the human electro-
cardiogram. In: Bente, D., and Bradley, P. B,,
eds. Neuro-psychopharmacology. Vol. 4. Am-
sterdam, Elsevier, c. 1965, p. 467-470.
BaN, T. A., and ScHWARz, L.: Systematic study with
levomepromezine. Journal of Neuropsychiatry, S:
112-117, 1963.

Ban, T. A., and StoNEHILL, E.: Clinical observa-
tions on the differential effects of a butyrophenone
(Haloperidol) and a phenothiazine (Fluphena-
zine) in chronic schizophrenic patients. In: Leh-
mann, H. E., and Ban, T. A, eds. The buty-
rophenones in psychiatry. L’Annonciation, Que-
bec, First North American Symposium held at
Hospital des Laurentides, January 10, 1964, p.
113-1109.

EruTtKuy, I., BAN, T. A., and LEHMANN, H. E.: The
effect of trimipramine on newly admitted de-
pressed patients. In: Lehmann, H. E., and Ber-
thiaume, M., eds. Trimipramine, a new anti-
depressant.  Montreal-Gamelin, Quebec, North
American Colloquim on Trimipramine, 1964, p.
59-64.

FLEGEL, H.: Pharmako-psychiatrische Forschungs-
abteilungen in Landeskrankenhausern und ihre
Zusammenarbeit nach nordamerikanischen Er-
fahrungen. Psychiatria Neurologia, Neurochirur-
gia, Basel (Switzerland), 148:365-379, 1964.

LeuMANN, H. E., and BAN, T. A. eds. The
butyrophenones in psychiatry. L’Annonciation,
Quebec, First North American Symposium, 1964,
164 p.

LeuMANN, H. E., and BAN, T. A.: Notes from the
log-book of a psychopharmacological research unit
1. Canadian Psychiatric Association Journal, 9:
28-32, 1964.

LEHMANN, H. E,, and BAN, T. A.: Pigmentation de
la peau: consecutif a I'administration prolongee de
fortes doses de chlorpromazine. Annales de Der-
matologie et de Syphiligraphie (Paris), 92(3):
287-289, 1965.

LeaMANN, H. E., Ban, T. A., and DoNALD, M.:
Rating the rater: An experimental approach to
the methodological problem of interrater agree-
ment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 13{1) :67-
75, 1965.

LEHMANN, H. E., BaN, T. A., Grozsy, B., and
Kato, L.: Potentiation of pharmacological and
therapeutic action of phenothiazines by nylidrin
(arlidin). Canadian Psychiatric Association [our-
nal, 5:36-43, 1964.

LEHMANN, H. E., BAN, T. A.,, MATTHEWS, V., and
GARcIA-RILL, T.: The effects of. haloperidol on
acute schizophrenic patients. A comparative study
of haloperidol, chlorpromazine and chlorprothix-
ene. In: Lehmann, H. E., and Ban, T. A, eds.
The butyrophenones in psychiatry. L’Annoncia-
tion, Quebec: First North American Symposium
held at “Hospital des Laurentides,” 1964, p. 77-
88.

550

LEHMANN, H. E., and BERTHIAUME, M., eds. Tri-
mipramine, a new anti-depressant.  Montreal-
Gamelin, Quebec, North American Colloquium on
Trimipramine, 1964, 105 p.

MATTHEWS, VALERIE, LEHMANN, H. E., and BAN,
T. A.: A comparative study of thirteen hypnotic
drugs. Applied Therapeutics, 6(10):806-809,
1964.

Roy, P., St.-JEAN, A. Ban, T., and Nog, W.:
Studies with antiparkinsonian drugs with chronic
psychiatric patients. International Journal of Neu-
ropsychiatry, 2(1) :65-69, 1966.

St. JEAN, A., Ban, T. A., and Nog, W.: The ef-
fect of trimipramine on psychophysical test per-
formances. In: Lehmann, H. E., and Berthiaume,
M., eds. Trimipramine, a new anti-depressant.
Montreal-Gamelin, Quebec, North American Col-
loquim on Trimipramine, 1964, p. 29-33.

St. JEAN, A., BAN, T. A., and Nog, W.: Psycho-
pharmacological studies with Neoserp and Aldo-
met. International Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 1
(5) :491-503, 1965. :

ST. JEAN, A., CsorBa, T., Nog, W. and BANN,
T. A.: Human pharmacology and progressive clin-
ical screening of a new psychoactive compound
(Ciba 30,803 Ba). Diseases of the Nervous Sys-
tem, 26(7)430-434, 1965.

St. JEAN, A., DoNALD, M., and Ban, T. A.: In-
terchangeability of antiparkinsonian medication.
American Journal Psychiatry, 120:1189-1190,
1964.

St. JEAN, A., LipsKy, A. Ban, T. A, and LEH-
MANN, H. E.: The psychophysical effects of the
butyrophenones in male schizophrenics. In: Leh-
mann, H. E, and Ban, T. A. eds. The buty-
rophenones in psychiatry. L’Annonciation, Que-
bec: First North American Symposium held at
“Hospital des Laurentides,” 1964, p. 38-52.

WARNES, H., LEE, H., and BAN, T.: The compara-
tive effectiveness of butyrophenones in chronic
sychotic patients. In: Lehmann, H. E., and Ban,
EF A. ods. The butyrophenones in psychiatry.
L’Annonciation, Quebec, First North American
Symposium held at “Hospital des Laurentides,”
1964, p- 100-112.

MH-5203 (R01) SCHACHTER, STANLEY: Cognitive
and physiological determinants of emotion. Co-
lumbia University, New York, N.Y. (1961-64)
(Continued from MH-2584).

LATANE, B., and ScHACTER, S.: Adrenalin and
avoidance learning. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 55:369-372, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2584).

RADLOFF, R.: Opinion evaluation and affiliation.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:
578-585, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2584).
SCHACHTER, S.: Birth orders, eminence and higher
education. American Sociological Review, 28:
757-768, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2584).

SCHACHTER, S., and SINGER, J.: Cognitive, social-

and
Psychological Review, 69:379-399, 1962.
acknowledges MH-2584).

SCHACHTER, S., and WHEELER, L.: Epinephrine,
chlorpromazine and amusement. Journal of Ab-
normal and Social Psychology, 65:121-128, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2584).

SINGER, ].: Sympathetic activation, drugs and fright.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
ogy, 56:612-615, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2584).

hysiological determinants of emotional state.
(Also

MH-5204 (R01) KEeLLAwAY, PETER, and Goi,
ALEXANDER: Behavioral changes following hippo-
campectomy. Baylor University, Houston, Texas.
(1961- )

Gor, A., KELLAWAY, PETER, and SHAPIRO, M.:
Behavioral changes in the monkey and the cat
after extensive hippocampal removal. (Abstract)
Neurology, 12(4):303, 1962.°

GoL, ALEXANDER, KELLAWAY, PETER, SHAPIRO,
MARTIN, and Hurst, C. M.: Studies of hippo-
campectomy in the monkey, baboon, and cat.

Behavioral changes and a preliminary evaluation,

of cognitive function. Neurology, 13:1031-1041,
1963.

Low, MorTON, D., BorpA, ROBERT P., and KEL-
LAWAY, PETER: “Contingent negative variation” in
rhesus monkeys: An EEG sign of a specific men-
tal process. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 22(2):
443-446, 1966.

SHAPIRO, MARTIN M., GoL, ALEXANDER, and KEL-
LAWAY, PETER: Acquisition, retention, and dis-
crimination reversal after hippocampal ablation in
monkeys. Experimental Neurology, 13(2):128-
144, 1965.

MH-5207 (R01) Law, O. THOMAS: Neural mech-
anisms of reproduction. Claremont Graduate
School and University Center, Claremont, Calif.
(1961-64)

Hari, R. J., and WiLsoNcroFT, W. E.: Prolong-
ing visual after images. Psychonomic Science, 1:
267-268, 1964.

HupsPETH, WILLIAM ].: Strychnine: Its facilitating
effect on the solution of a simple oddity problem
by the rat. Science, 145:1331-1333, 1964.

Law, O. THoMmas, and ApaMs, J.: A versatile
solderless electrode carrier. Psychiatric Reports,
13:539-541, 1963.

Law, O. THOMAS, and SKINNER, JAMES E.: Sexual
behavior: Postcopulatory heart rate in the male and

551

female rat.
1964.

SACKETT, G. P.: A neural mechanism underlying
unlearned, critical period, and developmental as-
pects of visually controlled behavior. Psychologi-
cal Review, 70:40-50, 1963.

Psychonomic Science, 1:235-236,

WataNaBE, K., and Law, T.: Techniques for
chronic electrode implantation and brain poten-
tial recordings. Psychological Reports, 15:691-
694, 1964.

WiLsoNCROFT, WiLIAM E.: Effects of median cortex
lesions on the maternal behavior of the rat.” Psy-
chological Reports, 13:835-838, 1963.

WILSONCROFT, W. E., arid SHUPE, D. V.: Tail,
paw and pup retrieving in the rat. Psychonomic
Science, 3(11) :494; 1965.

MH-5209 (R01) PETERSON, MARGARET J.: Cues,
observing responses and concept formation. Indi-
ana University, Bloomington, Ind. (1961-63)

PETERSON, MARGARET JEAN: Some effects of the
percentage of relevant cues and presentation meth-
ods on concept identification. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 64:623-627, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3707).

PETERSON, MARGARET J.: Cue trials, frequency of
presentation, and mediating responses. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 67:432-438, 1964.

PETERSON, M. J.: Effects of delay intervals and
meaningfulness of verbal mediating responses.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 69(1):60-
66, 1965.

PETERSON, M. J., and BLATTNER, K. C.: Develop-
ment of a verbal mediator. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 66:72-77, 1963.

PETERSON, M. J., and Coravita, F. B.: Strategies,
type of solution, and stage of learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 68(6):578-587,
1964.

PETERSON, M. J., CoLAviTA, F. B., SHEAHAN, D. B,,
and BLATTNER, K. C.: Verbal mediating chains
and response availability as a function of the ac-
quisition paradigm. Journal of Verbal Learning
and Verbal Behavior, 3:11-18, 1964.

MH-5213 (RO1) LarssoN, Knut: Neurological
mechanisms in reproductive behavior. University
of Gothenburg, Gothenburg, Sweden. (1961-64)

LARssON, KNUT: Mating behavior in male rats after
cerebral cortex ablation: Effects of lesions in the
dorsolateral and the median cortex. Journal of
Experimental Zoology, 151:167-176, 1962.

SVEN, G. CarLssON, and LArssoN, KNut: Intro-
mission frequency and intromission duration in
the male rat mating behaviour. Scandinavian Jour-
nal of Psychology, 3:189-191, 1962.
MH-5214 (RO1) ZEIGLER, H. PHILIP: Functional
organization of the forebrain. City College of the
City University of New York, New York, N.Y.
(1961-63)

ZEIGLER, N. P.: Effects of endbrain lesions upon
visual discrimination learning in pigeons. Jour-
nal of Comparative Neurology, 120:161-182,
1963.

ZEIGLER, N. P.: Effects of forebrain lesions upon
activity in pigeons. Journal of Comparative Neu-
rology, 120:183-194, 1963.

ZEIGLER, H. PHILIP: Displacement activity and mo-
tivational theory: A case study in the history of
ethology. Psychological Bulletin, 61(5):362-
376, 1964.

MH-5220 (R03) WHATLEY, CHARLES D.: Employ-
ers, ex-mental patients, and job durability. Uni-
versity of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. (1961-61)

WHATLEY, CHARLES D.: Status, role and vocational
continuity of discharged mental patients. Journal
of Health and Human Behavipr, 4:105-112, 1963.

WHATLEY, CHARLES D., Jr.: Employer attitudes,
discharged patients and job durability. Mental
Hygiene, 48:121-131, 1964.

MH-5221 (R03) JounsoN, ErwiN H.: Family
change in rem day Japan. University of
Rhode Island, Kingston, R.I. (1961-62)

Jounson, E.: The stem family and its extension in
present day Japan. American Anthropologist, 66:
839-851, 1964.

JounsoN, ErRwIN H.: The emergence of a se.
conscious entrepreneurial class in rural J pan.
Smith, Robert J., and Beardsley, Richard K., ds
Japanese culture: Its development and characteris-
tics. Chicago, Aldine, 1962, p. 91-99.

MH-5232 (RO1) PAuLING, Linus C.: Biochemical
and molecular basis of mental disease. California
Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Calif. (1961-
64)

DeGeNs, EGoN T., REUTER, JOHANNES N., and
Saw, KENNETH N. F.: Biochemical compounds
in offshore California sediments and sea waters.
Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 28:45, 1964,
New York, Pergamon Press.

PERRY, THOMAS L.: Urinary excretion of amines in
phenylketonuria and mongolism. Science, 136:
879-880, 1962.

PERRY, THOMAS L.: N-methylmetanephrine: Excre-
tion by juvenile psychotics. Science, 139:587-
589, 1963.

PERRY, THOMAS L., and JoNEs, RicHARD T.: The
amino acid content of human cerebrospinal fluid

552

in normal individuals and in mental defectives.
Journal of Clinical Investigation, 40:1363-1372,
1961.

PERRY, THOMAS L., and SCHROEDER, WALTER A.:
The occurrence of amines in human urine: De-
termination by combined ion exchange and paper
chromatography. Journal of Chromatography, 12:
358-373, 1963.

Perry, THoMAs L. SHAw, KENNETH N. F,
WALKER, DorOTHY, and REDLICH, DOROTHY:
Urinary excretion of amines in normal children.
Pediatrics, 30:576-584, 1962.

RINDERKNECHT, HEINRICH, and Ma, VICTORIA:
Eine einfache neue Synthese fiir Saureanhydride.
Helv. Chim. Acta, 47:162-165, 1964.

ScrIVER, CHARLES R., and SHAW, KENNETH N. F.:
Hartnup disease: An example of genetically de-
termined defective cellular amino acid transport.
Canadian Medical Association Journal, 86(5):
232, 1962.

SHAW, KENNETH N. F., BoDER, ELENA, GUTEN-
STEIN, MORRIS, and Jacoss, E. ELMo: Histi-
dinemia. (Abstract) Journal of Pediatrics, 63:
720, 1963.

SHAw, KENNETH N. F., GUDMUNDSON, ARIEL, and
MoRRrIs, ALLAN J.: 5-Benzyloxyindole. Biochemi-
cal Preparations, 9:12, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-655).

SHAw, K. N. F., and Morris, A. J.: 5-Hydroxy-dl-
tryptophan. Biochemical Preparations, 9:92, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-655).

MH-5241 (RO1) JENSEN, GORDON D.: Maternal
development and social interaction. University of
Washington, Seattle, Wash. (1961-64)

BosBITT, R. A., JENSEN, G. D., and KUEHN, R. E.:
Development and application of an observational
method. A pilot study of the mother-infant rela-
tionship in pigtail monkeys. Journal of Genetic
Popo 105:257-274, 1964.

MH-5247 (R03) BAKER, ROBERT W.: Psychologi-
cal disturbances and academic stressors. Clark
University, Worcester, Mass. (1961-62)

BAKER, ROBERT W.: Pattern of initial contacts with
a university psychological clinic and its relation to
academic stressors. Journal of Clinical Psychology,
19:361-363, 1963.

MH-5250 (R03) MurpHY, RoBerT F., and
Downs, JaMEs FRANCIS: Alcohol use in a chang-

ing Navajo community. University of California,
Berkeley, Calif. (1961-61)

Downs, James F.: The cowboy and the lady: Mod-
els as a determinant of the rate of acculturation
among the Pinon Navajo. Kroeber Anthropolgi-
cal Society Papers, 29:53-56, 1963. (Also ac-

knowledges MH-4372).

Downs, James F.: Animal husbandry in Navajo
society and culture. University of California Pub-
lications in Anthropology. Vol. 1. Berkeley,
University of California, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4372).

MH-5254 (R01) Unr, LeoNArRD M.: Computer
simulation of higher mental processes. University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1961-65)

UHR, LEONARD: Pattern recognition computers "as
models for form perception. Psychological Bul-
letin, 60:40-73, 1963.

UHR, LEONARD: The development of perception and
language. In: Tomkins, S., and Messick, S., eds.
Simulation of personality processes. New York,
Wiley, 1963, p. 231-266.

UHR, LEONARD: Computers in behavioral science.
Pattern-string learning programs: Cognitive learn-
ers: General conception. Behavioral Science, 9:
258-270, 1964.

UHR, LEONARD: Recognition of letters, pictures, and
speech by a discovery and learning program.
Wescon/64, Frontiers in Electronics. Western
Electronic Show & Convention/Los Angeles.
Santa Monica, Calif., Univ. of Mich., 1964, p.
1-7, (No. 8.5)

UHR, LEONARD: Pattern recognition. In: 6th IBM
Medical Symposium. New York, Poughkeepsie
and Brookhaven National Laboratory, 1964, p.
1-19.

UHR, LEONARD: The compilation of natural lan-
guage text into teaching machine programs. In:
Proceedings—Fall Joint Computer Conference,
1964, p. 35-44.

UHR, LEONARD, and VOsSLER, CHARLES: The
search to recognize. In: Fischer, George L., Jr.,
ed. Optical character recognition. ashington,
D.C., Spartan Books, 1962, p. 319-329.

UHR, LEONARD, and VOSSLER, CHARLES: A pattern
recognition program that generates, evaluates, and
adjusts its own operators. In: Feigenbaum, E.,
and Feldman, ]., eds. Computer and thought.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 251-268.

VossLER, CHARLES, ‘and UHR, LEONARD: Computer
stimulations of a perceptual learning model for
sensory pattern recognition, concept formation, and
symbol transformation. In: Proceedings of the
IFIPS Congress, Munich, 1962. Amsterdam,
North Holland, 1963, p. 413-418.

MH-5257 (R03) KrLuGH, HENRY E.: Situational
oiexy and preference. Alma College, Alma,
Mich. (1961-61)

553

KrucH, H. E.: Situational complexity and prefer-
ence. (Abstract) American Psychologist, 17:394,
1962.

MH-5258 (R03) WEINER, HERBERT, and GOLD-
BERG, EUGENE L.: Psychophysiological studies of
depressive states. Yeshiva University, New York,
N.Y. (1961-62)

WEINER, HERBERT: Some psychological factors re-
lated to cardiovascular responses: A logical and
empirical analysis. In: Roessler, R., and Green-
field, N. S., eds. Physiological correlated of psy-
chological disorder. Madison, Wisconsin, Uni-
versity of Wisconsin Press, 1962, p. 115-142.

MH-5261 (R03) ERRERA, PAUL L., and JARECKI,
HENRY: Survey of psychiatric referrals to an
emergency room. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1961-62)

CoLEMAN, JuLEs V., and ERRERA, PAuL: The gen-
eral hospital emergency room and its psychiatric
problems. American [Journal of Public Health,
53(8):1294-1301, 1963.

MH-5263 (R01) SINGH, SHEO D., and BRroOAD-
HURST, P. L.: Effects of human contact on be-
haviors of monkeys. Panjab University, Chandi-
garth, India. (1961-63)

SINGH, S. D.: Effect of human environment on cog-
nitive behavior in the rhesus monkey. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 61(2):
280-283, 1966.

MH-5268 (R01) LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Speech de-
velopment under abnormal circumstances. Chil-
dren’s Hospital Medical Center, Boston, Mass.
(1961-65) (Continued from MH-2921).

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: Language disorders in child-
hood. Harvard Educational Review, 34(2):152-
177, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2921).

LENNEBERG, ERIC H.: Speech as a motor skill with
special reference to nonaphasic disorders. Mono-
graphs of the Society for Research in Child De-
velopment, 29(1):115-139, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2921).

LENNEBERG, Eric H.: A biological perspective of
language. In: Lenneberg, Eric H., ed. New di-
rections in the study of language. Cambridge,
Mass., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1964, p. 65-88. (Also acknowledges MH-2921).

LENNEBERG, Eric H., NicHoLs, IRENE A., and
ROSENBERGER, ELEANOR F.: Primitive stages of
language development in mongolism. In: Rioch,
David McK., and Weinstein, Edwin A., eds. Dis-
orders of communication. Vol. 42. Association
for Research in Nervous and Mental Disease.
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 1964, p. 119-137.
MH-5278 (R01) LawsoN, EpwiN D.: Reinforce-
ment in communication nets. State University of
New York—Albany State College, Albany, N.Y.
(1961-64)

LawsoN, EpwiN D.: Reinforced and non-reinforced
four-man communication nets. Psychological Re-
ports, 14:287-296, 1964.

LawsoN, EpwiIN D.: Reinforcement in group prob-
lem-solving with arithmetic problems. Psychologi-
cal Reports, 14:703-710, 1964.

MH-5281 (RO1) QuarTON, GARDNER C., and
STERNBACH, RICHARD A.: Autonomic changes ac-
companying repetitive events. Massachusetts Gen-
eral Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1961-63)

QUARTON, G. C.: Theoretical considerations in
analysis of psychophysiological data. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 115:881-889,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1608).

MH-5283 (R01) BUCHWALD, ALEXANDER M.: Sit-
uational variables influencing reinforce values. In-
diana University, Bloomington, Ind. (1961-63)

BucHwWALD, ALEXANDER M.: The effect of some
variations in procedure on response repetition fol-
lowing verbal outcomes. Journal of Verbal Learn-
ing and Verbal Behavior, 5(1):77-85, 1966.

MH-5284 (R01) FanTz, ROBERT L.: Early devel-
opment of pattern and spatial vision. Western
Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio. (1961-63)

FaNTZ, ROBERT L.: Pattern vision in newborn in-
fants. Science, 140:296-297, 1963.

FanTz, R. L.: Visual experience in infants: De-
creased attention to familiar patterns relative to
novel ones. Science, 146:668-670, 1964.

FANTZ, ROBERT L.: Ontogeny of perception. In:
Schrier, Allan M., Harlow, Harry F., and Stoll-
nitz, Fred, eds. Behavior of nonhuman primates.
Vol. 2. New York, Academic Press, 1965, p.
365-403. (Also acknowledges MH-2497).

FANTZ, ROBERT L., ORDY, J. M., and UDELF, M. S.:
Maturation of pattern vision in infants during the
first six months. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological ~ Psychology, 55:907-917, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2497).

MH-5285 (R01) ARONSON, LESTER R.: Behavioral
effects of selected denervation. American Mu-
seum of Natural History, New York, N.Y.
(1961-64)

ARONSON, LESTER R., and COOPER, MADELINE:
Genital denervation and sexual behavior in male
cats. In: Moore, John A., ed. Proceedings of
the 16th International Congress of Zoology. Vol.
2. Washington, D.C., 1963, p. 24.

554

COOPER, MADELINE, and ARONSON, LESTER R.:
Effects of a sensroy deprivation on the sexual be-
havior of experienced adult male cats. (Abstract
No. 114) American Zoologist, 2(4), 1962.

MH-5286 (R01) GorF, WiLLIAM R., and ROSNER,
BURTON S.: Psychophysiology of perception. Yale
University, New Haven, Conn. (1961- )

ABRAHAMIAN, H. A., ALLisoN, T., Gorr, W. R,,
and ROSNER, B. S.: Effects thiopental on human
cerebral evoked responses. Anesthesiology, 24:
650-657, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1530).

ROSNER, B. S.: Temporal interaction between elec-
trocutaneous stimuli. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 67:191-192, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1530).

MH-5287 (R01) SAwWREY, WILLIAM L., and Saw-

REY, JAMES M.: Psychological factors in resistance
to ulceration. Alameda County State College,
Hayward, Calif. (1961- )
SAWREY, JAMES M., and SAwWREY, WiLLiAM L.:
Ulcer production with reserpine and conflict. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57(2):307-309, 1964.

SAWREY, WILLIAM L., and SAWREY, JAMES M.: Fear
conditioning and resistance to ulceration. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56
(5):821-823, 1963.

SAWREY, WILLIAM L., and SAWREY, JAMES M.: Con-
ditioned fear and restraint in ulceration. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57
(1):150-151, 1964.

MH-5294 (R10) PiETTE, LAWRENCE H.: and For-
REST, IRENE S.: EPR study of metabolic free radi-
cal intermediates. Varian Associates, Palo Alto,
Calif. (1961-62)

PieTTE, L. H., and Forrest, IRENE: EPR studies
of free radicals in the oxidation of drugs derived
from phenothiazine in vitro. Biochemica et Bio-
physica Acta, 57:419-420, 1962.

MH-5300 (R01) CLAUSEN, JoHN A.: Personality
continuity in the Oakland growth study Univer-
sity of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1961- )

CLAUSEN, JoHN A. and WILLIAMS, JUDITH R.:
Sociological correlates of child behavior. In: Child
psychology. Part I. Chicago, University of Chi-
cago Press, 1963, p. 62-107.

HAAN, NorMA: A proposed model .of ego func-
tioning: Coping and defense mechanisms in rela-
tionship to I.Q. change. Psychological Mono-
graphs, 77(8):1-23, 1963. (Whole No. 571).

HaAN, N.: The relationship of ego functioning and
intelligence to social status and social mobility.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69
(6) :594-605, 1964.
HaaN, N.: An investigation of the relationships of
Rorschach scores, patterns, and behavior to coping
and defense mechanisms. Journal of Projective
Techniques, 28:429-441, 1964.

HAAN, Norma: Coping and defense mechanisms
related to personality inventories. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 29(4):373-378, 1965.

HATFIELD, J. S., and SHAPIRO, A. M.: Dimensions
among interview ratings of men: An analysis of
their meaning and personality inventory correlates.
Journal of Elimical Psychology, 21(2):150-160,
1965.

ROSENTHAL, IRENE: Reliability of retrospective re-
ports of adolescence. Journal of Consulting Psy-
chology, 27:189-198, 1963.

SKOLNICK, ARLENE: Stability and interrelations of
thematic test imagery over 20 years. Child De-
velopment, 37(2):389-396, 1966.

STEWART, L. H.: Social and emotional adjustment
during adolescence as related to the development
of psychosomatic illness in adulthood. Genetic
Psychology Monographs, 65:175-215, 1962.

MH-5301 (R01) SmiTH, CHARLES P.: Need achieve-
ment, extrinsic goals, and performance. Princeton
University, Princeton, N.J. (1961-64)

SMITH, CHARLES P.: Relationships between achieve-
ment-related motives and intelligence, perform-
ance level, and persistence. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 68:523-532, 1964.

MH-5306 (R01) KoH, SooN D., and KOVNAR,
Murray R.: Affective judgments of music in
schizophrenics. State Hospital, Jamestown, N.D.
(1961-63)

KoH, SooN Duk: Scaling musical preferences.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70(1):79-
82, 1965.

MH-5308 (R03) LANDAUER, THoMAs K.: Delay
of secondary reinforcement. Dartmouth College,
Hanover, N.-H. (1961-62)

LANDAUER, THOMAS K.: Delay of an acquired rein-
forcer. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 58(3):374-379, 1964.

MH-5310 (R03) ALLINSMITH, WESLEY, and LINDE-
MANN, ELIZABETH B.: Evaluation of a preschool
screening program. Human Relations Service of
Wellesley, Wellesley Hills, Mass. (1961-62)

LINDEMANN, ELIZABETH B., ALLINSMITH, W.,
RoseNBLITH, Jupy F., Bubp, LiNpA M., and
SHAPIRO, SYBIL: Evaluation of a preschool screen-
ing program. (Abstract) American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 33:376-377, 1963.

555

MH-5313 (R03) Bas, HaroLD: Additivity of
habits based on shock and thirst. Hobart and
William Smith College, Geneva, N.Y. (1961-61)

BaBB, HAROLD: Transfer between habits based on
shock and thirst. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 56(2):318-323, 1963.

O'NEILL, JOHN J., SIMON, STUART H., and SHREEVE,
WALTON W.: Alternate glycolytic pathways in
brain: A comparison between the action of arti-
ficial electron acceptors and electrical stimulation.
Journal of Neurochemistry, 12(9/10):797-802,
1965.

MH-5314 (R01) GUBLER, CLARK J.: Adrenal hor-
mone and thiamine effects on' cerebral SHT.
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah.
(1961- )

Jounson, L. R., and GUBLER, C. J.: Studies with
thiamine pyrophosphokinase from rat brain. (Ab-
tract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:481,
1965.

SOFER, S., and GUBLER, C. J.: The effect of various
procedures on the 5-OH tryptamine (SHT) levels
in the brain of rats. (Abstract) Federation Pro-
ceedings, 21:340, 1962.

MH-5317 (R01) O'NEILL, JOHN ].: Drug-sensitive
biochemical pathways in the CNS. University of
Maryland, Baltimore, Md. (1961- )

O'NEILL, J., Duccy, T., and SIMON, S.: Inhibition
of cerebral cortex glycolysis: Possible feedback
control. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 24
(2) Part 1:536, 1965.

O'NEILL, J. J., SiMON, S. H., and CUMMINS, J. T.:
Inhibition of stimulated cerebral cortex respira-
tion and glycolysis by cholinolytic drugs. Bio-
chemical Pharmacology, 12:809-820, 1963.

O'NEILL, J., SIMON, S., and DUFFY, T.: Glycolytic
control by pyruvate in guinea pig brain slice.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 25(2):560,
1966.

MH-5319 (R01) Jarvik, MURRAY E.: Effect of
drugs upon memory. Yeshiva University—Albert
Einstein College of Medicine, New York, N.Y.
(1961- )

BARONDES, S. E., and Jarvik, M. E.: The influence
of actinomycin-D on brain RNA synthesis and on
memory. Journal of Neurochemistry, 11:187-
195, 1964.

BARRON, F., JarRviK, M. E., and BUNNELL, S.: The
hallucinogens. ~~ Scientific American, 210:29-37,
1964.

JarRviK, M. E., and CARLEY, J. L.: A simple circuit
for contact responses. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 7:82, 1964.
Kopp, R.: The temporal gradient of retrograde am-
nesia to ECS in mice. Federation Proceedings,
25(2):262, 1966.

LETHLEAN, A. K.: Habituation in the rat spinal
cord—a triggered process. (Abstract) Federation
Proceedings, 24(2) Part 1:517, 1965.

MH-5320 (R01) Seevers, M. H., and DENEAU,
GERALD A.: Dependence on narcotics in primates.
University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
(1961- )

Beck, L., LEVIN, J. A., and DENEAU, G. A.: Effect
of blocking agents on reflex and serotonin induced
dilatation in the monkey. (Abstract) Pharmacol-
ogist, 7(2):139, 1965.

DEeNEAU, G. A.: Pharmacological techniques for

evaluating addiction liability of drugs. In: No-
dine, J., and Siegler, P., eds. Clinical and labo-
ratory techniques in drug evaluation. Chicago,

Yearbook, 1964, p. 406-410.

DENEAU, G. A., and SEEVERS, M. H.: Pharmaco-
logical aspects of drug dependence. In: Garattini,
S., and Shore, P. A, eds. Advances in pharma-
cology. Vol. 3. New York, Academic, 1964,
p- 267-283.

DENEAU, G. A, and SEEVERs, M. H.: Drug depend-
ence. In: Lawrence, D. R., and Bachrach, A. L.,
eds. Evaluation of drug activities. London,
Academic, p. 167-179.

DENEAU, G. A., YaNAcGITA, T., and SEEVERS, M.
H.: Drug dependence in the monkey. In: Heath,
R. G, ed. The role of pleasure in behavior.
New York, Harper & Row, 1964, p. 141-150.

MH-5324 (R01) HubpsoN, Roy D.: Drug effects
on pyramidal and extra pyramidal systems. Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. ( 1961- )

HubsoN, Roy D., and DoMiNO, EDWARD F.: Com-
parative effects of three substituted phenothiazines
on the patellar reflex and mean arterial blood
pressure of the rabbit. Archives Internationales
de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 147 (1-2):
36-42, 1964.

MH-5331 (R01) GROSSMAN, SEBASTIAN P.: Be-
havioral effect of local chemical brain stimulation.
State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa. (1961-
64)

GRossMAN, S. P.: Chemically induced epileptiform
seizures in the cat. Science, 142:409-411, 1963.

GRossMAN, S. P.: Behavioral effects of chemical
stimulation of the ventral amygdala. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57:
29-36, 1964.

GRroOssMAN, S. P.: Effect of chemical stimulation of
the septal area on motivation. Journal of Com-

556

parative and Physiological Psychology, 58(2):
194-200, 1964.

GROSSMAN, S. P.: Some neurochemical properties of
the central regulation of thirst. In: Wayner, M.,
ed. Thirst in the regulation of body water. New
York, Pergamon, 1964, p. 487-510.

GROSSMAN, SEBASTIAN P.: Acquisition and per-
formance of avoidance responses during chemical
stimulation of the midbrain reticular formation.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psy-
chology, 61(1):42-49, 1966.

GROSSMAN, S. P.: The VMH: A center for affective
reactions, satiety, or both? Physiology and Be-
havior, 1(1) :1-10, 1966.

GRroOssMAN, S. P., and GrossMaN, L.: Food and
water intake following lesions or electrical stimu-
lation of the amygdala. American [Journal of
Physiology, 205:761-765, 1963.

GRrossMAN, S. P., PETERs, R. H., FREEDMAN, P. E,,
and WILLER, H. I.: Behavioral effects of choliner-
gic stimulation of the thalamic reticular formation.
Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychol-
0gy, 59:57-65, 1965.

MH-5333 (R01) BrEBBIA, D. ROBERT, ALTSHULER,

KENNETH Z., and SIMPSON, GEORGE M.: Diurnal

atterns of the BMR in schizophrenia. Rockland
tate Hospital, Orangeburg, N.Y. (1961- )

SIMPSON, GEORGE M., FARKAS, TIBOR, and SAUN-
DERS, J. C.: A clinical evaluation of a new butyro-
phenone (WY-3457). Psychopharmacologia, 5:
306-312, 1964.

MH-5336 (R10) CARVER, MICHAEL J.: Amino acid
transport by white blood cells. University of
Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr. (1961-62)

RyaN, W. L., and CARVER, M. J.: Immediate and
prolonged effects of hydrocortisone on the free
amino acids of rat skeletal muscle. Proceedings
of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, 114:816-819, 1963.

MH-5338 (R01) FINk, Max: Conference on EEG
and human psychiatry. Hillside Hospital, Glen
Oaks, N.Y. (1961-62)

FINK, Max: EEG and human psychopharmacology.
(Abstract) Electroencephalography and Clinical
Neurophysiology, 15:133-137, 1963.

FINK, MAX: Quantitative electroencephalography in
human psychopharmacology. II. Drug patterns.
In: Glaser, G., ed. EEG correlates of Bravior.
New York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 177-197. (Also
acknowledges MH-2715 and MH-7432).

MH-5339 (R01) MEYEROWITZ, SANFORD, and
ENGEL, GEORGE L.: Study of psychologic aspects
of disease. University of Rochester, Rochester,
N.Y. (1961-66)

Jacox, RALPH F., MONGAN, EDWARD S., VAUGHAN,
JouN H., ATWATER, EDWARD C., MEYEROWITZ,
SANFORD, and DUTHIE, ROBERT B.: An interdis-
ciplinary approach to the care of patients with
rheumatoid arthritis. New York State Journal of
Medicine, 63(11):1639-1651, 1963.

MH-5343 (R01) HABENSTEIN, ROBERT W., and
Court, ALLAN D.: Functions of extended kin-
ship in an urban milieu. Community Studies,
Kansas City, Mo. (1961-64)

Court, ALLAN-D.: Role allocation, position struc-
turing, and ambilineal descent. American An-
thropologist, 66:29-40, 1964.

CouLTt, ALLAN D., and HABENSTEIN, ROBERT W.:
The study of extended kinship in urban society.
Sociological Quarterly, 141-145, 1962.

MH-5348 (R01) EnTwiIsLE, Doris R., and FoRr-
sYTH, DANIEL: Analytic studies of children’s word
associations. Johns Hopkins University, Balti-
more, Md. (1961-64)

ENTwISLE, D. R., and ForsyTH, D. F.: Word asso-
ciations of children: Effect of method of admin-
istration. ~~ Psychological Reports, 13:291-299,
1963.

MH-5353 (R01) SorLoMON, LEONARD: Conditions
affecting behavioral coordination. Boston Univer-
sity, Boston, Mass. (1961-65)

KLEIN, EDWARD B., and SOLOMON, LEONARD:
Agreement response tendency and behavioral sub-
mission in schizophrenia. Psychological Reports,
18(2) :499-509, 1966.

NuTTALL, RONALD L., and SoLOMON, LEONARD F.:
Factorial structure and prognostic significance of
premorbid adjustment in schizophrenia. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 29(4):362-372, 1965.

SoLomoN, L., and KLEIN, E.: A comparison of
responses set tendencies in a normal and a schizo-
phrenic sample. Veterans Administration News-
etter for Research Psychology, 4:6-14, 1962.

SoLoMmoN, L., and KLEIN, E.: The relationship be-
tween agreeing response set and social desirability.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:
176-179, 1963.

SoLoMoON, L., and ZLotowsKl, M.: The relationship
between the Elgin and Phillips measures of proc-

-ess-reactive schizophrenia. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 138:32-37, 1964.

MH-5356 (R01) Back, Kurt W., and Bocpo-
NOFF, MorTON B.: Conformity behavior and
lipid mobilization. Duke University, Durham,
N.C. (1961-65)

Back, Kurt W. and BOGDONOFF, MORTON D.:
Plasma lipid responses to leadership, conformity
and deviation. In: Leiderman, P. Herbert, and
Shapiro, David, eds. Psychobiological approaches
to social behavior. Stanford, California, Stanford
University, 1964, p. 24-42.

Back, KUurRT W., BGGDONOFF, MORTON D., SHAW,
Davip M., and KLEIN, ROBERT F.: An interpre-
tation of experimental conformity through physio-
logical measures. Behavioral Science, 8:34-40,
1963.

Back, Kurt W., Hoop, THoMAs C., and BREHM,
MARY L.: The subject role in small group experi-
ments. Social Forces, 43(2):181-187, 1965.

BoGDONOFF, MORTON D., Back, Kurt W., KLEIN,
RoBert F., Estes, E. H., Jr. and NICHOLS,
CLAUDE: The physiologic response to conformity
pressure in man. Annals of Internal Medicine,
57:389-397, 1962.

"BoGpONOFF, M. D., BREHM, L., and Back, K. W.:
The effect of the experimenter’s role upon the
subject’s response to an unpleasant task. Journal
of Psychosomatic Research, 8:137-143, 1964.

BogponNorF, M. D., KLEIN, R. F., Back, K. W,,
NicHors, C. R., TrRovEr, W. G., and Hoop,
T. C.: Effect of group relationship and of the role
of leadership upon lipid mobilization. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 26:710-719, 1964.

BreuM, M. L., Back, K. W., and BOGDONOFF,
M. D.: A physiological effect of cognitive disso-
nance under stress and deprivation. Journal of
Abnormal and Social Psychology, 69(3):303-310,
1964.

KLEIN, ROBERT F., TROYER, WILLIAM G., BACK,
Kurt W., Hoop, THOMAS C., and BOGDONOFF,
MorTON D.: Experimental stress and fat mobili-
zation in lean and obese subjects. Metabolism,
14(1):17-25, 1965.

McGoucH, W. E. SILVERMAN, A. J., and BoG-
DONOFF, M. D.: Patterns of fat mobilization in
field-dependent and field-independent subjects.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(3), 245-256, 1965.

MH-5364 (R01) KaprLaN, Ira T.: Independent
monocular viewing with both eyes. Public Service
Research, Stamford, Conn. (1961-62)

KapLaN, I. T., and MEeTLAY, W.: Light intensity
and binocular rivalry. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 67:22-26, 1964.

MH-5375 (R01) THoMAs, DOROTHY S., and LEE,
EVERETT S.: Migration and mental disease. Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa.
(1961- )

Lazarus, JUDITH, LocKE, BEN Z., and THOMAS,
DoroTHY S.: Migration differentials in mental
disease. State patterns in first admissions to men-

557
tal hospitals for all disorders and for schizophre-
nia, New York, Ohio and California, as of 1950.
Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 41:25-42,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1140).

THoMAS, DOROTHY S., and LOCKE, BEN Z.: Mari-
tal status, education and occupational differentials
in mental disease. State patterns in first admis-
sions to mental hospitals for all disorders and for
schizophrenia, New York, and Ohio as of 1950.
Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, 41(2):145-
160, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1140).

MH-5384 (R01) GOTTESMAN, IRVING I.: Behavior
genetics of human personality. Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Mass. (1961-63)

GOTTESMAN, I. I.: Differential inheritance of the
psychoneuroses. Eugenics Quarterly, 9:223-227,
1962.

GOTTESMAN, I. I.: Genetic aspects of intelligent be-

havior. In: Ellis, N., ed. Handbook of mental
deficiency. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p.
253-296.

GoTTESMAN, I. I.: Heritability of personality: A
demonstration. Psychological Monographs, 77
(9):1-21, 1963. (Whole No. 572).

MH-5395 (R01) WIGGINS, JERRY S.: The structure
of the MMPI. Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif. (1961-62) (Continued as MH-7042).

WIGGINS, J. S.: Social desirability under role-playing
instructions: A reply to Walker. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27:107-111, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-7042).

WiGGINs, J. S.: An MMPI item characteristic deck.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24:
137-141, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-7042).

WiGGiNs, J. S.: Convergences among stylistic re-
sponse measures from objective personality tests.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24:
551-562, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-7042).

MH-5398 (RO1) SEARs, ROBERT R.: Identification
in four-year-old children. Stanford University,
Stanford, Calif. (1961-64)

SEARS, R. R.: Dependency motivation. In: Jones,
M. R, ed. Nebraska Symposium on Motivation,
1963. Lincoln, Nebr., University of Nebraska,
1963, p. 25-64.

MH-5400 (R03) HARrg, A. PauL: Conditional
measures of personality. Haverford College,
Haverford, Pa. (1961-62)

HARE, A. PAUL: Factors associated with Peace Corps
volunteer success in the Philippines. Human
Organization, 25(2):150-153, 1966.

558

MH-5402 (R03) GoNzALEZ, RicHARD C., and BIr-
TERMAN, M. E.: Preliminary studies of learning

in brain injured rats. Bryn Mawr College, Bryn
Mawr, Pa. (1961-62)

GonzaLEz, R. C., RoBerTs, W. A., and BITTER-
MAN, M. E.: Learning in adult rats with extensive
cortical lesions made in infancy. American Jour-
nal of Psychology, 577:547-562, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-2857).

MH-5405 (R03) MANN, RicHARD D.: Authority
and intimacy in group discussions. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1961-62)

MANN, RicHARD D.: The development of the mem-
ber-trainer relationship in self-analytic groups.
Human Relations, 19(1):85-115, 1966.

MH-5408 (R01) SiDMAN, MURRAY: Sensory and
behavioral tests of induced CNS changes. Massa-
chusetts "General Hospital, Boston, Mass.
(1961- )

SIDMAN, MURRAY: Anxiety. Proceedings of the
American Philosophical Society, 108(6):478-481,
1964.

MH-5410 (R01) Gross, MiLToN M., KissIN, BEN-
JAMIN, and TOBIN, MICHAEL: Hallucinations in
acute alcoholic psychoses. State University of
New York—Downstate Medical Center, Brook-
Iyn, N.Y. (1961-64)

Gross, M. M., BEGLEITER, H. ToBIN, M., and
Kissin, B.: Auditory evoked response comparison
during counting clicks and reading. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18
(5) :451-454, 1965.

GRoss, MILTON M., HALPERT, EUGENE, and SABOT,
LAWRENCE: Some comment on Bleuler’s concept
of acute alcoholic hallucinosis. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 24:54-60, 1963.

Gross, MILTON M., HALPERT, EUGENE, SABOT,
LAWRENCE, and PoLizos, PoLizoEs: Hearing dis-
turbances and auditory hallucinations in the acute
alcoholic psychoses. I. Tinnitus—incidence and
significance. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 137:455-465, 1963.

Gross, MiLToN M., ToBIN, M., KissiN, B., HAL-
PERT, EUGENE, and SABOT, LAWRENCE: Evoked
responses to clicks in delirium tremens: A pre-
liminary report. New York Academy of Science,
112:543-546, 1964.

MH-5415 (R01) SmitH, KATHLEEN: Origin of
characteristic odor of schizophrenic sweat. Wash-
ington University, St. Louis, Mo. (1961- )

Mort, RicHARD H., SMALL, IVER F., and ANDER-
SON, JoHN M.: Comparative study of hallucina-
tions. General Psychiatry, 12(6):595-601, 1965.
SKINNER, K., SMITH, K., and RicH, E.: Bacteria
and the “schizophrenic odor.” (Abstract) Amer-
ican Journal of Psychiatry, 121:64-65, 1964.

THOMPSON, GEOFFREY, F., and SMITH, KATHLEEN:
Application of on-column acid-base reactions to
the gas chromatographic separation of free fatty
acids and amines. Analytical Chemistry, 37(12):
1591-1592, 1965.

MH-5428 (R01) Horowitz, LEONARD M.: Studies
in verbal learning. Stanford University, Stanf rd,
Calif. (1961-64)

Horowitz, L.: Associative matching and intralist
similarity. ~~ Psychological Reports, 10:751-757,
1962.

Horowitz, L. M., BRowN, Z. M. and WEIss-
BLUTH, S.: Availability and the direction of asso-
ciations. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 68
(6) :541-549, 1964.

Horowitz, L., and Izawa, C.: Comparison of serial
and paired-associate learning. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 65:352-361, 1963.

Horowitz, L., and LARSEN, S.: Response interfer-
ence in paired-associate learning. [Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 65:225-232, 1963.

Horowitz, L., LippMAN, L., NorMAN, S., and
McConKIE, G.: Compound stimuli in paired-
associate learning. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 67:132-141, 1964.

MH-5429 (R01) PATTERSON, GERALD R., and
LiTTMAN, RICHARD A.: Reinforcement theory to
socialization of the child. University of Oregon,
Eugene, Ore. (1961-63) (Continued from
MH-4063).

PATTERSON, G. R.: An empirical approach to the
classification of disturbed children. Journal ‘of
Clinical Psychology, 20:326-337, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-4063).

PATTERSON, G. R., and ANDERSON, D.: Peers as
social reinforcers. Child Development, 35:951-
960, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4063).

PATTERSON, G. R., and HiNsey, W. C.: Investiga-
tions of some assumptions and characteristics of
a procedure for instrumental conditioning in chil-

dren. Journal of Experimental and Child Psy-
chology, 1:111-112, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4063).

PATTERSON, G. R., LitrtmMAN, R. E., and HINSEY,
W. C.: Parental effectiveness as reinforcers in the
laboratory and its relation to child rearing prac-
tices, and child adjustment in the classroom. Jour-
nal of Personality, 32:180-199, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4063).

MH-5430 (R01) Novick, ALVIN, and HENSON,
O’DeLL W., Jr.: Acoustic perception in echo

559

orientation. Yale University, New Haven, Conn.
(1961- )

GouLp, EpwiN, NEGUs, NorRMAN C., and NoVICK,
ALVIN: Evidence for echolocation in shrews.
Journal of Experimental Zoology, 156(1):19-38,
1964.

Novick, A.: Pulse duration in the echolocation of
insects by the bat, “Pteronotus.” Ergebnisse der
Zoology, 26:21-26, 1963.

Novick, ALVIN: Comparative aspects of echoloca-
tion of flying insects by chilonycterine bats. (Ab-
stract) American Zoologist, 4(4):15, 1964. ~

Novick, A., and VaisNnys, J. R.: Echolocation of
flying insects by the bat, “‘Chilonycteris.” (Ab-
stract) American Zoology, 3, 1963.

Novick, ALVIN, and VAIsNYs, Juozas R.: Echo-
location of flying insects by the bat, “Chilonycteris
parnellii.” Biological Bulletin, 127€3) :478-488,
1964.

MH-5438 (R03) Lyons, JosePH: Postural sym-
metry and perception of the vertical. University
of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. (1961-61)

Gourp, E., Neus, N. C,, and Novick, A.: Evi-
dence for echo-location in shrews. (Abstract
No. 53) American Zoologist, 2, 1962.

MH-5439 (R01) RowLAND, VERNON, CARLSON,
Nis J., GLuck, HENRY, and MACINTYRE, WIL-
LiaM J.: Electrophysiology and pharmacology of
conditioning. Western Reserve University, Cleve-
land, Ohio. (1961- )

DELUDE, LLoyDp A., and CARLSON, NILS J.: A test
of the conservation of anxiety and partial irre-
versibility hypotheses. Canadian Journal of Psy-
chology/Review of Canadian Psychology, 18:15-
22, 1964.

MACINTYRE, W. J., WasMaN, M., GLuekK, H., and
DiNEs, G. A.: Electroencephalographic data: Re-
duction by wave-width analysis. Science, 144
(3624) :1357-1358, 1964.

RowLAND, VERNON: Electrographic responses in
sleeping conditioned animals. In: Wolstenholme,
G. E. W., and O'Conner, M., eds. Ciba Founda-
tion Symposium on the Nature of Sleep. London,
J. & A. Churchill, 1961, p. 284-304.

MH-5447 (R01) WHITTEN, NorRMAN E., JR. and"
ErAasmUs, CHARLES J.: Social organization in val-
ues in coastal Ecuador. University of North Caro-
lina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1961-61)

WHITTEN, NORMAN E., JR.: Contemporary patterns
of malign occultism among negroes in North
Carolina. Journal of American Folklore, 75
(298) :311-325, 1962.
WHITTEN, NORMAN E.: Sociocultural change in
northwest Ecuador. Research Previews (Univer-
sity of North Carolina, Institute for Research in
Social Science), 9(3):9-18, 1962.

WHITTEN, NORMAN E., JR.: Power structure and
sociocultural] change in Latin American communi-
ties. Social Forces, 43(3):320-329, 1965.

MH-5449 (R03) Rice, GEORGE E., JRr.: Variables
of altruism in the rat. Agnes Scott College, Deca-
tur, Ga. (1961-62)

Rick, G. E., and GAINER, PRISCILLA: “Altruism” in
the albino rat. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 55:123-125, 1962.

MH-5450 (R03) SANDLER, JACK, and WILLIAMS,
CARL D.: Effect of reinforcement on masochistic
behavior. University of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.
1961-62)

SANDLER, JAck: Reinforcement combinations and
masochistic behavior. Psychological Reports, 11:
110, 1962.

MH-5452 (R03) RoBBINS, SAMUEL D.: Relation
between insecurity and” onset of stuttering. Insti-
tute for Speech Correction, Boston, Mass. (1961-
62)

RoBBINs, SAMUEL D.: 1000 Stutterers: A personal
report of clinical experience and research. Jour-
nal of Speech and Hearing Disorders, May:178-
186, 1964.

MH-5453 (R01) MANNERING, GILBERT J.: Devel-
opment of rapid test for narcotic excretion. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1961-62)

ANDERS, M. W., and MANNERING, G. J.: A new
peak-shift technique for gas-liquid chromatog-
raphy: Preparation of derivatives on the column.

Aalytical Chemistry, 34:730-733, 1962.

MH-5457 (R10) GELLER, MIRIAM R.: Bibliographic
research in psychopharmacology. Massachusetts
General Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1960-63)

GELLER, MIRIAM R.: The treatment of psychiatric
disorders with insulin, 1936-1960. A selected
annotated bibliography. Public Health Service
Publication No. 941, Washington, D.C., Govern-
ment Printing Office, 1962, 33 p.

GELLER, MIRIAM R.: The treatment of psychiatric
disorders with metrazol, 1935-1960. A selected
annotated bibliography. Public Health Service
Publication No. 967, Washington, D.C., Govern-
ment Printing Office, 1963, 22 p.

MH-5461 (R01) PopEeLL, JEROME E.: Studies in
meaning and context effects in connotation. San
Francisco State College, San Francisco, Calif.
(1961-63)

560

PopeLL, H. A., and PopELL, J. E.: Quantitative con-
notation of a concept. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 67:509-513, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4484).

MH-5464 (RO1) FiscHER, GLORIA ].: Compara-
tive learning in higher primates. University of
Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. (1961-63)

FiscHER, GLORIA J., and KITCHENER, SAuL L.:
Comparative learning in young gorillas and orang-
utans. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 107:337-
348, 1965.

MH-5465 (R01) Paroucci, ALLEN: Identification
of simple perceptual stimuli. University of Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1961-64)

Parbuccr, A.: Sequential effects in judgment.

Psy-
chological Bulletin, 61:163-167, 1964.

PArDuUCCcI, A., and SANDUSKY, A.: Distribution and
sequence effects in judgment. Journal of Experi-
mental Psychology, 69(5):450-459, 1965.

MH-5469 (R03) McCAIN, GARVIN M.: Effects of
overstraining on learning factors. Arlington State
College, Arlington, Texas. (1961-62)

McCAIN, GARVIN, and GARRETT, B. L.: Generaliza-
tion to stimuli of different brightness in three
straight-alley studies. Psychological Reports, 15:
368-370, 1964.

MH-5470 (R01) JOHNS, VARNER J., JR., BRUNJES,
SHANNON, and CocHRAN, BURT, Jr.: Cate-
cholamine and lipid metabolism in mental stress.
Loma Linda University, Los Angeles, Calif.
(1961-65)

BruNjJEs, S. D., Haywoop, L. J., and MARONDE,
R. E.: A controlled study of the antihypertensive
response to an MAO inhibitor. B. Urinary ex-
cretion of catecholamines and their metabolites.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
107:982-992, 1963.

BruUNJES, S. D., and WyBENGA, D.: Differential
fluorometry in catecholamine determination: A
simplified method of calculation. Clinical Chem-
istry, 9(5):626-630, 1963.

BrunjEs, S. D., WYBENGA, D., and JoHNs, V. J.:
Fluorometric determination of urinary metaneph-
ride and normetanephrine. Clinical Chemistry, 10
(1):1-12, 1964.

BrUNJES, S. W., WYBENGA, D., SPrOED, J., and
CHANEY, A.: A vanillylmandelic acid procedure
using an Ion exchange resin for the initial sepa-
ration. (Abstract) Clinical Chemistry, 8:452-453,
1962.

CocHRAN, B., and MARBACH, E. P.: Some acute and
chronic biochemical responses to electroconvulsive
therapy. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent advances in
biological psychiatry. Vol. 4. New York, Plenum
Press, 1962, p. 154-169.

CocHRAN, B., and MarBAcH, E. P.: Serum lipid
responses to somatic challenges in a neuropsychi-
atric hospital. In: Wortis, J., ed. Recent ad-
vance in biological psychiatry. Vol. 6. New
York, Plenum Press, 1964, p. 233-241.

DEQuATTRO, V., VON STUDNITZ, W., WYBENGA,
D., and BryYBHESM, S. D.: Determination of uri-
nary 3,4-dihydroxymandelic acid. (Abstract) Clin-
ical Research, 11:84, 1963.

SHANKEL, S., BRUNJES, S. D., and JoHNs, V. J.: A
new in vivo assay of monoamine oxidase activity.
(Abstract) Clinical Research, 10:90, 1962.

MH-5473 (R01) StoTLAND, EZRA: Cognitive in-
fluences on anxiety. University of Washington,
Seattle, Wash. (1961-62)

STOTLAND, EZRA, and BLUMENTHAL, ARTHUR L.:
The reduction of anxiety as a result of expectation
of making a choice. Canadian Journal of Psychol-
ogy/Review of Canadian Psychology, 18:139-145,
1964.

StoTLAND, E., and LiNDsTROM, M.: The influence
of anticipatory insight on subsequent anxiety.
Human Relations, 17:267-275, 1964.

MH-5484 (R01) THULINE, Horace C. and
Priest, JEAN H.: DNA duplication in human
chromosomes. Rainier School, Buckley, Wash.
(1961-64)

Priest, JEAN H., THULINE, H. C., Norsy, D. E,
and LAVECK, G. D.: Reproduction in human au-
tosomal trisomics; including chromosome studies
of a mongol mother, her non-mongol twins and
her family. A. M. A. Journal of the Diseases of
Children, 105:31-41, 1963.

MH-5495 (R01) HasseNPLUG, Luru W., and
QuiNT, JEANNE C.: Adjustment processes fol-
lowing radical mastectomy. University of Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1961-63)

QuiNT, JEANNE C.: Delineation of qualitative as-
ects of nursing care. Nursing Research, 11:
204-206, 1962.

QuiNT, JEANNE C.: The impact of mastectomy.
American Journal of Nursing, 63(11):88-91,
1963.

QUINT, JEANNE C.: Mastectomy: Signpost in time.
Journal of Nursing Education, 3:3-33, 1963.

QUINT, JEANNE C.: Mastectomy-symbol of cure or
warning sign? GP, 29(3):119-124, 1964.

QuINT, JEANNE C.: Institutionalized practices of in-
formation control. Psychiatry, 28(2):119-132,
1965.

MH-5498 (R03) Katz, SANFORD: The reaction
time of mediated responses. Hobart and William
Smith College, Geneva, N.Y. (1961-62)

Katz, S.: The reaction time of mediated responses.
Psychological Record, 13(1):57-64, 1963.

MH-5503 (R01) ToMmaN, JAMES E.: Mechanisms
of action of psychotropic drugs. Chicago Medical
School, Chicago, Ill. (1961- )

MirLaG, H., LEVIN, J. J, and TomMmaN, J. E. P.:
Utility of rheobase-length measurement in drug
studies on nerves. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 24(2) Part 1:716, 1965.

SaBeLLI, H. C.: A pharmacological strategy for the
study of central modulator linkages. In: Wortis,
Joseph, ed. Recent advances in biological psychi-
atry. Vol. 6. New York, Plenum Press, 1964,
p. 145-182.

SaBeLLy, H. C., MARKS, R., and TomaN, J. E. P.:
Drug studies on earthworm isolated ventral cord.
(Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22:391, 1963.

SaBeLLL, H. C, and ToMmAN, J. E. P.: Autonomic-
like mechanisms modulating brain functions. (Ab-
stract) American Zoologist, 1(4):468, 1961.

SaBeLLI, H. C., and ToMAN, J. E. P.: Drug-induced
rage in cats. (Abstract) Excerpta Medica, Serial
No. 48:1229, 1962.

SABELLI, H. C;, and ToMmAN, J. E. P.: Central modu-
lator mechanisms. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 21:331, 1962.

ToMmaN, J. E. P.: Some aspects of central nervous
pharmacology. Annual Review of Pharmacology,
3:153-184, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4545).

TomaN, James E. P.: Contribution of physiology
and pharmacology to psychiatry. Chicago Medi-
cal School Quarterly, 24:21-31, 1964.

VAZQUEZ, A. J.: Strychnine-sensitive mechanisms in
cat rage. (Abstract) Federation Proceedings, 22
(2) Part 1:514, 1963.

VazQuez, A. J., SaBerLLl, H. C, and TOMAN,
J. E. P.: Drug effects on rabbit cortical averaged
evoked potentials. (Abstract) Federation Proceed-
ings, 23(2)Part 1:248, 1964.

VazQuez, A. J. SaBerLii, H. C, and TOMAN,
J. E. P.: Action of nicotine and other drugs upon
rabbit cortical averaged evoked potentials. (Ab-
stract) Federation Proceedings, 24(2)Part 1:266,
1965.

VAzQuEz, A. J., and ToMAN, J. E. P.: Human EEG
averaged operant potentials. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 25(2):638, 1966. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4545).
MH-5504 (R01) LuBIN, ARDIE, and LANA, ROBERT
E.: The repeated measurement design in psycho-
pharmacology. American University, Washington,

.C. (1961-62)

LuBIN, ARDIE: Book Review: Problems in measur-
ing change. Harris, Chester W., ed. Madison,
University of Wisconsin Press, 1963. American
Journal of Psychology, 78(2):324-327, 1965.

MH-5505 (R01) MAHER, BRENDAN A.: Telemet-
ric autonomic measure of conflict behavior. Har-
vard University, Cambridge, Mass. (1961-64)

MAHER, BRENDAN: The application of the approach-
avoidance conflict model to social behavior. Jour-
nal of Conflict Resolution, 8:287-291, 1964.

MAHER, BRENDAN, WEISSTEIN, NAOMI, and SYLVAI,
KATHLEEN: The determinants of oscillation points
in a temporal decision conflict. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 1:13-14, 1964.

MH-5509 (R01) Frus, HENNING, MILHO]J, PouL,
and STEHOUWER, JAN: Study of social well-being
of the aged in Denmark. Danish National Insti-
tute of Social Research, Copenhagen, Denmark.
(1961-63)

Frus, HENNING: Cross-national research in old age.
International Social Science Bulletin, 15(3):451-
455, 1963.

MH-5511 (R01) TowNseND, PETER B.: Social
functioning of the aged. University of London—
University College, London, U.K. (1961-63)

TowNSEND, PETER: Moving towards a general the-
ory of family structure. In: Townsend, Peter.
The family life of old people. Baltimore, Md.,
Pelican Books, 1963, p. 300-313.

TownNsEND, PETER: The place of older people in
different societies. Lancet, 18:159-161, 1964.

WEDDERBURN, DOROTHY COLE: Economic aspects of
aging. International Social Science Journal, 15
(3) :394-409, 1963.

WEDDERBURN, DOROTHY COLE: Pension problems.
London and Cambridge Economic Bulletin, No. 49,
March 1964, p. 6-11.

MH-5512 (R04) ALLAND, ALEXANDER, JR., and
Forp, CLELLAN S.: A comparative study of prim-
itive hygiene. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1961-62)

ALLAND, ALEXANDER, JR.: Residence, domicile, and
descent: Groups among the Abron of the Ivory
Coast. Ethnology, 2(3):276-281, 1963.

ALLAND, ALEXANDER, JR.S Native therapists and
western medical practitioners among the Abron of
the Ivory Coast. Transactions of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 26:714-725, 1964.

562

MH-5513 (R01) FERGUSON, FRANCES NORTHEND,

and HONIGMANN, JOHN J.: Sociopsychological
dynamics of nonattachment. University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1961-62)

FERGUSON, FRANCES N.: The master-disciple rela-
tionship in India. Research Previews (Institute
for Research in Social Science, University of North
Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C.), 10:22-26, 1963.

MH-5515 (R03) FiscHER, GLORIA ].: Simple vis-
ual discrimination learning sets. University of
Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. (1961-61)

FiscHER, GLORIA J.: The formation of learning sets
in young gorillas. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:924-925, 1962.

MH-5516 (R03) Jackson, ELTON F.: Effects of
status mobility and inconsistency. Yale Univer-
sity, New Haven, Conn. (1961-63)

Jackson, ELTON F., and BURKE, PETER ].: Status
and symptoms of stress: Additive and interaction
effects. American Sociological Review, 30(4):
556-564, 1965.

MH-5518 (P01) ENGELHARDT, DAvID M., FINK,
GERALDINE, KAUFMAN, I. CHARLES, and SHANDS,
HARLEY C.: Psychiatric treatment process research
center. State University of New York—Down-
state Medical Center, Brooklyn, N.Y. (1961- )

GoOODENOUGH, DonNaLp R., Lewis, HELEN B.,,
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, LEROY, JARET, and SLESER,
IRVING: Dream reporting following abrupt and
gradual awakenings from different types of sleep.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2
(2):170-179, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-
3885).

GOODENOUGH, DonNaLp R.,- LEwis, HELEN B,,
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, and SLESER, IRVING: Some
correlates of dream reporting following labora-
tory awenkings. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 140(5):365-373, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3885).

Lewis, HELEN B., GoobeENOuUGH, DonNaALD R.,
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, and SLESER, IRVING: Individual
differences in dream recall. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 71(1):52-59, 1966. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3885).

SHAPIRO, A.: Instrumental techniques for the study
of human behavior. Annals of the New York
Academy of Science, 118:65-70, 1964.

SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, and COHEN, HARVEY D.: The
use of mercury capillary length gauges for the
measurement of the volume of thoracic and di-
aphragmatic components of human respiration: A
theoretical analysis and a practical method. Trans-
actions of the New York Academy of Sciences,
Ser. II, 27 (6) :634-649, 1965.
SHAPIRO, ARTHUR, GOODENOUGH, DONALD, LEWIS,
HELEN B., and SLESER, IRVING: Gradual arousal
from sleep: A determinant of thinking reports.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(4):342-349, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-3885).

MH-5519 (P01) GRINKER, Roy R.: Psychosomatic
clinical research center. Michael Reese Hospital
and Medical Center, Chicago, Ill. (1961- )

FINE, PauL, and OFFER, DANIEL: Periodic out-
bursts of antisocial behavior. - Archives of General
Psychiatry, 13(3) :240-254, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4870).

GoLDsTEIN, I. B.: A comparison between Taylor's
and Freeman’s manifest anxiety scales. Journal
of Consulting Psychology, 27:466, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, Iris B.: Physiological responses in anx-
ious women patients. Archives of General Psy-
chiatry, 10(4) :382-388, 1964.

GoLpsTEIN, I. R., GRINKER, R. R., HEATH, H. A.,
OkEN, D,, and SHipMAN, W. G.: Study in psy-
chophysiology of muscle tension. 1. Response
specificity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 11:
322-330, 1964.

GRINKER, R. R.: A struggle for eclecticism. Amer-
ican Journal of Psychiatry, 121:451-457, 1964.

HeatH, HELEN A., and OKEN, DoNALD: The
quantification of “response” to experimental stim-
uli. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27(5):457-471,
1965.

OKEN, D.: “Tension,” stress and self-control.
chosomatics, 5:3-6, 1964.

Psy-

OkEN, DONALD, and GRINKER, Roy R.: The pri-
vate mental hospital: A setting for clinical re-
search. Mental Hospitals, 13:483-486, 1962.

SHIPMAN, W. G.: The validity of MMPI hostility
scales. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21(2):
186-190, 1965.

SHIPMAN, W. G., OkEN, D.: GoLpsTEIN, I. B,,
GRINKER, R. R., and HEATH, H. A.: Study in
psychophysiology of muscle tension. II. Person-
ality factors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 11:
330-345, 1964.

MH-5521 (P01) FRANK, JEROME D.: KETY, SEY-
MOUR S.: A ‘psychiatric research center and pro-
gram. Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.
(1961-62)

PARK, L. C., BALDESsARINI, R. J., and KETY, S. S.:
Methionine effects on chronic schizophrenics.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 12(4):346-351,
1965.

PoLrack, I. W., and KiEv, A.: Spatial orientation
of psychotherapy: An experimental study of per-
ception. Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
ease, 137(1) :93-97, 1963.

563

MH-5527 (RO1) GREENBERG, NAHMAN H,,

GErTY, FRANCIS, and SABSHIN, MELVIN: Psycho-
physiological studies during infancy. University
of Illinois, Chicago, Ill. (1961-64)

GREENBERG, N. H.: Studies in psychosomatic dif-
ferentiation during infancy. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 7:389-406, 1962.

GREENBERG, N. H.: Origins of head-rolling (spas-
mus nutans) during early infancy: Clinical ob-
servations and theoretical implications.  Psycho-
somatic Medicine, 26:162-171, 1964.

GREENBERG, N. H., and LoEkscH, J. G.: Some spe-
cific areas of conflicts observed during pregnancy.
American. Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 32:624-636,
1962.

MH-5541 (RO1) Leevy, CARROLL M., CHERRICK,
GILBERT R., COLE, MALVIN, and NENNO, ROB-
ERT P.: Biochemical mechanism of delirium
tremens. Seton Hall College of Medicine and
Dentistry, Jersey City, N.J. (1961- )

CHERRICK, GILBERT R., BAKER, HERMAN, FRANK,
OscARr, and LEEVY, CARROLL M.: Observations
on hepatic acidity for folate in laennec’s cirrhosis.
Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, 66
(3) :446-451, 1965.

CHERRICK, GILBERT R., and LEEVY, CARROLL M.:
Effect of ethanol metabolism on pyridine nucleo-
tides in extrahepatic tissues. (Abstract) Federa-
tion Proceedings, 23:242, 1964.

CHERRICK, G. R., and LEevY, C. M.: The effect of
ethanol metabolism on levels of oxidized and re-
duced nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide in liver,
kidney, and heart. Biochimica et Biophysica Acta,
107:29-37, 1965.

FENNELLY, JAMES, BAKER, HERMAN, FRANK, Os-
CAR, and LEEVY, CARROLL M.: Deficiency of thi-
amine pyrophosphate apoenzyme in liver disease.
Clinical Research, 11:182, 1963.

FENNELLY, J., FRANK, O., BAKER, H., and LEEVY,
C. M.: Peripheral neuropathy of the alcoholic:
I. Aectiological role of aneurin and other B-
complex vitamins. British Medical Journal, 2:
1290-1292, 1964.

Leevy, CARROLL M.: Clinical aspects of the hepatic
circulation. ~~ Gastroenterology, 48(6):790-804,
1965.

LEEvY, CARROLL M., and BAKER, HERMAN: Meta-
bolic and nutritional effects of alcoholism. Ar-
chives of Environmental Health, 7:453-459, 1963.

LEevy, CARROLL M., BAKER, HERMAN, TENHOVE,
WIiLLEM, FRANK, OscAR, and CHERRICK, GIL-
BERT R.: B-complex vitamins in liver disease of
the alcoholic. American Journal of Clinical Nu-
trition, 16(4) :339-346, 1965.
LEevy, CarRroLL M., TENHOVE, WILLEM, and
HowARrp, MACEO: Mesenchymal-cell proliferation
in liver disease of the alcoholic. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 187:598-600, 1964.

MH-5543 (R03) Hawkins, Davip R., and Pur-
YEAR, HERBERT: Basal skin resistance change in
sleep and dreaming. University of North Caro-
lina, Chapel Hill, N.C. (1961-62)

HAWKINS, DAvID R., PURYEAR, HERBERT B., WAL-
LACE, CHARLES D., Dear, WiLLiAM B., and
THoMAs, EpwIN S.: Basal skin resistance during
sleep and “dreaming.” Science, 136:311-322,
1962.

MH-5547 (R03) ScHwARTZ, FRED: Role of at-
tention in learning memory. Austin Riggs Cen-
ter, Stockbridge, Mass. (1961-62)

ScHwARTZ, F., and LiPPMANN, FRANCES: Cognitive
and associative structures in recall. Psychological
Reports, 11:91-101, 1962.

ScHwARTZ, F., and Novick; T. N.: An associative
explanation of verbal satiation. Psychological Re-
ports, 15:404, 1964.

MH-5548 (R03) NicHoLs, RoBERT C., and LEW-
INSOHN, PETER M.: Evaluation of change in men-
tal disorders. Larue Carter Memorial Hospital,
Indianapolis, Ind. (1961-62)

LEwWINSOHN, P. M., and NicHoLs, R. C.: The evalu-
ation of changes in psychiatric patients during and
after hospitalization. Journal of Clinical Psychol-
0gy, 20:272-279, 1964.

LewiNsoHN, P. M., NicHors, R. C., Puros, L.,
LAaMoNT, J. F,, NickeL, H. J., and SisKIND, G.:
The reliability and validity of quantified judge-
ments from psychological tests. Journal of Clin-
ical Psychology, 19:64-73, 1963.

MH-5550 (R01) KroN, REUBEN E., and STEIN,
MARVIN: Experimental investigation of sucking
behavior. University of Pennsylvania, Philadel
phia, Pa. (1961- )

Kron, R. E., STEIN, M., and GoppAarDp, G. E.: A
method of measuring sucking behavior of new-
born infants. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25:181-
191, 1963.

MH-5554 (R03) SMALL, Joyce G.: EEG activa-
tion by emotional stress. University of Oregon
Medical School, Portland, Ore. (1961-62)

SMALL, J. G., STEVENS, J. R., and MILSTREIN, V.:
Electro-clinical correlates of emotional activation
of the electroencephalogram. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Diseases, 138:146-155, 1964.

564

MH-5561 (R03) GHENT, ARTHUR W.: Tribolium
responses to fresh and conditioned flours. Uni-
versity of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. (1961-62)

GHENT; ARTHUR W.: Studies of behavior of the
Tribolium flour beetles. I. Contrasting responses
of “T. castaneum” and “T. confusum” to fresh
and conditioned flours. Ecology, 44(2):269-283,
1963.

MH-5566 (RO1) REiss, IRA L.: Guttman scales of
student attitudes. State University of Iowa, Iowa
City, Iowa. (1961-64) (Continued from MH-
4045). :

McTAavisH, DoNALD G.: A method for more re-
liable coding detailed occupations into Duncan’s
socio-economic categories. American Sociological
Review, 29:402-406, 1964. (Also aknowledges
MH-4045).

Reiss, IRA L.: Sexual codes in teen-age culture.
Annals of the American Academy of Political and
Social Science, November: 53-62, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-4045).

Ress, IRA L.: Sociological studies of sexual stand-
ards. In: Winokur, G., ed. Determinants of
human sexual behavior, Chapter 6. Springfield,
Ill., Thomas, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4045).

Reiss, IRA L.: Premarital sexual permissiveness
among Negroes and whites. American Sociologi-
cal Review, 29:688-698, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4045).

Reiss, IRA L.: Social class and premarital sexual
permissiveness: A re-examination. American So-
ciological Review, 30(5):747-756, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-4045).

MH-5588 (R01) LOEB, JANICE: Social reinforce-
ment and learning in children. Dallas Child
Guidance Clinic, Dallas, Texas. (1961-62)

LokeB, JANICE: The incentive value of cartoon faces
to children. Journal of Experimental Child Psy-
chology, 1:99-107, 1964

MH-5589 (R01) RoseN, BERNARD C.: Family
structure and achievement motivation. University
of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr. (1961- ) (Con-
tinued from MH-2283).

ROSEN, BERNARD C.: Family structure and achieve-
ment motivation. American Sociological Review,
26:574-585, (Also acknowledges MH-
2283).

1961.

ROSEN, BERNARD C.: Socialization and achievement
motivation in Brazil. American Sociological Re-
view, 27:612-624, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-2283).
RoseN, BERNARD C.: The achievement syndrome
and economic growth in Brazil. Social Forces,
42(3):341-354, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
2283).

MH-5590 (R03) MECHAM, MERLIN ].: Language
scores vs. speech training. Brigham Young Uni-
versity, Provo, Utah. (1961-62)

MEcHAM, M. J.: Prediction and measurement of
speech improvement in the mentally retarded. In:
Selected convention papers, 40th Annual Council
for Exceptional Children Convention. Washing-
ton, D.C., National Education Association, 1962,
p- 130-134.

MH-5591 (RO1) BoRrGATTA, EDGAR F.: Cumula-
tive scaling and error estimation. University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Wisc. (1961-64)

BORGATTA, EDGAR F.: Some comments on metho-
dological developments in the last quarter-century.
Sociological Quarterly, 3:296-315, 1962.

BORGATTA, EDGAR F., and StoLz, WALTER: A note
on a computer program for rearrangement of
matrices. Sociometry, 26(3):391-392, 1963.

MH-5597 (R03) UHR, LEONARD M.: Experimen-
tal tests of computer model for perception. Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1961-
62)

UHR, LEONARD, VOSSLER, CHARLES, and ULEMAN,
JAMES: Pattern recognition over distortions, by
human subjects and by a computer simulation of a
model for human form perception. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63:227-234, 1962.

MH-5600 (R01) WEINER, HAROLD: A study of
observer responses in a vigilance task. St. Eliza-
beth’s Hospital, Washington, D.C. (1961-62)

WEINER, HAROLD: Some effects of response cost
upon human, operant behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5:201-208,
1962.

WEINER, HAROLD: Operant programming with tran-
sisterized digital elements. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 6:193-195, 1963.

WEINER, HAROLD: Response cost and the aversive
contro} of human operant behavior. Journal of
the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6:415-
421, 1963.

WEINER, HAROLD: Response cost and fixed-ratio
performance. Journal of the Experimental Analy-
sis of Behavior, 7:79-81, 1964.

WEINER, HAROLD: Modification of escape respond-
ing in humans by increasing the magnitude of an
aversive event. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 7:277-279, 1964.

565

WEINER, HAROLD: Response cost effects during ex-
tinction following fixed-interval reinforcement in
humans. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 7:333-335, 1964.

WEINER, H.: Conditioning history and human fixed-
interval performance. Journal of the Experimen-
tal Analysis of Behavior, 7(5):383-385, 1964.

MH-5611 (R03) GERKEN, GEORGE M.: Correla-
tion of evoked potential and behavior. University
of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. (1961-62)

GERKEN, G. M.: Correlational analysis of evoked
responses. (Abstract) Journal of the Acoustic
Society of America, 35:809-810, 1963.

MH-5619 (R17) MENDELSON, Jack H.: Metabolic
and behavioral aspects of alcohol addiction.
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Mass.
(1961- )

McGUIRE, MICHAEL T., STEIN, STEFAN, and MEN-
DELSON, JAcK H.: Comparative psychosocial stud-
ies of alcoholic and nonalcoholic subjects under-
going experimentally induced ethanol intoxication.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 28(1):13-26, 1966.

Merro, Nancy K., and MENDELSON, JAcK H.:
Operant drinking of alcohol on a rate-contingent
ratio schedule of reinforcement. Journal of Psy-
chiatric Research, 3(3):145-152, 1965.

MkeLLo, N. K., and MENDELSON, J. H.: Operant
analysis of drinking patterns of chronic alcoholics.
Nature, 206(4979) :43-46, 1965.

MENDELSON, Jack H., and MELLO, NANcy K.:
A tamper-proof fluid dispenser and drinkometer
for monkeys. Psychonomic Science, 2(9):387-
388, 1965.

MENDELSON, Jack H., MEeLLo, Nancy K., Cor-
BETT, CLARE, and BALLARD, REGINALD: Puromy-
cin inhibition of ethanol ingestion and liver alcohol
dehydrogenase activity in the rat. Journal of Psy-
chiatric Research, 3(2):133-143, 1965.

MENDELSON, Jack H., STEIN, STEFAN, and Mc-
GUIRE, MICHAEL T.: Comparative psychophysio-
logical studies of alcoholic and nonalcoholic sub-
jects undergoing experimentally induced ethanol
intoxication. Psychosomatic Medicine, 28(1):
1-12, 1966.

ScHAPIRO, R. H., ScHEIG, R. L., DRUMMEY, G. D,,
MENDELSON, J. H., and ISSELBACHER, K. J.:
Effects of prolonged ethanol ingestion on the
transport and metabolism of lipids in man. New
England Journal of Medicine, 272(12):610-615,
1965.

TALLAND, GEORGE A., MENDELSON, JAck H,
Koz, GABRIEL, and AARON, ROBERT: Experimen-
tal studies of the effects of tricyanoaminopropene
on the memory and learning capacities of geriatric
patients. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 3(3):
171-179, 1965.
MH-5622 (R03) CERNY, LAURENCE C.: In vitro,
in vivo blood flow correlation study. Syracuse
University, Syracuse, N.Y. (1961-62)

CerNY, L. C.: A region of Newtonian flow for
whole blood. Biorheology, 1:159-165, 1963.

MH-5625 (R03) Young, Frank W.: Cross-cul-
tural test of two identification hypotheses. Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. (1961-62)

Young, FRANK W., and YouNG, RutH C.: The
sequence and direction of community growth:
A cross-cultural generalization. Rural Sociology,
27(4):374-386, 1962.

YouNG, FRANK W., and YouNG, RuTH C.: Toward
a theory of community development. In: Science,
technology and development. Vol. 7. Social
problems of development and urbanization. United
Nations Conference on the Application of Science
and Technology for the Benefit of the Less De-
veloped Areas. New York, United Nations, 1963,
p- 23-31.

MH-5627 (R01) Quay, HERBERT C., and PETER-
soN, DoNALD R.: Dimensions of personality in
juvenile delinquency. Northwestern University,
Evanston, Ill. (1961-63)

Quay, HERBERT C.: Dimensions of personality in
delinquent boys as inferred from the factor analy-
sis of case history data. Child Development, 35:
479-484, 1964.

Quay, H. C,, and Quay, L. C.: Behavior problems
in early adolescence. Child Development, 36(1):
215-220, 1965.

MH-5630 (R01) SHANAS, ETHEL: National survey
of noninstitutionalized older people. University
of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1961-63)

SHANAS, ETHEL: Some observations on cross-national
surveys of aging. Gerontologist, 3:7-9, 1963.

SHANAs, ETHEL: Cross-national research in aging:
A report of an on-going research project. Social
Process, 26:19-22, 1963.

MH-5632 (R17) Krarr, ALBERT R.: Oxidative
and photosynthetic phosphorylation. ~ University
of Miami School of Medicine, Miami, Fla. (1961-
64)

KrarL, A. R.: Urinary indoles in mental patients.
Journal of the American Medical Association,
185:889-890, 1963.

KRALL, A. R,, and Bass, E. R.: Oxygen dependency
of in vivo photophospherylation. Nature, 196
(4856) :791-792, 1962.

Krarr, ALBERT R., LEVER, P. GORDON, VILLA-
VERDE, RICARDO, and BILLETT, BERNICE: Studies
on urinary indoles in mental patients. Journal of

566

the American Medical Association, 184:280-282,
1963.

KraLL, A. R., SIEGEL, G., and GozANsKY, D. M.:
Adrenochroms inhibition of oxidative phosphoryl-
ation by rat brain mitochondria. (Abstract) Fed-
eration Proceedings, 22:55f, 1962.

MH-5639 (R03) MAYNARD, EpiTH A.: Study of
esterases in crustacean nervous system. University
of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1961-61)

MAYNARD, E. A.: An electrophoretic study of ester-
ases in the nervous systems of several decapod
crustacea. (Abstract) American Zoologist, 1(4):
462, 1961.

MH-5643 (R01) KING, JoHN A., and BALABAN,
MARTIN: Social and hereditary factors in nervous
instability. Michigan State University, East Lan-
sing, Mich. (1961- ) (Continued from MH-
123).

FreepMAN, D., Erriorr, O., and KING, J. A.:
Critical period in the social development of dogs.
Science, 133:1016-1017, 1961. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-123).

KiNG, J. A.: Swimming and reaction to electric
shock in two subspecies of deermice (Peromyscus
maniculatus) during development. Animal Be-
haviour, 9:142-150, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-123).

KING, J. A.: Development and behavioral evolution
in “Peromyscus.” In: Blair, W. F., ed. Verte-
brate speciation. Austin, Texas, University of
Texas Press, 1961, p. 122-145. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-123).

KING, J. A.: Maternal behavior in “Peromyscus.”
In: Rheingold, H. L., ed. Maternal behavior of
mammals. Baltimore, Wiley & Sons, 1963, p. 58-
93. (Also acknowledges MH-123).

KING, JoHN A.: Body, brain, and lens weights of
“Peromyscus.” Zoologische Jahrbucher Anatomie
und Ontogenie der Tiere (Germany), 82:5.177-
188, 1965.

KING, J. A., DEsHAIES, J. C., and WEBSTER, R.:
Age of weaning in two subspecies of deer mice.
Science, 139:483-484, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-123).

KING, J. A., Maas, D., and WEISMAN, R. G.: Geo-
graphic variation in nest size among three species
of Peromyscus. (Abstract) American Zoologist,
3:501, 1963. Also in: Evolution, 18(2):230-
234, 1964.

KING, JoHN A., and WEISMAN, RONALD G.: Sand
digging contingent upon bar pressing in deermice
(Peromyscus). Animal Behavior, 12(4):446-
450, 1964.
KING, JoHN A., and WEISMAN, RONALD G.: Visual
discrimination in deermice. Psychonomic Science,

4(1):43-44, 1965.

ROSEN, J., and HART, F. M.: Effects of early social
isolation upon adult timidity and dominance in
“Peromyscus.” Psychological Reports, 13:47-50,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-123).

MH-5652 (R01) KALLMANN, FRANZ J.: Confer-
ence on goals of genetics in psychiatry. New
York State Psychiatric Institute, New York, N.Y.
(1961-61)

KaLLMANN, F. J.: Expanding goals of genetics in
psychiatry. In: Kallmann, F. J., ed. Symposium
at the New York State Psychiatric Institute. New
York, Grune & Stratton, 1962, p. 1-12.

MH-5655 (P01) BacoN, SELDON D.: Center of
alcohol studies at Rutgers. The State University
of Rutgers, New Brunswick, N.J. (1961- )

Bacon, S. D.: Alcoholism. In: Josephson, Eric,
and Josephson, Mary, eds. Man alone: Alienation
in modern society. New York, Dell, 1962, p.
393-401.

Bacon, S. D.: The Rutgers Center of Alcohol
Studies. A tentative conceptualization of purpose.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 23:321-
324, 1962.

BacoN, S. D.: Alcohol and complex society. In:
Pittman, D. J., and Snyder, C. R., eds. Society,
culture and drinking patterns. New York, Wiley,
1962, p. 78-93.

Bacon, S. D.: Changes in alcoholism rehabilitation,
1928-1963. Academy of Medicine of New Jersey,
9:166-178, 1963.

Bacon, S. D.: Alcohol, alcoholism, and crime: An
overview. Crime and Delinquency, 9:1-14, 1963.

Bacon, S. D., and Straus, R. D.: The problems of
drinking in college. In: Pittman, D. J. and
Snyder, C. R., eds. Society, culture and drinking
patterns. New York, Wiley, 1962, p. 246-258.

CARPENTER, J. A.: Effects of alcohol on psychologi-
cal processes. In: Fox, B. H., and Fox, J. H., eds.
Alcohol and traffic safety. Washington, D.C.,
U.S. Government Printing Office, 1963, p. 45-90.
(Public Health Service Pub. No. 1043).

CARPENTER, JOHN A., and Ross, BRuce M.: Effect
of alcohol on short-term memory. Quarterly Jour-
nal of Studies on Alcohol, 26(4):561-579, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-6953).

CARPENTER, J. A., and VARLEY, M. E.: The joint
action of tranquilizers and alcohol on driving.
In: Proceedings of the 3rd International Confer-
ence on Alcohol and Road Traffic, 1962. London,
British Medical Association, 1963, p. 156-161.

567

ErroN, V., and KELLER, M.: Selected statistical
tables on the consumption of alcohol, 1850-1961
and on alcoholism, 1930-1960. Quarterly Journal
on Studies on Alcohol, 18 p., July 1962.

FALLDING, H.: Functional analysis in sociology.
American Sociological Review, 28:5-13, 1963.

GorpoN, E. R:: Glucose consumption by the per-
fused isolated rat liver. Canadian Journal of Bio-
chemistry and Physiology, 41:1611-1620, 1963.

GorpoN, E., TINKER, D. O., and WaTsoN, W. J.:
A study of intermediate carbohydrate metabolism
in rats exposed to high oxygen pressures. ~ Cana-
dian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, 41:
327-333, 1963.

JonEs, R. W.: Changing patterns and attitudes to-
ward use of alcoholic beverages in the United
States, 1900-1963. In: Reynolds, Richard B., ed.
Interpreting current knowledge about alcohol and
alcoholism to a college community. Albany, New
York, New York State Department of Mental
Hygiene, 1964, p. 9-20.

KELLER, M.: The definition of alcoholism and the
estimation of its prevalence. In: Pittman, D. J.,
and Snyder, C. R., eds. Society, culture, and
drinking patterns. New York, Wiley, 1962, p.
310-329. (Also acknowledges MH-9159).

LEsTER, D.: Endogenous ethanol. Quarterly Journal
of Studies on Alcohol, 22:554-574, 1961.

LESTER, D.: The concentration of apparent endoge-
nous. ethanol. Quarterly Journal of Studies on
Alcohol, 23:17-25, 1962.

LESTER, D.: Rapid methods for processing large
numbers of tissue samples for ethyl-alcohol. In:
Alcohol and road trafhc, Proceedings of the 3rd
International Conference, London, 1962. 1963,
p. 231-236.

McCArTHY, R. G.: Community responsibility for the
control of alcoholism. In: Los Angeles Confer-
ence on Alcoholism. Los Angeles, Calif., Wel-
fare Planning Council, 1962, p. 1-6.

McCARTHY, R. B.: Alcohol—its social and educa-
tional implications. In: Alcohol education—
whose responsibility? Michigan State Board of
Alcoholism, 1963, p. 4-11.

McCarTHY, R. G.: Alcohol education for classroom
and community: A source book for educators.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964. 308 p.

MURPHREE, HENRY B., Pricg, LiLLys M., and
GREENBERG, LEON A.: Effect of congeners in al-
coholic beverages on the incidence of nystagmus.
Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 27(2):
201-213, 1966.

RUBINGTON, E.: The alcohol offender and his treat-
ment. In: Toch, Hans, ed. Legal and criminal
psychology. New York, Holt, Rinehart, & Win-
ston, 1961, p. 381-399.
RUBINGTON, E.: “Failure” as a heavy drinker: The
case of the chronic drunkenness offender on skid
row. In: Pittman, David J., and Snyder, Charles
R., eds. Society, culture and drinking patterns.
New York, Wiley, 1962, p. 146-153.

MH-5664 (R10) BriLL, HENRY: NIMH collabo-
rative study. New York State Department of
Mental Hygiene, Albany, N.Y. (1961- )

DevYkIN, Eva Y. KLERMAN, GERALD L. and
ARMOR, DAVID J.: The relatives of schizophrenic
patients: Clinical judgments of potential emo-
tional resourcefulness. American Journal of Or-
thopsychiatry, 36(3):518-528, 1966.

KLErMAN, G. L.: NIMH collaborative study of
phenothiazine treatment of acute schizophrenic
psychoses. Transactions of the 6th Research Con-
ference on Cooperative Chemotherapy Studies in
Psychiatry and Broad Research Approaches to
Mental Illness. Washington, D.C., Veterans Ad-
ministration, 6:30-38, 1961.

KLERMAN, G. L.: The influence of personality fac-
tors on phrenotropic agent effects. Transactions
of the 6th Research Conference on Cooperative
Chemotherapy Studies ih Psychiatry and Broad
Research Approaches to Mental Illness. Wash-
ington, D.C., Veterans Administration, 6:339-
346, 1961.

KLERMAN, G. L.: Stress and adjustment reactions:
Classification and clinical orientation. In: No-
dine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H., eds. Psychosomatic
medicine. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1962,
p. 14-17..

KLERMAN, G. L.: Ratings scales in the measurement
of psychopathologic pharmacologic response. In:
Nodine, J. H., and Moyer, J. H., eds. Psychoso-
matic Medicine. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger,
1962, p. 368-372.

KLERMAN, G. L.: Assessing the influence of the
hospital milieu upon the effectiveness of psychi-
atric drug therapy: Problems of conceptualization
and of research methodology. Journal of Nervous
and Mental Disease, 137:143-154, 1963.

National Institute of Mental Health, Psychopharma-
cology Service Center Collaborative Study Group.
Phenothiazine treatment in acute schizophrenia.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 10:246-261, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4661; MH-4663; MH-
4667; MH-4673; MH-4674; MH-4675; MH-
4679; MH-4803; MH-4671).

PEARLIN, LEONARD I., and KLERMAN, GERALD S.:
Career preferences of psychiatric residents. = Psy-
chiatry, 29(1):56-66, 1966.

Rosg, R. M., DiMascio, A., and KLERMAN, G. L.:
Non-polar urinary metabolites of chlorpromazine
in male schizophrenics. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 2(4):299-305, 1964.

568

MH-5668 (R03) BECKETT, PETER G. S., and FROH-
MAN, CHARLES E.: Biochemical study of primates
reared in isolation. Lafayette Clinic, Detroit,
Mich. (1961-62)

BECKETT, P. G. S., FROHMAN, C. E., DAVENPORT,
R. K,, Jr, RoGErs, M., and GOTTLIEB, ]. S.:
Biologic effects of infantile restriction in chim-
panzees. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 4(1):1-8,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1005).

MH-5671 (R03) RIEBER, MORTON: Delay of re-
ward and discrimination learning. Baylor Uni-
versity, Houston, Texas. (1961-62)

RIEBER, M.: Verbal mediations in normal and re-
tarded children. American [Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 68:634-641, 1964.

RIEBER, M.: Delay of reward and discrimination
learning in children. Child Development, 35:
559-568, 1964.

RIEBER, MORTON, and JOHNSON, BETTE M.: The
relative effects of alternating delayed reinforce-
ment and alternating nonreinforcement on re-
sponse speeds of children. Journal of Experimen-
tal Child Psychology, 1:174-181, 1964.

MH-5673 (R01) TEUBER, HANsS-LUKAs: Program
of research in neuropsychology. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass.
(1961- ) (Continued from MH-3347).

ALTMAN, J.: Diurnal activity rhythm of rats with
lesions of superior colliculus and visual cortex.
American Journal of Physiology, 202(6):1205-
1207, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

ALTMAN, ].: Effects of lesions in central nervous
visual structures on light aversion of rats. Ameri-
can Journal of Physiology, 202:1208-1210, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3347).

ALTMAN, ].: Autoradiographic study of degenera-
tive and regenerative proliferation of neuroglia
cells with tritiated thymidine. Experimental Neu-
rology, 5(4):302-318, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3347).

ALTMAN, J.: Some fiber projections to the superior
colliculus in the cat. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 119:77-95, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3347).

ALTMAN, J.: Are new neurons formed in the brains
of adult mammals? Science, 135(3509):1127-
1128, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

ALTMAN, J., and ALTMAN, ELIZABETH: Increased
utilization of an amino acid and cellular prolifer-
ation demonstrated autoradiographically in the
optic pathways of pigeons. Experimental Neu-
rology, 6:142-151, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-3347).
ALTMAN, J., and MaLis, L. I.: An electrophysio-
logical study of the superior colliculus and visual
cortex. ~~ Experimental Neurology, 5:233-249,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

CHOROVER, S. L.: Effects of mescaline sulfate on
extinction of conditional avoidance response
(CAR). Journal of Comparative and Physiologi-
cal Psychology, 54:649-652, 1961. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3347).

CHOROVER, S. L., and Gross, C. G.: Caudate nu-
cleus lesions: Behavioral effects in the rat. Sci-
ence, 141:826-827, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3347).

CHOROVER, S. L., and ScHILLER, P. H.: Short-term
retrograde amnesia in rats. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 59:73-78, 1965.

GHENT, LiLA, MISHKIN, M., and TEUBER, H. L.:
Short-term memory after frontal-lobe injury in
man. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 55:705-709, 1962. (Also acknowl-

edges MH-3347).

Gross, C. G.: Effects of different stimulus condi-
tions on locomotor activity of frontal monkeys.
(Abstract) American Psychologist, 17:385, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3347).

Gross, C. G.: A comparison of the effects of par-
tial and total lateral frontal lesions on test per-
formance by monkeys. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):41-47, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3347).

Gross, C. G.: Effect of deprivation on delayed
response and delayed alternation performance by
normal and brain operated monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56
(1):48-51, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3347).

Gross, C. G.: Discrimination reversal after lateral
frontal lesions in monkeys. Journal of Compara-
tice and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):52-55,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

Gross, C. G.: Locomotor activity following lateral
frontal lesions in rhesus monkeys. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
232-236, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

Gross, CHARLES G., CHOROVER, STEPHAN L., and
COHEN, SHOEL M.: Caudate, cortical, hippocam-
pal and dorsal thalamic lesions in rats: Alterna-
tion and Hebb-Williams maze performance. Nex-
ropsychologia, 3:53-68, 1965.

Gross, C. G., and WEISKRANTZ, L.: Evidence for
dissociation of impairment on auditory discrimi-
nation and delayed response following lateral
frontal lesions in monkeys. Experimental Neurol-
ogy, 5(6):453-476, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-3347).

569

Gross, C. G., and WEISKRANTZ, L.: Some changes
in behavior produced by lateral frontal lesions in
the Macaque. In: Warren, J. M., and Akert, K.,
eds. The frontal granular cortex and behavior.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 74-101.
(Also acknowledges MH-3347).

MACKINTOSH, J., and SUTHERLAND, N. S.: Visual
discrimination by the goldfish: The orientation of
rectangles. Animal Behavior, 11(1):135-141,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

MackINTOSH, N. J., MACKINTOSH, J., and SUTHER-
LAND, N. S.: The relative importance of horizon-
tal and vertical extents in shape discrimination by
octopus. Animal Behavior, 11(2&3):355-358,
1963.

MEYER, V., Gross, C. G., and TeuBEr, H.-L.:
Effect of knowledge of site of stimulation on the
threshold for pressure sensitivity. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 16:637-640, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3347).

PROCTOR, FLORRY, RIKLAN, M., COOPER, I. S., and
TEUBER, H. L.: Somatosensory status of parkin-
sonian patients before and after chemothalamec-
tomy. Neurology, 13:906-912, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3347).

RupEL, Rita G., and TEUBER, H.-L.: Discrimina-
tion of direction of line in children. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(5):
892-898,.1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

RupkL, RiTA G., and TEUBER, H.-L.: Decrement of
visual and haptic Miiller-Lyer illusion on repeated
“trials: A study of crossmodal transfer. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15:125-131,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

SEMMES, JOSEPHINE, WEINSTEIN, S., GHENT, LILA,
and TEUBER, H.-L.: Correlates of impaired orien-
tation in personal and extrapersonal space. Brain,
86:747-772, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3347).

SUTHERLAND, N. S.: Visual discrimination of shape
by “octopus”: Squares and crosses. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:
939-943, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

SUTHERLAND, N. S., MACKINTOSH, J., and MACKIN-
TOsH, N. J.: The visual discrimination of redu-
plicated patterns by octopus. Animal Behavior,
11(1):106-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3347).

SUTHERLAND, N. S., MaAckiNTOsH, N. J. and
MACKINTOSH, J.: Simultaneous discrimination
training of “octopus” and transfer of discrimina-
tion along a continuum. Journal of Comparative
and Physiological Psychology, 56(1):150-156,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

SUTHERLAND, N. S., MackiNTosH, N. J, and
MACKINTOSH, J.: Shape and size discrimination
in octopus: The ecects of pretraining along dif-
ferent dimensions. Journal of Genetic Psychol-
ogy, 106 (First Half) :1-10, 1965.

TeUBER, H.-L.: Brain and behavior. Summation.
In: Brazier, M. A. B., ed. International Confer-
ence on Brain and Behavior. Washington, D.C,
American Institute of Biological Sciences, 1961,
p. 393-420. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Sensory deprivation, sensory sup-
pression and agnosia: Notes for a neurologic the-

ory. Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases,
132(1):32-40, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Some observations on the superior
colliculi of the cat. (Report on the work of J.
Altman) In: Jung, R., and Kornhuber, H., eds.
Neurophysiologie und Psychophysik des visuellen
Systems. Heidelberg, Springer, 1961, p. 217-
221. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Neuere Beobachtungen iiber Seh-
strahlung und Sehrinde. In: Jung, R., and Korn-
huber, H., eds. Neurophysiologie und Psychol-
physik des visuellen Systems. Heidelberg, Spring-
er, 1961, 256-274. (Also acknowledges MH-
3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Space perception and its disturb-
ances after brain injury in man. Proceedings of
the Sixteenth International Congress of Psychol-
ogy, Bonn, 1960. Acta Psychologica, 19:837-
838, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Effects of brain wounds implicating
right or left hemisphere in man. Hemisphere dif-
ferences and hemisphere interaction in vision, au-
dition, and somesthesis. In: Mountcastle, V. B.,
ed. Interbemispheric relations and cerebral domi-
nance. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins, 1962, p. 131-
157. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Perspectives in the problems of
biological memory—A psychologist’s view. In:
Schmitt, F. O., ed. Macromolecular specificity and
biological memory. Cambridge, Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology, 1962, p. 99-107. (Also
acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Memory. New York Medicine, 18:
248-250, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TeUBER, H.-L.: Personality and reaction to brain
damage. In: Dulany, D. E., DeValois, R. L.,
Beardslee, D. C., and Winterbottom, Marian R.
Contributions to modern psychology. 2nd ed.
New York, Oxford University, 1963, p. 406-414.
(Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L.: Space perception and its disturb-
ances after brain injury in man. Neuropsychol-
ogia, 1:47-57, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3347).

570

TEUBER, H.-L.: The riddle of frontal lobe function
in man. In: Warren, J. M., and Akert, K., eds.
The frontal granular cortex and behavior. New
York, McGraw-Hill, 1964, p. 410-444. (Also
acknowledges MH-3347).

TeuBER, H.-L., and RupiL, Rita G.: Effects of
brain injury in children and adults. Clinical Psy-
chology (Copenhagen), 4:113-139, 1962. (Pro-
ceedings of the 14th Congress of Applied Psy-
chology). (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

TEUBER, H.-L., and RUDEL, RiTA G.: Behavior after
cerebral lesions in children and adults. Develop-
mental Medicine and Child Neurology, 4:3-20,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3347).

VAUGHAN, HERBERT G., JRr., and Costa, Louis D.:
Application of evoked potential techniques to be-
havioral investigation. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 118:71-75, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-3347).

VAUGHAN, HERBERT G., and HuLL, RICHARD C.:
Functional relation between stimulus intensity and
photically evoked cerebral responses in man. Na-
ture, 206(4985) :720-721, 1965.

WEISKRANTZ, L.: Contour discrimination in a young
monkey with striate cortex ablation. Nexropsy-
chologia, 1(2):145-164, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3347).

WICKELGREN, W. A.: Psychology: Effects of dif-
ferent terminal sounds on short-term memory for
initial consonant sounds. Nature, 203:1199-1200,
1964.

WICKELGREN, WAYNE A.: Short-term memory for
phonemically similar lists. American Journal of
Psychology, 78(4) :567-574, 1965.

WYKE, MARIA, and CHOROVER, STEPHAN L.: Com-
parison of spatial discrimination in the temporal
and nasal sectors of the monocular visual field.
Perceptual and Motor Skills, 20(3)Part 2:1037-
1045, 1965.

MH-5691 (R03) WUNDERLICH, RICHARD A.: Con-
tiquity determinants of discrimination difficulty.
Catholic University of America, Washington,
D.C. (1961-62)

WUNDERLICH, R. A., and Dor¥F, J. E.: Contiguity
relationships of stimulus, response, and reward as
determinants of discrimination difficulty. Journal
of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 59:
147-149, 1965.

MH-5697 (R03) Bropy, NATHAN: Effect of anx-
iety on information processing behavior. Prince-
ton University, Princeton, N.J. (1961-62)

Bropy, NATHAN: Anxiety and the variability of
word associates. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68:331-334, 1964.
Bropy, NATHAN: Anxiety, induced muscular ten-
sion, and the statistical structure of binary response
sequences. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 68:540-543, 1964.

Bropy, NATHAN: The effect of commitment to cor-
rect and incorrect decisions on confidence in a
sequential decision-task. American Journal of Psy-
chology, 78(2) :251-256, 1965.

MH-5698 (R03) CanpLAND, DoucLas K.: Teach-
ing deaf mutes by the oddity problem method.
Bucknell University, Lewisburg, Pa. (1961-62)

CANDLAND, Doucgras K., and CONKLYN, DANIEL
H.: Use of the “oddity problem” in teaching men-
tally retarded deaf-mutes to read; a pilot project.
Training School Bulletin, 59:38-41, 1962.

MH-5704 (R01) BoGocH, SAMUEL: Pathological
chemistry of brain glycolipids. Foundation for
Research on the Nervous System, Boston, Mass.
(1961-61) (Continued from MH-2095).

BoGocH, S.: Aminoglycolipids and glycoproteins of
human brain. III. Quantitative separation and
determination of brain glycoproteins, neuraminic
acid, hexosamin, and hexoses by means of whole
tissue emulsion-fractionation. Nature, 190:153-
155, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-2095).

BogocH, S.: Glycoproteins of human cerebrospinal
fluid. In: Stewart, C. P., Fraser, S. C., and Joce-
lyn, P. C, eds. Proceedings of the 4th Interna-
tional Congress on Clinical Chemistry. Edin-
burgh & London, Livingston, 1961, p. 136. (Also
acknowledges MH-2095).

BogGocH, S.: Aminoglycolipids and glycoproteins of
human brain. New methods for their extraction
and further study in the sphingolipidoses.
Aronson, S. M., and Volk, B. W., eds. Proceed-
ings of the international conference on the sphin-
golipidoses. New York, Academic Press, p. 249-
270. (Also acknowledges MH-2095).

BogocH, S., BELvaAL, P. C., and WINER, D.: Amino-
glycolipids and glycoproteins of human brain. II.
Hot methanol extraction of human brain amino-
glycoplipids. Nature, 190:152-153, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-2095).

BogGocH, S., FaiLLacg, L. A. Bervar, P. C., and
WINER, D.: Aminoglycolipids and glycoproteins
of human brain. I. Quantitative fractionation of
brain glycolipids by silicic acid chromatography.
Nature, 190:150-155, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-2095).

FAILLACE, L. A., and BoGocH, S.: Quantitative sep-
aration of human brain glycolipids: Isolation of
an aminoglycolipid. Biochemical Journal, 82:
527-530, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-2095).

In:

571

MH-5706 (R03) SzaAsz, THoMAs S.: Law, liberty,
and psychiatry. State University of New York—
Upstate Medical Center, Syracuse, N.Y. (1961-
62)

Szasz, THOMAS: Law, liberty, and psychiatry: An

inquiry into the social uses of mental health prac-
tices. New York, Macmillan, 1963.

MH-5729 (R03) LAcHMAN, Roy: Exploratory em-
pirical research—a theory of thinking. Hollins
College, Hollins College, Va. (1961-62)

LacHMAN, R., and SANDERS, J. A.: Concept shifts
and verbal behavior. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65:22-29, 1963. )

MH-5733 (R03) GERKEN, GEORGE M.: Self-stim-
ulation—the effect of ‘stimulus parameters. Uni-
versity of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. (1961-
62)

CampBELL, J. F.: A comparison of thresholds for
the detection of subcortical electric current and for
self stimulation. (Abstract) American Psycholo-
gist, 18:436, 1963.

MH-5746 (R03) GouGH, HARRISON G.: Assess-
ment of medical students and practitioners. Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1961-62)

GOUGH, HARRISON G.: A validational study of the
Chapin social insight test. Psychological Reports,
17(2):355-367, 1965.

GoucH, H. G., Harr, W. B., and Harris, R. E.:
Admissions procedures as forecasters of perform-
ance in medical training. Journal of Medical
Education, 38:983-998, 1963.

MH-5754 (RO1) Jacoss, HARRY L.: Psychophysi-
ology of sugar apetite. University of Illinois,
Urbana, Ill. (1962- ) (Continued from MH-
4320).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Evidence for a bipolar detector
system involved in hunger. Physiologist, 6:209,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4320).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Effects of intragastric hypertonic
glucose loads on AC brain resistance in rats.
Proceedings of the Society for Experimental Biol-
ogy and Medicine, 114:657-659, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-4320).

Jacoss, HARRY L.: Evaluation of the osmotic ef-
fects of glucose loads in food satisfaction. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57:309-310, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4320).

Jacoss, Harry L.: Observations on the ontogeny
of saccharine preference in the neonate rat. Psy-
chonomic Science, 1:105-106, 1964.
Jacoss, Harry L.: The interaction of hunger and
thirst: Experimental separation of osmotic and
oral-gastric factors in regulating caloric intake.
In: Wayner, M. J., ed. Thirst. New York, Per-
gamon Press, 1964, p. 117-137. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4320).

Jacoss, H. L., and SHARMA, K. N.: The modulat-
ing influence of flavor on food preferences in hy-
pothalamic obese rats. Federation Proceedings,
23:448, 1964.

Jacoss, H. L., and SHARMA, K. N.: Energy balance
and palatability: The effect of food deprivation on
the intake of positively and negatively flavored
solutions. Physiologist, 7:166, 1964.

SHARMA, K. N., and Dua, S.: Gastric-caudate re-
lationship: Its implications in food intake. Physi-
ologist, 6:273, 1963.

SHARMA, K. N., and Nasser, E. S.: Electrical ac-
tivity in mesenteric nerves after perfusion of gut
lumen. American Journal of Physiology, 202:
725-730, 1962.

UcoLev, A. M., and KassiL, V. G.: Physiology of
the appetite. Uspekhi Sovremonnoi Biologii, 51:
352-368, 1961.

MH-5757 (R01) PIERREL, ROSEMARY, and SHER-
MAN, J. GILMOUR: Parameters of generalization
and discrimination. Brown University, Provi-
dence, RI. (1961-64) (Continued from MH-
2554).

HEeGGE, F. W., PIERREL, R., and SHERMAN, J]. G.:
A five-channel photoelectric programmer.  Jour-
nal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7
(4):326, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2554).

PierrEL, R., and SHERMAN, J. G.: Generalization
and discrimination as a function of the SP-SA dif-
ference. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 5(1):67-71, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2554).

PIERREL, R., SHERMAN, J. G., and FISCHMAN,
M. W.: Generalization of auditory intensity as a
function of small amounts of discriminating train-
ing. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6:545-548, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2554).

SHERMAN, J. G., HEGGE, F. W., and PIERREL, R.:
Discrimination formation as related to the amount
of SA training. Psychonomic Science, 1:43-44,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2554).

SHERMAN, J. G., and PIERREL, R.: Generalization of
auditory intensity as a function of the amount of
discrimination training. Journal of the Experi-
mental Analysis of Behavior, 4:237-241, 1961.
(Also acknowledges MH-2554).

572

MH-5782 (R03) Barcray, ALLAN G.: Contribu-
tion of mediation to transfer effects. St. Louis
University, St. Louis, Mo. (1961-62)

BARCLAY, A.: Mediated transfer in verbal learning.
Psychological Reports, 12:751-756, 1963.

MH-5793 (R03) GUTEKUNST, RALPH M., JRr., and
Youniss, JAMEs E.: Imprinting and a test of the
consolidated hypothesis. Catholic University of
America, Washington, D.C. (1961-62)

GUTEKUNST, RALPH, and YOuNIss, JAMES: Inter-
ruption of imprinting following anesthesia. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 16:348, 1963.

MH->809 (R03) DowNING, RoBErT W., and
EwiNG, James H.: Distractors in schizophrenic
concept formation. University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia; Pa. (1961-62)

DowNING, ROBERT W., EBERT, JOHN N., and
SHUBROOKS, S. ].: Effect of phenothiazines on the
thinking of acute schizophrenics. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 17:511-520, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4679).

DownNING, R. W., EBERT, J. N., and SHUBROOKS,
S. J.: Effects of three types of verbal distractors on
thinking in acute schizophrenia. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 17:881-882, 1963.

DownNING, R. W., SHUBROOKS, SAMUEL J., and
EBERT, JOHN N.: Intrusion of associative dis-
tractors into conceptual performance by acute
schizophrenics: Role of associative strength. Per-
ceptual and Motor Skills, 22(2):460-462, 1966.
(Also acknowledges MH-4679).

MH-5815 (R01) WENKERT, ERNEST: Bioactive in-
dole compounds. Indiana University, Blooming-
ton, Ind. (1961-63) (Continued from MH-
1301).

WENKERT, E., Apams, K. A. H., and LEicHT, C.:
Self-condensation of methyl propiolate. Canadian
Journal of Chemistry, 41:1844-1846, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-1301).

WENKERT, E., and BroOsseEy, E.: Derivatives of
oxytryptophal. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:
4656-4659, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
1301).

WENKERT, ERNEST, DAVE, K. G., and HAacLD, F.:
General methods of synthesis of indole alkaloids.
V. Syntheses of d,1-Corynantheidol and d,1-Epi-
alloyohimbane. Journal of the American Chemi-
cal Society, 87(23):5461-5467, 1965.

WENKERT, E., GARRATT, S., and DAVE, K. G.: A
quebrachamine model. Canadian Journal of Chem-
istry, 42:489-490, 1961. (Also acknowledges
MH-1301).
WENKERT, E., and KiLzER, J.: A flavopereirine syn-
thesis. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:2283-
2284, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1301).

WENKERT, E., ORR, J. C., GARRATT, S., HANSEN,
J., WickBERG, B., and LEicHT, C.: Gelsedine.
Journal of Organic Chemistry, 27:4123-4126,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1301).

WENKERT, E., and WICKBERG, B.: General meth-
ods of synthesis of indole alkaloids: A flavo-
pereirine synthesis. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 84:4914-4919, 1962. (Also
acknowledges MH-1301).

WENKERT, ERNEST, and WICKBERG, BORJE: Gen-
eral methods of synthesis of indole alkaloids. IV.
A synthesis of dl-eburnamonine. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 87(7):1580-1589,
1965.

WENKERT, E., WICKBERG, B., and LEicHT, C.: The
stereochemistry of ajmalicine and tetrahydroalston-
ine. Journal of the American Chemical Society,
83:5037, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1301).

WENKERT, E., WICKBERG, B., and LEicHT, C.: The
stereochemistry of mayumbine and structurally re-
lated oxindole alkaloids. Tetrahedron Letters, 22:
822-826, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-1301).

MH-5829 (R03) SCHUBERT, MARGARET S.: Appli-
cations for admission, School of Social Welfare.
University of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1961-
62)

SCHUBERT, MARGARET: Admissions decisions.
cial Service Review, 37:154-165, 1963.

So-

MH-5892 (R03) Fox, BERNARD H.: Alcohol ef-
fect on caloric nystagmus latency. Cleveland Psy-
chiatric Institute and Hospital, Cleveland, Ohio.
1961-62)

Fox, B. H., LOWER, ]., and Fox, M. W.: Measure-
ment and reduction of some sources of variation
in a breath instrument. In: Proceedings, 3rd In-
ternational Conference on Alcohol and Road Traf-
fic, London, 1962. London, British Medical As-
sociation; 1963, p. 261-271.

MH-5903 (R03) VoceL, Ezra F., and VOGEL,
SuzANNE H.: Japanese family and the emotion-
ally disturbed child. Harvard University, Cam-
bridge, Mass. (1961-62)

VoGEL, EZRA F.: Entrance examinations and emo-
tionally disturbed children in Japan's new mid-
dle class. In: Smith, Robert J., and Beardsley,
Richard K., eds. Japanese culture. New York,
Viking Fund Series, Werner-Gren Foundation,
1962, p. 140-152.

VoceL, Ezra F.: Japan's new middle class: The
salary man and his family in a Tokyo suburb.
Berkeley, Calif., University of California Press,
1963, 299 p.

573

MH-5909 (R03) MCALLISTER, ROBERT J., and
VANDER VELDT, ALBERT: Factors in mental ill-
ness among hospitalized sisters. Seton Psychiatric
Institute, Baltimore, Md. (1961-62)

MCALLISTER, R. J., and VANDER VELDT, A. J.
Psychiatric illness in hospitalized Catholic religious.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 121(9) :881-884,
1965. (Also acknowledges MH-3773).

MH-5914 (R03) BrucH, HILDE, and CODDINGTON,
R. DEAN: Electrogastrographic study of hunger
awareness. New York State Psychiatric Institute,
New York, N.Y. (1961-63)

BrucH, HILDE: Falsification of bodily needs and
body concept in schizophrenia. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 6(1):18-24, 1962. Also in:
Proceedings of the 3rd World Congress of Psy-
chiatry. Vol. 2. Montreal, University of To-
ronto Press/McGill University Press, 1961, p.
1117-1120.

BrucH, HILDE: Transformation of oral impulses in
eating disorders: A conceptual approach. Psychi-
atric Quarterly, 35:458-481, 1961.

BrucH, HILDE: Prognosis and treatment of obesity
from a psychiatrist's point of view. In: L’Obesite.
Paris, Expansion Scientifique, 1963, p. 319-326.

MH-5918 (R03) CHANCE, NORMAN A.: Culture
change and mental health among the Eskimo.
University of Oklahoma, Norman, Okla. (1961-
62)

CHANCE, NORMAN A.: Eskimo-white relations at
remote military installations. In: Sells, S. B., ed.
Research relevant to behavior problems of small
military groups under isolation and stress. ..Fort
Wainwright, Alaska, Aero-Medical Laboratory,
1962, p. 57-61.

CHANCE, NORMAN A.: Notes on culture change and
personality adjustment among the North Alaska
Eskimos. Arctic, 16(4):264-270, 1963.

CHANCE, NORMAN A., and FOSTER, DOROTHY A.:
Symptom formation and patterns of psychopathol-
ogy in a rapidly changing Alaskan Eskimo society.
Anthropological Papers of the University of
Alaska, 11(1):32-42, 1962.

CHANCE, NORMAN A., and TRUDEAU, JOHN: So-
cial organization, acculturation, and integration
among the Eskimo and Cree: A comparative
study. Anthropologica, 5(1):47-56, 1963.

MH-5920 (R03) BECKER, JoseEPH, and NICHOLS,
CHARLES H.: Personality and blood characteris-
tics of cyclothymics. University of Illinois, Ur-
bana, Ill. (1961-63)

BECKER, JosePH, and NicHOLAs H.: Community of
manic-depressive and “mild” cyclothymic charac-
teristics. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 69(5) :531-538, 1964.

MH-5931 (R03) MYERS, J. MARTIN, and SHEL-
DON, DANA M.: Study of 151 elderly first ad-
missions. Pennsylvania Hospital, Philadelphia,
Pa. (1961-62)

MYERS, J. M., SHELDON, D., and RoBINSON, S. S.:
A study of 138 elderly first admissions. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 120(3):244-249, 1963.

MH-5933 (R03) RoBBINS, GERALD M., and FREE-
MAN, HARRY: Impact of transfer of mental pa-
tients on the family. Medfield State Hospital,
Medfield, Mass. (1961-63)

~RoBBINS, GERALD M.: Effect upon the family of
transfer of mental patients. Community Mental
Health Journal, 1(2):195-204, 1965.

MH-5951 (R03) SMITH, AARON: Psychological im-
pairment in brain tumor patients. Seton Hall Col-
lege of Medicine and Dentistry, Jersey City, N.]J.
(1961-62) :

SMITH, AARON: Ambiguities in concepts and stud-
ies of “brain damage” and “organicity.” Journal
of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:311-326,
1962.

SMITH, AARON: Psychodiagnosis of patients with
brain tumors. The validity of Hewson’s ratios in
neurological and mental hospital populations.
Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 135:513-
533, 1962.

SMITH, AARON: Verbal and nonverbal test perform-
ances of patients with “acute” lateralized brain
lesions (tumors). Journal of Nervous and Men-
tal Disease, 141(5):517-523, 1965.

SMITH, AARON: Certain hypothesized hemispheric
differences in language and visual functions in
human adults. Cortex, 2:109-126, 1966.

MH-5970 (R03) Fox, STEPHEN S., and LIEBES-
KIND, JOHN: Schizophernic serum and resistance
to stress. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich. (1961-62)

LieBESKIND, JoHN C., and Fox, STEPHEN S.: The
effect of cingulectomy on the ability to develop
resistance to stress. (Abstract) American Psy-
chologist, 17:389-390, 1962.

MH-5981 (R03) HEeiMsTRA, NORMAN W., and
Davis, RoGER T.: Social influence on response to
drugs. State University of South Dakota, Vermil-
lion, S.D. (1961-62)

HEIMSTRA, NORMAN W.: Social influence on the
response to drugs. I. Amphetamine sulfate.
Journal of Psychology, 53:233-244, 1962.

574

HEeimsTRA, N. W.: Social influence on the response
to drugs. II. Chlorpromazine and iproniazid.
Psychopharmacologia, 3:72-78, 1962.

HEeimMsTRA, N. W., and Davis, R. T.: A simple re-
cording system for the direct observation tech-
nique. Animal Behavior, 10:208-210, 1962.

HEeimsTrA, N. W., and McDoNALD, A.: Social in-
fluence on the response to drugs. IV. Stimulus
factors. Psychological Record, 12:327-330, 1962.

HEeMsTRA, N. W., and McDoNALD, A.: Social in-
fluence on the response to drugs. III. Age fac-
tors in the response to amphetamine sulfate. Psy-
chopharmacologia, 3:212-218, 1962.

Mast, T., and HEmMSTRA, N. W.: Prior social ex-
perience on amphetamine toxicity in mice. Psy-
chological Reports, 11:809-812, 1962.

MH-5983 (R03) RINKEL, MAX: Publication of a
book on psychopharmacology. Massachusetts
Mental Health Center, Boston, Mass. (1961-62)

RINKEL, MAX, ed.: Specific and non-specific factors
in psychopharmacology. New York, Philosophi-
cal Library, 1963, 174 p.

MH-5984 (R03) WYNNE, RoNALD D.: Associa-
tions, clinical state, and test behavior. Pennsyl-
vania Hospital, Philadelphia, Pa. (1961-62)

ScHIFFMAN, H., and WyNNE, R. D.: Cause and
affect. Research memorandum RM-63-7. Prince-
ton, N.J., Educational Testing Service, 1963.

WYNNE, R. D.: Are normal word association norms
suitable for schizophrenics? Psychological Re-
ports, 14:121-122, 1964.

WYNNE, RoNALD D., Gerjuoy, HERBERT, and
SCHIFFMAN, HAROLD: Association test antonym-
response set. Journal of Verbal Learning and
Verbal Behavior, 4(5) :354-359, 1965.

MH-5993 (R03) GARFIELD, SoL L., and AFFLECK,
D. CRAIG: Patient-therapist interactions in psycho-
therapy. University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebr.
(1961-62)

GARFIELD, S. L.: A note on patients’ reasons for
terminating therapy. Psychological Reports, 13:
38, 1963.

GARFIELD, S. L., AFFLECK, D. C., and MUFFLY,
R.: A study of psychotherapy interaction and con-
tinuation in psychotherapy. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 19:473-478, 1963.

MH-5994 (R01) BRACKBILL, YVONNE: Delay of
reinforcement and retention. University of Colo-
rado Medical Center, Denver, Colo. (1961- )

BRACKBILL, YVONNE, BoBLITT, WILLIAM E., DAV-
LIN, DoucGLas, and WAGNER, JoHN E.: Ampli-
tude of response and the delay-retention effect.
Journal of Experimental Psvchology, 66:57-64,
1963.

BRACKBILL, YVONNE, BRAVOS, ANTHONY, and
STARR, RAYMOND H.: Delay-improved retention
of a difficult task. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 55:947-952, 1962.

BRACKBILL, YVONNE, Isaacs, R. B., and SMELKIN-
soN, N.: Delay of reinforcement and the reten-
tion of unfamiliar, meaningless material. Psy-
chological Reports, 11:553-554, 1962.

BRACKBILL, YVONNE, and KAPPY, MICHAEL S.:
Delay of reinforcement and retention. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 55:14-
18, 1962.

BRACKBILL, YVONNE, WAGNER, JoHN E., and WIL-
soN, DoroTHY: Feedback delay and the teaching
machine. Psychology in the Schools, 1:148-156,
1964.

LiNTZ, LARRY M., and BRACKBILL, YVONNE: Ef-
fects of reinforcement delay during learning on
the retention of verbal material in adults. Jowr-
nal of Experimental Psychology,» 71(2):194-199,
1966.

MH-5998 (R01) Oakes, WiLLiaM F.: Reinforce-
ment effects in group discussion. University of
Hawaii, Honolulu, Haw. ((1961-63) (Contin-
ued from MH-3212).

BoArDMAN, W. K.: Constancy of absolute judg-
ments of size by normals and schizophrenics. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68:346-
349, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-1121).

OAKES, W. F.: Reinforcement of Bales’ categories
in group discussion. Psychological Reports, 11:
427-435, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3212).

OAKES, W. F.: A comparison of the effectiveness of
signal light reinforcers given various meanings on
participation in group discussion. Psychological
Reports, 11:469-470, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-3212).

Oakes, W. F., DroGg, A. E., and Aucusrt, E.:
Reinforcement effects on conclusions reached in
group discussion. Psychological Reports, 9:27-34,
1961. (Also acknowledges MH-3212).

MH-6004 (R08) GARMEzY, NORMAN: Life history
factors and performance in schizophrenia. Uni-
versity of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1961-
62)

GARMEZY, NORMAN: Some determiners and char-
acteristics of learning research in schizophrenia.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 34:643-
651, 1964.

575

MH-6005 (R08) GoTTscHALK, Louis A.: Psycho-
social factors in precocious pregnancy. University
of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio. (1961-62)

GOTTSCHALK, L. A.: Psychiatric problems seen in

"the general practice of medicine. In: Hofling,
Charles, ed. Textbook of psychiatry for medical
practice. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott, 1963,
p. 130-181.

GOTTSCHALK, L. A., GLESER, G. C., and SPRINGER,
K. J.: Three hostility scales applicable to verbal
samples. Archives of General Psychiatry, 9:254-
279, 1963.

GOTTSCHALK, L. A., TITCHENER, J. L., PIKER, H.
N., and STEWART, S. S.: Psychosocial factors asso-
ciated with pregnancy in adolescent girls: A pre-
liminary report. Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease, 138(6):524-534, 1964.

GOTTSCHALK, L. A., and WHITMAN, R. M.: Some
typical complications mobilized by the psyccho-
analytic procedure. International [ourhal of Psy-
choanalysis, 43:142-150, 1962.

MH-6007 (R08) RowLAND, VERNON: Role of
brain slow potentials in conditioned animals.
Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio.
(1961-62)

RowLAND, VERNON, and GOLDSTONE, MURRAY:
Appetitively conditioned and drive-related bio-
electric baseline shift in cat cortex. Electroen-
cephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 15:
474-485, 1963.

MH-6009 (R08) DykMAN, RoscoE A.: A psycho-
physiological research program. University of
Arkansas, Little Rock, Ark. (1961-62)

DYKMAN, Rosco A.: Toward a theory of classical
conditioning: Cognitive, emotional, and motor
components of the conditional reflex. In: Maher,
B., ed. Progress in experimental personality re-
search. Vol. 2. New York, Academic Press,
1965, p. 229-317.

DyYkMAN, R. A., ACKERMAN, P. T., GALBRECHT,
C. R., and REEsg, W. R.: Physiological reactivity
to stressors and methods of evaluation. Psychoso-
matic Medicine, 25:37-59, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1091).

DykMAN, R. A., Mack, R. L., and ACKERMAN,
P. T.: The evaluation of autonomic and motor
components of the nonavoidance conditioned re-
sponse in the dog. Psychophysiology, 1(3):209-
230, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1091).

GALBRECHT, CHARLES R., DYKMAN, ROSCOE A.,
REESE, WiLLIAM G., and Suzuki, TETSUKO:
Intrasession adaptation and intersession extinction
of the components of the orienting response.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 70(6):585-
597, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-1091).
MH-6010 (R01) BLock, JaMEs D.: Psychophysio-
logical studies of autonomic function. Yeshiva
University, New York, N.Y. (1961- )

Brock, JaMEs D., and BRIDGER, WAGNER H.: The
law of initial value in psychophysiology: A refor-
mulation in terms of experimental and theoretical
considerations. Annals of the New York Acad-
emy of Sciences, 98:1229-1241, 1962.

Brock, J. B., and EssMAN, W. B.: Psychology.
Growth hormone administration during preg-
nancy: A behavioural difference in offspring rats.
Nature, 205(4976):1136-1137, 1965. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-4907).

MH-6011 (R08) AMES, ADELBERT, III: Electrolyte
metabolism and function in the CNS. Harvard
Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1961-62) (Con-
tinued as MH-6209).

AMEs, A. III, and GuriaN, B. S.: Electrical re-
cordings from isolated mammalian retina mounted
as a membrane. Archives of Ophthamology, 70:
837-841, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3769
and MH-6209).

AMES, A, III, and GURIAN, B. S.: Effect of glucose
and oxygen deprivation on function of isolated
mammalian retina. Journal of Neurophysiology,
26:617-634, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
6209).

AMEs, A., III, SAkKANOUE, M., and ENDO, S.:
Na, K, Ca, Mg, and Cl concentrations in choroid
plexus fluid and cisternal fluid compared with
plasma ultrafiltrate. Journal of Neurophysiology,
27:672-681, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
6209).

NesBerT, F. B.,, and AMES, A. III: Increase in
sodium contamination from glass as a function of
time after cleaning. Analytical Biochemistry, 5:
452-456, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6209).

MH-6015 (R08) Mirsky, ALLAN F.: Central fac-
tors in attentive behavior in monkeys. Boston
University, Boston, Mass. (1961-62)

Mirsky, ALLAN R., and KorRNETSKY, CONAN: On
the dissimilar effects of drugs on the digit symbol
substitution and continuous performance tests.
A review and preliminary integration of behav-
ioral and physiological evidence. Psychopharma-
cologia, 5:161-177, 1964.

MH-6024 (R08) GOLDSTEIN, MENEK: Role of bio-
genic amines in the CNS. New York University
Medical Center, New York, N.Y. (1961-63)

GOLDSTEIN, M.: Some aspects of the biosynthesis
and metabolism of catecholamines. In: Varley,
Harold, and Gowenlock, A. H., eds. The clinical
chemistry of monoamines. Amsterdam, Elsevier,
1963, p. 92-93.

576

GOLDSTEIN, M., and CONTRERA, J. F.: The effect
of pH on enzymatic formation and inhibition of
norepinephrine synthesis. Experientia, 18:332-
333, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and CONTRERA, J. F.: The sub-
strate specificity of phenylamine-B-hydroxylase.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, 237(6):1898-
1902, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and CONTRERA, J. F.: The activa-
tion and inhibition of phenylamine-B-hydroxylase.
Separatum Experientia, 18:334-336, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, MENCK, and GERBER, HEINZ: Phenolic
alcohols in the brain after administration of dopa-
C4 or dopamine-Cl%. Life Sciences, 2:97-100,
1963.

GOLDSTEIN, M., Gut, M., DORFMAN, R. I., SOFFER,
L. J, and GaBRrILONE, J. L.: Biosynthesis of
corticoids and androgens in an adenoma from a
Cushing's syndrome patient. Acta Endocrino-
logica, 42:187-194, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and MusaccHio, J. M.: The for-
mation in vivo of N-acetydopamine and N.-acetyl-
3-methoxy-dopamine. Biochimica et Biophysica
Acta, 58:607-608, 1962.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and MusaccHIo, J. M.: Effects of
monoamine oxidase inhibitions on biogenic amine
metabolism. Annals of the New York Academy
of Science, 107:840-846, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, M., and MusAccHIo, J. M.: Formation
of norepinephrine from tyrosine in isolated rabbit
heart. Experimentia, 19(9):491, 1963.

GOLDSTEIN, M., MusaccHIo, J. M., KENIN, M. C,,
CONTRERA, J. F., and Rice, M. D.: The inhibi-
tion in vivo of norepinephrine synthesis by adrena-
lone. Biochemical Pharmacology, 11:809-811,
1962.

MusaccHIo, J. M., and GOLDSTEIN, M.: Biosynthe-
sis of norepinephrine and norsynephrine in the
perfused rabbit heart. Biochemical Pharmacology,
12:1061-1063, 1963.

MH-6025 (R01) SPENCE, DONALD P.: Precon-
scious thought processes. New York University,
New York, N.Y. (1961- )

SPENCE, D. P.: Conscious and preconscious influ-
ences on recall: Another exam k of the restricting
effects of awareness. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 68:92-99, 1964.

MH-6027 (R01) WHITAKER, DOROTHY (STOCK):
Studies in therapeutic interaction. University of
Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1961-64)

Stock, DOROTHY A.: A survey of research on T
groups. In: Bradford, Leland P., Gibb, Jack R.,
and Benne, Kenneth D., eds. T-group theory and
laboratory method. Innovation in re-education.
New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1964, p. 395-441.
Stock, D., and LIEBERMAN, M. A.: Methodological
issues in the assessment of total-group phenomena
in group therapy. International Journal of Group
Psychotherapy, 12:312-325, 1962.

WHITAKER, D. S., and LIEBERMAN, M. A.: Psycho-
therapy through the group process. New York,
Atherton Press, 1964. 293 p. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1048).

MH-6034 (R01) WoLFF, PETER H.: Development
of affect expressions in small children. Harvard
Medical School, Boston, Mass. (1961- )

WoLFF, PETER _H.: Observations on the early de-
velopment of smiling. In: Foss, B. M., ed.
Determinants of infant behavior. Vol. 2. (Pro-
ceedings of the 2nd Tavistock Seminar on Mother-
Infant Interaction held under the auspices of the
Ciba Foundation at the House of the Royal So-
ciety of Medicine, London, Sept. 1961.) New
York, John Wiley & Sons, 1963, p. 113-167.

WoLFF, PETER H.: The early development of

smiling. In: Foss, Brian, ed. Determinants of
infant behavior. Vol. 2. London, Methuen,
April 1963.

WoLFF, PETER H.: The natural history of a family.
In: Foss, Brian, ed. Determinants of infant be-
havior. Vol. 2. London, Methuen, 1963.

WoLrF, PETER H.: Developmental and motiva-
tional concepts in Piaget's sensorimotor theory of
intelligence. Journal of the American Academy
of Child Psychiatry, 2(2):225-243, 1963.

MH-6038 (R03) MURRAY, HENRY A., and NIEL-
SEN, GERHARD: Particularities of expression un-
der stress. Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
(1961-61)

NIELSEN, G.: Studies in self-confrontation. Copen-
hagen, Munksgaard — Scandinavian University
Books, 1963.

NIELSEN, G. S.:" The method of self-confrontation.
In: White, R. W., ed. The study of lives. New
York, Atherton, 1963, p. 124-141.

MH-6094 (R01) PeaBopy, DEAN: Structure of
attitudes. Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, Pa.
(1961- )

PEABODY,» DEAN: Authoritarianism scales and re-
sponse bias.
23, 1966.

MH-6096 (R01) KavrisH, HARRY I.: Motivation
and conflict in stimulus generalization. State Uni-
versity of New York—Long Island Center, Stony
Brook, N.Y. (1961-64) (Continued from MH-
1459).

HABER, A., and KaLisH, H. I.: Prediction of dis-
crimination from generalization after variations in

Psychological Bulletin, 65(1):11-

577

schedules of reinforcement. Science, 142:412-
413, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1459).

KavisH, H. I, and HABER, A.: Generality of stimu-
lus generalization. Psychological Reports, 11:
741-746, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-1459).

KavrisH, H. I., and HABER, A.: Generalization. I.
Generalization gradients from single and multiple
stimulus points. II. Generalization of inhibi-
tion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65:
176-181, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-1459).

MH-6209 (R01) AMEs, ADELBERT, III: Electro-
Iytes and function in the CNS. Massachusetts
General Hospital, Boston, Mass. (1962- )
(Continued from MH-6011).

AMEs, A., III: Studies on isolated central nervous
tissue. Boletin del Instituto de Estudios Medicos
y Biologicos, 22(2):283-291, 1964.

AMEs, A. III, and GURIAN, B. S.: Electrical re-
cordings from isolated mammalian retina mounted
as a membrane. Archives of Ophthamology, 70:
837-841, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3769
and MH-6011).

AMEs, A, III, and GURIAN, B. S.: Effect of glucose
and oxygen deprivation on function of isolated
mammalian retina. Journal of Neurophysiology,
26:617-634, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
6011).

AMEs, A., III, HicasHI, K., and NESBETT, FRANCES
B.: Relation of potassium concentration in choroid-
plexus fluid to that in plasma. Journal of Physi-
ology, 181:506-515, 1965.

AMEs, A., III, Ison, J. B., and NESBETT, FRANCES
B.: Effects of osmotic changes on water and elec-
trolytes in nervous tissue. Journal of Physiology,
177:246-262, 1965.

AMEs, A. III, and SAKANOUE, M.: A new method
for preparing a plasma ultrafiltrate: Distribution
of 5 electrolytes. Journal of Laboratory and
Clinical Medicine, 64(1):168-176, 1964.

AMES, A., III, SAKANOUE, M., and ENDO, S.: Na,
K, Ca, Mg, and Cl concentrations in choroid
plexus fluid and cisternal fluid compared with
plasma ultrafiltrate. Journal of Neurophysiology,
27:672-681, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
6011).

NesBerT, F. B,, and AMES, A., III: Increase in
sodium contamination from glass as a function of
time after cleaning. Analytical Biochemistry, 5:
452-456, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-6011).

WEBSTER, HENRY DEF., and AMES, ADELBERT, 3RD:
Reversible and irreversible changes in the fine
structure of nervous tissue during oxygen and
glucose deprivation. Journal of Cell Biology, 26
(3) :885-909, 1965.
MH-6324 (R01) BerLYNE, DANIEL E.: Explora-
tory behavior and arousal. University of Toronto,
Toronto, Canada. (1962- ) (Continued from
MH-4495).

BERLYNE, DANIEL E.: Uncertainty and epistemic
curiosity. British Journal of Psychology, 53:27-
34, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E.: New directions in motivation the-
ory. In: Gladwin, T., and Sturtevant, W. C., eds.
Anthropology and human behavior. Washington,
Anthropological Society of Washington, 1962,
p. 150-173. (Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Comments on relations between
Piaget's theory and S-R theory. In: Kessen, W.,
and Kuhlman, C., eds. Thought in the young
child. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 1962, p. 150-173. (Also
acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Complexity and incongruity varia-
bles as determinants of exploratory choice and
evaluative ratings. Canadian [Journal of Psychol-
ogy, 17:274-290, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Psychology in the U.S.S.R. Cana-
dian Psychologist, 4:1-13, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Soviet research on intellectual
processes in children. In: Wright, J. C., and
Kagan, J., eds. Society for research in child
development monographs. Washington, D.C,
National Research Council, 1963, p. 165-183.
(Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E.: Motivational problems raised by
exploratory and epistemic behavior. In: Koch,
S., ed. Psychology—a study of a science. Vol. 5.
New York, McGraw-Hill, 1963, p. 284-364.
(Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BerLYNE, D. E.: Emotional aspects of learning.
Annual Review of Psychology, 15:115-142, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E., Borsa, DoNNA M., CRAW, MAR-
GARET A., GELMAN, RoOcCHEL S., and MANDELL,
ELizaBeTH E.: Effects of stimulus complexity and
induced arousal on paired-associate learning. [our-
nal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior,
4(4):291-299, 1965.

BERLYNE, D. E., Craw, M. A., SALAPATEK, P. H,,
and Lewis, J. L.: Novelty, complexity, incon-
gruity, extrinsic motivation and the GSR. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 66:560-567, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E., and FROMMER, FRANCES D.: Some
determinants of the incidence and content of chil-
dren’s questions. Child Development, 37(1):
177-189, 1966.

578

BERLYNE, D. E. and Koenig, Isobe D. V.: Some
possible parameters of photic reinforcement. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
60(2):276-282, 1965.

BERLYNE, D. E., and LAWRENCE, G. H.: Effects of
complexity and incongruity variables on GSR, in-
vestigatory behavior and verbally expressed pref-
erence. Journal of General Psychology, 71:21-45,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E., and Lewis, J. L.: Effects of height-
ened arousal on human exploratory behavior.
Canadian [Journal of Psychology, 17:398-411,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-4495).

BERLYNE, D. E., and McDoNNELL, P.: Effects of
stimulus complexity and incongruity on duration
of EEG desynchronization.  Electroencephalog-
raphy and Clinical Neurophysiology, 18(2):156-
161, 1965.

BErLYNE, D. E,, and Nicki, R. M.: Effects of the
pitch and duration of tones on EEG desynchroni-
zation.  Psychonomic Science, 4(3):101-102,
1966.

BERLYNE, D. E., SALAPATEK, H., GELMAN, R. S,,
and ZENER, S. L.: Is light increment really re-
warding to the rat? Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 58:148-151, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4495).

MH-6452 (R01) HooOkER, EVELYN, and GEN-
GERELLI, JOSEPH A.: Psychological studies of male

homosexuals. University of California, Los An-
geles, Calif. (1962- ) (Continued from MH-
839).

Hooker, E.: The homosexual community. In:
Personality research. Vol. 2. Copenhagen,
Munksgaard Press, 1962, p. 40-59. (Also ac-

knowledges MH-839).

Hooker, E.: Male homosexuality. In: Farberow,
N. L, ed. Taboo topics. New York, Atherton
Press, 1963, p. 44-45. (Also acknowledges MH-
839).

HookERr, E.: The adjustment of the male overt
homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques,
21:18-31, 1957. Also in: Ruitenbeek, H. M., ed.
The problem of homosexuality in modern society.
New York, E. P. Dutton, 1963, p. 141-161.
(Also acknowledges MH-839).

MH-6572 (R10) HANNA, CALVIN: Tranquilizer
withdrawal studies in schizophrenia. University
of Arkansas, Little Rock, Ark. (1962-62) (Con-
tinued from MH-3006).

DowLING, P. C,, and HANNA, C.: Depressant effect
of biperiden on the spontaneous EEG and the
EEG activation response. Archives Internationales
de Pharmacodynamie et de Therapie, 143:565-573,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3006).
HANNA, C., UptON, P. D.,, and CHAMBERS, W. F.:
Comparative effects of D-L-amphetamine and L-
phengl-1-(Piperidye-2-)-1-acetoxy-1-methane  (R.
P.-8228) in antagonizing barbiturate hypnosis.
Archives Internationales de Pharmacodynamie et.
de Therapie, 145:553-564, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3006).

MH-6822 (R01) ScHwWARTZ, MORRIS S.: Social
science in the mental hospital. Brandeis Univer-
sity, Waltham, Mass. (1962- ) (Continued
from MH-3100).

ScHWARTZ, M. S.: The uses of sociology in the men--

tal hospital. Social Problems, 10:219-227, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3100).

MH-6830 (RO1) MiscHEL, WALTER: Delay of
gratification in choice situations. Stanford Uni-
versity, Stanford, Calif. (1962- ) (Continued
from MH-3344).

BANDURA, ALBERT, and MISCHEL, WALTHER: Modi-
fication of self-imposed delay of reward through
exposure to live and symbolic models. Journal
of Personality and Social Psychology, 2(5):698-
705, 1965. (Also acknowledges MH-5162).

METZNER, RALPH: Effects of work-requirements in
two types of delay of gratification situations.
Child Development, 34:809-816, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-3344).

MiscHEL, W., and GILLIGAN, C.: Delay of gratifi-
cation, motivation for the prohibited gratification,
and responses to temptation. Journal of Abnor-
mal and Social Psychology, 69:411-417, 1964.

MiscHEL, WALTER, and METZNER, RALPH: Prefer-
ence for delayed reward as a function of age, in-
telligence, and length of delay interval. Journal
of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 64:425-431,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3344).

MH-6831 (R01) PryLES, CHARLES V., and BIXBY,
EMILY M.: Relation of metabolic disorders to
mental deficiency. Wrentham State Scchool,
Wrentham, Mass. (1962-63) (Continued from
MH-5010).

BixBy, EMILY M., PALLATAO, LUZ G., and PRYLES,
CHARLES V.: Evaluation of the “bacillus subtilis”
inhibition-assay technic as a sccreening procedure
for the detection of phenylketonuria. New Eng-
land Journal of Medicine, 268:647-651, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-5010).

EFRON, MARY L., BixBy, EMILY M., PALATTAO,
Luz G., and PrYLES, CHARLES V.: Hydroxypro-
linemia associated with mental deficiency. New
England Journal of Medicine, 267:1193-1194,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5010).

O’SuLLIVAN, M. A. and PryLEs, C. V.: Reading
disability in children. Journal of Pediatrics, 60:
369-375, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-5010).

579

MH-6875 (R01) ZUCKERMAN, MARVIN: Stress and
hallucination in perceptual isolation. Adelphi
College, Garden City, N.Y. (1962-63) (Con-
tinued from MH-4847).

ZUCKERMAN, M., and CoHEN, N.: Is suggestion the
source of reported visual sensations in perceptual
isolation? Journal of Abnormal and Social Psy-
chology, 68:655-660, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-4847).

ZUCKERMAN, MARVIN, and COHEN, NATHAN:
Sources of reports of visual and auditory sensa-
tions in perceptual isolation experiments. Psycho-
logical Bulletin, 62:1-20, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-4847).

ZUCKERMAN, M.; LEVINE, S., and Biase, D. V.:
Stress responses in total and partial perceptual iso-
lation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 26:250-260,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-4847).

MH-6900 (R01) BrownN, JupsoN 'S.: Experimen-
tal masochism and allied phenomena. University
of Oregon Medical School, Portland, Ore. (1962-
65) (Continued from MH-4952).

BROWN, JUDsON S.: Theoretical note. A behavioral
analysis of masochism. [Journal of Experimental
Research in Personality, 1(1):65-70, 1965.

BROWN, JUDSON S.: Generalization and discrimina-
tion. In: Mostofsky, David I., ed. Stimulus gen-
eralization. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University
Press, 1965, p. 7-23.

BROWN, JUDSON S., ANDERSON, D. CHRis, and
Weiss, CAROL G.: Self-punitive behavior under
conditions of massed practice. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 60(3):451-
453, 1965.

BrownN, J. S., and BELLONI, MARIGOLD: Perform=
ance as a function of deprivation time following
periodic feeding in an isolated environment. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
56:105-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
4952).

BrowN, JupsoN S., and HORSFALL, ROBERT B.:
Speed-contingent reinforcement. Psychonomic Sci-
ence, 3(7):305-306, 1965.

Brown, J. S., MARTIN, R. C., and MORROW, M.:
Self-punitive behavior in the rat: Facilitative effects
of punishment on resistance to extinction. [our-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
57:127-133, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4952). |

FitzGERALD, ROBERT D., and BROWN, JUDSON S.:
Variables affecting avoidance conditioning in free-
responding and discrete-trial situations. Psycho-
logical Reports, 17(3):835-843, 1965.

MeLviN, K. B., and BROWN, J. S.: Neutralization
of an aversive light stimulus as a function of
number of paired presentations with food. Jour-
nal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology,
58:350-353, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4952).

WipF, JoHN LEE: Positive and negative gradients
of response strength in a temporal conflict situa-
tion. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:
234-241, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-2721
and MH-4952).

MH-6901 (R01) RoBERTS, WARREN W.: Central
mechanisms of emotions. University of Minne-
sota, Minneapolis, Minn. (1962- ) (Contin-
ued from MH-3979).

RoBERTS, W. W.: Fear-like behavior elicited from
dorsomedial thalamus of cat. Journal of Com-
parative and Physiological Psychology, 55:191-
197, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3979).

RoBERTS, W. W., and CAREY, R. J.: Effect of dorso-
medial thalamic lesions on fear in cats. Journal of
Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56:
950-958, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3979).

RoBERTS, W. W. DEMBER, W. N., and BRroD-
WICK, M.: Alternation and exploration in rats
with hippocampal lesions. Journal of Compara-
tive and Physiological Psychology, 55:695-700,
1962. (Also acknowledges MH-3979).

MH-6911 (R01) CuMMING, WiLLIAM W.: Para-
metric study of temporally spaced responding.
Columbia University, New York, N.Y. (1963-
64) (Continued from MH-4509).

MarotTt, RicHARD W., and CUMMING, WILLIAM
W.: Schedules of inter-response time reinforce-
ment. Psychological Record, 14:211-252, 1964.
(Also acknowledges MH-4509).

MaLorT, R. W., and CummING, W. W.: A note
on psychogenic polydipsia. Psychonomic Science,
2(9) :241, 1965.

MaLrort, R. W., and CumMING, W. W.: Inter-
response time reinforcement: Transition and steady
states. Psychonomic Science, 2(9):257-258, 1965.

Mavrort, R. W., and CuMMING, W. W.: A note
on multiple schedules of IRT reinforcement. Psy-
chonomic Science, 2(9):259-260, 1965.

MH-6921 (R01) KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Verbal
behavior determinants. University of Oregon
Medical School, Portland, Ore. (1962- ) (Con-
tinued from MH-963; MH-2027).

KANFER, F. H., and MARsTON, A. R.: Characteris-
tics of interactional behavior in a psychotherapy
analogue. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28:
456-467, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-6922).

KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Structure of psychotherapy:
Role playing as a variable in dyadic communica-

580

tion. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 29(4):
325-332, 1965.

KANFER, FREDERICK H., and GoLpFooT, DAVID A.:
Self-control and tolerance of noxious stimulation.
Psychological Reports, 18(1):79-85, 1966.

KANFER, F. H., and MARSTON, A. R.: Determinants
of self-reinforcement in human learning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 66:245-254, 1963.

KANFER, F. H., and MARsTON, A. R.: Conditioning
of self-reinforcing responses: An analogue to self-
confidence training. Psychological Reports, 13:
63-70, 1963.

KaNFER, F. H., and PomERANZ, D. M.: Condi-
tioning and transfer of therapist operations. Psy-
chological Reports, 16:593-602, 1965.

KANFER, FREDERICK H., and SAsLow, GEORGE:
Behavioral analysis. General Psychiatry, 12(6):
529-538, 1965.

McBreArTY, J. F., KANFER, F. H., MARSTON,
A. R., and EvANDER, DEANNE: Focal and con-
textual stimulus variables in verbal conditioning.
Psychological Reports, 13:115-124, 1963.

MH-6922 (R01) KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Studies
of verbal interaction. University of Oregon Medi-
cal School, Portland, Ore. (1962- ) (Contin-
ued from MH-3700).

KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Control of communication
in dyads by reinforcement. Psychological Reports,
.15:131-138, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
3700).

KANFER, FREDERICK H.: Vicarious human rein-
forcements: A glimpse into the black box. In:
Krasner, Leonard, ed. Research in behavior modi-
fication. New York, Holt, Rinehart & Winston,
1965, p. 244-267.

KANFER, F. H.: Issues and ethics in behavior ma-
nipulation. Psychological Reports, 16:187-196,
1965.

KaNFER, F. H., Bass, B. M,, and GuYETT, IL.:
Dyadic speech patterns, personality and social re-

inforcement. Journal of Consulting Psychology,
27:199-205, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3700).

KANFER, F. H., and McBREARTY, J. F.: Minimal
social reinforcement and interview content. Jour-
nal of Clinical Psychology, 18:210-215, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3700).

KANFER, F. H., and MaArsTON, A. R.: The effect
of task-relevant information on verbal condition-
ing. Journal of Psychology, 53:29-36, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3700).

KANFER, F. H., and MARrsTON, A. R.: Control of
verbal behavior by multiple schedules. Psycho-
logical Reports, 10:703-710, 1962. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3700).
KANFER, F. H., and MARsTON, A. R.: Human rein-
forcement: Vicarious and direct. Journal of Ex-
perimental Psychology, 65:292-296, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-3700).

KANFER, F. H., and MARsTON, A. R.: Characteris-
tics of interactional behavior in a psychotherapy

analogue. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 28:
456-467, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-6921).

MarstoN, A. R., and KANFER, F. H.: Group size
and number of vicarious reinforcements in verbal

learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
65:593-596, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3700).

MARSTON, A. R., KANFER, F. H., and MCBREARTY,
J. F.: Stimulus discriminability in verbal condi-
tioning. Journal of Psychology, 53:143-153, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3700).

MH-6953 (R01) CARPENTER,

JouNn A. and

FLYNN, JoHN P.: Logical induction and alcohol,

effects. The State University of Rutgers, New
Brunswick, N.J. (1962-63) (Continued from
MH-4207).

CARPENTER, JOHN A., and Ross, BRUCE M.: Effect
of alcohol on short-term memory. Quarterly Jour-
nal of Studies on Alcohol, 26(4):561-579, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-5655).

MH-7024 (R01) CoLLIER, GEORGE H.: The de-
terminants of amount of reinforcement. Rutgers
—The State University, New Brunswick, N.J.
(1962-64) (Continued from MH-3328).

CoLLIER, GEORGE: Some properties of saccharin as
a reinforcer. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
64:184-191, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
3328).

CoLLIER, GEORGE: Consummatory and instrumental
responding as functions of deprivation. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 64:410-414, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3328).

KNARR, FREDERICK A., and COLLIER, GEORGE:
Taste and consummatory activity in amount and
gradient of reinforcement functions. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 63:579-588, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3328).

MH-7042 (R01) WIGGINS, JERRY S.: Structure of
the MMPI. University of Illinois, Urbana, IIL
(1962-64) (Continued from MH-5395).

SKRZYPEK, GEORGE. ]., and WIGGINS, JERRY S.:
Contrasted groups versus repeated measurement
designs in the evaluation of social desirability
scales. Educational and Psychological Measure-
ment, 26(1):131-138, 1966.

WIGGINS, J. S.: Social desirability under role-playing
instructions: A reply to Walker. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27:107-111, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-5395).

581

WiGGINs, J. S.: Convergences among stylistic re-
sponse measures from objective personality tests.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24:
551-562, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5395).

WiGGINS, J. S.: An MMPI item characteristic deck.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 24:
137-141, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-5395).

WIGGINS, JERRY S.: Social desirability estimation and
“faking good” well. Educational and Psychologi-
cal Measurements, 26(2):329-341, 1966.

WIGGINS, JERRY S., and GOLDBERG, LEwis R.: In-
terrelationships among MMPI item characteristics.
Educational and Psychological Measurement, 25
(2):381-397, 1965.

WIGGINS, JERRY S., and LoveLL, Victor R.: Com-
munality and favorability as sources of method
variance in the MMPI. Educational and Psycho-
logical Measurement, 25(2):399-412, 1965.

MH-7071 (R10) HEUSLER, ANTON F., and ULETT,
GEORGE A.: Effects of tranquilizers on group be-
havior. St. Louis State Hospital, St. Louis, Mo.
(1962-63) (Continued from MH-3826).

ULert, G. A., Bowers, C. A., HEUSLER, A. F.,
Quick, R., Worp, T., and Worp, V.: A study
of the behavior and EEG patterns of patients re-
ceiving tranquilizers with and without the addi-
tion of chlordiazepoxide. Journal of Neuropsy-
chiatry, 5(8):558-565, 1964.

MH-7083 (R01) FRrENcH, ELizABETH, G., and
LESSER, GERALD S.: Characteristics of the achieve-
ment motive in women. Northwestern University,
Evanston, Ill. (1962- ) (Continued from
MH-3607).

Lesser, G., Krawirz, R., and PACKARD, RiTA: Ex-
perimental arousal of achievement motivation in
adolescent girls. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:59-66, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-3607).

MH-7158 (R01) SHORT, JAMES F., Jr.: Street cor-
ner groups and patterns of delinquency. Wash-
ington State University, Pullman, Wash. (Con-
tinued from MH-3301)

GORDON, ROBERT A., SHORT, JAMES F., Jr., CART-
WRIGHT, DESMOND S. and STRODTBECK, FRED L.:
Values and gang delinquency: A study of street
corner groups. American Journal of Sociology,
69:109-128, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3301).

SHORT, JAMES F., JR.: Street corner groups and pat-
terns of delinquency: A progress report. Ameri-
can Catholic Sociological Review, 24:13-32, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3301).

SHORT, JaMEs F., Jr.: Introduction to “The Gang”
by Frederic M. Thrasher, Chicago, University of
Chicago Press, abridged edition, 1963.
acknowledges MH-3301).

(Also

SHORT, J. F., Jr., and Rivera, R.: Perceived op-
portunities, gang membership, and delinquency.
American Sociological Review, 30:56-67, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-3301).

SHORT, JAMES F., and STRODTBECK, FRED L.: The
response of gang leaders to status threats: An
observation on group process and delinquent be-
havior. American Journal of Sociology, 68:571-
579, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3301).

SHORT, JAMES F., STRODTBECK, FRED L., and CART-
WRIGHT, DESMOND S.: A strategy for utilizing re-
search dilemmas: A case from the study of par-
enthood in a street corner gang. Sociological In-
quiry, 32:185-202, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-3301).

SHORT, JaMEs F., Jr, TENNYSON, Ray A., and
HowARrp, KENNETH I.: Behavior dimensions of
gang delinquency. American Sociological Review,
28:412-418, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
3301).

STRODTBECK, FRED L., SHORT, JaMmEs F., Jr., and
KOLEGAR, ELLEN: The analysis of self-descrip-
tions by members of delinquent gangs. Sociolog-
ical Quarterly, 3:331-356, 1962. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3301).

MH-7237 (RO1) JENSEN, GLEN D.: Comparative
study of operant conditioning. De Paul Univer-
sity, Chicago, Ill. (1962-63) (Continued from
MH-4494).

JENSEN, GLEN D.: Preference for bar-pressing over
“freeloading” as a function of number of re-
warded presses. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 65:451-454, 1963. (Also acknowledges
MH-2834 and MH-4494).

MH-7279 (R01) HuNT, HowARrD F.: Basic mech-
anisms of drug action on animal behavior. New
York State Psychiatric Institute, New York, N.Y.
(1962- ) (Continued from MH-3361).

GINSBURG, B. E.: Causal mechanisms in audiogenic
seizures.  Psychophysiologie Neuropharmocologie
et Biochemie de la Crise Audiogene, Collogques
Internationaux du Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique, 112:227-240, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1918 and MH-3361).

GINSBURG, B. E.: Genetics and ‘personality. In:
Wepman, J., and Heine, R., eds. Concepts of
personality. Chicago, Aldine Press, 1963, p. 63-
78. (Also acknowledges MH-1918 and MH-
3361).

Harvey, J. A., HELLER, A., and MooRrg, R. Y.:
The effect of unilateral and bilateral medial fore-
brain bundle lesions on brain serotonin. Journal

582

of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,
140:103-110, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
1918 and MH-3361).

HELLER, A., HARVEY, J. A., and MOORE, R. Y.:
A demonstration of a fall in brain serotonin fol-
lowing central nervous system lesions in the rat.
Biochemical Pharmacology, 11:859-866, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-1918 and MH-3361).

HurcHINGs, DoNALD E.: Early handling in rats:
The effects of body-temperature reduction and
stimulation on adult emotionality. In: Proceed-
ings of 1965 Meeting, American Psychological
ssociation, p. 183-184.

Moore, R. Y.: Effects of some rhinencephalic le-
sions on retention of conditioned avoidance be-
havior in cats. Journal of Comparative and Physi-
ological Psychology, 57:65-71, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-1918 and MH-3361).

MH-7280 (R01) Kermans, HERBERT C.: Social
influence and behavior change. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1962- ) (Con-
tinued from MH-2516).

BaiLyN, Lotte, and KELMAN, H. C.: The effects
of a year’s experience in America on the self-
image of Scandinavians. Journal of Social Issues,
18(1):30-40, 1962. (Also acknowledges MH-
2516).

KeLMAN, H. C.: The induction of action and atti-
tude change. In: Coopersmith, S., ed. Personal-
ity research. Copenhagen, Munksgaard, 1962,
p. 81-110. (Also acknowledges MH-2516).

KeLmaN, H. C.: The role of the group in the in-
duction of therapeutic change. International Jour-
nal of Group Psychotherapy, 13(4):399-432,
1963. (Also acknowledges MH-2516).

KeLMAN, H. C.: Processes of opinion change.
Public Opinion Quarterly, 25:57-78, 1961. Also
in: Hollander, E. P., and Hunt, R. G., eds.
Current perspectives in social psychology. Three
processes of social influence. New York, Oxford,
University, 1963, p. 454-462. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2516).

KELMAN, HERBERT C.: Manipulation of human be-
havior: An ethical dilemma for the social scien-
tist. Journal of Social Issues, 21(2) :31-46, 1965.

KeLmaN, H. C.,, and BaiLyN, Lotte: Effects of
cross-cultural experience on national images: A
study of Scandinavian students in America. Jour-
nal of Conflict Resolution, 6(4):319-334, 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-2516).

KeLMmaN, H. C., and Barcray, JANET: The F
Scale as a measure of breadth of perspective.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67
(6) :608-615, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-
2561).
KeLMmaN, H. C, and EacrLy, A. H.: Attitude to-
ward the communicator, perception of communi-
cation content, and attitude change. Journal of
Personality and Social Psychology, 1(1):63-78,
1965.

MH-7293 (R01) YUWILER, ARTHUR, and BRILL,
NORMAN Q.: Biochemical tests for schizophrenia.
University of California Medical Center, Los An-
geles, Calif. (1962-64) (Continued from MH-
4567).

YUWILER,ARTHUR: Psychopathology and 5-hydroxy-
indoleacetic acid excretion. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 3(2):125-131, 1965. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-1972 and MH-4567).

MH-7305 (R01) HERSHKOWITZ, AARON: Intensive
observations of chronic N P patients. Yeshiva
University, New York, N.Y. (1962-64) (Con-
tinued from M-4625).

HEersHKOWITZ, A.: Naturalistic observations on
chronically hospitalized patients: The effects of
“strangers.” Journal of Nervous and Mental Dis-
eases, 135:258-264, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-4625).

MH-7306 (R01) CHAPMAN, LOREN ].: Experi-
mental study of schizophrenic thinking. Southern
Illinois University, Carbondale, Ill. (1963-64)
(Continued from MH-1416; MH-3481).

CuaPMAN, L. J.: The problem of selecting drug-
free schizophrenics for research. Journal of Con-
sulting Psychology, 27:540-542, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3481 and MH-1416).

CuapMmaN, L. J., and BAXTER, J.: The process-
reactive distinction and patients’ subculture. Jour-
nal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 136:352-
359, 1963. (Also acknowledges MH-3481 and
MH-1416).

CHAPMAN, LOREN ]., CHAPMAN, JEAN P., and
MILLER, GLENN A.: A theory of verbal behavior
in schizophrenia. In: Maher, Brendan, ed. Prog-
ress in experimental personality research. Vol. 1.
New York, Academic Press, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3481).

CHAPMAN, L. J, and KNowLEgs, R. R.: The ef-
fects of phenothiazine on disordered thought in
schizophrenia.” Journal of Consulting Psychology,
28(2):165-169, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
4674 and MH-3481).

MH-7431 (R01) Gross, SoNjA K.: Biogenesis of
the alkaloids. Boston University, Boston, Mass.
(1962-63) (Continued from MH-3617).

Gross, SONJA, and Dawson, R. F.: The biochem-
ical transformation of the morphothebaine to the
morphine ring system. Biochemistry, 2:186,1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-3617).

583

MH-7432 (RO1) FINK, Max: Behavior changes
with induced altered brain function. St. Louis
State Hospital, St. Louis, Mo. (1963-64) (Con-
tinued from MH-2715).

BELMONT, I., PoLLAck, M., WILLNER, A., KLEIN,
DonNaLD, and FINK, MAX: Effects of imipramine
and chlorpromazine on perceptual analytic ability,
perceptual responsivitiy and memory as revealed
in Rorschach responses. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 137:42-50, 1963. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2715).

FINK, MAX: Quantitative electroencephalography in
human psychopharmacology. II. Drug patterns.
In: Glaser, G., ed. EEG correlates of behavior.
New York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 177-197. (Also
acknowledges. MH-2715 and MH-5338).

Fink, M., KLEIN, D. F., and KRAMER, J. C.: Clini-
cal efficacy of chlorpromazine-procyclidine combi-
nation, imipramine and placebo in depressive dis-
orders. Psychopharmacologia, 7(1):27536, 1965.
(Also acknowledges MH-4798 and MH-2715).

Karp, Eric, and POLLACK, Max: Comparative stud-
ies of chlorpromazine and imipramine, III. Criti-
cal flicker fusion thresholds in psychiatric patients.
Psychopharmacologia, 4:452-458, 1963. (Also
acknowledges MH-2715).

MH-7477 (RO1) SALZINGER, Kurt, and ZUBIN,
JosepH: Verbal behavior and conditioning in
schizophrenia. New York State Psychiatric Insti-
tute, New York, N.Y. (1962- ) (Continued
from MH-4842).

PORTNOY, MAURICE, and SALZINGER, KURT: Per-
ception as a function of association value with
response bias controlled. Journal of Experimen-
tal Psychology, 68(3):316-320, 1964.

SALZINGER, K., and PORTNOY, STEPHANIE: Verbal
conditioning in interviews: Application to chronic
schizophrenics and relationship to prognosis for
acute schizophrenics. Journal of Psychiatric Re-
search, 2:1-9, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
1541 and MH-586).

SALZINGER, K., PORTNOY, STEPHANIE, ZLOTO-
GURA, PuyLLIs, and KEISNER, R.: The effect of
reinforcement on continuous speech and on plural
nouns in grammatical context. Journal of Verbal
Learning and Verbal Behavior, 1:477-485, 1963.
(Also acknowledges MH-4842).

MH-7478 (RO1) SUTTON, SAMUEL, HAKEREM,
Gap, and ZUBIN, JosepH: Effect of drugs on the
pupillary reflex. New York State Psychiatric In-
stitute, New York, N.Y. (1962- ) (Contin-
ued from MH-5051).

HAKEREM, GAD: Instrumentation for research in
pupillography.  Psychopharmacology Service Cen-
ter Bulletin, 2:11, 1962. (Also acknowledges
MH-5051).
MH-7541 (R01) MANNKERING, GILBERT J.: An-
tagonism of narcotic effects and N-demethylation.
University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
(1963-64) (Continued from MH-3689).

RuBIN, A., CHERNoV, H. I, MILLER, J. W., and
MANNERING, G. ].: Antagonism of morphine-
induced respiratory depression and analgesia and
inhibition of narcotic N-demethylation in vitro by
N-substituted analogues of L-3-hydroxymorphinan
and by N-allyl-normorphine. Journal of Pharma-
cology and Experimental Therapeutics, 144:346-
353, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3689).

RuBIN, ALAN, TepHLY, THoMmAs R., and MAN-
NERING, GILBERT J.: Kinetics of drug metabolism
by hepatic microsomes. Biochemical Pharmacol-
ogy, 13:1007-1016, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-3689).

RuBIN, ALAN, TEpHLY, THOMAS R., and MAN-
NERING, GILBERT J.: Inhibition of hexobarbital
metabolism by ethylmorphine and codeine in the
intact rat. Biochemical Pharmacology, 13:1053-
1057, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3689).

MH-7842 (RO1) MorRIN, RicHARD, D., and BEN-
INGTON, FREDERICK: Functional groups and psy-
chotomimetic activity. University of Alabama,
Birtiingham, Ala. (1963- ) (Continued from
MH-1588).

BENINGTON, F., Morin, R. D., and CLARK, L. C,
Jr.: Pharmacological activity of phenylisopropyl-
hydroxylamine and its o-methyl ether. Nature,
202(4934) :813, 1964.

BENINGTON, F., MORIN, R. D., and CLARK, L. C,
Jr.: 5-methoxy-N, N-dimethyltryptamine, a pos-
sible endogenous psychotoxin. Alabama Journal
of Medical Sciences, 2(4):397-403, 1965.

BENINGTON, F., MoriN, R. D,, and CLARK, L. C,
Jr.: Behavioral and neuropharmacological actions
of N-aralkylhydroxylamines and their O-methyl
ethers. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 8(1):
100-104, 1965.

Crark, L. C, Jr.,, BeENINGTON, F., and MORIN,
R. D.: The enzymatic oxidative deamination and
effect on cat behavior of mescaline and struc-
turally-related ~~ beta-phenethylamines. ~~ Alabama
Journal of Medical Sciences, 1(4) :417-429, 1964.

CLARK, LELAND C. JR., BENINGTON, FREDERICK,
and MORIN, RicHARD D.: The effects of ring-
methoxyl groups on biological deamination of
phenethylamines. Journal of Medicinal Chemis-
try, 8:353-355, 1965.

MH-7870 (R01) PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, and
RETTIG, SALOMON: Electronic computer program-
ming in psychiatric research. Ohio State Univer-
sity, Columbus, Ohio. (1963- ) (Continued
from MH-5042).

584

RETTIG, SALOMON: Multiple discriminant analysis:
An illustration. American Sociological Review,
29:398-402, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-
5042).

RETTIG, SALOMON: Invariance of factor structure of
ethical judgments by Indian and American college
students.  Sociometry, 27:96-113, 1964. (Also
acknowledges MH-5042).

RETTIG, SALOMON, and RAwsON, HARVE E.: The
risk hypothesis in predictive judgments of un-
ethical behavior. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 66:243-248, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-5042).

RETTIG, S., RAwsoN, H. E., KNoBLOCH, H., and
PAsAMANICK, B.: A multi-dimensional computer
analysis of some complications of pregnancy and
their neuropsychiatric sequelae. In: Fourth IBM
Medical Symposium. New York, Endicott, 1963,
p.- 123-132. (Also acknowledges MH-5042).

MH-7874 (R01) PASAMANICK, BENjAMIN, and
MCcPHEETERS, HAROLD: Home versus hospital
care for schizophrenics. Ohio State University,
Columbus, Ohio. (1963- ) (Continued from
MH-2535).

Dinitz, S., ScarpiTT, F. R.,, ALBINI, J. L., LEFTON,
M., and PASAMANICK, B.: An experimental study
in the prevention of hospitalization of schizophren-
ics. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35:
1-9, 1965.

PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN, ScarpiTTl, F., LEFTON,
Mark, DiNitz, SiMoN, WERNERT, J. J., and
McPHEETERS, H.: Home vs. hospital care for
schizophrenics. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 187:177-181, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-2535).

ScarprrTi, F., LEFTON, MARK, DINITZ, SIMON, and
PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN: Problems in a home
care study for schizophrenics. Archives of Gen-
eral Psychiatry, 10:143-154, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-2535).

MH-7927 (R01) ROTHENBUHLER, WALTER C.:
Genetic bases of behavior differences. Ohio State
University, Columbus, Ohio. (1963-63) (Con-
tinued from MH-3882).

Jones, R. L., and ROTHENBUHLER, W. C.: Behav-
jour genetics of nest cleaning in honey bees. II.
Responses of two inbred lines to various amounts
of cyanide-killed brood. Animal Behaviour, 12:
584-588, 1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3882).

ROTHENBUHLER, W. C.: Behaviour genetics of
next cleaning in honey bees. 1. Responses of
four inbred lines to disease-killed brood. Animal

Behaviour, 12:578-583, 1964. (Also acknowl-

edges MH-3882).
MH-8291 (R01) Voss, JaMEs F.: Probabilistic ver-
bal learning. University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,
Pa. (1963-64) (Continued from MH-3531).

ErDELYI, M., WATTS, B., and Voss, J. F.: Effect of
probability of competing responses in probabilistic
verbal acquisition. Journal of Experimental Psy-
chology, 68(4):323-329, 1964. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3531).

MORNING, N., and Voss, J. F.: Mediation of R;-
R, in the acquisition of S-R;, S-R, associations.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 67:67-71,
1964. (Also acknowledges MH-3531).

Voss, J. F.: Effect of pairing directionality and an-
ticipatory cue in paired-associate learning. Jour-
nal of Experimental Psychology, 69(5):490-495,
1965.

ZIMMERMAN, H., and Voss, J. F.: The effect of
marginal and conditional probabilities on one asso-
ciation upon concomitant acquisition of a second
association. Journal of Verbal Learning and Ver-
bal Behavior, 1:463-469, 1963. (Also acknowl-
edges MH-3531).

MH-9020 (R12) McQuirty, Louis L.: Mental
health screening techniques. University of Illi-
nois, Urbana, Ill. (1950-54)

McQuirty, L. L.: A statistical method for studying
personality integration. In: Mowrer, O. H., ed.
sychotherapy, theory and research. New York,
Ronald Press, 1953, p. 414-462.

McQuirty, L. L.: Pattern analysis illustrated in
classifying patients and normals. Educational and
Psychological Measurement, 14:598-604, 1954.

McQuirrty, L. L.: Theories and methods in some
objective assessments of psychological well-being.
Psychological Monographs, 68:1-28, 1954.

McQuirty, L. L. A pattern and analytic method de-
rived from a theory of individual differences in
psychological well-being. In: Sells, S. B., Chair-
man. Symposium on pattern analysis. Randolph
Field, Texas, Air University, USAF School of
Aviation Medicine, 1955, p. 29-46.

McQuirty, L. L.: Agreement analysis: Classifying
persons by predominant patterns of response.
British Journal of Statistical Psychology, 9:5-16,
1956.

MH-9027 (R12) Luszki, MARGARET B.: Work
conference in mental health research. National
Training Laboratory in Group Development,
Washington, D.C. (1951-57)

Luszki, MARGARET BARRON: Some sccial problems
of social research. American Sociological Review,
22(3):333-335, 1957.

Luszki, MARGARET BARRON: Team research in
social sciences: Major consequences of a growing

585

trend. Human Organization, 16(1):21-24, 1957.
Also in: Adams, Richard N., and Preiss, Jack J.,
eds. Human organization research: Field rela-
tions and techniques. Homewood, Ill, Dorsey
Press, 1960, p. 19-27.

Luszki, MARGARET BARRON: Interdisciplinary team
research: Methods and problems. ew York,
New York University Press for National Train-
ing Laboratories, 1958, 355 p.

Luszki, MARGARET BARRON: The challenge of the
interdisciplinary team approach in research. In:
Jeffers, Frances C., ed. Proceedings of Seminars,
1958-1959 Duke University Council on Geron-
tology. North Carolina, Duke University Re-
gional Center for the Study of Aging, 1959, p.
11-26.

MH-9029 (R12) BacoN, SELDON D.: Problems
of alcoholism. Yale University, New Haven,
Conn. (1951-52)

Bacon, SELpON D., ed.: Alcoholism, 1941-1951:
A survey of activities in research, education and
therapy. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol,
13:421-511, 1952.

MH-9030 (R12) SHAw, CLIFFORD R.: Epidemiol-
ogy of juvenile addiction in Chicago. Chicago
Area Project, Chicago, Ill. (1951-53)

FINESTONE, HAROLD: Narcotics and criminality.
Law and Contemporary Problems, 22:60-85, Win-
ter 1957.

FINESTONE, HAROLD: Cats, kicks, and color.
cial Problems, 5:3-13, 1957.

So-

FINESTONE, HAROLD: Epidemiology of adult addic-
tion. Proceedings, White House Conference on
Narcotic and Drug Abuse, September 27 and 28,
1962, Washington, D.C., p. 142-145.

MH-9033 (R12) Grock, CHARLES Y.: Explora-
tory survey and conference on drug addiction.
Columbia University, New York, N.Y. (1951-
51)

BiGMAN, STANLEY K.: Drug use among adolescents.
A framework for social research. New York, Co-
lumbia University, 1951, 71 p. (Processed).

MH-9034 (R12) MEAD, MARGARET: European
mental health summer school 1952. Society for
Applied Anthropology, New York, N.Y. (1951-
54)

Jackson, EpitH B., KLATsKIN, ETHELYN H., and
WILKIN, Louise C.: Early child development in
relation to degree of flexibility of maternal atti-
tude. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 7:393-
428, 1952. (Also acknowledges MH-105).
MEAD, MARGARET: Sharing child development in-
sights around the globe. Understanding the Child,
21:98-103, 1952.

MEAD, MARGARET: Technological change and child
development. Understanding the Child, 21:109-
112, 1952.

Soppy, KENNETH, ed.: Mental health and infant
development. (Proceedings of the International
Seminar held by World Federation for Mental
Health at Chechester, England). Vol. 1—308 p.
Vol. 2—289 p. New York, Basic Books, 1956.

MH-9037 (R12) BioMAN, STANLEY K., and
GLocK, CHARLES: Bibliographical analysis of drug
use literature. Columbia University, New York,
N.Y. (1951-52)

MEYER, ALAN S.: Social and psychological factors
in opiate addiction: A review of research findings
together with an annotated bibliography. New
York, Columbia University Bureau of Applied So-
cial Research, 1952. (Processed).

MH-9038 (R12) HiLL, REUBEN: Family and per-
sonal adjustment in an urban community. Uni-
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N.C.
(1951-53)

HiLL, REUBEN: The Eddyville story: Personal and
family adjustments to rapid urbanization of a
southern town. In: Recherche sur la famille.
Vol. 3. Goettingen, Vandenhoeck and Ruprecht,
1958, p. 93-145.

HiLL, REUBEN, Moss, J. JOEL, and WIRTHS, CLAU-
DINE G.: Eddyville’s families: A study of per-
sonal and family adjustments subsequent to the
rapid urbanization of a southern town. Chapel
Hill, N.C, Institute for Research in Social Sci-
ence, 1953. (Processed).

MH-9048 (R12) CHEIN, Isipor: Factors affecting
drug addiction among minors. New York Uni-
versity, New York, N.Y. (1952-58)

CHEIN, ISIDORE: Narcotics use among juveniles.
Social Work, 1:50-60, 1956.

CHEIN, ISIDORE: Perspectives on narcotics use by
teen-aged boys. Lectures to the laity. New York
Academy of Medicine, January 20, 1960. Also
in: Golden Anniversary White House Conference
on Children and Youth, 1960, p. 250-257.

CHEIN, ISIDORE, GERARD, DoNALD L., LEE, RoB-
ERT S., and ROSENFELD, Eva: The road to H:
Narcotics, delinquency, and social policy. New
York, Basic Books, 1964, 482 p.

CHEIN, ISIDORE, and ROSENFELD, Eva: Juvenile
heroin use. Law and Contemporary Problems,
22:52-68, 1957.

586

ROSENFELD, EVA: A research-based proposal for a
community program of delinquency prevention.
Annals of the American Academy of Political and
Social Science, 322:136-145, 1959.

WIiLNER, D. M., RoseNFELD, Eva, LEE, R. S,
GEeraARD, D. L., and CHEIN, I.: Heroin use and
street gangs. Journal of Criminal Law, Criminol-
ogy and Police Science, 48:399-409, 1957.

MH-9053 (R12) STAR, SHIRLEY A.: Popular think-
ing in the field of mental health. National Opin-
ion Research Center, Chicago, Ill. (1953-54

BENNEY, MARK, RIESMAN, DAVID, and STAR, SHIR-
LEY A.: Age and sex in the interview. American
Journal of Sociology, 62(2):143-152, 1956.

STAR, SHIRLEY A.: Public attitudes—A measure of
the difficulties. In: American Psychiatric Associa-
tion, ed. Psychiatry, the press and the public:
Problems in communication. Washington, D.C.,
American Psychiatric Association, 1956, p. 1-5.

STAR, SHIRLEY A.: Nervous breakdown. In: Encyclo-
pedia of mental health. Vol. 4. New York,
Franklin Watts, 1963, p. 1306-1311.

MH-9059 (R12) SmMMoNs, Ozzie, and PauL,
BENJAMIN D.: Community aspects of psychiatric
rehabilitation. Harvard University, Boston, Mass.
(1953-57)

Davis, JaMEs A., FREEMAN, HowArp E., and SiM-
MONS, OzziE G.: Rehospitalization and perform-
ance level among former mental patients. Social
Problems, 5:37-44, 1957.

FREEMAN, Howarp E., and SiMMoONs, Ozzie G.:
Wives, mothers, and the post-hospital performance
of mental patients. Social Forces, 37:153-159,
December, 1958.

NaBOISEK, H., SIMMONS, O. G., MATHEWS, D. M,,
and CATH, S. H.: Hospital image and post-hospi-
tal experience. In: Greenblatt, M., Levinson,
D. J., and Williams, R. H., eds. The patient and
the mental hospital. Glencoe, Ill., Free Press,
1957, p. 565-576

SimMONs, Ozzie G., and Davis, JAMES A.: Inter-
disciplinary collaboration in mental illness re-
search. American Journal of Sociology, 63:297-
303, 1957.

SiMMoNs, Ozzie G., Davis,
SPENCER, KATHERINE:
release from a mental hospital.
4:21-28, 1956.

James A., and
Interpersonal strains in
Social Problems,

MH-9064 (R12) McGinnis, ELLioTT M.: Effects
of mental health films on community groups.
University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
(1953-57)
ALTMAN, I, and McGINNIES, ELLioTT: Interper-
sonal perception and communication in discussion
groups of varied attitudinal composition. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60:390-
395, 1960.

LaNA, R., VAUGHAN, W., and McGINNIES, E.:
Leadership and friendship status as factors in dis-
cussion group interaction. Journal of Social Psy-
chology, 52:127-134, 1960.

McGINNIES, ErrLiorrs A method for matching
anonymous questionnaire data with group discus-
sion material. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 52:139-140, 1956.

McGINNIES, ELLiorT: The role of mental health
films in community discussion groups. Mental
Hygiene, 42:409-422, 1958.

McGINNIES, ELLIOTT, and ALTMAN, I.: Discussion
as a function of attitudes and content of a per-
suasive communication. Journal of Applied Psy-
chology, 43:53-59, 1959.

McGINNIES, EvrLiorT, LANA, R., and Smith, C.:
The effects of sound films on opinions about men-
tal illness in community discussion groups. Jour-
nal of Applied Psychology, 42:40-46, 1958.

McGINNIES, ELLioTT, and VAUGN, W.: Some bio-
graphical determiners of participation in group
discussion. Journal of Applied Psychology, 41:
179-185, 1957.

MirNIcK, L., and McGINNIES, ELLIOTT: Influencing
ethnocentrism in small discussion groups through
a film communication. Journal of Abnormal and
Social Psychology, 56:82-90, 1958.

PAGE, R., and McGINNIES, ELLIOTT: Comparison of
two styles of leadership in small discussion groups.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 43:240-245, 1959.

MH-9066 (R12) Beck, LESTER F.: Evaluation of
mental health films. University of Southern Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif. (1954-55)

Audience reactions to mental health films. 1955.
Distributed by Department of Cinema, University
of Southern California.

MH-9067 (R12) NunNNALLy, Jum C, and Os-
Goon, CHARLES E.: Communication of informa-
tion on mental health. University of Illinois,
Urbana, Ill. (1954-60)

Husek, T. R., and BoBREN, H.: The relative im-
portance of labels and behavior descriptions in
determining attitudes toward labeled behavior.
Psychological Record, 14:319-325, 1964.

NuNNALLy, J. C.: The communication of mental
health information: A comparison of the opin-
ions of experts and the public with mass media
presentations. Behavioral Sciences, 2:222-230,
1957.

587

NuNNALLy, J. C.: Opinions of psychologists and
psychiatrists about mental health problems. [our-
nal of Consulting Psychology, 22:178-182, 1958.

NUNNALLY, J. C.: Psychology, psychiatry and men-
tal illness in the mass media: A study of trends,
1900-1959. Mental Hygiene, 45:89-93, 1961.

NuUNNALLY, J. C.: Popular conceptions of mental
health, New York, Holt, Rinehart & Winston,
1961. 311 p.

NuUNNALLY, J. C., and BoBREN, H. M.: Variables
governing the willingness to receive communica-
tions on mental health. Journal of Personality,
27:38-46, 1959.

NUNNALLY, J., and BOBREN, H. M.: Attitude
change with false information. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 23:260-266, 1959.

NUNNALLY, J. C., and GERBNER, GEORGE: Mental
illness on television: A study of censorship. Jour-
nal of Broadcasting, 3:292-303, 1959.

NuNNALLY, Jum C, and Husek, T. R.: The phony
language examination: An approach to the meas-
urement of response bias. Educational and Psy-
chological Measurement, 18:275-282, 1958.

NuUNNALLY, Jum C., and Husek, T. R.: “Semantic
clarity”: One standard for factored tests. Educa-
tional and Psychological Measurement, 18:761-
767, 1958.

NUNNALLY, J. C., and KiTTROSS, J. M.: Public atti-
tudes toward mental health professions. American
Psychologist, 13:589-594, 1958.

NUNNALLY, J., and TANNENBAUM, PERCY H.: Reg-
ulation of mental illness content in motion pictures
and television. Gazette, 6:365-385, 1961.

NuUNNALLY, J., and TANNENBAUM, PERCY H.:
Mass media censorship and the portrayal of men-
tal illness: Some effects of industry-wide controls
in motion pictures and television. In: Schramm,
Wilbur, ed. Studies of innovation and of com-
munication to the public. Stanford, Calif., Stan-
ford University, 1962.

TAYLOR, WILSON L.: Gauging the mental health
content of the mass media. Journalism Quarterly,
34:191-201, 1957.

MH-9073 (R12) Horr, EBBE C.: Conference on
alcoholism research. National States Conference
on Alcoholism, Raleigh, N.C. (1954-55)

Horr, E. C., QUASTEL, J. H., PosT, J., BLACKBURN,
J. M,, Bacon, S. D., and DIETHELM, O.: Current
research on problems of alcoholism. Quarterly
Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 16(3):533-574,
1955.

MH-9075 (R12) HuME, Portia B.: Hospital and
clinic treatment in comparable cases. California
State Department of Mental Hygiene, Sacramento,
Calif. (1955-57)

California Department of Mental Hygiene: A study
of suitability for outpatient clinic treatment of
state mental hospital admissions. Sacramento,
California, California Department of Menta] Hy-
giene, 1957. (Research Report No. 1).

SAMPSON, HAroLD, Ross, DaviD, ENGLE, BERNICE,
and FLORINE, LivsoN: Feasibility of community
clinic treatment for state mental hospital patients.
A. M. A. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry,
80:71-77, 1958.

MH-9077 (R12) YARROW, LEON ].: Mother figure
change in infancy and personality. Family and
Child Services, Washington, D.C. (1954-62)

YARROW, LEON J.: Moving toward maturity: In-
fancy. Children, 7(3):110-111, 1960.

YARROW, LEON J.: Interviewing children. In:
Mussen, P. H., ed. Handbook of research meth-
ods in child development. New York, John
Wiley, 1960, p. 561-602.

YARROW, LEON J.: Maternal deprivation: Toward
an empirical and conceptual re-evaluation. Psy-
chological Bulletin, 58:459-490, 1961.

YARROW, LEON J.: The effects of having people as
parents. Contemporary Psychology, 6:322-323,
1962.

YARROW, LEON J.: Maternal care and infant be-
havior. Children, 10:32-34, 1963.

Yarrow, LEON J.: The longterm implications of
maternal separation. Child Welfare, 52:72-77,
1963.

YARROW, LEON J.: Research in dimensions of early
maternal care.  Merrill-Palmer Quarterly of Be-
havior and Development, 9:101-114, 1963.

YARROW, LEON J.: Separation from parents in early
childhood. In: Hoffman, M., and Hoffman, L.,
eds. Review of child development research. New
York, Russell Sage, 1964, p. 89-136.

YARROW, LEON ].: Personality consistency and
change: Perspectives from longitudinal research.
I. An overview of some conceptual and methodo-
logical issues. Vita Humana, 7:67-72, 1964.

Yarrow, L. J., and GoopwiN, M. S.: Some concep-
tual issues in the study of mother-infant inter-
action. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 35
(3):473-481, 1965.

YARROW, LEON J., and YARROW, M. R.: Personality
continuity and change in the family context. In:
Worchel, P., and Byrne, D., eds. Personality
change. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 1964,
p. 489-523.

MH-9080 (R12) Ivey, JouN E., Jr.: Southern
regional council on mental health. Southern
Regional Education Board, Atlanta, Ga. (1955-
57)

Southern Regional Education Board: Social work
personnel for mental health programs. Atlanta,
Ga., Southern Regional Education Board, June,
1956, p. 48.

Southern Regional Education Board: Psychiatrists for
mental health programs. Atlanta, Ga., Southern
Regional Education Board, December 1956, p. 51.

Southern Regional Education Board: Psychologists
for mental health programs. Atlanta, Ga., South-
ern Regional Education Board, August 1957, p. 43.

Southern Regional Education Board: Nursing per-
sonnel for mental health programs. Atlanta, Ga.,
Southern Regional Education Board, March, 1958,
56 p.

MH-9082 (R12) HENRY, WiLLiaM E., HAVIG-
HURST, ROBERT ]., and NEUGARTEN, BERNICE:
Psychological and social factors in successful aging.
University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. (1955-63)

CuMMING, ELAINE, DEAN, Lois R., and NEWELL,
Davip S.: Measuring successful aging: A validity
problem. In: Human Development Bulletin
(Human Development Student Organization, Uni-
versity of Chicago), 1958, p. 22-32.

CUMMING, ELAINE, DEAN, Lois R., and NEWELL,
Davip S.: What is “morale?” A case history of
a validity problem. Human Organization, 17(2):
3-8, 1958.

CuMMING, ELAINE, and HENRY, WiLLiaM E.:
Growing old. New York, Basic Books, 1961.
293 p.

CUMMING, ELAINE, and McCAFFREY, ISABEL: Dis-
engagement: A tentative theory of aging. So-
ciometry, 23:23-35, 1960.

CuMMING, E., and SCHNEIDER, DAvID: Sibling soli-
darity: A structural property of American kinship.
American Anthropologist, 63:498-507, 1961.

DEAN, Lois R.: Aging and the decline of instru-
mentality. Journal of Gerontology, 15:403-407,
1960.

DEAN, Lois R.: The pattern variables: Some empiri-
cal operations. American Sociological Review,
26:80-90, 1961.

HAVIGHURsST, ROBERT J.: The relation of the state
to the aging individual. Bulletin of the Interna-
tional Association of Gerontology, 1(3):1-2, 1958.

HAVIGHURST, ROBERT ].: Successul aging. Geron-
tologist, 1(1):8-13, 1961.

HAVIGHURST, R. J., NEUGARTEN, B. L., and TOBIN,
S. S.: Disengagement, personality and life satis-
faction in the later years. In: Age with a future.

588
Proceedings, 6th International Congress of Geron-
tology, Markaryd, Sweden. Copenhagen, Munks-
gaard, 1964, p. 419-425.

HENRY, WiLLiAM E., and CUMMING, ELAINE: Per-
sonality development in adulthood and old age.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 23:383-390,
1959.

LorTiE, DAN C.: Middle-aged men and their work:
An exploration of meanings. Human Develop-
ment Bulletin, 1957, p. 1-7.

NEUGARTEN, B.: Women’s implicit views of women.
Chapter 4. In: Gross, Irma W., ed. Potentiali-
ties of women in the middle years. East Lansing,
Michigan State University Press, 1956.

NEUGARTEN, B.: Social change and our aging popu-
lation. = Journal of the American Association of
University Women, 50(2):67-70, 1957.

NEUGARTEN, B.: Women’s changing roles through
the life cycle. Journal of the Association sof
Women Deans and Counselors, 24:163-170, 1961.

NEUGARTEN, B.: Personality changes in adulthood
and old age. In: Proceedings of Seminars, 1951-
1961, Duke University Council on Gerontology.
Durham, North Carolina, Regional Center for the
Study of Aging, Duke University, 1962, p. 22-34.

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L.: Personality changes dur-
ing the adult years. In: Kuhlen, Raymond G., ed.
Psychological backgrounds of adult education.
Chicago, Center for the Study of Liberal Educa-
tion for Adults, 1963, p. 43-76.

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L.: Personality and the aging
process. In: Williams, Richard H., Tibbetts,
Clark, and Donahue, Wilma, eds. Processes of
aging. Vol. 1. New York, Atherton Press, 1963,
p. 321-334.

NEUGARTEN, B.: Biological and psychological as-
pects of aging. Washington, D.C., Welfare Ad-
ministration, U.S. Health, Education, and Welfare
Department, 1963. 17 p. (Processed).

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L.: Personality in middle and
late life: A set of empirical studies. New York,
Atherton Press, 1964. 231 p.

NEUGARTEN, B.: A developmental view of adult
personality. In: Birren, James E., ed. Relations
of development and aging. Springfield, Ill,
Charles C. Thomas, 1964, p. 176-208.

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L., and GUTMAN, Davip L.:
Age-sex roles and personality in middle age:
A thematic apperception study. Psychological
Monographs, 72(17):1-33, 1958. (Whole No.
470).

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L., HAVIGHURST, ROBERT ]J.,
and TOBIN, SHELDON S.: The measurement of
life satisfaction. Journal of Gerontology, 16(2):
134-143, 1961.

589

NEUGARTEN, BERNICE L., and PETERSON, W. A.:
A study of the American age-grade system. In:
Proceedings of the 4th Congress of the Interna-
tional Association of Gerontology: Sociological
Division, Merano, Italy, July 14-19, 1957. Vol. 3.
1957, p. 497-502.

ROSEN, JACQUELINE L., and NEUGARTEN, BERNICE
L.: Ego functions in the middle and later years:
A thematic apperception study of normal adults.
Journal of Gerontology, 15:62-67, 1960.

ToBIN, SHELDON S., and NEUGARTEN, B. L.: Life
satisfaction and social interaction in the aging.
Journal of Gerontology, 16:344-346, 1961.

MH-9084 (R12) BraNcH, C. HARDIN, and ENAR-
soN, HaroLD L.: Training, research and resource
needs in western U.S. Western Interstate Com-
mission for Higher Education, Boulder, Colo.
(1955-56)

BrancH, C. H. HARDIN: The Western mental
health training and research survey. Journal of
Correctional Psychology, 11(3 and 4) :63-68, 1955.

MH-9091 (R12) LeviNsoN, DANIEL J. and
GREENBLATT, MILTON: Research conference on
patient and the mental hospital.. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1955-57)

GREENBLATT, MILTON, LEVINSON, DANIEL J., and
WiLLiaMs, RicHARD H., eds.: The patient and
the mental hospital: Contributions of research in
the science of social behavior. Glencoe, Ill., Free
Press, 1957. 658 p. (Also acknowledges MH-

687 and MH-1000).

MH-9092 (R12) MASLAND, RICHARD L.: Survey
of etiology of mental retardation. National Asso-
ciation for Retarded Children, New York, N.Y.
(1955-57)

MASLAND, RICHARD L., SARASON, SEYMOUR B., and
GLADWIN, THOMAS: Mental subnormality—Dbio-
logical, psychological, and cultural factors. New
York, Basic Books, 1958. 442 p.

MH-9094 (R12) REXFORD, EVEOLEEN N., SCHLEI-
FER, MAXWELL, VAN AMERONGEN, SUZANNE T.:
A study of families with antisocial young children.
Douglas A. Thomas Clinic for Children, Boston,
Mass. (1956-58)

RExFORD, EVEOLEEN N.: Some meanings of ag
gressive behavior in children. Annals of the
American Academy of Political and Social Science,
322:11-18, 1959. (Also acknowledges MH-
1795).

REXFORD, EVEOLEEN N.: Antisocial young children
and their families. In: Jessner, L., and Paven-
stedt, E., eds. Dynamic psychotherapy of children.
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1959, p. 186-218.
(Also acknowledges MH-1795).
REXFORD, EVEOLEEN, N.: A developmental concept
of problems of acting-out. Journal of the Ameri-
can Academy of Child Psychiatry, 2:1, 1963.

MH-9103 (R12) NISONGER, HERSCHEL W.: Pro-
fessional organization planning in retardation.
American Association on Mental Deficiency, Co-
lumbus, Ohio. (1956-63)

CAUGHEY, JoHN ]J., Jr.: The medical school phase
of the education of a physician. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 63(1):39-46, 1958.

DuHL, LEONARD ]J., ed.: Research design and meth-
odology in mental retardation. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 64(2):227-430, 1959.

GARDNER, WILLIAM I., and NISONGER, H. W.:
A manual on program development in mental re-
tardation. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, Monograph Supplement, 66(4):1-192,
1962.

HEBER, RICK: Promising areas for psychological re-
search in mental retardation. American Journal
of Mental Deficiency, 63:1014-1019, 1959.

HEBER, Rick F., ed.: Preparation of mentally re-
tarded youth for gainful employment. Washing-
ton, D.C., Office of Education, Bulletin 1959,
No. 28, Rehabilitation Services Series No. 507,
U.S. Government Printing Office. 1959, 86 p.

HEBER, Rick F., ed.: Training of psychologists in
mental retardation. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 65(5):634-651, 1961.

HEBER, Rick F., ed.: A manual on terminology and
classification in mental retardation. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, Monograph Supple-
ment, 2nd ed., 1961, 109 p.

HINDMAN, DARRELL A.: Cooperative programs of
training and research in mental retardation: A sur-
vey study of cooperative relationships established
between residential facilities for the mentally re-
tarded and colleges and universities. Yellow
Springs, Ohio, Antioch Press, 1959, 160 p.

Katz, ALBERT H., ed.: Mental retardation and
social work education. Detroit, Wayne State Uni-
versity Press, 1961, 56 p.

KNoBLOCH, HILDA: Teaching about mental subnor-
mality to the medical student and physician:
A conference report. Pediatrics, 31(1):Part I:
146-153, 1963.

NISONGER, HERSCHEL W.: Status of the A.A.M.D.
project: Past, present, and future. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 64:217-226, 1959.

NisoNGER, H. W.: State planning on mental re-
tardation. Mental Retardation, 1(6):330-337,
1963.

NisoNGER, H. W., ed.: Manual on standards for
state residential institutions. American Journal

590

of Mental Deficiency, Monograph Supplement,
66(4):1-101, 1964.

President's Panel on Mental Retardation: Bibliog-
raphy of world literature on mental retardation,
January 1940-March 1963. Washington, D.C,
Government Printing Office, 1963, 564 p.

MH-9104 (R12) GErARD, RALPH W.: Conference
on pharmacotherapy in mental illness. National
Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. (1955-
59)

COLE, JONATHAN O., and GERARD, RALPH W, eds.:
Psychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation.
Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sciences-
National Research Council, 1959, 662 p. (Pub-
lication No. 583).

GREENBLATT, M., and LEVINSON, D. J.: The evalu-
ation of therapeutic change: Sociopsychological
aspects. In: Cole, J. O., and Gerard, R. W., eds.
Psychopharmacology: Problems in evaluation.
Washington, D.C., National Academy of Sciences,
National Research Council, 1959, p. 478-498.
(Also acknowledges MH-687).

MH-9106 (R12) EwALT, Jack R.: National survey
of mental illness and health. Joint Commission
on Mental Illness and Health, Boston, Mass.
(1956-61)

ALBEE, GEORGE W.: Mental health manpower
trends. New York, Basic Books, 1959, 361 p.

ALLINSMITH, WESLEY, and GOETHALS, GEORGE:
The role of schools in mental health. New York,
Basic Books, 1962, 337 p.

EwaALT, JACK R.: Goals of the Joint Commission on
Mental Illness and Health. American Journal of
Public Health, 47:19-24, 1957.

EwaLt, Jack R.: Community attitudes. American
Journal of Public Health, 47(11):24-26, 1957.

EwaALT, Jack R.: Working with the Joint Commis-
sion on Mental Illness and Health. Mental Health
in Virginia, 8(1):13-15, 1957.

EwaLT, Jack R.: The Joint Commission and the
community self survey. National Health Council,
New York, September, 1957, p. 20.

EwaLT, Jack R.: A case for the community self
survey. Public Health Reports, 72(7):620-623,
1957.

FEIN, RasHI: Economics of mental illness. New

York, Basic Books, 1958, 164 p.

GURIN, GERALD, VEROFF, JOSEPH, and FIELD,
SHEILA: Americans view their mental health.
New York, Basic Books, 1960, 444 p.

JaHopA, MARIE: Current concepts of positive men-
tal health. New York, Basic Books, 1958, 136 p.
Joint Commission on Mental Illness and Health:
Action for mental health: Final report of the
Joint Commission on Mental Illness and Health.
New York, Basic Books, 1961, 338 p.

McCANN, RicHARD V.: The churches and mental
health. New York, Basic Books, 1962, 278 p.

PLUNKETT, RICHARD J., and GORDON, JoHN E.:
Epidemiology in mental health. New York, Basic
Books, 1960, 126 p.

ROBINSON, REGINALD, DEMARCHE, DAviD F., and
WAGLE, MILDRED: Community - resources in men-
tal health. New York, Basic Books, 1960, 435 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-9153).

MH-9109 (R12) Lippitt, RONALD, and WITHEY,
STEPHEN: Social and psychological factors in de-
linquency. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,
Mich. (1956-65)

EisEMAN, J.: Leaders’ guide for the deciders. Ann
Arbor, Michigan, Institute for Social Research,
1963, 29 p.

GoLp, M.: Status forces in delinquent boys. Ann
Arbor, Michigan, Institute for Social Research,
1963, 229 p.

Gourp, R,, and LippITT, R., eds.: Delinquency pat-
terns, causes, cures. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Insti-
tute for Social Research, 1961, 53 p.

HAWKINSHIRE, F., ed.: Parents, teachers, youth:
A teenage weekend laboratory. Ann Arbor,
Michigan, Institute for Social Research, 1962,
62 p. (Processed).

Jung, C.: Flint schools experimental programs for
the emotionally handicapped. Pilot phase descrip-
tion and evaluation. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Insti-
tute for Social Research, July 1962, 75 p. Ap-
pendix, 157 p. (Processed).

MCcQUEEN, A.: Lower class culture, mobility aspira-
tions and juvenile delinquency: A functional
analysis. Ann Arbor, Mich., Institute for Social
Research, 1961, 17 p.

Motgs, O. Jr., Lippitt, R., and WiTHEY, S. B.:
A selective review of research and theories con-
cerning the dynamics of delinquency. Ann Arbor,
Mich., Institute for Social Research, 1960, 188 p.

Morris, RuTH R.: Female delinquency and rela-
tional problems. Social Forces, 43(1):82-89,
1964.

Morris, RUTH R.: Attitudes toward delinquency by
delinquents, non-delinquents and their friends.
British Journal of Criminology, p. 249-265, July
1965.

SIMBERG, M.,, ed.: Flint community leaders seminar
reports. Ann Arbor, Mich., Institute for Social
Research, 1962, 121 p. (Processed).

591

WINTER, J., and HALSTED, D.: Report on the Flint
youth study. A resource book of selected findings.
Ann Arbor, Mich., Institute for Social Research,
1961, 317 p.

MH-9111 (R12) O'DOHERTY, DESMOND, BULLARD,
DEXTER, and FORSTER, FRANCIS M.: Symposium
on subcortical implanted electrodes. Georgetown
University, Washington, D.C. (1956-60)

RaMEY, E. R., and O’DoHEerTY, D. S.: Electrical
studies on the unanesthetized brain. New York,
Paul B. Hoeber, 1960, 423 p.

MH-9121 (R12) RyaN, PHILIP E.: 1957 national
health forum on fostering mental health. Na-
tional Health Council, New. York, N.Y. (1956-
57)

DacH, ELIZABETH M.: Your community and mental
health, New York, Public Affairs Committee,
1958, 28 p. (Public Affairs Pamphlet No. 263).

NELSON, JOSEPHINE, and DAcH, ELIZABETH, M.,
eds.: Steps for today toward better mental health.
New York City, National Health Council, 1957,
118 p.

MH-9122 (R12) ScHrRaAMM, WILBUR, and SEARS,
RoBERT R.: Factors affecting development of the
parental role. Stanford University, Stanford,
Calif. (1957-62)

ApAMs, J. STACEY: Advice seeking of mothers as a
function of need for cognition. Child Develop-
ment, 30:171-176, 1959.

ADAMs, J. STACEY: The reduction of cognitive dis-
sonance by seeking consonant information. Jour-
nal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 62:74-78,
1961.

MaAccoBy, ELEANOR E., MaccoBy, NATHAN, RoM-
NEY, A. K,, and Apawms, J. S.: Social reinforce-
ment and attitude change. Journal of Abnormal
and Social Psychology, 63:109-115, 1961.

MAaccoBy, NATHAN: The communication of child-
rearing advice to parents. Merrill-Palmer Quar-
terly of Behavior and Development, 7:199-204,
1961.

MaccoBy, NATHAN, and MaccoBy, ELEANOR E.:
Homeostatic theory in attitude change. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 25:538-545, 1961.

MaccoBy, NATHAN, RoMNEY, A. K., ApAMs, J.
STACEY, and MAccoBY, ELEANOR E.: “Critical
periods” in seeking and accepting information.
In: Paris—Stanford studies in communication
1962. Stanford, California, Institute for Com-
munication Research, Stanford University, 1962,
p. 47-57.

MH-9124 (R12) SampsoN, HaroLD: Convalescent
leave of schizophrenic patients. California State
Department of Mental Hygiene, Sacramento, Calif.
(1957-63)

MESSINGER, SHELDON, L., SAMPSON, HAROLD, and
TowNE, ROBERT D.: Life as theater: Some notes
on the dramaturgic approach to social reality.
Sociometry, 25:98-110, 1962.

SAMPSON, HAROLD, MESSINGER, SHELDON L., and
TowNE, ROBERT D.: Family processes and be-
coming a mental patient. American Journal of
Sociology, 68:88-96, 1962.

SAMPSON, H., MESSINGER, S. L., and TowNE, R. D.:
The mental hospital and family adaptations. Psy-
chiatric Quarterly, 36:704-719, 1962.

SAMPsON, H., MESSINGER, S. L., and TowNE, R. D.:
Schizophrenic women: Studies of marital crisis.
New York, Atherton Press, 1964, 174 p.

SaMpPsoN, H., MESSINGER, S. L., TowNE, R. D.,
Ross, DAvID, LivsoN, FLORINE, BOWERS, MARY,
CoHEN, LESTER, and DorsT, KATE S.: Two types
of schizophrenic crises in women. Bulletin of
the Menninger Clinic, 25:296-306, 1961.

SaMPsON, H., MESSINGER, S. L., TowNE, R. D,,
Ross, DAviD, LivsoN, FLORINE, BOWERS, MARY,
COHEN, LESTER, and Dorst, KATE S.: The men-
tal hospital and marital family ties. Social Prob-
lems, 9(2) :141-155, 1961.

TowNE, ROBERT D., MESSINGER, SHELDON L., and
SAMPSON, HAROLD: Schizophrenia and the marital
family: Accommodations to symbiosis. Family
Processes, 1:304-318, 1962.

TowNE, ROBERT D., SAMPsoN, HAROLD, and MEs-
SINGER, SHELDON L.: Schizophrenia and the mari-
tal family: Identification crisis. Journal of Nerv-
ous and Mental Disease, 133:423-429, 1961.

MH-9128 (R12) ARGyYRis, CHRIs: Optimizing
self-actualization in organization. Yale Univer-
sity, New Haven, Conn. (1957- )

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: Organization and the human being.
Product Engineering, p. 26-29, 1957 (December
30).

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: Some problems in conceptualizing
organizational climate: A case study of a bank.
Administrative Science Quarterly, 2(4):501-520,
1958.

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: The organization: What makes it
healthy? Harvard Business Review, 36(6):107-
116, 1958.

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: Creating effective research relation-
ships in organizations. Human Organization, 17
(1) :34-40, 1958.

ARGYRIs, CHRIS: Individual and organization: An
empirical test. Administration Science Quarterly,
3(4):145-167, 1959.

592

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: Understanding human behavior in
organizations: One viewpoint. In: Haire, Mason,
ed. Modern Organization theory. New York,
Wiley, 1959, p. 115-154.

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: Organizational effectiveness under
stress. Harvard Business Review, 38(3):137-146,
1960.

ARGYRIs, CHRIS: Individual actualization in complex
organizations. Mental Hygiene, 44(2):226-237,
1960.

ARGYRIS, CHRIs: Explorations in client consultation
relationships. Human Organization, 20(3):121-
133, 1961.

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: A model for relating interpersonal
competence to organizational effectiveness. In:
Mental health in industry, Proceedings of Foun-
dation for Research in Human Behavior, Ann Ar-
bor, Mich., 1961.

ARGYRIS, CHRIS: Behavior of executives within the
organization. In: Behavioral science research in
industrial relations. New York, Industrial Rela-
tions Counselors, 1962. (Industrial Relations
Monograph No. 21).

ARrGYRis, CHRis: The integration of the indiivdual
and the organization. In: Social science ap-
proaches to business behavior. Homewood, Ill,
Irwin-Dorsey Press, 1962.

MH-9130 (R12) DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and TARr-
JAN, GEORGE: Population movement of hospital-
ized retarded. Pacific State Hospital, Pomona,
Calif. (1957-62)

BROWN, SHELDON J., WINDLE, CHARLES, and STEW-
ART, ELIZABETH: Statistics on a family care pro-
gram. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
64:535-542, 1959.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: The relationship between
coefficients of correlation and difficulty factors.
British Journal of Statistical Psychology, 11(1):
13-17, 1958.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: Some uses of descriptive
statistics in population analysis. American Four.
nal of Mental Deficiency, 64(2):291-295, 1959.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: Description of NIMH-spon-
sored research programs at Pacific State Hospital.
Training School Bulletin, 58:74-79, 1961.

DiNgMAN, H. F.: NIMH supported research in
mental retardation at Pacific State Hospital. In:
Proceedings of the 12th annual conference of the
model reporting area for mental hospital statistics
—presentations of panel members. Public Health
Service Publ. No. 1126, 1963, p. 74-81.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., EymaN, R. K., and WIN-
DLE, CHARLES D.: An investigation of some
child-rearing attitudes of mothers with retarded
children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
67(6) :899-908, 1963.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and MILLER, Curtis R.:
Note on use of correlation statistics and popula-
tion analysis. American Journal of Mental Defi-
ciency, 64:636-637, 1959.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and SILVERSTEIN, ARTHUR
B.: Intelligence, motor disabilities, and reaction
time in the mentally retarded. Perceptual and
Motor Skills, 19:791-794, 1964.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and TARrJAN, G.: Mental
retardation and the normal distribution curve.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 64:991-
994, 1960.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., WINDLE, CHARLES D., and
BrowN, S. J.: Prediction of child-rearing atti-
tudes. Child Welfare, 41:305-307, 1962.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., WINDLE, CHARLES D., Ey-
MAN, RicHARD K., and MusseLMAN, D.: Factor
analysis of a magazine interest test. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 65:59-63, 1960.

DINGMAN, HARVEY F., WINDLE, CHARLES D., and
SABAGH, GEORGES: Three additional error terms
for analysis of variance. Psychological Reports,
8:373-376, 1961.

EDGERTON, ROBERT B.: A patient elite: Ethnog-
raphy in a hospital for the mentally retarded.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 68:372-
385, 1963.

EDGERTON, ROBERT B., and DINGMAN, HARVEY F.:
Tattooing and identity. International Journal of
Social Psychiatry, 9(2):143:153, 1963.

EDGERTON, ROBERT B., and SABAGH, GEORGE: From
mortification to aggrandizement: Changing self-
conception in the careers of the mentally retarded.
Psychiatry, 25:263-272, 1962.

EDGERTON, ROBERT B., TARJAN, GEORGE, and
DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: Free enterprise in a cap-
tive society. American Journal of Mental Defi
ciency, 66:35-41, 1961.

EyMAN, RicHARD K.: Convariation of level of aspi-
ration and adaption level with other characteris-
tics. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
68:741-750, 1964.

EyMmAN, RicHArRD K., DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and
WANDLE, CHARDLES: Manipulative dexterity and
movement history of mental defectives. Percep-
tual and Motor Skills, 9:291-294, 1959.

KAARIAINEN, Risto, and DINGMAN, HARVEY F.:
The relation of the degree of mongolism to the
degree of subnormality. American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 66:438-443, 1961.

KRAMER, M., PERSON, P. H., Jr., TARJAN, GEORGE,
MORGAN, R., and WRIGHT, S. W.: A method for

593

determination of probabilities of stay, release, and
death, for patients admitted to a hospital for the
mentally deficient: The experience of Pacific State
Hospital during the period 1948-1952. Ameri-
can Journal of Mental Deficiency, 62(3):481-
495, 1957.

MERCER, JANE R.: Social system perspective and
clinical perspective: Frames of reference for un-
derstanding career patterns of persons labelled as
mentally retarded. Social Problems, 13(1):18-
34, 1965.

MEYERS, C. E., and DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: The
structure of abilities at the preschool ages: Hypo-
thesized domains. Psychological Bulletin, 57:514-
532, 1960.

Meyers, C. E., DINGMAN, HARVEY F., ATTWELL,
A., and ORPET, R.: Comparative abilities of nor-
mals and retardates of MA 6 on a factor-type test
battery. American Journal of Mental Defiency,
66:250-258, 1961.

Meyers, C. E., DinomaN, H. F., OrreT, R. E,
SitkEel, E. G., and Warts, C. A.: Four ability-
factor hypothese at three preliterate levels in nor-
mal and retarded children. Monographs of the
Society for Research in Child Development, 29
(5):3-80, 1964. (Serial No. 96).

MEyERrs, C. E., OrPET, R., ATTWELL, S., and DING-
MAN, HARVEY F.: Primary ability at mental age
six. Monographs of the Society for Research in
Child Development, 27, 1962. (Whole No. 1).

MiLLEr, D. R., FisHER, G. M., and DINGMAN,
HArvEY F.: A note on differential utility of
WAIS verbal and performance 1Q’s. American
Journal of Mental Deficiency, 65:482-485, 1961.

Mosier, D., Scott, L., and DINGMAN, HARVEY F.:
Sexually deviant behavior in Klinefelter’s syn-
drome. Journal of Pediatrics, 57(3):479-483,
1960.

SABAGH, GEORGES, DINGMAN, HARVEY F., MILLER,
Curtis, and TARJAN, GEORGE: Differential mor-
tality in a hospital for the mentally retarded: A
study of mortality among patients admitted to
Pacific State Hospital, 1948-1956. In: Proceed-
ings of the International Population Conference,
Vienna, 1959, p. 460-468.

SABAGH, GEORGES, DINGMAN, HARVEY F., TAr-
JAN, GEORGE, and WRIGHT, STANLEY W.: So-
cial class and ethnic status of patients admitted
to a state hospital for the retarded. Pacific So-
ciology Review, 2:76-80, 1959.

SABAGH, GEORGE, DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and
WINDLE, CHARLES D.: Variations in the image
of a mental hospital and situational bias. Men-
tal Hygiene, 47(1):96-102, 1963.

SABAGH, GEORGES, and EDGERTON, R. B.: Steril
ized mental defectives look at eugenic steriliza-
tion. Eugenics Quarterly, 9(4):213-222, 1962.
SABAGH, GEROGES, and WINDLE, C.: Recent trends
in institutionalization rates of mental defectives in
the United States. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 64:618-624, 1959.

SHIPE, DOROTHY, DINGMAN, HARVEY F., WINDLE,
CHARLES, and MoTiCHA, KATHERINE: Validity
of a measure of escape proneness. American Jour-
nal of Mental Deficiency, 66:872-877, 1962.

SHOTWELL, ANNA M., DINGMAN, HARVEY F., and
TARJAN, GEORGE: Need for improved criteria in
evaluating job performance of state hospital em-
ployees. American Journal of Mental Deficiency,
65(2) :208-213, 1960.

TArjJAN, G., DinomaN, Harvey F., Evyman, R,
and BrOwN, S. J.: Effectiveness of hospital re-
lease programs. American Journal of Mental De-
ficiency, 64:609-617, 1960.

TARJAN, GEORGE, DINGMAN, HarvEYy F., and
MILLER, CURTIS R.: Statistical expectations of se-
lected handicaps in the mentally retarded. Amer-
ican Journal of Mental Deficiency, 65:335-341,
1960.

TARJAN, GEORGE, WRIGHT, STANLEY W., DING-
MAN, HARVEY F., and EymaN, RicHARD K.: The
natural history of mental deficiency in a state hos-
pital. III. Selected characteristics of first ad-
missions and their environment. American Jour-
nal of Diseases of Children, 101:195-205, 1961.

TARJAN, GEORGE, WRIGHT, STANLEY W., DING-
MAN, HARVEY F., and SABAGH, G.: The natural
history of mental deficiency in a state hospital.
II. Mentally deficient children admitted to a state
hospital prior to their sixth birthday. American
Journal of Diseases of Children, 98:370-378,
1959.

TARJAN, GEORGE, WRIGHT, S. W., KRAMER M,,
PErsoN, P. H., Jr., and MORGAN, R.: The natu-
ral history of mental deficiency in a state hospital.
I. Probabilities of release and death by age, in-
telligent quotient, and diagnosis. A. M. A. Jour-
nal of Diseases of Children, 96:64-70, 1958.

WINDLE, CHARLES: An exploratory prognostic study
of unauthorized absences from Pacfiic State Hos-
pital. Training School Bulletin, 55:73-75, 1959.

WINDLE, CHARLES: Prognosis of mental subnormals.
American Journal of Mental Deficiency, mono-
graph 66, 1962. (Whole No. 5).

WINDLE, CHARLES, and DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: The
front and back doors of a hospital for mental
defectives. Training School Bulletin, 56:8-14,
1959.

WINDLE, CHARLES, and DINGMAN, HARVEY F.:
Interrater agreement and predictive validity.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 44:203-204,

594

WINDLE, CHARLES, and FISHER, GARY M.: Com-
ment of Walton and Begg’s “Cognitive changes
in low-grade defectives.” American Journal of
Mental Deficiency, 64(4):740-741, 1959.

WINDLE, CHARLES, SABAGH, G., BROwN, S. J., and
DINGMAN, HARVEY F.: Caretaker characteristics
and placement success. American Journal of Men-
tal Deficiency, 65:739-743, 1961.

WINDLE, CHARLES D., STEWART, ELIZABETH, and
BROWN, S. ]J.: Reasons for community failure of
released patients. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 66:213-217, 1961.

MH-9132 (R12) FRreNcH, JoHN R., Jr., KAHN,
RoBErT L., and MANN, Froyp C.: A program
of research on mental health in industry. Uni-
versity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1957-
61)

Coss, S., FRENCH, J. R. P, Kann, R. L.,, and
MaNN, F. C.: An environmental approach to
mental health. Annals of the New York Academy
of Sciences, 107:596-606, 1963.

FrencH, J. R. P, and KaHN, R. L.: A program-
matic approach to studying the industrial environ-
ment and mental health. Journal of Social Issues,
18(3):1-47, 1962.

FrRENcH, J. R. P., Jr, KaHN, RoBErT L., and
MANN, Froyp C., eds.: Work, health, and satis-
faction. Journal of Social Issues, 18(3), 1962.
(Also acknowledges MH-3346 and MH-3874).

KAHN, R. L,, and FrRENcH, J. R. P.: A summary
and some tentative conclusions. Journal of So-
cial Issues, 18(3) :122-127, 1962.

Kaun, R. L., Worrg, D. M, QuiNN, R. P,
SNOcK, J. D., and ROSENTHAL, R. A.: Organiza-
tional stress: Studies in role conflict and ambig-
uity. New York, Wiley & Sons, 1964, 470 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-3346 and MH-3874).

MaNN, F. C., and WirLLiams, L. K.: Some effects
of changing work environment in the office. Jour-
nal of Social Issues, 18(3):90-101, 1962.

MH-9133 (R12) DEARBORN, NED, and JOHNSON,
WiLLIAM J.: Conference on research in highway
safety, 1957. National Safety Council, Chicago,
IL. (1957-58)

SPECIAL REPORT ON THE WILLIAMSBURG CONFER-
ENCE: Traffic Safety, (Magazine published by
National Safety Council), 52(6):2-11, 1958.
(Research Review Section, June).

MH-9134 (R12) BAYTON, JAMES A., and OWENS,
BEN L.: Individual and social responses to in-
fluenza epidemic. National Analysts, Philadel
phia, Pa. (1957-58)
RoseNsTACK, I. M. HocHBAauM, G. M., and
LEVENTHAL, H.: The impact of Asian influenza
on community life. Public Health Service Publi-
cation No. 766, 1960, 98 p.

MH-9135 (R12) BIBER, BARBARA, GILKESON,
ELizaBETH C., HORTON, DONALD, and WINSOR,
CHARLOTTE B.: Schools and mental health, an
action-research program. Bank Street College of
Education, New York, N.Y. (1958-66)

ASSOCIATES OF BANK STREET COLLEGE OF Epuca-
TION: Individuality and education. New York,
Bank Street College of Education, 1958, 88 p.

BIBER, BARBARA: Premature structuring as a de-
terrent to creativity. American Journal of Ortho-
psychiatry, 29:280-290, 1959.

BIBER, BARBARA: Integration of mental health prin-
ciples in the school setting. In: Caplan, Gerald,
ed Prevention of mental disorders in children.

New York, Basic Books, 1961, p. 323-352.

(Also acknowledges MH-1075).

BIBER, BARBARA: Preschool education. In: Ulrich,
R., ed. Education and the idea of mankind.
New York, Harcourt Brace & World, 1964, p. 79.

KoHN, MARTIN, and BAKER, JEROME: Special
methodological considerations in conducting field
research in a school setting. Psychology in the
Schools, 1:31-46, 1964. (Also acknowledges
MH-1075).

ZIMILES, HERBERT, BIBER, BARBARA, RABINOWITZ,
WiLLiaM, and HAY, Louis: Personality aspects
of teaching: A predictive study. Genetic Psychol-
ogy Monographs, 69:101-149, 1964. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-215).

MH-9137 (R12) Frew, MARC, CAPLAN, GERALD,
and LINDEMANN, ERICH: Relocation and mental
health adaption under stress. Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass. (1957- )

ELLING, R. H.: Medizinische Soziologie, bericht tiber
das Yale Program. Der Offentliche Gesundbeits-
dienst, |. O. Jabrgang, Stuttgart, 4:146-149, July
1958.

ELLING, R. H.: Der Medizinische Soziologie in
U.S.A.—seine Rollen und Interessen. Kolner
Zeitschrift fiir Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie,
Sonderheft iiber. Medizinische Soziologie, Decem-
ber, 1958.

Friep, M.: Grieving for a lost home. In: Duhl,
L. J, ed. The urban condition. New York,
Basic Books, 1963, p. 151-171.

Friep, M.: Effects of social change on mental health.
American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 34:3-28,
1964.

FRIED, MARC: Social problems and psychopathology.
In: Urban American and the planning of mental

595

health services. Vol. 5. Symposium No. 10.
New York, Group for the Advancement of Psychi-
atry, 1964, p. 403-446.

FriED, M., and GLEICHER, P.: Some sources of
residential satisfaction in an urban slum. Journal
of the American Institute of Planners, 27:305-
315, 1961.

FriEp, M., and LINDEMANN, E.: Sociocultural fac-
tors in mental health and illness. American Jour-
nal of Orthopsychiatry, 31:87-101, 1961. (Also
acknowledges MH-3471).

GaNs, H.: The human implications of current re-
development and relocation planning, Journal of
the American Institute of Planners, 25(1):15-26,
1959.

GANs, H.: The urban villagers: Group and class in
the life of Italian-Americans. Glencoe, Ill., Free
Press, 1962, 367 p.

HArRTMAN, C.: The limitations of public housing:
Relocation choices in a working-class community.
Journal of the American Institute of Planners,
29:283-296, 1963.

HARTMAN, C.: Social values and housing orienta-
tions. Journal of Social Issues, 19:113-131, 1963.

HARTMAN, CHESTER: The housing of relocated
families. Journal of the American Institute of
_ Planners, 30(4) :266-286, 1964.

LINDEMANN, E.: Social system factors as determi-
nants of resistance to change. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 35(3):544-557, 1965. (Also
acknowledges MH-3471).

RyaN, E. J.: Individual identity in a urban slum.
In: Duhl, L. ]J., ed. The urban condition. New
York, Basic Books, 1963, p. 135-150.

SiFNEOS, PETER E.: Phobic patient with dyspnes:
Short-term psychotherapy. American Practitioner
and Digest of Treatment, 9(6) :947-952, 1958.

SIFNEOS, PETER E.: Preventive psychiatric work with
mothers. Mental Hygiene, 43:230-236, 1959.

SIFNEOS, P. E.: A concept of emotional crisis. Men-
tal Hygiene, 44:169-179, 1960.

MH-9139 (R12) Ross, ARTHUR M., FRENKEL-
BRUNSWIK, ELSE, and REICHARD, SUZANNE: So-
cial and psychological problems of aging. Uni-
versity of California, Berkeley, Calif. (1957-62)

REICHARD, SUZANNE: Personality and adjustment to
aging. In: Tibbitts, Clark, and Donahue, Wilma,
eds. Social and psychological aspects of aging.
New York, Columbia University Press, 1962, p.
666-669.

REICHARD, SUZANNE, LIVSON, FLORINE, and PETER-
SEN, PAUL G.: Aging and personality: A study
of 87 older men. New York, Wiley, 1962, 237 p.
MH-9145 (R12) SIMON, ALEXANDER, LOWEN-
THAL, MARJORIE F.: Studies in geriatric mental
illness. Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute,
San Francisco, Calif. (1958- )

ANDERSON, BARBARA GALLATIN: Stress and psycho-
pathology among aged Americans: An inquiry into
the perception of stress. Southwestern Journal of
Anthropology, 20:190-217, 1964.

ANDERSON, BARBARA GALLATIN: Bereavement as a
subject of cross-cultural inquiry: An American
sample. Anthropological Quarterly, 38(4):181-
200, 1965.

CAHAN, ROBERT B., and YEAGER, CHARLES L.:
Admission EEG as a predictor of mortality and
discharge for aged state hospital patients. Journal
of Gerontology, 21(2):248-256, 1966.

CHRIST, ApoLPH E.: Attitudes toward death among
a group of acute geriatric psychiatric patients.
(Attitudes toward death in older persons: A sym-
posium.) Journal of Gerontology, 16:56-59,
1961.

CroOOK, Guy HAMILTON, and KATZ, LAWRENCE:
Intellectual functioning of aged patients and non-
patients. In: Tibbitts, Clark, and Donahue,
Wilma, eds. Social and psychological aspects of
aging. New York, Columbia University Press,
1962, p. 555-567.

EPSTEIN, LEON, SIMON, ALEXANDER, and MOCK,
RoNALD: Neuropsychological correlations in senile
and cerebral arteriosclerotic psychoses. In: Han-
sen Per Fromm, ed. Age with a future. Copen-
hagen, Munksgaard, 1964, p. 272-275.

JaMBOR, HELEN: A comparative analysis of employ-
ment patterns of older psychiatric male patients
and men in the community. In: Tibbitts, Clark,
and Donahue, Wilma, eds. Social and psychologi-
cal aspects of aging. New York, Columbia Uni-
versity Press, 1962, p. 537-546.

Katz, LAWRENCE, and CROOK, GUY HAMILTON:
Use of the Kent E-G-Y with an aged population.
Journal of Gerontology, 17:186-189, 1962.

KATz, LAWRENCE, NEAL, MIRON W., and SIMON,
ALEXANDER: Observations on psychic mechanisms
in organic psychoses of the aged. In: Hoch, Paul
H., and Zubin, Joseph, eds. Psychopathology of
aging. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961,
p. 160-181.

LOWENTHAL, MARJORIE FISKE: Geriatric mental
illness: Methodologic and social aspects. Geri-
atrics, 16:306-310, 1961.

LOWENTHAL, MAR JORIE FISKE: Some social dimen-
sions of psychiatric disorders in old age. In:
Williams, Richard H., Tibbitts, Clark, and Dona-
hue, Wilma, eds. Processes of aging: Social and
psychological perspectives. New York, Atherton
Press, 1963, p. 224-246.

596

LOWENTHAL, MAR JORIE FISKE: Social isolation and
mental illness in old age. American Sociological
Review, 29:54-70, 1964.

LoweNTHAL, MARJORIE FISKE: Lives in distress:
The paths of the elderly to the psychiatric ward.
New York, Basic Books, 1964, 266 p.

LoweENTHAL, M. F.: Antecedents of isolation and
mental illness in old age. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 12(3) :245-254, 1965.

LOWENTHAL, MARJORIE FISKE, and BERKMAN,
PauL L.: The problem of rating psychiatric dis-
ability in a study of normal and abnormal aging.
Journal of Health and Human Behavior, 5:40-44,

1964.

LOWENTHAL, MAR JORIE FISKE, and BOLER, DEET JE:
Voluntary vs. involuntary social withdrawal. Jour-
nal of Gerontology, 20(3):263-271, 1965.

Pierce, RoBERT C.: Note on testing conditions.
Journal of Consulting Psychology, 27:536-537,
1963.

SIMON, ALEXANDER, and CAHAN, ROBERT B.: The
acute brain syndrome in geriatric patients. Psy-
chiatric Research Reports, 16:8-21, 1963.

SIMON, ALEXANDER, and LOWENTHAL, MAR JORIE
Fiske: Studies in geriatric mental illness: Some
research plans and assumptions. Journal of the
American Geriatrics Society, 8:363-372, 1960.

SIMON, ALEXANDER, FISKE (LOWENTHAL), MAR-
JORIE, and NEAL, MIRON W.: Preliminary report
on studies in geriatric mental illness. Newsletter
of the Gerontological Society, pp. 17, 18, 26,
June, 1960.

SIMON, ALEXANDER, and NEAL, MIRON W.: Pat-
terns of geriatric mental illness. In: Williams,
Richard H., Tibbitts, Clark, and Donahue, Wilma,
eds. Processes of aging: Social and psychological
perspectives. New York, Atherton Press, 1963,
p. 449-471.

MH-9146 (R12) ZuBIN, JosePH: Epidemiology of
mental disorders. American Psychopathological
Association, Minneapolis, Minn. (1958-59)

Burpock, EUGENE I.: From the point of view of
the philosophy of science. In: Zubin, Joseph, ed.
Field studies in the mental disorders. New York,
Grune & Stratton, 1961, p. 371-378. (Also ac-
knowledges MH-3546).

HAMMER, MURIEL, and LEACOCK, ELEANOR: Source
material on the epidemiology of mental illness.
In: Zubin, J., ed. Field studies in the mental
disorders. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961,
p. 418-487.

ZUBIN, JOSEPH, ed.: Field studies in the mental dis-
orders. New York, Grune & Stratton, 1961,
495 p.
MH-9149 (R12) HurtcHEsoN, B. R., and HUR-
witz, Jaco I.: Clinical and community studies
of juvenile delinquency. South Shore Mental
Health Association, Quincy, Mass. (1958-62)

South Shore Mental Health Center: A prognostic
classification for juvenile court first offenders
based on a follow-up study: A method applicable
to the field of mental illness. Quincy, Mass.,
South Shore Mental Health Association, 1963.
(Processed)

MH-9150 (R12) CHEIN, IsIDOR: Prevention of
juvenile delinquency and narcotics use. New
York University, New York, N.Y. (1958-60)

CHEIN, IsiDOorR, ROSENFELD, Eva, GERARD, D. L,,
and LEE, R. S.: A proposal for a community cen-
tered demonstration and research project aimed at
the control of maladaptive behavior among juve-
niles. New York, Research Center for Human
Relations, New York University, January 1957.
(Processed)

MH-9151 (R12) KING, STANLEY H., FARNSWORTH,
DANA L., and FUNKENSTEIN, DANIEL: Person-
ality development during college years. Harvard
University, Cambridge, Mass. (1958- )

BipweLL, CHARLES E., KING, STANLEY H., FINNIE,
BRUCE, and ScARR, HARRY A.: Undergraduate
careers: Alternatives and determinants. School
Review, 71(3) :299-316, 1963.

BiDWELL, CHARLES E., and VREELAND, REBECCA S.:
College education and moral orientations: An
organized approach. Administrative Science Quar-
terly, 8(2):166-191, 1963.

BiDwWELL, CHARLES E., and VREELAND, REBECCA S.:
Authority and control in client-serving organiza-
tions. Sociological Quarterly, Fall:231-242, 1963.

ScARR, H. A.: Measures of particularism. Sociome-
try, 27:413-432, 1964.

MH-9153 (R12) EwaLT, Jack R.: Sources of men-
tal health services, rural and urban. Joint Com-
mission on Mental Illness and Health, Boston,
Mass. (1958-61)

ROBINSON, REGINALD: Planning for the small com-
munity. In: Official proceedings of the 86th
annual forum: National conference on social wel-
fare> New York, New York University Press,
1959, p. 114-124.

ROBINSON, REGINALD: A report on the project on
community resources in mental health. American
Journal of Public Health, 53(4):609-614, 1963.

ROBINSON, REGINALD, DEMARCHE, Davip F., and
WAGLE, MILDRED: Community resources in men-
tal health. New York, Basic Books, 1963, 435 p.
(Also acknowledges MH-9106).

597

MH-9156 (R12) STEWART, OMAR C., and JESSOR,
RicHARD: Values and behavior of a tri-ethnic com-
munity. University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo.
(1959-64).

CASTELLAN, N. JOHN, JR.: On the
contingency tables.
(5):330-338, 1965

pativoning of
Psychological Bulletin, 64

CASTELLAN, N. JoHN, Jr.: On the estimation of the
tetrachoric correlation coefficient. Psychometrika,
31(1):67-73, 1966.

JEssor, R.: Issues in the phenomenological approach
to personality. Journal of Individual Psychology,
17:27-38, 1961

JEssor, R.: A social learning approach to culture
and behavior. In: Gladwin, T., and Sturtevant,
W. C., eds. Anthropology and human behavior.
Washington, D.C., Anthropological Society of
Washington, 1962, p. 94-114.

JEssor, R., LIVERANT, S., and OPOCHINSKY, S.:
Imbalance in need structure and maladjustment.
Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66:
271-275, 1963.

STEWART, OMER C.: Questions regarding American
Indian criminality. Human Organization, 23:61-
66, 1964.

MH-9158 (R12) LipscoMB, WENDELL R., and
CisiN, Ira: Epidemiology of alcoholic beverage
usage patterns. California State Department of
Public Health, Berkeley, Calif. (1959-62)

CisiN, Ira: Community studies of health behavior.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
107:607-612, 1963.

CisiN, Ira: Concepts and methods for the study of
drinking practices. (Abstract) Public Health
Reports, 78(2) :140, 1963.

KNUPFER, GENEVIEVE: Use of alcoholic beverages
by society and its cultural implications. ‘‘Alcohol
and Society.” Progress, 3(1):8-16, 1961.

KNUPFER, GENEVIEVE, FINK, RAYMOND, CLARK,
WALTER B., and GOFFMAN, ANGELICA S.: Fac-
tors related to amount of drinking in an urban
community. Berkeley, Calif., State of California
Department of Public Health, 1963, 88 p.
(Processed)

KNUPFER, GENEVIEVE, and RooM, ROBIN: Age, sex
and social class as factors in amount of drinking
in a metropolitan community. Social Problems,
12(11) :224-240, 1964.

MH-9159 (R12) KELLER, MARK: Alcoholism no-
menclature and classification. North American
Association of Alcoholism Programs, North Berke-
ley, Calif. (1953-57)
KELLER, M.: Definition of alcoholism. Quarterly
Journal of Studies on Alcoholism, 21:125-134,
1960.

KELLER, M.: The definition of alcoholism and the
estimation of its prevalence. In: Pittman, D. J,
and Snyder, C. R., eds. Society, culture, and
drinking patterns. New York, Wiley, 1962,
p. 310-329. (Also acknowledges MH-5655).

MH-9161 (R12) MACKLIN, MADGE T.: A sympo-
sium on cytology in human genetics. American
Society of Human Genetics, New Orleans, La.
(1959-60)

ALLEN, GORDON, ed.: Symposium on cytology and
cell culture genetics of man. American Journal
of Human Genetics, 12:95-138, 1960.

WiLriams, R. H., HiBeirts, C.,, and DONAHUE,
WILMA, eds.: Processes of aging. Vol. 1. New
York, Atherton Press, 1963, 587 p.

MH-9162 (R12) DONAHUE, WILMA: Social and
psychological aspects of aging. University of
Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. (1959-63)

WiLrLiams, R. H., TiBeirts, C., and DONAHUE,
WILMA, eds.: Processes of aging. Vol. 2. New
York, Atherton Press, 1963, 570 p.

MH-9164 (R12) ArcHiBALD, H. DAviD: Coopera-
tive commission on the study of alcoholism.
North American Association of Alcoholism Pro-
grams, Berkeley, Calif. (1959-62) (Continued
as MH-9181).

MH-9165 (R12) HOFFER, JoE R., and WILLIAMS,
RutH M.: 1960 annual national conference on
social welfare. National Conference on Social
Welfare, Columbus, Ohio. (1960-61)

CLIFTON, JAMES A.: The Southern Ute tribe as a
fixed membership group. Human Organization,
24(4):319-327, 1965.

FELIX, ROBERT H., and others: Mental health and
social welfare. New York, Columbia University
1961, Press, 1961, 203 p.

MH-9167 (R12) Simmons, Ozzie G.: Community
aspects of psychiatric rehabilitation. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1960-62) (Contin-
ued as MH-9182).

FREEMAN, Howarp E., and SiMMoNs, Ozzie G.:
Treatment experiences of mental patients and their
families. American Journal of Public Health,
51:1266-1273, 1961. (Also acknowledges MH-
1627).

FrReeMAN, HowArD E., and Simmons, Ozzie G.:
Feelings of stigma among relatives of former
mental patients. Social Problems, 8:314-321,
19¢*. (Also acknowledges MH-1627).

598

FREEMAN, Howarp E., and SiMMoNs, Ozzie G.:
The mental patient comes homes. New York,
Wiley, 1963, 309 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
1627 and MH-9182).

MH-9168 (R12) Crowarp, RICHARD A., and
OHLIN, LLoyp E.: Mobilization for youth. Co-
lumbia University, New York, N.Y. (1959-62)

CLOWARD, RICHARD A., and JONES, JAMES A.:
Social class: Educational attitudes and participa-
tion. In: Passow, A. Harry, ed. Education in
depressed areas. New York, Teachers College
Bureau of Publications, 1963, p. 190-216. Also
in: Nurturing individual potential. Washington,
D.C., Association for Supervision and Curriculum
Development, 1964, p. 66-91.

CLowARD, RicHARD A., and OHLIN, Lroyp E.:
Delinquency and opportunity: A theory of delin-
quent gangs. Glencoe, Illinois, Free Press, 1960,
220 p.

MH-9171 (R12) CHEN, Isipor: Epidemiologic
vectors of delinquency and its control. New York
University, New York, N.Y. (1960- )

CHEIN, IsaDOR: Some epidemiological vectors of
delinquency and its control: Outline of a project.
New York, Research Center for Human Relations,
New York University, September 1963, 69 p.
(Processed)

MH-9172 (R12) SHAPIRO, SAM, and FINK, RAy-
MOND: Patterns of medical care related to mental
illness. Health Insurance Plan of Greater New
York, New York, N.Y. (1961-62)

SHAPIRO, SAM: Patterns of care related to mental
illness. H.LP. Statistical Report—1962, Health
Insurance Plan of Greater New York, pp. 17-20.

SHAPIRO, SAM, and FINK, RAYMOND: Methodologi-
cal considerations in studying patterns of medical
care related to mental illness. Milbank Memorial
Fund Quarterly, 41(4) :Part 1:371-399, 1963.

MH-9173 (R12) DusLIN, Louis I.: Review of cut-
rent work on suicide. Individual, Winter Park,
Fla. (1960-64)

DuBLIN, Lous I.: Suicide, a sociological and sta-
tistical study. New York, Ronald Press, 1963,
240 p.

MH-9175 (R12) MALDONADO-SIERRA, EDUARDO
D., BopARKY, CLIFFORD J., FIELD, PETER B., and
TRENT, RICHARD: The competent adolescent—a
cross-cultural study. Puerto Rico Institute of Psy-
chiatry, Bayamon, P.R. (1961-64)

FieLp, P. B., MALDONADO-SIERRA, E. D., and
CoELHO, G. V.: A student TAT measure of com-
petence: A cross-cultural replication in Puerto
Rico.
1963.

FieLD, P. B., MALDONADO-SIERRA, E. D., WALLACE,
S. E., Boparky, C. J., and CoELHO, G. V.: An
other-directed fantasy in a Puerto Rican. Journal
of Social Psychology, 58:43-60, 1962.

Perceptual and Motor Skills, 16:195-198,

MH-9181 (R12) SaNrorp, NEvITT: Cooperative
commission on the study of alcoholism. North
American Association of Alcoholism Programs,
Berkeley, Calif. (1962- ) (Continued from
MH-9164).

599

BLuM, Eva MARIA: Psychoanalytic views of alco-
holism: A review. Quarterly Journal of Studies
on Alcohol, 27(2):259-299, 1966.

MH-9182 (R12) SiMMoONs, Ozzie G.: Community
aspects of psychiatric rehabilitation. Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass. (1962-65) (Contin-
ued from MH-9167).

FREEMAN, HowARrD E., and SiMMoONs, Ozzie G.:
The mental patient comes home. New York,
Wiley, 1963, 309 p. (Also acknowledges MH-
1627 and MH-9167).

w U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1968 O — 263-234
 

¥

Np

TTS

FTES
~

 

 

 

fil

 

 

 
C029384743